Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract
,-,-.--.....�....:.........._�..�.__..,..,._.. ._�.,- - --.. — . � { ; : ..: : „..,.<...._.,_:...,.. ....,......._r�_... _..... ...... ..,...._.... .......... ....... . : . . , IC - .�.. tl;_.,.; _ : ; CITY OF � en on � AGREE:MENT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICE:S,:FIRE . C14G- 1 7-046 THIS AGREEMENT, dated � / 7� , is:by and between the City of Renton (the � "City"), a Washington municipal :cor�oration, and .Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects ("Consultant"), .a Washington State Professional Services Corporation. The City. and the Consultant are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the "Parties." Once fully executed by the Parties,this Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by both parties. 1. Scope of Work:;Consultant agrees to provide Architectural Design Services:for the Renton Regional Fire Authority's Fire Station #15 to be constructed at 1404 North 30th.Street, Renton, WA, as further::specified in in Consultant's proposal :attached as Exliib.it A, Conditions of the Agreement attached as Exhibit B,: and Compensation Breakdown . attached as Exliibit C, w.hi.ch are attached and incorporated herein and may hereinafter be.ref.erred to as the '.'Work." 2: . : Chan�es in Scope of Work: The City, without invalidating this Agreement, may order changes to the Work consisting of additions,deletions or modifications.Any such changes - to the Work shall be ordered by the City in writing and the Compensation shall be � ' , equitably adjusted consistent with:the rates set forth in:Exhibit C or as:oth:erwise mutually ;" . agreed by the Parties. _ 3,. Time of Performance: Consultarit :shall comme.nce. performance of the Agreement.. pursuanf to the schedule(s) set forth in Exhibit C.All Work shall be performed by no later than December 31, 2018. 4. Compensation: A. Amount. Total com ensation: to Consu . p Itant for .Work provided pursuant to this Agr.eement shall not exceed $763;486.00, plus any applicable state and local sales taxes. Compensation shall be paid based upon Work actually performed accor:ding to the rate(s) or amounts specified in Exhibit A, Exhibit B and Exhibit C: The Consultant agrees that any.hourly or flat rate charged by it for its Work shall remain locked at the negotiated rate(s) unless otherwise agreed to in writing.or. provided in Exhibit B. Except as specifically provided herein, the Consultant shall be solely responsible for payment ofi any taxes imposed as_a result of the:performance and payment of this Agreement. � z ;i w_:...._____......._.,..�..._- - � yi .�� ��,• L�....,._._...,.__...._.,�., r�,_.__..____�_.�.,.R._�_,.,.,��,...,.._..�......._.__._.._�? ' B. Method of Pavment. No more frequently than monthly and no less frequently than quarterly, the Consultant shall submit a voucher or invoice in a form specified by the City. Where work is billed per hour or based upon costs rather than based upon a ' fixed sum, the submittal shall include, as applicable, a description of what Work has , been performed, the name of the personnel performing such Work, and any hourly i labor charge rate for such personnel. Submittals for performance of Work that is to be compensated based upon fixed amounts shall include sufficient information for ' 'the City to determine the percentage of Work that has been completed. Payments � for such work shall be in proportion to the progress of the Work plus allowable costs and expenses as noted in Exhibit B. Final payment for each phase of work shall be due and payable upon completion and written approval by fhe City of that phase of work. � ` The Consultant shall also submit a final bill upon completion of all Work. Payment shall be made by the City for Work performed within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt and approval by the appropriate City representative of the voucher or invoice. � � If the Consultant's performance does not meet the requirements of this Agreement, the Consultant will correct or modify its performance to comply with the Agreement. � The City may withhold payment for work that does not meet the requirements of this Agreement. The City shall make no deduction from Consultant's compensation on account of.penalties, liquated damages or other sums withheld from contractor(s) through no fault of the Consultant. C. Effect of Pavment. Payment for any part of the Work shall not constitute a waiver by the City of any remedies it may have against the Consultant for failure of the Consultant to perform the Work or for any breach of this Agreement by the Consultant. D. Non-Appropriation of Funds. lf sufficient funds are not appropriated or allocated for payment under this Agreement for any future fiscal period, the City shall not be � obligated to make payments for Work or amounts incurred after the end of the current fiscal period, and this Agreement will terminate upon the completion of all remaining Work for which funds are allocated. No penalty or expense shall accrue to the City in the event this provision applies. 5. Termination: A. The City reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause by giving ten (10)calendar days' notice to the Consultant in writing. In the event of such termination or suspension, and upon final payment of amounts due through such termination or suspension, all finished or unfinished documents, data, studies, worksheets, models and reports, or other material prepared by the Consultant pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted to the City, if any are required as part of the Work. � � � , _ ' Page 2 of 11 ___..._._._�- �"'���C t C t�f�! 'e�` J i , �'} E.>.�._��..._.:._...�_._....,�_v_.._.,_...._w..���w__._........_.....,�__.�.ue_._.��._.__.a..:� � B. In the event this Agreement is terminated by the City,the Consultant shall be entitled to payment for all hours worked to the effective date of termination and/or for the percentage of fixed sum work completed, less all payments previously made. If the Agreement is terminated by the City after partial performance�of Work for which the agreed compensation is a fixed fee, the City shall pay the Consultant an equitable share of the fixed fee.This provision shall not prevent the City from seeking any legal remedies it may have for the violation or nonperformance of any of the provisions of this Agreement and such charges due to the City shall be deducted from the final payment due the Consultant. No payment shall be made by the City for any expenses incurred or work done following the effective date of termination unless authorized in advance in writing by the City. C. This Agreement may be terminated by Consultant if after reasonable written notice and an opportunity to cure, City should fail substantially to perform in accordance with the terms of this Agreement through no fault of Consultant. Any notice of � termination shall give no less than 10 days' notice and opportunity for City to cure. In the event termination by the Consultant, Consultant shall be entitled to receive compensation for completed Work, less previous payments,and shall provide the City with all finished and unfinished work product prepared and paid for pursuant to this Agreement. 6. Warranties And Ri�ht To Use Work Product: The standard of care for all design professional services performed by Consultant and its sub-Consultants pursuant to this Agreement shall be in compliance with applicable laws and specified City standards/design criteria using the care and skill �ordinarily used by under similar conditions for projects of a size,scope and complexity similar to the project contemplated in the Work. Consultant represents and agrees all final work product created for and � delivered to the City pursuant to this Agreement shall be the original work of the Consultant and free from any intellectual property encumbrance which would restrict the City from using the work product. Consultant grants to the City a non-exclusive, perpetual right and license to.use, reproduce, distribute, adapt, modify, and display all final work product produced pursuant to this Agreement. The City's or other's adaptation, � modification or use of the final work products other than for the purposes of this Agreement shall be without liability to the Consultant. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 7. Record Maintenance: The Consultant shall maintain accounts and records, which properly reflect all direct and indirect costs expended and Work provided in the , performance of this Agreement and retain such records for as long as may be required by applicable Wasbington State records retention laws, but in any event no less than six ' years after the termination of this Agreement. The Consultant agrees to provide access � to and copies of any records related to this Agreement as required by the City to audit expenditures and charges and/or to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act Page 3 of 11 ._.__ ��-.....�F���,.����'�'{:; �. �_..._..,,-,-,.�... , __.�,.._..,_.._�__�...__� ... __ _ � � , � ., , ., .. . -., ., . . .,� ... _ ,,� � :.... . ....... , n. t �� t_.......:..,......_:::.�._��'_:_.....: >'..:....:..«.....-.�,_,:_...:r:.:.._..........::..a:.....,w....,..,....,_:v.,.,.—..�..,.7 � (Chapter 42.56 RCW). The provisions of this section shall survive the,expiration or termination of this Agreement. . 8. Public Records Compliance: To the full extent the City determines necessary to comply � with the Washington State Public Records Act,Consultant shall make a due diligent search of all records in its possession or control relating to this Agreement and the Work, including, but not limited to, e-mail, correspondence, notes, saved telephorie messages, recordings,photos,or drawings and provide them to the City for reproduction at the City's expense. In the event Consultant believes said records need to be protected from disclosure, it may, at Consultant's own expense, seek judicial protection. Consultant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City for all costs, including attorneys' fees, attendant to any claim or litigation related to a Public Records Act request for which Consultant has responsive records and for which Consultant has withheld records or information contained therein, or not provided them to the City in a timely manner. Consultant shall produce for distribution any and all records responsive to the Public Records Act request in a timely manner, unless those records are protected by court order. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 9. Independent Contractor Relationship: A. The Consultant is retained by the City only for the purposes and to the extent set forth in this Agreement.The nature of the relationship between the Consultant and the City during the period of the Work shall be that of an independent contractor, not employee.The Consultant, not the City, shall have the power to control and direct the � details, manner or means of Work. Specifically, but not by means of limitation, the Consultant shall have no obligation to work any particular hours or particular ' schedule, unless otherwise indicated in the Scope of Work or where scheduling of attendance or performance is mutually arranged due to the nature of the Work. Consultant shall retain the right to designate the means of performing the Work covered by this agreement, and the Consultant shall be entitled to employ other workers at such compensation and such other conditions as it may deem proper, provided, however, that any contract so made by the Consultant is to be paid by jt , alone, and that employing such workers, it is acting individually and not as an agent for the City. B. The City shall not be responsible for withholding or otherwise deducting federal income tax or Social Security or contributing to the State Industrial Insurance ' Program, or otherwise assuming the duties of an employer with respect to Consultant or any employee of the Consultant. C. If the Consultant is a sole proprietorship or if this Agreement is with an individual,the Consultant agrees to notify the City and complete any required form if the Consultant Page 4 of 11 ..______ --�—�`_a`.PrM_�`_�'`�.t_t: "�'�' i � ;.., . `.._�.. �. .............�...... : . , _� . ..._.. ..t..._...�.._...�..... ._..__ -__-. _ . � � retired under a State of Washington retirement system and agrees to indemnify any losses the City may sustain through the Consultant's failure to do so. 10. Hold Harmless: The Consultant agrees to indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its, attorneys, elected officials, employees, officers, representatives, and volunteers from claims, demands, actions, suits, causes of action, arbitrations, mediations, proceedings, injuries, damages, liabilities, taxes, losses, expenses, attorney's or attorneys' fees, costs, and/or litigation expenses to or by any and all persons or entities, including, without limitation, their respective licensees, or representatives, to the extent caused by Consultant's breach of this agreement or the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the � Consultant in performance ofthis Agreement,except forthat portion of the claims caused by the City's sole negligence. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115, (Validity of agreement to indemnify against liability for negligence relative to construction,alteration, improvement,etc.,of structure or improvement attached to real estate...)then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Consultant and the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, Consultant's liability shall be only to the extent of Consultant's negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided in this Agreement constitute Consultant's waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance Act, RCW Title 51, solely for the purposes of this indemnification and only to the extent required to protect City against claims brought by one or more of Consultant's employees as a result of injuries caused in whole or in part by Consultant's negligence. The Parties have mutually negotiated and agreed to this waiver. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 11. Gifts and Conflicts: The City's Code of Ethics and Washington State law prohibit City employees from soliciting, accepting, or receiving any gift, gratuity or favor from any person, firm or corporation involved in a contract or transaction. To ensure compliance with the City's Code of Ethics and state law,the Consultant shall not give a gift of any kind ` to City employees or officials. Consultant also confirms that Consultant does not have a business interest or a close family relationship with any City officer or employee who was, is, or will be involved in selecting the Consultant, negotiating or administering this Agreement, or evaluating the Consultant's performance of the Work. 12. CitV of Renton Business License: The Consultant shall obtain a City of Renton Business License prior to performing any Work and maintain the business license in good standing throughout the term of this agreement with the City. 9 Page 5 of 11 _.._._�._._ �'.�_ ,.., _ , J;t �` ._._.._�-__.___..,.,_._.__�_�.�.�.�__..__._.,_;.�e,.___>.._..�.. , . , , , � r , i.:��__._..��..._�..__.�...��..�......�w..�._..�.._w._.�._.��.._______.�_..w:..�...:_,.�� : ' Information regarding acquiring a city business license can be found at: ht�://rentonwa.�ov/business/default.aspx?id=548&mid=328. Information regarding State business licensing requirements can be found at: http://dor.wa.gov/content/doin�business/re�istermvbusiness/ 13. Insurance: Consultant shall secure and maintain: � A. Commercial general liability insurance in the minimum amounts of $1,000,000,for each claim/$2,000,000 aggregate for the Term of this Agreement. � B. In the event that Work delivered pursuant to this Agreement either directly or indirectly invol"ve or require Professional Services, Professional Liability, Errors and Omissions coverage shall be provided with minimum limits of$1,000,000 per claim. � "Professional Services",for the purpose of this section, shall mean any Work provided by a licensed professional or Work that requires a professional standard of care. C. Workers' compensation coverage, as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington, shall also be secured. D. Commercial Automobile Liabilityfor owned,leased, hired or non-owned, leased, hired or non-owned, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence combined single limit, if there will be any use of Consultant's vehicles on the City's Premises by or on behalf of the City, beyond normal commutes. E. Consultant shall name the City as an Additional Insured on its commercial general liability policy on a non-contributory primary basis. The City's insurance policies shall not be a source for payment of any Consultant liability, nor shall the maintenance of any insurance� required by this Agreement be construed to limit the liability of Consultant to the coverage provided by such insurance or otherwise limit the City's recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. ,, , " F. Subject to the City's review and acceptance, a certificate of insurance showing the proper endorsements, shall be delivered to the City before performing the Work. G. Consultant shall provide the City with written notice of any policy cancellation,within five (5) business days of their receipt of such notice. 14. Delavs: Consultant is not responsible for delays caused by factors beyond the Consultant's reasonable control. When such delays beyond the Consultant's reasonable control occur,the City agrees the Consultant is not responsible.for damages, nor shall the Consultant be deemed to be in default of the Agreement. , Page 6 of 11 , , .-____.___.�-.._-r�;;r,;��._g_� � ,T_._.._n....._ae...__.��a.__. _v...._....A._.... _.. -.._. y . ' . . , , ':'1 fj .,._,_,._,._._.........�.._.�_.�._w.._..._...__�..-..�.�.._..__..„..,�..�,.....2..__M.�,�....,.o�.,..._....__S 7 15. Successors and Assi�ns: Neither the City nor the Consultant shall assign, transfer or encumber any rights, duties or interests accruing from this Agreement without the written consent-of the other. 16. Notices: Any notice required under this Agreement will be in writing, addressed to the appropriate party at the address which appears below (as modified in writing from time to time by such party), and given personally, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, by facsimile or by nationally recognized overnight courier service.Time period for notices shall be deemed to have commenced upon the date� of receipt, EXCEPT facsimile delivery will be deemed to have commenced on the first business day following transmission. Email and telephone may be used for purposes of administering the Agreement, but should not be used to give any formal notice required by the Agreement. CITY OF RENTON CONSULTANT Robert Ebert Keith James Schreiber,AIA � 1055 South Grady Way Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects Renton, WA 98057 901 Fifth Ave. #3100, Seattle, WA 98164 Phone: (425) 430=6602 Phone: 206-682-8300 . rebert@rentonwa.gov schreiber@sswarchitects.com Fax: (425) 430-6603 Fax: 206-682-8375 17. Discrimination Prohibited: Except to the extent permitted by a bona fide occupational qualification,the Consultant agrees as follows: A. Consultant, and Consultant's agents, employees, representatives, and volunteers with regard to the Work performed or to be performed under this Agreement, shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, nationality, creed, marital status, sexual orientation or preference, age (except minimum age and retirement provisions), honorably discharged veteran or military status, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical handicap, unless based upon a bona fide occupational � qualification in relationship to hiring and employment, in employment or application for employment, the administration of the delivery of Work or any other benefits under this Agreement, or procurement of materials or supplies. B. The Consultant will take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, physical, sensory or mental handicaps, or marital status. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation and selection for training. Page 7 of 11 J ._,__-----`l}�,_�-t �,�,-�:�_� � ,• 1 .f.:�ry_...._.,..v....�.._.�._�.,..._.....s.�.._..__..__�...,.._.�.._._-____.`:.... _,._...�.___�.._.__' C. If the Consultant fails to comply with any of this Agreement's non-discrimination provisions, the City shall have the right, at its option, to cancel the Agreement in whole or in part. � D. The Consultant is responsible to be aware of and in compliance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations that may reasonably affect the satisfactory completion , of the project, which includes but is not limited to fair labor laws, worker's compensation, and Title VI of the Federal Civil Rights Act of 1964,and will comply with City of Renton Council Resolution Number 4085. 18. Miscellaneous: The parties hereby acknowledge: ' A. The City is not responsible to train or�provide training for Consultant. B. Consultant will not be, reimbursed for job related expenses except to the extent ' specifically agreed within the attached exhibits. C. Consultant shall furnish all tools and/or materials necessary to perform the Work except to the extent specifically agreed within the attached exhibits. , D. In the event special training, licensing, or certification is required for Consultant to � provide Work he/she will acquire or maintain such at his/her own expense and, if Consultant employs,sub-contracts,or otherwise assigns the responsibility to perform the Work, said employee/sub-contractor/assignee will acquire and or maintain such � training, licensing, or certification. , E. This is a non-exclusive agreement and Consultant is free to provide his/her Work to _ other entities, so long as there is no interruption or interference with the provision of Work called for in this Agreement. F. Consultant is responsible for his/her own insurance, including, but not limited to � health insurance. G. Consultant is responsible for his/her own Worker's Compensation coverage as well as that for any persons employed by the Consultant. , 19. Other Provisions: A. Approval Authoritv. Each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of the City and Consultant represents and warrants that such individuals are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the City or Consultant. . , B. General Administration and Mana�errient.The City's project manager is Robert Ebert. In providing Work, Consultant shall coordinate with the City's contract manager or his/her designee. ' Page 8 of 11 -__�_�..� ��j�::���^;�`�sjrc:.� � ._....._�_.__.��._.n.,- - - -- - � ' . .. ,. . . -;,-;..� _ __�.. � w . . . . _ . ,. . . . , ,.. � �.�. '. . .. , . ,.,,� , . .. . .,. ,. � �_ .�_�..:M.�_:�_:.._;_._��:. _._�.:-:' ., 1 •_.:��..:..�...�._�_�.��...<_�.,�._.,__r.:_ - . � .� � .,:..7 ` C. Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing, duly executed by both Parties. � D. Conflicts. In the event of any inconsistencies between Consultant proposals and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. Any exhibits/attachments to this Agreement are incorporated by reference only to the extent of the purpose for which they are referenced within this Agreement. To the extent a Consultant prepared exhibit conflicts with the terms in the body of this Agreement or contains terms that are extraneous to the purpose for which it is referenced, the terms in the body of this Agreement shall prevail and the extraneous terms shall not be incorporated herein. E. Governin� Law. This Agreement shall be made in and shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington and the City of ' Renton. Consultant and all of the Consultant's employees shall perform the Work in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes and ordinances. F. Joint Draftin� Effort.This Agreement shall be considered for all purposes as prepared ; by the joint efforts of the Parties and shall not be construed against one party or the other as a result of the preparation, substitution, submission or other event of - negotiation, drafting or execution. G. Jurisdiction and Venue.Any lawsuit or legal action brought by any party to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any of its terms or covenants shall be brought in the King County Superior Court for the State of Washington at the Maleng Regional Justice Center in Kent, King County, Washington, or its replacement or successor. � H. Severabilitv. A court of competent jurisdiction's determination that any provision or part of this Agreement is illegal or unenforceable shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. I. Sole and Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties and any representations or understandings, whether oral or written, not � incorporated are excluded. J. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. Adherence to completion dates set forth in the description of the Work is essential to the Consultant's performance of this Agreement. The Consultant is not responsible for deviations to the schedule included in Exhibit B for which the Consultant has no control, including but not � necessarily limited to permit review and approval processing by authorities having ��,=— ,�, Page 9 of 11 _. _..�___ ;�' "=�T�i + t�^�1_ `� ..,_,..�._._.__...._._.__..�_...;..__,__ - - - - - - . ,;� � .L . ,�...,...._,�..._.�_,.._....-.,. ..._�w.,,.._.._.,A........�.....,..�._.,._...�,._.v_.v.,......._.,..,_....__._.__ jurisdiction, approval by the City or other governing bodies,substantially changed site conditions, schedules of adjacent projects, etc. K. Third-Partv Beneficiaries. IVothing in this Agreement is intended to, nor shall be construed to give any rights or benefits in the Agreement to anyone other than the Parties, and all duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement will be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Par'ties and no one else. L. Assi�ns and Successors. The Parties each bind themselves,their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party to this Agreement, and to the partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants of the Agreement. - M. Waivers. All waivers shall be in writing and signed by the waiving party. Either party's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be a waiver and shall not prevent either the City or Consultant from enforcing that provision or any other provision of this Agreement in the future. Waiver of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any prior or subsequent breach unless it is expressly waived in writing. N. Counterparts. The Parties may execute this Agreement in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which will together constitute this one Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have voluntarily entered into this Agreement as of the date , last signed by the Parties below. , CITY OF RENTON CONSULTANT - � By: 0 By: � Denis Law Keith Ja s S reibe , AIA Mayor Schreiber Starling itehead Architects �"��'�d�7 22 February 2017 Date Date Att@St ```�o�`o��R�►��h��� � . ��� _`���`��```�,��.����,�,,,,���� '�,��� : �s ''�.°y= 3 _ '� : <S�� =* _ �� = � _ � SEAL ' � = Jason . Seth s y=,, 'jp ; : Cit`'C erk '� .'` , l ''���j�O�i90 ����l��lu�H���,,b,�o,� ���i����'�iE0,8Ep;;��`���. �,_,._�_..�_._ _. Page 10 of 11 � J . _�_._. - 's�'__�i�+i�3�_� -'�' � ' i � ' � ' . ..._._._...__. �.,._: `_._ . , �._..:' ' ' ... .._.:_.._.. � . _._._e.. �... , � Approved as to Legal Form - . � Lawrence J. Warren Renton City Attorney Agreement Form Updated 01/31/2017 Page 11 of 11 _._._�__ ;%_�. __� :���,�, '�' 1 t . EXHIBIT A '���P� �_b��i AR[HITECTS SCHREi�ER � S`iARLING �lp-IITEE�EAD 10 January 2017 901 FIFTH AVE"03}00 SEATTLE.WA 98164 Mr.Robert Ebert 2o6-6a2-e3oo Capital Projects Coordinator sswARCHiTEcrs.coM 6t''Floor Community Services � 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98057-3232 � J Subject: Proposal for Design Services,City of Renton Fire Station#15 Dear Robert, We are very excited to have the opportunity to provide design services for the new Fire Station#15 in the Kennydale Neighborhood of Renton.From our initial meeting and discussions it is clear that we are undertaking and exciting and rewarding project that will have significant and lasting impact for the City of Renton,the RRFA and the Kennydale neighborhood. PROJECT DESCRIPTION � As you have indicated in your RFQ,the project is envisioned as a 7,500-gsf,2-bay station that will house a crew of 4. The site location is on the north side of N.30�'Street which is also planned to house a water reservoir that will be developed separately. MACC , Based on preliminary calculations�done by the City,the MACC for the new fire station is established at $3,200,000. SCOPE OF SERVICES The scope of this agreement includes basic design services as defined by Appendix A of the Agreement. FEE FOR BASIC SERVICES Based upon the State A 7 E Schedule(for category B),I calculate that the Basic Services Fee to be$295,680 per ' Appendix B of the Agreement � ADDITIONAL SERVICES � As we have discussed,the State Fee Schedule does not include all the typical services needed to complete the design,bid,and administer the construction of the project. Using the State Standard Agreement which defines which services are considered additional to the basic services,and based on our discussions to include many of the services that an Owner would typically provide,I have included proposals for the following Additional Services: • Land Use Permitting • Additional Meetings&Presentations • Extended Construction Administration • Record Drawings • Site Civil Engineering r • Site Structural � • Landscape Architecture • Geotechnical Investigation and report • Independent Estimating • Signage/Graphics • Traffic signalization • Basic Commissioning and MEP Commissioning Support � i � `��,9� ' ����! dRCHiTEC75 • Construction Testing • Reimbursable Expenses . I have identified the costs of Additional Services at$467,963 and provided breakdowns in the attached proposal summary and detail. � SCHEDULE � I have identified the key schedule milestones in Appendix B of the agreement. This schedule should allow start of construction to start prior to 1 January 2018 and be complete prior to 1 January 2019 On behalf of the entire design team,I express our appreciation for this opportunity to join with you and the City of Renton in this exciting new Fire Station. Respectfu I ly, e Keit Jam eib ;AIA Principal � Attachments: Fee proposal summary and back-up � Edited Agreement Appendix A . Appendix B e � FEE PROPOS�#L SUlVI9Vi�iRl( Renfion Fire Station#15 - . �a-.. ... ,, y,.., .,. ,. . ,.. �if �ryf�� rxwm' ' �..¢vv °xu.^� r#""b +6 +k b:»» �yu•� � 0 / �� B M� �� � + �. ��� ,G'+p,i M`�4� -W�.yL'�� � � ,y� �"`�""�5;�'�`$ 4,°' �,`�,4"�,, o .r ^�� �er , ° "�,. ... m a4-. x ., . ... .a,+., � � 'm.s�,,�t r .?4nn!r:,X��� �`a�".7"vlW �di... .. �.. A�"��i��. �.�:id�t"" . ��. .�.r?�`�� �"�"���#����,� . t-�,�,, „ , x.=. Stope o�1A/o�le MACC OPM FEE% $3,200,000 9.24% " Sehematic ' ' Design Construction �Bidding.. , Construction � ` Desegn Development , Docur►aenfs Aalminisfrutior� i , , ' "`-"-- y' .�,m.- ;ro �„ . �+T�" +� �,^"" �Y 'r,���v�^.^�^^i-..�,w^r^ ".,5�'sa!' ^x,M^°4 �""'s-� �¢s �:;�w'" .}�«" w'-� ��r ` ' N 1 � '� g � � 6 x gra,c !' r � ,�„ , ..r .�t8�a '`Ss.,s..�'�„�:i��.:,h•d r�"�e,�a;v;�+� ,4 ,� �,re;;,,9,!"�� �..c,�Z• S�^r',�3.���4w� ,.��� ;�'W �n� '"'"'�t%'"" � ° � F`^,�'�dt�;,, y�,. �� ���fi„�� ,' ° � � �+ .� �` ����,t�' � �,*��,a�, � � 6 � - � �, Structural Engineering $7,020 $7,800 $12,090 $780 $10,530 Mechanical and Electrical Engineering $9,599 $10,666 $16,532 $1,067- $14,399 SubtotalConsultantFees $16,619 $18,466 $28,622 $1,847 $24,929 ConsultantMark-upatl0% $1,662 $1,847 $2,86� $185 $2,493 Architectural $34,810 $38,770 $60,170 $3,780 $52,210 ,.�. w. ��'��,`� '-;.�,i°� -� > a a o�.q �� �e �'� o � a . ..,..�.� '�., ��w""�`��.,.�. �"v� .�r+`�.rs�"n �"����.�°�'i��.�..�.,,,d„,�,��, �� p �°. �� �' � o ,..:�,�%'.�, OFMPercent�rge 18% 20% 37% � 2% 27% OFN�Target 53,222 59,136 91,661 5,914 79,834 Note:Construcrion Administration and Close-Out is beyond OFM scale due to need for more on-site observation and CA Coordination �- ��. .,. ,, . '���+ ,�.�imra.^s�,� �?��'�Y�a�,a�,��C«��, ,'� m*�ib"� .Yw + t'.X�,4. �n "g `y � � GD Q � ' � � 1 � � � �`'i,���t`1�E�r*�"s`���,�,v�a��1, �'�3�', �` � r,�g "�fi �,�.�k�a i r'�^W F� .ti F' �a�L S,� �i..�°4"u:,a,4�k'�,°?^'✓� .�M .s� J .'T.a',.�'`,m�* ��i Programming/Predesign $ 26,655 Lcend Use Perrnitting $ 14,570 Based on support/integration with Water Tower project additional Meerings&Presentarions $ s,�50 Extended Construction Ad�ninisfration $ 129,980 Ftecord Drawings $ 12,620 Civil (see attached) $ 78,980 LPD Proposal+10% Si�e Strurtwral $ 3,300 Lund Proposal+10% Landscape (see attached) $ 45,888 H88 rproposal.+ 10% (Includes 4k for arborist) Geoteshnical (see attached) $ 33,754 HWA at 16K+ 14K+10%(includes Pit Testing) IndepenalentEs�emating (seeattached) $ 12,650 Robinson C0. Signe�ge/Graphics $ 5,000 Allowance A!/ $ - Bidder-designed Alerting $ - Bidder-Designed Tra�ficsigeaalization (seeattached) $ 44,825 TenNW+10% Basis Commissioning (see aitached) $ 2,074 Welsh Commissining Group+10% MEPCxScepport $ 3,080 PerHultz+10% Constrcection Pesting $ 42,438 Per MTC+ 10%(Note their proposal is T&M) Reim6ursable Expenses $ 4,000 Allowance for expenses not incluided on overhead by agreement Subtotal Additional Services , .._..�..�...�--._��,�..:.:___, ,m�.�__,�.,._.__�� ,.� .�__ �,..��a._.�. _ ..._ �.,� {TOTAL ALL SERVICES � � ' L,.�._���.w_�.v.__�._.��..�e„w.�.W...�._.�.....w._...�.�_.�,�...�..�_���,.��_,__�__.�..�.�..�..._��.w�._W._.4.._�_.�.__,_.�..a�_„__,.�..�_.��.�....�..w__.�._w..�.�..�_��. r� ��� ��J�l AACHIiECTS BASIC SERVICES PRE-PLAN SCHREIBER Renton Fire Sta#ion#15 STARLING WHITEHEAD � ,� ,� �,� W: RA � a '� ��4.°n. �°'a ''��m�t;r. �#�?�,:'�.�r'c, �w, -"�,+� '�.� Pd h ,��^�' ��'�'��:.., „,;' R.��a�o ��'.�`r� � Adoninistration Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 8 10 Discipline Coordination � Meeting w/Consultants 8 Docurnen#Checking QC Review 4 Consulting w/Permitting Authority Initial Permit compliance 4 Mleetin s&Coordination w/Cit Pro'ect Cornrt�ittee Presentation 2 6 User-Grou Meetin s (Assume 4 mt s.@ 4 hrs.+minutes) 16 20 Architectural Desi n Refine conce tual lans 20 20 24 Develo and Coordinate Revit Model 34 Preliminary Design Drawings-Site Plan,Floor Plan, Section,Elevations 30 30 Drawings and Documentation for SD presentation (Narrative and calculations plus 6 drawings: site plan,floor plans,elevations,section) 20 40 Material Research Product/system/equipment research and coordination 8 Specifications Narrative 12 Cost Estimating Preparation of Total Project Budget 4 Archifiectural Summary hours= 30 142 0 148 320 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $5,250 $18,460 $0 $11,100 $34,810 Consultant Expenses Structural Engineering See summary and Back-up $0 Mechanical/Electrical Engineering See summary and Back-up $0 10%Mark-Up $0 $0 ,„ , � r°""'�°`d�9 �a`9�'� �rx ��wRs" 0 � a � � } � a �p°� �"��'� b' ,'. �1�(r�."o•�'�.'S.,�rf. h a.'�`�3'S';.�w`"w, °'d t ''�'�"��I � �,.�'. ,..a G":.�, ..k"}x5 S•F �, � , i rl ��� ���SI ARCHITECTS BASIC SERVICES PRE-PLAN SCHREIBER Renton Fire Station#15 STARLING WHITEHEAI . , ,.. . y b - oA a - - . oA� - � ,. .� . p ' _ p 7 ,V, �.> .,. .�,4, �'�+`� �r�'�S�r'' a, �� w "" .�' �r �4� � a�g„�w.,�'wtsi`�� +� . �,�.� ���� ' � .,q*' D ,j yi'�",�. 0 P►dministration Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 72 12 Disciplieee Coordination Meeting w/Consultants 12 8 Doeuov�ent Checking QC Review 4 Permit#in Initial Bldg. Code Sheets , 6 Coordinate with Consultants on other permitting ' 2 Meetings and correspondence w/City of Renton Permitting 3 Nieegings&Coordination w/City � Progress Meeting (5 mtgs.@ 3 hrs.+minutes) 16 24 Architectural Design Review Schematic Documentation&Incor orate Comments 2 Develo /Mana e Revit Model 10 Develo Architectural Site Plan 4 12 Develo Floor Plans(2 sheets) 16 24 Develo Roof Plan 8 Develo Elevations(2 sheets) 8 24 Develo Buildin &Wall Sections(2 Sheets) 12 12 Develo T ical Exterior Details(2 sheets) 16 16 Develo Wall T es � ' 8 Develo T ical Interior Details(2 sheet) 8 24 ' Develo Stair Plans(1 sheets) 8 Develo Enlar ed Plans(1 sheet) � 8 8 Develo Reflected Ceilin Plans(2 sheet) � 8 Matersal Research Product/system/equipment research and coordination 8 6 Initial Materials Boards 6 Specifications Outline Specifications and cut sheets 8 6 Scheduling Update Schedule 2 Cost Estimating Update Estimate of Probable Costs 8 Architectural Summar'► hours= 16 159 0 204 3 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $2,800 $20,670 $0 $15,300 $38, Consultant Expenses Structural Engineering See summary and Back-up Mechanical/Electrical Enaineerinq See summary and Back-up , � �i�10 , �,J.l ARCHITECiS �ASIC SERVICES PRE-PLAN SCHREIBER STARLING City of Renton-Fire Station #15 WHITEFIEAD a 1 .�. a � o �" ��,"^�:����1 :�..a_*d�g y��,,k{:.�d*� �K�sYr. °�. ;:� ��- '� a•, _ � '4 1a , ' 1{E�'4 53,,,�ik4K_� y���' ,,.5 � �'+A'r�iYs': � �..„� a ,.fld�i'..., P�. Administration Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 20 8 Discipline Coordination Meeting w/Consultants 12 12 Document Checicing QC Review 12 Permittin Meetings and correspondence w/AHJ 8 Coordinate with Consultants on other permitting 8 ArcFriteetural Design Review DD Documentation&Incor orate Comments 6 Develo /Mana e Revit Model 24 TO Index,Code Title Sheets(4 sheets) 6 16 A1 Architectural Site Plan 10 24 A1.1 Site Details 6 24 � A2 Floor Plans 20 32 A3 Roof Plan 12 A3.1 Roof Details 8 16 A4 Buildin Elevations 8 12 A5 Buildin Sections 8 � 16 � A6 Wall Sections&Exterior Details 20 16 � A7 Stair and Enlar ed Floor Plans 4 16 A8 Exterior Details and Schedules 20 16 A9 Wall,Door,T es and Interior Schedules 8 16 A10 Interior Elevations and Details 12 30 A11 Casework Details 4 12 Al2Reflected Ceilin Plans and details 2 76 IU�aterial Research Product/system/equipment research and coordination 12 8 Materials Boards 8 �ecificatiores Bid Specifications 32 Scheduling Updated Schedule 4 Cost Estimating Update Estimate of Probable Costs 16 Architectural Summary hours= 12 254 � 0 334 600 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $2,100 $33,020 $0 $25,050 $fn0,170 i a r�`�� , ��J.l 4RCHITEC_TS BASIC SERVICES PItE-PLAN SCHREIBER STARLItdG Renton Fire Station#15 WHITEHEAD . . Q � , y- �;� � �b: '� �"�. �: �.. �.o , Administration Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 1 1 Bidding Materials Organizing/Coordination/Handling of Bidding Documents 1 3 Addenda Develop/Review/Issue 5 Bidding Processes PreBid Conference 4 Questions and Clarifications 4 Substitution Requests Consideration and Comparison 10 Bidder Evaluation Review and Approve Bidder Responsibility Criteria 1 AYCI11t�CtUP�I SUY'1'1P11at'�/ hours= 1 26 0 3 30 rate= $175 ' $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $175 $3,380 $0 $225 $3,780 ConsultantExpenses Structural Engineering See summary and Back-up $0 Mechanical/Electrical Engineering See summary and Back-up $0 10%Mark-Up $0 $0 � ' � � ` ' �.�,. < '� � � r r� 1►' ��J.l eRCHITECI BASIC SER!/ICES PRE-PLAfV SCHREIBE STARLING Itenton Fire Statiora�15 WHITEHE, � ' . a ' o �` � , n fl r^�` �� �"�`, �+�";� �y���t����������'� �;�ar��s �A � � 4 a � �. F <a'�'� � � , � a��, R �, r �. � �e,�;� Administration Consultations,correspondence and general admin.(8 hrs,/mo.) 12 40 Discipline Coordination Coordination w/Consultants 20 10 Consulting w/Permfitting Authority Services related to applicable codes and responses to governing 10 0 authorities Construction Administration Submittal Review,Shop drawings(40@ 1hrMP, 1.5hr1/D) 40 60 RFI/SI Clarifications(4oat 1hrPM,2.5hrs.1/D) 40 100 Change Order Prop./Field Authorization 0 0 Construction Progress Meetings Site visits with reports(12@ 6hrs PM,8 hrs.I/D) 72 96 Project Account6ng Review Applications for Payment (10 @ 1 hr) 10 Architectural Summary hours= 12 232 0 266 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $2,100 $30,160 $0 $19,950 Consultant Expenses Structural Engineering See summary and Back-up Mechanical/Electrical Engineering See summary and Back-up 10%Mark-Up � � � r'' w '+ �.;„ r;� 4,`.'`� �' �" ���� 9. � Q 9 � � *' �,*�.`�� .. �" �. ,* °� �;:��� z�`6 � A rl t�� � ��J.l �R[HITECTS BASIC SERVICES PRE-PLAN SCHREIBER STARLING Renton Fire Station#15 WHITEHEAD e , - o 0 0 Project Closeout Substantial and Final Completion Checklists and Certifications 1 2 4 Punch listing � Initial Review 12 0 Backcheck 6 Second Backcheck 6 , Closeout Submittal Review and Approve Closeout Documents 1 4 Architectural Summary hours= 1 27 0 8 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 � subtotal= $175 $3,510 $0 $600 $4,; Consultant Expenses ' Structural Engineering See summary and Back-up Mechanical/Electrical Engineering Seesummaryand'Back-up 10%Mark-Up � � ' � � 0 � I .��v� ��J�1 ARCHIiECTS I�DDI7'IONd�L SERVICES PRE-PL/AN SCHREIBER STARLIPIG Reroton Fire Stat�on#15 WHITEHEAD 1 ' ,.p . -.:,8 .. 9 . , , ; , , , n.� , �. .Yn�$,d ��y6�'�.'f�'�1/' ,.) . .�.., � ° _A.1. R.fl., ° ' '�M' , �.��',�" ��, a'��9'� aX.�. � °-- a-fl- �`; .�'� .., �'. ,,Y � y'"^d�9i yT'#;`�''�4�����` �',d'�p'AD����J;�.�,yR�S• Q �.�, Aclministration Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 4 Site dlnalysis Coordinate for geotechnical 4 Assist in SEPA process 8 Prograenming Kick-Off meeting(Workshop#1):Define goals and objectives; establish requirements.Confirm program spaces and discuss 3 6 basic layout and required adjacencies.Includes preparation, travel time,and minutes. Prepare initial program data and plan diagrams 6 4 Prepare Room Data Sheets 1 6 Peer Station Visits (Assume 3 and 3 hrs.each) 9 9 Develop and document conceptual alternatives 6 3-D Model and massing studies 4 32 Workshop#2:Present and review conceptual alternatives. 3 6 Identify preferred option Develop and document preferred alternate 4 8 32 Coordinate cost and engineering for preferred alternative 6 Prepare project schedule 2 Workshop#3-Cost Review and Adjustment 3 6 Modify preferred alternate based on cost review g 24 Workshop#4 Final Presentation 3 6 Architectural Surnmary hours= 43 76 0 94 213 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal=. $7,525 $9,880 $0 $7,050 $24,455 Consultant Expenses Cost Estimating(Allowance) $2,000 Structural Engineering No Role $0 Mechanical/Electrical Engineering IVo Role $0 10%Mark-Up $200 $2,200 � # o o . o ' a , � o o p � � . , a� .�, ,. "�p" P r , ,k.,�:�¢.�,`���...�"r"��&'�,'.k�". ,:.�x�.��.������ w,: . _ `�� ��� � > a, � a ����! �1J�1 ARCHITECTS ADDITIONAL SERVICE�-Use Perrr9it SCHREIBER STARLING Renton Fire 5tation #15 WHITEHEAD 7�` � #„ 0 0 tl f, .y, � � 0 8 0 ,: ,v . .!W, � .yPS'. XY+ '"s,,�, ' yp ,&;"'�'v_ {� � ��� � ��.� 0. .�. Administration Consultations,correspondence and general 4 8 Discipline Coordinatioro Meeting w/Consultants 8 Coordination with Tower Design 12 Consulting w/Permitting Authority Pre-A lication Meetin 3 4 CUP Narrative 2 8 Su ortin Worksheets 2 12 SEPA Checklist 12 Prepare CUP Drawings Submittal 8 16 Environmental Committee Meeting 3 4 Respond to Comments 4 Final Hearing 4 Architectural Summary hours= 14 84 0 16 114 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $2,450- $10,920 $0 $1,200 $14,570 , Consultarst Expenses Civil Engineering (included in their proposal) $0 Landscape(Included in their proposal) $0 10%Mark-Up $0 $0 � ' � � :,�: .�r�,,;n�` r��;, �' e�. ����II . _ 1�1 ARCHITECTS ADDITIONI4L SER1iICES iVIETINGS AND PRESENYATIONS - SCHREIBER STARLING Renton Fire Station#15 �lHITEHEAD <. �,.� . ��, ' � � � Y� � � � � �� , � �r�.,� +.�;, ^' �,�;s': . � � o , o.6 `.y'�' {��S o-a,�w�`" �a' �t �`.�*'' � ""�"`� . . ... } _. �t�.s.d'��-'"�' ��' D '��,u.�'�m.��. Q Administration � Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 2 4 Meetirsgs�Coordination w/City Projec#Committee Presentation to Council (2) 8 8 8 Open-House/ Presentation to Kennydale Neighborhood (2) 8 8 8 Architectural Desi n - � Exterior Renderin s(2) 8 Interior Renderin s(2) 8 Architectural Summary hours= 18 20 0 32 70 rate= � $175 $130 , $85 $75 subtotal= $3,150 $2,600 $0 $2,400 $�,150 Consultant Expenses Landscape(included in that proposal) $0 10%Mark-Up $0 $0 Qd "�' 'k_' � D 0 ' ' � }' � `�v/ r.q���"nt'� � , y��apt�,;�$"��t,, �^ '�� „$� ^ . �, �'.a".'�,�.�`..�.�w �'..�i''���..�:...,.. :�"�.._.�.:..- �.s�.�".1:::,. 9 r i � rl �,d �,J�l ARCHITECTS �ASIC SERVICES PRE-PLAN SCHREIBER STARLING City of Renton-Fipe Station #15 WHITEHE,4D ; .� - g m - e o A � d .� ° 9 . N.. a 9 `� o m a � � ��� D � i- Administration Consultations,correspondence and general admin.(8 -20 40 Discipline Coordination Coordination w/Consultants 40 10 Consulting w/Permitting Authority Services related to applicable codes and responses to 16 8 Construction Administration Submittal Review,Shop drawings(40@ 1.5hrMP,3hr1/D) 60 120 RFI/51 Clarifications(60at 1hrPM,2.5hrs.1/D) 60 150 Change Order Prop./Field Authorization 120 80 Construction Progress IUleetings Site visits with reports(40 @ 6hrs PM,8 hrs.l/D) 240 320 Project Accounting Review Applications for Payment (12 @ 1.5hr) 0 Architeetural Summary hours= 20 576 0 688 9,284 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $3,500 $74,880 $0 $51,600 $129,980 Consultant Expenses Structural Engineering See summary and Back-up $0 Mechanical/Electrical Engineering See summary and Back-up $0 10%Mark-Up $0 . $0 a � � � � � e �: �;.. ,�,., ,.'. , o . � r 'l ��' �_1��1 ARCHITECTS ADDITIONAL SERVICES PRE-PLAN SCHREIBER STARLING Renton Fire Statiora#15 WHITEHEAD m �- . a � ._ a � 8 '._�, o s o�:_ _ — e a /�C�tNIIIIS�Y��lOt9 Consultations,correspondence and general admin. 6 Preparation opsf Itecord Drawings Transfer of Contractor Mark-ups to Revit Model 40 Conversition ot AutoCAD and Reproduction 24 Architectural Surnrnary hours= 0 6 0 64 70 rate= $175 $130 $85 $75 subtotal= $0 $780 $0 $4,800 $5,580 Consultarst Expenses Structural Engineering See attached proposal for breakdown $4,000 MEP Engineering See attached proposal for breakdown $1,400 Landscape See attached proposal for breakdown $1,000 10%Mark-Up $640 $7,040 o , � ° � � ° � � F.s . a A a � HULTZ `� B�-IU e n g i n e e r s i n c December 19,2016 � Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects ' 901 Fifth Avenue,Suite 3100 � Seattle,WA 98164 Attention: MaryJo Lux Subject: Renton Fire Station No. 15 Engineering Services Proposal (Revised) Thank you for this opportunity to submit our proposal to furnish engineering services for this project. Proiect Description New Fire Station for the City of Renton, per your email (and attachments) of 12-7-16. Project includes an emergency generator and site radio antenna. Scope of Services Design Phase: Our work would consist of providing mechanical and electrical engineering, design, drawings,technical specifications, and construction cost estimates. Mechanical design includes heating/ventilation/air conditioning(HVAC)systems, exhaust, plumbing, and fire sprinkler. Electrical design includes electrical power, interior lighting,exterior(site) lighting, data/phone voltage systems pathway, electrical infrastructure for fire response notification systems (actual system specified by Owner or others),electrical generator/UPS system, pathway for the radio antenna systems, and building fire alarm. Fire sprinkler and fire alarm systems would be covered by specifications and drawing notes with final design (and shop drawings) by the installing contractor. Our work includes mechanical energy code forms and electrical (lighting) energy code forms. Our work is limited to systems within the building footprint (except for electrical service to the building,site lighting, and antenna pathway). Bid Phase: Our work would consist of a review of substitution requests, and issuing any required mechanical/electrical addenda items. � Construction Phase: Our work would consist of submittal reviews, responding to mechanical/electrical RFI's,two construction phase site visits (each discipline),one punch list review, one punchlist backcheck, � and a review of closeout documents(as-builts,O&M's, commissioning report). Proposed Fee We propose to provide this phase work on a lump sum fee basis as follows: Design Phase: , HVAC $ 11,500 Plumbing $ 7,000 Fire Sprinkler, $ 1,500 1111 Fawcett Avenue, Suite 100 . Tacoma,Washington 98402 T 253.383.3257 • F 253.383.3283 • general@hultzbhu.com ' ' / December 19, 2016 Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects Renton Fire Station No. 15 Engineering Services Proposal (Revised) Page 2 Electrical Power Systems $ 13,000 Lighting(Building&Site) $ 6,200 Low Voltage Systems/FA $ 4,300 � Mech Code Forms $ 500 Elec Code Forms 300 , Design Sub-Total $44,300 Bid Phase $ 500 , Construction Phase 8 500 Bid/Construction Sub-Total $ 9,000 Total Services $53,300 Reimbursable Costs(to be billed as incurred): Mileage for Site Visits $ 250 � Printing $ 200 Total Reimbursable $ 450 , Total Fee$53,750 Optional Services: 1. Prepare electronic as-builts from Contractor field record drawings: $ 1,400 2. Commissioning coordination, commissioning coordination, report review: $2,800 Our fee would be billed monthly as a percentage complete. Hourly rates for any hourly work: 160$/hr Principal; 135 $/hr Senior Engineer; 125 $/hr Project Engineer; 100$/hr Project Manager; 85$/hr Design Technician; 75$/hr Drafter; 55$/hr Clerical. , , Assumqtions/Qualifiers 1. Attendance at the pre-bid meeting or pre-construction meeting is not included. 2. Distribution of review, permit, and bid documents is by others (we will submit our documents electronically to you). 3. Life cycle cost analysis or other economic evaluations are not included. 4. Evaluation of building envelope components is not included. 5. Participation in Value Engineering(VE) activities or developing specialized documents for that purpose is not included. 6. Participation in constructability reviews or developing specialized docu,ments for that purpose is not included. 7. Commissioning documents and commissioning of systems is by others;the optional services noted are for reviewing the design documents with the commissioning agent(CA), reviewing and responding to CA issues during commissioning, and a review of the final CA report. We assume CA work includes all HVAC systems, energy management controls, lighting controls, and generator/UPS systems. ; , December 19, 2016 Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects Renton Fire Station No. 15 � ` � Engineering Services Proposal (Revised) Page 3 � 8. Submitting for permits and permit fees is not included (coordination in completing permit forms is , included; responding to permit comments is also included). 9. We assume approximately three design meetings at your office(or the Owner's), but recognize � there may be more. 10. Seismic design and anchoring of MEP systems is by others. 11. No unusual or detrimental conditions exist at the site or in the vicinity requiring any analysis or design consideration by us. It is the responsibility of others to determine if such conditions exist and to notify us; any analysis to determine if such conditions exist and any analysis or design to accommodate such conditions is an extra service. 12. We assume that you will provide us AutoCAD and Revit compatible backgrounds of the building; ' we will utilize Revit; but will use AutoCAD for underground systems and systems that are below a size requiring space coordination (i.e. homeruns for electrical circuits, panel feeders). 13. "Hard"copies of complete project plans and specifications at each submittal phase will be furnished us (or if we have to print,the cost will be treated as a reimbursable cost as noted). Please call if you have any questions. We appreciate this opportunity to work with you. Sincerely, � Hultz�BHU Engineers Inc. Rick Hultz,,PE Principal ��"'a.�`a�,.,a,} � . � ,.�'"."� � /��^��°�nz� ���r �` ,� � .J �,���� �w„ � +�f��;`��..�.�'s� �� �� `PSAHL December 21, 2016 Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects 901 Fifth Avenue,Suite 3100 Seattle,WA 98164 Attention: Mary Jo Lux Project: Renton Fire Station 15 N 30th St Renton,WA 98056 Re: Proposal for Structural Engineering Services Dear Mary Jo: We are pleased to propose the following agreement for providing structural engineering services on this project. This proposal will remain open for acceptance for 30 days from the date above. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT The project consists of a 7,500 square foot fire station with two apparatus bays and 6 bunks. Construction materials are anticipated to be concrete masonry and light-framed wood or metal stud. One story is anticipated. Structural design will include site walls retaining up to 8 feet of soil, but will exclude any storm water retention structures. SCAPE OF SERi610E5 The Structural Engineering Senrices to be provided are described in the Summary of Services (Exhibit A). _ The Terms and Conditions included in Exhibit B are part of this proposal. We request a copy of the Prime Agreement between the Architect and pwner be provided to us prior to our finalization of this Agreement. We reserve the rights to modify the scope and compensation herein if provisions in the Prime Agreement warrant a change. Additional Services included and excluded from this Basic Services proposal are listed in Exhibit A. We understand that this is not a Fast Track Project and will not entail Multiple Bid Packages.' GOMPENSATIOPI We propose to provide the services noted for a stipulated sum of$39,000 plus reimbursable expenses and additional services. Reimbursable expenses will have a markup of 10%. Invoices will be submitted monthly based on percent complete. 1201 First Avenue South, Suite 310 � Seattle, Washington 98134 � 206-402-5156 � www.lundopsahl.com 3 � ' The compensation will be billed monthly based on our percent complete of the following percentages for each phase: Schematic Design 10% $3,900 Design Development 20% , $7,800 Contract Documents 43% $16,770 Permit/Bid 2% $780 � Construction Phase 25°/a $9,750 Final Completion 0% $0 Total Basic Services 100% $39,000 / ADDITIONAL SERVICES � Structural Engineering Services included in basic services are described in the Summary of Services (Exhibit A). You have requested we separate any additional services beyond.those in Exhibit A. At this time,we propose additional services for CAD production of a structural record set and incorporation of concrete site retaining wall design documents into our scope. We propose these services for a stipulated sum of$9,000 in addition to basic services compensation above: Site Retaining Walls $3,000 Record Set $4,000 Total Additional Services $9,000 We hope that this proposal meets your needs and look forward to developing this project with you. Sincerely, � Agreed to and Accepted by: . dam Slivers PE, SE (signature) (date) Associate Lund Opsahl LLC (printed name/title) e�-` /C'� arjo e Lund PE, SE Pr.incipal Lund Opsahl LLC � Lund Opsahl, LLC December 21, 2016 Page 2 f���,� } ' '���� �'� � � � ��U�� �� ,.��r� �� �� r����� Ars/�greemerst between Glient and Structural Engineer of itecord (SER) for Professional Services � EXHIBIT A—Summary of Service§ This is an exhibit attached to and made a parG of the Letter of Agreement PROJECT DESCRIPYIOIV , The project consists of a 7,500 square foot fire station with two apparatus bays and 6 bunks. Construction materials are anticipated to be concrete masonry and light-framed wood or metal stud. One story is � anticipated. DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE Consultant shall provide structural engineering services for the primary structural system. This system consists of the foundations, structural bearing and shear walls, columns, beams, bracing, slabs, sheathing and connections between these elements,which acting together, provide a complete, stable structural framework. Design of secondary structural elements, non-structural components, and related support�and bracing shall be the responsibility of others unless specifically noted herein or by written addendum to this agreement. Review of the effect of secondary and non-structural elements on the primary structural system and design the primary structural system to accept and support such items is included. The Contract Documents shall provide information regarding the supporting capability and physical attachment limitations of the primary structural system. Where Exhibit P,requires secondary or non- structural elements to be reviewed by the SER,the SER shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of information furnished by the Client and/or Prime Design Professional. J SPECI�►L SERVICES IMCLUDED IN BASIC SERVICE COIiAPENS�►TIOI�I The following services are included in this agreement due to the special requirements of this project. These services may or may not normally be included in basic structural services, but are included in the basic structural engineering services of this project • Provide structural observation per IBC 1704.5 • Provide to the Architect,structural review and sizing of non-structural elements for inclusion on architectural documents. Architect shall specifically request structural review where needed. We have estimated 16 hours for this scope. SCOPE OF COfdSULTA9VY'S SERVICES Blf PH�4SE Scheonatic Design Phase , 1. Attend 2 meetings 2. Establish structural design criteria 3. Prepare studies of alternative structural systems for cost estimating purposes 4. Assist in selection of structural system(s)for the project 5. Provide structural criteria for geotechnical consultant 6. Assist in determining need for special studies 1201 First Avenue South, Suite 310 � Seattle, Washington 98134 � 206-402-5156 � www.lundopsahl.com r t 7. Suggest possible changes to affect savings - Design development phase 1. Attend 6 meetings 2. Prepare preliminary structural design calculations for typical elements 3. Prepare preliminary foundation drawings 4. Prepare preliminary framing layout drawings 5. Prepare typical detail sheets 6. Prepare or edit outline specifications for structural items 7. Identify pre-engineered structural elements 8. Review results of special studies 9. Coordinate structural design with special design criteria 10. Submit design development documentation for approval 11. Assist in reviewing preliminary opinion of probable construction cost Contract documents phase 1. Prepare structural design of primary structural system ' 2. Designate elements to be designed by specialty engineers and specify structural criteria for specialty engineers design of pre-engineered structural elements , 3. Review effect of secoridary or non-structural elements attached to primary structural system 4. Attend bi-weekly meetings 5. Assist in coordination with building officials 6. Finalize structural calculations 7. Finalize structural drawings 8. Prepare or edit specifications for the primary structural system 9. Assist in establishing testing and inspection requirements 10. Perform checking and coordination of the structural documents ' 11. Participate in coordination of the structural documents with those of other disciplines � 12. Assist in determining which, if any, construction procedures shall be submitted for review 13. Assist in filing construction documents for approval by building official 14. Revise construction documents as required by building official (and by peer reviewer) 15. Review and provide material sizes for non-structural elements in architectural documents. Construction administration phase 1. Bidding and award i) Provide structural addenda and clarifications ii) Assist in bid evaluation 2. Pre-construction services i) . Attend 1 meeting ii) Assist in establishing procedures for testing and inspections iii) Assist in confirming submittal procedures iv) Advise client and contractor which structural elements require construction observation by SER 3. Submittal review i) Review specified submittals for items designed by SER ii) Review submittals for pre-engineered structural elements 4. Construction observation i) Make site visits at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction.Three visits are included in this proposal. Lund Opsahl, LLC December 21, 2016 Page 2 , ? ii) Prepare site visit reports iii) Provide structural observation per IBC 1704.5 5. Materials testing and inspection i) Review testing and inspection reports ii) Initiate appropriate action to those reports (if required) 6. Other services i) Provide RFI written responses for interpretations of structural construction documents ii) Assist in reviewing change orders relating to structural work iii) Assist in determining if non-conforming structural work shall be rejected iv) Initiate statement of special inspections and schedules of special inspections ADDITIONAL SERVICES NOT INCLUDED IN THIS PROJECT The following services are not included in this agreement. When services are requested, an additional fee will be negotiated. 1. Formal Value Engineering participation and implementation 2. Additive or deductive alternates 3. Fast track structural permit packages 4. Design for loads or provisions for future construction except as noted 5. Design of temporary shoring or permanent shoring that is not part of the building � 6. , Underpinning of existing foundations 7. Design of supports and seismic restraints for mechanical,electrical,plumbing and other equipment. 8. Investigation of existing conditions and facility for accuracy of drawings or other information furnished by owner , 9. Detailed evaluation of claims or services as a witness in any deposition,hearing,dispute resolution or legal proceedings 10. Senrices as a result of defective work or default by any contractor 11. On-site construction representation or site visits beyond the estimate 12. Services resulting from changes in scope or magnitude of the project as described and agreed to under the Agreement. 13. Design and detailing of roof fall protection anchors. ' 14. Services resulting from revisions which are inconsistent with approvals or instructions previously given by the Client. 15. Services resulting from revisions due to the enactment or revision of codes, laws, or regulations subsequent to the execution of this Agreement. 16. Services due to extended design or construction time schedules. 17. Senrice in connection with any public hearing, arbitration, or legal proceeding with respect to the project, including assisting in preparation for litigation or arbitration as witnesses or consultants. 18. Services resulting from damage as the result of fire, man-made disaster.s, or acts of God. 19. Review and design of alternate or substitute systems. 20. Review of additional shop drawing submittals when occasioned by improper or incomplete submittals. 21. Attendance at construction progress meetings. 22. Overtime work required by the Client. 23. Services rendered for special foundations when the discovery of unexpected soil conditions is made after execution of this Agreement. Examples include, but are not limited to: deep foundations, mat foundations,structural grade slabs, and grade beams. Lund Opsahl, LLC December 21, 2016 Page 3 1 A ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS - If Basic Services covered by this Agreement have not been completed within 24 months of the date hereof, through no fault of the Structural Engineer of Record (SER),the amounts of compensation set forth in this Agreement shall be equitably adjusted. The Letter of Agreement, and Exhibits A& B hereto, constitute the entire Agreement between the parties. The provisions pertaining to the Prime Agreement are not in effect until the Consultant has received the Prime Agreement and has indicated here that we agree to its terms. Direction by Client to Lund Opsahl LLC to start work on this project will be interpreted as acceptance of this Agreement. , , � �� Lund Opsahl, LLC December 21, 2016 Page 4 . � �', - i . 1 � � UND �� PSAHL EXHIBIT B—Statement of Terms and Conditions This is an exhibit attached to and made a part of the Letter of Agreement This Agreement does not bind Lund Opsahl LLC to any other agreement of the Client's unless noted herein.Direction by Client to Lund Opsahl LLC to start work on this project will be interpreted as acceptance of this Agreement. Billings/Payments Invoices will be submitted monthly for services and reimbursable expenses. Payment is due upon Client's receipt of ' each invoice. Payment is overdue if not received within 60 days after Client's receipt of an invoice.In the event a payment is overdue, Lund Opsahl LLC may,without'waiving any claim or right against Client and without liability whatsoever to the Client,suspend or terminate performance of the services.A service charge will be charged at one percent per month on the unpaid balance.Retainers shall be credited on the final invoice. Acce§s to Site Unless otherwise stated, Lund Opsahl LLC will have access to the project site for activities necessary for the perFormance of the services. Lund Opsahl LLC will take reasonable care to minimize damage due to these activities but has not included in the fee the cost of restoration of any resulting damage. Hidden Conditions and Hazardous Materials If Lund Opsahl LLC believes that a structurally deficient condition may exist at the project site, Lund Opsahl LLC shall notify Client in which case Client shall authorize and pay for all costs associated with the investigation of such condition and, if necessary,all costs necessary to correct said condition. If(1)Client fails to authorize such investigation or correction after due notification,or(2) Lund Opsahl LLC was not aware such a condition existed, Client is responsible for all risks associated with this condition,and Lund Opsahl LLC shall have no responsibility for the existing condition or any resulting damages to persons or property. Lund Opsahl LLC shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling,removal,disposal or exposure of persons to hazardous materials of any form. Risk Allocation In recognition of the relative risks,rewards and benefits of the Project to both Client and Lund Opsahl LLC,Client agrees to limit the aggregate amount of any damages and/or costs,including attorney fees and expert witness fees that Client may recover against Lund Opsahl LLC(together with its principals and employees)to$1,000,000.00. This contract will not include an obligation to indemnify the client or the structural engineer such as a clause including but not limited to a duty to defend. The types of claims to which this limitation applies include,without limitation,claims based on negligence, professional malpractice,errors or omissions,strict liability, breach of contract,breach of , expressed or implied warranty,indemnity and contribution. ' Termination of Services This Agreement may be terminated upon 10 days written notice by either party should the other fail to perform its obligations hereunder. In the event of termination,Client shall pay Lund Opsahl LLC for all services rendered to the date of termination,all reimbursable expenses,and reasonable termination expenses. Ownership of Documents All documents produced by Lund Opsahl LLC under this Agreement are instruments of Lund Opsahl LLC services,shall remain the property of Lund Opsahl LLC,are intended for the use only for the project that is subject to this Agreement and may not be used by Client for any other endeavor without the written consent of Lund Opsahl LLC. Dispute Resolution Client and Lund Opsahl LLC agree to negotiate any claim(s)or dispute(s)arising out of or related to this Agreement between them in good faith prior to commencing any formal dispute resolution procedures. If a claim or dispute between Client and Lund Opsahl LLC cannot be settled within 30 days by good faith negotiations,Client and Lund Opsahl LLC agree to submit it to mediation in accordance with the Construction Industry Rules of the American Arbitration Association. � Reimbursable Expenses , Reimbursable Expenses shall be billed at a multiple of 1.1 times the cost incurred. Expenses include those incurred directly in connection with the project such as, but not limited to,transportation,meals or lodging for travel,the cost of reproductions beyond those normally required for internal coordination purposes,deliveries,and courier services. The cost of outside professional services when agreed upon by the Client will also be billed with a 1.1 multiplier. , 1201 First Avenue South, Suite 310 � Seattle, Washington 98134 � 206-402-5156 � www.lundopsahl.com � 1 1 11 1L � ROBINSON COMPANY December 16, 2016 Mary Jo Lux Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects 901 Fifth Ave, Suite 3100 Seattle,WA 98164� � Dear Mary Jo: , The Robinson Company is pleased to present a proposal to provide cost estimating services for The Renton Fire Station 15. We understand the project involves a roughly 7,500 sf building with associated site development and will be using a Design/Bid/Build delivery method. Our proposal includes estimating the architectural, structural and general conditions. All other portions of the costs will be provided to us to incorporate into the full construction cost estimate. Following is our fee for this work: Schematic Design Phase: � $3,500 Design Development Phase: $3,500 � Construction Document Phase: $4,500 � � � We will need one half sized copy of paper plans along with PDF versions of the plans and w specifications. N � n � When developing your schedule,please allow one week for us to do our estimate,not � including the design team review and any adjustments. o - N s Mary Jo, thank you for including us on your team. If there are any questions,please give me a � � call. � � � Sincerely, � - N �aw Ca��a.dy � � Dan Cassady ,� � . s � i i � 1932 First Avenue, Suite 201 , ' Seattle, WA 98101 P. 206.725.121 1 engineering pilc F. 206.973.5344 Ipdengineering.com � "Draft" Proposal for Civil Engineering Services Date: December 15,2016 To: Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects 901 Fifth Avenue,#3100 Seattle,WA 98164 Attn: Keith Schreiber,AIA,LEED AP � Mary Jo Lux,AIA From: Laurie Pfarr,PE Project: City of Renton—New Fire Station 15 LPD Number: 222-16-OS Thank you for the opportunity to provide this proposal.We look forward to working with you. This proposal is to confirm our understanding of the scope of services and compensation for this project. Description of Project This project is for the design and construction of a new 2 to 3 bay,7,500 square foot fire station in the City of Renton. The project site is located in the Kennydale neighborhood on a vacant,city-owned parcel(parcel#3342103245) at 1404 North 30�`Street in Renton,WA. The site is just west of I-405 and is bounded on the north by a single-family residential neighborhood, on the west by both residential and commercial properties(with Park Ave N.beyond), on , the south by N 30�'Street, and on the east by an apartment building and commercial structure(gas station). The site is appro�mately 47,532 square feet(1.09 acres). Topographically, the site is relatively flat, sloping downward from the highest elevation point in the northeast portion of the site area to the'lowest point at the southwest site boundary. The site is located within a Wellhead Protection Area Zone and a regulated slope(>15%and<25%)is located on the site's eastern edge. There do not appear to be any other critical areas on the site. The site is located in the East Lake Washington drainage basin. The site area is located within the 320 water system pressure zone,which serves Kennydale,north Renton, and sections of downtown. A separate project for the construction of a riew water storage reservoir serving the 320 pressure zone is also planned for this site. This project will be on a similar timeline for design and construction as the fire station project. The above-ground, 1.5 million gallon, 120-foot tall water storage reservoir will be located just south of the new fire station on the same parcel. Due to the construction of both projects occurring on this shared�site, coordination for construction site access,utilities,grading, and pernutting is anticipated. , Civil site work for this project will include temporary erosion and sedimentation control, grading and drainage design, sewer and water/fire service connections for the new building, and paving/driveway design.In response to the City's vision of limiting the environmental impact and carbon footprint of the new building,LPD's scope of work may also include providing evaluation and support for the integration of sustainable design strategies into civil design approaches and methods. Although not anticipated to seek LEED certification, low impact development strategies will be pursued as part of the design. ' December 15,2016 r ' Proposal for Civil'Engineering Services City of Renton New Fire Station#15 engineering p c Page 2 Scope of Services This proposal is for civil engineering design services frorn Schematic Design through construction closeout. Our scope of services is detailed as follows: Pre-Design Provide assistance during planning and pre-design. Scope is anticipated to includes assistance with site layout, preliminary grading,turning movements, and project schedule coordination with Reservoir Team. Includes 1 meeting with Design Team. Schematic Desi�n LPD to provide the civil documents listed below.LPD will respond to Renton Regional Fire Authority and Architect comments at the neact project milestone. Schematic design submittal will be at 100%SD.All drawings will be on a title block provided by Schreiber Starling Whitehead prior to the first submittal. Submittals are expected to include: • TESC&Site Demolition Plan (2 sheets—phased for Coordination with Reservoir) • Grading&Drainage Plan (1 sheet) • Utilities&Paving Plan (1 sheet) • Civil Design Narrative � � • Civil Estimate of Probable Cost 1. Set up project drawings using survey as base map. 2. Visit site to review existing conditions and confirm preliminary design assumptions. 3. Review geotechnical investigation with civil recommendations provided by Owner. 4. Coordinate w/Owner and Architect.Attend 2 coordination meetings with the Design Team during SD phase. 5. Coordinate with w/Owner,Architect and Reservoir Team. Assumes 1 meeting. It is assumed that the construction timing for both projects will be worked out in this phase to facilitate coordination of construction and utilities. 6. Coordinate with City of Renton regarding specific requirements, existing utilit'ies, and availability of services. � Also review drainage and frontage requirements. On-going coordination with the City throughout the design and permit process is included. 7. Review preliminary design documents and provide comments to design team. Then establish design criteria per discussions with the design team and the City. 8. Review and,coordinate building finished floor elevations (FFE)relative to proposed site grading.FFEs provided by architect. ' 9. Evaluate proposed site disturbance and new/replaced impervious area based on Architect's drawings to confirm applicable stormwater mitigation requirements. The City of Renton will have recently adopted the 2016 KCSWDM with City of Renton interpretations. LPD will coordinate with the City Renton to understand the interpretations of maximum extent feasible. Coordinate with Landscape Architect and Architect with location of Onsite Stormwater Management(OSM)facilities. 10. Design on-site civil systems including temporary erosion and sedimentation control, site demolition,building foundation drainage,grading, stormwater management system including OSM infrastructure, detention, and water quality treatment, sanitary side sewer connections,water and fire service,and paving. It is assuxned that the building will have a mechanical space and that the DCVA for fire system will be located in the building in that space. � . a December 15,2016 , Proposal for Civil Engineering Services ' - City of Renton New Fire Station#15 engineering p Ic Page 3 11. Provide ongoing coordination with design team regarding the Onsite Stormwater Management Infrastructure requirements. � 12. Coordinate with Earthwork Services for preliminary estimate of earthwork quantities (includes 1 round of earthwork coordination and calculations for SD). 13. Provide civil engineering support for SEPA as necessary. 14. Provide estimate of probable cost for civil design elements. 15. Review and coordinate civil design and documents with the design team documents. Coordination assumes that the entire hard copy and PDF set of documents will be provided to LPD by Architect or Owner at each milestone phase for coordination. - Design Development LPD to provide the civil documents listed below. LPD will respond to Renton Reg-ional Fire Authority and Architect comments at the next project milestone.Design development submittal will be at 100%DD (Conditional Use Submittal). This submittal is expected to include: ' • TESC&Site Demolition Plan (2 sheets—phased for Coordination with Reservoir) • Grading&.Drainage Plan (1 sheet)� • Utilities&Paving Plan (1 sheet) • 5ite Notes and Details (2 sheets) ' • Civil draft specifications • DD Civil Estimate of Probable Cost 1. Coordinate w/Owner and Architect as required.Attend 1 design coordination meeting during DD phase. 2. Continue coordination with City of Renton and WSDOT on design and permitting requirements. 3. Update proposed site disturbance and new/replaced impervious area to confirm applicable stormwater mitigation requirements. 4. Coordinate with geotechnical engineer. 5. Further develop design of on-site civil systems including temporary erosion and sedimentation control,site ' demolition,building foundation drainage,grading, stormwater management system including Onsite Stormwater Management Infrastructure, detention, or water quality treatment, sanitary side sewer connections,water and fire service(including profile for fire service), and paving. ' 6. Provide ongoing coordination with design team with regard to the Onsite Stormwater Management Infrastructure requirements and project costs to determine the best approach. 7. Prepare preliminary specifications with 100%DD submittal. 8. Coordinate with Earthwork Services for 100%DD estimate of earthwork quantities (includes 1 round of earthwork coordination and calculations for DD). 9. Review cost estimate for civil design elements and provide feedback to Architect. 10. Review and coordinate civil design and docutnents with the design team documents. , � December 15,2016 ' , Proposal for Civil Engineering Services City of Renton New Fire Station#I 5 ' engineer.ing p c Page 4 Construction Documents � LPD to provide the civil documents listed below;submittals to City by others. Construction documents submittals will include 90%CD (permit submittal), and 100%CD (bid set/permit resubmittal).LPD will respond to City comments (response to 1 round of comments is included in this proposal). Submittals are expected to include: � • TESC&Site Demolition Plan (2 sheet/phasing plan) • TESC Details � � Grading, Drainage Plan (1 sheet) • Drainage Details and Notes(1.sheet) ' • Utility and Paving Plan • Utility and Paving Details and Notes (1 sheet) • Drainage Report(TIR) as required for submittal to the City of Renton with the Building Permit • Specifications (100%CD) • CD Estimate of probable cost for Civil � � 1. Coordinate w/Owner and Architect as required.Attend 2 design team coordination meetings during CD phase. 2. Coordinate with w/Owner,Architect and Reservoir Team. Assumes 1 meeting. It is assumed that the final coordination of construction and utilities installation will be worked out early in this phase. 3. Continue coordination with City of Renton design and pernutting requirements. 4. Update proposed site disturbance and new/replaced impervious area based on Architect's drawings to confirm applicable storxnwater mitigation requirements � 5. Provide final coordination with d'esign team for the OSM Infrastructure. 6. Further develop design of on-site civil systems including temporary erosion and sedimentation control, site demolition,building foundation drainage,grading, stormwater management system including OSM Infrastructure, detention, and water quality treatment, sanitary side sewer connections,water and fire service, and paving. 7. Prepare drainage report(TIR)per City of Renton standards, , 8. Prepare docuxnentation for the NPDES permit including Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP), SWPPP Narrative, and Notice of Intent(NOl�. 9. Prepare Bid Specifications for 100%CDBid. 10. Coordinate with Earthwork Services for estimate of earthwork quantities at permit and 90% CD (includes 1 round of earthwork coordination and calculations for CD). 11. Prepare estimate of probable cost for civil design elements(90%CD). 12. Review and coordinate civil design and documents with the design team documents. Coordination assumes that the entire set of hard copy documents (half size)will be provided to LPD by Architect or Owner at each milestone. 13. Respond to City of Renton permit review comments,with updates to the drawings and/or drainage report as required. Includes written responses to all permit review comments. � December 15,2016 , � Proposal for Civil Engineering Services City of Renton New Fire Station#15 engineering p Ic , Page 5 Bid Phase . 1. Attend one pre-bid meeting 2. Respond to bidder questions. 3. Provide responses to questions/clarifications for inclusion in addenda prepared by others. 4. Provide conformed set of documents. , Con§truction Phase 1. Attend pre-construction meeting. 2. Review product submittals for specified items.For any submitted items that are not per the specifications,we assume that the contractor will provide a substitution request documenting how the proposed product is equivalent to the specified product(assuxnes submittal package will be well organized and concise). 3. Attend 8 meetings on site during construction and provide written field report. 4. Respond to up to RFIs (assumes no more than 6 RFIs). Project Closeout 1. Prepare punch list for civil scope items. Back-check punch list on site after notification that the contractor has • addressed the punch list items. 2. Review contractor's as-built drawings for civil elements and incorporate the as-built mark-ups into the record drawing set. 3. Prepare information to be included in operations and maintenance manuals as necessary. 4. Preparation of Record Drawings �v�oposed Fe� Our fee for services is based upon the scope outlined above and the information we have at this time. We propose to provide civil engineering consulting services through construction on a lump sum basis as indicated in the table below.All fees will be billed based on the percentage complete. Expenses are included the below fee. Pre-Design $2,500 Schematic Design Phase $15,000 Design Development Phase $11,000 Construction Documents Phase $24,500 Bidding Phase $1,800 Construction Phase $13,000 Close-out Phase $4,000 • . • �- . • $71,800 December 15,2016 , t Proposal for Civil Engineering Services City of Renton New Fire Station#I 5 � :enginee�ing p c � Page 6 ' Assumptions • Survey in AutoCAD format including point file will be provided by others.A PDF of the final signed survey will also be provided. Survey will be used as base map for civil drawings. Survey shall include topographic. ; information, above and below grade utilities including but not limited to water,sewer, storm,power,gas, cable, telephone etc.Inverts, size and direction of flow shall be included for storm and sewer. 5ize of lines will be provided for water. If additional survey is required, or if the survey does not provide adequate information, coordination with the surveyor for the supplementary or updated information will be an additional service. • Assumes geotechnical report with civil engineering recommendations will be provided to LPD by others. If additional geotechnical testing is required, coordination with the Geotechnical Engineer for the supplementary or updated information will be an additional service. • LPD will coordinate with permitting agencies, actual submittal by others. • It is assumed the site plan will not undergo any changes after Schematic Design that will significantly change the civil site design requirements for the project. • Public(off-site)utility extensions are not required. • Design and detailing of cast in place retaining walls or shoring walls will by structural engineer. Earth walls or block wall over 4 feet will be designed by geotechnical engineer and incorporated into design documents by LPD. LPD will coordinate wall heights and drainage with structural and geotechnical. • Mechanical engineer will provide design and sizing grease interceptor and will include the design in the mechanical drawings and specifications. 'LPD will coordinate location and connections with mechanical. � • LPD will coordinate with pernutting agencies, actual permit submittal by others. � • LPD will contract with Earthwork Services for earthwork quantities. Three iterations of earthwork calculations are included in our fee. • Payment for services on a regular monthly schedule, as billed. • It is assumed the site plan will not undergo any changes that will significantly impact the civil site elements of this project after Schematic Design.Permit documents will not be prepared�until receipt of preliminary feedback by client and pre-application comments. • Building layout and location on site will be by Architect: Exclusions • Attendance at meetings on a regular basis beyond the meetings noted in the proposal. • Site visits above the amount noted. • Attendance or presentation at community meetings,hearings, and workshops. • Public(off-site)utility extensions. • Drainage adjustment or variance. Can be added as an additional service if required. , � • New fire hydrants or relocation of hydrants in the public right of way. _ � Structural engineering. • Traffic and sight distance calculations or studies. • Construction Traffic Control Plan. • Environmental Studies.LPD will provide support for SEPA related to civil engineering elements. ' • Electrical(including site and street lighting),mechanical, and franchise utility design. LPD will coordinate civil design with other engineering design disciplines. • Bid Coordination or management. • Reproduction for submittals. , . • LEED�strategies or certification. • Warranty services. �- , , December 15,2016 , ' Proposal for Civil Engineering Services City of Renton New Fire Station#15 engineering p c Page 7 Thank you again for inviting this proposal. Please notify us if you have any concerns or disagree with any of the scope, terms, or conditions. This proposal constitutes the entire agreement between the client and LPD Engineering and supersedes any prior understanding or representation of any kind preceding the date of this proposal.We request that you sign and return a copy of this document to confirm you have read and agree with this dooument and with the enclosed Schedule of Conditions dated June 1,2016.We are looking forward to working with you. Sincerely, _ LPD Engineering PLLC � 6�--� ��,�- �. � �--� L�a`urie J.P arr,P.E. Schreiber Starling Whitehead Date Principal � Please complete the following information for billing purposes: Billing Company/Contact Name: � � Billing Address: Billing Email: Attachments: Schedule of Conditions—January 1,2016 cc: File EXHIdITA � Project:� Fire Station#15 . ' Client: City of Renton ' Firtn: Hough Beck�Baird Inc..(HBB) , ' � , � � ; Date: , 11512017" ' . � ' . Principal PM 1 LA Design Comp,l Tech Cantracts Admin. TASK Scope of Work Administrafion SUBTOTAL $ 177,00 $ 155,00 $ 132.00 $ 112.00 $ 105.00 $ 80.00 TASK1.Prelimina Desi n (noH68workan6cipated) ' �0,00 TASK 2.Schematic Desi n � 12 , � 20 �� E4,614.00 ` 2.1 Site visit and review back roundlcode informafion 4 6 22 Schematic Landsca e Plan 6 10 2 - eneral lantin limits - relimina tree rotection - relimina lant alette 2.3 Schematic cost estimate 1 4 2.4 Quali conUol review 1 2 2.5 Basis of Desi n narrative 1 , TASK 3. Desi n Develo ment Land Use Permit �8 27 �0 ��0 � 510,849.00-. 3.1 Res ond to Schematic Desi n comments 2 3.2 Plantin Plan Schedule and Details 4 8 24 2 - lant location s ecies and size -tree reservation fencin location and e -site fumishin s location and e -soil re aration - lantin and tree reservation details 3.3 Irci ation Plan and Schedule 2 8 - ointof connection and controller locafion -irri ation schedule 3.4 Cost Estimate 2 12 3.5 DraB S ecifications 8 2 37 Interdisci lina review 1 4 Subtotai 3.8 Quali control review 1 4 State'�ee 3.9 U date Basis of Desi n narrative 1 Schedula 1 of 2 Z:12017 Projects12017 Renton FS#15117001 AGR117001 AGR CONSULTANTSIFire StaGon 15_HBB v2.xlsx � � EXHIBITA Principal PM I LA Design Comp./Tech Contracts Admin. TASK Scope of Work Administration SUBTOTAL $ 177.00 $ 155.00 $ 132.00 5 112.00 a 105.00 $ 80.00 TASK4.Construction Documents'Buildin �Permit 10 ` '•�'23 0� . • � '4T: 0," � "2 510,199.00..: �25,662.00 4.1 Res ond to Desi n Develo ment comments 2 4.2 Final Plan6n Plan Schedule and Details 2 4 12 1 4.3 Final Im ation Plan Schedule and Details 2 6 24 1 '-head location and size -sleeve location and size - i e size location valves and GPM -water bud et calculadons 4.4 Final Cost Estlmate 2 6 4.5 Final S ecificafions 4 4.7 Interdisci lina review 1 4 4.8 Quali wntrol review 1 6 4.9 U date Basis of Desi n nartative 1 ' � TASK 6.Biddin � . :,�.. ': `'' ° " ������'E1,378.00; 0 ` : 6 . p .. ,, q' , 6.1 Res ond to Contractor uestions 4 6.2 ConTortned set 2 4 �.TA5K7.Consfnict(on Observattori._' '•, �� '` 49, � �: :11 .'. ;�0ti�`. ,��'S10,226,OOs 7.1 Field reviews durin construction 4 4 16 4 2 7.2 Submittals substitutions sho drawin review 12 7.3 Re uests for Informadon RFI 8 7.4 Punch List and Final Review 2 8 2 7.5 Record Drawin s from Contractor as-builts 1 4 7.6 Plant Establishment Review 1 1 4 1 i TASK B.Additlonal Servlees.:�, � : . ` � ` '.°` ":.(for reference only;no tincluded at this tlme) . ' ::: . , .. r' a0.00,`. .'. � 8.1 Color-rendered site lan 1 8 82 Plant materials/Site Fumishin s board 1 4 8.3 Public art/water tower coordinatlon 12 8.4 Additional field reviews durin construction 1 4 1 Total Hours 27 117 DO 121 DO 10 Total Cost $4 779.00 $18135.00 $0.00 $13 552.00 $0.00 $800.00 a37266,00 HBB Reimbursable Expenses $ 450.00 Estimated Arboricultural Services Expenses $ 4,000.00 . '•TOTAC COST OF'SERVICES g.`41,716.00; chedc $41,716.00 ASSUMPTIONS: 1.Green roof is not anticipated. - 2.LEED documentation and Value Engineering is not needed. 3.Design or mi6gation of environmentally sensitive areas is not included. 4.HBB will not need to attend any public meetings or presentations. � 5.A�tist and water tower coorclination is included,but all construction documents needed to support proposed art will be provided by others. , 6.Plans will be prepared in AutoCAD fortnat Specifica6ons will be CSI Master Spec fortnat Presentation drawings will be in PDF fortnat. � 7.The project will be developed as a single bid package.Bid aitemates,bid additives or subsequent repackaging of the project into separate phases is not included. 8.Civil will provide water service and existing PSI at the point-of-connection.Electrical will provide electrical service to the controller and all wiringldetails through the building ta within 5'af the exterior of ihe structure. 9.Civil will prowde any sightlines and height requirements wifhin site lines. 10.Civil will provide any soil preparalion needed within stortnwater facilities. , 11.A�boricuttural services include an update to the Level 2 Basic Tree Assessment report prepared by Urban Forestry Services to reflect the final site design and services during construction to monitor the trees within the project limits currently identified in the report(dated November 2,2016). 12.Design of the water tower and any associated landsrape buffers,screening,parking and other support facilifies are not included. 13.Architect will provide layout and design of all pedesVian paving areas.HBB will provide site fumishing IocaUons and type on planting plans to generally fnclude bench and/or picnic tables. 2 of 2 Z:12017 Projects12017 ReMon FS#15117001 AGR117001 AGR CONSULTANTS1Fire Station 15_HBB v2.xlsx ��� HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. Geotechnical&�Pavement Engineering° Hydrogeology• Gene�n=ironmental°ins�cction�Testing January 3, 2017 � �, HWA Proposal Number 2016-P136-21 Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects 901 Fifth Avenue No. 3100 Seattle, WA 98164 Attention: Mary Jo Lux _ SUbJeCt: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICE5 Kennydale Fire Station � Renton,Washington Dear Mary Jo, � In accordance with your request, HWA GeoSciences Inc. (HWA) is pleased to present this scope of work and cost estimate to provide geotechnical engineering services for design and construction of the Kennydale Fire Station in Renton,Washington. PROJECT BACKGROUND • We understand that the City of Renton proposes to construct a new reservoir and fire station at 1404 N 30�' Street in the Kennydale neighborhood of Renton,Washington. The site is currently unimproved and slopes gently upwards from the southwest to northeast,varying in elevation from approximately 208 feet to 226 feet. The project includes the design and construction of a new fire station to support emergency response operations and periodic training. The addition of a new fire station will provide improved response times for fire and emergency services in the Kennydale neighborhood and the RRFA service area, relieving some of the current load placed on Fire Stations 1 l, 12 and 16. � The preliminary conceptual drawings indicate the proposed fire station will be located on the southern portion of the city-owned parcel, approximately 85 feet south of the proposed reservoir property line. We anticipate the fire station will be a single-story, at-grade structure with emergency vehicle equipment bays. We anticipate the proposed fire station will be supported on shallow foundations. Design of the new fire station and associated improvements will require evaluation of the existing soil conditions and anticipated soil-structure interaction. HWA proposes the following scope of services for this project. We understand the City also wishes to evaluate the infiltration potential of the 21312 30�h Drive SE native soils to determine potential stormwater treatment options. Additional site su�re no Bothell,WA 98021-7010 Tel:42.774.0106 Fas:425.774Z714 www.hwageo.com i 1 January 3, 2017 HWA Proposal No. 2016-P136-21 " improvements are expected to include one retaining wall structure located in close proximity to the proposed tank. HWA should be notified once final locations of the fire station, infiltration facility, and retaining wall are selected. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES HWA will provide geotechnical engineering services in support,of design of the proposed fire station. T'hese services will consist of the following subtasks. • Review Available geotechnical information from the project site: HWA will seaxch for available geotechnical data for the project site. This search will include a review of geologic maps, online geotechnical databases and the HWA project library. • Coordinate Field Work:HWA will coordinate with the City and the design team to determine appropriate field explorations locations. We will subsequently generate an exploration plan to assist with the permitting process. HWA will obtain a private utility location service to locate potential underground utilities in the vicinity of the proposed exploration locations. • Conduct Field Explorations: HWA proposes to drill three (3) geotechnical borings in support of design and construction of the new fire station. Two of these borings will be located witliin the proposed fire station footprint and one will be located within the stormwater facility. Each boring will extend to a depth of 25 to 30 feet. No ground - water monitoring wells will be installed in these borings. • Generate Boring Logs and Assign Laboratory Testing: Soil samples retrieved from . the borings will be sealed in plastic bags and taken to our Bothell,Washington laboratory for further examination and testing. Selected soil samples will be tested to determine their engineering properties. These tests will include natural moisture content and grain size analyses. Soil information will be presented in summary boring logs that will be generated upon completion of our exploration program. • Engineering Analysis:HWA will perform geotechnical engineering analyses to develop recommendations for design of the proposed new fire station. Geotechnical recommendations will be developed for the f re station foundations; seismic parameters for code-based design in accordance with IBC and.ASCE 7-10; and site earthwork, including an evaluation of the suitability of existing soils for re-use as structural. ' • Storm Water Infiltration: HWA will perform a preliminary engineering analyses to evaluate infiltration capacity of the existing soils using the Grain Size Analysis Method described in the Stormwater Management Manual for Western Kennydale Fire Station Scope-Rev 1 2 HWA GeoSciences Inc. � � January 3, 2017 HWA Proposal No. 2016-P136-21 Washington. If the preliminary analysis shows that the encountered soils are conducive to onsite infiltration, a Pilot Infiltration Test(PIT) should be performed to provide recommendations for infiltration design,per King County Surface Water Design Manual, 2016. Please refer to the Optional Services section of this scope document if additional in-situ infiltration testing and analysis (i.e. Pilot Infiltration Testing) is required. • Repo�ting: Our fmdings and recommendations will be presented in a draft � geotechnical report. Upon receiving review comments,HWA will finalize and stamp the report. � . � Geotechnical Construction Services: ■ Review Contractor Requests for Information (RFIs): HWA will review Contractor RFIs regarding geotechnical items such as temporary shoring and MSE wall design submittals. We estimate review of 2 RFIs/submittals. � ■ Foundation Subgrade Inspection—HWA will visit the site as requested • during construction to verify the subgrade has adequate bearing capacity and will prepare a field report for each visit. ■ On-call Consultation During Construction—HWA will provide on-call ,, consulting during construction as requested to provide geotechnical evaluation of construction methods and subsurface conditions encountered and will prepare a field report for each visit. • Project Management: HWA will prepare monthly invoices, and progress reports, � if required, and correspond with the SSW design team on a regular basis. ASSiTMPTIONS/CONDITIONS The following assumptions were made as part of the development of the proposal for this work: ■ Site access will be provided to HWA and�their subcontractors. ■ Any required permits will be provided at,no cost to HWA. . ■ Our scope does not include identification nor evaluation of contaminants that may be present in the soil or ground water. ■ Our scope does not include Pilot Infiltrat�on Testing. This testing may be performed as part of an Optional Services Task, described below. COST ESTIMATE We estimate that the scope of services described herein to perform geotechnical engineering services will require a budget of$22,024. A breakdown of these costs is presented on the Kennydale Fire Station Scope-Rev 1 3 HWA GeoSciences Inc. ; , , January 3, 2017 HWA Proposal No. 2016-P136-21 � � ' attached project cost estimate spreadsheet. We will not exceed the above cost estimate without your prior authorization. However, if issues are encountered which would require a level of effort beyond the scope of our study, we will contact you immediately to discuss necessary modifications to our scope of services and/or budget before proceeding with any additional work. ' OPTIONAL PILOT INFILTRATION TESTING(PIT) SERVICES In the event that near surface soils and groundwater conditions that are conducive to onsite infiltration are encountered in the geotechnical borings, one Modified PIT test should be ; performed to determine a design infiltration rate,per King County Surface Water Design Manual, 2016,. We propose the following scope of services for the Optional PTT Service. • Coordinate Field Wo�k:HWA will coordinate with the City and the design team to determine the appropriate testing location. We will subsequently generate an exploration plan to assist with the permitting process and detail the logistics necessary � to perform the testing. HWA will obtain a private utility location service to locate potential underground utilities in the vicinity of the proposed PIT location. All fire hydrants in close proximity to the site appear to be located on the opposite side of N 30�Street; so we anticipate renting a water truck to perform this work. HWA will coordinate field logistics including equipment�ental, coordinating with , subcontractors, and obtaining a Water Departrnent permit. • Perform PIT Testing:HWA will perform one Modified PIT test in support of this proj ect. • Update Final Report: We will update the geotechnical report to include the design infiltration data deternuned from the PIT testing program. • Project Management: HWA will prepare monthly invoices, and progress reports, - if required, and correspond with the SSW design team on a regular basis. ASSUMPTIONS/CONDITIONS FOR OPTIONAL PIT TESTING SEItVICES The following assumptions were made as part of the development of the proposal for this Optional PIT testing services: • Site access will be provided to HWA and their subcontractors. • Any required permits will be provided at no cost to HWA. • Our scope does not include identification nor evaluation of contaminants that may be present in the soil ar ground water. COST ESTIMATE FOR OPTIONAL SERVICES Kennydale Fire Station Scope-Rev 1 4 HWA GeoSciences Inc. January 3, 2017 HWA Proposal No. 2016-P136-21 We estimate that the scope of services described herein to perform optional PIT testing services will require a budget of$14,172. A breakdown of these costs is presented on the attached project cost estimate spreadsheet. We will not exceed the above cost estimate without your prior authorization. However, if issues are encountered which would require a level of effort beyond the scope of our study,we will contact you immediately to discuss any necessary modifications to our scope of services and/or budget , O.O Thank you again for the opportunity to provide this proposal. Should you have any questions regarding this proposal, or require additional services,please contact us at your convenience. Sincerely, � HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. � }�� B�'""'�._ Sandy Brodahl,P.E. Geotechnical Engineer, Principal Enclosure: Project Cost Estimate General Conditions � Kennydale Fire Station Scope-Rev 1 $ HWA GeoSciences Inc. Project Cost Estimate � � i jA c �r HWA Ref: 2016-P13&21 KennydaleFireStation �j�q ! Hh'YjA�EOJC1����SItVC. Date: 12-Deo-16 w Renton,WA RevisedDate 3Jan-16 i � � ' � i Prepared By: SRB ry � � uw �I�� � �i���� . � . , � i!' ' ���i�I� '' d� �i� ac' ��I�l��� Proposed Scope of work: Please refer[o[he accompanying scop��ep of work. 1H q�! p�, N� t�p1f� � p���y�IIp;I �f1� �;I�fiu ���. .,N� I� 5� ��.�'.�� ° �� °�i�l� d` . . . � . �.i � �IH�i��:�Itid�i:&����;�i�liiiliii@���n m i �; ti���!lluA!IYtWt�'ill�i:�i�� n�t ,�. �(F��HIlIiIUID���i d�iP.i�d:tt�5�l�l�t�.`�'"AII�7,7�::1�:n61tt�i , PERSONNEL&2017 HOURLY BILLING RATBS ' WORK TASK PrincipallX � Geologist VII Geo Gng.VI ` Geo Gng.1❑ � Geo Eng.1 � CAD I Admin. TOTAL TOTAL _ DSSCRIPTION 582.93 560.10 I 555.00 i S40A0 532.69 523.00 521.82 HOURS AMOUNT GeotxhnicalEngmeeririg�Design: . .-�.-_,-. '= .,-`- -.�,�--.` '. Totatrr>.-:,--5..- :'� ; 1_--' _- '7,`_- --.38 ` �r23; �. -,-2'-- :`--2.,', . _ - Review F�cistin Informatio Plan and Coordinate Field Investi kon 1 2 3 $105 Crenerete lorntionPlan 1 3 4 $138 ConductUtili Locates 4 4 $131 Subsucface Ex loration assume 3 borin 10 10 5327 - Pr aze Field Lo ,Assi and Review Lab Tests 2 4 6 $211 Geotechnical En � eerin Anal is 3 16 19 $805 Draft Geotechnical Letter ort 1 3 10 1 1 16 $693 Fiaal Geotechnical I.etter ort 1 1 - 4 1 1 8 $343 Geotwhaical ]an and s ecification review 2 4 6 $326 HWA QAlQC I 1 2 $143 GentecimicatConstructionSer`vices:,,- -- - --�>. - - � -- -- -:;��,Totals: _'.-.-- �q. �.:-., .---:0_�- . .-i- -,..�;_--.', -_ --�Ib=��.... -�--.16�". �. ` 4:-,.,- - - - - - ' _,�, Review conUactor RFIs assume 2 RFIs 4 4 � $]60 Foundation sub ins ection 4 site visits 4 16 20 $683 Oncall consulffitioa durin coastruction(2 site visits) 8 6 $320 IkojectM�agcment...:.... :..:.:. .'�`-.�- -. `.._,,_-- -a ., -. r_�Totatsi `-=. ,=-0;- �-^, _ : :.0-.,.^ `-.0-._.--, . :I7� - -- D.--,.'- --.-0_.-.:�� - --•0 , 4 - � _ Pro ect and Cont[act Mana ment 12 12 $480 � TOTAL LABOR 5 I 7 50 23 2 2 122 $4,864 HWA Labar Costs Direct S Cos[ S 4.864 Overhead O 188.%of DSC 9,145 FieedFee�30%ofDSC 1,459 Totallabor 15,468 LABORATORY TEST SUDSMARY: ' ESTIMATED DIItECT EXPENSES: Est No. Unit Total IKlea e $0.545/mile $216 � Test Tests Cast Cost Field equipmm;snpptics,ctc. $5p Natu:al Mois4ue Conte¢t 10 $18 $180 Lahoret Testin (sa detail m left $1,640 G�ain Size Dis4�bution 10 $95 $950 _ Private Locating s¢vice $250 ' Direct Shear Test I $510 $510 Drilling Sutemtractor $q,ppp , LABORATORY TOTAL: $1,640 Iki]]ing Subcaahsctor Mackup(]0%) $400 TOTAL DIItECT EXpENSES: $6,556 PR07EC1'TOTALS AND SUMMAItY: HWA Labor $15,468 Dicxt Expmses $6,556 ESTIMATED DESIGN TOTAL: $22,024 Kennydale Fire Station Budget Estimate_REV 1 Page 1 of 2 � �� �u�H�:�tul�'�I� ':"(��� �rl'��'i;��Hi'�1u��"iu�n�i'�.u! .�a��1�31tmiu`�I�w�iiGIAII�Ii��. �ul. IUlliik�t ..��7!IIHIUIi�Gi�� • i'' . . . �!� i i �t 'M�ui� „ulai Fti��Gi91�l�li�i�w u i�AIIU+�.ii�i�rii� � li i�i�;i, `" � u. �r�� Proposed Additional Services Scope(P[T Test): , , Plcase rcfcr to the accompanying scope of work. _ , 2ii8fi�i' i. ������. �� 'jf " U�If' � � �, y�'il� ii ����`IIItRi�H" Y� �i �1 � i � f �tlilf���� �� ,..,... , , • . ` �1�'�N��� �'�I�7�IIG��. � h��H��IN. ;, , '�����"�` "n!,' '��. ��q��'�' P'. d ESTIMATED HWA LABOR PERSONNEL&2017 HOURLY BILLING RATES NORK TASK Principal VIII - Gco Eng.VI Geo Eng III Gen Eng.i ! Geologist I � CAD � Admin. TOTAL TOTAL DESCRIPTLON $74.04 555.00 ~ $40.00 S32.69 52615 523.00 � $2I.82 HOURS AMOUNT GeotechnicalPll'T '._"--:':� . .�.-,--:.j--_ �:-- .'`- --- .�-•.'Totals: _':" � 1-,-: -,' _-:-,.�.1` _- -'27,-�'t . ,. 6- ' ".�18 . _- -.-,p- - -�`-0.- -_ . _ - Generate field e loration ]an for PTf test er¢ut 1 2 3 $135 Coordinate e ui ment rental and field lo �stic Water D artment ermit 2 6 8 $238 Coordina[e and obtain Water D artment emil[ includin site visit 6 3 $319 Conduct utili locates 3 3 $79 Conduct PTT test and restoration assume I test 1 16 4 21 $819 Generete PIT lo and assi ]ab testin 1 2 3 $93 GeotecLnicalDesi Seivices-=- , � ; ��. = '�"��..�' :-.� . Tor6tr: ,�:_ - 3..-'.._ :'- `. ,'0_`_ :. `- �_6':_- .,6.-�,- -:0. ., _"I'� " ..1'�,=,` - Model and develo stoxmwater desi arameters bued on PTT test 2 2 6 10 $424 Update eotechnical en' eerin report 1 4 1 1 7 $279 Project Management -_' `; r .,,- s, ` ToiaLr:: . ..''- 0,"- .'.: ' :,0_ � -- , 6 Q": - ..0 �, `� 0_ :- U,. , " _ - Task Management 6 0 6 � $240 TOTAI.LABOR: 4 1 39 6 18 I 1 61 52,625 HWA Labor Casts Direct S Cost S 2,625 • , Overhead O 188%ofDSC 4,934 FixedFee(�30%ofDSC 787 Total Labor 8,346 7.ARORATORY TEST SUMMARY: ESTTMATED DIRECT EXPENSES: Est No. Unit Total Mlea e $0.545/mile $100 Test Tests Cos[ Cost PITtestcestoradon $300 Natural Moie[ure Coaten[ 2 $18 $36 Backhoe for PIT tests $2,500 Gmin Size Analysis plus Hydrometer 3 $230 $690 Private locating service $200 I.ABORATORY TOTAL: $726 Water huck rental for PTT tests $2,000 , Iaboramry testing $72b � TOTAL DIItECT EXPENSES: $5,826 PROJEGT TOTALS AND SUMMARY: HWA Iabor $8,346 DirectExpenses $5,826 ESTIMAI'ED llESIGN TOTAL: S14,172 A5511111p[lOOS: 1.All hours and items are estimated,and may be increased or decteased witUia the limits of the budget at the discrerion of HWA's project manager.The HWA project manager may also transfer funds allocated for direct costs to professionaVtechnical hours. 2.All site access,clearing and any permitting required for exploration work will be provided by the City,at no additional cost to FIWA. 3.The scope of work is related solely to geotechnical eugineering evaluation of site soil and ground water conditions,with a view to foundation support and ground water elevation.Neither identification nor evaluation of contanilnants that may be preseat in[he site subsoils is included 4.These estimates may require adjustment due to the Conhactor's rate of construction,weather delays,night work and/or other factocs beyond our control. 5.This cost estimate was prepared with the understanding that the Client will schedule inspection as needed. Reauirements• 1.We require copies of the approved plans and specifications. 2.We request at least 24 hours notice[o schedule the site visits for inspection. Kennydale Fire Station Budget Estimate_REV 1 Page 2 of 2 . ; . / /�— � � �elsh Co,m�aissioning ��o��, Inc. Proposal for Commissioning Authority Services � City of Renton—New Fire Station Date: January 5,2017 To: Mary Jo Lux Schreiber Starling&Lane Architects By: Bryan Welsh,President , Welsh Commissioning Group,Inc. ' � /��v � ' Welsh Commissioning Group,Inc. (WCG)is pleased to offer the following proposal for services per the listed Scope of Work and Cost Proposal Detail. Project Description: Construction of a new approximately 7,500 SF fire station located in Renton,WA. Scope of Work: The systems to be commissioned under this proposal.include those as outlined in Attachment—A, Commissioned Systems and Equipment List. ' ` � The following are the duties of the Commissioning Authority(CxA),including commissioning deliverables. Note: Design Team refers to the Architect and Engineer of Record and their sub- consultants. The Commissioning Team refers to the Client, Owner(if different than Clierit), Design Team, Contractor, Sub-Contractors and Equipment Suppliers. 1. The CxA shall review the project documents for issues related to constructability, maintainability and ability to commission. Any issues discovered will be reported to the Owner and Design Team in a written report. 2. The CxA shall develop and provide to the Project Architect the project specification sections related to commissioning procedures. This documentation shall be provided to the Project Architect in a timely fashion to allow the document to be included in the bid set of Project Documents. 3. The CxA shall review selected Contractor provided submittal documentation for systems and equipment to be commissioned. This review is in addition and supplementary to the formal review as provided by the Project Design Engineer(s)of record. Any issues discovered will be reported to the Owner and Design Team in a written report. 4. The CxA shall provide a complete Commissioning Plan to the Commissioning Team in a timely fashion following the date of submittal approval by the Design Team for all systems to be commissioned. At a minimum,this Commissioning Plan shall include the . following: 4508 Auburn Way N.,Suite B www.wcxg.com Phone (253)856-3322 Auburn,WA 98002 Fax (253)859-2072 , • A complete list and description of all equipment and systems to be commissioned. • Installation verification data entry forms for systems and equipment to be � commissioned. • Startup documents (checklists)for systems and equipment as provided by the Contractors. • Functional performance test procedures and data entry forms for systems and equipment designated to be functionally performance tested. • A sample version of the comxnissioning issues list. This list is to be maintained and updated by the C�cA on a regular basis during the entire commissioning process. 5. The CxA shall schedule, organize and coordinate an initial on-site commissioning coordination meeting. The initial meeting shall be with the Owner,Design Team and Contractors to present the commissioning plan, and discuss issues related to the proposed commissioning process. Meeting agenda and minutes shall be provided by the CxA 6. The CxA shall schedule, organize and coordinate a controls integration meeting. The controls integration meeting shall be with the HVAC control contractor,ligliting control contractor and Design Team to review control strategies and testing;to be held after receipt of submittals and prior to programming. Meeting agenda and minutes shall be provided by the C� 7. The CxA shall schedule, organize and coordinate on-site comxnissioning meetings and site observations. Commissioning meetings will be for the purpose of coordinating commissioning tasks with the contractor and discussing unresolved issues. Meeting agenda and minutes shall be provided by the C�. Coincident with meetings, site observations shall be conducted by the CxA during the construction process. The purpose of these observations will be to evaluate compliance to contractual obligations such as cleanliness, capping ductwork,access to equipment,maintainability and so forth to identify concerns before they are repeated throughout the project. A site observation report will be provided. The number of ineetings will be as agreed upon in the Fee Proposal. 8. The CxA shall be responsible for performing documented Installation Verifications (IV) for verifying that the equipment and systems designated for commissioning are completely installed and ready for functional testing. Issues discovered during the IV will be documented by the CxA in a Commissioning Issues Log and communicated to the Commissioning Team. The completed N forxns will be provided by the CxA in the final report. 9. The CxA shall review the TAB report and provide written comments to the Commissioning Team. The CxA shall verify testing,adjusting and balancing(TAB) work(10%sample basis). Issues discovered during the TAB review will be documented by the CxA in the Commissioning Issues Log and communicated to the Commissioning Team. � 10. The CxA shall be responsible for scheduling,coordinating and participating in the � completion of functional performance testing as detailed in the Commissioning Plan. This work includes the completion of all data entry forms for inclusion in the Commissioning Report. Issues discovered during functional test will be documented by the CxA in a Commissioning Issues Log and communicated to the Commissioning Team. The completed functional test forms will be provided by the CxA in the final report. 11. The CxA shall retest or otherwise verify reported corrections on a one time per issue basis. The CxA shall provide an updated Commissioning Issues List to the 1 y Commissioning Team. Additional retesting and verification of corrections beyond the one time per issue shall constitute work beyond the commissioning scope of work. 12. At the completion of all commissioning related procedures,the CxA shall be responsible for assembling and producing the Commissioning Report for submission to the Owner. This report shall contain at a minimum the following: , • A copy of the Commissioning Plan. � Copies of completed data entry forms related to installation verification checklists, start-up checklists, and functional performance tests. • A fmal version of the commissioning issues list showing the current resolution status of all issues,including the status of those issues still outstanding. � Cost Proposal Detail: Item Description Qty Units Rate Extension 1 Desi n review with re ort 8 Hrs 122 976 2 Develo commissionin s ecifications 4 Hrs 122 488 3 Review of e ui ment submittals 12 Hrs 122 1,464 4 Develo formal commissionin lan includin all forms 16 Hrs 122 1,952 5 Conduct initial commissionin coordination meetin 6 Hrs 122 732 6 Conduct HVAC and li htin controls inte ration meetin 6 Hrs 122 732 � 7 Additional meetin s/site observations 3 on-site meetin s 15 Hrs 122 1,830 8 Perform Installation Verification 12 Hrs 122 1,464 9 Review TAB re ort and verif TAB, rovide re ort 12 Hrs 122 1,464 10 Perform and witness functional erformance tests 54 Hrs 122 6,588 11 Re-test of failed s stems and back-check issues 19 Hrs 122 2,318 12 Pre are and rovide the Commissionin Re ort 6 Hrs 122 732 *Total: 20,740 *Please note that per the Terins and Conditions the total does not include fees for additional insurance or special insurance forms beyond the limits and scope that WCG currently maintains. Any additional fees will be billed at cost. Please see Terms and Conditions below for a listing of the insurance coverage included in this fee proposal. y I Terms and Conditions: 1. This proposal is a luxnp sum value. Additional services outside the scope of this proposal are available at the current WCG Commissioning Project Manager billing rate,plus related expenses at cost if applicable. � � 2. This proposal represents the Commissioning Authority's interpretation of the project requirements. This proposal is limited to the level of effort indicated for each work scope item. Any project requirements not reflected in the proposed work scope that are later determined to be necessary will be handled by a negotiated change to the contract. 3. This proposal is valid only if the specifications as provided by WCG have been included in the contract documents. 4. The work scope proposed includes re-testing or re-verifying issues on a one-time-per-issue basis. Additional tests or re-verification beyond one per issue will be outside the scope of this proposal and will only be completed as approved by the Owner,and at an additional cost. Note:The commissioning specifications as provided by WCG contain language that allows for reunbursement(from the Contractor to the Owner)for these additional costs. , 5. Commissioning services require access to a variety of design and submittal documents from the Owner,design team and various contractors. This includes,but is not limited to,conformed specifications and drawings,product submittals,installation/start-up forms and test forms. This proposal is contingent upon timely submittal of requested documents to the Commissioning Authority. 6. Commissioning services requires full access to the building control systems. This proposal is � contingent on the commissioning provider being provided full access to the building control system, ' both remotely and locally. This includes any required access to the Owner's network system. 7. The commissioning requirements as specified on this project require the full cooperation and assistance of the General Contractor in assuring the participation of all related sub-contractors as willing participants in the commissioning process. WCG shall not be held accountable for failure to complete the commissioning work scope due to lack of cooperation from the General Contractor or any sub-contractors,during the coxnxnissioning process. 8. The commissioning process requires adequate time allowance in the construction schedule for various commissioning activities. WCG shall not be held,accountable for failure to complete the commissioning work scope in a timely fashion due to lack of adequate time allocation in the construction schedule. 9. Invoices for services and expenses will be issued monthly for the portion of work completed. 10. This proposal shall remain valid for 90 days. 11. This proposal is based on and limited to the project description under scope of work and Attachment-A,Commissioned Equipment List. This proposal excludes commissioning of any systems or equipment not listed in Attachxnent—A;regardless of how commissioning is referenced or implied in the project documents. 12. This fee proposal is based on WCG maintaining insurance in the following kinds and amounts: Commercial Liability$1,000,000 per occurrence,$2,000,000 aggregate,Automobile Liability,non- owned and hired only,$1,000,000 each accident,Employer's Contingent Liability$1,000,000 each accident,Commercial Umbrella$3,000,000 per occurrence and aggregate,and Professional Liability $1,000,000/$25,000 deductible. Additional insurance amounts that are required in excess of these limits will incur additional fees and may add additional tune to execute the contract. Also,requiring special forms to our standard insurance will incur additional fees. These special forms include but are not limited to;Additional Insured-primary and non-contributory CG7680,Waiver of Transfer of Rights of Recovery CG2404,and Additional Insured—Completed Operations CG8672. J 1 Attachment A—Commissioned Systems and Equipment List ' The systems to be commissioned under this proposal are listed below. HVAC Domestic Hot Water � Lighting Control . Energy Metering Systems This proposal excludes any systems or equipment not listed above regardless of whether commissioning is referenced or implied for those excluded systems in the project documents. 1 , , , � , Kennydale Fire Station January 3,2017 G�NERAL CONDITYONS I3WA GeoSciences Inc.,a Washington Corporation("HWA"),and Client agree to a work assignment in accordance with the attached praposal and cost estimate,and the following general conditions. INTEGRATION The attached letter together with these General Conditions comprises the enrire Agreement between the parties. This Agreement may not be changed without the prior written consent of all parties to the Agreement. There aze no terms or conditions which are not�pressed in this Agreement. � ' STANI)ARID OF CARE HWA agrees to perform its professional services in accordance with that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised by similazly qualified geosciences professionals currently practicing in this azea under similar conditions. No warranties or other representations aze expressed or implied. CLIENT FURNISI�ED INFORIVYATI01�1 ANID O�LIGATIONS The Client is responsible to provide HWA with a description of the property,its location,and the locations of any underground utilities,facilities or structures on or adjacent to the property which could impact our work. HWA,its owners,employees,subcontractors and agents will not be responsible for any damage to buried utilities or subterranean structures which aze not specifically identified to HWA. The Client also must advise EiWA of the location and nature of any l�own or suspected hazazdous materials that may e�cist on the property. SITE ACCESS/RIGFIT OF ENTRY The Client agrees to advise HWA,prior to commencement of our services,of any special requirements for entry,work permits,security cleazances,licenses,or any other required permissions. If the property is not owned by the Client,the Client shall obtain permission for right-of- entry for the purpose of perfomung our services. SURFACE AND SYJBSURFACE DISTURBANCE HWA will take reasonable precautions to minunize surface and subsurface disturbance of the site. In the normal course of exploratory work some disturbance may occur,and the restoration of any disturbance is not part of this Agreement,unless specifically provided in the scope of services and budget for the work. UNANTICIPATED CONDTTIONS OR HAZARDOUS MATERYALS Subsurface condirions at some locations at the site may vary from those encountered at the locations where surveys or explorations aze made. Because the interpretations and recommendations of HWA aze based solely on the information available to HWA,limitations on the available information will result in some uncertainty,and,therefore,risk,with respect to the interpretation of environmental,geologic and geotechnical conditions,despite the use of due professional caze. If conditions different from those described in our report aze observed or appear to be present,HWA should be retained to provide additional analyses as necessary to evaluate the situation and modify our recommendations as appropriate. The discovery of unanticipated conditions or hazardous materials constitutes a changed condition which may require renegotiation of the scope of services and budget,or termination of services. If unanricipated hazazdous materials aze encountered,HWA may take immediate action to protect health and safety. HWA shall notify Client as soon as practically possible should unanticipated hazardous materials be encountered. Client agrees to compensate HWA for the additional cost of services necessary to protect the health and safety of the public,HWA's employees, , or others. INDEMMFYCATION FOR I3AZARDOUS MATEItIALS AND RELEASE OF POLLUTANTS - Client agrees that any hazardous materials,including asbestos,present at the work site,prior to and during the performance of this Agreement were not generated,stored or disposed of by HWA. The exploration for and assessment of hazardous materials by HWA aze done on behalf of the Client. To the fullest extent pernritted by law,the Client shall defend,indemnify and hold harmless HWA,its owners,employees, subcontractors and agents,from any and all liability,loss,costs,damage or expenses(including attomeys'fees and costs upon trial and appeal) • arising out of or in connection with(1)any future pollution-related claims or damages at the site,including potential claims from third parties that may name HWA as a defendant,and (2)the performance of any professional services of HWA that result in alleged exacerbation of eacisting environmental pollution or contamination,or result in any newly caused or created pollution or contamination. This indemnification will not apply to claims,damages,losses or expenses wluch aze a result of negligent acts by HWA under this Agreement,or which arise from new pollutants introduced solely by HWA. REPO1tTING OF RAZARI)OUS SiJBSTANCE RELEASES The Client is responsible for reporting releases of hazardous substances when such reports are requued by government agencies. The Client agrees to defend and hold HWA harmless for government or third party action taken for ClienYs failure to comply with hazardous substance release reporting requirements. � JOB SITE CONDUCT AND SAFE�'Y HWA will be responsible for its professional activities on the job site. This will not relieve the Client,Owner,or construction contractors of their obligation to maintain a safe job site. Neither HWA's professional activities nor the presence of its employees or subcontractors shall be conshued to imply responsibility for job site safety. SAMPLE RETENTION ANID I)ISPOSAY� � Non hazazdous samples will be discazded 30 days after they are obtained unless prior arrangements are made to store or deliver the samples. Samples containing hazazdous materials that are regulated under federal,state,or local environmental laws will be returned to the site. HWA Project 2016-P136-21 1 HWA GeoSciences Inc. � j J Kennydale Fire Station January 3,2017 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Reports,field data,laboratory data,analyses,calculations,estimates,designs and other documents prepared by HWA as instruments of service shall remain the property of HWA. HWA will retain pertinent records relating to the services performed for a period of ten years following submission of the report. Copies of the instruments of service will be made available to the Client on request at a reasonable fee. Reuse of any�- instruments of service by the Client on eactensions of this project or on other projects without HWA's written permissions will be at the ClienYs risk. Client agrees to defend,indemnify and hold hazmless HWA from claims,damages and expenses arising out of such reuse. BII,LING AND PAYMENT r Billing for services will be submitted monthly. Payment is due on receipt of the invoice unless otherwise agreed in writing. A service chazge of one and on�half percent(1.5%)per month will be added to unpaid accounts due over 30 days. Expenses incurred in preparation and/or foreclosure of any lien or collecting delinquent amounts including,but not limited to attomeys'fees,costs at trial and appeal and chazges for HWA's stafftime shall be paid in addirion to the delinquent amount. NATION OF SERVICES This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon at least seven(7)days written notice in the event of substantial failure by the other party to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions through no fault of the terniinating party. Such tennination shall not be effective if that substantial failure has 6een remedied before expiration of the period specified in the written notice. In the event that the Client requests eazly termination of our services,HWA reserves the right to complete such analyses and records as aze necessary to place its files in order and complete a report on the services performed to date. Charges for these ternunation activities shall be in addition to all charges incuned up to the date of termination. INSURANCE HWA maintains Workers'Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance as required by state laws. HWA also maintains comprehensive general,auto,professional and environmental liability insurance,certificates of which aze available upon request. LIMIT OF LIABILITY General Liability: In the performance of this Agreement and subject to the limits,terms and conditions of pmperty damage and public liability coverage,HWA agrees to indemnify and hold Client harniless from HWA's proportional shaze of liability resulting from its negligence and any breech of contract compared to that of other persons or entities which results in damage to the Client. HWA shall not be responsible for any loss, damage,or liability beyond the amounts,limits,coverage or conditions of its insurance coverage on the date the claim is made. HWA shall not be responsible for Client's negligence nor the negligence of third parties. Professional Liability: In considerarion of relative opportunities for financial rewazd from this project for the parties to tlris Agreement,Client agrees that the maximum aggregate amount of its recovery from HWA or its employees due to any and all claims of professional negligence and breach of contract arising out of any incident shall be limited to$50,000 or the amount of HWA's fees for the services provided under tlus , Agreement,whichever is less,unless a higher limit with commensurate compensation is specifically negotiated. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES HWA shall not be liable for consequential damages,including loss of use or loss of profits,or indirect damages,reg"azdless of whether such claim is based upon alleged breach of contract,willful misconduct,strict liability,breach of warranty or negligent act,error or omission,whether � professional or nonprofessional. , DISPUTES Any dispute,controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement,or breach thereof,shall be mediated. The law of the State of Washington will govern the validity and execution of this Agreement and the disposition of any claims related to this Agreement. The prevailing party in any dispute or litigation conceming flus Agreement will be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys'fees and costs incurred at trial and appeal,including stafftime,court costs,attomeys'fees,and other claim-related expenses. ASSIGNMENTS Neither the Client nor HWA may delegate,assign,sublet or transfer the duties,interests nor responsibilities set forth in this agreement without the written consent of the other party. SURVIVAL ` These terms and conditions shall survive the completion of the services under the Agreement and the termination of the Agreement for any cause. SEVERABILITY The Client and HWA have entered into this Agreement of their own free will,to communicate to one another mutual understandings and responsibilities. Any element of the Agreement later held to violate a law or regulation shall be deemed void and remaining provisions shall continue in force. Client and HWA shall in good faith attempt to replace any invalid or unenforceable provision with one that is valid and enforceable,and which comes as close as possible to expressing the intent of the original provision. HWA Project 2016-P136-21 2 HWA GeoSciences Inc. , � � TENVV Transportation Engineering NorthWest CONSULTANT SERVICES AGREEMENT By this agreement dated December 20, 2016, Schreiber Starlin� Whitehead Architects ("Client"� requests and authorizes Transporfation En�ineerin� Northwestr LLC ("TENW") to provide signal design and channelization engineering services in conjunction with the Renton Fire District Station #15 project within southeast Renton, WA. The purpose of TENW's efforfs will be to complete tasks as outlined in the attached Exhibit A. , Costs for TENW's scope of services will be invoiced on a time and materials basis not to exceed $40,750. Changes in the scope of work will require a formal amendment of the contract before the Extra Work can be undertaken. Email transmission will be deemed effective for the authorization of Extra Work. TENW staff will be billed at their hourly rates at the time work is performed. � Payment of each invoice is to be made within 30 days from date of invoice; the Client agrees to pay a service fee of 1 .5 percent per month on all unpaid invoice amounts over 60 days old. TENW reserves the right to stop work if payment is not received within 60 days. Final report submittal, attendance and/or . testifying at public hearings, attendance at extra meetings or responses to comments on TENW's work will not be made unless payment is up to date. � In case of suit or legal action is commenced to collect any outstanding payments due under this agreement, TENW shall be entitled to collect, in addition to the costs provided by statute, all reasonable attorney's fees. Any judgment shall bear interest at the rate of 1 .5 percent per month on the outstanding balance. Invoices will be emailed to the contact below: Keith Schreiber AIA, Principal Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects 901 Fifth Avenue, No. 3100 Seattle, WA 98164 Phone: 206-682-8300 Transporfation Planning I Design I Traffic Impact&Operations PO Box 65254,Seattle,WA 98155 I Office(206)361-7333 � � � TEN1�/ Transportation Engineering NorthWest � I On behalf of the Client, I have signing authority, have read, understood and agree to the terms of this contract. . / / (Signature) (Date� � . � I - (Printed Name) (Telephone No.) Agreed to on behalf of TENW. . f 12 / 20 / 2016 (Signature) �Date� Mike Read, P.E., Principal (206) 361-7333 x 101 Transporfation Planning I Design I Traffic Impact&Operations PO Box 65254,Seattle,WA 98155 I Office (206)361-7333 � Renton Fire Station-Emergency Signal Design EXHI�IT A SCOPE OF SERVICES Renton Fire Station #15 — Emergency Signal Design The following is a scope of work and fee estimate for preparation of a Signal Plan, Channelization Plan, and a Traffic Control Plan �for installation) in support of the proposed new Renton Fire Station #15 on NE 30rh Street in Renton, WA. Plans will be prepared for the Cify of Renton review and approval. The final deliverable will be approved construction plans. Two comment review rounds are assumed. � SCOPE OF WORK The following tasks/deliverables will be provided by TENW as part of this Scope of Services: Signal Plans o Scope: TENW will prepare Signal Plan, including specifications and insfallation of an emergency signal interconnected with the Fire Station alert system to include wiring diagram, conduit, junction boxes, interconnection systems, and advanced Opticom system midblock on N 30th Street. Field work to confirm these and other conections for pedestrian push button/ped head crosswalk are assumed. o Deliverables: ' ■ Conceptual Signal Layout (30% level for Early Design Phase, 1-sheet� ■ Signal Plan/Foundation Details/Pole Chart (2/3 - Sheets� ■ Power Load/Wiring Diagrams (1-Sheet� ■ Interconnection Details (l-sheet) � ■ Supporting Calculations/Specifications/Standard Details/Special Provisions (3-5 sheets� Cost Estimaie: $17,500 Channelization/Signage Plans o Scope: TENW will prepare Channelization Plan to remove (as needed) and/or install appropriate striping on N 30rh Street for advanced stop bar locations, fire/emergency vehicle maneuvering area and advanced signage. Line iype, marking specifications, and signage details with stationing/offsets would be detailed. o Deliverables: ■ Channelization/Signage Plan �1 sheet) Cost Esiimaie: $3,500 Traffic Control Plans o Scope: TENW will prepare a Traffic Control Plans to allow for full or partial lane closures as needed to install the emergency signal and channelization modifications along N 30th Street. Traffic control plans for shoulder closures, partial/full lane closures would be provided with flagging, signage, and work zone areas for installation. o Deliverables: ■ Traffic Control Plan �2-3 sheets) � Cost Estimate: $6,S00 �TENW 1 December 20,2oi 6 � , � TEf�VV Transportation Engineering NorthWest Design Team Meetings/Agency Meetings/Utility Coordination e Scope: TENW would provide both Principal-level and Senior design engineer attendance at Design Team, Agency Meetings, and utilify coordination meetings throughout the course of the project, from Early Design Phase through project close-out. o Deliverables: ■ Meeting notes, email/fax communication. Cost Estimate: $9,750 Construction Administration/As-Built Drawing Preparation • Scope: TENW would provide construction administrative support services, including shop ' drawing/submiital review, responses to contractor RFI's, site visits/field inspections, and with a couple site visits and one at close out/commissioning of the signal system. o Deliverables: ■ Response to RFI, field notes, email communication, and field visits. Cost Estimafe: $3,500 COST ESTIMATE The total cost to complete the tasks described above is estimated not to exceed $40,750. TENW proposes to work on a Time and Materials basis with a not-to-exceed budget this amount. We will keep you informed of our budget status and project progress. We will work with you to adjust our scope and budget should additional work outside the above scope be required. Work will not be performed outside the current budget without your prior authorization. CLIENT RESPONSIBILITIES , The following services and/or items will be provided by others to TENW: • Civil Improvements Plans including sidewalk, drainage, grading, paving, TESC, etc. will be provided by others. • A topographic survey of existing conditions in the area, including all necessary information for design purposes. The survey will include existing edges of pavement, roadway centerlines, channelization, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, utilities �above and below ground�, right-of-way, easements, elevations, and all other elements of a typical complete topographic survey. • Geotechnical recommendations associated with traffic signal pole foundation design. s Utility locate potholing with respect to potential underground conflicts, if necessary. ' • Easement/rightof-way acquisition coordination if necessary. TENW will work with project team to determine any right-of-way acquisition or easement needs (for signal equipment, junction boxes, conduit, or power supply�. TENW assumes that legal descriptions will be prepared by the civil engineer or surveyor. �;TEN W 2 December 20,2oi 6 1dlaterials Testing � Consulting, Inc• MTC � Geotechnical Engineering&Consulting�Materials Testing�Special Inspection�Environmental Consulting + .V�.�,t,rna��pnc�+�u�nw'm. Date:January 10,2017 Client Name:,SSW architects Contact:Mary Jo Lux Address: Renton Phone: 206-682-8300 Email.•lux@sswarchitects.com Fax: Architect: Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects Based on Drawings Dated: N/A Project Name/Location: Renton Fire station#1 S,Renton ,WA Materials Testing&Consulting,Inc.(MTC)thanks you for the opportunity,and respectfully submits the following proposal to provide materials testing and special inspecrion services during construction of the above-referenced project. Combined with our past experience with projects of similar size and scope,we estimate the total cost of our services for this project to be: , I � • : i i � • ii Item Unit Quantity Rate Total Reinforced Concrete Inspection Hour 80 $ 60.00 $ 4,800.00 Structural Maso Ins ection Hour 220 $ 60.00 $ 13,200.00 Lateral Wood Framin Ins ection Hour 60 $ 60.00 $ 3,600.00 Structural Steel&Weldin Ins ection Hour 132 $ 75.00 $ 9,900.00 Fab Sho Ins ection Assumed WABO a roved Hour 4 $ 75.00 $ '300.00 Pro riet Anchor Ins ection Hour 24 $ 60.00 $ 1,440.00 0 $ 33,240.00 I� . � i i i � � • : i i � • i � Item Unit Quantity Rate Total Concrete Compression Test Cylinders-4"x 8" Each 50 $ 22.00 $ 1,100.00 Maso Prisms Tests Each 18 $ 120.00 $ 2,160.00 Subtotal-Special&Construction Inspection: $ 3,260.00 I ' i � : � i � Item Unit Quantity Rate Total Project Manager Hour 26 $ 80.00 $ 2,080.00 Subtotal-Project Management&Consulting Services: $ 2,080.00 : � � ' � � � : I II • Prices aze subject to change if this agreement is not executed within 90 days from the date of the bid. • All services will be provided on a time and materials basis. The total is an estimate the actual construction cost will be based on the project schedule and sequencing.The estimate is not a guazanteed price.A four hour minimum charge applies to all work performed,billing is also based on a portal to portal basis. • MTC will utilize the laboratory based closest to the project site.MTC offers additional services upon request which will be billed at our regular fee schedule.Acceptance of this proposal will constitute agreement to MTC standard general terms and conditions. • In closing,our experienced inspection staff will ensure the highest level of quality is brought to your project. We believe that our local staff and vast experience on projects of similar size and scope make MTC the clear team member of choice for this project. We look forwazd to working with you. Respectfully Submitted, �/ Client Authorized Signature /�����G1�.�ilZR' %��1.(�%'l.��i77,a/I,R Raymond McNamaza,Project Manger (360)755-1990 Printed Name&Title Date Corporate•777 Chrysler Drive•Burlington,WA 98233•Phone 360.755.1990•Fax 360.755.1980 SR'Region•2118 Black Lake Blvd.S.W.•Olympia,WA 98512•Phone 360.534.9777•Fax 360.534.9779 NW Region•805 Dupont St,Suite 5•Bellingham,WA 98226•Phone 360.647.6061 •Fax 360.647.8111 Kitsap Region•5451 N.W.Newberry Hill Road,Suite 101 •Silverdale,WA 98383•Phone/Fax 360.698.6787 Visit our weUsite:v�nvw.mtc-inauet Page 1 of 1 , � , i � . EXHIBIT B � City of Renton CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT Table of Articles I. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES VII. COMPENSATION FOR , , ADDITIONAL SERVICES II. BASIC SERVICES OF A/E AND REIMBURSABLES III. ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND VIII. COMPENSATION FOR REIMBURSABLES CHANGES DURING CONSTRUCTION IV. A/E'S ESTIMATE OF IX. MWBE PARTICIPATION � CONSTRUCTION COST ' X. NOT USED V. DEFINITIONS FOR BASIS OF COMPENSATION XI. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS VI. COMPENSATION FOR BASIC XII. QUALITY ASSURANCE SERVICES XIII. GLOSSARY ARTICLE I-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Owner shall designate in writing a representative authorized to act on its behalf with respect to this Agreement. B. Before any work is to begin under the terms of this Agreement,Owner shall issue A/E a written Authorization to Proceed. Any work performed by A/E prior to receipt of the Authorization to Proceed shall be performed at A/E's risk. ' C. Owner shall consult with A/E regarding the general and specific requirements for the Project and shall furnish A/E a copy of Owner's Project guidelines,including functional requirements,technical requirements,site requirements, sustainable design requirements,and any other conditions peculiar to the Project that may affect the design, location,schedule,or cost. D. Owner may incorporate into the Project documents,drawings,and specifications provided by consultants retained directly by Owner. In such cases,authorship of such Contract Documents will be clearly identified. E. Owner shall furnish required information,approvals and services as expeditiously as necessary for the orderly pr.ogress of the UVork.A/E shall promptly notify Owner in writing in the event orderly progress of the Work is disrupted by failure of Owner to provide such information,approvals or services,and the Project Schedule shall be adjusted as mutually agreed. F. When the Construction Cost Estimates or the lowest responsive, responsible bids differ from the City of Renton's proposed construction cost,Owner shall cooperate with A/E in making necessary program,design alternatives and budget decisions to reconcile the differences. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 1 . I � , � G. Owner shall reimburse the A/E for or shall separately furnish, if reasonably required for the Project and requested by A/E,a land survey of the site, prepared by a registered land surveyor.The survey shall indicate applicable grades and lines of streets,alleys,pavements and adjoining property, rights-of-way, restrictions, easements,encroachments, zoning,deed restrictions, boundaries and contours of the site.The survey shall also indicate locations,dimensions, and data pertaining to existing buildings,other improvements and trees,and information concerning location of service and utility lines, both public and private,above and below grade, including inverts and depths as indicated by available records. The survey shall be referenced to a Project benchmark. H. Owner shall arrange and pay for the required advertisements for bid and other legal notices. I. Owner shall reimburse the A/E for or shall separately furnish the services of a geotechnical engineer or other similar consultant necessary for determining soil,subsoil,and air or water conditions if such services are reasonably required by the Project.Such services may include test borings,test pits,soil bearing values, percolation tests,air and water pollution tests,and other necessary operations for determining soil,subsoil,air, or water conditions. J. Owner shall reimburse the A/E for or shall separately furnish other applicable testing services if reasonably required for the Project. . K. The A/E may reasonably rely upon the accuracy and completeness of Owner furnished services, information, surveys and reports required by Article I. L. Owner will assist the A/E in coordinating the Project with all Agencies Having Jurisdiction(AHJ). M. Owner shall provide information for the Project, including a program that shall set forth Owner's objectives, schedule,constraints and criteria,including space requirements and relationships,flexibility,expandability,special equipment,systems and site requirements. N. Owner shall establish and update an overall budget for the Project,including the construction cost,Owner's other costs, and reasonable contingencies related to all of these costs. ARTICLE II-BASIC SERVICES OF A/E A. Generalltems 1. A/E shall exercise that degree of care,diligence,skill and judgment in the rendition of all services under this Agreement that is normally exercised by A/E's performing work for projects of a size,scope and complexity similar to this Project. 2. A/E acknowledges the relationship of trust and confidence established between A/E and Owner by this Agreement.Accordingly,A/E's acts shall be consistent with this relationship.A/E shall further the interest of Owner through appropriate administration, management and design. 3. Prior to the start of Schematic Design,A/E shall prepare for Owner's approval a written schedule for performance of A/E's services for the Project.The schedule shall be in the form and level of detail required by Owner. A/E shall periodically reevaluate the established schedule and promptly notify Owner in writing of any actual or anticipated deviation of A/E's services from the schedule.Any adjustments to the established time schedule shall be allowed only when approved in writing by Owner. A/E shall provide revised time schedules when so approved. Failure to meet the agreed upon schedule may be grounds for termination of the Agreement. 4. A/E shall employ Owner's"Instructions for Architects and Engineers" and Project guidelines and shall design the February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 2 � � � i Project in accordance with applicable federal,state and local laws,including statutes,ordinances,codes,orders, rules and regulations and the requirements for environmental documents prepared under the State Environmental Policy Act(SEPA). Review and approval of documents by Owner does not relieve the A/E from the responsibility to conform to the requirements of the program or applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules or regulations. , , 5. A/E shall ascertain and coordinate the general requirements of all AHJs. 6. A/E shall review information provided by consultants retained directly by Owner and shall coordinate the work of such consultants with A/E's work into an overall set of consistent drawings,specifications and other Contract Documents. 7. A/E shall, in a timely manner,designate and appoint Sub-consultants after conferring with Owner.A/E shall not appoint any Sub-consultant to which Owner has a reasonable objection. A/E shall incorporate the provisions of this Agreement,the Scope of Work and the requirements of the Project into the contracts with Sub-consultants. Upon Owner request,A/E shall furnish a copy of the Sub-consultants contract(s),to Owner.A/Eshall send written notification to the Owner within thirty(30J days following execution of this Agreement listing all Sub- consultant firms the A/E intends to use and the anticipated dollar value of participation. Identify MWBE firms and list their tax identification number(TINJ. 8. A/E and Sub-consultants shall ascertain from Owner the general and specific requirements for the Project including functional requirements,technical requirements,site requirements,sustainable design requirements, and shall ascertain any other conditions peculiar to the Project that may affect the design, location,schedule,or cost.A/E shall visit the site and observe existing site and facility conditions to confirm the adequacy of existing documentation and shall notify Owner of any apparent deficiencies in the documents provided. 9. A/E shall provide to Owner four(4)copies of Project documents per Attachment A upon completion of each of the Schematic Design, Design Development,and Construction Document phases. Project documents shall be in � a form and style suitable for presentation,review,and reproduction. If requested by Owner,A/E shall furnish additional copies and be reimbursed for them in accordance with Articles III and VII of this Agreement. , 10. A/E shall prepare, provide and submit documents,and otherwise assist Owner in making application for obtaining a building permit and other permits or approvals normally required for projects similar to this Project in size,scope and complexity. Upon application for such permits,A/E shall reply to all inquiries from governing agencies,shall make any necessary or appropriate changes to the Contract Documents approved by Owner,and assist Owner in expediting the issuance of all such permits or approvals.A/E shall keep Owner advised of all developments related to issuance of the permits, promptly provide Owner with copies of permit or approval related documents,and shall monitor the progress of the permit review for consistency with the time schedule established for the Project. 11. A/E shall meet with Owner as reasonably requested at a location designated by Owner,to ensure that the developing design is meeting Owner's requirements,and shall conduct presentations of the Project to such review groups as may reasonably be required to secure necessary approvals from Owner. Minutes of the meetings will be prepared by A/E and distributed to attendees. 12. A/E shall provide the services•necessary to comply with Owner's document review process. 13. A/E's key personnel and Sub-consultants designated for this Project shall remain assigned for the duration of the Project unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner.Owner shall not unreasonably withhold approval of staff changes.Owner may require substitution of any personnel or Sub-consultant provided that Owner has first notified A/E in writing and allowed a reasonable period for adjustments and/or corrections. � February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 3 , , < 14. Through the design process,A/E shall assist Owner with analyzing the Project scope,design alternatives, schedule and budget options to keep the Project within the proposed construction cost established by the Owner. If the Construction Cost Estimate exceeds the proposed construction cost established by the Owner,A/E shall analyze design alternatives and submit cost saving options for Owner's consideration. B. Schematic Desisn Phase 1. Based upon Owner's approved program and/or pre-design documents, design guidelines and construction standards,as applicable,and upon receipt of Owner's authorization to proceed,A/E shall, in consultation with Owner and any other persons or entities designated by Owner,ascertain Owner's needs and further establish the general and detailed requirements for the Project.The Schematic Design Phase shall consist of two parts:a) Conceptual Design Alternatives and b)Schematic Design Documents. For Conceptual Design,A/E shall present alternatives to the Owner in an iterative, collaborative process.Upon approval of the Conceptual Design by the Owner,A/E shall prepare the Schematic Design Documents.The Schematic Design documents shall comply with requirements set forth in Attachment A. 2. A/E shall submit to Owner a Construction Cost Estimate projected to the expected time of bid,itemized by major categories,to give reasonable assurance that construction costs will not exceed the proposed construction cost established by the Owner.The format of the estimate shall be based on Uniformat,CSI Master Format,or other format approved by the Owner.The Construction Cost Estimate shall establish a preliminary schedule setting forth the expected period of time required for completion of construction. 3. Prior to the printing of final Schematic Design documents for Owner,A/E shall submit for Owner's approval a checklist, noting and explaining any exceptions or omissions to the requirements of AttachmentA. 4. A/E shall provide a timely written response,in accordance with the schedule,to all Owner's review comments in a format approved by Owner. 5. A/E shall secure Owner's written approval of the Schematic Documents. If significant revisions are required to secure Owner's approval,A/E shall incorporate such revisions into an integrated reference set of documents as required byAttachmentA. C. Desisn Development Phase 1. Upon written authorization to proceed from Owner,A/E shall prepare, based upon the approved Schematic Design documents, Design Development documents required to fix,describe and illustrate the full size, character and scope of the Project.The Design Development documents shall comply with the requirements of Attachment A. c 2. The A/E shall submit to Owner an updated and itemized Construction Cost Estimate including an updated Project Schedule, based on the completed Design Development documents, in the same format as the Estimate prepared for the Schematic Design Phase.The updated Construction Cost Estimate shall include a design contingency and be in sufficient detail to give reasonable assurance that construction costs will not exceed the proposed construction cost established by the Owner. 3. Prior to the printing of final Design Development documents for Owner,A/E shall submit for Owner's approval a checklist, noting and explaining any exceptions or omissions to the requirements of AttachmentA. 4. A/E shall provide a timely written response, in accordance with the schedule,to all Owner's review comments in a format approved by the Owner. 5. A/E shall secure Owner's written approval of the Design Developmentdocuments. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 4 i ^ � � > D. Construction Documents Phase 1. Upon written authorization to proceed from Owner,A/E shall prepare, based upon the approved Design Development documents,Construction Documents consisting of Drawings,Specifications and other documents setting forth in detail the scope of the Project.Such documents shall describe materials,standards of workmanship,finishes,equipment and the conditions affecting the Work required to be performed in all divisions of the construction work and comply with the requirements of Attachment A, Document Requirements. A checklist based on Attachment A shall be submitted with the Construction Document review sets noting any exceptions or omissions to the requirements of AttachmentA. 2. In preparing the Construction Documents,A/E shall, in consultation with Owner, prepare the necessary bidding information, bidding forms, and the project manual,which shall include Owner's General Conditions of the Contract,Supplemental Conditions, instructions to bidders, and prevailing wage rates as furnished by Owner, and ensure that the subsequent divisions of the Construction Documents are consistent therewith. 3. Original drawings shall be prepared utilizing computer aided drafting(CAD). 4. If Construction drawings are prepared utilizing a computer aided drafting(CAD)system they shall be done in accordance with Owner's CAD standards and Owner's design guidelines.Copies of all CAD files of the Construction Document drawings shall be provided to Owner in magnetic disk or CD-ROM format. 5. A/E shall conduct a detailed intra-and interdisciplinary document check in accordance with the Quality Assurance requirements set forth in Article XII of this Agreement. This document check and the resulting corrections must be completed for Owner's review prior to printing of the Construction Documents.A/E shall submit to Owner documentation confirming that the document check has been completed. 6. a)A/E shall prepare a detailed Construction Cost Estimate,including an updated Project Schedule,based on the completed Construction Documents.The final detailed Construction Cost Estimate shall include an itemization of costs for each additive or deductive alternate proposed. b) A/E shall propose and prepare bid alternates to provide reasonable assurance that Owner will be able to award a Construction Contract that does not exceed the proposed construction cost established by the Owner.Only Work and items approved by Owner shall be included in the bid alternate category.The number of alternates shall be kept to a minimum.The total of the estimates for base bid(s)and all additive bid alternates shall not exceed the proposed construction cost established by the Owner, unless approved prior to bidding by the Owner. c) A/E shall prepare and submit to Owner a list of required Contractor submittals that the A/E recommends be included in the Construction Contract for review and approval. d) A/E shall submit to Owner four(4)sets of prints of the completed construction drawings,four(4)copies of the specifications,and two(2)copies of the structural, mechanical and electrical calculations. Review or approval of the drawings,specifications and calculations and other Construction Documents by Owner shall not relieve A/E of any responsibility for their completeness and accuracy. e) Plan Review approvals from all Authorities Having Jurisdiction shall be secured prior to issuance of the bid advertisement,unless approved in advance by the Owner. 7. A/E shall secure Owner's written approval of the Drawings and Specifications,the final Construction Cost Estimate,and any and all bid alternates. In the event that the Construction Cost Estimate exceeds the proposed construction cost established by the Owner,the A/E shall present design options to the Owner for the purpose of reducing the construction cost to within the proposed construction cost established by the Owner and the February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 5 � ^ 1 Z I construction documents shall be modified. E. Biddin�Phase 1. When authorized by Owner to proceed to the Bidding Phase,A/E shall be responsible to issue Bid Documents to bidders and plan centers, maintain a plan holders list, and keep the Owner informed. Printing and distribution of Bid Documents is a reimbursable expense, unless the Owner elects to distribute Bid Documents otherwise. � 2. The A/E shall conduct and provide meeting minutes for the Pre-bid Conference, prepare and issue addenda, attend the bid opening when requested by Owner, and generally assist Owner in managing the bid process. 3. If requested,A/E shall assist Owner in evaluation of the bids. 4. a) In the event the lowest responsive bid submitted by a responsible bidder satisfactory to Owner for the construction of the,Project pursuant to the approved drawings and specifications for the Project exceeds the proposed construction cost established by the Owner,the Owner shall select a course of action from one of the following options: 1. Give written approval of an increase in the proposed construction cost established by the Owner and award Construction Contract: 2. Negotiate the Construction Contract(according to RCW 39.04.015); 3. Suspend,terminate,or delay the Project;or � 4. Authorize rebidding.A/E shall revise the drawings and specifications as may be required to bring the Project within the proposed construction cost established by the Owner.The Owner shall cooperate with the A/E in making necessary decisions. b) If the Owner chooses to proceed under clause E.4.a)4.,the A/E,without additional compensation,shall modify the documents as necessary to conform to the proposed construction cost established by the Owner and provide bidding phase services again, at its sole expense. The modification of such documents shall be the limit of the A/E's responsibility under Paragraph E.4.a).A/E shall,as a reimbursable, be responsible to provide and distribute Bid Documents for printing and distribution for rebidding. F. Construction Phase 1. Upon award of the Construction Contract and the Owner's notice to proceed,A/E shall provide construction phase services. 2. A/E shall participate with Owner in the Preconstruction Conference with Contractor.A/E shall record and distribute minutes of the conference and issue any clarifications or other documentation to document the proceeding. 3. During the progress of construction,the A/E shall perform services including: a) Consult with the Owner during the Construction Phase. Instructions to the Contractor shall be communicated by the A/E.The A/E shall have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents unless otherwise modified in writing by the Owner. b) Render interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents necessary for the proper execution or progress of the Work promptly so as not to cause a delay in the Work. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 6 J ^ � � c) Provide to Owner copies of all written communications that A/E provides to Contractor, at the same time such communication is provided to Contractor. d) Verify general conformance with the Contract Documents, review, approve or otherwise take appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals, including field questions,shop drawings and submittals of materials, equipment,tests and inspections.A/E's action shall be taken promptly so as to cause no delay in the Work. Review of such submittals is not for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of details such as dimensions and quantities or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor. A/E's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. e) Prepare necessary documents for changes in the Work including revision drawings,cost estimates and reasons for change,and secure,analyze in detail and recommend disposition of proposals from Contractor. If requested,A/E shall attend Owner's meetings convened for purpose of reviewing proposed changes in the Work. fl Determine and certify the amount owing to Contractor, based on A/E's observations and evaluation of Contractor's Application for Payment.A/E's certification for payment shall constitute a representation by A/E to Owner, based on A/E's observations at the site, review of Contractor's record drawings, review of Contractor's progress schedule(s)and a review of the data comprising Contractor's Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that,to the best of A/E's knowledge, information and belief,the quantity and quality of the Work is in general conformance with the Contract Documents and any specific qualifications stated in the Application and Certification for Payment;and that Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount requested. By certifying an Application for Payment,A/E shall not be deemedto represent that any examination has been made to ascertain how and for what purpose Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the contract sum. g) Obtain and review Contractor's progress schedules at least once per month for conformance with the Construction Documents,and promptly notify Owner and Contractor of deviations and noncompliance. h) Visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become familiar with the progress and quality of the Work completed and to determine if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work when completed will be in general conformance with the Contract Documents.A/E shall require its sub-consultants to conduct site observation visits as required to adequately observe the work they designed for general conformance with the Contract Documents. For each site visit,A/E shall prepare a site observation report for Owner. i) Conduct on-site Project progress meetings once per week or as stipulated in the Agreement.A/E shall require its sub-consultants attend progress meetings as mutually agreed by Owner and A/E.A/E shall keep Project meeting minutes,and transmit copies to Owner and Contractor as soon as possible but in no event later than one day prior to the next weekly meeting. j) The A/E shall select finish materials and colors and prepare color schedules for items included in the Construction Contract for the Owner's approval. 4. A/E shall not be responsible for construction means, methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,shall not be responsible for Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 7 l � ` 5. A/E shall at all times endeavor to discover and guard Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of Contractor, but it is understood that A/E does not guarantee the performance of Contractor.A/E shall promptly advise Owner and Contractor of Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. 6. Whenever A/E considers it necessary or advisable to ensure the proper implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents,A/E shall advise Owner of the need for special inspection or testing of any Work.Subject to the prior approval of Owner,A/E may authorize such special testing or inspection in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents whether or not such work be then fabricated,installed or completed. 7. A/E shall have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.A/E shall recommend to the Owner that the Contractor be directed to stop work when such stoppage may,in A/E's reasonable opinion, be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the Work. G. Construction Completion Phase 1. A/E shall conduct pre-final inspection and prepare check lists of corrective items, make final inspections by all disciplines, including one re-inspection, recommend the date or dates of Substantial Completion and recommend acceptance of the Project to Owner. 2. A/E shall obtain, review, approve and deliver to Owner written guarantees, manuals and instructions from Contractor as required by the Construction Documents upon completion of construction and prior . to recommending acceptance of the Project to the Owner. 3. Within 45 days of receipt from the Contractor,the A/E shall review the Project field record drawings and � specifications from the Contractor for clarity and completeness. A/E shall provide reviewed Contractor's set to the Owner.As an additional service,the A/E shall modify the original Construction Drawings and Specifications to conform to the Project record drawings and specifications provided by the Contractor at completion of construction, in accordance with Article III. Upon Owner's request during the warranty period set forth in the Construction Contract,A/E shall assist Owner in identifying defects in the Project,determine corrective measures,�pro.vide inspection of the Project and assist Owner in implementing corrective measures. ARTICLE III-ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND REIMBURSABLES A. The services described in this Article III are not included in Basic Services unless so identified elsewhere in this Agreement and shall be paid for as provided in Article VII. However,Owner has no obligation to pay A/E for Additional Services performed by A/E prior to receipt of Owner's authorization for such services.Owner reserves the right to employ other means to accomplish said services. B. Owner shall pay for the following Additional Services performed,furnished or incurred by A/E, provided that A/E is not obligated to perform,furnish or incur such services as a part of A/E's Basic Services. 1. Making or assisting in making planning surveys and special analyses of Owner's needs and requirements for the Project or preparing or assisting in the preparation of Owner's program. 2. Providing additional on-site Project representation of A/E beyond the extent to which such representation is already provided for in Article II, Basic Services of the A/E. 3. Providing consultation or contract administration for the replacement of any Work damaged by fire, accidental or natural causes during construction, provided that such damage was not caused by the fault or negligence of A/E;providing professional services or arranging for the Work to proceed should Contractor default in the performance of the Construction Contract or become delinquent or insolvent. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 8 � ^ 1 4. Providing specialized, detailed, complex design, or services of special consultants which exceeds the Basic Services such as: Energy Life Cycle Cost Analysis Thermal Scans Acoustical Consultant Signage/Graphics Hazardous Material y�Consultant ommunications Consu tant Geotechnical Investigation Construction Testing Site Survey Indoor Air Quality Elevator Securi�Audio Visual Specialized Lighting Consultant Making Public Presentations HVAC Balancing Interior Design Consultant Kitchen Consultant Traffic Signal Consultant Landscape Consultant Basic Commissioning Civil Engineering Testin�IGraphics � 5. Providing consulting services for Owner-supplied equipment or components to be incorporated into the Construction Contract. 6. Providing design services relative to future facilities,systems and equipment that were not defined in the initial program and/or not incorporated into the Construction Contract. 7. Providing detailed evaluations of existing facilities,and surveys or inventories required in connection with work not intended to be constructed as part of the Project. � 8. Providing assistance in design and implementation of formal commissioning or training pertaining to the utilization of equipment orsystem(s). 9. rP viding services after issuance to Owner of the final Certificate for Payment,except as in Article II.G. ,/'¢`" -4 Preparing to serve or serving as an expert witness in connection with any arbitration or other legal �-�1� � p oceeding provided that such proceeding is not caused or contributed to by the actions of A/E. 10. Making measured drawings of existing construction when required for planning additions or alterations thereto. 11. Revising drawings or specifications previously approved by Owner when such revisions are due to changes in Project scope, program changes,changes required by the enactment of revisions to codes, laws,or regulations subsequent to the preparation of such documents,or other changes directed by Owner that are not normally made as a part of the Schematic or Design Development phases. 12. Providing services for securing separate bids and for additional contract administration if the Owner requests that the construction work be divided in a manner that increases the A/E contract administration effort or if February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 9 / � l Owner requests separate bid packages. 13. Providing brochures,special graphic presentations, or detailed professionally-built architectural models beyond those required to comply with Article II. 14. Preparing the Project for temporary suspension by Owner or recommencement of the Project after any suspension period, provided that any temporary suspension of the Project is first affirmed in writing by Owner and is not caused by actions of A/E. 15. Preparing of bid alternates drawn or specified by A/E, providing the bid alternates were drawn or specified at the written request of Owner,and are not for the purpose of conforming to the proposed construction cost established by the Owner. 16. Preparing of documents for and participation in the process for obtaining special permits or zoning approvals such as Master Use Permit,Conditional Use Permit,SEPA Environmental Checklist,Shorelines Substantial Development Permit, or preparing an Environmental Impact Statement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. 17. Participation in a formal partnering process. 18. Providing services during the construction phase in connection with changes in the work.Services performed in connection with changes due to an error or omission of A/E will not be compensated as Additional Services. (See Article VIII regarding compensation for changes during construction). 19. Coordination between the Work of this Project and other related projects for which Owner has agreements with other consultants and/or contractors. 20. Providing services for participation in Value Engineering or Constructability Review processes requested by Owner and conducted by Owner's separate consultant,which goes beyond normal written review and comment on Value Engineering and Constructability Review reports. Incorporating Constructability Review comments that clarify Construction Documents without changing the scope of work is not an additional service. 21. Providing services for registration,documentation,and associated services required for sustainable design Project certification with the US Green Building Council Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)� or equivalent process. 22. Providing a preconstruction presentation of the Project design to Owner representatives beyond such services already provided for in Article II, Basic Services of the A/E. 23. Modifying the original Construction Documents to conform to the Project field record drawings and specifications provided by the Contractor at completion of construction.The record drawings and specifications shall be completed by the A/E and submitted to the Owner within 60 days of the A/E's receipt of the Project field record drawings from the Contractor.The submittal shall be in an electronic format acceptabie to the Owner,one full-size set of scalable drawings on approved bond paper and one complete copy of the record specifications. The documents shall be marked as Project Record Drawings and Specifications. 24. Providing a list and complete matrix of tests and inspections required for the Project in a format approved by the Owner. C. In the event the Construction period up to substantial completion exceeds the time stipulated in the Construction Contract including change order extensions,A/E shall continue administration of the Construction Contract and be February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 10 � ' . entitled to Additional Services compensation for the construction time extension occurring through no fault or neglect of A/E. Construction completion phase services(Article II G)will not be compensated as Additional Services. D. Owner shall pay for the following Reimbursable expenses incurred by A/E, provided that A/E is not obligated to incur such expenses as a part of Basic Services. Owner will pay A/E an additional 10%of authorized reimbursable expenses as a handling fee. 1. Providing additional copies of drawings,specifications,studies,reports, Contract Documents, correspondence and/or papers received or issued by A/E as requested by Owner. 2. Providing printing and distribution of Bid Documents. 3. Providing special test equipment required to accomplish A/E services which is to become property of the Owner. 4. The customary and approved travel and per diem costs to the A/E during the course of Basic and Additional Services as detailed in the Agreement. ARTICLE IV-A/E'S ESTIMATES OF CONSTRUCTION COST A. A/E does not guarantee any estimate of the construction cost prepared by A/E nor assume responsibility for predicting cost fluctuations due to economic or market conditions or a shortage of bidders on the Project. However, the estimate shall represent A/E's judgment as a design professional familiar with the construction industry of the cost Owner should expect to pay for the construction, not including State of Washington Sales Tax,Owner's Project contingency funds,consultant services compensation, or other items in Owner's Project budget. A/E shall notify Owner in writing at any time the estimated cost of construction is expected to exceed the proposed construction cost established by the Owner.A/E's written notification shall,include a detailed explanation and shall provide suggestions for reducing the estimated cost so that it does not exceed the proposed construction cost established by the Owner. The Owner agrees to cooperate with the A/E and permit reasonable and necessary revisions or reductions to the scope of the Project.The A/E agrees to revise the Drawings and Specifications as necessary at no additional expense to the Owner,if so requested by the Owner,in order to bring the estimated cost within the proposed construction cost established by the Owner. B. A/E's estimates at each phase shall correlate with the drawings and specifications and shall have sufficient detail and clarity required for Owner's review.A review by Owner shall not relieve A/E of any responsibility for the completeness, quality,and accuracy of the estimates. ARTICLE V—DEFINITIONS FOR BASIS OF COMPENSATION A. Construction Contract Award Defined.The Construction Contract Award is the actual dollar amount of the Construction Contract at the time the`Construction Contract is awarded by Owner to Contractor. ARTICLE VI-COMPENSATION FOR BASIC SERVICES A. The fee for Basic Services is a stipulated sum. B. Owner shall make payment for A/E services monthly.The payments shall be in proportion to the progress of A/E's work. Final payment for each phase shall become due and payable upon completion and written approval by Owner of that phase of A/E's work. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 11 ' ' J C. Owner shall make no deduction from A/E's compensation on account of penalties, liquidated damages or other sums withheld from Contractor(s)through no fault of A/E. D. A/E shall submit requests for payment monthly on forms provided and in a manner prescribed by Owner.A/E shall demonstrate to Owner that sufficient progress has been made to support the invoice amount. Owner shall make payment within 30 days of presentation of a properly prepared invoice. E. A/E shall pay each Sub-consultant upon receipt of payment from Owner. Failure of the A/E to make payments to Sub-consultants may be considered non-performance and cause fortermination. k'. Owner shall make payment for Construction Completion Phase services upon approved completion of the requirements set forth in subsections II.G. 1, 2,and 3. ARTICLE VII-COMPENSATION FOR ADDITIONAL SEF2VICE5 AND REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES A. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner,A/E shall be paid for authorized Additional Services and Reimbursable Expenses either on the basis of a stipulated sum agreed upon with Owner,or on the rates and unit costs set forth in this Agreement. B. Owner shall make payments monthly for authorized Additional Services and Reimbursable Expenses,within 30 days of presentation of a properly prepared A/E's invoice. C. When requesting payment for Additional Services or Reimbursable Expenses,A/E shall submit an itemized billing showing unit cost and quantity of each item billed, and referencing the specific authorizing document. ARTICLE VIII-COMPENSATION FOR CHANGES DURING CONSTRUCTIOIV A. The method of arriving at the compensation to be paid for the A/E's work required by authorized changes to the Construction Contract shall be as follows: If authorized change is: The compensation shall be: 1. An item of work added to the Construction 1. 0 to 100%of basic fee percentage times the cost of the Contract reflected by an additive cost in a Change additive item of work as mutually agreed between Order. Owner and A/E. 2. An item of work Deleted from the Construction 2. No addition to or deduction from the compensation for Contract reflected by a deductive cost in a Basic Services. Change Order. � 3. An Owner requested modification to the work that 3. 0 to 71%of basic fee percentage times the cost of the is designed by A/E but not included in the additive item of work as mutually agreed between Construction Contract. Owner and A/E. 4. An item of work that is designed by A/E and is 4. No additional compensation unless authorized by reasonably categorized by Owner to be an Owner;work in this category may result in a claim omission or error. against A/E by Owner for some or all of the costs 5. An item of work that is deductive or additive and involved. the A/E's work required is not commensurate with 5. Negotiated under the terms of this Agreement as the Basic Services Fee. Additional Services. . 6. An item of work added to the Project that does not 6. No additional compensation. require A/E's services. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 12 � - � B. The method of payment for design services required by authorized changes to the Construction Contract wili be determined in accordance with subparagraphs VIII,A,above and Payment is to be requested and paid with progress payments to A/E during the Construction Phase in proportion to the progress of A/E's work and after issuance of the Authorization for such Additional Services. ARTICLE IX—NOT USED ARTICLE X-TERMINATIOfV A. Termination bv Owner Refer to paragraph 5.TERMINATION of the AGREEMENT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES ARTICLE XI-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Personnel The services to be furnished under the terms of this Agreement shall be performed by A/E and the sub-consultants, agreed to jointly by A/E and Owner,and shall not be assigned or subcontracted further,in whole or in part,without � the express written consent of Owner. B. Records 1. Final surveys,reports,Contract Drawings and Specifications,and calculations shall be signed and stamped by an Architect or Engineer licensed in the State of Washington and provided to Owner. 2. Records of A/E's payroll,consultant and Reimbursable expenses pertaining to the Project shall be kept on a generally recognized accounting basis,shall be available to Owner or its authorized representatives at mutually convenient times,and shall be retained for six years after final acceptance of the Project. C. Nondiscrimination. During the performance of this Agreement and in considering offers from and doing business with Sub-consultants,A/E shall not discriminate against any person because of race,color,creed,sex,national origin, marital status,age,the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability,or status as a special disabled or Vietnam Era veteran. D. Resulated materials requirins special handlins or abatement 1. Owner will provide to A/E the information required by WAC 296-62-054 regarding hazardous materials preexisting at the job site. 2. If there are existing facilities involved in this Project that may contain hazardous materials,Owner shall determine if hazardous materials exist in or adjacent to the Project area. If A/E becomes aware that hazardous materials existin or adjacent to the Project area,A/E shall inform Owner. Owner shall investigate and test these materials to determine the extent and nature of the hazardous materials, and decide on appropriate procedures to abate the hazardous materials or protect it during construction. Owner may separately contract with a hazardous materials consultant for this purpose. r February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 13 + - , � 3. If hazardous material abatement is required,it may,at Owner's sole discretion, be dealt with either as a separate construction contract or as a part of the general Construction Contract for the Project. 4. If Owner chooses to include abatement as part of the general Construction Contract for the Project,or if measures are required to protect the hazardous material during construction,the drawings and specifications related to the hazardous material work shall be prepared by Owner(or by a consultant separately hired by Owner for this purpose),and provided to A/E by Owner for inclusion in the set of Contract Documents prepared by A/E.All Drawings and Specifications for the hazardous material work shall clearly identify the author of such Drawings and Specifications. 5. Any questions that arise related to hazardous materials shall be referred to Owner for resolution, and A/E shall not be required to do any work nor render any opinions related to hazardous materials questions. A/E shall coordinate to assure consistency between the Work and schedule of A/E and of the hazardous material work. E. Insurance � � A/E shall maintain at A/E's own expense and for the life of this Agreement,the insurance�type and amount of coverage indicated in paragraph 13 INSURANCE of the AGREEMENT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES. , 1. A/E shall require it's structural,civil,mechanical,and electrical sub-consultants to obtain and maintain ' the insurance coverages set forth in Section XI.E,except Umbrella ExcessLiability. ' F. Hold Harmless Refer to paragraph 10 of the Agreement for Architectural Services. G. Corrections The A/E shall promptly correct any errors,omissions,or negligence in the performance of A/E services at no additional cost to the Owner.The Owner may pursue a claim against the A/E for some or all of the Owner's " costs resulting from A/E's errors,omissions,or negligence. H. Approvals Owner's review,approval,acceptance, use,or payment for all or any part of A/E's services or of the Project itself shall in no way alter A/E's obligations or Owner's rights hereunder. I. Representations. A/E hereby represents to Owner the following: � 1. That A/E is financially solvent,able to pay A/E's debts as they mature and that A/E possesses sufficient working capital to complete the services required, 2. That A/E is able to furnish any and all of the facilities,tools, materials,supplies,equipment and labor required to complete the services required and to perform all of A/E's obligations hereunder and has sufficient experience and competence to do so; 3. That A/E's execution of this Agreement and A/E's performance thereof is within A/E's duly authorized powers;and 4. That A/E agrees that the representations in this Subparagraph XI.I shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. 5. That A/E shall comply with all applicable state and local laws,statutes,and ordinances relating to professional registration, licensing and authority to perform all of A/E's obligations required to be performed under this Agreement. 6. That A/E's duly authorized representative has visited the Project, become familiar with the local conditions ' under which the services required hereunder are to be performed and correlated A/E's observations with all of' February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 14 , .. } � the requirements of the Construction Contract Documents. J. Jurisdiction This Agreement shall be deemed executed in the county in the State of Washington in which the Owner's contracting authority resides.The laws of the State of Washington shall govern the interpretation and � application of its provisions. - K. Time Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Agreement. L. Use of Documents 1. The Drawings,Specifications and other documents,including drawings and specifications prepared in CAD form and stored on.magnetic media, prepared by A/E or A/E's sub-consultants for this Project are intended for use solely with respect to this Project. Owner shall be permitted to retain copies,including reproducible copies and originally stamped copies of A/E's Drawings,Specifications and other documents for information,and reference in connection with Owner's use and occupancy of the Project.Owner shall not use A/E's Drawings,Specifications or other documents for other projects,provided that it is expressly understood and agreed that Owner shall have the right to utilize A/E's Drawings,Specifications and other documents to expand the Project,correct any deficiencies, make any renovations or repairs to the Project,or use for future project design other than the construction of another building.Original construction drawings,sketches, renderings, models,other reproduci6le drawings prepared under this Agreement,surveys, reports, photographs,construction phase documentation prepared by A/E,copies of all correspondence and papers received or issued by A/E and all equipment or publications authorized by Owner for purchase shall be delivered to Owner upon request if such request is made during the Project or within five years after Substantial Completion. The A/E shall be permitted to remove all indicia of its ownership and/or involvement from electronic records such as CAD drawings or documents stored on magnetic disc.Any use or reuse by the Owner of drawings, specifications and other documents, including electronic record documents,will be without liability or legal exposure to the A/E. 2. A/E may use renderings or photographs of the Project for promotional purposes.Owner may upon written notice to A/E limit or withdraw its permission to use Project materials for promotional purposes.A/E shall not use drawings,specifications and other documents prepared for this Project for any other purpose unrelated to this Project,without Owner's written consent. M. Claims and Disputes 1. A Claim is a demand or assertion seeking,as a matter of right,adjustment or interpretation of this Agreement, payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of this Agreement. The term "Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and A/E arising out of or relating to the Project.Claims must be made by written notice.The responsibility to substantiate Claims rests with the party making the Claim. 2. Claims must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after claimant first recognizes the conditions giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.The party against which the claim is made shall respond to the claim within 30 days. 3. The parties shall expeditiously attempt to resolve all Claims and disputes in a non-litigious manner. If the claim or dispute cannot be settled through negotiation,the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle the dispute through mediation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association,or other mutually agreeable equivalent format,before resorting to arbitration, litigation or some other dispute resolution procedure. - February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 15 � S 4 N. Upon demand by Owner, any claims between Owner and A/E,Contractor and A/E,Owner and Contractor,Owner and Contractor's Guarantor,or Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers,shall be s'ubmitted in a single forum,and Owner may consolidate or join any of the above named parties in the action. Other third parties may be joined upon notice of either A/E or Owner and with the consent of such third party.Tliereafter,such third parties shall be bound by the results of such dispute resolution process to the same extent as the original parties ��� to the t�Should any provision of this Agreement,at any time, be in conflict with any law, ruling or regulation,or b�unenforceable for any reason,then such provision shall continue in effect only to the extent that it remains valid. In the event any provision of this Agreement becomes less than operative,the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. , O. Communications by and with A/E's consultants shall be through A/E. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,Owner has not relinquished its right to communicate with Contractor directly. � P. Owner and A/E, respectively, bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives to the other party to this Agreement and to the partners,successors,assigns and legal representative of such other party with respect to all covenants of this Agreement.Neither A/E nor the Owner shall assign this Agreement without the - written consent of the other party. Q. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create a contractual relationship with or cause action in favor of a third party against either Owner or A/E. R. This Agreement represents the entire and integrated Agreement between Owner and A/E and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements,either written or oral.This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both Owner and A/E. � � ARTICLE XII-QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General Re4uirements. A/E shall provide a Quality Assurance(QA)Program on all projects that shall encompass all planned and systematic activities with the goal of achieving a Project that will perform as�intended in service, meet the program requirements,and comply with the terms of this Agreement.As a minimum,the QA program shall meet the following requirements: 1. A/E QA program shall cover activities affecting quality performed by A/E for Owner. 2. All elements of the Drawings and Specifications shall be checked by A/E and such checks shall be made by persons other than those preparing the materials and by professional personnel trained in that specific discipline with the goal of: a) , Assuring the completeness of the Drawings and Specifications delivered by the A/E. b) Assuring a high level of construction quality and avoiding change orders to construction contracts that are caused by conflicts,ambiguities, inaccuracies,and deficiencies in and between the construction Drawings and Specifications. 3. A/E shall include in all sub-consultants'contracts the QA requirements defined herein. 4. The qA program shall be implemented upon the issuance of Authorization to.Proceed and continue for the duration of activities covered by this program. 5. A/E shall provide Owner access to activities and records affecting quality to confirm implementation of the QA program.A/E shall retain and maintain identifiable, legible, and retrievable QA records for the duration of the Project. Q/A records will be turned over to the Owner,if requested, upon completion of the Work. February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 16 1 y � 6. Specific Requirements. For projects with a proposed construction cost established by the Owner of$1 million or greater,A/E shall provide a written Quality Assurance(QA) Program for Owner review. For projects with a the proposed construction cost established by the Owner under$1 million,when requested by the Owner,the A/E shall provide a written QA Program for Owner review.A/E's written QA program shall include at least the following activities:The specific methodologies that will be used to cross check Drawings of the various disciplines to one another for completeness and accuracy at each submittal stage. 7.� The specific methodologies that will be used to cross check the Drawings and Specifications to each other for completeness and accuracy at each submittal stage. 8. A/E shall submit the QA program prior to or concurrent with the first monthly request for payment. 9. A checklist of items that will be researched during the on-site investigation. � 10. Maintenance of an"Exception to Program Requirements List."This list shall include all items that are at variance with the Project Program. 11. A system for tracking and documenting changes to the Project Program. • ARTICLE XIII-GLOSSARY A/E Architect/Engineer AHJ: Agency Having Jurisdiction CAD: Computer Aided Drafting CSI: � Construction Specifications Institute CUP: Conditional Use Permit � EIS: Environmental Impact Statement MUP: Master Use Permit QA: Quality Assurance � SEPA: State Environmental Policy Act � End of Conditions of the Agreement � February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Page 17 ,. ` ; ATTACHMENT A DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS ' This Attachment lists the documents to be provided by the A/E to the extent that the items of work to which the documents are related are included in Article II, Basic Services of the A/E in the Conditions of the Agreement or,are Additional Services agreed to by the Owner and A/E.This list is not all inclusive nor is it limited to any items referred to or implied in other parts of the Agreement or�normally provided under Article II of the Conditions of the Agreement. ITEM SCHEMATIC DESIGN CONSTRUCTION PHASE DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT PHASE PHASE Specification System and Material Outline Specification Complete Specification • Narrative Description Site Existing conditions Site Pedestrian Pipe sizes footprints circulation Utility � Con,nection details Site entrance Demolition details Dimensions Contractor parking Site utilities Traffic flow plan Construction area Utility requirements Roads Handicapped flow plan Construction and driveways Loading Lighting plan phasing � dock location Future Stairway connections Site development expansion Walkway Waste containers phasing Street use plan locations Stairway Bicycle facilities . locations Parking locations Site drainage Waste/recycle collection Site utilities locatioris Reference elevations Landscaping Existing conditions Irrigation plan Soil preparation and Existing irrigation planting specification Irrigation legend Planting plan Pipe sizes Piping diagrams Design calculations Guying details Existing � ' tree protection Building Typical elevations Typical wall sections , Flashing details Exterior Building cross sections Typical window details Roof mounted Envelope Fenestration layout Exterior door details equipment Exterior Material designations Roof&drainage plan details Energy code Parapet&coping details(typ.) Roof details requirements Roof layout Structural. Structural scheme Structural sections Structural details Written description including Typical floor framing plan Foundation seismic analysis of existing bldg. Main member sizing details &proposed strengthening Foundation plan eeam&column schedules techniques Structural notes Calculations Structural le�end ) February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Attachment A > > f � / ITEM SCHEMATIC DESIGN CONSTRUCTION PHASE DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT PHASE PHASE Building Typical floor plans(min. 1/16" All floor plans(min. 1/8" Dimensioned floor pians Interior scale) scale) Finish schedules Area use identification and Partition types Door&hardware area in sq.ft. Defined seating,serving& schedules Interior Janitor closet(s) location(s) kitchen facilities elevations Reflected ceiling Circulation paths Fixed seating plans Partition details Preliminary layouts of major � Wall types Interior details specialized spaces Equipment and Show flexibility for expansion furniture layouts � and alterations Vertical shaft locations All room numbers Specialized area floor plans Area tabulations compared min 1/4"scale to program requirements Code stu'dy: exiting,area separation,etc. Mechanical,electrical and other service rooms Elevators Elevator location Elevator shaft section Dimensioned plans Equipment room Equipment Complete specification location Elevator legend description Door and frame details Interior details with lighting Plumbing Location of header(s) Water header diagram Pipe sizes &Piping Location of pipe chases Chilled water header Radiation riser diagram Fixture locations diagram Steam header Plumbing riser diagram Mechanical legend diagram Water header diagram Piping plans Chilled water riser diagram Fixture list Coil detail Material cut Convector detail sheets Water heater detail Design � calculations HVAC Identify all systems Preliminary calculations Equipment ,_ One line flow diagrams One line duct layout details Duct sizes Energy code Equipment list Installation detail requirements Special Equipment location Cross sections occupancy zones Control diagram Connection to FA&MCC Mechanical legend Sequence of operation Design calculations Air intake&exhaust location(s) Mechanical room layout Utility shaft layout§ions - Equipment cut sheets. Fire Protection Connection to utility Riser diagram Complete specifications (Mechanical) Location of sprinkler valve One line layout Sprinkler valve details Sprinkler legend Design calculations February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Attachment A . �, ` ITEM SCHEMATIC DESIGM CONSTRUCTION PHASE DEVELOPMENT DOCUMEIVT PHASE PHASE Lighting Typical spaces w/foot Fixture/switching layout Fixture schedule candles Energy code Light level calculations Control diagrams _ requirements Fixture types Installation details Lighting cut sheets Lighting calculations Final energy code calculations Electric One line service diagram Equipment layout Panel schedules Power Electric vault location(s) Panel location(s) Load calculations Distribution Electric closet location(s) One line power diagram Fault current . Electric legend Receptacle locations calculations MCC details Branch circuit details Fire Alarm Connection for Fire alarm zones Connection details Connection to MCC monitoring Smoke zones &HVAC Riser diagram Panel location Device locations Riser diagram Telecommuni- Building&local distribution Riser diagram(s) Raceway plan(s) cations Frame closet locations&size Material cut Raceway details Cable tray locations sheets Backboard Locations Voice/data outlet locations Device cut Service Loading dock sheets Details for all accessory and support Facilities Service elevator Assisted listening apparatus in each area Service road equipment Waste containers • Recycle holding Universal Accessible locations Bottled gas area Details for all associated accessories Design/ADA Restrooms Any special waste handling and provisions Accessibility design review Service vehicle parking area Common entrance for all Ramped access Same path of travel between buildings Commissioning Documentation of Production of the document required design criteria and in accordance with Owner's assumptions One-line Requirements diagrams Calculations System zoning Sequencesof operation Sustainable Eco-Charette LEED Scorecard LEED Scorecard Design LEED Scorecard Summary of sustainable Summary of sustainable design Summary of sustainable design design strategies used to strategies used to meet green strategies used to meet green_ meet green building goals building goals buildin�soals End of Attachment A February 2017 City of Renton Conditions of the Agreement Attachment A :}�' r FIRE STATION #15, 1404 NORTH 30T" STREET, RENTON, WA 98057 EXHIBIT C COMPENSATION BREAKDOWN SUMMARY FOR SERVICES RENDERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT Basic Services Compensation � $ 425,503 Additional Services Compensation $ 377,983 Not to Exceed Agreement Grand Total $ 763,486 BASIC SERVICES COMPENSATION BREAKDOWIV Compensation for Basic Services described herein shall be based on a fixed price fee. The City of � Renton proposed construction cost is $3,200,000. Compensation for Additional Services shall be a based upon fixed fees, hourly fees, and costs plus markup, as provided in Consultant's Proposal which is attached to the Agreement as Exhibit�A. The total compensation for Additional Services shall not exceed $337,983.' Basic Service Compensation shall be fixed as defined below: Fee Schematic Design: $ 53,091 Design Development: $ 59,083 Construction Documents: $ 91,655 ' Bidding Phase: $ 5,811 Construction Phase: $ 208,602 Completion Phase: $ 7,261 � Basic Services Compensation Sub-total $ 425,503 Basic Services Grand Total $ 425,503 QUALITY ASSURANCE The Consultant shall provide a written Quality Assurance Program-for the City of Renton review _ and approval. The Consultant shall administer the approved Quality Assurance Program. ADDITIONAL SERVICES CONDITIONS . � 1. When the A/E is authorized by the City of Renton to perform Additional Services at an hourly or cost basis,the following standard rates shall apply: Principals of the Firm - Maximum Dollars/Hour: (a) When performing duties as principal (a) $200.00 (b) When working on project production (b) . $175.00 � L� Employees of the Firm - Multiplier: . (a) Multiplier time's employee's direct salary (a) 3.2 ' (Multiplier shall compensate the A/E for overhead and profit. Direct salary does not include fringe benefits.) ' (b) Shall not exceed (b) $150.00 Sub-consultants: As invoiced plus handling fee: (a) A/E handling fee for sub-consultants (a) 10% The maximum Principal and Employee rates used above for the Consultant shall also apply for sub-consultants unless otherwise identified in the Consultant's detailed proposal. 2. Travel: Travel within a 50-mile radius is not reimbursable. Travel bet�ween a 50 and 350- mile radius may be negotiated as an additional service at not greater than the approved state rate ($0.51 per mile). Any cost reimbursement for travel beyond the 350-mile radius requires written justification and prior approval from the City of Renton. 3. Payment requests for reimbursable expenses shall include an itemized breakdown of the billing indicating unit cost and quantity of each item billed, copies of any supporting , , invoices, and/or other supplemental data as may be required by the authorization. Also, include a summary sheet showing accumulation of reimbursable expenses with a breakdown by each authorization. 4. Miscellaneous, routine overhead expenses such as telephone costs, mail, clerical supplies, computer, copying, fax,transportation, etc. incurred in the normal process of performing basic services or additional services are not reimbursable. PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONDITIONS The designated City of Renton's representative for this project is Robert Ebert, Project Manager for the Facilities Division, Community Services, City of Renton. The A/E agrees that the persons designated below shall serve in the indicated capacities for all services contemplated under this Agreement; and that they shall serve in said capacity for the duration of the Agreement, and that they shall not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton, unless they prove to be unsatisfactory to the City of Renton or cease to be in the employ of the A/E: Principal in Char�e; responsible for general overall project direction: Keith James Schreiber,AIA Proiect Mana�er;to act as the A/E's representative in all dealings with the City of Renfon and to exercise direct and personal control over all the A/E's activities contemplated herein: Mary Jo Lux, AIA Construction Administrator; to be the A/E's representative in all dealings with the construction contract(s) and to exercise direct and personal control over all the A/E's construction phase activities contemplated herein: Mary Jo Lux,AIA SITE VISITS FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE - BASIC SERVICES The A/E shall observe the construction in progress as follows: Architect/Engineer:The Architect shall visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction. For purposes of this agreement it is assumed that this will total 52 visits. Sub-Consultant's site visit intervals shall only apply when associated construction activities are underway at the project site. Sub-Consultants: Mechanical 1 visit per Month (average; assumes 6 total) Electrical 1 visit per Month (average, assumes 6 total) Civil 1 visit per Month (average, assumes 6 total) Structural 1 visit per Month (average, assumes 3 total) Landscape 1 visit per Month (average, assumes 6 total) VOLUNTARY MWBE UTILIZATION MWBE participation is highly encouraged by the City of Renton. Consultants may contact the Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (OMWBE)to obtain information on certified firms for potential sub-consultants. The Consultant's proposal anticipates 20% participation by WBE firms and 5% by MBE firms SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE Schedule for Performance: Programming/Predesign Complete May 1, 2017 Schematic Design Phase Complete June 26, 2017 Design Development Phase Complete August 28, 2017 Contract Document Phase Complete December 11, 2017 Bid Opening Complete January 23, 2018 Construction NTP: 12 February 2018 Construction Complete 1 December 2018 Completion Complete 31 December 2018 Schedule for Performance for Additional Services shall be integrated with and run parallel to the above. General Notes 1. These drawings are intended to provide a general description of the scope of work and must be reviewed for intent as well as specific information. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to execute the work with generally accepted standards of quality construction to provide a completed project for intended purpose. 2. Field-verify all relevant dimensions and existing conditions. 3. 2015 IBC governs. Verify with agency having jurisdiction prior to start of work. 4. Call for all inspections required by public officials and agencies having jurisdiction at the project site. 5. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 6. Contractor is responsible for building & site security at all times during the construction phase of this project. Units of Measure: AWG American wire gauge BTU British thermal unit CF cubic foot (feet) CU IN cubic inch(es) CY cubic yard FT foot, feet GA gauge GAL gallon(s) IN inch(es) LB pounds LF linear feet MIN minimum MAX maximum PSF pounds per square foot PSI pounds per square inch R VALUE thermal resistance SF square foot (feet) SQ IN square inches U VALUE thermal conductance (1/R) V volt(s) VAC volts, AC VDC volts, DC W watts YD yard Terminology: @ at &and AB anchor bolt ACOUST acoustic ACP asphalt concrete paving ACT acoustic ceiling tile ACM aluminum composite material AD air drop ADA accessible per UBC chap. 11 ADJ adjacent, adjustable A/E architect/ engineer AESS architecturally exposed structural steel AFF above finish floor AHJ authority having jurisdiction ALUM aluminum ANCH anchor ANOD anodized APPROX approximate AVG average AWP acoustic wall panel BD board BF braced frame BLDG building BLKG blocking BOT bottom BRG bearing BTF beat to fit BTWN between CB catch basin CD ceiling diffuser CEM cement CFCI contractor furnished/ contractor installed CG corner guard CIP cast-in-place CJ control joint CLG ceiling CLR clear CMU concrete masonry unit COL column CONC concrete CONT continuous COORD coordinate CPT carpet CR card reader CT ceramic tile CTR center CUST custodial CW cold water CWP composite wall panel D dryer DA door actuator DBL double DC display cabinet DET detail DF drinking fountain DIA diameter DIAG diagonal DIM dimension DN down DS downspout DWG drawing E east EA each EF exhaust fan EJ expansion joint ELEC electrical EQ equal ES engineered stone EST estimated (E) / EX existing EXH exhaust EXP expansion; exposed EXT exterior F freezer FACP fire alarm control panel FD floor drain FDC fire department connection FDN foundation FE fire extinguisher FEC fire extinguisher cabinet FH fire hydrant FHA fire hydrant assembly FIN finish(ed) FLG flooring FLR floor FOS face of stud FPA fall protection anchor FURN furnish GA gauge GALV galvanized GEN generator GFR glass fiber reinforced GL glass GWB gypsum wallboard GYP gypsum HB hose bibb HDWR hardware HGT height, high HID high intensity discharge HM hollow metal HORIZ horizontal HR hose reel ID inside diameter INCL include(d) INSUL insulation INT interior INV invert JB junction box -electrical, AV,or communications JST joist JT joint LAM laminate LAV lavatory LF light fixture LIN linear LOCS locations MACH machine MAS masonry MATL material MAX maximum MB marker board MDF medium density fiberboard MDO medium density overlay MECH mechanical MFR manufacturer MH manhole MIN minimum MISC miscellaneous MO masonry opening MT mount MTD mounted MWP manufactured wall panel N north NAT natural NIC not in contract NOM nominal NRC noise reduction coefficient NTS not to scale O/over OC on center OD outside diameter OFCI owner furnished / contractor installed OFOI owner furnished / owner installed OH overhead OPNG opening OPP opposite PATT pattern PERF perforated PERM permanent PIV post indicator valve PLAM plastic laminate PLBG plumbing PNT paint PR pair PT pressure treated PTD painted PTN partition PV photovoltaic PVC polyvinylchloride PVMT pavement PLYWD plywood R refrigerator RA relief angle RB resilient base RD roof drain REF reference, refer REIN reinforced REQ'D required REV revise, revision, reverse RFB recessed floor box RHP radiant heat panel RJ reveal joint RL rain leader RM room RO rough opening S sink cabinet SAN sanitary SB standing height base cabinet SCHED schedule SF supply fan SGL single SIM similar SJC siesmic joint cover SP stand pipe SPEC specification SQ square SS stainless steel STD standard STL steel STRUCT structural SURF surface SUSP suspended TB tackboard TEMP temporary TESC temporary erosion & sediment control T/O top of TOC top of concrete TOS top of steel; top of structure TOW top of wall TYP typical UH unit heater UNEX unexcavated UNFIN unfinished UON unless otherwise noted VB vapor barrier VEH vehicle VERT vertical VIF verify in field VOL volume W west W washer W/with WC water closet WD wood WF wide flange WH water heater; wall hydrant WL wind load W/O without WP weatherproof / waterproof Abbreviations: Terminology (SEE LEGENDS & NOTES FOR EACH DISCIPLINE FOR ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS) Symbols Legend STRUCTURAL GRID BUILDING SECTION WALL SECTION REFERENCE ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION NEW CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TAG LOUVER/ WINDOW/ STOREFRONT TYPE DOOR NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER HT AB0VE DATUM ITEM 2 A8.41 DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER CONCRETE WOOD STUD CMU BRICK EQ-1 101-1S-5 SIZE OR TYPE TRANSITION LINE FLOOR FINISH TRANSITION 0 1 Ref EXTERIOR ELEVATION A4.11 DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER NUMBER Level 02 +12.00' A4.01 1 A4.01 1 DETAIL CALLOUT A4.01 1 DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER WALL TYPE OR PARTITION TYPE RP1 RCP ROOM TAG PLAN ROOM TAG NUMBER NAMEConference 101 A7.02 1 101 8'-0"HEIGHT NUMBER 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 425-430-7000 Contact:Will Aho Owner: 901 Fifth Avenue #3100 Seattle, Washington 98164 206-682-8300 Contact: Mary Jo Lux Renton Regional Fire Authority Architect: Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects Structural Engineer: Lund Opsahl Civil Engineer: LPD Engineering Landscape Architect: HBB Landscape Architecture Fire Station Occupancy: 1201 First Ave South, Suite 310 Seattle, WA 98134 206-402-5156 Contact: Adam Slivers 215 Westlake Ave N Seattle, WA 98109 206-682-3051 Contact: Dean W. Koonts 1932 First Avenue, Suite 201 Seattle, WA 98101 206-725-1211 Contact: Laurie Pfarr, PE, LEED AP, CESCL Mechanical Engineer: Hultz BHU Engineers 1111 Fawcett Avenue, Suite 100 Tacoma, WA 98402 253-383-3257 Contact: Tiffany Roberts Electrical Engineer: Hultz BHU Engineers 1111 Fawcett Avenue, Suite 100 Tacoma, WA 98402 253-383-3257 Contact: Scott Mallory 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 425-430-6602 Contact: Robert Ebert City of Renton Community Services Department 1404 N 30th Street Renton, WA 98056 City of Renton/Renton Regional Fire Authority Client Project No. CAG-17-046Fire Station 15 Contract Documents Parcel 334210-3245 Scope of Work The project consists of a single story fire station with a mezzanine at 1401 North 30th St. The building will be new construction totaling approximately 7,500 gross square feet. Site development includes an access drive, fire apparatus aprons (front and drive-thru rear aprons), employee and public parking areas, pedestrian access walkways, and associated landscape areas. Support areas including trash and recycling and an emergency generator that will be located at the rear of the site. The project is co-located with a new water reservoir tower. Legal Description HILLMANS LK WN GARDEN OF EDEN # 1 WEST 157.00 FT Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 T1.00 Title Sheet Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 S7.01 Wood Details S7.02 Wood Details S7.03 Wood Details S7.04 Wood Details S7.05 Wood Details S7.06 Wood Details M1.01 Notes & Legend M1.02 Schedules M1.03 Schedules M1.04 Schedules M2.01 Foundation Plan - Plumbing M3.01 Floor Plan - Plumbing M3.11 Plumbing Details M3.12 Plumbing Details M4.01 HVAC Plan M4.02 Sections M4.11 HVAC Details M4.12 HVAC Details M4.13 HVAC Details E0.01 Legends, Notes & Abbreviations E1.00 Electrical Site Plan E2.00 Lighting Plan E3.00 Power Plan E4.00 Low Voltage Plan E5.01 One-Line Distribution Diagram E5.02 Electrical Diagrams E6.01 Lighting Schedules E6.02 Lighting Controls E7.01 Electrical Schedules IA1.00 Alerting Device Plan IA1.01 Alerting RCP IA1.02 Alerting Complete Device Plan IA1.03 Alerting System Block & Legend IA1.04 Alerting Elevations IA1.05 Alerting Elevations A5.02 Wall Sections A5.03 Wall Sections A6.01 Wall Types & Exterior Details A6.02 Exterior Wall Details A6.03 Exterior Details A6.04 Fenestration Elevations & Types A6.05 Fenestration Details A6.06 Exterior Door & Louver Details A6.07 Roof Types & Details A6.08 Roof Details A6.09 Roof Details A7.01 Room Finish & Door Schedule A7.02 Partition Types & Interior Details A7.03 Interior Details A8.01 Stair Plans, Sections & Details A9.00 Toilet Elevations, Accessories & ADA Requirements A9.01 Interior Elevations A9.02 Interior Elevations A9.03 Interior Elevations A9.04 Interior Elevations A9.05 Interior Elevations A9.06 Casework Details A9.07 Casework Details A10.01 Reflected Ceiling Plans A11.01 FF&E Plans S1.01 General Notes S1.02 General Notes S1.03 General Notes S3.01 Foundation Plan S3.02 Low Roof / Mezzanine Framing Plan S3.03 Roof Framing Plan S3.50 Structural Elevations S3.51 Structural Elevations S4.01 Concrete Details S4.02 Concrete Details S5.01 Steel Details S6.01 CMU Details T1.00 Title Sheet T1.01 Building Code Analysis R1.00 Survey C1.01 Phase 1 Site Demo & TESC C1.02 Phase 2 Site Demo & TESC C1.03 TESC Notes C1.04 TESC Details C2.00 Grading Plan C3.00 Drainage Plan C3.01 Drainage Notes & Details C3.02 Drainage Details C3.03 Drainage Details C3.04 Stormtech Details C3.05 Stormtech Details C4.00 Utilities & Paving Plan C4.01 Utility & Paving Details C4.02 Utility & Paving Details C4.03 Utility & Paving Details L0.01 Tree Retention / Inventory Plan L1.01 Planting Schedule & Plan L1.02 Planting Details L1.03 Planting Details L2.01 Irrigation Plan (Alternate #1) L2.02 Irrigation Details (Alternate #1) L2.03 Irrigation Details (Alternate #1) A1.01 Site Plans A1.02 Enlarged Site Plans & Details A1.03 Site Details A3.01 Floor Plans A3.02 Enlarged Floor Plans A3.03 Roof Plan A4.01 Exterior Elevations A4.02 Building Sections A4.03 Building Sections A5.01 Wall Sections Sheet Index Vicinity Map SITE UP UP J FACTOR: LOAD: 155 SF B: OFFICE 130 2 FACTOR: LOAD: 2667 SF S-2: GARAGE 200 14 FACTOR: LOAD: 97 SF B: LOBBY 15 7 FACTOR: LOAD: 120 SF B: LAUNDRY 130 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 513 SF B: FITNESS 50 11 FACTOR: LOAD: 60 SF R-2: SLEEPING 200 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 60 SF R-2: SLEEPING 200 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 60 SF R-2: SLEEPING 200 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 60 SF R-2: SLEEPING 200 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 143 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 78 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 247 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 150 SF B: DAY ROOM 130 2 FACTOR: LOAD: 134 SF B: DINING 130 2 FACTOR: LOAD: 303 SF B: KITCHEN 130 3 PATIO PATIO FACTOR: LOAD: 147 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 43 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 57 SF S-1: UTILITY 300 1 ADA RESTROOM FACTOR: LOAD: 157 SF R-2: SLEEPING 200 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 18 1 17 1 11 11 1 1 2 14' MIN TO PROP LINE 30' + TO PROP LINE 30' + TO PROP LINE 30' + TO PROP LINE 24' MIN TO PROP LINE FROM OPENINGS ABOVE TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM MEZZANINE: 45' + 55' = 100' (SEE MEZZANINE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) EMERGENCY ESCAPE WINDOW AT EACH R-2 SLEEPING ROOM TYP EMERGENCY ESCAPE WINDOW FIRE DOOR FIRE DOOR 1 ADA SHOWER SHOWER FACTOR: LOAD: 54 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 1 FACTOR: LOAD: 152 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 1 3 2 11 GRAVEL EGRESS PATH WOOD EGRESS STAIRS SCREENED MECHANICAL AREA Area Calculations for Air Barrier: • Roof: 6,960 sf • Floor: 6,741 sf • West Elevation: 1,242 sf • North Elevation: 1,729 sf • East Elevation: 1,670 sf • South Elevation: 1,728 sf OPEN KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER ADA SINK B R-2 S-1 S-2 Calculating... FACTOR: LOAD: 443 SF S-1: STORAGE 300 2 CORRIDOR BELOW APP BAY BELOW 2 COMMON PATH TRAVEL DISTANCE = 45' MEZZANINE LEVEL= 451 SF SEE FIRST FLOOR FOR TOTAL TRAVEL DISTANCE MECHANICAL CHASE Building Code Analysis Mezzanine Mezzanines (IBC 505.2): Mezzanines shall be considered a portion of the story below. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to either the building area or number of stories as regulated by section 503.1. The area of the mezzanine shall be included in determining fire area. The clear height above and below the mezzanine floor construction shall not be less than 7 feet Mezzanine Area Limitation (IBC 505.2.1): The aggregate area of the mezzanine within a room shall not be greater than one-third of the floor area of that room or space in which they are located. The enclosed portion of a room shall not be included in a determination of the floor area in which the mezzanine is located Mezzanine Openness (IBC 505.2.3): A mezzanine shall be open and unobstructed to the room in which such mezzanine is located, except for walls not more than 42 inches in height Exception 1: Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanines are located , provided that the occupant load of the aggregate area of the enclosed space is not greater than 10. Mezzanine Egress: Max travel distance applies (100 feet) Accessible Route (IBC 1104.4): At least one accessible route shall connect each accessible story and mezzanine in multilevel buildings and facilities: Exception 1:An accessible route is not required to stories and mezzanines that have an aggregate area of not more than 3,000 sf Applicable Codes: International Building Code (IBC) 2015 Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 2017 Construction Type: VB (IBC 602.5) Occupancy Classification (IBC 508.1): Each portion of a building shall be individually classified in accordance with section 302.1. Where a building contains more than one occupancy group, the building shall comply with the applicable provisions of section 508.2, 508.3 or 508.4. Occupancies: B: Business Group containing use for office, professional service-type transactions, including storage of records and accounts (IBC 304.1) R-2:Residential Group containing sleeping units or more than two dwelling units where occupants are primarily permanent in nature (IBC 310.4) S-1:Moderate hazard storage for uses not classified as Group S-2 (IBC 311.2) S-2: Low hazard storage of non-combustible materials including parking garages Building Height, Stories & Area (IBC 504.3, 504.4 & 506.2): for type VB sprinklered one story Occupancy Height Stories Area B:60 feet 3 stories 36,000 sf R-2: 60 feet 3 stories 28,000 sf S-1:60 feet 2 stories 36,000 sf S-2:60 feet 3 stories 54,000 sf Egress Means of Egress (IBC 1004.1.2): Assembly -Unconcentrated:1 occupant per 15 net sf Business Areas (Offices):1 occupant per 100 gross sf 1 occupant per 130 gross sf (sprink) Exercise Rooms:1 occupant per 50 gross sf Parking Garages:1 occupant per 200 gross sf Residential:1 occupant per 200 gross sf Storage:1 occupant per 300 gross sf Max Common Path of Travel One Exit (IBC 1006.2.1): Occupancy Max Occupants Max Distance B 49 100' R-2 20*125' S 29 100' *per 1006.2.1 exception 1 Max Travel Distance (IBC 1017.2): Occupancy Max Distance R & S-1 250' B 300' S-2 400' Egress Width (IBC 1005.3.2) Exception 1:For other than Group H & I2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor 0.15 inch per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system Wall Ratings / Fire Resistance Building Elements Fire Rating (IBC 601) No fire rating for any building elements for type VB construction Exterior Wall Fire Rating (IBC 602) Fire Separation Distance: 10' < X < 30' = 0 for type VB X > 30'= 0 for all construction types Wall Openings (IBC 705.8) Fire Separation Distance= 24' (to openings at east wall of App Bay) Allowable area of opening= unlimited for unprotected sprinklered Sprinklers (IBC 903.2.8): Group R occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 903.2.8. Quick- response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with 903.3.2 Sleeping Rooms (IBC 420.1): Fire partition walls are required by Section 420.2 for Group R-2 per section 708 Occupancy Separations (IBC 508.3.3): No separation is required between non-separated occupancies Exception 2: Group I-1, R-1, R-2 & R-3 dwelling units and sleeping units shall be separated from all other dwelling or sleeping units and from other occupancies contiguous to them in accordance with the requirements of section 420 Occupancy Separations (WAC 296-305-06507): 1. All sleeping areas in fire stations shall be separated from vehicle storage areas by at least one-hour fire resistive assemblies Fire / Smoke Alarms (IBC 420.6 & 907.2.9.2): Single & multiple station smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with 907.2.11 Fire Partitions (IBC 708.1.1 & 708.3) 708.1.1 Separation walls as required by 420.2 for group R2 708.3 Fire partitions shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than 1-hour Exception 2: Dwelling & sleeping unit separations in building type VB construction shall have fire resistance ratings of not less than 1/2 hour in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 903.1.1 Corridors (IBC 1020.1): 1/2 hour fire rating required for corridor walls serving R occupancy with an occupant load greater than 10 & with a sprinkler system Shaft Enclosures (IBC 713.4): Shaft enclosures shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than 1-hour where connecting less than 4 stories. The number of stories shall include basements, but not mezzanines. Vertical Openings (IBC 712.1.11) Vertical openings between a mezzanine complying with section 505 and the floor below shall be permitted Code Analysis Legend Fire Wall: 1 Hour Separation Fire Wall: 1/2 Hour Separation 3 Indivual space exiting direction & occupancy Building exit & occupancy20 B: Business R-2: Residential S-1: Moderate Hazard Storage S-2: Low Hazard Storage Common Path of Travel Travel Distanace ADA Clearances Air Pressure Boundary First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0"Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" Mezzanine Roof ELEV. = 19' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 65432 71 AIR PRESSURE BOUNDARY Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" Air Infiltration Notes 1. Air leakage rate of the building envelope shall not exceed 0.40 cfm/ft2 at a pressure differential of 0.3 inches water gauge at the upper 95 percent confidence interval in accordance with ASTM E 779 or equivalent method determined by the code official. Submit barrier test report to architect and jurisdiction once test is completed.If test results exceed 0.40 cfm/ft2 at 0.3 wg, then visually inspect the air barrier and seal noted sources of leakage.Take corrective measures and submit follow up report to architect and jurisdiction noting measures taken.Provide reports to owner. Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 T1.01 Building Code Analysis Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"T1.01 First Floor Life Safety Diagram1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"T1.01 Mezzanine Life Safety Diagram2 Scale: 3/32" = 1'-0"T1.01 Code Analysis Section3 PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS4CONSTRUCTION FENCING3TREE PROTECTION FENCING2CITY OF RENTION STD 215.10- STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE11NOT USED10NOT USED9NOT USED8SEDIMENT SUMP & PUMP7TEMPORARY EDGE PROTECTION5CITY OF RENTON STD 214.00 - SILT FENCE1CITY OF RENTON STD 216.30 - CATCH BASIN FILTER6SUB-BASE FOR PERMEABLE PAVEMENT PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS1124" BOLT-LOCKING MANHOLE RING & COVER9COR STD PLAN 204.40 - RECTANGULAR HERRINGBONE GRATE5COR STD PLAN 204.00 - RECTANGULAR FRAME3COR STD PLAN 202.00 - CB INSTALLATION2COR STD PLAN 201.00 - CB TYPE 21COR STD PLAN 200.00 - CB TYPE 1“” 2'-4"INSIDE RIMPLAN VIEW6"AASECTION A-ASECTION B-BA514"2'-0"INSIDE2'-012"OUTSIDEB 2'-4"2'-0"4'-434"5"5"4'-834"OUTSIDE RIM2'-4"INSIDE RIM2'-4"INSIDE RIMFLOWBBH FLOATABLESBAFFLEWEIR WALLCLEANOUTACCESS PLUGON WEIR WALLCONCRETE COLLARAND REBAR TO MEETHS20 IF APPLICABLE BYCONTRACTORACCESS COVERVANED INLET GRATE(SOLID COVER OPTIONAL)INLET STUB(OPTIONAL)INLET STUB(OPTIONAL)PERMANENTPOOL ELEVATIONLIFTING EYE(TYP. OF 4)CARTRIDGESUPPORTCATCHBASIN FOOT(TYP. OF 4)OUTLET STUBOUTLET PIPEFROM FLOWKITOPTIONALSLOPED LIDFINISHED GRADEFILTRATION BAYINLETPERMANENTPOOL ELEVATIONSTORMFILTERCARTRIDGEGENERAL NOTES1.CONTECH TO PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.2.FOR SITE SPECIFIC DRAWINGS WITH DETAILED STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS, PLEASE CONTACT YOURCONTECH ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LLC REPRESENTATIVE. www.contechES.com3.STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN WATER QUALITY STRUCTURE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DESIGN DATA AND INFORMATION CONTAINED INTHIS DRAWING.4.INLET SHOULD NOT BE LOWER THAN OUTLET. INLET (IF APPLICABLE) AND OUTLET PIPING TO BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER AND PROVIDED BYCONTRACTOR.5.MANUFACTURER TO APPLY A SURFACE BEAD WELD IN THE SHAPE OF THE LETTER "O" ABOVE THE OUTLET PIPE STUB ON THE EXTERIOR SURFACEOF THE STEEL SFCB.6.STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN EQUIPPED WITH 4 INCH (APPROXIMATE) LONG STUBS FOR INLET (IF APPLICABLE) AND OUTLET PIPING. STANDARDOUTLET STUB IS 8 INCHES IN DIAMETER. MAXIMUM OUTLET STUB IS 15 INCHES IN DIAMETER. CONNECTION TO COLLECTION PIPING CAN BE MADEUSING FLEXIBLE COUPLING BY CONTRACTOR.7.STEEL STRUCTURE TO BE MANUFACTURED OF 1/4 INCH STEEL PLATE. CASTINGS SHALL MEET AASHTO M306 LOAD RATING. TO MEET HS20 LOADRATING ON STRUCTURE, A CONCRETE COLLAR IS REQUIRED. WHEN REQUIRED, CONCRETE COLLAR WITH #4 REINFORCING BARS TO BE PROVIDEDBY CONTRACTOR.8.FILTER CARTRIDGES SHALL BE MEDIA-FILLED, PASSIVE, SIPHON ACTUATED, RADIAL FLOW, AND SELF CLEANING. RADIAL MEDIA DEPTH SHALL BE7-INCHES. FILTER MEDIA CONTACT TIME SHALL BE AT LEAST 38 SECONDS.9.SPECIFIC FLOW RATE IS EQUAL TO THE FILTER TREATMENT CAPACITY (gpm) DIVIDED BY THE FILTER CONTACT SURFACE AREA (sq ft).INSTALLATION NOTESA.ANY SUB-BASE, BACKFILL DEPTH, AND/OR ANTI-FLOTATION PROVISIONS ARE SITE-SPECIFIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED BYENGINEER OF RECORD.B.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH SUFFICIENT LIFTING AND REACH CAPACITY TO LIFT AND SET THE CATCHBASIN (LIFTING CLUTCHESPROVIDED).C.CONTRACTOR TO TAKE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO PROTECT CARTRIDGES FROM CONSTRUCTION-RELATED EROSION RUNOFF.FILTRATIONBAY INLETFLOW KIT1'-0"COLLARCATCHBASIN FOOT(TYP. OF 4)STORMFILTER STEEL CATCHBASIN DESIGN NOTESCARTRIDGE HEIGHTSPECIFIC FLOW RATE (gpm/sf)CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE (gpm)RECOMMENDED HYDRAULIC DROP (H)27"18"18" DEEP3.05'2.3'3.3'STORMFILTER TREATMENT CAPACITY IS A FUNCTION OF THE CARTRIDGE SELECTION AND THE NUMBER OF CARTRIDGES. 1 CARTRIDGE CATCHBASINHAS A MAXIMUM OF ONE CARTRIDGE. SYSTEM IS SHOWN WITH A 27" CARTRIDGE, AND IS ALSO AVAILABLE WITH AN 18" CARTRIDGE. STORMFILTERCATCHBASIN CONFIGURATIONS ARE AVAILABLE WITH A DRY INLET BAY FOR VECTOR CONTROL.PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY PER TABLE BELOW. IF THE SITE CONDITIONS EXCEED PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY, AN UPSTREAM BYPASS STRUCTURE ISREQUIRED.CARTRIDGE SELECTION18.7912.5312.532 gpm/sf22.511.2515157.57.51.67* gpm/sf1 gpm/sf2 gpm/sf1.67* gpm/sf1 gpm/sf2 gpm/sf1.67* gpm/sf1 gpm/sf* 1.67 gpm/sf SPECIFIC FLOW RATE IS APPROVED WITH PHOSPHOSORB® (PSORB) MEDIA ONLYINLET PERMANENT POOL LEVEL (A)1'-0"1'-0"2'-0"PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY1.01.01.8OVERALL STRUCTURE HEIGHT (B)4'-9"3'-9"4'-9"CONFIGURATIONSTRUCTURE IDWATER QUALITY FLOW RATE (cfs)PEAK FLOW RATE (<1 cfs) RETURN PERIOD OF PEAK FLOW (yrs)CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE (gpm)MEDIA TYPE (PERLITE, ZPG, PSORB)RIM ELEVATIONPIPE DATA:I.E.DIAMETERINLET STUBOUTLET STUBNOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:1-CARTRIDGE CATCHBASINSTORMFILTER DATASLOPED LIDSOLID COVEROUTLETINLETINLETOUTLETINLETINLETCARTRIDGE HEIGHT (27", 18", 18" DEEP)SD #20.0160.1111007.5ZPG208.75'206.45'-206.45'8"YES\NOYES\NO18"PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS4TRENCH DRAIN3CONCRETE CATCHBASIN STORMFILTER - 2 CARTRIDGE UNIT2NOT USED1NOT USED PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS5CLEAN-OUT TO GRADE2FOOTING DRAIN11TRENCH INTERCEPTOR10DISCHARGE PAD9FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE (FCS)6AREA DRAIN8BIO-RETENTION AREA PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS11COR STD PLAN 104- CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE10COR STD PLAN 103- CURB AND GUTTER REPLACEMENT DETAILS9COR STD PLAN 101 - CEMENT CONCRETE CURBS8ADA SIGN W/POST7PLASTIC WHEEL STOP6CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB TYPICAL5ASPHALT CONCRETE TRANSITION3ADA STALL AND BLOCKOUT STRIPING2CONCRETE STRIP AND WALKWAY1HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE PAVEMENT PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS4CDF TRENCH BACKFILL3COR STD PLAN 403.1 - 8" OR 6" SSCO1COR STD PLAN 300.0 WATER PLAN GENERAL NOTES2COR STD PLAN 406.1 STANDARD SIDE SEWER INSTALLATION11COR STD PLAN 360.5 DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY10COR STD PLAN 320.3 2" AND 1-1/2" WATER SERVICE9COR STD PLAN 320.1 3/4" AND 1" WATER SERVICE8ASPHALT PAVEMENT- HEAVY DUTY-ALT6COR STD PLAN 330.2 CONCRETE BLOCKING5COR STD 310.1 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY7ASPHALT PAVEMENT - HEAVY DUTY12HEAVY DUTY PERMEABLE PAVEMENT PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS4NOT USED3NOT USED1COR STD PLAN H032-1 - TRANSVERSE PAVEMENT PATCH2COR STD PLAN 102 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK11NOT USED10NOT USED9NOT USED8NOT USED6NOT USED5NOT USED7NOT USED TREE #28TREE #29TREE #6TREE #3222'-0"TREE #12TREE #15TREE #17TREE #18TREE #22TREE #21TREE #25TREE #11TREE #26TREE #14TREE #20TREE #23TREE #24PROPERTYLINE / ZONECHANGE, TYPPROPERTYLINE, TYPTREE #106'-0" MINTREE #2TREE #1TREE #30FUTURE RESERVOIR SITEFIRE STATION SITETREE #312L0.01TREE PROTECTIONDETAIL, TYPRETAIN & PROTECTEX VEGETATIONTREE PROTECTIONFENCING, TYP7'-0"27'-0"SEE NOTE 3NORTH 30TH STREETDETAIL IDENTIFICATIONSHEET IDENTIFICATIONLEGENDTREE INVENTORY CHART1L0.01TREE#BOTANIC NAME/ COMMON NAMEDBH (IN)DRIPLINERADIUS (FT)RETAIN/ REMOVE1Pinus sylvestris / SCOT'S PINE17.0 12.0 REMOVE2Picea species/ SPRUCE7.7 11.0 REMOVE6Acer macrophyllum/ BIG LEAF MAPLE8.5 11.0 REMOVE10Betula pendula/ EUROPEAN WHITE BIRCH9.0 10.0 REMOVE11Juglans nigra/ BLACK WALNUT27.3 27.0 RETAIN12 Malus domestica 'HONEYCRISP'/ HONEYCRISP APPLE 7.2 16.0 RETAIN14Sorbus aucuparia/ EUROPEAN MOUNTAIN ASH10.4 8.0 RETAIN15Robinia pseudoacacia/ BLACK LOCUST8.2 11.0 RETAIN17Robinia pseudoacacia/ BLACK LOCUST10.3 6.0 RETAIN18Robinia pseudoacacia/ BLACK LOCUST7.8 14.0 RETAIN20 Prunus cerisifera form/ FLOWERING PLUM 7.9 7.0 RETAIN21Robinia pseudoacacia/ BLACK LOCUST14 10.0 RETAIN22Robinia pseudoacacia/ BLACK LOCUST8.9 11.0 RETAIN23Robinia pseudoacacia/ BLACK LOCUST24 6.0 RETAIN24Prunus padus/ EUROPEAN BIRD CHERRY13 18.0 RETAIN & PROTECT25 Prunus cerisifera form/ FLOWERING PLUM 13 17.3 RETAIN26Juglans nigra/ BLACK WALNUT15.1 18.0 REMOVE28 Malus domestica 'HONEYCRISP'/ HONEYCRISP APPLE 14.6 14.0 REMOVE29 Malus domestica 'HONEYCRISP'/ HONEYCRISP APPLE 13.8 11.0 REMOVE30 Larix occidentalis/ WESTERN LARCH 11.0 14.0 REMOVE31Salix species/ WILLOW12.0 10.0 REMOVE32Pseudotsuga menziesii/ DOUGLAS FIR10.5 6.0 RETAIN & PROTECTTREE PROTECTION ZONEEX TREES TO BE REMOVEDEX VEGETATION TO BE CLEARED & GRUBBEDSECTIONEX TREES TO RETAINPROPERTY LINEABBREVIATIONS#/NO NUMBER&ANDAPPROX APPROXIMATECENTER LINECLR CLEARDBH DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHTDIA DIAMETERDWGS DRAWINGSEA EACHEQ EQUALEX EXISTINGFT FEETIN INCHISA INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF ARBORISTSMIN MINIMUMPROPERTY LINEREP REPRESENTATIVEROW RIGHT OF WAYSPEC SPECIFICATIONTYP TYPICAL1. EX TREE LOCATIONS ON THE PLAN & THE INFORMATION IN THE TREEINVENTORY CHART IS BASED ON THE URBAN FORESTRY SERVICES, INCTREE ASSESSMENT DATED NOVEMBER 2, 2016.2. ONLY TREES WITH SIX (6) IN DBH & GREATER ARE SHOWN.TREE INVENTORY NOTES1. SEE SPEC SECTION 01 56 39 FOR TREE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS.2. PROVIDE SIX (6) FT HEIGHT CHAIN LINK, TREE PROTECTION FENCING, SEEPLAN FOR LOCATION.3. OVERHEAD BRANCHING LIKELY TO BE DAMAGED BY THE OPERATION OFCONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OFTHE OWNER'S REP. PREVENTIVE MEASURES (PRUNING OR TIE-BACK OFBRANCHES) AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REP SHALL BE PROPERLYEXECUTED BY AN ISA CERTIFIED ARBORIST BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OFTHE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES; PER SPEC SECTION 01 56 39.TREE PROTECTION NOTESVARIES, SEE PLAN6' HEIGHT CHAIN LINK FENCEFINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING MULCH, TYPPRIOR TO BEGINNING SOIL PREPARATION, OR SITE SUBGRADE ACTIVITY, HAND DIGTO EXPOSE EX TREE ROOTS AT THE EDGE OF THE PROTECTION FENCE; CLEANLYHAND CUT TREE ROOTS MIN ONE (1) FT FROM TREE PROTECTION FENCE UNDERSUPERVISION OF ISA CERTIFIED ARBORIST, SEE SPEC SECTION 01 56 39BEGIN SOIL PREPARATIONOUTSIDE TREEPROTECTION FENCE, TYPMEET & MATCHWITH SMOOTHTRANSITIONTREE PROTECTION FENCINGTREE #NOEX GRADEEX TREETO RETAINEX VEGETATIONTO RETAINFLAGGING STRIPS, TYPMIN SIX (6) IN DEPTHWOOD CHIP MULCH1L0.01TREE PROTECTION SIGNTREE PROTECTIONAREATREE DAMAGE/LOSS= $8,000 MIN FEEMIN 22"MIN 17"SECURELY FASTEN TO CHAIN LINK FENCING, TYPEX VEGETATION TO BE CLEARED & GRUBBEDBY HAND WITHIN TREE PROTECTION FENCE;SEE SPEC SECTION 01 56 39LIMIT OF WORK LINEREESTABLISH THE FINISHGRADE THAT IS DISTURBEDBY CLEAR & GRUB ACTIVITIESWITH COMPOST FILLPLCLCLPLPROPERTY LINEOR LIMIT OFWORK LINEDate:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L0.01TREE RETENTION/TREE INVENTORY PLAN20'10' 40'SCALE0'NORTHNOT TO SCALE2TREE PROTECTION DETAILNOT TO SCALE1TREE PROTECTION SIGN3TREE RETENTION PLAN 3L1.02DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING, TYP1L1.03GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTING, TYP3L1.03BOULDER INLANDSCAPE, TYP1L1.02SOIL PREPARATION IN SHRUB& GROUNDCOVER AREAS, TYPFIRE STATION BUILDING(SEE ARCH DWGS)NORTH 30TH STREETFUTUREPROPERTYLINEPUBLICPARKINGFENCE &MANUAL GATE,SEE ARCH DWGSPROPERTY LINE, TYPPROPERTY LINE /ZONE CHANGE, TYPRETAININGWALL, TYP, SEECIVIL DWGSGENERATOR,SEE ARCH DWGSTRASHENCLOSURE,SEE ARCH DWGSFLAGPOLE, SEEARCH DWGSBIKE RACKS, SEEARCH DWGSPATIOPATIO20'-8"20'-5"FIRE TRUCKSIGHT DISTANCE;NO TREES, TYPSCREEN WALL,SEE ARCH DWGS2L1.03CONCRETE MOW STRIPIN LANDSCAPE, TYP464L1.02MULTI-TRUNK DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING2L1.02SOIL PREPARATIONIN LAWN AREA, TYPQUARRYSPALLS, TYPHAND-HOLE, SEE ELECTRICAL DWGSHAND-HOLE,SEEELECTRICALDWGS18'-3"CL COMCASTHAND-HOLE(LOCATION TBD),SEE ELECTRICALDWGSUTILITY XFMR(LOCATION TBD),SEE ELEC DWGS6'-0"CLDO NOT HYDROSEED SUBBASEAREA, SEE CIVIL DWGSDETAIL IDENTIFICATIONSHEET IDENTIFICATIONPLANTING LEGENDPLANT SCHEDULE*1. ANY DISCREPANCIES W/ THE DWGS AND/OR SPECS & SITE CONDITIONSSHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REP PRIOR TOPROCEEDING W/ CONSTRUCTION.2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING UTILITIES PRIOR TOBEGINNING CONSTRUCTION.3. COORDINATE PLANT MATERIAL & BOULDER LOCATIONS W/ SPRINKLERIRRIGATION HEAD LOCATIONS TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS.4. INSTALL GROUNDCOVERS IN A TRIANGULAR PATTERN AT SPACING SHOWNIN THE PLANT SCHEDULE. WHERE GROUNDCOVER ABUTS CURBING, WALLS,OR WALKS, MIN PLANTING DISTANCE SHALL BE TWELVE (12) INCHES FROMSAME UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL GROUNDCOVERS CONTINUOUSIN BETWEEN SHRUB PLANTINGS.5. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANYCOORDINATION W/ SUBCONTRACTORS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISHPLANTING OPERATIONS.6. PLANTING DRAWING IS BASED UPON SITE BASE DRAWINGS DATEDNOVEMBER 7, 2017. PREPARED BY: LPD ENGINEERING PLLC & SCHREIBERSTARLING & WHITEHEAD ARCHITECTS.PLANTING ABBREVIATIONSTREES4#/NO NUMBER% PERCENT&AND@ATARCH ARCHITECTUREABBR ABBREVIATIONSAPPROX APPROXIMATEB&B BALLED & BURLAPPEDCAL CALIPER℄CENTER LINECLR CLEARCONT CONTAINERDIA DIAMETERDWGS DRAWINGSEA EACHEQ EQUALEX EXISTINGGAL GALLONHT HEIGHTLF LINEAR FEETMAX MAXIMUMMIN MINIMUMOC ON CENTERLBS POUNDSQTY QUANTITYREP REPRESENTATIVESPEC SPECIFICATIONSQ SQUARESYM SYMBOLTYP TYPICALW/ WITHPLANTING NOTES1L1.02PROPOSED SITE CONTOURS, SEE CIVILEX SITE CONTOURS, SEE CIVILNyssa sylvatica 'JFS-Red' /FIRESTARTER® TUPELOSYMQTYSCIENTIFIC / COMMON NAMES REMARKS2" CAL; B&B/FABRIC BAG; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTED; STRAIGHTCENTRAL LEADER & SINGLE TRUNK;SYMMETRICAL BRANCHING HABIT3 Acer griseum /PAPERBARK MAPLE(SINGLE TRUNK)2 1/2" CAL B&B/FABRIC BAG; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTED; SINGLE-TRUNKED;MIN 5' BRANCHING HT; SYMMETRICALVASE-SHAPED BRANCHING HABIT2 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDBrachyglottis greyi 'Sunshine' /DAISY BUSH302 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDRosa x 'Noara' P.P.# 11308 /FLOWER CARPET REDGROUNDCOVER ROSE1855 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDMahonia aquifolium /OREGON GRAPE125 GAL CONT; FULL, WELL BRANCHED & WELLROOTED; MULTI-TRUNKED WITH 3 MAIN TRUNKSAcer circinatum /VINE MAPLE105 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDRibes sanguineum /RED FLOWERING CURRANT51 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDNandina domestica 'Firepower' /FIREPOWER NANDINAGROUNDCOVERS5161 GAL CONT; FULL & WELL ROOTED;TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 18" OCHakonechloa macra 'Aureola' /GOLDEN JAPANESE FOREST GRASS2191 GAL CONT; FULL & WELL ROOTED;TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 18" OCPennisetum alopecuroides 'Little Bunny' /LITTLE BUNNY FOUNTAIN GRASS1592 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDCornus sercea 'Kelseyi' /KELSEYI DOGWOOD2721 GAL CONT; FULL & WELL ROOTED;TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 12" OCJuncus effusus /SOFT RUSH3372 GAL CONT; FULL, WELL BRANCHED & WELLROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 24" OC;INTERMIX BOTH SPECIES50% Gaultheria shallon /SALAL2432 GAL CONT; FULL, WELL BRANCHED & WELLROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 24" OCPrunus laurocerasus 'Mt. Veron' /MT. VERNON ENGLISH LAUREL32SEE SPECSSOD LAWN1,669 SF3" DEPTH; PLACE MULCH RINGS AT 6' DIAAROUND TREES LOCATED IN LAWN; SEE PLANMULCH ONLYPROPERTY LINEFUTURE PROPERTY LINE2 GAL CONT; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTEDEuonymus alatus 'Compactus' /COMPACT BURNING BUSH3SHRUBS2,000 - 4,000 LBS LANDSCAPE BOULDER50% Rhus aromatica 'Gro-Low' /GRO-LOW FRAGRANT SUMAC243125 SF1 Acer griseum /PAPERBARK MAPLE(MULTI-TRUNKED)2 1/2" CAL B&B/FABRIC BAG; FULL, WELLBRANCHED & WELL ROOTED; MULTI-TRUNKED;MIN 3 TRUNKS; MIN 5' BRANCHING HT;SYMMETRICAL VASE-SHAPED BRANCHING HABIT6,000 - 8,000 LBS LANDSCAPE BOULDER46INCLUDES AREA OF FUTURE PHASE AS INTERIMCONDITION; REMOVE ALL ROCKS OVER 1" DIA;PROVIDE 1" COMPOST OVER ALL HYDRO-SEEDAREA; SCARIFY COMPOST INTO TOP 6" PRIORTO HYDRO-SEEDING (DO NOT SCARIFYCOMPOST INSIDE TREE PROTECTION FENCE)HYDRO-SEED7,549 SFPLANT SCHEDULE DOES NOT INCLUDEPLANT MATERIAL OR QUANTITIES FORFUTURE PHASE PLANTING.*2L0.01TREE PROTECTIONDETAIL, TYPPROPOSED PROJECTSEPARATION LINEAREA FOR FUTURE PHASE INSTALLED BYRESERVOIR PROJECT CONTRACTORSEE PLANT SCHEDULE FORHYDRO-SEED SOIL PREPARATIONWITHIN TREE PROTECTION AREADate:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L1.01PLANTING PLAN,SCHEDULE, LEGEND,ABBR & NOTESFIRE STATION PLANTING PLAN120'10' 40'SCALE0'NORTH 12" GREATERTHAN DIA OFROOTBALL5'-0" STAKE HTROOTBALLDEPTH1'MIN3'-0"TREE TRUNKSECTIONUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR EX SOIL COMPACTEDTO 85% MAX DRY DENSITY, VERIFY POSITIVEDRAINAGE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTIONTREE TRUNKPLANFINISH GRADE PRIOR TO PLACING MULCH1:1 SLOPE ON SIDES OF PLANTING HOLEROOTBALLTREE STAKE12"-1" WIDE WEBBED FABRIC TAPE (ARBOR TIE ORAPPROVED EQUAL), SECURE TO TREE STAKEWITH #2 PENNY COMMON NAIL (ONE PER STAKE)LOOP DIAMETER SHALL BE 6"-8" GREATER THAN TREETRUNK DIAMETER, SECURE LOOP WITH OVERHANDSLIPKNOT, PULLED AGAINST A SECOND OVERHANDKNOT, TIED ON THE WEBBED FABRIC TAPEWEBBED FABRIC TAPE(2) 2" DIA WOOD DOWELED TREE STAKES WITH CHAMFEREDTOP & 6" CONICAL POINT BOTTOM, KEEP CLEAR OF ROOTBALLTOP OF ROOT CROWN TO BE 1" HIGHER THAN FINISH GRADE3" MULCH DEPTHBACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL, WHEN HOLE IS HALFFILLED THOROUGHLY WATER SETTLE, THEN ADDREMAINING SOIL AND WATER SETTLE A SECOND TIMEAFTER PLACING TREE IN PLANTING PIT, CUT AND COMPLETELYREMOVE STRINGS, TWINE, AND/OR WIRE BASKETS FROM ROOTBALL;COMPLETELY REMOVE FABRIC GROW BAGS & BURLAP; DISCARD ALLREMOVED MATERIAL; DO NOT BURY REMOVED MATERIAL INPLANTING PITSELF-WATERINGTREE BAGSTEP 1EXCAVATE EXISTING SOIL TO 24" DEPTH BELOWTOP OF ADJACENT CURB OR PAVING. AVOIDUNDERMINING ADJACENT CURB OR PAVINGSUBBASE MATERIAL. REMOVE SUBBASE FILLMATERIAL FROM PLANTING AREA AND PROVIDEPERCOLATION TEST PER SPECS, PRIOR TOPROCEEDING TO STEP 2.STEP 2APPLY SOIL AMENDMENTS & SCARIFY SUBGRADETO A MIN 6" DEPTH. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVESHALL REVIEW & APPROVE WORK IN WRITINGPRIOR TO PROCEEDING TO STEP 3.STEP 3INSTALL MIN 18" DEPTH OF PLANTING SOIL IN 3 EQLIFTS. WATER SETTLE/COMPACT EACH LIFT PRIORTO INSTALLING THE NEXT LIFT.STEP 4INSTALL 3" DEPTH COMPOST & SOILAMENDMENTS. SCARIFY TO A MIN 6" DEPTH INTOPLANTING SOIL. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVESHALL REVIEW & APPROVE WORK IN WRITINGPRIOR TO PROCEEDING TO STEP 5.STEP 5INSTALL PLANTS.STEP 6INSTALL 3" DEPTH MULCH.NOTES1. ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATECOMPACTED DEPTHS.2. SEE CIVIL DWGS FOR SOILPREP IN BIOSWALE.STEP 1STEP 3STEP 23" DEPTH MULCH, INSTALL TOP OF MULCH FLUSHWITH TOP OF ADJACENT CURB OR PAVINGLEVEL WITH TOPOF ADJACENTCURB OR PAVINGINSTALL PLANTS PLANTING SOILSTEP 6STEP 5UNDISTURBED EXISTINGSOIL OR FILLCOMPACTED TO 85%MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY,TYP; VERIFY POSITIVEDRAINAGE PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTIONSECTION6"15"3"EQ24"6"STEP 4FINISH GRADECOMPOST3"EQEQ6"18"STEP 1EXCAVATE EXISTING SOIL TO 12" DEPTH BELOW TOPOF ADJACENT CURB OR PAVING. AVOIDUNDERMINING ADJACENT CURB OR PAVINGSUBBASE MATERIAL. REMOVE SUBBASE FILLMATERIAL FROM LAWN AREA AND PROVIDEPERCOLATION TEST PER SPECS, PRIOR TOPROCEEDING TO STEP 2.STEP 2APPLY SOIL AMENDMENTS & SCARIFY SUBGRADE TOA MIN 6" DEPTH. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALLREVIEW & APPROVE WORK IN WRITING PRIOR TOPROCEEDING TO STEP 3.STEP 3INSTALL MIN 10" DEPTH OF LAWN SOIL IN 2 EQUALLIFTS. WATER SETTLE/COMPACT EACH LIFT PRIORTO INSTALLING THE NEXT LIFT.STEP 4INSTALL 1" DEPTH COMPOST & SOIL AMENDMENTS.STEP 5SCARIFY TO A MIN 3" DEPTH INTO PLANTING SOIL.COMPACT & RAKE PER SPECS. OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVE SHALL REVIEW & APPROVE WORKIN WRITING PRIOR TO PROCEEDING TO STEP 6.STEP 6INSTALL SOD LAWN.NOTES1. ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATECOMPACTED DEPTHS.STEP 1STEP 3STEP 2INSTALL SODLAWN SOILSTEP 6STEP 5UNDISTURBED EXISTINGSOIL OR FILLCOMPACTED TO 85%MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY,TYP; VERIFY POSITIVEDRAINAGE PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTIONSECTION6"8"EQ12"6"STEP 4FINISH GRADECOMPOST1"EQ3"3"1"10"LEVEL WITH TOPOF ADJACENTCURB OR PAVING12" GREATERTHAN DIA OFROOTBALL5'-0" STAKE HTROOTBALLDEPTH1'MIN3'-0"TREE TRUNKSECTIONUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR EX SOIL COMPACTEDTO 85% MAX DRY DENSITY, VERIFY POSITIVEDRAINAGE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTIONTREE TRUNKS. SECURE AMINIMUM OF THREE MAIN TRUNKSPLANFINISH GRADE PRIOR TO PLACING MULCH1:1 SLOPE ON SIDES OF PLANTING HOLEROOTBALLTREE STAKE12"-1" WIDE WEBBED FABRIC TAPE (ARBOR TIE ORAPPROVED EQUAL), SECURE TO TREE STAKE WITH#2 PENNY COMMON NAIL (ONE PER STAKE)LOOP DIAMETER SHALL BE 6"-8" GREATER THAN TREETRUNK DIAMETER. SECURE LOOP WITH OVERHANDSLIPKNOT, PULLED AGAINST A SECOND OVERHANDKNOT, TIED ON THE WEBBED FABRIC TAPEWEBBED FABRIC TAPE(2) 2" DIA WOOD DOWELED TREE STAKES WITH CHAMFEREDTOP & 6" CONICAL POINT BOTTOM, KEEP CLEAR OF ROOTBALLTOP OF ROOT CROWN TO BE 1" HIGHER THAN FINISH GRADE3" MULCH DEPTHBACKFILL WITH 2/3 PLANTING SOIL & 1/3 EX SOIL, WHENHOLE IS HALF FILLED THOROUGHLY WATER SETTLE, THENADD REMAINING SOIL AND WATER SETTLE A SECOND TIMEAFTER PLACING TREE IN PLANTING PIT, CUT AND COMPLETELYREMOVE STRINGS, TWINE, AND/OR WIRE BASKETS FROM ROOTBALL;COMPLETELY REMOVE FABRIC GROW BAGS; CUT BURLAP FROM TOP1/3 OF ROOTBALL AND REMOVE CUT BURLAP FROM PLANTING PITSELF-WATERINGTREE BAGDate:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L1.02PLANTING DETAILSNOT TO SCALE3DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTINGNOT TO SCALE1SOIL PREPARATION IN SHRUB & GROUNDCOVER AREASNOT TO SCALE2SOIL PREPARATION IN LAWN AREANOT TO SCALE4MULTI-TRUNK DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING SECTIONROOTBALLDEPTHPLANTING HOLE TO BE 6" LARGERTHAN DIA OF ROOTBALL FORGROUNDCOVER, 12" LARGER THANDIA OF ROOTBALL FOR SHRUBS3" MULCH DEPTH; KEEP MULCHLAYER AWAY FROM FOLIAGEFINISH GRADE PRIORTO PLACING MULCHLIGHTLY SCARIFY ROOTBALL TOLOOSEN ROOTS PRIOR TO PLANTING1:1 SLOPE ON SIDES OF PLANTING HOLEBACKFILL WITH PLANTING SOIL,THOROUGHLY WATER SETTLEUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR EX SOILCOMPACTED TO 85% MAX DRYDENSITY; VERIFY POSITIVE DRAINAGEPRIOR TO CONSTRUCTIONTOP OF ROOT CROWN TO BEFLUSH WITH FINISH GRADECLSMOOTH TROWEL FINISH1/4" RADIUS, BOTH SIDES6"SECTION(2) #4 REBAR 6" OC,CONTINUOUS, MIN 3" CLR12"6"CAST IN PLACE, REINFORCED,CONCRETE4" DEPTH CRUSHEDSURFACING BASE COURSEINSTALL FINISH GRADE OF PLANTINGAREA 3" BELOW TOP OF CONC MOW STRIP#4 VERT REBAR, 24" OC, MIN 3" CLRUNDISTURBED SUBGRADE OR FILLCOMPACTED TO 95% MAX DRY DENSITY5/8" (MINUS) CLEAN WASHED GRAVELSECTIONMIN 1/3BURIEDDIA2/3EXPOSED DIAFINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING MULCH4" DEPTH CRUSHEDSURFACING BASE COURSEUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OREX SOIL COMPACTED TO95% MAX DRY DENSITYCONCRETE PAVINGWHERE OCCURS PERPLAN, SEE CIVILPROVIDE COLD JOINT WHERECONCRETE ABUTS BOULDERBOULDER TO BE FIELD LOCATED,SEE PLANS FOR APPROXLOCATIONS & SIZES, SEE SPECSNOTE:1. FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS FOR BORDERINSTALLATION W/ OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVEPRIOR TO DELIVERY & INSTALLATION.Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L1.03PLANTING DETAILSNOT TO SCALE1GROUNDCOVER & SHRUB PLANTINGNOT TO SCALE2CONCRETE MOW STRIP IN LANDSCAPENOT TO SCALE3BOULDER IN LANDSCAPE 4" SLEEVE2" MAIN LINE1" WATER METERBALL VALVE TO BEINSTALLED AT TRANSITIONBETWEEN PHASESFIRE STATION BUILDING(SEE ARCH DWGS)NORTH 30TH STREETFUTURE ROWEXTENSIONSETBACKPUBLICPARKINGPROPERTYLINE, TYPPATIOPATIO1L2.01IRRIGATION POINT OFCONNECTION4" SLEEVE2" MAIN LINE4" SLEEVE1-1/2" LATERAL LINE6" SLEEVE1" LATERAL LINE2" MAIN LINE4" SLEEVE2" MAIN LINE2" SLEEVE3/4" LATERAL LINE11"18.3051"16.92LOCATE MAINLINE IN PLANTINGAREA, TYP2" SLEEVE3/4" LATERAL LINE4L2.02EXTERIOR AUTOMATICCONTROLLER WALL MOUNT21"32.8631"13.654" SLEEVE1-1/2" LATERAL LINE61"15.35FUTURE PHASE INSTALLED BYRESERVOIR PROJECT CONTRACTOR;NO IRRIGATION IN HYDRO-SEEDAREA; HAND-WATER HYDRO-SEEDUNTIL ESTABLISHEDCAP LATERAL LINE FORCONNECTION IN FUTURE PHASEWITHIN BALL VALVE VALVEBOX, COIL 3 CONTROLWIRES & 1 COMMON WIREFOR FUTURE USE2" CONDUIT FOR IRRCONTROL WIRES41"31.66DETAIL IDENTIFICATIONSHEET IDENTIFICATIONDESCRIPTIONSYMIRRIGATION LEGENDPOINT OF CONNECTION, SEE 1/L2.01IRRIGATION CONTROLLER - TORO SENTINEL CENTRALCONTROL SYSTEM SB-12-WS1-U; PROVIDE ONE (1)SHHR (SENTINEL HAND HELD REMOTE) W/ BATTERY1" WATER METERAL-1IRRIGATION SCHEDULEIRRIGATION NOTES1. ALL IRRIGATION WORK SHOWN IS ALTERNATE #1.2. THERE IS A LOSS OF PRESSURE IN EACH PIPE FITTING DUE TO FRICTION. THESE LOSSES ARECOMPENSATED FOR BY ADDING TEN (10) PERCENT TO THE MANUFACTURERS RATED GPM FOREACH NOZZLE.3. LOCATE AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES IN PLANTING AREAS AT POINT OF EASY ACCESS.OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO REVIEW & APPROVE FINAL LOCATION OF ALL QUICK COUPLERS &AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT WITH PLANT MATERIAL, TO AVOIDCONFLICTS, SPRAY BLOCKAGE & ANY OTHER ITEMS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVE.5. PSI IS APPROXIMATELY 98 PSI AT ELEVATION 210' PER CITY OF RENTON PRE-APPLICATIONMEMORANDUM DATED 18 MAY, 2017. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEM,CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EX PSI. NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANYDISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DESIGN PSI & EX PSI PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK.6. SYSTEM DESIGNED TO 30 PSI (SPRAY HEADS).7. DRAWING IS SCHEMATIC. ACTUAL LOCATIONS MAY VARY DUE TO PLANT MATERIALS OR SITECONDITIONS.8. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE IRRIGATION SLEEVING LOCATIONS WITHGENERAL CONTRACTOR.9. ALL IRRIGATION SLEEVING TO BE STAKED IN THE FIELD & REVIEWED BY OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LOCATE SLEEVES ON DIMENSIONED "AS-BUILT"DRAWING TO ALLOW FOR FUTURE LOCATION & USE. ON "AS-BUILT" DRAWING, MAINLINE SHALLBE DIMENSIONED FROM ROADWAY CURB @ 30' OC TO ALLOW FOR FUTURE LOCATION.10. CONTRACTOR TO AIR BLOW IRRIGATION SYSTEM THROUGH QUICK COUPLERS TO WINTERIZEIRRIGATION SYSTEM IN FIRST SEASON.IRRIGATION ABBREVIATIONS% PERCENT&AND@AT#/NO NUMBERABBR ABBREVIATIONSARCH ARCHITECTURAL℄CENTER LINECOR CITY OF RENTONDIA DIAMETERDWGS DRAWINGSEX EXISTINGGPM GALLONS PER MINUTEIRR IRRIGATIONLLENGTHMAX MAXIMUMMFRS MANUFACTURERSMIN MINIMUMOC ON CENTERNDS NDS INCPOC POINT OF CONNECTIONPVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDEPSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCHSSLIPSCH SCHEDULESPEC(S) SPECIFICATION(S)T THREADTYP TYPICALW WIDTHW/ WITHPOP-UP HEAD W/ SWING JOINT RISERSYM MANUFACTURER / MODEL ARC PSI GMP+10% RADIUS / WxLRAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-5Q 90 30 0.11 5'RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U8F 30 1.16 8'RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U8H 30 0.57RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U8Q 30 0.29RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U10F 30 1.80 10'RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U10H 30 0.90RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U10Q 30 0.45RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U12F 30 2.86 12'RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U12H 30 1.43RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U12Q 30 0.72RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U15H 30 2.04RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U15Q 30 1.01RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-15RCS 30 0.54 4' x 15'RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-15LCS 30 0.54RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-15SST 30 1.33360909090901803603601801801808'10'12'15'4' x 15'8'10'12'15'4' x 30'IRRIGATION SLEEVE (SCH 40 PVC)BALL VALVE - NDS, SIZE TO MATCH PIPE SIZEPROPOSED SITE CONTOURS, SEE CIVILEX SITE CONTOURS, SEE CIVILPROPERTY LINEFUTURE ROW LINE1" QUICK COUPLING VALVE W/ KEY& HOSE SWIVEL RAINBIRD 44-LRCTORO P220, 112" MASTER CONTROL VALVETORO TFS-150 FLOW SENSORRAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-5H 180 30 0.22 5'2" MAIN LINE (SCH 40)LATERAL LINE WITH PIZE SIZE (SCH 40 PVC),SEE PIPE SIZING LEGEND FOR SIZEDESCRIPTIONSYMPIPE SIZING LEGEND3/4"1"RAINBIRD PEB AUTOMATIC CONTROLVALVE W/ BALL VALVE (SPEARS MVPBV6S)GPMVALVE SIZECIRCUIT #1-1/2"1.5" DOUBLE CHECK VALVE PERCITY OF RENTON STD PLAN 340.82"FLOW SENSORDOUBLE CHECKVALVE ASSEMBLY1" WATERMETER - SEECIVIL DWGQUICK COUPLERMASTER CONTROL VALVEPVC MAINLINEPRESSURE REDUCING VALVE2L0.01TREE PROTECTIONDETAIL, TYPDate:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L2.01IRRIGATION PLAN,LEGEND, DETAIL,ABBR & NOTES20'10' 40'SCALE0'NORTHNOT TO SCALE1IRRIGATION POINT OFCONNECTIONFIRE STATION IRRIGATION PLAN2(ALTERNATE #1) FINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING SOD OR MULCHPOP-UP SPRAY HEADADJUST TO FINISH GRADEUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR EX SOILCOMPACTED TO 85% MAX DRY DENSITY1" SOD AREAS3" GROUNDCOVER/SHRUB AREASSECTIONSCH 40 PVC ELLSCH 40 PVC STREET ELLSCH 40 PVC LATERAL LINESCH 40 PVC TEE OR ELLSCH 40 PVC STREET ELLSCH 80 PVC NIPPLES SIZE TO MATCHSPRAY HEAD SIZE, TYP (8" MINLENGTH, 45 DEGREE MAX ANGLEFROM HORIZONTAL POSITION)SECTIONPE-89 COMMUNICATION CABLE WITH 12" MIN SERVICE COIL &WATERPROOF WIRE SPLICE CONNECTORS LOCATE UNDER PIPE, TYP1" SOD AREAS, 3" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER AREAS4" MINDIRECTION OFWATER FLOWPVC 45 DEGREE ELL,TYP REDUCE DOWN TOFLOW SENSOR SIZE ASNECESSARYSCH 40 PVC MAINLINE PIPE,TYP (LENGTH AS REQUIRED)TWO STACKED VALVE BOXES (ASREQUIRED) WITH LOCKING LIDFLOW SENSORGRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAIN, SEESPECS 6" MIN DEPTH, TOP OF GRAVELFLUSH WITH BOTTOM OF VALVE BOX, TYPSUPPORT VALVE BOX FOUR BRICKS, TYPFINISH GRADE PRIOR TO PLACING SODMASTER CONTROLVALVESCH 40 PVC MALEADAPTER, TYP24" MIN18" MINSECTION2"MINSCH 40 PVC ELLUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OREX SOIL COMPACTED TO85% MAX DRY DENSITYMANUAL BALL VALVESUPPORT VALVE BOXWITH FOUR BRICKS TYPFINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING SOD, OR MULCHSCH 40 PVC MAINLINE PIPESCH 40 PVC ELLSCH 80 PVC NIPPLES SIZE TOMATCH BALL VALVE, TYPSCH 40 PVC MAINLINE PIPEGRAVEL BACKFILL, SEE SPECS, 6" MIN DEPTH, TOPOF GRAVEL FLUSH WITH BOTTOM OF VALVE BOXVALVE BOX WITH LOCKING LID ORAPPROVED EQUAL1" SOD AREAS3" SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER AREASSECTIONGRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAIN,SEE SPECS 6" MIN DEPTH, TOP OFGRAVEL FLUSHWITHBOTTOM OF VALVE BOXUNDISTURBED EXSOIL OR EX SOILCOMPACTED TO 85%MAX DRY DENSITY1" SOD AREASVALVE BOX WITHLOCKINGLID OR APPROVED EQUALFINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING SODSCH 40 PVC ELLSCH 40 PVC MAINLINE PIPESCH 80 PVC NIPPLES SIZE TOMATCH PRESSUREREDUCING VALVE, TYPSUPPORT VALVE BOX WITHFOUR BRICKS, TYPPRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 3" MINSCH 40 PVC ELLFRONT SECTIONSIDE SECTIONNOTES:1. ALL CONDUITS SHALL EXTEND MIN 18" DEPTH BELOW FINISH GRADE.2. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED PER MFRS RECOMMENDATIONS.ELECTRICAL SERVICE &CONDUIT PER LOCAL &NATIONAL CODES; SEEELECTRICAL DWGS2" GALVANIZED STEELCONDUIT FOR CONTROLWIRES (OPTION - PAINTTO MATCH WALL)UNDISTURBED EX SOIL OREX SOIL COMPACTED TO85% MAX DRY DENSITYPVC SWEEP ELLFINISH GRADESECURE TO WALL WITHAPPROVED STRAPS, TYPWALL, TYPTOP OF CONTROLLER APPROXIMATELY 5' ABOVE FINISH GRADEAUTOMATIC IRRIGATIONCONTROLLERDate:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L2.02IRRIGATION DETAILSNOT TO SCALE1POP-UP HEAD WITH POLY SWING RISERNOT TO SCALE5FLOW SENSOR AND MASTER CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLYNOT TO SCALE2MANUAL BALL VALVENOT TO SCALE3PRESSURE REDUCING VALVENOT TO SCALE4EXTERIOR AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER WALL MOUNT(ALTERNATE #1) SECTIONGRAVEL BORROW, COMPACT TO 95% MAX DRY DENSITYSCH 40 PVC SLEEVE WITH MAINLINE AND/ORLATERAL PIPE & CONTROL WIRES INSIDE SLEEVEMAINLINE AND/OR LATERAL PIPE, TYPPAVING & BASE COURSE, SEE CIVIL DWGSCONTROL WIRES FOR AUTOMATICCONTROL VALVES TAPED TOGETHER@ 10' OC; DO NOT TAPE TO PIPE18" MIN12"24"NOTES:1. ALL MAINLINE PIPE UNDER PAVEMENTS SHALL BE SLEEVED. SEE DETAIL 1/L2.03.2. BACKFILL MATERIAL TO BE FREE OF ROCK OR DEBRIS LARGER THAN 1". ABSOLUTELYNO ROCK OR DEBRIS SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO ANY PIPE.SECTION2" MIN ALLSIDES OFPIPE, TYP6'-4"INSTALL DETECTABLE MARKING TAPEONLY ABOVE MAINLINE, DO NOTINSTALL OVER LATERAL LINESPLANTING SOIL OR TURF AREAFINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING SOD OR MULCHPVC LATERAL LINEPVC MAIN LINECONTROL WIRES FOR AUTOMATICCONTROL VALVES TAPED TOGETHER@ 10' OC, DO NOT TAPE TO PIPECOMPACTED BACKFILL MATERIALUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR EX SOILCOMPACTED TO 85% MAX DRY DENSITY℄SECTION1" SOD AREAS3" SHRUB/ GROUNDCOVER AREAS3M DIRECT BURIALSPLICE KIT, TYPSCH 40 PVC LATERAL LINESUPPORT VALVE BOX WITHFOUR BRICKS, TYPUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OREX SOIL COMPACTED TO85% MAX DRY DENSITYVALVE BOX WITH LOCKINGLID OR APPROVED EQUALFINISH GRADE PRIOR TOPLACING, SOD OR MULCHSCH 40 PVC ELLGRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAIN, 6" MINDEPTH, TOP OF GRAVEL FLUSH WITHBOTTOM OF VALVE BOXSCH 80 PVC NIPPLES SIZE TOMATCH CONTROL VALVE, TYPSCH 40 PVC TEE OR ELLBALL VALVEAUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVESCH 40 PVC MAINLINE PIPESCH 80 PVC TxT UNIONTO LOOSEN OUTWARDAWAY FROM VALVE30-INCH LINEAR LENGTHOF WIRE, COILEDSCH 40 PVCFEMALE ADAPTERSCH 80 PVC CLOSE NIPPLE(4 ACROSS ASSEMBLY)PLAN OF ANTI-ROTATION PIPESECTION3" CLR12" MINCLEARANCE24"1" SOD AREAS3" GROUNDCOVER/SHRUB AREASFINISH GRADEPRIOR TO PLACING,SOD OR MULCHSCH 40 PVC ELLSCH 40 PVC STREET ELLVALVE BOX (10" ROUND)SCH 40 PVC STREET ELLSCH 40 PVC TEE OR ELLSCH 40 PVC MAINLINEUNDISTURBED EX SOIL OR EX SOILCOMPACTED TO 85% MAX DRY DENSITYGRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAIN(6" MIN DEPTH)SUPPORT VALVE BOXWITH FOUR BRICKS TYPSCH 80 PVC NIPPLES TO MATCHQUICK COUPLING VALVE SIZE, TYPQUICK COUPLING VALVE,CENTER WITHIN BOXAND PLUMB VERTICALLY14" STAINLESS STEEL "U" BOLTTIGHTEN ON VALVE SNUG TO FITHARD SURFACE (PAVEMENT, WALLS, ETC)1" DIA SCH 80 PVC PIPEQUICK COUPLING VALVE14" STAINLESS STEEL "U" BOLT3" STEEL FARM FENCE POST -ATTACH TO QUICK COUPLER WITH3 STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPSSECTION30" MINPLAN6" MIN, TYP3" MIN6" MIN6" MIN, TYP6" MIN, TYP6" MIN, TYPUNION, TYPDIRECTION OF FLOWROW LINE6" MIN FREEDRAINING GRAVELNOTES:1. ALL DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES (DCVA'S) MUST BE LISTED ON LATEST LIST OF "BACKFLOW PREVENTIONASSEMBLIES APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION IN WASHINGTON STATE", PUBLISHED BY STATE OF WASHINGTONDEPARTMENT OF HEALTH.2. THE OWNER/APPLICATIN MUST OBTAIN A SEPARATE CITY OF RENTON PLUMBING PERMIT FOR THE INSPECTION OF THEINSTALLATION OF THE DCVA & PIPING. THE OWNER SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL & MAINTAIN THE DCVA & ALL PIPING &APPURTENANCES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN.3. THE DCVA MUST BE TESTED BY A STATE CERTIFIED BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY TESTER AFTER ITS INITIAL INSTALLATION,AFTER REPAIRS & ANNUALLY THEREAFTER AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. A COPY OF THE TEST REPORT SHALL BE SENT ORFAXED TO COR WATER UTILITY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. ATTENTION: WATER UTILITY CROSS-CONNECTIONCONTROL SPECIALIST, FAX NO 435-430-7241.4. DCVA & METER BOX SHALL BE LOCATED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY & AS NEAR AS POSSIBLE TO THE WATER METER.STACKEDMETER BOXESTO CITYMETERDate:SSW ArchitectsProject No.:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15STATEOFWASHINGTO N NO.8.JULIETB.VONG67EXPL I C E N SEDLANDSCAPEARCHITECT206.682.3051 phone206.682.3245 fax215 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTHSEATTLE, WA 98109Client Project No.:L2.03IRRIGATION DETAILSNOT TO SCALE1PIPE SLEEVE UNDER PAVEMENTNOT TO SCALE2MAIN AND LATERAL PIPE TRENCHNOT TO SCALE4AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVENOT TO SCALE3QUICK COUPLING VALVENOT TO SCALE5DOUBLE CHECK VALVE(ALTERNATE #1) 221 222 226 224 223 218 2 1 7 216 214 213 208 2132 12211209208 207 220 2 2 5 215 2102 2 1 222 226 224 223 218 2 1 7 216 214 213 209208 2132 12211209208 207 220 2 2 5 215 210UP Site Plan Legend PROPERTY LINE EXISTING TOPO LINES -SEE SURVEY UTILITIES -SEE CIVIL 215 NON-PERMEABLE CONCRETE PAVING -SEE CIVIL PERMEABLE CONCRETE PAVING -SEE CIVIL ASPHALT PAVING -SEE CIVIL Site Notes 1. Construction limits, spot elevations, grades and site utilities indicated for reference only. See Civil drawings. 2. Paving indicated for reference only. See Civil and Landscape drawings. 3. Refer to Civil drawings for pavement scoring patterns & requirements. Provide expansion and control joints per Civil plans 4. Landscaping indicated for reference only. See Landscape drawings. 5. Electrical site utilities described for reference only. See Electrical drawings. 6. Comply with City of Renton requirements for all Work in ROW. 7. Provide construction fence at limits of construction to secure site. Minimum fence height shall be six feet. Provide gates as necessary. 8. Field verify all relevant existing conditions and dimensions prior to the start of Work. Notify Architect immediately of any discrepancies. 9. Protect all existing conditions to remain on site and adjacent to Work area. Notify Architect of any damage to existing condtions to remain and restore or replace to original condition. 10. Confirm all underground utility locations prior to the start of Work and protect all existing conditions to remain. 11. Confirm locations of adjacent overhead utilites and protect all existing conditions to remain. 12. Coordinate sequencing with drawings from all trades. All work shown in Area 1 is in the contract. Refer to each trade for work in Area 2 that is in the contract. No work in Area 3 is in the contract. NORTH 30TH STREET10-FT LANDSCAPE BUFFERPATIO FLAGPOLE FIRE STATION 15 RETAINING WALL FIRE HYDRANT (NIC) PATIO FIREFIGHTER ENTRANCE GENERATOR TRASH ENCLOSURE PROPERTY LINE TYP FUTURE ROW ROAD EXTENSION SETBACK FENCE & ACCESS GATE - SEE 40' - 0 7/8"11' - 0"43' - 9 3/4"8' - 0 7/16"11' - 0"156' - 11 3/4" ROW CL SIDEWALK (E) UTILITY POLE16' - 2 1/32"8' - 0"8' - 0"8' - 0"NEW FENCE AT EAST PROPERTY LINE (WITHIN AREA 1) ADA PARKING SIGN CONCRETE APRON302' - 9 1/4"PARCEL: 334210-3245 ZONE: CN PROPERTY LINE / ZONE CHANGE CN ZONER-6 ZONECN ZONEPROPOSED CN ZONE(CURRENT R-6 ZONE)LIGHT POLE- SEE ELECT CONCRETE APRON BIKE RACKS ENCLOSURE SCREENING (E) CONCRETE CURB-SEE CIVIL CONCRETE CURB TYP- SEE CIVIL PUBLIC PARKING (E) STORM DRAIN- SEE CIVIL 30' - 0 15/16"7 G 52' - 0"LOCATE BUILDING AT GRID INTERSECTION G-7. SEE CIVIL PIV RESERVOIR 10' - 0" 6" 16' - 0" 6" 6"6"24' - 0"20' - 0" 4' - 6" 4' - 6"6"20' - 0"6"18' - 0"24' - 0"TYP 9' - 0" MECH UNIT WOOD STAIR GRAVEL PATH-SEE CIVIL ENCLOSURE SCREENING 15' - 0" A1.02 1 A1.02 2 FIRE FIGHTER PARKING 21' - 10 3/16"21' - 11 9/16"A1.02 3 FIRE HYDRANT GAS METER- SEE MECH ELECTRICAL METER & CONNECTIONS- SEE ELECT CENTURYLINK VAULT IRRIGATION & WATER METERS (E) SS LINE- SEE CIVIL XFMR VAULT LIGHT POLE- SEE ELECT A1.02 4CONCRETE PAD-SEE CIVIL DEMO CHAIN LINK FENCE AT SOUTH PROPERTY LINE /15 A1.02 CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP AT BUILDING PERIMETER-SEE CIVIL FF ELEVATION: 212.0' = 0'-0" FDC FRONT ENTRANCE NORTH 30TH STREET PROJECT SEPARATION LINE AREA 1: FIRE STATION 15 PROPERTY LINE TYP FUTURE ROW ROAD EXTENSION SETBACK 156' - 11 3/4" NEW FENCE AT NORTH PROPERTY LINE 302' - 9 1/4"CN ZONER-6 ZONECN ZONEPROPOSED CN ZONE(CURRENT R-6 ZONE)FS #15RESERVOIR7 G 15' - 0"52' - 0"LOCATE BUILDING AT GRID INTERSECTION G-7. SEE CIVIL AREA 3: RESERVOIR CONT CONSTRUCTION FENCING AREA 2: SHARED PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TRAILER LOCATION GRADING WORK IN AREA 2-SEE CIVIL CONCRETE CURB PER CIVIL CONSTRUCTION FENCING AS NEEDED TO SECURE SITE CONCRETE PAD FOR FUTURE GATE PER CIVIL 11' - 0"Site Sequencing Plan Legend AREA 1: FIRE STATION 15 AREA OF WORK AREA 2: WORK SCOPE SHARED BETWEEN FIRE STATION 15 & RESERVOIR AREA 3: (NIC) RESERVOIR PROJECT AREA SEPARATION LINES Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A1.01 Site Plans Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1" = 20'-0"A1.01 Site Plan1 N Scale: 1" = 20'-0"A1.01 Site Sequencing Plan2 ~ RL A1.02 11 A1.02 9 A1.0210 A1.02 8 GENERATOR- SEE ELECTRICAL TRASH BIN RECYCLE BIN WOOD EGRESS STAIR METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL METAL LOUVER GATE TRENCH DRAIN 59'-0" LONG- SEE CIVIL CONC RETAINING WALL - SEE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE CURB-SEE CIVIL 1 A1.03 2 A1.03 8' - 4"35' - 11"EQEQEQEQEQEQEQEQ EQ A1.03 7 A1.03 8 A1.03 3 A1.03 4 3' - 0"3 TREADS @ 12" = 3'-0" 12 A1.02 GALV STL HSS INTERMEDIATE POST 2' - 10"4' - 2"8' - 0"4' - 0"1' - 0"EQ EQ 12"5' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0"A1.03 12 A1.03 12 1' - 10 1/4" 3' - 7 3/4" 1' - 11" 543 A B A1.02 7 A1.02 5 A1.026 OUTDOOR UNIT- SEE MECHANICAL METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL CONCRETE PATIO-SEE CIVIL CONCRETE CURB-SEE CIVIL 4' - 0"+/- 5' - 0 3/4"12' - 0"5' - 10"13' - 9"3' - 5"5' - 8"3' - 8"TRENCH DRAIN 59'-0" LONG -SEE CIVIL TREE PER LANDSCAPE TYP 14' - 9 1/2"7' - 9" A1.03 10 A1.03 4 A1.03 11 A1.03 8 2' - 4"6"2' - 10"2' - 10"+/- 4 3/4"6' - 5"1' - 4"4' - 10"CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL 8' - 4" 2 A1.03 2' - 0"4' - 6"ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 4' - 6"35' - 11" TOP OF CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL 2 A1.03 WOOD STAIR HANDRAILS FACE OF BUILDING ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 8' - 4" CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL 1 A1.03 6' - 6"ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen BUILDING EDGE CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE CIVIL METAL LOUVER SWINGING GATES METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL 35' - 11" WOOD ACCESS STAIRS 5' - 5 1/2"8' - 0"4' - 2"18' - 3 1/2" MAINTAIN TOP OF WALL AT 4'-6" ABOVE RETAINING WALL 1 A1.03 SLOPES TO TRENCH DRAIN-SEE CIVIL ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL BUILDING BEYOND 5 1/2"5' - 8"5 1/2" ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 1 A1.03 METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL FACE OF BUILDING 4' - 10"5 1/2"6' - 6"1 A1.03 ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen POST BEHIND SCREEN TYP 5 1/2"2' - 10"2' - 10"2' - 10" METAL LOUVER SCREEN WALL BUILDING BEYOND FACE OF BUILDING6' - 6"METAL LOUVER SWINGING GATE ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 1 A1.03 SLIDING ACCESS GATE (NIC) SLIDING ACCESS GATE OPERATOR & PAD (NIC) FENCE (NIC) CONCRETE PATIO-SEE CIVIL GAS METER- SEE MECH GAS HOOKUP FOR BBQ-SEE MECH 7' - 11"3' - 7 3/8"25' - 0"2' - 11 1/16"PROPERTY LINE TYP FINISH FACE OF BLDG GATE OPERATOR (NIC)- STUB OUT ELECTRICAL CONDUITS DRAIN -PER CIVIL 1' - 6"2' - 6 5/8"CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP TYP- SEE CIVIL TOP OF WALL (2' -0") 3' - 6"1' - 4" 1' - 0"3' - 6"CONC RETAINING WALL -SEE CIVIL 1/2" ANCHOR BOLT 16" OC 2X12 WOOD STRINGER EA SIDE WD BLOCKING, TYP WD TREADS, TYP GALV STL HANDRAIL, FASTEN TO POSTS - PAINT 3 EQ RISERS = 1' - 6"6"4X4 WOOD POST FASTEN TO WOOD STRINGER, TYP 4"FLAGPOLE BIKE RACKS _________________________________ A1.02 16 DOOR BELL CALL BOX DS HB 3' - 0"3' - 0"_________________________________ A1.02 13 1' - 6"1' - 6" CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP-SEE CIVIL TREE PER LANDSCAPE+/- 64 1/2"24"12"4' - 0"1' - 8 1/8"24' - 1"4' - 0"ALIGN PAVING & MAINTENANCE STRIP 3' - 0"3' - 0"14' - 10"6' - 0" 4' - 0" 3' - 0" OC 1 1/4" STL PIPE SURFACE MOUNTED BIKE RACK 1' - 10 1/2"1' - 11 3/32" Plan View Section view ATTACHMENT PER MFR8 1/2"1' - 0 1/2"3"9 3/4"5 3/4"6" DIA STL FLAG POLE FLASH COLLAR BASE WATERPROOF MASTIC CONC ENCASEMENT 2' - 6" DIA HARDWOOD WEDGES TYP PACKED DRY SAND WELDED STL CENTERING WEDGES 8"X8" WELDED STL SUPPORT 16"X16" WELDED STL BASE 3/4" DIA STL LIGHTNING GROUND SPIKE 1' - 6"6" 10"2"3' - 0"6"CONCRETE FOOTING-SIZE PER FENCE MFR TOP RAIL- SIZE PER MFR BOTTOM RAIL- SIZE PER MFR LINE POST- SIZE PER MFR3"4' - 9"3"2' - 6" PER MFR2' - 0" PER MFREMBED POLE PER MFR 5"5" WIRE FABRIC FENCE MATERIAL-ATTACH TO SUPPORTS PER MFR 4' - 9"3"5"3' - 10"5' - 0"5' - 0" FINISH FACE OF BLDG SECURITY PLATE W/ CIPHER LOCK (2) EQ SPACED HINGES ACCESS GATE TERMINAL POST 14 A1.02 Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A1.02 Enlarged Site Plans & Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Trash Enclosure1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Fitness Patio2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - North8 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - East10 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - South9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - West11 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Mech Enclosure Elevation - North5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Mech Enclosure Elevation - East6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Mech Enclosure Elevation - West7 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Kitchen Patio3 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Wood Stair12 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Entrance4 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Bike Rack16 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Flag Pole Fountation13 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Chain Link Fence Section14 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Chain Link Fence Elevation15 HORIZ GALV STL HSS 4x4x5/16 RAIL NOTES: 1) ALL EXPOSED STL TO BE GALVANIZED & PAINTED PT-12, UON 2) ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, TYP 3) PROVIDE GALVANIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 4) MAINTAIN LEVEL HEIGHT ALL AROUND ENCLOSURE VERT GALV STL INTERMEDIATE POST HSS 4x4x5/16 WITH 1/4" CAP PLATE SEAL WELDED. REFER TO DETAIL FOR POST TO RAIL CONNECTIONS T/O Screen ELEV. = 6'-6" HORIZ GALV STL HSS 4x4x5/16 3'-0" MIN (NTS)6"2' - 0" DIA CONC POST FOOTING /9 A1.03 +/- 3"1 1/2" STIFFENER TYP 6' - 3"CAST CONC PAVING AROUND POSTS-SEE CIVIL FOR LOCATIONS AND GRADES ALUM LOUVER PANEL TOP OF STEEL (6'-6") 4' - 6"TOP OF WALL (2' -0") 1st Floor (0'-0") EQ EQ HORIZ GALV STL HSS 4x4x5/16 RAIL NOTES: 1) ALL EXPOSED STL TO BE GALVANIZED & PAINTED PT-12, UON 2) ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, TYP 3) PROVIDE GALVANIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 4) MAINTAIN LEVEL HEIGHT ALL AROUND ENCLOSURE VERT GALV STL INTERMEDIATE POST HSS 4x4x5/16 WITH 1/4" CAP PLATE SEAL WELDED. REFER TO DETAIL FOR POST TO RAIL CONNECTIONS HORIZ GALV STL HSS 4x4x5/16 CONC RETAINING WALL -SEE STRUCTURAL STIFFENER, TYP /9 A1.03 3"CONC PAVING PER CIVIL-SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS 3' - 0"ALUM LOUVER PANEL 10" CENTER POSTS IN CONC WALL SELF-DRILLING SS FASTENERS @ 16" OC GALV STL CORNER POST - HSS 4x4x5/16 BLADE SUPPORT BRACKETS STIFFENERS -JOINED BY INSTALLER ALUM LOUVER PANEL TYP EACH SIDE 5 5/16" GALV STL HORIZ RAIL -HSS 4x4x5/16 BELOW ALUM LOUVER CORNER PIECE -MITERED AND WELDED GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SCREWS @ 8" OC, TYP GALV STL HORIZ RAIL -HSS 4x4x5/16 BELOW1 A1.031 1/2"ALUM LOUVER PANEL, TYP STIFFENERS -JOINED BY INSTALLER BLADE SUPPORT BRACKETS, TYP SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SCREWS @ 8" OC TYP GALV STL HORIZ RAIL -HSS 4x4x5/16 BELOW ALUM LOUVER PANEL BLADE SUPPORT BRACKET END STIFFENER W1 WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION 1' - 4"B GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16-COORDINATE FOOTING WITH BUILDING FOOTING BELOW+/- 2 7/8"4"1' - 6"4"STL ANGLE GATE FRAME, LOUVERS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY GALV STL PLATE CANE BOLT BRACKET (TYP), SET LENGTH AS REQD TO CLEAR MTL LOUVERS MOUNT BOTTOM BRACKET FLUSH W/ BOTTOM OF GATE RETAINING RING WELDED TO CANE BOLT -LOCATE TO ALLOW FULL INSERTION IN SOCKET HOLE AND PARKING POSITION SET LENGTH OF CANE BOLT TO ALLOW 2" INSERTION INTO SOCKET HOLE. PROVIDE 1 1/2" DIAMETER HOLES IN PAVEMENT AT BOTH OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS. 4" GRIP LENGTH 3/4" DIA GALV STL CANE BOLT. SET LENGTH TO ALLOW GRIP TO PARK OVER BRACKET W/ BOLT FREE OF GROUND SOCKET 2" X 2" X 1/2" TAB W/ 7/8" HOLE, (TYP). WELD TO BRACKET CANE BOLT PARK POSITION OVER BRACKET GALV STL HORIZ RAIL -HSS 4x4x5/16 BELOW DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE GATE GALV STL ANGLE 2x2x1/4 GATE FRAME SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SS SCREWS @ 8" OC TYP GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 FASTEN HINGES TO POST AND FRAME W/ FH SCREWS, DRILL AND TAP OR PROVIDE NUTS & LOCK WASHER AS REQD. GALV STL ANGLE 2x3x1/4 @ GATE POST2"2" 7/8" D HOLE 3/4" GALV STL ANGLE 2x2x1/4 GATE FRAME RAIL DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE GATES 3/4" DIA GALV STL CANE BOLT 2x2x1/2 STL CANE BOLT TAB WELDED TO 1/4" X 4" STL BRACKET FASTENED TO GATE STILE -REFER TO DETAIL FOR CANE BOLT CALLOUTS FASTEN EA CANE BOLT BRACKET W/ 2 COUNTERSUNK FH 1/4" SS BOLTS W/ NUTS & LOCK WASHERS 1 1/4" /6 A1.03 EXTEND 1/4" CAP PL OVER HORIZ RAIL 3" (1/4) SEAL L 3 X 3 X 3/8 X 4" LONG L 3 X 3 X 3/8 X 4" LONG 1/4 1/4 1/4 (1/4) (1/4) (1/4) (1/4) 1/2" ± 1/2" ± HSS 4x4x5/16 POST HSS 4x4x5/16 BOTTOM RAIL CAP PL 1/8" SEAL WELD CAP PL 1/8" SEAL WELD HSS 4x4x5/16 TOP RAIL PL 3/8x3x4 NOTE: AT LOCATIONS WITH RAILS AT MULTIPLE SIDES OF POST, PROVIDE SAME DETAILS GALV STL HORIZ RAIL -HSS 4X4X5/16 BELOW DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE GATE GALV STL ANGLE 2x2x1/4 GATE FRAME SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SS SCREWS @ 8" OC TYP GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 GALV STL ANGLE 2x3x1/4 @ GATE POST GALV STL ANGLE 2X3X1/4 WELD TO FRAME HEAVY DUTY GATE FLIP LATCH - LOCKING, PRE-FINISHED BLACK SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SCREWS @ 8" OC TYP GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16-COORDINATE POST FOOTING W/ BUILDING FOOTING W2 WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL ENCLOSURE GATE GALV STL ANGLE 2x2x1/4 GATE FRAME FASTEN HINGES TO POST AND FRAME W/ FH SCREWS, DRILL AND TAP OR PROVIDE NUTS & LOCK WASHER AS REQD GALV STL ANGLE 2x3x1/4 @ GATE POST BUILDING FOOTING BELOW 2 1/2"+/- 4 3/4"SELF-DRILLING SS FASTENERS @ 16" OC GALV STL CORNER POST - HSS 4x4x5/16 -CAST IN CONC WALL ALUM LOUVER CORNER PIECE -MITERED AND WELDED BLADE SUPPORT BRACKETS STIFFENERS -JOINED BY INSTALLER ALUM LOUVER PANEL, TYP 1' - 5 5/16"GALV STL HORIZ RAIL - HSS 4x4x5/16 BELOW 5"5"5 5/16" CONC WALL BELOW 5" GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 1' - 0"Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A1.03 Site Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Enclosure Screen Section1 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Enclosure Section @ Retaining Wall2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Corner Post Detail8 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Intermediate Post Detail5 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Mech Screen - Post Detail at Wall10 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Cane Bolt Detail6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Post Detail3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Meeting Rails7 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Post to Rail Connection9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Meeting Post4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Mech Screen - Post Gate @ Wall11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Corner Post @ Conc Wall12 UP 1 A4.02 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 A4.01 1 A4.012 A4.01 3 A4.01 4 STATION OFFICE 103 APPARATUS BAY 119 LOBBY 100 LAUNDRY 114 FITNESS 113 BUNK 4 112 BUNK 3 111 BUNK 2 110 BUNK 1 109 DECON 121 CUSTODIAL 120 BUNKER GEAR 122 DAY ROOM 108 DINING 107 KITCHEN 106 PATIO PATIO SHOP 123 PANTRY 105 COMM 117 ADA RESTROOM 101 HALL 102A OFFICER'S OFFICE 104 8' - 1"15' - 8"3' - 7"5' - 0"18' - 7"5' - 5"5' - 0"5' - 4"CORRIDOR 102 HALL 102D HALL 102C HALL 102B LOCKERS 102E ALCOVE 119A 100101 102-1102-2102B108-1107 109 110 111 112 102A 102D 122 103104117 113-1123120108-2 102C 119-4119-3 ADA SHOWER 115 SHOWER 116 1162' - 1"1' - 9 5/8"EQ3' - 0"EQ10' - 0" 654 11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" 32 7 A B 5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0"C D E G H J 3' - 0" 6' - 9" 10' - 11" 3' - 4" F 2' - 2" 4' - 9" 1' - 3"4' - 6"3' - 6"2' - 1"7' - 5" 5' - 7" 4"113-253" 7" 10" 10' - 0 1/2" 5' - 1 3/4"2' - 1"10" 9' - 0" 8' - 10" 8' - 8" 2" 8' - 10"EQ3' - 0"EQEQ3' - 0"EQEQ3' - 0"EQ3' - 8" 3' - 8" 3" A9.04 4 1 3 2 11' - 0" 2' - 10"MIN18".2' - 2" 3' - 4" 4' - 6" INTERIOR BOLLARD TYP OF (4)-SEE LOCATE BUILDING AT GRID INTERSECTION G-7-SEE CIVIL W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W3 W2W2 W1 W1 W3 W3 W3 W1 W3 S2 S1 S1 S2 S2 S2 P2 P2 P2 S3 P1 S2 S2 P2 P2 P2 S2S2 P2 P2 S2 S2 P2 S3 W3 W3 W2 W2 5' - 4"5' - 0"5' - 8"18' - 4"MEDICAL 118 115 118 5' - 6" 12' - 0" 5' - 6"1 7/8"1 7/8"2 A4.02 4 A4.02 2' - 3"4' - 0" 14' - 0" 4' - 0" 14' - 0" 4' - 0" 119-1 119-2 3 A4.02 5 A4.03 3"3"3"3"6 A4.03 W1 P2 P2 P1 P1 P2 C1 S2 FD FD FDFD FD FD16' - 4"5' - 0"2' - 0"4' - 0"1 11' - 0"18' - 0"9' - 9"1055"S25"DOMESTIC WATER HEADER- SEE MECH SPRINKLER RISER ASSEMBLY- SEE MECH 4' - 8"8"5' - 0"4"20' - 0"3' - 4"4"5' - 0"8' - 8"6' - 0"8' - 0"4' - 8"A3.02 1 A9.03 1 6 5 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 2" 4' - 0" 14' - 0" 4' - 0" 14' - 0" 4' - 0" A3.02 3 A6.03 7 1142' - 4"106 P31' - 6 1/4"STRUCTURAL COLUMN TYP OF (3) /10 A7.02MIN18".MIN18".MIN18".MIN18".A6.03 8 ALTERNATE #2: REPLACE (4) FLOOR DRAINS W/ (2) TRENCH DRAINS- SEE DS DS DS DS DS HB HB HB HB /3 A3.01 TYP 4' - 0"TYP4' - 0"11' - 4"16' - 0"PARKING STRIPE IN EACH BAY- COORDINATE SIZE & LOCATION W/ OWNER CORRIDOR102FF ELEVATION: 212.0' = 0'-0" 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 MEZZANINE 201 MECHANICAL CHASE CORRIDOR BELOW APP BAY BELOW 543 C D E F ALIGN MEZZANINE SLAB W/ FACE OF WALL BELOW W4 S2 W1 S2 P2 2 A4.02 5' - 0 1/2"5' - 0"3 A4.02 5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0" 23' - 0" S2 S3 WATER HEATER- SEE MECH ROOF ACCESS LADDER 15' - 9"8' - 3"FD A8.01 1 5' - 0"2' - 11"W6 6' - 11"7' - 5" 30" x 30" ACCESS PANEL COMPRESSOR W/ DRAIN UNDERNEATH 11 1/2" Floor Plan Notes 1. Wood stud walls are dimensioned to face of stud UON 2. CMU walls are dimensioned to face of CMU UON 3. Dimensions noted as clear are from final finished surface to final finished surface. 4. See Sheet A7.02 for interior partition types. Interior partitions to be type P2 if not marked otherwise 5. See Sheet A6.01 for exterior wall types. Exterior wall types to match elevations 6. Coordinate recesses in floor slabs with all trades. See structural drawings 7. See Structural drawings for AESS (Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel) members. All exposed steel structure including columns, beams and metal deck shall be painted 8. Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical components identified on architectural plans are for general information and are not intended to fully describe such features -refer to Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical drawings for a full description. 9. All conduit, piping, and ductwork to be concealed unless located in a space without a ceiling. Paint all exposed conduits, piping and ductwork to match the adjacent surface UON. 10. Provide blocking and backing for wall-mounted materials, accessories, equipment, and furnishings -Coordinate with all other disciplines. See FF&E plans on A11.01 for additional wall backing locations. 11. At shear walls, locate plywood layer on side of wall tag UON 12. Locate drains as dimensioned in plans. If drain is not dimensioned, locate in center of room Floor Plan Legend DS Downspout-See Wall Assembly Tag-See Sheet A6.01 for exterior walls & A7.02 for interior wallsX HB Hose bibb-See Mechanical Floor drain-See MechFD Floor drain with sump-See MechFD Recessed Floor Drain w/ steel grate cover-See MechFD /9 A6.08 65 B C D E G F A9.04 4 1 3 2 5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"27' - 4"40' - 0" APPARATUS BAY 119 10' - 0"46' - 8"10' - 0"11' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"11' - 0" TRENCH DRAIN TYP OF (2)-SEE MECH 5 A7.03 5 A7.03 SLOPE FLOORS 1/8" PER FOOT TO TRENCH DRAIN- SET TRENCH DRAIN BELOW FF AS NEEDED PARKING STRIPE IN EACH BAY- COORDINATE SIZE & LOCATION W/ OWNER Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A3.01 Floor Plans Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.01 First Floor Plan1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.01 Mezzanine Plan2 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.01 App Bay Plan (Alternate #2)3 1 A4.02 6 7 B C D E G F 2 A4.02 3 A4.02 5 A4.03 A9.05 3 CUSTODIAL 120 DECON 121 BUNKER GEAR 122 SHOP 123 10' - 0"5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"27' - 4"HR 42 A9.05 7 A9.05 1210 A9.05 13 15 14 8 4' - 8"8"A6.03 6 1201235 FE8' - 8"6' - 0"8' - 0"4' - 8"LOCKER TYP OF (20) DOMESTIC WATER HEADER SPRINKLER RISER-SEE MECH WORK BENCH 1612' - 0"3' - 6"1' - 6"122 4' - 6"3' - 0"7 5/8"3' - 0" PAINT STRIPING & LETTERING PER COR STANDARDS 2' - 2"4' - 6" 11 AD 24" TYP24" TYP 4' - 0"2' - 2"2' - 10"1' - 0" 4' - 6"20' - 4"3' - 4"4"S2 S2 S2 S1 W3 A6.03 6 OPP 3' - 7"3' - 5"4' - 10"7"1' - 7"18"2' - 0"DS DS DS 1 7/8"1 7/8"FD FD FE3' - 0"FD FD FD FD TA-13TA-139 6 1 2' - 2"3' - 4" 2' - 2"3' - 4" 2' - 0" EMERGENCY EYEWASH & SHOWER 1 A4.02 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 A9.02 2 4 1 5432 C D E G H J F 2 A4.02 3 A8.01 3 A4.02 6 A4.03 A9.0010 9 11 12 A9.0014 13 15 16 A9.03 3 8 7 4 A9.03 9 10 1 A9.01 3 2 A9.006 5 8 7 7 A9.025 A9.02 9 10 A9.02 6 A9.02 8 A9.018 5 7 4 A9.0215 A9.01 9 1210 A9.02 14 13 17 1/2"60" CLR MIN1' - 6"1' - 6"60" CLR MIN EQEQ1' - 6"1' - 6"TB-2TV-3TV-2 MB-1TV-2 TV-1TB-1 115 116 117108-1102B 102C 105101 102-1107 109 113-1102D 1041031002' - 0"102A 118 DINING 107 KITCHEN 106 DAY ROOM 108 HALL 102C HALL 102B COMM 117 MEDICAL 118 LAUNDRY 114 ADA SHOWER 115 SHOWER 116 STATION OFFICE 103 OFFICER'S OFFICE 104 LOBBY 100 ADA RESTROOM 101 PANTRY 105 HALL 102D HALL 102A BUNK 1 109 LOCKERS 102E CORRIDOR 102 FITNESS 113 ALCOVE 119A 11' - 6"13' - 0"5' - 0"23' - 0"5' - 8"4' - 6"5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"1' - 6 1/4"17 1/2" 60" CLR MIN 7' - 4 1/2"7' - 3"9' - 4 1/2"FD FD FEC 8' - 9"1' - 2 1/2"7' - 10 3/4" P2 P1 C1 C1 P2 C1C1 S2 S2 P2 P2 P1 PER MFR3' - 2" CLRPER MFR3' - 2" CLRP2 P2 S3P2 S2 S2 P2 W3 W3 W3 W1 W2 W2 W3 2' - 2"4' - 9"5"5"EQEQP1 P1P2 3' - 7"3' - 3"4' - 8" C1 C1W3 P2 P2 P2 P2 7' - 6"6"2' - 6"1' - 5 1/2"3' - 0"6' - 9"10' - 11"3' - 4"P1 W3 P2 10"9' - 0"21 5/8"EQUAL3' - 0"EQUALS3 S2 S2 S1 11' - 6"3' - 0"3' - 11 1/2" S3 P2 S1C1 1' - 9"3' - 0"2' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 3"6' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"11"3' - 0"S2 S2 18"12" 24"12"FD 24"W2 W1 W1 W1 W2 11"3' - 0"1' - 9"5' - 3 1/4" 2" 4' - 6"3' - 6"3' - 11 3/8"2' - 9"3' - 11"6' - 4"7' - 3"10' - 0" 14" 10" A9.00 2 A9.00 1 ADA REQUIREMENTS ADA REQUIREMENTS 11 3"2 A8.01 P3 2' - 4"1' - 9" 3' - 6 5/8" A8.0112114 A8.01 13 12" MINA6.05 20 A6.05 18 A6.05 19 3' - 8" 3' - 8" S2 W3 A9.02 11 HR A9.02 12 A9.01 61 3 HSS STAIR SUPPORT POSTS W1 S1 S3 S9 S10 S12 A6.03 11 S3 A7.03 6 A7.03 6 OPP / SIM 18" MININSULATE WALLS & ACOUSTICALLY SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS AT BUNK ROOMS TYP INSULATE WALLS & ACOUSTICALLY SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS AT OFFICER'S OFFICE INSULATE ENTIRE WEST & SOUTH WALLS OF FITNESS & ACOUSTICALLY SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS A9.07 3 CG CG CG CG CG 1' - 4"MIN18".2' - 4 3/8" 2' - 0" A6.03 9 DS S2 ALIGN INTERIOR FACE OF WALL W/ ADJ S2 WALL 5 1/2" ALIGN INTERIOR FACE OF WALL W/ ADJ C1 WALL 11 1/2"A9.07 8 4' - 9" CLR3' - 0" CLR18" MINMB-2 C1 UNDER COUNTER 2 A7.03 2 A7.03 3 A7.03 1 A7.03 1 A7.03 PER MFR 3' - 2" FD +/- 11 1/8" 5' - 6"10"8 1/4" 8 1/4"18 1/4"Floor Plan Legend DS Downspout-See Wall Assembly Tag-See Sheet A6.01 for exterior walls & A7.02 for interior wallsX HB Hose bibb-See Mechanical Floor drain-See MechFD Floor drain with sump-See MechFD Recessed Floor Drain w/ steel grate cover-See MechFD /9 A6.08 Floor Plan Notes 1. Wood stud walls are dimensioned to face of stud UON 2. CMU walls are dimensioned to face of CMU UON 3. Dimensions noted as clear are from final finished surface to final finished surface. 4. See Sheet A7.02 for interior partition types. Interior partitions to be type P2 if not marked otherwise 5. See Sheet A6.01 for exterior wall types. Exterior wall types to match elevations 6. Coordinate recesses in floor slabs with all trades. See structural drawings 7. See Structural drawings for AESS (Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel) members. All exposed steel structure including columns, beams and metal deck shall be painted 8. Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical components identified on architectural plans are for general information and are not intended to fully describe such features -refer to Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical drawings for a full description. 9. All conduit, piping, and ductwork to be concealed unless located in a space without a ceiling. Paint all exposed conduits, piping and ductwork to match the adjacent surface UON. 10. Provide blocking and backing for wall-mounted materials, accessories, equipment, and furnishings -Coordinate with all other disciplines. See FF&E plans on A11.01 for additional wall backing locations. 11. At shear walls, locate plywood layer on side of wall tag UON 12. Locate drains as dimensioned in plans. If drain is not dimensioned, locate in center of room Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A3.02 Enlarged Floor Plans Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A3.02 Enlarged Plan @ App Bay Support1 N Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A3.02 Enlarged Plan @ Living Quarters3 1 A4.02 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 3/4" / 12" SLOPE RAKE EDGE OF ROOF TYP-SEE SLOPE SLOPE ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE ROOF CRICKET TYP MEMBRANE ROOF TYP- SEE . ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT 65432 7 A B C D E G H J F 11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0"5' - 8"4' - 6"5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"27' - 4"9' - 0"3' - 8"5' - 4"3' - 0"1' - 2"1' - 2"3' - 0"3' - 0" 3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"LOW SLOPE MEMBRANE ROOF CONTINUES UNDER HIGH ROOF ABOVE- SEE FASCIA & GUTTER TYP LOW SLOPE MEMBRANE ROOF CONTINUES UNDER HIGH ROOF- SEE LOW SLOPE MEMBRANE ROOF CONTINUES UNDER HIGH ROOF- SEE FASCIA & GUTTER TYP FASCIA & GUTTER TYP 3/4" / 12" SLOPE DS DS DS RD SLOPE RD 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3/4" / 12" 3 A4.02 5 A4.03 3' - 8 5/8"OS OS 6 A4.031' - 0"A3.03 3 A3.03 4 A3.03 2 1/4" / 12" FPAFPA FPAFPAFPA FPA FPA FPA FPA FPA FPAFPAFPAFPAFPA FPA FPA FPA /1 A6.07 /1 A6.07 1 EXHAUST FAN PER MECHANICAL-SEE VTR PER MECH TYP-SEE CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS ROOF HATCH 9 A6.07 3 A6.07 3 A6.07 9 A6.07 9 A6.07 8 A6.08 6 A6.08 2 A6.07 1 A6.09 7 A6.08 3' - 0" 5' - 0" AC UNIT- SEE MECH REFRIGERANT PIPING & ENCLOSURE PER MECH-SEE SLOPE 1/4" / 12" 1/4" / 12" OS OS OS /10 A6.07 /12 A6.07 VTR VTR VTR VTR OS OS ROOF ACCESS LADDER DS CH/DS OS ROOF CRICKET BEHIND MECH UNIT VTR STEEL PLATE FOR LADDER SUPPORT- SEE 24" 12" 12" 24" /4 A6.07 /3 A6.07 STEEL PLATE FOR LADDER SUPPORT- SEE /4 A6.07 VTR W4 W4 W4 W4 SLEEPERS UNDER ROOFTOP MECH UNITS TYP-SEE /11 A6.07 /10 A6.08 Roofing Notes 1. Coordinate size, location and installation of mechanical and electrical equipment with mechanical and electrical drawings. 2. Provide drainage crickets at the up-slope side of all roof top equipment curbs 18 inches wide or greater and where indicated on plans. 3. Fall protection anchors are indicated diagrammatically. Placement and overall quantity of fall protection anchors to be in accordance with WAC 296-155-24505 and in coordination with structural. 4. Slope all roofs to drains UON 5. All insulation materials shall installed so that mark is readily observable during construction and inspection Roof Plan Legend DS Downspout -See VTR RD Tapered drainage cricket: Slope to drain = 1/4" per foot UNO Roof drain & overflow scupper- See Vent through roof -See Direction and slope of structure 1/2" / 12" Fall Protection Anchor -SeeFPA Membrane roof-See OS Roof Walkway Pads- Cut as needed CH/DS Conductor Head & downspout- See /2 A6.08 /1 A6.07 /7 A6.08 /9 A6.09 /10 A6.07 Overflow Scupper-See OS /3 A6.08 Step in Roof -See /6 A6.08 Safety Yellow Tape /9 A6.08 1 A4.02 3 A4.03 54 G H J F 5' - 8"4' - 6"5' - 4"23' - 0"1/4" / 12"SLOPECH/DS 5 A6.07 7 A6.07 OS 7 A6.07 SIM CRICKET TYP- SLOPE TO DRAIN 12' - 6"1' - 0"9' - 6" OS W1 W4 W6 W1 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 432 A B C 4 A4.0227' - 4"9' - 0"13' - 0" 5' - 0"12"12"8' - 0"DOWNSPOUT FROM ROOF ABOVE SPLASH BLOCK SLOPE CH/DS CH/DS 1/4" / 12" OS 12"OS DOWNSPOUT FROM ROOF ABOVE SPLASH BLOCK 4 A6.07 W2 W2 W2 1 A4.02 6 7 B C D E G F 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 5 A4.03 5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"27' - 4"10' - 0" 1/4" / 12" SLOPE CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS 5 A6.07 OS9' - 10"12"OS OS12"6"12"EXHAUST FAN PER MECH- SEE /12 A6.07 VTR W1 W1 W1 Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A3.03 Roof Plan Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.03 Roof Plan1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.03 Low Roof Plan @ Offices3 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.03 Low Roof Plan @ Bunkrooms4 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A3.03 Low Roof Plan @ Support Spaces2 VTR First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL- CENTER PANEL LAYOUT ON EACH WALL TYP VERTICAL SIDING PANEL HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL OVERHEAD DOOR STOREFRONT ROOF & FASCIA METAL DOOR TYP ANTENNAS-MOUNTED TO SIDE OF WALL 6 5 4 3 27 11' - 6"13' - 0"5' - 0"23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0"7' - 3"5 A4.03 6 A4.03 FALL PROTECTION ANCHOR TYP 1 S13 S14 S12 SCREENING ROOF LADDER WOOD STAIR Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" STEEL PLATE LADDER SUPPORT TYP OF (2)-SEE /4 A6.07 DOWNSPOUT TYP GALV METAL ANGLE PER STRUCT-PNT-11 BEAM PER STRUCT W/ END CAP-SEE /12 A6.08SADDLE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF PARAPET & CORRUGATED METAL WALL-SEE /6 A6.09 SADDLE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF PARAPET & CORRUGATED METAL WALL-SEE /8 A6.09 SADDLE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF PARAPET & CORRUGATED METAL WALL BEYOND- SEE /7 A6.09 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.02 METAL FLASHING HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL VERTICAL SIDING PANEL STOREFRONT TYP ROOF & FASCIA WINDOW COLUMN-SEE STRUCT ABCDEGHJF 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 9' - 8"8' - 8"5' - 8"3' - 8"1' - 4"7' - 4"9' - 4"4' - 0"4' - 0"2' - 8" 5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0"4' - 0"12' - 0"2' - 0"CONDUCTOR HEAD TYP S15S15S15 W2 LOUVER TYP-SEE MECH MECH SCREEN ROOF LADDER DOWNSPOUT TYP-CONNECT TO DRAIN @ GRADE PER CIVIL OVERFLOW TYP Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" FLAMMABLE CABINET VENTS-SEE MECH ELECTRICAL METER & EQUIP 4' - 0"4' - 0"1' - 8"7' - 0"First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 METAL COLUMN ROOF & FASCIA-GRAY HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL DOOR TYP FOURFOLD DOOR TYP WINDOW TYP STOREFRONT TYP HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL VERTICAL SIDING PANEL ROOF & FASCIA HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL VERTICAL SIDING PANEL 65432 7 11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" 3' - 0" 5 A4.03 GUTTER TYP 6 A4.03FALL PROTECTION ANCHOR TYP 1 W1 W1 W1 S5 S1 S2 CONDUIT PENETRATION FOR FUTURE SECURITY- SEE ELECTRICAL Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" 6" ADDRESS LETTERING (CFCI) STATION IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE (NIC) 18" LETTERING SIGNAGE (CFCI) First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.02 HORIZONTAL SIDING PANELROOF HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL EGRESS CASEMENT WINDOW TYP FASCIA END CAP AT GUTTER INTERSECTION TYP VERTICAL SIDING PANEL HORIZONTAL SIDING PANEL STOREFRONT VERTICAL SIDING PANEL A B C D E G H JF 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 9' - 0" 27' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 5' - 4" 4' - 6"5' - 8" 3 A4.02 FALL PROTECTION ANCHOR TYP W1W2W2W2W2 S9S10 S3 S4 S6S7S8 MECHANICAL EXHAUST TYP-SEE MECH ROOF LADDER HOSE BIBB- SEE MECH Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6"CONDUCTOR HEAD & DOWNSPOUT TYP OVERFLOW SCUPPER TYP RANGE EXHAUST W/ CAP-SEE MECHANICAL FASCIA END CAP AT GUTTER INTERSECTION TYP Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A4.01 Exterior Elevations Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.01 Exterior Elevation - North1 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.01 Exterior Elevation - East2 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.01 Exterior Elevation - South3 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.01 Exterior Elevation - West4 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 LOBBY STATION OFFICE OFFICER'S OFFICE 65432 7 A5.01 1 A5.01 2 A5.01 3 A5.01 4 A5.01 5 APPARATUS BAY SHOP ADA RESTROOM 11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" 5 A4.03 6 A4.03 1 S5 S2 W6 W1 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0"Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" Mezzanine Roof ELEV. = 19' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 65432 7 11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" APPARATUS BAY BUNKER GEAR LAUNDRYSHOWER MEZZANINE DAY ROOM KITCHEN A5.03 7 A5.03 6 A5.01 2 A5.01 1 5 A4.03 6 A4.03 1 6"A5.01 6 SIM Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" A7.02 7 A6.09 2 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 65432 7 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" DECON APPARATUS BAY FITNESSCORRIDORBUNK 2 A5.02 6 5 A4.03 A5.01 1 A5.01 10 A5.01 2 S14 S13 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0"Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 65432 7 DINING HALL HALL ALCOVE APPARATUS BAY 5 A4.03MECHANICAL CHASE 11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" 6 A4.03 1 6"A5.01 6 A5.01 1 A5.01 2 ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT-SEE MECH S12 S11 ACCESS LADDER A5.03 6 A5.03 7 SIM SIM Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" BUNKER GEAR Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A4.02 Building Sections Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.02 EW Section - Lobby1 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.02 EW Section - Mezzanine2 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.02 EW Section - Bunk Rooms4 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.02 EW Section - Chase3 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0"Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.02 MEZZANINE LAUNDRY FITNESS HALL HALL ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT ON CURB ABCDEGHJF A5.01 10 SIM A5.03 8 MEDICALOFFICER'S OFFICE 5' - 0 1/2" 5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0" 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 A6.08 6 3 A4.02 MECHANICAL CHASE 3' - 0"14" A5.03 2 A5.03 1 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" CONT BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ANTENNA SUPPORT PAINTED FIBER CEMENT PANEL-ALIGN JOINT W/ ADJ WALL HOLD ALL EXPOSED ELEMENTS IN MEZZANINE TIGHT TO WALLS AND ROOF STRUCTURE SADDLE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF PARAPET & WALL BEYOND-SEE /11 A6.09 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" 1 A4.02 BUNK 1 BUNK 2 BUNK 3 BUNK 4 DAY ROOM ABCDEGHF 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4" 9' - 0" A5.01 10 SIM 3' - 8" ADA RESTROOM A5.02 7 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 A5.02 2 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" A7.02 8 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" 1 A4.02 CORRIDORLOBBY ABCDEGHF 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4" 9' - 0" A5.01 10 SIM P2P2 A5.02 1 A7.02 4 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 3 A5.03 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" MIN 18". MIN 18". MIN 18". MIN 18". FEC W2 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 1 A4.02 APPARATUS BAY ABCDEGHJF 4' - 0" 2' - 0" 5' - 0" OPP / SIM 5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0" 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 A5.02 3 1' - 2"3' - 0" HR W2 A5.02 3 SIM First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" 1 A4.02 BCDEGHF 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4" BUNKER GEAR SHOP DECON CUSTODIAL S15 S15 S15 7' - 4"9' - 4"5' - 8"3' - 8" 1' - 4" 4"9' - 4" CONDUIT PENETRATION FOR FUTURE SECURITY- SEE ELECTRICAL A5.02 5 A5.02 5 OPP Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" CMU-PAINT PNT-5 CMU-PAINT PNT-2 4' - 4"LOUVER-SEE MECHANICAL First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" CDE 2 A4.02 3 A4.02 24' - 0" 5' - 0" KITCHEN DINING S9 S10 A5.02 4 A5.02 4 OPP / SIM SEE KITCHEN ELEVATION FOR GAS LINE AT CLERESTORY C1 S6 S7 S8 Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A4.03 Building Sections Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.03 NS Section- Mezzanine3 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.03 NS Section- Bunk Rooms1 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.03 NS Section- Corridor2 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.03 NS Section- App Bay4 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.03 NS Section- Support5 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A4.03 NS Section- Kitchen6 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" 7 A6.08 1 A6.02 4 W3 DOWNSPOUT BEYOND-TIE INTO DRAIN PER CIVIL CONDUCTOR HEAD BEYOND- SEE CONCRETE FOOTING- SEE STRUCTURAL 5/8" GWB TYPE 'X' O/ FURRING @ 16" MIN O/ 8" CONC STEM WALL 2" RIGID INSULATION O/ 1/4" DRAINAGE PANEL O/ CONCRETE WATERPROOFING FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)- EXTEND 24" MIN2' - 0"W5 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER DECON 121 CONT RUBBER BASE /2 A6.08 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP- SEE CIVIL T/O STRUCTURE 10'-0" AFF @ GRID 7 3/4"8" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" 6 3' - 0" A6.07 2 A6.05 11 A6.05 14' - 0"6' - 0"8' - 0"W1 S1 CONCRETE FOOTING- SEE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FLOOR- SEE STRUCTURAL CMU OPENING-SEE STRUCT ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 CLERESTORY STOREFRONT A6.02 11 W1 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE /1 A6.07 A6.07 5 OPEN WEB JOIST- SEE STRUCTURAL EXTEND DOUBLE TOP CHORD OF OPEN WEB JOIST TO ROOF EDGE PER STRUCT ROOF FASCIA & FLASHING CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER DECON 121 APPARATUS BAY 119 LINTEL BLOCK- SEE STRUCT ELEV. = 11' - 8" Sill Flashing T/O STRUCTURE @ 21'-0" AFF @ 3'-0" EAST OF GRID 6 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0"1' - 10 1/2"4' - 3 1/2"3' - 8 1/2"3' - 6"A6.07 9 1 A6.02 15 A6.05 2 A6.05 12 A6.05 5 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE /1 A6.07 W7 W3 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN 2x WOOD TAILPIECE SISTERED TO END OF EACH TJI-SEE STRUCT CONDUIT PENETRATION FOR FUTURE SECURITY-CAP AND SEAL. SEE ELECTRICAL BEAM PER STRUCT-CENTER IN WALL CAVITY UPPER CABINET BASE CABINET EXTERIOR PAVING- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING- SEE STRUCTURAL CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER KITCHEN 106 TJI PER STRUCT 8 1/4" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" 2 4' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 6"A6.02 3 A6.05 13 A6.05 3 W3 W3 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE /1 A6.07 A6.08 1 CASEMENT WINDOW CEILING DUCT-SEE MECH 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN OPP INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING-SEE STRUCTURAL BUNK 2 110 CONT RUBBER BASE Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP- SEE CIVIL ROLLER SHADE TYP T/O STRUCTURE 10'-0" AFF @ GRID 2 & GRID J 3/4"8" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 4 S2 A6.02 14 FIBER CEMENT PANEL @ MEZZANINE PARAPET WALL BEYOND ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE /1 A6.07 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE /1 A6.07 W6 CEILING CONT BATT INSULATION ABOVE ROOF SHEATHING ELEV. = 8' - 0" Ceiling A7.02 3 OPP STATION OFFICE 103 LOBBY 100 CONT RUBBER BASE EACH SIDE CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER THICKENED SLAB STRIP FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL TURN ROOF MEMBRANE UP MEZZANINE PARAPET WALL BEYOND 8" MIN TYP CUT PANEL AT MEZZANINE PARAPET WALL BEYOND TO FOLLOW ROOF LINE FLASHING AT MEZZANINE PARAPET WALL BEYOND TJI PER STRUCT EACH SIDE OF WALL A6.07 7 SIM 7 A6.07 SIM ELEV. = 11' - 10" Sill Flashing First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" 2 A6.07 9 W2 A6.02 12 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE CONT FASCIA FLASHING & GUTTER /1 A6.07 TJI-SEE STRUCTURAL 2x6 TAIL PIECE SISTERED TO EACH TJI-SEE STRUCT 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN 3' - 0" ELEV. = 8' - 0" Ceiling CEILING A7.02 3 OPP / SIM MIRROR SINK CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING-SEE STRUCTURAL ADA RESTROOM 101 A6.02 2 CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP-SEE CIVIL8"3/4" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 5 S1C1 W1 CEILING ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 A6.07 5 A6.02 13 CONCRETE FOOTING- SEE STRUCT CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB TRANSITION- SEE STRUCT INFILL CAVITY WITH BATT INSULATION FIBER CEMENT PANEL @ WALL BEYOND PARAPET FLASHING AT WALL BEYOND WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL TYP OPEN WEB JOIST-SEE STRUCTURAL CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER A7.02 3 ELEV. = 8' - 0" Ceiling APPARATUS BAY 119 OFFICER'S OFFICE 104 CONT RESILIENT BASE OPP Sill Flashing ELEV. = 11' - 10"8" MINClient Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A5.01 Wall Sections Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 App Bay Support @ Grid 71 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 CMU Block Wall @ Grid 62 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 Metal Panel @ Grid 16 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 Fiber Cement Panel @ Grid 210 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 Lobby Wall @ Grid 44 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 Metal Panel @ Grid 25 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.01 App Bay Wall @ Grid 53 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" H 1' - 4" A6.02 8 A6.05 5 A6.07 3 W7 A6.05 10 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN BRAKE METAL SHAPE AROUND STRUCTURE SIGNAGE-MOUNT TO SOLID BLOCKING CONDUIT PENETRATION FOR FUTURE SECURITY- SEE ELECTRICAL FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING- @ WALL OPENING- SEE STRUCT CONT VAPOR BARRIER UNDER SLAB SIM ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I- SEE /1 A6.07 OPP W-BEAM PER STRUCT EXTERIOR PAVING- SEE CIVIL LOBBY 100 BEAM PER STRUCTURAL-CENTER IN ADJ WALL CAVITY 11 1/2" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" B A6.02 1 3' - 0" W1 CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB & FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN A6.07 3 A6.02 6 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER CONT FASCIA & FLASHING APPARATUS BAY 119 EXTERIOR PAVING (WHERE OCCURS) SEE CIVIL SIGNAGE (WHERE OCCURS IN ELEVATION) W/ REAR STUD ATTACHMENT INTO CMU- SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS CONCRETE FOOTING- SEE STRUCT First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" GH A6.02 7 A6.02 2 W2 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)- EXTEND 24" MIN CEILING ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 CONT FASCIA A6.07 3 OPP FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER 4' - 6" AESS STEEL WIDE FLANGE BEAM PER STRUCT-PAINT PNT-10 AESS STEEL COLUMN BEYOND PER STRUCT- PAINT PNT-10 2x6 WOOD FRAMING PER STRUCT TJI PER STRUCT ADA RESTROOM 101 8"3/4" 3 W2 8" MINA6.07 6 OPP / SIM A6.02 12 A6.07 9 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 TJI FRAMING- SEE STRUCT ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 TJI FRAMING- SEE STRUCT CONT PLYWOOD SHEATHING-SEE STRUCT 2x WOOD TAIL PIECE PER STRUCT CONT FASCIA & GUTTER ACT CEILING DUCT-SEE MECH ELEV. = 11' - 9" Sill Flashing DOWNSPOUT HANGER FROM 2x STRUCTURE DOWNSPOUT-WRAP TIGHT TO BUILDING TYP C 10" W2 CONT FASCIA ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 TJI FRAMING-SEE STRUCTURAL DUCT-SEE MECHANICAL ACT CEILING A6.07 3 2x WOOD FRAMING- SEE STRUCT-PNT-11 S3 ELEV. = 11' - 9" Sill Flashing A6.07 6 SADDLE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF PARAPET BEYOND & CORRUGATED METAL WALL-SEE /7 A6.09 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" E W3 W7 A6.07 3 OPP A6.05 2 A6.02 10 OVERHEAD CABINET- PROVIDE BACKING IN WALL REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER CLERESTORY STOREFRONT CONT FASCIA & FLASHING ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 A6.02 3 2x WOOD FRAMING PER STRUCT 2x WOOD FRAMING FASTENED TO TJI PER STRUCT FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING-SEE STRUCTURAL PERIMETER INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER CONC FLOOR SLAB- SEE STRUCTURAL KITCHEN 106 CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP-SEE CIVIL 8"3/4" First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" G SHOP 123 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE W3 /1 A6.07 A6.08 1 OPP / SIM A6.02 3 FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING- SEE STRUCTURAL PERIMETER INSULATION (R-10 MIN)-EXTEND 24" MIN CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER CONT FASCIA FLASHING VERTICAL METAL PANEL AT WALL BEYOND CMU AT WALL BEYOND CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP-SEE CIVIL SADDLE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF PARAPET & CORRUGATED METAL WALL-SEE /6 A6.09 8"2 5/8" Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A5.02 Wall Sections Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 Storefront @ Lobby1 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 App Bay Exterior Wall3 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 Metal Panel @ Grid G2 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 Roof Transition @ Grid 36 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 Roof Transition @ Grid C7 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 Kitchen4 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.02 App Bay Support5 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" B BEAM PER STRUCT- CENTER IN WALL CAVITY W2 BEAM BEYOND PER STRUCT BEAM PER STRUCT- CENTER IN ADJ WALL CAVITY CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER 3' - 6" 3 3/4" 4 1/2" 33 3/4" ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 TJI PER STRUCT TYP ROOF FASCIA A6.07 3 EXTERIOR CONCRETE PAVING-SEE CIVIL A6.05 16 A6.05 10 OPP A6.06 2 OPP STOREFRONT ENTRANCE DOOR FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING @ OPENING-SEE STRUCTURAL 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)- EXTEND 24" MIN CONNECTION AT TOP OF WALL PER STRUCT FITNESS 113 METAL CAP FLASHING AT EXPOSED END OF BEAM TYP-SEE /12 A6.08 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" F W4 OFFICER'S OFFICE 104 HALL 102A MEZZANINE 201 S2 A6.08 5OPP WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL W/ MEMBRANE TRANSITION PER MFR A6.07 8 A6.07 7 OPP / SIM A6.07 7OPP CEILING INFILL WALL CAVITY WITH BATT INSULATION FROM LOWER ROOF SHEATHING TO HIGHER ROOF COVER BOARD ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 /1 A6.07 MEZZANINE FLOOR ASSEMBLY-SEE STRUCTURAL WALL FRAMING CONTINUOUS FROM WALL BELOW THICKENED SLAB STRIP FOOTING PER STRUCTURAL CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER A6.02 9 ELEV. = 11' - 10" Sill Flashing INFILL WALL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION & ACOUSTICALLY SEAL PENETRATIONS First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" LOBBY 100 W7 INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN BEAM PER STRUCT- CENTER IN ADJ WALL CAVITY A6.05 10 A6.02 8 SIM ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 VERT METAL PANEL AT WALL BEYOND FOOTING DRAIN- SEE CIVIL CONCRETE FOOTING @ OPENING-SEE STRUCTURAL 2" PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN)- EXTEND 24" MIN CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER A6.05 5 GRAVEL MAINTENANCE STRIP-SEE LANDSCAPE 2x TAIL PIECE PER STRUCTURAL Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 5 W4 INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION ROOF CRICKET A6.07 8 OPP ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE OPEN WEB JOIST PER STRUCTBEAM PER STRUCT COLUMN BEYOND PER STRUCT TJI PER STRUCT A6.08 5 WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE UP INTERIOR FACE OF WALL & OVER PARAPET ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 /1 A6.07MIN8"A6.07 7 SIM FASCIA COVER CUT FIBER CEMENT PANEL TO FOLLOW ROOF SLOPE TYP BLOCKING PER STRUCT Mezzanine Roof ELEV. = 19' - 0" Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" 4 W4 A6.08 5 OPP INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION FROM LOWER ROOF SHEATHING TO UPPER ROOF COVER BOARD A6.07 7 OPP ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE A6.07 8 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE TJI PER STRUCTURAL /1 A6.07 /1 A6.07 TJI PER STRUCTURAL FASCIA COVER WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE UP INTERIOR FACE OF WALL & OVER PARAPET MIN8"T/O PARAPET FRAMING T/O STRUCTURE 19'-0" AFF @ 6" EAST OF GRID 4 Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" C S2 W4 A6.07 7 A6.07 8 OPP ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE TJI PER STRUCT INFILL WALL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION AT ROOF LEVEL /1 A6.07 /1 A6.07 A6.08 5 FASCIA COVER WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE UP INTERIOR FACE OF WALL & OVER PARAPET MIN8"10'-0" LONG HAT CHANNEL SUPPORT FOR ANTENNAS-TYP OF (2) CONDUITS FOR ANTENNAS-SEE ELECTRICAL-STUB OUT & CAP- SEAL ALL AROUND PENETRATIONS1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"A6.08 4 CUT FIBER CEMENT PANELS TO FOLLOW ROOF SLOPE Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A5.03 Wall Sections Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.03 Fitness1 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.03 Mezzanine @ Grid F2 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.03 Lobby - West Storefront3 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.03 Mezzanine Parapet East6 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.03 Mezzanine Parapet West7 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.03 Mezzanine Parapet North8 Exterior Wall Notes 1. Install continuous infiltration barrier at all above grade exterior wall assemblies. Lap & seal all transitions for uninterrupted moisture control. See 9/A6.01 for typical infiltration barrier details at openings. 2. Install waterproofing system at all below grade construction unless otherwise indicated. Terminate below grade waterproofing system in accordance with manufacturer's requirements 3. Provide continuous 2" min insulation with finish covering at all foundation insulation. 4. Seal all openings, gaps, etc. in exterior walls against intrusion of water. Provide weeps at bottom of all claddings, veneers and fenestration systems to allow escape of any collect water 5. All exterior gypsum sheathing and interior gypsum wall board shall be Type 'X' UON 6. In all locations that wall assemblies continue above the adjacent roof line and become the parapet wall, replace the 5/8" GWB with 1/2" gypsum glassmat roof board above the adjacent roof structure. 7. All insulation materials shall installed so that mark is readily observable during construction and inspection. 8. Air leakage rate of the building envelope shall not exceed .40 cfm/cu ft at a pressure differential of 0.3 inches water gauge at the upper 95 percent confidence interval in accordance with STM E 779 or equivalent method determined by the code official Plan Section 11 1/8" W1 3/4" CORRUGATED METAL PANEL INSTALLED VERTICALLY CONT HORIZONTAL 3/4" HAT CHANNEL SUBGIRT 16 GA MIN- SPACE AS REQ'D BY WALL PANEL MFR-COORDINATE SIZE W/ FIBERGLASS CLIP 2" RIGID INSULATION (R-10 MIN) CONT INFILTRATION & VAPOR BARRIER 8" NOMINAL CMU BLOCK- REINFORCE & GROUT PER STRUCT, FINISH PER SCHEDULE 2" FIBERGLASS CLIP-ALIGN W/ EACH HAT CHANNEL 2" FIBERGLASS CLIP @ 16" OC MAX HORIZONTAL-FASTEN W/ (2) #14 SELF DRILLING SCREWS FASTEN AT LOW CELL PER MFR Plan Section 9 7/8" W2 3/4" CORRUGATED METAL PANEL INSTALLED VERTICALLY CONT HORIZONTAL 3/4" HAT CHANNEL SUBGIRT 16 GA MIN-SPACE AS REQ'D BY WALL PANEL MFR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2x8 WOOD STUDS AT 16" OC MAX CONT VAPOR BARRIER 5/8" GWB-TYPE 'X'- FINISH AS SCHEDULED CONT BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) FASTEN PANELS AT LOW CELL PER MFR Plan Section 9 11/16" W3 5/16" FIBER CEMENT PANEL (2' x 4' PANELS) CONT VERTICAL 1" METAL 'Z' FURRING @ 16" OC MAX CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2x8 WOOD STUDS AT 16" OC MAX CONT VAPOR BARRIER 5/8" GWB-TYPE 'X'- FINISH AS SCHEDULED CONT BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) 3. SECURE SELF ADHERED FLASHING INTO HEAD OF ROUGH OPENING AND FOLD 9" OVER SHEATHING. EXTEND 9" TO EACH SIDE OF ROUGH OPENING. 5.INSTALL WALL AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER. LAP OVER MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM AT HEAD & JAMBS. WRAP UNDER THE MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM AT SILL, AND AT LOWER END OF JAMBS ROUGH OPENING SHEATHING 2. SECURE SELF ADHERED FLASHING INTO JAMBS OF ROUGH OPENING AND FOLD 9" OVER SHEATHING. EXTEND 9" ABOVE AND 9" BELOW ROUGH OPENING. LEAVE BOTTOM EDGE UNSECURED FOR INFILTRATION BARRIER TO GO UNDERNEATH MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM. 1. SECURE SELF ADHERED FLASHING SYSTEM TO SILL (AND UP BACK DAM ANGLE WHERE APPLIES) FOLD 9" DOWN, EXTENDING 9" TO EITHER SIDE. DO NOT SECURE LOWER EDGE. IT WILL LAP WALL AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER. NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM & INFILTRATION BARRIER @ ALL EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES UNO 2. MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONSISTS OF SELF ADHERED FLASHING & LIQUI FLASH. INSTALL TWO PART SYSTEM PER MFR AND AS OUTLINED IN THIS DETAIL 4. INSTALL LIQUI-FLASH ALL AROUND & INTO ALL SIDES OF OPENING Plan Section W5 1x WOOD BLOCKING AT 16" OC MIN 8" CONCRETE STEM WALL- SEE STRUCTURAL CONT VAPOR BARRIER 5/8" GWB-TYPE 'X'-FINISH AS SCHEDULED-ALIGN WITH WALL ABOVE INFILL CAVITY WITH RIGID INSULATION CONT CONCRETE WATERPROOFING 1/4" DRAINAGE BOARD 2" EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE RIGID INSULATION (R-10 MIN) 9 3/8" Plan Section W6 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING NOTE: WALL ASSEMBLY TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH ADJACENT WALLS 8 7/16" 5/16" FIBER CEMENT PANEL (4' x 10' PANELS)-PAINT TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONT VERTICAL 1" METAL 'Z' FURRING @ 16" OC MAX CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2x6 WOOD STUDS AT 16" OC MAX CONT VAPOR BARRIER 5/8" GWB-TYPE 'X'- FINISH AS SCHEDULED CONT BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) Plan Section W7 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2" x 6" NOM WOOD STUDS AT 16" OC MAX CONT VAPOR BARRIER 5/8" GWB-TYPE 'X'- FINISH AS SCHEDULED CONT BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL PANEL-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT NOTE: WALL ASSEMBLY TO MATCH & ALIGN WITH ADJACENT STOREFRONT 8 7/8" CONT INTERIOR FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-LEGS TO BE THE MINIMUM EQUAL LENGTH AT EACH CONDITION FASTEN INSIDE CORNER FLASHING TO HIGH CELL OF METAL PANEL PER MFR FASTEN METAL PANEL PER MFR WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES HORIZONTAL 'Z' FURRING- CUT AT INSIDE CORNER EACH SIDE 4" MAX CONT EXTERIOR FLASHING W/ 4" LEGS & HEMMED EDGE FASTEN OUTSIDE CORNER FLASHING TO HIGH CELL OF METAL PANEL PER MFR FASTEN METAL PANEL PER MFR WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES HORIZONTAL 'Z' FURRING- CUT AT OUTSIDE CORNER WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING- LOCATE AT EACH SIDE OF CORNER CONT TWO PIECE SQUARE OUTSIDE CORNER PANEL TRIM-EXTEND TRIM TO ATTACH TO VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING AT CORNERS FIBER CEMENT PANEL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT INSIDE CORNER PANEL TRIM-FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING PER MFR WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER FIBER CEMENT PANEL-FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING PER MFR 1/2"23 1/2"1/2"1/2" 47 1/2" 1/2"2"EQ (16" MAX)EQ (16" MAX)2"1" 15" 15 1/2" 15" 1" 13 A6.01 12 A6.01 FASTENER PER MFR TYP 'Z' FURRING BEHIND PANEL TYP PENETRATION 5 A6.03 4 A6.03 TWO PIECE U PANEL TRIM FASTENED PER MFR-STOP & FIT TIGHT TO EACH HORIZONTAL TRIM WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING AT EACH SIDE OF JOINT FIBERCEMENT PANEL-FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING PER MFR 1" 1/2" 1" SILICON ADHESIVE PER TRIM MFR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT HORIZONTAL REVEAL H PANEL TRIM WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING FIBERCEMENT PANEL- FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING PER MFR2"1/2"2"CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER UNCUT EDGE OF FIBER CEMENT PANEL Plan Section 7 15/16" W4 5/16" FIBER CEMENT PANEL (2' x 4' PANELS) CONT VERTICAL 1" METAL 'Z' FURRING @ 16" OC MAX CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2x6 WOOD STUDS AT 16" OC MAX CONT VAPOR BARRIER 5/8" GWB-TYPE 'X'- FINISH AS SCHEDULED CONT BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.01 Wall Types & Exterior Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W22 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W33 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.01 Typical Membrane Flashing System @ Openings9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W55 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W66 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W77 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Corrugated Metal Panel - Inside Corner Typ15 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Corrugated Metal Panel - Outside Corner Typ14 Scale: 6" = 1'-0"A6.01 Fiber Cement Panel - Outside Corner Typ10 Scale: 6" = 1'-0"A6.01 Fiber Cement Panel - Inside Corner Typ11 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A6.01 Fiber Cement Panel- Elevation Detail Typ8 Scale: 6" = 1'-0"A6.01 Fiber Cement Panel - Vert Joint Typ12 Scale: 6" = 1'-0"A6.01 Fiber Cement Panel - Horiz Joint Typ13 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.01 Exterior Wall Assembly - Type W44 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" B CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ METAL FLASHING CONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG AND DRIP EDGE-KEEP ABOVE ADJ PAVING WHERE OCCURS CONT HORIZONTAL HAT CHANNEL-LOCATE & ATTACH PER MFR NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIPS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY FOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM HAT CHANNEL CONCRETE PAVING PER CIVIL CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP O/ CONC WATERPROOF COATING 7 3/4"8"2 1/4" CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ METAL FLASHING CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP O/ CONCRETE WATERPROOFING CONT METAL FLASHING & W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE-LAP PANELS 4" MIN & SEAL-STAGGER JOINTS CONCRETE STEM WALL RIGID INSULATION CONT VAPOR BARRIER ELEV. = 2' - 0"1/8"1"CONT METAL COUNTER FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE TO FOLLOW ABOVE GROUND LINE @ 1/2" MAX- FASTEN TO FLASHING- FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING T/O Wall NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY CONCRETE WATERPROOFING PT WOOD SILL PER STRUCT 1x2 WOOD FURRING @ 16" OC CONT SILL GASKET First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" 2 SEE CIVIL4" MIN1"CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ METAL FLASHING 8"3/4" CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP O/ CONCRETE WATERPROOF COATING FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE 1/8"CONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE CONCRETE STEM WALL GROUND PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION CONT VAPOR BARRIER CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY PT WOOD SILL PER STRUCT CONT SILL GASKET First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" G 4" MINCONT VAPOR BARRIER 8"3/4" CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ METAL FLASHING 1/8"1"CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP O/ CONCRETE WATERPROOF COATING FOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM HAT CHANNEL CONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE SOIL-SEE CIVIL PERIMETER SLAB INSULATION (R-10 MIN) CONCRETE STEM WALL CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT HORIZONTAL HAT CHANNEL SUBGIRT- LOCATE PER MFR PT WOOD SILL PER STRUCT CONT SILL GASKET 6 1/8"CMU BOND BEAM & CONNECTIONS-SEE STRUCT CORRUGATED PANEL WALL ASSEMBLY & FINISH NOTES SAME AS DOUBLE TOP CHORD EXTENSION-SEE STRUCT /6 A6.02 1x WOOD BETWEEN EACH DOUBLE TOP CHORD-PAINT TO MATCH ROOF SHEATHING ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 2 1/4"2x6 WOOD TAIL PIECE SISTERED TO EACH TJI PER STRUCT TJI & CONNECTIONS PER STRUCT 1x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TAIL PIECE-PAINT TO MATCH ROOF SHEATHING ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 FOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL CONT HORIZONTAL HAT CHANNEL SUBGIRT 2x WOOD FRAMING TOP PLATE-SEE STRUCTURAL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP ONTO PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CORRUGATED METAL PANEL-CUT TOP OF PANEL WITH SLOPE WOOD BLOCKING AT END OF TJI PER STRUCT GWB-CUT AROUND EACH TJI & SISTERED 2x W/ 1/4" MAX SEALANT & BACKER ROD INFILL VOIDS W/ BATT INSULATION 2x WOOD BLOCKING EACH SIDE OF TJI WEB-ALIGN W/ FACE OF WALL FINISH UON-FASTEN INTO TJI-PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE B 2x WOOD FRAMING @ 16" OC-SEE STRUCT 1x WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH FRAMING MEMBER-PAINT TO MATCH ROOF SHEATHING CMU BOND BEAM & CONNECTIONS-SEE STRUCT1/8"CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- WRAP ONTO ROOF SHEATHING & EACH SIDE OF 2x WOOD FRAMING RIGID INSULATION-CUT AROUND 2x WOOD FRAMING 11 1/8" FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL- ALIGN W/ TOP HAT CHANNEL CORRUGATED PANEL-CUT TOP OF PANEL WITH SLOPE ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 HAT CHANNEL-ALIGN & FASTEN PER METAL PANEL MFR G 1/8"FOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL CONT HORIZONTAL HAT CHANNEL SUBGIRT 2x WOOD FRAMING TOP PLATE-SEE STRUCTURAL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP ONTO PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONT PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONT VAPOR BARRIER CORRUGATED METAL PANEL-CUT TOP OF PANEL WITH SLOPE CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP ONTO ROOF SHEATHING 1 BEAM PER STRUCTURAL-CENTER IN WALL CAVITY STOREFRONT HEAD W/ COMP CHANNEL 2x WOOD TAIL PIECE SISTERED TO TJI PER STRUCT ANODIZED ALUM BRAKE METAL PANEL W/ DRIP EDGE-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE HEM TOP EDGE OF ALUM PANEL-TRIM ALL AROUND FRAMING W/ 1/4" GAP FILLED W/ SEALANT CONT METAL CLIP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP INTO HEAD & OVER VAPOR BARRIER CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO HEAD CONT METAL COUNTERFLASHING W/ 2" VERT LEG TJI-PER STRUCT GWB-WRAP ONTO HEAD-CUT AROUND EACH STRUCTURAL MEMBER ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE TRIM GWB ALL AROUND FRAMING & BLOCKING W/ 1/4" SEALANT JOINT-SEE/1 A6.07 CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TAIL PIECE-PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE /7 A7.02 5 CMU WALL PER STRUCT TOP CHORD OF OPEN WEB JOIST CONT WOOD BLOCKING PER STRUCT- PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE TJI-HANG FROM CMU PER STRUCT CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP ONTO ROOF DECK & ONTO EACH TJI CONT RIGID INSULATION-CUT AROUND EACH TJI CORRUGATED METAL PANEL-CUT AROUND EACH TJI W/ 1/4" MAX JOINT ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 WOOD BLOCKING FLUSH W/ METAL PANEL AT EACH TJI PER /5 A6.02 FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL- ALIGN W/ TOP HAT CHANNEL 2x WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TRUSS TOP CHORD TJI PER STRUCT STOREFRONT HEAD W/ COMP CHANNEL AS REQ'D BY MFR CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL PANEL W/ HEMMED EDGE @ TOP & DRIP EDGE @ BOTTOM- FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT 1/4" SEALANT JOINT CONT METAL CLIP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP INTO HEAD & OVER VAPOR BARRIER CONT METAL COUNTERFLASHING W/ 2" VERT LEG ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 GWB-WRAP INTO HEAD-CUT AROUND EACH 2x FRAMING MEMBER W/ 1/4" SEALANT JOINT 1/4" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO HEAD @ BOTTOM & ONTO ROOF SHEATHING @ TOP WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH 2x FRAMING MEMBER- PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE 2x FRAMING @ 16" OC PER STRUCT- PAINT CUT PLYWOOD SHEATHING AROUND EACH 2x FRAMING MEMBER W/ 1/4" SEALANT JOINT 4 TJI PER STRUCT ON EACH SIDE OF WALL PSL BEAM PER STRUCTURAL- CENTER IN WALL CAVITY HEAD WALL FRAMING PER STRUCT TRIM GWB & PLYWOOD SHEATHING AROUND EACH TJI-1/4" MAX SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND FIBER CEMENT PANEL-TRIM AROUND EACH STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBER- PAINT EXPOSED CUT EDGES TYP WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TJI ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP 1" OUT ONTO ALL PENETRATIONS HORIZONTAL REVEAL-ALIGN W/ REVEAL @ ADJ WALL TWO PIECE SOFFIT PANEL TRIM1/8"CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING TJI PER STRUCT- WOOD BLOCKING AT WALL PENETRATION PER /5 A6.02 2X WOOD BLOCKING AT EACH SIDE OF TJI WEB PER /7 A7.02 CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP ONTO ROOF SHEATHING E STOREFRONT HEAD W/ COMP CHANNEL AS REQ'D BY MFR CONT SEALANT BEAM PER STRUCTURAL- CENTER IN WALL CAVITY 2x6 WOOD FRAMING PER STRUCT-PAINT ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL W/ HEMMED EDGE @ TOP & DRIP EDGE @ BOTTOM-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONT METAL CLIP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP INTO HEAD & OVER VAPOR BARRIER CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO HEAD CONT METAL COUNTERFLASHING W/ 2" VERT LEG GWB-WRAP ONTO HEAD-CUT AROUND EACH 2x FRAMING MEMBER W/ 1/4" SEALANT JOINT WOOD BLOCKING AS NEEDED 1/4" MAX JOINT W/ CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 TRIM GWB ALL AROUND FRAMING W/ 1/4" SEALANT JOINT INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION 2 1/4"2 1/4"3 3/4" BLOCK AS NEEDED EACH SIDE OF BEAM- FILL VOIDS W/ RIGID INSULATION 1/4" SEALANT JOINT WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBER- PAINT F FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ TWO PIECE SOFFIT PANEL TRIM-CUT PANEL TO FOLLOW ROOF SLOPE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP ONTO ROOF SHEATHING CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING 1/8"CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP UP WALL INFILL WALL CAVITY WITH BATT INSULATION HORIZONTAL PANEL REVEAL AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS CONT VAPOR BARRIER TJI PER STRUCT 2x WOOD BLOCKING EACH SIDE OF TJI WEB-ALIGN W/ EXTERIOR FACE OF ADJ WALL PANEL UON-FASTEN INTO TJI-PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE SECTION PERPENDICULAR TO TJI SECTION PARALLEL TO TJI ROOF SHEATHING 1/4" MAX JOINT ALL AROUND BETWEEN TJI AND WALL FINISH-CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD WALL FINISH PANEL BELOW TJI VARIES JAMB & SILL FLASHING AT CORRUGATED METAL PANEL WALLS NOTE: WHERE TJI HANGER PENETRATES WALL-SEAL BETWEEN HANGER AND TJI Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.02 Exterior Wall Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Foundation @ W1 Wall1 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Foundation @ W5 Wall4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Foundation @ W3 Wall3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Foundation @ W2 Wall2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W1 Wall - Perpendicular Slope11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W2 Wall - Perpendicular Slope12 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W1 Wall - Parallel Slope6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W2 Wall - Parallel Slope7 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W7 Wall - Perpendicular Slope15 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ Grid 513 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ Storefront Lobby8 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W6 Wall - Perpendicular Slope14 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W7 Wall - Parallel Slope10 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 Roof @ W4 Wall9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.02 TJI Blocking @ Exterior Wall Penetrations5 6 B PARAPET BELOW- FOR SADDLE FLASHING DETAIL SEE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP OVER SADDLE FLASHING AT ROOF PARAPET BELOW TYP OUTSIDE CORNER FLASHING- SEE FASCIA COVER @ PARAPET BELOW 7 11/16"3 1/2" /14 A6.01 3 1/2"/6 A6.09 6 B 7 11/16"3 1/2"1/4"1 7/8"METAL 'J' FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-ALIGN WITH CORNER FLASHING ABOVE CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD CMU BLOCK W/ FINISHED END FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ TWO PIECE VERTICAL TERMINATION F PANEL TRIM CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP FROM CMU TO SHEATHING CONT VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP ONTO CMU CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX 4 1/2"3 3/4"1/4"CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM GWB-WRAP AROUND CORNER TO STOREFRONT CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM- WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB & O/ VAPOR BARRIER CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-MATCH METAL PANEL FINISH CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE STOREFRONT JAMB BRAKE METAL SHAPE ABOVE POST PER STRUCT- CENTER IN WALL CAVITY BLOCK EACH SIDE OF POST AS NEEDED- FILL W/ BATT INSULATION CONT SHIM AS NEEDED +/- 2 1/4" 5 G ALIGN INTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUDS & GWB CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER FILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION FILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP ONTO CMU CMU BLOCK WALL CONT METAL 'J' FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-FINISH TO MATCH METAL PANEL- FASTEN INTO CMU FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ TWO PIECE VERTICAL TERMINATION F PANEL TRIM CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX 3 1/2"3 3/4"3 7/8" 1/2" CONT VERT REVEAL CHANNEL IN GWB +/- 2 1/4" 2 E 13/16"4 1/2"3 3/4"GWB SILL BELOW CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-ALIGN HEMMED EDGE W/ BELOW-FINISH TO MATCH METAL PANEL STOREFRONT SILL FLASHING BELOW-BEND VERT LEG BEHIND JAMB FLASHING CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB CONT 1/4" MAX BACKER ROD & SEALANT BLOCK AS NEEDED CONT WOOD BLOCKING STOREFRONT JAMB CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB CORRUGATED METAL WALL PANELS METAL HEAD FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE-EXPOSED FASTENERS @ 6" OC MAX AT TOP & BOTTOM FLAT METAL FLASHING- FASTEN AROUND PERIMETER AT 4" MAX & AT EACH HIGH CELL-FINISH TO MATCH METAL PANEL PENETRATION-SHAPE & SIZE VARIES-COORDINATE W/ ALL TRADES 1/2" MAX SILICONE SEALANT ALL AROUND PENETRATION 3 A6.03 2 A6.03 CORRUGATED METAL WALL PANELS-CUT AROUND PENETRATION FLAT METAL FLASHING W/ RETURN EDGE AT PENETRATION-FASTEN AROUND PERIMETER AT EACH HIGH CELL PENETRATION-SHAPE & SIZE VARIES-COORDINATE W/ ALL TRADES 1/2" MAX SILICONE SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND PENETRATION MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP ONTO PENETRATION ALL AROUND 1/4" MAX SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND TYP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP ONTO PENETRATION ALL AROUND TYP CORRUGATED METAL WALL PANELS-ATTACH THROUGH FLASHING METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE-EXPOSED FASTENERS @ 6" OC MAX FLAT METAL FLASHING W/ RETURN EDGE AT PENETRATION- FASTEN AROUND PERIMETER AT EACH HIGH CELL PENETRATION-SHAPE & SIZE VARIES-COORDINATE W/ ALL TRADES 1/2" MAX SILICONE SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND PENETRATION MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP ONTO PENETRATION ALL AROUND 1/4" MAX SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND TYP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING-CUT AROUND PENETRATION AS NEEDED FIBERCEMENT PANEL-FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING PER MFR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CUT FIBER CEMENT PANEL AROUND PENETRATIONS PER MFR PENETRATIONS VARY- COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES CONT 1/4" SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND PENETRATION CONT 1/4" ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT ALL AROUND PENETRATION MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM- WRAP ONTO PENETRATION ALL AROUND WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING-CUT AROUND PENETRATION AS NEEDED FIBER CEMENT PANEL-FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING PER MFR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CUT FIBER CEMENT PANEL AROUND PENETRATIONS PER MFR PENETRATIONS VARY- COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES CONT 1/4" SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND PENETRATION CONT 1/4" ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT AT BOTTOM & SIDES MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM- WRAP ONTO PENETRATION ALL AROUND & OVER METAL FLASHING METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE-SLOPE TO DRAIN 2 E CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-FINISH TO MATCH METAL PANEL-FASTEN TO CLOSEST HIGH CELL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ TWO PIECE VERTICAL TERMINATION F PANEL TRIM CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX CONT VAPOR BARRIER WALL FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL PLUMBING CHASE +/- 2 1/4"4 POST PER STRUCT- CENTER IN S2 WALL CAVITY TO THE SOUTH & W2 WALL CAVITY TO THE EAST CONT METAL 'J' FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-FINISH TO MATCH METAL PANEL CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ TWO PIECE VERTICAL TERMINATION F PANEL TRIM INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION & ACOUSTICALLY SEAL PENETRATIONS BLOCK WALL INTERSECTION AROUND POST AS NEEDED CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 'Z' FURRING-LOCATE PER FIBER CEMENT PANEL MFR +/- 2 1/4" Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.03 Exterior Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ App Bay Corner Above10 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ App Bay Corner6 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ Fitness Storefront Jamb7 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ Grid 5-G Intersection11 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ Grid 2 - E @ Clerestroy13 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Corrugated Metal Panel - Penetration Elevation1 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Corrugated Metal Panel - Penetration Plan Detail3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Corrugated Metal Panel - Penetration Section2 Scale: 6" = 1'-0"A6.03 Fiber Cement Panel - Conduit Penetration Typ5 Scale: 6" = 1'-0"A6.03 Fiber Cement Panel - Penetration Typ4 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ Grid 2 - E @ Wall9 N Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.03 Plan Detail @ Fitness Corner8 15' - 0"2' - 3"3' - 9"10"3' - 8 1/2"3' - 6"1' - 1 5/16"3' - 2"EQUAL4' - 5 11/16"7' - 0"S2 S1 TEMP TEMP 3' - 0" TEMP 15' - 9 1/4"11' - 9 3/16" BRAKE METAL SHAPE INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN 10 A6.05 2 A6.06 5 A6.05 8 A6.02 20 A6.05 18 A6.05 19 A6.05 17 A6.05 S3 S42' - 3"3' - 9"3' - 8 1/2"3' - 6"7' - 2 1/2"10"6' - 11 1/2"8"2' - 1 1/4" BRAKE METAL SHAPE INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN 5 A6.05 8 A6.02 20 A6.05 19 A6.05 10 A6.05 S5 EQUALEQUALEQUAL8"3' - 0 3/4"BRAKE METAL SHAPE 10' - 9"2' - 4 29/32"2 A6.05 15 A6.02 SIM 20 A6.05 13 A6.03 1' - 10 1/2"4' - 3 1/2"3' - 8 1/2"8"2' - 10 3/4"6' - 3 1/2"7' - 0"6' - 9" 8"EQUAL 1 EQUAL 1 EQUAL 1 8"EQUAL 2 EQUAL 2 EQUAL 2 8"EQUAL 3 EQUAL 3 EQUAL 3 8" 9' - 2 1/4"9' - 7" S9S10 S6S7S8 3' - 6"7' - 2 1/2"TEMPTEMPTEMP 3' - 0"3' - 0" TEMP TEMP 3' - 5 1/2"3' - 3 1/2" 9' - 9 1/4"3' - 6"3' - 8 1/2"7' - 2 1/2"INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN 7 A6.05 3' - 0" 15 A6.02 2 A6.05 2 A6.06 2 A6.06 5 A6.05 5 A6.05 12 A6.05 12 A6.05 9' - 2 1/4" 7 A6.05 SIM 15 A6.05 BRAKE METAL PANEL 20 A6.05 20 A6.05 20 A6.05 INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN ALIGN JOINTS W/ MULLIONS BELOW TYP 7' - 0"S11 S12 3' - 7 1/4"8" 4' - 3 1/4"EQUALEQUAL 7' - 2 1/2"3' - 6"3' - 8 1/2"2' - 4 29/32"INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN BRAKE METAL CORNER BRAKE METAL PANEL 5 A6.05 12 A6.05 7 A6.05 7 A6.053' - 0 3/4"15 A6.02 SIM 2 A6.05 20 A6.05 20 A6.05 3' - 0"4' - 2 1/2"10"3' - 5 1/2"S13 S14 7' - 2 1/2"12' - 0" 2' - 11"6' - 2"2' - 11" 3' - 0"3' - 0"7' - 0"TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP BRAKE METAL PANEL INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN 2 A6.06 5 A6.05 10 A6.05 16 A6.05 FOR JAMB CONDITION SEE PLAN DETAIL /7 A6.03 S15 EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL 9' - 4"4' - 0"6 A6.05 11 A6.05 1 A6.05 W1 3' - 0"4' - 0"9 A6.05 14 A6.05 4 A6.05 W2 3' - 0"4' - 0"8 A6.05 13 A6.05 3 A6.05 Fenestration Notes 1. Overall dimensions shown are for rough openings UON. Manufacturer to coordinate tolerances required to accommodate expansion and contraction, backer rod and sealant, hardware, and to allow full movement of operable sashes. 2. Frame depth and sight line dimensions indicated are nominal UON. Referenced fenestration details use generic profiles with specific sizes. Contractor shall provide detail revisions resulting from specific manufacturer's profiles for Architect's approval at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. See glazing specifications for all glazing types. Provide G-1 (insulating) glazing in all windows, storefront, entrances, and curtain walls UON. 4. Provide tempered glazing where indicated by "TEMP". Whether indicated or not, provide tempered glazing where required by applicable codes / authorities having jurisdiction. 5. See Door Schedule for additional requirements for aluminum entrances. 6. Field-verify all rough openings prior to fabrication. 7. Dam ends at all sill flashings. 8. Provide all closure plates, mullion covers, etc. indicated at storefronts 9. Provide continuous backer rod and sealant between all window, storefront, louver and entrance frames and adjacent construction in color as selected by Architect. All joint widths shall be 3/8" wide UON. 10. All assemblies to be NFRC certified 11. All fenestration and door products shall be rated with U-Factor, SHGC, VT and leakage rating. Ratings shall be according to NFRC 100. 12. Operable windows shall meet code requirements for egress from Sleeping Rooms and all ADA requirements for egress Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.04 Fenestration Elevations & Types Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A6.04 Storefront & Window Elevations1 Fixed Window Schedule Mark Type Area SHGC U-Value W1 Fixed 12 SF .26 .35 W1 Fixed 12 SF .26 .35 W1 Fixed 12 SF .26 .35 W1 Fixed 12 SF .26 .35 Grand total 48 SF Storefront Schedule Mark Type Storefront Doors Area SHGC U-Value Area SHGC U-Value S1 Storefront 37 SF .27 0.36 21 SF 0.17 0.5 S2 Storefront 85 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S3 Storefront 8 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S4 Storefront 13 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S5 Storefront 29 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S6 Storefront 18 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S7 Storefront 18 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S8 Storefront 17 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S9 Storefront 18 SF .27 0.36 21 SF 0.17 0.5 S10 Storefront 14 SF .27 0.36 42 SF 0.18 0.48 S11 Storefront 29 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S12 Storefront 14 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S13 Storefront 30 SF .27 0.36 42 SF 0.18 0.48 S14 Storefront 42 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S15 Storefront 37 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S15 Storefront 37 SF .27 0.36 0 SF S15 Storefront 37 SF .27 0.36 0 SF Grand total 484 SF 126 SF Operable Window Schedule Mark Type Area SHGC U-Value W2 Casement 12 SF .23 .39 W2 Casement 12 SF .23 .39 W2 Casement 12 SF .23 .39 W2 Casement 12 SF .23 .39 W2 Casement 12 SF .23 .39 Grand total 60 SF First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" 1 INSULATED INFILL PANEL-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCT INSULATED BACK PAN- ALIGN W/ FACE OF STOREFRONT-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT STOREFRONT SILL SEALANT CONT SEALANT ALL AROUND 8 1/4" EXTERIOR CONCRETE PAVING (WHERE OCCURS)-SEE CIVIL EXPANSION JOINT (WHERE OCCURS)- SEE CIVIL ANODIZED ALUMINUM BACK DAM ANGLE ALIGN FACE OF STOREFRONT & FACE OF FOOTING 1 13/16" 2 1/4"2 1/4"3 3/4" CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ METAL FLASHING CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE CONT METAL COUNTER FLASHING- FASTEN @ 12" OC MIN CONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN JAMB FLASHING BEYOND 1/8"CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO HEAD & O/ VAPOR BARRIER GWB-WRAP ONTO HEAD VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO HEAD CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX WOOD BLOCKING AS NEEDED STOREFRONT HEADCONT SEALANT NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 1 13/16"2 1/4"2 1/4"3 3/4"5/8" CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT METAL SILL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE BEND VERTICAL LEG OF SILL FLASHING BEHIND JAMB FLASHING AT EACH END STOREFRONT SILL GWB-WRAP ONTO SILL CONT ANODIZED ALUMINUM BACK DAM ANGLE-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP ONTO SILL CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX CONT SEALANT CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP O/ INFILTRATION BARRIER ONTO SILL & UP BACK DAM ANGLE NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 1"2 CONT WOOD BLOCKING CONT ANODIZED ALUM BACK DAM ANGLE CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP ONTO SILL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT METAL SILL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE 13/16"3 1/4"5"5/8" CASEMENT WINDOW SILL CONT WOOD SILL CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP O/ INFILTRATION BARRIER, ONTO SILL & UP BACK DAM ANGLE NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY BEND VERTICAL LEG OF SILL FLASHING BEHIND JAMB FLASHING AT EACH END 1"1"2"2 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ METAL FLASHING CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE CONT METAL COUNTER FLASHING- FASTEN @ 12" OC MIN CONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN JAMB FLASHING BEYOND 1/8"CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO HEAD & O/ VAPOR BARRIER GWB-WRAP ONTO HEAD VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO HEAD CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD WOOD BLOCKING AS NEEDED CASEMENT WINDOW HEAD 13/16"3 1/4"5"5/8" CONT SEALANT NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY ROLLER SHADE 6 4"2 1/4"2 1/4"2 5/8" STOREFRONT HEAD W/ COMP CHANNEL CONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN CONT METAL COUNTER FLASHING- FASTEN @ 12" OC MIN CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ HEAD FLASHING FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL- ALIGN W/ HAT CHANNEL CONT HORIZONTAL HAT CHANNEL-LOCATE PER MFR 1/8"MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP INTO STOREFRONT HEAD CONT SEALANT NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 6 STOREFRONT SILL 4"2 1/4"2 1/4"2 5/8" CONT ANODIZED ALUMINUM BACK DAM ANGLE-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONT METAL SILL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER FASTEN FLASHING TO PANEL AT HIGH CELLS PER MFR CONT HORIZ HAT CHANNEL BEND VERTICAL LEG OF SILL FLASHING BEHIND JAMB FLASHING AT EACH END SEALANT JOINT CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP O/ INFILTRATION BARRIER, ONTO SILL & UP BACK DAM ANGLE NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 1"6 4"2 1/4"2 1/4"2 5/8" STOREFRONT JAMB CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-FASTEN INTO CMU BLOCK & PANEL HIGH CELL PER MFR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM FASTEN PANEL AT LOW CELL PER MFR STOREFRONT SILL FLASHING BELOW CMU SILL BELOW CONT SEALANT JOINT CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 2 1/4"1 13/16"2 1/4"2 1/4"3 3/4"5/8" CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- WRAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT 'J' JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE SILL FLASHING BELOW STOREFRONT JAMB GWB-WRAP INTO JAMB VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO JAMB GWB SILL BELOW CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB & OVER VAPOR BARRIER SHIM AS NEEDED CONT VERT 'Z' FURRING FASTEN FIBER CEMENT PANEL THROUGH FLASHING NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 1"2 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- WRAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE SILL FLASHING BELOW CASEMENT WINDOW JAMB GWB-WRAP INTO JAMB VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO JAMB WOOD SILL BELOW- CONT 1/8" SEALANT JOINT ALL AROUND 13/16"3 1/4"5"1 5/8" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO WINDOW JAMB & OVER VAPOR BARRIER NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 1"J CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO WINDOW JAMB & OVER VAPOR BARRIER CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE SILL FLASHING BELOW FIXED WINDOW JAMB GWB-WRAP INTO JAMB VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO JAMB WOOD SILL BELOW- CONT 1/8" SEALANT JOINT ALL AROUND 13/16"3 1/4"5"1 5/8" CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- WRAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT SEALANT CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 1"J 13/16"3 1/4"5"5/8" FIXED WINDOW SILL CONT METAL SILL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP ONTO SILL CONT ANODIZED ALUM BACK DAM ANGLE CONT WOOD BLOCKING CONT WOOD SILL CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD- 1/4" MAX CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP O/ INFILTRATION BARRIER, ONTO SILL & UP BACK DAM ANGLE NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY BEND VERTICAL LEG OF SILL FLASHING BEHIND JAMB FLASHING AT EACH END 1"1"2"J CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ METAL FLASHING CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE CONT METAL COUNTER FLASHING- FASTEN @ 12" OC MIN CONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN JAMB FLASHING BEYOND1/8"CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO HEAD & O/ VAPOR BARRIER GWB-WRAP ONTO HEAD VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO HEAD CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD WOOD BLOCKING AS NEEDED FIXED WINDOW HEAD 3 1/4"5" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE 13/16" NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY ROLLER SHADE 1 1/2"7"1 1/2"ATTACH SIGNAGE TO SOLID BLOCKING WHERE SHOWN ON ELEVATIONS BEAM PER STRUCT- CENTER IN ADJ WALL CAVITY STOREFRONT SILL STOREFRONT HEAD EXTERIOR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE FASTENED AT HIDDEN ENDS-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT INTERIOR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE FASTENED AT HIDDEN ENDS-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT PROVIDE BLOCKING AS NEEDED-INFILL REMANDING SPACE WITH RIGID INSULATION CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 8" CONT VAPOR BARRIER ROLLER SHADE (WHERE INDICATED ON RCP) 1 7/8"TIMBER COLUMN PER STRUCT-CENTER IN ADJ WALL CAVITY EXTERIOR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE FASTENED AT HIDDEN ENDS-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT PROVIDE BLOCKING AS NEEDED-INFILL REMAINING SPACE W/ RIGID INSULATION CONT GWB WALL / SILL BELOW INTERIOR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE FASTENED AT HIDDEN ENDS-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT-SEAL ALL AROUND WHERE MEETS GWB AT TOP & BOTTOM MATCH & ALIGN W/ ADJ STOREFRONT SILL FLASHING BELOW-WRAP VERT LEG UNDER BRAKE METAL SHAPE STOREFRONT JAMB EACH SIDE CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 8"13/16"7/8"CONT VAPOR BARRIER 8" EACH SIDE 2 1/4"2 1/4"3 1/2"3/4"5 1/4"2"2 1/4"2 1/4"3 1/2" EXTERIOR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE FASTENED AT HIDDEN ENDS-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT 2"5 1/4"3/4" INTERIOR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE FASTENED AT HIDDEN ENDS-FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT CONT SEALANT TYP STOREFRONT JAMB TYP PROVIDE BLOCKING AS NEEDED-INFILL REMAINING SPACE WITH RIGID INSULATION TIMBER COLUMN PER STRUCT CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT VAPOR BARRIER 4 2 1/4"2 1/4"3 1/2"7/8"POST PER STRUCT- CENTER IN S2 WALL CAVITY TO THE NORTH & ALIGN W/ POST @ STOREFRONT CORNER CONT METAL JAMB 'J' FLASHING 1 1/2"3 9/16" BRAKE METAL SHAPE ABOVE GWB ABOVE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM WD BLOCKING AS NEEDED-FILL VOIDS W/ BATT INSULATIONCONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB G 2 1/4"2 1/4"3 1/2"7/8" CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB CONT JAMB FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE CONT WOOD BLOCKING BATT INSULATION SOUTH OF GRID G CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE BRAKE METAL SHAPE ABOVE GWB ABOVE STOREFRONT JAMB CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX 1/8"STOREFRONT HEAD W/ COMP CHANNEL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ HEAD FLASHING CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO HEAD & O/ VAPOR BARRIER CONT HORIZONTAL HAT CHANNEL-LOCATE PER MFR FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM HAT CHANNEL CONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG- SLOPE TO DRAIN CONT METAL COUNTER FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO HEAD GWB-TURN ONTO STOREFRONT HEAD CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX 4 3/8" 4 1/2" 1" JAMB FLASHING BEYOND BEAM PER STRUCT- CENTER IN WALL CAVITY BLOCK AS NEEDED EACH SIDE OF BEAM-FILL VOIDS W/ BATT INSULATION 4 3 1/2"7/8"2 1/4"2 1/4"CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB BRAKE METAL SHAPE BELOW GWB ABOVE PARAPET BELOW-FOR SADDLE FLASHING DETAIL SEE /11 A6.09 ANODIZED ALUM BRAKE METAL SHAPE-FASTEN AT HIDDEN ENDS- ALIGN W/ ADJ CONSTRUCTION FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ TWO PIECE VERTICAL TERMINATION F PANEL TRIM CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD-1/4" MAX CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE STOREFRONT JAMB CONT VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO STOREFRONT JAMB INFILL VOIDS W/ RIGID INSULATION +/- 11" FV 8 1/4"Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.05 Fenestration Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Sill @ Slab5 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Head @ W3 Wall12 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Sill @ W3 Wall2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Casement Window Sill @ W3 Wall3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Casement Window Head @ W3 Wall13 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Clerestory Head @ W1 Wall11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Clerestory Sill @ W1 Wall1 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Clerestory Jamb @ W1 Wall6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Jamb @ W3 Wall7 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Casement Window Jamb @ W3 Wall8 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Fixed Window Jamb @ W3 Wall9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Fixed Window Sill @ W3 Wall4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Fixed Window Head @ W3 Wall14 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront @ Horizontal Framing10 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront @ Vertical Framing15 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Corner Plan Detail20 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Jamb at Lobby East18 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Jamb at Lobby West19 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Head @ W2 Wall16 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.05 Storefront Jamb at Lobby East (Above)17 C. Sill A. Head ALUM THRESHOLD PER HARDWARE SCHED- THERMALLY BROKEN & SET IN SEALANT-TIE SEALANT IN WITH INFILTRATION BARRIER AT JAMBS INSULATED HM DOOR-SEE SCHEDULE FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCT 13/16" 6" 2 3/4" HM FRAME JAMB BEYOND 1/4" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD HM JAMB BEYOND CONT MTL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG- SLOPE TO DRAIN-PNT-7 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MTL FLASHING HM FRAME-GROUT SOLID- SHIM AS NEEDED VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO DOOR HEAD 1/2" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE B. Jamb INSULATED HM DOOR- SEE SCHEDULE HM FRAME-GROUT SOLID-SHIM AS NEEDED 1/4" JOINT-CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD 1/4" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EA SIDE MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO JAMB & LAP O/ VAPOR BARRIER VAPOR BARRIER- WRAP INTO JAMB THRESHOLD BELOW-CUT AROUND HM FRAME EXPANSION JOINT W/ CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EXTERIOR PAVING PER CIVIL MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO DOOR HEAD & OVER VAPOR BARRIER CONT METAL 'J' TRIM ANGLE W/ HEMMED EDGE-PNT-7 PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL PER HARDWARE SPECS CONT MTL COUNTER FLASHING W/ VERT LEG-PNT-7 PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL PER HARDWARE SPECS RAIN DRIP & DOOR SWEEP PER HARDWARE SPECS INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 1/8"CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE JAMB FLASHING BEYOND C. Sill A. Head FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCT CONT MTL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN-PNT-6 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MTL FLASHING B. Jamb CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT W/ CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EXTERIOR PAVING PER CIVIL CONT METAL 'J' TRIM ANGLE W/ HEMMED EDGE-PNT-6 CONT MTL COUNTER FLASHING-FASTEN @ 12" OC-PNT-6 CORRUGATED METAL PANEL- FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING AT LOW CELL PER MFR METAL FLASHING BEYOND CONT SEALANT BETWEEN METAL FLASHING PIECES ALL AROUND OPENING CMU WALL BEYOND FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL- ALIGN W/ HAT CHANNEL DOOR FRAME MOUNTED TO 1/4" STEEL PLATE PER MFR DOOR HEAD- ATTACH PER MFR FOUR FOLD DOOR MFR'S PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL MFR'S PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL CMU WALL- PAINT ALL EXPOSED SIDES FOUR FOLD DOOR1/8"CONT METAL HEAD FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-ADHERE TO CMU HEAD & FASTEN ON HIDDEN SIDE-PNT-9 MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT SEALANT CONT SEALANT 2 1/4"MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT METAL FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE- ADHERE TO CMU JAMB & 'J' TRIM ANGLE-FASTEN ON HIDDEN SIDE-PNT-9 NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIPS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY C. Sill @ Door B. Jamb @ Door A. Head @ Door ALUM THRESHOLD- THERMALLY BROKEN & SET IN FULL BED OF SEALANT STOREFRONT DOOR STOREFRONT DOOR- SEE SCHED ALUM STOREFRONT WINDOW STOREFRONT DOOR- SEE SCHED DOOR OPERATOR HOUSING-WHERE APPLIES BRAKE METAL SHAPE AROUND WHERE OCCURS ALUM CLOSURE EXPANSION JOINT W/ CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL PER DOOR MFR RAIN DRIP & DOOR SWEEP PER HARDWARE SPECS PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL PER DOOR MFR FLOORING PER SCHEDULE (WHERE OCCURS) 1 3/4"1"1 3/4" ALIGN FACE OF STOREFRONT & FACE OF STEM WALL C. Sill A. Head FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCT CONT MTL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG- SLOPE TO DRAIN-PNT-6 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MTL FLASHING B. Jamb CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT W/ CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EXTERIOR PAVING PER CIVIL MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM CONT METAL 'J' TRIM ANGLE W/ HEMMED EDGE-PNT-6 CONT MTL COUNTER FLASHING-FASTEN @ 12" OC-PNT-6 CORRUGATED METAL PANEL- FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING AT LOW CELL PER MFR CONT METAL FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-ADHERE TO CMU JAMB & 'J' TRIM ANGLE- FASTEN ON HIDDEN SIDE-PNT-9 CONT METAL HEAD FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-ADHERE TO CMU HEAD & FASTEN ON HIDDEN SIDE-PNT-9 METAL FLASHING BEYOND CMU WALL BEYOND FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL DOOR HEAD & COVER- ATTACH & SEAL PER MFR 1/8"OVERHEAD COILING DOOR OVERHEAD COILING DOOR VINYL SEALANT AT DOOR TRACK PER MFR MFR'S TYPE 'E' GUIDE TRACK-ATTACH TO CMU PER MFR CMU WALL 2 1/4"CONT SEALANT CONT SEALANT DOOR GUIDE BEYOND MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIPS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY C. Sill A. Head CONT MTL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ MTL FLASHING B. Jamb CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO HEAD & ONTO STL ANGLE CONT METAL 'J' TRIM ANGLE W/ HEMMED EDGE-PNT-6 CONT MTL COUNTER FLASHING-FASTEN @ 12" OC CORRUGATED METAL PANEL-FASTEN TO 'Z' FURRING AT LOW CELL PER MFR CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL CMU WALL 1/8"2 5/8"4"4 1/2" LOUVER WITH DAMPER- SEE MECH CONT STEEL ANGLE & ATTACHMENT PER LOUVER MFR SCREEN ON BACK SIDE OF LOUVER PER MFR LOUVER W/ DAMPERS- SEE MECH CMU WALL CONT STEEL ANGLE & ATTACHMENT PER LOUVER MFR 2 5/8"4"4 1/2" LOUVER W/ DAMPERS- SEE MECH CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP CONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE FOAM CORRUGATED CLOSURE AT EACH CELL- ALIGN W/ TOP HAT CHANNEL CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP O/ INFILTRATION BARRIER & UP SILL & ONTO STL ANGLE CONT STEEL ANGLE & ATTACHMENT PER LOUVER MFR SCREEN ON BACK SIDE OF LOUVER PER MFR CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO LOUVER JAMB 2 1/4"C. Sill A. Head CONT MTL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE & 4" VERT LEG-SLOPE TO DRAIN CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MTL FLASHING B. Jamb CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO HEAD & ONTO STL ANGLE CONT METAL 'J' TRIM ANGLE W/ HEMMED EDGE-PNT-7 CONT MTL COUNTER FLASHING-FASTEN @ 12" OC CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP 1/8"13/16"4"4 7/8" LOUVER WITH DAMPER-SEE MECH CONT STEEL ANGLE & ATTACHMENT PER LOUVER MFR SCREEN ON BACK SIDE OF LOUVER PER MFR LOUVER W/ DAMPERS-SEE MECH CONT STEEL ANGLE & ATTACHMENT PER LOUVER MFR- PAINT 13/16"4"4 7/8" LOUVER W/ DAMPERS- SEE MECH CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD TYP CONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE-PNT-7 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER CONT MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-LAP O/ INFILTRATION BARRIER & UP SILL & ONTO STL ANGLE CONT STEEL ANGLE & ATTACHMENT PER LOUVER MFR-PAINT SCREEN ON BACK SIDE OF LOUVER PER MFR MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP INTO LOUVER JAMB CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD 1"VERT 'Z' FURRING 1"CONT VAPOR BARRIER CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO LOUVER JAMB CONT VAPOR BARRIER-WRAP INTO LOUVER HEAD Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.06 Exterior Door & Louver Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.06 Exterior HM Door1 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.06 Exterior Four Fold Door3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.06 Exterior Storefront Door2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.06 Exterior Coling Door4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.06 Exterior Louver @ W1 Wall5 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.06 Exterior Louver @ W4 Wall6 SLOPE VARIES- SEE ROOF PLAN ROOF MEMBRANE-FULLY ADHERED PVC (60 MIL) 1/2" GLASSMAT GYPSUM ROOF COVER BOARD RIGID INSULATION-8" ADHERED (R-38 MIN) STAGGER JOINTS 3/4" PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONT VAPOR BARRIER TAPERED INSULATION CRICKET-SLOPE TO DRAINS @ 1/4" PER FOOT MIN 9 1/4"NOTE: PREPARE SUBSTRATE & SECURE UNDERLAYMENT, VAPOR BARRIER, INSULATION, COVER BOARD & MEMBRANE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS App Bay Roof ELEV. = 21' - 0" 2x FRAMING PER STRUCT-PNT-11 CONT 13" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER ROOF MEMBRANE FULLY ADHERED ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE CONT NON- CURING SEALANT CONT PERIMETER EDGE BLOCKING -FULLY SECURE TO STRUCTURE. FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING STRIP-COMPLETELY COVER EDGE BLOCKING CONT 20 GA GALV CLEAT SS FASTENERS TYP PER FASCIA MFR 4 " MIN CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR PER FASCIA MFR CONT SEALANT 1-1/4" LSL RIM JOIST PER STRUCT-PNT-11 /1 A6.07 GUTTER SPACER @ 36" OC MAX-PNT-8 6" 'J' STYLE GALV METAL GUTTER-SLOPE TO DOWNSPOUTS @ 1/8" PER FOOT MIN-PNT-8 SS BASKET STRAINER GUTTER BRACKET AT 36" OC MAX-PNT-8 DOWNSPOUT / GUTTER CONNECTOR-ALLOW 1/8" VENT GAP ALL AROUND 3" DIA SCHED 40 PIPE STEEL GALV DOWNSPOUT-PNT-8 2x FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL-PNT-11 ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE PVC COATED METAL FLASHING W/ 2" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE & 3" LEG AT ROOF CONT 20 GA GALV CLEAT ROOF MEMBRANE-LAP O/ EDGE FLASHING 1 1/2" MIN WELD CONT CONT PT PERIMETER EDGE BLOCKING SECURE TO STRUCTURE 1-1/4" LSL RIM JOIST PER STRUCT-PNT-11 /1 A6.07 CONT METAL EDGE FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE-EXTEND OVER LSL RIM JOIST-PNT-8 CUT-EDGE SEALANT 2"4 5/8"2x FRAMING PER STRUCT BEYOND-PNT-11 13" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER ROOF MEMBRANE - FULLY ADHERED ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE CONT NON-CURING SEALANT CONT PERIMETER EDGE BLOCKING SECURE TO STRUCTURE FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING STRIP-COMPLETELY COVER EDGE BLOCKING CONT 20 GA GALV CONT CLEAT SS FASTENERS PER FASCIA MFR 4" MIN CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR CONT SEALANT 1-1/4" LSL RIM JOIST PER STRUCT-PNT-11 /1 A6.07 1 1/4"5 CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ BASE FLASHING CONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE-SLOPE TO DRAIN-ALIGN W/ & MATCH DRIP PROFILE OF FLASHING ON ADJ NORTH WALL CONT SEALING MASTIC ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP UP VERT WALL 1-1/2" WELD CONT FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS VARIES - 8" MINW1 NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY FOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM HAT CHANNEL CONT METAL COUNTERFLASHING- FASTEN @ 12" OC MAX1/8"CUT-EDGE SEALANT F CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ BASE FLASHING CONT METAL BASE FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE-FASTEN @ 12" OC MAX CONT SEALING MASTIC ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP UP VERT WALL 1-1/2" WELD CONT FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS W4 1/8"FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE CONT 'J' SHAPE PERF INSECT SCREEN ATTACHED TO 'Z' FURRING NOTE: 'Z' FURRING NOT SHOWN TO SCALE FOR CLARITY 8" MINCUT-EDGE SEALANT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT- ATTACH TO CURB PER MECH ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE ROOF MEMBRANE - FULLY ADHERED CONT 1-1/2" ALL AROUND FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR-12" OC MAX /1 A6.07 CONT CUT EDGE SEALANT ALL AROUND FRAMING @ OPENING PER STRUCT PREFABRICATED EQUIPMENT CURB-SEE MECH 8" MINCONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE-PNT-8- FASTEN TO TOP OF CURB MEMBRANE CURB WRAP-WELD ALL SEAMS-FASTEN TOP EDGE PER MFR AT 12" OC MAX 1 1/2"SS CLAMPING RING SET IN SEALANT. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT BETWEEN VENT AND MEMBRANE WATER CUT OFF MASTIC WRAP MEMBRANE ONTO PIPE ALL AROUND ROOF MEMBRANE ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I -SEE /1 A6.07 CONT SEALANT AROUND PENETRATION PT WOOD BLOCKING AROUND PENETRATION AS REQ'D BY MFR VENT THROUGH ROOF- SEE MECHANICAL 8" MIN PER ROOF MEMBRANE MFRHOT AIR WELD PER MFR TYP W4 1-1/2" WELD CONT ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP UP VERT WALL FASTENER & PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS CONT ROOF MEMBRANE-BOND TO VERT WALL PER MFR REQUIREMENTS & LAP ONTO ROOF 1/2" GLASSMAT GYPSUM ROOF BOARD CUT-EDGE SEALANT FOR ROOF ASSEMBLY AND FASCIA NOTES SEE /3 A6.07 24" WIDE 1/8" THICK STEEL PLATE FIELD WELDED TO EACH STEEL 'T'-PAINT PNT-8 TO MATCH FASCIA FASCIA COVER BEYOND-SEAL ALL AROUND STEEL 'T' 2"x2"x1/4" STEEL 'T' AT EACH END OF STEEL PLATE-PAINT PNT-8 TO MATCH FASCIA CONT ROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING STRIP- WRAP O/ STEEL 'T' (4) FASTENERS AT EACH STEEL 'T' FOR ELEVATION- SEE /5 A6.09 MECHANICAL OUTDOOR UNIT-SEE MECH ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE MEMBRANE CURB WRAP- WELD ALL SEAMS- FASTEN TOP EDGE PER MFR AT 12" OC MAX ROOF MEMBRANE- FULLY ADHERED CONT 1-1/2" WELD ALL AROUND FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS /1 A6.07 EQUIPMENT RAIL W/ LEVEL TOP WOOD NAILER-SEE MECH 8" MINVIBRATION ISOLATOR- SEE MECHANICAL CONT EDGE SEALANT ALL AROUND CONT METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE EACH SIDE-PNT-8- FASTEN TO TOP OF CURB 1 1/2"CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER- LAP O/ BASE FLASHING CONT METAL BASE FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE- FASTEN @ 12" OC MAX CONT SEALING MASTIC ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP UP VERT WALL 1-1/2" WELD CONT FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS CORRUGATED METAL WALL PANEL NOTE: HAT CHANNELS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY CUT-EDGE SEALANT W2 8" MINFOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM HAT CHANNEL Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.07 Roof Types & Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Assembly - Type I1 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Sloped Roof Peak2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Sloped Roof Eave & Gutter9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Sloped Roof Rake Edge Typ3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Transition @ W1 Wall5 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Transition @ W4 Wall (Sim @ W6)7 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Curb @ Mechancial Vent & Fan Typ12 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Vent Through Roof (VTR)10 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Transition @ Mezzanine Parapet Wall8 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Sloped Roof Rake Edge @ Ladder Support4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Sleepers @ Mechancial Unit Typ11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07 Roof Transition @ W2 Wall6 ROOF DRAIN PER MECH FOR PARAPET ASSEMBLY, SEE CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-SEAL TO SCUPPER FOR ALL MEMBRANE DETAIL NOTES SEE Mezzanine Roof ELEV = 19' -0" 6"W x 4"T GALV METAL SCUPPER W/ DRIP EDGE @ TOP & BOTTOM & HEMMED EDGES@ SIDES- PNT-8-EXTEND 1/2" MIN PAST FINISH FACE OF WALL INSULATED RAIN LEADER PER MECH CL TAPERED INSULATION ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP INTO DRAIN ALL AROUND TAPER TO DRAIN 2' - 0" SUMP AREA, TYP 1 31/32"CONT SEALANT @ BOTTOM & SIDES /5 A6.08 BLOCKING ALL AROUND WOOD BLOCKING AROUND OPENING CONT VAPOR BARRIER FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE 4"PERIMETER BLOCKING AS NEEDED TO FASTEN SCUPPER 1/2" GLASSMAT ROOF BOARD /2 A6.08 Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" CONT 1-1/2" WELD CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-SEAL ALL AROUND SCUPPER ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE GRID FOR PARAPET ASSEMBLY SEE 6"W x 4"T GALV METAL SCUPPER W/ DRIP EDGE @ TOP & BOTTOM & HEMMED EDGES@ SIDES-PNT-8- EXTEND 1/2" MIN PAST CONDUCTOR HEAD EACH SIDE @ SEAL 6" x 10" x 10" GALV METAL CONDUCTOR HEAD W/ OVERFLOW -PNT-8-FASTEN THROUGH FIBER CEMENT PANEL INTO 'Z' FURRING SS BASKET STRAINER DOWNSPOUT / GUTTER CONNECTOR-ALLOW 1/8" VENT GAP ALL AROUND 3" DIA STEEL SCHED 40 PIPE GALV DOWNSPOUT-PNT-8 ROOF MEMBRANE-WRAP BEHIND SCUPPER LEG AND OVER PARAPET-USE BONDING ADHESIVE WHERE REQUIRED BY MFR PVC NON-REINFORCED FLASHING ALL AROUND OPENING-LAP OVER SCUPPER FASTENER 2" MIN /1 A6.08 FIBER CEMENT PANEL TRIMMED AROUND OPENING-SEAL CUT EDGES TYP /1 A6.07 CONT VAPOR BARRIER WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC 1/2" GLASSMAT ROOF BOARD PT WOOD BLOCKING AT ROOF EDGE AS NEEDED TO FASTEN INTO BONDING ADHESIVE TYP CONT SEALANT 1 1/2"WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC CONT 1-1/2" WELD 4"Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" GRID FOR PARAPET ASSEMBLY SEE 3"W x 3"T GALV METAL SCUPPER W/ DRIP EDGE @ TOP & BOTTOM & HEMMED EDGES @ SIDES- PNT-8-EXTEND 1/2" MIN PAST FINISH FACE OF WALL /1 A6.08 FOR ALL MEMBRANE DETAIL NOTES SEE 2"FIBER CEMENT PANEL TRIMMED AROUND OPENING-SEAL CUT EDGES TYP CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-SEAL TO SCUPPER ALL AROUND /2 A6.08 3"FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE 1/2" GLASSMAT ROOF BOARD C 10'-0" LONG 3/4" HAT CHANNEL W/ CAP AT EACH END-FASTEN INTO EACH VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER 1/4" CONT SEALANT ALL AROUND FIBER CEMENT PANEL VARIES (14" MIN - 26" MAX)CONT YELLOW SAFETY WARNING STRIP-6" WIDE TJI-SEE STRUCTURAL ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP UP WALL 1-1/2" WELD CONT FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS ROOF MEMBRANE- WRAP ONTO ROOF ABOVE & O/ FASTENER & PLATE BELOW PER MFR INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION TO BOTTOM OF LOWER ROOF CONT PT PERIMETER EDGE BLOCKING FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS 1-1/2" CONT WELD 1/2" GLASSMAT GYPSUM ROOF COVERBOARD CUT-EDGE SEALANT Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR CONT NON- CURING SEALANT 5 1/2"SS FASTENERS PER MFR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP ONTO BLOCKING5' - 0" MAX(2) SELF TAPPING FASTENERS PER STUD FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS CONT WOOD BLOCKING- SLOPE TO INTERIOR ROOF MEMBRANE - WRAP UP AND OVER PARAPET WALL WELD1 1/2" CONT6" 22 GA METAL BACKER STRIPW4 GRID VERTICAL 'Z' FURRING 1 1/2"1" 1/2" 3 1/2" B. Plan Detail @ W3 D. Bracket Elevation 3/4"3/4"2"1"1/2"1" 2 1/2"3" 1"4"C. Bracket Elevation 1 1/2" 3/16 3/16 3/4"3/4"C D (2) 1/2" DIA OVERSIZED HOLES AND (2) 1/2" DIA BOLTS 3" DIA SCHED 40 STEEL PIPE DOWNSPOUT-PNT-8 (2) 3/8" HEX HEAD SCREWS W/ WASHER O/ NEOPRENE WASHER-ALIGN W/ WOOD STUD (2) 3/8" HEX HEAD SCREWS W/ WASHER O/ NEOPRENE WASHER (2) 3/8" HEX HEAD SCREWS W/ WASHER O/ NEOPRENE WASHER- 1/4" GALV STL PLATE TYP A. Plan Detail @ W2 TRIM FIBER CEMENT PANEL AROUND BRACKET AND SEAL ALL AROUND 1 1/2"1" 1/2" 3 1/2"2"1"3/16 3/16 C D (2) 1/2" DIA OVERSIZED HOLES AND (2) 1/2" DIA BOLTS 3" DIA SCHED 40 STEEL PIPE DOWNSPOUT-PNT-8 (2) 3/8" HEX HEAD SCREWS W/ WASHER O/ NEOPRENE WASHER-ALIGN W/ WOOD STUD TRIM CORRUGATED METAL PANEL AROUND BRACKET AND SEAL ALL AROUND NOTES: 1. INSTALL BRACKETS AT 4'-0" OC VERTICAL MAX 2. PAINT ALL DOWNSPOUTS AND BRACKET PNT-8 Low Roof ELEV. = 10' - 0" 1 1/2" WELD CONT CONT WOOD BLOCKING-SLOPE TO INTERIOR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-WRAP ONTO PARAPET BLOCKING CONT WOOD STUD HEADER WOOD BLOCKING ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR CONT NON- CURING SEALANT ROOF MEMBRANE -WRAP UP AND OVER PARAPET WALL FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTS SS FASTENERS PER FASCIA MFR 3" MAXGRID W4 Low Roof Parapet ELEV. = 11' - 6" INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION /1 A6.07 CONT VAPOR BARRIER 1/2" GLASSMAT GYPSUM ROOF BOARD FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EDGE @ TOP 1/8"MEMBRANE CURB WRAP-WELD ALL SEAMS-FASTEN TOP EDGE PER MFR @ 12" OC MAX ROOF HATCH W/ INTEGRAL FLASHING FASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR-12" OC MAX CONT 1-1/2" WELD ROOF MEMBRANE - FULLY ADHERED PT WOOD BLOCKING AROUND PERIMETER TO FASTEN ROOF CURB INTO-PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE CONT CUT EDGE SEALANT CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND 8 5/8"3 3/8"4 1/8"ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE /1 A6.07 12" TALL THERMALLY BROKEN ALUM CURB W/ INSULATION BY ROOF HATCH MFR SAFETY RAILING-ATTACH TO CURB THROUGH ROOF MEMBRANE PER MFR BEAM SHAPE & SIZE VARIES-SEE STRUCT GALV METAL BEAM END CAP-PNT-11 FASTEN @ 6" OC MAX ALONG SIDE FLANGES ON EACH SIDE COMPLETELY COVER TOP OF BEAM 4" COMPLETELY COVER FACE OF BEAM COVER 1" ONTO SIDE OF BEAM FROM TOP & FRONT NOTE: CAP ENDS OF ALL EXPOSED BEAMS REFRIGERANT PIPING- SEE MECH WELDED 16 GA GALV STEEL CURB ASSEMBLY PER MECH- FASTEN THROUGH ROOF 20 GA GALV SHEET METAL ENCLOSURE PER MECH- SEAL WATERTIGHT- SLOPE TO DRAIN-PNT-8 8" MINSEAL AROUND EACH PENETRATION FASTEN ROOF MEMBRANE & WRAP UP CURB-USE SAME ASSEMBLY AS /12 A6.07 NOTCH GALV METAL AND SEAL AROUND OPENINGS FILL CAVITY W/ FOAM SEALANT Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.08 Roof Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Roof Drain & Overflow @ Mezzanine Typ7 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Roof Drain @ Conductor Head2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Roof Drain @ Overflow3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Antennas @ Parapet4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Roof Step @ Mezzanine6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Mezzanine Roof Parapet5 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Downspout Bracket9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Low Roof Edge @ Parapet1 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08 Roof Hatch Curb8 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.08 Beam End Cap Typ12 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.08 Roof Membrane @ Refrigerant Piping Enclosure10 Mezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" C A6.09 3 1' - 2 5/16"7 5/8"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 6"3' - 8 1/8"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"6".1' - 0"1' - 0"(5) RUNGS @ (4) EQ SPACES = 4' - 0"10" MIN 14" MAXVARIRES7"7" ALUM SERRATED GRAB BARS EXTRUDED ALUM CHANNEL RAIL PLATFORM 1X3X1/8 CHANNEL FRAME ALL AROUND & 1 1/4"X4 1/8" SERRATED TREAD ALUM BRACKET EACH SIDE @ EACH VERTICAL TYP SERRATED ALUM 1-1/4" RUNG, TYP11"1"VERT 4x4 WOOD POST AT EACH END OF BRACKET CONNECTION-ATTACH TO SHEAR WALL BLOCKING AT ROOF BELOW & HEAD WALL FRAMING ABOVE A7.02 8 4" MIN EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CHANNEL RAIL 2' - 0" CLR 1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"9"3"3' - 8 1/8"PLATFORM SERRATED ALUM 1 1/4" RUNG TYP SAFETY CAP ROOF MEMBRANE6"MIN4"14" MAX10" MINMezzanine Parapet ELEV. = 23' - 9" C CUT FIBER CEMENT PANEL-1/4" MAX SEALANT JT ALL AROUND 1/4" DIA X 3/4" SS HHMB W/ LOCK NUT AND FLAT WASHER- (2) PER BRACKET AT EACH VERT RAIL 3/8" DIA BOLT W/ LOCKNUT AND FLAT WASHER AND NEOPRENE WASHER (2) PER BRACKET @ EACH POST CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM 3/16" ALUM BRACKET 4x4 WOOD POST @ EACH END OF BRACKET 1/4" MAX SEALANT AND BACKER ROD ALL AROUND-TYP SERRATED ALUM RUNG TYP EXTRUDED ALUM CHANNEL RAIL ROOF MEMBRANE -FULLY ADHERED-WRAP ONTO PENETRATION 1" PER MFR 4 A6.091 1/4"7/8"9"7/8"1 1/4"1 1/4" MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP ALL AROUND BRACKET A6.08 5 OPP C 3"1 3/4"#12 X 1-1/4" SS SELF TAPPING SCREW- (2) PER RUNG EXTRUDED ALUM CHANNEL RAIL 1/4" DIA X 3/4" SS HHMB W/ LOCK NUT AND FLAT WASHER- (2) PER BRACKET AT EACH VERT RAIL SERRATED ALUM RUNG 3/16" ALUM BRACKET CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM 1/4" MAX SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND TYP ROOF MEMBRANE WRAP ONTO BRACKET 1" ALL AROUND PER MFR MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM-WRAP ONTO BRACKET ALL AROUND WOOD STUD AT END OF BRACKET TYP 4x4 POST AT EACH END OF BRACKET TYP VERT 'Z' FURRING FIBER CEMENT PANEL-CUT AROUND BRACKET CUT FASCIA COVER AT EACH STEEL 'T' & SEAL ALL AROUND 1/8" STEEL PLATE WELDED TO EACH 'T'-PAINT-INSTALL LEVEL ACROSS SLOPING FASCIA 10"8"2' - 0" STEEL 'T' BEHIND FASCIA 4 A6.07 4 A6.07 4"6"6"5 1/2"10" INSTALL UPTURNED FLANGE OF SADDLE FLASHING BENEATH INFILTRATION BARRIER 1-PIECE, FULLY-SOLDERED 24 GA SS SADDLE FLASHING SET IN 2 BEADS OF CONT SEALANT OVER ROOFING MEMBRANE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE SADDLE FLASHING AT ALL PARAPET / WALL INTERSECTIONS UON 2. FOR CLARITY, ADJ CONSTRUCTION NOT SHOWN CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER ON WALL MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM OVER SADDLE FLASHING MEMBRANE STRIP ALL AROUND ROOF MEMBRANE ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE 1-1/2" WELD ALL AROUND SINGLE POINT EYE TIE-OFF TOGGLE BOLT - FASTEN TO UNDERLAYMENT BOARD ROOF TOP ANCHOR /1 A6.07 INSTALL UPTURNED FLANGE OF SADDLE FLASHING BENEATH INFILTRATION BARRIER 1-PIECE, FULLY-SOLDERED 24 GA SS SADDLE FLASHING SET IN 2 BEADS OF CONT SEALANT OVER ROOFING MEMBRANE CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER ON WALL MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM OVER SADDLE FLASHING 1-PIECE, FULLY-SOLDERED 24 GA SS SADDLE FLASHING SET IN 2 BEADS OF CONT SEALANT OVER ROOFING MEMBRANE CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR 4"6"5 1/2"10" TYP OUTSIDE CORNER FLASHING- SEE /10 A6.03 METAL 'J' FLASHING W/ HEMMED EDGE-ALIGN WITH CORNER FLASHING ABOVE -SEE /6 A6.03 6" EXTEND LEG OF FASCIA 3 1/2" - ALIGN W/ FLASHING CORNER MEMBRANE FLASHING SYSTEM OVER SADDLE FLASHING 1-PIECE, FULLY-SOLDERED 24 GA SS SADDLE FLASHING SET IN 2 BEADS OF CONT SEALANT OVER ROOFING MEMBRANE CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR 1-PIECE, FULLY-SOLDERED 24 GA SS SADDLE FLASHING SET IN 2 BEADS OF CONT SEALANT OVER ROOFING MEMBRANE CONT 5-1/2" SNAP ON FASCIA COVER O/ CONT EXTRUDED ANCHOR BAR 6"5 1/2"6" 4" Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A6.09 Roof Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A6.09 Roof Access Ladder Section1 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A6.09 Roof Access Ladder Elevation2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.09 Roof Access Ladder Bracket Connection Section3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.09 Roof Access Ladder Bracket Connection Plan Detail4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.09 Ladder Support Elevation5 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.09 Parapet Flashing @ Metal Wall Condition8 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.09 Roof Fall Protection Anchor Typ9 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.09 Parapet Flashing @ Clearstory Junction7 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.09 Parapet Flashing @ Metal Wall Corner6 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.09 Parapet Flashing @ Storefront Transition11 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6.09 Parapet Flashing @ Low Roof Corner10 Door Schedule Notes 1. See Section 08 7100 for finish hardware and hardware schedule. 2. See Spec Section 08 8000 for glazing types. 3. Provide continuous sealant between door frames and adjacent surfaces, both sides. 4. Provide all exterior doors with weatherstripping at heads, jambs, and sills. See details referenced ins schedule below 5. Grout all door frame perimeters solid. 6. All exit doors shall be operable from the inside without the use of keys or any special knowledge or effort. 7. For all doors indicated to receive electrically-powered hardware, coordinate all work with electrical for a complete and operating system. 8. For Exterior storefront doors, see notes on Storefront Schedule on Sheet A6.04 D5 D6 D1 D2 6"6 1/4"PER SCHEDPER SCHEDPER SCHED PER SCHEDD3 6 1/4"6 1/4"PER SCHEDPER SCHED 8 1/4"30"8 1/4"D48 1/2"5 1/2"5 1/2"PER SCHEDPER SCHED 5 1/2"TEMPTEMPTEMP 14' - 0"14' - 0"14' - 0"14' - 0"44 3/8"TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP TEMP TYP 8"2' - 2"8"8"2' - 2"8"8"2' - 2"8"8"2' - 2"8"1' - 6"5' - 2"8"5' - 2"1' - 6"F1 PER SCHED PER SCHEDULE2"2"2"F2 3' - 4"7' - 4"2"2"4"4" UNO12" MIN 18" MIN CONT SEALANT EACH SIDE TYP DOOR PER SCHED DOUBLE WOOD 2x WALL WIDTH PER WALL TYPES- SEE STRUCTURAL HM FRAME PARTITION TYPE PER PLAN 2"2" UON-SEE FRAME TYPES & SCHEDULE W/ PARTITION TYPE THROAT VARIES- COORDINATE SOUND SEAL WHERE SPECIFIED Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A7.01 Room Finish & Door Schedule Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Room Finish Schedule Room Number Room Name Floor Base North Wall East Wall South Wall West Wall Ceiling RemarksMaterial Finish Material Finish Material Finish Material Finish Material Finish 100 LOBBY CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-3 GWB PNT-1 SF ANNOD GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 101 ADA RESTROOM CONC - POL RB TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 ACT - 102 CORRIDOR CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-3 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 102A HALL CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 102B HALL CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 102C HALL CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 102D HALL CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 102E LOCKERS CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 - - GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 103 STATION OFFICE CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-4 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 104 OFFICER'S OFFICE CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-4 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 105 PANTRY CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 106 KITCHEN CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 107 DINING CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB - GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 108 DAY ROOM CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-4 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 109 BUNK 1 CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-2 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 110 BUNK 2 CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-2 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 111 BUNK 3 CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-2 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 112 BUNK 4 CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-2 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 113 FITNESS RAF RB / CMU GWB PNT-1 CMU PNT-2 GWB PNT-3 GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 114 LAUNDRY CONC - POL RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 ACT - 115 ADA SHOWER TILE RB TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 ACT - 116 SHOWER TILE RB TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 TILE CT-2 ACT - 117 COMM CONC - EXP RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 118 MEDICAL CONC - EXP RB / CMU GWB PNT-1 CMU PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 119 APPARATUS BAY CONC - EXP CMU CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 EXP PNT-2 Epoxy wainscot PNT-5 at base of all walls 119A ALCOVE CONC - EXP RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 N/A - EXP PNT-2 120 CUSTODIAL CONC - EXP CMU / FRP GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB / FRP PNT-1 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 EXP PNT-2 Epoxy wainscot PNT-5 at base of west wall 121 DECON CONC - EXP CMU / FRP GWB / FRP PNT-1 GWB / FRP PNT-1 GWB / FRP PNT-1 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 EXP PNT-2 Epoxy wainscot PNT-5 at base of west wall 122 BUNKER GEAR CONC - EXP CMU / RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 EXP PNT-2 Epoxy wainscot PNT-5 at base of west wall 123 SHOP CONC - EXP CMU / RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 CMU PNT-2 / PNT-5 EXP PNT-2 Epoxy wainscot PNT-5 at base of west wall 201 MEZZANINE VCT RB GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 GWB PNT-1 EXP PNT-2 Door Schedule Door Number Location Leaf Qnty Width Height Door Frame Head Jamb Sill Fire Rating RemarksType Mat'l Finish Glazing Type Material Finish Glazing 100 EXTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D4 ALUM ANOD TEMP SF ALUM ANOD TEMP 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 101 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR 102-1 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 WOOD S+V TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 102-2 EXTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D3 HM PNT-5 / PNT-9 TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 / PNT-9 N/A 1/A6.06 1/A6.06 1/A6.06 Paint interior PNT-5 & Exterior PNT-9 102A INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D3 HM PNT-5 TEMP / FR F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR Cipher Lock 102B INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR Magnetic Hold Open 102C INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR Magnetic Hold Open 102D INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D3 HM PNT-5 TEMP / FR F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR Cipher Lock 103 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 WOOD S+V TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR 104 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1 HOUR Key Lock 105 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 106 EXTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D4 ALUM ANOD TEMP SF ALUM ANOD TEMP 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 Cipher Lock 107 EXTERIOR 2 6' - 0" 7' - 0" D4 ALUM ANOD TEMP SF ALUM ANOD TEMP 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 Cipher Lock 108-1 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 108-2 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 109 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1 HOUR Key Lock 110 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1 HOUR Key Lock 111 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1 HOUR Key Lock 112 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1 HOUR Key Lock 113-1 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 WOOD S+V TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR 113-2 EXTERIOR 2 6' - 0" 7' - 0" D4 ALUM ANOD TEMP SF ALUM ANOD TEMP 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 2/A6.06 Hold Open 114 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 WOOD S+V TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR 115 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR 116 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR 117 INTERIOR 1 2' - 10" 7' - 0" D1 WOOD S+V N/A F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 1/2 HOUR Cipher Lock 118 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 HM PNT-5 TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 119-1 EXTERIOR 1 14' - 0" 14' - 0" D5 STEEL MFR PNT TEMP F3 N/A N/A TEMP 3/A6.06 3/A6.06 3/A6.06 119-2 EXTERIOR 1 14' - 0" 14' - 0" D5 STEEL MFR PNT TEMP F3 N/A N/A TEMP 3/A6.06 3/A6.06 3/A6.06 119-3 EXTERIOR 1 14' - 0" 14' - 0" D6 STEEL MFR PNT TEMP F3 N/A N/A TEMP 4/A6.06 4/A6.06 4/A6.06 119-4 EXTERIOR 1 14' - 0" 14' - 0" D6 STEEL MFR PNT TEMP F3 N/A N/A TEMP 4/A6.06 4/A6.06 4/A6.06 120 EXTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 HM PNT-5 / PNT-9 TEMP F1 HM PNT-5 / PNT-9 N/A 1/A6.06 1/A6.06 1/A6.06 Cipher Lock; Paint interior PNT-5 & Exterior PNT-9 122 INTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D2 HM PNT-5 TEMP F2 HM PNT-5 N/A 4/A7.01 4/A7.01 123 EXTERIOR 1 3' - 0" 7' - 0" D1 HM PNT- 5 / PNT-9 N/A F1 HM PNT-5 / PNT-9 N/A 1/A6.06 1/A6.06 1/A6.06 Cipher Lock; Paint interior PNT-5 & Exterior PNT-9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A7.01 Door Types1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A7.01 Door & Relite Frame Types2 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.01 Typical Jamb Setback3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.01 HM Frame - Typical Head/Jamb4 Room & Door Schedule Abbreviations Abbreviation Description ACT Acoustic Ceiling Tile ALUM Aluminum ANOD Anodized CMU Concrete Masonry Unit CONC Concrete CT Ceramic Tile ES Engineered Stone EXP Exposed Structure / Surface FR Fire Rated FRP Fiber Reinforced Plastic GWB Gypsum Wall Board HM Hollow Metal N/A Not Applicable PNT-1 Paint - White PNT-2 Paint - Gray Accent PNT-3 Paint - Red Accent Walls PNT-4 Paint - Yellow Accent Walls PNT-5 Paint - Interior Doors & Frames / CMU Base PNT-6 Paint - Flashing to Match Corrugated Metal Panel PNT-7 Paint - Flashing to Match Fiber Cement Panel PNT-8 Paint - Flashing to Match Roof PNT-9 Paint - Exterior Doors & Frames PNT-10 Paint - Steel Structure PNT-11 Paint - Exterior Soffits / Structure PNT-12 Paint - Exterior Screening PNT-13 Paint - Stairs PNT-14 Paint - Black POL Polished Concrete RAF Rubber Athletic Flooring RB Resilient Base S+V Stain & Varnish SF Storefront TEMP Tempered Glazing VCT Vinyl Composition Tile ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB EACH SIDE - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE P2 S1 (SHEAR WALL-SEE STRUCTURAL) STRUCTURE 8" NOMINAL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT -REINFORCE & GROUT PER STRUCT, FINISH PER SCHEDULE FLOOR STRUCTURE 6 3/4"7 5/8" STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB EACH SIDE - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE P1 4 3/4" STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB EACH SIDE - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE S2 (SHEAR WALL-SEE STRUCTURAL) 7 1/4" STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB- FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE C2 STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING 6 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB EACH SIDE - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x8 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE P3 8 1/2" STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB EACH SIDE - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x8 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE 9" STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING S3 (SHEAR WALL-SEE STRUCTURAL) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB- FINISH AS SCHEDULED 2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" OC MAX BASE AS SCHEDULED FLOOR STRUCTURE C1 STRUCTURE CONT BATT INSULATION (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS) ACOUSTIC SEALANT EACH SIDE 4 1/8" Interior Partition Notes 1. All interior partitions to be full-height, slab-to structure, UON. 2. Brace partitions, in concealed locations, as necessary to sustain imposed loads without excessive deflection. 3. Interior partitions shown with batt insulation in the cavity on the enlarged floor plans (sheet A3.02) shall be treated as sound retardant partitions. See Sound Retardant Partition Notes below. 4. All rated partitions shall comply with UL-tested and approved assemblies. See 1/T1.01 for rated partition locations 5. All penetrations (of pipes, conduit, ducts, beams, joists, bracing) through rated partitions shall be firestopped. All firestopping shall comply with UL-tested and approved assemblies. 6. All GWB shall be Type X, UON. 7. All partitions shall be type P2, unless tagged otherwise 8. Structure at top of wall varies. Refer to structural plans and details 9. Shear wall locations shown on Architectural plans for reference. Refer to Structural drawings for all shear wall locations and construction details Sound Retardant Partition Notes 1. Seal perimeter on both sides of partition with non-hardening silicone mastic per ASTM C919 2. Offset electrical boxes on opposite sides of a common partition a minimum of 18 inches, with at least one stud between boxes. Do not install electrical outlets back-to-back. Seal all openings in electrical boxes with code approved sound insulating materials 3. Where a sound retardant partition perpendicularly abuts a continuous framed partition, interrupt GWB at the point of intersections and seal joint liberally. Do not continue GWB behind intersecting stud. 4. Seal gaps around penetrations with a non-hardening silicone mastic 5. Batt insulation depth shall match stud depth 6. Apply acoustical sealant at the base and top of the first layer of GWB on each side of the wall assembly to prevent sound leakage. 2" MAX SUPPORT STRUT: HANGER WIRE IN 1/2" CONDUITMAIN RUNNER LIGHT FIXTURE MAX. TO CEILING PLANE 45º Notes: 1. Provide grid & fixture installation in accordance with IBC 2506.2.1, ASTM C 635, Section 13.5.6 of ASCE 7 & UL fire resistance directory. 2. Support strut and splay wire assembly to be spaced no more than 12' on center and 6 feet max. from wall. Center at corridors. 3. In lieu of 2" wall angle, install BERC2 clips and 7/8" edge molding per manufacturer's instructions. 4. Install additional hanger wires @ all members within 8" of the ceiling perimeter. CROSS TEE SPLAY BTWN WIRES 90º3' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2x4 WOOD STUD BLOCKING BETWEEN VERTICAL STUDS TYP VERTICAL WOOD STUD @ 16" OC MAX-WIDTH VARIES PER WALL TYPE BOTTOM WOOD STUD FLOOR NOTES: 1. PROVIDE BACKING AS SHOWN WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS 2. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQ'D BY MFR FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, EQUIPMENT & FURNISHINGS C 6" MINA7.02 3 OPP ALIGN ACT CEILING & BOTTOM OF GWB SOFFIT WALL ELEV. = 8' - 0" WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES-SEE PLAN WRAP GWB UP BACKSIDE 6" MIN NOTE: BRACING NOT SHOWN- BRACE SOFFIT WALL AS REQ'D WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES-SEE PLAN SEISMIC CLIP PER ACT MFR ANGLE TRIM PER ACT MFR ACT CEILING HANGER PER ACT MFR ROOF BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TJI PER STRUCT TJI PER STRUCT ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEE HEAD WALL FRAMING- SEE STRUCTURAL /1 A6.07 WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES-SEE PLAN GWB EACH SIDE-TRIM AROUND EACH TJI W/ 1/4" MAX SEALANT & BACKER ROD BLOCK AS NEEDED EACH SIDE OF ROOF BLOCKING PLYWOOD SHEATHING- TRIM AROUND EACH TJI PER STRUCT 2x WOOD BLOCKING EACH SIDE OF TJI WEB-ALIGN W/ EXTERIOR FACE OF WALL FINISH UON- FASTEN INTO TJI- PAINT TO MATCH STRUCTURE IF TJI IS WITHIN 4" OF FACE OF WALL ON EITHER SIDE, WRAP GWB ONTO BOTTOM SIDE OF TJI-FINISH W/ 'J' TRIM @ EXPOSED CONDITIONS BLOCKING PER STRUCT ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE /1 A6.07 CONT 1/4" SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES-SEE PLAN HEAD WALL FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL TJI PER STRUCT TYP CONT 2x BLOCKING PER STRUCT-PAINT WHERE EXPOSED 1-hour rated: UL F-rating System No. W-L 1001 1-hour rated: UL F-rating System No. W-L 3031 1-hour rated: UL F-rating System No. W-L 1017 1-hour rated: UL F-rating System No. W-L 3001 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FIRESTOPPING CAULK- FILL ANNULAR SPACE & PROVIDE 5/8" MIN THICKNESS ALL AROUND BOTH SIDES OF WALL PIPE OR CONDUIT 1" -12" NOMINAL FIRESTOPPING CAULK- FILL ANNULAR SPACE & PROVIDE MIN 1/4" DIA BEAD ALL AROUND PENETRATION, BOTH SIDES OF WALL CABLE FIRESTOPPING CAULK- FILL ANNULAR SPACE & PROVIDE MIN 1/4" DIA BEAD ALL AROUND PENETRATION, BOTH SIDES OF WALL STL SLEEVE -MIN 28 GA GALV-1" LONGER THAN WALL THICKNESS FIRESTOPPING CAULK-FILL ANNULAR SPACE & PROVIDE MIN 1" THICKNESS, BOTH SIDES OF WALL FIRESTOPPING CAULK- MIN 1/4" DIA BEAD ALL AROUND STL SLEEVE, BOTH SIDES OF WALL CABLE TYP SEE PLAN RATED ASSEMBLY SEE PLAN RATED ASSEMBLY 1/2" NOTE: USE 1-HOUR FIRE RATED PENETRATION DETAILS AT ALL 1-HOUR & 1/2 HOUR RATED WALLS OPENING AS REQ'D BY FEC MFR SQUARE TRIM PER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET MFR WD BLKG EA SIDE AS NEEDED CONT SEALANT ALL AROUND FRAME 2x6 WOOD STUD WALL-SEE PLANSEMI RECESS FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET WRAP GWB AROUND CABINET ALL SIDES1"2"(2) STRIPES OF 2" WHITE REFLECTIVE TAPE SQUARE STEEL POST HSS 6 x 6 x 1/4-PAINT PNT-9 CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB-SEE STRUCTURAL-CAST AROUND BOLLARDS CONC ENCASEMENT-6" MIN ALL AROUND- COORDINATE W/ BUILDING FOOTINGS4' - 0"MIN 6" MIN 6"3' - 0"MIN6"6" CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER FILL POST WITH CONCRETE TO 2'-6" AFF3"2' - 6"CONDUIT FOR FOUR FOLD DOOR PUSH BUTTONS (WHERE SHOWN IN OTHER PLANS)-COORDINATE W/ MFR FOUR FOLD DOOR REMOTE PUSH BUTTON RECESSED IN BOLLARD W/ SS COVER PLATE FLUSH W/ OUTSIDE FACE OF BOLLARD 1/4" STL CAP-CUT FLUSH W/ TOP OF BOLLARD -WELD & GRIND SMOOTH- FINISH TO MATCH BOLLARD ELEVATION Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A7.02 Partition Types & Interior Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.02 Interior Partition Types1 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 Typical Seismic Brace at ACT Ceilings2 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 Wall Backing6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.02 Soffit Detail4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.02 ACT Ceiling Edge3 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 T/O Wall @ TJI - Perpendicular Typ7 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 T/O Wall @ TJI - Parallel Typ8 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 Typical Interior Fire-Rated Partition Details5 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 Fire Extinguisher Cabinet9 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 Interior Bollard Detail10 5 F CMU WALL GWB W/ CONT 'J' MOLDING FILL WALL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION PLYWOOD SHEATHING AT SHEARWALL- SEE STRUCT CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM RAMP TRANSITION-COORDINATE WITH TILE HEIGHT-FASTEN & SET IN FULL BED OF SEALANT-ALIGN WITH DOOR FRAME RABBET & CUT AROUND AS NECESSARY TILE FLOOR IN SETTING BED-CUT AROUND DOOR FRAME DOOR FRAME BEYOND DOOR PER SCHEDULE RUBBER ATHLETIC FLOORING (RAF) TILE-CUT AROUND DOOR FRAME CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCTURAL DOOR FRAME BEYOND ALUMINUM "U" TRANSITION- COORDINATE W/ RUBBER ATHLETIC FLOORING-ALIGN WITH DOOR FRAME RABBET & CUT AROUND AS NECESSARY DOOR PER SCHEDULE ADA COMPLIANT TRANSITION TILE FLOOR IN SETTING BED SHOWER FLOOR PAN PER MECH SET IN FULL BED OF GROUT 5/8"3/8"'T' SHAPED RUBBER WATER STOPPER PER SHOWER MFR RECESSED FLOOR SLAB-SEE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB-SEE STRUCTURAL STEEL BAR GRATE (ADA COMPLIANT) SEE MECH FOR DRAIN (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY WALL CONSTRUCTION PER PLAN (SIM @ ADJ CMU BLOCK WALL) EB-1/2" DIA 3" PENETRATION 2" FROM ENDS, 1'-0" OC MAX- STAGGER AT COMMON WALL 2 x 3 x 1/4 STL ANGLE (4) SIDES CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER 1' - 0"3' - 0" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDE FRP W/ WALL BASE PER FRP MFR AT BOTTOM +/- 7 1/4" ALIGN CONCRETE W/ F/O FRP EACH SIDE Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" 8 A7.03 6"2' - 0"6" STEEL 'L' LADDER WALL BRACKET TYP OF (6)- FASTEN INTO WALL STUD OR PROVIDE BACKING-WELD ONTO LADDER RAILS STEEL LADDER FLOOR BRACKET TYP OF (2)-FASTEN THROUGH PLYWOOD FLOORING 6"1' - 0"6"6"1' - 0"1' - 0"6"6"1' - 0"1' - 0"6"6"1' - 0"6"2" x 1/2" STEEL LADDER RAIL TYP OF (2) 1-1/4" DIA SERRATED STEEL LADDER RUNG TYP OF (10)- WELD TO EACH LADDER RAIL SWING GATE PER ROOF HATCH MFR A6.08 8 A6.08 8 SIM / OPP 10' - 0"SIM 135.00°1 3 5 .0 0 °7" MINTRENCH DRAIN PER MECH-COORDINATE SLAB RECESS TRENCH DRAIN GRATING PER MECH-COORDINATE SLAB RECESS CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PER STRUCT- SEE STRUCT FOR REBAR LAYOUT 1' - 6" CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER 6"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"6"6"1' - 0"1' - 0"6"6"1' - 0"6"4"2"3' - 6"A6.08 8 A6.08 8 OPP SIM 3' - 0" Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A7.03 Interior Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.03 Plan Detail @ App Bay6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.03 Floor Transition - Conc & Tile2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.03 Floor Transition - Concrete & RAF3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A7.03 Floor Transition - Tile & Shower1 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A7.03 Recessed Drain4 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A7.03 Roof Hatch Ladder Elevation7 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A7.03 Trench Drain Floor Slab Detail (Alternate #2)5 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A7.03 Roof Hatch Ladder Section8 J 5 D E 3 A8.01 2' - 3"19 EQUAL TREADS AT 11" EACH = 17' - 5"1"3' - 6"11 1/2" A7.03 7 A8.01 15 2 A8.01 2' - 11 7/8"1' - 4 1/8"12"12"A8.011212"12"A8.01 13 S3 S3 S2 A8.01 15 OPP LANDING BY STAIR MFR UP 7 A8.01 11 A8.01First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" DEF (20) RISERS @ +/- 6-5/8" EACH = 11' - 0"6" EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL 6" A8.01 5 A8.01 6 A8.01 4 5' - 0"2' - 11 7/8"21' - 0 1/8" 20' - 5 1/2" 10 A8.01 HANDRAIL EDGE OF WALL RAILING- SEE /13 A8.01 STEEL POSTS DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY STAIR MFR 2' - 4" P3 (7" MAX)+/- 6 19/32"8"2"W-19-4 1-1/4" x 3/16" STEEL BAR GRATING CHECKERED PLATE NOSING 14 GA SMOOTH CLOSURE PLATE STRINGER PLATE BEYOND WELD TREAD TOP STRINGER PLATE PER MFR 11" 1" 1 1/4" 3x3x1/4 CONT STEEL ANGLE BETWEEN STRINGER PLATES-WELD TO STRINGER PER MFR 5/8" DIA x 4-3/4" HILTI KB-TZ SLAB ANCHOR- (3) AT EQUAL SPACES ALONG ANGLE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB STRINGER PLATE BEYOND DIMENSION POINT FROM FRONT OF STAIR NOSING 1-1/2" Ø METAL RAILING HANDRAIL SUPPORT BRACKET PER STAIR MFR FINISH FACE OF WALL 6"1 1/2"1/4"STRINGER PLATE BEYOND 2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE WELDED TO EACH STRINGER 2"9"3 1/8" EDGE OF WALL BEYOND FLOOR 1' - 4 1/8" WOOD STUD HEADER-FRAME WOOD STUD WALL AROUND STRUCTURE HSS 3"x3"x1/4" STAIR SUPPORT POST WOOD BLOCKING AS NEEDED AROUND STRUCTURE MIN 1/2" CONT SEALANT & BACKER ROD (2) 5/8" Ø x 4" A307 HEX BOLTS 2" MIN NOTCH STRINGER PLATE AT FLOOR (WEST SIDE OF STAIRS ONLY) 1/4" MAX CONT SEALANT ALL AROUND GWB PENETRATION 4'-0" MAX EQUAL SPACING UON 10"2"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"42"36"1-1/2" Ø PIPE HANDRAIL (WHERE INDICATED IN PLAN / ELEVATION) 3/4" x 2" FLAT BAR TOP RAIL 1/2" Ø PIPE RAIL TYP FLAT BAR KICK PLATE / STRINGER 3/4" x 2" FLAT BAR POST TYP FLOOR LEVEL 9 A8.01 BOTTOM OF STRINGER BEYOND42"1-1/2" Ø PIPE HANDRAIL (WHERE INDICATED IN PLAN / ELEVATION) 3/4" x 2" FLAT BAR TOP RAIL 1/2" Ø PIPE RAIL TYP OF (9)-CENTER ON & WELD INTO EACH POST 3/8" x 12" FLAT BAR KICK PLATE STRINGER 3/4" x 2" FLAT BAR POST TYP 1 1/2"4 3/4"2"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"36"HANDRAIL BRACKET PER MFR-WELD TO EACH POST STAIR TREAD ATTACH POSTS TO STRINGER PER MFR First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" D E F 2' - 5 3/8"17' - 2 5/8"4' - 4"4' - 9"3" EQUAL 2 EQUAL 2 EQUAL 2EQUAL 1 EQUAL 1 EQUAL 1 EQUAL 1 EQUAL 1 A8.01 5 OPP A8.01 6 OPP / SIM A8.01 4 OPP HANDRAIL COLUMN BEYOND RAILING BEYOND- SEE /12 A8.01 9 A8.01 MFR'S STANDARD HANDRAIL RETURN 12" MFR'S STANDARD STARTER RAIL STEEL POSTS DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY STAIR MFR CONT PLATE STRINGER AT MEZZANINE RAILING 11 A8.01 12"2' - 3"1' - 3"6"6"2' - 9 1/2"2' - 9 1/2" HSS POST PER STRUCT ALIGN RAIL W/ RAIL ON OTHER SIDE OF COLUMN STAIR STRINGER PLATE BEYOND 1-1/2" Ø STEEL POST TYP 1-1/2" Ø STEEL RAIL TYP BASE PLATE & ANCHORS TYP-SEE /14 A8.01 6"6"6"6"6" 3 7/8"3' - 6" FINISH FACE OF WALL HSS COLUMN PER STRUCT CORNER POST 2' - 3"1-1/2" Ø STEEL POST TYP 1-1/2" Ø STEEL RAIL TYP 6"3" BASE PLATE & ANCHOR TYP-SEE /14 A8.01 Stair Notes 1. Stair support & connections to be designed and provided by stair manufacturer. Structural sizes and connections called out in drawings are based upon the basis of design. See specifications. 2. All stair supports at the landing including posts and cross bracing must be contained within wall 3. All stairs & supports to be galvanized UON 1-1/2" Ø PIPE HANDRAIL 3/8" x 12" FLAT BAR KICK PLATE STRINGER PER STAIR MFR HANDRAIL BRACKET PER MFR-ATTACH TO WALL STAIR TREAD WALL BACKING AT EACH HANDRAIL BRACKET CONT 3/8" SEALANT & BACKER ROD ALL AROUND 2"10"36"1" 1 1/2" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" CONT J TRIM & 1/4" SEALANT CONT STRINGER PLATE-ATTACH TO OUTSIDE OF POST TYP (2) 5/8" Ø x 4" A307 HEX BOLTS TYP CONT STRINGER PLATE NOTCHED UNDER FLOOR HSS POST TYP 3' - 6"1" Mezzanine ELEV. = 11' - 0" RIM JOIST PER STRUCTURAL TJI FRAMING PER STRUCT 3/8" x 12" FLAT BAR KICK PLATE-MATCH SIZE & FINISH OF STAIR STRINGER VCT FLOORING O/ PLYWOOD SHEATHING 4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"2"4 3/4"3/4" x 2" FLAT BAR TOP RAIL 1/2" Ø PIPE RAIL TYP OF (9)-CENTER ON & WELD INTO EACH POST 3/4" x 2" FLAT BAR POST TYP ATTACH POSTS TO STRINGER PER STAIR MFR 42"CONC ANCHOR BOLT EA SIDE 6" x 3" x 1/2" STEEL BASE PLATE STEEL POST 1"2"2"1"1 1/2"1 1/2"Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A8.01 Stair Plans, Sections & Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A8.01 Enlarged Plan @ Stairs1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stair Section - West3 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stairs - Typical Tread & Riser5 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stairs - Floor Slab Connection4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A8.01 Handrail Return @ Wall15 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stairs - Mezzanine Floor Connection6 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Guardrail Elevation Typical8 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Guardrail Section @ Stairs9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stair Section - East2 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stair Rail West12 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stair Rail North13 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Handrail Section @ Stairs10 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A8.01 Stair Support Section7 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A8.01 Guardrail Section @ Mezzanine11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A8.01 Cane Rail Floor Connection14 TA-4MIRROR BOWL LIP @ 28" MIN -34" MAX Miscellaneous Accessories Lavatory Back Wall B/O GLASS @ 40" MAX ADA CONTROLS @ 40" TA-3 TA-6 4' - 0"3' - 3"2' - 0" TA-1 FACE OF FINISHED WALL T/O SHELF T/O BAR @ 33" MIN-36" MAX TOP OF SEAT @ 17-1/2" WALL MTD TOILET TA-1 TA-3 MIN 24" MIN 12" 42" MIN 12" MIN CLR ABOVE & 1 1/2" MIN CLR BELOW 6" TA-7 TA-9 Rear Wall FACE OF FINISHED WALL Side Wall 18" 12"40"TA-8 Side Wall 18" MAX 16" MIN MAX 12" NOTE: WALL TILE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY-SEE ELEVATIONS (17"-19" REQ'D) 7" MIN -9" MAX FROM F/O OF TOILET TO C/O DISPENSER TA-2 TA-2 ADA TYP 24"54" MIN 36" MIN KNEE CLEARANCE @ 27" MAX 39" MIN- 41" MAX 18"MIN39" MIN-41" MAXTA-5 CLEAR AREA PIPE INSULATION/ CONTACT SLEEVE 2' - 3"11" 8"9"8"2' - 6"T/O ACCESSORIES ADA SHOWER CONTROLS ELEVATION SECTION QUANTITY PER ROOM, WHERE APPLICABLE ACCESSORY IDENTIFIER (x)TA-x MIRROR -24" x 48" (CFCI)TA-4 TA-2 TA-1 TA-3 SOAP DISH (CFCI) TOWEL HOOK (CFCI) GRAB BAR (CFCI) ITEM 18" VERTICALLY-MOUNTED NOTE: GRAB BAR DEPICTIONS N.T.S. 36" BEHIND TOILETS 42" AT SIDE OF TOILETS TA-5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER & WASTE (CFCI) TA-6 SOAP DISPENSER (CFCI) TA-7 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (CFCI) TA-8 TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (CFCI) TA-9 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL (CFCI) PLAN TA-10 UTILITY SHELF (CFCI) TA-13 WALL SHELF W/ DRYING ROD (CFCI) 4 D 60" x 60" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT TOILET 30" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT LAVATORY 60" DIAMETER CLEAR TURN AROUND SPACE REQUIRED WITHIN ROOM 36" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT TRANSFER TYPE SHOWER 60"60"30" 36"48"24"24"60" x 54" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT DOOR 54"60" 30" x 30" CLEAR SPACE WITHIN TRANSFER SHOWER 30" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT LAVATORY 60" x 60" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT TOILET 60" DIAMETER CLEAR TURN AROUND SPACE REQUIRED WITHIN ROOM 42" x 56" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT DOOR 60"60"22"56"42" 48"30"1' - 6"3' - 2"TA-4 TA-1 1 A9.06 8" TA-6 TA-9 TA-7 6"12" WALL TILE TYP 4' - 6"1' - 11"9"TA-5 ADA BASE CABINET AND SINK 4" MAX CL PAINTED TILE BACKER BOARD ABOVE SHOWER ALL AROUND 9"9"9"4' - 6"TA-2 ADA SHOWER AND CONTROLS 15" MAX 2' - 10"TYP OF (3) 6"3' - 0"4' - 6"ADA SHOWER AND CONTROLS TA-11 TA-12 TA-83' - 0" TA-1 3"18" MIN2' - 10"TA-3 17 1/2"1' - 6"6"2' - 11"4' - 6"2' - 6"3' - 4" TA-8 TA-1 2' - 0"18"6"14"28"12"4 1/2"TA-4 17 1/2"17 1/2"LIGHT FIXTURE - PER ELECT- CENTER O/ MIRROR & SINK 3' - 4"2' - 6"12" 6" TA-7 TA-6 2' - 0" EQ EQ TA-1 TA-9 WALL TILE TYP 5' - 4" TA-5 4' - 6"EQEQ 4' - 6"9"9"9"3"4" PREFAB SHOWER4' - 6"EQ EQ SHOWER AND CONTROLS TA-2 TYP OF (3)4' - 6"24" BASE CABINET AND SINK 1' - 6" 2 A9.06 TA-4 3' - 10" TA-5 TA-9 TA-7 4" TA-6 LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELECT- CENTER ABOVE SINK & MIRROR 6"10" WALL TILE TYP EQ EQ 4' - 6"TA-12 SHOWER AND CONTROLS 3"TA-3 TA-11 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT BY SHOWER MRF (CFCI) SHOWER CURTAIN & ROD - BY SHOWER MRF (CFCI) TA-12 1. Bullnose tile at all exopsed edge conditions 2. Cove base tile to be CT-2 tile at bottom of wall typ 3. Wall tile to terminate flush with bullnose tile at outside corner conditions Bathroom Tile Notes Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.00 Toilet Elevations, Accessories & ADA Requirements Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 Typical Mounting Heights & ADA Requirements3 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 Toilet Accessory Key4 N Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Shower Plan2 N Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Restroom Plan1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Shower - North9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Shower - West10 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Shower - South11 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Shower - East12 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Restroom - North5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Restroom - West6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Restroom - South7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 ADA Restroom - East8 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 Restroom - North13 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 Restroom - West14 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 Restroom - South15 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.00 Restroom - East16 BASE PER SCHED SIGNAGE (OFCI)- COORDINATE W/ OWNER AND PROVIDE BACKING AS NEEDED FRAMING -SEE STRUCT S3 S4 FRAMING -SEE STRUCT BASE PER SCHED A6.02 15 A7.02 7 TYP WALL SUPPLY GRILLE-SEE MECH- CENTER OVER DOOR INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN STOREFRONT TYP S1 S2 FLYER DISPLAY RACK EXIT SIGN PER ELECT-CENTER OVER DOOR- COORDINATE W/ DOOR HARDWARE INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACKPAN TYP FRAMING -SEE STRUCT BASE PER SCHED 15 A9.06 FLYER DISPLAY CABINET WALL HEATER - SEE MECH PHOTOS (OFCI)- COORDINATE W/ OWNER AND PROVIDE BACKING AS NEEDED 3' - 3 3/4"4 3/8" A6.02 14 TYP FURRED OUT GWB AT CORNER TYP 9"1' - 4"2' - 6 1/4"TV-1 W2 4' - 0"LOCKERS- SEE NOTES ON 3' - 1" BASE PER SCHED 14 A9.06 2' - 6"2' - 6" EGRESS WINDOW /8 A9.01 RS-1 LOCKERS,TYP MB-1 TV-1 BASE PER SCHED W1TV-1 MB-1 BASE PER SCHED RS-1 MB-1 LOCKER LOCK TYP 6' - 0" BASE PER SCHED3' - 2"4' - 0"14 A9.06 4' - 0" 2' - 6"2' - 6" LOCKER NAMEPLATE TYP LOCKER HANDLE TYP LOCKER VENT TYP OPEN CUBBY TYP TV-2 4' - 0"COPIER 4' - 3" BASE PER SCHED2' - 10"W1W1 3 A9.06 5 A9.06 EQ EQ EQ EQ 10' - 3 1/4" 24" BASE CABINET W/ SLIDING DOORS,TYP 24" BASE CABINETS & COUNTERTOP, TYP5 A9.06 PLAM-2 FILLER PANEL EACH SIDE RS-1RS-1 OPEN OPEN FRAMING PER STRUCT PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL CORRIDOR & HALL WALLS PER /6 A7.02 BASE PER SCHED CG CG CG CONT BACKING IN WALL-SEE /6 A7.02 A7.02 7 TYP LIGHT FIXTURE- SEE ELECT ROUTE ALL ITEMS THAT CROSS OPEN CORRIDOR BETWEEN JOISTS & TIGHT TO ROOF DECK TB-2 LOCKERS, TYP FRAMING-SEE STRUCT 3' - 2"PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL CORRIDOR & HALL WALLS PER /6 A7.02EQEQ BASE PER SCHED 2' - 0"2' - 0" FEC CONT WALL BACKING PER /6 A7.02 ROUTE ALL ITEMS THAT CROSS OPEN CORRIDOR BETWEEN JOISTS & TIGHT TO ROOF DECK PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL A7.02 7 TYP Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.01 Interior Elevations Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Lobby 100 - North Elevation9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Lobby 100 - West Elevation10 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Lobby 100 - South Elevation11 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Lobby 100 - East Elevation12 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Officer's Office 104 - East Elevation5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Officer's Office 104 - North Elevation7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Officer's Office 104 - South Elevation4 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Officer's Office 104- West Elevation8 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Station Office 103 - North Elevation2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Station Office 103 - South Elevation3 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Corridor 102 - East Elevation6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01 Corridor 102- West Elevation1 TV-2 S11 S12 4' - 0"3' - 3"7' - 1 3/8" BASE PER SCHED WALL HEATER - PER MECH TYP FRAMING - SEE STRUCT RS-1 ES COUNTERTOP 14" DEEP UPPER CABINETS W/ FINISH WOOD END PANELS 3' - 0"1' - 6"4' - 0"GWB-PNT-1 BASE PER SCHED 10' - 0" 4 A9.07 KITCHEN PENINSULA BASE CABINETS8 A9.07 TV-3 8' - 0"3' - 6"BASE PER SCHED 9 A9.07 TYP1' - 6"4"6' - 4"(20) EQUAL FOOD LOCKERS W/ WOOD DOORS, KEYED LOCKS & SS NUMBERS-EACH LOCKER NOM 18"W x 18"H x 14"D EQ 9' - 2"EQ WD FILLER PANEL EACH SIDE MB-2 24" DEEP UPPER CABINETS TRASH CAN TYP EQ EQ 3' - 2"TB-1 FRAMING - SEE STRUCT OPEN OPEN BASE PER SCHED WALL HEATER - PER MECH TYP CG CG A7.02 7 TYP SUPPLY GRILLE PER MECH 4' - 0"1' - 6"1' - 9"1' - 9"1' - 9"2' - 0" RANGE 3' - 0"WOOD FILLER PANEL 14" DEEP UPPER CABINETS W/ FINISH WOOD END PANELS MICROWAVE CORNER CABINET W/ LAZY SUSAN 5 A9.07 4 A9.07 27" BASE CABINETS W/ WOOD END PANEL 8 A9.07 TILE BACKSPLASH 6' - 0"2' - 6"TB-1STEP LADDER- HANG ON WALL REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER TYP S5 EQEQEQEQEQ 24" DEEP UPPER CABINETS - WOOD TYP TRASH AND RECYCLE BINS 2' - 5"BASE PER SCHED 16' - 8 3/4" 11 A9.06FILLER PANEL EACH END PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL FRAMING - SEE STRUCT 2' - 9"3' - 6"3' - 6"3' - 6" GAS LINE PER MECH- SURFACE MOUNT CENTERED ON BRAKE METAL PANEL-TURN INTO WALL CAVITY ONCE BELOW CLERESTORY S9 S10 S8S7S6 3' - 0"REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER 24" DEEP UPPER CABINETS -WOOD RANGE, WOOD FILLER BOTH SIDES 24" DEEP BASE UNIT - WOOD W/ SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP 23" BASE CABINET W/ 33" WIDE COUNTERTOP SS HOOD PER MECH CONCEALED W/I UPPER CAB- B/O HOOD @ 6' -0" AFF EQ EQ EQ FRAMING - SEE STRUCT CORNER CABINET W/ LAZY SUSAN 6' - 1" 7 A9.06 11 A9.06 7 A9.07 6 A9.07 TILE BACKSPLASH PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL 1' - 0"3' - 0" CLR A6.02 15 TYP RS-1 RS-1RS-1RS-1 ADA DISHWASHER COORD W/ MFR SS SINK3 A9.07 6' - 2" 8"1' - 6"1' - 6" CLR 2' - 0 1/2"4" 1 A9.07 2 A9.07 ES COUNTERTOP 2' - 10"7 1/2"3' - 6" WOOD END PANELS ES COUNTERTOP BASE PER SCHED 2' - 10"2' - 10"4"3' - 4" SS SINK BASE PER SCHED WOOD END PANELS ES COUNTERTOP 2' - 9" 1' - 11"9"6' - 2"4' - 1" WOOD FILLER PANEL EACH SIDE 3 A9.07 4"1' - 1"1' - 1"1' - 6"1' - 6"8"KITCHEN PENINSULA BASE CABINETS W/ WOOD END PANEL ES COUNTERTOP KITCHEN ISLAND BASE CABINETS WITH WOOD END PANELS POWER RECEPTACLE- SEE ELECT 8 A9.07 3' - 0"2' - 10"14 A9.06 OPEN CUBBY TYP FINISH FACE OF WALL BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE LOCKER LOCK TYP7' - 10"5' - 0" WALL BEYOND LOCKER NAMEPLATE TYP LOCKER HANDLE TYP LOCKER VENT TYP 8 A9.06 OPEN SHELVING 5' - 1 1/4"1' - 6" 8 A9.06 5' - 5 3/4"1' - 0" OPEN SHELVING Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.02 Interior Elevations Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Dining 107- North Elevation9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Dining 107 - South Elevation10 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Day Room 108- West Elevation15 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Hall 102C- North Elevation11 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen 106- East Elevation3 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen 106- North Elevation4 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen 106 - South Elevation2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen 106 - West Elevation1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen Island - East Elevation7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen Island - North Elevation8 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen Island - South Elevation6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen Island - West Elevation5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Lockers 102E - Typ Elevation12 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Pantry 105- East Elevation14 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Pantry 105- South Elevation13 FRAMING -SEE STRUCT PULL-UP BAR PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL CMU WALL-PNT-2 7' - 6"9' - 8" PULL-UP BAR TV-2 S14 S13 BASE PER SCHED PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL RS-1 RS-1 RS-1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN - PER MECH TV-2 PULL-UP BAR BASE PER SCHED3' - 4"2' - 6" FRAMING -SEE STRUCT PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL WALL HEATER - SEE MECH TV-2 EQ 5 EQ PANELS = 20' -0"EQ EQ EQ 8' - 6"2' - 0"6' - 0"FRAMING -SEE STRUCT DRINKING FOUNTAIN - PER MECH MIRRORS BASE PER SCHED WM-1 WM-1 WM-1WM-1WM-1 PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL WALL HEATER PER MECH-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM OF TV WALL GRILLE- SEE MECH TA-10 12" DEEP UPPER CABINET 24" BASE CABINET AND COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH BASE PER SCHED 3' - 8"6' - 0"ELECTRICAL PANEL TYP 24" DEEP FULL HEIGHT CABINET 7' - 0"BASE PER SCHED 12" UPPER CORNER CABINET (PLAM-2)2' - 10"1' - 8"2' - 6"TA-10 12"12" 11 A9.06 2' - 10 1/2"2' - 10 1/2" 2' - 11"2' - 11" 24" BASE CABINETS & COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH 3 A9.06 5' - 9" D W 1' - 0" 12" UPPER CORNER CABINET PLAM-2 2' - 9 1/4" 4' - 9" CLR 2' - 8"2' - 10"1' - 8"2' - 6"7' - 0"3' - 3" 11 A9.06 9 A9.06 3 A9.06 EQ EQ EQ 24" BASE CABINETS & COUNTERTOP W/ BACKSPLASH 10' - 0 1/4" 8 A9.06 2' - 0"5' - 9" OPEN SHELVING 8 A9.06 5' - 11 1/4"1' - 0" OPEN SHELVING Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.03 Interior Elevations Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Fitness 113 - East Elevation6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Fitness 113 - North1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Fitness 113 - South Elevation5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Fitness 113 - West Elevation2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Laundry 114 - East Elevation8 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Laundry 114 - North Elevation3 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Laundry 114- South7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Laundry 114 - West Elevation4 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Medical 118- South Elevation9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Medical 118- West Elevation10 HR FE S15 S15 S15 LOUVER-SEE MECH 2' - 8"4' - 0"4' - 0"9' - 4"8' - 8"9' - 4"8' - 8"9' - 4"10' - 8" 4' - 8"8' - 0"6' - 0" OPEN OPEN OPEN OVERHEAD DOOR INTERIOR BOLLARD TYP- SEE BIFOLD DOOR TRACK OPEN WEB JOIST TYP- SEE STRUCT 14' - 0"3' - 4"20' - 0"6' - 0"4' - 8" 1' - 0"6' - 8"8' - 0"7' - 4"8' - 0"8' - 0"4' - 0"14' - 0"/10 A7.02 FOUR FOLD DOOR CONTROLLER-RUN SURFACE MTD CONDUITS TO DOOR STRAIGHT VERTICAL & TURN THROUGH OPEN WEB JOIST-RUN SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUITS TO PUSH BUTTON STRAIGHT DOWN THROUGH SLAB CMU-PAINT PT-2 CMU-PAINT PT-5 4' - 4"3' - 6"DUCTWORK PER MECH-COORDINATE LOCATION W/ OVERHEAD DOOR OPEN WEB JOIST FRAMING- SEE STRUCT OVERHEAD DOOR HOOD TYP PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP- SEE ELECTRICAL OVERHEAD DOOR TYP WALL MOUNT OVERHEAD DOOR MOTOR TYP CMU -WAINSCOT PAINT PNT-5 4' - 4"CMU-PAINT PNT-2 OVERHEAD DOOR CONTROLLER TYP 12"42"DUCTING PER MECH- COORDINATE W/ OVERHEAD DOOR INTERIOR BOLLARD TYP- SEE OPEN WEB JOIST FRAMING- SEE STRUCT FOUR FOLD DOOR CMU-PAINT PT-2 PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICAL /10 A7.02 4' - 4"CMU-PAINT PT-5 4' - 0"14' - 0"4' - 0"14' - 0"4' - 0"14' - 0"DOOR MFR'S REMOTE PUSH BUTTON-TYP OF (2) HR BACKING IN WALL PER CONT 1/4" SEALANT BETWEEN GWB & STRINGER PLATE CONT STRINGER PLATE AT MEZZANINE RAILING BOLLARD TYP-SEE FRAMING-SEE STRUCT-FIRST OPEN WEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAY FROM WALL CMU-PAINT PNT-2 OVERHEAD DOOR W/ COVER FOUR FOLD DOOR HEAD 1' - 8"1' - 8"1' - 8"WALL MOUNTED SINK - SEE MECH 11 A8.01 /6 A7.02 2' - 6" 3 A9.06 11 A9.06 CANE RAIL 2' - 6"1' - 8"2' - 10"24" DEEP BASE CABINETS W/ BACKSPLASH /10 A7.02 2' - 0" CMU-PAINT PNT-5 4' - 4"FOUR FOLD DOOR CONTROLLER- RUN SURFACE MTD CONDUITS TO DOOR STRAIGHT VERTICAL & TURN THROUGH OPEN WEB JOIST-RUN SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUITS TO PUSH BUTTON STRAIGHT DOWN THROUGH SLAB GWB-PAINT PNT-1 3' - 6"2' - 0" FRAMING-SEE STRUCT- FIRST OPEN WEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAY FROM WALL HSS COLUMN PER STRUCT PNT-13 STAIRS & RAILING Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.04 Interior Elevations Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.04 App Bay 119- East Elevation4 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.04 App Bay 119- North Elevation1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.04 App Bay 119 - South Elevation2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.04 App Bay 119 - West Elevation3 FRAMING - SEE STRUCT 9 A9.06 FULL HEIGHT CABINET TYP 35 GALLON SOAP 4' - 0"4' - 0" FRP BASE TRIM FULL HEIGHT CABINET, TYP FRAMING - SEE STRUCT 35 GALLON SOAP (OFOI) LIGHT FIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL WALL EXHAUST - SEE MECH FRP GWB-PNT-1 8' - 0"RECESSED FLOOR DRAIN-SEE /4 A7.03 OPEN FRAMING - SEE STRUCT EQ EQ CMU-PAINT PNT-2 CMU-PAINT PNT-5 RECESSED FLOOR DRAIN- SEE /4 A7.03 TA-10 WALL SHELF W/ DRYING ROD TYP TWO COMPARTMENT FABRICATED SINK -SEE MECH EXTRACTOR 6' - 0"FRAMING - SEE STRUCT FRP BASE TRIM FRP 8' - 0"GWB -PNT-1 4' - 0"4' - 0" MECH DUCTING TA-13 TA-13 EXTRACTOR FRAMING - SEE STRUCT RECESSED EMERGENCY EYEWASH- SEE MECH RECESSED DRAIN- SEE EMERGENCY SHOWER- SEE MECH 18" SOAP DISPENSER LIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICAL WALL SHELF W/ DRYING ROD, TYP 8' - 0"FRP GWB-PNT-1 /4 A7.03 ALIGN FRP SEAM W/ EDGE OF RECESSED DRAIN FRP BASE TRIM FRP BASE TRIM TWO COMPARTMENT FABRICATED SINK - SEE MECH FRAMING - SEE STRUCT WALL SHELF W/ DRYING ROD, TYP LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL FRP 8' - 0"GWB -PNT-1 MECH DUCT TYP- KEEP ALL WALL PENETRATIONS ABOVE FRP TA-13 FRAMING - SEE STRUCT EQ 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24"74 1/2"18"BUNKER GEAR LOCKER EXTRA GEAR CUBBIES LIGHT FIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL FRAMING -SEE STRUCT EQ 24" 24" 24" 83 7/8" 24"24" 24" 24" EQ BUNKER GEAR LOCKER LIGHT FIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL GEAR CUBBIES CMU-PAINT PNT-54' - 4"CMU-PAINT PNT-2 OPEN PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP WALL HUNG TOOLS-PEG BOARD FRAMING - SEE STRUCT 1x WOOD BEHIND, TYP 3' - 6"4' - 0"EQ EQ 3' - 6"FE 12" CMU-PAINT PNT-5 4' - 4"FIRE CABINET- VENT THRU EAST WALL PER MECH 5' - 5"2' - 10"BASE PER SCHED SPRINKLER RISER-SEE MECH FRAMING - SEE STRUCT EXIT SIGN PER ELECT- CENTER OVER DOOR TYP 6 A9.06 DOMESTIC WATER HEADER- SEE MECH PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP BASE PER SCHED FRAMING - SEE STRUCT PEG BOARD 1x WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND, TYP 5' - 0"2' - 6"6"1' - 6"1' - 6" 4' - 0" WALL SUPPLY GRILLE -SEE MECH 2' - 6"FIRE CABINET SPRINKLER RISER-SEE MECH DOMESTIC WATER HEADER FRAMING - SEE STRUCT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL EQEQEQEQEQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQUAL FILLER STRIP ON EACH SIDE - PLAM-2 UNIT HEATER- SEE MECH (20) EQUAL CUBBIES 4"7' - 3"10 A9.06 21"20 1/2"FRAMING -SEE STRUCT 9' - 2" DUCTWORK TYP-SEE MECH LIGHT FIXTURE- SEE ELECT BUNKER GEAR LOCKER BASE PER SCHEDULE OPEN CMU-PNT-2 CMU-PNT-5 EMERGENCY SHOWER DUCTS- SEE MECH FRAMING TYP- SEE STRUCT TWO COMPARTMENT FABRICATED SINK -SEE MECH EXIT SIGN-CENTER ABOVE DOOR LIGHT FIXTURE- SEE ELECT Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.05 Interior Elevations Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Custodial 120 - East Elevation4 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Custodial 120- South Elevation3 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Custodial 120- West Elevation2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Decon 121 - East Elevation8 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Decon 121 - North Elevation5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Decon 121 - South Elevation7 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Bunker Gear 122 - East Elevation12 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Bunker Gear 122 - West Elevation10 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Shop - West Elevation14 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Shop - South Elevation15 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Shop 123 - North Elevation13 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Shop 123 - East Elevation16 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Bunker Gear 122 - South Elevation11 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Bunker Gear 122 - North Elevation9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Decon 121 - West Elevation6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05 Custodial 120 - North Elevation1 3/4" ADJUSTABLE SHELF (2 PER LOCKER) CLOTHES ROD TYP WD BLOCKING TYP TOWEL ROD TYP 3/4" PLAM END PANEL W/ PRE-DRILLED HOLES @ 1" SPACING FOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES, TYP FINISH FLOOR BASE PER SCHED, TYP6' - 0"4"12 A9.061' - 6"7' - 10"RECESSED BLOCKING 1/4" -PAINT 3/4" THICK PLAM CUBBY DIVIDER BEYOND, TYP 1" WD TRIM ALL AROUND LOCKER PERIMETER-SCRIBE AND SEAL TO TOP OF LOCKERS -PAINT 3/4" PLYWD CABINET DOOR, TYP 1" BASE PER SCHED, TYP MTL VENT GRILL, TYP RECESSED MTL HANDLE, TYP LOCK, TYP TACKABLE PIN-UP SURFACE MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF DOOR, TYP MTL NAME TAG/ #HOLDER, TYP MTL VENT GRILL, TYP 5' - 0"3' - 2"2' - 0"1' - 0" 12 A9.06 FACE OF WALL 3/4" PLAM DIVIDER PANEL OPEN CUBBY, TYP 4"7' - 6"TACKABLE PIN-UP SURFACE, TYP 3/4" PLYWD CABINET DOOR (OPEN) KNUCKLE HINGE TYP CLOTHES ROD ABOVE TYP 1/2" PLAM-FACED BACK PANEL, TYP MFR FINISH TRIM STRIP TOWEL ROD TYP PLAM FILLER SCRIBED TO WALL 3/4" PLAM-FACED END PANEL, TYP 2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 6"2' - 6" 3/4" PLYWD CABINET DOOR TYP 14 A9.061' - 6"HARDBOARD PEGBOARD ATTACHED TO 1x WOOD BLOCKING -SEE ELEVATION FLOOR PER SCHED 1" HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP CONT BLOCKING AS REQ'D BY SUPPORT BRACKET MFR SUPPORT BRACKET @ 48" OC MAX (24" OC MAX FOR ES COUNTER) - SEE ELEVATIONS FOR SPACING FASTENER AS RECOMMENDED BY SUPPORT BRACKET MFR TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED LOAD CAPACITY 2' - 0" TYP 2' - 6"BASE PER SCHED 1 3/4"1" WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHEDPER INTERIOR ELEVATIONPLAM-1 COUNTERTOP CABINET DOOR- (PLAM-2)1 1/2"CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 2' - 0" WIRE PULL EA DOOR TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED COUNTERTOP (PLAM-1) CABINET DOOR (PLAM-2) WIRE PULL EACH DOOR TYP7 1/2"2' - 0" TYP, UON DRAWER (PLAM-2)4"CONCEALED HINGE TYPPER INTERIOR ELEV3" BACKSPLASH WHERE INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS- SCRIBE TO WALL-PLAM-1 4"3/4" WOOD BLKG, TYP TILE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED PLAM-1 COUNTERTOP REMOVABLE ADA VANITY PANEL; FASTEN TO CABINET FRAME W CONCEALED FASTENERS -PLAM-24"1 1/2"APRON -PLAM-2 2' - 10" MAX @ ADA9" MIN2' - 3" MIN3" MIN 8" MIN TILE PER SCHED WIRE PULL EACH DOOR ADJUSTABLE SHELF; (3) PER CABINET WOOD BLKG TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED CABINET DOOR- (PLAM-2)7' - 0"3' - 4"CONCEALED HINGE TYP 2' - 0" WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED PLAM-1 COUNTERTOP 1/4" PLYWOOD SLIDING CABINET DOOR-(PLAM-2)1 1/2"2' - 0"2' - 10"1" PLYWOOD ADJUSTABLE SHELF; (3) PER CABINET TYP - PLAM-2 WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED7' - 0"VARIES - SEE PLAN 1" PLYWOOD TOP, BOTTOM, BACK & SIDES PLAM-2 1" HEAVY DUTY SHELF; FIXED -PLAM-2 WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED7' - 7"2' - 0" FIXED 3/4" PLYWOOD VERTICAL DIVIDER BETWEEN EA SET OF CUBBIES EQEQEQEQPROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQ'D TO SECURE CABINET ADJUSTABLE SHELF (2) PER CABINET WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP CABINET DOOR-WOOD CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 1' - 2" UON 3' - 10"2" WOOD LIGHT VALANCE LIGHT -SEE ELEC 3/4" THICK PYLWD END PANEL -FINISH WOOD - ROUTED TO SUPPORT GLASS 1/4" TEMP GLASS BLOCKING1' - 2"3/4" THICK SOLID WD EDGE BANDING, TYP PROVIDE STRAPPING AS REQ'D TO SECURE CASEWORK8"3/4"1' - 4"FINISH FLOOR PER SCHED BASE PER SCHED2' - 6 1/4"6 5/8" PROVIDE STRAP BLOCKING AS REQ'D TO SECURE CABINET ADJUSTABLE SHELF WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP PLAM CABINET DOOR- (PLAM-2) WOOD WHERE OCCURS IN KITCHEN CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 2' - 6"1' - 0" TYP, UON WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER FINISH SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED PLAM-1 COUNTERTOP APRON -PLAM-2 3' - 0"WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET, TYP CABINET DOOR- PLAM-2 CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 3"7 1/2"4"TILE PER SCHED 2' - 0" Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.06 Casework Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.06 Typical Section @ Double Row of Lockers14 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Locker Elevation13 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.06 Plan @ Double Row of Lockers12 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Countertop6 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Base Cabinet4 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Base Cabinet & Drawer3 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - ADA Base Cabinet & Sink1 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Full Height Cabinet9 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Base Cabinet @ Sliding Doors5 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Open Shelves8 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Bunker Gear Cubbies10 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Upper Cabinet @ Kitchen7 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Flyer Display15 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Upper Cabinet11 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06 Casework - Base Babinet & Sink2 WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP TOE KICK FLOORING PER FINISH SCHED CABINET DOOR- WOOD, TYP7 1/2"APRON (WOOD) CONCEALED SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE, TYP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP CABINET BOX FOR PLUMBING WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHED CABINET DOOR- WOOD, TYP CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 3' - 4" 1' - 4" 3' - 6" ES COUNTERTOP 2" 3" 3" BASE, TYP 3/4" PLYWOOD 3 A9.07 SS SINK -PER MECH 1' - 10 5/8" SINK DRAIN -PER MECH FIRE EXTINGUISHER - FASTEN TO END PANEL 2' - 10"FLOORING PER FINISH SCHED ES COUNTERTOP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER FINISH SCHED CABINET DOOR- WOOD, TYP CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 3' - 6" DISHWASHER PER MFR 1' - 11 3/8" CLR 3/4" PLYWOOD 3 A9.07 4"1 1/2"2' - 10"ADJUSTABLE SHELF WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHED, TYP FLOORING PER FINISH SCHED 3" MICROWAVE 3' - 0"2' - 3"4"5" 2' - 9" C1 1 1/2" 1 1/2" GWB-PNT-1 ES COUNTERTOP 3/4" PLYWOODPOWER RECEPTACLE- SEE ELECT 8 A9.07 2' - 2"WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER SCHEDULE, TYP FLOORING PER FINISH SCHED CABINET DOOR-WOOD, TYP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP DRAWER-WOOD CONCEALED HINGE, TYP3' - 0"7 1/2"2' - 9" 2' - 3" 5" C1 GWB - PAINT ES COUNTERTOP 3/4" PLYWOOD WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING PER FINISH SCHED CABINET DOOR-WOOD, TYP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP DRAWER-WOOD CONCEALED HINGE, TYP 1' - 11" ES COUNTERTOP TILE BACKSPLASH 1 1/2"7 1/2"3/4" PLYWOOD 2' - 0" WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP ADJUSTABLE SHELF; 1 PER CABINET TYP WOOD BLKG, TYP BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING PER FINISH SCHED CABINET DOOR-WOOD, TYP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP DRAWER-WOOD CONCEALED HINGE, TYP INSULATED INFILL PANEL W/ INTERIOR BACK PAN STOREFRONT MULLION ES COUNTERTOP CONT SEALANT JOINT 1 1/2" 2' - 4 3/8"7 1/2"3/4" PLYWOOD 3' - 0"TILE BACKSPLASH WRAP CORNER & TERMINATE AT MULLION -CT-3 12" DEEP UPPER CABINETS 4" PER MFR 2' - 0 1/2" CLR2 1/4"2' - 11 1/4"8" COUNTERTOP ABOVE SINK ABOVE DISHWASHER WOOD END PANELS -EA SIDE, TYP WOOD FILLER PANEL,TYP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP CONCEALED SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE, TYP CABINET DOOR, TYP -WOOD, TYP 1' - 6"1' - 6" WOOD BLKG, TYP 3' - 0"1' - 1 1/2" 6' - 2" 1' - 0 1/2"4"8" CABINET DOOR- WOOD, TYP WOOD FILLER PANEL,TYP CABINET BOX FOR PLUMBING 2' - 0"1' - 4"NFE PROVIDE STRAP BLOCKING AS REQ'D TO SECURE CABINET FIXED SHELF, TYP WIRE PULL EA DOOR, TYP CABINET DOOR -WOOD CONCEALED HINGE, TWO PER DOOR WOOD BASE, TYP BASE PER SCHED FLOORING PER SCHED4"FIXED VERTICAL DIVIDER BETWEEN EA SET OF DOORS (TYP)1' - 6"1' - 6"1' - 6"1' - 6"6' - 4"KEYED LOCK EA LOCKER 1' - 4" 6"2' - 3"EQEQ2' - 9"2' - 0" CLR GWB -PAINT REVEAL WOOD END PANEL BLOCKING, TYP WOOD FILLER PANEL MICROWAVE -OFCI BASE CABINET DOOR, WD COUNTERTOP ABOVE J-BOX PER ELEC, TYP 1' - 5" ADJUSTABLE SHELF BELOW C1 Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A9.07 Casework Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Base Cabinet & Sink1 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Kitchen Island Through DW2 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Kitchen Peninusla5 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Kitchen Peninusla @ Base Cabinet & Drawer4 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Base Cabinet Tile Backsplash6 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Base Cabinet @ Spandrel7 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Plan View Kitchen Island3 Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Food Lockers9 N Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.07 Casework - Plan View Kitchen Peninsula8 1 A4.02 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 ROOF LINE ABOVE 65432 7 A B C D E G H J 3' - 0" F 3' - 8"3' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 2"3' - 0"1' - 2"4' - 6"3' - 0"5' - 8"4' - 6"5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"27' - 4"9' - 0"11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 6"4' - 8 7/8"2 A4.02 4 A4.02 3 A4.02 5 A4.03 6 A4.03 1 CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS CH/DS CH/DSPENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICAL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICAL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICAL RADIANT HEATER TYP CENTER BETWEEN DOORS- SEE MECH VEHICLE EXHAUST SYSTEM- SEE MECH THROUGH WALL RANGE EXHAUST- SEE MECHEQ7' - 4 1/8"7' - 3 7/8"7' - 4"EQWATER DROP @ 15'-0" AFF-SEE MECHANICAL POWER DROP 6'-6" AFF-SEE ELECTRICAL 6' - 0"1' - 0"4' - 0"13' - 0"17' - 4"11' - 8"FAN PENETRATION BETWEEN OPEN WEB JOISTS TYP- SEE MECH RS-1RS-1RS-1RS-111' - 0" 106 11' - 0" 107 9' - 0" 108 8' - 0" 115 8' - 0" 116 8' - 0" 114 8' - 0" 118 8' - 0" 117 10' - 6" 102A 8' - 0" 102D 8' - 0" 102C 8' - 0" 102B 8' - 0" 105 8' - 0" 101 14' - 0" 100 8' - 0" 103 8' - 0" 104 22' - 0" 119 10' - 0" 120 10' - 0" 121 10' - 0" 122 10' - 0" 123 20' - 0" 113 8' - 0" 102 8' - 0" 112 8' - 0" 111 8' - 0" 110 8' - 0" 109 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0"8' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" DUCT & LOUVER- SEE MECH P2 S2 P2 S2 S2 RS-1RS-1 RS-1 RS-1RS-1RS-1RS-1RS-1RS-1RS-1RS-1 RS-1RS-1ALL ITEMS THAT CROSS OPEN CORRIDOR TO BE ROUTED BETWEEN JOISTS TIGHT TO ROOF SHEATHING EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP EXP 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 543 C D E G F 2 A4.02 3 A4.02 5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0"23' - 0" ROOF HATCH ALIGN WITH WALL LIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECT 3' - 0"3' - 0"6' - 9"COORDINATE STRUCTURE AROUND MECH PENETRATIONS 8' - 0" 201 EXP RUN ALL EXPOSED CONDUITS AND PIPING TIGHT TO WALLS AND / OR ROOF SHEATHING Ceiling Plan Notes 1. Center ceiling grids and light fixtures each way within rooms unless otherwise indicated. Align similar fixtures, diffusers, and grilles each way within rooms unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bottom of pendant light fixtures to be 1'-6" below ACT ceilings unless otherwise noted (See Electrical). 3. Bottom of pendant light fixtures to be 9'-0" AFF at the Lobby, Kitchen & Dining; 12'-0" AFF at the Corridor; 14'-6" AFF at Fitness & App Bay; 8'-0" AFF at Storage & Support Spaces unless otherwise noted (See Electrical). 4. Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans indicate general light fixture location and orientation with respect to architectural elements. Fixtures not related to architectural elements may not be depicted. See Electrical lighting plans for fixture types, any fixture locations not depicted herein, and mounting conditions. 5. Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans indicate general mechanical diffuser and grille locations and orientation. See Mechanical drawings for types and mounting conditions. 6. Contractor shall coordinate light fixture locations to assure adequate clearance with mechanical equipment and Architectural /Structural elements. 7. Access doors for mechanical and electrical equipment are typically not indicated. Refer to specifications for general requirements and provide to full extent necessary. Coordinate locations and sizes with Architect prior to installation. 8. Refer to Floor Plans for additional wall section call-outs. 9. Paint all exposed structural framing and decking. Refer to Room Finish Schedule for colors. 10. Paint all exposed ductwork unless otherwise noted. Refer to Room Finish Schedule for colors. Paint to match adjacent surface UON 11. Paint all exposed piping and conduit. Paint to match adjacent surface UON RCP Legend Suspended Ceiling Grid with Acoustic Ceiling Tiles (ACT) Supply Grille (See Mech) Exhaust or Return Grille (See Mech) Light Fixture -Round Pendant (See Elect) Light Fixture -Strip Pendant (See Elect) Light Fixture -Recessed Can (See Elect) Light Fixture -Wall Wash (See Elect) Room Tag w/ Ceiling Height101 8'-0" Room Tag w/ Exposed Structure (No Ceiling) Exit / Emergency Fixtures (See Elect) 101 EXP Light Fixture -Exterior Wall Pack (See Elect) Roller ShadeRS-1 CH/DS Conductor Head & downspout-See /2 A6.08 Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A10.01 Reflected Ceiling Plans Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A10.01 First Floor RCP1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A10.01 Mezzanine RCP2 UP STATION OFFICE APPARATUS BAY LOBBY LAUNDRY FITNESS BUNK 4 BUNK 3 BUNK 2 BUNK 1 DECON CUSTODIAL BUNKER GEARDAY ROOM DINING KITCHEN PATIO PATIO SHOPCHARGINGPANTRY COMM ADA RESTROOM R/F R/F R/F R/F OFFICER'S OFFICE DW MURPHY BEDW D FUTURE AID CAR FS-15 ENGINE LOCKERS CORRIDOR1 A4.02 1 A4.03 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 4 A4.03 PHOTOS HDR EX DC CS LOCKER- TYP OF (20)34' - 4"5' - 0"4' - 6"LOCKERS SC AD AD SHOWER ADA SHOWER HALL HALL HALL HALL HAM RADIO BROCHURES 65432 7 A B C D E G H J 5' - 8"4' - 6"5' - 4"5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"27' - 4"9' - 0"11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" F DF 18"WALKWAY7' - 0"5' - 0"2' - 0"4' - 0"11' - 8 1/2"11' - 8"3' - 6"2' - 2"21' - 10"3' - 2"34' - 9"MEDICAL 2 A4.02 4 A4.02 30" 30" 3 A4.02 5 A4.03 6 A4.03 ALERTING FEC FE HR HR 1 DOMESTIC WATER HEADER-SEE MECH SPRINKLER RISER ASSEMBLY-SEE MECH 12"TB-2MB-2TV-3 TV-2 TV-2 WM-1 WM-1 WM-1 WM-1 WM-1 TV-1T R TB-1 MB-1FIRE CABINET WORKBENCH WALL HUNG TOOLS WALL SHELF W/ DRYING ROD TYP TV-2 ER MW TWO COMPARTMENT FABRICATED SINK EMERGENCY SHOWER & EYEWASH FOUR FOLD DOOR CONTROLLER FOUR FOLD DOOR CONTROLLER P PS SD PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL CORRIDOR & HALL WALLS PER /6 A7.02 FD FD24"CUBBIES 14' - 0"4' - 0"14' - 0" WATER DROP ABOVE-SEE MECH POWER DROP ABOVE-SEE ELECT HB OVERHEAD DOOR PUSHBUTTON OVERHEAD DOOR PUSHBUTTON PARKING STRIPE IN EACH BAY-COORDINATE SIZE & LOCATION W/ OWNER FOUR FOLD DOOR REMOTE PUSH BUTTON AD SD PUB FE FE FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD GD SL MEZZANINE 2 A4.03 3 A4.03 MECH CHASE CORRIDOR BELOW APP BAY BELOW C 543 C D E F 2 A4.02 3 A4.02 5' - 0"24' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0" 23' - 0" WH FD FF&E Plan Notes 1. Provide blocking and backing for wall-mounted materials, accessories, equipment, and furnishings. Coordinate with all other disciplines. 2. Unless otherwise noted, all furnishings including beds, tables, chairs etc. are owner furinished, owner installed. FF&E Plan Legend FEC Fire Extinguisher Cabinet-See TB-XX MB-XX Tackboard-See Schedule FE Fire Extinguisher-Wall Mounted TV-XX Floor drain-See MechFD Markerboard-See Schedule Flat Screen TV-See Schedule WM-XX Wall Mirror-See Schedule /9 A7.02 Corner GuardCG Floor drain with sump-See MechFD Recessed Floor Drain w/ steel grate cover-See MechFD Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 A11.01 FF&E Plans Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A11.01 First Floor FF&E1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A11.01 Mezzanine FF&E2 Fixture Schedule Symbol Fixture Name Furnished Installed Size Comments AD Air Drop Contractor Contractor See Mechanical C Compressor Contractor Contractor See Mechanical CS Chain Storage Owner Contractor Wall Mount on CMU D Dryer Owner Contractor DC Dryer Cabinet Owner Contractor DF Drinking Fountain Contractor Contractor See Mechanical DW Dishwasher Contractor Contractor ER Electric Range Contractor Contractor EX Extractor Owner Contractor FC Fire Cabinet Owner Contractor FE Fire Extinguisher Contractor Contractor Wall Mount FEC Fire Extinguisher Cabinet Contractor Contractor Semi-Recessed GD Garbage Disposer Contractor Contractor See Mechanical HDR Hose Drying Rack Owner Owner HR Hose Reel Contractor Contractor See Mechanical MB-1 Markerboard Contractor Contractor 4'-0" W x 4'-0" T MB-2 Markerboard Contractor Contractor 8'-0" W x 4'-0" T MW Microwave Owner Contractor P Printer Owner Owner PS Paper Shredder Owner Owner PUB Pull-Up Bar Owner Contractor Wall Mount on CMU R Recycle Bin Owner Owner 35 gallon round R/F Refrigerator / Freezer Owner Contractor RH Range Hood Contractor Contractor See Mechanical RS-1 Roller Shade Contractor Contractor SC Soap Container Owner Owner 35 Gallon SD Soap Dispenser Owner Contractor SL Step Ladder Contractor Contractor 4 Steps Aluminum- Hang on Wall T Trash Bin Owner Owner 35 gallon round TB-1 Tackboard Contractor Contractor 4'-0" W x 3'-0" T TB-2 Tackboard Contractor Contractor 8'-0" W x 4'-0" T TV-1 Television Owner Contractor +/- 42" Wall Mount TV-2 Television Owner Contractor +/- 55" Wall Mount TV-3 Television Owner Contractor +/- 90" Wall Mount W Washer Owner Contractor WH Water Heater Contractor Contractor See Mechanical WM Wall Mirror Contractor Contractor 4'-0" W x 6'-0" T Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S1.01 Structural General Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK Project consists of new construction as shown on these Contract Documents used in coordination with the Architectural and other discipline's documents. DEFINITIONS The following acronyms are used throughout these structural notes: IBC -Governing code, including local amendments SER -Structural Engineer of Record per these Contract Documents UNO -unless noted otherwise ASTM -American Society for Testing and Materials GOVERNING CODE All design and construction shall conform to the 2015 International Building Code and local jurisdiction amendments. Reference to ASTM and other standards shall refer to the latest edition designated by IBC Chapter 35. Refer to the specifications for information in addition to that covered by these structural notes and drawings. DOCUMENTS Structural Documents shall be used in conjunction with Architectural Documents for all bidding and construction. Drawings indicate general and typical details of construction. Typical details and general notes shall apply even if not specifically denoted on plans, UNO. Where conditions are not specifically indicated similar details of construction shall be used, subject to review and approval by the Architect and the SER. These Contract Documents and any materials used in preparation of them, including calculations, are the exclusive property of the SER and can be reproduced only with the permission of the SER. WARRANTY The SER has used that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised under similar circumstances by members of the profession in this locale and no other warranty, either expressed or implied, is made in connection with rendering professional services. OWNER RESPONSIBILITY The owner shall retain a Special Inspector to perform the special inspection requirements required by the building official and as outlined in the Special Inspection section below. DESIGN CRITERIA BUILDING CATEGORY Structural Risk Category IV Importance factors for snow, wind and seismic are listed with the loading criteria. LIVE LOADS -FLOOR AND ROOF See load maps for additional information. LIVE LOADS -SNOW Numbering below is per IBC Section 1603.1.3: 1.Flat-Roof Snow Load: Pf = 17 psf 2.Snow Exposure Factor:Ce = 1.2 3.Snow Importance Factor:Is = 1.2 4.Thermal Factor:Ct = 1.1 Additional Items: Ground Snow Load: Pg = 15 psf Snow drifting load per IBC w/ ground snow load Minimum uniform roof snow load = 25 psf LATERAL LOADS -WIND Numbering below is per IBC Section 1603.1.4: 1. Ultimate Design Wind Speed (3-second gust):Vult = 120 mph 2. Risk Category: IV 3. Wind Exposure: B 4. Internal Pressure Coefficient = +/-0.18 5. Components and Cladding: The following ultimate loads may be used in lieu of calculations: Uplift at roof in field -28.1 psf at edges -39.1 psf at corner -61.0 psf Overhangs at edges -41.3 psf at corner -65.4 psf Walls at field -28.1 psf at corner -34.7 psf LATERAL LOADS -EARTHQUAKE Numbering below is per IBC Section 1603.1.5: 1.Risk Category:IV 2.Seismic Importance Factor:Ie = 1.5 3.Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters:Ss = 1.444 g; S1 = 0.546 g 4.Site Class:D; FA = 1.00; FV = 1.50 5.Design Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters: SDS = 0.963 g; SD1 = 0.546 g 6.Seismic Design Category:D 7.Basic Seismic Force-Resisting Systems: Vertical Elements:Special Masonry Shear Wall and Wood Shear Walls; Diaphragms:Wood Diaphragm; 8.Design Base Shear: 138 kips 9.Seismic Response Coefficient:Cs = 0.289 10.Response Modification Coefficient:R = 5 11.Analysis Procedure: Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure Additional Items: Building Location: 47.5187° N, 122.20037° W Building Height = 21 feet Redundancy Factors: North/South Direction = 1.0 East/West Direction = 1.0 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS DESIGN DOCUMENTS Contractor shall verify all dimensions and all conditions at the job site, including building and site conditions before commencing work, and be responsible for same. All discrepancies shall be reported to the Architect before proceeding with work. Any errors, ambiguities and/or omissions in the contract documents shall be reported to the Architect immediately, in writing. No work is to be started before correction is made. Contractor shall verify and/or coordinate all dimensioned openings and slab edges shown on the contract documents. Some dimensions, openings and embedded items are shown on the structural drawings. Others may be required. Refer to architectural drawings for size and location of curbs, equipment pads, wall and floor openings, architectural treatment, embeds required for architectural items and dimensions. Refer to mechanical, plumbing, electrical and fire protection drawings for size and location of all openings for ducts, piping, conduits, etc. Submit openings to architect for review. Do not scale drawings. Use only field verified dimensions. When electronic plan files are provided for the contractor's detailing convenience, it shall be noted that the electronic files are not guaranteed to be dimensionally accurate. The contractor uses them at his own risk. The published paper documents are the controlling Contract Documents. Electronic files of detail sheets and notes will not be provided. CONTRACTOR-INITIATED CHANGES Contractor-initiated changes shall be submitted in writing to the Architect for review and acceptance prior to fabrication or construction. Changes shown on shop drawings only will not satisfy this requirement. INSPECTIONS The contractor shall coordinate with the building department for all building department required inspections. TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING The contractor shall provide temporary bracing as required until all permanent connections and stiffening have been installed. The contractor is responsible for the strength and stability of all partially completed structures including but not limited to concrete or masonry walls, steel framing and erection aids. The contractor shall at his discretion employ the aid of a licensed structural engineer to design all temporary bracing and shoring necessary to complete the work described in these contract documents. The contractor shall be responsible for all required safety standards, safety precautions and the methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required in performing his work. For concrete construction refer to ACI 318 -Section 26.11.2 “Removal of Formwork”. SAFETY PROCEDURES Contractor shall be responsible for all safety precautions and the methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required to perform the contractor's work. The Structural Engineer has no overall supervisory authority or actual and/or direct responsibility for the specific working conditions at the site and/or for any hazards resulting from the actions of any trade contractor. The Structural Engineer has no duty to inspect, supervise, note, correct, or report any health or safety deficiencies to the owner, contractors, or other entities or persons at the project site. BUILDING MOVEMENT All non-structural wall connections shall account for construction tolerances, column shortening and beam deflections. In addition, all design components shall accommodate a typical vertical movement at each floor of 3/4" due to variable live loading. This displacement will occur at the free end of cantilever beams and at midspan of simple span beams. Non-structural walls shall accommodate typical lateral movements of 1/2" between adjacent floors perpendicular and/or parallel to the wall. Wall attachments shall not apply any lateral loads to the bottom flange of beams. If attachment is made to the bottom of beams, additional inclined struts bracing the bottom flange or other equivalent means to counteract this force shall be provided by the contractor. SHOP DRAWING & SUBMITTAL REVIEW (including Deferred Structural Components) The contractor must review and stamp the shop drawings & submittals for review. SER will only review submittals for items shown on SER documents. Submittals for Deferred Structural Components will receive cursory review by SER for loads imposed on primary structure. SER will review shop drawings for general conformance with design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Structural Contract Documents. Review of submittals does not constitute approval or acceptance of unauthorized deviation from Contract Documents. Corrections or comments made on shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor responsible for: • Reviewing, approving, stamping and signing submittals prior to submittal to Architect and SER • Timing submittals to allow two weeks of review time for the SER and time for corrections and/or resubmittal • Conformance to requirements of the Contract Documents • Dimensions and quantities • Verifying information to be confirmed or coordinated • Information solely for fabrication, safety, means, methods, techniques and sequences of construction • Coordination of all trades Resubmittals shall be clouded and dated for all changes to the submittal. Only clouded portions of resubmittal will be reviewed and SER's review stamp applies to only these areas. SUBSTITUTIONS Substitutions shall be submitted in writing prior to submittal of shop drawings. Shop drawings bearing substitutions will be rejected. Submit engineering data to substantiate the equivalence of the proposed items. The SER's basic services contract does not include review of substitutions that require re-engineering of the item or adjacent structure. Nor does the SER's contract cover excessive review of proposed substitutions. The fees for making these reviews and/or redesign shall be paid by the contractor. Reviews and approvals shall not be made until authorization is received. SUBMITTALS Shop drawings and material submittals shall be submitted to the Architect and SER prior to any fabrication or construction for the following structural items. Submittals shall include one reproducible and one copy; reproducible will be marked and returned. If deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop drawings submittals and the contract documents are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by the SER, the Contract Documents control and shall be followed. • Construction sequence description • Contractor quality control testing procedures when required in specifications • Concrete mix designs • Concrete construction joint plans • Concrete accessories material specification, size and location • Reinforcing bar shop drawings and placing plans • Reinforcing bar mill certificates shall be available upon request • Masonry materials and mix designs • Non-shrink grout material specifications and manufacturer's installation recommendations • Fabrication shop AISC Certification • Structural steel registration/certification or quality control inspection records • Structural steel shop and erection drawings • Welding Procedure Specifications • Glued laminated members (certificates shall be on site and be available upon request) • Engineered wood beams (certificates shall be on site and be available upon request) • Certificate of conformance for welding material, including supplemental notch toughness requirements • Deferred Structural Components listed below DEFERRED STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS Components referred to as Deferred Structural Components shall comply with these notes. These elements have not been permitted under the base building application. The contractor will be required to submit the component system documents to the building official for approval. The documents shall be stamped and signed by an engineer licensed by the state where the project is located. The deferred structural components shall not be installed until the design and submittal documents have been approved by the building official. Prior to building department submittal, the deferred structural components submittals shall receive cursory review by SER for loads imposed on primary structure and general conformance with design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Structural Contract Documents. Review of submittals does not constitute approval or acceptance of unauthorized deviation from Contract Documents. Submittals of contractor-designed components shall include the designing professional engineer's stamp and signature, as noted above. The submittal shall be approved by the component vendor prior to review by the SER. The designing professional is responsible for code conformance and all necessary connections not specifically called out on architectural or structural contract documents. Submittals shall include details of connections to primary structure that indicate magnitude and direction of all loads imposed at point of connection. Design criteria shall be provided with submittal and calculations shall be made available upon request. The following list includes the items that are defined as Deferred Structural Components. Refer to other discipline's contract documents for additional deferred components that may require structural design and details. Connections of these elements shall not induce torsion on structural members. Deferred Structural Components shall be manufactured, delivered, handled, stored, and field erected in conformance with instructions prepared by the component vendor. Deferred structural components: • Exterior wall system support • Open web wood joists • Plywood web joists • Pre-manufactured wood trusses • Metal or precast stairs and landings • Handrails, guards, grab bars, and wall mounted shower seats • Marquees and canopies, unless detailed on Contract Documents • Fall-restraint systems SHOP DRAWINGS & SUBMITTALS INSPECTIONS BY BUILDING OFFICIAL The building official, upon notification, shall make structural inspections as required by local ordinance. The inspection by the building official per IBC Section 110 will be separate from and in addition to the special inspection and structural observation mentioned subsequently. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A Special Inspector shall be hired by the owner to perform the following special inspections per IBC Section 1704. See the specifications for additional requirements for special inspection and testing. The architect, structural engineer, and building department shall be furnished with copies of all inspection reports and test results. Each contractor responsible for the construction of a seismic force resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the statement of special inspections shall submit a written statement of responsibility to the building official and the owner prior to the commencement of work on the system or component. The written statement shall be in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. See IBC Chapter 17: "Special Inspections and Tests" for more detailed requirements. 5. STORAGE RACKS X IBC 1705.11.7 4. ACCESS FLOORS X IBC 1705.11.5.1 3. ERECTION AND FASTENING OF INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS. X IBC 1705.11.5 2. ERECTION AND FASTENING OF EXTERIOR CLADDING OR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR VENEERS. X IBC 1705.11.5 1. ROOF AND WALL CLADDING X IBC 1705.10.3.1 Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (PER IBC 1705.10.3, 1705.11.5 & 1705.11.7) 6. DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEMS.X IBC 1705.11.4 5. INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS HAVING A CLEARANCE OF LESS THAN 1/4 INCH BETWEEN THE EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FRAME AND RESTRAINT. X IBC 1705.11.6.5 4. INSTALLATION OF HVAC DUCTWORK CONTAINING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. X IBC 1705.11.6.4 3. INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS CARRYING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED MECHANICAL UNITS. X IBC 1705.11.6.3 2. ANCHORAGE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF EMERGENCY OR STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS. X IBC 1705.11.6.2 1. ANCHORAGE OF EMERGENCY OR STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS. X IBC 1705.11.6.1 Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS (PER IBC 1705.11.4, 1705.11.6 & 1705.12.3) INSPECTIONS 5. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF COMPACTED FILL, OBSERVE SUBGRADE AND VERIFY THAT SITE HAS BEEN PREPARED PROPERLY X 4. VERIFY USE OF PROPER MATERIALS, DENSITIES AND LIFT THICKNESSES DURING PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF COMPACTED FILL X 3. PERFORM CLASSIFICATION AND TESTING OF COMPACTED FILL MATERIALS X 2. VERIFY THAT EXCAVATIONS ARE EXTENDED TO PROPER DEPTH AND HAVE REACHED PROPER MATERIAL X 1. VERIFY MATERIALS BELOW SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS ARE ADEQUATE TO ACHIEVE THE DESIGN BEARING CAPACITY X Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF SOILS (PER IBC 1705.6) SHEET INDEX S1.01 Structural General Notes S1.02 Structural General Notes S1.03 Structural General Notes S3.01 Foundation Plan S3.02 Low Roof / Mezzanine Framing Plan S3.03 Roof Framing Plan S3.50 Structural Elevations S3.51 Structural Elevations S4.01 Concrete Details S4.02 Concrete Details S5.01 Steel Details S6.01 CMU Details S7.01 Wood Details S7.02 Wood Details S7.03 Wood Details S7.04 Wood Details S7.05 Wood Details S7.06 Wood Details Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S1.02 Structural General Notes INSPECTIONS (continued) INSPECTION OF COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING PLACEMENT OF STEEL DECK AND STEEL HEADED STUD ANCHORS PER AISC 360 TABLE N6.1 AISC 360-N.6 AWS D1.3 INSPECTION DURING THE PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR RODS AND OTHER EMBEDMENTS SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL STEEL X AISC 360-N.5.7 INSPECT THE FABRICATED STEEL OR ERECTED STEEL FRAME TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS SHOWN ON THE CONTSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS X AISC 360-N.5.7 INSPECTION OF HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTING PER AISC 360 TABLES N5.6-1, -2, -3 AISC 360-N.5.6 NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF WELDED JOINTS PER AISC 360 N5.5 AISC 360-N5.5 AWS D1.1 INSPECTION OF WELDING STRUCTURAL STEEL:PER AISC 360 TABLES N5.4-1, -2, -3 AISC 360-N.5.4 AISC 360-N.5.5 AWS D1.1 REVIEW OF MATERIAL TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATIONS LISTED IN AISC SECTION N3.2 X AISC 360-N.5.2 INSPECTION OF FABRICATOR'S QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES X IBC 1704.2.5 AISC 360-N.2 Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN SEISMIC LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS (PER IBC 1705.2.1) 5 OBSERVE PREPARATION OF GROUT SPECIMENS, MORTAR SPECIMENS, AND/OR PRISMS X TMS 602: 1.4B.2.a.3, 1.4B.2.b.3, 1.4B.2.c.3, 1.4B.3, 1.4B.4 d. PREPARATION, CONSTRUCTION, AND PROTECTION OF MASONRY DURING COLD WEATHER (TEMPERATURE BELOW 40°F) OR HOT WEATHER (TEMPERATURE ABOVE 90°F) X TMS 602: 1.8C, 1.8D c. WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT X TMS 402: 2.1.7.7.2, 3.3.3.4(c) 8.3.3.4(b) b. TYPE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS, INCLUDING OTHER DETAILS OF ANCHORAGE OF MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, FRAMES, OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION X TMS 402: 1.16.4.3, 1.17.1 a. SIZE AND LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS X TMS 602: 3.3F 4. VERIFY DURING CONSTRUCTION: e. CONSTRUCTION OF MORTAR JOINTS X TMS 602: 3.3B d. PROPORTIONS OF SITE-PREPARED GROUT AND PRESTRESSING GROUT... X TMS 602: 2.6B, 2.4G.1.b c. PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT, CONNECTORS, AND PRESTRESSING TENDONS AND ANCHORAGES X TMS 402: 1.16 TMS 602: 3.2E, 3.4, 3.6A b. GRADE, TYPE, AND SIZE OF REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHOR BOLTS, AND PRESTRESSING TENDONS AND ANCHORAGES X TMS 402: 1.16 TMS 602: 2.4, 3.4 a. GROUT SPACE X TMS 602: 3.2D, 3.2F 3.PRIOR TO GROUTING, VERIFY THAT THE FOLLOWING ARE IN COMPLIANCE: e. PRESTRESSING TECHNIQUE X TMS 602: 3.6B d. LOCATION OF REINFORCEMENT, CONNECTORS, AND PRESTRESSING TENDONS AND ANCHORAGES X TMS 602: 3.4, 3.6A c. GRADE AND SIZE OF PRESTRESSING TENDONS AND ANCHORAGES X TMS 602: 2.4B, 2.4H b. CONSTRUCTION OF MORTAR JOINTS X TMS 602: 3.3B a. PROPORTIONS OF SITE-PREPARED MORTAR X TMS 602: 2.1, 2.6A 2.AS MASONRY CONSTRUCTION BEGINS, VERIFY THAT THE FOLLOWING ARE IN COMPLIANCE: 1.VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPROVED SUBMITTALS X TMS 602: 1.5 VERIFICATION OF f'm AND f'aac PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED BY THE CODE. X TMS 602: TB4, 1.4B VERIFICATION OF SLUMP FLOW AND VISUAL STABILITY INDEX (VSI) AS DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT SITE FOR SELF-CONSOLIDATING GROUT. X TMS 602: TB4, 1.5B.1.b.3 Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF MASONRY CONSTRUCTION, LEVEL B (PER IBC 1705.4) CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Concrete materials shall conform to the following: Portland cement:Type 1, ASTM C150 Fly ash (if used):ASTM C618 class F or C Slag cement (if used):ASTM C989 Lightweight aggregates:lightweight aggregates shall not be used without prior approval of SER and building department Normal weight aggregates:ASTM C33 Sand equivalent:ASTM C33 Water:Potable per ASTM C94 Air entraining admixtures:ASTM C260 Chemical admixtures:ASTM C494 Flowable concrete admixtures:ASTM C1017 Durability requirements of concrete mixes shall conform to building code. These requirements include water-cementitious material ratios, minimum compressive strengths, air entrainment, type of cement, and maximum chloride ion content. * 28-DAY CONCRETE STRENGTH ^ 3-DAY CONCRETE STRENGTH SLAB ON GRADE, TOPPING SLAB, STAIR TREAD (INTERIOR)3,000 3/4" 0.44 1% - F0 S0 P0 C0 SLAB ON GRADE, TOPPING SLAB, STAIR TREAD (EXTERIOR)4,500 3/4" 0.42 6% - F2 S0 P0 C1 FOUNDATIONS, GRADE BEAMS, STEM WALLS 4,500 1" 0.44 4.5% 15-20% F1 S0 P0 C1 LEAN MIX SOIL REPLACEMENT UNDER FOUNDATIONS 1,500 SAND 1.5 SACK CEMENT - - F1 S0 P0 C1 F S P C Location Strength f'c (psi) Max Agg Size Max W/C Ratio Total Air Content Slag or Fly Ash Content Exposure Categories and Classes CONCRETE STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS TABLE CONCRETE MIXTURES Mixes shall be proportioned to meet compliance requirements of ACI 318 Section 26.4.3. Slump, W/C ratio, admixtures and aggregate size will be determined by the contractor. Submit documentation of concrete mixture characteristics for review by the SER before the mixture is used and before making changes to mixtures already in use. Documentation shall comply with ACI 318 Section 26.4.4. All concrete, including slab on grade, shall contain an acceptable water-reducing admixture conforming to ASTM C494 and be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All concrete which is exposed to freezing and thawing in a moist condition or exposed to deicing chemicals shall contain an air entraining agent, conforming to ASTM C260. Total air content shall be adjusted per ACI 318 for mix designs with smaller nominal aggregate size. The amount of entrained air shall be measured at the discharge end of the placing nozzle. Entrained air shall be as noted ± 1.0% by volume. Air-entrainment shall not be used at slabs that will receive a smooth, dense, hard-troweled finish. Trucks hauling plant-mixed concrete shall arrive on-site with a field ticket indicating the maximum gallons of water that can be added at the site not to exceed the total water content in the approved mix design. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by suitable means during placement and shall be thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items, and into corners of forms. FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES Concrete construction shall conform to ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete" and the Building Code, including testing procedures. See specifications and/or architectural documents for formwork requirements. Installation shall adhere to ACI 301. Conduits and pipes of aluminum shall not be embedded in concrete construction. See architectural drawings for exact locations and dimensions of door and window openings in all concrete walls. See mechanical drawings for size and location of mechanical openings through concrete walls. See architectural drawings for all grooves, notches, chamfers, feature strips, color, texture, and other finish details at all exposed concrete surfaces, both cast-in-place and precast. See structural details for reinforcing around openings. Contractor shall submit the proposed locations of construction joints to the Architect for acceptance before starting construction. Erico Lenton Formasaver (IAPMO-UES-ER-0129) may be used as an alternate to the roughened joint. All construction, control, and isolation joints for slabs on ground shall be in accordance with the typical details. Concrete accessories and embedded items shall be coordinated with Architectural and all other Contract Documents and suppliers' drawings before placing concrete. Wet-setting of anchor rods, reinforcing, hardware, etc. is not allowed in concrete. Anchor rods, reinforcing, hardware, etc. shall be firmly tied in place prior to concrete placement. Refer to Architectural documents for waterstops, damp proofing, and soil retaining wall drainage requirements at concrete and at concrete joints (construction joints, slab to wall joints, curb to slab joints, etc). CURING AND FINISHES Protect and cure freshly placed concrete per ACI 305.1 in hot conditions, ACI 306.1 in cold conditions, and ACI 308.1 " Specification for Curing Concrete". All exposed edges and corners shall have 3/4" chamfer, UNO. Concrete flatwork shall be sloped to provide positive drainage. Coordinate finish with architectural contract documents. At the time of application of finish materials or special treatment to concrete, moisture content of concrete shall conform to requirements in finish material specifications. Where vapor sensitive coverings are to be placed on slabs on grade, conform strictly to slab covering manufacturer's recommendations regarding vapor retarder and granular fill requirements below the slab. CONCRETE CRACK MAINTENANCE Cracking occurs in concrete structures due to inherent shrinkage, creep, and the restraining effects of walls and other structural elements. Most cracking due to shrinkage and creep will likely occur over the first two years of the life of the structure; further concrete movement due to variations in temperature may persist. Cracks that result in water penetration will need to be repaired to protect reinforcing. Other cracking may be repaired at the owner's discretion for aesthetical reasons or performance of applied finishes. Prior to repairing cracks, a structural engineer should be consulted to provide direction on which cracks to repair and on whether observed cracks may affect the strength of the structure. GROUTING STEEL BASE PLATES Nonshrink grout for base plates shall be an approved nonshrink cementitious grout containing natural aggregates delivered to the job site in factory prepackaged containers requiring only the addition of water. The minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be at least 6000 psi, UNO. Grouts shall meet ASTM C1107. Approved grouts include: Master Builders' "Master Flow 713", Sika Corporation's "Sikagrout 212", Burke Company's "Nonferrous Nonshrink Grout", W.R. Meadows CG-86 Construction Grade Grout, or approved equal. Grout shall be mixed, applied, and cured strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations. MASONRY CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WALLS Concrete masonry unit walls shall be constructed of normal weight units, conforming to ASTM C90, laid in a running bond. All CMU walls are solid grouted. Mortar shall be Type S per IBC 2103.2 Grout shall conform to IBC 2103.3 and ASTM C476 requirements and attain a minimum compressive strength of 2,000 psi at 28 days, design F'm = 2,000 psi. Full stresses are required. Strength shall be verified by prism testing in accordance with IBC Section 2108. Masonry units shall be chosen in accordance with TMS 602 Table 2. All preparation and placing of masonry shall conform to Section 2104 of the IBC. REINFORCEMENT IN CONCRETE AND MASONRY REINFORCING STEEL Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615 (including supplement S1), Grade 60, Fy = 60,000 psi, except any bars specifically so noted on the drawings shall be Grade 40, Fy = 40,000 psi. DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS (DBA) Anchors shall be Nelson deformed bar anchors (ER 5217) or approved equal. Anchors shall be shop welded to plates or steel members by automatic end welding equipment. 1/2" diameter bars shall have 24" length, unless noted otherwise. PROCEDURES Reinforcing steel shall be detailed (including hooks and bends) in accordance with ACI 315 “Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement”. Lap all reinforcement in accordance with "The Reinforcing Splice and Development Length Schedule" on these documents. If table is not provided, lap all reinforcing by 40 bar diameters. Provide corner bars at all wall and footing intersections. Reinforcing steel shall be adequately supported to prevent displacement during concrete and grout placement. Bars shall be bent cold. Bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent, unless specifically so detailed or approved by the SER. Mechanical connection of continuous reinforcing bar shall be used where shown on documents and may be substituted for lap splices if approved by the SER. Such connections shall develop at least 125% of the specified yield strength of the bar. Acceptable connectors shall be the Erico Lenton Plus Standard Coupler (ER-3967), Dayton Superior Bar-Lock L Series (ER-5064), or approved equal. Welding or tack welding of reinforcing bars to other bars or to plates, angles, etc, is prohibited, except where specifically approved by the SER. Where welding is approved, it shall be done by AWS/WABO- certified welders using E9018 or approved electrodes. Welding procedures shall conform to the requirements of AWS D1.4. Any Grade 60 reinforcing bars indicated on drawings to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. Reinforcement complying with ASTM A615 (S1) may be welded only if material property reports indicating conformance with welding procedures specified in AWS D1.4 are submitted. Welding within 4" of cold bends in reinforcing steel is not permitted. ANCHORAGE Post-installed anchors shall not be installed without prior approval of engineer of record unless noted otherwise on the plans. ADHESIVE ANCHORS Adhesive anchors (threaded rods or reinforcing bar) specified on the drawings shall be installed using "HIT-RE 500-SD" as manufactured by the Hilti Corporation. Install in strict accordance with ICC Report No. ESR-2322. Rods shall be ASTM F1554 Gr.55, unless noted otherwise. Special inspection of installation is required. EXPANSION ANCHORS Expansion anchors into concrete and concrete masonry units shall be "Kwik Bolt TZ" as manufactured by the Hilti Corporation. Install in strict accordance with ICC Report Number ESR-1917, including minimum embedment requirements. At concrete masonry or brick masonry applications, bolts shall be installed into fully-grouted cells. Substitutes proposed by contractor shall be submitted for review with ICC Reports indicating equivalent or greater load capacities. Special inspection of installation is required. INSPECTION OF MECHANICAL SPLICING OF REINFORCING BARS X ICC REPORT FOR SPECIFIED PRODUCT 9. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE BEING FORMED X ACI 318: 26.11.1.2(b) 8. VERIFY MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURRING TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES X IBC 1908.9 ACI 318: 26.5.3- 26.5.5 7. INSPECTION OF CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATION TECHNIQUES X IBC 1908.6, 1908.7, 1908.8 ACI 318: 26.5 6. PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT FABRICATE, SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TESTS, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CONCRETE X IBC 1908.10 ACI 318: 26.4, 26.12 ASTM C172, C31 5. VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX X IBC 1904.1, 1904.2, 1908.2, 1908.3, ACI 318: CH. 19, 26.4.3, 26.4.4 b. MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN 4a X ACI 318: 17.8.2 a. ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINED ORIENTATIONS TO RESIST SUSTAINED TENSION LOADS X ACI 318: 17.8.2.4 4. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS POST-INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS: 3. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS CAST IN CONCRETE X ACI 318: 17.8.2 c. INSPECT ALL OTHER WELDS X b. INSPECT SINGLE-PASS FILLET WELDS, MAXIMUM 5/16" X a. VERIFY WELDABILITY OF REINFORCING BARS OTHER THAN ASTM A 706 X 2. REINFORCING BAR WELDING: AWS D1.4 ACI 318: 26.6.4 1. INSPECT REINFORCEMENT, INCLUDING PRESTRESSING TENDONS, AND VERIFY PLACEMENT X IBC 1908.4 ACI 318: 20, 25.2, 25.3, 26.6.1-3 Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (PER IBC 1705.3) GEOTECHNICAL REPORT & GENERAL CRITERIA Criteria outlined in the report listed below was used for the design of the foundations: Draft Geotechnical Report prepared by HWA Geosciences Inc. dated May 3, 2017 (HWA Project No. 2016-136-21) Contractor shall be familiar with recommendations in the above-mentioned report prior to start of construction. Allowable soil pressure and lateral earth pressure are assumed and therefore must be verified by a Geotechnical Inspector or the building official. If soils are found to be other than assumed, notify the structural engineer for possible foundation redesign. For wet weather work, see the Geotechnical Report. Unless noted otherwise, footings shall be centered below columns or walls. INSPECTIONS All prepared soil-bearing surfaces shall be inspected by the owners Geotechnical Inspector (or building official) prior to placement of reinforcing steel and concrete. Inspections shall be made per IBC Table 1705.6. BEARING VALUES All footings shall bear on undisturbed soil and shall be lowered to firm bearing if suitable soil is not found at elevations shown. Exterior footings shall bear a minimum of 18” below the finished ground surface. Footing elevations shown on plans (or in details) are minimum depths and for guidance only; the actual elevations of footings must be established by the contractor in the field working with the Geotechnical Inspector. Allowable vertical bearing soil pressure = 3000 psf SUBGRADE PREPARATION Prepare subgrade per the Geotechnical Report. EXISTING UTILITIES The contractor shall determine the location of all adjacent underground utilities prior to any excavation, shoring, pile driving, or pier drilling. Any utility information shown on the plans and details are approximate and not verified by the SER. Contractor is to provide protection of any utilities or underground structures during construction. DRAINAGE Drainage systems, including foundation, roof and surface drains, shall be installed as directed by the Geotechnical Report. Vapor retarder placed below slab-on-grade shall conform to ASTM E 1643 and ASTM E 745. INSPECTIONS (continued) TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT MEMBER RESTRAINT/BRACING OF METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSES SPANING 60 FEET OR GREATER X 1705.5.2 FIELD GLUING OPERATIONS OF ELEMENTS WITHIN THE SEISMIC, FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM X 1705.12.2.1 NAILING, BOLTING, ANCHORING AND OTHER FASTENING OF COMPONENTS (SPACED 4" OC OR CLOSER) WITHIN THE SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM, INCLUDING DRAG STRUTS, BRACES, HOLDOWNS, SHEAR WALLS, AND DIAPHRAGMS X 1705.12.2.2 1705.5.1 MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD-FRAMED CONSTRUCTION AT TIME OF COVER X REFER TO GENERAL NOTES Continuous Periodic Verification and Inspection Frequency Reference SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF WOOD CONSTRUCTION (PER IBC 1705.5 AND 1705.12.2) Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S1.03 Structural General Notes STRUCTURAL STEEL REFERENCE STANDARDS Steel construction shall conform to the latest editions of the AISC Specifications and Codes. "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings" ANSI/AISC 360, “Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts” AISC 348 and "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" AISC 303 amended by the deletion of paragraph 4.4.1. FABRICATORS Fabricators for structural steel must have a quality assurance program in place. The quality assurance program must meet the requirements of one of the following methods: • Registration in the Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) Steel Fabricator Registration Program • Participation in the AISC quality certification program, designated as an AISC Certified Plant, Category BU. • Meeting the requirements of AISC 360 for structural steel buildings, appendix N and submitting plan documentation to the authority having jurisdiction, the engineer of record, and the owner or owner's designee. Quality assurance requirements of steel construction for wind and seismic (AISC 341, Chapter J) shall be included as requred in Special Inspection section of the general notes, where applicable. Fabricator for structural steel must be registered and approved to perform work without special inspection. At completion of fabrication, the fabricator shall submit a certificate of compliance to the building official stating that the work was performed in accordance with the approved construction documents. FINISHING The terms finish, finish column, finishing, milled, milled surface or milling are intended to include surfaces which have been accurately sawed or finished to a true plane as defined by AISC. Grind surface value equal to or less than 1,000 as defined by ANSI B46.2 (4-inch and thinner). STEEL COATINGS AND PROTECTION Coatings and protection (weather, fire, corrosion, etc.) shall be as specified by the architect. Galvanized steel members shall conform to ASTM A-123 and galvanized steel hardware shall conform to ASTM A-153. Guidelines outlined in ASTM A-384 shall be followed in order to safeguard against warping and distortion during hot-dip galvanizing of steel assemblies. Steel anchors and ties embedded in concrete and masonry shall be left unpainted. CORROSION CONTROL All steel noted as galvanized and any steel in ground contact or within 6-inches of grade shall be zinc-plated (galvanized) by the hot-dipped galvanic method (or pre-approved equivalent), except where such steel is to be fully encased in concrete. Furthermore, any surface where the coating has been removed or damaged must be brushed and re-coated in clean, dry field conditions with an approved zinc-based anti-corrosion coating except where such area is to be encased in concrete. SHOP PAINTING All steel to be shop primed. Steel fire proofed or encased with concrete need not be painted. All other steel shall be given one coat of shop paint, in accordance with Section 1.24 of the AISC "Specification" and Section 6.5 of the AISC "Code", unless noted otherwise. The surface preparation of the structural steel prior to painting shall be in accordance with the specific paint manufacturer's published recommendations. Structural joints and faying surfaces which are to be connected by means of welds or bolts shall not be painted until all welds and bolts are installed, inspected and approved. Paint shall be held back 3" from the faying surface or the joint to be welded. ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL (AESS) Steel members exposed to view in the final building shall meet the requirements of Section 10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice. This criteria does not apply to steel members in mechanical, electrical and storage rooms. STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS Structural Steel shall conform to the following requirements (unless otherwise shown on plans): HEADED SHEAR STUDS A29 - COMPRESSIBLE-WASHER TYPE DIRECT-TENSION... F959 - SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR BEVELED WASHERS F436 - FLAT CIRCULAR WASHERS F436 - HEX NUTS A563 - TWIST-OFF TYPE TENSION-CONTROL BOLTS F1852 (A325, TYPE 1) - STRUCTURAL FRAMING BOLTS A325, TYPE 1 - COMMON BOLTS A307, GRADE A - ANCHOR RODS (HOOKED, HEADED, THREADED & NUTTED) F1554, GRADE 36 (UNO) 36 ksi THREADED RODS A36 36 ksi PLATES, CHANNELS, ANGLES A36, GRADE 36 36 ksi STEEL PIPES A53, GRADE B 35 ksi ROUND HSS SECTIONS A500, GRADE B 42 ksi SQUARE & RECTANGULAR HSS SECTIONS A500, GRADE B OR C 46 ksi ROLLED WIDE-FLANGE SHAPES A992 50 ksi Type of Member ASTM Specification Fy STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER SPECIFICATIONS TABLE STEEL FRAMING The contractor shall be responsible for all erection aids and joint preparations that include, but are not limited to: erection angles, lift holes, and other aids; welding procedures; required root openings; root face dimensions; groove angles; backing bars; copes; surface roughness values; and tapers of unequal parts. WELDING All welding shall be in conformance with AISC and AWS standard and shall be performed by AWS/WABO certified welders in accordance with AWS D1.1. Only Prequalified welders, as defined by AWS, shall be used. Shop drawings shall show all welding with AWS D1.4 symbols. Welds shown on the drawings are the minimum sizes. Increase weld size to AWS minimum sizes, based on plate thickness. Minimum welding shall be 3/16" UNO. Filler metal with a specified minimum Charpy V-notch toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40°F or lower shall be used at complete-joint-penetration groove welds. Welds designated as demand critical shall be made with filler metals meeting the requirements specified in AWS D1.8 clause 6.3. Welding procedures shall be submitted to the owner's testing agency for review prior to commencement of fabrication or erection. All complete-penetration welds shall be ultrasonically tested upon completion of the connection except plate less than or equal to 1/4" thick shall be magnetic particle tested. Complete penetration welds on plates less than or equal to 1/4" shall be magnetic particle tested. Field welds shown are engineer's recommendation. Contractor is responsible for actual welds used to support specific means and methods. STRUCTURAL STEEL (continued) WELDING REINFORCING BARS Welding of grade 60 reinforcing bars (if required) shall be performed using low hydrogen electrodes and A-706 reinforcement. Welding of grade 40 reinforcing bars (if required) shall be performed using E70XX electrodes. Welding within 4" of cold bends in reinforcing steel is not permitted. See reinforcing notes for material requirements of welded bars. WELDING GALVANIZED STEEL Welding of galvanized steel shall conform to AWS specification D-19.0. Welded areas of galvanized steel shall be touched up in conformance with ASTM A-780. BOLTS All high-strength bolts, not part of the Seismic Load Resisting System (SLRS), need only be tightened to snug-tight (ST) conditions, defined as the tightness that exists when all plies in a joint are in firm contact. This may be attained by a few impacts of an impact wrench or the full effort of a man using an ordinary spud wrench. All bolt holes shall be standard size, unless noted otherwise. All ASTM A-307 bolts shall be provided with lock washers under nuts or self-locking nuts. Connections, joints and fasteners that are part of the Seismic Load Resisting System (SLRS) shall be pretensioned (PT) high-strength bolts and shall meet the requirements for slip-critical (SC) joints, UNO. All faying surfaces shall be prepared as required for class A or better slip-critical joints. All high-strength bolts shall be installed, tightened and inspected in accordance with AISC 348. Slip-critical (SC) connections shall use compressible-washer-type direct tension indicators or twist-off-type tension-control bolts. WOOD MATERIAL CRITERIA Framing lumber shall be kiln dried or MC-19 (unless more stringent criteria are required in these notes or on the drawings) and graded and marked in conformance with the latest WCLIB "Standard Grading Rules No. 17 for West Coast Lumber". Furnish to the following minimum standards: Design shown on plans is based on Trus-Joist products manufactured by the Weyerhaeuser Corporation. Alternate manufacturers may be used subject to review and approval by the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record, alternate joist hangers and other hardware may be substituted for items shown provided they have ICC approval for equal or greater load capacities. All joist hangers and other hardware shall be compatible in size with members provided. 2.0E PSL BEAM 2,000 2,900 2,900 290 1.8E PSL COLUMN 1,800 2,400 2,500 190 1.55E LSL BEAM 1,550 2,325 2,170 310 Grade Orientation E (ksi) Fb (psi) Fcll (psi) Fv (psi) MINIMUM DESIGN PROPERTIES FOR COMPOSITE LUMBER (Trus-Joist) MOISTURE CONTENT AND CARE OF MATERIAL DURING CONSTRUCTION All 2x studs and plates shall be kiln dried. The Contractor shall take measures to minimize exposure of sawn lumber and engineered wood products to moisture during construction. Excessive changes in moisture content during construction may result in swelling and shrinkage of a single story level in the magnitude of 1/2". This may create problems where multi-story wood construction joins multi-story concrete wall construction. All wood framed construction shall have maximum moisture content not to exceed 10% at time of fur-out, which shall be verified by a testing agency hired by the Owner. These test results shall be submitted to the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record for review prior to installation and interior drywall installation is performed. In addition, pre-loading the entire wood building with the interior drywall while the building is being dried out is recommended before wood ledgers are attached to concrete shear walls. Wood joists and beams supporting topping slabs or subjected to construction loading shall have a maximum live load deflection of l/600. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the moisture content of wood members supporting concrete or construction loads is, and remains, at 10% or less. Wood framing with higher moisture contents before, or during, the placement of topping slabs or subjected to construction loading are subject to excessive creep. Contractor to provide means to maintain the moisture content as required to prevent creep. VERTICAL SHRINKAGE Allow for 1/2" of wood shrinkage/compression at each level (including foundation). Values are cumulative for the height of the building. Building systems such as mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire sprinklers, etc. shall have flexible components that account for the potential wood shrinkage/compression. Architectural finishes shall also account for the potential wood shrinkage/compression. TREATED WOOD All wood framing in direct contact with concrete or masonry, exposed to weather, or that rest on exterior foundation walls and are located within 8" of earth, shall be pressure-treated with an approved preservative per IBC section 2303.1.9. Cut or drilled sections of treated material shall be treated with an approved preservative per IBC section 2303.1.9. See IBC section 2304.12 for additional requirements. GLU-LAMINATED MATERIAL Glu laminated members shall be fabricated in conformance with ANSI/AITC A190.1 AND ASTM D3737, Stress Class 24F-1.8E. Each member shall bear an AITC identification mark and shall be accompanied by an AITC certificate of conformance. All simple span beams shall be douglas fir combination 24F-V4, fb = 2,400 psi, fv =265 psi and all cantilevered beams and columns shall be Douglas fir combination 24F-V8, fb = 2,400 psi, fv = 265 psi unless noted otherwise. Camber all simple span glu laminated beams to 3,500' radius or zero camber, unless shown otherwise on the plans. (Trus-Joist) STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER Manufactured lumber, PSL, LVL, and LSL, shall be manufactured under a process approved by the national research board. Each piece shall bear a stamp or stamps noting the name and plant number of the manufacturer, the grade, the national research board number, and the quality control agency. All PSL, LVL and LSL lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with ICC Report ESR-1387. LVL lumber shall be manufactured using veneer glued with a waterproof the requirements of ASTM D2559 with all grain parallel with the length of the member. The members shall have the following minimum properties: 2x, 3x, AND 4x TREATED PLATES, LEDGERS DF #2 KD15 2x6 PLATES DF #2 KD15 2x4 PLATES DF STANDARD KD15 3x STUDS DF #2 MC19 2x4 AND 2x6 STUDS DF STUD MC19 3x NAILERS ON STEEL BEAMS DF #2 MC19 2x, 3x FLATWISE & EDGEWISE BLOCKING DF STANDARD MC19 2x JOISTS, RAFTERS, BUILT-UP BEAMS, AND HEADERS DF #2 MC19 4x TREATED BEAMS & POSTS, AND 6x TREATED POSTS DF #2 MC19 4x BEAMS & POSTS, 6x POSTS DF #2 MC19 Member Grade Moisture Content WOOD STANDARDS WOOD (continued) PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS Prefabricated plywood web joist design shown on plans is based on Trus-Joist products manufactured by the Weyerhaeuser Corporation. Alternate plywood web joist manufacturers may be used provided they conform with the ICC evaluation service reports ESR-1387 and ESR-1153 and are subject to review and approval by the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record. Alternate plywood web joists must have equivalent section properties and allowable stresses to those previously specified to be considered. Alternate joist hangers and other hardware may be substituted for items shown provided they have ICC approval for equal or greater load capacities. All joist hangers and other hardware shall be compatible in size with plywood web joist provided. All necessary bridging, blocking, blocking panels, stiffeners, etc., shall be detailed and furnished by the manufacturer. All permanent and temporary bridging shall be installed in conformance with manufacturer's specifications. The following deflection criteria shall be maintained with all alternates. • Floor live load deflections shall be limited to span/480 (span/360 at 100 psf live load). • Roof total load deflections shall be limited to span/240. • Specified plywood web joists at floors have been designed for a minimum TJ-Pro rating of 40 in addition to the maximum allowable deflections noted above. Alternative framing members at shear wall rim / blocking locations may be used, provided ICC reports or manufacturer's test data are submitted. The submitted data shall verify the ability of the alternative members to provide equivalent or greater shear capacities using the specified nail and anchor sizes and spacing. OPEN-WEB WOOD FLOOR TRUSSES Prefabricated open-web wood trusses (or combination wood and metal) shall be designed by the manufacturer for the spans and conditions shown on the plans and shall be furnished and installed in conformance with the manufacturer's published specifications. All necessary bridging, blocking, pre- notched plates, etc., shall be detailed and furnished by the manufacturer. Submit shop drawings and design calculations (complete with stress diagrams) to the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record for review prior to fabrication. Submittals shall be in accordance with the Deferred Submittal Section. Permanent and temporary bridging shall be installed in conformance with manufacturer's specifications. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS Wood structural panels shall be APA rated sheathing, exposure 1 durability classification, in conformance with USDOC PS 1, ASTM D 5457 and IBC 2303.1.5 and table 2304.8(2). Oriented strand board (OSB), shall be in accordance with USDOC PS 2, and of equivalent thickness, exposure rating and span rating and may be used in lieu of plywood pending OSB substitution approval by Architect. Contractor to ensure OSB is protected to prevent warping during installation. FASTENERS Fasteners shall conform to the following requirements, unless noted otherwise. Splitting shall be avoided at all wood fasteners: Bolts NDS section 12.1.3 Lag screws NDS section 12.1.4 Wood screws NDS section 12.1.5 Nails NDS section 12.1.6 Wood-to-wood connection bolts ASTM A307 Steel-to-wood connection bolts ASTM A307 Anchor rods (7" embed min)ASTM F1554 grade 36 with threaded ends and welded nut at end Thru-bolt and anchor rod holes shall be at least 1/32" but no more than 1/16" larger than bolt/rod diameter. Clearance holes for lag screw shanks shall have the same diameter as the lag shank and the same penetration depth as the length of the unthreaded shank. Lead holes for threaded portion of lag screws shall have a diameter of 55 to 60% of lag screw shank diameter and shall extend the length of the threaded portion of the lag screw. Fasteners exposed to earth, weather or located in pressure preservative or fire retardant treated wood shall comply with the criteria listed in the “Metal Products in Contact with Treated Lumber“ section. FRAMING CONNECTORS Timber connectors called out by letters and numbers shall be "Strong-Tie" by the Simpson Strong-Tie Company. Equivalent devices by other manufacturers may be substituted, provided they have ICC approval for equal or greater load capacities. All connectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Provide number and size of fasteners as specified by manufacturer. All shims shall be seasoned and dried and the same grade (minimum) as members connected. All nails shall be as called out in the "Fasteners" section of this sheet, unless noted otherwise. All bolts in wood members shall conform to ASTM A307. Provide washers under the heads and nuts of all bolts and lag screws bearing on wood. Where connector straps connect two members, place one-half of the nails or bolts in each member. (RedLam) STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER Manufactured LVL lumber shall be manufactured under a process approved by the national research board. Each piece shall bear a stamp or stamps noting the name and plant number of the manufacturer, the grade, the national research board number, and the quality control agency. All LVL lumber shall be manufactured in accordance ICC Report ESR-2993. LVL lumber shall be manufactured using veneer glued with a waterproof the requirements of ASTM D2559 with all grain parallel with the length of the member. The members shall have the following minimum properties: 2.0E LVL PLANK 2,000 3,430 2,635 190 2.0E LVL BEAM 2,000 2,900 2,635 285 Grade Orientation E (ksi) Fb (psi) Fcll (psi) Fv (psi) MINIMUM DESIGN PROPERTIES FOR COMPOSITE LUMBER (RedLam) Design shown on plans is based on RedLam products manufactured by the RedBuilt Corporation. Alternate manufacturers may be used subject to review and approval by the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record, alternate joist hangers and other hardware may be substituted for items shown provided they have ICC approval for equal or greater load capacities. All joist hangers and other hardware shall be compatible in size with members provided. METAL PRODUCTS IN CONTACT WITH TREATED LUMBER Simpson hardware in contact with ACQ, CA, or CBA pressure-preservative treated wood shall have a Zmax finish (G185 HDG per ASTM A653) or shall be post hot-dip galvanized (per ASTM A123 for connectors and ASTM A153 for fasteners) unless noted otherwise. Exception: type 304 or 316 stainless steel connectors and fasteners are required for the following applications: • ACQ, CA, or CBA treatments with ammonia where members are used in exterior applications. • All ACZA treatments • Retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ, 0.41 pcf for CBA-A, or 0.21 pcf for CA-B treatments. Stainless steel connectors require matching stainless steel fasteners. Zmax and post hot-dip galvanized connectors require fasteners galvanized per ASTM A153. Thru-bolts and anchor rods used in dry conditions shall be permitted to be of mechanically deposited zinc coated steel with coating weights in accordance with ASTM B 695, class 55 minimum. See IBC section 2304.10.5.1 and "Framing Connectors" section on this sheet for additional requirements. WOOD (continued) 2 3 4 5 6 71 B C D E F G H J A 8" SLAB ON GRADE PER NOTE 3.1. 4" SLAB ON GRADE PER NOTE 3.1.5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0"11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" F4.0 F4.0 F2.0 F4.0 F4.06x66x6HSS6x0.25(AESS)HSS6x0.25(AESS)HSS6x0.25(AESS)HSS6x6x1/4(AESS)6x66x66x66x6SW6 SW38" CMU WALL 8" CMU WALL SW6 SW6 SW6 SW6 SW6 8" CMU WALL SW68" CMU WALLSW2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2SW6 SW6 SW4-2 SW4-2 H D U 1 1 HDU2SW6 SW6 SW3-2 SW3-2HDU8SW3-2 8" CMU WALLHDU2HDU2HDU4SW2 SW4-2 SW2HDU2HDU2F6.0 F6.0 HDU8HDU11HDU111' - 0" 2' - 9 1/4"1' - 0"SW3HDU2HDU2SW36x66x612' - 10 5/8"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0" 5 S4.02 5 S4.02 1 S3.51 1 S3.50 2 S3.50 2 S3.51SF2.0SF6.0 SF6.0 SF1.5 1 S6.01 SF2.5 SF2.5 4 S4.02 2 S6.01 SF1.5SF2.5 SF1.5 SF6.0SF6.0SF2.01 S6.01 4 S4.02HDU8TYP UNO 2 S6.01SF2.0SF3.0 4 S4.02 SF3.0 4 S4.024 S4.02HDU4HDU11 SF4.0SF4.0SF2.0HDU4HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU26 S4.02 TYP @ EXT WD WALL UNO SF2.0SF2.01' - 1 3/4"1' - 3 1/4"8"H D U4 2HDU2 2 2 2HDU2 3 HDU22 3 2 2 6 6 5 5 5 5 3 2 SF3.0 3 2 2 2 4 HDU84 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 4" SLAB ON GRADE PER NOTE 3.1 FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN 4 5 S4.02 SIM 5 S4.02 5 S4.02 5 S4.02 5 S4.02 5 S4.02 SF2.0FLOOR DRAIN 4 S4.02 4 S4.02 4 S4.02HDU22 TRENCH DRAIN (ALTERNATE #2)3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0" 1'-0" SLAB DEPRESSION 7 S4.02 9 S4.02 SF2.0 SF2.0SF2.0 SF2.0 FLOOR DRAIN SF2.0SF2.0 SF2.0SF2.0 SF2.0SF1.5 CTR UNDER POSTS BY STAIR MFR 3 7/8" BIDDER DESIGNED STAIRS 7 S4.02 SLOPE FLOORS FOR TRENCH DRAIN (ALTERNATE #2), W/ SLAB CONSTANT THICKNESSSF2.0SF2.0 SF2.0 SF1.5 CTR UNDER STAIR STRINGER BY STAIR MFR FLOOR DRAIN 10 S4.02 FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES 1.GENERAL 1.1.ELEVATION AT TOP OF SLAB SHALL BE 0'-0", UNO. ELEVATION AT TOP OF FOOTING SHALL BE 1'-0" BELOW TOP OF SLAB, UNO. [-X'-X"] INDICATES ELEVATION AT TOP OF FOOTING, MEASURED IN FEET. FOOTING ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE FOR CONTRACTOR CONVENIENCE AND BIDDING ONLY. FINAL ELEVATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY ON-SITE VERIFICATION BY SOILS ENGINEER, BUT SHALL NOT BE SHALLOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 1.2.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. 1.3.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 1.4.REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.5.SEE SPECIFICATION 05 1250 FOR AESS. 2.FOUNDATIONS 2.1.EXCAVATE, BACKFILL, AND PREPARE SOILS AS REQUIRED PER STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. 2.2.REFER TO MECHANICAL AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERSLAB PIPING AND DRAIN BLOCK-OUTS. FOOTINGS MAY BE LOWERED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH PIPING. 2.3.REFER TO FOOTING SCHEDULE FOR SIZES AND REINFORCEMENT AT ALL COLUMN FOOTINGS. 2.4.STEP FOOTINGS AS REQUIRED PER TYPICAL STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL. 2.5.REFER TO CONCRETE WALL REINFORCING TABLE FOR SIZES AND SPACING OF REINFORCEMENT IN ALL CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS, UNO. 3.SLABS 3.1.TYPICAL SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE 4" THICK WITH #3 @ 18" OC EACH WAY AT CENTER OF SLAB. TYPICAL SLAB ON GRADE IN APPARATUS BAY SHALL BE 8" THICK WITH #4 @ 12" OC EACH WAY. PLACE REINFORCEMENT AT ONE-THIRD DEPTH OF SLAB FROM TOP. 3.2.PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER AND BASE COURSE BELOW SLAB AT INTERIOR SPACES PER GEOTECH REPORT. 3.3.PROVIDE CONTROL OR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ON ALL COLUMN LINES, AT ALL RE-ENTRANT CORNERS, AND AT A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 30x SLAB THICKNESS. PLACE JOINTS IN A MANNER THAT DIVIDES THE SLAB INTO RECTANGULAR AREAS 400 SQUARE FEET OR LESS. AREAS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY SQUARE AND HAVE NO ACUTE ANGLES. ALL JOINT LOCATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO TYPICAL SLAB JOINT DETAIL. 3.4.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR SLAB ELEVATIONS AND SPECIAL CONCRETE WORK IN APP BAY TRENCH DRAINS AND STAIR AREAS. PROVIDE JOINTING SIMILAR TO REMAINING SLAB, SUBJECT TO ARCHITECTURAL CONSIDERATIONS. 3.5.TYPICAL THICKENED SLAB EDGES SHALL BE 8" WIDE AND 8" DEEP WITH (1) #4 CONTINUOUS AND #4 x 3'-0" HOOKED BARS @ 24" OC. 4.WALLS ABOVE 4.1.TYPICAL MUDSILLS SHALL BE TREATED 2x6 HF#2. ATTACH MUDSILLS TO FOUNDATION WITH 5/8"Ø ANCHOR BOLTS @ 48" OC WITH 3"x3"x1/4" WASHERS (DIAGONAL SLOTTED HOLES IN WASHER ARE PERMITTED). EMBED ALL ANCHOR BOLTS 7" MIN. REFER TO TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR ANCHOR BOLT PLACEMENT AT SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS. 4.2.ALL STUD WALLS ABOVE SHALL USE 2x HF STUDS @ 16" OC, UNO. REFER TO PLAN ABOVE FOR SIZES OF HEADERS IN WALLS ABOVE. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALL PARAPET STUD WALLS ABOVE SHALL USE 2x HF STUDS @ 16" OC, UNO. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF PARAPET WALLS SHALL BE X'-X" ABOVE SHEATHING. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. 4.3.ALL EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SW6 PER TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE, UNO. BREAKS IN DOUBLE TOP PLATES OF ALL SHEAR WALLS SHALL CONFORM TO TYPICAL TOP PLATE SPLICE DETAIL. SW INDICATES SHEAR WALL ABOVE PER TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. 4.4. INDICATES HOLDOWN LOCATED AT END OF SHEAR WALL ABOVE. REFER TO TYPICAL HOLDOWN SCHEDULE. INDICATES STRAP LOCATED AT END OF SHEAR WALL ABOVE. REFER TO TYPICAL STRAP SCHEDULE. 4.5.PROVIDE SOLID BEARING UNDER ALL POINT LOADS ABOVE. PROVIDE (2) BEARING STUDS UNDER EACH END OF ALL BEAMS ABOVE, UNO. PROVIDE (1) FULL-HEIGHT (KING) STUD AND (2) BEARING (TRIMMER) STUDS AT EACH END OF ALL HEADERS IN WALLS ABOVE, UNO. REFER TO TYPICAL HEADER DETAIL. NAIL MULTIPLE STUDS TOGETHER WITH 0.148"Ø NAILS @ 8" OC, STAGGERED. INDICATES NUMBER OF BEARING STUDS WHERE MORE THAN (2) REQUIRED. 4.6.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT AT WALL OPENINGS PER TYPICAL DETAIL, UNO. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH CONCRETE WALLS WITH ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. HD X ST Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S3.01 Foundation Plan Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 Foundation Plan North SPREAD FOOTING SCHEDULE Mark Width Length Depth Reinforcement F2.0 2' - 0" 2' - 0" 1' - 0" (3) #4 BOT EW F4.0 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 1' - 0" (6) #4 BOT EW F6.0 6' - 0" 6' - 0" 1' - 0" (6) #5 T&B EW SF6.0 6' - 0" PER PLAN 1' - 8" #5 @ 12" OC T&B EA WAY SF4.0 4' - 0" PER PLAN 1' - 8" (6) #5 CONT BOT LONG #4 @ 18" OC TRANSVERSE SF3.0 3' - 0" PER PLAN 1' - 0" (3) #5 CONT BOT LONG #4 @ 18" OC TRANSVERSE SF2.5 2' - 6" PER PLAN 1' - 0" (4) #5 CONT BOT LONG SF2.0 2' - 0" PER PLAN 1' - 8" (2) #4 CONT BOT LONG SF1.5 1' - 6" PER PLAN 1' - 0" (3) #5 CONT BOT LONG Mark Width Length Depth Reinforcement STRIP FOOTING SCHEDULE 2 3 4 5 6 71 B C D E F G H J A 5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0"11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" 11 7/8" TJI 560 @ 12" OC 11 7/8" TJI 560 @ 12" OC 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC 11 7/8" TJI @ 24" OC 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC SW3-2CMSTC16SW4CMSTC161 S3.51 1 S3.50 2 S3.50 2 S3.51 H HHHHH HH5 1/4 x 7 1/4 PSL LOW7x7 PSL7x7 PSL2 ROOF SHEATHING PER NOTE 3.1 FLOOR SHEATHING PER NOTE 3.1 H H H HHHHHHH SW6 CMSTC162CMSTC16 EA SIDE OF POST3 3 H HCMSTC16 2 2 (2)CMST12 EA END CMSTC162 2 BLOCKED SIM DIAPHRAGM PER NOTE 3.1.H5 1/4 x 7 PSL5 1/4 x 7 PSL5 1/4 x 7 PSL5 1/4 x 7 PSL SW2 SW62 2 C M STC16 EA SIDE OF POST 5 1/4 x 7 1/4 PSL HIGHCMSTC16 50# HEAT PUMP 11 7/8" TJI 360 ADDED AT HEAT PUMPS 50# HEAT PUMP 10 S7.05 9 S7.05 BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM PER NOTE 3.1.HHBIDDER DESIGNED STAIRS 10 S7.05 ROOF SHEATHING PER NOTE 3.1 9 S7.05 9 S7.05 9 S7.05 4x8 WOOD FRAMING PLAN NOTES 1.GENERAL 1.1.SLOPE ALL ROOF FRAMING PER ARCHITECT, UNO. PROVIDE BUILT-UP SLOPE AND DRAINAGE PER ARCHITECT. 1.2.ALL MUDSILLS AND POSTS WITHIN 6" OF FINISH GRADE OR 1" OF CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. ALL BEAMS WITHIN 12" OF EXPOSED EARTH SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. ALL JOISTS WITHIN 18" OF EXPOSED EARTH SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. 1.3.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. 1.4.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 1.5.REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.WALLS AND COLUMNS BELOW 2.1.REFER TO PLAN BELOW FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS BELOW. 2.2.H INDICATES 4x8 DF#2 HEADER IN WALL BELOW. REFER TO TYPICAL HEADER SUPPORT DETAIL. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. 3.FLOORS AND ROOFS 3.1.FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE 23/32" TONGUE & GROOVE APA RATED SHEATHING (48/24) EXPOSURE 1. NAIL SHEATHING AS FOLLOWS: FLOOR BOUNDARY (BN)10d @ 6" PANEL EDGES (EN)10d @ 6" OTHER SUPPORTS, FIELD NAILING 10d @ 10" ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 23/32" APA RATED SHEATHING (48/24). NAIL SHEATHING AS FOLLOWS: FLOOR BOUNDARY (BN)10d @ 6" PANEL EDGES (EN)10d @ 6" OTHER SUPPORTS, FIELD NAILING 10d @ 10" INDICATES BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM WITH FULL-DEPTH BLOCKING AT ALL ADJOINING PANEL EDGES. NAIL SHEATHING AS FOLLOWS: FLOOR BOUNDARY (BN)10d @ 6" (2 ROWS 10d @ 2 1/2" AT SIM) PANEL EDGES (EN)10d @ 6" (2 ROWS 10d @ 3" AT SIM) OTHER SUPPORTS, FIELD NAILING 10d @ 10" NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN FLUSH WITH THE FACE OF SHEATHING. PLACE LONG DIRECTION OF PLYWOOD PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST SPAN DIRECTION, STAGGER PANEL JOINTS. 3.2.TYPICAL RIM JOISTS SHALL BE MINIMUM 1 1/4" LSL, UNO. REFER TO SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AT RIMS LOCATED ABOVE OR BELOW SHEAR WALLS. 3.3.ALL BEAMS SHALL BE FLUSH AND ALL HEADERS DROPPED, UNO. 3.4.REFER TO FRAMING SCHEDULE FOR SIZES & SPACING OF ALL FLOOR FRAMING MEMBERS. 3.5.TYPICAL TOP FLANGE HANGERS FOR TJI MEMBERS ARE SIMPSON TYPE LBV. 3.6.TYPICAL TOP FLANGE HANGERS FOR PSL ARE SIMPSON TYPE GLTV. 3.7. *INDICATES SEISMIC COLLECTOR. PROVIDE DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING AT MEMBER PER 2/S7.02 4.WALLS AND COLUMNS ABOVE 4.1.TYPICAL MUDSILLS SHALL BE TREATED 2x6 HF#2. ATTACH MUDSILLS TO FOUNDATION WITH 5/8"Ø ANCHOR BOLTS @ 48" OC WITH 3"x3"x1/4" WASHERS (DIAGONAL SLOTTED HOLES IN WASHER ARE PERMITTED). EMBED ALL ANCHOR BOLTS 7" MIN. REFER TO TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR ANCHOR BOLT PLACEMENT AT SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS. 4.2.ALL STUD WALLS ABOVE SHALL USE 2x HF STUDS @ 16" OC, UNO. REFER TO PLAN ABOVE FOR SIZES OF HEADERS IN WALLS ABOVE. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALL PARAPET STUD WALLS ABOVE SHALL USE 2x HF STUDS @ 16" OC, UNO. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF PARAPET WALLS SHALL BE X'-X" ABOVE SHEATHING. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. 4.3.ALL EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SW6 PER TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE, UNO. BREAKS IN DOUBLE TOP PLATES OF ALL SHEAR WALLS SHALL CONFORM TO TYPICAL TOP PLATE SPLICE DETAIL. SW INDICATES SHEAR WALL ABOVE PER TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. 4.4. INDICATES HOLDOWN LOCATED AT END OF SHEAR WALL ABOVE. REFER TO TYPICAL HOLDOWN SCHEDULE. INDICATES STRAP LOCATED AT END OF SHEAR WALL ABOVE. REFER TO TYPICAL STRAP SCHEDULE. 4.5.PROVIDE SOLID BEARING UNDER ALL POINT LOADS ABOVE. PROVIDE (2) BEARING STUDS UNDER EACH END OF ALL BEAMS ABOVE, UNO. PROVIDE (1) FULL-HEIGHT (KING) STUD AND (2) BEARING (TRIMMER) STUDS AT EACH END OF ALL HEADERS IN WALLS ABOVE, UNO. REFER TO TYPICAL HEADER DETAIL. NAIL MULTIPLE STUDS TOGETHER WITH 0.148"Ø NAILS @ 8" OC, STAGGERED. INDICATES NUMBER OF BEARING STUDS WHERE MORE THAN (2) REQUIRED. HD X ST Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S3.02 Low Roof / Mezzanine Framing Plan Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 Low Roof / Mezzanine Framing Plan North 2 3 4 5 6 71 B C D E F G H J A 5' - 8" 4' - 6" 5' - 4" 5' - 0" 24' - 0" 5' - 0" 27' - 4"9' - 0"11' - 6" 13' - 0" 5' - 0" 23' - 0"40' - 0"10' - 0" W14x22 (AESS)W14x22 (AESS)3' - 8"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"5' - 0"1' - 2"3' - 0" 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 16" OC 26" OPEN-WEB JOIST @ 24" OC 6 3/4 x 15 GLB DF/DF*24F-V8ROOF SHEATHING PER NOTE 3.1.11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 24" OC 5 1/4 x 9 1/4 PSL 1 3/4 x 5 1/2 LVL * 1 3/4 x 5 1/2 LVL 2x6 @ 16" OC5 1/4 x 7 PSL5 1/4 x 7 PSL 5 1/4 x 7 PSL5 1/2 x 11 7/8 GLB1 S3.51 1 S3.50 2 S3.50 2 S3.51 C C O Q 9 S7.04 TYP UNO 3 S5.01 TYP UNO 10 S7.04 TYP UNO 10 S7.04 SIM 26" OPEN-WEB JOIST 26" OPEN-WEB JOIST 12 S7.04H H2x6 @ 16" OC 5 1/2 x 6 GLB * 5 1/2 x 6 GLB L6x4x3/89 S7.03 7 S7.03 8 S7.03 7 S7.03 8 S7.03 7 S7.03 11 S7.03 4' - 0"4' - 0" BLKD DIAPHRAGM PER NOTE 3.1. BLKD DIAPHRAGM PER NOTE 3.1. 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 1 S7.05 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 3 S7.05 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 2 S7.05 5 1/4 x 16 LVL * 1 S7.05 CMSTC16 6 S7.05 CMST14 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL *5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * CMST14 6 S7.05 CMST14 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * 5 S7.05 DT (13.5 kips) DT (13.5 kips) DT (13.5 kips) 11 S7.05 S3.03 2 11 7/8" TJI 360 @ 16" OC S7.02 12 CMST12 CMSTC16 7' - 6" TYP 1' - 8"FULL DEPTH BLKG 1' - 8"CMSTC16 7' - 6" TYP CMSTC16 DT (13.5 kips)2' - 0"DT (13.5 kips)2' - 0"5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * CMST14 S7.02 8 ADD'L JOIST AND BLKG AT MECH UNIT 5 1/4 x 11 7/8 LVL * CMST14 ADD'L JOIST AND BLKG AT AC UNIT 150# AC UNIT 2500# DOAS MECH UNIT 3 S7.06 4 S7.06 2 S7.06 1 S7.06 S7.02 12 S7.02 12 WOOD ROOF FRAMING PLAN NOTES 1.GENERAL 1.1.SLOPE ALL ROOF FRAMING PER ARCHITECT, UNO. PROVIDE BUILT-UP SLOPE AND DRAINAGE PER ARCHITECT. 1.2.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. 1.3.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 1.4.REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.5.SEE SPECIFICATION 05 1250 FOR AESS. 2.WALLS AND COLUMNS BELOW 2.1.REFER TO PLAN BELOW FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS BELOW. 2.2.H INDICATES 4x8 DF#2 HEADER IN WALL BELOW. REFER TO TYPICAL HEADER SUPPORT DETAIL. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. 3.ROOFS 3.1.ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 23/32" APA RATED SHEATHING (48/24). NAIL SHEATHING AS FOLLOWS: FLOOR BOUNDARY (BN)10d @ 6" PANEL EDGES (EN)10d @ 6" OTHER SUPPORTS, FIELD NAILING 10d @ 10" NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN FLUSH WITH THE FACE OF SHEATHING. INDICATES BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM WITH FULL-DEPTH BLOCKING AT ALL ADJOINING PANEL EDGES. NAIL SHEATHING AS FOLLOWS: FLOOR BOUNDARY (BN)10d @ 6" PANEL EDGES (EN)10d @ 6" OTHER SUPPORTS, FIELD NAILING 10d @ 10" PLACE LONG DIRECTION OF PLYWOOD PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST SPAN DIRECTION, STAGGER PANEL JOINTS. 3.2.TYPICAL RIM JOISTS SHALL BE MINIMUM 2x HF#2, UNO. REFER TO SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AT RIMS LOCATED ABOVE OR BELOW SHEAR WALLS. TYPICAL RIM JOISTS SHALL BE MINIMUM 1 1/4" LSL, UNO. REFER TO SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AT RIMS LOCATED ABOVE OR BELOW SHEAR WALLS. 3.3.ALL BEAMS SHALL BE FLUSH AND ALL HEADERS DROPPED, UNO. 3.4.REFER TO FRAMING SCHEDULE FOR SIZES & SPACING OF ALL FLOOR FRAMING MEMBERS. 3.5.TYPICAL TOP FLANGE HANGERS FOR TJI MEMBERS ARE SIMPSON TYPE LBV. 3.6.TYPICAL TOP FLANGE HANGERS FOR PSL ARE SIMPSON TYPE GLTV. 3.7. *INDICATES SEISMIC COLLECTOR. PROVIDE DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING AT MEMBER PER 2/S7.02 3.8.INDICATES ALLOWABLE AXIAL FORCE FOR DRAG TRUSS 4.WALLS AND COLUMNS ABOVE 4.1.ALL PARAPET STUD WALLS ABOVE SHALL USE 2x HF STUDS @ 16" OC, UNO. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF PARAPET WALLS SHALL BE X'-X" ABOVE SHEATHING. REFER TO GENERAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS IN TYPICAL DETAILS. 4.3.ALL EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SW6 PER TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE, UNO. BREAKS IN DOUBLE TOP PLATES OF ALL SHEAR WALLS SHALL CONFORM TO TYPICAL TOP PLATE SPLICE DETAIL. SW INDICATES SHEAR WALL ABOVE PER TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. 4.4. INDICATES HOLDOWN LOCATED AT END OF SHEAR WALL ABOVE. REFER TO TYPICAL HOLDOWN SCHEDULE. INDICATES STRAP LOCATED AT END OF SHEAR WALL ABOVE. REFER TO TYPICAL STRAP SCHEDULE. 4.5.PROVIDE SOLID BEARING UNDER ALL POINT LOADS ABOVE. PROVIDE (2) BEARING STUDS UNDER EACH END OF ALL BEAMS ABOVE, UNO. PROVIDE (1) FULL-HEIGHT (KING) STUD AND (2) BEARING (TRIMMER) STUDS AT EACH END OF ALL HEADERS IN WALLS ABOVE, UNO. REFER TO TYPICAL HEADER DETAIL. NAIL MULTIPLE STUDS TOGETHER WITH 0.148"Ø NAILS @ 8" OC, STAGGERED. INDICATES NUMBER OF BEARING STUDS WHERE MORE THAN (2) REQUIRED. HD X ST DT (XX kip) 2 3 4 C D 3 S7.05 3 S7.05 3 S7.05 4 S7.05 4 S7.05 3 S7.05 3 S7.05 7 S7.05 Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S3.03 Roof Framing Plan Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 Roof Framing Plan North Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"2 Roof Partial Plan B G H LINTEL PER SCHED, TYP UNO LINTEL PER SCHED, TYP UNO #4 @ 16" OC #4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM#4 @ 24" OC#4 @ 24" OC BOND BEAM NOTES: 1. SEE 5/S6.01 FOR REINFORCING AROUND OPENINGS.5/S6.01 #4 @ 16" OC#4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM #4 @ 8" OC#4 @ 8" OC BOND BEAM #4 BOND BEAM #4 BOND BEAM #4 BOND BEAM BCDEFGH #4 @ 24" OC #4 @ 24" OC BOND BEAM#4 @ 24" OC #4 @ 24" OC BOND BEAM Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S3.50 Structural Elevations Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 CMU Wall Elevation @ Grid 6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"2 CMU Wall Elevation @ Grid 5 5 6 #4 @ 16" OC #4 @ 16" OC (2) #7 CONT LINTEL #4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM #7 @ 8" OC #4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM #7 @ 8" OC#4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM #7 @ 8" OC#4 @ 16" OC BOND BM 56 #4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM (2) #7 CONT LINTEL #4 @ 16" OC#4 @ 16" OC #7 @ 8" OC #4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM #7 @ 8" OC #7 @ 8" OC #4 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM #4 @ 16" OC BOND BM Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S3.51 Structural Elevations Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 CMU Wall Elevation @ Grid B Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"2 CMU Wall Elevation @ Grid G EDGE OF CONC. COL. TIES OR BM STIRRUPS REINF. BAR SPLICED BAR EDGE OF CONC. COL. TIES OR BM STIRRUPS REINF. BAR EDGE OF CONC.REINF. BAR SPLICED BAR EDGE OF CONC.REINF. BAR db CLR. (MIN)db CLR. (MIN) 2db CLR. (MIN)2db CLR. (MIN)dbCLR.dbCLR.MULTIPLY LENGTHS SHOWN IN SCHEDULE BY 1.5 MULTIPLY LENGTHS SHOWN IN SCHEDULE BY 1.5 (MIN.) 2 1/2" CLR.(MIN.)2"CLR.STD. HOOK (MIN.)LdhREINFORCING BAR LAP SPLICE & DEVELOPMENT LENGTH DIAGRAMS The following conditions must be met in order to use the Reinforcing Bar Lap Splice & Development Length Tables CLASS 1: Bars enclosed by column ties or beam stirrups CLASS 2: No enclosure Where conditions for Classes 1 & 2 are not met Lap Splices Straight Bar Development Hooked Bar Development NOTES: 1. ALL BARS SHALL BE DEVELOPED & ALL SPLICES LAPPED PER ACE 318 FOR TENSION, UNO. TABLE MAY BE USED WHERE CONDITIONS MEET CRITERIA NOTED IN DIAGRAMS. 2. TABLES ARE APPLICABLE FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE, ONLY. 3. TOP BARS ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12" DEPTH OF CONRETE CAST BELOW THEM. (WALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT IS EXEMPT) 4. WHERE BARS OF DIFFERENT SIZE ARE LAP SPLICED, SPLICE LENGTH SHALL BE THE LARGER OF: -DEVELOPED LENGTH OF LARGER BAR -SPLICE LENGTH OF SMALLER BAR 5.WHERE MINIMUM STRAIGHT BAR DEVELOPMENT LENGTH CONNOT BE ACHIEVED, USE WITH STANDARD HOOK 6.REFER TO CONCRETE COVER TABLE FOR MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER REQUIREMENTS. HSS COL PER PLAN SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN FOOTING REINF PER PLAN PER PLAN3"CLRCLR 3"PER PLANPER PLAN(8) #5 DOWELS PER FOOTING CONC BLOCKOUT AT COL 1 2 GRID COL BASE PLATE PER STEEL DETAILS HSS COL PER PLAN COL BASE PLATE PER STEEL DETAILS SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN FOOTING REINF PER PLAN PER PLAN3"CLRCLR 3"PER PLANPER PLANGRID TYP 3" CLR. THROUGH CORNER, TYP CONTINUE TRANS REINF LONGIT REINF PER PLAN TRANS REINF PER PLAN FOOTING PER PLAN SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN (WHERE OCCURS) CONTINUE FOOTING REINF MIN #4 @ 15" OC AT BOTTOM 2' - 0" MIN 3'-0" MAXMIN3 1/2" CLR6"DO NOT PASS PIPESTHROUGH THIS AREAPER CIVILPROVIDE PIPE SLEEVES AS REQUIRED NOT LESS THAN PIPE DIAMETER PLUS 2", TYP EXCAVATION NOT ALLOWED BELOW THIS LINE ELEV. - Elevation Pipe Location at Foundation Wall Trench Location 1 14"MIN3 1/2" CLR3D CLR (6" MIN)D NOTES: 1. USE THIS DETAIL FOR ALL UTILITES PASSING UNDER OR ADJACENT TO FOOTING. 2. STEP FOOTING DOWN TO PASS BELOW PIPES IF NEEDED. MIN DIMENSION EA SIDE OF FTG 1 1 UNDISTURBED BEARING LAYER LINE OF EXCAVATION LEAN CONC FILL FOOTING PER PLAN COLUMN PER PLAN 1' - 0" MIN 1' - 0" MIN SIZE PER FOUNDATION PLAN 2 1 1 1 COL & FDN UPPER FOOTING LINE OF NEAT EXCAVATION UPPER FOOTING MAXIMUM EXCAVATION WITHOUT LOWERING UPPER FOOTING FOOTING PER PLAN Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S4.01 Concrete Details Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 Reinforcing Bar Lap Splice & Development Length Tables #11 131" 101" 101" 78" 31" #10 118" 91" 91" 70" 28" #9 105" 81" 81" 62" 25" #8 93" 72" 72" 55" 22" #7 81" 63" 63" 48" 20" #6 56" 43" 43" 33" 17" #5 47" 36" 36" 28" 14" #4 37" 29" 29" 22" 11" #3 28" 22" 22" 17" 9" Top Bars Other Bars Top Bars Other Bars Bar Size Min Lap Splice Lengths (Ls) Min Straight Bar Development Lengths (Ld) Min Hooked Bar Embedment Lengths (Ldh) f'c = 3,000 psi Grade 60 Reinforcing REINFORCING BAR LAP SPLICE & DEVELOPMENT LENGTH TABLE #11 107" 82" 82" 63" 25" #10 96" 74" 74" 57" 23" #9 85" 66" 66" 50" 20" #8 76" 58" 58" 45" 18" #7 66" 51" 51" 39" 16" #6 45" 35" 35" 27" 13" #5 38" 29" 29" 22" 11" #4 30" 23" 23" 18" 9" #3 23" 17" 17" 13" 7" Top Bars Other Bars Top Bars Other Bars Bar Size Min Lap Splice Lengths (Ls) Min Straight Bar Development Lengths (Ld) Min Hooked Bar Embedment Lengths (Ldh) f'c = 4,500 psi Grade 60 Reinforcing REINFORCING BAR LAP SPLICE & DEVELOPMENT LENGTH TABLE Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"5 Concrete Cover for Reinforcing Steel 1. WHERE A THICKNESS OF COVER REQUIRED FOR FIRE PROTECTION IS GREATER THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, THE GREATER THICKNESS SHALL BE USED. NOTES: CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN (2) OR MORE PARALLEL LAYERS 1" CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN PARALLEL BARS IN A LAYER (NO STIRRUPS/TIES) 2db CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN PARALLEL BARS IN A LAYER (BARS ENCLOSED IN STIRRUPS/TIES)1" FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER (#5 BARS AND SMALLER) 1 1/2" FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER (#6 BARS AND LARGER) 2" UNFORMED SURFACES CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH 3" Reinforcing Bar Location Min Concrete Cover CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING STEEL Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"6 Typical HSS Column Footing with Blockout Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"7 Typical HSS Column Footing Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"8 Typical Footing Intersection Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"9 Typical Pipe and Trench Locations Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"11 Typical Lean Concrete Backfill Below Footings Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"12 Typical Footing Excavation 4"MINFORM ISOLATION JOINT CONC. COL OR STEEL COL BASE PLATE INFILL AFTER FORMS REMOVED #4 EDGE BAR, TYP CONTROL JOINT, TYP #4 x 4'-0" WHERE NO CONTROL JOINT OCCURS #4 EDGE BARS w/ 2'-0" EXTENSION WHERE NO CONTOL JOINT OCCURS Construction Joint Control Joint SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN BURKE "KEYKOLD" JOINT, STOP REINF 1" CLEAR OF JOINT EA. SIDE, 1/8" RADIUS ON EDGES WHERE SLAB IS EXPOSED 1/8"x1-1/2" PRE-MOLDED CONT. MASTIC JOINT STRIP (JOINT MAY BE SAW-CUT AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN SAWCUT 1/3 SLAB DEPTH 2' - 0" LAP NOTES: 1. SAWED JOINTS SHALL BE MADE AS SOON AS THE JOINT CAN BE CUT WITHOUT EDGES RAVELING AND WITHIN 24 HOURS OF SLAB PLACEMENT. 2. SAWED JOINTS SHALL BE FITTED WITH SEALENT AS COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT.1' - 6" MIN1' - 0" SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN #4 x @ 18" OC 2'-0" (1) #5 CONT. AT TOP & BOT 1 2 PER PLANPER PLAN REINF. PER PLAN SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN ANCHOR BOLT PER PLAN NAILING PER SW SCHEDULE, TYP SHEAR WALL (WHERE OCCURS) (1) #4 CONT. AT OPENINGS #4 x @ 48" OC 24" SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN REINF PER 6/S4.02, (7) #5 CONT. BOT AT SIM FACE OF WALL BEYOND 1' - 6" MIN12" @ SIM10"5"1' - 1" 6/S4.02 8" MIN1'-6" MIN2'-6" MAX4'-0" MAXPER PLANEQ 8"EQPERARCH.ANCHOR BOLT PER PLAN SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN #4 @ 10" OC EA. WAY, (2) #4 CONT @ TOP, ALT HOOKS @ BOT REINF PER PLAN SHEAR WALL NAILING PER SW SCHEDULE, TYP PER PLAN 3/4" 1 1 1' - 6"MIN7"#4 @ 12" OC 24" 24" SLAB REINF PER PLAN (3) #4 TRENCH DRAIN BODY PER MECH TYPtf(2' - 0" MAX)H2 x H MIN, TYP TYP tf TYP FOOTING REINF PER PLAN ADD (1) #5 DIAG IN WALL ADD BARS TO MATCH TYP FOOTING REINF, LAP BARS AS REQ'D PER LAP SPLICE LENGTH TABLE BOT OF EXCAVATION CONC. WALL & REINF PER PLAN 2' - 0" 2' - 0" NOTES: 1. FOR EXCAVATION INFORMATION, SEE TYPICAL FOOTING EXCAVATION DETAIL. FACE OF STEPS SHALL BE CAST AGAINST UNDISTURBED EARTH. IF EXCAVATION RAVELS, BACKFILL WITH CONCRETE WHEN FOOTING IS CAST. SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN CONT FOOTING & REINF PER PLAN SLAB RECESS PER PLAN Ld #4 @ 18" OC EA WAY 24" CMU WALL 4"4"SHEAR WALL (WHERE OCCURS) NAILING PER SW SCHEDULE, TYP ANCHOR BOLT PER PLAN (2) #4 CONT. TOP SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN #4 @ 10" OC ALTERNATE HOOKS (2) #4 CONT. BOT1' - 0"10"5"6"5" Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S4.02 Concrete Details Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"1 Typical Slab on Grade Isolation Joint at Column Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"2 Typical Joints in Slab on Grade Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"3 Typical Thickened Slab Edge Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 Typical Thickened Slab Strip Footing Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 Typical Footing at Wall Opening Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 Typical Stem Wall with Curb Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"7 Trench Drain Reinforcing (Alternate 2) Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0"8 Typical Stepped Footing Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 CMU Footing at Slab Recess Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10 Dropped Wall Footing EMBEDMENT1"PROJECTION3/16 STAKE THREADS NUT PLATE WASHER 5/8"x3"x3" w/ STD HOLE BASE PLATE w/ HOLE PER NOTE 2 NON-SHRINK GROUT FOR FULL BEARING ANCHOR ROD ASTM F-1554 NUT EA. SIDE OF WASHER PLATE WASHER 5/8"x3"x3" w/ STD HOLE STAKE THREADS NOTES: 1. AT CONTRACTORS OPTION LEVELING NUTS AND PLATE WASHERS MAY BE FURNISHED. 2. MAXIMUM HOLE SIZES: 1-5/16" FOR 3/4"Ø ROD; 1-13/16" FOR 1"Ø ROD; 2" FOR 1-1/2"Ø ROD. 3. THICK PLATE WASHERS TOP AND BOTTOM, AND WELD MAY BE OMITTED AT HSS AND PIPE COLUMNS. 4. VERIFY SUFFICIENT THREAD ENGAGEMENT TO DEVELOP STRENGTH OF BOLT.1/2" MINSEE NOTE 4TO CONCRETE BEAM PER PLAN COLUMN OR SUPPORTING MEMBER 1/2" 7/8"Ø A325 BOLTS PER TABLE PLATE 5/16 1/4 1/4 NOTES: 1. SEE BEAM LEGEND FOR BEAM CONNECTION DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS 2. SEE PLANS FOR BEAM SIZES AND SPECIAL CONNECTIONS WHERE NOTED 3. ALL BEAM-TO-BEAM CONNECTIONS ON EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL USE "TYPICAL FULL-DEPTH BEAM CONNECTION" 4. HORIZONTAL SHORT SLOTTED HOLES (SSL) MAY BE USED IN SHEAR TABS AT CONTRACTORS OPTION, UNO Detail A: Single Plate Beam to Column Flange Connection 2"2"1 1/2"BOLTS@ 3" OC1 1/2"NOTES: 1. USE SINGLE PLATE WHERE BEAMS OCCUR ON BOTH SIDES OF COLUMN. 2. KERF NOT REQUIRED FOR BEAMS W12 AND SMALLER, USE STANDARD PLATES WELDED TO EACH FACE OF TUBE. 3. WELD PLATES TO HSS FACES AT TUBE CORNERS; NO KERF REQUIRED. REFER TO TYPICAL SHEAR TAB CONN DETAIL FOR INFO NOT SHOWN, TYP UNO HSS COLUMN W W PER TYP SHEAR TAB CONN DETAIL BEAM SLOT COLUMN AND EXTENT PLATE THROUGH SLOTS MIN 1/2" 3/16 FITTED CAP PL W W PER TYP SHEAR TAB CONN DETAIL SEAL TYPICAL BEAM NAILER 3/16 (4) 3/4"Ø ANCHOR BOLTS AS SHOWN BASE PLATE 3/4" 1" NON-SHRINK GROUT FOR FULL BEARING PIPE COLUMN PER PLAN1 1/2"1 1/2"1 1/2" ℄9" EMBED1 1/2"1/2"Ø THREADED STUD END WELD TO STEEL @ 24" OC CONT WOOD NAILER WF PER PLAN HEAVY HEX NUT 1/4"MIN1/4" MAX1"MAX1/4"1/2"Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S5.01 Steel Details Scale: 3" = 1'-0"1 Typical Anchor Rod Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 Typical Beam Shear Tab Connection W24 - 6 W21 - 5 W16, W18 C15 4 W12, W14 C12 3 W8, W10 C10 2 Wide Flange Channel Beam Size Required Number of 7/8" Diameter A325 Bolts BEAM SHEAR TAB CONNECTION TABLE Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 Typical Beam to Continuous HSS Column - One Side Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Typical Pipe Column Base Plate Scale: 3" = 1'-0"3 Typical Beam Nailer NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR TYPICAL REINFORCING. 2. SEE TYPICAL SECTION AND DETAILS FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. 3. SEE TYPICAL CMU LINTEL BEAM DETAIL AND REINFORCING SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCING. 4. WHERE BOND BEAMS IN ADJACENT WALLS OCCUR AT DIFFERENT LEVELS, RETURN ONE OF THE BOND BEAMS Ld AROUND CORNERS. 5.AT OPENINGS, LINTEL REINFORCING IS IN ADDITION TO BOND BEAM REINFORCING. 6.FOR PARTITION WALLS (NON LOAD-BEARING) SEE TYPICAL DETAILS AT TOP. BOND BEAM PER ELEV AT TOP OF WALL BOND BEAM PER ELEV @ TOP OF FTG BOND BEAM PER ELEV BOND BEAM PER ELEV CORNER BARS TO MATCH HORIZ REINF, HOOK Ld AROUND CORNERS, TYP VERT PER ELEV AT CORNERS, TYP VERT PER ELEV AT OPENINGS, TYP LINTEL BEAMS PER SCHEDULE AT OPENINGS, TYP BOND BEAMS PER ELEV BELOW OPENINGS, TYP 3MIN EXTEND BARS PER 7/S6.01 VERT REINF PER ELEV DOWELS MATCH VERT REINF, TYP FOR WALL SECTIONS 16" OR SMALLER, PROVIDE (1) #6 VERT AT EA END 1 SECTION FLOOR / ROOF TOP OF FTG TOP OF WALL 7/S6.01 Mid-Wall IntersectionWall End or Jamb BEND BOND BEAM BARS Ld AROUND CORNERS, TYP HOOK HORIZ BARS INTO VERT CELL VERT BAR BEND BOND BEAM BARS Ld AROUND CORNERS, TYP OR PROVIDE CORNER BARS Corner Intersection NOTES: 1.VERTICAL REINFORCING NOT SHOWN. CMU WALL FOR CMU WALL, VERTICAL BAR IN GROUTED CELL AT INTERSECTION PANEL EDGE NAILING PLYWOOD 1/2"Ø DICA w/ 3 1/4" EMBED STUD WALL W LdVERT REINF SCHED STIRRUPS ALTERNATE HOOK GROUT SOLID SCHED TOP BAR SCHED BOT BARS LdSCHED TOP BAR SCHED STIRRUPS GROUT SOLID SCHED BOT BARS DECKED LINTEL BLOCK, TYP DO NOT CONTINUE BEYOND JAMB VERT REINF WHERE NOTED NOTES: 1.LINTEL REINF SHALL BE EXTENDED PAST OPENING A MINIMUM OF Ld BUT NOT LESS THAN 2'-0". HOOK IF MIIMUM LENGTH NOT AVAILABLE. 2. WHERE SCHEDULE INDICATES A DEPTH GREATER THAN ONE 8" BLOCK DEPTH USE 8" DEEP LINTEL BLOCK AND REGULAR 8" DEEP BLOCK WITH INNER WEBS REMOVED. FILL SCHEDULED DEPTH WITH ONE MONOLITHIC CONCRETE GROUT POUR. 3. DO NOT LAP BARS IN LINTEL. 4. STIRRUP REINF SHALL BE PLACED SUCH THAT THE FIRST STIRRUP OCCURS WITHIN 4" FROM FACE OF OPENING. SCHED TOP BAR SCHED BOT BARS GROUT SOLID SCHED STIRRUPS W/ STD HOOKS EA END, ALTERNATE HOOK DDSection BOND BEAM AT TOP OF FTG BOND BEAM AT TOP OF WALL BOND BEAMS WHERE OCCUR PER ELEV Ld2'-0" OR HOOKAT FOOTINGDOWELS TO MATCH VERT REINF VERT REINF PER ELEV KEY IN FTG NOTES: 1. VERT REINF PER GENERAL NOTES, SECTIONS, DETAILS AND PLANS. 2. HORIZ REINF NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 3/4" CLR 3/4" CLR 1 Bar / Cell 2 Bar / Cell EQ EQ VERT REINF CMU VERT REINF CMU1'-6" MINCMU WALL SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN CONT FOOTING & REINF PER PLANLd OR HOOKPER PLAN #4 x @ 18" OC 2'-0" 6" CMU WALL SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN CONT FOOTING & REINF PER PLANLd OR HOOKPER PLAN #4 x @ 24" OC 6"6" 2'-0" 4x NAILER REINF PER ELEV CMU WALL PER PLAN 1/2"Ø ANCHOR BOLT @ 16" OC (EMBED 6") Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S6.01 CMU Details 5 Typical Reinforcing in CMU Walls Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"9 Plan Views of Typical Horizontal Bond Beam Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"12 Typical CMU & Wood Stud Wall Intersection Plan View Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"7 Typical CMU Lintel Beam Details and Schedule 8" 10'-0" TO 12'-0" 48" (1) #5 TOP (2) #7 BOT #4 @ 8" 8" 8'-0" TO 10'-0" 32" (1) #5 TOP (2) #7 BOT #4 @ 8" 8" 6'-0" TO 8'-0" 24" (2) #7 TOP (1) #5 BOT #3 @ 8" 6" OR 8" 4'-0" TO 6'-0" 16" (1) #5 TOP (2) #5 BOT #3 @ 8" 6" OR 8" 4'-0" OR LESS 8" (1) #5 TOP (2) #5 BOT #3 @ 16" Width (W) Opening Clear Span Depth (D) Horizontal Reinforcement Stirrups MINIMUM LINTEL REINFORCING SCHEDULE Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11 Typical CMU Bar Placement Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 Typical CMU Wall Footing at Exterior Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Typical CMU Wall Footing at Interior #7 11'-2" #6 8'-3" #5 4'-5" #4 2'-10" #3 1'-7" 7.625 Ld (in) Bar Size CMU BLOCK SIZE 1.5" EDGE DISTANCE DEVELOPMENT LENGTH #7 5'-0" #6 3'-7" #5 1'-11" #4 1'-3" #3 1'-0" 7.625 Ld (in) Bar Size CMU BLOCK SIZE ONE BAR AT CENTER DEVELOPMENT LENGTH Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 Typical CMU Development Length Schedules Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 Typical CMU Nailer (1) ROW AT CENTER OF 2x (1) ROW AT CENTER OF EA 2x (4) ROWS, STAGGERED IN 4xPLATE NAILINGPER SCHEDSTITCH NAILING PER SCHED PLATE NAILINGPER SCHEDPLATE NAILINGPER SCHED(1) ROW AT CENTER OF 1 1/4" LSLPLATE NAILINGPER SCHEDSTITCH NAILING PER SCHED (2) ROWS, STAGGERED IN EA LSLPLATE NAILINGPER SCHED(2) ROWS, STAGGERED IN 1 3/4" LSLPLATE NAILINGPER SCHED(2) Rows of Plate Nailing (2x Framing) (1) Row of Plate Nailing (2x Framing) (4) Rows of Plate Nailing (2x Framing) (1) Row of Plate Nailing (I-JOIST Framing) (2) Rows of Plate Nailing (I-JOIST Framing) (4) Rows of Plate Nailing (I-JOIST Framing) Plan View Elevation View SHEAR WALL SHEATHING SHEARWALL PANEL EDGE NAILING PER 4/S7.01 4/S7.01 STUD FASTENING PER TABLE A SHEARWALL PANEL EDGE NAILING PER 4/S7.01 4/S7.01 1" SEE NOTE 1" MIN NOTE: 1. 3" FOR SDS SCREWS, 1 1/2" FOR 16d NAILS PANEL EDGE NAILING SHEARWALL SHEATHING PER TABLE AREQ'D SPACINGENEN EN SHEARWALL SHEATHING SHEAR TRANSFER 'D' SHEAR TRANSFER 'D' 1 1/2" MIN 1 1/2" MIN EN Plan View: Typical Shear Wall Intersections Plan View: Staggered Stud Wall Intersections EN 3x @ SW2 & HEAVIER SHEAR TRANSFER 'D' PARTY WALL CORRIDOR WALL SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. IN ADDITION TO FRAMING REQUIREMENTS OF 5/S7.01, PROVIDE FRAMING AT SHEARWALLS AS INDICATED. 2. SEE SCHEDULE FOR SHEATHING AND NAILING REQUIREMENTS. LUMBER GRADE AS INDICATED OR BETTER. STAGGER PANEL JOINT EA SIDE OF WALL WHERE SHEATHING IS REQUIRED BOTH SIDES OF WALL. 3. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS RECEIVING EDGE NAILING FROM ABUTTING PANEL EDGES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SIZES INDICATED. IN LIEU OF 3x STUDS, BUILT-UP STUDS SHOWN IN 2/S7.01 MAY BE SUBSTITUTED. 4. BLOCK ALL PANEL EDGES. 5. NAIL SIZES PER NAIL SIZE TABLE. DRIVE ALL NAILS FLUSH W/ FACE OF SHEATHING. TOLERANCE +1/16" TO -0. STAGGER NAILING WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SPLITTING OF LUMBER. 6. PLATES ON CONCRETE SHALL BE TREATED. SEE GENERAL NOTES. 7. CONNECT SHEATHING & STUDS AT SHEARWALL INTERSECTIONS AS INDICATED. 8. WHERE ONLY ONE HOLDOWN IS SPECIFIED, LOCATE ON OPEN-SIDE OF HOLDOWN STUDS. SEE WALL ELEVATION. 9. THE PLANS AND SECTIONS SHOWN HERE SCHEMATICALLY DEMONSTRATE THE TYPICAL CONNECTION DESIGNED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALTERNATE CONNECTIONS MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SHEAR TRANSFER 'A' (USE FOR LEDGER BOLTING @ CONC STEMWALL)IS 12" MAX SPACINGNAILING AWAYFROM PANEL EDGESSHEAR TRANSFER 'B' SHEAR TRANSFER 'C' USE GALVANIZED NAILS @ TREATED PLATES PLATE WASHER 1/4x3x3 @ SHEARWALL ANCHOR BOLTS, TYP EDGE NAIL SW SHEATHING TO ALL HOLDOWN STUDS HOLDOWN STUDS PER PLAN (2) ROWS 16d @ 8" EA HOLDOWN STUD TO ADJACENT HOLDOWN STUD STRAP TYPE HOLDOWN PER PLAN HDU HOLDOWN PER PLAN NOTE 4 SHEATHING PANELS PER SCHED STRAP TYPE HOLD DOWN PER PLAN WINDOW OPENING DOOR OPENING STRAP PER 6/S7.02 STRAP PER 5/S7.025/S7.026/S7.02 STUD HEADER TRIMMERS PER PLAN (1) MINNAILING (SEE SCHED)HEADERENDHEADER SIZE PER PLAN 4' - 0" SPLICE, UNO JOINT @ STUD, TYP(2) ROWS OF (6) 16d EA SIDE OF UPPER JOINT @ SPLICE, TYP JOIST, RIM JOIST, OR BLKG. USE 1 1/4" LSL RIM, UNO EDGE NAILING OR BOUNDARY NAILING, TYP FILL SOLID W/ STUDS OR BLOCKS, TYP 16d @ 12" OC INTO JOIST, RIM JOIST OR BLKG FLOOR SHTG. SEE PLAN FOR NAILING (2)2x WALL TOP PLATES, UNO 16d@12" OC TOENAIL RIM JOIST TO WALL PLATES, TYP UNO 0 ADD STUDS FOR EQUAL OR GREATER WIDTH WHERE MULTIPLE STUDS OR POSTS ABOVE, TYP ROUGH WINDOW SILL SEE SCHED SEE PLAN TRIMMERS SEE PLAN KING STUDS A35 WHERE REQ'D SEE SCHED 5/8"Ø AB @ 48" OC & 9" FROM ENDS OF PL. EMBED 7" OR SLAB THICKNESS MINUS 1" 2x TREATED PL, UNO CONCRETE 16d @ 12" OC TYP @ MULT. STUDS 16d@12" PLATE NAILING AWAY FROM SPLICE, TYP STUD SIZE & SPACING PER PLAN 16d @ 12" OC TYP @ ALL KINGS & TRIMMERS DOOR OPENING 1 WINDOW OPENING Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S7.01 Wood Details Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 Typical Shear Wall Schedule - Plate Nailing Details Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Alternative Built-up 2X Option at Abutting Panel Edge Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"3 Typical Shear Wall Intersections 16d 0.162"Ø 3 1/2" 10d 0.148"Ø 3" 8d 0.131"Ø 2 1/2" 6d 0.113"Ø 2" Nail Size Nail Diameter Typical Nail Length (UNO) TYPICAL NAIL LENGTH TABLE SW2-2 (2) SIDES 10d @ 2" 10d @ 12" 3x 3x (2)2x 5/8"Ø @ 12"A35 + LPT4 @ 10" (3) ROWS 1/4x6" SDS SCREWS @ 8" 1/4x6" SDS SCREW @ 2" 1540 PLF 2155 PLF SW3-2 (2) SIDES 10d @ 3" 10d @ 12" 3x 3x (2)2x 5/8"Ø @ 15"A35 + LPT4 @ 13"(4) ROWS 16d @ 6" or (2) ROWS 1/4x6" SDS SCREWS @ 7"1/4x6" SDS SCREW @ 3" 1200 PLF 1680 PLF SW2 (1) SIDE 10d @ 2" 10d @ 12" 3x 2x (2)2x 5/8"Ø @ 16" A35 @ 10" or LPT4 @ 9"(3) ROWS 16d @ 6" or (2) ROWS 1/4x6" SDS SCREWS @ 10"1/4x6" SDS SCREW @ 5" 770 PLF 1078 PLF SW3 (1) SIDE 10d @ 3" 10d @ 12" 3x 2x (2)2x 5/8"Ø @ 21" A35 @ 13" or LPT4 @ 12" (2) ROWS 16d @ 6" or 1/4x6" SDS SCREWS @ 7"(2) ROWS 16d @ 5" OR 1/4x6" SDS SCREW @ 6"600 PLF 840 PLF SW4 (1) SIDE 10d @ 4" 10d @ 12" 3x 2x (2)2x 5/8"Ø @ 2'-3" A35 @ 18" or LPT4 @ 16" (2) ROWS 16d @ 7" or 1/4x6" SDS SCREWS @ 9" 16d @ 3" OR 1/4x6" SDS SCREW @ 8" 460 PLF 645 PLF SW6 (1) SIDE 10d @ 6" 10d @ 12" 2x 2x (2)2x 5/8"Ø @ 3'-5" A35 @ 26" or LPT4 @ 24" 16d @ 6" or 1/4x6" SDS SCREWS @ 14" 16d @ 5" OR 1/4x6" SDS SCREW @ 13" 310 PLF 435 PLF (EN) Edge Field Min Stud & Blkg @ Panel Edges Sill Plate Top Plates (A) Sill Pl to Concrete (B) Rim/Joist/Blkg to Top Pl (C) Sill Pl To Rim/Joist/Blkg (D) Shearwall Intersections Seismic WindMark Sheathing (15/32" Plywood) Nailing Framing Shear Transfer Capacity SHEARWALL SCHEDULE (DOUG FIR FRAMING) Scale: 1 : 204Shear Wall Framing w/ Holdowns Scale: 1 : 205Typical Wall Framing SW2-2 N/A SW3-2 (2) ROWS 1/4" X 3" SDS @ 3" OC SW2 (2) ROWS 1/4" x 3" SDS @ 4 1/2" OC SW3 (3) ROWS 16d @ 4 1/2" OC SW4 (2) ROWS 16d @ 4" OC Shearwall Mark Stud Fastening TABLE A *USE (4) 16d END NAIL STUDS TO TOP AND SILL PLATES AT 2x10 STUDS 28 BRIDGING OR BLOCKING TO JOIST, RAFTER OR TRUSS (2) 8d, EACH END, TOENAIL 27 JOIST TO RIM JOIST (3) 16d, END NAIL 26 LEDGER STRIP SUPPORTING JOISTS OR RAFTERS (3) 16d, EACH JOIST OR RAFTER, FACE NAIL 25 BUILT-UP GIRDERS AND BEAMS, 2" LUMBER LAYERS 20d @ 32" O.C., FACE NAIL AT TOP AND BOTTOM STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES AND (2) 20d AT ENDS OF EACH SPLICE 24 2" PLANKS (PLANK & BEAM - FLOOR & ROOF)(2) 16d, EACH BEARING, FACE NAIL 23 2" SUBFLOOR TO JOIST OR GIRDER (2) 16d, BLIND AND FACE NAIL 22 1" x 6" SUBFLOOR OR LESS TO EACH JOIST (2) 8d, FACE NAIL 21 RIM JOIST, OR BLOCKING TO TOP PLATE, SILL OR OTHER FRAMING BELOW 8d @ 6" O.C., TOENAIL 20 JOIST TO SILL, TOP PLATE OR GIRDER (3) 8d, TOENAIL 19 1" x 8" AND WIDER SHEATHING TO EACH BEARING (3) 8d, FACE NAIL 18 1" x 6" SHEATHING OR LESS TO EACH BEARING (2) 8d, FACE NAIL 17 1" BRACE TO EACH STUD AND PLATE (2) 8d, FACE NAIL 16 TOP PLATES, LAPS AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS (2) 16d, FACE NAIL 15 TOP PLATE TO STUD (2) 16d, END NAIL 14 STUD TO SILL PLATE (4) 8d, TOENAIL OR (2) 16d, END NAIL* 13 SILL PLATE TO JOIST, RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING AT BRACED WALL PANELS (3) 16d @ 16" O.C., FACE NAIL 12 SILL PLATE TO JOIST, RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING (NOT AT BRACED WALL PANELS) 16d @ 16" O.C., FACE NAIL 11 TOP PLATE TO TOP PLATE, AT END JOINTS (8) 16d, EACH SIDE OF END JOINT, FACE NAIL (MINIMUM 24" LAP SPLICE LENGTH EACH SIDE OF END JOINT) 10 CONTINUOUS HEADER TO STUD (4) 8d, TOENAIL 9 STUD TO STUD (NOT AT BRACED WALL PANELS)16d @ 24" O.C., FACE NAIL 8 ROOF RAFTERS TO RIDGE VALLEY OR HIP RAFTERS; OR ROOF RAFTER TO 2" RIDGE BEAM (2) 16d, END NAIL 7 RAFTER OR ROOF TRUSS TO TOP PLATE (3) 10d, TOENAIL 6 COLLAR TIE TO RAFTER (3) 10d 5 CEILING JOIST NOT ATTACHED TO PARALLEL RAFTER, LAPS OVER PARTITIONS (NO THRUST) (3) 16d 4 CEILING JOISTS TO TOP PLATE (3) 10d, TOENAIL 3 FLAT BLOCKING TO TRUSS AND WEB FILLER 16d FACE NAIL 2 BLOCKING BETWEEN RAFTERS OR TRUSS NOT AT THE WALL TOP PLATE, TO RAFTER OR TRUSS (2) 8d, TOENAIL EACH END 1 BLOCKING BETWEEN CEILING JOISTS, RAFTERS OR TRUSSES TO TOP PLATE OR OTHER FRAMING ABOVE (3) 8d, TOENAIL EACH END NO.CONNECTION NAILING, LOCATION (UNO) MINIMUM FASTENING SCHEDULE (UNO)(PER IBC 2012, TABLE 2304.10.01) > 6'-0" 2 (2) 16d END NAILS + A35 EA END @ EA SILL 5/S7.01 0'-0" to 6'-0" 1 (2) 16d END NAILS 5/S7.01 Horiz Rough Opening Number of Sills Req'd End Attachment Reference ROUGH WINDOW SILL NOTES: 1. BEARING AND SHEARWALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARIES, TYP DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY DIAPHRAGM PANEL SW BELOW NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY (BN) DIAPHRAGM EDGE FIELD NAILING (FN) TO INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS FLOOR OR JOISTS COLLECTOR SW BELOW NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY (BN) NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM EDGES (EN) NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM EDGES (EN) (2) ROWS OF BOUNDARY NAILING (BN) TO SHEAR WALL AND COLLECTORS, STAGGERED 2 x (FLAT) BLOCKING DIAPHRAGM TYP @ EDGES NOTES: 1. BEARING AND SHEAR WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARIES, TYP DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY DIAPHRAGM PANEL SW BELOW NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY (BN) DIAPHRAGM EDGE FIELD NAILING (FN) TO INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS FLOOR OR JOISTS NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM EDGES (EN) COLLECTOR SW BELOW NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY (BN) NAILING TO DIAPHRAGM EDGES (EN) (2) ROWS OF BOUNDARY NAILING (BN) TO SHEAR WALLS AND COLLECTORS, STAGGERED "M" MIN WIDTH OF STUDS PER SCHEDULE, ABOVE & BELOW FLOOR FRAMING SHOWN AT BEARING CONDITION MAY BE ORIENTED IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION, SEE PLAN BOTTOM HALF OF STRAP SHALL NOT BE NAILED UNTIL ONE WEEK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SIDING (N) NAILSPER SCHEDNONAILING(N) NAILSPER SCHEDHHSTRAP PER SCHEDULE APPLY PANEL EDGE NAILING PER SW SCHEDULE OVER FULL HEIGHT OF STUDS ATTACHED TO STRAP. (NAILING MAY BE DISTRIBUTED OVER MULTIPLE STUDS) CMST12 x 3'-0" STRAP FROM HEADER TO 2x FLAB BLOCKING IN WALL AS SHOWN HEADER PER PLAN SHEAR WALL HEIGHTEQ EQ LENGTH SHEAR WALL CMST12 x 3'-0" STRAP FROM HEADER TO 2x FLAB BLOCKING IN WALL AS SHOWN HEADER PER PLAN CMST12 x 3'-0" STRAP FROM FRAMING TO 2x FLAT BLOCKING IN WALL AS SHOWN WINDOW FRAMINGSHEAR WALL HEIGHTEQ EQ LENGTH SHEAR WALL HOLE AREA ("D" + 2 1/4") DO NOT FASTEN IN "D"HOLE STRAP & FASTENING PER TABLE CENTER STRAP(S) ON PLATES, TYP TOP OR BOTTOM PLATES Plan View Elevation View EDGE SAW CUT CIRCULAR NOTCH V NOTCH LET-IN NOTCH S T U D W ID T H M IN D E P T H M IN D E P T H M A X D IA M E T E R EQ M A X D IA M E T E R O F B O R E D H O L E S BORED HOLES ARE TO BE SPACED AT LEAST TWICE THE DIAMETER OF THE LARGEST HOLE SILL PLATES TO FOLLOW SAME SPACING & SIZE AS NOTED IN VERTICAL STUDS, TYP BORED HOLES ARE TO BE SPACED AT LEAST A STUD WIDTH FROM A CUT OR NOTCH 3' - 0" MAX2'-0" MAXOPENING PER ARCH FRAMING PER PLAN ADDL (1) 2x8 MEMBER w/ LUS28 HANGERS, TYP 1'-4" MAX @ FLOOR 2'-0" MAX @ ROOF NOTE: 1. CONTR TO COORD SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL MECH OPENINGS WITH MECH DRAWINGS.3' - 0" MAXEQ EQ 4'-0" MAX @ ROOF 2'-8" MAX @ FLOOR OPENING PER ARCH FRAMING PER PLAN ADDL (2) 2x MEMBERS w/ LUS HANGERS, TYP ADDL (1) 2x MEMBER w/ LUS HANGER, TYP NOTE: 1. CONTR TO COORD SIZES & LOCATIONS OF ALL MECH OPENINGS W/ MECH DRAWINGS. Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S7.02 Wood Details Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"2 Blocked Plywood Roof/Floor Sheathing Layout Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"1 Unblocked Plywood Roof/Floor Sheathing Layout Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 Typical Strap Schedule STRAP SCHEDULE Mark Width H N Fastener Type Capacity CMST12 3" 3' - 2" 74 0.165" x 4 1/2" 9,215 lb CMST14 3" 2' - 6" 56 0.165" x 4 1/2" 6,490 lb CMSTC16 3" 2' - 1" 50 0.165" x 3 1/4" 4,585 lb Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0"5 Typical Force Transfer at Door Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0"6 Typical Force Transfer at Window Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 Typical Reinforcing at Bearing/Shear Wall Plate Penetration 3" < "D" < 6" CMSTC16 W/ (21) 16d SINKERS EA SIDE OF HOLE, EA SIDE OF PL (2 STRAPS TOTAL 2x10 0" < "D" < 3"NO STRAP REQUIRED 2 1/2" < "D" < 4" CMSTC16 W/ (14) 16d SINKERS EA SIDE OF HOLE, EA SIDE OF PL (2 STRAPS TOTAL 2x8 0" < "D" < 2 1/2"NO STRAP REQUIRED 1 3/4" < "D" < 3 5/8"CMSTC16 W/ (13) 16d SINKERS EA SIDE OF HOLE, EA SIDE OF PL (2 STRAPS TOTAL 2x6 0" < "D" < 1 3/4"NO STRAP REQUIRED 1" < "D" < 2 1/4"CMSTC16 W/ (8) 16d SINKERS EA SIDE OF HOLE, EA SIDE OF PL (2 STRAPS TOTAL 2x4 0" < "D" < 1"NO STRAP REQUIRED Plate Size Hole Diameter "D" Inches Strap REINFORCING AT BEARING PLATE PENETRATION Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11 Allowable Holes and Notches in Wood Studs Notes: 1. No cutting or notching is allowed in shear wall compression studs. 2. No cutting or notching is allowed in shear wall plates except as allowed in 9/S7.02. 2x8 1 3/4" 5 1/2" 2x6 1 3/8" 4 1/8" 2x4 7/8" 2 5/8" Stud Size Max Depth of Edge Cut or Notch Min Stud Depth Remaining EXTERIOR/BEARING/SHEAR WALL STUDS Notes: 1. Borings shall not be made at the same section where cut or notch has been made. 2. No holes are allowed in shear wall compression studs. 3. No holes are allowed in shear wall plates except as allowed in 9/S7.02. 2x8 2 7/8" 5/8" EA SIDE OF HOLE 2x6 2 1/8" 5/8" EA SIDE OF HOLE 2x4 1 3/8" 5/8" EA SIDE OF HOLE Stud Size Max Diameter of Hole Min Depth Remaining After Boring EXTERIOR /BEARING /SHEAR WALL STUDS 2x8 2 7/8" 4 3/8" 2x6 2 1/8" 3 3/8" 2x4 1 3/8" 2 1/8" Stud Size Max Depth of Edge Cut or Notch Min Stud Depth Remaining NON-BEARING WALL STUDS Notes: 1. Borings shall not be made at the same section where cut or notch has been made. 2x8 4 1/4" 5/8" EA SIDE OF HOLE 2x6 3 1/4" 5/8" EA SIDE OF HOLE 2x4 2" 5/8" EA SIDE OF HOLE Stud Size Max Diameter of Hole Min Depth Remaining After Boring NON-BEARING WALL STUDS Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"8 Typical Rough Openings (2'-0" max) Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"12 Typical Rough Openings (4'-0" max) NOTES: 1. INSTALL ALL HOLDOWNS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PLACEMENT OF ALL ANCHORS IS BASED ON CAST-IN-PLACE INSTALLATION, UNO. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF ENGINEER OF RECORD. 3. "M" INDICATES MINIMUM DEPTH OF WOOD FRAMING MEMBER ATTACHED TO HOLDOWN. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE HEM-FIR, UNO. 4. "D" INDICATES MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM END OF CONCRETE WALL/FOOTING AT CORNER AND WALL END CONDITIONS. REFER TO ELEVATION AND SECTION FOR PLACEMENT DETAILS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: THE DISTANCE FROM ANY ANCHOR TO THE END OF CONCRETE WALL/FOOTING SHALL BE NO LESS THAN TWICE THE EMBEDMENT DEPTH NOTED IN THE SCHEDULE. MIN (1) #4 AT TOP SEE CONC DETAILS FOR ADDL INFO APPLY PANEL EDGE NAILING PER SW SCHED OVER FULL HEIGHT OF STUDS ATTACHED TO HOLDOWN. NAILING MAY BE DEISTRIBUSTED OVER MULTIPLE STUDS. FRAMING CONT WHERE OCCURS SHEAR WALL FASTENERS PER SCHEDULE HOLDOWN PER PLAN ALL-THREAD ANCHOR ROD PER SCHEDULE w/ NUT- WASHER-NUT EMBEDMENT PER SCHEDULE (M) PER SCHED 3" MIN5" MAXHDU-AB Elevation ALL-THREAD ANCHOR ROD PER SCHEDULE w/ NUT-WASHER-NUT SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN THICKENED SLAB FOOTING PER PLAN Section of HDU-AB1TO CONCRETE APPLY PANEL EDGE NAILING PER SW SCHED OVER FULL HEIGHT OF STUDS ATTACHED TO HOLDOWN, TYP. NAILING MAY BE DEISTRIBUSTED OVER MULTIPLE STUDS. FRAMING CONT WHERE OCCURS SHEAR WALL FASTENERS PER SCHEDULE, TYP HOLDOWN PER PLAN ALL-THREAD TO MATCH AB SIZE PER SCHEDULE (M) PER SCHED HOLDOWN PER PLAN RIM JOIST PER PLAN TO SHEATHING BEAM PER PLAN SPLICE WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN PC SERIES CAP AS REQ'D TO FIT BEAM & POST POST PER PLAN EPC SERIES CAP AS REQ'D TO FIT BEAM & POST POST PER PLAN At End of Beam At Continuous Beam 3 4 4' - 0" TJI PER PLAN GLB PER PLAN 2x6 16d @ 12" OC MAX NOTES: 1. TJI AND 2x6 NOT TO BE LOADED DURING CONSTRUCTION BEVEL TOP OF GLB TO ROOF SLOPE 4 '-0 " M I N BN MIN 2x6 AT EA RAFTER EN SHEAR WALL ROOF SHEATHING ROOF JOIST 2x4 MIN BEVELED BLOCK (2) #10 x 3" SCREWS FROM TJI FLANGE TO TOP PLATE 5' - 0" MAX - 2x6 EA SIDE 3' - 0" MAX - 2x6 16d @ 12" OC MAX BN GLB PER PLAN NAIL THROUGH WEB FILLER TO LOOKOUT W/ (1) 0.148"Ø ROOF SHEATHING (4) SHEATHING NAILS 2x6 @ 16" OC 3' - 0" MAX 6" 32"6" 2"3" TYP(2) 7/8"Ø HEADED ANCHOR BOLTS, EMBED 6" TYP NAILER TJI PER PLAN BEAM PER PLAN SHEATHING PER PLAN CMU NAILER EXTEND TO END OF WALL CMU WALL PER PLAN 4" HDU PER XXXXX COLLECTOR PER PLAN. NOTCH AROUND ANGLE STRAP PER XXXXXX Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S7.03 Wood Details Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"1 Typical Holdown Schedule HOLDOWN SCHEDULE Mark Framing Attachment Anchorage Capacity M Fasteners (SDS 1/4 x 2 1/2) D Anchor Type Embed Seismic (Mid-Wall / Corner / End Wall) Wind (Mid-Wall / Corner / End Wall) HDU2-AB 3" 6 9" 5/8"Ø 7" 2,645 lbs 2,645 lbs HDU4-AB 3" 10 9" 5/8"Ø 7" 3,926 lbs 3,926 lbs HDU8-AB 4 1/2" 20 11" 7/8"Ø 8" 9,870 lbs 7,870 lbs HDU11-AB 5 1/2" 30 1' - 3" 1"Ø 10" 9,535 lbs 9,535 lbs Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 Typical Holdown - Anchor Bolt Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 Typical Holdown at Wood Wall Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 Typical Beam over Post Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 2x6 Sister Connection to TJI Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 Typical I-Joist Rafter Perp Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 Section Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11 Detail SHEARWALL FRAMING CLIPS PER SW SCHED OPEN-WEB WOOD TRUSS PER PLAN FLOOR PANEL EDGE NAILING PER PLAN HANGER PER PLAN I-JOIST PER PLAN BN SHEAR WALL 2x BLKG @ 24" OC W/ (4) SHEATHING NAILS LSL JOIST ALIGNED ABOVE WALL EN FLOOR SHEATHING FLOOR JOIST (4) 16d NAILS SHEATHING PER PLAN FLOOR TRUSSES PER PLAN SHEAR WALL OR BEAM PER PLAN (WALL SHOWN) BN TO WALL TOP PL SHEATHING PER PLAN FLOOR TRUSSES PER PLAN BEARING CLIP PER TRUSS MFR FLOOR PANEL EDGE NAILING PER PLAN A35 @ 12" OC BEAM PER PLAN 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS ROOF SHEATHING JOIST PER PLAN JOIST HANGER PER PLAN BEAM PER PLAN WEB STIFFENERS PER JOIST MFR (4) SHEATHING NAILS EA BLOCK SHEARWALL ROOF JOIST EN 16d @ 4" BN 2x BLKG @ 24" OC ROOF SHEATHING 2x A35 @ 12" WEB STIFFENER ROOF JOIST ROOF SHEATHINGBN LSL RIM SHEARWALL GLB WHERE OCCURS FLOOR SHEATHING FLOOR JOIST SHEARWALL ROOF BLKG BN BN BEAM PER PLAN NAIL THROUGH WEB FILLER TO LOOKOUT W/ (1) 0.148"Ø ROOF SHEATHING (4) SHEATHING NAILS 2x6 @ 16" OC BOND BEAM PER CMU WALL ELEV VERT REINF PER CMU WALL ELEV CMU WALL PER PLAN CMU NAILER TYP HUTF NOTES: 1. NO STEEL BEAM AT SIM. NAIL THROUGH WEB FILLER TO LOOKOUT W/ (1) 0.148"Ø ROOF SHEATHING BN PER PLAN, TYP A35 EA SIDE LSTA 15 @ SIM 2x6 BLKG @ SIM CMU NAILER TYP REINF PER CMU WALL ELEV REINF PER CMU WALL ELEV CMU WALL PER PLAN OPEN WEB JOIST W/ DOUBLE TOP CHORD EXTENSION SHEATHING PER PLAN 2 KIPS SEISMIC UNFACTORED Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S7.04 Wood Details Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"1 Typical Floor Truss Perp at Interior Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Typical I-Joist Parallel over Shear Wall Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"3 Typical Open-Web Joists Parallel over Shear Wall Scale: 3/4" = 1'-0"4 Typical Open-Web Joists to Beam Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 Roof Framing at Drop Beam Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 I-Joist Roof Framing at Interior Shearwall Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 I-Joist Roof Framing at Shearwall Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 I-Joist Floor Framing at Shearwall Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 Section Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10 Section Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"12 Section 2' - 1"HDU14 W/ 1"Ø THREADED ROD F1554-367 HEAVY HEX NUT @ EA END CMU WALL PER PLAN COLLECTOR PER PLAN SIMPSON HB SHEATHING PER PLAN TYP CMU NAILER TYP BM PER PLAN BLKG CMST14 7' -0" MIN2' -6" MIN SIMPSON HB TYP SHEATHING PER PLAN CMSTC12 T&B COLLECTOR PER PLAN TYP BEAM PER PLAN SIMPSON HB SHEAR WALL PER PLAN WHERE OCCURS CMST14 EA SIDE SHEATHING PER PLAN STRAP LENGTH = 9' -0" MIN SHEAR WALL PER PLAN RIM JOIST SHEAR WALL PER PLAN SHEATHING PER PLAN COLLECTOR PER PLAN SIMPSON HB TYP CMST14 SHEATHING PER PLAN MIN 3 1/2" THICK PER HD9B REQUIREMENTS DRAG TRUSS PER PLAN GLB PER PLAN NOTES: 1. PARAPET WALL AND UPPER MECH WELL FRAMING ABOVE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE 2/S7.06 HD9B EA SIDE OF TRUSS & COLLECTOR, TOTAL OF (4) JOIST SEAT PER MANUFACTURER COLLECTOR PER PLAN SIMPSON HU TYP SHEAR WALL PER PLAN CMST12 EA SIDE RIM JOISTSTRAP LENGTH = 14' - 0" 2/S7.06 3 1/2" x 11 7/8" LVL RIM JOIST SHEATHING PER PLAN MIN 3 1/2" THICK PER HD9B REQUIREMENTS DRAG TRUSS PER PLAN CMU WALL W/ TYP NAILER PER PLAN WOOD SHEAR WALL PER PLAN BLKG NOTES: 1. WALL ABOVE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE 2/S7.06. HD9B EA SIDE OF TRUSS & TOP PL, TOTAL OF (4) 2/S7.06 BLKG 1' - 7 1/2"1' - 8" CMSTC16BLKGBLKG TJI PER PLAN, TYP BEARING WALL PER PLAN BEARING WALL PER PLAN SHEAR WALL PER PLAN RIM JOIST 1' - 8" TYPICAL CMU NAILER, MIN 20'-0" CONT CMST12SHEATHING PER PLAN BLKG, TYP CMSTC16 EA SIDE GLB PER PLAN HDU14 1"Ø THREADED ROD F1554-36 HEAVY-HEX NUT EA END CMU WALL PER PLAN EN SHEAR WALL BEVELED PLATE FOR COMPLETE BEARING H2.5A ROOF JOIST ROOF SHEATHING BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS (3) 10d NAILS, PARAPET STUD TO ROOF JOIST, TOP & BOT EN BN2x BLOCKING 2' - 0" MAXSOLID WEB FILLER BETWEEN PARAPET STUD & JOIST WEB (3) 10d NAILS, PARAPET STUD TO ROOF JOIST, TOP & BOT EN BLKG BETWEEN JOISTS EN SHEAR WALL 2x BLOCKING BN2' - 0" MAX2x BLOCKING ROOF SHEATHING H2.5 BLOCK (2) BAYS @ 24" OC LSTA9 STRAP TOP & BOT ROOF JOIST SOLID WEB FILLER BETWEEN PARAPET STUD & JOIST WEB Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S7.05 Wood Details Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11 Section Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 I-Joist Roof Framing Perpendicular at Parapet Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10 I-Joist Roof Framing Parallel at Parapet (4) SHEATHING NAILS EA BLOCK POST ROOF JOIST 16d @ 4" BN 2x BLKG @ 24" OC ROOF SHEATHING 2x A35 RIM FLOOR JOIST PER PLAN A35 @ 2'-0" OC 2x BLKG, TOENAIL w/ (3) 16d EA ENDROOF SHEATHING SW-4 EN ROOF JOIST 1 1/2 LSL w/ (3) 1/4" x 4" SDS SCREWS @ 16" OC BN SHEAR WALL EN A35 @ 2'-0" OC 2x BLKG, TOENAIL w/ (3) 16d EA ENDROOF SHEATHING SW-4 EN ROOF JOIST 1 1/2 LSL w/ (3) 1/4" x 4" SDS SCREWS @ 16" OC BN GLB PER PLAN JOIST SEAT PER MANUFACTURER OPEN WEB JOIST SHEATHING PER PLAN RIM EN SHEAR WALL ROOF SHEATHING 2x BLKG @ 16" OC W/ (4) SHEATHING NAILS LSL RIM BN ROOF JOIST EN SHEAR WALL (4) 16d NAILS ROOF SHEATHING ROOF JOIST 1 1/2 LSL w/ (3) 1/4" x 4" SDS SCREWS @ 16" OC BN BLKG @ 2'-0" OC w/ (4) SHEATHING NAILS, TYP Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 December 22, 2017 Contract Documents Fire Station 15 S7.06 Wood Details Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 Post under I-Joist Roof Framing Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 Detail Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 Detail MANUFACTURERMFRROOMRMA= AVERAGED WITH OTHER AGSHEET ON WHICH SECTION IS SHOWNSECTION IDENTIFICATION LETTERDETAIL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERSHEET ON WHICH DETAIL IS SHOWNAM3.1ITINTERVAL TIMERM3.12BPSTIME CLOCK BYPASSSWITCHWATTWAW/WITHWET BULBWBVOLTS, VOLTAGE, VENTVENT THROUGH ROOFWALL CLEAN OUTVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEWASTEVFDVWWCOVTRUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISETYPICALUNOTYPTEMPTEMPERATURESTAINLESS STEELSCREENED OPENINGSSSUPPLYSUPPLY AIRS.O.SACOMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERELBOW WITH TURNING VANESG= WITH GUARD(WHERE 2 CFM'S SHOWN, 1st = HIGH SPEED CFMWALL OUTLET (OR INLET)(WHERE 2 CFM'S SHOWN, 1st = HIGH SPEED CFMSIZE,SYMBOLTMZD-8"ØTTTHERMOSTATSIZE,SYMBOLSIZE,SYMBOLCFMCFMCFMCEILING INLETCEILING OUTLETFLEXIBLE DUCTMFLEXIBLE CONNECTIONMOTORIZED DAMPER2nd = LOW SPEED CFM)2nd = LOW SPEED CFM)RATED LOAD AMPSREVOLUTIONS PER MINUTEREFERENCERETURN AIRREQUIREDREFREQ'DRARLARPMPLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INST.PRESSURE DROPPHASEOUTSIDE AIRP.D.I.OAPHRETURNRPDMAKE UP AIRMUAOPPOSED BLADE DAMPERNUMBERNOT TO SCALENO.NTSOBDTHOUSAND BTUHMINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPSMINIMUMMECHANICALMCAMECHMINMBHDUCT SECTION (SUPPLY)ARROW IN DIRECTION OF FLOWVOLUME DAMPER (MANUAL)DUCT SECTION (EXHAUST OR RETURN)LINED DUCT (DIM. FOR NET FREE AREA)DUCT (FIRST FIGURE, SIDE SHOWN)(P.D.I. SIZE AS SHOWN)WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR20/12L*20/12LROUND DUCTR(D)RISE (R) OR DROP (D)20/12THERMOMETERP.D.I.`A'PRESSURE GAUGEHOSE BIBBOF LININGLININGLEAVING WET BULBLEAVING DRY BULBLEAVING WATER TEMPERATUREMAXMAXIMUMLWBLWTLDBLEAVING AIR TEMPERATUREINVERT ELEVATIONINCHKILOWATTINKWI.E.LATEOL= END* = 2" THICKHOT WATER CIRCULATIONGALLONHOT WATERGALVANIZEDGALHWCGALV.HWFINISHED FLOOR ELEVATIONFLOOR CLEAN OUTFULL LOAD AMPSFFEFLOORFLEXIBLEFLFLEXFLAFCOISOLATION VALVESTRAINER WITH BLOW-OFF VALVERELIEF VALVE OR SAFETY VALVECOMBINATION SHUT-OFF & BALANCING VALVEAUTOMATIC AIR VENTCONCENTRIC REDUCERUNIONCHECK VALVEGLOBE VALVEEXHAUSTEXHEXTERNAL STATIC PRESSUREFEET PER MINUTEFIREFACE VELOCITYFFVFPMESPEXISTEXISTINGENTERING WET BULBENTERING DRY BULBENTERING AIR TEMPERATUREENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIOEND OF LININGEWBEDBEOLEATEERELECTRICAL, ELECTRICEACHDOOR LOUVEREFFICIENCYDRY BULBDLELECEFFEADBDEGREE FAHRENHEITDOWNCOLD WATERDIAMETERDEG F, FDNCWDRAWINGDWGHOT WATER CIRCULATING (HWC)FCFIRE LINECONDENSATE LINECOLD WATER (CW)HOT WATER (HW)VENT (V)WASTE OR SOIL (W)BUILDINGBLDGCOPCOEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCECUBIC FEET PER MINUTECONTINUE, CONTINUATIONCONNECTIONCOMPRESSORCONNCONTCOMPCFMCAPACITYCAPCEILINGCLEANOUTCOCLGAUTOMATICBRITISH THERMAL UNITBRITISH THERMAL UNIT/HOURAUTOMATIC AIR VENTBOTTOM OF DUCTAUTOBTUBTUHB.O.D.AAVARCHITECTURALAPPROXIMATELYAUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTIONABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFFARCHAPPROXAHJDESCRIPTIONSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONABBREV.UUNDERCUT DOORREFRIGERANT GAS (RG)RGREFRIGERANT LIQUID (RL)RLNOTE:SEE SYMBOL LIST & SCHEDULES FOREXPLANATION OF ADDITIONAL SYMBOLS & ITEMCALLOUTS.RAINLEADERRAINLOVERFLOW RAINLEADERORLRAINLEADERRAINLOIL WATER SEPARATOROWSCHILLED WATER CHWNATURAL GASGMECHANICAL LEGENDDIA ØMEZZANINEMEZZCCO2 SENSORZONE DAMPER (ZD), SIZE NOTED (8"Ø). BY DIV 25SEE DETAIL 5/M4.31WASTE TO OWSOWSSHORSE POWERHPUNDERGROUNDUGENERGY CODE NOTES - MECHANICALEQUIPMENT SIZING, PERFORMANCE, AND TYPE1.LOAD CALCULATIONS, C403.1: LOAD CALCULATIONS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH WSECC403.2.1.2.EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM SIZING, C403.2.2: OUTPUT CAPACITIES OF HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT ANDSYSTEMS ARE NO GREATER THAN THE SMALLEST AVAILABLE EQUIPMENT SIZE THAT EXCEEDS THECALCULATED LOADS.3.HVAC EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE, C403.2.3/C403.2.13.1: EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ARE INCLUDED WITHTHESE PLANS.4.ELECTRIC MOTOR EFFICIENCY, c405.8: ALL ELECTRIC MOTORS SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM EFFICIENCY OFTABLES C405.8(1). FRACTION HP FAN MOTORS 1/12HP OR GREATER UP TO 1HP SHALL BE ECM TYPE ORSHALL HAVE A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY OF 70% OR GREATER.5.MOTOR NAMEPLATE HP, C403.2.11.2: FOR EACH FAN, THE MOTOR SHALL BE NO LARGER THAN THE FIRSTAVAILABLE MOTOR SIZE GREATER THAN THE BHP.6.PACKAGED ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT, C403.2.3.3: ALL PACKAGED ELECTRIC HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENTWITH TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY GREATER THAN 6,000 BTU/H SHALL BE A HEAT PUMP CONTROLLED BYOCCUPANCY DEVICE OR TIME SCHEDULE.7.KITCHEN EXHAUST HOODS, C403.2.7.1: SEE PLANS FOR TYPE, DUTY AND EXHAUST RATES.8.OUTDOOR AIR, EXHAUST & RELIEF DAMPERS, C403.2.4.3: PROVIDE ALL OUTSIDE AIR, EXHAUST AIR, ANDRELIEF AIR OPENINGS WITH CLASS 1 (MAX LEAKAGE OF 4 CFM/SF AT 1.0” W.C.) MOTORIZED DAMPERS.9.RETURN AIR DAMPERS, C403.2.4.3: PROVIDE RETURN AIR OPENINGS WITH CLASS 1 MOTORIZED DAMPERWHERE USED FOR AIRSIDE ECONOMIZER. WHERE INSTALLED IN UNITARY PACKAGED EQUIPMENT DAMPER,PROVIDE DAMPERS WITH LOWEST LEAKAGE RATE AVAILABLE FROM THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLS10.THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS, C403.2.4.1: WHERE ADJACENT ZONES CONNECTED BY PERMANENT OPENINGSWITH AREA GREATER THAN 10% OF EITHER ZONE SF, PROVIDE CONTROL TO PREVENT ADJACENT ZONESFROM OPERATING IN CONFLICTING MODES. WHERE A NON-PERIMETER ZONE IS ADJACENT TO A PERIMETERZONE, PROVIDE CONTROLS TO ONLY ALLOW COOLING IN THE NON-PERIMETER ZONE WHEN IT IS 5 DEGREESHIGHER THAN THE PERIMETER ZONE.11.DEADBAND, C403.2.4.1.2: THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS SHALL BE CONFIGURED WITH 5°F MINIMUM DEADBANDFOR SYSTEMS THAT CONTROL BOTH HEATING AND COOLING.12.SETPOINT OVERLAP RESTRICTION, C402.2.4.1.3: WHERE SEPARATE HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMS WITHSEPARATE THERMOSTATIC CONTROL DEVICES SERVE A ZONE, PROVIDE A LIMIT SWITCH, MECHANICALSTOP, OR DDC CONTROL TO PREVENT SIMULTANEOUS HEATING AND COOLING.13.AUTOMATIC SETBACK AND SHUTDOWN, C403.2.4.2/C403.2.4.2.1/C403.2.4.2.2: BUILDING WILL BE CONTINUALLYOCCUPIED.14.AUTOMATIC START, C403.2.4.2.3: BUILDING WILL BE CONTINUALLY OCCUPIED.15.OUTDOOR AIR DAMPERS, C403.2.4.3: OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DAMPERS SHALL AUTOMATICALLY CLOSE WHENSYSTEM OR SPACES SERVED ARE NOT IN USE OR DURING WARM-UP AND SET BACK.16.VENTILATION, C403.2.6/C403.2.11.4: MECHANICAL VENTILATION AIR SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONFIGURED TOPROVIDE NOT MORE THAN 150%, BUT AT LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIRED VOLUME OF OUTDOOR AIR TO EACHZONE PER IMC. SEE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR VALUES.17.KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD, C403.2.7.1: REPLACEMENT AIR, TRANSFER AIR, AND SUPPLY AIR HAVE BEENBALANCED TO MEET HOOD EXHAUST FLOW RATES. REPLACEMENT AIR INTRODUCED AT THE HOOD SHALLNOT BE GREATER THAN 10% OF THE HOOD EXHAUST RATE. WHERE TOTAL HOOD EXHAUST EXCEEDS 2,000CFM, HOOD SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 710 AND MAXIMUM EXHAUST RATESSHALL BE LIMITED TO WSEC TABLE C403.2.7.1.18.DX AHU VARIABLE COOLING CONTROL, C403.3.1: BUILDING FALLS UNDER ECONOMIZER EXCEPTION 7 OFC403.3, VRF SYSTEMS.DUCTING SYSTEMS19.DUCT CONSTRUCTION, C403.2.8.1: DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND SEALED PER IMC.20.DUCT PRESSURE CLASS, C403.2.8.3: ALL DUCTWORK SHOWN IS LOW PRESSURE DUCT, OPERATING ATSTATIC PRESSURE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 3 INCHES WATER GAUGE (W.G.).21.DUCT INSULATION, C403.2.8.1: MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION PER WSEC IS AS FOLLOWS:SERVICEINSULATION LEVELOUTSIDE AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMSPROVIDE INSULATION EQUIVALENT TOENVELOPE REQUIREMENT FOR METALFRAMED WALLS (TABLE C402.1.3)OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SERVING INDIVIDUAL R-7SUPPLY UNIT WITH LESS THAN 2,800 CFMOF SUPPLY AIRSUPPLY & RETURN DUCTSR-6IN UNCONDITIONED SPACESSUPPLY DUCTS WITHIN CONDITIONEDR-3.3SPACE WHERESUPPLY AIR IS < 55 DEG F.OR > 105 DEG F.EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITHINNO INSULATION REQUIREDA ZONE THAT SERVES THAT ZONEPIPING SYSTEMSECONOMIZER22.AIR ECONOMIZER REQUIRED, C403.3: BUILDING FALLS UNDER ECONOMIZER EXCEPTION 7 OF C403.3, VRFSYSTEMS.SYSTEMS REQUIRING ENERGY RECOVERY23.ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION/EXHAUST, C403.5.1: SYSTEMS WITH DESIGN OUTSIDE AIR GREATER THAN5,000 CFM AND SYSTEMS WITH OUTSIDE AIR PERCENTAGE EXCEEDING THE VALUES OF WSEC TABLEC403.5.1(1) OR (2) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ENERGY RECOVERY SYSTEM. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULESFOR TYPE AND EFFECTIVENESS.DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEMS (DOAS)24.DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEMS, C403.6/C403.6.3:FOR OFFICE, RETAIL, EDUCATION, LIBRARIES AND FIRESTATIONS, OUTDOOR AIR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO EACH OCCUPIED SPACE BY A DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIRSYSTEM (DOAS).25.ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION WITH DOAS, C403.6.1: ALL DOAS UNITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHEXHAUST HEAT RECOVERY WITH RATED EFFECTIVENESS TO INCREASE OSA ENTHALPY BY 50% OR MOREBASED ON THE DELTA BETWEEN THE RETURN AIR AND THE OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPIES AT DESIGNCONDITIONS.26.HEATING/COOLING SYSTEM CONTROLS WITH DOAS, C403.6.2: EQUIPMENT THAT PROVIDES ZONE LEVELHEATING AND COOLING SHALL BE CONFIGURED WITH FANS AND/OR PUMPS THAT CYCLE OFF AND PRIMARYCOOLING AIR SHALL SHUT OFF WHEN THERE IS NO CALL FOR HEATING OR COOLING IN THE ZONES THEYSERVE.COMMISSIONING27.SCOPE OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING, C408.2: ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT ANDCONTROLS ARE REQUIRED TO BE COMMISSIONED. FOR BUILDINGS WITH COOLING CAPACITY > 240 MBH ORHEATING OUTPUT > 300 MBH ALL SYSTEMS ARE TO BE COMMISSIONED REGARDLESS OF INDIVIDUALCAPACITY.28.COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, C403.2.10/C408.1/C103.6: COMMISSIONINGPLAN SHALL BE DEVELOPED BY A COMMISSIONING PROFESSIONAL AND CONSIST OF A NARRATIVEDESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMISSIONING TEAM, SCHEDULE OFACTIVITIES INCLUDING TAB, FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING AND VERIFICATION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION PER C103.6, AND SUBMIT COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL UPONSUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. A PRELIMINARY COMMISSIONING REPORT AND/OR COMMISSIONINGCOMPLIANCE CHECKLIST SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR AHJ REVIEW PRIOR TO THE FINAL MECHANICALINSPECTION.29.AIR SYSTEM SYSTEM BALANCING, C408.2.2: HVAC AIR SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALANCED IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE SPECIFICATIONS AND THESE WSEC NOTES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOW RATE TOLERANCES.30.AIR SYSTEM BALANCING DEVICES, C408.2.2.1: PROVIDE ALL SUPPLY AIR OUTLETS AND TERMINAL DEVICESWITH MEANS OF BALANCING AIRFLOW. BALANCE TO FIRST MINIMIZE THROTTLING LOSSES, THEN ADJUST TOMEET DESIGN AIR FLOWS.31.FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING CRITERIA, C408.2.3: FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING SHALL BEPERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH WSEC C408.2.3.PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION32.DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS, C103.6: SUBMIT ALL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION INCLUDINGAS-BUILTS AND O&M'S TO OWNER WITHIN 180 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.SERVICE WATER HEATING CHECKLISTEQUIPMENT SIZING, PERFORMANCE, AND TYPE33.SWH (SERVICE WATER HEATING) EQUIPMENT TYPE & EFFICIENCY, C404.2: EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES AREINCLUDED WITH THESE PLANS.PIPING SYSTEMS34.INSULATION OF PIPING, C404.6: PROVIDE INSULATION FROM WATER HEATER TO FINAL FIXTURE, AND ONPIPING THAT IS HEAT TRACED. MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION PER WSEC IS AS FOLLOWS: INSULATION THICKNESSFLUID OPERATING(NOMINAL PIPE SIZE)TEMPERATURE<11 TO <1-1/21-1/2 TO < 44 TO < 8OVER 8141-2001.51.52.02.02.0105-1401.01.01.51.51.540-600.50.51.01.01.0<400.51.01.01.01.535.EFFICIENT SWH SUPPLY PIPING, C404.3: ALL PIPING CONNECTING TO SERVICE HOT WATER SOURCE, SHALLCOMPLY WITH MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PIPE LENGTH METHOD. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTHS ARE ASFOLLOWS:NOMINALMAXIMUM LENGTH (FEET)PIPE SIZEAT PUBLICAT OTHER(INCH)LAVATORYFIXTURES1/22433/412110.5131-1/40.581-1/20.562 OR LARGER0.5436.HEATED WATER CIRCULATING SYSTEM, C404.7.1/C404.8: CIRCULATING HOT WATER PUMPS SHALL TURN OFFAUTOMATICALLY WHEN THERE IS NO DEMAND OR DESIRED WATER TEMPERATURE IN RETURN LOOP HASBEEN MET. CIRCULATING HOT WATER PUMPS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CONTROLS TO TURN OFF DURINGPERIODS OF NON-USE.PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION37.DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS, C103.6: SUBMIT ALL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION INCLUDINGAS-BUILTS AND O&M'S TO OWNER WITHIN 180 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M1.01Mechanical Notes& Legend VRF INDOOR HEAT PUMP SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURERAND SERIES NO.TYPEAREA SERVEDSERVED BYCAPACITY (MBH)CFMESPFILTERSUNIT ELECTRICALMAXWEIGHTREMARKSCOOLINGHEATINGTYPEMIN SIZEMCAVOLT/PHHP-100DAIKINFXAQ24WALL MOUNTEDLOBBY 100HP-124.026.5635-1208/160HP-103DAIKINFXMQ07CONCEALEDDUCTEDSTATION OFFICE 103HP-17.58.52190.4"1" PTA10x221208/150HP-104DAIKINFXMQ07CONCEALEDDUCTEDOFFICER'SOFFICE 104HP-17.58.52190.4"1" PTA10x221208/150HP-106DAIKINFXAQ24WALL MOUNTEDKITCHEN 106HP-124.026.5365-1208/160HP-107DAIKINFXAQ18WALL MOUNTEDDINING 107HP-118.020.5400-1208/135HP-108DAIKINFXZQ07CEILINGCASSETTEDAY ROOM 108HP-17.58.5320-1208/135HP-109DAIKINFXMQ07CONCEALEDDUCTEDBUNK 109HP-17.58.52190.4"1" PTA10x221208/150HP-110DAIKINFXMQ07CONCEALEDDUCTEDBUNK 110HP-17.58.52190.4"1" PTA10x221208/150HP-111DAIKINFXMQ07CONCEALEDDUCTEDBUNK 111HP-17.58.52190.4"1" PTA10x221208/150HP-112DAIKINFXMQ07CONCEALEDDUCTEDBUNK 112HP-17.58.52190.4"1" PTA10x221208/150HP-113ADAIKINFXAQ07WALL MOUNTEDFITNESS 113HP-17.58.5260-1208/135HP-113BDAIKINFXAQ07WALL MOUNTEDFITNESS 113HP-17.58.5260-1208/135BS-1DAIKINBS6054BRANCHSELECTOR UNITHP-100 THRU HP-108HP-1216-----1208/180BS-2DAIKINBS6054BRANCHSELECTOR UNITHP-109 THRU HP-113BHP-1216-----1208/180NOTES: WASHABLE FILTER SIZED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER.VRF OUTDOOR HEAT PUMP SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURERAND SERIES NO.AREA SERVEDCOOLING CAP. *HEATING CAP.**COMPRESSORMAX.WEIGHTLBSUNIT ELECTRICALREMARKSTOTALMBHEFFMBHEFFQTYRLAMCAMOCPVOLTS/PHHP-1DAIKIN REYQ96LIVING QUARTERS96135.1 EER21 IEER1404.3 COP2.6 COP213.7 (EA)8003845208/3 * COOLING CAPACITY IS ARI RATING: AT 80°F DB; 67°F WB INDOOR COIL EAT AND 95°F OUTDOOR COIL EAT. ** HEATING CAPACITY IS ARI HI-TEMP RATING: AT 70°F DB INDOOR COIL EAT AND 47°F DB; 43°F WB OUTDOOR COIL EAT. AND AT 17° DB.AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - SPLIT SYSTEM TYPESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURERAND SERIES NO.AREASERVEDCOOLING CAP *A - INDOOR UNIT **B - OUTDOOR UNIT **MAX.OUTDOORUNITWEIGHTMAX.INDOORUNITWEIGHTUNIT TOTAL ELECTRICAL ***PIPE SIZES ****REMARKSCAP.MBHSEERFANELECTRICALCOMPRESSORFANCFMFLAMCAVOLTS/PHQTYRLAQTYFLAMCAMOPVOLTS/PHRGRELAC-117MITSUBISHI MSY-GE15MITSUBISHI MUY-GE15COMM 11714213350.761.0208/1110.010.93150301415208/11/21/4*COOLING CAPACITY IS ARI RATING: AT 80° F DB, 67° F WB INDOOR COIL EAT;AND 95° F OUTDOOR COIL EAT, & MFRS STANDARD REFRIGERANT PIPINGLENGTH. REFRIGERANT TYPE R-410A.** ON PLANS "A" DESIGNATES INDOOR UNIT, "B" DESIGNATES OUTDOOR UNIT.(E.G. AC-1B IS AC-1 OUTDOOR UNIT)*** INDOOR UNIT IS POWERED VIA OUTDOOR UNIT. ALL POWERWIRING/CONNECTIONS BY DIV 26.**** PIPE SIZES ARE PRELIMINARY, VERIFY W/ MFR, SEE SECTION 23 81 261.UNITS SHALL OPERATE IN COOLING DOWN TO 0° AMBIENT.2.UNIT SHALL BE ABLE TO OPERATE W/ EXTENSIVE PIPE LENGTH AS SHOWN ON PLANS.3.PROVIDE W/ CONDENSATE PUMP.4.MAXIMUM UNIT HEIGHT = 34"NOTES:1. VERIFY LOCATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ARCH DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.ARCHITECTURAL DWGS GOVERN.2.PLUMBING FIXTURE SHALL BE LOCATION & HEIGHT AS SHOWN ON ARCH. DRAWINGS.3.FOR TRANSFER DUCT DETAIL SEE DETAIL 8 SHEET M4.11. ALL TRANSFER DUCTS SHALL BEINTERNALLY LINED.4.ALL FLOOR DRAINS, TRENCH DRAINS, SUMP DRAIN, AND FLOOR RECEPTORS SHALL HAVE TRAPPRIMERS, SEE DETAIL 1 SHEET M3.11, UNO.5.DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 23 31 00 & THEDETAILS ON SHEETS M4.11 & M4.12.6.FOR CLEANOUTS, SEE DETAIL 2 SHEET M3.11.7.CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY COORDINATE WORK W/ ALL OTHER TRADES, ESPECIALLY INCEILING SPACES WHERE SPACE IS TIGHT. SHEET METAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE PRIORITYOVER OTHER MECHANICAL TRADES IN CEILING SPACE WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR.8.PROVIDE ALL OFFSETS/ELBOWS AS REQ'D TO ALLOW ROUTING AROUND STRUCTURE,ELECTRICAL, & OTHER INTERFERENCES.9.FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 FEET, AND MAY ONLY BE USED WHERESPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE PLANS.10.IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE & SELECT FINALLOCATIONS OF ALL AIR INLETS/OUTLETS. SHIFT AIR INLETS/ OUTLETS FROM LOCATIONS SHOWNAS REQ'D TO AVOID CONFLICTS W/ STRUCTURE, LIGHTS, & OTHER ITEMS. SUCH SHIFTS SHALLMAINTAIN SYMMETRY OF AIR TERMINALS & SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OFARCHITECT/ENGINEER.11.VARIOUS CEILING AIR INLET/OUTLET CONN'S REQUIRE SIDE INLET PLENUM, SEE DETAIL 11SHEET M4.12. PROVIDE WHERE REQ'D DUE TO SPACE LIMITATIONS TO PREVENT KINKS IN FLEX.DUCT AND ALLOW PROPER CONN.12.FOR HVAC EQUIP. SUPPORTS, SEE DETAIL 16 SHEET M4.12.13.PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS IN ALL BRANCH DUCTS AND SPLITS IN MAIN DUCTS ANDWHERE REQ'D BY BALANCERS; ONLY SOME OF THE REQ'D DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON THEPLANS. HANG 2' LONG ORANGE SURVEY TAPE OFF ALL ABOVE CEILING DAMPERS HANDLES.14.UNSIZED DUCTS SHALL MATCH THE SIZE OF THE LARGEST ADJACENT DUCT THAT IS SIZED.WHERE THE ADJACENT DUCT SIZE IS NOT SHOWN, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SIZED DUCTS (OREQUIVALENT RECTANGULAR). CFM DUCTS TO AIR OTHER INLETS/OUTLETS DUCT0 - 1006"Ø6"Ø101 - 1508"Ø8"Ø151 - 25010"Ø8"Ø251 - 40012"Ø10"Ø401 - 50014"Ø12"Ø501 - 70016"Ø12"Ø701 - 90018"Ø14"Ø901 - 120020"Ø16"Ø>1201 SIZE BASED ON 500 FPMSIZE BASED ON 0.1"/100' P.D.15.PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAINS DISCHARGED TO AN APPROVED LOCATION FOR ALL INDOORHEAT PUMPS & BRANCH SELECTOR BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH IMC REQUIREMENTS & ASSHOWN ON PLANS.16.VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ITEMS INSTALLED IN CEILINGS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTEDCEILING PLANS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES.17.MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 1/2 HP AND LESS SHALL HAVE ANY REQUIRED STARTER/CONTROLRELAY PROVIDED BY SECTION 23 09 33 (EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR SPECIFIEDOTHERWISE).18.UNSIZED PLUMBING PIPING SHALL MATCH THE SIZE OF THE LARGEST ADJACENTCONNECTING PIPE SIZE SHOWN, WHERE THE ADJACENT PIPE IS NOT SHOWN (OR NOT CLEAR),THE PIPE SIZE SHALL BE BASED ON THE GPM FLOWING IN THE PIPE (USE TOTAL OF COILSSERVED FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEM, USE FIXTURE UNITS AND CORRESPONDING GPM PER THE UPCFOR DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS, USE WASTE FIXTURE UNITS & UPC TABLES FOR WASTE/VENTSYSTEM), AND A VELOCITY NO GREATER THAN 4 FEET PER SECOND. USE UPC CURVES FORGPM/VELOCITY FOR APPROPRIATE PIPING MATERIAL INVOLVED.19.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO SELECT AND PROVIDE ALL SEISMIC ANCHORING DEVICESFOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, ALL PIPING AND ALL DUCTWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALLSUBMIT DETAILS AND PLANS TO CITY'S BUILDING INSPECTOR FOR REVIEW AND COMMENTPRIOR TO INSTALLATION.20.PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS AT ALL FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, MOTORIZED DAMPERS & BDD'S.MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES11111111111111.ENTIRE BUILDING SHALL BE FIRE SPRINKLERED, INCLUDING ALL CONCEALED SPACES. SEESPECIFICATION DIVISION 21.2.REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND ALL OTHER DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING DETAILS ANDLAYOUTS.3.SEVERAL AREAS OF THE BUILDING ARE EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE. PIPING SHALL BE ROUTEDAND SIDE WALL HEADS SHALL BE USED TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE IN THESE AREASTO MINIMIZE EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING.4.COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES IN ROUTING OF SPRINKLER PIPING TO AVOIDCONFLICTS. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM HAS THE LOWEST PRIORITY OF ITEMS RAN IN CEILINGAND MEZZANINE SPACES. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALLEXPOSED PIPING WITH ARCHITECTPRIOR TO INSTALLING.5.SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR FOR LOCATION OF CONNECTION TO PRIMARY WATER SUPPLY, ANDLOCATIONS OF PIV AND FDC.6.DETECTOR CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE BUILDING IN THELOCATION INDICATED.FIRE SPRINKLER NOTESgeneral@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M1.02Mechanical Schedules DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEM (DOAS) WITH HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURERAND SERIES NO.AREA SERVEDSUPPLY FANEXHAUST FANHEAT PUMPHEATINGCAPACITYHEAT PUMPCOOLING CAPACITYCOMPRESSORCOND FANAIR TO AIR HEAT EXCHANGERMFSAMPSMCAAMPSVOLT / PHOUTSIDE FILTERSEXHAUST FILTERSMAXUNIT WEIGHT(LBS)REMARKSCFMTSPRPMHPBHPCFMTSPRPMHPBHPTOTALMBHEFFTOTALMBHSENSIBLEMBHEFFQTYRLA(EA)QTYFLA(EA)TYPETOTALEFFECTIVENESSPD,INOUTSIDE AIR(SUMMER/WINTER)EXHAUST AIR(SUMMER/WINTER)TYPESIZETYPESIZEESPESPSUMMERWINTEREDBEWBLDBEDBRH%LDBDOAS-1TRANE HORIZONOABELIVINGQUARTERS14002.320422.51.1814002.119782.51.1143.54.4COP46.636.611.4EER116.114.2ENERGYWHEEL76%76%1.084/2467/2275/7075/7050/5077/595036.4208/32" PTAMERV 8(4)20"x24"2" PTAMERV 8(4)20"x24"2500BALANCE EXHAUST FOR 1140 CFM1.01.0 NOTES: 1. COIL PRESSURE DROPS NOTED ARE MAXIMUMS, AND SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED.2.ALL FANS SHALL BE DIRECT DRIVE W/ UNIT MOUNTED MFR VFD .3.UNITS SHALL HAVE HX DEFROST RECIRCULATION/BYPASS CONTROLS & DAMPERS.4.UNITS SHALL HAVE INTERNAL SPRING ISOLATORS & 2" THICK LINING.5.TSP (TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE) INCLUDES LISTED ESP (EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE). COILPRESSURE DROPS, INTERNAL AND DISCHARGE LOSSES, AND A FILTER PRESSURE DROP OF 0.65" W.C.RVRROOF VENTRELIEFGREENHECK WRHWITH CURB & BDDCTGCEGGRILLECEILING EXH.CDCRGGRILLEDIFFUSERCEILING RETURNCEILINGSYMBOLTYPE1/2"x1/2"x1/2" CUBE COREKRUEGER SERIES EGC-51/2"x1/2"x1/2" CUBE CORE1/2"x1/2"x1/2" CUBE COREMODULAR COREKRUEGER SERIES EGC-5KRUEGER SERIES MCDKRUEGER SERIES EGC-5MANUFACTURERAND SERIES NUMBERREMARKSNOTES:AIR INLET & OUTLET SCHEDULEWEGGRILLEWALL EXHAUSTO.C., 35° DEFLECTIONKRUEGER SERIES S580HHORIZ. FACE BARS 3/4" 1.CEILING DIFFUSERS (CD) SHALL HAVE NO. & DIRECTION OF THROWS AS INDICATEDON PLANS. (E.G. CD-3 = 3 WAY THROW).2.ALL AIR TERMINALS SHALL HAVE FACTORY FINISH, COLOR AS SELECTED BYARCHITECT.3.SEE LEGEND FOR TERMINOLOGY USED IN AIR TERMINAL CALL-OUTS ON DRAWINGS.4.SEE ARCH. FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING TYPES, PROVIDE AIR TERMINALS TOMATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED IN.5.SEE SECTION 23 37 00 FOR SPECIFICATIONS.6.PROVIDE OBD IN CD'S LOCATED IN GWB CEILING.7.THROAT SIZE FOR RVR'S & RVI'S SHALL MATCH CONNECTING DUCT SIZES AS SHOWNON PLAN (UNO).CD-LKRUEGER SERIES TJDWSGGRILLEWALL SUPPLYO.C., 35° DEFLECTIONKRUEGER SERIES 5880HHORIZ. FACE BARS 3/4" WRGGRILLEWALL RETURN O.C., 35° DEFLECTIONKRUEGER SERIES S580HHORIZ. FACE BARS 3/4" CEILING DIFFUSER- LOW FLOWLOW FLOW ARCHITECTURALCEILINGTRANSFER GRILLEMISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULESYMBOLITEMDESCRIPTIONBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURERAND SERIES NO.AREA SERVEDEQUIPMENT CAPACITYELECTRICALCONTROLREMARKSPOWERVOLTS / PHRH-1RANGE HOODTHERMODORKITCHEN 106400 CFM550W115/1EH-101ELECTRIC HEATER -WALL MOUNTEDMARKEL3450 SERIESADA RESTROOM 1012000 W, 175 CFM9.6 A208/1EH-115ELECTRIC HEATER -CEILING RADIANTMARKELRCP SERIESADA SHOWER 115375 W, 2'x2'3.1 A115/1EH-116ELECTRIC HEATER -CEILING RADIANTMARKELRCP SERIESSHOWER 116375 W, 2'x2'3.1 A115/1UH-1UNIT HEATER -GAS FIREDREZNORUDAS-45BUNKER GEAR 12745 MBH INPUT, 37 MBHOUTPUT, 629 CFM2.4 FLA115/1IRH-1GAS-FIREDINFRARED HEATERROBERTS GORDONCTH3-115APPARATUS BAY 119115 MBH INPUT; 75 MBHOUTPUT4.8 AMPS115/120 FT LONG U-TUBE (40' BURNER TUBE);W/ MODULATING THERMOSTATIRH-2GAS-FIREDINFRARED HEATERROBERTS GORDONCTH3-115APPARATUS BAY 119115 MBH INPUT; 75 MBHOUTPUT4.8 AMPS115/120 FT LONG U-TUBE (40' BURNER TUBE);W/ MODULATING THERMOSTATA-COMP-1AIR COMPRESSORQUINCY QR-25SHOP DECON;VEHICLE EXHAUST17 ACFM @ 150PSI,60 GAL TANK5HP208/1AD-1AIR DRYERGREAT LAKES GRFACOMP-117ACFM @ 150PSI1/6HP115/1FAN SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURER ANDSERIES NO.TYPEAREA SERVEDCFMESPRPMELECTRICALDRIVECONTROLMAXWEIGHTLBSREMARKSHPVOLTS / PHEF-1PLYMOVENTTEV-3110-60UTILITY SETVEHICLE EXHAUST8008"34905208/3DIRECTVEHICLEEXHAUSTCONTROLLER200PROVIDE W/ VFDEF-2GREENHECK LBPROOFTOPLOW PROFILEAPPARATUS BAY 11920000.5"8261/3115/1BELTIL W/ DOORS200EF-3GREENHECK LDPROOFTOPLOW PROFILECUSTODIAN 120,DECON 121, BUNKERGEAR 122660/13200.5"17251/4115/1DIRECT24/7100PROVIDE W/ 2 SPEEDCONTROLLERSACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ALL FANS WITH DISCONNECT AND ROOF CURB.GAS FURNACE SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURER ANDSERIES NO.AREA SERVEDHEATING CAPSUPPLY FANCOMB. FANELECTRICALFILTERSMAXINDOORUNITWEIGHTREMARKSINPUT (BTUH)AFUECFMESPHPQTYFLA (EA)VOLT/PHMCAMOPSIZEMIN OAF-1TRANECUST 121, DECON 122,HOSE STOR 126, SHOP 1286094%8000.6" 1/311.75115/19.21518x25400160* COOLING CAPACITY IS AHRI RATING: AT 80° F DB; 67° FWB INDOOR COIL EAT AND 95° F OUTDOOR COIL EAT.** HEATING CAPACITY IS AHRI HI-TEMP RATING: AT 70° F DBINDOOR EAT AND 47° F DB; 43° F WB OUTDOOR COIL EAT.*** VERIFY REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZING W/ EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.STITTITIT1= PROVIDE W/ CONCENTRIC VENT KIT, CEILING SUSPENSION KIT1TTIT6.MAXIMUM UNIT DIMENSIONS: 162" LENGTH, 52" WIDTH, 56" HEIGHT.FRGGRILLE1/2"x1/2"x1/2" CUBE CORE W/ FILTER TITUS SERIES 50FFFILTER RETURNRACK & HINGED FILTER ACCESSgeneral@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M1.03Mechanical Schedules WATER HEATER SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURER ANDSERIES NO.TYPEAREA SERVEDHEATINGCAPACITYSTORAGE(GAL)DOMESTIC HWELECTRICALREMARKSGPHEWTLWTFLAVOLTS/PHWH-1AO SMITHBTH-199(A)GAS-FIREDTANK TYPEDOMESTICHOT WATER199 MBH100255501205.0115/1ASMEPUMP SCHEDULESYMBOLBASIS OF DESIGNMANUFACTURER ANDSERIES NO.TYPESERVICEGPMHEAD FT.H20ELECTRICALREMARKSMIN. HPVOLTS/PHCP-1BELL & GOSSETTSERIES PLDOMESTICCIRCULATORDOMESTICHOT WATER3101/6115/1ALL BRONZEPLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULESYMBOLDESCRIPTIONWVCWHWREMARKSP-1AWATER CLOSET4"2"1"-WALL MOUNT, SENSOR FLUSHVALVE, ADA COMPLIANTP-1BWATER CLOSET4"2"1"-WALL MOUNT,SENSOR FLUSH VALVEP-3ALAVATORY1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"COUNTER MOUNT,ADA COMPLIANTP-3BLAVATORY1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"WALL MOUNT, SENSOR FAUCET,ADA COMPLIANTP-5ASINK2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"S.S. DOUBLE BOWLW/ SPRAYERP-5BSINK2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"S.S. SINGLE BOWL, SENSORFAUCETP-5CSINK2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"S.S. DOUBLE BOWLW/ DRAIN BOARDS,FOOT ACTIVATED FAUCETP-6ASERVICE SINK3"2"1/2"1/2"CORNER SERVICE SINKP-6BSERVICE SINK3"2"1/2"1/2"SQUARE SERVICE SINKP-6CSERVICE SINK3"2"1/2"1/2"DEEP TUB SINK, S.S.P-7AHOT WATER DISPENSER---1/2"120VP-7BGARBAGE DISPOSER---1/2"120VP-8ADRINKING FOUNTAIN2"1-1/2"1/2"-FILTERED WATER COOLERW/ BOTTLE FILLER, 120VP-9ASHOWER2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"ADA ACCESSIBLEP-9BSHOWER2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"P-10AWALL HYDRANT--3/4"-EXTERIOR, FREEZE PROOF,W/ WALL BOXP-10BWALL HYDRANT--3/4"-EXTERIOR, FREEZE PROOF,EXPOSEDP-10CWALL HYDRANT--3/4"3/4"INTERIOR, DUAL TEMPERATUREP-11AFLOOR DRAIN2" *1-1/2" *--W/ TRAP PRIMERP-11BFUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN2" *1-1/2" *--W/ TRAP PRIMERP-11CFLOOR RECEPTOR4" *2" *--W/ TRAP PRIMERP-11DSUMP DRAIN4" *2" *--W/ TRAP PRIMERP-12AREFRIGERANT BOX--1/2"-P-12BWASHER FITTING2"1-1/2"3/4"3/4"* UNO ON PLANS.general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M1.04Mechanical Schedules UP65432714"W UP TOFCO (TYP)2"W (2)4"W2"W UP2"V UP4"W (13)4"W (29.5)4"W2"V UP4"W2"V UP2"V UPPLUMBING FIXTURESABOVE SHOWN FORREFERENCE ONLY(TYP)4"W TO OWS;I.E. = -3.6' FROMFINISHED FLOOROWS-114"W (80.5),I.E. = -4' FROMFINISHED FLOOR14M3.1124"W (38)4"W (42.5)2"W UP2"W UP22"W UP4"W (32)4"W (22)2(TYP)2(TYP)2(TYP)4"W (16)11M3.124"W (8)FDC F 6" FDC6" F12-1/2"WATERSERVICE3" RAINL2BCDEGHJFUP6574"W (13)4"W (29.5)4"WPLUMBING FIXTURESABOVE SHOWN FORREFERENCE ONLY(TYP)4"W TO OWS;I.E. = -3.6' FROMFINISHED FLOOROWS-114"W (80.5),I.E. = -4' FROMFINISHED FLOOR1TRENCH DRAIN(TYP)4"W2"V UP2"V UP4"W (38)4"W (42.5)4"W (22)2(TYP)2(TYP)4"W (16)11M3.1222FDCF6" FDC6" F12-1/2"WATERSERVICEABCDEGHJFNScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M2.01Foundation Plan - Plumbing - Base Bid1general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M2.01Foundation Plan - PlumbingNScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M2.01Partial Foundation Plan - Alternate Bid1CONNECT TO SITE PIPING. COORDINATE WITH SITECONTRACTOR FOR SIZE, LOCATION, MATERIAL OF SITEPIPING.1/2" TRAP PRIMER TO FLOOR DRAIN/RECEPTOR.KEYED NOTES:1PIPE SIZING LEGEND:1-1/2" CW (35)WSFU'S (FOR HW & CW)DFU'S (FOR W & V)SERVICEPIPE SIZE21.SEE GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES ON M1.02.2.SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR LOCATIONS OFFOUNDATION COMPONENTS. ITEMS SHOWN ON THISDRAWING ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. OFFSET ITEMS ASNEEDED TO CLEAR FOOTINGS & OTHER UG ITEMS.3.INVERT ELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON DEPTH BELOWFINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION AT POINT WASTE PIPINGEXITS BLDG. EXTERIOR GRADES VARY AROUND THEBUILDING. SEE ARCH & CIVIL PLANS FOR RELATEDINFORMATION TO DETERMINE RELATIVE PIPING DEPTH.COORDINATE PIPE INVERT ELEVATIONS WITH SITECONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK.4.PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK CONTRACTOR SHALLVERIFY DEPTH OF SITE SEWER AND CONFIRM PIPINGSLOPES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE PROPER WORKINGSEWER SYSTEM.5.FOR PIPE SIZES TO INDIVIDUAL PLUMBING FIXTURESSEE "PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE", SHEET M1.04.6.REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS & SUBMITTALS & VERIFYLOCATION OF ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FIXTURESPRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. VERIFY EQUIPMENTLOCATIONS, DRAIN POINTS, AND RELATED DETAILS TOENSURE THAT DRAINS CAN PROPERLY SERVE ITEMSINTENDED W/O ABOVE FLOOR DRAIN PIPING ROUTEDTHROUGH WALKWAY OR ACCESS PATHS.7.PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUTS BELOW ALL LAVATORIESAND SINKS.GENERAL NOTES:ALTERNATE BID: IN LIEU OF BASE BID P-11C FLOOR RECEPTORS, PROVIDE TRENCHDRAINS IN APPARATUS BAY. TRENCH DRAINS & ASSOCIATED PIPING & ACCESSORIESARE THE ONLY DIFFERENCES BETWEEN BASE BID & THIS ALTERNATE.NOTE: 114UPABCDEGHJF118115P-10AP-5BP-11CAAP-12BP-12A (TYP)P-11AP-11AP-9AP-3AP-1AP-3ASSTOVE & GRILLGAS RESETSWITCH (TYP)P-10BSP-3BP-9BP-10CDOMESTICWATERHEADER6M3.11FIRESPRINKLERRISERP-11CP-11CP-11CP-11CP-11CP-11A3"VTR (38)P-11A4"VTR (32)P-5CP-10C2P-11DP-11DP-10C2P-10BP-10CP-11AP-1B2"VTR(12)P-1AROUTE 1/2" CWTO P-12A'S THRUWALL; OFFSETFOR CLARITYSTATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRYFITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWERSHOWER116MEDICALP-11A3AAHP-113AHP-112HP-113BAC-117AHP-100HP-106HP-107HP-1HP-111HP-110HP-109HP-103HP-104HP-1083"V UP (29)2-1/2"V(22)1"HW (8)2"V (8)2"V (10)2"V (4)C C1-1/2"CW (11)1-1/4"CW (8)P-11D1"HW (13)SGC P-11D2"W DN11"CW (8)11"CW (6.5)GAGGP-11D2"V UPTO 2"VTR2"W DNP-8A1"HW (15) UP,3/4" HWC UP,1-1/2"CW (22.5) UP2"V (6)DISCHARGECONDENSATE ATP-11A IN MEZZANINE3/4"HWC,3/4"CW (2.5),1"HW (6.5)42"V (16)GG 2-1/2"V (22)2"V (16)3/4"HW (25),1"CW (65)2"CW (34)1P-13AMIXING VALVE FOR P-13A (LOCATE ABOVEFIXTURE IN DECON 121; SHOWN OFFSETFOR CLARITY), PROVIDE ISOLATIONVALVE AT HW & CW INLET1ALARMSHUT-OFFSWITCHGGGAS METER, 6" SERVICE, 774CFH CAPACITY; COORDINATEW/ GAS UTILITY FOR SERVICETO BLDGF-1UH-1IRH-11(TYP)1-1/2"CW DROP W/ISOLATION VALVE W/THREADED OUTLETAT 15' AFFIRH-2GP-10ARAINL RAINL 3"RAINLEND OFLINE COP-5AP-7AP-7BG54M3.11C41/4"A TO VEHICLEEXHAUST SYSTEM1/2"A42"V2"VLOCATE CONDENSATE PIPINGSERVING HP UNITS IN LOCKERS102E ABOVE STRUCTURAL SHEARSHEATHING.4"V UP TO4"VTRDO NOT ROUTE PIPEDROPS IN FRONT OFCLEARSTORIESRAINLA201MEZZANINE543CDEFACOMP-1WH-1CP-1AGG P-11A4"V (31)G 5M3.114" FLUE &COMBUSTION AIRCONCENTRIC VENTUP THROUGH ROOF3" RAINLUP TO RD-13" RAINLUP TO RD-113"V DN (29)6543271BCDEGHJFUPP-10AP-5BAAP-12BP-10CDOMESTICWATERHEADER6M3.11FIRESPRINKLERRISERP-11CP-11CP-11A3"VTR (38)P-11A4"VTR (32)P-5CP-10C2P-11DP-11DP-10C2P-10BP-10CP-11AAPPARATUSBAY119LAUNDRYDECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122SHOP123OFFICER'SOFFICE104ALCOVE119AMEDICALAAHP-113BHP-1HP-104TRENCHDRAIN (TYP)3"V UP (29)2-1/2"V(22)1"HW (8)2"V (8)2"V (10)2"V (4)2"CW (33)1"CW (6.5)GAGG1"HW (15) UP,3/4" HWC UP,1-1/2"CW (22.5) UPDISCHARGECONDENSATE ATP-11A IN MEZZANINE3/4"HWC,3/4"CW (2.5),1"HW (6.5)42"V (16)GG2-1/2"V (22)2"V (16)3/4"HW (25),1"CW (65)2"CW (34)1P-13AMIXING VALVE FOR P-13A (LOCATE ABOVEFIXTURE IN DECON 121; SHOWN OFFSETFOR CLARITY), PROVIDE ISOLATIONVALVE AT HW & CW INLET1F-1UH-1IRH-11(TYP)1-1/2"CW DROP W/ISOLATION VALVE W/THREADED OUTLETAT 15' AFFIRH-2GSEE 2, M301 FORCONTINUATION41/4"A TO VEHICLEEXHAUST SYSTEM1/2"AROUTE PIPINGBETWEEN/THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST(TYP) FOR ALL APPBAY PIPING)4DO NOT ROUTE PIPEDROPS IN FRONT OFCLEARSTORIES2"V2"VA657NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M3.01Floor Plan - Plumbing1NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M3.01Mezzanine Plan - Plumbing2general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M3.01Floor Plan - Plumbing1.SEE MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, SHEET M1.02.2.FOR GAS PIPE SIZING, SEE 12/M3.12; FOR GAS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, SEE 3/M3.11.3.FOR PIPING SIZES TO INDIVIDUAL PLUMBING FIXTURES SEE "PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE",SHEET M1.04.4.PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUT BENEATH FIXTURES FOR ALL SINKS AND LAVATORIES.5.ALL ISOLATION VALVES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATEWITH OTHER TRADES TO INSURE VALVES ARE ACCESSIBLE.6.OFFSET VTR'S AND PIPING AS REQUIRED TO AVOID DUCTWORK AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS.VTR'S SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 15 FEET FROM ANY OUTSIDE AIR OPENING.7.PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON ALL COLD WATER LINES SERVING FIXTURES WITHFLUSH VALVES. LOCATE UPSTREAM OF LAST FIXTURE ON LINE, AT EACH FIXTURE GROUP.PROVIDE SHUT-OFF VALVE AND ACCESS DOOR. PDI SIZE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:NO. OF FIXTURESW/ FLUSH VALVES PDI SIZE1-2 A3-5 B6 & MORE C8.ROUTE PIPING SO AS NOT TO OBSTRUCT EQUIPMENT ACCESS OR MECHANICAL PLATFORMACCESS AND MEZZANINE WALKING AREA.1/2"CW DN TO TRAP PRIMER VALVE.MOUNT P-10C 48" AFF.PROVIDE 1/2" HW W/ STOP VALVE & WASTE CONNECTIONS W/ AIR GAP FITTING FROMADJACENT FIXTURE TO DISHWASHER.1/2" AIR DN TO ISOLATION VALVE & QUICK COUPLER @ 48" A.F.F. (TYP)CENTER GAS PIPE AT 10'-1" FROM INSIDE FACE OF SOUTH WALL, TIGHT TO STRUCTURE.SEE ARCH PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.KEYED NOTES:GENERAL NOTES123NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M3.01Partial Floor Plan - Plumbing - Alternate Bid245ALTERNATE BID: IN LIEU OF BASE BID P-11C FLOOR RECEPTORS, PROVIDE TRENCHDRAINS IN APPARATUS BAY. TRENCH DRAINS & ASSOCIATED PIPING & ACCESSORIESARE THE ONLY DIFFERENCES BETWEEN BASE BID & THIS ALTERNATE.NOTE: ACCESS DOORTRAP PRIMER DETAIL NTSTO FLOOR DRAIN TRAPTRAP PRIMER VALVEPRIMER MANIFOLD(S)(WHERE SERVING MORETHAN ONE FLOOR DRAIN)(TYP.)1/2" (TYP.)FINISHED FLOOR(OR AS SHOWN)TO FIXTURECW LINE TO FREQUENTLY USED FIXTURE(OR LINE AS INDICATED ON PLAN)M3.111EQUIPMENT GAS CONN NTSG3M3.11SIZE PER PLANSIZE TO MATCH UNITCONN (UNO)MECHANICALEQUIPMENTDRIP LEGINSTALL TO ALLOW ROOMFOR REMOVALISLAND VENT DETAIL 1-1/2" VACCESS DOORCLEANOUTWALLNTS2"WSINKFLOORCOUNTER TOP2-WAYCLEANOUTM3.1141-1/2" V2"WEXTEND VENT AS HIGHAS POSSIBLE BELOWCOUNTER TOPVACUUMRELIEF VALVETEST PORTSNOTES:SIZE PER PLANDIAPHRAGM EXPANSION TANK,MIN 12 GAL. PRE-CHARGE TO 50PSI. PROVIDE SUPPORT AS REQ'D.ALLOW CLEARANCE FORREMOVAL OF CAPGAS, SIZE PER 12/M3.12G HW SIZE PER PLANGAS WATER HEATER DETAIL NTS3/4" DRAIN PAN, PIPE TONEAREST FLOOR DRAIN,KEEP SEPARATE FROM RELIEFVALVE DRAIN PIPINGCIRCULATING PUMPDIRECT VENT &COMBUSTION PIPING,SIZE PER PLANS (TYP)3" HIGH DRAIN PAN, MIN. 8" CLEARAROUND WATER HEATER MIN. 20 GA.GALV. STEEL CONSTRUCTION, SEALWATER TIGHT, SLOPE TO LOW POINTAT DRAIN LOCATION.FLEX CONNECTOR5M3.11SIZE PERPLANEXPANSION TANK SERVICE VALVE-NORMALLY OPEN. PROVIDE W/ENGRAVED LABEL READING:EXPANSION TANK SERVICE VALVE,MUST BE OPEN WHEN SYSTEM ISOPERATINGRELIEF VALVE, PIPE DISCHARGEFULL SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN (TYP.)1.SEE SECTION 200548 FOR SEISMIC BRACING REQUIREMENTS.FINISHBOX24"x 24"x 6"SEE PLAN FOR PIPE ROUTINGSURFACE CLEANOUT DETAIL NTSCONCRETEPADPIPE INDEPENDENTOF CLEANOUT BOXGRADECLEANOUTM3.112SLEEVE & SEALDOUBLE CHECKVALVE ASSEMBLY(DCVA) FLOORCW TO BLDG2-1/2" WATERSERVICENTSWATER HEADER DETAIL 3/4" DRAIN VALVEPRV SET FOR 60PSIGNC30" MINBYPASS SAMESIZE AS PRV (TYP)INCREASER/REDUCERTO BLDG SERVICESIZE6M3.11HWC FROM LIVINGSPACES, SIZE PER PLANHWC FROM APPARATUSBAY, SIZE PER PLANPRV SET FOR30 PSIGSTRAINER W/BLOWDOWNVALVE (TYP)1-1/2" CW TOTRUCK DROPS INAPPARATUS BAYSEISMIC STRAPPER UPC (TYP)GAS FIREDWATER HEATERPIPE TO DRAINAUTO DRAIN,FURNISHED W/COMPRESSORFLEXCONNECTORAIR DRYER BYPASS,NORMALLY CLOSEDACOMP-13/4"AD-1AIR COMPRESSOR DETAIL NTS1"PIPE TO NEARESTDRAINPRESSURE GAUGETHREADEDCAPAAM3.1176x6 WOOD BLOCKINGSPAN MIN. 3 ATTICJOISTSRUBBER-IN-SHEARVIBRATION ISOLATORANCHOR DOWN16 GAUGE ANGLE CLIP, ANCHORBLOCKING TO ATTIC JOISTSMEZZANINE JOISTAIR FILTER/REGULATOR8M3.11TO VEHICLEEXHAUST SYSTEMTO AIR DROPSAIR FILTER REGULATOR NTSPIPE TO POINT OF DRAINAGEFROM AIR SUPPLY6" DIRT LEG3/4" AIRMOUNT 4' AFF±FILTER/DRYER W/ AUTOMATIC DRAINPRESSUREREGULATORISOLATION VALVE (BALL ORGATE TYPE)M3.11811VEHICLE EXHAUST: SET FOR 100 PSITO AIR DROPS: SET FOR 75 PSIgeneral@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M3.11Plumbing Details GAS PIPING SCHEMATIC NTS1. CFH = GAS LOAD CUBIC FEET PER HOUR.2.LF (LINEAR FEET) INDICATED IS USED FOR SIZING PURPOSES FOR PIPE RUN INDICATED.3.VENT ALL REGULATORS TO OUTSIDE, EXTEND TO ABOVE ROOF; TERMINATE W/SCREENED CAP.4.METER OUTLET PRESSURE: 7" W.C.5.SEE DETAIL 3, SHEET 3.11 FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS.NOTES:M3.1212SECTION AAPLAN VIEW4'-0" WATER DEPTH AWIDTH 6"AOIL WATER SEPARATOR DETAIL NTS6"HS-2O APPROVED,WATERTIGHT/AIRTIGHTLABELED "PRIVATE SEWER"12"COMPACTED PEA GRAVELWATER PROOF VAULTINTERIOR SEE GENERALNOTES.OUTLET PIPE W/ SAMPLINGTEE, BY INSTALLINGCONTRACTORINLET PIPE WITH SAMPLINGTEE BY INSTALLINGCONTRACTORGALVANIZED DIAMOND PLATECOVERS MIN. 24x24 & SO AS TOALLOW FOR MEDIA REMOVALVENT PIPE, SEE PLANFOR SIZE & ROUTINGUTILITY VAULT 660 CPS448 GALLON VOLUME (TONORMAL WATER DEPTH)LENGTH2M3.11M3.1211COALESCING MEDIAHOLD-DOWN BY FACETOIL RETAININGBAFFLE"MPACT" COALESCINGMEDIA BY FACETSEDIMENTWEIR2-TON LIFT ANCHOR 4PLACES IN TOP SECTION1 1/4" DIA. LIFT INSERT 1EACH CORNER, 4 CORNERSIN BASE SECTIONCALCULATIONSBUOYANCY CALCULATIONAMOUNT OF AREA DISPLACED:DIMENSIONS: 72" x 113" x 48" = 390,528 CUBIC INCHES IF ALL WATER, C.I./231 = 1,691 GALLONS OF WATER 1,691 GALLONS x 8.33 LBS/GAL H20 = 14,086 POUNDSWEIGHT: WEIGHT OF CONCRETE IN INTERCEPTOR BOTTOM 72"x48"x6" + SIDES 107"x 72"x6"x2 + 36"x107"x6"x2 + TOP 12"x48"x6"x2 + 48"x 6"x6"x2 = 169,776 CONCRETE 169,776 C.I./1728 C.I./CU FOOT X 150 LBM/CU FOOT = 14,738 LBSBALLAST: WORST CASE IF NO WATER IN SEPARATOR ONLY HAVE WEIGHT OF CONCRETE 14,086-14,738= -652 LBS EXTRA NO BALLAST REQUIREDOIL WATER SEPARATOR SPECIFICATIONSMODEL:UTILITY VAULT 660 CPSSTRUCTURAL NOTES FOR TANK:1.CONCRETE: 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH F'C=5000PSI2.REBAR: ASTM A-615 GRADE 603.MESH: ASTM A-185 GRADE 654.DESIGN:ACI-318-89 BUILDING CODEASTM C-857 "MINIMUM STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOCADING FORUNDERGROUND PRECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURES"5.LOADS: H20 TRUCK WHEEL W/ 30% IMPACT PER AASHTOBASIC DESIGN INFORMATIONINFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS:OIL SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.88OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 50° fINFLUENT OIL CONCENTRATION: 100 PPMMEAN OIL DROPLET SIZE: 130 MICRONS0.O33 FT/MIN RISE RATEDESIGNED FOR WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY 100%FLOW EFFLUENTCOLLECTEDRATEQUALITYSIZE 110 GPM10 PPM60 MICRONBASIS OF OIL WATER SEPARATOR SELECTIONOIL SPECIFIC GRAVITY0.88OPERATING TEMPERATURE50°FINFLUENT OIL CONCENTRATION100 PPMMEAN OIL DROPLET SIZE30 MICRONSWASTE FLOW RATE10 GPM **FOR 2 HOSE BIBBS FLOWINGGASMETERGAS SERVICESEISMICVALVESWH-1200 LF199 CFH1-1/4"400 LF614 CFH3"CONNECT TOEQUIPMENT GASTRAIN (TYP)SALARMSHUT-OFFSWITCH400 LF534 CFH2-1/2"GRILL200 LF80 CFH1"IRH-1350 LF230 CFH1-1/2"400 LF335 CFH2"350 LF115 CFH1-1/4"IRH-2350 LF115 CFH1-1/4"F-1400 LF60 CFH1"UH-1400 LF45 CFH1"400 LF105 CFH1-1/2"general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M3.12Plumbing Details 654327ABCDEGHJF1HALL102DHALL102AALCOVE119AOFFICER'SOFFICE104ADARESTROOM101STATIONOFFICE103BUNK 1109BUNK 3111BUNK 4112LOCKERS102EFITNESS113SHOP123BUNKERGEAR122BUNKERGEAR122DECON121CUSTODIAL120APPARATUSBAY119MEDICAL118COMM117ADASHOWER115SHOWER116LAUNDRY114LOBBY100CORRIDOR102PANTRY105DINING107KITCHEN106HALL102CDAYROOM108MAKE-UP AIR LOUVER;MIN 12 SF HP-113AHP-112EH-101HP-113BAC-117AHP-100HP-106HP-107AM4.02BM4.02EH-116EH-115EF-2CM4.02HP-111HP-110HP-109BUNK 2110TTTTITITHP-103THP-104TF-1CD-L20(TYP)CD-L20(TYP)WSG25012x6 10"øWSG1258x6CEG11522x10CEG18522x10TG8x8(TYP)WSG25012x6CEG11522x10WSG20010x62M4.01ITINTERVAL TIMER; WHEN ACTIVATED, UNIT HEATER SETPOINT SHALL BE INCREASED TO 72ºF (ADJUSTABLE) AND EF-3 SHALL BEON IN HIGH SPEED FOR UP TO 2 HOURSWEG3004" Ø FLUE THRU ROOFAUTO DISCONNECT VEHICLE EXHAUST (TYP)14X12 WRGINTAKE WALL LOUVER; MIN 4 SFWSG40012x84" PVC VENTS (HIGH & LOW) FOR FLAMABLE STORAGE CABINETUH-1RH-1WSG20010x6TTHP-113ATHP-113BTTTHP-1088/6L 8/6 10"øT 10"øCD-L50 6"ø4" DRYER VENT DN16/10L UP16"øLEF-1ON ROOF ABOVE4"ø FLUE & COMBUSTION AIR UP TO CONCENTRIC VENTWEG50012x8WEG22010x6 16/10EF-316/16 UP TO EF-3 ON ROOF ABOVE 14/14WSG1008x6 8/64"ø (TYP)CD-42008x88/6L 8/614/6L 6"ø14/6LCD-31156x614/6L14/6LCD-31006x6 6"ø 8"ø 8"ø8/6L 10/6 14/128/6L4"ø (TYP)12/6LCTG22x10(TYP)CEG5022x10 12/1012/6LWRG14x8(TYP) 14/8WALL CAP10/10L10/10L 12/8 8"ø 10/1010/10L10/10L 10/10 10/10 10/1010/10L10/10L10/10L 10"ø 10"ø 12"ø 12"ø 14/12 12/8WEG50012x8CEG14022x10RL/RG UPIRH-1IRH-21561VEHICLE EXHAUST CONTROL PANELEF-1 VFD322VEHICLE EXHAUST STRAIGHT RAIL17M4.1217M4.129"Ø12"Ø9"Ø8"Ø (TYP)424x12 FRG (TYP)10"Ø (TYP)CTG22x1014/8LWTG16x10444BS-1, BS-222M4.1324x12 FRG 20024x12FRG315(TYP, UNO)12x12CD-4315(TYP, UNO)15M4.12(TYP)7(TYP)24x12 FRG 115 6"ø14/14 UP TO RVRHP-1543CDEFAM4.02BM4.02DOAS-116/16L16"øLON ROOF ABOVE16/10L DN4" DRYER VENT UP TO ROOF CAP 8"øRL, RG UP TO AC-117B ON ROOF ABOVE13M4.1214M4.12AC-117BGENERAL NOTES:SEE GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES, SHEET M1.02.LOCATE MOTORIZED DAMPERS, ACTUATORS, & BDD'S TO BE ACCESSIBLE, PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS AT MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, & BDD'S TO ALLOW ACCESS TO DAMPERS.BDD & DUCT CONN'S AT LOUVERS SHALL MATCH FULL LOUVER SIZE (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE).VERIFY HEIGHTS OF ALL WALL OUTLETS/INLETS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS A SUBMITTAL PROPOSED HEIGHT THAT SUITS CONSTRUCTION AND PROVIDES PROPER LOCATION OF INLETS/OUTLETS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION.VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS A SUBMITTAL PROPOSED HEIGHT THAT SUITS CONSTRUCTION AND PROVIDES PROPER AIR DISTRIBUTION.PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AT DUCT CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND AIR TERMINALS TO MATCH UNIT CONNECTION SIZES. TRANSITIONS SHALL BE LINED WHERE CONNECTING DUCTS ARE LINED.ALL TRANSFER AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.KEYED NOTES:REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS & LOCATIONS.PRELIMINARY LOCATION. CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS.PROVIDE 30%/70% SPLIT IN LOUVER AREA W/ MOTORIZED DAMPERS SIZED TO MATCH. INTERLOCK 30% DAMPER TO OPEN WHEN EF-1 AND/OR EF-3 ARE ON. INTERLOCK 70% DAMPER TO OPEN WHEN EF-2 IS ON AND/OR THE BUNKER GEAR INTERVAL TIMER IS ACTIVATED.MOUNT SO THAT BOTTOM OF UNIT IS 9'-0" AFF.PROVIDE WITH WELDED SUPPORT FRAME FOR HANGING FAN; SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING FOR REVIEW.PROVIDE ACOUSTIC WRAP AROUND EF-1.ROUTE REFRIGERANT PIPING FOR HP-109, 110, 111, & 112 ABOVE PLYWOOD SHEAR SHEATHING.1234567SIGNEDgeneral@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n cHULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHUClient Project No:Date:SSW Architects Project No:CAG-17-0461700116-21212/22/2017M4.01Floor Plans - HVACContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M4.01First Floor Plan - HVAC1NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"M4.01Mezzanine Plan - HVAC20'16'2'4'8'Scale 1/8" = 1'0"0'16'2'4'8'Scale 1/8" = 1'0" 6543271BM4.02DOAS-1ABCDEGHJFAM4.02CM4.02DOAS-1654327BM4.02SIGNEDgeneral@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n cHULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHUClient Project No:Date:SSW Architects Project No:CAG-17-0461700116-21212/22/2017M4.02SECTIONSContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017 1/8" = 1'-0"ASection A 1/8" = 1'-0"BSection B 1/8" = 1'-0"CSection C NTSCEILING-CEILING TRANSFER M4.118SHOWN AFTER LINING.MATCH GRILLE SIZE. NET SIZEPLAN. WHERE SIZE NOT SHOWNSOUND-LINED DUCT, SIZE PERWALLPARTITIONCEILINGFINISHEDSIZE PER PLANT.G.T.G.SIZE PER PLAN PROVIDE ADDED ELBOWS/OFFSETS/FIRE DAMPERS ASMAY BE SHOWN ON PLANNOTE: PROVIDE W/ ADDED ELBOW & FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANRECT-TO-RECTBRANCH DUCT CONNECTION45°NTSCLOSE OPENING AT CORNERSWITH SEALANTS, FILLERPIECES OR GASKETNOTE: L = 1/4 x W, 4" MINLWRECTANGULAR MAIN DUCTBRANCH DUCTSERVING MULTIPLE AIRINLETS/OUTLETS OR A SINGLEAIR INLET/OUTLETSA FLOWRECTANGULAR TAKE OFFWITH SAME FREE AREA ASROUND BRANCH DUCTTRANSITION (MAX 22.5° SIDE ANGLE)ROUND BRANCHDUCT (TO MULTIPLEINLETS/OUTLETS)RECT-TO-ROUNDBRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONNTSMULTIPLE INLET/OUTLETSSERVING MULTIPLE INLETS/OUTLETS45°LL = 1/4 x W, 4" MINNOTE:DIARECTANGLE MAIN DUCTM4.117M4.111RA FLOWROUND DUCT TO ONEAIR INLET/OUTLETSPIN-IN FITTING OR AIR TIGHT TAKEOFF (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FORTYPE)SERVING ONE INLET/OUTLETNOTE:WHERE MAIN DUCT DOES NOT HAVE ADEQUATE HEIGHT TO ACCEPT ROUNDDUCT, PROVIDE RECTANGULAR CONNECTION, WITH SAME FREE AREA ASROUND DUCT, AND TRANSITION TO ROUND - SEE BELOW.RECTANGULAR MAIN DUCTELBOWS - ROUNDNTSRWDIMENSION:R= 1.5WW1"MITERED 90° ELBOWDIE-STAMPED ELBOWDIMENSION:ANGLE0-35° 236-71° 372-90° 5RWFABRICATED ELBOWDIMENSION:DIAMETERNUMBER(INCH)OF VANES3-9210-14315-19420-605OVER 6012" MAX.SPACINGR=1.5WNUMBER OFGORESTURNING VANESELBOWS - RECTANGULARNTSRWWMIN 2"MAX 4"MITERED ELBOWRADIUS ELBOWNOT ALLOWEDR= 1.5WM4.114M4.115AIR FLOWAIR FLOWA-B(12" MAX)A BROUND TRANSITIONSNTS22.5°AIR FLOWSTRAIGHT TAP NOTALLOWEDSTRAIGHT TAP NOTALLOWEDAIR FLOW22.5°AIR FLOW30°CONCENTRIC TRANSITION(DIVERGING)ECCENTRIC TRANSITIONRECT-TO-RECT TRANSITIONSNTSCONCENTRIC TRANSITION(CONVERGING)30° MAXSTRAIGHT TAP NOTALLOWEDM4.112RECT - TO ROUNDROUND - TO ROUNDM4.113RA FLOWSA FLOWPROVIDE DAMPER WHEN SERVING SINGLEAIR INLET/OUTLET & WHERE INDICATED ONPLANTURNING VANES (SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPE)NOTE:WHERE MAIN DUCT DOES NOT HAVE ADEQUATE HEIGHT TO ACCEPT ROUNDDUCT, PROVIDE RECTANGULAR CONNECTION, WITH SAME FREE AREA ASROUND DUCT, AND TRANSITION TO ROUND - SEE BELOW.RECTANGLE MAIN DUCTAIR FLOW45°45°DAMPER WHERESHOWN ON PLANSA FLOWRECTANGULAR TAKE OFFWITH SAME FREE AREA ASROUND BRANCH DUCTTRANSITION (MAX 22.5° SIDE ANGLE)ROUND BRANCHDUCT TO ONEINLET/OUTLET45°LL = 1/4 x W, 4" MINNOTE:DIARECTANGLE MAIN DUCTRA FLOWDAMPER WHERESHOWN ON PLANROUND-TO-ROUNDBRANCH DUCT CONNECTION NTSDD+2"MIN.CONICAL TEEBAB MIN.3-849-14715-261027 OR LARGER13(INCHES)(INCHES)A45°AIR FLOW"LO-LOSS" TEE5-1/4"M4.116MAIN DUCTgeneral@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M4.11HVAC Details TYPE 2NOTES:TYPE 11.PROVIDE TYPE 1 UNLESS BUILDING CONDITIONS REQUIRE LOWERPROFILE - THEN USE TYPE 2.2.CONSTRUCT PLENUM BOXES OF MIN. 26 GA. GALV. STEEL.3.NOT ALLOWED AT TRANSFER DUCTS.4.LINE PLENUM & DUCT TO AIR OUTLET WHERE SO NOTED ON PLANSOR IN SPECIFICATIONS.5.CEILING TYPE & AIR OUTLET FRAME STYLE MAY VARY FROM THATDEPICTED.6.NOT ALL SUPPORTS ARE SHOWN FOR CLARITY.7.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.TIGHT CONDITION - FLEX DUCTAIR OUTLET CONNECTIONNTSCEILINGDINDEPENDENT AIR OUTLET SUPPORT,SEE SPECIFICATIONS (TYP)ZIP-TIES (ON INNER DUCT & ON OUTERDUCT) (TYP)AIR OUTLET (TYP)CONN COLLAR, SIZETO MATCH FLEXIBLEDUCTCEILINGDFASTENER EACH SIDE (TYP)SIZE TO MATCHDIFFUSER NECK SIZETAP IN TO MATCH DUCT1" MIN ALL AROUND(TYP)FLEXIBLE DUCTTRANSITION1"HEIGHT AS REQUIRED TOSUIT CONDITIONSWIDTH TO GIVE SAME FREEAREA AS CONNECTINGFLEX DUCTM4.1211NTSCEILINGDFLEXIBLE DUCTRADIUS=DFASTENER EACH SIDESQUARE TO ROUNDMIN 3"1.USE WHERE ADEQUATE SPACE IS AVAILABLE FOR FLEX DUCTRADIUS, AND WHERE FLEX DUCT IS SHOWN ON PLANS TO AIROUTLET.2.NOT ALLOWED AT TRANSFER DUCTS (USE LINED DUCT- NOTFLEX).3.WHEN THERE IS INSUFFICIENT ROOM TO MAINTAIN FLEX DUCTRADIUS, SEE DETAIL TITLED "TIGHT CONDITION - FLEX DUCTAIR OUTLET CONNECTION."4.NOT ALLOWED WHERE LINED "CANS" (OR LINED DUCTS)SHOWN (OR REQ'D) AT AIR OUTLETS.5.CEILING TYPE & AIR OUTLET FRAME STYLE MAY VARY FROMTHAT DEPICTED.6.NOT ALL SUPPORTS SHOWN FOR CLARITY.7.FOR "TIGHT" SEE "TIGHT CONDITION" DETAIL.NOTES:DUCT SUPPORT, SEESPECIFICATIONSINDEPENDENT AIR OUTLETSUPPORT, SEE SPECIFICATIONSZIP-TIES (ON INNER DUCT &ON OUTER JACKET)AIR OUTLETFLEX DUCTAIR OUTLET CONNECTIONM4.1212NTSSLEEPERS DETAIL ROOF ASSEMBLYROOFINGEQUIPMENT RAIL, W/ TOP WOOD NAILERAND 20 GAUGE STEEL CAP FLASHING W/MINIMUM 2" TURN DOWN.ANCHOR OUTDOOR A/C UNITTO EQUIPMENT RAILSOUTDOOR UNITVERIFY ROOF SLOPE. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT RAILS CONFIGUREDTO SUIT ROOF SLOPE WITH LEVEL TOP MOUNTING SURFACE (ORPROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED WOOD SLEEPERS AT BASE, CUTTO PROVIDE LEVEL SURFACE FOR RAIL).NOTE:PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATORSBETWEEN A/C UNIT AND EQUIPMENTRAILS. VIBRATION ISOLATORS SHALLBE MASON SERIES ND DOUBLEDEFLECTION NEOPRENE MOUNTS,SIZED TO SUIT UNIT WEIGHTANCHOR TO ROOF (TYP)MIN 3.5"MIN 8"INSULATIONVERIFY THICKNESSM4.1213FILL CAVITY WITH FOAM SEALANTWELDED 16 GAUGE GALVANIZEDSTEEL FLASHING ASSEMBLY,ANCHOR TO ROOF20 GA. GALV. SHEET METALENCLOSURE, SEAL WATERTIGHTSHEETMETAL SCREW(TYP)SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONTHROUGH ROOFEXTEND UP ROOFING OVERTOP OF CURB & OVER EXIST.ROOFINGNTSNOTCHED GALV. SHEETMETALPIECES TO SEAL OPENINGAROUND PIPE PENETRATIONREFRIGERANT PIPING REFRIGERANT LINESEE SCHEDULEFOR SIZEM4.1214ROOFINGINSULATIONVERIFY THICKNESSROOF ASSEMBLYNTS3.DAMPER FASTENING TO SLEEVE SHALL BE FASTENED WITH 1/4"-20 BOLTS, NO. 10 SCREWS,OR 1/2" LONG WELDS. FASTENING SHALL BE STAGGERED INTERMITTENTLY AND SPACED 8" O.C.MULTIPLE DAMPER ASSEMBLIES SHALL HAVE STEEL PLATE MULLION (MIN. 14 GA x 4-1/2"WIDE,SAME MATERIAL AS DAMPER) SANDWICHED BETWEEN ENDS OF DAMPERS WITH FRAMES WELDEDTO MULLION WITH 1/2" LONG FILLET WELDS STAGGERED INTERMITTENTLY AND SPACED 8" O.C.PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS TO DAMPERS & ACTUATOR, LOCATE ACCESS DOOR IN MOST ACCESSIBLE DUCT.DETAIL APPLIES TO HORIZONTAL FIRE DAMPERS ALSO (SUBJECT TO MFRS & UL REVISIONS).DAMPER CONFIGURARTION MAY VARY FROM THAT ILLUSTRATED; SEE SPECIFICATIONS & LOCAL CODES FORCOMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER DETAIL FOR GALV. AND 6" O.C. FOR S.S. PROVIDE MIN. TWO CONNECTIONS EACH SIDE.COMPLETE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER REQUIREMENTS.DAMPER OPENING IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SHEETROCKED.ANGLE FASTENING TO SLEEVE: SAME AS ABOVE. 7.9.8.5.FOR GALV. AND 6" O.C. FOR S.S.6.4.INSTALL DAMPERS TO COMPLY WITH U.L. & MFR STANDARDS. U.L. "APPROVED" INSTALLATION POWER TO ACTUATOR & CONTROL BY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR.STANDARDS GOVERN IN LIEU OF THIS DETAIL WHERE DIFFERENCES OCCUR.NOTES:1.2.WITH DAMPER ASSY (LOCATIONOPERATOR/ACTUATOR, FURNISHEDDAMPERCAULKING MATERIALDUCTMAY VARY)COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE6" MAX. ON ALL SIDES.(SEE NOTE)SLEEVE, SAME GAGE AS DUCT OR HEAVIER.DAMPER FASTENING TO SLEEVE (TYP.).1" MIN. OVERLAP (4 SIDES)CLEARANCE: MIN. 1/8" PER LF FOR GALV.(SEE NOTE FOR FASTENING)WITH SMACNA STANDARDS.& 3/16" PER LF FOR S.S., BUT NO LESSTHAN 1/4". MAX. CLEARANCE = MIN. +1".MIN. 1-1/2"x 1-1/2"x 14 GAGE ANGLES,SNUG TO WALL & SLEEVE ALL AROUND.DUCT/SLEEVE CONNECTION IN ACCORDANCECOMBINATION SPRING & DOUBLEDEFLECTION TYPE VIBRATIONISOLATOR, MASON SERIES DNHSOR APPROVED.MOUNTING CLIP FURNISHED W/ UNITNOTES:SUSPENDED EQUIP. SUPPORT NTSEQUIPMENT1.ALL SUSPENDED HVAC EQUIPMENT W/ ROTATING COMPONENTSSHALL HAVE VIBRATION ISOLATORS AS SHOWN.2.VIBRATION ISOLATORS SHALL BE SELECTED FOR 1" DEFLECTION.3.FOR INTERNALLY ISOLATED UNITS PROVIDE DOUBLE DEFLECTION NEOPRENEHANGER (MASON SERIES HD OR APPROVED) IN LIEUOF TYPE SHOWN. SIZE FOR 1/8" DEFLECTION.4.SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE & OTHER ANCHORINGREQUIREMENTS.5.MOUNT SPRING ISOLATOR AS CLOSE TO EQUIPMENT AS POSSIBLE.M4.1216HANGER ROD TO STRUCTURE, SEESTRUCTURAL FOR ATTACHMENT.ROOF VENT & FAN MOUNTING NTSANCHOR TO CURB, 12" O.C.DUCT SIZE PER PLANPRE-FABRICATED CURB BY DIV23. SEE ARCH. DWGS FORROOFING FLASHINGROOF ASSY - SEE ARCH &STRUCTURAL DWGSFRAMING - SEESTRUCTURALROOFTOP VENT(OR FAN)PROVIDE CURB STEP HEIGHTTO MATCH ROOFINGINSULATION THICKNESS8" MIN.EXTEND DUCT UP TO TOPOF CURB, SEAL AT BOTHSIDES OF DUCTBACKDRAFT DAMPER, ANCHOR TOCURB & DUCT, 12" O.C. (ON RVR &EF'S)ANCHOR CURB TO ROOFDECKOR BLDG STRUCTURE MIN 12"O.C.M4.1217℄℄M4.1215general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M4.12HVAC Details HP-1REYQ96TTJUREYQ96TTJUBS 1BS6Q54TVJABCDEFHP-100FXAQ24PVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-103FXMQ07PBVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-104FXMQ07PBVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-106FXAQ24PVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-107FXAQ18PVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-108FXZQ07MVJU9BRC1E73 (1)BS 2BS6Q54TVJABCDEFHP-109FXMQ07PBVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-110FXMQ07PBVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-111FXMQ07PBVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-112FXMQ07PBVJUBRC1E73 (1)HP-113AFXAQ18PVJUBRC1E73 (1)OUT F1,F2to centralized controllerL1, L2, L3 38A 3phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.4A 1phL1, L2 0.8A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.6A 1phL1, L2 0.4A 1phIN F1,F2OUT F1,F2BS F1,F2OUT F1,F2IN F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2IN F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2F1,F2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2P1,P2Drawing NoRev1Date11/16/2017REYQ96TTJUVRV-IVAir cooled heat recoveryHP-1TitleWiring schematicsProjectFire Station 15USAClientNTSVRF WIRING SCHEMATIC M4.13213/8x7/8x3/4"3/8x7/8x3/4"3/8x5/8"1/4x1/2"1/4x1/2"3/8x5/8"1/4x1/2"1/4x1/2"3/8x5/8x1/2"1/4x1/2"1/4x1/2"1/4x1/2"1/4x1/2"1/4x1/2"HP-1REYQ96TTJUKHRP25A33T9BS 1BS6Q54TVJAHP-100Lobby 100FXAQ24PVJUBHP-103Station Office 1...FXMQ07PBVJUCHP-104Officers Office ...FXMQ07PBVJUDHP-106Kitchen 106FXAQ24PVJUEHP-107Dining 107FXAQ18PVJUFHP-108Day Room 108FXZQ07MVJU9BS 2BS6Q54TVJAHP-109Bunk 109FXMQ07PBVJUBHP-110Bunk 110FXMQ07PBVJUCHP-111Bunk 111FXMQ07PBVJUDHP-112Bunk 112FXMQ07PBVJUEHP-113AFitness 113FXAQ18PVJUFDrawing NoRev1Date11/16/2017REYQ96TTJUVRV-IVAir cooled heat recoveryHP-1TitlePiping schematicsProjectFire Station 15USAClientNTSVRF REFRIGERANT PIPING SCHEMATIC M4.1322general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212SIGNED12-22-2017Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001ContractDocumentsFire Station 15December 22, 2017M4.13HVAC Details Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsE0.01LEGEND, NOTES,AND ABBREVIATIONS(SOME ABBREVIATIONS MAY NOT BE USED ON DRAWINGS)EXST, (E)EXISTINGMCAMINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPSMINMINIMUMMECHANICALMAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAMETHOUSAND CIRCULAR MILSMOTOR CONTROL CENTERMDFMECHMCM, KCMMCCHVACHEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONINGKVARREACTIVE KILOVOLT AMPERESKILOWATT HOURSKILOWATTSMAXIMUMLIGHTINGLTLIGHTMAXLTGKWHKWJUNCTION BOXHERTZKILOVOLT AMPERESKILOVOLTSINTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAMEJ-BOXKVAKVIDFHZGALVGALVANIZEDGROUNDHAND - OFF - AUTOHORSEPOWERHEATING AND VENTILATIONHIGH POWER FACTORHPH & VHPFH-O-AGNDFOOTCANDLEFIRE ALARMDEGREES FAHRENHEITFLEXIBLE CONDUITFULL LOAD AMPSFCFLEXFLAFA°FBILBASIC IMPULSE LEVELCTCURRENT TRANSFORMERDIVDIVISIONDRAWINGDOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROWDOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROWELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBINGELECTRICDWGEMTELECDPSTDPDTDECIBELSCOLD WATERCOPPERDIAMETERDIRECT CURRENTBDDIADCCWCUCCTVCLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISIONCENTER LINECIRCUITCUBIC FEET PER MINUTECONCRETECEILINGCLCONCCLGCKTCFMCONDUIT ONLYCONDUITBUILDINGCIRCUIT BREAKERDEGREES CELSIUSC.O.CB°CCBLDGA/CAIR CONDITIONINGARCHITECTURALALUMINUMAMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITYAMERICAN WIRE GAUGEAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHARCHAWGATSALAICALTERNATING CURRENTAMPERESABBREVA or AMPACDESCRIPTIONSTANDARDSTDTRANSFERXFERCROSS-LINKED POLYETHYLENEEXPLOSION PROOFXPTRANSFORMERXLPXFMRVOLT AMPERESVAVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVFDWEATHERPROOFWPWITHWITHOUTW/O/WWATTSVAPORTIGHTWVTVARIABLE AIR VOLUMEVOLTS DIRECT CURRENTREACTIVE VOLT AMPERESVOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENTVAVVOLTAGE DROPVDCVDVARVACUNDERWRITERS LABORATORYUNDERFLOORUFVOLTSUNDERGROUNDVUGTYPICALULTYPTELECOMMUNICATION TERMINAL BOARDTELEPHONETELTELEVISIONTTBTVSWITCHBOARDSWITCHSWBDSWON CENTEROCRECEPTACLERECPTSHEETSHTSURFACE METAL RACEWAYSINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROWSINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROWSINGLE POLESPSPSTSPDTSOLID NEUTRALSNSMRROOMRMSECONDARYROOT MEAN SQUARESECRMSRADIO FREQUENCYREQUIREDRFREQPHASEØ or PHPOTENTIAL TRANSFORMERPRIMARYPRIPOLYVINYL CHLORIDEPVCPTPAIRPANELPRPNLPUBLIC ADDRESSPAPOWER FACTORPULLBOXPFPBOVERHEADOUTSIDE DIAMETEROHODMOUNTINGMTGNOT IN CONTRACTNICNOT TO SCALENORMALLY OPENNTSNONEUTRALNORMALLY CLOSEDN, NEUTNCMAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTIONABBREVDESCRIPTIONMOUNTEDMTDMOP, MOCPMAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERMCBMLOMAIN LUGS ONLYAUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLATCMANHOLEMHSURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICESPDGFCIGROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTEREQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOREGCSTAINLESS STEELSSBKRBREAKERGENERALSCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE TYPESCHEDULED EQUIPMENT CONNECTION (INCLUDEALL WIRING, DISCONNECTING MEANS, CONTROLAND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULED)#BCC - SHEET WHERE DETAIL SHOWNB - SHEET WHERE DETAIL TAKEN# - IDENTIFYING NUMBERDETAIL SYMBOL:#REVISION CALLOUT#FLAG NOTE#SCHEDULED CONDUIT CALLOUT(SOME SYMBOLS MAY NOT BE USED ON DRAWINGS)SYMBOLDESCRIPTIONCOUNTER HEIGHT (*) CASEWORK OUTLETS SWITCHES & DIMMERS RECEPTACLES THERMOSTATS CLOCKSOCCUPANCY SENSORSVOICE (TELEPHONE)DATA (COMPUTER) TV (TELEVISION) TV WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS CLOCK/SPEAKER FIRE ALARM MANUAL STATIONS SIGNALING DEVICES REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR SECURITY KEY PAD CARD READER CCTV CCTV POLE MOUNTED +3 INCHES ABOVE SPLASH AS DIRECTED90 INCHES 48 INCHES18 INCHES48 INCHES18 INCHES18 INCHES18 INCHES90 INCHES90 INCHESCENTER OF TV BRACKET 20 FEET 48 INCHES 54 INCHES TO TOP WITHIN 6 INCHES OF GRAPHIC PLAQUES REMOTE ALARM LIGHTS 80 INCHES TO BOTTOM 60 INCHES TO BOTTOM 60 INCHES TO BOTTOM 80 INCHES TO BOTTOM 48 INCHES TO TOPWALL PHONE48 INCHES(MEASURE TO CENTER OF BOX, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) CAMERA MOUNT12 FEET MAXIMUMIMPEDANCEZ1.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LOCATION OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION.2.BRANCH CIRCUIT NOTES:A.VERIFY BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE COUNT BEFORE PULLING CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE REQUIREDCONDUCTORS TO EACH OUTLET AND DEVICE FOR PHASE, NEUTRAL AND EQUIPMENTGROUND BASED ON CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS SHOWN AND AS OTHERWISE INDICATED ONPLANS OR NOTE BELOW.B.FOR SWITCHED OUTLETS, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR COUNT REQUIRED FOR SWITCHLEGS TO ACCOMMODATE SWITCH CONTROL INDICATED. MAINTAIN UNSWITCHED LEG INLIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS TO EXIT, EMERGENCY, AND NIGHT LIGHTING SHOWN.C.MINIMUM BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR OUTDOOR AND EXTERIOR BUILDINGLIGHTING SHALL BE #10 AWG.D.PROVIDE SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING RECEPTACLEOUTLETS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.E.PROVIDE MANUFACTURER APPROVED PIN INSERT STYLE HANDLE TIES BETWEEN SINGLEPOLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING BRANCH CIRCUITS SHARING A COMMON NEUTRAL.3.MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE FOR HOMERUNS AND FOR CONDUIT INSTALLED BELOW GRADEOUTDOORS SHALL BE 3/4 INCH.4.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTOF SUSPENDED AND WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS,INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS, ROOM SECTIONS, AND DETAILS SHOWN ONARCHITECTURAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REPORT CONFLICTS TOARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION.5.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WIRINGDEVICES. REPORT CONFLICTS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION.6.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF FLOOR BOXES AND OUTLETS LOCATED IN KNEE SPACES ANDCASEWORK. OBTAIN ARCHITECT APPROVAL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.7.VERIFY BACK BOX REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER THAN DIVISION 16SECTIONS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER.8.SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF SMOKE DAMPERS. PROVIDE 120VOLT CONNECTION TO EACH DAMPER.E0.01LEGEND, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONSE1.00SITE PLANE2.00LIGHTING PLANE3.00POWER PLANE4.00LOW-VOLTAGE PLANE5.01ONE-LINE DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAME5.02ELECTRICAL DIAGRAME6.01LIGHTING SCHEDULEE6.02LIGHTING CONTROLSE7.01ELECTRICAL SCHEDULESLIGHTING CONTROLSINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCHDIGITAL SWITCH STATIONSWITCH SUBSCRIPTS:MLVLVM4D32KEPDIMMERMANUAL MOTOR STARTERLOW VOLTAGE MASTERKEY OPERATEDEXPLOSION PROOFLOW VOLTAGEFOUR WAYTHREE WAYDOUBLE POLEMCMOMENTARY CONTACTPSWITCH W/PILOT LIGHTTTIMERWPWEATHERPROOFW/OVERLOADSa, b, cMULTIGANG SWITCH STATIONLIGHTING SURFACE FIXTURE - WALLSURFACE FIXTURE - WALLRECESSED FIXTURE - ROUNDEXIT FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACKUP - CEILINGEXIT FIXTURE - WALLEMERGENCY FIXTURE - TWIN HEADLUMINAIRE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITELUMINAIRE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITEWALL SURFACE MOUNT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITSCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE TYPEINDICATES SPLIT WIRED BALLASTSLAY-IN LUMINAIREEMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITCOMBINATION EXIT SIGN AND TWIN HEADSURFACE MOUNT LUMINAIREPOWERDUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R)CUWPREFCOPWCIGMWOHWDDUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R)SUBSCRIPT: COPIERCEILINGWEATHERPROOFMICROWAVE OVENHOT WATER DISPENSERUSBREFRIGERATORWATER COOLERISOLATED GROUNDDWDISHWASHERIWBINTERACTIVE WHITE BOARDTVVIDEO DISPLAY OUTLET. REFER TOARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTFOURPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R)GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R)ASTERISK INDICATES COUNTER HEIGHT OUTLET(DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHOWN)MOTOR CONNECTIONEQUIPMENT CONNECTION(1) SIGNAL OUTLET -(1) POWER OUTLET -TELEVISION STATIONTV WALL TAPNEMA 5-15R DUPLEXDATA OUTLET WITH JACKSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONWIRINGPANELBOARD - SURFACEWIRING CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALLWIRING CONCEALED UNDERGROUND OR BELOW FLOORFEEDER CALLOUT X-Y-Z. SEE SCHEDULE.COMMUNICATIONANALOG TELEPHONE STATION TV WALL OUTLET WITH F CONNECTOR TAP & COAX CABLEFIRE ALARMHORN HORN WITH VISUAL SIGNAL (STROBE)VISUAL SIGNAL (STROBE)HEAT DETECTORSMOKE DETECTORMANUAL STATIONFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELCONTROLCIRCUIT BREAKERTRANSFORMERUTILITY COMPANY METERGENERATORVOLTMETERDISCONNECT SWITCHCURRENT TRANSFORMER (CT)GROUND ELECTRODE SYSTEMDEVICE SIZE / FUSE OR TRIP RATING - No. OF POLESGROUND FAULT RELAYAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHGROUNDED WYE CONNECTIONDISCONNECT SWITCHOUTLET IN CEILING BOX (DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHOWN)POWERELIGHTING UNITSTRIP LUMINAIRE WITH EMERGENCYOSOCCUPANCY SENSOR - CEILING MOUNTPHOTOCONTROL - INDOOREMERGENCY FIXTURE - TWIN HEADJUNCTION BOX - CEILINGPUSHBUTTON OPERATOR STATION (START/STOPUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)JUNCTION BOX - CEILINGDUPLEX RECEPTACLE CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCYSENSOR OR TIME SWITCH (NEMA 5-20R)CEILING MOUNT CONNECTION FOR CORD REELWAPCO2 SENSORHORN [SPEAKER] WITH VISUAL SIGNAL (STROBE)DUPLEX CAT 6 OUTLETS WITH (2) CAT 6 NETWORKCABLES TO STATION PATCH PANELWIRELESS ACCESS POINT - DUPLEX CAT 6 OUTLETS INBISCUIT JACK WITH (2) CAT 6 NETWORK CABLES TOWAP PATCH PANEL(1) CAT 6 OUTLET WITH CAT 6 NETWORK CABLE TOSTATION PATCH PANEL (VERIFY HEIGHT)TVDIGITAL POWER CONTROLERTAMPER SWITCHFLOW SWITCHFIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR A1A1WP1" CONDUIT TO PANEL E1FOR GATE POWER(FUTURE)GENERATORAREA 1:FIRESTATION #15SUSE-RATED ATS,C.T., CABINETAND METERCENTURYLINKVAULT(TBD)1WPWORK SEPARATIONLINEANTENNA ON ROOFPANELSE1 AND E2HAND HOLEAPPARATUS BAYHAM RADIO(1) 4" CONDUIT FORFUTURE RESERVOIRHAM RADIO(2) 4" CONDUITS FORPOWER SERVICE(4) 2-1/2" CONDUITSHAND HOLE(1) 4" CONDUIT FORFUTURE RESERVOIRDATA/COMMTO UTILITY POWER POLE22COMM/DATA ROOMIRRIGATIONCONTROLLERCKT. E2-7(ALTERNATE #1)1" CONDUITTO COMM ROOM 117 FOR GATE CONTROLS(FUTURE)331" CONDUIT TO OPERATOR FORGATE CONTROLS(FUTURE)3PROPOSED PROPERTYSEPARATION LINE(1) 4 " CONDUITFOR FUTURERESERVOIR800HZ STATIONAREA 3:RESEVOIRAREA 2:SHARED(1) 1" CONDUITTO PANELS FORFUTURE POLELIGHTINGHP-14STREET LIGHT(1) 2" PVC CONDUITWITH PULL STRINGTO NEXT UTILITY POLEClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsELECTRICAL SITEPLANNScale: 1" = 20'-0"E1.00Electrical Site Plan1Scale: N.T.S.DATA / COMM / HAM HANDHOLE DETAILIDENTIFICATION "ELECTRIC"OR "SIGNAL"NOTESET HANDHOLE ON 9" DEEPGRAVEL BASE EXTENDING6" MIN BEYOND EACH SIDE.SET FLUSH WITH FINISHEDGRADE.CAPTIVE L-BOLT LOCKCOVER. AASHT0 H10RATED4"x4" KNOCK OUT(2 PLACES)PRECAST STRUCTURAL PLASTIC.NOMINAL DIMENSIONS: 13"Wx24"Lx15"D20"30"36" RADIUS 45°ELBOW WITH BELLEND (TYP)PER PLANCONDUITS IN/OUTPLAN KEY NOTES:PROVIDE (2) 4" CONDUITS WITH PULL STRING FROMCENTURYLINK VAULT IN DRIVEWAY TO TELEPHONEBACKBOARD IN COMM ROOM. COORDINATE VAULTLOCATION WITH PROVIDER.CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND STORE POLEFIXTURE ONSITE FOR FUTURE CONSTRUCTION.STUB AND CAP CONDUITS AT LOCATION SHOWN FORFUTURE GATE CONTROLS.PROVIDE STREET POST & LIGHT PER CALCULATIONSAND CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS. EXACTLOCATION TO BE HANDLED DURING ADDENDUM.SEE DETAIL STD PLAN 117.1 ON DRAWING E6.02.1Scale: N.T.S.CENTURYLINK VAULT DETAIL2E1.00NOTESET VAULT ON 9" DEEPGRAVEL BASE EXTENDING6" MIN BEYOND EACH SIDE.SET FLUSH WITH FINISHEDGRADE.4'-0"6'-0"6 1/4"6'-0 1/4"E1.00235'-6"4 UP654327ABCDEGHJF1 L2STATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRY114FITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKER GEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWER115SHOWER116MEDICAL118SLZ-1SLZ-2SLZ-1CLZCLZCLZP2R1P4UCOSOSOSOSOSOSOSL1L2S1L3L3W1W1R2P2P2P2P2P2P2P2W1L2L2S1S1S1S1S1S1S1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P1P5P5P5OSOSR2LVENTIRE KITCHEN/DINING ISDAYLIGHT ZONE DUE TOOVERLAPPING DAYLIGHTZONES AND CLERESTORYFENESTRATIONSBETWEEN GRIDS C-E (455SQ FT)NLW2NL+8'-0"W2NL+8'-0"W2+13'-0"W2+8'-0"NLNLW2+9'-0"NLW2+9'-0"NLR3W3+16'-0"W3+16'-0"R2R2W4OSOSOSOSOSOSPRI DL ZONE (185 SQ FT)SEC DL ZONE (187 SQ FT)R1EEEEEEES1P3P3P3P3P3P3L1L1L1R1R1R1R21E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-1E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-3E2-1+11'-6"+11'-6"+11'-6"W5FL1FL1FL1W5W5W5+11'-6"R2E2-3R2E2-3R2E2-3L2E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5E2-5LIGHTING CONTROLPANELPANELS E1/E2STRUCTURAL POSTR1E2-3+14'-6"(TYP)2WA STATE ENERGYCODE DAYLIGHTZONE (TYP)WA STATE ENERGYCODE DAYLIGHTZONE (TYP)33R3R3+14'-6" (TYP)+12'-0"(TYP)+9'-0" (TYP)+9'-0"(TYP)543CDEGFCORRIDORBELOWAPP BAYBELOWMECH CHASEMEZZANINE201S1S1OSE2-1E2-1S1S1E2-1E2-1E2-1Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsLIGHTING PLANNScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E2.00Lighting Plan1NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E2.00Mezzanine Lighting Plan2E2.00PLAN KEY NOTES:ALL CONDUITS PASSING THROUGH THIS AREA TO BEROUTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR.MOUNT EXIT SIGN ON METAL BAND ABOVE DOOR.COORDINATE ELEVATION OF EXIT SIGN WITHMECHANICAL VENT.1PLAN GENERAL NOTES:CONDUITS IN OPEN CEILING AREAS TO BE TIGHT TO CEILINGAND NEXT TO JOISTS TO OBSCURE CONDUITS. CONDUITSTO BE RUN THROUGH OPEN WE WHERE THEY CROSS OPENWEB JOISTS.1.23 UP654327ABCDEGHJF1UMW*DWDISP*REFWPUUTVU*TBB/RADIOE2-12,14DDPCUWP*WORKBENCHPOWER(WIREMOLD 3000)CKT. E1-35LIGHTING CONTROLPANELPANELS E1/E2ATS*JCT CANMETERJJJ111EF-1(ON ROOF)MMMMMMUUUTVREFREFREFDPC*U**MTV*UTVSTATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRY114FITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWER115SHOWER116MEDICAL118COPFACPUHAM RADIO STATIONCKT. E1-33MMMMMMTVEF-2(ON ROOF)MF-1MHP-113BHP-113AHP-112HP-111HP-110HP-109HP-107HP-106HP-108HP-103AC-117AHP-100EH-101MEH-115MEH-116UH-1MIRH-2MIRH-1 STRUCTURAL POST2EF-3(ON ROOF)MMHP-104 E1-1,3MHT WTRE1-14E1-16,18,20 E1-22 E1-24RH-1 E1-5E1-7,9E1-11E1-13 E1-15 E1-19ABV CLGE1-21,23,25 E1-27,29,315-30JPNL E2262424242424242626262626E2-22E2-25E2-25E2-25E2-21E2-23E1-32E1-30MOUNT NON-RETRACTABLECORD REEL AT BOTTOMOF TRUSS (TYP)E1-34E1-34E1-34E1-34E1-34E1-36E1-36E1-36E2-6E2-8E2-8E2-6E2-8E2-8E2-8E2-6E2-6E2-6E2-7E2-7E2-2E2-2E2-2E2-2E2-4E2-4E2-4E2-4E2-9E2-9E2-9E2-9E2-11E2-19E2-13E2-11E2-13E2-17E2-15E2-10E2-30E2-32,34E2-10E2-10E2-10E2201816E2-10E2-10E2-27E2-27E2-27E2-27+5' AFF+5'-6" AFF+5' AFF+5' AFF+10' AFFMBS-1MBS-2RANGE43MFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDMFSDFSDMFSDE2-29(TYP)5E2-2966SAFETY BEAM(TYP)88+30"+30"+30"+30"10101010E1-34E1-34E2-10WCWPE2-7E2-33SAFETY BEAM(TYP)OVERHEADDOOR (TYP FORREAR APP BAY)FOUR FOLDDOOR (TYP FORFRONT APP BAY)99FOUR FOLDDOOR CONTROLLER(TYP FOR FRONTAPP BAY)77OVERHEADDOOR CONTROLLER(TYP FOR REARAPP BAY)543CDEFMCOMPRESSORHALLWAY BELOWCORRIDORBELOWAPP BAYBELOWMMMEZZANINE201DOAS-1(ON ROOF)CP-1WH-1MAC-117B(ON ROOF)E1-17E1-37,39E1-26,27E1-38E1-8,10,12WPE2-711(ON ROOF)Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsE3.00POWER PLANNScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E3.00Fire Station Power Plan1NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E3.00Mezzanine Power Plan2PLAN KEY NOTES:SPARE J-BOX AND CONDUIT ONLY, FIELD VERIFY EXACTLOCATION.ALL CONDUITS PASSING THROUGH THIS AREA TO BEROUTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR.PROVIDE CONNECTION TO RANGE. E.C. TO COORDINATEEXACT CONNECTION LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITHMANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT WITH 3#6 & 1#10 GND.CONTACTOR FOR CONTROL OF RANGE/OVEN POWER.REFER TO DETAIL 1/E300 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.PROVIDE SHARED 1/2" CONDUIT WITH 2#12 & 1#12 GND TOFIRE SMOKE DAMPERS.PROVIDE 4' PIGTAIL AT END OF CORD FOR UNINTENTIONALBREAKAWAY. CORD TO BE MOUNTED AT 6'-6" AFF.SURFACE-MOUNT CONDUIT FROM FOUR-FOLD DOOR TOCONTROLLER. SEE ARCH.REAR DOOR CONTROLLER TO BE PROGRAMMED AS TOALLOW ONE DOOR TO BE OPERATED AT A TIME.12SCALE: NTSRANGE/OVEN CONTACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM12DETAIL NOTES:60 AMP ELECTRICALLY HELD ENCLOSED LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONTACT IN JAYMARC CCP. SEE JAYMARC DRAWINGS FORCAPPLIANCESPARESPARECONTACTOR208V12341PLAN GENERAL NOTES:PROVIDE CONDUIT FOR JAYMARC WIRING IN EXPOSEDAREAS. SEE JAYMARK DRAWINGS.1.INFORMATION. RESET OF CONTACTOR LOCATED IN JAYMARC5678EQUIPMENT.ROUTE CONDUIT UNDER FLOOR SLAB AND INTO BOLLARDFOR FOUR-FOLD DOOR PUSH BUTTON PER MFR. SEEARCH.ALIGN RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER OF NIGHTSTAND.CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR EXACT LOCATION.PROVIDE GFCI RECEPT AS REQUIRED BY NEC 210.8.10119 UP654327ABCDEGHJF1**TV*TVSTATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRY114FITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWER115SHOWER116MEDICAL118TBB/RADIOTVHAM RADIO STATIONWAPWAPWAPWAPWAPTVW11(1) 2-1/2" CONDUITFOR VHF23TV+5' AFF+5' AFF+5'-6" AFF*+5' AFF+10' AFF4567+30"+30"+30"+30"777****1543CDEFMEZZANINE201MECH CHASECORRIDORBELOWAPP BAYBELOWClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsE4.00LOW-VOLTAGEPLANNScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E4.00FIRE STATION LOW VOLTAGE PLAN1PLAN KEY NOTES:PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT SLEEVE THROUGHEXTERIOR WALL AND CAP. CONTACT ARCH / CITYOF RENTON IT DEPT. FOR EXACT LOCATION.ALL CONDUITS PASSING THROUGH THIS AREA TOBE ROUTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR.PROVIDE KINGSIII EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONSSP-3000 EXTERIOR HELP PHONE. REQUIRES 3/4"CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO TBB IN COOMROOM 117. CALL BOX TO DIAL OUT TO 911.MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME - TWO POST OPENFRAME RACK WITH FIBER PATCH PANEL, FIBERSHELF, (3) 24-PORT CAT 6 PATCH PANELS WITH 1RMU WIRE MANAGEMENT PANELS BETWEEN EACHPATCH PANEL, EQUIPMENT SHELF, GROUNDINGKIT, RACK MOUNTED 1500W UNINTERRUPTIBLEPOWER SUPPLY & 3" VERTICAL WIREMANAGEMENT RUNGS. SUBMIT ELEVATION OFRACK WITH SHOP DRAWING FOR REVIEW.1234567PLAN GENERAL NOTES:CONDUITS IN OPEN CEILING AREAS TO BE TIGHTTO CEILING AND NEXT TO JOISTS TO OBSCURECONDUITS. CONDUITS TO BE RUN THROUGH OPENWE WHERE THEY CROSS OPEN WEB JOISTS.1.NScale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E4.00MEZZANINE LOW VOLTAGE PLAN2ANALOG TELEPHONE DEMARCATION POINT,PROVIDE TERMINATION BLOCKS, LIGHTNINGPROTECTORS & GROUNDING PER SERVICEPROVIDER REQUIREMENTSVERIFY LAYOUT OF ROOM PRIOR TOUNDERGROUND WORK, VERIFY LOCATION OFINCOMING SERVICE CONDUITS, UNDERGROUNDSTATION CONDUITS & ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT INSPACE. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING FOR REVIEW &APPROVAL. ALLOW FOR (4) 4'X8' SHEETS OF FIRETREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD.ALIGN RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER OFNIGHTSTAND. CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR EXACTLOCATION. Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsONE-LINEDISTRIBUTIONDIAGRAMSUTILITY METERNCNO400A3P400A3PNNEC 702SERVICE RATED ATS208/120V 3Ø 4W#1/0 CUSEE GROUNDINGDIAGRAMPNLE1PNLE2GENERATOR120KW/150KVA208/120V 3Ø 4WNEC 702400-4-G400-4400-4-GFEEDER SCHEDULECALLOUT X-Y-ZX = NOMINAL CIRCUIT AMPACITY CALLOUTDESCRIPTIONY = CONFIGURATION CODEZ = INDICATES IF GROUNDCONDUCTOR(S) ARE INCLUDED 1N = 1W + NEUT 1 = 1PH 2W 2 = 1PH 3W 3 = 3PH 3W 4 = 3PH 4WEG. 225 = 225 AMPERESG = EQUIPMENT GROUNDIG = ISOLATED GROUND400-4(2) 3"C-4#3/0 IN PARALLEL400-4-G(2) 3"C-3#3/0 +#3 GND IN PARALLELONELINE DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAMGNGNGNN6SERVICE EQUIP259347GROUNDING DIAGRAM NOTES:DRIVEN ELECTRODE SYSTEMGROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOREQUIPMENT GROUNDING BUSBONDING JUMPER. SIZE PER NEC TABLEGROUNDING LOCKNUTINSULATED NEUTRAL BUSLIGHTING, RECEPTACLE, MOTOR, &EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS (INCLUDENOT USED.EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR123456789#1/0 CUBOND ALL METAL WATER PIPEWITHIN 5 FT. OF BUILDINGENTRANCE (ROOM __)#1/0 CU#6 CUTO MDF TRAY AND RACKSGROUND BARAT MDF#1/0 CUDOMESTIC WATERSPRINKLER(ROOM 111)GNGN44SERVICE DISCONNECT(ATS)24FEEDER WITHOUT OVERCURRENT PROTECTION FROM CUSTOMER3-POLE TRANSFERTYPICAL PANEL BOARDOWNED TRANSFORMERPROVIDE SIGNS TO INDICATELOCATION OF GENERATORAND GENERATOR NEUTRALGROUNDING CONNECTIONPER CODENOTE:9250.66DRIVENELECTRODE#6 CUNSECWINDINGSERVICE XFMRSERVICE XFMR ANDGROUNDING BYUTILITYDRIVENELECTRODE2EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR)GROUNDING DIAGRAMOUTDOOR CTENCLOSUREGROUND BAR ATSERVICE ENTRANCE,LABEL "BUILDINGGROUND"CONCRETE FOOTINGENCASED CU ELECTRODE20 FT MINIMUMGENERATOR (WITHFEEDER OVERCURRENTPROTECTION)TO UTILITYPOINT OFSERVICE400-4-G400-4-GE5.01 Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsELECTRICALDIAGRAMSFKFFFIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAMNOTE:REFER TO SHOP DRAWING FORDEVICE LOCATIONS, WIRING LAYOUT,AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS1E5.02FACTSFS120VACXMTRTEL LINE #1120VACMAY BE INTEGRALWITH FACFX3 LN120VAC20/1 PAD LOCKABLERFA SLC CONTROLINTERFACENEMA ENCLOSURE WITH15A DPDT PLUG-IN RELAY,120VAC COIL, MANUALOPERATOR, MATCHINGSOCKETTYPICAL FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER MOTOR,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DIV 23.WIRING, CONNECTION AND TESTING BYELECTRICAL DIV 16. SEE MECHANICALFOR LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES.AT PANELBOARDSMOKE DETECTOR CLOSES DAMPERUPON ACTUATION. PROVIDE WIRINGPER CONTROL DIAGRAM FURNISHEDWITH SMOKE DAMPER (TYPICAL)2FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM BYOTHERS, PROVIDE 120V POWER &SIGNAL FOR FIRE SPRINKLERELECTRONIC BELL.FHPIV Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsSCALE: NTSDIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM - DAYLIGHT ZONES/OCCUPANCY SENSORPRIMARYDAYLIGHT ZONEJGENERALAREA LIGHTSDIMMING BALLASTOR LED DRIVERDIMMING BALLASTOR LED DRIVER0-10VDIMMING CONTROL120/277VPOWER INOSOCCUPANCYSENSORMULTI-ZONEDAYLIGHTSENSORJTO ADDITIONAL LIGHTS ANDSWITCH ZONES PER PLANSECONDARYDAYLIGHT ZONEJDIMMING BALLASTOR LED DRIVERDIMMINGCONTROL CIRCUITPER PLANSWITCHSTATIONON/OFF/SCENEDIGITALSTATIONDIMMERDIGITALDIGITALDIGITALPROVIDE WHERE INDICATED(NOT REQUIRED ALL SPACES)LINE VOLTAGE(POWER IN)SWITCH LEGS (a, b, ...) PER PLANPER ZONE AS REQUIREDONE CONTROL PAIRTO ADDITIONAL PLUGLOAD CONTROLLER(S)DIGITAL PLUGLOAD CONTROLLERDIGITALON/OFF/DIMMINGROOM CONTROLLERDPCSWITCHEDRECEPTACLE(S)OSLOW VOLTAGE MOMENTARY SWITCH CONTROLWHERE INDICATED WIRED FOR MANUAL ON/OFFAND AUTOMATIC SENSOR OFF120/277VPOWER INLIGHTINGLOAD ORLINE VOLTAGE SWITCH CONTROL WHEREINDICATED WIRED ON LOAD SIDE OF RELAY POWER PACK (ALLOWS FOR AUTOMATIC LIGHTING OUTLETLOW VOLTAGEWIRING (TYP)OCCUPANCYSENSORADDITIONALSENSORS ASREQUIREDJ-BOX120/277V RELAYPOWER PACKSENSOR ON/OFF CONTROL)SCALE: NTSLIGHTING CONTROL - ROOM OCCUPANCY SENSORLIGHTING CONTROL NOTES1. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF RELAY POWER PACKS, ROOM CONTROLLERS, AUTOMATIC SENSORS, ANDINTERFACE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM BASED ON GENERALAREA LIGHTING, DAYLIGHT ZONES, AND MANUAL SWITCH CONTROL INDICATED ON PLANS. ROOMS ANDBUILDING SPACES WHERE OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE NOT INDICATED SHALL BE CONNECTED FORAUTOMATIC TIME SWITCH CONTROL AS SCHEDULED.2. WHERE OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE ONE OR MORE SENSORS AS REQUIRED FORFULL AREA COVERAGE. LOCATE OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN ROOM TO MINIMIZE FALSE ACTIVATIONTHROUGH OPEN DOORS.3. INSTALL ROOM CONTROLLERS IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR ATTIC SPACES AND WITHIN 6 FEET OF FIRSTLIGHTING OUTLET SERVING LIGHTS TO BE CONTROLLED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.4. INSTALL RELAY POWER PACK ON BOX OF FIRST LIGHTING OUTLET ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. FORINACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, INSTALL RELAY POWER PACK IN COMMON OUTLET BOX WITH CEILINGSENSOR. PROVIDE EXTENDED BOX DEPTH WITH SUITABLE TRIM AND INSTALLATION TO COMPLY WITH NEC725.136 REQUIREMENTS FOR LINE VOLTAGE/CLASS 2 CIRCUIT SEPARATION USING DIVIDER AND/OR MINIMUMCONDUCTOR SPACE SEPARATION.5. LOCATE AND AIM DAYLIGHT SENSORS PER SYSTEM MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.6. PROGRAM ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR SEPARATE ON/OFF MANUAL CONTROL OF ROOM LIGHTS PER PLAN(a, b, ...) AND MASTER DIMM CONTROL UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER.7. PROGRAM ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF ROOM LIGHTS AS FOLLOWS: OCCUPANCYSENSOR(S) AUTOMATIC OFF UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED. DAYLIGHT SENSOR(S) SEPARATE AUTOMATICDIM OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY DAYLIGHT ZONES. DAYLIGHT RESPONSIVE CONTROLS SHALL BECONFIGURED TO COMPLETELY SHUT OFF ALL CONTROLLED LIGHTS IN THAT ZONE.8. PROGRAM DIGITAL RECEPTACLE PLUG CONTROLLER(S) FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR AUTOMATIC OFFUNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.9. PROVIDE DIGITAL WALL SWITCH STATIONS WITH A PUSHBUTTON FOR EACH CONTROL CIRCUIT INDICATED(a, b, c ...) PLUS A LABELED 'ALL OFF' PUSHBUTTON AND LABELED DIMMING CONTROL SWITCH, UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED.10. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN 3/4" DIAMETER CONDUIT EXCEPT OPEN CABLING MAY BEINSTALLED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN ATTIC SPACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS.CAT5e CABLE(TYPICAL)21E6.01LIGHTINGSCHEDULES Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsLIGHTINGCONTROLSE6.02BLDG LIGHTS PER PLANPARKING AREA & SIGNS PER PLANPHOTO CONTROLLIGHTING CONTROLPANEL (SEE SCHEDULE)LABELEDOVERRIDE SWITCHES a OUTDOOR NIGHT LIGHTS b OUTDOOR SWITCHED LIGHTS c SIGN LIGHTSBRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDTO COMMRM 117SCALE: NTSLOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING RELAY RISER1DATA OR PHONE JACKPER MANUFACTURER'SREQUIREMENTSLOW VOLTAGE RELAY SCHEDULENO.: LCPLOCATION: RM 114ENCLOSURE: RECESSEDRELAYNO.NO.CKTLOAD DESCRIPTIONCONTROLGROUPTIME SWCIRCUITREMARKSNOTES:1. MASTER CONTROLLER TO INTERFACE WITH ENERGY MANGEMENT SYSTEM TIME SWITCH.OPTIONS:REMOTE PHOTOSENSORPHOTO CONTROLLERMASTER CONTROLLERINTEGRAL TIME CLOCKCONTROL GROUPS:A NIGHT CIRCUIT (PC ON, PC OFF)B OUTDOOR SWITCHED CIRCUIT (PC ON, TIME SWITCH OFF)C SIGN CIRCUIT (TIME SWITCH ON, TIME SWITCH OFF)1234D INDOOR SWITCHED CIRCUIT (MANUAL ON, TIME SWITCH OFF)OSOVERRIDEMANUALOVERRIDEREMOTE TIME CLOCK (EMS)E2-5E2-5OUTDOOR NIGHT LIGHTSOUTDOOR SWITCHED LIGHTSSIGNSPAREABC12abcE2-5 Client Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001Fire Station 15December 22, 2017SIGNED12-22-2017general@hultzbhu.comPhone: (253) 383-32571111 Fawcett Ave Suite 100e n g i n e e r s i n c HULTZFax: (253) 383-3283Job Number:Tacoma, WA 98402BHU16-212COR Permit No:17-000172ContractDocumentsELECTRICALSCHEDULESE7.01 ROOF LINEABOVE654327ABCDEGHJF3'-8"3'-0"5'-8"4'-6"5'-4"5'-0"24'-0"5'-0"27'-4"9'-0"11'-6"13'-0"5'-0"23'-0"40'-0"10'-0"1CH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSURACE MOUNTEDLIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICALRECESSED LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSPRINKLERS- DRY PIPE?RADIANT HEATERTYP CENTERBETWEEN DOORS-SEE MECHVEHICLEEXHAUSTSYSTEM-SEE MECHTHROUGH WALLRANGE EXHAUST-SEE MECHEQ8'-0"8'-0"8'-0"EQ WATER DROP @12'-0" AFF- SEEMECHANICALPOWER DROP6'-6" AFF- SEEELECTRICAL6'-0"1'-0"4'-0"7'-0"6'-0"17'-4"10'-11"FAN PENETRATIONBETWEEN OPENWEB JOISTS TYP-SEE MECHSTATIONOFFICEAPPARATUSBAYLOBBYLAUNDRYFITNESSBUNK 4BUNK 3BUNK 2BUNK 1DECONCUSTODIALBUNKERGEARDAY ROOMDININGKITCHENSHOPPANTRYCOMMADARESTROOMOFFICER'SOFFICECORRIDOR SHOWERADASHOWERHALLHALLHALLHALLMEDICALUPSTATIONOFFICEAPPARATUSBAYLOBBYLAUNDRYFITNESSBUNK 4BUNK 3BUNK 2BUNK 1DECONCUSTODIALBUNKERGEARDAYROOMDININGKITCHENSHOPPANTRYCOMMADARESTROOMOFFICER'SOFFICECORRIDOR LOCKERSSHOWERADASHOWERHALLHALLHALLHALL654327ABCDEGHJFMEDICALFECFEHRHR1TB-1MB-2 TV-3TV-2TV-2WM-1WM-1WM-1WM-1WM-1TV-1 TB-3MB-1 TV-2FDFDSTATION ALERTING SYSTEM BLOCKRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRS-232DLBUNK RM 2 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 3 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 4 NIGHT LIGHTLIGHTING ZONE 1LIGHTING ZONE 2LIGHTING ZONE 3STOVEGAS BARBECUEDSPAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSERADIODISPATCHERTONEGENERATORDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 1DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 2DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 3DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 4RS-232ANNOUNCERRS-232RADIORS-232TONE GENERATORRS-232CODECRS-232TBDRS-232TBDRS-232TBDBUNK ROOM 2 BAYS KITCHENEXCERCISESTROBE ENGAGEMISC.MISC.I/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLTELEPHONEPAGENETWORKDSPCCPBUNK RM 1 NIGHT LIGHTDLDLDLASAVRBUNK ROOM 3BUNK ROOM 4DAY ROOMCUSTODIAL, DECON, BUNKERAMBIENT NOISE SENSEFITNESS ROOMMISC.INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4BUNK ROOM 1SHOWERS, LAUNDRY, MEDICALKITCHEN, DININGCOMMON HALLSAPPARATUS BAYAPPARATUS BAYILOFFICERS OFFICESTATION OFFICELOBBY / RESTROOMRLYRLYRLYRLYINDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4ILȭȭAVR1AMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAVRCCPCCPCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLMASTERPANELWIRELESSDOCKDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK #ȭAVR1ROOF LINEABOVE654327ABCDEGHJF3'-8"3'-0"5'-8"4'-6"5'-4"5'-0"24'-0"5'-0"27'-4"9'-0"11'-6"13'-0"5'-0"23'-0"40'-0"10'-0"1CH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSURACE MOUNTEDLIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICALRECESSED LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSPRINKLERS- DRY PIPE?RADIANT HEATERTYP CENTERBETWEEN DOORS-SEE MECHVEHICLEEXHAUSTSYSTEM-SEE MECHTHROUGH WALLRANGE EXHAUST-SEE MECHEQ8'-0"8'-0"8'-0"EQ WATER DROP @12'-0" AFF- SEEMECHANICALPOWER DROP6'-6" AFF- SEEELECTRICAL6'-0"1'-0"4'-0"7'-0"6'-0"17'-4"10'-11"FAN PENETRATIONBETWEEN OPENWEB JOISTS TYP-SEE MECHSTATIONOFFICEAPPARATUSBAYLOBBYLAUNDRYFITNESSBUNK 4BUNK 3BUNK 2BUNK 1DECONCUSTODIALBUNKERGEARDAY ROOMDININGKITCHENSHOPPANTRYCOMMADARESTROOMOFFICER'SOFFICECORRIDOR SHOWERADASHOWERHALLHALLHALLHALLMEDICALUPSTATIONOFFICEAPPARATUSBAYLOBBYLAUNDRYFITNESSBUNK 4BUNK 3BUNK 2BUNK 1DECONCUSTODIALBUNKERGEARDAYROOMDININGKITCHENSHOPPANTRYCOMMADARESTROOMOFFICER'SOFFICECORRIDOR LOCKERSSHOWERADASHOWERHALLHALLHALLHALL654327ABCDEGHJFMEDICALFECFEHRHR1TB-1MB-2 TV-3TV-2TV-2WM-1WM-1WM-1WM-1WM-1TV-1 TB-3MB-1 TV-2FDFDSTATION ALERTING SYSTEM BLOCKRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRS-232DLBUNK RM 2 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 3 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 4 NIGHT LIGHTLIGHTING ZONE 1LIGHTING ZONE 2LIGHTING ZONE 3STOVEGAS BARBECUEDSPAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSERADIODISPATCHERTONEGENERATORDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 1DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 2DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 3DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 4RS-232ANNOUNCERRS-232RADIORS-232TONE GENERATORRS-232CODECRS-232TBDRS-232TBDRS-232TBDBUNK ROOM 2 BAYS KITCHENEXCERCISESTROBE ENGAGEMISC.MISC.I/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLTELEPHONEPAGENETWORKDSPCCPBUNK RM 1 NIGHT LIGHTDLDLDLASAVRBUNK ROOM 3BUNK ROOM 4DAY ROOMCUSTODIAL, DECON, BUNKERAMBIENT NOISE SENSEFITNESS ROOMMISC.INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4BUNK ROOM 1SHOWERS, LAUNDRY, MEDICALKITCHEN, DININGCOMMON HALLSAPPARATUS BAYAPPARATUS BAYILOFFICERS OFFICESTATION OFFICELOBBY / RESTROOMRLYRLYRLYRLYINDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4ILȭȭAVR1AMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAVRCCPCCPCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLMASTERPANELWIRELESSDOCKDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK #ȭAVR1IA1.00Station AlertingDevice PlanClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA ROOF LINEABOVE654327ABCDEGHJF3'-8"3'-0"5'-8"4'-6"5'-4"5'-0"24'-0"5'-0"27'-4"9'-0"11'-6"13'-0"5'-0"23'-0"40'-0"10'-0"1CH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSURACE MOUNTEDLIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICALRECESSED LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSPRINKLERS- DRY PIPE?RADIANT HEATERTYP CENTERBETWEEN DOORS-SEE MECHVEHICLEEXHAUSTSYSTEM-SEE MECHTHROUGH WALLRANGE EXHAUST-SEE MECHEQ8'-0"8'-0"8'-0"EQ WATER DROP @12'-0" AFF- SEEMECHANICALPOWER DROP6'-6" AFF- SEEELECTRICAL6'-0"1'-0"4'-0"7'-0"6'-0"17'-4"10'-11"FAN PENETRATIONBETWEEN OPENWEB JOISTS TYP-SEE MECHSTATIONOFFICEAPPARATUSBAYLOBBYLAUNDRYFITNESSBUNK 4BUNK 3BUNK 2BUNK 1DECONCUSTODIALBUNKERGEARDAY ROOMDININGKITCHENSHOPPANTRYCOMMADARESTROOMOFFICER'SOFFICECORRIDOR SHOWERADASHOWERHALLHALLHALLHALLMEDICALȭȭAVR1ROOF LINEABOVE654327ABCDEGHJF3'-8"3'-0"5'-8"4'-6"5'-4"5'-0"24'-0"5'-0"27'-4"9'-0"11'-6"13'-0"5'-0"23'-0"40'-0"10'-0"1CH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSCH/DSPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSURACE MOUNTEDLIGHT FIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICALRECESSED LIGHTFIXTURE TYP- SEEELECTRICALSPRINKLERS- DRY PIPE?RADIANT HEATERTYP CENTERBETWEEN DOORS-SEE MECHVEHICLEEXHAUSTSYSTEM-SEE MECHTHROUGH WALLRANGE EXHAUST-SEE MECHEQ8'-0"8'-0"8'-0"EQ WATER DROP @12'-0" AFF- SEEMECHANICALPOWER DROP6'-6" AFF- SEEELECTRICAL6'-0"1'-0"4'-0"7'-0"6'-0"17'-4"10'-11"FAN PENETRATIONBETWEEN OPENWEB JOISTS TYP-SEE MECHSTATIONOFFICEAPPARATUSBAYLOBBYLAUNDRYFITNESSBUNK 4BUNK 3BUNK 2BUNK 1DECONCUSTODIALBUNKERGEARDAY ROOMDININGKITCHENSHOPPANTRYCOMMADARESTROOMOFFICER'SOFFICECORRIDOR SHOWERADASHOWERHALLHALLHALLHALLMEDICALȭȭAVR1IA1.01Station AlertingRCPClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA UPSTATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRY114FITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWER115SHOWER116654327ABCDEGHJFMEDICAL1181FEFECȭȭAVR1UPSTATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRY114FITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWER115SHOWER116654327ABCDEGHJFMEDICAL1181FEFECȭȭAVR1IA1.02Station AlertingComplete DevicePlanClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA STATION ALERTING SYSTEM BLOCKRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRS-232DLBUNK RM 2 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 3 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 4 NIGHT LIGHTLIGHTING ZONE 1LIGHTING ZONE 2LIGHTING ZONE 3STOVEGAS BARBECUEDSPAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSERADIODISPATCHERTONEGENERATORDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 1DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 2DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 3DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 4RS-232ANNOUNCERRS-232RADIORS-232TONE GENERATORRS-232CODECRS-232TBDRS-232TBDRS-232TBDBUNK ROOM 2 BAYS KITCHENEXCERCISESTROBE ENGAGEMISC.MISC.I/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLTELEPHONEPAGENETWORKDSPCCPBUNK RM 1 NIGHT LIGHTDLDLDLASAVRBUNK ROOM 3BUNK ROOM 4DAY ROOMCUSTODIAL, DECON, BUNKERAMBIENT NOISE SENSEFITNESS ROOMMISC.INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4BUNK ROOM 1SHOWERS, LAUNDRY, MEDICALKITCHEN, DININGCOMMON HALLSAPPARATUS BAYAPPARATUS BAYILOFFICERS OFFICESTATION OFFICELOBBY / RESTROOMRLYRLYRLYRLYINDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4ILAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSESTATION ALERTING LEGENDAVRCCPCCPCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLMASTERPANELWIRELESSDOCKDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK #STATION ALERTING SYSTEM BLOCKRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRLYRS-232DLBUNK RM 2 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 3 NIGHT LIGHTBUNK RM 4 NIGHT LIGHTLIGHTING ZONE 1LIGHTING ZONE 2LIGHTING ZONE 3STOVEGAS BARBECUEDSPAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSERADIODISPATCHERTONEGENERATORDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 1DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 2DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 3DORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK 4RS-232ANNOUNCERRS-232RADIORS-232TONE GENERATORRS-232CODECRS-232TBDRS-232TBDRS-232TBDBUNK ROOM 2 BAYS KITCHENEXCERCISESTROBE ENGAGEMISC.MISC.I/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OI/OCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLTELEPHONEPAGENETWORKDSPCCPBUNK RM 1 NIGHT LIGHTDLDLDLASAVRBUNK ROOM 3BUNK ROOM 4DAY ROOMCUSTODIAL, DECON, BUNKERAMBIENT NOISE SENSEFITNESS ROOMMISC.INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4BUNK ROOM 1SHOWERS, LAUNDRY, MEDICALKITCHEN, DININGCOMMON HALLSAPPARATUS BAYAPPARATUS BAYILOFFICERS OFFICESTATION OFFICELOBBY / RESTROOMRLYRLYRLYRLYINDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 1INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 2INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 3INDICATOR LIGHT APPARATUS 4ILAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSEAMBIENT NOISE SENSESTATION ALERTING LEGENDAVRCCPCCPCODEDECODER(CODEC)RESET PNLMASTERPANELWIRELESSDOCKDORM RMTOUCH PNLBUNK #IA1.03Station AlertingSystem BlockDrawing & LegendClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA LOUVER- SEE MECH2'-8"4'-0"4'-0"9'-4"8'-8"9'-4"8'-8"9'-4"10'-8"OPENOPENOPENOVERHEADDOORBIFOLD DOORTRACKOPEN WEB JOISTFRAMING- SEESTRUCT4'-0"14'-0"FOUR FOLDDOORCONTROLLERDUCTWORK PERMECH- COORIDNATELOCATION W/OVERHEAD DOOR[Reference 4/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - East Elevation4LOUVER- SEE MECH2'-8"4'-0"4'-0"9'-4"8'-8"9'-4"8'-8"9'-4"10'-8"OPENOPENOPENOVERHEADDOORBIFOLD DOORTRACKOPEN WEB JOISTFRAMING- SEESTRUCT4'-0"14'-0"FOUR FOLDDOORCONTROLLERDUCTWORK PERMECH- COORIDNATELOCATION W/OVERHEAD DOOR[Reference 4/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - East Elevation4OPEN WEBJOIST FRAMING-SEE STRUCTOVERHEAD DOORHOOD TYPPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICALOVERHEADDOOR TYPWALL MOUNTOVERHEAD DOORMOTOR TYPOVERHEAD DOORCONTROLLER TYP[Reference 1/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - North Elevation1OPEN WEBJOIST FRAMING-SEE STRUCTOVERHEAD DOORHOOD TYPPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP-SEE ELECTRICALOVERHEADDOOR TYPWALL MOUNTOVERHEAD DOORMOTOR TYPOVERHEAD DOORCONTROLLER TYP[Reference 1/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - North Elevation1OPEN WEBJOIST FRAMING-SEE STRUCTFOUR FOLDDOORPENDANTLIGHT FIXTURETYP- SEEELECTRICAL14'-0"[Reference 2/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - South Elevation2OPEN WEBJOIST FRAMING-SEE STRUCTFOUR FOLDDOORPENDANTLIGHT FIXTURETYP- SEEELECTRICAL14'-0"[Reference 2/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - South Elevation2FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAYFROM WALLOVERHEAD DOORW/ COVERFOUR FOLDDOOR HEAD2'-0"FOUR FOLD DOORCONTROLLER- RUNSURFACE MTDCONDUITSSTRAIGHT VERTICAL& TURN THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST2'-0"FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0"AWAY FROM WALL[Reference 3/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - West Elevation3FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAYFROM WALLOVERHEAD DOORW/ COVERFOUR FOLDDOOR HEAD2'-0"FOUR FOLD DOORCONTROLLER- RUNSURFACE MTDCONDUITSSTRAIGHT VERTICAL& TURN THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST2'-0"FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0"AWAY FROM WALL[Reference 3/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - West Elevation3FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAYFROM WALLOVERHEAD DOORW/ COVERFOUR FOLDDOOR HEAD2'-0"FOUR FOLD DOORCONTROLLER- RUNSURFACE MTDCONDUITSSTRAIGHT VERTICAL& TURN THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST2'-0"FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0"AWAY FROM WALL[Reference 3/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - West Elevation3FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAYFROM WALLOVERHEAD DOORW/ COVERFOUR FOLDDOOR HEAD2'-0"FOUR FOLD DOORCONTROLLER- RUNSURFACE MTDCONDUITSSTRAIGHT VERTICAL& TURN THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST2'-0"FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0"AWAY FROM WALL[Reference 3/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - West Elevation3FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAYFROM WALLOVERHEAD DOORW/ COVERFOUR FOLDDOOR HEAD2'-0"FOUR FOLD DOORCONTROLLER- RUNSURFACE MTDCONDUITSSTRAIGHT VERTICAL& TURN THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST2'-0"FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0"AWAY FROM WALL[Reference 3/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - West Elevation3FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAYFROM WALLOVERHEAD DOORW/ COVERFOUR FOLDDOOR HEAD2'-0"FOUR FOLD DOORCONTROLLER- RUNSURFACE MTDCONDUITSSTRAIGHT VERTICAL& TURN THROUGHOPEN WEB JOIST2'-0"FRAMING- SEESTRUCT- FIRST OPENWEB JOIST 2'-0"AWAY FROM WALL[Reference 3/A9.04] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"App Bay 119 - West Elevation3IA1.04Station AlertingSystem - App BayElevationsClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA LOCKERS,TYP[Reference 5/A9.01] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Officer's Office - East Elevation2LOCKERS,TYP[Reference 5/A9.01] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Officer's Office - East Elevation2GAS LINE PER MECH-SURFACE MOUNTCENTERED ON BRAKEMETAL PANEL- TURNINTO WALL CAVITY ONCEBELOW CLERESTORYFRAMING -SEE STRUCTPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICALTYP[Reference 1/A9.02] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Kitchen 106 - West Elevation3GAS LINE PER MECH-SURFACE MOUNTCENTERED ON BRAKEMETAL PANEL- TURNINTO WALL CAVITY ONCEBELOW CLERESTORYFRAMING -SEE STRUCTPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICALTYP[Reference 1/A9.02] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Kitchen 106 - West Elevation36'-0"2'-6"16'-8 3/4"PENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICALFRAMING -SEE STRUCT[Reference 3/A9.01] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Kitchen 106 - South Elevation46'-0"2'-6"16'-8 3/4"PENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICALFRAMING -SEE STRUCT[Reference 3/A9.01] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Kitchen 106 - South Elevation4FRAMING - SEESTRUCTPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL[Reference 8/A9.03] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Fitness 113 - West Elevation5FRAMING - SEESTRUCTPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL[Reference 8/A9.03] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Fitness 113 - West Elevation5FRAMING - SEESTRUCTPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL[Reference 7/A9.03] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Fitness 113 - South Elevation6FRAMING - SEESTRUCTPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL[Reference 7/A9.03] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Fitness 113 - South Elevation6LOCKERS, TYPFRAMING- SEESTRUCTROUTE ALL ITEMSTHAT CORSS OPENCORRIDOR BETWEENJOISTS & TIGHT TOROOF DECKPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL[Reference 1/A9.01] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Corridor 102 - West Elevation1LOCKERS, TYPFRAMING- SEESTRUCTROUTE ALL ITEMSTHAT CORSS OPENCORRIDOR BETWEENJOISTS & TIGHT TOROOF DECKPENDANT LIGHTFIXTURE TYP -SEE ELECTRICAL[Reference 1/A9.01] Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"Corridor 102 - West Elevation1IA1.05Station AlertingSystem - VariousElevationsClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA FIRE STATION 15 PROJECT NO. CAG-17-046 CITY OF RENTON PROJECT MANUAL - VOLUME I CONTRACT DOCUMENTS December 22, 2017 Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 1 00 0000 TABLE OF CONTENTS – PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS VOLUME 1 Division 00 – Procurement and Contracting Requirements No. Title 00 0000 Table of Contents 00 0001 Instructions to Bidders 00 0002 Advertisement for Bids 00 0003 Bid Form 00 0400 Bidder Responsibility Criteria 00 7200 General Conditions for Construction Division 01 - General Requirements No. Title 01 0100 Seals 01 1000 Summary of Work 01 1130 Hazardous Materials 01 1200 Delegated Design 01 1400 Work Restrictions 01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures 01 2100 Prevailing Wage Rates 01 2200 Unit Prices 01 2300 Alternates 01 3000 Administrative Requirements 01 3216 Construction Schedule 01 4000 Quality Requirements 01 4216 Definitions 01 4250 Reference Standards 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 5639 Temporary Tree Protection 01 5721 Indoor Air Quality Controls 01 5813 Temporary Project Signage 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 7800 Closeout Submittals 01 7900 Demonstration and Training 01 9113 General Commissioning Requirements Division 03 - Concrete No. Title 03 3000 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03 3511 Concrete Floor Finishes Division 4 - Masonry No. Title 04 2200 Concrete Unit Masonry Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 2 Division 05 – Metals No. Title 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 05 1250 Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel 05 5100 Metal Stairs 05 5305 Metal Gratings & Floor Plates Division 06 – Wood, Plastics, and Composites No. Title 06 1000 Rough Carpentry 06 1733 Wood I-Joists 06 1753 Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses 06 2000 Finish Carpentry Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection No. Title 07 1613 Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing 07 2100 Thermal Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 4210 Continuous Insulation Cladding Support System 07 4213 Metal Wall Panels 07 4646 Fiber Cement Siding 07 5419 PVC Thermoplastic Single-Ply Roofing 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 7200 Roof Accessories 07 8400 Firestopping 07 9200 Joint Sealants Division 08 – Openings No. Title 08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 1416 Flush Wood Doors 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 08 3323 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 3500 Fast Acting Four-Fold Doors 08 4313 Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08 7100 Door Hardware 08 8000 Glazing 08 8300 Mirrors Division 9 – Finishes No. Title 09 2116 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3000 Tiling 09 5100 Acoustical Ceilings 09 6566 Resilient Athletic Flooring 09 7733 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Panels 09 9113 Exterior Painting 09 9123 Interior Painting Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 3 Division 10 – Specialties No. Title 10 1101 Visual Display Boards 10 1400 Signage 10 2601 Wall and Corner Guards 10 2800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories 10 4400 Fire-Protection Specialties 10 7500 Flagpoles Division 11 – Equipment No. Title 11 3100 Residential Appliances 11 8505 Fire Department Equipment Division 12 – Furnishings No. Title 12 2400 Window Shades 12 3200 Institutional Casework 12 3600 Countertops VOLUME 2 Division 20 – General Mechanical No. Title 20 0200 Operation and Maintenance Manual for Mechanical 20 0500 Common Work Results for Mechanical 20 0519 Piping Specialties for Mechanical 20 0529 Hangers and Supports for Mechanical 20 0530 Sleeves and Seals for Mechanical 20 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical 20 0590 Underground Utilities Excavation and Fill for Mechanical 20 0593 Testing, Adjusting, Balancing for Mechanical 20 0700 Mechanical Insulation 20 0800 Commissioning of Mechanical Systems Division 21 – Fire Suppression No. Title 21 1000 Water-Based Fire Suppression System Division 22 – Plumbing No. Title 22 1100 Facility Water Distribution 22 1123 Domestic Water Pumps 22 1300 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 1400 Facility Storm Drainage 22 1500 Compressed Air Systems 22 1600 Facility Natural Gas Piping System 22 3300 Domestic Water Heaters 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 4 Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) No. Title 23 0933 Electric & Electronic Control System for HVAC 23 0993 Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls 23 2129 Combustion Condensate Piping 23 3100 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 3300 Duct Accessories 23 3400 Fans 23 3500 Special Exhaust Systems 23 3700 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 5416 Fuel Fired Furnaces 23 7223 DOAS Units 23 8126 Split System Air Conditioning 23 8127 VFR Split System Heat Pumps 23 8239 Unit Heater 23 8246 Electric Heaters 23 8310 Gas-Fired Radiant Heaters Division 26 – Electrical No. Title 26 0100 General Electrical Requirements 26 0500 Basic Materials and Methods 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding 26 0530 Low Voltage Electrical Systems Pathway 26 0580 Utility Services 26 0800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 0920 Lighting Controls 26 2000 Electrical Distribution 26 3200 Packaged Engine Generator Systems 26 3600 Transfer Switches 26 5000 Lighting Fixtures Division 27 – Communications No. Title 27 1001 Telecommunications Structured Cabling 27 1530 Television Distribution System 27 5116 Station Alerting System Division 28 – Electronic Safety and Security No. Title 28 3100 Addressable Fire Alarm System Division 31 – Earthwork No. Title 31 2200 Earthwork 31 4100 Trench Safety Division 32 – Exterior Improvements No. Title 32 1216 Flexible Pavement 32 1313 Rigid Pavement 32 1314 Pervious Rigid Pavement 32 1723 Pavement Markings 32 8400 Irrigation (Alternate #1) 32 9000 Planting Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 5 Division 33 – Utilities No. Title 33 1100 Water Utilities 33 3000 Sanitary Sewerage 33 4000 Storm Drainage TABLE OF CONTENTS – REFERENCE MATERIAL Reference Material/Documents No. Title NA Geotechnical Report Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0001 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 0001 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CITY OF RENTON CONSTRUCTION PART 0 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 EXPLANATION TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS A. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the solicitation, drawings, specifications, etc., must submit a request in writing to the Architect/Engineer (A/E) seven (7) calendar days before the bid due date. Oral explanations or instructions given before the award of a contract will not be binding. Any information given a prospective Bidder concerning a solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective Bidders by addendum to the solicitation, if that information is necessary in submitting bids or if the lack of it would be prejudicial to other prospective Bidders. B. In accordance with the legislative findings and policies set forth in Chapter 39.19 RCW the City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by MWBE firms certified by the Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (OMWBE). Participation may be either on a direct basis in response to this invitation or as a subcontractor to a bidder. However, unless required by federal statutes, regulations, grants, or contract ter ms referenced in the contract documents, no preference will be included in the evaluation of bids, no minimum level of MWBE participation shall be required as a condition for receiving an award, and bids will not be rejected or considered nonresponsive on that basis. Any affirmative action requirements set forth in federal regulations or statutes included or referenced in the contract documents will apply. C. The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by Veteran-owned businesses (defined in RCW 43.60.010) and located at http://www.dva.wa.gov/program/certified-veteran-and-servicemember-owned- businesses and Small, Mini and Micro businesses (defined in RCW 39.26.010) which have registered in WEBS at https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/webs/ D. In accordance with RCW 39.04.320 the state of Washington requires 15% Apprenticeship Participation for all projects estimated to cost one million dollars or more. On applicable projects, the bid advertisement and Bid Form shall establish a minimum required percentage of apprentice labor hours compared to the total labor hours. Bidders may contact the Department of Labor and Industries, Specialty Compliance Services Division, Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia, WA 98504-4530, by phone (360) 902-5320, and e-mail at Apprentice@lni.wa.gov, to obtain information on available apprenticeship programs. 1.2 PREPARATION OF BIDS – CONSTRUCTION A. Bids must be: (1) submitted on the Bid Form, or copies of forms, furnished by the Owner or the Owner’s agent, and (2) signed in ink. The person signing a bid must initial each change appearing on any Bid Form. If the bid is made by a corporation, it shall be signed by the corporation’s authorized designee. The address of the Bidder shall be typed or printed on the Bid Form in the space provided. B. The Bid Form may require Bidders to submit bid prices for one or more items on various bases, including: (1) lump sum base bid; (2) lump sum bid alternate prices; (3) unit prices; or (4) any combination of items 1 through 3 above. C. If the solicitation includes alternate bid items, failure to bid on the alternates may disqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, Bidders should insert the words “no bid” in the space provided for any item on which no price is submitted. D. Substitute bid forms will not be considered unless this solicitation authorizes their submission. 1.3 BID GUARANTEE Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0001 - 2 A. A bid guarantee in the amount of 5% of the base bid amount is required. Failure of the Bidder to provide bid guarantee when required shall render the bid non-responsive. B. Acceptable forms of bid guarantee are: A bid bond or postal money order, or certified check or cashier’s check made payable to the City of Renton Treasurer. The Owner will return bid guarantees (other than bid bond) to unsuccessful Bidders as soon as practicable, but not sooner than the execution of a contract with the successful Bidder. The successful Bidder’s bid guarantee will be returned to the successful Bidder with its official notice to proceed with the work of the contract. C. The Bidder will allow 60 days from bid opening date for acceptance of its bid by the Owner. The Bidder will return to the Owner a signed contract, insurance certificate and bond or bond waiver within 15 days after receipt of the contract. If the apparent successful Bidder fails to sign all contractual documents or provide the bond and insurance as required or return the documents within 15 days after receipt of the contract, the Owner may terminate the award of the contract. D. In the event a Bidder discovers an error in its bid following the bid opening, the Bidder may request to withdraw its bid under the following conditions: 1. Written notification is received by the Owner within 24 hours following bid opening. 2. The Bidder provides written documentation of the claimed error to the satisfaction of the Owner within 72 hours following the bid opening. The Owner will approve or disapprove the request for withdrawal of the bid in writing. If the Bidder’s request for withdrawal of its bid is approved, the Bidder will be released from further obligation to the Owner without penalty. If it is disapproved, the Owner may retain the Bidder’s bid guarantee. 1.4 ADDITIVE OR DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS The low Bidder, for purposes of award, shall be the responsive Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid item, plus additive or deductive bid alternates selected by the Owner, and within funds available for the project. The Bidder agrees to hold all bid alternate prices for sixty (60) days from date of bid opening. 1.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda to this solicitation by identifying the addenda numbers in the space provided for this purpose on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may result in the bid being declared non-responsive. 1.6 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK The Bidder acknowledges that it has taken steps necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the work, and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect the work or its cost, including but not limited to; (1) conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (2) the availability of labor, water, electric power, and road; (3) uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides, or similar physical conditions at the site; (4) the conformation and conditions of the ground; and (5) the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the work. The Bidder also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including exploratory work done by the Owner, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract. Any failure of the Bidder to take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Bidder from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully performing the work. Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0001 - 3 1.7 BID AMOUNTS A. The bid prices shown for each item on the Bid Form shall include all labor, material, equipment, overhead and compensation to complete all of the work for that item. B. The Owner has submitted and paid for for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit. Fees for these permits shall not be included in the Bid Amount. All other permits and fees are the responsibility of the Contractor and should be included in the Bid Amount. C. The Bidder agrees to hold the base bid prices for sixty (60) days from date of bid opening. 1.8 TAXES The bid amounts shall not include City of Renton Sales Tax (WSST). All other taxes imposed by law shall be included in the bid amount. The Owner will include WSST in progress payments. The Contractor shall pay the WSST to the Department of Revenue and shall furnish proof of payment to the Owner if requested. [NOTE: Contractor must bond for contract amount plus the WSST.] 1.9 SUBMISSION OF BIDS A. Bids must be submitted on or before the time specified in the Advertisement for Bids. B. Subcontractor Listing: As the sum of the base bid and additive alternates is anticipated to exceed one million dollars or more, the Bid Form contains the following requirements: 1. Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, the Bidder shall provide names of the Subcontractors with whom the Bidder will subcontract for performance of heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), plumbing, and electrical. 2. The Bidder can name itself for the performance of the work. 3. The Bidder shall not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS Subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which Subcontractor will be used for which alternate. 4. Failure of the Bidder to submit as part of the bid the NAMES of such Subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder's bid nonresponsive and, therefore, void. C. The Bid Form shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the office specified in the Advertisement for Bids. The envelope shall have printed on the outside: 1. The project number and description. 2. The name and address of the Bidder 3. Identification as Bid Form. D. Prior to the bid opening, the Owner’s representative will designate the official bid clock. Any part of the Bid Form, or in the rare situation of a bid modification, not received prior to the times specified, per the designated bid clock, will not be considered and the bid will be returned to the Bidder unopened. E. A bid may be withdrawn in person by a Bidder’s authorized representative before the opening of the bids. Bidder(s) representative will be required to show ID and sign on bid summary sheet before it will be released. Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0001 - 4 F. People with disabilities who wish to request special accommodation, (e.g., sign language interpreters, braille, etc.) need to contact the Owner ten (10) working days prior to the scheduled bid opening. 2 penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the responsible bidder criteria requirement of subsection (1)(g) of this section. A contracting agency may award a contract in reasonable reliance upon such a sworn statement 2.1 BID RESULTS After the Bid Opening, Bidders may obtain bid results from the A/E. 2.2 LOW RESPONSIBLE BIDDER 3 Mandatory Responsibility Criteria: Before award of a public works contract, a Bidder must meet the following mandatory responsibility criteria under RCW 39.04.350 (1) to be considered a responsible Bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. A. The Bidder must provide a a signed statement verifying under penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the following responsible bidder criteria requirements. 1. At the time of bid submittal, has a certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; 2. HaHasve a current state unified business identifier number; 3. If applicable, have industrial insurance coverage for the Bidder's employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW; 4. Not been disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); and 5. If bidding on a public works project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320, not have been found out of compliance by the City of Renton Apprenticeship and Training Council for working apprentices out of ratio, without appropriate supervision, or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for the one-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation. B. Supplemental Responsibility Criteria: In addition to the mandatory Bidder responsibility, the Owner has adopted relevant supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility which the Bidder must meet (RCW 39.04.350 (3)). 1. The Owner shall consider an overall accounting of the attached supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility “DIVISION 00 SUPPLEMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA”. 2. At least seven (7) days prior to the bid submittal deadline, a potential Bidder may request that the Owner modify the supplemental responsibility criteria. The Owner will evaluate the information submitted by the potential Bidder and respond before the bid submittal deadline. If the evaluation results in a change of the criteria, the Owner will issue an addendum to the bidding documents identifying the new criteria. 3. Upon Owner’s request, the apparent low Bidder must supply the requested responsibility information within two (2) business days of request by Owner. Withholding information or failure to submit all the information requested within the time provided may render the bid non-responsive 4. If the Owner determines that the apparent low Bidder is not responsible, the Owner will notify the Bidder of its preliminary determination in writing. Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0001 - 5 5. Within three (3) days after receipt of the preliminary determination, the Bidder may withdraw its bid or request a hearing where the Bidder may appeal the preliminary determination and present additional information to the Owner. 6. The Owner will schedule a hearing within three (3) working days of receipt of the Bidder’s request. The hearing members will be selected by the City of Renton. 7. The Owner will issue a Final Determination after reviewing information presented at the hearing. 8. If the Owner determines a Bidder to be not responsible, the Owner will provide, in writing, the reasons for the determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Owner will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until two (2) business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 9. The Owner’s Final Determination is specific to this project, and will have no effect on other or future projects. 3.2 CONTRACT AWARD A. The Owner will evaluate bids responsiveness and responsibility. 1. A bid will be considered responsive if it meets the following requirements: a. It is received at the proper time and place. b. It meets the stated requirements of the Bid Form. c. It is submitted by a licensed/registered contractor within the state of Washington at the time of bid opening and is not banned from bidding by the Department of Labor and Industries. d. It is accompanied by a bid guarantee, if required. 2. A bid will be considered responsible if it meets the following requirements: a. It meets the mandatory responsibility criteria established in RCW 39.04.350 and an overall accounting of the supplemental responsibility criteria established for the project B. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. C. The apparent low Bidder, for purpose of award, shall be the responsive and responsible Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid plus selected additive or deductive bid alternates and meeting all other bid submittal requirements. 3.3 DOCUMENTS (ATTACHED) A. Advertisement for Bids B. Bid Form C. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria D. General Conditions for Construction Note: Bid Bond, Payment Bond and Performance Bond are required. These forms must be on forms acceptable to the City of Renton CAG—17—235FireStation15000002CityofRenton/RentonRegionalFireAuthorityADVERTISEMENTFORBIDSProjectNo.CAG-17-235Page1of2DOCUMENTS000002-ADVERTISEMENTFORBIDSTheCityofRentoninvitesinterestedandqualifiedcontractorstosubmitsealedbidsforthefollowingproject:TITLE:FireStation15ESTIMATEDBASEBIDCOSTRANGE:$3,300,000to53,700,000SUBMITTALTIME/DATE/LOCATION:Priorto10A.M.,23January2018attheOfficeoftheCityClerkSeventhFloor,RentonCityHall1055GradyWay,Renton,WA,98057PublicBidOpeningwillcommenceatapproximately10:10A.M.inRoom621,SixthFloor.PRE-BIDCONFERENCE:10:00AM.9January2018inRoom621,SixthFloor,RentonCityHalllocatedat1055GradyWay,Renton,WA,98057.Directionsareavailableathttp://rentonwa.gov/governmentldefault.aspx?id=1172Attendanceatthepre-bidconferenceandsitewalk-throughisencouragedbutisnotmandatory.PlansandspecificationsmaybeviewedatBuilder’sExchangeofWashington.Free-of-chargeaccesstoprojectbiddocuments(plans,specifications,addenda,andBiddersList)isprovidedtoPrimeBidders,Subcontractors,andVendorsbygoingtowww.bxwa.comandclickingon“PostedProjects”,“PublicWorks”,and“CityofRenton”.ThisonlineplanroomprovidesBidderswithfullyusableonlinedocumentswiththeabilityto:download,view,print,orderfull/partialplansetsfromnumerousreprographicsources,andafreeonlinedigitizer/take-ofttool,ItisrecommendedthatBidders“Register”inordertoreceiveautomatice-mailnotificationoffutureaddendaandtoplacethemselvesonthe“Self-RegisteredBiddersList”.Biddersthatdonotregisterwillnotbeautomaticallynotifiedofaddendaandwillneedtoperiodicallychecktheon-lineplanroomforaddendaissuedonthisproject.ContactBuildersExchangeofWashingtonat(425)258-1303shouldyourequireassistancewithaccessorregistration.DailyJournalofCommerce:POB11050,Seattle,WA98111.Phone:206.622.8272.Website:plancenter.comPleasedirectquestionsregardingthisprojecttoMaryJoLux,AlA,ProjectManageratSchreiberStarlingWhiteheadArchitects,phone206-682-8300oremaillux@sswarchitects.comby3:00PMMonday,January15,2018.(Documentclarificationquestionsmustbesubmittedinwriting.)TheCity’sfairpractices/non-discriminationpoliciesandtheStateofWashingtonprevailingwageratesareapplicableforthispublicworksprojectlocatedinKingCounty.Biddersareresponsibletoverifyandusethemostrecentprevailingwagerates.The“EffectiveDate”forthisprojectistheBidFormduedateabove.TheapplicableprevailingwageratesmaybefoundontheDepartmentofLabor&Industrieswebsitelocatedathttps://fortress.va.gov/Ini/wageIookup/prvWaQelookup.aspx.Mandatory15%apprenticelaborhoursofthetotallaborhoursarearequirementoftheconstructioncontract.VoluntaryworkforcediversitygoalsforthisapprenticeparticipationareidentifiedintheInstructionstoBiddersandSupplementalConditions.BiddersmaycontacttheDepartmentofLabor&Industries,ApprenticeshipSection,toobtaininformationonavailableapprenticeshipprograms.InaccordancewithRCW39.30.060,theBidderisrequiredtoprovidethenamesoftheSubcontractorswithwhomtheBidderwilldirectlysubcontractfortheperformanceofheating,ventilationandairconditioning(HVAC),plumbingandelectricalforthisproject.SupplementalBidderResponsibilitywillbeevaluatedforthisproject.IndeterminingBidderresponsibility,theOwnershallconsideranoverallaccountingofthecriteriasetforthin“DIVISION00SUPPLEMENTALRESPONSIBILITYCRITERIA”.PleasedirectquestionsregardingthissubjecttotheofficeoftheConsultantattn:MaryJoLux,AlA,ProjectArchitectatSchreiberStarlingWhiteheadArchitects,phone206-682-8300oremailiux@sswarchitects.com(over)December22,2017000002-1 FireStation15CityofRenton/RentonRegionalFireAuthorityProjectNo.CAG-17-235TheCityreservestherighttoacceptorrejectanyorallbidsandtowaiveinformalities.Published:000002ADVERTISEMENTFORBIDSPage2of2DailyJournalofCommerce:December28,2017&January4,2018RENTONJasonSeth,CMCCityClerkDecember22,2017000002-2 Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 00 0003 - 1 CITY OF RENTON MAIL TO: CITY CLERK 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 HAND DELIVER TO: OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK SEVENTH FLOOR, RENTON CITY HALL 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 In compliance with the contract documents, the following bid form is submitted: 1) BASE BID (Including Trench Excavation Safety Provisions) $ (Please print dollar amount in space above) (do not include Washington State Sales Tax) TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS $ (Included also in Base Bid) If the bid amount contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four feet, all costs for trench safety shal l be included in the Base Bid and indicated above for adequate trench safety systems in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW. 49.17 RCW and WAC 296-155-650. Bidder must include a lump sum dollar amount in blank above (even if the value is $0.00) to be responsive. 2) BID ALTERNATES The undersigned proposes to perform work called for in the following alternates as described in the Section 01 2300 and indic ated on the Contract Documents, for the following resulting additions and or deletions to the Basic Bid. The bidder agrees to hold the following alternate bid prices for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days from the date designated for receipt of bids. A. Alternate No. 1 Provide and install permanent landscape irrigation system as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 32 8400 ADD $ B Alternate No. 2 Provide an install trench drains in the Apparatus Bay as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 22 1300 ADD $ Do not include Washington State Sales Tax in alternate amounts. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bid prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. B I D F O R M Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 00 0003 - 2 TIME FOR COMPLETION: Contract Time - The undersigned hereby agrees to Substantially Complete all the work under the Base Bid (and accepted Alternates) within 290 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed but not later than 1 December 2018. Final Completion – All the Work shall be fully and finally completed in accordance with the contract documents within 45 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. UNIT PRICES (Where applicable) (Do not include Washington State Sales Tax) Unit Item No. Description Estimated Quantities Additive Unit Price Deductive Unit Price Per Measurement 1. Over excavation and export of unsuitable soils. 180-cy to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown $ $ Cubic Yard (CY) of soils excavated, trucked and legally dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in- place location. 2. Imported fill to relace unsuitable soils Section 31 2200 (delivered and in place) Over or under 50 ton to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown $ $ Ton of fill per Section 31 2200, imported, placed and compacted The above unit prices shall be for any additive and deductive work within 15% of the above estimated quantities. The unit pri ce shall include full compensation for the cost of labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit and any add itional costs associated with the unit bid. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all unit prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. Unit prices not accepted within 60 days of the bid date are rejected. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING – RCW 39.30.060 If the base bid and the sum of the additive alternates is one million dollars or more, the Bidder shall provide names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work. If the Bidder intends to perform the work, the Bidder must enter its name for that category of work. The Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate. Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder’s bid nonresponsive and, therefore, VOID. Designated Work Firm Name 1. HVAC 2. Plumbing 3. Electrical Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 00 0003 - 3 APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS The apprentice labor hours required for this project are 15% of the total labor hours. The undersigned agrees to utilize this level of apprentice participation. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $1,400 for each consecutive calendar day that is in default after the Contract Time. Liquidated damages shall be deducted from the contract invoice after taxes and retainage. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA Receipt of the following addenda is acknowledged: Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Name of Firm NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Signed by Official Capacity Print Name Address City State Zip Code Date Telephone FAX State of Washington Contractor's License No. Federal Tax ID # E-mail address: Employment Security Department No. Fire Station 15 00 0400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 00 0400 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 0400 - BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Low Responsible Bidder It is the intent of the City to award a contract to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder. In determining the Bidder’s responsibility, the City shall consider an overall accounting of the items listed below. Potential Bidders may request the City modify the Bidder responsibility criteria. The request must be in writing and submitted at least 7 days prior to the bid opening. The apparent low bidder shall submit the required information within five (5) business days of receiving request from City. This request may be made in the form of a telephone call or email message. The required information shall be provided on the referenced forms bound herein. Electronic copies may be made available upon request. Failure to submit such information to the satisfaction of the City within the time provided may render the Bidder as not responsible. Required Information/Criteria For the purposes of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility evaluation process, the scope of this project generally involves the clearing and preparation for new construction of approximately 7,500-gsf civic building in a single-story configuration on an undeveloped site. 1. Experience of Contractor on Projects of Similar Size and Complexity Contractor is required to have successfully completed at least three projects of similar type, size and complexity to this project, each with a contract amount of at least $3,000,000 within the last eight years. Similar Size and Complexity to the Fire Station #15 project means projects having these characteristics: • Project of 7,000sf or greater and similar construction type for a public agency • Project with limited construction duration and a hard completion date • Limited site access and laydown area. List of Completed Projects (Use Form 1, Contractor Experience Detail) Provide a list of all the construction contracts $3,000,000 and above your firm has completed within the past eight years, giving the name of the project; name, address, and phone numbers of the Owner and architect representatives; final contract amount; date of completion; and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your firm’s own forces. This information will be used for reference reviews. 2. Experience of Key Personnel Experience of Project Manager (Use Form 2, Résumé of Key Personnel for Proposed Contract) Submit resume and references for the proposed Project Manager. This person shall have managed, as lead project manager, a minimum of three projects of similar type, size and complexity to this project, and successfully completed those projects within the last ten years. Experience of Superintendent (Use Form 2, Résumé of Key Personnel for Proposed Contract) Submit resume and references for the proposed project Superintendent. This person shall have performed as the lead Superintendent for a minimum of three projects of similar type, size and complexity to this project, and successfully completed those projects within the last ten years. 3. Apprenticeship (Use Forms 1 & 4) For each public works project with an apprenticeship utilization goal that was completed by the Bidder within three (3) years of the bid submittal date for this project, the Bidder shall submit the following: • A list of such projects; • The City and contact information for the City’s representative; • The apprenticeship utilization percentage goal for the project: Fire Station 15 00 0400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 00 0400 - 2 • The actual utilization percentage by the Bidder; and • An explanation of any extenuating circumstances that contributed to the Bidder not meeting the goals. (Use Form 4 for projects not listed on Form 1) The City may contact previous Owner’s to validate the information provided by the Bidder and shall consider whether the goals were mandatory or voluntary, and the validity of any explanation of extenuating circumstances. 4. References from Owner’s and Architects for Previous Projects (Use Form 5, Reference Evaluation Questionnaire) The City may check references by contacting Owners and architects of the bidder’s previous projects regarding the bidder’s performance and that of key staff. A reference score sheet will be utilized and the rating shall be satisfactory or better on a five-category scale with “satisfactory” at mid-scale. Overall Scoring (Form 6, Responsibility Criteria Evaluation Score Sheet) The City will use this form to complete and document the overall evaluation process. Bidder Responsibility Form 1 - Contractor Experience Detail City of Renton - Fire Station #15 Business Contact Information Contractor Name: Total years in Business: Mailing Address: Business Phone: Former business name(s) & Dates: Contact Name and Title: Contact Phone: Contact Email: Reason for name change(s): *List Projects Completed Within The Time Specified By Division 00, or Are In Progress * Project Name & Location: Description Of Project: Owner: Architect: Project Manager Name: Original Contract Amount: $ Is this project relevant to proposed project? Yes No Final Contract Amount: $ Address: Address: Original Contract Days Superintendent Name: Time Extensions Granted Days Phone: Phone: Completion Date: As Prime Or Sub: Email: Email: 1. Did this project require Apprenticeship Participation? Yes No (If NO, stop here). 2. If yes, what was the Apprenticeship %? % 3. What was the actual % achieved? % 4. Was the apprenticeship requirement met? Yes No If NO to question 4 attach separate sheet to explain Why. Bidder Responsibility Form 2 - Resume of Key Personnel for Proposed Contract City of Renton - Fire Station #15 Name: Role in this Contract: Years Experience Total With Current Firm Firm Name and Location (City and State): Training/Education/Specialization: Years of Experience in the Proposed Role: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. If performed with different firm list the firm name Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. If performed with different firm list the firm name Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. If performed with different firm list the firm Name Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. If performed with different firm list the firm Name Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: RELEVANT PROJECTS Project Title: Year Completed Project Owner: Brief Description (Brief scope, size, cost, etc.) and specific role: Check if project performed with current firm. If performed with different firm list the firm Name Reference Name & Contact Information: Project Owner: Project Architect: Name: Name: Phone: Phone: E-mail E-mail: Bidder Responsibility Form 4 - Apprenticeship Utilization (In addition to Form 1) City of Renton - Fire Station #15 Business Contact Information Contractor Name: Total years in Business: Mailing Address: Business Phone: Former business name(s) & Dates: Contact Name and Title: Contact Phone: Contact Email: Reason for name change(s): * Project Name & Location: Description Of Project: Owner: Architect: Project Manager Name: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ Address: Address: Completion Date: Phone: Phone: Superintendent Name: 1. Did this project require Apprenticeship Participation? Yes No (If NO, stop here). 2. If yes, what was the Apprenticeship %? % 3. What was the actual % achieved? % 4. Was the apprenticeship requirement met? Yes No If NO to question 4 explain Why. As Prime Or Sub: Email: Email: Bidder Responsibility Form 5 - Reference Evaluation Questionnaire City of Renton - Fire Station #15 Evaluated Firm : Project Manager: Superintendent: Evaluated Project Name: Prime Approx. Start Date Approx. End Date Approx. Final Project Cost Subcontractor PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Rating Criteria - Rate on a scale of 1 to 5 • 5 = Superior based on performance (would hire this firm/individual again) • 4 = More than Satisfactory • 3 = Satisfactory based on performance (would hire this firm/individual again) • 2 = Less than Satisfactory • 1= Totally Unsatisfactory based on performance (would never hire the firm/individual again) Criteria Rating Company PM Super 1 Ability to meet client’s expectations 2 Quality of workmanship 3 Ability to manage project costs and minimize change orders 4 Ability to maintain project schedule 5 Ability to manage subcontractors 6 Professionalism, leadership and communication in issues management (RFI, shop drawing submittal, timely resolution of issues/questions) 7 Ability to follow the owner’s rules, regulations, and requirements (housekeeping, safety, etc.) 8 Ability to manage closeout process (Prompt submittal of punch list, warranty, as- builts, operation manuals, tax clearances, etc.) 9 Comfort level in hiring firm or individual again based on performance Total Score Average Score Evaluator Information Name of Evaluator: Title: Firm/Company Name: Firm Address: Phone: Email: Form 6 –Responsibility Criteria Evaluation Score Sheet Project Title Project Number Project Manager Project Location Project Owner 1. Experience of Contractor - On projects of similar size & complexity (Form 1) Pass or Fail 2. Experience of Key Personnel (Form 2) Superintendent Pass or Fail Project Manager Pass or Fail Other(s) if specified in Division 00 Pass or Fail 3. NOT USED 4. Contractor Compliance with Apprenticeship Requirements - Requirements were met or if not, a good faith effort was demonstrated (Forms 1 & 4) Applies only to projects with apprenticeship participation requirements; i.e. MACC over $1M Not Scored 5. References from Previous Projects (Form 5) Evaluate contractor’s references information and using the rating numbers: 1 = NOT Satisfactory (requires a written comment below) 2 = Less THAN Satisfactory 3 = Satisfactory 4 = More THAN Satisfactory 5 = Superior Rating Score 1-5 (3 is Satisfactory) Company Project Manager Superintendent Total Score: Average score (divide total score by number of ratings) In determining the bidder responsibility, an overall accounting of the ratings shall be made. A score of “Pass” is required for categories 1 - 4 and an average score of 3.0 or higher is required to meet the minimum Supplemental Bidder Responsibility requirements. Comments Determination Responsible Not Responsible (Preliminary Determination) Evaluated by Date (Typed or Printed Name) Signature Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 7200 – GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTENTS Section Description Page PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 Definitions………………………………………………………………………………….... 3 1.2 Order of Precedence……………………………………………………………………….. 4 1.3 Execution and Intent……………………………………………………………………….. 5 PART 2 – INSURANCE AND BONDS 2.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance………………………………………………………….... 5 2.2 Coverage Limits…………………………………………………………………………….. 6 2.3 Insurance Coverage Certificates………………………………………………………….. 6 2.4 Payment and Performance Bonds………………………………………………………… 6 2.5 Alternative Surety…………………………………………………………………………… 7 PART 3 – TIME AND SCHEDULE 3.1 Progress and Completion………………………………………………………………….. 8 3.2 Construction Schedule……………………………………………………………………… 8 3.3 Owner’s Right to Suspend the Work for Convenience………………………………….. 8 3.4 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work for Cause…………………………………………….... 9 3.5 Delay…………………………………………………………………………………………. 9 3.6 Notice to Owner of Labor Disputes……………………………………………………….. 10 3.7 Damages for Failure to Achieve Timely Completion……………………………………. 10 PART 4 – SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 4.1 Discrepancies and Contract Document Review…………………………………………. 11 4.2 Project Record………………………………………………………………………………. 11 4.3 Shop Drawings………………………………………………………………………………. 11 4.4 Organization of Specifications……………………………………………………………... 12 4.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications & other Documents……………….... 12 PART 5 – PERFORMANCE 5.1 Contractor Control and Supervision………………………………………………………. 13 5.2 Permits, Fees and Notices…………………………………………………………………. 14 5.3 Patents and Royalties………………………………………………………………………. 14 5.4 Prevailing Wages……………………………………………………………………………. 14 5.5 Hours of Labor………………………………………………………………………………. 15 5.6 Nondiscrimination…………………………………………………………………………… 15 5.7 Safety Precautions………………………………………………………………………….. 16 5.8 Operations, Material Handling, and Storage Areas……………………………………… 17 5.9 Prior Notice of Excavation………………………………………………………………….. 18 5.10 Unforeseen Physical Conditions…………………………………………………………... 18 5.11 Protection of Existing Structures, Equipment, Vegetation, Utilities, & Improvements. 18 5.12 Layout of Work………………………………………………………………………………. 19 5.13 Material and Equipment…………………………………………………………………….. 19 5.14 Availability and Use of Utility Services……………………………………………………. 19 5.15 Tests and Inspections………………………………………………………………………. 19 5.16 Correction of Nonconforming Work……………………………………………………….. 20 5.17 Clean Up……………………………………………………………………………………… 21 5.18 Access to Work……………………………………………………………………………… 21 5.19 Other Contracts……………………………………………………………………………… 21 5.20 Subcontractors and Suppliers……………………………………………………………… 21 Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 2 5.21 Warranty of Construction…………………………………………………………………… 23 5.22 Indemnification………………………………………………………………………………. 23 PART 6 – PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1 Contract Sum………………………………………………………………………………… 24 6.2 Schedule of Values…………………………………………………………………………. 24 6.3 Application for Payment…………………………………………………………………….. 24 6.4 Progress Payments…………………………………………………………………………. 25 6.5 Payments Withheld…………………………………………………………………………. 25 6.6 Retainage and Bond Claim Rights………………………………………………………… 26 6.7 Substantial Completion……………………………………………………………………... 26 6.8 Prior Occupancy…………………………………………………………………………….. 26 6.9 Final Completion, Acceptance, and Payment……………………………………………. 26 PART 7 – CHANGES 7.1 Change in the Work………………………………………………………………………… 26 7.2 Change in the Contract Sum………………………………………………………………. 28 7.3 Change in the Contract Time………………………………………………………………. 33 PART 8 – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION 8.1 Claims Procedure…………………………………………………………………………… 35 8.2 Arbitration……………………………………………………………………………………. 36 8.3 Claims Audits………………………………………………………………………………… 36 PART 9 – TERMINATION OF THE WORK 9.1 Termination by Owner for Cause………………………………………………………….. 38 9.2 Termination by Owner for Convenience………………………………………………….. 39 PART 10 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 10.1 Governing Law………………………………………………………………………………. 39 10.2 Successors and Assigns…………………………………………………………………… 40 10.3 Meaning of Words…………………………………………………………………………… 40 10.4 Rights and Remedies……………………………………………………………………….. 40 10.5 Contractor Registration……………………………………………………………………... 40 10.6 Time Computations…………………………………………………………………………. 40 10.7 Records Retention…………………………………………………………………………... 40 10.8 Third-Party Agreements……………………………………………………………………. 41 10.9 Antitrust Assignments………………………………………………………………………. 41 10.10 Headings and Captions…………………………………………………………………….. 41 10.11 Diverse Business Participation……………………………………………………………… 41 10.12 Apprenticeship Participation………………………………………………………………… 41 Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 3 PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. “Application for Payment” means a written request submitted by Contractor to A/E for payment of Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved Schedule of Values, supported by such substantiating data as Owner or A/E may require. B. “Architect,” “Engineer,” or “A/E” means a person or entity lawfully entitled to practice architecture or engineering, representing Owner within the limits of its delegated authority. C. “Change Order” means a written instrument signed by Owner and Contractor stating their agreement upon all of the following: (1) a change in the Work; (2) the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any, and (3) the e xtent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. D. “Claim” means Contractor’s exclusive remedy for resolving disputes with Owner regarding the terms of a Change Order or a request for equitable adjustment, as more fully set forth in Part 8. E. “Contract Award Amount” is the sum of the Base Bid and any accepted Alternates. F. “Contract Documents” means the Advertisement for Bids, Instructions for Bidders, completed Bid Form, General Conditions, Modifications to the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Public Works Contract, other Special Forms, Drawings and Specifications, and all addenda and modifications thereof. G. “Contract Sum” is the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor, for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all taxes imposed by law and properly chargeable to the Work, except Washington State sales tax. H. “Contract Time” is the number of calendar days allotted in the Contract Documents for achieving Substantial Completion of the Work. I. “Contractor” means the person or entity who has agreed with Owner to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. J. “Day(s): Unless otherwise specified, day(s) shall mean calendar day(s).” K. “Drawings” are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, and may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. L. “Final Acceptance” means the written acceptance issued to Contractor by Owner after Contractor has completed the requirements of the Contract Documents, as more fully set forth in Section 6.09 B. M. “Final Completion” means that the Work is fully and finally complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, as more fully set forth in Section 6.09 A. N. “Force Majeure” means those acts entitling Contractor to request an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time, as more fully set forth in paragraph 3.05A. O. “Notice” means a written notice which has been delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended or, if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, to the last business address known to the party giving notice. P. “Notice to Proceed” means a notice from Owner to Contractor that defines the date on which the Contract Time begins to run. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 4 Q. “Owner” means the City of Renton, or its authorized representative with the authority to enter into, administer, and/or terminate the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and make related determinations and findings. R. “Person” means a corporation, partnership, business association of any kind, trust, company, or individual. S. “Prior Occupancy” means Owner’s use of all or parts of the Project before Substantial Completion, as more fully set forth in Section 6.08 A. T. “Progress Schedule” means a schedule of the Work, in a form satisfactory to Owner, as further set forth in Section 3.02. U. “Project” means the total construction of which the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by Owner or by separate contractors. V. “Project Record” means the separate set of Drawings and Specifications as further set forth in paragrap h 4.02A. W. “Schedule of Values” means a written breakdown allocating the total Contract Sum to each principal category of Work, in such detail as requested by Owner. X. “Specifications” are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. Y. “Subcontract” means a contract entered into by Subcontractor for the purpose of obtaining supplies, materials, equipment, or services of any kind for or in connection with the Work. Z. “Subcontractor” means any person, other than Contractor, who agrees to furnish or furnishes any supplies, materials, equipment, or services of any kind in connection with the Work. AA. “Substantial Completion” means that stage in the progress of the Work when the construction is sufficiently complete, as more fully set forth in Section 6.07. AB. “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, and includes, but is not limited to, labor, materials, supplies, equipment, services, permits, and the manufacture and fabrication of components, performed, furnished, or provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE Any conflict or inconsistency in the Contract Documents shall be resolved by giving the documents precedence in the following order: 1. Signed Public Works Contract, including any Change Orders. 2. Supplemental Conditions. 3. Modifications to the General Conditions. 4. General Conditions. 5. Specifications. Provisions in Division 1 shall take precedence over provisions of any other Division. 6. Drawings. In case of conflict within the Drawings, large scale drawings shall take precedence over small scale drawings. 7. Signed and Completed Bid Form. 8. Instructions to Bidders. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 5 9. Advertisement for Bids. 1.3 EXECUTION AND INTENT Contractor Representations: Contractor makes the following representations to Owner: 1. Contract Sum reasonable: The Contract Sum is reasonable compensation for the Work and the Contract Time is adequate for the performance of the Work, as represented by the Contract Documents; 2. Contractor familiar with project: Contractor has carefully reviewed the Contract Documents, visited and examined the Project site, become familiar with the local conditions in which the Work is to be performed, and satisfied itself as to the nature, location, character, quality and quantity of the Work, the labor, materials, equipment, goods, supplies, work, services and other items to be furnished and all other requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as the surface and subsurface conditions and other matters that may be encountered at the Project site or affect performance of the Work or the cost or difficulty thereof; 3. Contractor financially capable: Contractor is financially solvent, able to pay its debts as they mature, and possesses sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform Contractor’s obligations required by the Contract Documents; and 4. Contractor can complete Work: Contractor is able to furnish the plant, tools, materials, supplies, equipment and labor required to complete the Work and perform the obligations required by the Contract Documents and has sufficient experience and competence to do so. PART 2 – INSURANCE AND BONDS 2.1 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE General insurance requirements: Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall obtain all the insurance required by the Contract Documents and provide evidence satisfactory to Owner that such insurance has been procured. Review of the Contractor’s insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of Contractor. Companies writing the insurance to be obtained by this part shall be licensed to do business under Chapter 48 RCW or comply with the Surplus Lines Law of the City of Renton. Contractor shall include in its bid the cost of all insurance and bond costs required to complete the base bid work and accepted alternates. Insurance carriers providing insurance in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be acceptable to Owner. A. Term of insurance coverage: Contractor shall maintain the following insurance coverage during the Work and for one year after Final Acceptance, with the exception of Professional Liability insurance, when required, which shall be maintained for a minimum of three years. Contractor shall also maintain the following insurance coverage during the performance of any corrective Work required by Section 5.16. 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability (CGL) on an Occurrence Form. Coverage shall include, but not be limited to: a. Completed operations/products liability; b. Explosion, collapse, and underground, when applicable to the work being performed; and c. Stop loss coverage applicable to the State of Washington. 2. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance: Required if a commercial vehicle will be used in performance of work or delivery of products by the contractor, beyond normal commutes. 3. Professional Liability: Required if professional services (e.g. architect, engineering, surveying, legal, or medical) are being provided to the Owner and if those professional services are excluded from the CGL Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 6 policy. Coverage may be on a Claims Made basis, if coverage is maintained at least 3-years beyond the conclusion of work. 4. Excess Liability or Umbrella: Required if needed to reach minimum CGL or auto liability coverage limits. 5. Builders Risk: Is required up to the amount of the completed value of a new building or major construction project, with no coinsurance provisions. See Section 2.2. 6. Pollution Liability: Required if work involves a pollution risk to the environment. Coverage may be included in other required policies. B. Industrial Insurance compliance (Workers’ Compensation): Contractor shall comply with the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act and, if applicable, the Federal Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Act and the Jones Act. C. Insurance to protect for the following: All insurance coverages shall protect against claims for damages for personal and bodily injury or death, as well as claims for property damage, which may arise from operations in connection with the Work whether such operations are by Contractor or any Subcontractor. D. Owner as Additional Insured: Name the City of Renton as a Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insured on the policy (only applies to Commercial General, Auto Liability, Excess/Umbrella, when applicable). E. Insurance certificate requirements and minimum limits may be waived or modified by the Risk Manager or with Risk Manager approval. 2.2 COVERAGE LIMITS A. The Contractor shall furnish acceptable proof of insurance coverage on ACORD form, as well as copies of insurance policies. B. Required Insurance: 1. The coverage required is: a. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance – The Contractor shall at all times during the term of this contract, at its cost and expense, carry and maintain general public liability insurance, including contractual liability, against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, death or property damage occurring or arising out of services provided under this contract. This insurance shall cover claims caused by any act, omission, or negligence of the Contractor or its officers, agents, representatives, assigns or servants. The limits of liability insurance, which may be increased as deemed necessary by the contracting parties, shall be: 1. $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate for Commercial General Liability (CGL) or Special Event coverage. Limits may be increased for higher than usual or special liability exposures. 2. $1,000,000 combined single limit for Auto Liability. Required if a commercial vehicle will be used in performance of work or delivery of products, beyond normal commutes. 3. Proof of Workers’ Compensation coverage, as required by the State of Washington (provide the Washington L&I or excess coverage policy number). 4. Excess Liability or Umbrella. Required only if needed to reach minimum CGL or auto liability coverage limits. b. If the contract is for underground utility work, then the Contractor shall provide proof of insurance for that above in the form of Explosion, Collapse and Underground (XCU) coverage. c. Builders Risk: 1. Builders Risk insurance covering the interests of the city, the contractor, subcontractors, and sub- subcontractors in the work. Builders Risk insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including flood, earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings, and debris removal. Any deductible is subject to approval by the city and will remain the responsibility of the contractor. The Builders Risk insurance shall be maintained by the contractor until Substantial Completion. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 7 2. Waiver of subrogation rights: Owner and Contractor waive all subrogation rights against each other, any Subcontractors, A/E, A/E’s sub-consultants, separate contractors described in Section 5.20, if any, and any of their subcontractors, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this section or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by Owner as fiduciary. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 2.3 INSURANCE COVERAGE CERTIFICATES A. Certificate required: Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall furnish to Owner a completed and acceptable certificate of insurance coverage showing all required insurance coverage. B. Name the City of Renton as a Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insured on the policy (only applies to Commercial General, Auto Liability, Excess/Umbrella, Special Event, and Aircraft Liability policies). C. The City shall be provided with written notice of any policy cancellation within a minimum of two business days of receipt of such notice by the policy holder. D. The city does not represent that the minimum required insurance coverage or limits are adequate to protect the vendor/contractor/consultant from all liabilities. E. Insurance certificate requirements can only be waived with Risk Manager approval. F. The certificate holder should read: City of Renton ATTN: Gary Lamb 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA. 98057 2.4 PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS Conditions for bonds: Payment and performance bonds for 100% of the Contract Award Amount, plus state sales tax, shall be furnished for the Work, using the City of Renton Contract Bond Form provided. Prior to execution of a Change Order that, cumulatively with previous Change Orders, increases the Contract Award Amount by 15% or more, the Contractor shall provide either new payment and performance bonds for the revised Contract Sum, or riders to the existing payment and performance bonds increasing the amount of the bonds. The Contractor shall likewise provide additional bonds or riders when subsequent Change Orders increase the Contract Sum by 15% or more. No payment or performance bond is required if the Contract Sum is $35,000 or less and Contractor agrees that Owner may, in lieu of the bond, retain 50% of the Contract Sum for the period allowed by RCW 39.08.010. 2.5 ALTERNATIVE SURETY When alternative surety required: Contractor shall promptly furnish payment and performance bonds from an alternative surety as required to protect Owner and persons supplying labor or materials required by the Contract Documents if: A. Owner has a reasonable objection to the surety; or B. Any surety fails to furnish reports on its financial condition if required by Owner. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 8 PART 3 – TIME AND SCHEDULE 3.1 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Contractor to meet schedule: Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work, with adequate forces, achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time, and achieve Final Completion within a reasonable period thereafter. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Preliminary Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1, Contractor shall, within 14 Days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed, submit a preliminary Progress Schedule. The Progress Sch edule shall show the sequence in which Contractor proposes to perform the Work, and the dates on which Contractor plans to start and finish major portions of the Work, including dates for shop drawings and other submittals, and for acquiring materials and equipment. 1. The Schedule Duration shall be based on the Contract Time of Completion listed on the Bid Form. The Owner shall not be obligated to accept any Early Completion Schedule suggested by the Contractor. The Contract Time for Completion shall establish the Schedule Completion Date. 2. If the Contractor feels that the work can be completed in less than the Specified Contract Time, then the Surplus Time shall be considered Project Float. This Float time shall be shown on the Project Schedule. It shall be available to accommodate changes in the work and unforeseen conditions. Neither the Contractor nor the Owner have exclusive right to this Float Time. It belongs to the project. 3 Form of Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1, the Progress Schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart, or a critical path method analysis, as specified by Owner. The preliminary Progress Schedule may be general, showing the major portions of the Work, with a more detailed Progress Schedule submitted as directed by Owner. 4 Owner comments on Progress Schedule: Owner shall return comments on the preliminary Progress Schedule to Contractor within 14 Days of receipt. Review by Owner of Contractor’s schedule does not constitute an approval or acceptance of Contractor’s construction means, methods, or sequencing, or its ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Contractor shall revise and resubmit its schedule, as necessary. Owner may withhold a portion of progress payments until a Progress Schedule has been submitted which meets the requirements of this section. 5 Monthly updates and compliance with Progress Schedule: Contractor shall utilize and comply with the Progress Schedule. On a monthly basis, or as otherwise directed by Owner, Contractor shall submit an updated Progress Schedule at its own expense to Owner indicating actual progress. If, in the opinion of Owner, Contractor is not in conformance with the Progress Schedule for reasons other than acts of Force Majeure as identified in Section 3.05, Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to bring the actual completion dates of its work activities into conformance with the Progress Schedule, and if directed by Owner, Contractor shall submit a corrective action plan or revise the Progress Schedule to reconcile with the actual progress of the Work. 6 Contractor to notify Owner of delays: Contractor shall promptly notify Owner in writing of any actual or anticipated event which is delaying or could delay achievement of any milestone or performance of any critical path activity of the Work. Contractor shall indicate the expected duration of the delay, the anticipated effect of the delay on the Progress Schedule, and the action being or to be taken to correct the problem. Provision of such notice does not relieve Contractor of its obligation to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 3.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE WORK FOR CONVENIENCE A. Owner may suspend Work: Owner may, at its sole discretion, order Contractor, in writing, to suspend all or any part of the Work for up to 90 Days, or for such longer period as mutually agreed. B. Compliance with suspension; Owner’s options: Upon receipt of a written notice suspending the Work, Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of cost of performance Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 9 directly attributable to such suspension. Within a period up to 90 Days after the notice is delivered to Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, Owner shall either: 1. Cancel the written notice suspending the Work; or 2. Terminate the Work covered by the notice as provided in the termination provisions of Part 9. C. Resumption of Work: If a written notice suspending the Work is cancelled or the period of the notice or any extension thereof expires, Contractor shall resume Work. D. Equitable Adjustment for suspensions: Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time, or Contract Sum, or both, for increases in the time or cost of performance directly attributable to such suspension, provided Contractor complies with all requirements set forth in Part 7. 3.4 OWNER’S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK FOR CAUSE A. Owner may stop Work for Contractor’s failure to perform: If Contractor fails or refuses to perform its obligations in accordance with the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor, in writing, to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. B. No Equitable Adjustment for Contractor’s failure to perform: Contractor shall not be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or Contract Sum for any increased cost or time of performance attributable to Contractor’s failure or refusal to perform or from any reasonable remedial action taken by Owner based upon such failure. 3.5 DELAY A. Force Majeure actions not a default; Force Majeure defined: Any delay in or failure of performance by Owner or Contractor, other than the payment of money, shall not constitute a default hereunder if and to the extent the cause for such delay or failure of performance was unforeseeable and beyond the control of the party (“Force Majeure”). Acts of Force Majeure include, but are not limited to: 1. Acts of God or the public enemy; 2. Acts or omissions of any government entity; 3. Fire or other casualty for which Contractor is not responsible; 4. Quarantine or epidemic; 5. Strike or defensive lockout; 6. Unusually severe weather conditions which could not have been reasonably anticipated; and 7. Unusual delay in receipt of supplies or products which were ordered and expedited and for which no substitute reasonably acceptable to Owner was available. B. Contract Time adjustment for Force Majeure: Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time for changes in the time of performance directly attributable to an act of Force Majeure, provided it makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Section 7.03. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum resulting from an act of Force Majeure. C. Contract Time or Contract Sum adjustment if Owner at fault: Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Time, and may be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Sum, if the cost or time of Contractor’s performance is changed due to the fault or negligence of Owner, provided the Contractor makes a request according to Sections 7.02 and 7.03. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 10 D. No Contract Time or Contract Sum adjustment if Contractor at fault: Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Time or in the Contract Sum for any delay or failure of performance to the extent such delay or failure was caused by Contractor or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible. E. Contract Time adjustment only for concurrent fault: To the extent any delay or failure of performance was concurrently caused by the Owner and Contractor, Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time for that portion of the delay or failure of performance that was concurrently caused, provided it makes a request for equitable adjustment according to Section 7.03, but shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Sum. F. Contractor to mitigate delay impacts: Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to prevent and mitigate the effects of any delay, whether occasioned by an act of Force Majeure or otherwise. 3.6 NOTICE TO OWNER OF LABOR DISPUTES A. Contractor to notify Owner of labor disputes: If Contractor has knowledge that any actual or potential labor dispute is delaying or threatens to delay timely performance in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall immediately give notice, including all relevant information, to Owner. B. Pass through notification provisions to Subcontractors: Contractor agrees to insert a provision in its Subcontracts and to require insertion in all sub-subcontracts, that in the event timely performance of any such contract is delayed or threatened by delay by any actual or potential labor dispute, the Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor shall immediately notify the next higher tier Subcontractor or Contractor, as the case may be, of all relevant information concerning the dispute. 3.7 DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ACHIEVE TIMELY COMPLETION A. Liquidated Damages 1. Reason for Liquidated Damages: Timely performance and completion of the Work is essential to Owner and time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. Owner will incur serious and substantial damages if Substantial Completion of the Work does not occur within the Contract Time. However, it would be difficult if not impossible to determine the exact amount of such damages. Consequently, provisions for liquidated damages are included in the Contract Documents. 2. Calculation of Liquidated Damages amount: The liquidated damage amounts set forth in the Contract Documents will be assessed not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for breach of the Contract Documents. This amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain. This amount shall be construed as the actual amount of damages sustained by the Owner, and may be retained by the Owner and deducted from periodic payments to the Contractor. 3. Contractor responsible even if Liquidated Damages assessed: Assessment of liquidated damages shall not release Contractor from any further obligations or liabilities pursuant to the Contract Documents. B. Actual Damages Calculation of Actual Damages: Actual damages will be assessed for failure to achieve Final Completion within the time provided. Actual damages will be calculated on the basis of direct architectural, administrative, and other related costs attributable to the Project from the date when Final Completion should have been achieved, based on the date Substantial Completion is actually achieved, to the date Final Completion is actually achieved. Owner may offset these costs against any payment due Contractor. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 11 PART 4 – SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 4.1 DISCREPANCIES AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT REVIEW A. Specifications and Drawings are basis of the Work: The intent of the Specifications and Drawings is to describe a complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, permits, and supplies, and perform the Work required in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Parts of the Contract Documents are complementary: The Contract Documents are complementary. What is required by one part of the Contract Documents shall be binding as if required by all. Anything mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Contractor to report discrepancies in Contract Documents: Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by Owner. If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor finds a conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, it shall promptly and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby, report such conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission to A/E in writing. D. Contractor knowledge of discrepancy in documents – responsibility: Contractor shall do no Work without applicable Drawings, Specifications, or written modifications, or Shop Drawings where required, unless instructed to do so in writing by Owner. If Contractor performs any construction activity, and it knows or reasonably should have known that any of the Contract Documents contain a conflict, error, inconsistency, or omission, Contractor shall be responsible for the performance and shall bear the cost for its correction. E. Contractor to perform Work implied by Contract Documents: Contractor shall provide any work or materials the provision of which is clearly implied and is within the scope of the Contract Documents even if the Contract Documents do not mention them specifically. F. Interpretation questions referred to A/E: Questions regarding interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the A/E. 4.2 PROJECT RECORD A. Contractor to maintain Project Record Drawings and Specifications: Contractor shall legibly mark in ink on a separate set of the Drawings and Specifications all actual construction, including depths of foundations, horizontal and vertical locations of internal and underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent visible and accessible surface improvements, field changes of dimensions and details, actual suppliers, manufacturers and trade names, models of installed equipment, and Change Order Proposals (COP). This separate set of Drawings and Specifications shall be the “Project Record.” B. Update Project Record weekly and keep on site: The Project Record shall be maintained on the project site throughout the construction and shall be clearly labeled “PROJECT RECORD.” The Project Record shall be updated at least weekly noting all changes and shall be available to Owner at all times. C. Final Project Record to A/E before Final Acceptance: Contractor shall submit the completed and finalized Project Record to A/E prior to Final Acceptance 4.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Definition of Shop Drawings: “Shop Drawings” means documents and other information required to be submitted to A/E by Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, showing in detail: the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements; and the installation (i.e. form, fit, and attachment details) of materials and equipment. Shop Drawings include, but are not limited to, drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules, performance and test data, samples, and similar materials furnished by Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents. For materials and equipment to be incorporated into Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 12 the Work, Contractor submittal shall include the name of the manufacturer, the model number, and other information concerning the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the item. When directed, Contractor shall submit all samples at its own expense. Owner may duplicate, use, and disclose Shop Drawings provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Approval of Shop Drawings by Contractor and A/E: Contractor shall coordinate all Shop Drawings, and review them for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with the Contract Documents and shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Where required by law, Shop Drawings shall be stamped by an appropriate professional licensed by the City of Renton. Shop Drawings submitted to A/E without evidence of Contractor’s approval shall be returned for resubmission. Contractor shall review, approve, and submit Shop Drawings with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of Owner or separate contractors. Contractor’s submittal schedule shall allow a reasonable time for A/E review. A/E will review, approve, or take other appropriate action on the Shop Drawings. Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings until the respective submittal has been reviewed and the A/E has ap proved or taken other appropriate action. A/E shall respond to Shop Drawing submittals with reasonable promptness. Any Work by Contractor shall be in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings. Submittals made by Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. C. Contractor not relieved of responsibility when Shop Drawings approved: Approval, or other appropriate action with regard to Shop Drawings, A/E shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for any errors or omissions in such Shop Drawings, nor from responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless specified in the Contract Documents, review by A/E shall not constitute an approval of the safety precautions employed by Contractor during construction, or constitute an approval of Contractor’s means or methods of construction. If Contractor fails to obtain approval before installation and the item or work is subsequently rejected, Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of correction. D. Variations between Shop Drawings and Contract Documents: If Shop Drawings show variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall describe such variations in writing, separate from the Shop Drawings, at the time it submits the Shop Drawings containing such variations. If A/E approves any such variation, an appropriate Change Order will be issued. If the variation is minor and does not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, a Change Order need not be issued; however, the modification shall be recorded upon the Project Record. E. Contractor to submit 5 copies of Shop Drawings: Unless otherwise provided in Division 1, Contractor shall submit to A/E for approval 5 copies of all Shop Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, 3 sets of all Shop Drawings shall be retained by A/E and 2 sets shall be returned to Contractor. 4.4 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATIONS Specification organization by trade: Specifications are prepared in sections which conform generally with trade practices. These sections are for Owner and Contractor convenience and shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among the Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of the Work to be performed by any trade. 4.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS A. The City/Owner not Contractor, owns Copyright of Drawings and Specifications: The Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by A/E are instruments of A/E’s contracted service to the City through which the Work to be executed by Contractor is described. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by A/E, and A/E shall be deemed the author of them and will, along with any rights of Owner, retain all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of these documents, except Contractor’s set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to A/E, on request, upon completion of the Work. B. Drawings and Specifications to be used only for this Project: The Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by the A/E, and copies thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 13 scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner and A/E. Contractor and Subcontractors are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications, and other documents prepared by A/E appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work. C. Shop Drawing license granted to Owner: Contractor and all Subcontractors grant a non-exclusive license to Owner, without additional cost or royalty, to use for its own purposes (including reproduction) all Shop Drawings, together with the information and diagrams contained therein, prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor. In providing Shop Drawings, Contractor and all Subcontractors warrant that they have authority to grant to Owner a license to use the Shop Drawings, and that such license is not in violation of any copyright or other intellectual property right. Contractor agrees to defend and indemnify Owner pursuant to the indemnity provisions in Section 5.03 and 5.22 from any violations of copyright or other intellectual property rights arising out of Owner’s use of the Shop Drawings hereunder, or to secure for Owner, at Contractor’s own cost, licenses in conformity with this section. D. Shop Drawings to be used only for this Project: The Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, or its or their equipment or material suppliers, and copies thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier, or material or equipment supplier, on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner. The Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Shop Drawings and other submittals appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. PART 5 – PERFORMANCE 5.1 CONTRACTOR CONTROL AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor responsible for Means and Methods of construction: Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using its best skill and attention, and shall perform the Work in a skillful manner. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and pr ocedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. Contractor shall disclose its means and methods of construction when requested by Owner. B. Competent Superintendent required: Performance of the Work shall be directly supervised by a competent superintendent who has authority to act for Contractor. The superintendent must be satisfactory to the Owner and shall not be changed without the prior written consent of Owner. Owner may require Contractor to remove the superintendent from the Work or Project site, if Owner reasonably deems the superintendent incompetent, careless, or otherwise objectionable, provided Owner has first notified Contractor in writing and allowed a reasonable period for transition. C. Contractor responsible for acts and omissions of self and agents: Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for acts and omissions of Contractor, Subcontractors, and their employees and agents. D. Contractor to employ competent and disciplined workforce: Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among all of the Contractor’s employees and other persons performing the Work. Contractor shall not permit employment of persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Contractor’s employees shall at all times conduct business in a manner which assures fair, equal, and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons. Owner may, by written notice, request Contractor to remove from the Work or Project site any employee Owner reasonably deems incompetent, careless, or otherwise objectionable. E. Contractor to keep project documents on site: Contractor shall keep on the Project site a copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, reviewed Shop Drawings, and permits and permit drawings. F. Contractor to comply with ethical standards: Contractor shall ensure that its owner(s) and employees, and those of its Subcontractors, comply with the Ethics in Public Service Act RCW 42.52, which, among other things, prohibits state employees from having an economic interest in any public works contract that was made by, or supervised by, that employee. Contractor shall remove, at its sole cost and expense, any of its, or its Subcontractors’ employees, if they are in violation of this act. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 14 5.2 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES A. Permits: Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit. All other permits and fees required to execute the work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. Prior to Final Acceptance, the approved, signed permits shall be delivered to Owner. B. Contractor to comply with all applicable laws: Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. 5.3 PATENTS AND ROYALTIES Payment, indemnification, and notice: Contractor is responsible for, and shall pay, all royalties and license fees. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold Owner harmless from any costs, expenses, and liabilities arising out of the infringement by Contractor of any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right used in the Work; however, provided that Contractor gives prompt notice, Contractor shall not be responsible for such defense or indemnity when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. If Contractor has reason to believe that use of the required design, process, or product constitutes an infringement of a patent or copyright, it shall p romptly notify Owner of such potential infringement 5.4 PREVAILING WAGES A. Contractor to pay Prevailing Wages: Contractor shall pay the prevailing rate of wages to all workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of the Work in accordance with RCW 39.12 and the rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries. The schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities of the Work, is determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. The State of Washington prevailing wage rates applicable for this public works project, which is in King County, may be found at the following website address of the Department of Labor and Industries: http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevWage/WageRates. Based upon the bid submittal deadline for this project, the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this project is January 23, 2018. B. Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages: Before payment is made by the Owner to the Contractor for any work performed by the Contractor and subcontractors whose work is included in the application for payment, the Contractor shall submit, or shall have previously submitted to the Owner for the Project, a Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages, approved by the Department of Labor and Industries, certifying the rate of hourly wage paid and to be paid each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed upon the Work by Contractor and Subcontractors. Such rates of hourly wage shall not be less than the prevailing wage rate. C. Affidavit of Wages Paid: Prior to release of retainage, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner an Affidavit of Wages Paid, approved by the Department of Labor and Industries, for the Contractor and every subcontractor, o f any tier, that performed work on the Project. D. Disputes: Disputes regarding prevailing wage rates shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries. The arbitration decision shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060. E. Statement with pay application; Post Statements of Intent at job site: Each Application for Payment submitted by Contractor shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre-filed statement(s) of intent, as approved. Copies of the approved intent statement(s) shall be posted on the job site with the address and telephone number of the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries where a complaint or inquiry concerning prevailing wages may be made. F. Contractor to pay for Statements of Intent and Affidavits: In compliance with chapter 296-127 WAC, Contractor shall pay to the Department of Labor and Industries the currently established fee(s) for each statement of intent and/or affidavit of wages paid submitted to the Department of Labor and Industries for certification. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 15 G. Certified Payrolls: Consistent with WAC 296-127-320, the Contractor and any subcontractor shall submit a certified copy of payroll records if requested. 5.5 HOURS OF LABOR A. Overtime: Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of RCW 49.28 and they are incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to that statute, no laborer, worker, or mechanic employed by Contractor, any Subcontractor, or any other person performing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the Work, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day, provided, that in cases of extraordinary emergency, such as danger to life or property, the hours of work may be extended, but in such cases the rate of pay for time employed in excess of eight hours of each calendar day shall be not less than one and one-half times the rate allowed for this same amount of time during eight hours of service. B. 4-10 Agreements: Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, RCW 49.28 permits a contractor or subcontractor in any public works contract subject to those provisions, to enter into an agreement with its employees in which the employees work up to ten hours in a calendar day. No such agreement may provide that the employees work ten-hour days for more than four calendar days a week. Any such agreement is subject to approval by the employees. The overtime provisions of RCW 49.28 shall not apply to the hours, up to forty hours per week, worked pursuant to any such agreement. 5.6 NONDISCRIMINATION A. Discrimination prohibited by applicable laws: The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply with all applicable federal and state non-discrimination laws, regulations, and policies and the City of Renton Summary of Fair Practices Policy Adopted by Resolution 4085. No person shall, on the grounds of age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, religion, national origin, marital status, honorably discharged veteran or military status, or disability (physical, mental, or sensory) be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any project, program, or activity, funded, in whole or in part, under this Agreement. B. During performance of the Work: 1. Protected Classes: Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, or the presence of any physical, sensory, or mental disability, Vietnam era veteran status, or disabled veteran status, nor commit any other unfair practices as defined in RCW 49.60. 2. Advertisements to state nondiscrimination: Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or for it, state that all qualified applicants will be considered for employment, without regard to race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, or the presence of any physical, sensory, or mental disability. 3. Contractor to notify unions and others of nondiscrimination: Contractor shall send to each labor union, employment agency, or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the labor union, employment agency, or workers’ representative of Contractor’s obligations according to the Contract Documents and RCW 49.60. 4. Owner and State access to Contractor records: Contractor shall permit access to its books, records, and accounts, and to its premises by Owner, and by the Washington State Human Rights Commission, for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this section of the Contract Documents. 5. Pass through provisions to Subcontractors: Contractor shall include the provisions of this section in every Subcontract. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 16 5.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. In performing this contract, the Contractor shall provide for protecting the lives and health of employees and other persons; preventing damage to property, materials, supplies, and equipment; and avoid work interruptions. For these purposes, the Contractor shall: 1. Follow Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) regional directives and provide a site-specific safety program that will require an accident prevention and hazard analysis plan for the contractor and each subcontractor on the work site. The Contractor shall submit a site-specific safety plan to the Owner’s representative prior to the initial scheduled construction meeting. 2. Provide adequate safety devices and measures including, but not limited to, the appropriate safety literature, notice, training, permits, placement and use of barricades, signs, signal lights, ladders, scaffolding, staging, runways, hoist, construction elevators, shoring, temporary lighting, grounded outlets, wiring, hazardous materials, vehicles, construction processes, and equipment required by all applicable state, federal, and local laws and regulations. 3. Comply with the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), Clean Air Act, Shoreline Management Act, and other applicable federal, state, and local statutes and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. 4. Post all permits, notices, and/or approvals in a conspicuous location at the construction site. B. Provide any additional measures that the Owner determines to be reasonable and necessary for ensuring a safe environment in areas open to the public. Nothing in this part shall be construed as imposing a duty up on the Owner or A/E to prescribe safety conditions relating to employees, public, or agents of the Contractors. C. Contractor safety responsibilities: In carrying out its responsibilities according to the Contract Documents, Contractor shall protect the lives and health of employees performing the Work and other persons who may be affected by the Work; prevent damage to materials, supplies, and equipment whether on site or stored off-site; and prevent damage to other property at the site or adjacent thereto. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss; shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection; and shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. D. Contractor to maintain safety records: Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of exposure data on all incidents relating to the Work resulting in death, traumatic injury, occupational disease, or damage to property, materials, supplies, or equipment. Contractor shall immediately report any such incident to Owner. Owner shall, at all times, have a right of access to all records of exposure. E. Contractor to provide HazMat training: Contractor shall provide all persons working on the Project site with information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new hazard is introduced into their work area. 1. Information. At a minimum, Contractor shall inform persons working on the Project site of: a. WAC: The requirements of chapter 296-62 WAC, General Occupational Health Standards; b. Presence of hazardous chemicals: Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present; and c. Hazard communications program: The location and availability of written hazard communication programs, including the required list(s) of hazardous chemicals and material safety data sheets required by chapter 296-62 WAC. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 17 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 17 2. Training. At a minimum, Contractor shall provide training for persons working on the Project site which includes: a. Detecting hazardous chemicals: Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.); b. Hazards of chemicals: The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work area; c. Protection from hazards: The measures such persons can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures Contractor, or its Subcontractors, or others have implemented to protect those on the Project site from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and d. Hazard communications program: The details of the hazard communications program developed by Contractor, or its Subcontractors, including an explanation of the labeling system and the material safety data sheet, and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information. F. Hazardous, toxic or harmful substances: Contractor’s responsibility for hazardous, toxic, or harmful substances shall include the following duties: 1. Illegal use of dangerous substances: Contractor shall not keep, use, dispose, transport, generate, or sell on or about the Project site, any substances now or hereafter designated as, or which are subject to regulation as, hazardous, toxic, dangerous, or harmful by any federal, state or local law, regulation, statute or ordinance (hereinafter collectively referred to as “hazardous substances”), in violation of any such law, regulation, statute, or ordinance, but in no case shall any such hazardous substance be stored more than 90 Days on the Project site. 2. Contractor notifications of spills, failures, inspections, and fines: Contractor shall promptly notify Owner of all spills or releases of any hazardous substances which are otherwise required to be reported to any regulatory agency and pay the cost of cleanup. Contractor shall promptly notify Owner of all failures to comply with any federal, state, or local law, regulation, or ordinance; all inspections of the Project site by any regulatory entity concerning the same; all regulatory orders or fines; and all responses or interim cleanup actions taken by or proposed to be taken by any government entity or private party on the Project site. G. Public safety and traffic: All Work shall be performed with due regard for the safety of the public. Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of interruption of vehicular traffic or inconvenience to pedestrians. All arrangements to care for such traffic shall be Contractor’s responsibilities. All expenses involved in the maintenance of traffic by way of detours shall be borne by Contractor. H. Contractor to act in an emergency: In an emergency affecting the safety of life or the Work or of adjoining property, Contractor is permitted to act, at its discretion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and Contractor shall so act if so authorized or instructed. I. No duty of safety by Owner or A/E: Nothing provided in this section shall be construed as imposing any duty upon Owner or A/E with regard to, or as constituting any express or implied assumption of control or responsibility over, Project site safety, or over any other safety conditions relating to employees or agents of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors, or the public. 5.8 OPERATIONS, MATERIAL HANDLING, AND STORAGE AREAS A. Limited storage areas: Contractor shall confine all operations, including storage of materials, to Owner-approved areas. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 18 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 18 B. Temporary buildings and utilities at Contractor expense: Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices) and utilities may be provided by Contractor only with the consent of Owner and without expense to Owner. The temporary buildings and utilities shall be removed by Contractor at its expense upon completion of the Work. C. Roads and vehicle loads: Contractor shall use only established roadways or temporary roadways authorized by Owner. When materials are transported in prosecuting the Work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by federal, state, or local law or regulation. D. Ownership and reporting by Contractor of demolished materials: Ownership and control of all materials or facility components to be demolished or removed from the Project site by Contractor shall immediately vest in Contractor upon severance of the component from the facility or severance of the material from the Project site. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all laws governing the storage and ultimate disposal. Contractor shall provide Owner with a copy of all manifests and receipts evidencing proper disposal when required by Owner or applicable law. E. Contractor responsible for care of materials and equipment on-site: Contractor shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of its materials and equipment delivered to the Project site. Materials and equipment may be stored on the premises subject to approval of the Owner. When Contractor uses any portion of the Project site as a shop, Contractor shall be responsible for any repairs, patching, or cleaning arising from such use. F. Contractor responsible for loss of materials and equipment: Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage or loss to the Work, or to the materials or equipment until the date of Substantial Completion, and shall repair or replace without cost to Owner any damage or loss that may occur, except damages or loss caused by the acts or omissions of Owner. Contractor shall also protect and be responsible for any damage or loss to the Work, or to the materials or equipment, after the date of Substantial Completion, and shall repair or replace without cost to Owner any such damage or loss that might occur, to the extent such damages or loss are caused by the acts or omissions of Contractor, or any Subcontractor. 5.9 PRIOR NOTICE OF EXCAVATION A. Excavation defined; Use of locator services: “Excavation” means an operation in which earth, rock, or other material on or below the ground is moved or otherwise displaced by any means, except the tilling of soil less than 12 inches in depth for agricultural purposes, or road ditch maintenance that does not change the original road grade or ditch flow line. Before commencing any excavation, Contractor shall provide notice of the scheduled commencement of excavation to all owners of underground facilities or utilities, through locator services. 5.10 UNFORESEEN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. Notice requirement for concealed or unknown conditions: If Contractor encounters conditions at the site which are subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents, or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then Contractor shall give written notice to Owner promptly and in no event later than 7 Days after the first observance of the conditions. Conditions shall not be disturbed prior to such notice. B. Adjustment in Contract Time and Contract Sum: If such conditions differ materially and cause a change in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor may be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or Contract Sum, or both, provided it makes a request therefore as provided in Part 7. 5.11 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, VEGETATION, UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. Contractor to protect and repair property: Contractor shall protect from damage all existing structures, equipment, improvements, utilities, and vegetation: at or near the Project site; and on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by Contractor. Contractor shall repair any damage, including that to the property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the Work. If Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 19 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 19 Owner may have the necessary work performed and charge the cost to Contractor. B. Tree and vegetation protection: Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically authorized to do so, and shall protect vegetation that will remain in place. 5.12 LAYOUT OF WORK A. Advanced planning of the Work: Contractor shall plan and lay out the Work in advance of operations so as to coordinate all work without delay or revision. B. Layout responsibilities: Contractor shall lay out the Work from Owner-established baselines and bench marks indicated on the Drawings, and shall be responsible for all field measurements about the layout. Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor required to lay out any part of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for executing the Work to the lines and grades that may be established. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining or restoring all stakes and other marks established. 5.13 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Contractor to provide new and equivalent equipment and materials: All equipment, material, and articles incorporated into the Work shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. References in the Specifications to equipment, material, articles, or patented processes by trade name, make, or catalog number, shall be regarded as establishing a standard quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. Contractor may, at its option, use any equipment, material, article, or proce ss that, in the judgment of A/E, is equal to that named in the specifications, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor responsible for fitting parts together: Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching that may be required to make its several parts fit together properly, or receive or be received by work of others set forth in, or reasonably implied by, the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the Work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor unless approved in advance by Owner. C. Owner may reject defective Work: Should any of the Work be found defective, or in any way not in accordance with the Contract Documents, this work, in whatever stage of completion, may be rejected by Owner. 5.14 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES A. Owner to provide and charge for utilities: Owner shall make all reasonable utilities available to Contractor from existing outlets and supplies, as specified in the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the utility service consumed shall be charged to or paid for by Contractor at prevailing rates charged to Owner or, where the utility is produced by Owner, at reasonable rates determined by Owner. Contractor will carefully conserve any utilities furnished. B. Contractor to install temporary connections and meters: Contractor shall, at its expense and in a skillful manner satisfactory to Owner, install and maintain all necessary temporary connections and distribution lines, together with appropriate protective devices, and all meters required to measure the amount of ea ch utility used for the purpose of determining charges. Prior to the date of Final Acceptance, Contractor shall remove all temporary connections, distribution lines, meters, and associated equipment and materials. 5.15 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Contractor to provide for all testing and inspection of Work: Contractor shall maintain an adequate testing and inspection program and perform such tests and inspections as are necessary or required to ensure that the Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for inspection and quality surveillance of all its Work and all Work performed by any Subcontractor. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 20 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 20 and approvals. Contractor shall give Owner timely notice of when and B. Where tests and inspections are to be made. Contractor shall maintain complete inspection records and make them available to Owner. C. Owner may conduct tests and inspections: Owner may, at any reasonable time, conduct such inspections and tests as it deems necessary to ensure that the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner shall promptly notify Contractor if an inspection or test reveals that the Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless the subject items are expressly accepted by Owner, such Owner inspection and tests are for the sole benefit of Owner and do not: 1. Constitute or imply acceptance; 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for risk of loss or damage to the Work, materials, or equipment; 4. Relieve Contractor of its responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or 5. Impair Owner’s right to reject defective or nonconforming items, or to avail itself of any other r emedy to which it may be entitled. D. Inspections or inspectors do not modify Contract Documents: Neither observations by an inspector retained by Owner, the presence or absence of such inspector on the site, nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others, shall relieve Contractor from any requirement of the Contract Documents, nor is any such inspector authorized to change any term or condition of the Contract Documents. E. Contractor responsibilities on inspections: Contractor shall promptly furnish, without additional charge, all facilities, labor, material and equipment reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Owner. Owner may charge Contractor any additional cost of inspection or testing when Work is not ready at the time specified by Contractor for inspection or testing, or when prior rejection makes reinspection or retest necessary. Owner shall perform its inspections and tests in a manner that will cause no undue delay in the Work. 5.16 CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMING WORK A. Work covered by Contractor without inspection: If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the requirements in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by Owner, be uncovered for Owner’s observation and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense and without change in the Contract Time. B. Payment provisions for uncovering covered Work: If, at any time prior to Final Completion, Owner desires to examine the Work, or any portion of it, which has been covered, Owner may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum for the costs of uncovering and replacement, and, if completion of the Work is thereby delayed, an adjustment in the Contract Time, provided it makes such a request as provided in Part 7. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay the costs of examination and reconstruction. C. Contractor to correct and pay for non-conforming Work: Contractor shall promptly correct Work found by Owner not to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed. Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such nonconforming Work, including additional testing and inspections. D. Contractor’s compliance with warranty provisions: If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or within one year after the date for commencement of any system warranties established under Section 6.08, or within the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner to do so. Owner shall give such notice Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 21 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 21 promptly after discovery of the condition. This period of one year shall be extended, with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion, by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. Contractor’s duty to correct with respect to Work repaired or replaced shall run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. Obligations under this paragraph shall survive Final Acceptance. E. Contractor to remove non-conforming Work: Contractor shall remove from the Project site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by Contractor nor accepted by Owner. F. Owner may charge Contractor for non-conforming Work: If Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time after written notice to do so, Owner may replace, correct, or remove the nonconforming Work and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor. G. Contractor to pay for damaged Work during correction: Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged Work, whether completed or partially completed, caused by Contractor’s correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. No Period of limitation on other requirements: Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have according to the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Section 5.16D relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the Contractor’s obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, including the time within which such proceedings may be commenced. I. Owner may accept non-conforming Work and charge Contractor: If Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum may be reduced as appropriate and equitable. 5.17 CLEAN UP Contractor to keep site clean and leave it clean: Contractor shall at all times keep the Project site, including hauling routes, infrastructures, utilities, and storage areas, free from accumulations of waste materials. Before completing the Work, Contractor shall remove from the premises its rubbish, tools, scaffolding, equipment, and materials. Upon completing the Work, Contractor shall leave the Project site in a clean, neat, and orderly condition satisfactory to Owner. If Contractor fails to clean up as provided herein, and after reasonable notice from Owner, Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. 5.18 ACCESS TO WORK Owner and A/E access to Work site: Contractor shall provide Owner and A/E access to the Work in progress wherever located. 5.19 OTHER CONTRACTS Owner may award other contracts; Contractor to cooperate: Owner may undertake or award other contracts for additional work at or near the Project site. Contractor shall reasonably cooperate with the other contractors and with Owner’s employees and shall carefully adapt scheduling and perform the Work in accordance with these Contract Documents to reasonably accommodate the other work. 5.20 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS A. Subcontractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall include the language of this paragraph in each of its first-tier subcontracts, and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their subcontracts, adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly provide documentation to the Owner demonstrating that the subcontractor meets the subcontractor responsibility criteria below. The requirements of this paragraph apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier. At the time of subcontract execution, the Contractor shall verify that each of its first-tier subcontractors meets the Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 22 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 22 following bidder responsibility criteria: 1. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bid submittal; 2. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; 3. If applicable, have: a. Industrial Insurance (workers’ compensation) coverage for the subcontractor’s employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; b. A Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; c. A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; d. An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW; e. An elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. 4. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065 (3). 5. On a project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320, not have been found out of compliance by the Washington state apprenticeship and training council for working apprentices out of ratio, without appropriate supervision, or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for the one-year period immediately preceding the date of the Owner’s first advertisement of the project. 6. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation, not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. B. Provide names of Subcontractors and use qualified firms: Before submitting the first Application for Payment, Contractor shall furnish in writing to Owner the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all Subcontractors, as well as suppliers providing materials in excess of $2,500. Contractor shall utilize Subcontractors and suppliers which are experienced and qualified, and meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, if any. Contractor shall not utilize any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Owner has a reasonable objection, and shall obtain Owner’s written consent before making any substitutions or additions. C. Subcontracts in writing and pass through provision: All Subcontracts must be in writing. By appropriate written agreement, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, so far as applicable to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which Contractor assumes toward Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontract shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. Where appropriate, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. However, nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to alter the contra ctual relations between Contractor and its Subcontractors with respect to insurance or bonds. D. Coordination of Subcontractors; Contractor responsible for Work: Contractor shall schedule, supervise, and coordinate the operations of all Subcontractors. No Subcontracting of any of the Work shall relieve Contractor from its responsibility for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or any other obligations of the Contract Documents. E. Automatic assignment of subcontracts: Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is hereby assigned by Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 23 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 23 Contractor to Owner provided that: 1. Effective only after termination and Owner approval: The assignment is effective only after termination by Owner for cause pursuant to Section 9.01 and only for those Subcontracts which Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and 2. Owner assumes Contractor’s responsibilities: After the assignment is effective, Owner will assume all future duties and obligations toward the Subcontractor which Contractor assumed in the Subcontract. 3. Impact of bond: The assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under any bond provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5.21 WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION A. Contractor warranty of Work: In addition to any special warranties provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, Contractor warrants that all Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and is free of any defect in equipment, material, or design furnished, or workmanship performed by Contractor. B. Contractor responsibilities: With respect to all warranties, express or implied, for Work performed or materials furnished according to the Contract Documents, Contractor shall: 1. Obtain warranties: Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; 2. Warranties for benefit of Owner: Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of Owner; 3. Enforcement of warranties: Enforce all warranties for the benefit of Owner, if directed by Owner; and 4. Contractor responsibility for subcontractor warranties: Be responsible to enforce any subcontractor’s, manufacturer’s, or supplier’s warranties should they extend beyond the period specified in the Contract Documents. C. Warranties beyond Final Acceptance: The obligations under this section shall survive Final Acceptance. 5.22 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Renton, its elected officials, officers, agents, employees and volunteers, from and against any and all claims, losses or liability, or any portion of the same, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and litigation costs, arising from injury or death to persons, including injuries, sickness, disease or death of Contractor’s own employees, agents and volunteers, or damage to property caused by Contractor’s negligent act or omission, except for those acts caused by or resulting from a negligent act or omission by Renton and its officers, agents, employees a nd volunteers. Including Patent infringement: The use of any design, process, or equipment which constitutes an infring ement of any United States patent presently issued, or violates any other proprietary interest, including copyright, trademark, and trade secret. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115, (Validity o f agreement to indemnify against liability for negligence relative to construction, alteration, improvement, etc., of structure or improveme nt attached to real estate…) then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the contractor and Renton, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, Contractor’s liability shall be only to the extent of Contractor’s negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided in this Agreement constitute Contractor’s waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance Act, RCW Title 51, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. The Par ties have mutually negotiated and agreed to this waiver. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 24 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 24 PART 6 – PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1 CONTRACT SUM Owner shall pay Contract Sum: Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum plus state sales tax for performance of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractor to submit Schedule of Values: Before submitting its first Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Owner for approval a breakdown allocating the total Contract Sum to each principal category of work, in such detail as requested by Owner (“Schedule of Values”). The approved Schedule of Values shall include appropriate amounts for demobilization, record drawings, O&M manuals, and any other requirements for Project closeout, and shall be used by Owner as the basis for progress payments. Payment for Work shall be made only for and in accordance with those items included in the Schedule of Values. 6.3 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Monthly Application for Payment with substantiation: At monthly intervals, unless determined otherwise by Owner, Contractor shall submit to Owner an itemized Application for Payment for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the approved Schedule of Values. Each application shall be supported by such substantiating data as Owner may require. B. Contractor certifies Subcontractors paid: By submitting an Application for Payment, Contractor is certifying that all Subcontractors have been paid, less earned retainage in accordance with RCW 60.28.011, as their interests appeared in the last preceding certificate of payment. By submitting an Application for Payment, Contractor is recertifying that the representations set forth in Section 1.03, are true and correct, to the best of Contractor’s knowledge, as of the date of the Application for Payment. C. Reconciliation of Work with Progress Schedule: At the time, it submits an Application for Payment, Contractor shall analyze and reconcile, to the satisfaction of Owner, the actual progress of the Work with the Progress Schedule. D. Payment for material delivered to site or stored off-site: If authorized by Owner, the Application for Payment may include request for payment for material delivered to the Project site and suitably stored, or for completed preparatory work. Payment may similarly be requested for material stored off the Project site, provided Contractor complies with or furnishes satisfactory evidence of the following: 1. Suitable facility or location: The material will be placed in a facility or location that is structurally sound, dry, lighted and suitable for the materials to be stored; 2. Facility or location within 10 miles of Project: The facility or location is located within a 10-mile radius of the Project. Other locations may be utilized, if approved in writing, by Owner; 3. Facility or location exclusive to Project’s materials: Only materials for the Project are stored within the facility or location (or a secure portion of a facility or location set aside for the Project); 4. Insurance provided on materials in facility or location: Contractor furnishes Owner a certificate of insurance extending Contractor’s insurance coverage for damage, fire, and theft to cover the full value of all materials stored, or in transit; 5. Facility or location locked and secure: The facility or location (or secure portion thereof) is continuously under lock and key, and only Contractor’s authorized personnel shall have access; 6. Owner right of access to facility or location: Owner shall have the right of access in company of Contractor; 7. Contractor assumes total responsibility for stored materials: Contractor and its surety assume total responsibility for the stored materials; and Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 25 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 25 8. Contractor provides documentation and Notice when materials moved to site: Contractor furnishes to Owner certified lists of materials stored, bills of lading, invoices, and other information as may be required, and shall also furnish Notice to Owner when materials are moved from storage to the Project site. 6.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner to pay within 30 Days: Owner shall make progress payments, in such amounts as Owner determines are properly due, within 30 Days after receipt of a properly executed Application for Payment. Owner shall notify Contractor in accordance with chapter 39.76 RCW if the Application for Payment does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Withholding retainage; Options for retainage: Owner shall retain 5% of the amount of each progress payment until 45 Days after Final Acceptance and receipt of all documents required by law or the Contract Documents, including, at Owner’s request, consent of surety to release of the retainage. In accordance with chapter 60.28 RCW, Contractor may request that monies reserved be retained in a fund by Owner, deposited by Owner in a bank or savings and loan, or placed in escrow with a bank or trust company to be converted into bonds and securities to be held in escrow with interest to be paid to Contractor. Owner may permit Contractor to provide an appropriate bond in lieu of the retained funds. C. Title passes to Owner upon payment: Title to all Work and materials covered by a progress payment shall pass to Owner at the time of such payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, and encumbrances. Passage of title shall not, however, relieve Contractor from any of its duties and responsibilities for the Work or materials, or waive any rights of Owner to insist on full compliance by Contractor with the Contract Documents. D. Interest on unpaid balances: Payments due and unpaid in accordance with the Contract Documents shall bear interest as specified in chapter 39.76 RCW. 6.5 PAYMENTS WITHHELD A. Owner’s right to withhold payment: Owner may withhold or, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect Owner from loss or damage for reasons including but not limited to: 1. Non-compliant Work: Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Remaining Work to cost more than unpaid balance: Reasonable evidence that the Work required by the Contract Documents cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 3. Owner correction or completion Work: Work by Owner to correct defective Work or complete the Work in accordance with Section 5.16; 4. Contractor’s failure to perform: Contractor’s failure to perform in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions: Cost or liability that may occur to Owner as the result of Contractor’s fault or negligent acts or omissions. B. Owner to notify Contractor of withholding for unsatisfactory performance: In any case where part or all of a payment is going to be withheld for unsatisfactory performance, Owner shall notify Contractor in accordance with chapter 39.76 RCW. 6.6 RETAINAGE AND BOND CLAIM RIGHTS Chapters 39.08 RCW and 60.28 RCW incorporated by reference: Chapters 39.08 RCW and 60.28 RCW, concerning the rights and responsibilities of Contractor and Owner with regard to the performance and payment bonds and retainage, are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference as though fully set forth herein. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 26 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 26 6.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Substantial Completion defined: Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work (or portion thereof designated and approved by Owner) when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities (or portion thereof designated and approved by Owner) for the use for which it is intended. All Work other than incidental corrective or punch list work shall be completed. Substantial Completion shall not have been achieved if all systems and parts are not functional, if utilities are not connected and operating normally, if all required occupancy permits have not been issued, or if the Work is not accessible by normal vehicular and pedestrian traffic routes. The date Substantial Completion is achieved shall be established in writing by Owner. Contractor may request an early date of Substantial Completion which must be approved by Change Order. Owner’s occupancy of the Work or designated portion thereof does not necessarily indicate that Substantial Completion has been achieved. 6.8 PRIOR OCCUPANCY A. Prior Occupancy defined; Restrictions: Owner may, upon written notice thereof to Contractor, take possession of or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work (“Prior Occupancy”) at any time prior to Substantial Completion. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Prior Occupancy shall not: be deemed an acceptance of any portion of the Work; accelerate the time for any payment to Contractor; prejudice any rights of Owner provided by any insurance, bond, guaranty, or the Contract Documents; relieve Contractor of the risk of loss or any of the obligations established by the Contract Documents; establish a date for termination or partial termination of the assessment of liquidated damages; or constitute a waiver of claims. B. Damage; Duty to repair and warranties: Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph, Owner shall be responsible for loss of or damage to the Work resulting from Prior Occupancy. Contractor’s one-year duty to repair any system warranties shall begin on building systems activated and used by Owner as agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. 6.9 FINAL COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND PAYMENT A. Final Completion defined: Final Completion shall be achieved when the Work is fully and finally complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. The date Final Completion is achieved shall be established by O wner in writing, but in no case, shall constitute Final Acceptance which is a subsequent, separate, and distinct action. B. Final Acceptance defined: Final Acceptance shall be achieved when the Contractor has completed the requirements of the Contract Documents. The date Final Acceptance is achieved shall be established by Owner in writing. Prior to Final Acceptance, Contractor shall, in addition to all other requirements in the Contract Documents, submit to Owner a written notice of any outstanding disputes or claims between Contractor and any of its Subcontractors, including the amounts and other details thereof. Neither Final Acceptance, nor final payment, shall release Contractor or its sureties from any obligations of these Contract Documents or the payment and performance bonds, or constitute a waiver of any claims by Owner arising from Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Final payment waives Claim rights: Acceptance of final payment by Contractor, or any Subcontractor, shall constitute a waiver and release to Owner of all claims by Contractor, or any such Subcontractor, for an increase in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, and for every act or omission of Owner relating to or arising out of the Work, e xcept for those Claims made in accordance with the procedures, including the time limits, set forth in Part 8. PART 7 – CHANGES 7.1 CHANGE IN THE WORK A. Changes in Work, Contract Sum, and Contract Time by Change Order: Owner may, at any time and without notice to Contractor’s surety, order additions, deletions, revisions, or other changes in the Work. These changes in the Work shall be incorporated into the Contract Documents through the execution of Change Orders. If any change in the W ork ordered by Owner causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, an equitable adjustment Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 27 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 27 shall be made as provided in Section 7.02 or 7.03, respectively, and such adjustment(s) shall be incorporated into a Change Order. B. Owner may request COP from Contractor: If Owner desires to order a change in the Work, it may request a written Change Order Proposal (COP) from Contractor. Contractor shall submit a Change Order Proposal within 14 Days of the request from Owner, or within such other period as mutually agreed. Contractor’s Change Order Proposal shall be full compensation for implementing the proposed change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, and including compensation for all delays in connection with such change in the Work and for any expense or inconvenience, disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity occasioned by the change in the Work. C. COP negotiations: Upon receipt of the Change Order Proposal, or a request for equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both, as provided in Sections 7.02 and 7.03, Owner may accept or reject the proposal, request further documentation, or negotiate acceptable terms with Contractor. Pending agreement on the terms of the Change Order, Owner may direct Contractor to proceed immediately with the Change Order Work . Contractor shall not proceed with any change in the Work until it has obtained Owner’s approval. All Work done pursuant to any Owner- directed change in the Work shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Change Order as full payment and final settlement: If Owner and Contractor reach agreement on the terms of any change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, such agreement shall be incorporated in a Change Order. The Change Order shall constitute full payment and final settlement of all claims for time and for direct, indirect, and consequential costs, including costs of delays, inconvenience, disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity, related to any Work either covered or affected by the Change Order, or related to the events giving rise to the request for equitable adjustment. E. Failure to agree upon terms of Change Order; Final offer and Claims: If Owner and Contractor are unable to reach agreement on the terms of any change in the Work, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Contractor may at any time in writing, request a final offer from Owner. Owner shall provide Contractor with its written response within 30 Days of Contractor’s request. Owner may also provide Contractor with a final offer at any time. If Contractor rejects Owner’s final offer, or the parties are otherwise unable to reach agreement, Contractor’s only remedy shall be to file a Claim as provided in Part 8. F. Field Authorizations: The Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed with a change in the work through a written Field Authorization (also referred to as a Field Order) when the time required to price and execute a Change Order would impact the Project. The Field Authorization shall describe and include the following: 1. The scope of work 2. An agreed upon maximum not-to-exceed amount 3. Any estimated change to the Contract Time 4. The method of final cost determination in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the General Conditions 5. The supporting cost data to be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the General Conditions Upon satisfactory submittal by the Contractor and approval by the Owner of supporting cost data, a Change Order will be executed. The Owner will not make payment to the Contractor for Field Authorization work until that work has been incorporated into an executed Change Order. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 28 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 28 7.2 CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT SUM A. General Application 1. Contract Sum changes only by Change Order: The Contract Sum shall only be changed by a Change Order. Contractor shall include any request for a change in the Contract Sum in its Change Order Proposal. 2. Owner fault or negligence as basis for change in Contract Sum: If the cost of Contractor’s performance is changed due to the fault or negligence of Owner, or anyone for whose acts Owner is responsible, Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum in accordance with the following procedure. No change in the Contract Sum shall be allowed to the extent: Contractor’s changed cost of performance is due to the fault or negligence of Contractor, or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible; the change is concurrently caused by Contractor and Owner; or the change is caused by an act of Force Majeure as defined in Section 3.05. (a) Notice and record keeping for equitable adjustment: A request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner within 7 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request. For purposes of this part, “occurrence” means when Contractor knew, or in its diligent prosecution of the Work should have known, of the event giving rise to the request. If Contractor believes it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner and begin to keep and maintain complet e, accurate, and specific daily records. Contractor shall give Owner access to any such records and, if requested shall promptly furnish copies of such records to Owner. (b) Content of notice for equitable adjustment; Failure to comply: Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum for any occurrence of events or costs that occurred more than 7 Days before Contractor’s written notice to Owner. The written notice shall set forth, at a minimum, a description of: the event giving rise to the request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum; the nature of the impacts to Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier, if any; and to the extent possible the amount of the adjustment in Contract Sum requested. Failure to properly give such written notice shall, to the extent Owner’s interests are prejudiced, constitute a waiver of Contractor’s right to an equitable adjustment. (c) Contractor to provide supplemental information: Within 30 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request, unless Owner agrees in writing to allow an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data, Contractor shall supplement the written notice provided in accordance with subparagraph a. above with additional supporting data. Such additional data shall include, at a minimum: the amount of compensation requested, itemized in accordance with the procedure set forth herein; specific facts, circumstances, and analysis that confirms not only that Contractor suffered the damages claimed, but that the damages claimed were actually a result of the act, event, or condition complained of and that the Contract Documents provide entitlement to an equitable adjustment to Contractor for such act, event, or condition; and documentation sufficiently detailed to permit an informed analysis of the request by Owner. When the request for compensation relates to a delay, or other change in Contract Time, Contractor shall demonstrate the impact on the critical path, in accordance with Section 7.03C. Failure to provide such additional information and documentation within the time allowed or within the format required shall, to the extent Owner’s interests are prejudiced, constitute a waiver of Contractor’s right to an equitable adjustment. (d) Contractor to proceed with Work as directed: Pending final resolution of any request made in accordance with this paragraph, unless otherwise agreed in writing, Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work. (e) Contractor to combine requests for same event together: Any requests by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time that arise out of the same event(s) shall be submitted together. 3. Methods for calculating Change Order amount: The value of any Work covered by a Change Order, or of any request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum, shall be determined by one of the following methods: Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 29 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 29 a. Fixed Price: On the basis of a fixed price as determined in paragraph 7.02B. b. Unit Prices: By application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved as determined in paragraph 7.02C. c. Time and Materials: On the basis of time and material as determined in paragraph 7.02D. 4. Fixed price method is default; Owner may direct otherwise: When Owner has requested Contractor to submit a Change Order Proposal, Owner may direct Contractor as to which method in subparagraph 3 above to use when submitting its proposal. Otherwise, Contractor shall determine the value of the Work, or of a request for an equitable adjustment, on the basis of the fixed price method. B. Change Order Pricing – Fixed Price Procedures: When the fixed price method is used to determine the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, or of a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum, the following procedures shall apply: 1. Breakdown and itemization of details on COP: Contractor’s Change Order Proposal, or request for adjustment in the Contract Sum, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of the costs, including labor, material, subcontractor costs, and overhead and profit. The costs shall be itemized in the manner set forth below, and shall be submitted on breakdown sheets in a form approved by Owner. 2. Use of industry standards in calculating costs: All costs shall be calculated based upon appropriate industry standard methods of calculating labor, material quantities, and equipment costs such as R.S. Means or other standards acceptable to the Owner and Contractor. 3. Costs contingent on Owner’s actions: If any of Contractor’s pricing assumptions are contingent upon anticipated actions of Owner, Contractor shall clearly state them in the proposal or request for an equitable adjustment. 4. Markups on additive and deductive Work: The cost of any additive or deductive changes in the Work shall be calculated as set forth below, except that overhead and profit shall not be included on deductive changes in the Work. Where a change in the Work involves additive and deductive work by the same Contractor or Subcontractor, small tools, overhead, profit, bond and insurance markups will apply to the net difference. 5. Breakdown not required if change less than $1,000: If the total cost of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment does not exceed $1,000, Contractor shall not be required to submit a breakdown if the description of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment is sufficiently definitive for Owner to determine fair value. 6. Breakdown required if change between $1,000 and $2,500: If the total cost of the change in the Work or request for equitable adjustment is between $1,000 and $2,500, Contractor may submit a breakdown in the following level of detail if the description of the change in the Work or if the request for equitable adjustment is sufficiently definitive to permit the Owner to determine fair value: a. lump sum labor; b. lump sum material; c. lump sum equipment usage; d. overhead and profit as set forth below; and e. insurance and bond costs as set forth below. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 30 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 30 7. Components of increased cost: Any request for adjustment of Contract Sum based upon the fixed price method shall include only the following items: a. Craft labor costs: These are the labor costs determined by multiplying the estimated or actual additional number of craft hours needed to perform the change in the Work by the hourly labor costs. Craft hours should cover direct labor, as well as indirect labor due to trade inefficiencies. The hourly costs shall be based on the following: (1) Basic wages and benefits: Hourly rates and benefits as stated on the Department of Labor and Industries approved “statement of intent to pay prevailing wages” or a higher amount if approved by the Owner. Direct supervision shall be a reasonable percentage not to exceed 15% of the cost of direct labor. No supervision markup shall be allowed for a working supervisor’s hours. (2) Worker’s insurance: Direct contributions to the City of Renton for industrial insurance; medical aid; and supplemental pension, by the class and rates established by the Department of Labor and Industries. (3) Federal insurance: Direct contributions required by the Federal Insurance Compensation Act; Federal Unemployment Tax Act; and the State Unemployment Compensation Act. (4) Travel allowance: Travel allowance and/or subsistence, if applicable, not exceeding those allowances established by regional labor union agreements, which are itemized and identified separately. (5) Safety: Cost incurred due to the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, which shall be a reasonable percentage not to exceed 2% of the sum of the amounts calculated in (1), (2), and (3) above. b. Material costs: This is an itemization of the quantity and cost of materials needed to perform the change in the Work. Material costs shall be developed first from actual known costs, second from supplier quotations or if these are not available, from standard industry pricing guides. Material costs shall consider all available discounts. Freight costs, express charges, or special delivery charges, shall be itemized. c. Equipment costs: This is an itemization of the type of equipment and the estimated or actual length of time the construction equipment appropriate for the Work is or will be used on the change in the Work. Costs will be allowed for construction equipment only if used solely for the changed Work, or for additional rental costs actually incurred by the Contractor. Equipment charges shall be computed on the basis of actual invoice costs or if owned, from the current edition of one of the following sources: (1) The Equipment Watch Fleet Manager Estimator Package (digital). The maximum rate for standby equipment shall not exceed that shown in the Associated General Contractors Washington State Department of Transportation (AGC WSDOT) Equipment Rental Agreement, current edition on the Contract execution date. (2) The National Electrical Contractors Association for equipment used on electrical work. (3) The Mechanical Contractors Association of America for equipment used on mechanical work. The Equipment Watch Rental Rate Blue Book shall be used as a basis for establishing rental rates of equipment not listed in the above sources. The maximum rate for standby equipment shall not exceed that shown in the AGC WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement, current edition on the Contract execution date. d. Allowance for small tools, expendables & consumable supplies: Small tools consist of tools which cost $250 or less and are normally furnished by the performing contractor. The maximum rate for small tools shall not exceed the following: (1) 3% for Contractor: For Contractor, 3% of direct labor costs. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 31 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 31 (2) 5% for Subcontractors: For Subcontractors, 5% of direct labor costs. Expendables and consumables supplies directly associated with the change in Work must be itemized. e. Subcontractor costs: This is defined as payments Contractor makes to Subcontractors for changed Work performed by Subcontractors of any tier. The Subcontractors’ cost of Work shall be calculated and itemized in the same manner as prescribed herein for Contractor. f. Allowance for overhead: This is defined as costs of any kind attributable to direct and indirect delay, acceleration, or impact, added to the total cost to Owner of any change in the Contract Sum. If the Contractor is compensated under Section 7.03D, the amount of such compensation shall be reduced by the amount Contractor is otherwise entitled to under this subsection (f). This allowance shall compensate Contractor for all non -craft labor, temporary construction facilities, field engineering, schedule updating, as-built drawings, home office cost, B&O taxes, office engineering, estimating costs, additional overhead because of extended time, and any other cost incidental to the change in the Work. It shall be strictly limited in all cases to a reasonable amount, mutually acceptable, or if none can be agreed upon to an amount not to exceed the rates below: (1). Projects less than $3 million: For projects where the Contract Award Amount is under $3 million, the following shall apply: (a) Contractor markup on Contractor Work: For Contractor, for any Work actually performed by Contractor’s own forces, 16% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (b) Subcontractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor (including lower tier subcontractors), for any Work actually performed by its own forces, 16% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (c) Contractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For Contractor, for any work performed by its Subcontractor(s) 6% of the first $50,000 of the amount due each Subcontractor, and 4% of the remaining amount if any. (d) Subcontractor markup for lower tier Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor, for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s) of any lower tier, 4% of the first $50,000 of the amount due the sub-Subcontractor, and 2% of the remaining amount if any. (e) Basis of cost applicable for markup: The cost to which overhead is to be applied shall be developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a. – e. (2). Projects more than $3 million: For projects where the Contract Award Amount is equal to or exceeds $3 million, the following shall apply: (a) Contractor markup on Contractor Work: For Contractor, for any Work actually performed by Contractor’s own forces, 12% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (b) Subcontractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor (including lower tier subcontractors), for any Work actually performed by its own forces, 12% of the first $50,000 of the cost, and 4% of the remaining cost, if any. (c) Contractor markup for Subcontractor Work: For Contractor, for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s), 4% of the first $50,000 of the amount due each Subcontractor, and 2% of the remaining amount if any. (d) Subcontractor markup for lower tier Subcontractor Work: For each Subcontractor, for any Work performed by its Subcontractor(s) of any lower tier, 4% of the first $50,000 of the amount due the sub-Subcontractor, and 2% of the remaining amount if any. (e) Basis of cost applicable for markup: The cost to which overhead is to be applied shall be developed Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 32 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 32 in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a. – e. g. Allowance for profit: Allowance for profit is an amount to be added to the cost of any change in contract sum, but not to the cost of change in Contract Time for which contractor has been compensated pursuant to the conditions set forth in Section 7.03. It shall be limited to a reasonable amount, mutually acceptable, or if none can be agreed upon, to an amount not to exceed the rates below: (1) Contractor / Subcontractor markup for self-performed Work: For Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier for work performed by their forces, 6% of the cost developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a. – e. (2) Contractor / Subcontractor markup for Work performed at lower tier: For Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier for work performed by a subcontractor of a lower tier, 4% of the subcontract cost developed in accordance with Section 7.02B 7a. – h. h. Insurance and bond premiums: Cost of change in insurance or bond premium: This is defined as: (1) Contractor’s liability insurance: The cost of any changes in Contractor’s liability insurance arising directly from execution of the Change Order; and (2) Payment and Performance Bond: The cost of the additional premium for Contractor’s bond arising directly from the changed Work. The cost of any change in insurance or bond premium shall be added after overhead and allowance for profit are calculated in accordance with subparagraph f. and g above. C. Change Order Pricing – Unit Prices 1. Content of Owner authorization: Whenever Owner authorizes Contractor to perform Work on a unit-price basis, Owner’s authorization shall clearly state: a. Scope: Scope of work to be performed; b. Reimbursement basis: Type of reimbursement including pre-agreed rates for material quantities; and c. Reimbursement limit: Cost limit of reimbursement. 2. Contractor responsibilities: Contractor shall: a. Cooperate with Owner and assist in monitoring the Work being performed. As requested by Owner, Contractor shall identify workers assigned to the Change Order Work and areas in which they are working; b. Leave access as appropriate for quantity measurement; and c. Not exceed any cost limit(s) without Owner’s prior written approval. 3. Cost breakdown consistent with Fixed Price requirements: Contractor shall submit costs in accordance with paragraph 7.02B and satisfy the following requirements: a. Unit prices must include overhead, profit, bond and insurance premiums: Unit prices shall include reimbursement for all direct and indirect costs of the Work, including overhead, profit, bond, and insurance costs; and b. Owner verification of quantities: Quantities must be supported by field measurement statements signed by Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 33 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 33 Owner. D. Change Order Pricing – Time-and-Material Prices 1. Content of Owner authorization: Whenever Owner authorizes Contractor to perform Work on a time-and- material basis, Owner’s authorization shall clearly state: a. Scope: Scope of Work to be performed; b. Reimbursement basis: Type of reimbursement including pre-agreed rates, if any, for material quantities or labor; and c. Reimbursement limit: Cost limit of reimbursement. 2. Contractor responsibilities: Contractor shall: a. Identify workers assigned: Cooperate with Owner and assist in monitoring the Work being performed. As requested by Owner, identify workers assigned to the Change Order Work and areas in which they are working; b. Provide daily timesheets: Identify on daily time sheets all labor performed in accordance with this authorization. Submit copies of daily time sheets within 2 working days for Owner’s review. c. Allow Owner to measure quantities: Leave access as appropriate for quantity measurement; d. Perform Work efficiently: Perform all Work in accordance with this section as efficiently as possible; and e. Not exceed Owner’s cost limit: Not exceed any cost limit(s) without Owner’s prior written approval. 3. Cost breakdown consistent with Fixed Price requirements: Contractor shall submit costs in accordance with paragraph 7.02B and additional verification supported by: a. Timesheets: Labor detailed on daily time sheets; and b. Invoices: Invoices for material. 7.3 CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME A. COP requests for Contract Time: The Contract Time shall only be changed by a Change Order. Contractor shall include any request for a change in the Contract Time in its Change Order Proposal. B. Time extension permitted if not Contractor’s fault: If the time of Contractor’s performance is changed due to an act of Force Majeure, or due to the fault or negligence of Owner or anyone for whose acts Owner is responsible, Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time in accordance with the following procedure. No adjustment in the Contract Time shall be allowed to the extent Contractor’s changed time of performance is due to the fault or negligence of Contractor, or anyone for whose acts Contractor is responsible. 1. Notice and record keeping for Contract Time request: A request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered within 7 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request. If Contractor believes it is entitled to adjustment of Contract Time, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner and begin to keep and maintain complete, accurate, and specific daily records. Contractor shall give Owner access to any such record and if requested, shall promptly furnish copies of such record to Owner. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 34 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 34 2. Timing and content of Contractor’s Notice: Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time for any events that occurred more than 7 Days before Contractor’s written notice to Owner. The written notice shall set forth, at a minimum, a description of: the event giving rise to the request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time; the nature of the impacts to Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier, if any; and to the extent possible the amount of the adjustment in Contract Time requested. Failure to properly give such written notice shall, to the extent Owner’s interests are prejudiced, constitute a waiver of Contractor’s right to an equitable adjustment. 3. Contractor to provide supplemental information: Within 30 Days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the request, unless Owner agrees in writing to allow an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data, Contractor shall supplement the written notice provided in accordance with subparagraph 7.03B.2 with additional supporting data. Such additional data shall include, at a minimum: the amount of delay claimed, itemized in accordance with the procedure set forth herein; specific facts, circumstances, and analysis that confirms not only that Contractor suffered the delay claimed, but that the delay claimed was actually a result of the act, event, or condition complained of, and that the Contract Documents provide entitlement to an equitable adjustment in Contract Time for such act, event, or condition; and supporting documentation sufficiently detailed to permit an informed analysis of the request by Owner. Failure to provide such additional information and documentation within the time allowed or within the format required shall, to the extent Owner’s interests are prejudiced, constitute a waiver of Contractor’s right to an equitable adjustment. 4. Contractor to proceed with Work as directed: Pending final resolution of any request in accordance with this paragraph, unless otherwise agreed in writing, Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work. C. Contractor to demonstrate impact on critical path of schedule: Any change in the Contract Time covered by a Change Order, or based on a request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Time, shall be limited to the change in the critical path of Contractor’s schedule attributable to the change of Work or event(s) giving rise to the request for equitable adjustment. Any Change Order Proposal or request for an adjustment in the Contract Time shall demonstrate the impact on the critical path of the schedule. Contractor shall be responsible for showing clearly on the Progress Schedule that the change or event: had a specific impact on the critical path, and except in case of concurrent delay, was the sole cause of such impact; and could not have been avoided by resequencing of the Work or other reasonable alternatives. D. Cost of change in Contract Time: Contractor may request compensation for the cost of a change in Contract Time in accordance with this paragraph, 7.03D, subject to the following conditions: 1. Must be solely fault of Owner or A/E: The change in Contract Time shall solely be caused by the fault or negligence of Owner or A/E; 2. Procedures: Contractor shall follow the procedure set forth in paragraph 7.03B; 3. Demonstrate impact on critical path: Contractor shall establish the extent of the change in Contract Time in accordance with paragraph 7.03C; and 4. Limitations on daily costs: The daily cost of any change in Contract Time shall be limited to the items below, less the amount of any change in the Contract Sum the Contractor may otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 7.02B 7f for any change in the Work that contributed to this change in Contract Time: a. Non-productive supervision or labor: cost of nonproductive field supervision or labor extended because of delay; b. Weekly meetings and indirect activities: cost of weekly meetings or similar indirect activities extended because of the delay; c. Temporary facilities or equipment r ental: cost of temporary facilities or equipment rental extended because of the delay; Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 35 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 35 d. Insurance premiums: cost of insurance extended because of the delay; e. Overhead: general and administrative overhead in an amount to be agreed upon, but not to exceed 3% of the Contract Award Amount divided by the originally specified Contract Time for each Day of the delay. PART 8 – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION 8.1 CLAIMS PROCEDURE A. Claim is Contractor’s remedy: If the parties fail to reach agreement on the terms of any Change Order for Owner- directed Work as provided in Section 7.01, or on the resolution of any request for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum as provided in Section 7.02 or the Contract Time as provided in Section 7.03, Contractor’s only remedy shall be to file a Claim with Owner as provided in this section. B. Claim filing deadline for Contractor: Contractor shall file its Claim within 120 Days from Owner’s final offer made in accordance with paragraph 7.01E, or by the date of Final Acceptance, whichever occurs first. C. Claim must cover all costs and be documented: The Claim shall be deemed to cover all changes in cost and time (including direct, indirect, impact, and consequential) to which Contractor may be entitled. It shall be fully substantiated and documented. At a minimum, the Claim shall contain the following information: 1. Factual statement of Claim: A detailed factual statement of the Claim for additional compensation and time, if any, providing all necessary dates, locations, and items of Work affected by the Claim; 2. Dates: The date on which facts arose which gave rise to the Claim; 3. Owner and A/E employee’s knowledgeable about Claim: The name of each employee of Owner or A/E knowledgeable about the Claim; 4. Support from Contract Documents: The specific provisions of the Contract Documents which support the Claim; 5. Identification of other supporting information: The identification of any documents and the substance of any oral communications that support the Claim; 6. Copies of supporting documentation: Copies of any identified documents, other than the Contract Documents, that support the Claim; 7. Details on Claim for Contract Time: If an adjustment in the Contract Time is sought: the specific days and dates for which it is sought; the specific reasons Contractor believes an extension in the Contract Time should be granted; and Contractor’s analysis of its Progress Schedule to demonstrate the reason for the extension in Contract Time; 8. Details on Claim for adjustment of Contract Sum: If an adjustment in the Contract Sum is sought, the exact amount sought and a breakdown of that amount into the categories set forth in, and in the detail as required by Section 7.02; and 9. Statement certifying Claim: A statement certifying, under penalty of perjury, that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting cost and pricing data are true and accurate to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, that the Claim is fully supported by the accompanying data, and that the amount requested accurately reflects the adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time for which Contractor believes Owner is liable. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 36 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 36 D. Owner’s response to Claim filed: After Contractor has submitted a fully documented Claim that complies with all applicable provisions of Parts 7 and 8, Owner shall respond, in writing, to Contractor as follows: 1. Response time for Claim less than $50,000: If the Claim amount is less than $50,000, with a decision within 60 Days from the date the Claim is received; or 2. Response time for Claim of $50,000 or more: If the Claim amount is $50,000 or more, with a decision within 60 Days from the date the Claim is received, or with notice to Contractor of the date by which it will render its decision. Owner will then respond with a written decision in such additional time. E. Owner’s review of Claim and finality of decision: To assist in the review of Contractor’s Claim, Owner may visit the Project site, or request additional information, in order to fully evaluate the issues raised by the Claim. Contractor shall proceed with performance of the Work pending final resolution of any Claim. Owner’s written decision as set forth above shall be final and conclusive as to all matters set forth in the Claim, unless Contractor follows the procedure set forth in \Section 8.02. F. Waiver of Contractor rights for failure to comply with this Section: Any Claim of the Contractor against the Owner for damages, additional compensation, or additional time, shall be conclusively deemed to have been waived by the Contractor unless made in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 8.2 ARBITRATION A. Timing of Contractor’s demand for arbitration: If Contractor disagrees with Owner’s decision rendered in accordance with paragraph 8.01D, Contractor shall provide Owner with a written demand for arbitration. No demand for arbitration of any such Claim shall be made later than 30 Days after the date of Owner’s decision on such Claim; failure to demand arbitration within said 30 Day period shall result in Owner’s decision being final and binding upon Contractor and its Subcontractors. B. Filing of Notice for arbitration: Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed with the American Arbitration Association (AAA), with a copy provided to Owner. The parties shall negotiate or mediate under the Voluntary Construction Mediation Rules of the AAA, or mutually acceptable service, before seeking arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of AAA as follows: 1. Claims less than $30,000: Disputes involving $30,000 or less shall be conducted in accordance with the Northwest Region Expedited Commercial Arbitration Rules; or 2. Claims greater than $30,000: Disputes over $30,000 shall be conducted in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the AAA, unless the parties agree to use the expedited rules. C. Arbitration is forum for resolving Claims: All Claims arising out of the Work shall be resolved by arbitration. The judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered, or review of the award may occur, in the superior court having jurisdiction thereof. No independent legal action relating to or arising from the Work shall be maintained. D. Settlement outside of arbitration to be documented in Change Order: If the parties resolve the Claim prior to arbitration judgment, the terms of the resolution shall be incorporated in a Change Order. The Change Order shall constitute full payment and final settlement of the Claim, including all claims for time and for direct, indirect, or consequential costs, including costs of delays, inconvenience, disruption of schedule, or loss of efficiency or productivity. 8.3 CLAIMS AUDITS A. Owner may audit Claims: All Claims filed against Owner shall be subject to audit at any time following the filing of the Claim. Failure of Contractor, or Subcontractors of any tier, to maintain and retain sufficient records to allow Owner to verify all or a portion of the Claim or to permit Owner access to the books and records of Contractor, or S ubcontractors of any tier, shall constitute a waiver of the Claim and shall bar any recovery. B. Contractor to make documents available: In support of Owner audit of any Claim, Contractor shall, upon request, Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 37 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 37 promptly make available to Owner the following documents: 1. Daily time sheets and supervisor’s daily reports; 2. Collective bargaining agreements; 3. Insurance, welfare, and benefits records; 4. Payroll registers; 5. Earnings records; 6. Payroll tax forms; 7. Material invoices, requisitions, and delivery confirmations; 8. Material cost distribution worksheet; 9. Equipment records (list of company equipment, rates, etc.); 10. Vendors’, rental agencies’, Subcontractors’, and agents’ invoices; 11. Contracts between Contractor and each of its Subcontractors, and all lower-tier Subcontractor contracts and supplier contracts; 12. Subcontractors’ and agents’ payment certificates; 13. Cancelled checks (payroll and vendors); 14. Job cost report, including monthly totals; 15. Job payroll ledger; 16. Planned resource loading schedules and summaries; 17. General ledger; 18. Cash disbursements journal; 19. Financial statements for all years reflecting the operations on the Work. In addition, the Owner may require, if it deems it appropriate, additional financial statements for 3 years preceding execution of the Work; 20. Depreciation records on all company equipment whether these records are maintained by the company involved, its accountant, or others; 21. If a source other than depreciation records is used to develop costs for Contractor’s internal purposes in establishing the actual cost of owning and operating equipment, all such other source documents; 22. All nonprivileged documents which relate to each and every Claim together with all documents which support the amount of any adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time sought by each Claim; 23. Work sheets or software used to prepare the Claim establishing the cost components for items of the Claim including but not limited to labor, benefits and insurance, materials, equipment, Subcontractors, all documents which establish the time periods, individuals involved, the hours for the individuals, and the rates for the individuals; and 24. Work sheets, software, and all other documents used by Contractor to prepare its bid. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 38 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 38 C. Contractor to provide facilities for audit and shall cooperate: The audit may be performed by employees of Owner or a representative of Owner. Contractor, and its Subcontractors, shall provide adequate facilities acceptable to Owner, for the audit during normal business hours. Contractor, and all Subcontractors, shall make a good faith effort to cooperate with Owner’s auditors. PART 9 – TERMINATION OF THE WORK 9.1 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE A. 7 Day Notice to Terminate for Cause: Owner may, upon 7 Days written notice to Contractor and to its surety, terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner) the Work, or any part of it, for cause upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 1. Contractor fails to prosecute Work: Contractor fails to prosecute the Work or any portion thereof with sufficient diligence to ensure Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time; 2. Contractor bankrupt: Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency; 3. Contractor fails to correct Work: Contractor fails in a material way to replace or correct Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents; 4. Contractor fails to supply workers or materials: Contractor repeatedly fails to supply skilled workers or proper materials or equipment; 5. Contractor failure to pay Subcontractors or labor: Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payment due to Subcontractors or for labor; 6. Contractor violates laws: Contractor materially disregards or fails to comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction; or 7. Contractor in material breach of Contract: Contractor is otherwise in material breach of any provision of the Contract Documents. B. Owner’s actions upon termination: Upon termination, Owner may at its option: 1. Take possession of Project site: Take possession of the Project site and take possession of or use all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by Contractor to maintain the orderly progress of, and to finish, the Work; 2. Accept assignment of Subcontracts: Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.20; and 3. Finish the Work: Finish the Work by whatever other reasonable method it deems expedient. C. Surety’s role: Owner’s rights and duties upon termination are subject to the prior rights and duties of the surety, if any, obligated under any bond provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Contractor’s required actions: When Owner terminates the Work in accordance with this section, Contractor shall take the actions set forth in paragraph 9.02B, and shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is accepted. E. Contractor to pay for unfinished Work: If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the cost of finishing the Work, including compensation for A/E’s services and expenses made necessary thereby and any other extra costs or damages incurred by Owner in completing the Work, or as a result of Contractor’s actions, such excess shall be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. These Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 39 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 39 obligations for payment shall survive termination. F. Contractor and Surety still responsible for Work performed: Termination of the Work in accordance with this section shall not relieve Contractor or its surety of any responsibilities for Work performed. G. Conversion of “Termination for Cause” to “Termination for Convenience”: If Owner terminates Contractor for cause and it is later determined that none of the circumstances set forth in paragraph 9.01A exist, then such termination shall be deemed a termination for convenience pursuant to Section 9.02. 9.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE A. Owner Notice of Termination for Convenience: Owner may, upon written notice, terminate (without prejudice to any right or remedy of Owner) the Work, or any part of it, for the convenience of Owner. B. Contractor response to termination Notice: Unless Owner directs otherwise, after receipt of a written notice of termination for either cause or convenience, Contractor shall promptly: 1. Cease Work: Stop performing Work on the date and as specified in the notice of termination; 2. No further orders or Subcontracts: Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work as is not terminated; 3. Cancel orders and Subcontracts: Cancel all orders and subcontracts, upon terms acceptable to Owner, to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work terminated; 4. Assign orders and Subcontracts to Owner: Assign to Owner all of the right, title, and interest of Contractor in all orders and subcontracts; 5. Take action to protect the Work: Take such action as may be necessary or as directed by Owner to preserve and protect the Work, Project site, and any other property related to this Project in the possession of Contractor in which Owner has an interest; and 6. Continue performance not terminated: Continue performance only to the extent not terminated C. Terms of adjustment in Contract Sum if Contract terminated: If Owner terminates the Work or any portion thereof for convenience, Contractor shall be entitled to make a request for an equitable adjustment for its reasonable direct costs incurred prior to the effective date of the termination, plus reasonable allowance for overhead and profit on Work performed prior to termination, plus the reasonable administrative costs of the termination, but shall not be entitled to any other costs or damages, whatsoever, provided however, the total sum payable upon termination shall not exceed the Contract Sum reduced by prior payments. Contractor shall be required to make its request in accordance with the provisions of Part 7. D. Owner to determine whether to adjust Contract Time: If Owner terminates the Work or any portion thereof for convenience, the Contract Time shall be adjusted as determined by Owner. PART 10 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 10.1 GOVERNING LAW Applicable law and venue: The Contract Documents and the rights of the parties herein shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington and the City of Renton. Venue shall be in King county. Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 40 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 40 10.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Bound to successors; Assignment of Contract: Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party shall assign the Work without written consent of the other, except that Contractor may assign the Work for security purposes, to a bank or lending institution authorized to do business in the City of Renton. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations set forth in the Contract Documents. 10.3 MEANING OF WORDS Meaning of words used in Specifications: Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Reference to standard specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the code of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall be to the latest standard specification, manual, or code in effect on the date for submission of bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. Wherever in these Drawings and Specifications an article, device, or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular manner, such reference shall apply to as many such articles as are shown on the drawings, or required to complete the installation. 10.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES No waiver of rights: No action or failure to act by Owner or A/E shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract Documents, nor shall action or failure to act constitute approval or an acquiescence in a breach therein, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 10.5 CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION Contractor must be registered or licensed: Pursuant to RCW 39.06, Contractor shall be registered or licensed as required by the laws of the City of Renton, including but not limited to RCW 18.27. 10.6 TIME COMPUTATIONS Computing time: When computing any period of time, the day of the event from which the period of time begins shall not be counted. The last day is counted unless it falls on a weekend or legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a weekend or holiday. When the period of time allowed is less than 7 days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays are excluded from the computation. 10.7 RECORDS RETENTION / PUBLIC RECORDS REQUESTS A. Six-year records retention period: The wage, payroll, and cost records of Contractor, and its Subcontractors, and all records subject to audit in accordance with Section 8.03, shall be retained for a period of not less than 6 years after the d ate of Final Acceptance. B. Record Keeping and Reporting: Contractor shall maintain accounts and records, which properly reflect all direct and indirect costs expended and Services provided in the performance of this Agreement. The Contractor agrees to provide access to and copies of any records related to this Agreement as required by the City to audit expenditures and charges and/or to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act (Chapter 42.56 RCW). C. Public Records Compliance. To the full extent the City determines necessary to comply with the Washington State Public Records Act, Contractor shall make a due diligent search of all records in its possession, including, but not limited to, e- mail, correspondence, notes, saved telephone messages, recordings, photos, or drawings and provide them to the City for production. In the event Contractor believes said records need to be protected from disclosure, it shall, at Contractor’s own Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 41 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 41 expense, seek judicial protection. Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City for all costs , including attorneys’ fees, attendant to any claim or litigation related to a Public Records Act request for which Contractor has responsive records and for which Contractor has withheld records or information contained therein, or not provided them to th e City in a timely manner. Contractor shall produce for distribution any and all records responsive to the Public Records Act request in a timely manner, unless those records are protected by court order. 10.8 THIRD-PARTY AGREEMENTS No third-party relationships created: The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between: A/E and Contractor; Owner and any Subcontractor; or any persons other than Owner and Contractor. 10.9 ANTITRUST ASSIGNMENT Contractor assigns overcharge amounts to Owner: Owner and Contractor recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from antitrust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, Contractor hereby assigns to Owner any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods, materials, and equipment purchased in connection with the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, except as to overcharges which result from a ntitrust violations commencing after the Contract Sum is established and which are not passed on to Owner under a Change Order. Contractor shall put a similar clause in its Subcontracts, and require a similar clause in its sub- Subcontracts, such that all claims for such overcharges on the Work are passed to Owner by Contractor. 10.10 HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS Headings for convenience only: All headings and captions used in these General Conditions are only for convenience of reference, and shall not be used in any way in connection with the meaning, effect, interpret ation, construction, or enforcement of the General Conditions, and do not define the limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of these General Conditions. 10.11 DIVERSE BUSINESS PARTICIPATION The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by Diverse Businesses as found in RCW Chapters 39, 43, an d WAC 326. The voluntary Diverse Business goal of 26%, which is an aggregate of: 10% Minority Business Enterprises (MBE), 6% Women Business Enterprises (WBE), 5% Veteran-owned Business, and 5% Washington Small Businesses self- identified in the Washington Electronic Business Solution (WEBS) http://www.des.wa.gov/services/ContractingPurchasing/Business/Pages/WEBSRegistration.aspx. Contractors are encouraged to meet or exceed the project goals in the advertisement by any level of participation, regardless of category. 10.12 APPRENTICESHIP PARTICIPATION In accordance with RCW 39.04.320, the City of Renton requires 15% apprenticeship participation for projects estimated to cost one million dollars or more. Apprentice participation, under this contract, may be counted towards the required percentage (%) only if the apprentices are from an apprenticeship program registered and approved by the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council (RCW 49.04 and WAC 296-05). A. Bidders may contact the Department of Labor and Industries, Specialty Compliance Services Division, Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia, WA 98504-4530 by phone at (360) 902-5320, and e-mail at Apprentice@Lni.wa.gov, to obtain information on available apprenticeship programs. B. For each project that has apprentice requirements, the contractor shall submit a “Statement of Apprentice and Journeyman Participation” in a format approved by the City with every request for progress payment. The Contractor shall submit consolidated and cumulative data collected by the Contractor and collected from all subcontractors by the Contractor. The data to be collected and submitted includes the following: 1. Contractor name and address Fire Station 15 00 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 42 of 42 December 22, 2017 00 7200 - 42 2. Contract number 3. Project name END OF DOCUMENT DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Fire Station 15 01 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 0100 - 1 SECTION 01 0100 SEALS I hereby certify that this project specification was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Architect under the laws of the State of Washington. Keith James Schreiber, AIA Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects Fire Station 15 01 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 0100 - 2 The Structural Engineer's seal and signature affixed hereon indicates this Engineer's review and participation in the preparation of the Project Manual. Participation is limited to following specification sections: 03 3000 Cast-in-Place Concrete 04 2200 Concrete Unit Masonry 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 06 1000 Rough Carpentry 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1733 Wood I-Joists 06 1753 Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses Marjorie Lund, PE, SE Lund Opsahl Engineers 21502 LUNDMARJO R I E A.RPREE N GLAONSS E I INOF ENOTGN I AWFSH TESATO EG INERE NAL TRUCURST 12/18/2017 Fire Station 15 01 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 0100 - 3 The Civil Engineer's seal and signature affixed hereon indicates this Engineer's review and participation in the preparation of the Project Manual. Participation is limited to following specification sections: 01 5713 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 31 1000 Site Preparation 31 2200 Earthwork 31 4100 Trench Safety 32 1216 Flexible Pavement 32 1313 Rigid Pavement 32 1314 Pervious Rigid Pavement 32 1723 Pavement Markings 33 1100 Water Utilities 33 3000 Sanitary Sewerage 33 4000 Storm Drainage Laurie Pfarr, PE LPD Engineers Fire Station 15 01 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 0100 - 1 The Mechanical Engineer's seal and signature affixed hereon indicates this Engineer's review and participation in the preparation of the Project Manual. Participation is limited to follow specification sections: 20 0200 Operation & Maintenance Manual for Mechanical 20 0500 Common Work Results for Mechanical 20 0519 Piping Specialties for Mechanical 20 0529 Hangers & Supports for Mechanical 20 0530 Sleeves & Seals for Mechanical 20 0548 Vibration & Seismic Controls for Mechanical 20 0590 Underground Utilities Excavation & Fill for Mechanical 20 0593 Testing, Adjusting, Balancing for Mechanical 20 0700 Mechanical Insulation 20 0800 Commissioning of Mechanical Systems 21 1000 Water-Based Fire Suppression System 22 1100 Facility Water Distribution 22 1123 Domestic Water Pumps 22 1300 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 1400 Facility Storm Drainage 22 1500 Compressed Air Systems 22 1600 Facility Natural Gas Piping System 22 3300 Domestic Water Heaters 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures 23 0933 Electric & Electronic Control System for HVAC 23 0993 Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls 23 2129 Combustion Condensate Piping 23 3100 HVAC Ducts & Casings 23 3300 Duct Accessories 23 3400 Fans 23 3500 Special Exhaust Systems 23 3700 Air Outlets & Inlets 23 5416 Fuel Fired Furnaces 23 7223 DOAS Units 23 8126 Split System Air Conditioners 23 8127 VFR Split System Heat Pumps 23 8239 Unit Heater 23 8246 Electric Heaters 23 8310 Gas-Fired Radiant Heaters Rick Hultz PE | Principal Hultz-BHU Engineers Fire Station 15 01 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 0100 - 1 The Electrical Engineer's seal and signature affixed hereon indicates this Engineer's review and participation in the preparation of the Project Manual. Participation is limited to follow specification sections: 26 0100 Electrical General Requirements 26 0500 Basic Materials & Methods 26 0526 Grounding & Bonding 26 0530 Low Voltage Electrical Systems Pathway 26 0580 Utility Services 26 0920 Lighting Controls 26 2002 Electrical Distribution 26 3200 Packaged Engine Generator Systems 26 3600 Transfer Switches 26 5000 Lighting Fixtures 27 1001 Telecommunications Structured Cabling 27 1530 Television Distribution System 28 3100 Addressable Fire Alarm System Scott Mallory PE | Senior Electrical Engineer Hultz-BHU Engineers Fire Station 15 01 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 0100 - 6 The Landscape Architect's seal and signature affixed hereon indicates this Landscape Architect's review and participation in the preparation of the Project Manual. Participation is limited to follow specification sections: 01 5639 Temporary Tree Protection 12 9300 Site Furnishing 32 8400 Irrigation (Alternate #1) 32 9000 Planting Juliet Vong, ASLA, LEED Hough Beck & Baird Inc. Fire Station 15 01 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SUMMARY OF WORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 1000 - 1 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the following: 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of contract. 3. Permits, fees and bonds. 4. Work sequence 5. Owner's occupancy requirements. 6. Contractor use of site and premises. 7. Work restrictions. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section “Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specific ation Sections apply to this Section. 1.03 PROJECT A. Project Name: Fire Station #15 1. Owner's Name: City of Renton 2. Architect's Name: Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects, PS. 3. The Project consists of the following: a. Site clearing and preparation for new construction of approximately 7,500-gsf fire station in a single-story configuration. 1) Building construction includes, but is not limited to, concrete footings, concrete slabs on prepared subgrade, CMU, steel and wood structural framing, exterior wall systems with fiber-cement and metal wall panels, aluminum fenestration systems, single-ply membrane roofing system, interior wood partition assemblies, interior finishes, specialties and furnishings, heating and cooling systems, plumbing, electrical and data systems. 2) Site development includes; site earthwork, TESC, mass and fine grading, storm drainage, water and sanitary utilities, site power and lighting, concrete paving, site accessories, screens and equipment and landscaping. 3) The Owner has designated two bid alternates that, if accepted either add to, or deduct from the work identified as Base Bid. 1.04 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: Single General Construction Contract based on a single lump-sum price as described in Division 00. B. WORK BY OWNER 1. Items noted NIC (Not in Contract) will be supplied and installed by Owner before Substantial Completion. Not all items are listed below but some items include: a. Furnishings b. Extractor c. Kitchen and Laundry Appliances d. Specialty signage and plaque. e. Communications, A/V or other low voltage system components 1.05 PERMITS, FEES AND BONDS A. The Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit. B. All other permits and fees will be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE Fire Station 15 01 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SUMMARY OF WORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 1000 - 2 A. The work will be a single project B. The Contractor shall schedule and supervise the work to accomplish completion within the contract time . C. The Contractor shall schedule any work that impairs Owner's facility operations to after hours or weekends and only as approved by Owner. D. The Contractor shall schedule work in the shared area, including: rough grading, TESC, soil removal and replacement and testi ng for drainage, temporary site wall construction and project site fencing to commence at the beginning of the work schedule and co mplete without interruption. Once the work in the shared area is complete, the contractor shall install temporary fencing to protec t the area. This area shall be made available to the Owner after early acceptance by the Architect. 1.07 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations and adjacent construction project. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent facilities. Do not close or obstruct roads, sidewalks, or driveways without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. C Adjacent work by others: The Owner may be executing other construction work on the site simultaneous to the work of this contract. 1.08 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. Work by Others. 2. Work by Owner. C. Provide access to and from site as required by law. 1. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. D. SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS 1. Unless otherwise noted, all provisions of the sections listed below apply to all contracts. Specific items of work listed un der individual contract descriptions constitute exceptions. 2. Section 01 2300 - Alternates. 3. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements. 4. Section 01 3216 - Construction Progress Schedule. 5. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements. 6. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 7. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 8. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. 9. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals. F. WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. Hours of Operation: Per City of Renton Municipal Code 4-4-030 C.: Commercial, multi-family, new single family and other nonresidential construction activities shall be restricted to the hours between seven o’clock (7:00) a.m. and eight o’clock (8:00) p.m., Monday through Friday. Haul hours shall be restricted to the hours between eight-thirty (8:30) a.m. and three-thirty (3:30) p.m., Monday through Friday unless otherwise approved in advance by the Development Services Division. 2. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted un der the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. a. Provide Owner not less than 72 hours’ notice in advance of proposed utility interruptions. b. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 3. Other Restriction per Section 01 1400 PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 1130 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 1 December 22, 2017 01 1130 - 1 SECTION 01 1130 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for hazardous materials. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 OWNER NOTIFICATION A. The Owner has surveyed the existing site for hazardous materials and has not discovered any known hazardous materials. 1.04 CONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION A. Pursuant to WAC 296.62.054 to 296.62.05425, provide the Owner with a complete list of all hazardous chemicals and other mater ials intended to be used during execution of the project, including storage locations. 1.05 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL AND LEAD PAINT A. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Architect any material suspected of being hazardous which is encountered during execution of the Work. The Owner will arrange for tests to determine if the material is hazardous. If the material is found to be hazardous the Owner will initiate the construction modification procedure for its abatement by the Contractor. B. Compliance with Regulations: All work shall comply with the applicable requirements of 29 CFR 1926/1910. The disposal of any hazardous materials encountered shall also comply with the requirements of applicable state and municipal safety and health requirements. Where there is a conflict between applicable regulations, the most stringent shall apply. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DELEGATED DESIGN Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 1200 - 1 SECTION 01 1200 – DELEGATED DESIGN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Section Includes: Requirements in this section apply to delegated design ("design -build") building systems and fabricated assemblies identified in individual specification sections B. The general provisions of the Contract, including General, Modified, and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specifi cation Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements in this section apply to delegated design ("design-build") building systems and fabricated assemblies identified in individual specification sections 1. Formwork 2. Shoring and temporary bracing of the building during construction 3. Trusses and other structural framing components 4. Roof Fall Protection 5. Fire Protection 6. Alerting/Alarm Systems 7. Signage 8. Stair 8. Flagpole 1.03 INTENT A. The intent of Delegated Design Submittals required by this section is to account for professional engineering responsibility for design, review and acceptance of components of Work forming a part of permanent Work in accordance with Building Code, and that has been assigned to a design entity other than Consultant including, but not limited to: 1. Design requiring structural analysis of load bearing components and connections. 2. Design requiring compliance with life or health safety regulation. C. Performance and Design Criteria: Provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by Contract Documents. D. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for addition al information to the Architect. E. Delegated design will be required for elements designed by a specialty professional, which may include: 1. Elements that require specialized fabrication equipment or a proprietary fabrication process not usually available at job sit e 2. Elements normally fabricated off-site 3. Elements requiring engineering, not normally a part of scope of services performed by architectural; structural; mechanical; electrical; or other disciplines of Consultant. 1.04 STATUS OF BID DOCUMENTS A. Contract Drawings are diagrammatic and do not purport to identify nor solve problems of thermal or structural movement, anchorage or moisture resistance of any manufactured assemblies. B. Requirements shown by details are intended to establish basic dimension of unit, sight lines and profiles of members. Fire Station 15 01 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DELEGATED DESIGN Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 1200 - 2 C. Coordinate shop drawings and installation of exterior wall to resolve conflicts. D. Allow for installation tolerances, expansion and contraction of adjacent materials, and sealant manufacturer’s recommended joint design. E. Assemblies shall be free from rattles, and noise due to thermal and structural movement and wind pressure. F. Attachment considerations are to take into account site peculiarities and expansion and contraction movements so there is no possibility of loosening, weakening, or fracturing connection between units and building structure or between units themselve s. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WORK RESTRICTIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 1 December 22, 2017 01 1400 - 1 SECTION 01 1400 - WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specific ation Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 USE OF PREMISES A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Wo rk is indicated. Site work includes work outside the primary project site, this is designated as Area 2: Shared Area on sheet A1.01. Rough grading and associated work shall be completed at beginning of project and site fencing moved to enclose the area designated Area 1: FS #15. All work shall be contained inside this designated area for the duration of the Work except Work specifically designated to occur in Area 2 and shown on the project schedule. 1. Driveways and Entrances: Unless otherwise indicated, keep driveways and entrances, roadways, pathways and sidewalks clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances and to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. b. Schedule work that will impact Owner's access to hours that will not impede such access. B. Resources: During the execution of all site work, the contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the regulations re garding archaeological resources (Chapte rs 27.34, 26.53, 27.44, 79.01, and 79.90 RCW, and Chapter 25.48 WAC) as applicable. 1.03 NOISE CONTROL A. Meet all requirements of WAC 173-60-040. Maintain the level of construction noise inside adjacent buildings and/or rooms from exceeding a dB(A) 60 curve (with windows closed). B. Meet all requirements of the City of Renton Municipal Code. C. Outdoor Vehicle and Internal Combustion Engine Noise: The noise level of each piece of equipment shall not be greater than 85 dB(A) at a distance of 50 feet as measured under noisier operating conditions. Provide rubber -tired equipment whenever possible instead of metal-tracked equipment. Mufflers for stationary engines shall provide hospital-area silencing quality. D. Air Compressors: Equip air compressors with silencing packages. Electric-driven compressors are preferred. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 2000 - 1 SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Modification procedures. D. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices: payment and modification procedures relating to unit prices. C. See General Conditions all requirements pertaining to retainage. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Format: On 8-1/2" X 11" paper. B. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. C. Submit printed schedule on form acceptable to the Owner. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be cons idered. D. Submit for Architect approval, three copies of Schedule of Values, a minimum of 15 days before first Application for Payment submittal. Approved Schedule of Values will be used by the Owner as the basis for progress payments. E. Format: Schedule of Values shall breakdown the total Contract Sum to each category of work utilizing the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify Site Mobilization, Bond s and Insurance, Demobilization, Record Drawings, O&M Manuals and requirements for Project Closeout. 1. Site mobilization shall not exceed 3% of Contract Sum. 2. Construction closeout shall not be less than 2% of Contract Sum. 3. For each line item exceeding 1/20 of Contract Sum, show breakdown by major products and operations. 4. Cross reference Schedule of Values amounts to the Construction Progress Schedule scheduled tasks with specified in Section 01 3216 5. Round figures to nearest dollar amount. 6. Make sum of total scheduled costs equal to Contract Sum. 7. Major cost items, which are not directly a cost of actual work-in-place, such as distinct temporary facilities, may be either shown as items in schedule of values or included in General Conditions, mobilization and/or demobilization at Contractor's option. F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Order Proposals (COP) and Field Authorizations (FA), with each Application for Paymen t. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement, if not stipulated, at monthly intervals. B. Prior to first Application for Payment, submit approved Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages forms for Contractor and all subcontra ctors. Without exception, processing of an Application for Payment will not begin until approved copies are on file with Owner for each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed by Contractor or subcontractors included in that Application. 1. Submit a list of all subcontractors and suppliers. 2. Submit instructions to Owner for the disposition of retainage funds. a. In accordance with chapter 60.28 of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW), Owner shall reserve a contract retainage not to exceed Five percent of the moneys earned by Contractor as trust fund for the protection and payment of: 1) The claims of any person and Owner arising in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2) The state with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from such Contractor. b. The funds held in retainage shall be held until forty-five (45) days following Final Acceptance subject to the provisions of Fire Station 15 01 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 2000 - 2 chapters 39.12 and 60.28 RCW. c. Contractor's written instructions should be addressed to the Owner with a copy to the Architect. d. At the option of Contractor, the moneys reserved by Owner shall be either: 1) Retained in a fund by Owner. 2) Bonded for all or any portion of the contract retainage in a form acceptable to Owner; or 3) Deposited in an interest-bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association. 4) Placed in escrow with a bank or trust company by Owner. (a) Escrow Agent: If the retained funds are to be placed in escrow, Contractor will select the escrow agent, subject to approval by Owner. The selected agent must be a bank or trust company in the State of Washington. (b) Pursuant to electing the escrow option, an escrow agreement shall be executed by Contractor, Owner, and bank. Three copies of the agreement should be completed and executed by Contractor and returned to Owner for joint execution, who in turn will forward all copies to the bank for receipt and acceptance. The bank will retain one copy and return one copy each to Contractor and Owner. A completed and signed escrow agreement must be on file with Owner for payment before Contractor's first application is processed. (c) Escrow Payments: As each progress estimate is presented for payment, Contractor shall make a vouchered request for the retained funds that are to be placed in escrow. Upon receiving a retainage invoice, Owner will issue a check payable to Contractor and the bank jointly. Such checks will be mailed to the bank and Contractor will receive copies of check transmittal letters. (d) Escrow Investments: The bank shall invest the retained funds in bonds and other securities selected by Contractor from the following list approved by Owner: (1) Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of the United States. (2) Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. (3) Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the government of the United States. (4) Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. (5) Time deposits in commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations in the State of Washington. (e) Deposits in savings accounts in commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and savings and loan associations in the State of Washington. (f) The investments selected must mature on or prior to the date set for completion of the contract, including extensions thereof or forty-five (45) days following the Final Acceptance of the improvement or work. Interest on such investments shall be paid to Contractor as it accrues. (g) Escrow Costs and Fees: All escrow costs and fees shall be paid by Contractor, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. (h) Release of Escrow Investments to Contractor: Upon Final Acceptance and the expiration of forty-five (45) days following the date of Acceptance, and contingent upon Contractor's compliance with provisions of the public works statutes, Owner will issue written instructions to the bank to release to Contractor the investment held in escrow. If there should be either unpaid taxes or other unsatisfied claims against the retained percentage, the provisions of the Escrow Agreement will govern. C. Submit draft Application for Payment to Architect for approval 10 days prior to submittal of actual Application for Payment. D. Present required information in digital form. E. Form: As approved by the Owner F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work perfor med. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. I. Submit one signed digital image of each Application for Payment. J. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3216. 2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products if any. Fire Station 15 01 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 2000 - 3 4. Statements of Intents to Pay Prevailing Wages as documented by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries for each contractor or subcontractor included on the Pay Application. K. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of d ata with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's standard form. B. For other required changes, Architect will issue a Field Authorization (FA) signed by the Owner, A/E and Contractor instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes, will identify an initial estimate of the probable cost of any changes, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a request for Change Order Proposal (COP) that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Tim e for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 14 days. D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6 000. E. Computation of Change in Contract Sum: Will be as specified in the Agreement and the General Conditions. 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's pri ce quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will be based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. Provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. f. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 2. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indica ted in the Conditions of the Contract. G. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of th e Contract. H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous p ayments, and sum remaining due. Fire Station 15 01 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 2000 - 4 B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. Closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000. 2. Contractor's Certification of Payment of Debts Claims. 3. Contractor's Certificate of Release of Liens. 4. Architect's approval of Closeout submittals specified in Section 01 7800. 5. Completion of punchlist with Architect's approval. 6. Completion of all Change Orders. 7. Submittal of Affidavit of wages paid for Contractor and subcontractors. 8. L&I release. 9. Sign-off of all required permits. 10. Posting of Certificate of Occupancy. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 2100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PREVAILING WAGE RATES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 1 December 22, 2017 01 2100 - 1 SECTION 01 2100 – PREVAILING WAGE RATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This project, located in King County Washington, is subject to the payment of prevailing wages to all workers. It is the contractor’s responsibility to determine and use the applicable rates for the appropriate area of the state, as published by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. These rates are available on the web at https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx. 1. Contractor must include these provisions in all subcontracts for work performed under this Contract. B. Based in the bid submittal deadline for this project, the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this project is January 23, 2018. Upon written request, the Architect will mail a hard copy of the applicable prevailing wages for this project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNIT PRICES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 2200 - 1 SECTION 01 2200 – UNIT PRICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. List of unit prices, for use in preparing Bids. B. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to Work performed under a unit price payment method. 1.02 COSTS INCLUDED A. Unit Prices included on the Bid Form shall include full compensation for all required labor, products, tools, equipment, plan t, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or ins tallation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit. B. Unit Price amount shall only be used for material quantities above or below the base bid quantities indicated and included in the Bid Allowance. All costs for the base bid quantities shall be included in the base bid amount on the Bid Proposal Form. C. Contractor shall document quantity of all work performed as the Bid Allowance and notify Architect and Owner when work design ated as a unit price is to be performed. Measurement of material shall be as specified in these specifications, and shall be completed prior to the work being covered. Contractor shall not receive credit or payment for work designated as a unit price or allowance if the Contractor fails to properly facilitate measurement of materials. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantities listed under unit description of Unit Prices indicated on the Bid Proposal form are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements of actual Work will determine the actual payment amount. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the individual specification section govern. B. Take all measurements and compute quantities. Measurements and quantities will be verified by Owner. C. Assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required. D. Measurement by Volume: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width and height or thickness. Measurement shall be taken of the installed work. 1.05 PROCEDURES A. Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities of Work that is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work and accepted by the Architect, multiplied by the unit price. B. The pricing for Unit Prices shall include the full price for the work in place including all Contractor fees, overhead, transportation, equipment, direct and indirect costs and mark-ups. C. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products. 1.06 DEFINITION OF UNIT PRICES A. Contractor shall include in the base bid the cost of achieving the final grades shown on the Contract Documents. All excavation, export, import, filling, and compaction required to achieve the final grades and completed structures shall be included in the basic bid. 1. Over excavation: A unit price shall be applied to unsuitable soils as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer encountered below the sub grade elevation. The contractor shall be responsible for measuring the quantity of unsuitable material that is removed (in place) bank yards by field measurement and to be verified by the Geotechnical Engineer or the Special Testing and Inspection Agent prior to backfilling with imported structural fill or approved on-site soil. 2. Sub Grade: For the purpose of the Contractor Bid, the following shall define the sub-grade elevations. Fire Station 15 01 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNIT PRICES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 2200 - 2 a. Footings: Two feet below the elevation of the bottom of the footing as detailed. b. Buildings: The elevation at the bottom of the capillary break. c. Paving: The elevation at the bottom of the paving section. d. Utility Trenches: The elevation of the bottom of the pipe bedding. e. Landscaped Areas: The elevation below the stripping depth or the soil planting section. 3. Unsuitable Material as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer the field. Unsuitable material shall be that material below the sub-grade elevation that does not meet bearing capacity requirements as defined by the Geotechnical Engineer. 4. The Contractor will be compensated at his bid unit price for over-excavation and disposing of an assumed quantity of this material identified in the Bid Form. 5. The Contractor shall include in his base bid the cost of excavating and disposing of an assumed quantity of this material identified in the Bid Form. 6. Soil integrity will be influenced by the weather conditions and the Contractor’s handling and protection of the material as it is removed and placed. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect soils from the elements. Material that is deemed unsuitable due to lack of protection will not be applied to the unit price. The Contractor will be responsible for removing such material and replacing with acceptable material at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Contractor proposes to provide the Unit Prices as described in the Contract Documents, and subject to the same conditions as indicated in the Form of Bid. The quantities shown are assumed as additions to the scope shown in the Contract Documents. Actual quantities will be dictated by the conditions found during construction and the Contractor shall measure the appropriate units by field measurement that shall be observed, verified and documented by the Geotechnical Engineer. Quantities exceeding the assumed quantity shall be compensated at the stated Unit Price and added to the Contract by Change Order. If actual final quantity is less than the assumed quantity, the difference shall be credited to the Owner at the stated Unit Pri ce and deducted from the Contract by Change Order. 1. Excavation (disposed off-site) per bank cubic yard (over or under 180 cubic yards defined above) a. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard (CY) of soils excavated, trucked and legally dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in-place location. 2. Imported fill (delivered and in place) per ton (over or under 50 tons defined above) a. Description: Structural Fill according to Division 31 Section “Earthwork”, as required in addition to that required in the Base Bid. b. Unit of Measurement: Tons of fill imported, placed and compacted. Contractor to note that all Unit Prices must be listed on the Bid Proposal. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 2300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ALTERNATES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 1 December 22, 2017 01 2300 - 1 SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of alternates. B. Procedures for pricing alternates. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Instructions to Bidders. B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification s ections, apply to this section. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to the Base Bid amount. 1. The cost for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustment will be made to the Contract Sum. 1.04 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option. The order of Alternates does not indicate a specific preference nor the order in which the Owner may accept alternates. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner- Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each alternate. C. The Owner may accept alternates up to 60-days following NTP. Alternates accepted after NTP shall be issued as a change order to the agreement. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 1. As provided under the Base Bid: No permanent landscape irrigation system is provided. 2. As provided under the Alternate Bid: Provide an install permanent landscape irrigation system as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 32 8400. B. Alternate No. 2 1. As provided under the Base Bid: Four area drains with sloped concrete floor areas are provided in the Apparatus Bay. 2. As provided under the Alternate Bid: Two trench drains with sloped concrete floor areas are provided in the Apparatus Bay, no area drains are provided as detailed on the drawings and specified as detailed in drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 1 SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administration and supervisory personnel. B. Communication procedures. C. Project meetings. D. Preconstruction meeting. E. Site mobilization meeting. F. Progress meetings. G. Coordination procedures. H. Submittal Types. I. Submittals for review and information. J. Number of copies of submittals. K. Submittal procedures. L. Daily Progress reports. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 1000 - Summary of Work: Work sequence and Owner occupancy. C. Section 01 3216 - Construction Progress Schedule: Form, content, and administration of schedules. D. Section 01 1400 - Quality Requirements: Procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. E. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. F. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. G. Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements: Additional procedures for submittals relating to commissioning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Personnel list: For principal staff assignments. Include areas of responsibility, addresses, and phone numbers for 24-hour- contact. Include back-up personnel. B. Coordination drawings. C. Superintendent Daily Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. Provide designated Project Manager, Superintendent and other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 2 3.02 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES A. General 1. Architect represents the Owner for this Contract. Address all Project correspondence through Architect. Do not contact Owner or Architect's subconsultants directly. Contractor's subcontractors will not directly contact the Owner, Architect, or Architect's subconsultants. 2. Architect will issue all instructions, whether verbal or written. No other instructions will be recognized. Architect will confirm verbal instructions in writing to Contractor. a. Exception: Minor clarifications may be confirmed in site reports or meeting minutes. 3. Format: Number correspondence sequentially beginning with Serial Letter No. 1. Include project title and number on all correspondence. B. Requests for Information 1. When field conditions or Contract Documents require clarification or verification by the Architect or Architect's subconsultants, submit a written Request for Information (RFI). 2. Format: Number RFI's sequentially using a consistent form approved by Architect, containing the following information: a. Project name and number. b. RFI number (three digits, beginning with 001). c. Date of request. d. Date of required response. e. Subject title. f. Initiator of request. g. Contract Document reference (drawing and/or specification). h. Location on site. i. Description of issue. j. Contractor's proposed solution, if known. k. Cost impacts, if known. l. Space adequate for Architect's review acknowledgement and reply. 3. Provide only one question per RFI. 4. Route RFI's in same manner as Project correspondence. 5. Allow 10 working days for Architect to issue response. 6. Architect reserves the right to void any RFI whose resolution is already contained within the Contract Documents. 3.03 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Meeting 1. Architect will schedule a meeting to take place before or on the date for Notice to Proceed. 2. Attendance Required: a. Owner. b. Architect and selected consultants. c. Contractor, including Project Manager, Superintendent, QAM, and major site related subcontractors. d. Owner's Testing Agent(s). e. Owner's Commissioning Authority. 3. Agenda: a. Distribution of Contract Documents. b. Designation of project personnel. c. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, Record drawings and Contract closeout. d. Scheduling, early occupancy e. Working hours. f. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. g. Construction related air quality control procedures. h. Safety. i. Security. j. Site access, traffic control, parking availability. 4. Architect will record minutes and provide copies to Owner and Contractor for their distribution to all parties affected by Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 3 decisions or actions resulting from the meeting. B. Progress Meetings 1. Attend progress meetings at bi-weekly intervals. Coordinate meeting schedule with preparation of applications for payment. 2. Architect will prepare agenda and preside at meetings. 3. Attendance Required: a. Owner. b. Contractor, including Project Manager, Superintendent. c. Others as appropriate, such as but not limited to; Major Subcontractors, Suppliers, Manufacturers Representatives, Consultants. 4. Agenda: a. Safety Report. b. Review minutes of previous meetings for any discrepancies and correct or approve. c. Review of Work progress since previous meeting. d. Look Ahead Schedule: Provide three (3) week look ahead simplified bar chart schedule coordinated and interfaced with project CPM schedule. e. Coordination issues, field observations, problems, and decisions. f. Identification of problems that impede, will impede, or present the potential for impeding planned progress. Identify corrective measures to regain projected schedules. g. Review Non-conforming work and status of correction. h. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. i. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. j. Review Requests for Information status. k. Review issuance of Supplemental Instructions. l. Review Contract Modifications status, including any effect on coordination and progress schedule. m. Maintenance of quality and work standards. n. Construction related indoor air quality control procedures. o. Other business relating to Work. 5. Architect will record minutes and provide copies to Owner and Contractor for their distribution to all parties affected by decisions or actions resulting from the meeting. D. Preinstallation Meetings 1. Where required by individual Specification sections, conduct preinstallation meetings at the Project site prior to start of each construction activity. 2. Contractor is responsible for preparing agenda and presiding at meetings. Advise Architect Seven (7) days in advance of each meeting. 3. Required Attendees: a. Superintendent b. Subcontractor(s) and/or Installer(s) c. Manufacturer(s) representative(s) d. Fabricator(s) e. Installer(s) or Fabricator(s) affected by installation and integration with proceeding and/or succeeding activities. 4. Agenda: a. Contract Documents. b. Related Change Orders. c. Submittals, including mockups. d. Purchases and deliveries. e. Coordination and Scheduling. f. Weather limitations. g. Manufacturer's written requirements. h. Warranty requirements. i. Potential conflicts and compatibility issues. j. Acceptability of substrates. k. Temporary facilities and controls. l. Space and access limitations. Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 4 m. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. n. Testing and inspection requirements. o. Required performance results. p. Protection of construction and personnel. 5. QAM will record minutes and provide copies to Owner, Architect, all attendees, and all others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. 3.04 COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordinate construction operations to ensure orderly and efficient installation of each part of the Work, with due considerat ion of those features of the Work dependent on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Ensure full accessibility fo r required maintenance, service, and repair. Make adequate accommodations for items scheduled for installation by others. B. When necessary to assure coordination, provide memoranda for distribution to each party involved, describing special coordination procedures. Include such items as required notices, reports, and meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their work is required. C. Coordination Meetings: Superintendent will conduct coordination meetings at appropriate intervals. Project coordination meet ings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress and pre-installation meetings. 1. Required Attendees: a. Superintendant b. Subcontractors c. Suppliers d. Other entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. 2. Agenda: a. Scheduling. b. Interface requirements. c. Off-site fabrication. d. Access requirements. e. Site utilization. f. Temporary facilities and controls. g. Quality standards. D. Coordination Drawings: Construction model-derived 2D drawings, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and demonstrate the resolution of conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data that has not been incorporated into the model. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings and the BIM Model provided by the Architect as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. E. Electronic Base Drawings: Upon receipt of a signed Agreement for Transfer of Electronic Media, the Architect will provide the Contractor with a 3-D Model of the building. Copying and distribution shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility F. Coordination Drawing Review Meeting: Contractor will conduct Coordination Drawing review meeting as soon as practical after receiving Architects completed submittal review. 1. Required Attendees: Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 5 a. Architect, Mechanical and Electrical consultants b. Project Manager and Superintendent c. MEP Subcontractors, including Fire sprinkler and Security Access subcontractors. d. Other subcontractors, fabricators or suppliers deemed appropriate. 2. Agenda: a. Review drawings and comments. b. Review Interface requirements. c. Review Access requirements. d. Review Quality standards. 3. QAM will record minutes and provide copies to Owner, Architect, all attendees, and all others affected by decisions or actions resulting from meeting. G. If complete coordination drawings are not provided, any costs for rerouting, relocation, or other modifications to installed work made necessary due to conflicts or clash shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor. 3.05 SUBMITTAL TYPES A. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard published data. Product data includes, as applicable, manufacturer's catalog cuts, wri tten recommendations, specifications, and installation instructions; factory installed wiring diagrams; printed performance curves; operational range diagrams; compliance with recognized standards; testing agency labels, and other standard information. Mar k each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. B. Shop Drawings: Project-specific information as depicted through fabrication and installation drawings, dimensions (field and factory), roughing-in and setting diagrams, utility and service connections, field-installed wiring diagrams, instructions, templates and patterns, schedules, design calculations, coordination requirements, and other project-specific information. C. Coordination Drawings. Similar to shop drawings, but encompassing the work of several disciplines and intended to control placement of various products, equipment, and systems for mutual benefit, effective operation, and ease of access for maintenance. D. Samples for Selection: Manufacturer's accurately printed or actual samples showing full range of available features, options, colors, textures, and patterns. E. Samples for Verification: Project-specific samples of actual products, illustrating functional and aesthetic characteristics and including all integral parts and attachment devices. Provide actual finishes in selected colors, textures, and patterns. F. Schedules: A form of shop drawing, typically presented in tabular form and summarizing key features of the Work. Not to be confused with construction progress schedule specified in Section 01 3216. G. Qualification Data: Written information demonstrating the capabilities and experience of a firm or person. H. Certificates: Written statements certifying compliance with requirements. Submit product, installer, manufacturer, and mater ial certificates on manufacturer's letterhead. Submit welding certificates on AWS or WABO forms or as required by authorities having jurisdiction. I. Test Reports: Reports written by a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results of materials or products for compliance with requirements. J. Inspection Reports: Reports written by a qualified inspection agency, indicating and interpreting inspection results of materials, products, or assemblies for compliance with requirements. K. Research/Evaluation Reports: Written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code(s) in effect for Project. L. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. M. Project Record Documents, Operation & Maintenance Data, and Warranties and Bonds: Combination of submittal types, submitted at project closeout. See Section 01 7800. Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 6 N. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit directly to Owner. Architect will not review MSDS submittals. O. Others as indicated. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Coordination drawings. 4. Samples for selection. 5. Samples for verification. 6. Schedules. 7. Qualification Data. 8. Division 1 submittals (plans, construction progress schedules, lists, reports, closeout submittals, etc.) specified in indivi dual Division 1 sections. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Certificates. 2. Test reports. 3. Inspection reports. 4. Research/evaluation reports 5. Manufacturer's field reports. 6. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge. No action will be taken. 3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Permits. 6. Other types as indicated. B. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. 3.09 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Submittals may be submitted electronically in a format or system acceptable to the Architect and Owner. Access to the documen t shall not require special programming, software, or other proprietary systems. Shop Drawings may be submitted electronically but will also require submission of one full-size printed copy. At the completion of the project, the contractor shall provide a complied digital record on a storage device acceptable to the Owner. Additionally, they shall provide and one physical copy of all project submittals, organized by specification sections and contained in 3-ring binders with tabs, titles, and edge identification. B. Superintendents Daily Report 1. For each Project calendar day beginning with the date of Notice to Proceed, prepare a report concerning events at the Fire Station 15 01 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 7 December 22, 2017 01 3000 - 7 Project site as follows: a. List of subcontractors on site. b. Number of personnel on site, and general responsibilities. c. Equipment on site. d. Material deliveries. e. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. f. Accidents. g. Meetings and significant decisions. h. Unusual events, as described under Special Reports below. i. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. j. Emergency procedures. k. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. l. Supplemental Instructions received and implemented. m. Change Orders received and implemented. n. Field Authorizations received, and documentation of activities covered under same. o. Services connected and disconnected. p. Equipment or system tests and startups. Electronically transmit the daily reports to the Architect and Owner on every-other week basis. 2. Special Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not directly related to the Work, prepare and submit a special report directly to the Owner within one day of the occurrence. List chain of events, persons participating, and response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 3216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 3216 -1 SECTION 01 3216 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions for Washington State Facility Construction, Supplemental Conditions for Washington State Facilities Construction, and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to t his Section. B. Section 01 0010 - Summary: For work sequence, Owner occupancy, and Owner-furnished items. C. Section 0 01200 - Payment Procedures: For schedule of values. D. Section 01 0305 – Project Management and Coordination: For superintendent's daily progress reports. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Comply with AGC (CPSM) - Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual; Associated General Contractors of America; 2004. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Progress Schedule: Indicate complete construction sequence, from Notice to Proceed through Final Completion. 1. Submit within 7 days of Notice to Proceed. 2. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. 3. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 1. Break down work so that no activity is longer than 21 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. List submittals, materials and installation as separate line items. 3. List all permit submittals showing submittal and anticipated issuance dates 3. List all Owner supplied material delivery dates on schedule 4. List all Work by Owner completion dates on schedule B. Identify each activity by specification section number. C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. D. Indicate procurement activities for long-lead and major items, including submittal, approval, and fabrication activities. See Section 01 0300 for submittal review durations. E. Coordinate content with schedule of values specified in Section 01 0100 – 1.02.C F. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification, and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using the current approved schedule to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. 3.2 BAR CHARTS A. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Identify the first work day of each week. Fire Station 15 01 3216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 3216 -2 3.3 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with Architect at each submittal. B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. C. After review, revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 5 days. 3.4 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. G. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on the schedule. Report corrective action t aken or proposed and its effect. 3.5 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to General Contractor's project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, and Architect . B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 4000 - 1 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for Quality assurance and Quality control. B. Mock-ups. C. Control of installation. D. Tolerances. E. Testing and inspection agencies and services. F. Control of installation. G. Tolerances. H. Manufacturers' field services. I. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 01 4216 - Definitions. C. Section 01 4219 - REFERENCE STANDARDS. D. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4000 A. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. B. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and to ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work used to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work comply with requirements. Services do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, for submittal procedures. B. Project Quality Plan (PQP): Submit within 14 days of the Notice to Proceed a written plan detailing the organization and procedures proposed to achieve quality assurance and quality control so that materials, products, workmanship, on-site and off-site fabrication, construction, and operations are in compliance with the Contract Documents and within generally accepted quality standards for similar work. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of Contract requirements. The PQP is intended to function as a "living document," anticipating requirements and documenting results. At minimum, the PQP will include the following: 1. Qualification Data: For Contractor-provided testing agencies, to demonstrate their capabilities and experience, include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent agency inspection report performed by a recognized authority. 2. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: For all required tests and inspections. Prepare in tabular form and include the following: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Description of test or inspection. c. Identification of applicable standards. d. Identification of test and inspection methods. e. Number/frequency of tests and inspections required. f. Time schedule (or time span) for tests and inspections. Fire Station 15 01 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 4000 - 2 g. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. h. Requirements for obtaining samples. i. Unique characteristics of each quality control service. 3. Test and Inspection Log: For use in Part 3 of this Section. C. Superintendent Daily Reports: Submit at bi-weekly intervals. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegated Design: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor, provide products and systems complying with indicated performance and design criteria, or where not indicated, with performance and design criteria of authorities having jurisdiction. In addition to shop drawings, product data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include the list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional legally qualified to practice in the State of Washington and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. B. Basic Quality Assurance Qualifications: Wherever the Specifications refer to installers, manufacturers, fabricators, specialists, or factory-authorized service representatives, provide entities with the following qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 3. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 4. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed by recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. a. Requirements for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. 5. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. C. Mock-ups: Where indicated, build mock-ups using actual materials specified for permanent Work and as follows: 1. Build mock-ups in locations and sizes indicated, or if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of mock-up construction. 3. Demonstrate the full proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Allow a minimum of Four (4) weeks review. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mock-ups before starting fabrication or construction of permanent Work. 6. Maintain mock-ups in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mock-ups immediately prior to Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Where indicated and if undamaged, approved mock-ups may be incorporated into the finished work. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent Testing Agency to perform construction materials testing and inspections services as indicated under the Structural General Notes in the drawings. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. Fire Station 15 01 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 4000 - 3 C. Preconstruction Testing: Where approval of materials, products, or equipment depends on existing test results or preconstruction testing not specifically assigned to the Owner's Testing Agency, Contractor shall provide evidence of test results or, if necessary, shall arrange and pay for testing agency services. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL-recognized, NVLAP-accredited, or independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548, and with additional qualifications specified in individual sections and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step-in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 MOCK-UPS A. Before installing portions of the Work where mock-ups are required, construct mock-ups in location and size indicated for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work. The purpose of mock-up is to demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. B. Provide supervisory personnel who will oversee mock-up construction. Provide workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. C. Assemble and erect Mock-ups with specified materials, components, attachments, anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. D. Obtain Architect's approval of mock-ups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 1. Architect will issue written comments within seven (7) working days of initial review and each subsequent follow up review of each mock-up. 2. Make corrections as necessary until Architect's approval is issued. E. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. F. Mock-ups will be removed at completion of construction unless specified to remain. Where allowed to remain, protect from all damage. G. Where possible salvage and recycle the demolished mock-up materials. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Tolerances will not be cumulative. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.04 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare and maintain a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date of test or inspection. 2. Description of Work tested or inspected. 3. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. Fire Station 15 01 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 4000 - 4 4. Test or inspection results. 5. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Owner and Architect. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post additions and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours and prior to each Application for Payment. 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 6. Attend preconstruction meetings. 7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. 2. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 3. Schedule tests and inspections with Testing Agency. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 4. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 5. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Sum. 3.06 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualif ied staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary t o manufacturers' written instructions. 3.07 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to contract document requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. C. Maintain a Log of Non-conforming work, tracking items from instance of identification to resolution. Fire Station 15 01 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 4000 - 5 3.08 SUPERINDENDENT DAILY REPORTS A. Write daily reports for each calendar day, beginning with date of Notice to Proceed, on form(s) approved by Architect. Daily Reports will be factual records containing numerical data of the Work and quality assurance and control activities. Identify deficiencies in daily reports and in Non-Conforming Work Log as they occur and as they are resolved. Do not address production issues unless they impact quality assurance or quality control. B. Superintendent shall sign and date all reports. Verification shall include a statement that all materials and products incorporated into the Work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except as noted. C. Submit copies of daily reports at each Progress Meeting. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 4216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DEFINITIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 4216 - 1 SECTION 01 4216 - DEFINITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions. In case of conflict, the General Conditions wil l take precedence. B. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections. 1.03 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT A. Specifications Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specification s Institute's 2004 MasterFormat. B. Specification Content: 1. Language: This specification uses certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: a. Wording of the contract documents is abbreviated or streamlined and frequently includes incomplete sentences. 1) Abbreviated word and terms shall be interpolated as sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable to the context indicated. b. These specifications are written in imperative mood. This imperative phraseology is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. c. The terms "Shall", "Shall be", "Will", and "Will be" and similar words and phrases are defined to have compulsory meaning. 2. Assignment of Specialists: a. The specification requires that certain specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. The specialist must be engaged for those activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. However, the responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. b. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. c. Use of titles such as "carpentry" in not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter". It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. d. The term "Installer" shall be used to refer to all specialists. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Terminology - Certain terms used more generally throughout the contract documents are defined as follows: 1. Addenda: Additions made to the contract documents during the bidding period. Used to revis e, delete, or add to any of the bidding requirements or contract documents. 2. Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's response or submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports, an d claims by the Contractor, the meaning will be held to the limitations of the Architect's responsibilities and duties as speci fied in Section 00 7200, General Conditions of the Contract. Fire Station 15 01 4216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DEFINITIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 4216 - 2 3. Confirm: Confirm or verify dimension or condition and notify Architect of findings prior to proceeding with the work. 4. Construction Documents: All of the written and graphic documents prepared and assembled by the Architect for communicating the design and administering the construction contract. They include the following categories: bidding requirements, contract forms, conditions of the contract, specifications, drawings, addenda and contract modifications. This term is interchangeable with "contract documents". 5. Contract Documents: The legally enforceable requirements which become part of the contract when the agreement is signed. Including the bid package, project manual and all related documents including construction documents. See "construction documents" above. 6. Contract Modifications - After agreement has been signed, any additions, deletions, or modifications to the work are accomplished by supplemental instructions or change order. 7. Directed: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "permitted", "required", and "accepted" mean "directed by the Architect", "requested by the Architect", etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor’s area of construction super vision. 8. Drawings: Graphic representations of the work. 9. Furnish: To supply and deliver to project site, unload, and inspect for damage. 10. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, anchor, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, protect, and similar oper ations and make ready for use. 11. Installer: The person or entity engaged by the Contractor or its subcontractor or sub-subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including installations, erections, applications, and similar required operation s. It is a general requirement that installers be recognized experts in the work they are engaged to perform. 12. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and n ot incorporated into the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re-used materials or equipment. 13. Project Manual: The book-sized (8 1/2 by 11-inch format and bound) volume that includes the procurement requirements (if any), the contracting requirements, and the specifications. 14. Project Site: The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction wit h others performing other work as part of the project. The extent of the project site is shown on the drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the project is built. 15. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use. 16. Record Drawings: Drawings prepared by the Contractor to indicate construction changes, including nature and location of concealed work. 17. Shop Drawings: Drawings, schedules, and other information prepared by the Contractor to describe fabrication and installation of elements of the work. 18. Specifications: Define the qualitative requirements for products, materials and workmanship upon which the contract is based. 19. Supply: Same as Furnish. 20. Testing Agency: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the work, both at the project site or elsewhere, and to report and, if required, to interpret the results of those inspections or tests. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 Section 01 4250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority REFERENCE STANDARDS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 01425 -1 SECTION 01 4250 - REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements relating to referenced standards. Most current version applies. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and all terms and conditions of the construction Contract, including other Division 1 sepcification sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard in the most recent version, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue specified in this section, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Contracting Officer before proceeding. D. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Contracting Officer shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. PART 2 CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS 2.1 AA -- ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION, INC. 2.2 AABC -- ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL 2.3 AAMA -- AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2.4 AASHTO -- AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS 2.5 ACI -- AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INTERNATIONAL 2.6 AGC -- ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA 2.7 AI -- THE ASPHALT INSTITUTE 2.8 AIA - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 2.9 AISC -- AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, INC. 2.10 AISI -- AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE 2.11 AMCA -- AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL, INC. 2.12 ANSI -- AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 2.13 APA -- APA - THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION 2.14 ARI -- AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (See AHRI) 2.15 ASCE -- AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS 2.16 ASHRAE -- AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC. 2.17 ASME -- THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 2.18 ASPA -- AMERICAN SOD PRODUCERS ASSOCIATION (see Turfgrass Producers International) Fire Station 15 Section 01 4250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority REFERENCE STANDARDS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 01425 -2 2.19 ASTM -- ASTM INTERNATIONAL 2.20 AWI -- ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE 2.21 AWPA -- AMERICAN WOOD-PRESERVERS' ASSOCIATION 2.22 AWS -- AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY 2.23 AWWA -- AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION 2.24 BAAQMD -- BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 2.25 BHMA -- BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2.26 CDA -- COPPER DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION, INC. 2.27 CLFMI -- CHAIN LINK FENCE MANUFACTURERS INSTITUTE 2.28 CRI -- CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE 2.29 CRSI -- CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE 2.30 EJCDC - ENGINEERS' JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE 2.31 EJMA - EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2.32 FM -- FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORATION 2.33 GA -- GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 2.34 GANA -- GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA 2.35 GEI - GREENGUARD ENVIRONMENTAL INSTITUTE 2.36 GREENSEAL -- GREEN SEAL, INC. 2.37 HPVA -- HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER ASSOCIATION 2.38 ICC - INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC. 2.39 ICC-ES - ICC EVALUATION SERVICE, INC. 2.40 IEEE -- INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS 2.41 IMIAWC -- INTERNATIONAL MASONRY INDUSTRY ALL-WEATHER COUNCIL 2.42 MBMA -- METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2.43 ML/SFA -- METAL LATH/STEEL FRAMING ASSOCIATION - See NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS 2.44 NAAMM -- THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS 2.45 NEBB -- NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU 2.46 NEC -- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2.47 NEMA -- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2.48 NFPA -- NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION 2.49 NSF -- NSF INTERNATIONAL (National Sanitation Foundation) 2.50 NSWMA -- NATIONAL SOLID WASTES MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION 2.51 NTMA -- NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION, INC., THE 2.52 PCA -- PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION Fire Station 15 Section 01 4250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority REFERENCE STANDARDS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 01425 -3 2.53 PCI -- PRECAST/PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INSTITUTE 2.54 SCAQMA -- SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 2.55 SDI -- STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE 2.56 SDI -- STEEL DECK INSTITUTE, INC. 2.57 SIGMA - SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (See IGMA) 2.58 SJI -- STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE 2.59 SMACNA -- SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC. 2.60 SSPC -- THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS 2.61 TCA -- TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, INC. 2.62 TIA -- TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION 2.63 UL -- UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. 2.64 USGBC -- U. S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL A. USGBC LEED-NC - LEED Green Building Rating System for New Construction and Major Renovations; Version 2.2, 2005. 2.65 WCLB -- WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU 2.66 WWPA -- WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION PART 3 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENCIES DOCUMENTS 3.1 CFR -- CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS 3.2 EPA - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 3.3 FS -- FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (General Services Administration) 3.4 GSA - U.S. GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 3.5 MIL -- MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS 3.6 PS - PRODUCT STANDARDS END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 5000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5000 - 2 C. Silt Fencing: Provide silt fencing in compliance with AHJ requirements and contract documents. 1.08 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary insulated weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and prote ction for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.09 TEMPIORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide temporary heat and ventilation during the time that the permanent heating plant is not operational, as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of Work. Use methods approved by Architect and Owner. Pay for all fuel and equipment. B. After permanent heating plant is operational the Contractor may use the plant in lieu of temporary heat and ventilation specified and pay for energy usage at prevailing rate. Use of the permanent plant does not obligate the Owner to acceptance of the heating system used during construction. 1.10 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide, operate, and maintain a complete plant for fabricating, handling, conveying, installing and erecting all Work required under the Contract. Maintain plant and equipment in safe and efficient operating condition. Contractor shall be responsible for damages due to defective plant and equipment and uses made thereof. B. Furnish, install, and maintain for the duration of construction all required scaffolding, lifts, tarpaulin s, barricades, canopies, warning signs, steps, bridges, platforms and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the work. Maintain in compliance with all pertinent safety and other regulations. 1.11 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.12 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emerg ency vehicles. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering pedestrian walkways, driveways, parking areas and city stre ets. D. Comply with City traffic and parking regulations. E. Delivery and Storage: Conduct operations in such a manner as to avoid unnecessary interference to existing pedestrian and vehicle traffic. Minimize heavy vehicle traffic to and from site during peak traffic hours (7-9 a.m. and 3-6 p.m.). Do not park vehicles in traffic lanes. Provide flag persons, and traffic control signs and device s as required. Notify Owner in advance of any unusually long or large deliveries. Storage of materials adjacent to the Project site outside of the construction fence is not permitted unless authorized by AHJ and Owner. I. Traffic Control: Provide and implement a traffic control plan for all work located in street. Include temporary barriers, sig ns, flaggers, etc. Comply with all requirements of the City of Renton for work in the Right-of-Way. 1.13 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site on a regular basis as needed. C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.14 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide project identification sign of design and construction per Section 01 5813 Fire Station 15 01 5000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5000 - 3 1.15 FIELD OFFICE(S) A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture, file cabinets, bookcases, drawing rack and drawing display table. B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. C. Provide signage directing all construction related deliveries and visitors to the field office(s) 1.16 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL-rated, with extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposure. B. HVAC Equipment: Prior to use of permanent HVAC system, provide fans and vented, self-contained heaters with individual space thermostatic control as necessary to maintain in enclosed portions of buildings a minimum temperature of 50 deg F for rough -in activities and 65 deg F for finishing activities. All cost for temporary heat and ventilation shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units are prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labelled for type of fuel consumed, by a testin g agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 3. Permanent HVAC Equipment: See Section 01 5721. 4. Use of permanent HVAC shall in no way affect warranty provisions of this Contract. 1.17 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet (600 mm). Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. E. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building code requirements 2. Health and safety regulations 3. Utility company regulations 4. Police, Fire department and rescue squad rules 5. Environmental protection regulations B. Standards: 1. General: Comply with the following: a. NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations". b. ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition". c. NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities". 2. Recommendations: Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services" prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations. 3. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electrical service. Install service in compliance with NEC (NFPA 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.18 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. 2. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Fire Station 15 01 5000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5000 - 4 3. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with Owner's operations. 4. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. 1.19 SUBMITTALS A. Temporary Facilities Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility connections, staging areas and parking areas for construct ion personnel. B. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule for Owner's approval indicating dates for implementation and te rmination of each temporary utility provision. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 5639 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 5639 - 1 SECTION 01 5639 – TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes requirements for the protection of existing trees not designated for removal. Such trees will be left in place (retained) and protected from damage, injury, or loss by the Contractor during construction using full and adequate methods of protection as described herein or as directed by the Owner’s Representative. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work includes labor, equipment, supplies, and materials necessary for existing tree preservation, protection, and pruning, if necessary. The items of work to be performed will include, but not be limited to: 1. Photographic documentation of trees to be protected. 2. Protected Tree Maintenance Plan. 3. Installation and maintenance of the Tree Protection Fence. 4. Protection of roots, trunks, and crowns of protected trees. 5. Pruning of existing trees if necessary. 6. Removal of waste material not used on the project site. 7. All other related items required to complete the work shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified in the Contract Specifications. B. The Contractor will secure the services of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified Arborist to perform duties as specified herein and whose past and current performance is in accordance with National Arborist Association tree pruning standards. C. Tree protection will apply to existing trees to be retained within the Limit of Work and to those which are in the vicinity of the Limit of Work and which may be affected by construction activity as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: 1. Specification 01 57 13 – TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2. Specification 02 41 00 – DEMOLITION 3. Specification 02 41 13 – SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 4. Specification 31 00 00 – EARTHWORK 5. Specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING 6. Specification 32 84 00 – IRRIGATION (Alternate) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard Specifications: 1. American Nursery & Landscape Association/American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS) 2. National Arborist Association Standards for Pruning and Buying of Shade Trees 3. Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers – Guide for Establishing Valves of Trees and Other Plants 4. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA): Standards for Tree Care Operations ANSI A300, Latest Edition a. Part 1: Planting. b. Part 2: Soil Management. c. Part 3: Supplemental Support Systems. d. Part 4: Management of Trees and Shrubs during Site Planning, Site Development, and Construction. B. Site Inspections will be made by the Owner’s Representative. Inspections for the following 4 critical path items are required: 1. Preconstruction meeting; refer to Preconstruction Meeting section within. 2. Observation of inoculation of existing tree roots within Tree Protection Zone; request Owner’s Representative inspe ction at least 48 hours in advance of time of applying of Root Inoculant. 3. Tree Protection Fence inspection: Prior to the start of construction when Tree and Plant Protection Fencing has been installed. Fire Station 15 01 5639 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 5639 - 2 1.07 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Contractor will call for and attend a preconstruction meeting on-site prior to beginning construction to review any questions the contractor may have regarding the work, photograph and document the trees that are to remain, and in order to review the following: 1. The Contractor’s proposed tree protection measures. 2. The Tree Protection Contract Drawings and Specifications requirements. 3. The staked location(s) of Tree Protection Fencing. 1.08 STOP WORK NOTICE A. The Owner’s Representative may recommend a stop work order if unauthorized use or activity within the Tree Protection Zone is occurring or if tree protection fencing is not restored within 24 hours of notice. 1.09 EXISTING PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Visit the project site prior to construction and be informed of the site conditions including adjacent utilities, site soil conditions, materials and other conditions that may affect work. B. Should the Contractor find any discrepancies between Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications and physical site conditions, inform the Owner’s Representative immediately for clarification. 1.10 DEFINITIONS A. Drip Line: Area directly located under the outermost circumference of the tree canopy. B. Tree Protection Zone (TPZ): The TPZ is designated as the center of the trunk of the tree and having a radius measuring one (1) foot in length for every inch of tree diameter. Tree diameter is measured at 4-1/2 feet above grade at base of tree. C. Tree Protection Fence (TPF): The TPF surrounds the TPZ. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. TPF will be comprised of chain link fence materials including posts, rails, braces and mesh. B. TPF will be 6 feet in height. C. Posts, rails, braces and mesh may be new and/or used materials: 1. Posts and rails will be a minimum of 1-1/2” OD steel pipe. 2. Mesh will be 2” x 2” x 11ga. minimum woven chain link fabric. 3. Post bases will be minimum 16” x 8” x 8” high concrete piers with sleeves for posts, or approved equa l. 2.02 TREE PROTECTION SIGNS A. Weather resistant sign boards will be a minimum 17 inches high and minimum 22 inches long. B. Signs will have painted fluorescent green or yellow or other bright, high contrast edging to identify TPZ. Signs will read “T ree Protection Fence. NO Trespass. Damage or loss of Tree = $8,000 Minimum Fine”. 2.03 WOOD CHIP MULCH A. 6-inch depth of fir, hemlock, or hardwood woodchip mulch. Chip size will be 3 inches or less. Fines will not exceed 25 percent of the mix. B. Wood Chips with less than 20% by volume green leaves, stockpiled from on-site tree removal process may be used. C. Do not contaminate wood chips with plastic, metal, toxic materials, or other non-biodegradable material. 2.04 TREE FLAGGING TAPE A. Provide plastic surveyor tape that is one (1) or 2 inches wide for tree and plant flags. One (1) color will be provided: bright orange. In the event that flags must be replaced, use the same color of plastic surveyor tape. 2.05 FILL SOILS WITHIN TPZ A. Fill material will be compost. 2.06 FERTILIZER A. Use slow release 10-6-4 commercial or organic fertilizer. B. Fertilizer will be complete commercial or organic brand with chemical/product analysis shown on unopened container when delivered. Fire Station 15 01 5639 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 5639 - 3 C. Fertilizer will be packaged in new, waterproof, non-overlaid bags clearly labeled as to weight, manufacturer and content. PART 3 PRODUCTS 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to any construction activity at the site including demolition, clear and grub work, utility work, grading, storage of materials, or installation of temporary construction facilities, install all tree flagging tape, tree protection fencing, tree protection signs, and wood chip mulch as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. B. All protected trees within project Limit of Work and those which are outside the Limit of Work but in the vicinity of the Limit of Work will be maintained in a healthy and flourishing condition until completion of the project. Prevent damage to roots, trun ks, and crowns of trees and plants to be retained. Protect trees and tree roots against cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots as well as breaking of branches, skinning or bruising of bark, and soil compaction within the TPZ. C. Provide maintenance required to guarantee the health of the trees and plants. Protection and maintenance will include, but not be limited to: control surface runoff; watering; expertly prune and treat threatened or damaged branches and roots per the most recent International Society of Arboriculture standard practices and recommendations. 3.02 TREE PHOTOGRAPH DOCUMENTATION A. The Owner’s Representative, the Contractor’s Arborist, and the Contractor, will meet on the project site to review the protected tree(s) prior to construction. B. The Owner’s Representative will photograph and/or video the protected tree prior to construction to document original conditions. Video/film footage may be used in lieu of photographs. A copy of all photographs and/or video footage will remain with the Owner’s Representative project files during the duration of the contract. 3.03 PROTECTION WITHIN THE TPZ A. Where existing trees are within the Limit of Work, or where existing trees outside the Limit of Work have TPZs extending into the Limit of Work, the Contractor will employ all methods to minimize adverse impact to these existing trees including limbs and roots. These methods may include but not be limited to: 1. TPF as specified herein and per the accepted PTMP. 2. Temporary tie-up of low limbs. 3. Fertilizing, mulching, watering, and root inoculation treatment as specified herein. 4. Branch and root pruning as directed and approved by the Owner’s Representative and as specified herein. B. Carefully plan and execute demolition, clearing, and grubbing operations so as to avoid damage to trunks, limbs, and roots of adjacent trees that are to remain. C. Removal of any noxious weeds will be completed carefully and under the written direction of the Owner’s Representative, without damaging existing trees to remain. D. Do not store or dispose of chemicals or materials potentially harmful to tree roots in or adjacent to the TPZ. Potentially ha rmful materials include, but are not limited to: leachate petroleum products, cement and concrete additives, oil, fuel, lubricating oil, lime, paint coatings, waterproofing agents, form coatings, detergents, acids, and cleaning agents . E. Do not use area within the TPZ for operation or storage. Protect trees from flame, smoke, and heat. Do not park any vehicles or equipment, store materials or stockpiled soil, dispose of building materials, or other detrimental substances within the TPZ. Construction access to site will not occur within the TPZ. F. Alter no grades within the TPZ except as directed and approved by the Owner’s Representative during the fine grading operations at the conclusion of site development. G. Control and maintain adequate soil moisture within the TPZ. Prevent flooding of the soil. 3.04 LOCATION OF TREE FLAGGING TAPE A. Flag the tree to remain wrapping Tree Flagging Tape around the trunk at 4 1/2 feet from finish grade and tie flagging tape at furthest ends of the four lowest branches for Owner’s Representative review and approval. 3.05 LOCATION OF TPF A. See Contract Drawings for limits of tree protection fencing. 3.06 INSTALLTION OF TPF A. Posts will be set in 25 pound concrete blocks. Take care not to compact soil inside the TPZ during placement of posts. Do not use heavy equipment for this operation. Fire Station 15 01 5639 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 5639 - 4 B. Provide diagonal bracing to vertical posts at corners of enclosures and wherever needed to ensure rigidity of tree protection fencing. C. Chain link fabric mesh will be set to grade at the bottom edge and stretched uniformly between posts. Top of chain link fabric mesh will be a minimum of 6 feet above grade. D. Attach strips of bright orange tree flagging tape, a minimum of 12 inches long, at 2 feet on center, along the top bar and across the middle of the TPF. 3.07 INSTALLTION OF TREE PROTECTION SIGNS A. Install Tree Protection Signs in the upper half of the fencing. B. Signs will remain securely attached to the fencing until fencing is removed. If sign is removed, stolen, or damaged, Contractor is responsible for replacement of sign(s) within 24 hours, regardless of cause. 3.08 MAINTENANCE OF TPF A. Maintain TPF in specified location and in good condition until completion of site operations and delivery of equipment and material, except where directed otherwise in writing by the Owner’s Representative. Fencing will be immediately repaired when damaged, regardless of cause of damage. B. TPF may be removed temporarily for specific construction operations only when explicitly approved in writing by the Owner’s Representative. TPF will be replaced within 24 hours of completion of any work within the TPZ . 3.09 FERTILIZING, MULCHING, AND WATERING A. All trees to be retained and protected will be fertilized, mulched, and watered throughout the construction process . 1. Prior to placing TPF around the TPZ, top dress TPZ with fertilizer applied at a rate per the Contractor’s Arborist written recommendations. 2. Place 6 inches of woodchip mulch over all bare soil of the TPZ, but not up against the tree trunk. Depth of mulch will be maintained throughout construction schedule. 3. The TPZ will be watered thoroughly throughout the construction period. Each tree will be watered through enough to maintain the tree in a healthy growing condition. Water continually until otherwise directed by Owner’s Representative. Owner’s Representative may require higher rates of water for dry weather conditions and/or for significantly impacted trees. 3.10 PRUNING OF EXISTING TREES A. Reasons for pruning will include but not be limited to deadwood removal and crown thinning of any branches that may represent a hazard, and also when the Contractor anticipates construction operations that will unavoidably affect tree limbs. B. Pruning of trees not located within Limit-of-Work or on adjacent property will be done only with Owner’s Representative written approval. C. The Contractor will notify the Owner’s Representative at least 15 working days in advance of commencing pruning operations 1. Before trimming any trees, the Contractor will notify the Owner’s Representative of the proposed method and the amount of trimming anticipated. 2. Trimming, pruning, and removal of extraneous limbs will be performed by or under the direct supervision of the Contractor’s arborist. C. From the first day of construction mobilization through the final site clean-up, the Contractor must have appropriate pruning tools such as pruning saw and a pair of loppers, which are to be used in all pruning operations . D. Tree limbs and branches that have been broken will be cut off cleanly above the nearest crotch in accordance with good horticultural practice. Cut limbs and branches greater than 1/2-inch in diameter. All pruning of damaged trees will be carried out to the complete satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative. E. All costs for the repair of any damage to trunks or major limbs 3 inches in diameter that require, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the attention of a professional ISA Certified arborist, will be borne entirely by the Contractor. F. Contractor will grind up all limbs, brush, trimmings, debris, etc. and miscellaneous organic matter into medi um course organic mulch. Spread this mulch on site as approved by the Owner’s Representative. 3.11 CONSTRUCTION WORK WITHIN THE TPZ A. The Contractor will notify the Owner’s Representative of any construction work within the TPZ at least 3 working days before the scheduled activity. B. Perform all heavy equipment work from angles and directions that minimize compaction and damage to tree roots in the TPZ . Fire Station 15 01 5639 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 5639 - 5 C. The Contractor will, under the recommendation of the Owner’s Representative, tie back all flexible limbs and overhead branches that may, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, be damaged by the passage or activity of construction equipment. 3.12 EXCAVATION WITHIN THE TPZ A. Roots that are anticipated to be disturbed due to development plans will be pruned by or have pruning directly supervised by an ISA certified arborist in advance of construction activity. B. Trenching and tunneling within the TPZ will not be allowed unless the Contractor requests permission to do so at least 15 working days in advance and receives written approval of the Owner’s Representative. C. Where excavating for new construction is required within the TPZ, excavate by hand to minimize damage to roots and perform as follows: 1. Use narrow tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. 2. Individual tree roots 2 inches or greater in diameter, and tap roots will not be cut, but rather protected when within the TPZ. 3. Tree roots smaller than 2 inches in diameter will be cleanly cut flush with the edge of the trench or tunnel. Cut roots cleanly with appropriate sharp handsaws or pruning tools when roots are exposed . 4. Ripping, breaking, or tearing of tree roots will not be allowed. 5. Do not use pruning paint on trunk or root wounds. 6. Trenching for utilities and irrigation pipe: tunnel under or around roots by hand digging. Place utility conduit either under roots by tunneling or over roots with adequate bedding. 7. During the time of exposure, keep roots moist with a minimum 6-inch depth of wood chip mulch and/or plastic covering, or equivalent. Do not leave roots exposed to sun or drying conditions. Maintain in moist condition until backfilling. 3.13 FILL SOILS WITHIN THE TPZ A. Upon completion of work within the TPZ, including any trenching, tunneling, excavation, etc. backfill area with free draining sandy loam soil or native soil up to finish grade. Soil will be placed from the perimeter of the TPZ and spread inward by hand raking. B. All necessary earthwork operations within the TPZ will be under the supervision of the Owner’s Representative. C. Replace TPF immediately upon the completion of backfilling. 3.14 REMOVAL OF TPF A. At the conclusion of construction operations and before final acceptance of the work, remove TPF and other temporary materials for tree protection. 3.15 DAMAGED TREE PAYMENT AND REMOVAL A. Any existing tree not designated to be removed that is damaged by Contractor operations as determined by the Owner’s Representative will be documented for caliper size, species, and conditions in which the damage occurred. 1. A tree will be considered damaged or lost if: a. 25 percent or more of the canopy is dead or disfigured. b. excessive dead wood, limbs, or branches has been removed that impairs the symmetry, typical habit of growth, or sculptural form of the tree. c. the main leader has died back. d. within one (1) year of final acceptance 25 percent or more foliage fails to leaf or 25 percent or more of the canopy shows abnormal needle drop or death of branches. B. In the event a tree is damaged or fails to survive during the construction of this project, the Contractor will pay to the Owner whichever is greater: 1. A sum equal to the value of each lost tree as determined by the most current “Guide for Establishing Values of Trees and Other Plants” published by the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers, current edition plus the cost of a Certified Appraiser, or 2. A sum equal to $8,000. 3. And the Contractor will pay $155.00 per hour and actual cost of expenses in compensation for the efforts of the Owner’s Representative in administering and overseeing this work. C. No protected trees are to be removed unless evaluated by the Owner’s Representative and the receipt of written approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to being cut down and removed from the site. Fire Station 15 01 5639 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 5639 - 6 1. Completely remove and dispose of any damaged and destroyed trees from the site as a result of the Contractor’s failure to protect or maintain trees to remain. 2. Grub or grind tree stumps and repair the ground surface as directed by Owner’s Representative. 3. All tree removal costs will be borne by the Contractor. 3.16 CLEAN UP A. All work areas will be kept clean during progress of work and until completion. Dispose of all surplus, waste materials, and rubbish according to laws, regulations, and ordinances. B. Provide certification from disposal site operator statin that disposal site complies with governmental regulations. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 5721 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5721 - 1 SECTION 01 5721 - INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction procedures to promote adequate indoor air quality after construction. B. Building flush-out after construction and before occupancy. C. Testing indoor air quality after completion of construction. 1.02 PROJECT GOALS A. Dust and Airborne Particulates: Prevent deposition of dust and other particulates in HVAC ducts and equipment. 1. Contractor shall bear the cost of cleaning required due to failure to protect ducts and equipment from construction dust. B. Airborne Contaminants: Procedures and products have been specified to minimize indoor air pollutants. 1. Furnish products meeting the specifications. 2. Avoid construction practices that could result in contamination of installed products leading to indoor air pollution. 1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification s ections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services. C. Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements D. Section 23 0593 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: Testing HVAC systems for proper air flow rates, adjustment of dampers and registers, and settings for equipment. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE Std 52.2 - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size; 2007. B. SMACNA (OCC) - IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings Under Construction; 2007. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Adsorptive Materials: Gypsum board, acoustical ceiling tile and panels, carpet and carpet tile, fabrics, fibrous insulation, and other similar products. B. Contaminants: Gases, vapors, regulated pollutants, airborne mold and mildew, and the like, as specified. C. Particulates: Dust, dirt, and other airborne solid matter. D. Wet Work: Concrete, plaster, coatings, and other products that emit water vapor or volatile organic compounds during install ation, drying, or curing. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Indoor Air Quality Management Plan: Describe in detail measures to be taken to promote adequate indoor air quality upon completion; use SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction as a guide. 1. Submit not less than 60 days before enclosure of building. 2. Identify potential sources of odor and dust. 3. Identify construction activities likely to produce odor or dust. 4. Identify areas of project potentially affected, especially occupied areas. 5. Evaluate potential problems by severity and describe methods of control. 6. Describe construction ventilation to be provided, including type and duration of ventilation, use of p ermanent HVAC systems, types of filters and schedule for replacement of filters. 7. Describe cleaning and dust control procedures. Fire Station 15 01 5721 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5721 - 2 8. Describe coordination with commissioning procedures. D. Interior Finishes Installation Schedule: Identify each interior finish that either generates odors, moisture, or vapors or is susceptible to adsorption of odors and vapors, and indicate air handling zone, sequence of application, and curing times. E. Duct and Terminal Unit Inspection Report. F. Air Contaminant Test Plan: Identify: 1. Testing agency qualifications. 2. Locations and scheduling of air sampling. 3. Test procedures, in detail. 4. Test instruments and apparatus. 5. Sampling methods. G. Air Contaminant Test Reports: Show: 1. Location where each sample was taken, and time. 2. Test values for each air sample; average the values of each set of 3. 3. HVAC operating conditions. 4. Certification of test equipment calibration. 5. Other conditions or discrepancies that might have influenced results. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and Inspection Agency Qualifications: Independent testing agency having minimum of 5 years’ experience in performing the types of testing specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Low VOC Materials: See other sections for specific requirements for materials with low VOC content. B. Auxiliary Air Filters: MERV of 8, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 52.2. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. Prevent the absorption of moisture and humidity by adsorptive materials by: 1. Sequencing the delivery of such materials so that they are not present in the building until wet work is completed and dry. 2. Delivery and storage of such materials in fully sealed moisture-impermeable packaging. 3. Provide sufficient ventilation for drying within reasonable time frame. B. Begin construction ventilation when building is substantially enclosed. C. If extremely dusty or dirty work must be conducted inside the building, shut down HVAC systems for the duration; remove dust and dirt completely before restarting systems. D. HVAC equipment and supply air ductwork may be used for ventilation during construction: 1. Operate HVAC system on 100 percent outside air, with 1.5 air changes per hour, minimum. 2. Ensure that air filters are correctly installed prior to starting use; replace filters when they lose efficiency. 3. Do not use return air ductwork for ventilation unless absolutely necessary. 4. Where return air ducts must be used for ventilation, install auxiliary filters at return inlets, sealed to ducts; use filters with the equivalent efficiency as those required at supply air side, but not less than MERV of 8; inspect and replace filters when the y lose efficiency. E. Do not store construction materials or waste in mechanical or electrical rooms. F. Prior to use of return air ductwork without intake filters clean up and remove dust and debris generated by construction activities. 1. Inspect duct intakes, return air grilles, and terminal units for dust. 2. Clean plenum spaces, including top sides of lay-in ceilings, outsides of ducts, tops of pipes and conduit. 3. Clean tops of doors and frames. 4. Clean mechanical and electrical rooms, including tops of pipes, ducts, and conduit, equipment, and supports. Fire Station 15 01 5721 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5721 - 3 5. Clean return plenums of air handling units. 6. Remove intake filters last, after cleaning is complete. G. Do not perform dusty or dirty work after starting use of return air ducts without intake filters. H. Use other relevant recommendations of SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings Under Construction for avoiding unnecessary contamination due to construction procedures. 3.02 BUILDING FLUSH-OUT A. Contractor's Option: Either full continuous flush-out OR satisfactory air contaminant testing is required, not both. B. Perform building flush-out before occupancy. C. Do not start flush-out until: 1. Construction is complete. 2. HVAC systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced for proper operation. 3. Inspection of inside of return air ducts and terminal units confirms that cleaning is not necessary. 4. New HVAC filtration media have been installed. D. Building Flush-Out: Operate all ventilation systems at normal flow rates with 100 percent outside air until a total air volume of 14,000 cubic feet per square foot (4500 cubic meters per square meter) of floor area has been supplied. 1. Obtain Owner's concurrence that construction is complete enough before beginning flush-out. 2. Maintain interior temperature of at least 60 degrees F (15 degrees C) and interior relativ e humidity no higher than 60 percent. 3. If additional construction involving materials that produce particulates or any of the specified contaminants is conducted du ring flush-out, start flush-out over. 4. If interior spaces must be occupied prior to completion of the flush-out, supply a minimum of 25 percent of the total air volume prior to occupancy, and: a. Begin ventilation at least three hours prior to daily occupancy. b. Continue ventilation during all occupied periods. c. Provide minimum outside air volume of 0.30 cfm per square foot (0.0015 cu m/s/sq m) or design minimum outside air rate, whichever is greater. E. Install new HVAC filtration media after completion of flush-out and before occupancy or further testing. 3.03 AIR CONTAMINANT TESTING A. Contractor's Option: Either full continuous flush-out OR satisfactory air contaminant testing is required, not both. B. Perform air contaminant testing before occupancy. C. Do not start air contaminant testing until: 1. Construction is complete, including interior finishes. 2. HVAC systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced for proper operation. 3. New HVAC filtration media have been installed. D. Indoor Air Samples: Collect from spaces representative of occupied areas: 1. Collect samples while operable windows and exterior doors are closed, HVAC system is running normally as if occupied, with design minimum outdoor air, but with the building unoccupied. 2. Collect samples from spaces in each contiguous floor area in each air handler zone, but not less than one sample per 25,000 square feet (2300 square meters); take samples from areas having the least ventilation and those having the greatest presumed source strength. 3. Collect samples from height from 36 inches (915 mm) to 72 inches (1830 mm) above floor. 4. Collect samples from same locations on 3 consecutive days during normal business hours; average the results of each set of 3 samples. 5. Exception: Areas with normal very high outside air ventilation rates, such as laboratories, do not need to be tested. 6. When retesting the same building areas, take samples from at least the same locations as in first test. E. Outdoor Air Samples: Collect samples at outside air intake of each air handler at the same time as indoor samples are taken. F. Analyze air samples and submit report. Fire Station 15 01 5721 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 01 5721 - 4 G. Air Contaminant Concentration Determination and Limits: 1. Carbon Monoxide: Not more than 9 parts per million and not more than 2 parts per million higher than outdoor air. 2. Airborne Mold and Mildew: Measure in relation to outside air; not higher than outside air. 3. Formaldehyde: Not more than 50 parts per billion. 4. Formaldehyde: Measure in micrograms per cubic meter, in relation to outside air; not more than 20 micrograms per cubic meter higher than outside air. 5. Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC): Not more than 500 micrograms per cubic meter. 6. Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC): Measure in micrograms per cubic meter, in relation to outside air; not more than 200 micrograms per cubic meter higher than outside air. 7. Particulates (PM10): Not more than 50 micrograms per cubic meter. 8. Total Particulates (PM): Measure in micrograms per cubic meter, in relation to outside air; not more than 20 micrograms per cubic meter higher than outside air. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 5813 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 5813 - 1 SECTION 01 5813 - TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project identification sign. B. Project informational signs. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design sign and structure to withstand 50 miles/hr (80 km/hr) wind velocity. B. Sign Painter: Experienced as a professional sign painter for minimum three years. C. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to withstand weathering, fading, and chipping for duration of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: New, wood, structurally adequate. B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, minimum 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick, standard large sizes to minimize joints. C. Paint and Primers: Exterior quality, two coats; sign background of white color. D. Lettering: Exterior quality paint, contrasting colors. 2.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. 1 painted sign, 48 sq ft (4.5 sq m) area, bottom 6 feet (2 m) above ground. B. Content: 1. Project number, title, logo and name of Owner as indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Name of Architect 3. Name of Prime Contractor. 4. Graphic Image of Project. C. Graphic Design, Colors, Style of Lettering: Architect will provide art and layout of the sign. 2.03 PROJECT INFORMATIONAL SIGNS A. Painted informational signs of same colors and lettering as Project Identification sign, or standard products; size letteri ng to provide legibility at 100 foot (30 m) distance. B. Provide at each field office, storage sheds, and directional signs to direct traffic into and within site. Relocate as Work progress requires. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification sign within 30 days after date fixed by Notice to Proceed. B. Erect at designated location. C. Install sign surface plumb and level, with butt joints. Anchor securely. Fire Station 15 01 5813 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 01 5813 - 2 3.02 REMOVAL A. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations at completion of Project and restore the area. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 6000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 6000 - 1 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Procedures for Owner-supplied products. F. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. C. Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Waste disposal requirements potentially affecting packaging and substitutions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Do not use products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. 2. Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber. C. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. 4. Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable. D. Urea-Formaldehyde Prohibition: 1. Overall Project Requirement: Provide composite wood and agrifiber products having no added urea -formaldehyde resins. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. E. Adhesives and Joint Sealants: 1. Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. F. Aerosol Adhesives: 1. Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by GreenSeal GS -36. a. This provision is applicable to LEED Credit EQ 4.1; submit LEED Prohibited Content Installer Certification Forms. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any Fire Station 15 01 6000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 6000 - 2 manufacturer not named. 2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Prior to Bid: Submit requests for substitutions for receipt by Architect no later than 10 calendar days prior to the bid due date. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit each request with form provided at end of this section. Substitution requests submitted without provided form will not be considered. 2. Submit requests by email to hallstrom@sswarchitects.com Email requests will be in PDF format. Facsimile (Faxed) Substitution requests will not be considered. 3. Submit One (1) copy of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 4. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 5. Provide samples when needed to convey equivalence or upon Architects request. 6. Acceptance will be acknowledged through Addendum only. F. After Contract Award: Requests for substitutions submitted after the Bid Period will not be considered except when One (1) of the following conditions exists: 1. Unavailability: A product is unavailable through no fault of the General Contractor. 2. Regulatory Requirements: Final code interpretations, regulatory requirements, safety requirements, or insurance requirements necessitate a change due to inability of the specified item to meet conformance. 3. Warranty: Manufacturer or fabricator cannot certify or warrant required performance of specified item. 4. Owner Benefit: The substitution offers significant benefit in cost-savings, quality enhancement, operations and maintenance or other beneficial considerations. G. After Contract Award: Submit requests for substitution in quantities ide ntified for submittals in Section 01 3000. H. Redesign and coordination: In submitting a request for substitution approval, the Contractor represents that it has investigated the proposed product and, in its opinion, it is equal or equivalent in all respects to that specified. If bidding a product identified as an approved substitution, the Contractor agrees to coordinate all trades including changes as may be required. It further agrees to waive all claims for additional costs which subsequently become apparent as a consequence of the substitution and that it will bear all costs related, including costs of A/E's services for redesign if deemed necessary. I. Substitutions will not be considered if they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or other project data submittals without proper Notice indicated on attached substitution form provided. 3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. See Section 01 1000 - Summary for identification of Owner-supplied products. Fire Station 15 01 6000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 6000 - 3 B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site st orage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and pla ced convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degr adation of products. G. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are u ndamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION (FORM ATTACHED) Fire Station 15 01 6000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 6000 - 4 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: SCHREIBER STARLING WHITEHEAD ARCHITECTS Attn: Jonas Hallstrom 901 Fifth Ave, No. 3100 Seattle, WA 98164 hallstrom@sswarchitects.com PROJECT NAME: City of Rento,n Fire Station #15 PROPOSER: WE HEREBY SUBMIT FOR CONSIDERATION, THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT INSTEAD OF THE SPECIFIED ITEM FOR ABOVE PROJECT: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: ATTACH COMPLETE DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION AND TECHNICAL DATA, INCLUDING LABORATORY TESTS, IF APPLICABLE. INCLUDE COMPLETE INFORMATION ON CHANGES TO DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WHICH PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WILL REQUIRE FOR ITS PROPER INSTALLATION. SUBMIT WITH REQUEST ALL NECESSARY SAMPLES AND SUBSTANTIATING DATA TO PROVIDE EQUAL QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, AND APPEARANCE TO THAT SPECIFIED. CLEARLY MARK MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE TO INDICATE EQUALITY OR EQUIVALENCE IN PERFORMANCE. INDICATE DIFFERENCES IN QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. FILL IN BLANKS BELOW: A. DOES THE SUBSTITUTION AFFECT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS: No Yes If yes, clearly indicate changes: B. WILL THE UNDERSIGNED PAY FOR CHANGES TO THE BUILDING DESIGN, INCLUDING ENGINEERING AND DETAILING COSTS CAUSED BY THE REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION? C. WHAT EFFECT DOES SUBSTITUTION HAVE ON OTHER TRADES, OTHER CONTRACTS, AND CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE? D. WHAT EFFECT DOES SUBSTITUTION HAVE ON APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS? E. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION AND SPECIFIED ITEM: Fire Station 15 01 6000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 01 6000 - 5 F. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES OF THE PROPOSED AND SPECIFIED ITEMS ARE: Same Different (explain): G. LIST OF NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF 3 SIMILAR PROJECTS ON WHICH PRODUCT WAS USED, DATE OF INSTALLATION, AND A/E'S NAME AND ADDRESS: (ATTACH LIST WITH REQUESTED INFORMATION) H. COST IMPACT: UNDERSIGNED ATTESTS FUNCTION AND QUALITY ARE EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT TO SPECIFIED ITEMS. CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE: Signature Firm Address By Date Signature must be by person having authority to legally bind Contractor to the above terms. FOR USE BY A/E REMARKS: Accepted Not Accepted Accepted as Noted Received Too Late Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 1 SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. C. Pre-installation meetings. D. Cutting and patching. E. Surveying for laying out the work. F. Cleaning and protection. G. Starting of systems and equipment. H. General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification s ections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. C. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures. D. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. E. Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Additional procedures for trash/waste removal, recycling, salvage, and reuse. F. Section 01 7800 – Closeout Submittals: O & M, Record Drawings and other documents due at completion. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Land Surveyor B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance w ith Contract Documents. 3. Submit digital record survey for the project record in AutoCAD format. Note final location of building, site improvements, benchmarks, and utilities. C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 6. Include in request: a. Identification of Project. b. Location and description of affected work. c. Necessity for cutting or alteration. Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 2 d. Description of proposed work and products to be used. e. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor. f. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. g. Date and time work will be executed. D. Project Record Documents: Per Section 01 7800 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in State of Washington and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in Washington. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect site from puddling or running water. Comply with all requirements for storm water management and soil erosion prevention. B. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapo rs, or gases. C. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. D. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by con struction operations. E. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. F. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises. G. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from disch arge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. 1.07 COORDINATION A. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly seq uence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible wit h building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipm ent. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electric al work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow Coordination Drawings routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs pa rallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locati ons of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000. Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptan ce of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of the work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over -ordering or mis- fabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement dur ing cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or sub stance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. D. Control datum for survey is that indicated on Drawings. E. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. H. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents. I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 4 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations, and elevated deck elevations. J. Periodically verify layouts by same means. K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. 4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. C. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill: 1. To complete the work. 2. To uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work. 3. To remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. 4. To remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 5. To provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical, and other services. 6. To execute patching to complement adjacent work. 7. To fit materials and products to integrate with other work. D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to rece ive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400, to full thickness of the penetrated element or as otherwise required. I. Cutting: 1. Cut work by methods that will not damage work to be retained and work adjoining. Review proposed proc edure(s) with original installer where possible and comply with its recommendations. 2. Where cutting is required, cut work with sawing, drilling, coring and grinding tools. Pneumatic hammering and chopping tools not allowed without prior approval. Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 5 J. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. Patch with seams which are durable and invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances of the work. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or nat ural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and, where necessary, extend finish restoration onto retained work adjoining in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching. 3. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work. 4. Match color, texture, and appearance. 5. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect cast concrete to remain exposed in the finished building, finished floors, stairs, roofing and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.09 CLOSE-OUT COORDINATION A. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly seq uence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipm ent. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mech anical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow Coordination Drawings routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs pa rallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locati ons of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 6 3.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Substantial Completion is defined in the General Conditions B. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion , complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request, provide detailed work plan to complete each item and anticipated dates of completion. 1. Submit Contractor's Punch List. For each item, include the dollar value of Work remaining, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Submit substantial completion checklist. 3. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit initial Operation and Maintenance Manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 7. Participate in commissioning in accordance with Division 1 Section "Commissioning Requirements." 8. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 11. Complete final cleaning requirements. 12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. C. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completio n. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. During inspection, Architect will verify submitted Contrac tor's Punch List and will add or deduct items as necessary to form the Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List. The Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List will subsequently be provided to the Contractor for resolution. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on the Contractor's Punch List or the Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: If, following Architect's inspection, Certificate of Substantial Completion is not granted, request reinspection when the Work identified as incomplete is completed or corrected. Unless waived by Owner, a deductive Change Order for A/E costs will be executed for all Substantial Completion reinspections. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. D. Checklist: In order to certify, Substantial Completion, all elements on the Substantial Completion Checklist (attached to this section) MUST be complete. 3.11 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 2. Submit copy of Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List, with signed and dated certification by the QAM stating that eve ry item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, final Operation and Maintenance Manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, accessory keys, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. Except where impractical, provide parts and materials in orig inal unopened packaging. Permanently label all accessory keys. 6. Complete any deferred testing as defined in Division 1 Section "Commissioning Requirements." 7. Submit pest-control final inspection report and certification. 8. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 9. Submit Application for Final Payment and required support documentation and certifications according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 7 B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proc eed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will certify Application for Final Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Unless waived by Owner, a deductive Change Order for A/E costs will be executed for Final Completion reinspections greater than one in number. C. Checklist: In order to certify, Final Completion, all elements on the Final Completion Checklist (attached to this section) MUST be complete. 3,12 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST) A. General: The QAM shall prepare a single list of items to be completed and corrected. Include name and identificat ion of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use layout provided in electronic format by Architect. Submit three copies of list. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest f loor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for floors, individual walls, ceiling, equipment, and building systems. 3.13 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate with requirements of Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements. B. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.14 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Division 23. 3.15 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E. Replace filters of operating equipment. F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. Fire Station 15 01 7000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 8 December 22, 2017 01 7000 - 8 G. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. H. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.16 MAINTENANCE A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections. B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever is longer. C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use p arts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner. END OF SECTION CHECKLIST FORMS FOLLOW Fire Station 15 01 7419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 01 7419 - 1 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Owner requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible. B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors. C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible. D. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration: 1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers. 2. Corrugated cardboard. 3. Wood pallets. 4. Clean dimensional wood: May be used as blocking or furring. 5. Land clearing debris, including brush, branches, logs, and stumps: See Section 31 1000 for use options. 6. Concrete: May be crushed and used as riprap, aggregate, sub -base material, or fill. 7. Bricks: May be broken or crushed and used as sub-base material or fill. 8. Concrete masonry units: May be broken or crushed and used as sub -base material or fill. 9. Asphalt paving: May be recycled into paving for project. 10. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. 11. Glass. 12. Gypsum drywall and plaster. 13. Carpet, carpet cushion, carpet tile, and carpet remnants, both new and remo ved: DuPont (http://flooring.dupont.com) and Interface (www.interfaceinc.com) conduct reclamation programs. 14. Plastic sheeting. E. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements. F. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are: 1. Burning on the project site. 2. Burying on the project site. 3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. 4. Other illegal dumping or burying. G. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal proce dures, and project documentation. C. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. D. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling. E. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, adhesives, glues, or the like. Fire Station 15 01 7419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 01 7419 - 2 B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity. D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous sub stances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity. E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others. H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste. I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site. K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others. L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water. M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste. N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvagea ble, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information: 1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities. 2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s). 3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling. 4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal. 5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging. 6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e. whether materials wil l be site-separated and self-hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler. C. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit at specified intervals, with details of quantities of trash and waste, means of disposal or r euse, and costs; show both totals to date and since last report. 1. Submit updated Report with each Application for Progress Payment; failure to submit Report will delay payment. 2. Submit Report on a form acceptable to Owner. 3. Landfill Disposal: Include the following information: a. Identification of material. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), of trash/waste material from the project disposed of in landfills. c. State the identity of landfills, total amount of tipping fees paid to landfill, and total disposal cost. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. 4. Recycled and Salvaged Materials: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material, including those retrieved by installer for use on other projects. Fire Station 15 01 7419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 01 7419 - 3 b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), date removed from the project site, and receiving party. c. Transportation cost, amount paid or received for the material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. e. Certification by receiving party that materials will not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration. 5. Material Reused on Project: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material and how it was used in the project. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters). c. Include weight tickets as evidence of quantity. 6. Other Disposal Methods: Include information similar to that described above, as appropriate to disposal method. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 3000 for additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project do cumentation. B. See Section 01 5000 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. C. See Section 01 6000 for waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling. D. See Section 01 7000 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. 3.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan. B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, Owner, and Architect. C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings. 1. Pre-construction meeting. 2. Regular job-site meetings. E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and t rash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers. 1. Provide containers as required. 2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors. 3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations. G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contami nation of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials. H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse. I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off -site. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 7800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 7800 - 1 SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. Substantial Completion and Final Completions Checklists. D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit PDF preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents at least 10 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, wit h Architect comments. Revise content of all document sets as required pr ior to final submission. 4. Submit revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit d ocuments within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. Provide original hardcopy in binder and digital copy as PDF, provide tabs for all future items. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one full-size set of full size hard copy black and white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Identification: In red ink and block letters, label each Record Drawing, including cover sheets, "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location on title block. Show all addenda changes on the applicable drawing sheet or specification section. 2. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, t o prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. Fire Station 15 01 7800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 7800 - 2 b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 3. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order. k. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 4. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 5. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other reproducible colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 6. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 7. Note alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, Supplemental Instruction numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is i ssued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation a nd its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. Include title blocks matching original drawings and assign appropriate sheet numbers. C. Binding: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets and create organized, tabbed PDFs at full scale. Include identification on cover sheets and tabs. 3.02 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. General: Annotate by striking out products/manufacturers not included in the work to provide a record of selections made. 1. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from th at indicated in Specifications. Include addenda and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and record ed later. 2. Create a PDF copy with each section tabbed. 3.03 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Where the actual product or installation varies substantially from that indicated in previously submitted and approved Product Data, submit Record Product Data marked to indicate actual condition. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. Fire Station 15 01 7800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 7800 - 3 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable. 4. Where Record Product Data is required as part of Operation and Maintenance Manuals, submit marked -up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data. 3.04 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Provide full size PDFs in an organized and tabbed file for miscellaneous records and identify each. 3.05 O&M MANUALS, GENERAL A. Provide PDF files that are organized by section and file and fully tabbed and labeled. Provide files in original size, oriented and rotated in the document to read from top to bottom or screen. Scan or save files at a resolution suitable to clearly read all information at original size. Do not use overly large file sizes. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information furnished by multiple sources, assemble and coordinate information into a comprehensive whole. Eliminate all redundant, inapp licable, or unnecessary information so that submitted documentation reflects only actual installation. The QAM is responsible for final assembly of manuals. B. Identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." C. Directory: Provide a separate directory PDF file summarizing the contents of all O&M Manuals. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each O&M Manual. 2. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to O&M Manuals that contain in formation about each system, and separate references to Specification Sections in which each system or subsystem is addressed. 3. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. E. Title Page: Tab and label the title page. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other O&M Manuals. F. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross - referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. G. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Files: File type and format as approved by Architect. Documents shall be PDFs in 8-1/2-by-11-inch format. Fire Station 15 01 7800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 7800 - 4 a. If two or more files are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other files if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each file," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple -volume sets. Use layout supplied by Architect in electronic format approved by Architect. 2. Dividers: Reinforced heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Scan at original size at resolution suitable to read all documentation on the drawing sheet. Do not use higher than necessary resolution resulting in overly large files. 3.06 OPERATION COMPONENT OF O&M MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections a nd the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Emergency Procedures: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. In clude responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Shutdown instructions. Fire Station 15 01 7800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 7800 - 5 2. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 3. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 4. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 3.07 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE COMPONENT OF O&M MANUALS A. Content: Organize digital PDF manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described b elow. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of c ircumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 3.08 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE COMPONENT OF O&M MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information , maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for e ach component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. Fire Station 15 01 7800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 01 7800 - 6 D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quar terly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross -referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and co nditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 3.09 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, supplier s, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 279 mm) three D side ring binders with durable plastic no-print-transfer- type covers. F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS, with title of Project; name, address and telep hone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; and name of responsible company principal. G. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified w ith the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of product or work item. H. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, addr ess, and telephone number of responsible principal. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 7900 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 01 7900 - 1 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections. B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for: 1. All software-operated systems. 2. HVAC systems and equipment. 3. Plumbing equipment. 4. Electrical systems and equipment. 5. Landscape irrigation. 6. Items specified in individual product Sections. C. Training of Owner personnel in care, cleaning, maintenance, and repair is required for: 1. Roofing, waterproofing, and other weather-exposed or moisture protection products. 2. Finishes, including flooring, wall finishes, and ceiling finishes. 3. Fixtures and fittings. 4. Items specified in individual product Sections. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 specification s ections, apply to this section. B. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals. C. Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements: Additional requirements applicable to demonstration and training. D. Other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Training Plan: Owner will designate personnel to be trained; tailor training to needs and skill-level of attendees. 1. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 2. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training. 3. Revise and resubmit until acceptable. 4. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions. 5. Include at least the following for each training session: a. Identification, date, time, and duration. b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications. d. Intended audience, such as job description. e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training. f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on, etc. g. Media to be used, such as slides, hand-outs, etc. h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by Contractor. C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees per training session. 1. Include applicable portion of O&M manuals. 2. Include copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not included in O&M manuals. 3. Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and maintenance data. D. Training Reports: 1. Identification of each training session, date, time, and duration. 2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees. 3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to supporting documentation required Fire Station 15 01 7900 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 01 7900 - 2 for clarification; include answers to questions that could not be answered in original training session. E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of each demonstration and training session for Owner's subsequent use. 1. Format: DVD Disc or thumb drive 2. Label each with session identification and date. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and sys tems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and insta lled the systems and equipment. 2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEMONSTRATION - GENERAL A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner. B. Demonstration may be combined with Owner personnel training if applicable. C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Com pletion. 2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3.02 TRAINING - GENERAL A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated. B. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor. C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments. D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re-schedule training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor for personnel "show-up" time. E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss: 1. The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies. 2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system narratives, and product specific information. 3. Typical uses of the O&M manuals. F. Product- and System-Specific Training: 1. Review the applicable O&M manuals. 2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies. 3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance. 4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance. 5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures . 6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions. 7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. 8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage. 9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers. 10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor. Fire Station 15 01 7900 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 01 7900 - 3 11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures. G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 16 SECTION 01 9113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Description of Work 2. Payment Requirements and Commissioning Schedule of Values 3. Commissioning Coordination and Meetings 4. Scheduling Commissioning Activities 5. Submittals 6. Duties of Commissioning Authority 7. Duties of Contractor 8. Duties of Contractor’s Commissioning Coordinator 9. Back-Charging Provisions 10. Documentation Requirements 11. Start-up Requirements 12. Installation Verification Requirements 13. Functional Testing Requirements 14. Commissioning Issue Documentation and Correction 15. Performance Period 16. Project Closeout 17. Seasonal Testing B. Related Sections: 1. General Requirements to include the following sections, exact titles may vary. - Sustainable Building Requirements - Indoor Air Quality Management - Project Management and Coordination - Submittals - Closeout Procedures - Operation and Maintenance Data - Demonstration and Training 2. The following sections specify the commissioning activities for this project: - 20 08 00 Commissioning of Mechanical Systems (including HVAC and Plumbing Systems) - 26 08 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 3. All sections related to the following commissioned systems may contain start-up, testing and/or commissioning related activities: - DIVISION 20 – Testing, Adjusting, Balancing - DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING Domestic Water Piping Domestic Hot Water Heaters Domestic Hot Water Circulator and Controls Thermostatic Mixing Valves Meters (Water, Gas) Automatic Gas Shutoffs and Reset Switches for Cooking Equipment - DIVISION 23 – HVAC All HVAC Systems and Components All HVAC Control Systems - DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Lighting Controls Occupancy Sensors Photocells, Daylight Dimming/Switching Meters December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 1 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 16 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes the completion of formal commissioning procedures on selected equipment and systems as outlined in the paragraph Related Sections above. Commissioning is defined as the process of verifying and documenting that the installation and performance of selected building systems meet the specified design criteria and therefore satisfies the design intent and the Owner’s operational needs. The Contractor shall be responsible for participation in the commissioning process as outlined herein, and in subsequent sectional references and attachments throughout the Contract Documents. Commissioning procedures will be designed and conducted under the direction of a Commissioning Authority (CxA) hired by the Owner. B. This section contains the general requirements for commissioning and a description of the commissioning process to be applied across all commissioned systems. 1.03 PAYMENT A. Equipment and systems shall not be accepted by the Owner, and final payment shall not be made by the Owner, until commissioning activities identified in the specifications are complete, commissioning issues are resolved to the Owner’s satisfaction and the performance period standards have been met including seasonal testing. B. Payment is subject to the conditions of the Actual Damages clause of the General Conditions. 1.04 COMMISSIONING COORDINATION AND MEETINGS A. A representative for the Contractor, each commissioned system Contractor and the Contractor’s Commissioning Coordinator (CCC) shall attend scheduled commissioning meetings as required. 1.05 SCHEDULE A. The Contractor is responsible for coordination and scheduling of commissioning activities into the master schedule. The schedule shall contain the following activities and detail as a minimum. 1. Contractor review and comment on preliminary commissioning plan documents 2. Start-up Plan Development 3. Start-up Activities by Equipment and Systems 4. Installation Verification Activities by Equipment and Systems 5. Functional Testing Activities by Equipment and Systems 6. Training 7. O&M 8. Seasonal Testing B. The CCC shall develop and maintain a 2-week look-ahead schedule of commissioning activities including, but not limited to: meetings, start-up, installation verification, Functional Performance Testing (FPT) and FPT demonstration. The schedule shall be updated and distributed weekly, or if any currently scheduled activities in the 2-week period change. C. The Owner and the CxA will allocate their time based on the 2-week look-ahead schedule. If the Owner or CxA is not available for the scheduled activity then the Contractor may proceed as scheduled. If a scheduled activity does not take place due to lack of Contractor participation or inaccurate scheduling, the Contractor is subject to back-charging as outlined herein. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Commissioning Documentation: Provide one copy of submittals in addition to those quantities specified elsewhere. Include the manufacturer’s recommended installation and start-up procedures with associated checklists for each unique piece of equipment under a separate tab titled “Installation/Start-up”. These procedures and forms shall be for the specific piece of equipment to be provided. B. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with copies of approved submittals, manufacturer’s recommended installation/start-up documents, proposed testing formats, training plans, as-built documentation, O&M Manuals and other commissioning related materials as requested by the CxA. The CxA will review and approve this material for commissioning related activities. C. The CCC is responsible for managing the submittal process with the CxA. A tracking document for selected submittals is included in the schedules at the end of the individual divisional commissioning specifications for systems to be commissioned. These schedules outline activities that will require specific submittal information by the Contractor. Assignment of Contractors responsible for commissioned systems and due dates will be determined at the initial commissioning coordination meeting. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 2 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 16 D. O&M manuals for each piece of commissioned equipment are to be submitted with the proposed installation, testing and start-up documents. 1.07 COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY A. The information provided herein regarding the Commissioning Authority’s (CxA) responsibilities is provided to the Contractor for information only and is not a part of the work scope. The CxA is hired under direct contract with the Owner. B. The CxA for this project shall be Welsh Commissioning Group, Inc. (253) 856-3322, FAX (253) 859-2072 (www.wcxg.com). WCG is a Building Commissioning Certification Board (BCCB) Certified Commissioning Firm. WCG has on staff ANSI/ISO/IEC 17024:2012 Certified Commissioning Professionals who will lead the commissioning process. C. Responsibilities: The CxA responsibilities include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Approve selection of the CCC. 2. Participate in the initial on-site commissioning coordination meeting and subsequent commissioning meetings. 3. Conduct site observations and provide site observation reports. 4. Review and approve the start-up plan and commissioning schedule as developed by the CCC and the Contractor. 5. Develop the commissioning plan including start-up plan, installation verification checklists and functional test documents 6. Review and approve various Contractor completed documents including CCLs, start-up documents and data sheets as they are completed. 7. Witness, spot check or otherwise verify successful completion of selected functional testing by Contractor. 8. Review the TAB report. Witness or spot check a sample of the systems to verify conformance to design and the report. 9. Prepare and submit final commissioning report with recommendation for system acceptance to the Owner. Report is developed with material provided by CCC and Contractor. 1.08 CONTRACTOR A. Contractor Responsibilities 1. Support the commissioning process including integrating related commissioning activities into the construction process and schedule. 2. Assure the participation and cooperation of subcontractors as required to complete the commissioning process as outlined herein and the individual divisional commissioning specifications. 3. Assign a Commissioning Coordinator dedicated to the project. 4. Provide all submittal material as requested by the CxA and as required by the contract documents. 5. Attend commissioning meetings as scheduled. 6. Provide access to commissioned systems including ladders, lifts, scaffolding, access panels and other equipment as required. 7. Install and start-up equipment per the contract documents and start-up plan. 8. Conduct functional testing per the contract documents and commissioning plan 9. Provide required test instrumentation and equipment as needed to conduct functional testing per the commissioning plan. 10. Resolve issues as noted on the commissioning issues list and communicate resolution to the CxA. 11. Support seasonal testing as required. 1.09 CONTRACTOR’S COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR A. Contractor’s Commissioning Coordinator (CCC) Qualifications 1. The CCC shall be a regular employee of the Contractor assigned to the project. The CCC shall be responsible for coordination of Contractors responsible for commissioned system regardless of the Contractors they represent. 2. The CCC responsibilities shall not be shared by multiple parties, one individual shall be designated. 3. The individual designated as the CCC shall be available on site from the beginning of construction to final acceptance. 4. The individual designated as the CCC may have other construction or project related assignments, but only to the extent that they will be able to fulfil the CCC responsibilities outlined herein. 5. The individual designated as the CCC shall be identified by the Contractor during the submittal process. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 3 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 16 6. Submit the name, company, contact information (address, phone, cell phone, FAX and e-mail) and other project duties for the proposed CCC. B. Contractor’s Commissioning Coordinator Responsibilities 1. Overall management and coordination of the commissioning work performed by the Contractors responsible for commissioned systems including responsibilities identified as the CCC’s responsibility in each section on commissioned systems. 2. Coordinate Owner and CxA participation in scheduled commissioning activities. Notify Owner and CxA a minimum of 5 working days in advance of commissioning activities. 3. Collect, review and submit commissioning material and documentation to the CxA for approval prior to proceeding with commissioning activities including, but not limited to, the following: a. Review and comment on preliminary functional tests provided by CxA. Contractors responsible for the systems to be commissioned shall also review this information. b. Develop, manage and update commissioning schedule with commissioning activities c. Proposed Manufacturer’s installation and start-up documents d. Proposed cleaning, flushing, testing, disinfection forms e. Proposed Static tests and calibration forms f. Start-up plan g. Proposed functional performance test forms h. Completed Manufacturer’s installation and start-up documents i. Completed cleaning, flushing, pressure testing, disinfection forms j. Completed static tests and calibration forms k. Completed Contractor System Readiness Checklists l. Completed functional performance test forms m. TAB agenda n. TAB preliminary and final report o. Signed off issues lists p. Proposed O&M Manuals q. Training plans and agenda r. Final O&M Manuals s. Contractor Closeout Checklists 4. Develop, manage and update commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning activities into master schedule. Provide a 2-week look-ahead schedule of commissioning activities, updated weekly or as scheduled commissioning activities change during 2-week period. 5. Distribute issues lists to Contractors responsible for the commissioned systems. 6. Assemble, manage and update the start-up plan. 7. Attend regularly scheduled construction and Owner’s meetings and review commissioning activities with Contractors responsible for the commissioned systems and design team. Include commissioning activity items in construction meeting minutes. 8. Participate in and lead commissioning meetings as necessary to coordinate contractor activities in the commissioning process. Meetings are generally to be scheduled once every two weeks during initial construction of commissioned systems, and weekly during start-up and functional test phases. The CxA shall lead commissioning meetings when on site and the CCC shall lead all other meetings. 9. Provide material for, participate in the development of, and review the final report. 10. Coordinate and participate in seasonal testing. 1.10 BACK-CHARGING A. The Contractor and CCC are responsible to schedule and coordinate installation, start-up and testing activities with the CxA as specified herein and in each section on commissioned systems. Scheduled installation, start-up or testing activities that are not executed because of lack of preparation or coordination by the Contractor that result in unnecessary trips by the CxA are subject to back-charges to the Contractor. B. Functional testing shall be performed on the systems that are fully complete as reported by the Contractor. Systems that are reprogrammed or have had a software upload that can be shown to invalidate completed functional testing shall be retested to demonstrate proper operation. Tests re-conducted by the Contractor shall be performed at no additional cost to the contract. Tests re-conducted by the CxA shall result in a back-charge to the Contractor. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 4 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 16 C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs associated with any additional efforts required to witness installation, start-ups, testing activities or for excessive back-checking as indicated above. These costs shall include salary, travel costs and per diem lodging costs (where applicable) for the Commissioning Authority. Rates to be used are listed below: Travel Time: $60.00/Hour Salary: $120.00/Hour PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 DOCUMENTATION A. Schedule-A (located at the end of each section on commissioned systems, XX-08-00) contains sample versions of the Contractor Checklists (CCL) to be used for the systems to be commissioned. B. Schedule-B (located at the end of each section on commissioned systems, XX-08-00) contains a Functional Performance Test Summary Table that outlines each functional test to be conducted for the systems to be commissioned. Part 4 of each section on commissioned systems contain sample versions of functional performance test procedures and data sheets. These do not represent all functional tests that will be required and are intended only to demonstrate the rigor of functional testing required. C. Paragraph 3.12 contains preliminary versions of the Contractor Closeout Checklists to be used for the systems to be commissioned. 2.02 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION A. The CxA shall conduct an independent Installation Verification using checklists based on the System Readiness Checklists provided in Schedule – A, located at the end of each section on commissioned systems. 2.03 STARTUP FORMS A. Any installation and start-up checklists that are provided by the manufacturer shall be used in the equipment start-up process. Non-manufacturer developed forms must be approved by the CxA prior to use. Start-up forms must be submitted to the CCC for inclusion in the Start-up plan at least one month prior to system start-up to allow for review and approval by the CxA. Documentation for static testing, cleaning, flushing, calibration and other activities required by project documents are considered start-up forms. Schedule – A (located at the end of each section on commissioned systems) outlines the required documents to be submitted by the Contractor. 2.04 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST FORMS A. The functional performance test procedures and data sheets shall be developed by the CxA as outlined in Schedule B (located at the end of each section on commissioned systems), with input from the CCC and Contractor as required. B. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for developing, performing and documenting functional test procedures as directed by the CxA. See Schedule – B for minimum testing and documentation requirements. C. In addition to the testing outlined in Schedule – B, wherever the Project Documents require testing, test reports, checklists, verifying operation, demonstrating proper operation or other similar language with respect to the systems to be commissioned, written testing procedures and documentation of tests will be required from the Contractor, whether specified or not in the commissioning sections. D. A tracking document for these submittals is included in Schedule - B which outlines which of these activities will require submittal information by the Contractor. Contractors responsible for the systems to be commissioned and due dates will be determined at the initial commissioning coordination meeting. 2.05 COMMISSIONING ISSUES LIST A. The CxA shall maintain the Commissioning Issues List. At any time an issue is discovered where the installation or performance of the commissioned system does not meet contract document requirements, an individual issue shall be generated. As issues are resolved and verified by additional inspections or tests, the issues list shall be updated. The issues list shall be a running history of the status of the issue. 2.06 TEST EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall provide test equipment, whether specified or not, to execute the functional performance tests. This includes, but is not limited to: calibration gas and devices (e.g. NOx, CO), air and water pressure measuring equipment, airflow measuring equipment, light-level measuring equipment, and temperature measuring equipment. B. The test equipment shall be provided in sufficient quantities to execute functional testing in an expedient fashion. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 5 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 16 C. The test equipment shall be of industrial quality and suitable for testing and calibration with accuracy within the tolerances necessary to demonstrate system performance. D. Equipment shall be certified to an accuracy of 10% of the smallest tolerance to be measured. For example, if a temperature gage is required to be +2 degrees F, the calibration device must have an accuracy of +0.2 degrees F. E. The test equipment shall have calibration certification per equipment manufacturer’s interval level or within one year if not specified. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 DOCUMENTATION A. Checklists, start-up documentation, test forms and other commissioning related documentation required by contract shall be neatly and legibly completed and provided to the CxA via the CCC in a clear and easily readable condition. B. Required checklists, start-up documentation, test forms and other commissioning related documentation shall be provided to the CxA via the CCC in a timely fashion and according to the commissioning and construction schedule. C. In every case where the Contractor is unable to comply with an item as listed on the checklist or form, the Contractor shall immediately notify the CxA in writing as to the reasons for non-compliance. 3.02 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall provide access to all equipment and systems to be commissioned both during construction and after occupancy as necessary. The Contractor shall coordinate with other trades to assure that access to commissioned equipment is available to the CxA and other trades at the proper times and with sufficient duration. B. The Contractor shall provide all ladders, lifts, scaffolding, access doors, removal/installation of ceiling tiles and any other materials or activities as necessary to allow the CxA to easily access equipment and systems. C. During the commissioning process, the Contractor shall coordinate the installation of ceiling tiles and other finishes to allow all trades and the CxA to perform their work without having to remove or reinstall ceiling tiles or other finished work. Note that above-ceiling access is required to perform Installation Verification and Functional Performance Testing of systems. Ceiling tiles typically must be in place during Testing and Balancing activities. Since Testing and Balancing may occur between Installation Verification and Functional Performance Testing, some ceiling tiles may require multiple removal/reinstallation cycles. D. In the event that system commissioning is not fully completed after occupancy, the Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the owner for access to the equipment or system for testing, back-checking and other commissioning activities. This requirement shall include providing access to equipment as indicated above. 3.03 MEETINGS AND SITE OBSERVATIONS A. Commissioning status meetings shall be scheduled to occur during the construction and closeout phase to monitor progress and to help facilitate the commissioning process. Contractor representatives for commissioned systems shall be required to attend these meetings. Meetings will generally be scheduled to occur with scheduled construction or management meetings. The CCC shall schedule, coordinate and lead the meetings including providing meeting minutes. These meetings can coincide with, or be a subset of, the normal subcontractor meetings. When the CxA is on site for commissioning duties or scheduled meetings, the CxA shall lead the commissioning meetings and prepare and distribute minutes. B. Commissioning shall be included in the general construction and Owner’s meetings. The CCC will attend these meetings and discuss commissioning related topics there. Commissioning information and issues shall be documented in the meeting minutes. C. The CxA may perform periodic site visits during construction to monitor commissioning activities. The purpose of these observations will be to evaluate compliance to contractual obligations such as cleanliness, capping ductwork, access to equipment, maintainability and so forth to identify concerns before they are repeated throughout the project. Any issues identified will be noted on a Site Observation Report. The Contractor shall review these reports and take action to resolve issues as needed and deemed appropriate in consultation with the Owner, CxA, and Design Team.. 3.04 CONTROLS INTEGRATION MEETING – BUILDING AUTOMATION AND LIGHTING A. The controls integration meeting (CIM) shall be conducted after the building automation and lighting controls submittals are complete and the CxA has reviewed the submittals. The meeting is to be conducted prior to finalizing the functional test procedures and shall be attended by the CxA, the controls contractor, the lighting controls December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 6 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 16 contractor, the mechanical/electrical engineers and a representative of the Owner’s maintenance group at a minimum. The CIM shall include, but not be limited to, the following topics: 1. Sequence of Operations 2. Alarm Points List 3. Trend Points List 4. Displayed/Adjustable Point List 5. Graphical Interface 6. Integration with packaged equipment 7. Lighting control interface 8. Point-to-Point Checkout and Commissioning of Existing Equipment 9. Method of Conducting Cx Functional Testing 3.05 PRE-STARTUP ACTIVITIES A. The CxA shall develop a preliminary commissioning plan with input from the Contractors via the CCC. B. As soon as possible after the bid award, approval of submittals and development of the preliminary commissioning plan, the CxA shall conduct an initial commissioning coordination meeting with the CxA, CCC, Contractors, Owner’s Representative and the A/E Team. The CxA will explain the commissioning process in detail, and identify specific commissioning related responsibilities. The preliminary commissioning plan shall be provided to the Contractors at this time. The requirements for submittal material shall be reviewed along with a preliminary schedule of commissioning activities. C. The Contractor shall submit to the CxA via the CCC preliminary O&M manuals prior to developing the Start-up and Commissioning Plan by the CxA. D. The Contractor shall submit to the CCC the proposed start-up and Contractor required testing documentation for assembly into the Start-up and Commissioning Plan by the CxA. E. The CxA shall develop a Start-up Plan based on Contractor submittals and the start-up requirements of the contract documents. It details the procedures and forms for individual pieces of equipment and systems that have start-up and testing requirements. It shall be a three-ring binder indexed by system or equipment. The binder shall be populated with procedures and blank forms and used to file the completed forms as the procedures are completed by the Contractor. The Start-up Plan shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. List of commissioning team members. 2. Start-up document tracking forms. 3. Master list of equipment/systems for installation and start-up. 4. Start-up and static testing schedule. 5. Manufacturer and Project Document required installation, start-up and testing procedures 6. Blank copies of start-up and testing forms for each type of equipment/system. 7. System readiness checklists for each system. F. The CxA shall develop the final commissioning plan. The commissioning plan typically includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Project overview. 2. Commissioning Authority scope of work. 3. Contractor’s Commissioning Coordinator scope of work. 4. Roles and responsibilities of commissioning participants. 5. A schedule with sequential description of commissioning activities. 6. A complete list and description of equipment and systems to be commissioned. 7. The Start-up Plan 8. Installation verification data forms for systems and equipment to be commissioned. 9. Functional performance test criteria, test forms and data forms for systems and equipment designated to be functionally tested including trending needed for the performance period. 10. Sample commissioning issues list. 11. Project closeout activities G. The Contractor shall be responsible for the liability and safety of conducting tests. The CCC and Contractor shall review the Functional Performance Test (FPT) documents provided by the CxA prior to including them in the final commissioning plan. The Contractor is to review preliminary and final test procedures to verify that they: 1. Will not pose a risk of injury to any personnel. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 7 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 16 2. Will not pose a risk of damage to equipment, structure or any physical element of the building. 3. Will not negate any equipment or system warranties. 4. Are executable with the personnel and equipment available to the Contractor. 3.06 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND START-UP A. Installation and Start-up activities include procedures outlined by the contract documents and the equipment manufacturer including cleaning, static testing, calibration and other related activities. The CxA shall provide the Contractor with a start-up plan based on Contractor submitted procedures and checklists. B. The CxA may witness selected equipment start-up and testing performed during construction. The CCC shall keep the CxA informed of commissioning activities with regular status reports and updates to the commissioning plan, start-up plan and schedules C. The Contractor shall perform equipment start-up per the approved start-up plan and start-up forms. The Contractor shall correct issues as they are discovered. The Contractor shall complete the installation and start-up forms as the work is complete and place the fully completed installation and start-up forms in the start-up binder. D. Upon completing the start-up activities for a given system, the associated Contractor Checklists (CCL) shall be completed by the Contractor and placed in the appropriate tab section of the start-up binder. The CCL is used as a cover form for the individual equipment manufacturer’s recommended start-up forms for each system. The completed CCL is the Contractor’s certification that they have completed all required installation and start-up activities and the system is ready for installation verification by the CxA and subsequent functional performance testing. E. The start-up binder shall be maintained by the Contractor’s Commissioning Coordinator. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the start-up book in good order and to turn the completed document over to the CxA at the conclusion of start-up. If the start-up binder is lost or stolen, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to recreate the binder and its contents, including re-conducting start-up activities if necessary. F. Upon completion of all start-up activities including the required documentation, the Contractor shall submit the start- up binder to the CxA via the CCC for review and approval. 3.07 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION (IV) A. The IV process shall begin when signed off CCLs and start-up documents are received from the Contractor. B. The CxA shall conduct an independent installation verification audit on selected systems to verify conformance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and project documents. The CxA shall use the completed CCL from the contractor to verify installation. Discrepancies discovered will be reported on the Commissioning Issues List by the CxA. A copy of the issues list will be transmitted to the Contractor via the CCC with a copy to the Owner and Design Team. C. The Contractor shall correct any issues discovered and note the action taken on the issues log and return it to the CxA via the CCC. D. The CxA shall back-check and verify that the issues are resolved prior to proceeding with FPT. 3.08 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS (FPT) A. FPT includes the documented testing of system parameters, under actual or simulated operating conditions. Final performance testing of systems will begin only after the Contractor certifies that systems are 100% complete and ready for functional testing, by providing completed and signed-off copies of the start-up plan and providing completed System Readiness Checklists. B. Any testing procedures and forms which the Contractor is required to provide must be provided by the CCC to the CxA at least one month prior to start of installation of the equipment and as needed to complete the commissioning plan. C. Functional performance testing of commissioned systems shall begin after all critical issues discovered during the start-up and installation verification process have been corrected. The CxA and Contractor shall conduct functional performance tests on selected systems to verify functional performance criteria as outlined in Schedule - B (located at the end of the individual divisional commissioning specifications) and as required in the Project Documents and approved by the CxA in the Commissioning Plan. Discrepancies discovered will be reported on the Commissioning Issues List by the CxA. A copy of the issues list will be transmitted to the Contractor via the CCC. D. Functional tests that have excess failure rates or are aborted due to lack of Contractor participation or scheduling are subject to the back-charging provisions of the paragraph Back Charging. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 8 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 16 E. The Contractor shall make available to the CxA a method of interfacing with any commissioned control systems at the building site including but not limited to the building automation system, packaged control systems, programmable logic controllers and lighting control systems. This interface shall be made available regardless of whether or not a permanent local work station is specified elsewhere in the contract documents. The on-site interface shall be made available from the time of completion of start-up activities until trending is complete and all commissioned systems are accepted by the owner. The Contractor shall also make available to the CxA a method of remote access to the control system(s) beginning at the time of completion of start-up activities and extending for one year after system acceptance. Remote and local access shall include all software, licensing, software keys and anything else required to facilitate full access to the system(s). The local and remote interfaces shall include all contract required interfaces including, but not limited to, all graphics, trends and alarms. The CxA shall be given an account with full security access privileges to the system(s). 3.09 COMMISSIONING ISSUE DOCUMENTATION AND CORRECTION A. The commissioning issues list is generated and maintained by the CxA to include a description of the issue, date of posting, the current status of issues, assignment to the responsible party and the date of final resolution as confirmed by the CxA. Items listed may include issues where design, products, execution or performance does not appear to satisfy the Contract Documents and the design intent. The resolution of issues identified on this list may or may not be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Once issues have been identified and assigned to a Contractor on the Commissioning Issues List, the Contractor shall be required to investigate and resolve these issues in a timely manner. After correcting issues noted on the Commissioning Issues List, the Contractor shall sign off on each issue and return the list to the CxA via the CCC for initiation of back-checking by the CxA. C. In the event that an issue has been assigned to the wrong Contractor or resolution of the issue requires multiple trades, Contractor with the initial assignment shall take the lead in working with the CCC and CxA to reassign the issue or coordinating the multiple trades to resolve the issue. D. The CxA shall back-check and verify that the commissioning issues are resolved and update the issues list. Excessive back-checking by the CxA due to issues reported as complete not actually being resolved are subject to the back-charging provisions of the paragraph Back Charging. 3.10 PERFORMANCE PERIOD A. Performance Period: The performance period is a set length of time designated to demonstrate proper facility operation prior to acceptance. The performance period commences after successful completion of all functional testing. Parameters evaluated for heating and ventilation systems typically include zone temperature stability, optimum start/stop, warm-up period and other related functions. For lighting control the parameters include lighting levels, occupancy switching and daylight control. As part of this process the Contractor will be required to set up and provide trends of building automation system parameters per the direction of the CxA. The specific trending needed will be outlined in the commissioning plan, the Contractor should assume that all points in the building automation system will be trended. Lighting control parameters will be trended if system capabilities exist, otherwise the Contractor will provide stand-alone data loggers to demonstrate operation of systems. B. The CxA shall prepare a performance period test plan including measured variables and success criteria based on performance characteristics described in the Project Documents. The CxA will provide the Contractor with a list of trend log definitions or stand-alone data logger requirements based on the performance period test plan included in the Commissioning Plan. C. The Contractor will review the performance period test plan and set up the trend log definitions and stand-alone data loggers. Trend logs shall be set up for all inputs/outputs, both digital and analog, for all points in the system both physical and virtual. Trend interval shall be 5 minutes unless otherwise directed by the CxA. The minimum trend period shall be 14 days. Trend log point headings as displayed on system graphs and data tables shall be adequately descriptive for the point but no longer than 12 characters unless approved by the CxA. System default names are not acceptable. The heading titles shall contain no extraneous characters that are not needed to describe the point. The contractor shall provide the trends to the Commissioning Authority in electronic format, in MS Excel or a comma delimited file with related system parameters grouped together for easy comparison. If building automation system resident memory is limited or there are other issues with the trending requirements, the Contractor will work with the CxA to redefine the test plan. D. The performance period will commence within one week of the final functional tests and run for a minimum of 14 days. A similar performance period may be required for seasonal testing. If failures are encountered, the December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 9 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 16 performance period shall be aborted. After corrections are made, the performance period shall be re-started at day one. Systems shall run per the final sequences of operation for 14 days without adjustments or corrections before the warranty period will commence. 3.11 SEASONAL TESTING A. Seasonal testing is required to demonstrate the system’s ability to meet design conditions associated with seasonal extremes, typically peak heating and peak cooling conditions. B. Seasonal testing may also be required when ambient conditions will not support the operation of specific equipment. C. Seasonal testing is required to demonstrate the performance for a fully occupied building or portion of the building as well as for systems that are occupancy sensitive. D. The Contractor shall provide labor and material for seasonal testing and make corrections to any Contractor related issues discovered. 3.12 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Post construction Contractor responsibilities include completion and submission of the Project Closeout Checklist for each commissioned system to the CxA for verification of completing contracted obligations for the owner. Sample project closeout requirements, tracking sheet and checklists are included herein. The Contractor is free to submit alternate formats for review and approval by the Owner, Design Team and CxA as appropriate. B. Upon request, the Contractor is responsible for providing the CxA with copies of the balancing reports, as-built drawings, O&M manuals relevant to the systems commissioned and the Contractor provided material required for the Systems Manual. The CxA shall review this material for compliance with Project Documents and report issues for resolution by the responsible party. C. Upon completion of commissioning activities the CxA will prepare and submit to the owner the Final Commissioning Report detailing the commissioning plan and commissioning activities and recommending acceptance to the Owner. The CCC will support this effort by coordinating the Contractor provided documentation. D. Training on related systems and equipment operation and maintenance shall only be scheduled to commence after functional testing is satisfactorily completed, O&M manuals have been delivered and approved, the Systems Manual is complete and systems are verified to be 100% complete and functional. Each Contractor is responsible to provide a topical outline of the subjects to be covered in the training session(s), the expected length of time for the training sessions, and a brief resume listing the qualifications of the proposed training presenters. The CCC is responsible for developing the training plan with input from the Contractor and directing any video taping efforts. The training plan is to be submitted to the Owner, Design Team and CxA for approval prior to conducting training. The CCC is responsible for coordinating training with the Owner and CxA and to verify execution of the training plan. E. A Contractor Project Closeout Checklist sample is included in this section. The Contractor responsible for the delivery of each of the listed systems in the Project Closeout System Summary Table below shall be responsible for completion of a Project Closeout Checklist for that system. The checklists included within this Schedule are sample versions and are only representative of what shall be included in the final Commissioning Plan. The Contractor is responsible to demonstrate compliance with all closeout requirements and the final checklists may contain additional requirements to document this compliance. In no case shall the checklists require performance criteria more stringent than specified by the Project Documents except as noted below regarding developing training plans. F. Training Plans: For all Owner instruction, the Contractor shall submit a training plan for each system identified in the Project Closeout System Summary Table below, for review and approval by the Commissioning Authority and the Owner. Training shall not proceed without approval of the training plan. A sample training plan is included following the sample Project Closeout Checklist. The training plan must contain the following as a minimum: 1. Attendee sign-off sheet. 2. Required training hours specified in the project documents. 3. Detailed list of subject to be covered and durations. 4. Qualifications of training provider. 5. Training schedule including duration of each training session. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 10 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 16 Project Closeout System Summary Table A B C D E F G H I System Description Responsible Contractor Proposed Agenda Received O K Training Performed O K Closeout Form Received O K Notes Division 20/22 Systems Domestic Hot Water Heaters Domestic Hot Water Pumps Thermostatic Mixing Valves Automatic Gas Shutoffs Cooking Equipment Shutoffs Water Meters Gas Meters Division 20/23 Systems VRF Fan Coil Units Variable Refrigerant Flow System VRF Outdoor Units Variable Refrigerant Flow System Dedicated Outdoor Air System (DOAS) Radiant Heaters Unit Heaters Exhaust Fans Vehicle Exhaust System Split System A/C Units Air Distribution System Including Fire/Smoke Dampers HVAC Controls For All HVAC Equipment Division 26 Systems Interior Lighting Controls Exterior Lighting Controls Occupancy Sensors Daylight Dimming/Switching Electric Meters See next page for the Summary Table Key December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 11 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 16 Summary Table Key: A. System description for each system commissioned. B. Contractor responsible for providing project closeout and training. To be filled in after contract award. C. Date the proposed training agenda is received from the responsible Contractor. D. Indicates that the CxA and Owner has received and approved the proposed training agenda. E. Date the training was performed. F. Indicates that CxA and Owner has approved the training provided. G. Date the completed Contractor Closeout Checklists are received from the responsible Contractor. H. Indicates that the CxA has approved completed Contractor Closeout Checklists. I. Notes on status of forms, irregularities and rework needed. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 12 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 16 SAMPLE DOCUMENT - Contractor Closeout Checklist System: Instructions: Contractor shall complete all specified items as listed on the following checklist and return the signed checklist to the Commissioning Authority via the Contractor Commissioning Coordinator prior to substantial completion. In addition, the Contractor may be required to demonstrate compliance with specified criteria on-site, as deemed appropriate by the Commissioning Coordinator or Commissioning Authority. Project Closeout Checklist: Instruction: Owner instruction is complete per project documents. Warranty and Spares: Warranty has been provided with operations and maintenance manuals. All spares have been submitted to owner and receipt of materials signed. Documentation: O&M Manuals are complete and submitted. As-built drawings, material list, technical literature, list of recommend spare parts, system description, and sequence of operation have been updated and included in the O&M manuals. Final Acceptance: Final performance testing completed and system accepted by owner, CC and CxA. Please note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: General Contractor CC: December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 13 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 16 SAMPLE DOCUMENT - Operation and Maintenance Training Agenda Equipment / System: SECTION 1 Filled out by the project Owner, submit to contractor SECTION 2 Contractor to indicate Trainer and credentials SECTION 3 Contractor to indicate proposed Agenda and Topics. SECTION 1 – Audience and General Scope Description Check all that applies Intended Audience Facility Manager Facility Engineer Facility Technician Project Manager Tenant Other General Objectives and scope of training Provide an overview of the purpose and operation of equipment, including required interactions with trainees. Provide technical information regarding the purpose, operation and maintenance of equipment at an intermediate level expecting that some support from outside contractors will be provided as needed. Provide technical information regarding the purpose, operation, troubleshooting and maintenance of equipment at a detailed level expecting that most operational and maintenance, service and repair will be conducted by trainees. Use blank spaces to describe additional/other objectives for the training session as needed. SECTION 2 – Credentials - Trainers/Instructors & Photographer Company Trainer/Photographer Position/Qualifications December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 14 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 16 SECTION 3 – Agenda and Training Topics Description Indicate covered items Duration (min.) Trainer Complete General purpose of the equipment/system (design intent). Review of drawings and schematics. Review start-up, loading, operation, unloading, shut-down, occupied/unoccupied operation, seasonal change-over procedures as applicable. Review building automation control interface, set points, schedules, alarms, graphical interface as applicable. Review unitary (packaged) controls, programming, troubleshooting, alarms, and manual operation procedures as applicable. System interface with other systems – fire alarm, emergency power system, and other systems as applicable. Energy conservation strategies as applicable. System/equipment troubleshooting methods, procedures, error messages as applicable. Service, maintenance, preventive maintenance procedures. Spare parts provided and suggested. Special requirements to maintain warranty. Special procedures related to tenant interface with the system. Health and/or safety issues as applicable. Use of O&M manuals. Use of as-built drawings, plans and/or schematics. Discussion/lecture. Site demonstration of equipment operation. Written handouts. Manufacturer training manuals. Video presentation. Question and answer session. Training session to be taped for owner’s future reference and training requirements. Use blank spaces to fill in any additional/other subjects covered. December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 15 Fire Station 15 01 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 16 SAMPLE DOCUMENT - Training Session Attendee Roster Equipment / Session: _________________________ Training Date: _________________________ Attendees Organization END OF SECTION December 22, 2017 01 9113 - 16 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Fire Station 15 03 3000 City of Renton / Regional Fire Authority CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 03 3000 - 1 SECTION 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Slabs on grade. C. Concrete footings and foundation walls. D. Concrete pile footings. E. Concrete reinforcement. F. Joint devices associated with concrete work. G. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). C. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2010 (Errata 2012). D. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004 (Errata 2007). E. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. G. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. H. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. J. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2014. K. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. L. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2015. M. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2015a. O. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2015. P. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2013. Q. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015. R. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2014. S. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2013. T. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2014. U. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004 (Reapproved 2013). Fire Station 15 03 3000 City of Renton / Regional Fire Authority CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 03 3000 - 2 V. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers; 1996 (Reapproved 2008). W. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011. X. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix designs. 1. Indicate proposed mix designs comply with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures. D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. General: Comply with the following and Structural General Notes. B. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will provide smooth, stain-free final appearance. 2. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 3. Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches of concrete surface. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: Comply with the following and Structural Drawings. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): As indicated in Structural General Notes. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage, 0.0508 inch. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Provide plastic or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. General: Comply with the following and Structural Drawings. B. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. C. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1. Acquire all aggregates for entire project from same source. D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. E. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type G. Fire Station 15 03 3000 City of Renton / Regional Fire Authority CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 03 3000 - 3 C. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C. 1. Products: a. W.R. Meadows, Inc; Hydraset: www.wrmeadows.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type B. E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type A. F. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: 1. ASTM C494/C494M, Type S. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: Multi-layer, fabric-, cord-, grid-, or aluminum-reinforced polyethylene or equivalent, complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. The use of single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 1. Installation: Comply with ASTM E1643. 2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations in vapor retarder. 3. Products: a. Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 15 mil (Class A): www.stegoindustries.com. b. W.R. Meadows, Inc.; PERMINATOR Class A - 15 mils (0.38 mm): www.wrmeadows.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Non-Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. 1. ASTM C1107/C1107M; Grade A, B, or C. 2. Flowable Products: a. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc, a subsidiary of Laticrete International, Inc.; Duragrout: www.lmcc.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 3. Low-Slump, Dry Pack Products: a. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., a subsidiary of Laticrete International, Inc.; Duragrout: www.lmcc.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout: Moisture-insensitive, two-part; consisting of epoxy resin, non-metallic aggregate, and activator. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059/C1059M, Type II. B. Epoxy Bonding System: 1. Complying with ASTM C881/C881M and of Type required for specific application. C. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch (13 mm) deep sealant pocket after removal. 1. Material: ASTM D1751, cellulose fiber. D. Slab Contraction Joint Device: Preformed linear strip intended for pressing into wet concrete to provide straight route for shrinkage cracking. 1. Products: a. W.R. Meadows, Inc; Speed-E-Joint: www.wrmeadows.com. 2.07 CURING MATERIALS A. General: Comply with the following and Structural General Notes. B. Curing Compound, Naturally Dissipating: Clear, water-based, liquid membrane-forming compound; complying with ASTM C309. Fire Station 15 03 3000 City of Renton / Regional Fire Authority CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project No. CAG-17-046 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 03 3000 - 4 C. Curing and Sealing Compound, Low Gloss: Liquid, membrane-forming, clear, non-yellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C1315 Type 1 Class A. 1. Application: Use at Exposed Concrete Slabs. 2. Vehicle: Water-based. 3. Solids by Mass: 25 percent, minimum. 4. VOC Content: OTC compliant. 5. Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Cure & Seal 1315 J22WB: www.daytonsuperior.com. b. Dayton Superior Corporation; Cure & Seal 1315 EF: www.daytonsuperior.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D Moisture-Retaining Sheet: ASTM C171. 1. Polyethylene film, clear, minimum nominal thickness of 0.0040 inch (0.10 mm). E. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. General: Comply with the following and Structural General Notes. B. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. 1. Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: Per Structural Notes in Drawings. 2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 20 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 45 percent by weight. 2.09 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use epoxy bonding system for bonding to damp surfaces, for structural load-bearing applications, and where curing under humid conditions is required. 2. Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. D. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches (150 mm). Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 1. Vapor Retarder Over Granular Fill: Install compactible capillary break material before placing vapor retarder as shown on the drawings. Do not use sand. Fire Station 15 03 3000 City of Renton / Regional Fire Authority CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project No. CAG-17-046 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 03 3000 - 5 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R. C. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. F. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. G. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on the drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. D. Saw Cut Control or Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch (5 mm) thick blade and cut at least 1 inch (25 mm) deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab. 3.06 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. Minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Values: 1. Exposed to View and Foot Traffic: F(F) of 20; F(L) of 15, on-grade only. B. Measure F(F) and F(L) in accordance with ASTM E1155, within 48 hours after slab installation; report both composite overall values and local values for each measured section. C. Correct the slab surface if composite overall value is less than specified and if local value is less than two-thirds of specified value or less than F(F) 13/F(L) 10. D. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.07 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. Provide finish as follows: D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R, and as follows: 1. Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: Minimum of two hand or machine trowelings as described in ACI 302.1R, minimizing burnish marks and other appearance defects. E. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. Fire Station 15 03 3000 City of Renton / Regional Fire Authority CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Project No. CAG-17-046 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 03 3000 - 6 3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field special inspections as specified as indicated in Structural General Notes. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect for each individual area. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 03 3511 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 03 3511 - 1 SECTION 03 3511 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface treatments for concrete floors and slabs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Finishing of concrete surface to tolerance; floating, troweling, and similar operations; curing. B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Curing compounds that also function as sealers. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on each finishing product, including information on compatibility of different products and limitations. C. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance and renewal of applied finishes. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. For coatings, construct mock-up area under conditions similar to those that will exist during application, with coatings applied. B. Mock-Up Size: 10 feet square. C. Locate where directed. D. Mock-up may remain as part of the work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain light level equivalent to a minimum 200 W light source at 8 feet above the floor surface over each 20 foot square area of floor being finished. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH APPLICATIONS A. Unless otherwise indicated, all concrete floors are to be finished using liquid densifier/hardener. B. Liquid Densifier/Hardener: C. Penetrating Clear Sealer: D. Polished Finish: 2.02 DENSIFIERS AND HARDENERS A. Liquid Densifier/Hardener: Penetrating chemical compound that reacts with concrete, filling the pores and dustproofing; f or application to concrete after set. 2.03 COATINGS A. Low Gloss Clear Coating: Transparent, non-yellowing, water- or solvent-based coating. 1. Composition: Acrylic polymer-based. 2.04 POLISHED CONCRETE SYSTEM A. Polished Concrete System: Materials, equipment, and procedures designed and furnished by a single manufacturer to produce dense polished concrete of the specified sheen. 1. Acceptable Systems: a. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., a subsidiary of Laticrete International, Inc; FGS Permashine Concrete Polishing System: www.lmcc.com. b. PROSOCO, Inc; Consolideck Polished Concrete System: www.prosoco.com/consolideck/sle. Fire Station 15 03 3511 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 03 3511 - 2 c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section. B. Verify that flaws in concrete have been patched and joints filled with methods and materials suitable for further finishes. 3.02 GENERAL A. Apply materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 COATING APPLICATION A. Verify that surface is free of previous coatings, sealers, curing compounds, water repellents, laitance, efflorescence, fats, oils, grease, wax, soluble salts, residues from cleaning agents, and other impediments to adhesion. B. Protect adjacent non-coated areas from drips, overflow, and overspray; immediately remove excess material. 3.04 CONCRETE POLISHING A. Execute using materials, equipment, and procedures specified by manufacturer, using manufacturer approved installer. 1. Final Polished Sheen: Satin finish; other sheens are included as comparison to illustrate required sheen; final sheen is before addition of any sealer or coating, regardless of whether that is also specified or not. 2. Satin Finish: Reflecting images from side lighting. B. Protect finished surface as required and as recommended by manufacturer of polishing system. END OF SECTION DIVISION 4 MASONRY Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 1 SECTION 04 2200 – CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section covers materials and construction for concrete unit masonry assemblies. B. Related Sections: 1. 01330 – Submittal Procedures 2. 01450 – Structural Testing, Inspection, and Quality Assurance 3. 03200 – Concrete Reinforcing 4. 05120 – Structural Steel 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, “Submittal Procedures.” B. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings detailing bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Show elevations of reinforcement layout for reinforced walls. Comply with ACI 315, “Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.” D. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Unit masonry Samples in small-scale form showing the full range of colors and textures for each different exposed masonry unit required. 2. Colored mortar Samples showing the full range of colors available. E. Samples for verification purposes of the following: 1. Full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required showing full range of exposed color, texture, and dimensions to be expected in completed construction. 2. Colored mortar Samples for each color required, showing the full range of colors expected in the finished construction. Make samples using the same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on Project. Label Samples to indicate types and amounts of pigments used. 3. Stone trim samples not less than 12 inches (300 mm) in length, showing the full range of colors and textures expected in the finished construction. 4. Weep holes/vents in color to match mortar color. 5. Accessories embedded in the masonry. F. Material certificates for the following signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each material complies with requirements. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 2 1. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. 2. Each type and size of joint reinforcement. 3. Each type and size of anchors, ties, and metal accessories. G. Material test reports from a qualified independent testing laboratory employed and paid by Contractor indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of the following proposed masonry materials with requirements indicated: 1. Mortar complying with property requirements of ASTM C 270. 2. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients. 3. Masonry units. H. Cold-weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in ACI 530. I. Hot-weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in ACI 530. J. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. K. Results from tests and inspections performed by Owner's Representative and/or Testing/Inspection firm will be reported promptly and in writing to Architect and Contractor. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. B. Preconstruction Testing: Employ and pay a qualified independent testing laboratory to perform the following preconstruction testing indicated as well as other inspecting and testing services required by ACI 530 standard or indicated herein for source and field quality control: 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each different concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested for strength, absorption, and moisture content per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar properties will be tested per property specification of ASTM C 270. 3. Mortar composition and properties will be evaluated per ASTM C 780. 4. Grout compressive strength will be tested per ASTM C 1019. C. Single-Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain brick masonry units of uniform texture, color, and blend from a single manufacturer. In exposed work, do not use masonry units with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, or other defects that might be visible or cause staining in the finished work. D. Single-Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for masonry, from a single manufacturer for each cementitious component. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Approximately 2 weeks prior to scheduled commencement of masonry construction and associated work, conduct conference at Project site with mason, block, sealant, and mortar manufacturer’s representatives, wall flashing/insulation installer, Owner Representative, Architect, and engineer testing and inspection agency. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 3 Record discussions of conference, decisions and agreements reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. a. Testing and inspections required b. Means and methods that will be employed c. Cold weather & hot weather procedures d. Items to be addressed prior to and during the work e. Protection of adjacent surfaces required 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition. Protect masonry materials from moisture during delivery. B. Store and handle masonry units off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not place until units are in an air-dried condition. C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in dry location. D. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. E. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down all sides and hold cover securely in place. When work is resumed, clean top surfaces of loose mortar and other foreign matter. B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil which come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes from mortar droppings. C. Cold-Weather Construction: Comply with ACI 530 standards for cold-weather construction and the following: 1. Do not lay masonry units that are saturated wet or frozen from rain or snow. 2. Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions. 3. No masonry will be set when air temperatures are below 32 degrees F. 4. At air temperatures below 40 degrees F the sand or mixing water shall be heated to produce mortar temperature between 40 and 120 degrees F. 5. At the end of each work day, the masonry shall be covered with an insulated, water-proof blanket material 6. The tops of all completed and partially completed masonry walls shall be protected and covered at all times when work is not in progress. D. Hot-Weather Construction: Comply with ACI 530 standards. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 4 1. Remove masonry where mortar became dry before it cured. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Comply with ACI 530 standard and other requirements specified in this Section applicable to each material indicated. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Comply with requirements indicated below applicable to each form of concrete masonry unit required. 1. Provide special shapes where indicated and as follows: a. Square-edged units for outside corners. 2. Size: Provide concrete masonry units complying with the size requirements indicated below, manufactured to specified face dimensions within tolerances specified in the applicable referenced ASTM specification for concrete masonry units. a. Face dimension of 7-5/8 inches high by 15-5/8 inches long by width required for application. b. Linear Shrinkage: Shall not exceed 0.065%. c. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer’s standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. d. Bond Pattern: Running bond B. Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net area compressive strength indicated on the structural drawing, General Notes. 2. Weight Classification: Medium weight. 2.03 Mortar Materials for Concrete Masonry Unit Walls A. Mortar Mix: ASTM C 270, Type S. B. Mortar Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or II. C. Mortar Aggregate: Natural color, ASTM C 144. D. Water: Clean and fresh from public water system. E. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. F. Do not add admixtures, including coloring pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2.04 Grout for Concrete Masonry Unit walls A. Compressive Strength (fg): ASTM C 1019: 1. Minimum fg to be 1,000 psi greater than the specified compressive strength (f’m) for each wall type. B. Slump: 8 to 11 inches. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 5 C. Grout Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or II. D. Grout Aggregate: Coarse grout, ASTM C 404, maximum aggregate size 3/8 inch. E. Grout Additives: Grout-enhancing shrinkage-compensating additive, Sika Grout Aid or approved equal. F. No proportioning or mixing of grout on site. G. Do not add admixtures, including coloring pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2.05 REINFORCING STEEL A. General: Provide reinforcing steel complying with requirements of ACI 530 standard and Section 03200, “Concrete Reinforcing.” B. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 2.06 EMBEDDED MATERIALS A. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, galvanized steel. B. Sheet Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal". 2.07 miscellaneous materials A. Masonry Cleaners 1. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer’s standard-strength general-purpose cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains form new masonry surfaces of type indicated below without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces and without leaving any chloride residue; expressly approved for intended use by manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned: a. For masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a manufacturer’s standard strength blend of surface-acting acids, chelating, and wetting agents. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, a product that may be used to clean unit masonry surfaces includes the following, or as approved by addenda: a. “Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent,” ProSoCo, inc. b. “Sure Klean No. 101 Lime Solvent,” ProSoCo, inc. c. “Sure Klean Vana Trol,” ProSoCo, Inc. B. Bituminous Coating: 1. Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12 except containing no asbestos fibers. C. Masonry Sealer: See Division 7 for required sealer. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other specific conditions, and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of unit masonry. B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with ACI 530 standard and other requirements indicated applicable to each type of installation included in Project. B. Thickness: Build multiple wythe walls to the full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness indicated. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. D. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Use only half-size pieces or larger. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without cutting where possible. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Comply with construction tolerances of ACI 530 standard. 3.04 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations. B. Lay up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. C. Bond Pattern: Lay masonry in running bond pattern as shown on drawings, except where otherwise indicated. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half running bond or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly (if required), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. E. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying. Clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 7 F. Built-In Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. 1. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. 3. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24 inches) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. B. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, unless otherwise indicated. C. Mortar Joints: Make all joints of uniform thickness, approximately 3/8 inch. Take care to see that all holes, depressions, cracks, and other defects are completely filled. Work mortar with tool to smooth and uniformly profiled shape. Upon completion of the work, reinspect all joints; fill all cracks and holes; remove any loose mortar by cutting out; fill and tool to match other joints. D. Head Joints: Provide mortar buttering on all four edges which ensures full head joints. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY A. General: Install reinforced unit masonry to comply with requirements of ACI 530 standard. B. Temporary Formwork: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. C. Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. D. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: The Owner will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and inspections or will perform inspections themselves or a combination of both. B. Testing and inspection or quality control includes the following: 1. Testing and inspection of materials and installed masonry during construction including, but not limited to, the following: a. Compressive strength of grout per ASTM C1019. Fire Station 15 04 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 8 December 22, 2017 04 2200 - 8 b. Mortar composition and properties per ASTM C780. c. Prism test for flexural bond strength. d. Vertical and horizontal expansion joints. e. Special Inspection: Required for reinforced concrete masonry, per Special Inspection Schedule on structural drawings. C. Inform Architect two weeks prior to installation of backer rod and sealant at expansion joints. Provide equipment, such as scaffolding with interior stairway, which will safely allow Architect and Owner’s inspector to examine all vertical and horizontal expansion joints prior to sealing. 3.08 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units and in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints including corners, openings, and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for application of sealants. C. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave 1/2 panel un-cleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean concrete masonry by means of cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 45 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. 6. Do not use pressure-washing equipment to apply water sealant coatings or to clean the masonry. D. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION DIVISION 5 METALS Fire Station 15 05 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 05 1200 - 1 SECTION 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. 2. Prefabricated building columns. 3. Grout. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. 2. 055000 - Metal Fabrications a. Miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined as structural steel. 3. Section 055100 "Metal Stairs." 4. Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and Section 099600 "High- Performance Coatings" for surface-preparation and priming requirements. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections. 5. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones. 6. Identify demand critical welds. C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each welded joint qualified by testing, including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer], fabricator & testing agency. B. Welding certificates shall be available upon request. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certi fying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties shall be available upon request. E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control, high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shear stud connectors. 5. Shop primers. Fire Station 15 05 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 05 1200 - 2 6. Nonshrink grout. F. Source quality-control reports. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category ACSE. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303. 2. AISC 341. 3. AISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M B. Channels, Angles-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M, unless noted. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M unless noted D. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.02 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with plain finish. B. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy-hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Plain. Fire Station 15 05 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 05 1200 - 3 C. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B. D. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, weldable. 1. Configuration: Straight. 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 4. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Plain. E. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 3. Finish: Plain. 2.03 PRIMER A. Primer and application are specified in Section 050513. 2.04 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30 -minute working time. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning." F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel framing members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.06 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Slip critical. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.07 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces in accordance with Section 050513 except the following: 1. Surfaces to be field welded. 2. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. Fire Station 15 05 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 05 1200 - 4 3. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 4. Galvanized surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.03 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Base Plates: Clean concrete bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fasten ing. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection. G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. H. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.04 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Slip critical. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. Fire Station 15 05 1200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 05 1200 - 5 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect steel fit-up, field welds and high-strength bolted connections. See Testing & Inspection Section. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. 3.06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Touchup Painting: Specified in Section 050513. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 Section 05 1250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 05 1250-1 SECTION 05 1250 - ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes requirements regarding the appearance and surface preparation of Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS). B. This Section applies to all structural steel, both exterior and interior which is exposed to public view in the completed work including: 1. Primary and secondary structural steel columns and beams. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. C. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for all other requirements regarding steel work not included in this Section. E. Division 9 Section "Painting" for final painting of AESS and required mockups. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication of AESS components as follows: 1. Provide erection drawings clearly indicating which members are considered as AESS members. 2. Include details that clearly identify all of the requirements listed in "Fabrication" and "Erection" articles of this Section. Provide connections for exposed AESS consistent with concepts shown on the architectural or structural drawings. a. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length and type of each weld. Identify grinding, finish and profile of welds as defined herein. 4. Indicate type, size, finish and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify high-strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tensioned shear/bearing connections. Indicate which direction bolt heads should be oriented. a. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for the installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by others. 5. Clearly indicate which surfaces or edges are exposed and what class of surface preparation is being used. 6. Indicate special tolerances and erection requirements as noted on the drawings or defined herein. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects names and address, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: In addition to those qualifications listed in Division 5 Section "Structural Steel," engage a firm experienced in fabricating AESS similar to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate AESS without delaying the Work. B. Erector Qualifications: In addition to those qualifications listed in Division 5 Section "Structural Steel," engage an experienced Erector who has completed AESS work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicted for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC "Code of Standard Practice," latest edition, Section 10 as amended herein. D. Pre-installation Conference: Schedule and conduct conference at the project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Administrative Requirements." As a minimum, meeting attendees shall include the Contractor, fabricator, erector, the finish-painting subcontractor, and the Architect. Coordinate requirements for shipping, special Fire Station 15 Section 05 1250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 05 1250-2 handling, attachment of safety cables and temporary erection bracing, touch-up painting, and other requirements for AESS. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver AESS to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. B. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. Use special care in handling to prevent twisting or warping of AESS members. C. Erect pre-painted finish pieces using padded slings or other methods such that they are not damaged. Provide padding as required to protect while rigging and aligning member's frames. Weld tabs for temporary bracing and safety cabling only at points concealed from view in the completed structure or where approved by the Architect during the pre-installation meeting. Methods of removing temporary erection devices and finishing the AESS members shall be approved by the Architect prior to erection. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where AESS is indicated to fit against walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the work. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchors for AESS members that connect to the work of other trades. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchors, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to the project site in time for installation. Anchorage concepts shall be as indicated on drawings and approved on final shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Meet requirements of Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" as amended below. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and assemble AESS in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Locate field joints in AESS assemblies at concealed locations or as approved by the Architect. Detail AESS assemblies to minimize field handling and expedite erection. B. Fabricate AESS with exposed surfaces smooth, square and of surface quality consistent with the approved mock up. Use special care in handling and shipping of AESS both before and after shop painting. C. Coping and Blocking Tolerance: Maintain a uniform gap of 1/8" ± 1/32 at all copes and blocks. D. Joint Gap Tolerance: Maintain a uniform gap of 1/8" ± 1/32. E. Piece Marks: Fabricate such that piece marks are fully hidden in the final structure or made with such media to permit full removal after erection. F. Mill Marks: Fabricator shall deliver steel with no mill marks (stenciled, stamped, raised etc) in exposed locations. Mill marks shall be omitted by cutting of mill material to appropriate lengths where possible. Where not possible, the fabricator may fill and/or grind to a surface finish consistent with the approved mock up. G. Exposed Edges: Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 1. Sheared Edges: Grind all edges of sheared, punched or flame cut steel to match approved mockup. H. Rolled Members: Member specified to be rolled to a final curved shape shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied during shipping to prevent stress relieving. Distortion of the web or stem and of outstanding flanges or legs of angles shall be visibly acceptable to the Architect from a distance of 20 feet under any lighting condition determined by the Architect. Tolerances for the vertical and horizontal walls of rectangular HSS members after rolling shall be the specified dimension +/- 1/2". I. Closure Plates: Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow structural section with 3/8" closure plates. Provide continuous, sealed welds at angle to gusset plate connections and similar locations where AESS is exposed to weather. Fire Station 15 Section 05 1250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 05 1250-3 2.03 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. Bolted Connections: Make in accordance with Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." Provide bolt type and finish as noted herein and align bolt heads as indicated on the approved shop erection drawings. B. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 and Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." Appearance and quality of welds shall be consistent with the approved mock-up. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain alignment of members without warp exceeding the tolerance of this section. 1. Continuous Welds: All exposed welds shall be continuous and of uniform size and profile. 2. Contouring and Blending of Welds: Grind exposed welds to provide a smooth, consistent, and seamless transition between pieces. Oversize welds as required to maintain required dimensions after grinding. 3. Weld Show Through: At locations where distortion appears on the opposite side of an exposed welded connection, grind distortion of the steel to a smooth profile indistinguishable from adjacent material. 2.04 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop-prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field-welded. 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections, if primer does not meet the specified AISC slip coefficient. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to SSPC Specifications as follows: 1. SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning" a. Coordinate the required blast profile with the approved paint submittal prior to beginning surface preparation. C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's instructions to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop primer to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3. Provide compatible primer for steel surfaces to receive Intumescent Coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. The erector shall check all AESS members upon delivery for twist, kinks, gouges or other imperfections which may result in rejection of the appearance of the member. Coordinate remedial action with fabricator prior to erecting steel. 3.02 PREPARATON A. Provide connections for temporary shoring, bracing and supports only where noted on the approved shop drawings. Temporary connections not shown shall be made at locations not exposed to view in the final structure or as approved by the Architect. Handle, lift and align pieces using padded slings and/or other protection required to maintain the appearance of the AESS through the process of erection. 3.03 ERECTION A. Set AESS accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. B. AESS Erection Tolerances: Erection tolerances shall meet the requirements of standard frame tolerances for structural steel per Chapter 7 of the AISC "Code of Standard Practice." C. Bolt Head Orientation: Orient all grouped bolt heads alike. Where bolt head alignment is specified, the orientation shall be noted for each connection on the erection drawings. Where not noted, the bolt heads in a given connection shall be oriented to one side. D. Removal of Field Connection Aids: Run out tabs, erection bolts and other steel members added to connections to allow for alignment, fit-up, and welding in the field shall be removed from the structure. Field groove welds shall be Fire Station 15 Section 05 1250 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL Project No. CAG-17-046 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 05 1250-4 selected to eliminate the need for backing bars or to permit their removal after welding. Welds at run out tabs shall be removed to match adjacent surfaces and ground smooth. Holes for erection bolts shall be plug welded and ground smooth. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Obtain permission for any torch cutting or field fabrication from the Architect. Finish sections thermally cut during erection to a surface appearance consistent with the mock up. G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Replace connection plates that are misaligned where holes cannot be aligned with acceptable final appearance. 3.04 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Bolted Connections: Install bolts of the specified type and finish in accordance with Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." B. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, and appearance. Refer to Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for other requirements. Match weld profile, quality, and finish with approved mockups. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for AESS will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. 2. Obtain Architect's approval for appearance of welds in repaired or field-modified work. 3. Continuous Welds: All exposed welds shall be continuous and of a uniform size and profile. 4. Contouring and Blending of Welds: Grind exposed welds to provide a smooth, consistent, and seamless transition between pieces. Oversize welds as required to maintain required dimensions after grinding. 5. Weld Show Through: At locations where distortion appears on the opposite side of an exposed welded connection, grind distortion of the steel to a smooth profile indistinguishable from adjacent material. 6. Filling of Weld Access Holes: Where holes must be cut in the web at the intersection with flanges on W shapes and structural tees to permit field welding of the flanges, they shall be filled. Filling shall be executed with proper procedures to minimize restraint and address thermal stresses in Group 4 and 5 shapes. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Structural Requirements: The Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. Refer to Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for detailed bolt and weld testing requirements. B. AESS Acceptance: The Architect shall observe the AESS steel in place and determine its acceptability in comparison with approved mockups. The Owner's Testing Agency shall have no responsibility for enforcing the aesthetic requirements of this section. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded shop primer shall blend with the adjacent surfaces of AESS. Touch-up work shall be performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Division 9 Section "Painting." END OF SECTION 05 1250 Fire Station 15 05 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL STAIRS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 05 5100 - 1 SECTION 05 5100 - METAL STAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Stairs with grating treads. B. Structural steel stair framing and supports. C. Handrails and guards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal anchors in concrete. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISC 201 - AISC Certification Program for Structural Steel Fabricators, Standard for Steel Building Structures; 2006. B. ASTM A6/A6M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling; 2017. C. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. D. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. E. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. F. ASTM E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006). G. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. H. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015 (with March 2016 Errata). I. NAAMM AMP 510 - Metal Stairs Manual; 1992, Fifth Edition. J. NAAMM MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual; 2009. K. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 1. Include the design engineer's stamp or seal on each sheet of shop drawings. C. Delegated Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Prefabricated Metal Stairs: 1. Pacific Stair Corporation; S600 Series Grating Stair with R700 Series Rod Railing: www.pacificstair.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 METAL STAIRS - GENERAL A. Metal Stairs: Provide stairs of the design specified, complete with landing platforms, vertical and horizontal supports, railings, and guards, fabricated accurately for anchorage to each other and to building structure. 1. Regulatory Requirements: Provide stairs and railings complying with the most stringent requirements of local, state, and federal regulations; where requirements of the contract documents exceed those of regulations, comply with the contract documents. 2. Structural Design: Provide complete stair and railing assemblies complying with the applicable local code. 3. Dimensions: As indicated on drawings. 4. Shop assemble components; disassemble into largest practical sections suitable for transport and access to site. 5. No sharp or rough areas on exposed travel surfaces and surfaces accessible to touch. Fire Station 15 05 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL STAIRS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 05 5100 - 2 6. Separate dissimilar metals using paint or permanent tape. B. Metal Jointing and Finish Quality Levels: 1. Service: Exposed joints tight with face surfaces aligned; underside of stair not covered by soffit is not considered exposed to view. a. Welded Joints: Welded on back side wherever possible. b. Welds Exposed to View: Ground smooth; not required to be flush. c. Bolts Exposed to View: Countersunk flat or oval head bolts; no exposed nuts or screw threads. d. Metal Surfaces to be Painted: Sanded smooth, suitable for satin or matte finish. C. Fasteners: Same material or compatible with materials being fastened; type consistent with design and specified quality level. D. Anchors and Related Components: Same material and finish as item to be anchored, except where specifically indicated otherwise; provide all anchors and fasteners required. 2.03 METAL STAIRS WITH GRATING TREADS A. Jointing and Finish Quality Level: Industrial, as defined above. B. Risers: Closed with 14 Gauge Smooth Plate C. Treads: Steel bar grating. 1. Grating Type: Welded. 2. Bearing Bar Size: 1-1/4 inch deep, minimum x 3/16” thick minimum 3. Top Surface: Standard. 4. Nosing: Checkered plate. 5. Nosing Width: 1-1/4 inch, minimum. 6. Anchorage to Stringers: End plates welded to grating, bolted to stringers. D. Stringers / Kick Plates: Steel Plates 1. Stringer Size: 3/8 inches thick x 12 inches deep. E. Finish: Galvanized after fabrication. 2.04 HANDRAILS AND GUARDS A. Wall-Mounted Hand Rails: Round pipe or tube rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inch, minimum, to 1-1/2 inches, maximum. B. Guards: 1. Top Rails: Flat Bar Plate a. Size: 3/4 inches deep x 2 inches wide. 2. Infill at Pipe Railings: Pipe or tube rails sloped parallel to stair. a. Outside Diameter: 1/2 inch. b. Material: Steel pipe or tube, round. c. Vertical Spacing: Maximum 4 inches on center maximum. d. Jointing: Welded and ground smooth and flush. 3. End and Intermediate Posts: Same material and size as top rails. a. Horizontal Spacing: As indicated on drawings. b. Mounting: Welded to outside surface of stringer. C. Finish: Galvanized after fabrication. 2.05 SHOP FINISHING A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize to minimum requirements of ASTM A123/A123M. 1. Touch up abraded areas after fabrication using specified touch-up primer for galvanized surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. Fire Station 15 05 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL STAIRS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 05 5100 - 3 C. Provide welded field joints where specifically indicated on drawings. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. D. Other field joints may be either welded or bolted provided the result complies with the limitations specified for jointing quality levels. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or creating adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 05 5305 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 05 5305 - 1 SECTION 05 5305 - METAL GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formed metal floor gratings. B. Perimeter closure. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Modifications to the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2005. B. ASTM A 123/A 123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2002. C. ASTM A 153/A 153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. D. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2007. E. ASTM B 211 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire; 2003. F. ASTM B 211M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire (Metric); 2003. G. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2006 and Errata. H. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Live (Pedestrian) Load: Uniform load of 100 lb/sq ft minimum; concentrated load of 300 lbs. B. Maximum Allowable Deflection Under Live Load: 1/240; size components by single support design. C. Maximum Spacing Between Bars: ADA Compliant and to restrict pedestrian shoe heels. D. Minimum depth: 1” deep grating, 1 ½” angle 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide span and deflection tables. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate details of component supports, openings, perimeter construction details, and tolerances. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet for Lock Forming: Hot-dipped galvanized, ASTM A 653/A 653M, FS Type B, with G90/Z275 coating. B. Steel Framing: ASTM A 36/A 36M shapes, unfinished. C. Cross Bars: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M) solid bars. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. E. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. Fire Station 15 05 5305 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 05 5305 - 2 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Saddle Clips: Galvanized steel: B. Perimeter Closure: Of same material as grating. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate grates and plates to accommodate design loads. B. Mechanically clinch joints of intersecting metal sections, all materials to be galvanized or non rusting and compatible with galv. Finishes. C. Fabricate support framing for openings. D. Top Surface: Non-slip texture. 2.04 FINISHES A. Galvanizing for Steel Shapes: ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Galvanizing for Steel Hardware: ASTM A 153/A 153M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that opening sizes and dimensional tolerances are acceptable. B. Verify that supports are correctly positioned. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Place frames in correct position, plumb and level. B. Set perimeter closure flush with top of grating and surrounding construction. C. Secure to prevent movement. END OF SECTION DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES Fire Station 15 06 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROUGH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 06 1000 - 1 SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural dimension lumber framing. B. Non-structural dimension lumber framing. C. Rough opening framing for doors, windows, louvers and storefront entrance. D. Sheathing. E. Roofing nailers. F. Preservative treated wood materials. G. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. H. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. I. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Structural General Notes, Framing Plans and Details. B. Section 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Setting anchors in concrete. C. Section 06 1733 - Wood I-Joists. D. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Water-resistive barrier over sheathing. E. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum-based sheathing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AFPA (WFCM) - Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings; American Forest and Paper Association; 2012. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2015a. D. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood Protection Association; 2012. E. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. F. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels; National Institute of Standards and Technology, U.S. Department of Commerce; 2010. G. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce; 2010. H. WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules; Western Wood Products Association; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: lumber, sheathing, anchor bolts, sill gasket, hold-down systems, clips and anchors. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with requirements identified on the structural drawings, PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. Species: As indicated in Structural General Notes. Where not indicated provide Douglas Fir-Larch. 2. Subject to approval by the Structural Engineer, lumber of other species or grades is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. Fire Station 15 06 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROUGH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 06 1000 - 2 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Comply with the following and Structural General Notes. B. Grading Agency: Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). C. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. D. Moisture Content: Kiln-dried or MC19. E. Stud Framing: 1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. 2. Grade: DF Stud. F. 2 x Joist, Rafter, and built-up Beams: 1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. 2. Grade: DF #2. G. 2 x and 3 x Blocking: 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch. 2. Grade: DF Standard. H. Plates: 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch. 2. Grade: DF KD 15 #2. I. Treated Plates: 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch. 2. Grade: DF KDat #2. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: As indicated on structural drawings. B. Wall Sheathing: As indicated on structural drawings. C. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1 A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick; flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. As indicated on structural drawings. 2. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative- treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. B. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, plate width, closed cell plastic foam from continuous rolls. Owens Corning FoamSealR or approved equal. C. Water-Resistive Barrier: As specified in Section 07 2500. 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Preservative Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. Arch Wood Protection, Inc: www.wolmanizedwood.com. b. Koppers Performance Chemicals, Inc; www.koppersperformancechemicals.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A using waterborne preservative to 0.25 lb/cu ft. retention. a. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. b. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. c. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete. Fire Station 15 06 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROUGH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 06 1000 - 3 d. Treat lumber in other locations as indicated. 3. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use Category UC2 and UC3B, Commodity Specification F using waterborne preservative to 0.25 lb/cu ft. retention. a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install sill gasket under sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following and Structural General Notes, Plans and Details. B. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. C. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AFPA Wood Frame Construction Manual. E. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists ; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. F. Frame wall openings with two studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 3.04 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as required by applicable local code, to close concealed draft openings between floors and between top story and roof/attic space; other material acceptable to code authorities may be used in lieu of solid wood blocking. C. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. E. Provide the following specific non-structural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Handrails. 4. Grab bars. 5. Towel and bath accessories. 6. Wall-mounted door stops. 7. Tack boards and marker boards. 3.05 ROOF-RELATED CARPENTRY A. Coordinate installation of roofing carpentry with deck construction, framing of roof openings, and roofing assembly installation. B. Provide wood curb at all roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are specified and where specifically indicated otherwise. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. General: Comply with the following and Structural General Notes and Details. Fire Station 15 06 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROUGH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 06 1000 - 4 B. Roof Sheathing: Place and secure panels per structural drawings. 1. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. C. Wall Sheathing: Place and secure panels per structural drawings. 1. Place water-resistive barrier horizontally over wall sheathing, lapping edges and ends. D. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches (610 mm) on center on all edges and into studs in field of board. 3.07 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at site-sawn cuts, complying with manufacturer's instructions. B. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch (6 mm) from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet (2 mm/m) maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. 3.09 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: Comply with the requirements of Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co-generation facilities or “waste-to- energy” facilities. B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 06 1733 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WOOD I-JOISTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 06 1733 - 1 06 1733 - 1 SECTION 06 1733 - WOOD I-JOISTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Plywood web joists for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. C. Framing for openings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Structural General Notes and Drawings. B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Installation requirements for miscellaneous framing. B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Material requirements for blocking, plates, and miscellaneous framing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D5055 - Standard Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of Prefabricated Wood I- Joists; 2013. B. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2012. C. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. D. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels; 2010. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Roof Live and Dead Load: As indicated on Structural General Notes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature describing materials, dimensions, allowable spans and spacings, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate sizes and spacing of joists, bracing and bridging, bearing stiffeners, holes to be cut (if any), and framed openings between joists. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original packaging with manufacturer's name and product identification intact and legible. B. Protect products from damage due to weather and breakage. C. Protect joists from warping or other distortion by stacking in upright position, braced to resist movement, with air circulation under coverings and around stacks. D. Handle individual joists in the upright position. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood I-Joists: Weyerhaeuser Corporation as indicated on Structural General Notes. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Comply with the following and the Structural General Notes. B. Wood I-Joists: Solid lumber top and bottom flanges and plywood webs bonded together with structural adhesive, with published span rating to meet project requirements. 1. Span Rating: Established and monitored in accordance with ASTM D5055 by independent inspection agency. Fire Station 15 06 1733 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WOOD I-JOISTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 06 1733 - 2 06 1733 - 2 2. Oriented Strand Board: Comply with PS 2. 3. Adhesive: Tested for wet/exterior service in accordance with ASTM D2559. 4. Depth and Spacing: As indicated on drawings. 5. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Flange Width: Plus/minus 1/32 inch. b. Flange Thickness: Minus 1/16 inch. c. Joist Depth: Plus 0, minus 1/8 inch. 6. Marking: Mark each piece with depth, joist spacing, and allowable span for joist spacing. C. Wood-Based Components: 1. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. D. Joist Bridging: Type, size and spacing recommended by joist manufacturer and per structural drawings. E. Fasteners: Electrogalvanized steel, type to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive joists. B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 ERECTION A. Install joists in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and structural drawing sheets. B. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position. C. Make provisions for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. D. Install permanent bridging and bracing. E. Install headers and supports to frame openings required. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch maximum, from true position. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 06 1753 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 06 1753 - 1 SECTION 06 1753 - SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated wood trusses for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Drawings B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Installation requirements for miscellaneous framing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. TPI 1 - National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction; Truss Plate Institute; 2007 and errata (ANSI/TPI 1). B. TPI DSB-89 - Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses; Truss Plate Institute; 1989. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 – Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s literature describing materials, dimensions, allowable spans and spacing, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing requirements and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate sizes and spacing of trusses, bracing and bridging. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and erect trusses in accordance with TPI BCSI 1. B. Store trusses in vertical position resting on bearing ends. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Per requirements indicated on the structural drawing sheets. 2.02 TRUSSES A. Designed and fabricated in accordance with TPI 1 and TPI DSB-89 to achieve structural requirements indicated. Refer to structural drawings for requirements. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Lumber: 1. As indicated on our structural drawings sheets. 2. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B. Truss Bridging: Type, size and spacing recommended by truss manufacturer and as indicated on structural drawing sheets. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Blocking, Bridging, Plates, and Miscellaneous Framing: as specified under 06 1000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive trusses. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 ERECTION A. Install trusses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and structural drawings. Fire Station 15 06 1753 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 06 1753 - 2 END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 06 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FINISH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 06 2000 - 1 SECTION 06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish carpentry items. B. Wood sills. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. C. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. D. Section 06 4100 - Architectural Wood Casework: Shop fabricated custom cabinet work. E. Section 08 1416 - Flush Wood Doors. F. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glass and glazing of wood partitions and screens. G. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Painting and finishing of finish carpentry items. H. Section 12 3530 - Residential Casework: Shop fabricated cabinet work. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.0; 2016. C. HPVA HP-1 - American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood; 2016. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with electrical rough-in and installation of associated and adjacent components. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: C. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, and accessories. 1. Provide the information required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS). 2. Include certification program label. D. Samples: Submit three samples of finish plywood, ___12_by__12__ inch in size illustrating wood grain and specified finish. E. Certificate: Submit labels and certificates required by quality assurance and quality control programs. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1. Accredited participant in the specified certification program prior to the commencement of fabrication and throughout the duration of the project. B. Quality Certification: 1. Provide labels or certificates indicating that the work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade or grades specified. 2. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program. 3. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program. 4. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect work from moisture damage. Fire Station 15 06 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FINISH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 06 2000 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Interior Woodwork Items: 1. Hardwood plywood infill panels at cabinetry. 2. Window Sills: Clear fir; prepare for transparent finish. 3. Loose Shelving: Maple plywood; prepare for paint finish. 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B. Provide sustainably harvested wood, certified or labeled as specified in Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Wood fabricated from timber recovered from riverbeds or otherwise abandoned is permitted, unless indicated otherwise, and provided it is clean and free of contamination, identify source; provide lumber re-graded by an inspection service accredited by the American Lumber Standard Committee, Inc. (ALSC). 2.03 SHEET MATERIALS A. Hardwood Plywood: Face species as indicated, plain sawn, book matched, medium density fiberboard core; HPVA HP-1, Front Face Grade AA, Back Face Grade 1, glue type as recommended for application. 2.04 FASTENINGS A. Adhesive for Purposes Other Than Laminate Installation: Suitable for the purpose; not containing formaldehyde or other volatile organic compounds. B. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; ________ finish in concealed locations and ________ finish in exposed locations. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. B. Shop prepare and identify components for book match grain matching during site erection. C. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 2.07 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and is of type recommended for the applicable finish. D. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose. b. Stain: As selected by Architect. c. Sheen: Satin. Match Flush Wood Door Finish PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section are placed and ready to receive this work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for grade indicated. Fire Station 15 06 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FINISH CARPENTRY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 06 2000 - 3 B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. B. Site Finishing: See Section 09 9123. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. END OF SECTION DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Fire Station 15 07 1613 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 07 1613 - 1 SECTION 07 1613 - POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Waterproofing for surfaces concealed but not subject to hydrostatic pressure. 1. Outside surfaces of basement walls, foundations, utility vaults, and tunnels. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2016a. B. ASTM C666/C666M - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing; 2015. C. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers--Tension; 2006a (Reapproved 2015a). D. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 4. Details of joints and intersections. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project site in manufacturer's original packaging, marked with manufacturer's product identification. B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. C. Keep stored products dry; store under cover and elevated above grade. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Polymer-Modified Cement Waterproofing: 1. Aquafin, Inc ______: www.aquafin.net. 2. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems ______: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 3. W. R. Meadows, Inc; CEM-KOTE FLEX ST: www.wrmeadows.com/sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Polymer-Modified Cement Waterproofing for Surfaces Exposed to View and Surfaces Concealed but Not Subject to Hydrostatic Pressure: Manufactured slurry coating of Portland or hydraulic cement, aggregates, polymer admixtures, and water; no solvents; for application directly to cementitious substrate. 1. Explicitly recommended by manufacturer as waterproofing, not simply as dampproofing. 2. Approved by manufacturer for use below grade. Fire Station 15 07 1613 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 07 1613 - 2 3. Requiring green concrete cure time of not more than 28 days. 4. Elongation at Failure: 20 percent, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D412. 5. Water Vapor Transmission: MINIMUM permeance of finished coating of 1 perm, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 6. Freeze-Thaw Durability: No change when tested in accordance with ASTM C666/C666M for 300 cycles. 7. Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi, minimum, at 28 days, when tested in accordance with ASTM C109/C109M. 8. Finished Coating Thickness: As recommended by manufacturer for the specific application but not less than 1/16 inch. B. Crack Repair Material, Joint Tape, and Reinforcing: Type and application as recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. C. Water: Clean, clear, non-alkaline potable water, free of salts and other harmful elements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces where waterproofing is to be applied for conditions detrimental to satisfactory performance. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove defective concrete and rebuild to original profiles. B. Plug active leaks according to waterproofing manufacturer's instructions. C. Patch holes and non-moving cracks and joints. D. Clean and prepare surfaces thoroughly prior to installation; schedule cleaning and preparation so that residue will not fall on newly coated, uncured surfaces. E. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. Use sandblasting, water blasting, or acid etching as recommended. F. Application of waterproofing constitutes acceptance of substrates. G. Protect other work from fallout, overspray, and spatter from waterproofing application; provide temporary enclosures and covers as necessary to do so. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Perform installation only during ambient and substrate conditions recommended by manufacturer; provide temporary enclosures and/or temporary heating as necessary to do so. C. Fill voids and holes prior to application of first coat. D. Apply the number of coats and at the rates recommended by manufacturer for the specific application but not less than specified minimum thickness; apply at least two coats unless one coat is specifically indicated. E. At surfaces exposed to view, apply a uniformly textured finish without major variations in appearance. F. Extend waterproofing to all surfaces in areas indicated to form continuous waterproofed surfaces. G. Cure waterproofing by recommended methods for recommended period prior to making waterproofed area available for use or occupancy; protect from too rapid drying, severe weather exposure, and water accumulation. 1. Hot, Dry Weather: Use wet-cure methods regardless of manufacturer's instructions. 2. Do not use covers that could stain waterproofing surfaces. 3. Do not use chemical curing agents unless explicitly approved by waterproofing manufacturer. 4. Do not expose waterproofing to sunlight for minimum of 72 hours after placement. H. Do not backfill, fill water or liquid holding structures, or apply finish coatings until time period recommended by manufacturer has passed. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 2100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority THERMAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 2100 - 1 SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Board insulation at cavity wall construction, perimeter foundation wall, underside of floor slabs, and exterior wall behind metal siding, sheet metal and fiber cement panel wall finish. B. Batt insulation and vapor retarder in exterior wall construction. C. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete topping slab. C. Section 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: wall sheathing. D. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Separate air barrier materials. E. Section 07 5400 - Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: Insulation specified as part of roofing system. F. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping: Insulation as part of fire-rated through-penetration assemblies. G. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic insulation inside walls and partitions. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications; 2013. B. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2016. C. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation; 2014. D. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. E. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2.02 APPLICATIONS A. Insulation Under Concrete Slabs: Extruded polystyrene board. B. Insulation at Perimeter of Foundation: Extruded polystyrene board. C. Insulation Inside Masonry Cavity Walls: Mineral Fiber Board D. Insulation in Wood Framed Walls: Batt insulation with separate vapor retarder. 2.03 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Extruded polystyrene board; ASTM C578; with either natural skin or cut cell surfaces, and the following characteristics: 1. Flame Spread Index (FSI): Class A - 0 to 25, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Smoke Developed Index (SDI): 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. R-value; 1 inch of material at 72 degrees F: 5, minimum. Fire Station 15 07 2100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority THERMAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 2100 - 2 4. Board Edges: Square. 5. Manufacturers: a. Dow Chemical Company: www.dow.com/#sle. b. Owens Corning Corporation; FOAMULAR Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) Insulation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04 FIBER BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral Fiber Board Insulation: Rigid or semi-rigid mineral fiber, ASTM C612 or ASTM C553; unfaced flame spread index of 0 (zero) when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.05 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible or semi-rigid preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit; unfaced flame spread index of 0 (zero) when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1. Smoke Developed Index: 0 (zero), when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Thickness: 6 and 8 inch. 3. Manufacturers: a. ROXUL, Inc; COMFORTBATT: www.roxul.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: (2) outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less than 25 lbs/1000 sq. ft., with maximum permeance rating of 0.0507 perms. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. DURA-SKRIM 6WW; Raven Industries, Inc. (www.ravenind.com) b. Griffolyn T-65; Reef Industries, Inc., Griffolyn Div., (www.reefindustries.com) c. Approved equal. B. Tape joints of rigid insulation in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Insulation Fasteners: Impaling clip of unfinished steel with washer retainer and clips, to be adhered to surface to receive insulation, length to suit insulation thickness and substrate, capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation. B. Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of irregularities or materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. 3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Install boards horizontally on foundation perimeter. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 3.03 BOARD INSTALLATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS A. Provide board insulation at base of exterior walls per drawings. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. C. Tape insulation board joints. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION AT CAVITY WALLS A. Install boards to fit snugly between wall ties. B. Install boards horizontally on walls. C. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 3.05 BOARD INSTALLATION UNDER CONCRETE SLABS A. Place insulation under slabs after existing slab has been prepared. B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. C. Prevent insulation from being displaced or damaged while placing slab. Fire Station 15 07 2100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority THERMAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 2100 - 3 3.06 BATT INSTALLATION A. Install insulation and vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior wall spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. E. At wood framing, place vapor retarder on warm side of insulation by stapling at 6 inches on center. Lap and seal sheet retarder joints over member face. F. At framing, place vapor retarder on warm side of insulation; lap and seal sheet retarder joints over member face. G. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor retarder. H. Extend vapor retarder tightly to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of the membrane. Tape seal in place. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 2500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WEATHER BARRIERS Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 2500 - 1 SECTION 07 2500 - WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sheet-applied barrier and related accessories for wall air/moisture barrier system. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 610 – Rough Carpentry: Wall framing, blocking and sheathing. B. Section 07 210 – Thermal Insulation: Vapor retarder at exterior walls. C. Section 07 4646 – Fiber Cement Siding: Wall finish and primary weather barrier. D. Section 07 4213 – Metal Wall Panels: Wall finish and primary weather barrier. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Weather Barrier: Assemblies that form water-resistive barriers, air barriers, or vapor retarders. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E-96 – Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D1117 – Standard Guide for Evaluating Nonwoven Fabrics. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D3330 – Standard Test Method for Peel Adhesion of Pressure- Sensitive Tape. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation instructions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of 3 years’ experience with installations of product on projects of similar size and complexity. B. Mock-Up: Provide product of this section for construction of a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation and sealing techniques and application workmanship. 1. Finish areas designated by Architect. 2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship is approved by architect. 3. Repair mock-up are as required to produce acceptable work. 4. Approved mock-up establishes standard of workmanship for remaining work. C. All products used for the weather barrier assembly shall be provided by a single manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer’s unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Do not store in direct sunlight. Weather barrier shall be stored in covered area. Do not expose to building site chemicals. C. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. Fire Station 15 07 2500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WEATHER BARRIERS Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 2500 - 2 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Anticipate environmental conditions and schedule installation when conditions are within limits recommended by the manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer’s absolute limits. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Product Warranty: Limited product warranty against manufacturing defects. 1. Weather Barrier and related products: 10 years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: VaproShield LLC., Gig Harbor, WA, Phone: (866) 731-7663, Website: www.vaproshield.com. Subject to compliance, provide products from this manufacturer or a comparable product from one of the following manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 – Product Requirements. 2.02 WEATHER BARRIER SYSTEM A. Infiltration Barrier: 1. Basis of Design: Primary fully self-adhered air barrier sheet membrane shall be WrapShield SA® Self-Adhered Water-Resistive Vapor Permeable Air Barrier Sheet by VaproShield, a self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet membrane consisting of multiple layers of spun-bonded polypropylene having the following properties: a. Color: Orange with allowable UV exposure for 180 days, prior to coverage. b. Breaking strength and Elongation to ASTM D5034: 88 lbf (391 N), machine direction; 83 lbf (369 N), cross-machine direction. c. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E96 Method B: minimum of 50.45 perms (2886 ng/Pa.s.m2) d. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E398: minimum of 52.57 perms (3007 ng/Pa.s.m2) e. Air Leakage: ≤0.00002 cfm/ft2 @ 1.57 psf (≤0.0001 L/s m2 @ 75 Pa) when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178 and <0.01 cfm/ft2 @ 1.57 psf (<0.01 L/s m2 @ 75 Pa)) when tested in accordance with ASTM E2357 and. Meets Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) requirements for “Adhesive Backed Commercial Building Wraps”. f. Water Resistance tested to AATCC 127, 550 mm hydrostatic head for 5 hours: No leakage g. Application Temperature: Ambient temperature must be above 20 °F (minus 6.7 °C) h. Surface Burning Characteristics tested to ASTM E84: Class A, Flame-spread index of less than 5, Smoke-developed index of less than 15 i. Physical Dimensions: 0.022 inches (0.56 mm) thick and 59 inches (1.5 m) wide and 7.58 oz/yd2 (257 g/m2). B. Membrane Flashing System: Designed for two-part peel application: 1. Part-One: “Self-adhered air barrier transition and flashing membrane for all window jambs, headers, door openings, inside and outside corners, and other transitions shall be pre-cut VaproFlashing SA™ by VaproShield, afully self-adhered water-resistive vapor permeable sheet membrane having the following properties: a. Self-Adhered Orange: 6 ½ inches (17.8 cm), 11 3/4 inches (30 cm) or 19 2/3 inches (50 cm) wide x 164 feet (50 m) long b. Air Leakage: ≤0.00002 cfm/ft2 @ 1.57 psf (≤0.0001 L/s m2 @ 75 Pa) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 and <0.01 cfm/ft2 @ 1.57 psf (<0.01 L/s m2 @ 75 Pa)) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357 c. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E 96 Method B: minimum 50 perms (2861 ng/Pa.s.m2) d. Water Vapor Permeance tested to ASTM E398: minimum of 50 perms (2861 ng/Pa.s.m2) e. Water Resistance tested to AATCC 127, 550 mm hydrostatic head for 5 hours: No leakage Fire Station 15 07 2500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WEATHER BARRIERS Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 2500 - 3 2. Part-Two: Window and door pre-cut VaproFlashing™ SA Self-Adhered shall include VaproLiqui-Flash™ by VaproShield, a liquid-applied vapor permeable air barrier flashing material with vapor permeance and resistance to air leakage properties compatible with the primary air barrier membrane. C. Through-Wall Flashing: 1. Product: Thru-wall flashing shall include Transition flashing shall include VaproSilicone Transition™ by VaproShield, a flexible 80 mil (2 mm) extruded silicone sheet. a. VaproSilicone Transition™: 4, 6 or 9 inches (10.2, 15, 23 cm) x 50 feet (15.24 m) long. b. Dynamic Movement Capability: +200 / -50 % when tested in accordance to ASTM C1523. c. Elongation: 400 % when tested in accordance to ASTM D412. d. Tensile Strength: 295 psi (2.03 MPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM D412. e. Tear Strength: 20 ppi (3.5 N/mm) when tested in accordance to ASTM D624. D. Penetrant Sealant 1. Provide sealant for penetrations as recommended by manufacturer and as specified under Division 07 Section: Sealants. Appropriate sealants shall be VaproBond™ or VaproLiqui-Flash PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrate have been properly prepared. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. B. Mechanical fasteners used to secure sheathing surfaces or penetrate sheathing surfaces shall be set flush with sheathing, fastened into solid backing and covered with the upper overlapping membrane. If exposed fasteners are present on the surface of the membrane, cover and seal with Vapro-LiquiFlash™ or VaproBond™. C. Weather barrier shall be installed before windows, doors and storefront entrance installation. Do not install on saturated sheathing. D. Weather barrier shall be installed on all new and existing vertical wall surfaces. E. Weather barrier must be covered within 90 days of installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Weather barrier shall be installed before window, door and storefront entrances. Do not install on saturated sheathing. 2. Self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheets may be installed vertically or horizontally over the outside face of exterior sheathing board or other approved substrates. 3. Complete detail work at; wall openings, building transitions and penetrations prior to field applications. 4. Install fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet over the outside face of exterior sheathing board or substrate, measure and pre-cut into manageable sized sheets to suit the application conditions. 5. Install fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier sheet complete and continuous to substrate in a sequential minimal 3 inch (76 mm) overlapping weatherboard. 6. Stagger all end lap seams. 7. Roll installed membrane with roller to ensure positive contact and adhesion with substrate immediately. B. Building Transition Conditions: 1. Tie-in to structural beams, columns, floor slabs and intermittent floors, parapet curbs, foundation walls, roofing systems and at the interface of dissimilar materials with self-adhering air barrier transition and flashing membrane. 2. Align and position fully self-adhered air barrier transition and flashing membrane, remove protective film and press firmly into place. Provide minimum 3 inch (76 mm) lap on to substrates. Fire Station 15 07 2500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WEATHER BARRIERS Project No. CAG-17-046 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 2500 - 4 3. Ensure minimum 3 inch (76 mm) overlap at side and end laps of membrane and 6 inch (152.4 mm) at inside and outside corners, if joints occur at corner locations. 4. Roll membrane and lap seams with roller to ensure positive contact and adhesion, immediately. C. Equipment Penetrations 1. Mechanical pipe, electrical conduit and/or duct work must be secured solid into position prior to installation of fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier membrane. 2. Electrical services penetrating the wall assembly and fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier membrane must be placed in appropriate conduit and secured solid into position. 3. Install manufactured flanged penetration sleeves as recommended by sleeve manufacturer. 4. For straight sided penetrations, cut and fit fully self-adhered vapor permeable air barrier to accommodate sleeve, install VaproLiqui-Flash™ to seal the air barrier membrane to ductwork or preformed flange sleeve. 5. For pipe penetrations, refer to manufacturer’s standard details 6. D. Window & Door Openings 1. Two part flashing system; VaproFlashing™ SA Self Adhered flashing and VaproLiqui-Flash™, Vapro-SS Flashing™ or VaproBond™ Flashing by VaproShield around window or wall openings subject to the opening size and installation of window, door or louver type. 2. VaproFlashing™ SA Self-Adhered air barrier transition and flashing membrane installed 2 ¾ inch (70 mm) into rough wall openings for the sill, jambs and head. 3. Remove release film, align flashing membrane and apply pressure to ensure positive contact. Roll Lap seams to ensure adhesion. Provide lap seams in singled fashion, to shed water. 4. Water-Resistive Flashing for Rough Openings a. Liquid-applied window and door flashing shall be VaproLiqui-Flash™ by VaproShield, a liquid-applied vapor permeable air barrier flashing material with resistance to moisture and air leakage properties compatible with the primary weather resistant air barrier membrane. b. Apply a 12-15 wet mil (0.030-0.038 mm) coating onto the installed VaproFlashing™ SA Self-Adhered flashing, 1 inch (25.4 mm) onto the face continuing into the rough opening, covering the 2 ¾ inch (70 mm) VaproFlashing™ SA Self-Adhered flashing and the exposed rough opening surface. E. Through-Wall Flashing 1. Apply through-wall self-adhered flashing membrane along the base of masonry veneer walls and over shelf angles. 2. Press membrane firmly into place, overlap minimum 3 inches (76 mm) at all laps. Promptly roll all surfaces using a hand roller to ensure good adhesion. 3. Applications shall form a continuous flashing membrane and shall extend up a minimum of 8 inches (20 cm) up the back-up wall. 4. Seal the top edge of the membrane where it meets the substrate using VaproBond™. Trowel-apply a feathered edge to seal termination to shed water or install VaproTermination™ Bar and VaproBond™ sealant at the top edge. 5. Install through-wall flashing membrane ½ inch (13 mm) from outside edge of veneer. Provide “end dam” flashing. F. Battens 1. Provide and install specified battens and ventilation strips under cladding systems. 2. Install horizontal starter strip or vent strip at base of wall, vertical battens and top vent strip, secure into solid backing ready for installation of cladding system. 3. Coordinate spacing of battens and vent strips to accommodate cladding system. 4. Coordinate spacing of VaproShim SA™ Self-Adhered to accommodate cladding system attachments. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Make notification when sections of work are complete to allow review prior to covering fully self-adhered water- resistive vapor permeable air barrier system. B. Owner to engage independent consultant to observe substrate and membrane installation prior to placement of Fire Station 15 07 2500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WEATHER BARRIERS Project No. CAG-17-046 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 2500 - 5 cladding system(s) and provide written documentation of observations. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect wall areas covered with self-adhered water-resistive vapor permeable air barrier from damage due to construction activities, high wind conditions, and extended exposure to inclement weather. B. Review condition of fully self-adhered water-resistive vapor permeable air barrier prior to installation of cladding. Repair, or remove and replace damaged sections with new membrane. C. Recommend to cap and protect exposed back-up walls against wet weather conditions during and after application of membrane, including wall openings and construction activity above completed fully self-adhered water-resistive vapor permeable air barrier installations. D. Remove and replace water-resistive weather barrier membrane affected by chemical spills or surfactants. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 4210 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 07 4210 - 1 SECTION 07 4210 – CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior wall panel support system used with continuous insulation panels. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete wall substrate. B. Section 04 2200 – Concrete Unit Masonry: Masonry walls. C. Section 06 1000 – Rough Carpentry: Exterior sheathing. D. Section 07 2500 – Infiltration Barriers: Air and moisture barrier required as part of wall assembly. E. Section 07 4213 – Metal Wall Panels: Exterior exposed wall panel assembly. F. Section 07 6200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Field formed flashings and other sheet metal work. G. Section 07 9005 – Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant. H. Section 09 2116 – Gypsum Board Assemblies: Exterior sheathing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association (www.aamanet.org) 1. AAMA 501.1 – Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure; 2005 B. ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (www.asce.org) 1. ASCE 7 – Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; 2010 C. ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials; www.astm.org) 1. ASTM A653 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2011 2. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2012 3. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation; 2010 4. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2009 5. ASTM D570 – Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics; 2010 6. ASTM D635 – Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position; 2010 7. ASTM D696 - Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between −30°C and 30°C with a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer; 2008 8. ASTM D792 – Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement; 2008 9. ASTM D1621 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2010 10. ASTM D1622 - Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2008 11. ASTM D1623 - Standard Test Method for Tensile and Tensile Adhesion Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2009 12. ASTM D2126 - Standard Test Method for Response of Rigid Cellular Plastics to Thermal and Humid Aging; 2009 13. ASTM D2842 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics; 2012 14. ASTM E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2013 15. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2012 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate panel assemblies with rain drainage, flashing, trim, stud back-up, soffits, and other adjoining work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 – Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated; include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and accessory as necessary for complete fully furnished system assembly. Fire Station 15 07 4210 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 07 4210 - 2 C. Shop Drawings: Submit fabrication and installation layouts of continuous insulation wall panel support system and exterior cladding system; including details of edge conditions, joints, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 1. Provide distinction between factory-assembled, shop-assembled, and field-assembled work. 2. Provide details of following items at full scale. a. Manufacturer’s standard sheet metal trims. b. Components of wall panel construction, anchorage methods, and hardware. 3. Include professional engineer’s stamp or seal on shop drawings for attachments and anchors. D. Coordination Drawings: Submit to-scale exterior elevations that have the following items shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of these items as follows: 1. Exterior wall panel system and attachments. 2. Sub-Girts. 3. Continuous insulation wall panel support system. 4. Insulation layout. 5. Wall-mounted items including doors, windows, louvers, and lighting fixtures. 6. Wall penetrations, such as from pipes, electrical fixtures, and other utilities. E. Test and Inspection Reports: Submit test and inspection reports on each type of exterior wall panel system provided for project based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by qualified testing agency. 1. Refer to Section 07 4200. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with at least three years of documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section and as follows. 1. Installer shall install system in strict compliance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. 2. Installer has not less than three years of documented experience. 3. Installer is factory trained and approved by wall panel support system manufacturer. C. Design Engineer's Qualifications: Design structural supports and anchorages under direct supervision of a Structural Engineer experienced in design for this type of Work and licensed in Washington State. D. Source Limitations: Obtain wall panel support system from single source and single manufacturer. 1.07 MOCKUPS A. Construct mock-up, 5 feet long by 5 feet wide; include panel system, glazing, attachments to building frame, associated vapor retarder and air seal materials, weep drainage system, sealants and seals, related insulation in mock-up. B. Locate where directed by Architect C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer’s original unopened containers and packaging with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. 1. Deliver components and other manufactured items or accessories without damage or deformation. B. Storage and Handling: Store materials in clean, dry, interior area in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. C. Protect components during transportation, handling, and installation from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. D. Handle components in strict compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations, and in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. 1.09 SITE CONDITIONS Fire Station 15 07 4210 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 07 4210 - 3 A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of this Work to be performed according to manufacturer's installation instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field measurements before wall panel support system fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Coordinate with construction schedule. 1.10 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design for insulating composite girts is Cascadia Clip by Cascadia Windows (cascadiaclip.com). Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the basis-of-design product or a comparable product of the following manufacturers: 1. Advanced Architectural Products (AAP): Greengirt Composite Framing System (CFS) 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. Composite framing support (CFS) members anchored to metal stud wall framing over exterior wall sheathing installed vertically behind masonry veneer and horizontally behind metal wall panels. 2.03 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Structural: Provide system tested in accordance with ASTM E330 and certified to be without permanent deformation or failure of structural members in accordance with design wind velocities for project geographic location and probability of occurrence based on data from wind velocity maps such as provided in ASCE 7 and as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Measure performance using test loads equal to 1-1/2 times the design wind loads and with 10 second duration of maximum pressure. 2. Composite Framing Supports (CFS): Structurally engineered to provide in excess of 3 times structural safety factor for lengthwise, longitudinal, and crosswise loading. B. Air Infiltration Test: Maximum of 0.06 cfm/sq ft of wall area in accordance with ASTM E283 or ASTM 2357 at an air pressure differential of 6.27 lbf/sq ft across assembly. C. Water Penetration Test: 1. Static: No uncontrolled water penetration at a static pressure of 2.86 lbf/sq ft in accordance with ASTM E331. 2. Dynamic: No uncontrolled water penetration at a dynamic pressure of 6.24 psf in accordance with AAMA 501.1 test method. D. Hygrothermal: Provide system designed in accordance with ASHRAE 160, to pass requisite 30 day, 7 day and 24 hour wall moisture content requirements. Testing and validation shall be done through WUFI or other approved transient hygrothermal/moisture modeling systems. E. System Thermal Design: Installed continuous insulation system including insulation, composite framing support, sub- girts, clips and cladding attachment shall not have thermal bridging of fasteners or framing that creates a continuous metal path from the exterior surface of the insulation to the stud framing inside the wall cavity or [interior face of wall]. F. Temperature: Comply with structural loading requirements within temperature range of minus 55 degrees F to 180 degrees F. G. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wall panel support system with the following fire-test-response characteristics determined by the indicated test standard as applied by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Not greater than the following, per ASTM E84 or UL 723, for foam insulation, FRP and interior surface: a. Flame spread index: 25 or less. Fire Station 15 07 4210 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 07 4210 - 4 b. Smoke developed index: 450 or less. 2.04 COMPOSITE FRAMING SUPPORT A. Insulating Composite Girts (CFS) (Referred to as Fiberglass Clips in the drawings): CFS shall consist of polyester and vinyl ester bioresin matrix with recycled materials, ultra-violet inhibitor, fire retardant additives, and integral continuous metal inserts the length of profile. CFS shall be reinforced with glass strand rovings used internally for longitudinal (lengthwise) strength and continuous strand glass mats or stitched reinforcements used internally for transverse (crosswise) strength. 1. Height: 2 inch high 2. Horizontal Spacing: 16 inch (in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements and as shown in drawings) 3. Vertical Spacings: In line with each horizontal hat channel as required by metal wall panel manufacturer’s requirements and as shown in drawings 4. Orientation: Horizontal behind metal wall panels. 5. Provide continuous non-corrosive steel insert for engagement of fasteners, 16 gage with G90 coating designation in compliance with ASTM A653. a. Steel insert shall fully engage with adjacent CFS at ends. b. Sub-girts and other exterior wall panel support accessories shall be anchored to steel insert set into and part of the CFS. 6. Provide integral compression seal in CFS sections to ensure insulation panel will not dislodge and to stop air movement throughout system. 7. CFS section to have integral anti-siphon grooves on exterior flanges. 8. CFS section to have force distribution zones integrally designed into profile. 9. CFS to have spline seals for adjacent insulation units. 10. Tensile Stress: Engineered lengthwise and crosswise tensile stress is in compliance with performance loading criteria and specified safety factors, in accordance with ASTM D638. 11. Compressive Stress: Engineered lengthwise and crosswise compressive stress is in compliance with performance loading criteria and specified safety factors, in accordance with ASTM D695. 12. Flexural Stress: Engineered lengthwise and crosswise flexural stress is in compliance with performance loading criteria and specified safety factors, in accordance with ASTM D790. 13. Modulus of Elasticity: Engineered to meet the performance loading criteria and specified safety factors. 14. Barcol Hardness: 45, in accordance with ASTM D2583. 15. Water Absorption: Less than 0.46 percent by weight, within 24 hours, in accordance with ASTM D570. 16. Density: Within range of 0.062 to 0.070 lbs/cu in, in accordance with ASTM D792. 17. Lengthwise Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: 7.0 x 10-6 inch/inch/degrees F, in accordance with ASTM D696. 2.05 INSULATION A. Per Section 07 2100 2.06 ASSEMBLY A. Assemble continuous insulation wall panel support system using manufacturer’s standard procedures and processes identical to tested units and as necessary to comply with performance requirements indicated. 1. Comply with exterior wall panel profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements as indicated on the Drawings. a. Refer to Section 07 4200. 2. Fabricate wall panel support system with joints between exterior wall panels designed to form weathertight seals. a. Refer to Section 07 4200. 3. Form wall panel support system in a continuous process with no glues or adhesives between dissimilar materials. 4. The CFS and Insulation panels shall create a 3 in 1 Air/Water/Vapor class 1barrier system compliant with requirements for project geographic zone. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories necessary for a complete wall panel support system. Fire Station 15 07 4210 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 07 4210 - 5 B. Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, self-tapping and self-drilling screws, bolts, nuts, and other fasteners as recommended by panel support system manufacturer for project application. 1. Cladding to CFS: Use standard Tek® brand screws. 2. CFS to Stud Wall Framing: Use standard Tek® brand screws. 3. CFS to Concrete/CMU: Use Tapcon® brand anchors. C. Hat Channels: Provided by CFS manufacturer to be compatible with their system 1. Size: As indicated in drawings PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas of this work, and project conditions with installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrates, wall panel support conditions, and other conditions affecting performance of this Work. B. Examine structural wall framing to ensure that angles, channels, studs, and other structural support members have been installed within alignment tolerances required by continuous insulation wall panel support system manufacturer. C. Verify that water resistive barrier has been installed over exterior sheathing to control air infiltration or water penetration as indicated for project. D. Examine rough-in for components and systems penetrating wall panel support system to coordinate actual locations of penetrations relative to exterior wall panel joint locations prior to installation. E. Verify that mechanical and electrical services for exterior walls have been installed and tested and, if appropriate, verify that adjacent materials and finishes are dry and ready to receive insulation. F. Proceed with installation only after exterior walls have been properly prepared and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Prepare sub-girt, base angles, sills, furring, and other wall panel support members and provide anchorage in accordance with ASTM C754 for gypsum panel type substrates and panel manufacturer’s installation instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install wall panel support system in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Install system to fill-in exterior spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress panel insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within plane of insulation. E. Exposed insulation must be protected from open flame and kept dry at all times. F. Exterior wall insulation panels are not intended to be left exposed for periods of time in excess of 60 days without adequate protection. 1. When extended exposure is anticipated, protect exposed insulation surfaces including corners, window and door openings with a compatible waterproof tape. G. Install wall panel support system in compliance with exterior wall panel orientation, sizes, and locations as indicated on Drawings. 1. Refer to Section 07 4200. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Shim and align wall panel units with installed tolerances of 1/4 inch in 20 feet, non-cumulative, on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage until date of Substantial Completion. Fire Station 15 07 4210 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority CONTINUOUS INSULATION CLADDING SUPPORT SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 07 4210 - 6 B. Ensure that insulation panels are not exposed to moisture. 1. Remove wet insulation panels or allow them to completely dry prior to installation of exterior wall veneer or panel system. C. Replace damaged insulation panels prior to date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 4213 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL WALL PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 4213 - 1 SECTION 07 4213 - METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured metal panels for walls, with related flashings and accessory components. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 2200 – Concrete Unit Masonry: Masonry walls B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wall panel substrate. C. Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation. D. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Weather barrier under wall panels. E. Section 07 4210 – Continuous Insulation Cladding Support System: Secondary Framing F. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between metal wall panel system and adjacent construction. G. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Wall panel substrate. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, layout, joints, construction details, and methods of anchorage. C. Samples: Submit two samples of wall panel, 12 inch by 12 inch in size illustrating finish color, sheen, and texture. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing products of the type specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Construct mock-up, 5 feet long by 5 feet wide; include panel system, glazing, attachments to building frame, associated vapor retarder and air seal materials, weep drainage system, sealants and seals, related insulation in mock-up. B. Locate where directed by Architect. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect panels from accelerated weathering by removing or venting sheet plastic shipping wrap. B. Store prefinished material off the ground and protected from weather; prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion; provide ventilation; slope metal sheets to ensure proper drainage. C. Prevent contact with materials that may cause discoloration or staining of products. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion for degradation of panel finish, including color fading caused by exposure to weather. C. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion, including defects in water tightness and integrity of seals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METALS AND FINISHES A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755 and the following requirements: Fire Station 15 07 4213 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL WALL PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 4213 - 2 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792, Class AZ-50 coating, Grade 40 structural quality. 2. Surface: Corruagated 3. Exposed Finish: Apply the following coating in thickness indicated. Furnish appropriate air-drying paint in matching color for touchup. a. Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight with a total minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mil and 30 percent reflective gloss when tested according to ASTM D 523. 4. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal wall panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed fasteners in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. B. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer & Product: The design for factory-formed and field-assembled, concealed-fastener, interlocking seam metal wall panels are based on Centria's Econolap 3/4". Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the basis-of- design product or a comparable product of the following manufacturers: 1. AEP Span; www.aepspan.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 MANUFACTURED METAL PANELS A. Wall Panel System: Factory fabricated prefinished metal panel system, site assembled. 1. Panel profile: Match Econolap 3/4; "Basis of Design Manufacturer" 2. Material Thickness: 22 gauge. 3. Panel Width: 34 2/3 inches. 4. Panel Depth: 3/4 inches 5. Panel Height: 5 feet to 40 feet standard. Do not use horizontal seams 6. Surface Texture: Corrugated 7. Fasteners: Exposed 8. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard color line. 9. Provide exterior panels and subgirt framing assembly. 10. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall. 11. Maximum Allowable Deflection of Panel: 1/90 of span. 12. Movement: Accommodate movement within system without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement within system; movement between system and perimeter components when subject to seasonal temperature cycling; dynamic loading and release of loads; and deflection of structural support framing. 13. Drainage: Provide positive drainage to exterior for moisture entering or condensation occurring within panel system. 14. Fabrication: Formed true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects; pieces of longest practical lengths. 14. Corners: Factory-fabricated in one continuous piece with minimum 2 inch (450 mm) returns. 15. Exterior Finish: Panel manufacturer's standard polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) coating, top coat over epoxy primer. 16. Exterior Panel Back Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyester wash coat. 17. Air Infiltration: 0.25 cfm/sq.ft. at 6.24 psf when tested according to ASTM E 283. 18. Water Penetration: No penetration at 12 psf when tested according to ASTM E 331. 19. Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference: Tested according to ASTM E 330. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Use stainless-steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized steel fasteners for interior applications. B. Accessories: Unless otherwise specified, provide components required for a complete wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, seam covers, flashings, louvers, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of panels. 1. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, self-extinguishing, expanded, cellular, rubber or cross-linked, polyolefin-foam flexible closure strips. Cut or premold to match configuration of panels. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure Fire Station 15 07 4213 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL WALL PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 4213 - 3 weathertight construction. 2. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. 3. Joint Sealant: One-part elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone-rubber sealant as recommended by panel manufacturer. 2.05 SECONDARY FRAMING A. Panel Supports and Anchorage: Provide girts, furring Z’s and channels, angles, plates, bracing, and other secondary framing members per manufacturer’s requirements and as indicated in drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with installation of Continuous Insulation Cladding Support System which provide subgirts perpendicular to length of panel. Insure system is securely fastened to substrates and shimmed and leveled to uniform plane. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install panels on walls in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fasten panels to structural supports; aligned, level, and plumb. C. Lap panel ends per manufacturer’s requirements (minimum 2 inches). D. Use full panels for each vertical span. Do not use horizontal seams E. Seal and place gaskets to prevent weather penetration. Maintain neat appearance. F. Separate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. G. Coat back side of metal panels with bituminous coating where it will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Offset From True Alignment Between Adjacent Members Butting or In Line: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location Indicated on Drawings: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.04 CLEANING A. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the Work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Touchup: Repair minor damage to painted finishes. Brush apply repair paint; do not repair finishes with spray-applied paint. C. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 4646 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIBER CEMENT SIDING Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 4646 - 1 SECTION 07 4646 - FIBER CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Factory-finished fiber cement panel rainscreen system with accessories. B. Factory-finished trim system, flashings, and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Siding substrate. B. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Weather barrier under siding. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between siding and adjacent construction and fixtures. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Fiber Cement Sheets; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Manufacturer's requirements for related materials to be installed by others. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Installation methods, including nail patterns. C. Maintenance Instructions: Periodic inspection recommendations and maintenance procedures. D. Warranty: Submit copy of manufacturer’s warranty, made out in Owner’s name, showing that it has been registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: siding, panels, trim and accessories shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section with minimum 3 years of experience. C. Mockup: 1. Minimum of 4 ft. x 12 ft. showing full siding system assembly. 2. Show: weather barrier, furring, flashing, siding, trims, inside corner, outside corner, trim and joint sealant. 3. Location: at contractor’s discretion. 4. Approved mock-up may remain as part of work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer’s unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store siding on edge or flat on a smooth level surface. Protect edges and corners from chipping. Store sheets under cover and keep dry prior to installing. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer’s absolute limits. 1.08 WARRANTIES A. Panel Warranty: 30 years B. Finish Warranty: 15 years 1. Finish will not peel; will not crack; and will not chip. Finish warranty includes the coverage for labor and material. Fire Station 15 07 4646 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIBER CEMENT SIDING Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 4646 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: James Hardie Building Systems -Hardie Panel Smooth with “ColorPlus” factory finish. Subject to compliance, provide products from this manufacturer or a comparable product from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Nichiha fiber cement 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 – Product Requirements. 2.01 SIDING A. Panel Siding: Smooth sheet panels made of cement and cellulose fiber formed under high pressure with integral surface texture, complying with ASTM C1186 Type A Grade II; with machined edges, for nail attachment. 1. Texture: Smooth. 2. Length: 96 inches – cut to sizes indicated on drawings 3. Width: 48 inches – cut to sizes indicated on drawings 4. Thickness: 5/16 inch 5. Finish: Factory applied topcoat. 6. Panel edges: Where exposed to view in final installation, orient board so that pre painted edge is exposed. If more than two sides are exposed and exposing prefinished edge at all visible locations is not possible, prime and paint cut edges to match finish. 7. Colors: a. “Monterey Taupe” where indicated on drawings b. “Cobble Stone” where indicated on drawings c. Factory Primed & Field Painted where indicated on drawings B. Reveals / Trims: 1. Manufacturer: Basis of Design: Easy Trim Reveals 2. Material: Extruded Aluminum (Alloy 6063-T5) 3. Finish: Prefinished Custom Color (ColorMatch) a. Factory Applied high quality acrylic latex paint b. Air dried and cured 4. Profiles: As indicated on drawings a. Provide Two-Piece profiles where applicable from manufacturer’s standard profiles 5. Locations: All reveals between panels. Other locations as indicated on drawings C. Trims: 1. Material: Same material & thickness as trim used on metal wall panels 2. Finish: Painted to match extruded aluminum trims 3. Locations: As indicated on drawings 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Furring: 1” metal “Z” furring as indicated on drawings and sufficient to support wind loads and panels. B. Fasteners: As recommended by siding manufacturer, corrosion resistant; length as required by manufacturer and to penetrate minimum 1-1/4 inch. C. Sealant: Elastomeric, polyurethane or silyl-terminated polyether/polyurethane, color matching siding. D. Fasteners: As recommended by siding manufacturer, corrosion resistant; length as required by manufacturer and to penetrate minimum 1-1/4 inch. E. Color matching touch-up applicators by siding and trim manufacturers. F. Insect Screen: black aluminum. Fire Station 15 07 4646 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIBER CEMENT SIDING Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 4646 - 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examine substrate and clean and repair as required to eliminate conditions that would be detrimental to proper installation. B. Verify that weather barrier has been installed over substrate completely and correctly. C. Do not begin until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. D. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install sheet metal flashing: 1. Horizontal joints in panel siding. 2. Above doors, windows and storefront entry trim and casings. 3. Above horizontal trim in field of siding. 4. Transition between siding types. 5. Base of walls. 6. As otherwise indicated on drawings and required by siding manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 1. Read warranty and comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. 2. Use trim details indicated on drawings. 3. Install so only prefinished uncut edges are exposed. Where not possible, touch up all field cut edges before installing. 4. Pre-drill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. B. Over Wood and Wood-Composite Sheathing: Fasten siding through sheathing into studs. C. Panel Siding over Furring Strips: Fasten siding through furring strips into sheathing. D. Allow space for thermal movement between both ends of siding panels that butt against trim; seal joint between panel and trim with specified sealant. E. Joints in Siding: Install pre-finished metal trim system in horizontal and vertical joints between all panels and around edges of panels where other trim is not provided. F. Do not install siding less than 4 inches from surface of ground nor closer than 1 inch to roofs, patios, and other surfaces where water may collect. G. After installation. Seal around all penetrations. If there are any exposed cut edges, paint with manufacturer’s matching touch up paint. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 5419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PVC THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE-PLY ROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 5419 - 1 SECTION 07 5419 - PVC THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE-PLY ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Adhered system with PVC thermoplastic roofing membrane. B. Insulation, flat and tapered. C. Vapor retarder. D. Deck sheathing. E. Flashings. F. Roofing stack boots and walkway pads. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood nailers and curbs. B. Section 07 7200 - Roof Accessories: Roof-mounted units; prefabricated curbs. C. Section 22 1006 - Plumbing Piping Specialties: Roof drains. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; 2010, with 2013 Supplements and Errata. B. ASTM C1177/C1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing; 2013. C. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board; 2016. D. ASTM D4434/D4434M - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing; 2015. E. FM DS 1-29 - Roof Deck Securement and Above-Deck Roof Components; Factory Mutual System; 2006. F. NRCA (RM) - The NRCA Roofing Manual; 2017. G. NRCA (WM) - The NRCA Waterproofing Manual; 2005. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's written information listed below. 1. Product data indicating membrane materials, flashing materials, insulation, vapor retarder, surfacing, and fasteners. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint or termination detail conditions, conditions of interface with other materials, and paver layout. D. Samples for Verification: Submit two samples 6 by 6 inches in size illustrating insulation, colored coating. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate procedures followed, ambient temperatures, humidity, wind velocity during application, and supplementary instructions given. G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate membrane seaming precautions and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. H. Specimen Warranty: For approval. I. Warranty: 1. Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 2. Submit installer's certification that installation complies with all warranty conditions for the waterproof membrane. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section: Fire Station 15 07 5419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PVC THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE-PLY ROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 5419 - 2 1. With minimum five (5) years documented experience. 2. Approved by membrane manufacturer. 1.07 MOCK-UP A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements. B. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact. B. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture. C. Protect foam insulation from direct exposure to sunlight. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather. B. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or outside of temperatures recommended by manufacturer. C. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is expected or occurring. D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day. 1.10 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. System Warranty: Provide manufacturer's system warranty agreeing to repair or replace roofing that leaks or is damaged due to wind or other natural causes. 1. Warranty Term: 20 years. 2. For repair and replacement include costs of both material and labor in warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Carlisle SynTec: www.carlisle-syntec.com/sle. 2.02 ROOFING APPLICATIONS A. PVC Membrane Roofing: One ply membrane, fully adhered, over insulation. B. Roofing Assembly Performance Requirements and Design Criteria: 1. Wind Uplift: a. Designed to withstand wind uplift forces calculated with ASCE 7. 2. Insulation Thermal Resistance (R-Value): 5 per inch, minimum; total R value 40. 2.03 ROOFING MEMBRANE AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS A. Base Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, smooth-surfaced, torch-grade, SBS base ply, reinforced with non-woven polyester mat and saturated with asphaltic bitumen and SBS elastomers. B. Membrane: 1. Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) complying with ASTM D4434/D4434M. 2. Reinforcing: Internal fabric. 3. Thickness: 60 mils (0.060 inch), minimum. 4. Sheet Width: Factory fabricated into largest sheets possible. 5. Color: Gray. 6. Product: a. Carlisle SureFlex PVC. C. Seaming Materials: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. D. Vapor Retarder: Material approved by roof manufacturer complying with requirements of fire rating classification; compatible with roofing and insulation materials. 1. Fire-retardant adhesive. 2. Product: Vap Air Seal 725 TR manufactured by Carlisle. E. Flexible Flashing Material: Same material as membrane. Fire Station 15 07 5419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PVC THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE-PLY ROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 5419 - 3 2.04 DECK SHEATHING AND COVER BOARDS A. Deck Sheathing and Cover Board: Glass mat faced gypsum panels, ASTM C1177/C1177M, fire resistant type, 1/4" and 1/2" thick as designated in drawings. 1. Product: GP Dens-Deck Prime, distributed by Carlisle. 2.05 INSULATION A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, fiber reinforced felt both faces; Grade 2 and with the following characteristics: 1. Compressive Strength: 20 psi. 2. Product: a. Carlisle HP-H. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Prefabricated Flashing Accessories: 1. Corners and Seams: Same material as membrane, in manufacturer's standard thicknesses. 2. Penetrations: Same material as membrane, with manufacturer's standard cut-outs, rigid inserts, clamping rings, and flanges. a. Carlisle Sure-Flex PVC Molded Pipe Flashings; for pipes 1 inch to 6 inches in diameter. b. Carlisle Sure-Flex PVC Split Pipe Seals; for pipes 1 inch to 6 inches in diameter. c. Carlisle Sure-Flex PVC Square Tubing Wraps. 3 inches, 4 inches, and 6 inches square. d. Carlisle Sure-Flex PVC Molded Sealant Pockets. 6 inches by 7-1/2 inches oval; in white membrane only. 3. Walkway Rolls: Sure-Flex Heat Weldable Walkway Rolls; 80 mils (0.080 inch) thick; gray membrane. 4. Miscellaneous Flashing: Non-reinforced PVC membrane; 80 mils (0.080 inch) thick, in manufacturer's standard lengths and widths. B. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by roofing manufacturer. C. Membrane Adhesive: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. D. Surface Conditioner for Adhesives: Compatible with membrane and adhesives. E. Sealants: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. F. Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard, clear, solvent-based cleaner. G. Edgings and Terminations: Manufacturer's standard edge and termination accessories. 1. Snap-On Edge System: 2. Anchor Bar Fascia System: Sizes 5 1/2" at low roof parapets and 13" at sloped roof, as designated on drawings. Miter corners at all outside and inside corners. At ends, provide flush end cap. a. SecurEdge 2000 and Secure Edge 2000 Extended. 3. Drip Edge: Carlisle Sure-Seal Drip Edge. 4. Coping: 5. PVC Coated Sheet Metal. 6. Termination Bar. 7. Safety Warning Strip: Carlisle Sure Flex Safety Warning strip, 6" wide. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify deck is supported and secure. C. Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped and suitable for installation of roof system. D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. E. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips are in place. 3.02 PREPARATION, GENERAL A. Clean substrate thoroughly prior to roof application. B. Apply manufacturer's recommended vapor retarder or temporary roof before roof installation. Fire Station 15 07 5419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PVC THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE-PLY ROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 5419 - 4 3.03 WOOD DECK PREPARATION A. Verify flatness and tightness of joints of wood decking. Verify that all wood decking edges are fully supported. Fill knot holes with latex filler or completely cover with securely nailed sheet metal. 3.04 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NRCA (RM) applicable requirements. B. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather. C. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is outside the temperature range recommended by manufacturer. D. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is expected or occurring. E. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day. 3.05 INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply vapor retarder to deck surface with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Extend vapor retarder under cant strips and blocking to deck edge. 2. Install flexible flashing from vapor retarder to air seal material of wall construction, lap and seal to provide continuity of the air barrier plane. B. Ensure vapor retarder is clean and dry, continuous, and ready for application of insulation. C. Attachment of Insulation: 1. Mechanically fasten insulation to deck in accordance with roofing manufacturer's instructions. D. Lay subsequent layers of insulation with joints staggered minimum 6 inch from joints of preceding layer. E. Lay boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing, and gap between boards no greater than 1/4 inch. Cut insulation to fit neatly to perimeter blocking and around penetrations through roof. F. Do not apply more insulation than can be completely waterproofed in the same day. 3.06 MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Roll out membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Place sheet into place without stretching. B. Shingle joints on sloped substrate in direction of drainage. C. Fully Adhered Application: Apply adhesive to substrate at rate as recommended by manufacturer for system, conditions and location and to achieve Warranty. Fully embed membrane in adhesive except in areas directly over or within 3 inches of expansion joints. Fully adhere one roll before proceeding to adjacent rolls. D. Seam Welding: 1. Seam Welding: Overlap edges and ends and seal seams by heat welding, minimum 2 inches. 2. Cover all seams with manufacturer's recommended joint covers. 3. Probe all seams once welds have thoroughly cooled. (Approximately 30 minutes.) 4. Repair all deficient seams within the same day. 5. Seal cut edges of reinforced membrane after seam probe is complete. E. At intersections with vertical surfaces: 1. Extend membrane over cant strips and up a minimum of 4 inches onto vertical surfaces. 2. Fully adhere flexible flashing over membrane and up to nailing strips. F. Coordinate installation of roof drains and sumps and related flashings. G. Install walkway pads. Space pad joints to permit drainage. H. Daily Seal: Install daily seal per manufacturers instructions at the end of each work day. Prevent infiltration of water at incomplete flashings, terminations, and at unfinished membrane edges. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field quality control and inspection. B. Require site attendance of roofing and insulation material manufacturers on first day of work during installation of the Work. 3.08 CLEANING A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements. B. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces. Fire Station 15 07 5419 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PVC THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE-PLY ROOFING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 5419 - 5 C. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their documented instructions. D. Repair or replace defaced or damaged finishes caused by work of this section. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect installed roofing and flashings from construction operations. B. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces using durable materials. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 6200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 6200 - 1 SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, gutters, and downspouts. B. Sealants for joints within sheet metal fabrications. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 07 4213 Metal Wall Panels C. Section 07 4646 Fiber Cement Siding D. Section 07 5419 PVC Roofing E. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Metal flashings embedded in masonry. F. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood nailers for sheet metal work. G. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Field fabricated roof curbs. H. Section 07 7100 - Roof Specialties: Manufactured copings, flashings, and expansion joint covers. I. Section 07 7123 - Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts. J. Section 07 7200 - Roof Accessories: Manufactured metal roof curbs. K. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing non-lap joints between sheet metal fabrications and adjacent construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2013. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. C. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2008 (Reapproved 2014). D. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a. E. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; 2012. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, an d installation details. C. Samples: Submit two samples, ___6_by___18_ inch in size illustrating material of typical standing seam. D. Samples: Submit two samples __6__by___6_ inch in size illustrating metal finish color. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA (ASMM) and CDA A4050 requirements and standard details, except as otherwise indicated. B. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal work with 5 years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining. Fire Station 15 07 6200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 6200 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 24 gage, (0.0239 inch) thick base metal. B. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 24 gage, (0.0239) inch thick base metal, shop pre-coated with PVDF coating. 1. PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) Coating: Superior Performance Organic Finish, AAMA 2605; multiple coat, thermally cured fluoropolymer finish system. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full colors. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet, minimum 4 inches wide, interlocking with sheet. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. E. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated; at moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams. F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. 2.03 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT FABRICATION A. Gutters: Profile as indicated. B. Downspouts: Profile as indicated. C. Gutters and Downspouts: Size indicated. D. Accessories: Profiled to suit gutters and downspouts. 1. Anchorage Devices: In accordance with SMACNA (ASMM) requirements. 2. Gutter Supports: Brackets. 3. Downspout Supports: Brackets. E. Splash Pads: Precast concrete type, of size and profiles indicated; minimum 3000 psi at 28 days, with minimum 5 percent air entrainment. F. Downspout Boots: Cast iron. G. Downspout Extenders: Same material and finish as downspouts. H. Seal metal joints. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. C. Concealed Sealants: Non-curing butyl sealant. D. Exposed Sealants: ASTM C920; elastomeric sealant, with minimum movement capability as recommended by manufacturer for substrates to be sealed; color to match adjacent material. E. Reglets: Surface mounted type, galvanized steel; face and ends covered with plastic tape. F. Solder: ASTM B32; Sn50 (50/50) type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. B. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels, and seal top of reglets with sealant. Fire Station 15 07 6200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 07 6200 - 3 C. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Conform to drawing details. B. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit; secure in place with plastic wedges; seal flashings into reglets with sealant. C. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners, and use exposed fasteners only where permitted.. D. Fit flashings tight in place; make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. E. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact, and after soldering wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. F. Secure gutters and downspouts in place with concealed fasteners. G. Connect downspouts to downspout boots, and grout connection watertight. H. Set splash pads under downspouts, and set in place with _____. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for field inspection requirements. B. Inspection will involve surveillance of work during installation to ascertain compliance with specified requirements. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Coping, Cap, Saddle Flashings, Equipment and Wall Penetrations, and Sill Flashings. B. Counterflashings at Roofing Terminations (over roofing base flashings). END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROOF ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 07 7200 - 1 SECTION 07 7200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof hatches, manual operation, with safety rail. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Roof accessory items fabricated from sheet metal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used. 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 4. Maintenance requirements. C. Warranty Documentation: 1. Submit manufacturer warranty. 2. Ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for roof hatch. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF HATCHES, MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION A. Manufacturers - Roof Hatches: 1. Babcock-Davis; ThermalMAX: www.babcockdavis.com/#sle. 2. Bilco Company; Type TB (all types & special size): www.bilco.com/#sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Roof Hatches and Smoke Vents, General: Factory-assembled steel frame and cover, complete with operating and release hardware. 1. Style: Provide flat metal covers unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mounting: Provide frames and curbs suitable for mounting on flat roof deck. 3. For Ladder Access: Single leaf; 36 by 36 inches. C. Frames/Curbs: One-piece curb and frame with integral cap flashing to receive roof flashings; extended bottom flange to suit mounting. 1. Material: Galvanized steel, 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick. 2. Finish: Factory prime paint. 3. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard; 1 inch rigid glass fiber, located on outside face of curb. 4. Curb Height: 12 inches from finished surface of roof, minimum. D. Metal Covers: Flush, insulated, hollow metal construction. 1. Capable of supporting 40 psf live load. 2. Material: Galvanized steel; outer cover 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick, liner 22 gage, 0.03 inch thick. 3. Finish: Factory prime paint. 4. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard 2 inches rigid glass fiber. 5. Gasket: Neoprene, continuous around cover perimeter. E. Hardware: Steel, zinc coated and chromate sealed, unless otherwise indicated or required by manufacturer. 1. Lifting Mechanisms: Compression or torsion spring operator with shock absorbers that automatically opens upon release of latch; capable of lifting covers despite 10 psf load. 2. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type. 3. Hold open arm with vinyl-coated handle for manual release. 4. Latch: Upon closing, engage latch automatically and reset manual release. Fire Station 15 07 7200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROOF ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 07 7200 - 2 5. Manual Release: Pull handle on interior. 6. Locking: Padlock hasp on interior. F. Safety Railing: Steel, zinc coated and chromate sealed, unless otherwise indicated or required by manufacturer. Powder coat finish. OSHA 29 CFR1910.23 Compliant. 1. Lifting Mechanisms: Compression or torsion spring operator with shock absorbers that automatically opens upon release of latch; capable of lifting covers despite 10 psf load. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in manner that maintains roofing weather integrity. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIRESTOPPING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 07 8400 - 1 SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping systems. B. Firestopping of all joints and penetrations in fire resistance rated and smoke resistant assemblies , whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Cutting and patching. C. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum wallboard fireproofing. D. Divisions 21 through 28: Firestopping of mechanical and electrical work. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2016a. B. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a. C. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems; 2007 (Reapproved 2011). D. ASTM E2837 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Fire Resistance of Continuity Head-of-Wall Joint Systems Installed Between Rated Wall Assemblies and Nonrated Horizontal Assemblies; 2013. E. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; current edition. F. FM 4991 - Approval Standard for Firestop Contractors; 2013. G. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition. H. UL 1479 - Standard for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestops; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 2079 - Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration, fire rating of the penetrated assembly, and firestopping test or design number. C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and limitations. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. 1. Listing in UL (FRD), FM (AG), or ITS (DIR) will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 2. Valid evaluation report published by ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC-ES) at www.icc-es.org will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Firestopping Manufacturers: 1. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop. 2. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc: www.adfire.com. Fire Station 15 07 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIRESTOPPING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 07 8400 - 2 3. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping Materials: Any materials meeting requirements. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Provide products having VOC content lower than that required by SCAQMD 1168. C. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly design. D. Fire Ratings: Refer to drawings for required systems and ratings. 2.03 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS A. Head-of-Wall Firestopping at Joints Between Non-Rated Floor and Fire-Rated Wall: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2837 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of floor or wall, whichever is greater. B. Floor-to-Floor, Wall-to-Wall, and Wall-to-Floor Joints, Except Perimeter, Where Both Are Fire-Rated: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the assembly in which the joint occurs. C. Through Penetration Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E814 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of penetrated assembly. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING FOR FLOOR-TO-WALL JOINTS 2.05 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. 1. Fire Ratings: Use any system that is listed by FM (AG), ITS (DIR), or UL (FRD) and tested in accordance with ASTM E814, ASTM E119, or UL 1479 with F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and in compliance with other specified requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter that could adversely affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials that could adversely affect bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Install labeling required by code. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 07 9200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority JOINT SEALANTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 9200 - 1 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Self-leveling pourable joint sealants. C. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Sealants required in conjunction with air barriers and vapor retarders. C. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping: Firestopping sealants. D. Section 08 4313 - Aluminum-Framed Storefront E. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware: Setting exterior door thresholds in sealant. F. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. G. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Sealing acoustical and sound-rated walls and ceilings. H. Section 09 2300 - Gypsum Plastering: Sealing acoustical and sound-rated walls and ceilings. I. Section 09 3000 - Tiling: Sealant between tile and plumbing fixtures and at junctions with other materials and changes in plane. J. Section 23 3100 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Duct sealants. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion-In-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2015a. B. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2014. C. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012. D. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a. E. ASTM C1087 - Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid-Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems; 2016. F. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. G. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). H. ASTM C1521 - Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints; 2013. I. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. C. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used, including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools. D. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufacturer's color cards showing standard colors available for selection. E. Samples for Verification: Where custom sealant color is specified, obtain directions from Architect and submit at least two physical samples for verification of color of each required sealant. Fire Station 15 07 9200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority JOINT SEALANTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 9200 - 2 F. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: Submit at least four weeks prior to start of installation. G. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Plan: Submit at least two weeks prior to start of installation. H. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Reports: Submit filled out Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Reports log within 10 days after completion of tests; include bagged test samples and photographic records. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and with at least three years of documented experience. B. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Arrange for sealant manufacturer(s) to test each combination of sealant, substrate, backing, and accessories at exterior envelope. 1. Adhesion Testing: In accordance with ASTM C794. 2. Compatibility Testing: In accordance with ASTM C1087. 3. Allow sufficient time for testing to avoid delaying the work. 4. Deliver to manufacturer sufficient samples for testing. 5. Report manufacturer's recommended corrective measures, if any, including primers or techniques not indicated in product data submittals. 6. Testing is not required if sealant manufacturer provides data showing previous testing, not older than 24 months, that shows satisfactory adhesion, lack of staining, and compatibility. C. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Plan: Include destructive field adhesion testing of one sample of each combination of sealant type and substrate, except interior acrylic latex sealants, and include the following for each tes ted sample. 1. Identification of testing agency. 2. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Log Form: Include the following data fields, with known information filled out. a. Substrate; if more than one type of substrate is involved in a single joint, provide two entries on form, for testing each sealant substrate side separately. b. Test date. c. Location on project. d. Sealant used. e. Stated movement capability of sealant. f. Test method used. g. Date of installation of field sample to be tested. h. Date of test. i. Copy of test method documents. j. Age of sealant upon date of testing. k. Test results, modeled after the sample form in the test method document. l. Indicate use of photographic record of test. D. Field Adhesion Test Procedures: 1. Allow sealants to fully cure as recommended by manufacturer before testing. 2. Have a copy of the test method document available during tests. 3. Record the type of failure that occurred, other information required by test method, and the information required on the Field Quality Control Log. 4. When performing destructive tests, also inspect the opened joint for proper installation characteristics recommended by manufacturer, and report any deficiencies. 5. Deliver the samples removed during destructive tests in separate sealed plastic bags, identified with project, location, test date, and test results, to Owner. 6. If any combination of sealant type and substrate does not show evidence of minimum adhesion or shows cohesion failure before minimum adhesion, report results to Architect. E. Destructive Field Adhesion Test: Test for adhesion in accordance with ASTM C1521, using Destructive Tail Procedure. 1. Sample: At least 18 inch long. 2. Minimum Elongation Without Adhesive Failure: Consider the tail at rest, not under any elongation stress; multiply the stated movement capability of the sealant in percent by two; then multiply 1 inch by that percentage; if adhesion failure occurs before the "1 inch mark" is that distance from the substrate, the test has failed. 3. If either adhesive or cohesive failure occurs prior to minimum elongation, take necessary measures to correct conditions and re-test; record each modification to products or installation procedures. Fire Station 15 07 9200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority JOINT SEALANTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 9200 - 3 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal , exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Non-Sag Sealants: Permits application in joints on vertical surfaces without sagging or slumping. 1. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 3. Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com/construction/sle. 4. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com/#sle. 5. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 6. Tremco Global Sealants; _____: www.tremcosealants.com. 7. Sika Corporation: www.usa-sika.com. 8. W.R. Meadows, Inc: www.wrmeadows.com/sle. 9. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Self-Leveling Sealants: Pourable or self-leveling sealant that has sufficient flow to form a smooth, level surface when applied in a horizontal joint. 1. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 3. Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com/construction/sle. 4. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 5. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. 6. Sika Corporation: www.usa-sika.com. 7. W.R. Meadows, Inc: www.wrmeadows.com/sle. 8. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS A. Scope: 1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on the drawings, unless specifically indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to, the following items. a. Wall expansion and control joints. b. Joints between storefront, and other frames and adjacent construction. c. Joints between different exposed materials. d. Openings below ledge angles in masonry. e. Other joints indicated below. 2. Interior Joints: Do not seal interior joints unless specifically indicated to be sealed. Interior joints to be sealed includ e, but are not limited to, the following items. a. Joints between door, relite, and other frames and adjacent construction. b. In sound-rated wall and ceiling assemblies, gaps at electrical outlets, wiring devices, piping, and other openings; between wall/ceiling and other construction; and other flanking sound paths. c. Other joints indicated below. 3. Do not seal the following types of joints. a. Intentional weepholes in masonry. b. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover or some other type of sealing device. c. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of product to be sealed. d. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section. e. Joints between suspended panel ceilings/grid and walls. B. Exterior Joints: Use non-sag non-staining silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated. C. Interior Joints: Use non-sag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Non-Wet Areas: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. Fire Station 15 07 9200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority JOINT SEALANTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 9200 - 4 2. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Wet Areas: Non-sag polyurethane sealant for continuous liquid immersion. 3. Type ___ - Joints between Fixtures in Wet Areas and Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant; white. 4. In Sound-Rated Assemblies: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. 5. Other Floor Joints: Self-leveling polyurethane "traffic-grade" sealant. D. Sound-Rated Assemblies: Walls and ceilings identified as "STC-rated", "sound-rated", or "acoustical". 2.03 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL A. Sealants and Primers: Provide products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than indicated in SCAQMD 1168. B. Colors: As selected by architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors. 2.04 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Non-Staining Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum. 2. Non-Staining To Porous Stone: Non-staining to light-colored natural stone when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. 3. Dirt Pick-Up: Reduced dirt pick-up compared to other silicone sealants. 4. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 5. Cure Type: Single-component, neutral moisture curing. B. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single component, mildew resistant; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Color: White. C. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. D. Type ___ - Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multi- component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for continuous water immersion; suitable for traffic exposure when recessed below traffic surface . 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 35 percent, minimum. E. Type ___ - Acrylic Emulsion Latex: Water-based; ASTM C834, single component, non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging; not intended for exterior use. 2.05 SELF-LEVELING SEALANTS A. Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion . 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. B. Type ___ - Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure and continuous water immersion. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. C. Masking Tape: Self-adhesive, nonabsorbent, non-staining, removable without adhesive residue, and compatible with surfaces adjacent to joints and sealants. D. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. Fire Station 15 07 9200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority JOINT SEALANTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 07 9200 - 5 E. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non -staining. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. D. Preinstallation Adhesion Testing: Install a sample for each test location indicated in the test plan. 1. Test each sample as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article. 2. Notify Architect of date and time that tests will be performed, at least 7 days in advance. 3. Record each test on Preinstallation Adhesion Test Log as indicated. 4. If any sample fails, review products and installation procedures, consult manufacturer, or take whatever other measures are necessary to ensure adhesion; re-test in a different location; if unable to obtain satisfactory adhesion, report to Architect. 5. After completion of tests, remove remaining sample material and prepare joint for new sealant installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. E. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. G. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. H. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field quality control inspection/testing as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article. B. Remove and replace failed portions of sealants using same materials and procedures as indicated for original installation. END OF SECTION DIVISION 8 OPENINGS Fire Station 15 08 1113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 1113 - 1 SECTION 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated hollow metal doors and frames. B. Hollow metal frames for wood doors. C. Fire-rated hollow metal doors and frames. D. Thermally insulated hollow metal doors with frames. E. Hollow metal borrowed lites glazing frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 08 1416 - Flush Wood Doors. C. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. D. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glass for doors and borrowed lites. E. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Field painting. F. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Field painting. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. ANSI - American National Standards Institute. B. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association. C. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. D. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association. E. SDI - Steel Door Institute. F. UL - Underwriters Laboratories. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames and Frame Anchors; 2011. C. ANSI/SDI A250.6 - Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003 (R2009). D. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI-100); 2014. E. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. F. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. G. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016. H. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low- Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2015. I. BHMA A156.115 - American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2014. J. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. K. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; current edition. L. NAAMM HMMA 830 - Hardware Selection for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2002. M. NAAMM HMMA 831 - Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2011. N. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. Fire Station 15 08 1113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 1113 - 2 O. NAAMM HMMA 861 - Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2006. P. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2016. Q. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2012. R. SDI 117 - Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2013. S. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. T. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced standards/guidelines. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and any indicated finish requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Ceco Door, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Curries; www.cuiries.com 3. De La Fontaine Inc; Hollow Metal Door Model _____: www.delafontaine.com. 4. De La Fontaine Inc; Windstorm-Resistant Steel Door and Frame; door style ____: www.delafontaine.com. 5. De La Fontaine Inc; Hollow Metal Frame ____ Profile: www.delafontaine.com. 6. Republic Doors: www.republicdoor.com. 7. Steelcraft, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/#sle. 8. Technical Glass Products; SteelBuilt Window & Door Systems: www.tgpamerica.com. 9. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Steel used for fabrication of doors and frames shall comply with one or more of the following requirements; Galvannealed steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A1008/A1008M, or hot- rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel conforming to ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS) Type B for each. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. 3. Exterior Door Top Closures: Flush end closure channel, with top and door faces aligned. 4. Door Edge Profile: Manufacturers standard for application indicated. 5. Typical Door Face Sheets: Flush. 6. Glazed Lights: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. Style: Manufacturers standard. 7. Hardware Preparations, Selections and Locations: Comply with NAAMM HMMA 830 and NAAMM HMMA 831 or BHMA A156.115 and ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. 8. Zinc Coating for Typical Interior and/or Exterior Locations: Provide metal components zinc-coated (galvanized) and/or zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) by the hot-dip process in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness, unless noted otherwise for specific hollow metal doors and frames. a. Based on SDI Standards: Provide at least A40/ZF120 (galvannealed) when necessary, coating not required for typical interior door applications, and at least A60/ZF180 (galvannealed) for corrosive locations. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. Fire Station 15 08 1113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 1113 - 3 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Type ___, Exterior Doors: Thermally insulated. 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). a. Level 1 - Standard-duty. b. Physical Performance Level C, 250,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. c. Model 1 - Full Flush. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 20 gage, 0.032 inch, minimum. 2. Door Thermal Resistance: R-Value of 6.0 minimum, for installed thickness of polystyrene. 3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. B. Type ___, Interior Doors, Non-Fire Rated: 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). a. Level 1 - Standard-duty. b. Physical Performance Level C, 250,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. c. Model 1 - Full Flush. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 20 gage, 0.032 inch, minimum. 2. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. C. Type ___, Fire-Rated Doors: 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). a. Level 1 - Standard-duty. b. Physical Performance Level C, 250,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. c. Model 1 - Full Flush. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 20 gage, 0.032 inch, minimum. 2. Fire Rating: As indicated on Door Schedule, tested in accordance with UL 10C and NFPA 252 ("positive pressure fire tests"). 3. Provide units listed and labeled by UL (DIR) or ITS (DIR). a. Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. 4. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements. B. Exterior Door Frames: Face welded type. 1. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100. C. Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire Rated: Face welded type. 1. Frame Metal Thickness: 14 gage, 0.067 inch, minimum. 2. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. D. Door Frames, Fire-Rated: Face welded type. 1. Fire Rating: Same as door, labeled. E. Frames for Wood Doors: Comply with frame requirements in accordance with corresponding door. F. Borrowed Lites Glazing Frames: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. G. Transom Bars: Fixed, of profile same as jamb and head. H. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut-outs in frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted. I. Frames Wider than 48 inches: Reinforce with steel channel fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. J. Frames Installed Back-to-Back: Reinforce with steel channels anchored to floor and overhead structure. 2.05 FINISHES A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high-build, water-resistant, resilient coating. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000, factory installed. B. Removable Stops: Formed sheet steel, mitered or butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. Fire Station 15 08 1113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 1113 - 4 C. Mechanical Fasteners for Concealed Metal-to-Metal Connections: Self-drilling, self-tapping, steel with electroplated zinc finish. D. Grout for Frames: Portland cement grout with maximum 4 inch slump for hand troweling; thinner pumpable grout is prohibited. E. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. F. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop-assembled frames. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior to installation. B. Coat inside of other frames with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and related requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicated. B. Install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80. C. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. D. Grout all frames, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so that pressure of grout befor e setting will not deform frames. E. Install door hardware as specified in Section 08 7100. 1. Comply with recommended practice for hardware placement of doors and frames in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.6 or NAAMM HMMA 861. F. Comply with glazing installation requirements of Section 08 8000. G. Coordinate installation of electrical connections to electrical hardware items. H. Touch up damaged factory finishes. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: Comply with related requirements of specified frame standards or custom guidelines indicated in accordance with SDI 117 or NAAMM HMMA 861 B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust sound control doors so that seals are fully engaged when door is closed. C. Test sound control doors for force to close, latch, and unlatch; adjust as necessary in compliance with requirements. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 1416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLUSH WOOD DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 1416 - 1 SECTION 08 1416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush and flush glazed configuration; fire-rated and non-rated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. C. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. D. Section 08 8000 - Glazing. E. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Field finishing of doors. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. AWI (QCP) - Quality Certification Program; current edition at www.awiqcp.org. C. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. D. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.0; 2016. E. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code; 2015. F. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2016. G. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. WDMA I.S. 1A - Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. D. Specimen warranty. E. Samples: Submit two samples of door construction, __12__ by _12___ inch in size cut from top corner of door. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. G. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of the specified door quality standard on site for review during installation and finishing. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. Fire Station 15 08 1416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLUSH WOOD DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 1416 - 2 B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 1. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the specified product requirements, provide comparable products by one of the following: a. Eggers Industries: www.eggersindustries.com. b. Haley Brothers: www.haleybros.com. c. Oregon Door; Architectural Series: www.oregondoor.com. d. Lynden Door, Inc.: www.lyndendoor.com. e. Vancouver Door Company, Inc.: www.vancouverdoorco.com. f. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. Doors: Refer to drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at each location. 2. Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with UL 10C - Positive Pressure; Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL) or Intertek/Warnock Hersey (WHI) labeled without any visible seals when door is open. 3. Wood veneer facing with factory transparent finish. C. Transom Panels: Same construction and finish as door; same performance rating as door. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated. B. Fire-Rated Doors: Mineral core type, with fire resistant composite core (FD), plies and faces as indicated above; with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware without through-bolting. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Maple, veneer grade in accordance with quality standard indicated, plain sliced (flat cut), with book match between leaves of veneer, running match of spliced veneer leaves assembled on door or panel face. 1. Vertical Edges: Any option allowed by quality standard for grade. 2. "Pair Match" each pair of doors; "Set Match" pairs of doors within 10 feet of each other when doors are closed. 3. Transoms: Continuous match to doors. B. Facing Adhesive: Type I - waterproof. 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement. 2. Provide solid blocking for other throughbolted hardware. C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. Fire Station 15 08 1416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLUSH WOOD DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 1416 - 3 2.06 FACTORY FINISHING - WOOD VENEER DOORS A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. System - 5, Varnish, Conversion. b. Stain: As selected by Architect. c. Sheen: Satin. B. Factory finish doors in accordance with approved sample. C. Seal door top edge with color sealer to match door facing. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Hollow Metal Door Frames: As specified in Section 08 1113. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000. C. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. D. Door Hardware: As specified in Section 08 7100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. 1. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements. B. Factory-Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on drawings. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 08 3100 - 1 SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall access door and frame units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section __________: Openings in masonry. B. Section __________: Openings in partitions. C. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Field paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of each access door and/or panel unit. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of each access unit. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ASSEMBLIES A. Wall-Mounted Units: 1. Location: As indicated on drawings or reuqired by manufacturer 2. Material: Steel 3. Door/Panel: Hinged, standard duty, with tool-operated spring or cam lock and no handle. 4. Wall Mounting Criteria: Provide surface-mounted face frame and door surface flush with frame surface. 5. Masonry Mounting Criteria: Provide surface-mounted frame with door surface flush with frame surface. B. Wall-Mounted Units in Wet Areas: 1. Location: As indicated on drawings or required by manufacturer 2. Material: Steel, hot-dipped zinc, or zinc-aluminum-alloy coated. 3. Wall Mounting Criteria: Provide surface-mounted face frame and door surface flush with frame surface. 4. Masonry Mounting Criteria: Provide surface-mounted frame with door surface flush with frame surface. C. Fire-Rated Wall-Mounted Units: 1. Wall Fire-Rating: As indicated on drawings. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Door/Panel: Insulated double-surface panel, with tool-operated spring or cam lock and no handle. 2.02 WALL-MOUNTED UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Babcock-Davis; ______: www.babcockdavis.com/#sle. 2. Cendrex, Inc: www.cendrex.com/#sle. 3. Milcor, Inc; ____: www.milcorinc.com. 4. Nystrom, Inc; _____: www.nystrom.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Wall-Mounted Units: Factory fabricated door and frame, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with type of installation assembly being used for each unit. 1. Door Style: Single thickness with rolled or turned in edges. Fire Station 15 08 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 08 3100 - 2 2. Units in Fire-Rated Assemblies: Fire rating as required by applicable code for fire-rated assembly that access doors are being installed. 3. Steel Finish: Primed. 4. Primed and Factory Finish: Polyester powder coat; color _____. 5. Hardware: a. Hardware for Fire-Rated Units: As required for listing. b. Hinges for Non-Fire-Rated Units: Concealed, constant force closure spring type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in openings, and secure units rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed equipment when necessary. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 3323 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 3323 - 1 SECTION 08 3323 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overhead coiling doors, operating hardware, exterior, electric operation. B. Wiring from electric circuit disconnect to operator to control station. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 2000 Unit Masonry: Support framing. B. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. C. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Field paint finish. D. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting: Field paint finish. E. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: Conduit from electric circuit to operator and from operator to control station. F. Section 26 0583 - Wiring Connections: Power to disconnect. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. B. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; current edition. C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014. D. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts; 2000 (R2005), with errata, 2008. E. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; 2016. F. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. G. UL 325 - Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide general construction, electrical equipment, component connections and details, and _____. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensioning, anchorage methods, hardware locations, and installation details. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation sequence and procedures, adjustment and alignment procedures. E. Maintenance Data: Indicate lubrication requirements and frequency, periodic adjustments required, and ________. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL (DIR) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Overhead Coiling Doors: Basis of Design: Raynar- Duro Coil. 1. Cornell Iron Works, Inc: www.cornelliron.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 COILING DOORS A. Exterior Coiling Doors: Steel slat curtain. 1. Sandwich slat construction with insulated core of foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation; minimum R-value of 6.24. 2. Finish: Primed. 3. Hood Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard; primed steel. 4. Electric operation. 5. Mounting: As indicated on drawings. Fire Station 15 08 3323 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 3323 - 2 2.03 MATERIALS A. Curtain Construction: Interlocking slats. 1. Slat Ends: Alternate slats fitted with end locks to act as wearing surface in guides and to prevent lateral movement. 2. Curtain Bottom: Fitted with angles to provide reinforcement and positive contact in closed position. 3. Weatherstripping: Moisture and rot proof, resilient type, located at jamb edges, bottom of curtain, and where curtain enters hood enclosure of exterior doors. 4. Glazing: Provide Glazing in slats between 3’ and 6’ AFF. B. Steel Slats: Minimum thickness, 20 gage, 2 1/2 inch; ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel sheet. 1. Galvanizing: Minimum G90 coating. C. Guide Construction: Continuous, of profile to retain door in place with snap-on trim, mounting brackets of same metal. D. Hood Enclosure: Internally reinforced to maintain rigidity and shape. 1. Prime paint. E. Lock Hardware: 1. For motor operated units, additional lock or latching mechanisms are not required. F. Roller Shaft Counterbalance: Steel pipe and helical steel spring system, capable of producing torque sufficient to ensure smooth operation of curtain from any position and capable of holding position at mid-travel; with adjustable spring tension; requiring 25 lb nominal force to operate. 2.04 ELECTRIC OPERATION A. Operator, Controls, Actuators, and Safeties: Comply with UL 325; provide products listed by ITS (DIR), UL (DIR), or testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide interlock switches on motor operated units. B. Electric Operators: 1. Mounting: Side mounted. 2. Motor Enclosure: a. Interior Doors: NEMA MG 1, Type 1; open drip proof. 3. Motor Rating: 1/3 hp; continuous duty. 4. Motor Controller: NEMA ICS 2, full voltage, reversing magnetic motor starter. 5. Controller Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1. 6. Opening Speed: 12 inches per second. 7. Brake: Adjustable friction clutch type, activated by motor controller. 8. Manual override in case of power failure. C. Control Station: Standard three button (OPEN-STOP-CLOSE) momentary control for each operator. 1. 24 volt circuit. D. Safety Edge: Located at bottom of curtain, full width, electro-mechanical sensitized type, wired to stop operator upon striking object, hollow neoprene covered. 1. Manufacturers: a. Miller Edge, Inc: www.milleredge.com/#sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. D. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. E. Coordinate installation of electrical service with Section 26 0583. F. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components. Fire Station 15 08 3323 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 3323 - 3 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating assemblies for smooth and noiseless operation. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 3500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FAST-ACTING FOUR-FOLD DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 3500 - 1 SECTION 08 3500 – FAST-ACTING FOUR-FOLD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fast-acting four-fold vehicular egress doors with surface-mounted tube frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of each access door and/or panel unit. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of each access unit. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FAST-ACTING FOUR-FOLD DOORS AND ASSEMBLIES A. Basis of Design- Exposed Fasteners: 1. Door Engineering and Manufacturing, 400 Cherry Street, Kasota, MN 56050, (800)-959-1352. a. A FF300 Series: Glazed B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Tube: ASTM A513 and ASTM A500/A500M B. Steel Sheets: Steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A1011/A1011M hot-rolled steel sheet. C. Hardware: Manufacturer’s standard components. D. Fasteners: Zinc-coated steel. 2.3 FOUR-FOLD DOORS A. Construction: Door framing shall be minimum 14-gauge structural steel tube with 14-gauge steel sheet on the exterior and interior faces. Sheeting shall be formed on the vertical edges with no visible welds on the interior or exterior panel faces. All frames and framing members shall be true to dimension and square in all directions, and no door shall be bowed, warped, or out of line, in the vertical or horizontal plane of the door opening by more than 1/8 inch in 20 feet. Exposed welds and welds which interfere with the installation of various parts shall be ground smooth and flush. B. Surface Mounted Tube Frame: Supply pre-hung tube frame system constructed of minimum TS6x4x0.25, designed to anchor to masonry wall construction or weld to steel structure. All hinges, track supports, and operator supports shall be factory attached. C. Factory finish: Door Panels and Tube Frames shall be finished with manufacturer’s standard PPG Spectracron epoxy primer and polyurethane top coat. Customer to select from Manufacturer’s standard color chart or furnish sample to match. a. Operator and operating hardware shall be powder-coated manufacturer’s standard gray. Fire Station 15 08 3500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FAST-ACTING FOUR-FOLD DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 3500 - 2 D. Hardware: Hardware shall include guide tracks and brackets, trolleys, center guides, not less than three pairs of jamb and fold hinges per opening, and all bolts, nuts, fasteners, etc. necessary for complete installation and operation. E. Hinges: Jamb hinges shall be dual shear and have two thrust bearings and two needle bearings. Fold hinges shall be stainless steel and be dual shear with two thrust bearings. All bearings shall be completely concealed within the hinge barrel and include grease zerks. All hinge pins shall be minimum ¾” diameter hardened steel. F. Weatherstripping: Material shall be adjustable and readily replaceable and provide a substantially weather-tight installation. Weatherstripping at center shall be 1/16” cloth inserted neoprene and include no exposed fasteners on the exterior face of th e panel. Weatherstripping at sill shall include two 1/16” cloth inserted neoprene sweeps with an aluminum retainer. The retainer shall be attached to the door with adhesive. G. Perimeter Weatherstripping: Provide jamb and head weatherstipping of 1/16” cloth-inserted neoprene bulb (or closed cell neoprene). H. Glazing: Vision Panels: Per Opening (8), Approximate Size: 24” x 60”, Insulated Clear, 1” Tempered Safety Glass. Pilkington’s Energy Advantage LowE. 2.4 OPERATOR A. Each Four-Fold door shall be operated by an overhead mounted electro-mechanical drive unit designed for high cycle operation. Operator consists of an electric motor, gear reducer, and rotating drive arm. The door shall be operated with connecting rods attached to the rotating drive arm on the operator and to control arms attached to the jamb door section and to the door lintel. The connecting rods shall be positive drive, keeping the door under firm control at all times. The connecting rods shall be fitted with spherical bearings and control arms shall be equipped with oil impregnated bronze bearings on polished shafts. B. Operator shall be instantly reversible, open and close rapidly and start and stop gradually. Operator shall be adjustable to allow door to fully clear the opening. Operator shall automatically lock the door in the closed position. Operator shall be equipped with disengaging mechanism to convert to freewheeling mode for manual operation. C. Electric motor shall be ¾ HP to operate doors under normal operating conditions at no more than 75 percent of rated capacity. The motor shall be wound for three phase 208/230/VAC, 60 Hertz operations. D. Electric Controls: Controls shall be furnished by the door manufacturer and shall be complete for each door, and built in accordance with the latest NEMA standards. Incoming electrical shall be 208/230VAC 3-phase. 1. Controls shall include a programmable logic controller with digital message display or LED indicators. Controller shall include programmable close timers and programmable inputs/outputs. 2. Motor starters shall be magnetic reversing, factory wired with overload and under voltage protection, and equipped with mechanical interlocks. All control components shall be enclosed in one enclosure with a wiring diagram placed on the inside of the cover. 3. If incoming voltage is single phase, control panel shall include a variable frequency drive to convert voltage to 3 -phase for the motor 4. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4 with disconnect switch. 5. Pushbuttons (interior) for each door shall have one (1) momentary pressure three-button push-button station marked “OPEN”, “CLOSE” and “STOP”. Push button enclosure shall be NEMA 4. 6. Limit switches shall be provided to stop the travel of the door in its fully open or fully closed position. 7. Safety edges: Provide electric safety edges on leading edge of all doors to reverse door upon contact with obstruction. Fire Station 15 08 3500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FAST-ACTING FOUR-FOLD DOORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 08 3500 - 3 8. Include Inputs for Radio Receivers (transmitters & receivers provided by others). 9. Photo eyes: Provide (1) exterior, jamb mounted, thru-beam type photo eyes, NEMA 4 rated. 10. Photo eyes: Provide (1) extra set of interior, bollard mounted, thru-beam type photo eyes, NEMA 4 rated. 11. Timer Activation Loop Detectors (fire station applications): Provide “pulse on exit type” loop detector to activate au to close timer once loop has been activated and cleared, include hand/auto switch to deactivate timer. G.C. to coordinate installation of preformed loop with electrician prior to exterior apron being poured. 12. Presence motion sensor mounted on interior above door to reverse door upon detection of a person or obstruction. 13. Wiring: Door manufacturer shall supply controls and components only. Electrical contractor shall install controls and furnish and install conduits and wiring for jobsite power and control wiring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install Four-Fold metal doors in strict accordance with the approved drawings by qualified door erection crews. All door openings shall be completely prepared by the general contractor prior to the installation of the doors. Permanent or temporary electric wiring shall be brought to the door opening before installation is started and shall be completed so as not to delay the inspection test. B. Doors shall be set plumb, level, and square, and with all parts properly fastened and mounted. All moving parts shall be tested and adjusted and left in good operating condition. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEARNING A. Inspection of the doors and a complete operating test will be made by the installer in the presence of the general contractor or architect as soon as the erection is complete. Any defects noted shall be corrected. After door approval in the above te st, the general contractor must assume the responsibility for any damage or rough handling of the doors during construction until the building is turned over to the owner and final inspection is made. B. Clean surfaces and repaint abraded or damaged finished surfaces to match factory-applied finish. C. Instruct Owners personnel on operations and maintenance of doors. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 4313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 4313 - 1 SECTION 08 4313 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum-framed storefront, with vision glass. B. Infill panels of metal and insulated panel w/ aluminum face to match frame. C. Aluminum doors and frames. D. Weatherstripping. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Steel attachment members. C. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel attachment devices. D. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. E. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glass and glazing accessories. F. Section 12 2400 - Window Shades: Attachments to framing members. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA CW-10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; 2015. B. AAMA 609 & 610 - Cleaning and Maintenance Guide for Architecturally Finished Aluminum (Combined Document); 2015. C. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2014 (2015 Errata). D. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. E. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014. F. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. G. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with installation of other components that comprise the exterior enclosure. B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, door hardware and access control internal drainage details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field welding required. D. Samples: Submit two samples 12 by 12 inches in size illustrating finished aluminum surface, glass, glazing materials. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that the products supplied meet or exceed the specified requirements. F. Report of field testing for water leakage. G. Manufacturer Qualifications Statement. H. Installer Qualifications Statement. I. NFRC Label Certificatate documenting compiance of system componets as installed. J. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. Fire Station 15 08 4313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 4313 - 2 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle products of this section in accordance with AAMA CW-10. B. Protect finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to aluminum when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 48 hours after installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units, including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units. D. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish. Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIS OF DESIGN -- FRAMING FOR INSULATING GLAZING A. Center-Set Style, Thermally-Broken: 1. Basis of Design: EFCO Corporation; Series 403X, Thermal Storefront Framing: www.efcocorp.com/#sle. 2. Vertical Mullion Dimensions: 2 inches wide by 4-1/2 inches deep. B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as "Basis of Design" or an equivalent product of one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. Kawneer North America; _____: www.kawneer.com.. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 1. For any product not identified as "Basis of Design", submit information as specified for substitutions. 2.02 BASIS OF DESIGN -- SWINGING DOORS A. Wide Stile, Insulating Glazing, Thermally-Broken: 1. Basis of Design: EFCO Corporation; Series D502 Thermastile: www.efcocorp.com/#sle. B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as "Basis of Design" or an equivalent product of one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. Kawneer North America; _____: www.kawneer.com.. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 STOREFRONT A. Aluminum-Framed Storefront: Factory fabricated, factory finished aluminum framing members with infill, and related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Unitized, shop assembly. 2. Glazing Rabbet: For 1 inch insulating glazing. 3. Finish: Superior performing organic coatings. a. Factory finish all surfaces that will be exposed in completed assemblies. b. Touch-up surfaces cut during fabrication so that no natural aluminum is visible in completed assemblies, including joint edges. 4. Finish Color: Clear anodized. 5. Fabrication: Joints and corners flush, hairline, and weatherproof, accurately fitted and secured; prepared to receive anchors and hardware; fasteners and attachments concealed from view; reinforced as required for imposed loads. Fire Station 15 08 4313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 4313 - 3 6. Construction: Eliminate noises caused by wind and thermal movement, prevent vibration harmonics, and prevent "stack effect" in internal spaces. 7. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. 8. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components, anchorages, and other building elements. 9. Movement: Allow for movement between storefront and adjacent construction, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 10. Perimeter Clearance: Minimize space between framing members and adjacent construction while allowing expected movement. 11. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glazing and inner sheet of infill panel and heel bead of glazing compound. 2.04 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing Members: Tubular aluminum sections, thermally broken with interior section insulated from exterior, drainage holes and internal weep drainage system. 1. Framing members for interior applications need not be thermally broken. 2. Glazing Stops: Flush. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000. C. Infill Panels: Insulated, polystyrene core, aluminum sheet face and back, with iunterior Back pan and edges formed to fit glazing channel and sealed. 1. Basis of Design: Mapes Glazing Panel 1. Finish: Same as storefront. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M). C. Fasteners: Stainless steel. D. Glazing Gaskets: Type to suit application to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltration requirements. E. Glazing Accessories: As specified in Section 08 8000. 2.06 FINISHES A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 Clear anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work. B. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. F. Install sill flashings. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent work to form water tight dam. G. Where fasteners penetrate sill flashings, make watertight by seating and sealing fastener heads to sill flashing. H. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. I. Install glass and infill panels in accordance with Section 08 8000, using glazing method required to achieve performance criteria. J. Touch-up minor damage to factory applied finish; replace components that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Fire Station 15 08 4313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 08 4313 - 4 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 ft non-cumulative or 1/16 inches per 10 ft, whichever is less. B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for independent testing and inspection requirements. Inspection will monitor quality of installation and glazing. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pre-finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean aluminum surfaces in accordance with AAMA 609 & 610. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 1 SECTION 08 7100 – DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work under this section includes the complete finish hardware requirements for the project. Quantities listed are for the Contractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed. Items not specifically mentioned, but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished, matching the items specified in quality and finish. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 3. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Entrances and Storefront." 4. Division 26 Electrical Sections. 5. Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security C. Electronic Hardware Coordination: Coordinate Work of this Section with the requirements of systems specified under Division 26, as required to provide materials, fabrication, and installation for complete and operating system meeting the operational requirements stated. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Standards: Current edition at date of bid. 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.18 - Materials and Finishes 2. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Windows 3. NFPA 252 – Standard of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 4. Underwriters Laboratories - Building Materials Directory 5. UL 10C - Underwriters Laboratories, "Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies" B. Codes: 1. WAC 51-50 – Washington State Building Code 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General Requirements: All Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 01 “Submittal Procedures”. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. C. Certificates: Submit certification of compliance with Supplier requirements (1.5.A. below) within Thirty days of notice to proceed. D. Hardware Schedule: Submit six copies of a detailed Finish Hardware Schedule. 1. The submitted Finish Hardware Schedule shall indicate the complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. 2. Furnish cover sheet listing title of project as shown on the Contract Documents, name, address, phone and fax numbers of Owner, Architect, Contractor, and Supplier, name of Certified Hardware Consultant, and date of submittal. 3. List each opening individually under separate headings in the same sequence as the door schedule. Do not continue headings on separate pages. 4. Each heading shall indicate opening location, handing, degree of opening, door size, type, fire rating, and Door and Frame material. 5. Indicate product Manufacturer and incorporate cross-reference to symbols used in Article 2.16, Hardware Schedule. 6. Include a Key Schedule and index in the Finish Hardware submittals indicating door number, heading number, and locking function of each opening 7. Locations for all miscellaneous items shall be included. Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 2 8. A cross reference for any abbreviations or symbols used shall be included. 9. Schedules in coded or horizontal format are unacceptable. 10. Submittals not conforming to these requirements will be returned without review, for re-submittal. Following is an example of the required format: 1 Sgl. Door #125A - West Corridor from Classroom 120 LH 90º HW-2 3-0 x 7-0 x 1-3/4" x 20 Minute x Type B SC WD x HM 3 Each Butts BO BB5000 US26D (652) 4-1/2 x 4-1/2" x NRP x AMS 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 630 LH 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 689 x TB 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP – 10 x 34" - US32D (630) x .050 x CTSK 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX US26D (626) 1 Set Smoke Gasket PE 5050C – 17' per set 11. Processing: Hardware schedules will not be reviewed by the Architect until they have been reviewed and approved by Contractor. Resubmit only corrected copies of those sheets requiring correction and update distributed copies with corrected sheets. 12. Revisions: The Door Hardware Submittal shall be kept current throughout the project duration. All revisions incorporated shall be submitted in accordance with the above requirements. Submit only cover sheet and revised pages. All revisions shall clearly identify changes from previous submittal content. E. Samples: If requested by the Architect, submit one sample of each exposed hardware category, finished as required, and tagged with full description for coordination with the hardware schedule. Samples will be reviewed, by the Architect, for design and finish only, compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. Units which are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal procedures may be used on the project. F. Color Samples: Submit six sets of color charts and physical samples of each product requiring color selection. G. Key Schedule: Upon completion of the Key meeting submit a key schedule indicating the complete project key system for approval. Obtain approval prior to proceeding with lock portion of the project. H. Wiring Diagrams. Submit electronic hardware system riser and terminal-to-terminal wiring diagrams for each electronic hardware application, cross-referenced to the Finish Hardware Submittal and Door Schedule. Include voltage requirements, wire gauges and locations along with product data and installation instructions. Indicate connection points to equipment provided under Divisions 26 and 28. I. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit Maintenance and Operations Manuals under provisions of Division 01 Section “Contract Closeout”. Manuals shall contain final copy of the Door Hardware Submittal, Product Data, Key Schedule, Installation and Maintenance Instructions, and Wiring Diagrams. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: 1. Recognized Door Hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five (5) years. 2. Factory direct, authorized stocking distributor of the Exit Devices, Locksets and Door Closers. 3. Employing an Architectural Hardware Consultant, certified by the Door and Hardware Institute, who is available during the course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect or Contractor for project hardware consultation. B. Source: Obtain each kind of Hardware (Hinges, Locksets, Exit Devices, Door Closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer. C. Installer: Door hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. D. Templates: Furnish hardware templates for each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check the shop drawings of such other work to confirm that provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. E. Regulatory Requirements: Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 3 1. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local and state building codes. 2. Comply with WAC 51-50, Chapter 11 Amendments to 2009 International Building Code for State of Washington accessibility requirements for persons with disabilities. a. Comply with the requirements of ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2003, Accessible and Usable Building and Facilities. 3. Fire Rated Door and Frame Assemblies: Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by recognized testing agency for the types and sizes of doors required, and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. Provide Door Closers, Automatic self latching bolts, coordinators, gasketing, astragals, or other components if required to conform to label requirements. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Packaging: Each item or package is to be separately tagged with identification related to the final hardware schedule. Basic installation instructions shall be included in the packages. B. Storage: Provide a locked room at the jobsite for the storage of the hardware. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Door hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one year, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer. The following products shall be guaranteed for periods beyond One Year: 1. Locks: Two Years 2. Door Closers: Thirty Years 3. Panic Devices: Three Years 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish the following extra materials, which shall be delivered directly to the Owner prior to substantial completion. 1. Provide One Set of Special Tools required for Installation and Adjustment 2. Extra Hardware: Quantity Description Factory Number Two Locksets 45H7AT15H Two Door Closers 4040XP-EDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products may be furnished by the manufacturers listed under "As Specified" below, or equivalent products of type, grade, design, and function, from manufacturers listed under "Acceptable Substitutions." Requests for products not listed must be made in accordance with Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." Product As Specified Acceptable Substitutions Butt Hinges Bommer (BO) Hager, Ives Continuous Gear Hinges Select (SL) ABH, National Guard Locksets Best (BE) None Cylinders and Interchangeable Cores Best (BE) Arrow Exit Devices Von Duprin (VO) Detex, Precision Push Button Locksets Kaba/Simplex (KA) None Door Closers LCN (LCN) Sargent 281, Dorma 8900 Auto. Flush Bolts, Coordinators Ives IV) Door Controls Kick & Mop Plates Tice Industries (TI) Hager, Trimco Wall and Floor Stops Trimco (TR) Hager Overhead Stop and Holders Glynn Johnson (GJ) ABH Electro-Magnetic Door Release ABH (ABH) DynaLock, LCN Weatherstrip & Thresholds National Guard (NGP) Reese, Zero Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 4 2.02 HARDWARE MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide fasteners for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips head fasteners, countersunk oval, flat head, or undercut head as appropriate for material to be installed. Provide Door Closers and Exit Devices applied to Wood Composite or Mineral Core Doors with Sex Bolts sized to the Thickness of the Door. B. Compatibility: Provide fasteners which are compatible with both unit fastened and substrate, and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material, or fastener. 2.03 FINISH A. Finish in general shall be: US26D, Satin Chrome Plated, except: 1. Locksets, Exit Devices, Push Plates, Door Pulls, Overhead Stops: US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630). 2. Butt Hinges: a. Exterior Hinges: US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630). b. Interior Hinges: US26D, Satin Chrome over Steel Base (BHMA 652). 3. Continuous Hinges: US32D Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630). 4. Door Closers: Painted Aluminum (BHMA 689). 5. Kick, Mop and Armor Plates: US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630). 6. Smoke Gasketing: As Selected. 7. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum 8. Weatherstrip & Door Bottoms: As listed in Hardware Groups. 2.04 FULL MORTISE AND CONTINUOUS HINGES A. Quantity (per Leaf): 1. Door openings up to 60": 2 each. 2. Door openings 60 to 90": 3 each. 3. Doors over 90": Furnish one additional for each 30" increment or fraction thereof. 4 .Dutch Doors: 2 each per leaf. B. Size: 1. 1-3/4" Interior Doors up to and including 36 in width": 4-1/2 x 4-1/2" 2. 1-3/4" Interior Doors over 36" width: 5 x 4-1/2" 3. 1-3/4” Exterior Doors: 5 x 4-1/2”. C. Width of Hinges shall be as required to clear projecting trim or other conditions to allow maximum degree of opening. D. Hinges shall have non-removable pins (NRP - Set Screw in Barrel) E. Hinges shall have Flat Button Tips. F. For unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size and quantity recommended by the hinge manufacturer. 2.05 LOCKSETS AND CYLINDERS A. Furnish all Mortise Lever Handle Locksets and Latches in 15H Design B. Backset: 2-3/4" C. Cylinders: 1. Types: Small Format Key Removable Interchangeable Cores. 2. Provide appropriate Cylinder Collars, Blocking Rings, and Cams as required for each application. D. All Locksets and Latchsets shall be listed with Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class doors. E. Provide Knurled Lever where Lock Symbol is suffixed with "K" in the Hardware Schedule. F. Provide Curved Lip Strikes with adequate projection to protect door trim. Provide flat, flush lip strikes for pairs of doors with overlapping Astragals. G. Provide manufacturers standard wrought or plastic strike boxes. 2.06 PANIC DEVICES AND FIRE EXIT HARDWARE A. Furnish Sex Nuts and Bolts at Wood Composite and Mineral Core Door applications. Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 5 B. Rated Openings: Provide UL listed Fire Exit Devices at rated openings. C. Sizes: Provide Exit Devices sized in accordance with the manufacturer manufacturers recommendations. D. Removable Mullions: Provide Mullion Spacer Blocks for installation in narrow stop frames. E. Vision Frames: Provide Glass Bead Kits where interference with vision frames occurs. F. Lever Trim: Exit Device Lever Trim shall match design specified under Article 2.4, Locksets and Cylinders. 2.07 DOOR CLOSERS A. Furnish drop plates where doors have insufficient height top rails, or where Regular Arm Door Closers are used in conjunction with Concealed Overhead Stops. B. Furnish cold weather fluid, at exterior & vestibule doors. C. Furnish non-flammable hydraulic fluid at fire rated openings in conformance with UL Test Standard 10C. D. Provide special closer mounting as required where interference with weatherstrip or sound seals occurs. E. Furnish Shoulder Through Bolts for all Wood Doors. 2.09 KICK, MOP, AND ARMOR PLATES A. Height: Kick Plates 10”, Mop Plates 6”, Armor Plates: 34”. B. Kick Plates shall be applied to the Push Side of the Door, Mop Plate applied to the Pull Side. C. Provide stainless steel Phillips oval/undercut head, full tread type sheet meal screws for fastening not more than 5 inches on center. D. Plates shall be .050 Stainless Steel, beveled four edges (B4E) with satin finish. E. All plates shall be furnished with width as required to provide 1/4” clearance at sides of doors frame stops, Mullions, Astragals, or Stop and Mullion applied seals. 2.10 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Furnish Overhead Stop and Holders sized as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Furnish Overhead Stop and Holders with special shims, brackets, or special template mounting where required. C. Coordinate location, rough-in, and voltage requirements for Magnetic Holders with Electrical Contractor. D. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish floor stops 1215CKU Series, or Overhead Stops if required. 2.11 THRESHOLDS A. Furnish Thresholds with ¼-20 x 2” Phillips Flat Head Sleeve Anchors. 2.12 WEATHERSTRIP AND SMOKE GASKETING A. Furnish weatherstrip and gaskets for complete perimeter of opening, including mullions, and astragals. B. Mount Astragals on active leaf of out-swinging, inactive leaf of in-swinging applications. C. Provide Rain Drips full frame width including frame faces. 2.13 DOOR SILENCERS A. Furnish Rubber Door Silencers for all openings not specified to have Smoke Gasketing or Weatherstrip. B. Quantity: Furnish three for each single door frame, and four for each pair of door frames. C. Type: Trimco 1229A. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Key Cabinet 1. Locate as Directed by the Architect 2. Type: RWC-125S Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 6 2.15 KEYING A. All Locksets and Cylinders specified under this Section shall be keyed to the existing Best Grand Master Key System for the Renton Regional Fire Authority. B. Provide Brass Construction Cylinders and Keys during the construction period. Plastic Construction Cylinders are unacceptable C. The Door Hardware Supplier shall meet with the Owner to prepare the permanent keying schedule. Submit for approval in accordance with paragraph 1.4 F. E. The Permanent Cores, Change Keys, Master Keys, and Control Keys, prepared according to the approved keying schedule, shall be transmitted directly from the manufacturer to the Owner, prior to substantial completion. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. Permanent Cores shall be turned over to the General Contractor for return to the Hardware Supplier. F. All Permanent Cylinder and Keys shall be sent direct from the lock manufacturer via Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested. G. Provide a key transcript list of all cylinders, including 20 additional change combinations. H. Stamp all Keys "Do not Duplicate" and with change designation as directed. I. Furnish: 1. Six Building Grand Master Keys 2. Six Master Keys per Set 3. Four change keys per Lockset or Cylinder. 4. Six Construction Keys 2.16 HARDWARE GROUPS HW-1 Door #100 1 Continuous Gear Hinge SL SL11HD 1 Entrance Lockset BE 45H7AT15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Floor Stop TR 1233 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA Head and Jamb Weatherstrip By Frame Manufacturer HW-2 Door #101 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Privacy Lock BE 45H0L15H 1 Occupancy Indicator TI Type C 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 7 HW-3 Door #102-1 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Entrance Lockset BE 45H7AT15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-4 Doors #102-2, 120, 123 3 Each Hinges BO BB5006 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 1 Latch Guard IV LG13 US32D 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP Spring-CUSH 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Set Weatherstrip NGP 700NA (Head) x 700EN (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA HW-5 Door #102A, 102D 3 Each Hinges BO BB5004 1 Entrance Lockset BE 45H7AT15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 425E 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA HW-6 Door #102B, 102C 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Magnetic Holder ABH 2100 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-7 Doors #103, 114 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 8 HW-8 Door #104 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Privacy Lock BE 45H0L15H 1 Occupancy Indicator TI Type C 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Overhead Stop GJ 90S Series 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-9 Door #105 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers HW-10 Door #106 1 Continuous Gear Hinge SL SL11HD 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 1 Latch Guard IV LG13 US32D 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Drop Plate LCN 4040-18-PA 1 Overhead Stop GJ 100S Series 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA Head and Jamb Weatherstrip By Frame Manufacturer HW-11 Door #107 2 Continuous Gear Hinges SL SL11HD 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 2 Flush Bolts TR 3917 – 12” 1 Dust Proof Strike TR 3911 2 Door Closers LCN 4040XP-EDA 2 Drop Plates LCN 4040-18-PA 2 Overhead Holders GJ 100H Series 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 2 Door Sweeps NGP 200NA Head and Jamb Weatherstrip By Frame Manufacturer Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 9 HW-12 Doors #108-1, 108-2 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-13 Doors #109, 110, 111, 112 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Privacy Lock BE 45H0L15H 1 Occupancy Indicator TI Type C 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP Spring-CUSH 1 Door Closer Mounting Bracket NGP 7ASL 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Set Sound Seal NGP 107NA 1 Automatic Door Bottom NGP 422N HW-14 Door #113-1 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-15 Door #113-2 2 Continuous Gear Hinges SL SL11HD 1 Deadlock AR MS1851SW x 4016 x 1-1/2” Backset 1 Turn Knob Cylinder (Inside) BE 1E7A4 2 Sets Push/Pulls TR 1738 2 Door Closers LCN 4040XP-EDA 2 Drop Plates LCN 4040-18-PA 2 Overhead Holders GJ 100H Series 1 Threshold NGP As per detail 2 Door Sweeps NGP 200NA Head and Jamb Weatherstrip By Frame Manufacturer Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 10 HW-16 Doors #115, 116 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Privacy Lock BE 45H0L15H 1 Occupancy Indicator TI Type C 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Mop Plate TI B4EMP 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-17 Door #117 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Set Gasket NGP 5050C HW-18 Door #118 3 Each Hinges BO BB5000 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 1 Threshold NGP 425E 1 Door Shoe NGP 313VA HW-19 Doors #119-1, 119-2, 119-3, 119-4 All Hardware by Door Manufacturer HW-20 Door #122 3 Each Hinges BO BB5002 US32D 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-RA 1 Overhead Stop & Holder GJ 90H Series 1 Armor Plate TI B4EAP 3 Silencers PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examination: Examine Doors, Frames, and related items for conditions that would prevent the proper application and operation of the Door and Finish Hardware. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 11 B. Provide solid blocking for wall mounted components. C. Provide blocking between Automatic Operator back plates and wall surface. D. Fasteners: Check conditions and use fastening devices as needed to securely anchor hardware as per manufacturer's published templates. Self-tapping sheet metal screws are unacceptable, except where specifically listed under Part 2 Products. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount units at heights as recommended in "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (2001)" by Doors and Hardware Institute, except as indicated below. Products not specifically covered shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer templates and instructions. 1. Hinges: a. Top Hinge: 7-1/4", Top of frame rabbet to centerline of hinge. b. Bottom Hinge: 12-1/4", bottom of Frame to centerline of hinge c. Intermediate Hinges: Centered, equal spacing between top and bottom hinges. 2. Mortise Lock Strikes: 40", bottom of frame to centerline of Strike. 3. Wall Stops: Locate Wall Stops intended for use with Lever Handle Locksets and Exit Devices at the Centerline of the Spindle or Pull. 4. Automatic Operator Wall Switches: 36", finish floor to centerline of switch. 5. Push and Pull Plates: 42", bottom of Frame to centerline of Plate. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware surfaces which will be painted or finished at a later time, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place. After completion of the finishes, re-install each item. 2. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 3. Doors shall swing to the maximum degree of opening that the project conditions will allow. The swings indicated on the floor plan are intended to depict direction only and do not indicate full degree of opening. 4. Fire Rated Openings: Install to comply with NFPA 80. 5. Exit Devices Trim Exit Devices to provide 1-1/2" clearance between End Cap and hinge jamb stop face, and stop applied seals (where applicable). 6. Door Closers: Door Closers shall be located to allow maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. Door Closer shall not be used to stop the door, except for models equipped with an integral stop-on-the-arm feature. 7. Locate Overhead Stop and Holders provide maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. 8. Locate Floors Stops at maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. Do not locate Floor Stops where they create a hazardous condition. Stops should be located no more than 1/3 Door width from the latch edge of the Door. 9. Set all Exterior Thresholds in a bed of butyl rubber sealant in conformance with Division 7 requirements. Remove excess sealant. Caulk edges and joints to exclude moisture. 10. Mount and adjust rigid jamb Weatherstrip prior to mounting Parallel Arm Door Closers. Weatherstrip shall be installed to provide a continuous seal at head and jambs. Do not notch Weatherstrip for Door Closer shoe. Provide Parallel Arm 5th hole spacer of increased thickness to allow for revised location. 11. Smoke Gasket: Thoroughly clean frame and install smoke gasketing is accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Apply Gasket to stop face of Strike Jambs and Headers, and Door Rabbet of Hinge Jamb. 12. Astragals shall be applied to the Active leaf of out-swinging pair doors, and to the inactive leaf of in-swinging pairs. C. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to insure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 3.03 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one (1) month prior to acceptance or occupancy, make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy. Clean and lubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment Fire Station 15 08 7100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOOR HARDWARE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 12 December 22, 2017 08 7100 - 12 B. Door Closer Adjustment: After mechanical systems have been balanced, adjust Door Closers to comply with following ICC/ANSI A117.1 requirements, as modified by WAC 51-50 and the International Building Code: 1. Closing Speed: With the door open 90 degrees, the door closer shall be adjusted so that the door will take at least five (5) seconds to move to a point where the leading edge of the door is 12 degrees from latching. 2. Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling a door open shall be as follows: (these forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices securing the door) a. Fire Doors: The minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. b. Exterior Doors: 10.0 lbf. (44.4N) c. Interior Doors: 5.0 lbf. (22.2 N) 3. Adjust backcheck to prevent damage to the closer, hardware, door and frame, and wall. C. Instruction: Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes. END OF SECTION 08 7100 Fire Station 15 08 8000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLAZING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 08 8000 - 1 SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Insulating glass units. B. Glazing units. C. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealants for other than glazing purposes. B. Section 08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Glazed lites in doors and borrowed lites. C. Section 08 1416 - Flush Wood Doors: Glazed lites in doors. D. Section 08 4313 - Aluminum-Framed Storefronts: Glazing furnished as part of storefront assembly. E. Section 08 5113 - Aluminum Windows: Glazing furnished by window manufacturer. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 2015. C. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005 (Reapproved 2015). D. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a. E. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2016. F. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass; 2012. G. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. H. ASTM C1376 - Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Flat Glass; 2015. I. ASTM E1300 - Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings; 2016. J. ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2010. K. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; 2008. L. NFRC 100 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors; 2014. M. NFRC 200 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence; 2014. N. NFRC 300 - Test Method for Determining the Solar Optical Properties of Glazing Materials and Systems; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Insulating Glass Unit, Glazing Unit, and Plastic Film Glazing Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling and installation requirements. C. Product Data on Glazing Compounds and Accessories: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. D. Samples: Submit two samples 12 by 12 inch in size of plastic film. E. Samples: Submit two samples 12 by 12 inch in size of glass units. F. Samples: Submit ____ inch long bead of glazing sealant, color as selected. G. Certificate: Certify that products of this section meet or exceed specified requirements. H. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. Fire Station 15 08 8000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLAZING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 08 8000 - 2 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years documented experience. 1.06 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-up of glazed storefront system including glass and air barrier and vapor retarder seal. B. Mock-ups may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Insulating Glass Units: Provide a five (5) year manufacturer warranty to include coverage for seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, including replacement of failed units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Float Glass Manufacturers: Basis of Design: Vitro Architectural Galss; www.vitroglazings.com 1. AGC Glass Company North America, Inc: www.us.agc.com. 2. Cardinal Glass Industries: www.cardinalcorp.com. 3. Guardian Industries Corp: www.sunguardglass.com. 4. Pilkington North America Inc: www.pilkington.com/na. 5. PPG Industries, Inc: www.ppgideascapes.com. 6. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - EXTERIOR GLAZING ASSEMBLIES A. Provide type and thickness of exterior glazing assemblies to support assembly dead loads, and to withstand live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of glass. 1. Comply with ASTM E1300 for design load resistance of glass type, thickness, dimensions, and maximum lateral deflection of supported glass. 2. Provide glass edge support system sufficiently stiff to limit the lateral deflection of supported glass edges to less than 1/175 of their lengths under specified design load. 3. Glass thicknesses listed are minimum. B. Vapor Retarder and Air Barrier Seals: Provide completed assemblies that maintain continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier. 1. In conjunction with vapor retarder and joint sealer materials described in other sections. C. Thermal and Optical Performance: Provide exterior glazing products with performance properties as indicated. Performance properties are in accordance with manufacturer's published data as determined with the following procedures and/or test methods: 1. Center of Glass U-Value: Comply with NFRC 100 using Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) WINDOW 6.3 computer program. 2. Center of Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): Comply with NFRC 200 using Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) WINDOW 6.3 computer program. 3. Solar Optical Properties: Comply with NFRC 300 test method. 2.03 GLASS MATERIALS A. Float Glass: Provide float glass based glazing unless noted otherwise. 1. Annealed Type: ASTM C1036, Type I - Transparent Flat, Class 1 - Clear, Quality-Q3. 2. Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Types: ASTM C1048, Kind HS and FT. 3. Fully Tempered Safety Glass: Complies with ANSI Z97.1 and 16 CFR 1201 criteria. 4. Thicknesses: As indicated; provide greater thickness as required for exterior glazing wind load design. Fire Station 15 08 8000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLAZING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 08 8000 - 3 2.04 INSULATING GLASS UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Any of the manufacturers specified for float glass. 2. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Insulating Glass Units: Types as indicated. 1. Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E2190. 2. Coated Glass: Comply with requirements of ASTM C1376 for pyrolytic (hard-coat) or magnetic sputter vapor deposition (soft-coat) type coatings on flat glass; coated vision glass, Kind CV; coated overhead glass, Kind CO; or coated spandrel glass, Kind CS. 3. Spacer Color: Black. 4. Edge Seal: 5. Color: Black. 6. Purge interpane space with dry air, hermetically sealed. 2.05 INSULATING GLASS UNITS A. Type G-1 - Insulating Glass Units: Vision glazing, with Low-E coating. Tempered where shown on plans and where required by code. 1. Applications: Exterior insulating glass glazing unless otherwise indicated. 2. Space between lites filled with argon. 3. Total Thickness: 1 inch. 4. Thermal Transmittance (U-Value), Winter - Center of Glass: 0.28, nominal. 5. Visible Light Transmittance (VLT): 64 percent, nominal. 6. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 0.27, nominal. 7. Visible Light Reflectance, Outside: 12 percent, nominal. 8. Glazing Method: Dry glazing method, gasket glazing. 9. Basis of Design - PPG Industries, Inc: www.vitroglazings.com. 10. Outboard Lite: Annealed float glass, 1/4 inch thick, minimum. a. Low-E Coating: Solarban 70XL on #2 surface. b. Glass: Clear. 11. Inboard Lite: Heat-strengthened float glass, 1/4 inch thick. a. Glass: Clear. 2.06 GLAZING UNITS A. Type G-2 - Monolithic Interior Vision Glazing: 1. Applications: Interior glazing unless otherwise indicated. 2. Glass Type: Annealed float glass. Tempered where indicated on drawings or required by code. 3. Tint: Clear. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch, nominal. 5. Glazing Method: Dry glazing method, tape and gasket spline. B. Type G-3- Monolithic Safety Glazing: Fire Galss where indicated on drawings or required by code 1. Applications: a. Glazed lites in doors b. Other locations required by applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. c. Other locations indicated on drawings. 2. Glass Type: Fully tempered safety glass as specified. 3. Tint: Clear. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch, nominal. 5. Glazing Method: Dry glazing method, tape and gasket spline. 5. Width: 36 inch. 2.08 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Type GC-2 - Butyl Sealant: Single component; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses M and A, Shore A hardness of 10 to 20; black color. Fire Station 15 08 8000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLAZING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 08 8000 - 4 2.09 ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Silicone, with 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. C. Glazing Tape, Back Bedding Mastic Type: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids compound with integral resilient spacer rod applicable to application indicated; 5 to 30 cured Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. 1. Width: As required for application. 2. Thickness: As required for application. 3. Spacer Rod Diameter: As required for application. 4. Manufacturers: a. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. b. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. c. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Glazing Splines: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; ASTM C864 Option II; color black. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and support framing is ready to receive glazing system. C. Verify that sealing between joints of glass framing members has been completed effectively. D. Proceed with glazing system installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with appropriate solvent and wipe dry within maximum of 24 hours before glazing. Remove coatings that are not tightly bonded to substrates. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant where required for proper sealant adhesion. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install glazing in compliance with written instructions of glass, gaskets, and other glazing material manufacturers, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in glazing referenced standards. B. Install glazing sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193, GANA (SM), and manufacturer's instructions. C. Do not exceed edge pressures around perimeter of glass lites as stipulated by glass manufacturer. D. Set glass lites of system with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. E. Set glass lites in proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as indicated. 3.04 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING METHOD (GASKET GLAZING) A. Application - Exterior and/or Interior Glazed: Set glazing infills from either the exterior or the interior of the building. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure on gasket to attain full contact. D. Install removable stops without displacing glazing gasket; exert pressure for full continuous contact. 3.05 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING METHOD (TAPE AND GASKET SPLINE GLAZING) A. Application - Exterior Glazed: Set glazing infills from the exterior of the building. B. Cut glazing tape to length; install on glazing pane. Seal corners by butting tape and sealing junctions with butyl sealant. C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from corners. D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure to attain full contact. Fire Station 15 08 8000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLAZING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 08 8000 - 5 E. Install removable stops without displacing glazing spline. Exert pressure for full continuous contact. F. Carefully trim protruding tape with knife. 3.06 INSTALLATION - PLASTIC FILM A. Install plastic film with adhesive, applied in accordance with film manufacturer's instructions. B. Place without air bubbles, creases or visible distortion. C. Install film tight to perimeter of glass and carefully trim film with razor sharp knife. Provide 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch gap at perimeter of glazed panel unless otherwise required. Do not score the glass. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove excess glazing materials from finish surfaces immediately after application using solvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers. B. Remove non-permanent labels immediately after glazing installation is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces after sealants are fully cured. D. Clean glass on both exposed surfaces not more than 4 days prior to Date of Substantial Completion in accordance with glass manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.08 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. B. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period prior to Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 8300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MIRRORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 08 8300 - 1 SECTION 08 8300 - MIRRORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass mirrors at Fitness room. 1. Tempered safety glass. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2016. B. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008 (Reapproved 2013). C. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; 2009. D. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; 2008. E. GANA (TIPS) - Mirrors: Handle with Extreme Care (Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors); 2011. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Mirror Types: Submit structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling and installation requirements. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 12 inch sq. in size, illustrating mirrors design, edging, and coloration. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that mirrors, meets or exceeds specified requirements. E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA (GM), GANA (SM), for glazing installation methods. B. Fabricate, store, transport, receive, install, and clean mirrors in accordance with recommendations of GANA (TIPS). 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for reflective coating on mirrors and replacement of same. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Mirrors: 1. Binswanger Mirror/Vitro America (www.binswangermirror.com). 2. Guardian Industries (www.guardian.com. 3. Lenoir Mirror Co. (www.lenoirmirror.com). 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Mirror Design Criteria: Select materials and/or provide supports as required to limit mirror material deflection to 1/200, or to the flexure limit of glass, with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. B. Mirror Glass: Clear Tempered Glass Mirrors: Comply with ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, for blemish requirements in annealed float glass before silver coating is applied, for coating requirements, and with other requirements not affected by tempering process; and comply with ASTM C 1048 for Kind FT, Condition A, tempered float glass before silver coating is applied. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Edges: Square with edge sealer coating compatable with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting sliver deterioration at mirror edges. 3. Size: As noted on drawings. Fire Station 15 08 8300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MIRRORS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 08 8300 - 2 2.03 GLAZING COMPOUNDS 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Mirror Attachment Accessories: Stainless steel clips. B. Mirror Adhesive: Chemically compatible with mirror coating and wall substrate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install mirrors in accordance with GANA (TIPS) and manufacturers recommendations. B. Set mirrors plumb and level, and free of optical distortion. C. Set mirrors with edge clearance free of surrounding construction including countertops or backsplashes. 3.02 WALL-MOUNTED MIRROR INSTALLATION: A. Install bottom and top channels sized for full length of installation without joints. B. Securely attach bottom channel to mounting surface with appropriate mechanical fasteners. Install fasteners so that heads do not impose point loads on mirror backs. C. Securely attach continuous cleat for top channel to mounting surface with appropriate mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so that heads do not impose point loads on mirror backs. D. Provide 1/8 x 4 inch setting blocks in bottom channel at mirror panel quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide two slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch wide by 3/8 inch long between setting blocks. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels and setting blocks are clean, free of obstructions, and ready to receive mirrors. E. Install adhesive in accordance with mirror and adhesive manufacturers' requirements and as follows: 1. Apply barrier coat across full surface receiving mirrors. 2. Apply adhesive with coverage necessary for proper adhesion but with gaps to allow air circulation between backs of mirrors and substrate. F. Align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a minimum gap of 1/8 inch between backs of mirrors and substrate. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove labels after work is complete. B. Clean mirrors and adjacent surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water. END OF SECTION DIVISION 9 FINISHES Fire Station 15 09 2116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 2116 - 1 SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Acoustic insulation. C. Gypsum wallboard. D. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Building framing and sheathing. C. Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation: Acoustic insulation. D. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Water-resistive barrier over sheathing. E. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping: Top-of-wall assemblies at fire rated walls. F. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing acoustical gaps in construction other than gypsum board or plaster work. G. Section 09 3000 - Tiling: Tile backing board. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Reaffirmed 2016). B. ANSI A118.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2016). C. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015. D. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014. E. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. F. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2017. G. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2017. H. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2015. I. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2016. J. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2014a. K. ASTM C1177/C1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing; 2013. L. ASTM C1178/C1178M - Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel; 2013. M. ASTM C1325 - Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cementitious Backer Units; 2017. N. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014a. O. ASTM C1629/C1629M - Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels; 2015. P. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. Q. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016). R. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. Fire Station 15 09 2116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 2116 - 2 S. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2016. T. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board installation and finishing, with minimum 5 years of experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B. Interior Partitions, Indicated as Acoustic: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 45-49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. C. Fire Rated Assemblies: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Fire Rated Partitions: UL listed assembly No.; 1 hour rating. 2. Fire Rated Area Separation Walls: UL listed assembly No.; 1 hour rating. 3. UL Assembly Numbers: Provide construction equivalent to that listed for the particular assembly in the current UL (FRD). 2.02 BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers - Gypsum-Based Board: 1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com. 2. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 3. USG Corporation: www.usg.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed. 3. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Soffits: 1/2 inch. C. Impact Resistant Wallboard: 1. Application: All corridors and hallways 2. Surface Abrasion: Level 3, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. 3. Indentation: Level 1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. 4. Soft Body Impact: Level 3, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. 5. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 6. Type: Fire resistance rated Type X, UL or WH listed. 7. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 8. Edges: Tapered. 9. Products: a. American Gypsum Company; M-Bloc IR Type X. b. Continental Building Products; Protecta HIR 300 Type X with Mold Defense. c. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; DensArmor Plus Impact-Resistant. d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond HI-Impact XP Gypsum Board. D. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products: 1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including tub and shower surrounds, shower ceilings, and janitorial and decon rooms. Fire Station 15 09 2116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 2116 - 3 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. ANSI Cement-Based Board: Non-gypsum-based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. a. Thickness: 1/2 inch. b. Products: 1) Custom Building Products: www.custombuildingproducts.com. 2) National Gypsum Company; PermaBase Cement Board: www.nationalgypsum.com/#sle. 3) USG Corporation: www.usg.com. 4) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 4. Glass Mat Faced Board: Coated glass mat water-resistant gypsum backing panel as defined in ASTM C1178/C1178M. a. Standard Type: Thickness 1/2 inch. b. Products: 1) Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; DensShield Tile Backer. 2) National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Tile Backer. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E. Exterior Sheathing Board: Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Exterior sheathing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Glass Mat Faced Sheathing: Glass mat faced gypsum substrate as defined in ASTM C1177/C1177M. 3. Regular Board Thickness: 1/2 inch. 4. Edges: Square. 5. Glass Mat Faced Products: a. American Gypsum Company; M-Glass Exterior Sheathing Type X. b. American Gypsum Company; M-Glass Exterior Sheathing. c. Continental Building Products; Weather Defense Platinum Exterior Sheathing. d. Continental Building Products; Weather Defense Platinum Sheathing Type X. e. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; DensGlass Sheathing. f. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 3 ½, 5 ½” & 7 1/2 inch. B. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent-based non-curing butyl sealant. 1. Products: a. Franklin International, Inc; Titebond GREENchoice Professional Acoustical Smoke and Sound Sealant: www.titebond.com/sle. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Beads, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless noted otherwise. 1. Rigid Corner Beads: Low profile, for 90 degree outside corners. 2. Architectural Reveal Beads: a. Reveal Depth: 1/4 inch. 3. Expansion Joints: a. Type: V-shaped PVC with tear away fins. b. Type: V-shaped metal with factory-installed protective tape. c. Products: 1) Phillips Manufacturing Co; 093 Expansion Control Joint: www.phillipsmfg.com/#sle. 2) Trim-Tex, Inc: www.trim-tex.com/#sle. D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. E. High Build Drywall Surfacer: Vinyl acrylic latex-based coating for spray application, designed to take the place of skim coating and separate paint primer in achieving Level 5 finish. Fire Station 15 09 2116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 2116 - 4 F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. G. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. 1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing. C. Fire-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing. D. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members and plywood substrate where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. E. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.05 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 5: Walls and ceilings to receive semi-gloss or gloss paint finish and other areas specifically indicated. 2. Level 1: Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. C. Spray apply high build drywall surfacer over entire surface after joints have been properly treated; achieve a flat and tool mark- free finish. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TILING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 09 3000 - 1 SECTION 09 3000 - TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for floor applications. B. Tile for wall applications. C. Cementitious backer board as tile substrate. D. Ceramic accessories. E. Ceramic trim. F. Non-ceramic trim. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between tile work and adjacent construction and fixtures. B. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Tile backer board. C. Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures: Shower receptor. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2017. B. ANSI A108.1a - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar; 2014. C. ANSI A108.1b - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). D. ANSI A108.1c - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). E. ANSI A108.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2009 (Revised). F. ANSI A108.5 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). G. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). H. ANSI A108.8 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortar and Grout; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). I. ANSI A108.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). J. ANSI A108.10 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). K. ANSI A108.11> ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 - American National Standard for Interior of Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Revised). L. ANSI A108.12 - American National Standard for Installation of Ceramic Tile with EGP (Exterior Glue Plywood) Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). M. ANSI A108.13 - American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (Reaffirmed 2010). N. ANSI A118.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 2010 (Revised). O. ANSI A118.9>ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). P. ANSI A118.12 - American National Standard Specifications for Crack Isolation Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone Installation; 2014. Fire Station 15 09 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TILING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 09 3000 - 2 Q. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2013.1. R. ASTM C373 - Standard Test Methods for Determination of Water Absorption and Associated Properties by Vacuum Method for Pressed Ceramic Tiles and Glass Tiles and Boil Method for Extruded Ceramic Tiles and Non-tile Fired Ceramic Whiteware Products; 2016e1. S. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2016. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details. D. Samples: Mount tile and apply grout on two plywood panels, minimum 18 by 18 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations. E. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Tile: 10 square feet of each size, color, and surface finish combination. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of and ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 and TCNA (HB) on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, with minimum five years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of five years of documented experience. 1.07 MOCK-UP A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock-up. B. Construct tile mock-up at location determined by architect, incorporating all components specified for the location. 1. Minimum size of mock-up is five linear feet of one full height wall. 2. Approved mock-up may remain as part of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. Manufacturers: All products by the same manufacturer. Basis of Design: 1. American Olean Corporation: www.americanolean.com. 2. Dal-Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com. 3. Crossville. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Glazed Wall Tile, Type CT-3 : ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: Less than 10.0 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 4 by 8 inch, nominal. 3. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 4. Edges: Square. 5. Surface Finish: Gloss. 6. Color(s): WT16 Sixteen Candles. 7. Trim Units: Single bullnose, bullnose corner, cove base, core base corner, and base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 8. Products: Fire Station 15 09 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TILING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 09 3000 - 3 a. Crossville Color By Numbers. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Porcelain Tile, Type CT- 1, CT-2 : ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 0 to 0.5 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 3 by 3 inch, nominal. 3. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 4. Edges: Cushioned. 5. Surface Finish: Unglazed. 6. Color(s): a. EC001 Storm UPS (CT-1) b. A291 Pepper Quartz UPS (CT-2) 7. Trim Units: Single bullnose, bullnose corner, cove base, cove base corner, and cove shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 8. Products: a. Crossville Mosaics Porcelain Stone. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Ceramic Accessories: Glazed finish, same color and finish as adjacent field tile; same manufacturer as tile. B. Ceramic Trim: Matching bullnose, double bullnose, cove base, and cove ceramic shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 1. Applications: a. Open Edges: Bullnose. b. Inside Corners: Jointed. c. Floor to Wall Joints: Cove base. 2. Manufacturers: Same as for tile. C. Non-Ceramic Trim: Satin natural anodized extruded aluminum, style and dimensions to suit application, for setting using tile mortar or adhesive. 1. Applications: a. Open edges of wall tile. b. Wall corners, outside and inside. c. Thresholds at door openings. Use aluminum ramp. d. Floor to wall joints. e. Borders and other trim as indicated on drawings. 2. Manufacturers: a. Schluter-Systems: www.schluter.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 SETTING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Custom Building Products; www.custombuildingproducts.com. 2. LATICRETE International, Inc; www.laticrete.com/sle. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04 GROUTS A. Manufacturers: 1. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE PERMACOLOR Grout: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Standard Grout: ANSI A118.6 standard cement grout. 1. Applications: Use this type of grout where indicated and where no other type of grout is indicated. 2. Use sanded grout for joints 1/8 inch wide and larger; use unsanded grout for joints less than 1/8 inch wide. 2.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Grout Sealer: Liquid-applied, moisture and stain protection for existing or new Portland cement grout. 1. Composition: Water-based colorless silicone. B. Grout Release: Temporary, water-soluble pre-grout coating. Fire Station 15 09 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TILING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 09 3000 - 4 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underlayment at Floors: Specifically designed for bonding to thin-set setting mortar; not primarily a waterproofing material and having the following characteristics: 1. Crack Resistance: No failure at 1/16 inch gap, minimum; comply with ANSI A118.12. 2. Suitable for installation over green concrete. 3. Type: Thin-Set Mortar Adhered Sheet. a. Products: 1) ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX UI 740 Flexbone: www.ardexamericas.com/#sle. 2) Custom Building Products; EasyMat Tile & Stone Underlayment: www.custombuildingproducts.com. 3) Custom Building Products; SpiderWeb II Uncoupling Mat: www.custombuildingproducts.com. 4) LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE STRATA MAT: www.laticrete.com/sle. 5) LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 170 Sound and Crack Isolation Mat: www.laticrete.com/sle. 6) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Backer Board: Cementitious type complying with ANSI A108/A118/A136.1; high density, glass fiber reinforced, 1/2 inch thick; 2 inch wide coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile. C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of setting materials to sub-floor surfaces. D. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by tile manufacturer and setting materials manufacturer. E. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. D. Install backer board in accordance with ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of setting material to a feather edge. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install tile and thresholds and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1a through ANSI A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. F. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings. G. Install non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. I. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive. J. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours. K. Grout tile joints unless otherwise indicated. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. Fire Station 15 09 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TILING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 09 3000 - 5 L. At changes in plane and tile-to-tile control joints, use tile sealant instead of grout, with either bond breaker tape or backer rod as appropriate to prevent three-sided bonding. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FLOORS - THIN-SET METHODS A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method F113, dry-set or latex-Portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use uncoupling membrane under all tile unless other underlayment is indicated. 2. Where epoxy or furan grout is indicated, but not epoxy or furan bond coat, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method F115. 3.05 INSTALLATION - WALL TILE A. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W244, using membrane at toilet rooms. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. 3.07 SCHEDULE A. Restroom walls: 1. Tile: Mosaics Parcelain Stone. a. Size: 3 by 3 inch. b. Color: Color No. 2 for tile; Color No. 2 for base. 2. Base: Coved, 3 inches high. 3. Installation Method: Ceramic thin set. 4. Grout: Silicone rubber. B. Restroom floors: 1. Tile: Mosaics Porcelain Stone. a. Tile Size: 3 by 3 inch. b. Color: Color No. 1 2. Installation Method: Unbonded mortar bed, TCNA (HB) Method F141, without membrane. 2. Base: Color No. 2, Coved, 3 inches high. 3. Grout: Cementitious. C. Kitchen: 1. Tile: Glaszed Wall Tile. 2. Base: Coved base quarry tile. 3. Installation Method: Mortar bed with waterproofing membrane. 4. Grout and Mortar Bond Coat: Epoxy. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 5100 - 1 SECTION 09 5100 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical units 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 21 0000 - Fire Suppression Piping System: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. B. Section 23 3710 - Grilles, Registers and diffusers: Air diffuser devices in ceiling. C. Section 26 0925 - Low Voltage Lighting Controls: Ceiling-mounted lighting control devices. D. Section 26 2726 - Wiring Devices: Ceiling-mounted electrical devices. E. Section 26 5100 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C635/C635M - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2013a. B. ASTM C636/C636M - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels; 2013. C. ASTM E580/E580M - Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2016. D. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning. C. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components. D. Samples: Submit two samples 4 x 4 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. E. Samples: Submit two samples each, 12 inches long, of suspension system main runner. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of total installed 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suspension System Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Acoustical Unit Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic Tiles and Wood Panels: Fire Station 15 09 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 5100 - 2 1. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: The design is based upon products from the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.: www.armstrong.com 2. Other Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the specified product requirements, provide comparable products by one of the following unless otherwise indicated. a. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. b. USG: www.usg.com c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Suspension Systems: 1. Same as for acoustical units. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Acoustical Tile: Painted mineral fiber, ASTM E1264 Type III, with the following characteristics: 1. Size: 24 by 48 inches. 2. Thickness: 1 inches. 3. Light Reflectance: 0.90 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 4. NRC Range: 0.65 ___, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 5. Edge: Square. 6. Surface Color: White. 7. Surface Pattern: Unperforated. 8. Products: a. Armstrong, "Ultima. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Wood Slat Acoustic Ceiling Panels. Solid Poplar with clear or tented semi-gloss finish. 2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. Suspension Systems - General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings, and hold down clips as required. B. Exposed Steel Suspension System Type Narrow-faced, slotted tee with 1/8" reveal: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; heavy-duty. 1. Profile: Tee; 9/16 inch wide face. 2. Construction: Single web. 3. Finish: White painted (black for WCT-1 / Alternate No. 1.) 4. Products: a. Armstrong, Suprafine. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide 7/8" L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. C. Berc2 - 2" Beam End Retaining Clips. D. Acoustic Infill Panels (Alternate No. 1): 1. Manufacturer: Same as Wood Ceiling Panels. 2. Square Lay-In Panel. 3. Size: 24x24 inches (2 per wood panel) 4. NRC: 0.85 5. CAC: 35 6. Color: Black E. Acoustical Sealant For Perimeter Moldings: as specified under Section 07 9200. F. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. Fire Station 15 09 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 5100 - 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M, ASTM E580/E580M, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section. B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. C. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. D. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. E. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. F. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. H. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. I. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. J. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. 3.03 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and fu nction. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. ACT-1 (Base Bid): 1. Panel: Non-fire-resistant-rated, wet-fromed, mineral-based tile, NRC 0.70, with acoustically transparent surface membrane and factory-applied acrylic latex paint. a. Size: 24 x 48 x 1 inch. b. Edge: Square Tegular. c. Color: White. d. Product: Armstrong "Optima" 9/16" Square Tegular, product number 3257. 2. Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet electrolytically zinc coated, with prefinished 9/16 inch-wide flanges; other characteristics as follows: a. Color: White. b. Product: Armstrong Suprafine. c. Wall Molding: Armstrong 7/8 inch hemmed angle molding. d. Seismic Clips: Berc2-2" Beam End Retaining Clip. B. WCT-1 (Alternate No. 1): Fire Station 15 09 5100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 5100 - 4 1. Wood Panel: FSC Certified wood slats attached to backers for installation in standard suspension system. 9/16" Tegular with (12) 1/2" x 1-12" horizontal slats per panel. NRC of 0.85 and CAC of 35. a. Size: 24 x 48 x 1 inch. b. Edge: Square Tegular. c. Finish: As selected from manufacturer's full range of standard finishes. d. Wood Panel Product: Armstrong "WOODWORKS Grille, Tegular. e. Acoustic panels: Armstrong Product 2820BK, Calla Square Lay-in Acoustic Panel, 24 x 24 x 1 inch (two per wood panel). 2. Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet electrolytically zinc coated, with prefinished 9/16 inch-wide flanges; other characteristics as follows: a. Color: Black. b. Product: Armstrong Suprafine. c. Wall Molding: Armstrong 7/8 inch hemmed angle molding. d. Seismic Clips: Berc2-2" Beam End Retaining Clip. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 6566 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 09 6566 - 1 SECTION 09 6566 - RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interlocking, loose-laid rubber tile. B. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Restrictions on curing compounds for concrete slabs and floors. B. Section 09 0561 - Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation: Independent agency testing of concrete slabs, removal of existing floor coverings, cleaning, and preparation. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers--Tension; 2006a (Reapproved 2015a). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed data sheets for products specified. C. Shop Drawings: Fabrication and installation details, and layout, colors, and widths of game lines and equipment locations. D. Selection Samples: Manufacturer's color charts for flooring materials specified and game line paints, indicating full range of colors and textures available. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer certified in writing by the flooring manufacturer to be qualified for installation of specified flooring system. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in unopened containers clearly labeled with manufacturer's name and identification of contents. B. Store materials in dry and clean location until needed for installation. During installation, handle in a manner that will prevent marring and soiling of finished surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFORMED ATHLETIC FLOORING A. Rubber Tile Flooring: Recycled rubber tires and colored EPDM granules with urethane binder, formed into square tiles, and interlocking edges. 1. Thickness: Minimum 3/8 inch, Max. 1/2" 2. Size: Nominal 24 to 30 inch square. 3. Tensile Strength: Minimum 150 psi, per ASTM D412. 4. Surface Texture: Smooth. 5. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standards. 6. Manufacturers: a. Ultimate RB; Ultimate Tough: www.ultimaterb.com. b. Johsonite, A aTarkett Company; www.johnsonite.com. c. Encore; www.ecorecommercial.com 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Leveling Compound: Latex-modified cement formulation as recommended by flooring manufacturer for substrate conditions. B. Transition at edges: Aluminum U shape transition. Schluter or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for conditions detrimental to installation of athletic flooring. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Fire Station 15 09 6566 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 09 6566 - 2 B. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of athletic flooring to substrate. C. Cementitious Sub-floor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are dry enough and ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture and pH. 1. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Concrete: Use leveling compound as necessary to achieve substrate flatness of plus or minus 1/8 inch within 10 ft radius. B. Remove coatings that are incompatible with flooring adhesives, using methods recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Broom clean areas to receive athletic flooring immediately before beginning installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. B. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Rubber Tile Flooring: 1. Lay out center lines in spaces to receive tile flooring, based on location of principal walls. Start tile installation from center, and adjust as necessary to avoid tiles less than one-half width at perimeter. 2. Lay tiles square with room axis, matching for color and pattern by selecting from cartons and mixing as recommended by manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean flooring using methods recommended by manufacturer. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished athletic flooring from construction traffic to ensure that it is without damage upon Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 7733 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 09 7733 - 1 SECTION 09 7733 - GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass fiber reinforced plastic panels. B. Trim. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D5319 - Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels; 2012. B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit two samples 6" x 6" inch in size illustrating material and surface design of panels. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store panels flat, indoors, on a clean, dry surface. Remove packaging and allow panels to acclimate to room temperature for 48 hours prior to installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Panels: 1. Crane Composites, Inc; _____: www.cranecomposites.com. 2. Marlite; _____: www.marlite.com. 3. Nudo; _____: www.nudo.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PANEL SYSTEMS A. Wall Panels: 1. Panel Size: 4 by 8 feet. 2. Panel Thickness: 0.10 inch. 3. Surface Design: Smooth. 4. Color: White. 5. Attachment Method: Adhesive only, with trim and sealant in joints. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Panels: Glass fiber reinforced plastic (FRP), complying with ASTM D5319. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread index of 25 and smoke developed index of 450; when system tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Trim: Vinyl; color coordinating with panel. Base: black. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sealant: Type recommended by panel manufacturer; color matching panel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions and substrate flatness before starting work. B. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION - WALLS A. Install panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades, drill bits, or snips. Fire Station 15 09 7733 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 09 7733 - 2 C. Apply adhesive to the back side of the panel using trowel as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. D. Apply panels to wall with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. E. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. F. Place trim on panel before fastening edges, as required. G. Fill channels in trim with sealant before attaching to panel. H. Install trim with adhesive and screws or nails, as required. I. Seal gaps at floor, ceiling, and between panels with applicable sealant to prevent moisture intrusion. J. Remove excess sealant after paneling is installed and prior to curing. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 9113 - 1 SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints, stains, and varnishes. C. Scope: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: 1. Both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telecom equipment before installing equipment. D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop-primed items. B. Section 05 1250 – Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel B. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2016. B. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Based Materials; 2015. C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. C. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. 2. Allow 30 days for approval process, after receipt of complete samples by Architect. D. Certification: By manufacturer that paints and finishes comply with VOC limits specified. E. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, material safety data sheets (MSDS), care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon of each color; from the same product run, store where directed. 3. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. Fire Station 15 09 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 9113 - 2 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum 3 years experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. 2. Substitution of MPI-approved products by a different manufacturer is preferred over substitution of unapproved products by the same manufacturer. B. Paints: 1. Base Manufacturer: Benjamin Moore. 2. PPG Paints: www.ppgpaints.com/sle. 3. Pratt & Lambert Paints: www.prattandlambert.com. 4. Rodda Paint Company: www.roddapaint.com. 5. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. C. Primer Sealers: Same manufacturer as top coats. D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field-catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen will be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. C. Colors: As indicated on drawings, colors may be modified or selected by Architect after award of contract. 1. Allow for minimum of three colors for each system, unless otherwise indicated, without additional cost to Owner. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A. Paint E-OP - Exterior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including concrete, concrete masonry units, brick, fiber cement siding, primed wood, and primed metal. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat Sheen: a. Velvet: MPI gloss level 2; use this sheen where directed by Architect b. Satin: MPI gloss level 4; use this sheen where directed by Architect c. Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen where directed by Architect Fire Station 15 09 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 9113 - 3 3. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. B. Paint WE-OP-3L - Wood, Opaque, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of latex primer sealer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; C. Paint ME-OP-3L - Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of latex primer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; D. Paint ME-OP-2L - Ferrous Metals, Primed, Latex, 2 Coat: 1. Touch-up with rust-inhibitive primer recommended by top coat manufacturer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; E. Paint MgE-OP-3L - Galvanized Metals, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat galvanize primer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel: F. Paint E-Pav - Pavement Marking Paint: 1. Yellow: One coat, with reflective particless 2. White: One coat, with reflective particles 2.04 PRIMERS A. Primers: Provide the following unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats. 1. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler; MPI #4. 2. Anti-Corrosive Alkyd Primer for Metal; MPI #79. 3. Water Based Primer for Galvanized Metal; MPI #134. 4. Rust-Inhibitive Water Based Primer; MPI #107. 5. Latex Primer for Exterior Wood; MPI #6. 6. Bonding Primer, Water Based; MPI #17. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Fiber Cement Siding: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Masonry Units: 12 percent. 3. Exterior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 4. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 percent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. Fire Station 15 09 9113 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EXTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 09 9113 - 4 E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F. Concrete: G. Masonry: H. Fiber Cement Siding: Remove dirt, dust and other foreign matter with a stiff fiber brush. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. I. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. J. Exterior Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Exterior Wood to Receive Opaque Finish: If final painting must be delayed more than 2 weeks after installation of woodwork, apply primer within 2 weeks and final coating within 4 weeks. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual". C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. F. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 1 SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints and varnishes. C. Materials for backpriming woodwork. D. Scope: Finish interior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated. 1. Both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telecom equipment before installing equipment. 2. Mechanical and Electrical: a. In finished areas, paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless otherwise indicated. b. In finished areas, paint shop-primed items. c. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. d. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, to match face panels. E. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Stainless steel, anodized aluminum, bronze, terne coated stainless steel, and lead items. 6. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 7. Ceramic and other tiles. 8. Brick, architectural concrete, cast stone, integrally colored plaster and stucco. 9. Glass. 10. Concrete masonry units in utility, mechanical, and electrical spaces. 11. Acoustical materials, unless specifically indicated. 12. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions for Washington State Facilities Construction and other Division 1specification sections apply to this section. B. Section 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing C. Section 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry D. Section 04 2000 Unit Masonry E. Section 08 1416 Flush Wood Doors F. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop-primed items. G. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting. H. Section 32 1723.13 - Painted Pavement Markings: Painted pavement markings. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2016. C. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Based Materials; 2015. D. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com. Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 2 E. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015. F. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). G. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). H. SSPC-SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning; 2007. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. D. Samples: Submit three samples of stained and varnished wood panels in specified species under 06 20 00. E. Certification: By manufacturer that paints and finishes comply with VOC limits specified. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. G. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, material safety data sheets (MSDS), care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used. H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon of each color; from the same product run, store where directed. 3. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum five years experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Paints: 50 degrees F for interiors unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. 2. Substitution of MPI-approved products by a different manufacturer is preferred over substitution of unapproved products by the same manufacturer. 3. Substitution of other products by the same manufacturer is preferred over substitution of products by a different manufacturer. B. Basis of Design Manufacturer: The design is based upon products from the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co.: www.benjaminmoore.com C. Other approved manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the specified product requirements, provide comparable products by one of the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Cloverdale Paint, Brand Products of Rodda Paint Company: www.cloverdalepaint.com. 2. PPG Paints: www.ppgpaints.com/sle. 3. Pratt & Lambert Paints: www.prattandlambert.com. 4. Rodda Paint Co: www.roddapaint.com. 5. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. D. Transparent Finishes: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co.: www.benjaminmoore.com. 2. PPG Paints Deft Interior Clears/Polyurethanes: www.ppgpaints.com. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. E. Primer Sealers: Same manufacturer as top coats. F. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 3. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 4. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide paints and finishes that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Flammability: Comply with applicable code for surface burning characteristics. D. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen will be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. E. Colors: As indicated in Color Schedule. 1. Allow for minimum of three colors for each system, unless otherwise indicated, without additional cost to Owner. 2. Extend colors to surface edges; colors may change at any edge as directed by Architect. 3. In finished areas, finish pipes, ducts, conduit, and equipment the same color as the wall/ceiling they are mounted on/under. Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 4 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR A. Paint I-OP - Interior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including gypsum board, uncoated steel, and shop primed steel. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): Institutional Low Odor/VOC Interior Latex; MPI #143, 144, 145, 146, 147, or 148. a. Products: 1) __________. 3. Top Coat Sheen: a. Satin: MPI gloss level 4; use this sheen for all locations unless otherwise specified. 4. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. B. Paint I-OP-MD-DT - Medium Duty Door/Trim: For surfaces subject to frequent contact by occupants, including metals and wood: 1. Medium duty applications include doors, door frames, railings, handrails, and guardrails. 2. Two top coats and one coat primer. 3. Top Coat(s): High Performance Architectural Interior Latex; MPI #139, 140, or 141. a. Products: 1) __________. 4. Top Coat Sheen: a. Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 5. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. C. Paint I-OP-MD-WC - Medium Duty Overhead: Including gypsum board, plaster, concrete, uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): Institutional Low Odor/VOC Interior Latex; MPI #143, 144, 145, 146, 147, or 148. a. Products: 1) __________. 3. Top Coat Sheen: a. Eggshell: MPI gloss level 3; use this sheen at all locations. 4. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. D. Paint I-TR -W - Transparent Finish on Wood. 1. 2 top coats, no stain. 2. Top Coat(s): Clear Lacquer; MPI #85, 86, or 87. a. Products: 1) PPG Paints Speedline High Build Clear Satin Lacquer, 77-9130. (MPI #85) 2) Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E. Paint WI-TR-VS - Wood, Transparent, Varnish, Stain: 1. One coat sealer; ____. 2. Satin: One coat of varnish; match approved samples and factory-finished flush wood doors. F. Paint CI-OP-3L - Concrete/Masonry, Opaque, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of block filler. 2. Flat: Two coats of latex enamel; ____. G. Paint MI-OP-3L - Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of latex primer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; ____. H. Paint MI-OP-2L - Ferrous Metals, Primed or previously painted, Latex, 2 Coat: 1. Touch-up with latex primer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; ____. I. Paint CI-OP-3E - Concrete/Masonry, Epoxy Enamel, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of catalyzed epoxy primer. 2. Gloss: Two coats of catalyzed epoxy enamel; ____. J. Paint GI-OP-3L - Gypsum Board/Plaster, New and Previously Painted, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of alkyd primer sealer. Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 5 2. Eggshell: Two coats of latex enamel; ___________________. K. Paint I-TR-F - Fire-Retardant Coating, Intumescent: 1. One coat of fire-retardant primer sealer. 2. Gloss: One coat of intumescent coating, flame/smoke rating of 25/50; ________ manufactured by ________. L. Paint FI-OP-3A - Fabrics/Insulation Jackets, Alkyd, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of alkyd primer sealer. 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of alkyd enamel; ___________________. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean -up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. D. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Plaster and Stucco: 12 percent. 3. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Masonry Units : 12 percent. 4. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 5. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 percent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best r esult for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or repair existing paints or finishes that exhibit surface defects. D. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. E. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. F. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. G. Concrete: H. Masonry: I. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. J. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. K. Plaster: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjac ent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. L. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. M. Galvanized Surfaces: N. Ferrous Metal: Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 6 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1. 2. Shop-Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item. 3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". Protect from corrosion until coated. O. Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. P. Wood Surfaces to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. Prime concealed surfaces with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner. Q. Wood Doors to be Field-Finished: Seal wood door top and bottom edge surfaces with clear sealer. R. Metal Doors to be Painted: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual". C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. E. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specified, apply as many coats as necessary for complete hide. F. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. G. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. H. Wood to Receive Transparent Finishes: Tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. I. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. 3.06 SCHEDULE - MPI PAINT SYSTEMS 3.07 COLOR SCHEDULE A. Base Paint Colors B. Accent Paint Colors 1. C. Specialty Colors 1. PT-S1: Benjamin Moore; 2121-10 "Gray" a. Application: Hollow metal doors and infill panels 2. PT-S2: Benjamin Moore; 1476 "Squirrel Tail" a. Application: Hollow metal door and relite frames 3. PT-S3: Match Existing D. Stain Colors 1. ST-1: Match stain and sheen of factory-finished wood doors specified in section 08 1416. a. Application: Plywood panels stopped into hollow metal frames. E. Intumescent Paint Colors Fire Station 15 09 9123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INTERIOR PAINTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 7 December 22, 2017 09 9123 - 7 1. Firefree Coatings, Inc. "FireFree88," White, 1-houir rating minimum. a. Application: Plywood panels in electrical and telecommunication rooms. END OF SECTION DIVISION 10 SPECIALITIES Fire Station 15 10 1101 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 10 1101 - 1 SECTION 10 1101 - VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Magnetic, optically clear, ghost-free, shatterproof, dry-erase markerboards. B. Tackboards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A424/A424M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling; 2009a (Reapproved 2016). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on markerboard and accessories. C. Samples: Submit color charts for selection of color for markerboards. D. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions. E. Maintenance Data: Include data on regular cleaning, stain removal. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Marker Boards: 1. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc; www.claridgeproducts.com. 2. deko markerboards; www.dekomarkerboards.com 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS A. Markerboards: Magnetic, optically clear, ghost-free, shatterproof, dry-erase.. 1. Size: As indicated on drawings. 2. Frame: No frame. 3. Corner Detail: Crown (Standard). 4. Edging: Brilliance 5. Style: Magnetic 6. Markerboard Orientation: Landscape. 7. Markerboard Attachment: Direct-adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. 8. Frame Finish: Anodized, natural. B. Tackboards: Resilient Tackable Surface. 1. Forbo “Duck Egg” 2162 1. Cork Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Bullentin Board resilient tackable surface sheet material. 3. Size: As indicated on drawings. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Porcelain Enameled Steel Sheet: ASTM A424/A424M, Type I, Commercial Steel, with fired-on vitreous finish. B. Vinyl-Coated Fabric: R oll stock,, conforming to the following: 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Accessory Kit with magnetic marker holder, magnetic eraser, and (8) pawn white magnets. Provide one kit per markerboard. B. Markerboard manufacturer recommended direct adhesive. C. Mounting Brackets: Concealed. Fire Station 15 10 1101 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 10 1101 - 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that internal wall blocking is ready to receive work and positioning dimensions are as required. C. Verify flat wall surface for frameless adhesive-applied boards. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install boards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure units level and plumb and at locations and height indicated on drawings. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean board surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove temporary protective cover at Date of Substantial Completion. C. Place accessory kit. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. Landscape orientation, 39 inches high. Refer to drawings for lengths and locations. B. One standard color shall be used throughout. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 10 1400 - 1 SECTION 10 1400 - SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room and door signs. B. Building identification signs. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign. B. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 1. When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on the drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule. 2. When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from Owner through Architect at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule. 3. Submit for approval by Owner through Architect prior to fabrication. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. D. Selection Samples: Where colors are not specified, submit two sets of color selection charts or chips. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation templates and attachment devices. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. B. Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building. C. Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Signs: 1. ASI-Modulex (www.asimodulex.com). 2. Best Sign Systems, Inc (www.bestsigns.com). 3. Beyond Signs Inc. (www.beyondsigns.com). 4. 2/90 Sign Systems (www.290signs.com). 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 10 1400 - 2 2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: Signs are required to comply with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas. 1. Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified. 2. Provide "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade II braille. 3. Character Height: 1 inch. 4. Sign Height: 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Office and Bunk room Doors: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section for replaceable occupant name. 6. Living Area Rooms: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section with sliding "In Use/Vacant" indicator. 7. Service Rooms: Identify with room names and numbers to be determined later, not those shown on the drawings. 8. Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, the names and ADA signage, room numbers to be determined later, and braille. C. Building Identification Signs: 1. Use individual metal letters. D. Traffic Signs: To match City standards and ADA requirements; locate where indicated on drawings. 2.03 SIGN TYPES A. Accessibility Compliance: All signs are required to comply with ADAAG and ANSI/ICC A 117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B. All Signage Types: Unless otherwise indicated: 1. Character Font: Arial. 2. Character Case: Upper and lower case (title case). C. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas. 1. Provide "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade II braille. 2. Use engraved panel signs as specified. 3. Character Height: 1 inch. 4. Sign Height: 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Office Doors: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section for replaceable occupant name. 6. Bunk Rooms: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section with sliding "In Use/Vacant" indicator. 7. Service Rooms: Identify with room names and numbers to be determined later, not those shown on the drawings. 8. Toilet/Shower Rooms: Identify with unisex pictogram, the names and, room numbers to be determined later, and braille. D. Building Identification Signs: 1. Use individual metal letters. 2. Post-mount to exterior steel canopy and metal wall panels at locations shown on drawings. 2.03 TACTILE SIGNAGE MATERIALS A. Engraved Panel Signs: Laminated colored plastic; engraved through face to expose core as background color: 1. Total Thickness: 1/16 inch. 2. Panel Edges: Square. 3. Panel Corners: Square. 4. Mounting: Concealed screws. 2.05 DIMENSIONAL METAL LETTERS A. "Fire Station 15": 1 Set. 18" high, post mounted to steel canopy and to exterior wall through metal siding where indicated. Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 10 1400 - 3 C. 1401 NORTH 30TH STREET: 1 set, 6" high, post mounted to steel canopy where indicated. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Concealed Screws: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, chrome plated, or other non-corroding metal. B. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate backing for signage mounted throught metal wall panels. C. Install all exterior signage in a sealed and leak-proof manner. D. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. E. Locate signs where indicated: 1. Room and Door Signs: Locate on wall at latch side of door with centerline of sign at 60 inches above finished floor. All signs shall be located in compliance with ADA standards. 2. If no location is indicated obtain Owner's instructions. F. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 10 2601 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WALL AND CORNER GUARDS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 1 December 22, 2017 10 2601 - 1 SECTION 10 2601 - WALL AND CORNER GUARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Corner guards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking for wall and corner guard anchors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate physical dimensions, features, anchorage details, and rough-in measurements. C. Samples: Submit two sections of bumper rail, 24 inch long, illustrating component design, configuration, color and finish. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and ________. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wall and Corner Guards: 1. Babcock-Davis; ______: www.babcockdavis.com/sle. 2. Construction Specialties, Inc; ______: www.c-sgroup.com. 3. ______. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Corner Guards - Surface Mounted: 1. Material: Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish, _____ gage, _____ inch thick. 2. Width of Wings: 2 inches. 3. Corner: Square. 4. Color: As indicated. 5. Length: One piece. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb, secured rigid ly in position to wall framing members only. B. Position corner guard ____ inches above finished floor to ____ inches high. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Required Height: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Level or Plane For Visible Length: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 10 2800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 10 2800 - 1 SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commercial toilet accessories. B. Commercial shower and bath accessories. C. Under-lavatory pipe supply covers. D. Utility room accessories. E. Grab Bars 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 Rough Carpentry: Concealed supports for accessories, including in wall framing and plates and above ceiling framing. B. Section 09 3000 - Tiling: Ceramic washroom accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM A269/A269M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2015a. C. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. D. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2016. E. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008 (Reapproved 2013). 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement, concealed ceiling supports, and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each accessory, illustrating color and finish. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Commercial Toilet, Shower, and Bath Accessories: Products listed are made by Bobrick except where noted. 1. Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com. 2. American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Under-Lavatory Pipe Supply Covers: 1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc: www.plumberex.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. All items of each type to be made by the same manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1. Grind welded joints smooth. 2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat surfaces. B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. Fire Station 15 10 2800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 10 2800 - 2 C. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269/A269M, Grade TP304 or TP316. D. Mirror Glass: Annealed float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. E. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; tamper-proof; security type. 2.03 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: Satin finish, unless otherwise noted. 2.04 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES A. (TA-1) Grab Bars 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-5806 x 18, B-5806 x 36 & B-5806 x 42 2. Description: 18-gauge tubing 1-1/2 inches in outside diameter, with slip-resistant texture on grip area, sized for 1-1/2 inches clearance between grab bar and wall or partition. Provide 1/8-inch-thick concealed mounting flanges with 22 gauge snap-on covers. Comply with all barrier-free accessibility guidelines for structural strength. 3. Configuration and Length: 18, 36 and 42 inches, as indicated on Drawings. B. (TA-4) Mirrors 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-290 2448 2. Description: Angle or channel frame with beveled front leg and corners welded and ground smooth. Protect full extent of back surface with shock-absorbing, water-resistant, nonabrasive polyethylene padding and galvanized steel sheet. Mount unit on one-piece galvanized steel hanger of snap-locking design. 1/4 inch thick annealed float glass; ASTM C1036 3. Size: 24 inches wide by 48 inches high. C. (TA-5) Paper Towel Dispenser & Waste Receptacle 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-369 2. Description: stainless steel with satin finish, recessed 3. Capacity: 350 C-fold or 475 multifold paper towels D. (TA-6) Soap Dispenser 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-2111 2. Description: Liquid Soap Dispenser, wall mounted, Corrosion-resistant valve, clear acrylic refill-indicator window, lockable stainless steel cover with satin finish, 3. Capacity: 1.2L E. (TA-7) Toilet Paper Dispenser 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-2746 2. Description: Double roll, surface mounted, stainless steel unit with controlled delivery F. (TA-8) Toilet Seat Cover 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-4221 2. Description: Surface-mounted dispenser with 20 gauge stainless steel case 3. Capacity: 250 half-fold paper toilet seat covers G. (TA-9) Sanitary Napkin Disposal 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-270 2. Description: Surface-mounted and partition-mounted units with self-closing disposal panel(s) and hinged face panel with tumbler lockset. Provide removable leak-proof rigid molded polyethylene waste receptacle. 2.05 COMMERCIAL SHOWER AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. (TA-2) Towel Hook 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-671 2. Description: Heavy-duty stainless steel, single-prong, rectangular-shaped bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin finish. B. (TA-3) Soap Dish: Per Shower Manufacturer 1. Description: Heavy Duty, seamless stainless steel, surface-mounted with drain holes, satin finish; with concealed mechanical fastening suitable for substrate and backplate. Fire Station 15 10 2800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 10 2800 - 3 C. (TA-11) Folding Shower Seat: Per Shower Manufacturer 1. Description: Wall-mounted recessed; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, hinges and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel 2. Size: ADA Standards compliant. D. (TA-12) Shower Curtain Rod: Per Shower Manufacturer 1. Description: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04-inch wall thickness, satin-finished, with 3 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.04 inch thick satin-finished stainless steel flanges, for installation with exposed fasteners E. (TA-12) Shower Curtain 1. Material: Opaque vinyl, 0.008 inch thick, matte finish, with antibacterial treatment, flameproof and stain-resistant. 2. Size: 36 by 72 inches, hemmed edges. 3. Grommets: Stainless steel; pierced through top hem on 6 inch centers. 4. Shower Curtain Hooks: Chrome-plated or stainless steel spring wire designed for snap closure. 2.06 UTILITY ROOM ACCESSORIES A. (TA-10) Combination Utility Shelf/Mop and Broom Holder 1. Basis of Design: Bobrick B-239x34 2. Description: 0.05 inch thick stainless steel, Type 304, with 1/2 inch returned edges, 0.06 inch steel wall brackets. 3. Mop/broom holders: 3 spring-loaded rubber cam holders at shelf front. 4. Length: 34 inches. B. (TA-13) Combination Utility Shelf / Drying Rod 1. Basis of Design: Bevco 148 2. Description: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04-inch wall thickness, satin-finished, for installation with exposed fasteners PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on the drawings. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 10 4400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 10 4400 - 1 SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. B. Section 09 21 16: Placement of rough-in frame for cabinets. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition. B. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2013. C. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations of cabinets and cabinet physical dimensions. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. E. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re-certification requirements. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of extinguisher ingredients. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Semi-Recessed 1 ½ “ Square Edge Trim B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Accessories: 1. JL Industries, Inc; "Ambassador" Series: Model Number 1816F10 www.jlindustries.com. 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Co; Architectural Series: Model Number 2409-5R www.larsensmfg.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers - General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. 1. Provide extinguishers labeled by UL (DIR) or FM (AG) for purpose specified and as indicated. B. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Carbon steel tank, with pressure gage. 1. Class: A:B:C type. 2. Size: 5 pound. 3. Finish: Baked polyester powder coat, red color. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Cabinet Construction: Non-fire rated. 1. Formed primed steel sheet; 0.036 inch thick base metal. B. Cabinet Configuration: Recessed type. 1. Size to accommodate accessories. 2. Trimless type. C. Door: 0.036 inch metal thickness, reinforced for flatness and rigidity with nylon catch. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with two butt hinge. Fire Station 15 10 4400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 10 4400 - 2 D. Door Glazing: Tempered glass, clear, 1/8 inch thick, and set in resilient channel glazing gasket. E. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet, with pre-drilled holes for placement of anchors. F. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. G. Finish of Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: Satin chrome. H. Finish of Cabinet Interior: black colored enamel. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, galvanized and enamel finished. B. Cabinet Signage: FIRE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings, 48 inches from finished floor to center of handle. C. Secure rigidly in place. D. Place extinguishers and accessories in cabinets. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 10 7500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLAGPOLES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 10 7500 - 1 SECTION 10 7500 - FLAGPOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum Flagpoles. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete base and foundation construction. B. Section ______ ____________: Conduit, cable, outlet boxes, and disconnect. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO M 36 - Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for Sewers and Drains; 2016. B. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. C. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. D. NAAMM FP 1001 - Guide Specifications for Design Loads of Metal Flagpoles; 2007. E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on pole, accessories, and configurations. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate detailed dimensions, base details, anchor requirements, and imposed loads. C. Samples: Submit two _________, ____ by ____ inch in size, illustrating pole material, color, and finish. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design flagpole foundation under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed the State in which the Project is located. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Spiral wrap flagpole with protective covering and pack in protective shipping tubes or containers. B. Protect flagpole and accessories from damage or moisture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAGPOLES A. Flagpoles: Designed in accordance with NAAMM FP 1001. 1. Material: Aluminum. 2. Design: Cone tapered. 3. Mounting: Ground mounted type. 4. Outside Butt Diameter: 5 inches. 5. Outside Tip Diameter: 3 inches. 6. Nominal Wall Thickness:.125 inches min. 7. Nominal Height: 30 ft; measured from nominal ground elevation. 8. Halyard: Interior type, electric operation. 2.02 POLE MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B241/B241M, 6063 alloy, T6 temper. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Finial Ball: Integral light fixture. see electrical. , 4 inch. B. Truck Assembly: Cast aluminum; revolving, stainless steel ball bearings, non-fouling. C. Cleats: 9 inch size, aluminum with galvanized steel fastenings, two per halyard. D. Cleat Box: Aluminum, with built-in hinge and hasp assembly, attached to pole with tamper proof screws inside box. E. Halyard: 5/16 inch diameter polypropylene, braided, white. Fire Station 15 10 7500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLAGPOLES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 10 7500 - 2 2.04 OPERATORS A. Hand Crank: Removable ________ type. 2.05 MOUNTING COMPONENTS A. Foundation Tube Sleeve: AASHTO M 36, corrugated 16 gage, 0.0598 inch steel, galvanized, depth of ____ inches as indicated. B. Lighting Ground Rod: By flagpole manufacturer, copper rod, 3/4 inch diameter. 2.06 FINISHING A. Metal Surfaces in Contact With Concrete: Asphaltic paint. B. Concealed Steel Surfaces: Galvanized to ASTM A123/A123M requirements. C. Aluminum: Clear Anolized finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install flagpole, base assembly, and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate installation of conduit and boxes as required for installation of light. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1 inch. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating devices so that halyard and flag function smoothly. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Front Yard Pole: One 30 feet, with U.S. flag. END OF SECTION DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT Fire Station 15 11 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 11 3100 - 1 SECTION 11 3100 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Kitchen appliances. (CFCI) B. Installation of Owner supplied Contractor Installed appliances (OFCI) 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 1005 - Plumbing Piping: Plumbing connections for appliances. B. Section 26 0583 - Wiring Connections: Electrical connections for appliances. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data indicating dimensions, capacity, and operating features of each piece of residential equipment specified. C. Copies of Warranties: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Appliances: Listed and labeled by UL (DIR) and complying with NEMA Standards (National Electrical Manufacturers Association). 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five (5) year manufacturer warranty on refrigeration system of refrigerators. C. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer warranty on magnetron tube of microwave ovens. D. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer warranty on tub and door liner of dishwashers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 KITCHEN APPLIANCES (CFCI) Provide Equipment that is Energy Star Rated and ADA Compliant. A. Range, Electric, 36” wide free-standing, ADA complaint, Front controls. 1. Size: 36 inches wide. 2. Oven: Self-cleaning with electronic ignition. 3. Elements: Four (4) min. 4. Controls: Solid state electronic. 5. Features: Include automatic meat thermometer, storage drawer, oven door window, broiler pan and grid, and oven light. 6. Exterior Finish: Stainless steel, color as indicated. 7. Manufacturers: a. Verona: a. Kucht: a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Dishwasher, ADA compliant: Undercounter. 1. Controls: Solid state electronic. 2. Wash Levels: Six (6). 3. Cycles: Six (6), including normal, rinse and hold, short, china/crystal, pot and pan. 4. Features: Include rinse aid dispenser, optional no-heat dry, optional water temperature boost, adjustable upper rack, adjustable lower rack. 5. Finish: Stainless steel, color as indicated. 6. Height: Fits under 34” solid surface counter per drawings Fire Station 15 11 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 11 3100 - 2 6. Manufacturers: a. Bosch: 24” Bar Handle Special Application a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 INSTALLATION OF OWNER SUPPLIED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED APPLIANCES (OFCI) A. Refrigerator/Freezers: Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: Refrigerator / Freezer with ice maker 2. Size: 36” wide x 33” deep (with door in closed position not including handles) x 70” tall 3. Capacity: 25.5 cubic feet (17.5 cubic feet Refrigerator / 8 cubic feet Freezer) 4. Quantity: Four (4). Install in Kitchen B. Clothes Washer: Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: Freestanding Clothes Washer 2. Size: 27” wide x 32” deep x 38” tall 3. Capacity: 4.3 cubic feet 4. Quantity: One (1). Install in Laundry C. Clothes Dryer: Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: Freestanding Electric Clothes Dryer 2. Size: 27” wide x 32” deep x 38” tall 3. Capacity: 8.0 cubic feet 4. Quantity: One (1). Install in Laundry. Connect Dryer Vent D. Microwave: Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: Freestanding Electric Microwave 2. Size: 25” wide x 20” deep x 12” tall 3. Capacity: 1.5 cubic feet 4. Quantity: One (1) Install in Kitchen PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify utility rough-ins are provided and correctly located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust equipment to provide efficient operation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove packing materials from equipment and properly discard. B. Wash and clean equipment. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 11 8505 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIRE DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 11 8505 -1 SECTION 11 8505 - FIRE DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Bunker gear lockers product and installation. Providing installation only of Owner-Furnished Contractor-Installed Flammable Storage Cabinet, Washer-Extractor and Drying Cabinet. 1. Washer-extractor OFCI 2. Flammable storage cabinet OFCI 3. Bunker gear lockers CFCI 4. Drying Cabinet OFCI 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 510 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel; 2007. B. ASTM A 513 - Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing; 2007. C. ASTM D 1056 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials—Sponge or Expanded Rubber; 2007. D. UL 73 - Motor-Operated Appliances; 2004. E. UL 1275 - Flammable Liquid Storage Cabinets; 2005 (Revised 2006). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed data for each type of specified equipment. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locker plan layout, numbering plan and combination lock code. C. Operating Data- Manufacturer's printed data for each type of specified equipment D. Maintenance Data- Manufacturer's printed data for each type of specified equipment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WASHER-EXTRACTOR A. Basis-of-Design Product: OFCI Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: Rigid-mount washer-extractor specifically designed for laundering fire department protective gear. 2. Capacity: 50-60 pounds. 3. Extractor G Force: 110. 4. Features: Single motor inverter drive, automatic belt tensioning, electrically-operated valves, fresh-water-flushing chemical manifold, 6 liquid chemical injection ports, 3 speeds, 30 programmable formulae, triple water seals. B. Quantity: 1. Install in Decontamination 2.02 FLAMMABLE STORAGE CABINET A. Basis-of-Design Product: OFCI Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: All-welded double-walled two-door cabinet with automatic door closing mechanism, UL 1275 listed. 2. Capacity: 90 gallons. 3. Construction: a. Case: 18 gauge sheet metal with 1-1/2 inch insulating air space. b. Doors: 14 gauge sheet metal outside face, 18 gauge inside face, with heavy-duty welded hinges. 4. Features: Galvanized shelves, 165 degree F fusible link, 2 inch leakproof sill, lock with two keys, 3-point locking machanism, twin 2 inch flame arrester vents, adjustable leveling feet, grounding connector, and safety signage standard to manufacturer and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Quantity: 1. Install in the Shop. 2.03 BUNKER GEAR LOCKERS Fire Station 15 11 8505 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FIRE DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 11 8505 -2 A. Basis-of-Design Product: CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CFCI: GearGrid; (www.geargrid.com). Provide this product or a comparable approved product submitted in accordance with Section 01 6200 - Substitutions and Product Options. 1. Description: Combination of wall-mounted and freestanding non-enclosed storage units designed to maximize air circulation. Provide mounting hardware for the condition indicated. 2. Size: 24 inches wide x 24 inches deep x 74-1/2 inches high. 3. Construction: a. Frames: 1.25 inch OD 16 gauge ASTM A513 steel tubing. b. Side & Back Panels: 1/4" diameter ASTM A 510 cold-drawn steel wire resistance-welded into a 3" square grid. c. Mounted brackets: 11 gauge steel. d. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant hardware. 4. Accessories: a. Shelves: 1 each top and bottom, same construction as side and back panels. b. Placard Holder: 20 gauge, 2 inches x 24 inches, affixed to upper shelf, for display of OFOI nametag. c. Horizontal Hang Bar: 1.25 inch OD 16 gauge Type 304 stainless steel tubing, full width of rack, with manufacturer's standard side-mounted brackets. d. Drying Hanger: 1/4" diameter Type 304 stainless steel wire, cold-formed and resistance-welded, with black vinyl coating on hook end and shaped to hold coat open. e. Glove Drying Hanger: 1/4" diameter Type 304 stainless steel wire, cold-formed and resistance-welded, with black vinyl coating on hook end. f. Coat Hanger: 1/4" diameter Type 304 stainless steel wire, cold-formed and resistance-welded, with black vinyl coating on hook end. 5. Finish: Powder coat, red color. B. Quantity: 24. Install as indicated in Bunker Gear 2.04 DRYING CABINET A. Basis-of-Design Product: OFCI Owner will provide a product with the following characteristics: 1. Description: Rigid-mount drying cabinet specifically designed for drying fire department protective gear. 2. Size: 60’ x 33” x 80” 3. Features: Electrically-operated, vented and drained. B. Quantity: 1. Install in Decontamination PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify ventilation outlets, service connections, and supports are correct and in required locations. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Insulate to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals. C. Use anchoring devices appropriate for equipment and expected usage. D. Place and secure on prepared base. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust equipment to ensure proper working order and conditions. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove temporary labels and protective coverings from finished surfaces. END OF SECTION DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Fire Station 15 12 2400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WINDOW SHADES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 12 2400 - 1 SECTION 12 2400 - WINDOW SHADES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Window shades and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Substrate for window shade systems. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films; 2015. B. UL 325 - Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems; Current Edition, I ncluding All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including materials, finishes, fabrication details, dimensions, profiles, mounting requirements, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Include shade schedule indicating size, location and keys to details. D. Selection Samples: Include fabric samples in full range of available colors and patterns. E. Verification Samples: Minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual materials, color and pattern. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installat ion of product. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: List of all components with part numbers, sources of supply, and operation and maintenance instructions; include copy of shop drawings. H. Warranty: Submit sample of manufacturer's warranty and documentation of final executed warranty comple ted in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of this type with minimum 5 years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades in manufacturer's unopened packaging, labeled to identify each shade for each opening. B. Handle and store shades in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturer's warranty from Date of Substantial Completion, covering the following: 1. Shade Hardware: 5 years. 2. Fabric: 5 years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUAL ROLLER SHADES A. Basis-of-Design Product: The design is based on MechoShade Systems, Inc. "Mecho / 5 System" with optional reverse --roll "SnapLoc" fascia and end caps. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Draper, Inc. Clutch Operated FlexShade: www.draperinc.com. 2. Lutron Electronics, Co. Inc.: www.lutron.com. Fire Station 15 12 2400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WINDOW SHADES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 12 2400 - 2 3. Hunter Douglas: www.hunterdouglas.com B. Shade Material: PVC-free, TPO-based yarn, MechoShade "Ecoveil" or equivalent. 1. Fabric Width: Full width. 2. Pattern & Style: Basket weave. 3. Color: Shadow Grey, No. 1570 4. Material Openness Factor: 5 percent UNO. Bunkrooms, including officer's office, shall be 1 per cent. 5. Bottom Hem: Straight. C. Rollers: Electrogalvanized or epoxy primed steel or extruded-aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness required to support and fit internal components of operating system and the weight and width of shade band materia l without sagging; designed to be easily removed from support brackets; with removable spline fitting integral channel in tube for attaching sha de material. D. Direction of Roll: Regular, from back of shade. E. Mounting brackets: Galvanized or zinc plated steel with non-corrosive fasteners as recommended by shade manufacturer. F. Fascia: L-shaped, formed-steel sheet or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; continuous panel concealing front and bottom of shade roller, brackets and operating hardware and operators; full length of shade; removable design for access. Allow for reverse-roll operation. Provide fascia end caps, fabricated from steel or aluminum finished to match fascia. G. Bottom Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum, concealed within pocket of shade material and weighted as required for smooth, properly balanced operation. H. Shade Operation: Manual with continuous-loop bead chain and clutch. 1. Position of Clutch Operator: Right side of roller, as determined by hand of user facing shade from inside. 2. Exception: Locate clutch operator on outboard sides at paired shades. 3. Clutch: Capacity to lift size and weight of shade; sized to fit roller or provide adaptor. 4. Lift-Assist Mechanism: Manufacturer's standard spring assist for balancing roller shade weight and lifting heavy roller shades. 5. Loop length: Full length of roller shade. 6. Bead Chain: Stainless-Steel. 7. Operating Function: Stop and hold shade at any position in ascending or descending travel. 2.02 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION A. Roller Shades: Fabric roller shades complete with mounting brackets, roller tubes, hembars, hardware and accessories; fully factory-assembled. 1. Drop: Reverse roll. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. B. Fabric: Non-flammable, color-fast, impervious to heat and moisture, and able to retain its shape under normal operation; PVC-free; 100 percent recycled. 1. Sheer Shades: Reduce glare yet still reveal considerable details to the outside; no privacy; Openness Factor greater than 1 percent. 2. Privacy Shades: Soften the light yet still reveal some details to the outside; moderate privacy; Openness Factor approximately equal to 1 percent. 3. Flammability: Pass NFPA 701 large and small tests. C. Roller Tube: As required for type of operation, extruded aluminum with end caps. 1. Fabric Attachment: Utilize extruded channel in tube to accept vinyl spline welded to fabric edge. D. Hembars and Hembar Pockets: Wall thickness designed for weight requirements and adaptation to uneven surfaces, to maintain bottom of shade straight and flat. E. Manual Operation for Interior Shades: Clutch operated continuous loop; beaded ball chain. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication. B. Fabricate shades to fit openings within specified tolerances. 1. Vertical Dimensions: Fill openings from head to sill with 1/2 inch space between bottom bar and window stool. 2. Horizontal Dimensions - Outside Mounting: Cover window frames, trim, and casings completely. C. Dimensional Tolerances: As recommended in writing by manufacturer. Fire Station 15 12 2400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WINDOW SHADES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 12 2400 - 3 D. At openings requiring continuous multiple shade units with separate rollers, locate roller joints at window mullion centers; butt rollers end-to-end. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine finished openings for deficiencies that may preclude satisfactory installation. B. Start of installation shall be considered acceptance of substrates. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving best result for substrate under the project conditions. B. Coordinate with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support shades. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings, using mounting devices as indicated. B. Installation Tolerances: 1. Maximum Offset From Level: 1/8 inch. C. Adjust level, projection and shade centering from mounting bracket. Verify there is no telescoping of shade fabric. Ensure smooth shade operation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean soiled shades and exposed components as recommended by manufacturer. B. Replace shades that cannot be cleaned to "like new" condition. 3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals. B. See Section 01 7900 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements. C. Demonstration: Demonstrate operation and maintenance of window shade system to Owner's personnel. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from subsequent construction operations. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3200 - 1 SECTION 12 3200 – INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Plastic laminate-faced wood cabinets with wood veneer-faced drawers and doors, of modular design including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Wood base and upper cabinets in Kitchen 2. Plastic laminate base and upper cabinets and full height cabinets in Laundry, Apparatus Bay, Custodial. 3. Lockers outside bunkrooms and in Officer’s Office. 4. Storage Cubbies at Bunking Gear 5. Vanity counters at sinks, full base cabinet at sink 6. Shelving throught the buildng 7. Pantries in Hall B. Cabinet hardware and accessories. C. Factory finishing. D. Preparation for installing utilities. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. B. Section 08 1416 - Flush Wood Doors: Common finish requirements. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between casework and countertops and adjacent walls, floors, and ceilings. D. Section 12 3600 - Countertops. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. BHMA A156.9 - American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; 2015. B. KCMA A161.1 - Performance and Construction Standard for Kitchen and Vanity Cabinets; 2012. C. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard; 1999. D. ANSI A208.2 - American National Standard for Medium Density Fiberboard for Interior Use. E. AWI/AWMAC (QSI) - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2006, 8th Ed., Version 2.0. F. BHMA A156.9 - American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2003 (ANSI/BHMA A156.9). G. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2005 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions and construction details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate casework locations, large scale plans, elevations, clearances required, rough-in and anchor placement dimensions and tolerances. D. Samples: Submit two 6 x 6 inch in size, illustrating each color of finish. E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’ warranty. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Premium quality. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specialized in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum 5 years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Person or firm skilled in casework installation of a similar scale and scope to this Project, with minimum Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 2 5 years experience. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Provide full size mock-up of wood casework base unit. Provide sample with edges for plastic laminate counter and door. B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 Warranty A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of institutional casework that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Delamination of components or other failures of glue bond. 2. Warping of components. 3. Failure of operating hardware. 4. Deterioration of finishes. B. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Casework: 1. Genothen Holdings LLC (www.genothen.com). 2. Valley Cabinets: Mount Vernon, WA 3. Advanced Custom Cabinets: Hayden, ID 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B. Wood fabricated from timber recovered from riverbeds or otherwise abandoned is permitted, unless otherwise noted, provided it is clean and free of contamination; identify source; provide lumber re-graded by an inspection service accredited by the American Lumber Standard Committee, Inc. C. Provide wood-based components manufactured without added urea formaldehyde. 2.03 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Hardwood Lumber: NHLA; Graded in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Grade I/Premium; average moisture content of 5-10 percent; species as follows: 1. Exposed Surfaces: White Maple, plain sliced. 2. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: White Maple, plain sliced. 3. Concealed Surfaces: Any compatible hardwood. 2.04 SHEET MATERIALS A. Hardwood Faced Plywood: HPVA HP-1; graded in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, core of particleboard or medium density fiberboard; exterior glue; thickness as indicated; face veneer as follows: 1. Exposed Surfaces: Grade AA, White Maple, plain sliced, book matched. 2. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Grade A, White Maple, plain sliced, pleasing matched. 3. Concealed Surfaces: Grade B, any compatible hardwood species, rotary cut, random-matched. B. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1; composed of wood chips, sawdust, or flakes of medium density, made with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application; sanded faces. 1. Melamine-Faced Particleboard: Same as above, with thermally-fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper faces complying with LMA-SAT-1. C. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2; type as specified in AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; composed of wood fibers pressure bonded with moisture resistant adhesive to suit application; sanded Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 3 faces; thickness as indicated. D. Hardwood Edgebanding: Solid hardwood edgebanding, 1/4 inch thick, matching species, color, grain, and grade of adjacent material. Ease exposed edges to 1/16 inch radius. E. Exposed Cabinet Materials: 1. Plastic Laminate: Type VGS, unless otherwise noted. F. Semi-exposed Cabinet Materials: 1. Plastic Laminate: Type VGS or HLS, as determined by color matching requirements. 2. Melamine-Faced Particleboard: Particleboard with decorative surface of thermally fused, melamine-impregnated web and complying with LMA SAT-1. G. Concealed Cabinet Materials: 1. Solid Wood: Any hardwood or softwood species, with no defects affecting strength or utility. 2. Plywood: Hardwood plywood. 3. Plastic Laminate: Type BKL. H. Countertop Materials 1. Core: Hardwood plywood, veneer core without voids, or particleboard. 2. Plastic Laminate: Type HGS at exposed surfaces, Type BKL at concealed surfaces. I. Adhesives 1. Polyvinyl acetate (PVA) or aliphatic adhesive, ASTM D3110, Type II unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thermoplastic synthetic resins (hot melt). 2.05 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation (www.formica.com). 2. Panolam Industries International, Inc./Nevamar (www.nevamar.com). 3. Wilsonart International, Inc. (www.wilsonart.com). B. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, types as recommended for specific applications and as follows: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: HGS, 0.048 inch nominal thickness. 2. Vertical Surfaces: VGS, 0.028 inch nominal thickness. 3. Cabinet Liner: CLS, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, Folkstone Grey color,. 4. Laminate Backer: BKL, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, undecorated; for application to concealed backside of panels faced with high pressure decorative laminate. 5. Color (unless otherwise indicated): Match Formica "Graphite" No. 837-58, matte finish. 2.06 ADHESIVE A. Adhesives and Glues: Type recommended by AWI/AWMAC to suit application. 1. VOC Limits: Comply with the following when calculated in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). a. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. b. Adhesives: 250 g/L. 2.07 FASTENERS A. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; corrosion-resistant finish in concealed locations and stainless steel or chrome- plated finish in exposed locations. 2.08 ACCESSORIES A. Plastic Edge Trim: Extruded PVC, flat shaped; smooth face; of width to match component thickness; Folkstone Grey color to match cabinet interiors, satin finish. 1. Thickness: 3 mm. B. Filler Strips: Fabricate from same material and with same finish as cabinets. 2.09 HARDWARE A. Hardware: Comply with BHMA A156.9 and as follows. Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 4 B. Hinges: European style, steel with satin finish, 135 degrees of opening, self closing, Hettich No. 4944 or equal. C. Pulls: Wire pull style, stainless steel or chrome-plated brass, satin finish; 4 inch centers. D. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Clear plastic, two pin style with hold-down clip, Hafele No. 282.47.402 or equal. E. Drawer Slides: Zinc-plated, metal channel, self-closing, designed to prevent rebound when drawers are closed, with positive in and out stops, nylon-tired ball-bearing rollers, and rated for the following loads: 1. Unless otherwise indicated: 100 lbf. 2. File drawer: 150 lbf. F. Cabinet Locks: Keyed cylinder, two keys per lock, master keyed building wide, steel with satin chrome finish. Provide padlock hasp where indicated. G. Grommets: Standard 2-1/2-inch-diameter painted metal grommets for cut-outs, in color to match adjacent surface. H. Silencers: For doors and drawers, provide 3/8-inch-diameter self-adhered neoprene disks at contact surfaces (two per door, four per drawer). 2.10 FABRICATION: WOOD CABINETS A. Cabinet Style: Flush overlay. B. Joinery: Join fixed case body members (including fixed shelves and dividers) with concealed dadoes, dowels, or European assembly screws. Where dadoes or dowels are used, assemble joints using glue and pressure. Reinforces dadoes with blind nails or screws. Rabbet pieces to be joined at dowelled or screwed joints. No visible fasteners are permitted on exposed surfaces. At semi-exposed surfaces, cover visible fasteners with plastic trim caps color-matched to adjoining finishes. C. Sheet Materials: 1. Doors and Drawer Fronts: Hardwood faced plywood with solid wood edgebanding. Align grain vertically. Hardwood Stile & Frame a. Thickness: 3/4 inch. 2. Cabinet Bottoms, Tops, and Sides: Particleboard or MDF with plastic laminate facing at exposed construction or melamine facing at semi-exposed construction, with PVC edgebanding on all but concealed edges. a. Thickness: 3/4 inch nominal. 3. Cabinet Backs: Particleboard or MDF with plastic laminate facing at exposed construction or melamine facing at semi- exposed construction. a. Thickness: 1/2 inch nominal. 4. Shelves: Particleboard or MDF with plastic laminate facing top and bottom. a. Thickness: 3/4 inch for shelves up to 32 inches in length, and 1 inch for shelves exceeding 32 inches. b. Provide PVC edgebanding as follows: 1) Fixed Shelves: Front edge only. 2) Adjustable Shelves within cabinets: Front and back edges. 5. Drawers: 1/2 inch nominal plywood at sides and bottom, with plastic laminate facing each face and PVC edgebanding. a. Exception: Provide 1/4 inch plywood bottom for drawers less than 24 inches in width. D. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. E. Edging: Do not use more than one piece for any single length. F. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide matching trim for scribing and site cutting. G. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. 1. Balanced Construction: Apply laminate backing sheet, cabinet liner, or plastic laminate, as dictated by exposure, to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. H. Matching Wood Grain: Comply with requirements of quality standard for specified Grade and as follows: 1. Provide center matched panels at each elevation. I. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Drill side walls with 5 mm holes on 32 mm centers, full height, of depth necessary to fully seat Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 5 supports. Provide four shelf supports for shelves up to 30 inches deep and six shelf supports for shelves 30 inches and deeper. J. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Prime paint cut edges to match adjacent finishes. K. Hinges: Provide two hinges for doors less than 36 inches high and one additional hinge for each additional 24 inches of height or fraction thereof. 2.11 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. D. Finish work in accordance with AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Section 1500: 1. Transparent: Conversion varnish (formerly TR-4). 2.12 FABRICATION: PLASTIC LAMINATE CABINETS A. Plastic-Laminate-Faced Cabinet Construction: 1. Joinery: Join fixed case body members (including fixed shelves and dividers) with concealed dadoes, dowels, or European assembly screws. Where dadoes or dowels are used, assemble joints using glue and pressure. Reinforce dadoes with blind nails or screws. At dowelled or screwed joints, rabbet pieces to be joined. Visible fasteners are not permitted on exposed surfaces. At semi-exposed surfaces provide plastic trim caps, matching the color of adjoining finishes, on visible fasteners. 2. All unrestrained plastic-laminate-faced panels must be of balanced construction. 3. Bottoms and Ends of Cabinets, and Tops of Wall Cabinets, with One or More Exposed Faces: Nominal 3/4-inch particleboard, plastic-laminate-faced on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. 4. Bottoms and Ends of Cabinets, and Tops of Wall Cabinets, without Exposed Faces: 3/4-inch particleboard, melamine- faced. 5. Shelves: 3/4-inch particleboard, plastic-laminate-faced on both sides. Use 1-inch material for shelves with spans exceeding 36 inches. For adjustable shelves, provide edgebanding on front and back edges. 6. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Drill ends of cabinets with 5mm diameter holes on 32mm centers, full height, in depth to fully seat supports. Allow four shelf supports for shelves up to 30 inches deep and six shelf supports for shelves 30 inches and deeper. 7. Backs of Cabinets: 1/2-inch particleboard, plastic-laminate-faced on exposed surfaces, melamine- faced on semi- exposed surfaces. 8. Drawer Fronts: 3/4-inch particleboard, plastic-laminate-faced on both sides. 9. Drawer Sides and Backs: 1/2-inch plywood plastic-laminate-faced on both sides, with glued dovetail or multiple-dowel joints. 10. Drawer Bottoms: 1/4-inch plywood plastic-laminate-faced on both sides, glued and dado into front, back, and sides of drawers. Use 1/2-inch material for drawers more than 24 inches wide. 11. Doors: 3/4-inch particleboard or medium-density fiberboard, plastic-laminate-faced on both sides. B. Filler Strips: Provide as needed to close spaces between cabinets and walls, ceilings, and indicated equipment. Fabricate from same material and with same finish as cabinets. C. Edgebanding; Apply without seams using hot melt adhesives. 2.13 CASEWORK HARDWARE A. Hardware, General: Provide manufacturer's standard commercial-quality, heavy-duty hardware complying with requirements indicated. 1. Use threaded metal or plastic inserts with machine screws for fastening to particleboard except where hardware is through-bolted from back side. 2. Finishes: Unless otherwise indicated, provide finishes that comply with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. a. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 6 3. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish complying with product class requirements in BHMA A156.9. B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening, self-closing. Provide two hinges for doors less than 36 inches high and one additional hinge for each additional 24 inches of height or fraction thereof. 1. Product: Hettich No. 4944 or equivalent. C. Pulls: Solid stainless-steel or chrome-plated brass wire pulls, fastened from back with two screws. For sliding doors, provide recessed stainless-steel or chrome-plated flush-pulls. Provide 2 pulls for drawers more than 24 inches wide. D. Drawer Slides: Zinc-plated, metal-channel, self-closing drawer slides, designed to prevent rebound when drawers are closed, with positive in and out stops, nylon-tired ball-bearing rollers, and complying with BHMA A156.9, Type B05091, and rated for the following loads: 1. Drawer Slides unless otherwise indicated: 100 lbf. 2. File Drawer Slides: 150 lbf. E. Drawer and Cupboard Locks: Mortise type, five-pin tumbler, brass with chrome-plated finish, complying with BHMA A156.11, Grade 1. 1. Provide a minimum of two keys per lock and six master keys. 2. Provide locks where indicated. 3. Product: CompX National No. C8173-26D (doors) and No. C8179-26D (drawers) or equivalent (tel. 864.297.6655; www.compx.com). F. Silencers: For doors and drawers, provide 3/8-inch-diameter self-adhesive neoprene disks at contact corners (two per door, four per drawer). G. Adjustable Shelf Supports: BHMA A156.9, Type B04013, clear plastic, two-pin style with hold-down clip. H. Grommets for Cable Passage: 1. Countertops: 3-1/2-inch OD satin-finish aluminum sleeve and matching cover with oval cord slot lined with radiused brush. a. Product: Mockett ABG3 or equivalent (tel. 800-523-1269; www.mockett.com). I. Countertop Support Brackets: All-welded heavy-duty gussetless construction made from 6063-T6 extruded aluminum tees with mitered corners, pre-drilled anchor holes, and minimum load capacity of 450 pounds/bracket. Provide manufacturer's standard rubber-trimmed cable-management grommet 1. Product: Rakks EH Series or equivalent (www.rakks.com). 2. Size brackets so that countertop cantilevers no more than 6 inches beyond edge of support. 3. Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available powder-coated and anodized finishes. 2.14 COUNTERTOPS A. Countertops, General: Provide smooth, clean exposed tops and edges in uniform plane free of defects. Provide front and end overhang of 1 inch over base cabinets. B. Plastic-Laminate Tops: Plastic-laminate sheet, shop bonded with waterproof glue to both sides of 3/4-inch hardwood plywood or particleboard. Sand surfaces to which plastic laminate is to be bonded. 1. Minimize number of joints. No joints are permitted within 24 inches of sinks, counter ends, or knee space areas. 2. Provide nominal 1-1/2-inch-thick countertop edges. Provide plastic-laminate edgings of the same material as top on front edge of top, on top edges of backsplashes and end splashes, and on ends of tops and splashes. Laminate edges before tops. 3. Integrally attach and seal backsplashes and end splashes to countertops. Provide excess material at backsplashes and end splashes for field-scribing. 2.03 DESIGN, COLOR, AND FINISH A. Design: Provide institutional casework of the following design: 1. Flush overlay with wire pulls. B. Melamine-Faced Particleboard Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Satin Black. C. Plastic-Laminate Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: 1. Exposed Portions of Cabinets: a. PLAM-1: Match Wilsonart " Slate Grey " Matte Finish # D19 1) Application: As indicated. b. PLAM-2: Match Wilsonart "Pewter Mesh" Matte Finish #4878 Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 7 1) Application: As indicated. 2. Semi-Exposed Portions of Cabinets: Satin Black to match melamine-faced particleboard. D. Edgebanding Colors and Finishes: 1. PVC: a. Exposed and Semi-Exposed Portions of Cabinets: Satin Black. E. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top, minimum 4” high. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, location of reinforcements, and other conditions affecting performance of institutional casework. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 CASEWORK INSTALLATION A. General: Install plumb, level, and true; shim as required, using concealed shims. Neatly scribe casework to adjoining surfaces. Provide filler strips as necessary. B. Fasteners, General: At exposed portions of casework, provide concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. Where not possible and at semi-exposed portions of casework, provide minimum No.10 wafer-head screws or oval-head screws with stainless steel cup washers. 1. When joining adjacent cabinets provide chrome-plated interlocking (sex)-type bolts. 2. All fasteners shall be corrosion-resistant. C. Base Cabinets: Set cabinets straight, level, and plumb. Adjust subtops within 1/16 inch of a single plane. Fasten cabinets to partition framing, wood blocking, or reinforcements in partitions with fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. Bolt adjacent cabinets together with joints flush, tight, and uniform. Align similar adjoining doors and drawers to a tolerance of 1/16 inch. 1. Where base cabinets are not installed adjacent to walls, fasten to floor at toe space with fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. Secure sides of cabinets to floor, where they do not adjoin other cabinets, with not less than two fasteners. D. Wall Cabinets: Hang cabinets straight, level, and plumb. Adjust fronts and bottoms within 1/16 inch of a single plane. Fasten to masonry, partition framing, blocking, or reinforcements in partitions. Fasten through back, near top and bottom, not more than 16 inches-on-horizontal-center and in strict conformance with seismic codes. Align similar adjoining doors to a tolerance of 1/16 inch. E. Install hardware uniformly and precisely. Set hinges snug and flat in mortises, unless otherwise indicated. Adjust and align hardware so moving parts operate freely and contact points meet accurately. Allow for final adjustment after installation. F. Adjust casework and hardware so doors and drawers operate smoothly without warp or bind. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer. 3.03 COUNTERTOP INSTALLATION A. Field Jointing: Factory-prepared in the same manner as shop jointing, using dowels, splines, adhesives, and fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Locate field joints where shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Secure field joints in plastic-laminate countertops with a minimum of four concealed clamping devices. Locate in- and out-board devices within 6 inches of front and back edges. Tighten according to manufacturer's written instructions to exert a constant, heavy-clamping pressure at joints. B. Secure tops to cabinets with Z-type fasteners or equivalent, using two or more fasteners at each front, end, and back. C. Abut top and edge surfaces in one true plane, with internal supports placed to prevent deflection. D. At knee areas or at countertops installed without base cabinets for support, provide support brackets at 32 inches o.c. maximum. 1. Provide grommets for cable passage at rear of each knee space at 32 inches o.c., min. 2 grommets per knee space. E. Neatly scribe backsplashes and end splashes to walls. Filler strips and plastic laminate side seams are prohibited. F. Seal junctures of top, splash, and walls with mildew-resistant silicone sealant or another permanently elastic sealing compound recommended by countertop material manufacturer. Profile of bead to be concave, consistent for full length of joint, and free of all tool marks. Minimize width of sealant joints. Fire Station 15 12 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTITUTIONAL CASEWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 8 December 22, 2017 12 3530 - 8 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Repair or remove and replace defective work as directed on completion of installation. B. Upon completion of installation, clean finished surfaces. Repair defective, damaged, or soiled work, including damage to adjoining finishes. Remove and replace materials that cannot be restored to original factory finish by sole judgment of Architect. C. Protection: Provide 6-mil plastic over corrugated cardboard, or other suitable water- and impact-resistant covering, over full extent of countertop surfaces. Secure in position with non-staining removable adhesive. Replace any coverings damaged during balance of Work. Remove protection immediately prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 12 3600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COUNTERTOPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 12 3600 - 1 SECTION 12 3600 - COUNTERTOPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Countertops for manufactured casework. B. Sinks molded into countertops. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 12 3530 - Residential Casework. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ISFA 3-01 - Classification and Standards for Quartz Surfacing Material; 2013. B. MIA (DSDM) - Dimensional Stone Design Manual; VIII, 2016. C. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. D. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Test Reports: Chemical resistance testing, showing compliance with specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COUNTERTOPS A. Wood Countertops: One-piece, glued-laminated under pressure. 1. Thickness: 1-1/4 inch, minimum. 2. Construction (Butcher Block): Maximum 1/2 inch thick strips glued perpendicular to surface. Finish layer Veneer Grade B 3. Exposed Edges: Rounded to approximately 3/8 inch radius. 4. Back and End Splashes: Same material, same construction; 3/4 inch thick, square edges. 5. Finish: Sanded smooth; two coat boiled linseed oil rubbed in with 48 hours between coats. B. Natural Quartz and Resin Composite Countertops: Sheet or slab of natural quartz and plastic resin over continuous substrate. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1-1/4 inch, minimum. 2. Natural Quartz and Resin Composite Sheets, Slabs and Castings: Complying with ISFA 3-01 and NEMA LD 3; orthophthalic polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and capable of being worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent throughout thickness. a. Factory fabricate components to the greatest extent practical in sizes and shapes indicated; comply with the MIA Dimension Stone Design Manual. b. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Polished. 3. Other Components Thickness: 3/4 inch, minimum. 4. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wood-Based Components: 1. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer of materials being joined. C. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, clear. Fire Station 15 12 3600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COUNTERTOPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 12 3600 - 2 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall. 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cu touts or fixture holes. B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece; join pieces with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. D. Stainless Steel: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece including nosings and back and end splashes; accurately fitted mechanical field joints in lengths over that dimension are permitted. 1. Weld joints; grind smooth and polish to match. 2. Provide stainless steel hat channel stiffeners, welded or soldered to underside, where indicated on drawings. 3. Provide wall clips for support of back/end splash turndowns. 4. Sound Deadening: Apply water resistant, fire resistant sound deadening mastic to entire bottom surface. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. B. Attach wood countertops using screws with minimum penetration into substrate board of 5/8 inch. C. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum. B. Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum. C. Field Joints: 1/8 inch wide, maximum. END OF SECTION FIRE STATION 15 PROJECT NO. CAG-17-046 CITY OF RENTON PROJECT MANUAL - VOLUME 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS December 22, 2017 Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 1 00 0000 TABLE OF CONTENTS – PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS VOLUME 1 Division 00 – Procurement and Contracting Requirements No. Title 00 0000 Table of Contents 00 0001 Instructions to Bidders 00 0002 Advertisement for Bids 00 0003 Bid Form 00 0400 Bidder Responsibility Criteria 00 7200 General Conditions for Construction Division 01 - General Requirements No. Title 01 0100 Seals 01 1000 Summary of Work 01 1130 Hazardous Materials 01 1200 Delegated Design 01 1400 Work Restrictions 01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures 01 2100 Prevailing Wage Rates 01 2200 Unit Prices 01 2300 Alternates 01 3000 Administrative Requirements 01 3216 Construction Schedule 01 4000 Quality Requirements 01 4216 Definitions 01 4250 Reference Standards 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 5639 Temporary Tree Protection 01 5721 Indoor Air Quality Controls 01 5813 Temporary Project Signage 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 7800 Closeout Submittals 01 7900 Demonstration and Training 01 9113 General Commissioning Requirements Division 03 - Concrete No. Title 03 3000 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03 3511 Concrete Floor Finishes Division 4 - Masonry No. Title 04 2200 Concrete Unit Masonry Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 2 Division 05 – Metals No. Title 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 05 1250 Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel 05 5100 Metal Stairs 05 5305 Metal Gratings & Floor Plates Division 06 – Wood, Plastics, and Composites No. Title 06 1000 Rough Carpentry 06 1733 Wood I-Joists 06 1753 Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses 06 2000 Finish Carpentry Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection No. Title 07 1613 Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing 07 2100 Thermal Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 4210 Continuous Insulation Cladding Support System 07 4213 Metal Wall Panels 07 4646 Fiber Cement Siding 07 5419 PVC Thermoplastic Single-Ply Roofing 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 7200 Roof Accessories 07 8400 Firestopping 07 9200 Joint Sealants Division 08 – Openings No. Title 08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 1416 Flush Wood Doors 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 08 3323 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 3500 Fast Acting Four-Fold Doors 08 4313 Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08 7100 Door Hardware 08 8000 Glazing 08 8300 Mirrors Division 9 – Finishes No. Title 09 2116 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3000 Tiling 09 5100 Acoustical Ceilings 09 6566 Resilient Athletic Flooring 09 7733 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Panels 09 9113 Exterior Painting 09 9123 Interior Painting Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 3 Division 10 – Specialties No. Title 10 1101 Visual Display Boards 10 1400 Signage 10 2601 Wall and Corner Guards 10 2800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories 10 4400 Fire-Protection Specialties 10 7500 Flagpoles Division 11 – Equipment No. Title 11 3100 Residential Appliances 11 8505 Fire Department Equipment Division 12 – Furnishings No. Title 12 2400 Window Shades 12 3200 Institutional Casework 12 3600 Countertops VOLUME 2 Division 20 – General Mechanical No. Title 20 0200 Operation and Maintenance Manual for Mechanical 20 0500 Common Work Results for Mechanical 20 0519 Piping Specialties for Mechanical 20 0529 Hangers and Supports for Mechanical 20 0530 Sleeves and Seals for Mechanical 20 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical 20 0590 Underground Utilities Excavation and Fill for Mechanical 20 0593 Testing, Adjusting, Balancing for Mechanical 20 0700 Mechanical Insulation 20 0800 Commissioning of Mechanical Systems Division 21 – Fire Suppression No. Title 21 1000 Water-Based Fire Suppression System Division 22 – Plumbing No. Title 22 1100 Facility Water Distribution 22 1123 Domestic Water Pumps 22 1300 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 1400 Facility Storm Drainage 22 1500 Compressed Air Systems 22 1600 Facility Natural Gas Piping System 22 3300 Domestic Water Heaters 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 4 Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) No. Title 23 0933 Electric & Electronic Control System for HVAC 23 0993 Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls 23 2129 Combustion Condensate Piping 23 3100 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 3300 Duct Accessories 23 3400 Fans 23 3500 Special Exhaust Systems 23 3700 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 5416 Fuel Fired Furnaces 23 7223 DOAS Units 23 8126 Split System Air Conditioning 23 8127 VFR Split System Heat Pumps 23 8239 Unit Heater 23 8246 Electric Heaters 23 8310 Gas-Fired Radiant Heaters Division 26 – Electrical No. Title 26 0100 General Electrical Requirements 26 0500 Basic Materials and Methods 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding 26 0530 Low Voltage Electrical Systems Pathway 26 0580 Utility Services 26 0800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 0920 Lighting Controls 26 2000 Electrical Distribution 26 3200 Packaged Engine Generator Systems 26 3600 Transfer Switches 26 5000 Lighting Fixtures Division 27 – Communications No. Title 27 1001 Telecommunications Structured Cabling 27 1530 Television Distribution System 27 5116 Station Alerting System Division 28 – Electronic Safety and Security No. Title 28 3100 Addressable Fire Alarm System Division 31 – Earthwork No. Title 31 2200 Earthwork 31 4100 Trench Safety Division 32 – Exterior Improvements No. Title 32 1216 Flexible Pavement 32 1313 Rigid Pavement 32 1314 Pervious Rigid Pavement 32 1723 Pavement Markings 32 8400 Irrigation (Alternate #1) 32 9000 Planting Fire Station 15 00 0000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 00 0000 - 5 Division 33 – Utilities No. Title 33 1100 Water Utilities 33 3000 Sanitary Sewerage 33 4000 Storm Drainage TABLE OF CONTENTS – REFERENCE MATERIAL Reference Material/Documents No. Title NA Geotechnical Report DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 20 GENERAL MECHANICAL Fire Station 15 20 0200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 20 0200 - 1 SECTION 20 0200 - OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500 and Division 01. B. Preliminary O&M: Submit preliminary review O&M manual for review. C. Final O&M: Submit Final O&M manuals per Division 01. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. General Contents: A maintenance manual shall be compiled containing maintenance and operating information and maintenance schedules for all project mechanical systems. See Division 01 for quantities, organization, format, and other requirements; meet additional requirements as specified herein. B. CD Electronic Copy: Shall contain pdf open format copies of the entire O&M manual, pdf open format copies of record drawings, and ACAD files for record drawings where ACAD shop drawings or ACAD record drawings are required (see individual specifications Sections for requirements). Files shall be bookmarked by section and by product. Drawings shall be bookmarked and labeled by sheet number and name. 2.02 SUBMITTAL DATA AND TECHNICAL O&M DATA A. Submittal Data: Provide manufacturer’s technical product data, with manufacturer's model number, description of the equipment, equipment capacities, equipment options, electrical power voltage/phase, special features, and accessories. Label equipment and fixtures data with same designation as used on contract documents. This information may consist of the same information as the submittal data (clearly identified and marked to suit each item). This information shall be provided for all items requiring maintenance and for items that may require replacement over a 30 year period or be revised due to an Owner building improvement (includes valves, fire sprinkler heads, etc.) (includes plumbing fixtures, valves, plumbing specialties, equipment, etc. (includes valves, equipment, air outlets/inlets, dampers, etc.). B. Technical O&M Data: Provide for each equipment or item requiring maintenance. Label O&M data to clearly indicate which equipment on the project it applies to (use same designation as used in the Contract Documents). Data to include: 1. Manufacturer’s operating and maintenance manuals and instructions. 2. Itemized list of maintenance activities and their scheduled frequency. 3. Maintenance instructions for each maintenance activity. 4. Manufacturer’s parts list. 5. Manufacturer’s recommended lubricants. 6. Size, quantity and type of filters required (as applicable). 7. Size, quantity and type each belts unit requires (as applicable). 8. Size, quantity and type of fuses (as applicable). 9. Control devices calibration information. 10. System wiring diagrams and schematics. 11. Control sequence descriptions with setpoints and range of adjustments. 12. Programming logic. 13. Description of unique devices/controls/programs specific to this system. 14. Programmers manuals. C. Sources: Provide names, addresses, and phone numbers for local manufacturer’s representative, service companies, and parts sources for mechanical system components. List shall include all mech including: system riser components, valves, sprinkler heads, and equipment plumbing fixtures, valves, and equipment HVAC system valves, filters, belts, and equipment control valves, actuators, dampers controllers, relays, and sensors. Fire Station 15 20 0200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 20 0200 - 2 D. Start-Up Reports: Include copies of all equipment and system start-up reports. E. Balancing Report: Include a full copy of the balancing report under a dividing tab for the specification section (or building system) where this work is specified. Where balancing is provided by others, obtain from the balancer a copy of the report to insert in the O&M's. 2.03 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES A. General: Provide Maintenance schedules with an itemized list of maintenance activities and their scheduled frequency (i.e., weekly, monthly, semi-annually, etc.) for item requiring maintenance. This is to be a Contractor prepared listing derived from the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance data and practical considerations. B. Special Maintenance: List any critical maintenance items or areas requiring special attention. C. Start-Up/Shut-Down: Provide normal start-up, operating, and shut-down procedures; emergency shut-down procedures; and (where applicable) seasonal shut-down procedures. 2.04 REDUCED RECORD DRAWINGS A. Reduced As-Built Drawings: Provide reduced as-built construction drawings for fire suppression plumbing HVAC Controls. Drawings' size shall be 11" x 17", except where such size precludes the reading of portions of the drawing, a larger size may be used. 2.05 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs: Provide project photographs, as required by Section 20 0500. B. Photographs Index: Provide index listing all photographs included. Organize index by building area or systems (i.e. underground photographs, building wings or areas, HVAC system, etc.) PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 1 SECTION 20 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division 21 - Fire Suppression. C. Division 22 - Plumbing Systems. D. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. General Mechanical System Requirements. B. Mechanical System Motors. C. Identification and Labeling. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Abbreviations and Terms: Where not defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall be as defined in RS Means Illustrated Construction Dictionary, Fourth Addition and in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, latest edition. B. "As required" means "as necessary to form a safe, neat, and complete working installation (or product), fulfilling all the requirements of the specifications and drawings and in compliance with all codes." C. "Concealed" means "hidden from view" as determined when areas are in their final finished condition, from the point of view of a person located in the finished area. Items located in areas above suspended ceilings, in plumbing chases, and in similar areas are considered "concealed." Items located in cabinet spaces (e.g. below sinks) are not considered concealed. D. "Coordinate" means "to accomplish the work with all others that are involved in the work by: directly discussing the work with them, arranging and participating in special meetings with them to discuss and plan the work being done by each, obtaining and completing any necessary forms and documentation required for the work to proceed, reaching agreement on how parts of the work performed by each trade will be installed relative to each other both in physical location and in time sequence, exchanging all necessary information so as to allow the work to be accomplished with a united effort in accordance with the project requirements". E. "Finished Areas" means "areas receiving a finish coat of paint on one or more wall surface." F. “Mechanical”, where applied to the scope of work, includes all project fire suppression systems, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, and controls for these systems and all work covered by specification Divisions 20, 21, 22, 23. Such work is shown on multiple drawings and is not limited to a particular set of sheets, or sheets prefaced with a particular letter. G. The term "related documents" (as used at the beginning of each specification section), and the Specification Divisions and Sections listed with it, is only an indication of some of the specification sections which the work of that section may be strongly related to. Since all items of work relate to one another and require full coordination, all specification sections, as listed in the Table of Contents, shall be considered as being "related documents", and shall be considered (by this reference) in the same manner as if they had all been listed under the term "related documents" in each specification section. H. "Work included" (as used at the beginning of each specification section), and the items listed with it, is only an indication of some of the items specified in that Section and is in no way limiting the work of that Section. See complete drawings and specifications for all required work. I. "Verify" means "Contractor shall obtain, by methods independent of the project Architect/Engineer and Owner, the information noted and the information needed to properly perform the work". J. “Substitution”: As applied to equipment means “equipment that is different than the ‘Basis of Design’ equipment scheduled on the drawings (or otherwise indicated in the contract documents)”. Where no manufacturer is specifically indicated, any of the Acceptable Manufacturers specified may be equally considered the “Basis of Design”. As applied to products other than equipment it means “products that are different than the basis of design product, or by a manufacturer not listed as one of the Acceptable Manufacturers”. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Scope: Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all mechanical work. This section applies to all Division 20, 21, 22, 23 specifications and to all project mechanical work. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 2 B. General: All work shall comply with Division 00, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and all other provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Code: 1. Compliance: All work shall be done in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances. Throughout the Project Documents, items are shown or specified in excess of code requirements; in all such cases, the work shall be done so that code requirements are exceeded as indicated. 2. Documentation: Maintain documentation of all permits and code inspections for the mechanical work; submit documentation showing systems have satisfactorily passed all AHJ inspections and requirements. 3. Code Knowledge: Contractor and workers assigned to this project shall be familiar and knowledgeable of all applicable codes and ordinances. Code requirements are typically not repeated in the Contract Documents. By submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging that the Contractor and workers to be utilized on this project have such knowledge. 4. Proof of Code Compliance: Prior to final completion, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to show that all work has been installed in accordance with all codes and that all inspections required have been successfully passed. Satisfactory evidence includes signed inspections by the local code authority, test lab results, qualified and witnessed field tests, and related acceptance certificates by local code authorities, and field notes by the Contractor as to when all inspections and tests occurred. D. Complete Systems: Furnish and install all materials, appurtenances, devices, and miscellaneous items not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all mechanical systems. Not all accessories or devices are shown or specified that are necessary to form complete and functional systems. E. Review and Coordination: To eliminate all possible errors and interferences, thoroughly examine all the Drawings and Specifications before work is started, and consult and coordinate with each of the various trades regarding the work. Such coordination shall begin prior to any work starting, and continue throughout the project. F. Conflicts and Discrepancies: Notify the Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conflicts before proceeding with any work or the purchasing of any materials for the area(s) of conflict until requesting and obtaining written instructions from the Architect/Engineer on how to proceed. Where conflicts occur, the most expensive and stringent requirement (as judged by the Architect/Engineer) shall prevail. Any work done after discovery of such discrepancies or conflicts and prior to obtaining the Architect/Engineer's instructions on how to proceed shall be done at the Contractor's expense. G. Drawings and Specifications: Drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. The drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangement of the construction and therefore do not show all offsets, fittings and accessories which are required to form a complete and operating installation. Mechanical work is shown on multiple drawings and is not limited to a particular set of sheets, or sheets prefaced with a particular letter. H. Offsets/Fittings: 1. Piping Systems: Include in bid all necessary fittings and offset to completely connect up all systems, maintain clear access paths to equipment, and comply with all project requirements. Offsets are required to route piping around building structural elements, roof slopes, mechanical systems, electrical systems, and numerous other items. Due to the schematic nature of the plans such offsets are typically not shown. Contractor is responsible to determine the quantity of offsets and fittings required, and the labor involved. No added payment or “extras” will be granted for the Contractor’s failure to correctly estimate the number of offsets and fittings and labor required. Contractor is advised that equipment and fixture connections may require more than 20 elbows per plumbing fixture and coil per pipe line. 2. Duct Systems: Include in bid all necessary fittings, offsets, and transitions to completely connect all systems, maintain clear access paths, and comply with all project requirements. Offsets are required to route piping around building structural elements, roof slopes, mechanical systems, electrical systems, and numerous other items. Due to the schematic nature of the plans such offsets are typically not shown. Contractor is responsible to determine the quantity of offsets and fittings required, and the labor involved. No added payments or “extras” will be granted for the Contractor’s failure to correctly estimate number of offsets, fittings, transitions and labor required. Contractor is advised that transitions are required at connections to all equipment, to all air inlets/outlets, crossing of beam lines, at crossing with piping, and similar locations. 3. Added Offsets: In addition to offsets and fittings required per the above paragraphs, include in bid costs 2 added elbows for each 30 feet of pipe and duct run. Such offsets shall be of same size and material of connecting runs. Offsets shall be bid as 90-degree elbows. The Owner reserves the right to obtain credit for any elbows required by this paragraph but not actually used. Added offsets shall be calculated based on project total accumulated duct (or pipe) lengths, with lengths rounded up to the nearest 30' in order to calculate offsets. (For example, if project had 5 feet of 24 x 8 duct in one location, and 8 feet of 24 x 8 duct in another location, total accumulated length of 24 x 8 would be 13 feet, round up to 30 feet, with calculated offsets to be provided as 2). Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 3 I. Design: The level of design presented in the documents represents the extent of the design being furnished to the Contractor; any additional design needed shall be provided by the Contractor. All design by the Contractor shall be performed by individuals skilled and experienced in such work, and where required by local code (or elsewhere in the documents) shall be performed by engineers licensed in the State where the project is located. Include in bid the costs of all such project design; including engineering, drafting, coordination, and all related activities and work. Such designs services are required for many building systems; including but not limited to ductwork at equipment, piping at fixtures and equipment, hanger/support systems, temporary duct/piping systems, mechanical offsets/adjustments to suit other system, and for methods/means of accomplishing the work. J. Special Tools: Furnish to the Owner one complete set of any and all special tools such as odd size wrenches, keys, etc. (allen wrenches are considered odd), which are necessary to gain access to, service, or adjust any piece of equipment installed under this contract. Each tool shall be marked or tagged to identify its use. Submit a written record listing the special tools provided, date, and signed by the Owner's representative receiving the tools. K. Standards and References: Shall be latest edition unless a specific edition, year, or version is cited, or is enforced by the AHJ. L. Warranties: 1. General: Products and workmanship shall be warranted to be free from all defects, capable of providing satisfactory system operation, and conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Include in the project bid all costs associated with project warranties to ensure that the warranty extends for the required period; possible project delays and failure by others to complete their work may cause the start of the warranty period to be delayed. The Contractor shall be responsible for increasing the warranty dates by corresponding amounts to provide the required warranty periods. 2. Basic Project Warranty: As described in Division 00 and 01. See individual specification sections for specific warranty requirements. Start date and duration are as indicated in Division 00 and 01. Where not indicated otherwise in Division 00 or 01, the basic project warranty shall start at project substantial completion and be for one year. 3. Special Warranties: See individual specification sections for special warranty requirements and extended warranty periods beyond the basic project warranty. M. Special Work Requirements: See Contract Documents regarding building occupancy type, type of construction, special work areas, or other requirements where special products, special installation methods, or special phasing may be required. Code requirements are typically not repeated in the Contract Documents and certain building types or classifications may involve special requirements; Contractor is responsible to carefully review the Contract Documents and code to identify such work. N. Permits and Fees: 1. Obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections as required by the Code and as specified herein (unless noted otherwise). 2. Pay all charges made by any utility company or municipality for material, labor or services incident to the connection of service (unless noted otherwise). O. Commissioning: All mechanical systems are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements, and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide a documented and signed record to verify that all equipment and systems installed under this contract have been inspected and functionally tested to verify full compliance with the contract specifications. In many cases, this shall require the Contractor to create or otherwise provide procedures and checklists for approval by the Commissioning Consultant prior to the start of functional testing. Reference Division 01 and coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Consultant. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: See Division 00 and 01 for information and requirements regarding substitutions. A substitution request form (see Division 01) is not required for manufacturers listed as “Acceptable Manufacturers”. B. Redesign: 1. The Contract Documents show design configurations based on particular manufacturers. Use of other manufacturers' equipment (i.e. substituted equipment) and products from what is shown (or specified) may require redesign of mechanical, plumbing, controls, fire protection, electrical, structural, and general building construction to accommodate the substitution. 2. Review requirements for substitutions and provide redesign of all affected construction. The redesign shall be equal or superior in all respects to the Architect/Engineer's design (as judged by the Architect/Engineer), including such aspects as equipment access, ease of maintenance, duct connection locations, unit electrical requirements, noise considerations, unit performance, and similar concerns. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 4 3. Redesign shall be done by the Contractor and shall meet the requirements and have the approval of the Architect/Engineer prior to beginning work. C. Submittals: In addition to other required submittals, submit shop drawings showing the redesign for substituted equipment; submittal shall include installation plans and sections, connecting services (i.e. ducts, piping, electrical) locations and routing, required service clearances, and related installation details. Submit data required by other disciplines to allow review of the impact of the substitution (i.e. weights, electrical). D. Costs: Cost of redesign and all additional costs incurred to accommodate substituted equipment shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Experience: All work shall be performed by individuals experienced and knowledgeable in the work they are performing, and experienced with the same type of systems and building type as this project. By virtue of submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging that workers to be utilized on this project have such experience and knowledge. Upon request of the Engineer, submit resumes showing the work history, training, and types of projects worked on, for individuals assigned to this project. B. Code: Utilize workers experienced and knowledgeable with codes pertaining to their work; verify code compliance through-out the project. C. ASME: All pressure vessels, pressure vessel safety devices, and pressure vessel appurtenances shall comply with the standards of, and bear the stamp of ASME. D. Quality Assurance Checks: Prior to ordering products and making submittals, confirm the following for each: 1. General: Product is suitable for the intended purpose and complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer: Product's manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer in the Contract Document’s or a substitution request (where allowed) has been submitted and the manufacturer has been listed as acceptable. 3. Electrical (for products requiring electrical power): a. Product is for use with the voltage/phase as indicated on the electrical plans (or for the electrical circuit the item will be connected to). b. Product's ampacity requirements (MCA) do not exceed that indicated on the electrical plans (or for the electrical circuit the item will be connected to). 4. Weight: Product's weight is no greater than that indicated. 5. Space Verification: Product will fit in the space available, and along the path available to install the item, will have adequate service clearances, and will not impede on any clearances required for other items in the space the item will be located. 6. Installation: A suitable method for installing the product has been selected which meets the project schedule and other requirements. 7. Lead Time: The product's fabrication, shipping, and delivery period meets the project schedule requirements. 8. Substituted Equipment: Where equipment is not the basis of design confirm all requirements for substituted equipment have been met and shop drawings of construction revisions have been (or are being) prepared. 9. Controls: Item is compatible with the controls it will be connected to and has been coordinated with the firm providing the project control work. 10. Listing: Item is Listed when required to be as such. And if the item is to be installed as part of a Listed system or assembly, it is compliant with the Listing of the overall system or assembly. 1.07 SUBMITTALS - GENERAL A. Variations: Only variations that are specifically identified as described herein will be considered. Provide with the submittal (in addition to other information required): description of the proposed variation, entity who is proposing the variation, why the variation is being proposed, any cost changes associated with the variation, and any other pertinent data to allow for review. Failure to submit information on the variation as described will result in the submittal review being conducted without considering the variation. B. Quality Assurance: By submitting an item for review, the Contractor is claiming that all “Quality Assurance Checks” (see paragraph 1.06 this specification Section) have been performed and satisfactorily passed and no further comment from the submittal reviewer is required for the “Quality Assurance Checks”. C. Product Submittals - Information Required: 1. Manufacturer's catalog information, containing product description, model number, and illustrations. Mark clearly to identify pertinent information and exact model and configuration being submitted. 2. List of accessories and options provided with product. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 5 3. Product dimensions and clearances required. 4. Product weight. 5. Submittal identified with product name and symbol (as shown on the drawings or written in the specifications) and specification Section and paragraph reference. 6. Performance capacity and characteristics showing compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Manufacturer's and local manufacturer's representative names, addresses, and phone numbers. 8. For equipment requiring piping or duct connections: a. Type of connections required. b. Size and locations of connections. 9. For electrically operated equipment: a. Number and locations of electrical service connections required. b. Voltage required. c. Fuse or circuit breaker protection requirements. d. Motor starter requirements; if motor starter is furnished with the equipment, submit product information on motor starter. 10. For equipment requiring control connections: a. Type of control signals required. b. Control communication protocol. c. Information on control devices furnished with equipment. d. Location of control connections. 11. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 12. See each specification Section for additional submittal requirements. D. Shop Drawing Submittals: Provide for the following systems: 1. Fire Suppression Systems. 2. Vehicle Exhaust System. 3. HVAC Control Systems. 4. For any parts of any system which are to be installed differently than as shown on the drawings. 5. Construction revisions to accommodate Substituted Equipment. 6. Other areas/work as noted in the Contract Documents. 7. For those systems requiring shop drawings, reference system's specification Section for additional requirements. 1.08 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Breakdown: Provide schedule of values for the following categories (as a minimum); provide a materials and labor breakdown for each category. 1. Mobilization. 2. General Project Management, General Design, General Coordination, Submittals. 3. Insulation. 4. Fire Suppression: a. Engineering and shop drawings. b. Rough-in. c. Trim. 5. Plumbing: a. Underground. b. Aboveground. c. Fixtures and Trim. d. Water Heater and Pump. e. Compressor and Air Piping. 6. HVAC System: a. VRF Equipment. b. Refrigerant Piping. c. DOAS Unit. d. Heaters and Fans. e. HVAC Ductwork and Accessories. 7. Controls: a. Engineering and shop drawings. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 6 b. Installation. 8. Balancing. 9. Commissioning. 10. O&M Manual, Record Data. 11. Punchlist, Closeout, Owner Training. B. Closeout: The dollar value for "Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training" shall in no case be less than 3% of the total dollar value of the mechanical work. 1.09 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Field Record Drawings: Maintain a set of full size contract plans at the project site upon which all changes from the as-bid plans are noted. Plans shall be maintained clean, dry and legible; with information recorded concurrent with construction progress. These plans shall also include actual locations (with dimensions) of all underground and concealed mechanical systems. Connection points to outside utilities shall be located by field measurements and so noted on these record drawings. All addenda, change order, field orders, design clarifications, request for information, and all other clarifications and revisions to the plans shall also be made a part of these record drawings. Plans shall be available for weekly review by the Architect/Engineer. Label drawing “As-Builts” with date, name of Contractor, and name of individual overseeing the work. B. Final Field Record Drawings Submittal: Deliver to the Architect/Engineer the original Field Record drawings and one full size copy. C. Photographs: Photograph with minimum 10 megapixel digital camera (or better) all concealed utilities located below ground, under floors, and in building. Photographs shall be taken prior to any insulation being installed, and with multiple views so as to allow clear understanding and locations of the systems from the photographs. Furnish prints on 8-1/2 x 11 paper, with two 5 x 7 photographs per page. Label each photograph, as to location photographs are taken and system(s) indicated, and provide two sets of 3-ring notebooks with photographs. Provide divider tabs in notebook, and organize photographs in logical groupings; provide table of contents listing all photographs. Provide a labeled CD's containing all photographs, one with each notebook. 1.10 PRODUCT HANDLING, PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. Protection: 1. Protect all products from contamination, becoming unclean, and from damage of any kind and whatever cause; when being handled, in storage, and while installed, until final project acceptance. 2. Completely cover fixtures, motors, control panels, equipment, and similar items to protect from becoming unclean and damage of any kind. 3. Protect premises and work of other trades from damage due to Mechanical work. B. Openings: Cap all openings in pipe, ductwork and equipment to protect against entry of foreign matter until all work that could cause unclean conditions or damage is complete (including work that has dust or fumes associated with it). Caps shall be of sufficient strength and seal integrity to prevent entry of water or fumes for the most extreme conditions they may be exposed to (i.e. high velocity water spray, high winds, concrete splash, etc.) C. Storage: Provide properly conditioned and sheltered storage facilities for products to prevent damage of any kind and to maintain new condition. Provide adequate venting arrangements to avoid condensation damage. D. Operation and Maintenance: 1. General: Inspect products periodically to confirm conditions and maintenance needs. Keep records of inspections and (upon request) forward to the Architect/Engineer prior to project final acceptance. Operation and Maintenance shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written procedures and recognized best maintenance practices. Keep records of maintenance and (upon request) forward to the Architect/Engineer prior to project final acceptance. 2. Stored Products: Provide maintenance (i.e. equipment rotation, lubrication, flush, cleaning, etc.) and inspection on products while stored to maintain new condition. 3. Installed Products: Provide maintenance and inspection of products and operate mechanical systems until substantial completion or specified Owner Instruction has been provided (whichever is later). Maintenance shall include all labor and materials and all manufacturers’ recommended maintenance (i.e. strainer cleaning, filter changes, bearing lubrication, belt tensioning, etc.). In addition to scheduled maintenance, review all equipment periodically to allow detection of improper operation or any special maintenance needs; review shall be consistent with best practices for the product but in no case less than a site visit every two weeks. Document all maintenance activities. E. Damaged Products: Damaged products shall be replaced with new. Where damage is limited to paint (or similar finish), the product may remain if the finish is restored to a new condition (as judged by the Architect/Engineer). Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 7 1.11 JOB CONDITIONS A. Special Requirements: 1. Maintain emergency and service entrance usable to pedestrian and vehicle traffic at all times. Where trenches are cut, provide adequate bridging for traffic. 2. Coordinate startup and shutdown of all mechanical systems and utilities with related trades and the Owner's representative. 3. Coordinate all construction activities with the Owner's Representative and cooperate fully so as to minimize conflicts and to facilitate Owner usage of the premises during construction. 4. Provide temporary services to occupied areas to accommodate Owner's use during construction. All temporary work shall comply with same specifications as for new work and be of same quality. B. Downtime Restrictions: 1. Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 72 hours in advance of any intended shut-down of any building services or systems and obtain Owner approval prior to proceeding. 2. Electrical power to the building shall not be interrupted at any one time for more than 15 minutes. C. Schedule of Work: Arrange work to comply with schedule of construction, and so as not to violate any downtime restrictions, and to accommodate the Owner's scheduled use of the premises during construction. 1.12 ENGINEER REVIEWS AND WITNESSING A. General: Arrange construction schedule and notifications to the Engineer to accommodate Engineer’s schedule and the possibility of review times occurring up to 14 days after notification, and for the possible failure to satisfactorily pass Engineer’s reviews requiring revisions and re-reviews. B. Notification: Notify Engineer at least 7 days in advance of readiness for reviews; arrange mutually agreed upon times for the reviews to occur. C. Access: Provide ladders, any special tools and safety equipment to allow Engineer's access to areas and equipment. Remove and reinstall ceiling tiles, access panels, and similar items where requested to allow for reviews. D. Review of Systems with Equipment: 1. Prior to Engineer’s review, system’s equipment shall have received specified start-up and be substantiated by a written report. 2. Prior to Engineer’s review, systems shall have been operating properly for at least five consecutive days prior to the scheduled review date. 3. Personnel shall be present to operate the system’s equipment and controls, and to vary system settings as directed by the Engineer to allow for a review of operation over a range of settings. 1.13 REFERENCES A. ASME A13.1: Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. B. NFPA 791: Unlabeled Electrical Equipment Evaluation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General: Any reference in the Specifications or on the Drawings to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by manufacturer, name, make, model number, or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The manufacturers listed as Acceptable Manufacturers may bid the project for the items indicated without submitting a substitution request. B. Substitutions: Other manufacturers desiring to bid the project require prior approval. See Division 01 for substitution requirements. In reviewing a manufacturer for acceptance, factors considered include: engineering data showing item's performance, proper local representation of manufacturer, likelihood of manufacturer's future local support of product, service availability, previous installations, previous use by Owner/Engineer/Architect, product quality, availability/quality of maintenance and operation data, capacity/performance compared to specified items, acoustics, items geometry and access, utility needs, and similar concerns. C. Limitations: The listing of a manufacturer as an Acceptable Manufacturer does not necessarily mean that the products of that manufacturer are equal to those specified. The listing is only an indication of those manufacturers which have represented themselves as being capable of manufacturing, or have in the past manufactured, items equal to those specified. The Architect/Engineer shall be the final judge as to whether an item is equal to that specified. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 8 D. Quality: Products provided by Acceptable Manufacturers shall be equal to or superior to the specified manufacturer's item in function, appearance, and quality, and shall fulfill all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect/Engineer shall be the judge as to whether an item meets these requirements or not. E. Manufacturer: To be considered as being made by a particular manufacturer, the product must be made directly by the manufacturer and have the manufacturer’s name (or nameplate with name) affixed to the product (or on the product container where direct labeling is not possible). Example: manufacture “A” is listed as an acceptable manufacture; manufacturer “B” is not listed as an acceptable manufacturer; manufacturer “A” owns “B”; products from “B” do not qualify as being made by an acceptable manufacturer by virtue of ownership. 2.02 PRODUCTS - GENERAL A. Standard Products: Products shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. The standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for two years prior to bid opening. The two year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The two year's experience must be satisfactorily completed by a product which has been sold or is offered for sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures. Except that equipment changes made solely to satisfy code requirements, to improve unit efficiency, or to comply with unique project requirements are not required to have two year prior operation. B. Latest Design: Products shall be the latest design and version available from the manufacturer, including software. Discontinued products shall not be used. C. Service Support: Qualified permanent service organizations for support of the equipment shall be located reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. D. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Equipment shall have a manufacturer's nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, model number, serial number, and additional information as required by code. Nameplate shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. Nameplate shall be of durable construction, easily read, with lettering minimum size 12 font. E. Compatibility: All components and materials used shall be compatible to the conditions and materials the items will be exposed to. All items exposed to the weather shall be galvanized, or be of stainless steel or similar corrosion resistant material. F. Sizes: Sizes indicated for products manufactured to standardized sizes (e.g. pipe, pipe fittings, valves, material gauges, etc.) are minimums. During bidding confirm that the sizes are available and meet project requirements. Where indicated sizes are not available provide the next larger available size; confirm this larger size will suit the construction and meet Contract Document requirements prior to ordering. Such size revisions are subject to Engineer’s review; indicate size revisions on the product submittal and why the size is being revised. G. Non-Specified Items: Materials shown on the drawings but not specified shall be provided as shown and as required to suit the application illustrated and intended and shall be of commercial quality, consistent with the quality of similar type items provided on the project. Not all items shown on the drawings necessarily have a corresponding specification; such items shall be provided per this paragraph and so as to provide complete, finished, fully functioning mechanical systems. H. Weights: Do not exceed the weights shown unless added structural supports are provided. Such supports shall meet the requirements of the project Structural Engineer. The Contractor shall bear all costs for all redesign and added supports to accommodate heavier equipment. The Contractor shall reimburse the Engineer for all time associated with all review and analyses regarding the use of equipment heavier than that indicated. I. Temperature/Pressure Rating: All materials and components furnished shall be suitable for the temperature and pressures they will be exposed to. Contractor shall consider possible operating modes to ensure proper material ratings. J. Standardization: All products of the same type shall be by the same manufacturer and have the same characteristics and features to allow for Owner's standardization. K. Model Numbers: Any reference to a manufacturer’s "model number" is a reference to a manufacturer’s series number or type of product, and is not a complete "model number" in having all the necessary numbers/letters to convey all of the features, accessories, and options that are required. These series numbers are only meant to convey a type of product that may meet the project requirements. Where conflicts or discrepancies occur regarding a listed manufacturer’s series or “model” number and specified capacities or features, the more stringent and expensive shall prevail. L. Special Products: Numerous products specified for this project are custom products, and require special and unique construction and features. Such special items may include: finishes, controls, field NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 9 Laboratory) re-certification, field evaluations by accredited product testing laboratories for certification for the application, construction, configuration, capacities, accessories, spare parts, warranty, testing, flow rates, application, installation, delivery date, cleaning, etc. Include in bid all costs to provide items meeting all project requirements. Products may reference a manufacturer’s series number, but are still special and custom, with the series number identifying only a reference point for the unit manufacturer. The series number is not to be construed as limiting the features or capabilities of the item. Contractor shall review all requirements and all vender quotes to ensure all requirements are being met and to include all costs in bid. No added cost will be paid for failure to include in bid all costs necessary to provide the special, unique, and custom items required. M. Lead Free: All solder, valve components, drinking fountain components, and other items in contact with potable water shall be lead free. 2.03 ELECTRICAL A. General: All electrical devices, wiring, products, and work shall comply with the Division 26 specifications and code. See drawings for building occupancy type, types of construction, and areas which may require special wiring methods or other electrical work. B. Equipment: All equipment requiring power shall be factory wired to an equipment mounted junction box (or an accessible compartment with power terminals or electrical device) arranged to allow for connection of electrical power. C. Overcurrent Protection: Circuit breakers, circuit breaker disconnects, fuses, and other current limiting devices indicated to be provided, shall be rated to suit the maximum overcurrent rating of the item served, and have other ratings, as required by code. Circuit breakers for HVAC and refrigeration unit equipment shall be UL listed by HACR type. D. Fault Current AIC Rating: All equipment requiring the use of electrical power shall have a fault current rating complying with code. The minimum rating shall be 65,000 AIC; except where a lower fault current value is indicated on the drawings, or code allows uses of a lower number. Where the Contractor wishes to utilize equipment having fault current limitations lower than 65,000 AIC (or as shown on plans, whichever is less), the Contractor shall be responsible to provide suitable fusing, additional devices, and/or other changes to the building electrical system as necessary to accommodate the proposed equipment. E. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR): All equipment (or components) requiring the use of electrical power shall have a SCCR value to comply with code. The minimum rating shall be 22,000 Amps RMS Symmetrical unless a lower value is indicated on the plans or allowed by code. Where the Contractor wishes to utilize equipment having a lower rating, the Contractor shall be responsible to provide calculations substantiating that a lower SCCR is acceptable (and complies with code), or make system revisions to accommodate the proposed component. F. Product Certification (Listing): Products which require connection to electrical power shall be certified (i.e. listed) by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and be labeled (in a conspicuous place) with such certification (or certification mark). Certification shall comply with code, OSHA Standards, and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) requirements. NRTL’s shall be recognized as such by OSHA and the AHJ. Certification shall be for the complete assembly (approval of individual components is not acceptable). Field evaluations to obtain certification shall be performed by accredited product testing laboratories acceptable to the AHJ and Engineer, be performed in accordance with code, NFPA 791, recognized practices, and be labeled to identify the certification. Certification is not required where the AHJ does not require it. G. Where field modifications are made to a NRTL certified product, and where required by the AHJ, provide a field evaluation (with a written report) by the NRTL that certified the product to confirm that the product continues to comply with its certification. Due to custom requirements of this project modifications may be required necessitating NRTL field evaluation (see equipment specifications and system requirements). 2.04 MOTORS A. General: Where a piece of equipment specified includes an electric motor, the motor shall be factory installed and mounted. Motor starters and motor electrical disconnect switches shall be provided by the Contractor doing the work of the Section where the item was specified, unless specifically shown to be provided by Division 26 (or another Division). Wiring from the motor to motor starters and to electrical disconnects shall be by the Contractor doing the work of the Section where the item was specified, unless specifically shown to be provided by Division 26. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: General Electric, TECO-Westinghouse, Reliance, Gould, Century, Baldor, U.S. Motors, Marathon, and acceptable manufacturers for the equipment (see individual specification sections). C. Type: Motor type shall comply with code and applicable standard requirements and be configured to suit the application. Motors located indoors shall be open frame, drip-proof type, unless indicated otherwise. Motors located outdoors exposed to weather shall have corrosion resistant finish and shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) or totally enclosed non-ventilated Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 10 (TENV) type, unless indicated otherwise. Motors used in fans serving dishwashing hoods and kitchen hoods shall be TEFC type. D. Listing: All motors shall be UL listed. E. Efficiency: Motor efficiencies shall comply with code. Fractional horsepower motors shall be the electronically commuted (EC) type with speed control where noted and where non-EC motors are not available which comply with code efficiency requirements. Motor power factor shall comply with code, local utility requirements, and as indicated. Provide added power factor correction devices as necessary to comply. F. Sizing: Motors shall not be smaller than indicated and of adequate size to start and drive the respective equipment when handling the quantities specified without exceeding the nameplate full load current at the conditions indicated and for the expected operating conditions. If it becomes evident that a motor furnished is too small to meet these requirements as a result of the Contractor using substituted equipment or having revised the system arrangement, the Contractor shall replace it with a motor of adequate size at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor shall also arrange with the Electrical Contractor to increase the size of the wiring, motor starter and other accessories as required to serve the larger motor at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Service Factor: Minimum 1.15. H. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Applications: Motors used with Variable Frequency Drives (VFD’s) shall be rated for such use per IEEE standards and have shaft grounding protection. I. EC Motors (ECM): 1. General: Electronically commutated type with integral inverter to convert AC power (of voltage/phase indicated) to DC power, and solid state circuitry to vary output power and speed of motor. Motor shall have permanently lubricated bearings with an L10 life of 100,000 hours at expected operating conditions. Motor shall have rotor position and rotation detection as required for operation. 2. Speed Range: Motor speed shall be controllable down to 25% of full speed. 3. Manual Speed Control: Provide with manual speed adjustment dial for motor speed control. Dial shall be motor mounted unless indicated otherwise, operable by a screwdriver or by hand. Motor mounted controls shall be factory wired. Remote mount dials shall be hand operable (i.e. no tools required), shall be for mounting on a standard 2 x 4 electrical junction box, and be able to be located up to 100 feet remote from the motor. Motor control wiring for remote mount dials shall be factory wired from the motor to an equipment mounted junction box (with field supplied wiring from this J-box to the remote dial). 4. EMCS Control: Motor speed shall be adjustable via a remote 0-10V input signal (unless noted otherwise) from the building EMCS. Control wiring shall be factory wired from the motor to an equipment mounted junction box. EMCS control is not required where not indicated to be provided or where not utilized as part of the control sequence. 5. Control Power: Provide with integral transformer, factory wired, as needed to power motor controls. Locate transformer at motor or equipment. 2.05 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELS A. General: All piping, valves, and mechanical equipment shall be labeled. Labels in concealed accessible spaces shall be reviewed and verified by Architect/Engineer prior to being concealed. B. Piping: 1. Type: Self-sticking colored identification markers, lettered to identify the pipe contents, and banded at each end with arrow tape indicating the direction of flow. Markers shall be similar and equal to Brady "System 1" and Seton "Opti- Code" markers. Spray painted stencil labeling is not acceptable. Some labels may be special order. 2. Identification Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, and as follows: Conveyed Material/System Background Letters Fire Suppression Red White Compressed Air Blue White Refrigeration Black White Domestic Cold Water Green White Domestic Hot Water Green White Domestic Circulation Green White Waste/Vent Gray White 3. Lettering: Lettering shall identify the material conveyed in each pipe and shall match the designation used on the plans, but without abbreviations. Systems which have supply and return piping shall have piping labeled as such (i.e. heating Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 11 water return, heating water supply, etc.). Systems that have different pressures shall be labeled to indicate such (i.e. Steam-Low Pressure, Steam- Medium Pressure, Natural Gas-Low Pressure, Natural Gas-Medium Pressure, etc.). 4. Size: Size of letters and color field shall comply with ASME A13.1, repeated here for convenience: Outside Diameter of Length of Pipe or Covering Color Field Size of Letters 3/4 to 1-1/4 Inches 8 Inches 1/2 Inches 1-1/2 to 2 Inches 8 Inches 3/4 Inches 2-1/2 to 6 Inches 12 Inches 1-1/4 Inches 8 to 10 Inches 24 Inches 2-1/2 Inches Over 10 Inches 32 Inches 3-1/2 Inches 5. Applications: Install on all exposed piping adjacent to each shut-off valve, at branches to indicate changes of direction, where pipes pass through walls and floors, on 20 foot centers or at least one in each room on each pipe. Markers shall be installed on all concealed accessible piping (i.e., piping above suspended ceilings, behind access doors, in accessible chases, etc.) near the point of access. For piping above suspended ceilings, markers shall be installed the same as if the piping was exposed (i.e., same as if the suspended ceiling was not in place). Markers shall be installed so as to be easily read by a person standing on the floor. Provide additional flow arrows at each pipe connection at valves having more than 2 ports (i.e. 3-way control valves). 6. Other Requirements: See other specification Sections for additional requirements. C. Valves: 1. Labels: Laminated plastic or phenolic material, at least 1/16-inch thick, with black surface layer and white (unless other color indicated) sub-layer for letter engraving to expose sub-layer. Labels shall not be less than 3" x 1" in size. Label shall be pre-drilled at one end for attachment to valve. Attach to valve with No. 6 polished nickel-steel jack chain of sufficient length to allow label to hang free. 2. Lettering: Engrave label with valve size, name of system served (cold water, heating water supply, chilled water supply, etc.) and purpose of valve. Lettering size 3/16-inch, except where needed to be smaller to fit label size. 3. Application: Labels shall be installed on all valves except valves at hydronic system coils and equipment where the valve purpose is readily obvious. 4. Valve Charts: Valve charts shall be provided for each mechanical room providing valve data for emergency, main building, and main area shut-off valves. Valve charts shall be neatly typed on 8-1/2" x 11" paper and framed under plastic with an aluminum (or wood) frame and posted in the appropriate room at a visible location acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Sample chart organization: “PROJECT NAME” MAIN VALVE CHART Valve Size Service Location Purpose 6 Inch HWS Main Mechanical Room 101 Main HWS Shut-off NW Corner 3 Inch HWS Above Ceiling North Wing HWS Shut-off NE Corner, Room 151 D. Equipment: 1. Labels: Laminated plastic (or phenolic) material, 1/16-inch thick, with black surface layer and white (unless other color indicated) sub-layer, with engraving through to expose white sub-layer. Minimum 2-inch high (unless indicated otherwise or required due to equipment size) with length to contain required lettering. Label shall be pre-drilled and be mechanically fastened to the equipment. Prior to making labels, submit a list of all proposed labels. 2. Lettering: All caps, engraved on label, with equipment designation (same designation as used on Contract Drawings; e.g. DOAS-1, EF-3, CP-1). Lettering shall be in multiple rows, with equipment label on top row. Equipment lettering to be 5/8-inch high; area served lettering to be 3/8-inch high (except that smaller lettering may be used if necessary to fit label size). 3. Application: All scheduled mechanical equipment shall be labeled. The label shall be located on a side of the equipment so as to be easily read, with the marking visible to a person standing at the access level near the equipment (assuming any necessary access to a concealed unit has been made). E. Electrical Devices: 1. Labels: Minimum 1/4-inch high (unless indicated otherwise) lettering, all caps, engraved on laminated plastic or phenolic material, at least 1/16-inch thick. Laminated plastic (or phenolic) shall have black surface layer and white (unless other color indicated) sub-layer, with engraving through to expose white sub-layer. Label shall be pre-drilled Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 12 and be mechanically fastened to the item; where mechanical fastening is not possible use 3M VHB double sided specialty tape No. 4945. Prior to making labels, submit a list of all proposed labels. 2. Lettering: Label shall identify the item served (using the same designation as indicated on the Contract Drawings), the source of power (by panel and circuit breaker), and comply with code. 3. Application: Variable frequency drives, motor starters, disconnects, contactors, relays and similar items which control power to equipment and system components shall be labeled. The label shall be located so as to be easily read. See Section 23 0933 for labeling of low voltage control components. F. Duct Access Doors: 1. Labels: Minimum 1-inch high (unless indicated otherwise) lettering, engraved on laminated plastic or phenolic material, at least 1/16th inch thick. Laminated plastic (or phenolic) shall have red surface layer and white (unless other color indicated) sub-layer, with engraving through to expose white sub-layer. Label shall be pre-drilled and be mechanically fastened to the duct access door. In lieu of laminate type, self-adhesive vinyl signs may be used. 2. Lettering: Label shall comply with code, and indicate the item being accessed (i.e. Fire/Smoke Damper, Motorized Damper, Backdraft Damper, etc.). 3. Application: All duct access doors serving fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, control dampers, items required by code, and control devices shall be labeled. Where these items are provided under Division 26, they shall be labeled by Division 26. The label shall be located so as to be easily read, with the marking visible to a person standing at the access level near the access door (assuming any necessary access to a concealed label has been made). G. Concealed Items: Equipment, valves, dampers and similar items concealed above accessible ceilings shall have the ceiling marked below the item to identify the item and its location. The marking system shall consist of printed labels made by a professional labeling machine, black lettering on clear self sticking tape, with minimum 1/2-inch high lettering using Arial font. Apply labels to ceiling grid below concealed item. Labels shall identify equipment using the same designation indicated on the plans (e.g. EF-1, HP-111); valves shall be identified by size and system (e.g. ISOLATION VALVE 4” CW; GAS SOLENOID VALVE 3”). Prior to making labels, submit a list of all proposed labels. H. Plan Posting: Post reduced as-builts in mezzanine. As-builts shall be 11" x 17" in size, and be laminated in clear plastic. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Workmanship: Furnish and install products to provide complete and functioning systems with a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer, any portion of the work has not been installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and in a neat workmanlike manner, or has been left in a rough, unfinished manner, the Contractor shall be required to revise the work so that it complies with the Contract Documents, at no increase in cost to the Owner. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work with all trades that may be affected by the work to avoid conflicts and to allow for an organized and efficient installation of all systems. C. Examination and Preparation: Examine installation conditions and verify they are proper and ready for the work to proceed. Verify compatibility of materials in contact with other materials, and suitability for conditions they will be exposed to. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Prepare area to accept the work and prepare products for the installation. D. Field Conditions: Check field conditions and verify all measurements and relationships indicated on the drawings before proceeding with any work. In verifying existing conditions, the Contractor shall verify by direct physical inspection, complete tracing out of systems, by applying test pressures, by excavation and inspection, use of pipeline cameras, and other suitable absolute certain methods to confirm the actual physical conditions that exist. E. Openings and Cutting and Patching in New Construction: 1. Openings - General: The General Contractor shall provide all required spaces and provisions in structures of new construction for the installation of work of all other contractors or subcontractors. 2. Coordination: The Contractors doing work subject to Division 20 shall furnish to the General Contractor (in a timely manner) all needed dimensions and locations of openings to allow for these openings to be provided as the construction adjacent to the opening is being done. 3. Cutting and Patching: Cutting and patching of structures in place made necessary to admit work, repair defective work, or by neglect of contractors and subcontractors to properly anticipate their requirements, shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of the contractors or subcontractors responsible. Work shall be done in a fashion to duplicate the results that would have been obtained had the work been properly sequenced. 4. Patching Materials: Patching shall be with materials of like kind and quality of the adjoining surface by skilled labor experienced in that particular trade. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 13 F. Cleaning: Clean all products (whether exposed to view or not) of all construction debris, and other materials; grease and oil spots shall be removed with appropriate cleaning agents and surfaces carefully wiped clean. Where cleaning cannot restore items to new conditions, the item shall be replaced with new. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Work shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions, code, applicable standards, and best construction practices. B. Space Verification: Prior to ordering materials verify that adequate space exists to accept the products, and along the installation path. Such verification shall be by direct field measurement of the actual space available and use of manufacturer’s final submittal dimensions. Where the project involves new construction and long lead items and a time schedule not allowing for such direct field measurements, confirm in writing with all trades associated with building the space that adequate room is available. Review maintenance and service access space required and confirm requirements will be met. No submittals shall be made until such space verification work has been performed, and confirmed that adequate space is available. By virtue of making a submittal that Contractor affirms he has completed this verification. C. Installation Locations: Unless dimensioned locations for items are shown, select the precise location of the item in accordance with the Contract Documents, coordinated with other trades and item connection locations, and subject to the Architect/Engineer's review. No allowances will be granted for failure to obtain the Architect/Engineer's review, failure to coordinate the work, and failure to comply with Contract Document requirements. D. Replacement and Maintenance: Install mechanical equipment to permit easy access for normal maintenance, and so that parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance (e.g. coils, heat exchanger bundles, sheaves, filters, bearings, etc.) can be removed. Relocate items which interfere with access or revise item installation location, orientation, or means of access. E. Building Access Doors: Provide access doors where indicated and where needed to provide access to valves, drains, duct access doors, and similar items requiring service or access that would otherwise be inaccessible. Consult architectural drawings and coordinate location and installation of access doors with trades which are affected by the installation. Access doors are typically not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall review all construction details and types and locations of items requiring access to determine quantity and sizes of access doors required. F. Manually Operated Components: Valves, damper operators, on/off switches, keypads, controls, and other devices which are manually adjustable or operated shall be located so as to be easily accessible by a person standing on the floor. Any such items which are not in the open shall be made accessible through access doors in the building construction. See individual specification sections for additional requirements. G. Monitoring Components: Gauges, thermometers, instrumentation, and other components which display visual information (i.e. operating conditions, alarms, etc.), shall be located and oriented so as to be easily read by a person standing on the floor. Provide necessary brackets, hangers, remote read devices and accessories as needed. Equipment control panels and graphic displays furnished with equipment (or integral to equipment) shall be located to be easily accessible by a person standing on the floor adjacent to the equipment, and be located between 4-feet and 6-feet above the finished floor. H. Accessible Installation: If circumstances at a particular location make the accessible installation of an item difficult or inconvenient, the situation shall be discussed with the Architect/Engineer before installing the item in a location that will result in poor access. I. Rotating Parts: Belts, pulleys, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys and other rotating parts which may pose a danger to personnel shall be fully enclosed or guarded in accordance with Code, and so as not to present a safety hazard. J. Equipment Pads: All ground and slab mounted mechanical equipment shall be installed on a minimum 4-inch thick concrete pad, (unless indicated otherwise). Where the largest dimension for any pad exceeds 6 feet provide a 6 x 6 - 10 gauge welded wire fabric reinforcement in the pad (unless noted otherwise). K. Dissimilar Metals: Provide separations between all dissimilar metals. Where not specified in another way, use 10 mil plastic tape wrapped at point of contact or plastic centering inserts. L. Electrical Offsets: Provide offsets around all electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment) to maintain space clear above and below electrical panels to structure, and clearance of 3.5 feet directly in front of panel, except where indicated otherwise or required by code to be more. Such required offsets are typically not shown on the plans but are to be provided per this paragraph. Include in bid offsets for all systems near electrical panels. M. Piping Through Framing: Piping through framing shall be installed in the approximate center of the member. Where located such that nails or screws are likely to damage the pipe, a steel plate at least 1/16-inch thick shall be installed to provide protection. At metal framing, wrap piping to prevent contact of dissimilar metals. At metal and wood framing, provide plastic pipe insulators at piping penetrations through framing nearest each equipment connection and on at least 32-inch centers. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 14 N. Safety Protection: All ductwork, piping and related items installed by this Contractor that present a safety hazard (i.e., items installed at/near head height, items projecting into maintenance access paths, etc.) shall be covered (at hazardous area) with 3/4" thick elastomeric insulation and reflective red/white self-sticking safety tape. All sharp corners on supports and other installed items shall be ground smooth. O. Equipment Access: Access to equipment is of utmost importance. Contractor shall apply extra attention to the location of pipe and duct routings and in coordinating all work so that equipment access and a clear maintenance pathway to equipment is maintained. Poor maintenance access will not be accepted. Contractor shall note that in essentially all areas piping and ducts need to run with slopes parallel to the roof, necessitating elbows/fittings/transitions at crosses of ducts/pipes and at all connections to mains and branches. P. Pressure Tests: Maintain documentation of all pressure (or leak) tests performed on systems and submit with project closeout documents. Records shall contain (as a minimum): date of test, system name, description portion of system being tested, method of test, initial and final test pressures (or of measured leakage rates, as applicable), indication of test pass or fail, name and signature of individual performing (or documenting) the test, initials of independent witness of test. 3.03 PAINTING A. General: Painting shall comply with Division 09 specifications. Colors, in all cases, shall be as selected by the Architect/Engineer. Color samples shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval prior to painting. B. The following painting shall be provided under Division 20: 1. All exposed metallic surfaces (includes piping, ducts, hangers, conduits, etc.) provided by this Contractor (except equipment with factory finish or items specifically excluded) shall receive one coat of rust inhibiting primer and two (2) coats of selected finish paint. 2. All exposed insulated surfaces provided by this Contractor (except where specifically excluded) shall receive one coat of primer and two coats of selected finish paint. 3. The inside of all ductwork (including visible dampers, roof vents, insulation pins, and any visible metal) behind grilles, registers, diffusers, and louvers shall be painted flat black. C. Items to be painted under Division 09: 1. Exposed duct work in finished areas. 2. Exterior mechanical equipment. 3. Exposed piping in finished areas. 3.04 PENETRATION PROTECTION A. Exterior and Watertight Penetrations: Where any work pierces the building exterior (or construction intended to be watertight) the penetration shall be made watertight and weatherproof. Provide all necessary products (e.g. caulking, flashing, screens, gaskets, backing materials, siding, roofing, trim, etc.). Where not detailed or indicated how to install submit shop drawings of the proposed methods. Flashing arrangements shall be per SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual unless noted otherwise. Caulking alone is not an acceptable means of sealing penetrations. B. Equipment: Equipment or products located outdoors shall be watertight (except for provisions designed to intentionally accept water and having drain provisions) and shall be designed and intended by the manufacturer to be used outdoors at the project location. Where any work pierces the unit casing exposed to the outdoors the penetration shall be made watertight and weatherproof; provide all necessary products (e.g. caulking, flashing, gaskets, backing materials, etc.). C. Animal Protection: Mechanical system openings, overhangs, shrouds, coverings, gaps below units, and other elements where animals could enter or occupy shall be protected with screens to prevent animal entry or occupation. Screening shall be installed in a neat professional manner, square to the adjacent construction, and be securely attached with removable fasteners. 3.05 START-UP A. General: Provide inspections, start-up and operational checks of all mechanical systems and equipment. Maintain documentation of all start-up work and submit with project closeout documents. See individual specification Sections for additional requirements. B. Personnel: Inspection and start-up services shall be done by individuals trained in the operation, and knowledgeable with, the systems being started-up. Equipment start-up shall be by the manufacturer's authorized service representative where indicated (see individual specification Sections). C. Scheduling and Agenda: Submit a proposed detailed start-up schedule with proposed dates and times at least 30 days prior to the earliest proposed system start-up. Revise dates and times as mutually agreed upon with trades involved, and witnesses, before submitting a final start-up schedule. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 15 D. Witnessing: Start-up may be witnessed by the Engineer and Owner's representative (at their option). Notify the Engineer and Owner 7 days prior to the proposed start-up time. 3.06 OWNER INSTRUCTION A. General: Provide instruction to the Owner on the operation and maintenance of all installed mechanical systems. Prior to instruction provide final Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manuals. Have copy of O&M manual and project drawings on hand during instruction. B. Personnel: Instruction involving the general arrangement and overview of systems, including locations and connections of system components, shall be by individuals that were involved in the installation of these systems. Instruction on the operation and maintenance of products shall be by individuals trained and experienced in the installation, operation and maintenance of these products. Instruction shall be by the product manufacturer's authorized service representative where indicated (see individual specification Sections). C. Scheduling and Agenda: Submit a proposed instruction schedule (with proposed dates and times) and an instruction agenda at least 30 days prior to the earliest proposed instruction period. Coordinate Owner and Architect/Engineer review and arrange mutually agreed upon instruction schedule and the instruction agenda, and submit a final instruction schedule and agenda. Organize instruction by sub-systems corresponding to the project specifications (or similar logical grouping). D. Classroom Instruction: 1. Scope: Provide instruction in a sit-down classroom setting for each mechanical system. 2. Overview: Provide an overview of each system. Explain the overall arrangement of each system; including equipment, fixtures, system features, capacities, isolation valve locations, and utility main connection locations; with appropriate references to drawings. 3. Operation: Explain the operation of each system. Explain normal operation, normal system settings, range of settings, how system adjustments are made, possible failure modes, emergency operation, normal and emergency start/stop procedures, safety concerns, and related information. 4. Maintenance: Explain system maintenance requirements with references to the O&M Manual. Discuss system access methods, required maintenance, maintenance procedures, and frequency of maintenance. Discuss typical repairs. Review any recommended spare parts, special tools, and special knowledge/experience required. 5. Duration: Classroom instruction shall be for a minimum 8 hours. 6. Records: Submit documentation noting names of those receiving the instruction, scope of instruction, date and time of occurrence, and signed by the individuals receiving the instruction. Video record all instruction and provide 2 CD copies. E. Field Instruction: 1. Scope: Provide on-site field instruction for each mechanical product requiring maintenance or expected to require repair in the next 10 year period. Provide individual instruction for each unique product, or where products of the same type vary appreciably from others (due to size, options, etc.). See individual specification sections for additional requirements. 2. Overview: Show and explain the overall arrangement and locations of each mechanical system. Show the locations of all system major shut-off valves, location of major equipment components, routing of system mains, and related information. 3. Operation: Demonstrate and explain normal start-up, normal shut-down, normal operation, normal settings, adjustments, signs of abnormal operation, emergency shut-down, safety concerns, and related information. 4. Maintenance: Demonstrate and explain system maintenance requirements with references to the O&M Manual. Show how maintenance is performed, including how items are accessed, maintenance procedures, tools and parts required, and related information. Review typical repairs and explain how performed. 5. Records: Submit documentation noting names of those receiving the instruction, scope of instruction, date and time of occurrence, and signed by the individuals receiving the instruction. Video record all instruction and provide 2 CD copies. F. Occupant Training: Provide training to building occupants explaining systems and devices that they have access to or control of. Coordinate with Owner and other training activities. Training to comply with WSSP requirements. 3.07 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. Fire Station 15 20 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 16 December 22, 2017 20 0500 - 16 END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0519 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PIPING SPECIALTIES FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 20 0519 - 1 SECTION 20 0519 - PIPING SPECIALTIES FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Thermometers. B. Pressure Gauges. C. Strainers. D. Unions. E. Flexible Connectors. F. Access Doors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information data for all items to be used. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z21.24: Connectors for Gas Appliances. B. ASME B16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. C. ASME B16.39: Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions: Classes 150, 250, and 300. D. ASME B40.3 - Bimetallic Activated Thermometers. E. ASME B40.100 - Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments. F. IFGC: International Fuel Gas Code. G. IMC: International Mechanical Code. H. UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Domestic (Potable) Water Systems: All items in contact with potable water shall be lead free in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61. Plastic piping system components shall comply with ANSI/NSF 14. B. System Requirements: Products shall comply with additional requirements cited for the specific systems the products are being installed in; see specific system specification sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Thermometers: Trerice, Weiss, Winters. C. Pressure Gauges: Trerice, Weiss, Winters. D. Strainers: Watts, Keckley, Mueller, Sarco, Taco, Paco, Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Wilkins. E. Unions: Anvil, Nibco, Watts, Epco, Victaulic, Ward, Jefferson Union. F. Dielectric Connecters: Victaulic Precision Plumbing Products, Elster Perfection. G. Flexible Connectors: Universal, Mason, Dormont, OPW, Unisource, Twin City Hose. H. Access Doors: J.R. Smith, Zurn, Josam, Acudor, Elmdoor, Kees, J.C. Industries. I. Escutcheons: Selected by Contractor. Fire Station 15 20 0519 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PIPING SPECIALTIES FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 20 0519 - 2 2.02 THERMOMETERS - INDUSTRIAL A. Type: 7 inch scale, adjustable angle, red reading mercury, industrial thermometer. B. Construction: Aluminum or polyester case, acrylic plastic or heavy glass window, aluminum face, stem of brass or aluminum construction, with separate brass socket (i.e. thermowell). Bulb chambers tapered to match taper in thermowell to give metal to metal contact. Scale case adjustable over a minimum 180° range, with locking fastener. C. Stem Length: Stem insertion length approximately one-half of pipe diameter. Where installed on tanks, minimum insertion length is 5". Where installed on insulated piping systems, provide a longer stem thermometer and extended neck socket (thermowell) to extend thermometer base past the insulation. D. Display: White background with bold black numerals and Fahrenheit degree markings, red reading mercury. E. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1% of full scale. F. Ranges: Plus or minus 50% of systems normal operating temperature (at point of measurement), with figure intervals approximately 1/20th of range. For systems with multiple operating temperatures wider ranges may be used to allow the same thermometer type through-out the system. 2.03 PRESSURE GAUGES A. General: 4-1/2" round dial, stem mounting, black impact resistant phenolic (or fiberglass reinforced polypropylene) flangeless case, white face with black numerals, phosphor bronze bourdon tube rated to minimum 250 psi, brass socket, acrylic window, and 1/4" npt (or 1/2" npt) bottom connection. Shut off cock not allowed (use ball valve). Rated for use with the system pressures and temperatures to be exposed to, but be rated for no less than 250° F. Accuracy shall be 0.5% per ASME B40, 100 Grade 2A. B. Liquid Fill: Gauges used on pumps and where vibration or pulsation are present shall be liquid filled and be provided with a snubber. Liquid fill shall be suitable for ambient temperatures from 0 to 150° F, and for system temperatures to be encountered. C. Pressure Gauge Ranges: 0 to 1.5 times systems normal operating pressure (at point of measurement), with numeral figures on 5 psig for gauges reading to 100 psi, and 10 psig on gauges reading to higher values. Except: systems which operate at a vacuum, provide range from 30 to 0 inches mercury vacuum; where measuring differential pressure provide range 1.5 times normal measured pressure. 2.04 STRAINERS A. Water Strainers: Bronze body, “Y” type, screwed or solder type end connections, 125 lb class (rated 125 psi steam working pressure at 350 deg F minimum) and 400 psi (WOG) rated working pressures at 210 deg F, stainless steel 20 mesh wire screen, and gasketed retainer cap. Reinforce wire mesh with perforated stainless steel sheet for sizes 2" and 2-1/2". Ratio of net free area of screen to pipe free area greater than 3.5. Provide with blowdown valve, ball type, with 3/4" NPT male end connection. Valve manufacturer shall be listed as an “Acceptable Manufacturer” in the hydronic piping system specification section. B. Air and Gas Strainers: “Y” pattern type, iron body, 250 psi working pressure, with 40 mesh Monel screen packed with Everdur wool. Air line strainers shall be fitted with brass blowoff cock. 2.05 UNIONS A. Dielectric Unions: Shall not be used. Provide “dielectric connector” with standard union where union is required at connection point of dissimilar materials. B. Unions on Copper Pipe: 1. General: Pressure and temperature ratings to match (or exceed) piping system being installed in; minimum Class 125. 2. 2-Inch Pipe and Smaller: Wrought copper solder joint copper to copper union, complying with ASTM B16.18. 3. 2-1/2-Inch Pipe and Larger: Brass flange unions. C. Unions on Steel Pipe: 1. General: Pressure and temperature ratings to match (or exceed) piping system being installed in; minimum Class 150. 2. Threaded: Malleable iron union, threaded connections, with ground joints, complying with ASME B16.39. Provide with brass-to-iron seat (except provide iron-to-iron seat where the conveyed material is detrimental to brass). 3. Welded and Flanged: Flange unions; see individual system specification sections. D. Dielectric Connector: Schedule 40 steel pipe nipple, zinc electroplated, with internal thermoplastic lining which is NSF/FDA listed and meeting all code requirements for potable water applications. Suitable for continuous use up to 225 deg F and 300 Fire Station 15 20 0519 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PIPING SPECIALTIES FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 20 0519 - 3 psi. "Clearflow" dielectric waterway (or approved). For systems operating at temperatures greater than 225 deg F provide flanged connections with insulating gaskets. 2.06 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Pump Flexible Connectors: Twin sphere type, constructed of peroxide cured EPDM with Kevlar tie cords, multilayered. Embedded solid steel rings shall be used at raised face flanged ends. Shall have an external ductile iron reinforcement ring between spheres. Rated minimum 225 psi at 230°F. Control rods shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer for the application; rods shall have 1/2-inch thick neoprene bushings, washers and accessories sized to accommodate system loads and conditions. Same size as pipe installed end, with end connections to suit connecting piping. Mason Industries “SafeFlex” SFDEJ Series, and SFDCR Series. B. Piping Flexible Connectors: 1. General Use: Corrugated hose type with outer braided wire sheath covering. Corrugations shall be close pitch annular type. Minimum working pressure of 250 psig, minimum length of 12 inches (or 12 times the connector's nominal diameter, whichever is more), and screwed or flanged end connections. Metal for hose shall be bronze or stainless steel; braided sheath shall be stainless steel, any type of ASTM 300 series. 2. Fuel Gas Piping 1-1/4 inch and Smaller: Factory fabricated flexible gas connector, constructed of type 304 stainless steel tubing, corrugated, with brass or stainless steel threaded end fittings, and heavy PVC coating. Listed for use in fuel gas piping systems; complying with ANSI Z21.24 and IFGC. Size flexible connector to match pipe size shown on plan, with reducer after the flexible connector to match the equipment connection size (where connecting to equipment). Length as required to accommodate equipment movement relative to piping; minimum 18-inch length for sizes 1/2-inch diameter and less; minimum 24-inch length for larger sizes. Where used on appliances that require to be moved for cleaning or servicing, provide type listed for mobile appliance application, with adequate length to allow for appliance movement, and with a restraining cable and mounting hardware to prevent strain applied to gas connector. 3. Fuel Gas Piping Larger than 1-1/4 inch: Factory fabricated flexible gas piping connector, constructed of series 304 or 321 stainless steel, with braided exterior, carbon steel (or stainless steel) threaded or flanged end connections, rated for 350 psig working pressure, For use with fuel gas piping systems and complying with IFGC. Size flexible connectors to match pipe size shown on plan, with reducer after the flexible connector to match the equipment connection size. 2.07 ACCESS DOORS A. Hinged lockable steel access door, for mounting on face of wall, with minimum 16 gauge frame and 16 gauge door, concealed hinge, cam and cylinder lock, and anchor straps or anchor frame with mounting holes. Provide Type 304 stainless steel construction with No. 4 finish where used in restrooms, locker rooms, kitchens, and similar "wet" areas. Provide steel construction with prime coated finish in other areas. Door shall have rounded corners, and concealed pivoting rod hinge. Size shall be 12" x 12" (unless indicated otherwise) but shall be large enough to allow necessary access to item being served and sized to allow removal of the item (where access door is the only means of removal without disturbing fixed construction). B. Fire Rating: Door shall maintain fire rating of element installed in; reference drawings for required rating. C. Access doors shall all be keyed alike. Provide two (2) keys for each door. 2.08 ESCUTCHEONS A. Type: Circular metal collar to seal pipe penetrations at building elements (i.e. walls, floors, cabinets, and ceilings); one piece type except that split hinge type may be used for applications on existing piping. B. Construction: Constructed of chrome plated brass or polished stainless steel, sized to tightly fit pipe exterior surface (or pipe insulation where insulated) and to fully cover the building element penetration. C. Projection: Shallow face type with maximum projection from wall not to exceed 1.2 times inner diameter of escutcheon. D. Special Applications: For sprinkler heads and similar special applications see items’ specification Section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Thermometers: Install thermometers and thermal wells in piping at locations indicated, and so as to be easily read. B. Pressure Gauges: Install pressure gauges at inlet and outlets of all pumps; at each side of pressure reducing valves; and as indicated. Provide with ball-type isolation valves. C. Strainers: Install strainers as indicated. Provide valve in blow-off connection on strainers, valve shall be same size as blow-off tapping. Fire Station 15 20 0519 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PIPING SPECIALTIES FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 20 0519 - 4 D. Unions: Install unions in pipe connections to control valves, coils, regulators, reducers, all equipment, and where it may be necessary to disconnect the equipment or piping for repairs or maintenance; and as indicated. Where flanged connections occur at equipment additional unions are not required unless indicated otherwise. Dielectric unions shall not be used. E. Dielectric Connectors: Install connectors between all connections of copper and steel piping (or equipment), and other dissimilar metals. Where flanged connections occur use insulating type flanges. Dielectric unions shall no be used. F. Flexible Connectors - Piping: Install at pipe connections to equipment with rotating elements (except not required at hydronic heating/cooling coils unless specifically noted), at building expansion joints, and where indicated. Provide flexible connector in gas piping connections to all equipment; size flexible connectors to match pipe size shown on plan, with reducer after the flexible connector to match the equipment connection size. G. Access Doors: Provide access doors where indicated on the drawings and where needed to provide access to trap primers, water hammer arresters, cleanouts, valves, coils, controls, mechanical spaces, and similar items requiring service or access that would otherwise be inaccessible. Consult architectural drawings and coordinate location and installation of access doors with trades which are affected by the installation. Access doors are typically not shown in the plans. Review ceiling and wall types and locations of items requiring access to determine quantity and sizes of access doors required. H. Escutcheons: Provide at all pipe penetrations through building elements, except where penetration is concealed (unless specifically noted otherwise). Items located in accessible cabinet spaces (e.g. below sinks) are not considered concealed. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0529 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0529 - 1 SECTION 20 0529 - HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe Hangers and Supports. B. Duct Hangers and Supports. C. Mechanical Equipment Anchors and Supports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe Hanger Standards: Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) Standards SP-58, SP-89, SP-69, and SP-90. B. General: All methods, materials and workmanship shall comply with Code; including IBC, IMC, UPC, NFPA Standards, and ASME standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product data for all hangers, supports, and anchors. Data to include finish, load rating, dimensions, and applicable agency listings. Indicate application for all items by system type, size, and other criteria as appropriate to project. C. Shop Drawings: 1. General: Shop drawings shall clearly indicate dimensions, anchor and support type, anchor and support size, anchor and support spacing, finish, configuration, and systems/equipment to be applied to. 2. Attachments: Submit shop drawings for proposed attachment methods to building structure where the method of attachment has not been shown on the drawings, or where attachment methods other than those shown on the drawings are desired to be used. 3. Fabricated Supports: Submit shop drawings for all fabricated supports. 4. Finished Areas: Submit shop drawings for all supports that will be exposed in finished areas. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic: Provide adequate hangers, supports, anchors, and bracing to serve as seismic restraints. Seismic restraints shall comply with Section 20 0548. Provide seismic restraint calculations and information per Section 20 0548 and as required by code. B. Design and Manufacture: All pipe hangers and supports shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with MSS-SP 58. 1.06 REFERENCES A. ADC: Air Duct Council - Flexible Duct Performance and Installation Standard, 5th Edition. B. ASHRAE-F: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Handbook of Fundamentals. C. ASME B31.1: Power Piping. D. ASME B31.9: Building Services Piping. E. ASTM A36: Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. F. ASTM A108: Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold - Finished. G. ASTM A123: Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. H. ASTM A153: Standard specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. I. ASTM A653: Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. J. ASTM A907: Standard Specification for Steel, Wire, Epoxy - Coated. K. ASTM A924: Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot Dip Process. L. IBC: International Building Code. Fire Station 15 20 0529 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0529 - 2 M. IMC: International Mechanical Code. N. Mason SRG: Mason Industries Seismic Restraint Guidelines for Suspended Piping, Ductwork, Electrical Systems and Floor Mounted Equipment, 6th Edition. O. MSS SP-58: Pipe and Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture. P. MSS SP-69: Pipe and Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. Q. MSS SP-89: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. R. MSS SP-90: Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports. S. SMACNA-DCS: HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edition. T. SMACNA SRM: Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 2nd Edition. U. UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Hangers and Supports: Grinnell, B-Line Systems, Unistrut, Erico, PHD, Basic-PSA, Pate, Caddy, Unisource, Metraflex. C. Anchors: Rawplug, Phillips, Hilti, Michigan, Simpson, Fastenal, Grinnell, B-Line Systems, Unistrut, PHD, Basic-PSA, Metraflex. 2.02 GENERAL A. Finish: 1. Indoor Applications: Electro-plated zinc in accordance with ASTM B 633, or hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 123; except that hanger straps may be formed from pre-galvanized steel. 2. Outdoor Applications: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 123, ASTM A 153, or ASTM A 653 (as applicable to item). B. Identification: Steel pipe hangers and supports shall be stamped with the manufacturer’s name, part number, and size. C. Hanger Rods: Threaded hot rolled steel. Hanger rods shall be sized so that the total load imposed (including pipe or duct, insulation, hangers, and fluid) does not exceed the following: Nominal Rod Diameter Maximum Load 1/4 Inch 240 Pounds 5/16 Inch 440 Pounds 3/8 Inch 610 Pounds 1/2 Inch 1130 Pounds 5/8 Inch 1810 Pounds 3/4 Inch 2710 Pounds 7/8 Inch 3770 Pounds 1 Inch 4960 Pounds D. Hanger Straps: Galvanized steel, minimum 1" x 22 gauge (except where required by Code to be heavier or noted otherwise), of lock-forming grade conforming to ASTM A924, G90 (minimum) galvanized coating conforming to ASTM A 653. Minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi. Straps shall be sized so that the total load imposed does not exceed the following: Strap Size Maximum Load 1” x 22 Gauge 230 Pounds 1” x 20 Gauge 290 Pounds 1" x 18 Gauge 380 Pounds 1" x 16 Gauge 630 Pounds 1-1/2" x 16 Gauge 990 Pounds E. Concrete Inserts: Malleable iron or steel body designed to be embedded in concrete for attachment to suspended hanger rods. Size to match hanger rod size used with. F. Beam Attachments: Constructed of malleable iron or steel, MSS standard types designed for clamping to building structural support beam. “C” clamp type shall have cup point set screws with locknuts and retaining straps. Center loaded type beam clamps shall have horizontally adjustable clamping bolt (or rod with nuts). Fire Station 15 20 0529 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0529 - 3 G. Concrete Anchors: Wedge type expansion anchors, with hex nut and washer, and stainless steel split expansion rings. Tested to ASTM E 488 criteria, UL listed, with exposed anchor head stamped with code to identify anchor length. H. General Anchors (Screws, Nuts, Bolts, Fasteners): 1. General: Constructed of materials suitable for the conditions exposed to and materials being joined, with minimum 50 year service life. Stainless steel construction where exposed to corrosive conditions. Configuration, size and grade to suit application, accommodate expected forces, and provide anchoring to structural element (or allow for proper fastening of items). Minimum safety factor of 2.5 (or as required by code, whichever is greater). Comply with ASTM A307, SAE J429, SAE J78, or ASTM A 563; bolts and nuts shall have unified inch screw threads (course, UNC). 2. Test Reports: Provide independent test report indicating fastener strength (pullout and shear) as installed in the materials and applications of this project. 3. Finish: In finished areas, the portion of fastener exposed to view shall match the exposed finish of item being fastened. I. Manufactured Strut Systems: 1. Channels: Minimum 12 gauge, 1-5/8 x 1-5/8" (unless noted otherwise), with slots/holes to suit application. 2. Accessories: Channel nuts press formed, machined and hardened with gripping slot, fabricated from steel conforming to ASTM A 108 or ASTM A 36. Fittings fabricated from steel in accordance with ASTM A 907. 3. End Caps: Vinyl cap, capable of withstanding high temperatures without degradation, manufactured specifically for use with manufactured strut. Unistrut Series P2859 or P2860 (or approved). J. Steel: Structural steel per ASTM A 36. K. Wood: Only allowed to be used where building structural elements are of wood construction and where located within building construction (e.g. in walls); fire treated. Where located outdoors shall be the pressure treated type; with all cut portions of wood painted with wood preservative. L. Field Galvanizing Compound: Brush or spray applied galvanizing treatment; consisting of a premixed ready to apply liquid organic zinc compound, with 95% metallic zinc content by weight in dry film. ZRC worldwide “ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound”. M. Rooftop Pipe Supports: Designed for rooftop support of piping to distribute load evenly over roof surface; factory fabricated. Shall be constructed of thermoplastic, polycarbonate, or polyethylene material, with attached strut support for anchoring of pipe, pipe attachment hardware, and sized to suit piping used with and so that pressure on roof does not exceed 150 pounds per square foot. Provide style with height to match pie height requirements above the roof. Strut and hardware shall be hot- dipped galvanized or have electro-galvanized finish. Plastic materials shall have UV stabilizers to resist UV deterioration. For piping systems subject expansion and contraction, provide roller type support allowing pipe movement, having a foam bottom to minimize roof abrasion. Caddy “Pyramid ST”, Pyramid 50”, “Pyramid 150”, Pyramid RL”. N. Rooftop Equipment Sleepers: Factory fabricated sleepers, constructed of minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel, all joints fully welded, with integral base plate pressure treated top wooden nailer, and integral top flashing having side turndown over wood nailer. Size to suit equipment supported, with minimum height above roof as indicated, and configuration to suit roof and roof insulation used with. Pate Co. “es-Equipment Supports”, Thybar “TEMS”, (or approved equal). 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Copper Pipe: All hangers used directly on copper pipe shall be copper plated or have a factory applied 1/16-inch thick (minimum) plastic coating on all contact surfaces. B. Cushion Clamps: Pipe clamps with a vibration dampening insert between the pipe and clamp, with a nylon inserted lock-nut on clamp. Insert shall be constructed of a thermoplastic elastomer, designed to tightly fit and match pipe size and clamp used with; suitable for system temperatures. C. Type: Shall be MSS type selected in accordance with MSS-69; except that MSS type 24, 26, and 34 shall not be used. D. Trapeze Hangers: Shall be constructed of carbon steel angles, manufactured strut channels, or other structural shapes with flat surface (or installed saddle) for pipe support. Provide steel washer where hanger rod nuts bear on trapeze hanger. Pipe anchors shall be two piece clamp type designed for use with trapeze style (i.e. inserted into strut channel opening) or one piece type designed for welded or bolted attachment to trapeze; shaped to match pipe size (or pipe size plus insulation thickness on insulated systems). Pipe guides shall comply with paragraph titled “Alignment Guides”; or be steel angles with vertical leg height equal to pipe diameter (or pipe diameter plus insulation thickness on insulated systems); or be two piece clamp type pipe anchors sized and installed to serve as a guide. E. Insulated Pipe Supports: 1. Insulation material at pipe support shall consist of expanded perlite, calcium silicate or high density phenolic. Insert shall have a flame resistant jacket of nylon reinforced kraft paper bonded to aluminum foil cover on insulation, with Fire Station 15 20 0529 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0529 - 4 sheet metal shield. Insulation material shall have no more than 5% deformation at 100 psi and a thermal conductivity no more than 0.32 Btu/hr-sf-deg F-inch. Insulation shall be suitable for temperatures and conditions it will be exposed to without degradation over a 30 year life. 2. All insulation and materials shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke development, as tested by ASTM E84. 3. Insert shall be same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation, sized to match pipe used on. 4. Minimum insulation and shield lengths, and shield gauge: Nominal Pipe Insulation Shield Minimum Diameter Length Length Shield In Inches In Inches In Inches Gauge 1/2 to 1 * 4 20 1-1/4 to 3-1/2 6 4 18 4 to 5 9 6 18 6 to 10 9 6 16 * Insert not required; shield at insulation is acceptable. 2.04 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers: As shown in SMACNA-DCS except that wire shall not be used and all materials used shall comply with these specifications. B. Vertical Duct Supports at Floor: 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" (minimum) galvanized steel angle and to support ducts, maximum 12 foot on center, and as shown in SMACNA-DCS. For ducts over 30 inches wide provide riser reinforcing with hanger rods between the riser support and riser reinforcing. C. Vertical Duct Supports at Wall: 1-1/2" x 1/8" (minimum) strap or 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" (minimum) angle bracket and as shown in SMACNA-DCS. D. Hanger Attachments to Structure: As shown in SMACNA-DCS to suit building construction and as allowed on structural drawings. Provide washers at all fasteners through hanger straps (regardless of SMACNA-DCS allowances). Where C-clamps are provided, retainer clips shall be used. Friction beam clamps shall not be used. E. Hanger Attachments to Ducts: As shown in SMACNA-DCS except that wire shall not be used as any form of support or attachment for ducts. F. Flexible Duct Strap: Woven polypropylene hanging strap, minimum tensile strength of 400 lbs, minimum 1.75-inches wide, designed and intended for flexible duct support. G. HVAC Support Wire: Steel, minimum 12 gauge, soft-annealed wire, complying with Federal Specification QQ-W-461H, and IBC for support of ceilings and accessories installed in ceilings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. General: Provide all necessary bolts, nuts, washers, fasteners, turnbuckles, hanger rods, rod connectors, stanchions, wall/roof/floor backing and attachments, bridging between structural members, and any other miscellaneous accessories required for the support and anchoring of all pipes, ducts, and mechanical equipment. All supports, whether from floor, walls, or hung from structure, are Contractor's responsibility. Anchors and supports shall be adequate to accommodate forces equipment will be exposed to. Any field cut pieces of galvanized materials shall be hot-dip galvanized after cutting; or be solvent and wire brushed clean and receive field applied galvanizing treatment. Field applied galvanizing shall be multiple coats to provide as near equal protection as possible to factory (or hot-dip) applied coatings. B. Backing: Install steel or wood backing in walls (anchored to studs) and in ceiling (anchored to joists or trusses), as required to provide support for items. C. Installation: Install all inserts, anchors, and supports in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, code requirements, and best professional practices. The most restrictive criteria governs. D. Welded Assembly Finish: All welded steel support assemblies shall have a power wire brush and primer paint finish. E. Attachments: Attach to building structure (or concrete pads) as shown on drawings (reference structural drawings). Where not detailed on the drawings, the Contractor shall design and submit shop drawings of proposed attachment methods to the Engineer for review. F. Application: Fire Station 15 20 0529 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0529 - 5 1. Where not detailed on the drawings (or otherwise indicated), the selection and design of supports is the Contractor’s responsibility, in compliance with code and Contract Document requirements; subject to submittal review and acceptance by the Engineer. 2. Exposed supports in finished areas shall be arranged to minimize their visibility; be free of dents, scratches and labels, and be configured in a manner to match the decorum and finish of the room they are installed in. Exposed supports in finished areas shall be cleaned to allow for field painting (unless a chrome, stainless steel, or similar finish has been indicated). 3. HVAC Support wire and flexible duct strap shall only be used for support of ceiling air inlets and outlets, or at flexible duct supports. G. Manufactured Strut (“Unistrut”): Provide end caps on all exposed ends to prevent personnel injury and where exposed to view. H. Seismic: Provide bracing and added supports to restrain movement in a seismic event. Items serving as seismic restraints shall comply with Section 20 0548. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Aboveground pipe shall be anchored to the structure to prevent sagging, to keep pipe in alignment, and to resist the forces the pipe will be exposed to; piping shall be supported independent of equipment so that no loads bear on the equipment. Underground pipe shall be evenly supported in trenches with proper bedding materials; see Section 20 0590. B. Adjustment: All pipe supports shall be provided with a means of adjustment for the aligning and leveling of the pipe after installation. C. Applications: Selection, sizing, and installation of pipe supports and accessories shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, standards MSS SP-89 and MSS SP-69, UPC, and IMC. Refrigerant piping and similar piping subject to vibration (i.e. high pressure tubing) shall be installed with cushion clamps. D. Support Spacing: Provide piping support spacing according to the most restrictive of the following: UPC, IMC, ASME B31.1, B31.9, local codes, manufacturers recommendations or Contract Documents specific requirements. Provide supports at each change in direction of piping and at each side of concentrated loads (such as in-line pumps, valves greater than size 5", and similar items). On hubless cast iron piping provide supports at each branch connection; and hubless cast iron piping greater than size 2" shall have supports on both side of piping couplings. E. Trapeze Hangers: Four or more pipes running parallel may be supported on trapeze hangers provided the slopes of such pipes allow use of common trapeze. Suspend trapeze hanger from the building structure using hanger rods; attach to the building structure using concrete inserts, beam clamps, or other approved methods. Where trapeze width exceeds 30 inches, and where building attachment restrictions require more anchor points, provide three (or more) hanger rod supports. Provide pipe anchors to secure piping to trapeze on minimum 20 foot spacing; size and install pipe anchor to allow longitudinal movement of pipe (unless noted otherwise) with minimal vertical and transverse movement; where pipe is subject to expansion/contraction provide anchoring and alignment guides per paragraph titled “Thermal Expansion/Contraction”. F. Vertical Piping Supports: Support piping at each floor line with pipe clamps and at intermediate points as required so that hanger spacing does not exceed allowable spacing and as required to prevent excessive pipe movement and so as to comply with the maximum spacings cited above. Support all pipe stacks at their bases with a concrete pier or suitable support. For vertical pipe drops which occur away from a wall or similar anchoring surface, provide angled bracing from nearest structure on two sides of drop to provide rigid anchoring of pipe drop. Provide riser clamps and vertical supports on all vertical vent piping where the vertical pipe length exceeds 5'. G. Underground Pipe: Shall be evenly supported on approved bedding materials, as appropriate for the type of piping being used. Such bedding and backfilling shall be as specified in Section 20 0590. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide anchors and supports for all ductwork. Supports and hangers shall comply with SMACNA-DCS, except that hanger spacing and hanger maximum loads shall be governed by whichever is more restrictive between these specifications or SMACNA-DCS. B. Hanger Spacing -- Rectangular Duct: Duct Area Maximum Spacing Up to 4 Square Feet 8 Feet 4.1 to 10 Square Feet 6 Feet 10 Square Feet and Up 4 Feet C. Hanger Spacing -- Round Duct: Fire Station 15 20 0529 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0529 - 6 Duct Area Maximum Spacing Up to 24 Inch Diameter 8 Feet 25 Inch to 48 Inch Diameter 6 Feet 49 Inch Diameter and Up 4 Feet D. Hanger Spacing - Flexible Duct: 4 feet, and at changes of direction as needed to maintain duct elevation and smooth airflow. E. Vertical Ducts: Support at each floor level, but in no case less than on 12 foot intervals. F. Flexible Duct: Support with methods shown in ADC. Metal strap in contact with the flexible duct shall have minimum 1.5-inch width. G. Concentrated Loads: Provide additional supports at each side concentrated loads such as modulating dampers (24" x 24" and larger), duct heaters (18" x 18" and larger), sound attenuators (all sizes), and similar items. H. End of Duct: At end of duct run, hangar shall be located no more than 1/2 the allowed hangar spacing from the end of the run. 3.04 CEILING SERVICES A. Less than 20 Pounds: Ceiling mounted services, air inlets/outlets, and accessories weighing less than 20 pounds shall be positively attached to the ceiling suspension main runners (or ceiling support members) or to cross runners with the same carrying capacity as the main runners (or support members). B. 20 to 56 Pounds: Ceiling mounted services, air inlets/outlets, and accessories weighing 20 pounds but not more than 56 pounds, in addition to the above, shall have two No. 12 gauge wire hangers (or minimum 1” x 22 gauge hangar straps) connected from the terminal or service to the ceiling system hangers or to the structure above. These added hangers may be slack. C. Greater Than 56 Pounds: Ceiling mounted services, air inlets/outlets, and accessories weighing more than 56 pounds shall be supported directly from the building structure by approved hangers. 3.05 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide anchoring and supports for all mechanical equipment. All equipment shall be anchored to (or supported from) the building structure. In lieu of anchoring to the building, anchor outdoor equipment to the concrete pad serving the equipment. B. Suspended Equipment: Support as indicated on the plans. Where not indicated use the methods shown (or consistent with) Mason SRG and SMACNA-DCS; submit shop drawings of the proposed methods to the Engineer for review. C. Roof Mounted Equipment: Install on roof curbs or roof sleepers as indicated. Anchor equipment to the curb (or sleeper), with the curb (or sleeper) in turn anchored to the building structure. D. Vibration Isolation: Equipment shall be supported and anchored in such a way so that no equipment vibration is transmitted to the building structure. E. Seismic: Provide anchors and bracing to resist seismic forces. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0530 - 1 SECTION 20 0530 - SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe Sleeves. B. Duct Sleeves. C. Duct Closure Collars. D. Firestop Seals. E. Non-Firestop Seals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Firestop System: Specific firestop materials or combination of materials installed in a specific way in openings in a specific rated assembly to restore the fire rating and smoke resistance properties of the assembly. B. Firestop Seal: Same as “Firestop System”. C. Rated Assembly: Wall, floor, roof, ceiling, roof/ceiling or other construction which is required (by code or the Contract Documents) to have a fire-resistance rating or to be a smoke barrier. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Provide product data on all material to be use. Provide MSDS for all sealants, caulks and similar materials. C. Shop Drawings – General: Shop drawings of proposed sealing/flashing assembly for roof and exterior wall penetrations. D. Shop Drawings – Firestop: Provide firestop system shop drawings showing: 1. Listing agency’s detailed drawing showing opening, penetrating items, and firestop materials. Drawing shall be identified with listing agency’s name and number or designation, fire rating achieved, and date of listing for each firestop system. 2. Identify where each firestop system is to be used on the project. 3. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. 4. For proposed systems that do not conform strictly to the listing, submit listing agency’s drawing marked to show modifications and stamped approval by the firestop system manufacturer’s fire protection engineer. 5. Other data as required by the AHJ. 1.05 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 36: Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. B. ASTM C534: Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. C. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. ASTM E 814: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. E. UL 1479: Standard for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. F. UL 723: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. G. SMACNA-DCS: SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Third Edition. H. SMACNA-ARCH: SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Seventh Edition. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Corrosion Protection: All sleeves exposed to water, moisture, chemicals, or subject to corrosion shall be constructed of corrosion resistant materials suitable for the exposure. Steel sleeves shall be hot dip galvanized after assembly. Provide additional coatings as noted or as required to resist corrosion. Fire Station 15 20 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0530 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Firestop Seal Materials: 3M, Dow Corning. C. Non-Firestop Seal Materials: 3M, GE, Dow Corning, Tremco, Pecora, Sonneborn, Pipeline Seal & Insulator. 2.02 PIPE SLEEVES A. Diameter: 1. Belowground: Inside diameter of belowground pipe sleeves shall be at least 2 inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe covering (for covered piping systems), so as to allow free movement of piping. 2. Aboveground: Inside diameter of aboveground pipe sleeves shall be at least 1-inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe covering (for covered piping systems), so as to allow free movement of piping. 3. Large Movement: Provide larger sleeves where a larger space around pipe exterior is required by code, where specifically noted, where expansive soils or other unusual conditions are present and where required to accommodate large piping movement. B. Length: Horizontal sleeves through finished areas (where sleeve is exposed to view) shall be sized to be flush with finished surfaces; other horizontal sleeves may terminate flush to 2-inches past the element being penetrated. Vertical sleeves shall be sized to extend one inch above the final floor elevation. C. Structural Type: Fabricated from schedule 40 steel pipe. Waterstop shall consist of fully welded 2-inch larger diameter collar, minimum 1/4 inch thick steel, located on sleeve so as to be centered within the element being penetrated. Provide waterstop on sleeves where sleeves are installed in the following locations: in cast-in-place concrete, where any part of the sleeve ends are exposed to water, where installed in floors with water-proofing or water stopping membranes, in rooms with floor drains, and where needed for anchoring/support purposes. Prime paint all surfaces with rust-inhibiting paint. D. Non-Structural Type: 1. Belowground Type: a. Non-Waterstop Type: Fabricated from any of the following: 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal, 22 gauge spiral seam galvanized steel duct, schedule 40 PVC, HDPE thermoplastic or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. b. Waterstop Type: Constructed of HDPE thermoplastic or Schedule 40 steel pipe, with waterstop. Waterstop shall consist of 2-inch larger diameter collar, minimum 1/4 inch thick, located on sleeve so as to be centered within the element being penetrated, fully welded (for steel) or bonded/formed (for HDPE) to sleeve. Sleeve shall be suitable for use with “Link-Seal” type seal. Prime paint all surfaces with rust-inhibiting paint. 2. Aboveground Type: a. Non-Waterstop Type: Fabricated from 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal or 22 gauge spiral seam galvanized steel duct. Provide with galvanized steel angle tabs, collars, or similar to allow for anchoring where sleeve cannot be retained in place by element being penetrated. b. Waterstop Type: Fabricated from 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal or 22 gauge spiral seam galvanized steel duct. Cold galvanize cut edges of sleeve. Waterstop shall be constructed of same material as sleeve, be fully welded to sleeve, 2-inch larger diameter, located on sleeve to allow sealing of gap between sleeve and element being penetrated. E. Flexible Type: Flexible cellular elastomeric insulation, complying with ASTM C 534, Type 1, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.08 perms. Operating Temperature Limits -20 degrees F to 180 degrees F. Provide in sheet or pre-fabricated pipe size; provide multiple wraps as required. 2.03 DUCT SLEEVES A. Size: Inside dimension of duct sleeves shall be at least 1-inch larger than the outside dimension of the duct or duct covering (for covered duct systems). For duct system conveying air or gases operating above 200 deg F provide sleeve dimension minimum 2-inch larger than duct or duct covering (for covered duct systems). Provide larger sleeves where a larger space around duct exterior is required by code, by duct or flue system manufacturer, to provide required thermal clearances, where specifically noted, where unusual conditions are present and where required to accommodate large movement. B. Length: Horizontal sleeves through finished areas (where sleeve is exposed to view) shall be sized to be flush with finished surfaces; other horizontal sleeves may terminate flush to 2-inches past the element being penetrated. Vertical sleeves shall be sized to extend one inch above the finished floor. Fire Station 15 20 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0530 - 3 C. Structural Type: Fabricated from schedule 40 steel pipe for round openings and 3” x 3” x 3/8” welded steel angles for other openings (unless noted otherwise). Prime paint all surfaces with rust-inhibiting paint. D. Non-structural: 1. Belowground Type: a. Belowground on Both Sides of Element Penetrated: Fabricated from 24 gauge spiral seam galvanized steel duct, schedule 40 PVC pipe, HDPE thermoplastic pipe or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe for round openings. Fabricate from 18 gauge fully welded galvanized steel for other openings; configured to suit duct. b. Belowground on One Side of Element Penetrated: HDPE thermoplastic pipe or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with waterstop for round openings configured to suit duct; with waterstop. Fabricate from 1/4-inch thick welded steel plate, per ASTM A36, for other openings. Waterstop shall consist of 2-inch larger diameter collar, minimum 1/4 inch thick, located on sleeve so as to be centered within the element being penetrated, fully welded (for steel) or bonded/formed (for HDPE) to sleeve. Round sleeves shall be suitable for use with “Link-Seal” type seal. Prime paint all surfaces with rust-inhibiting paint. 2. Aboveground Type: 24 gauge spiral seam galvanized steel duct or 20 gauge longitudinal seam galvanized steel duct for round openings. Fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal for other openings; configured to suit duct. E. Flexible Type: Flexible cellular elastomeric insulation, complying with ASTM C 534, Type 1. Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.08 perms. Operating Temperature Limits -20 degrees F to 180 degrees F. provide in sheet or pre-fabricated pipe size. 2.04 DUCT CLOSURE COLLARS A. General: Closure collars shall provide closure of opening between duct and opening in element penetrated and shall abut tight up to and overlap duct and shall consist of rolled angle material (for round ducts) and welded framed angles (for rectangular and round ducts). B. Size: Closure collars shall be sized to match duct and opening applied to and shall have minimum 2-inch overlap on duct side and 2-inch overlap at opening/penetrated element side but shall completely cover opening in element penetrated with minimum 1-inch overlap to undisturbed element (i.e. wall, floor, etc.). C. Material: Closure collars shall be fabricated of 20 gauge galvanized steel for ducts 15 inches diameter and less and shall be fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized steel duct for all larger ducts and all square and rectangular ducts. 2.05 FIRESTOP SEALS A. General: Commercially manufactured through-penetration and membrane-penetration firestop systems to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and gases, and to restore the original fire-resistance rating of the barrier penetrated. B. Listing: Firestopping shall be listed by UL in “Fire Resistance Directory” (category to match the application), or be qualified by another independent agency acceptable to the AHJ. C. Rating: Firestop system and devices shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with “F” and “T" ratings as required to maintain the fire-resistance rating of the barrier penetrated, and as required by code. D. Fire Hazard: Materials shall have a flame spread of 25 or less, and a smoke development rating of 50 or less; when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. E. Cabling Applications: Firestop systems used with loose electrical cabling shall be the type that allows for removal of the cable or installation of new cables without damage to the firestop system, or the need to replace or repair firestop materials. F. Insulation: Firestop system shall be applicable to insulated systems to allow the insulation to run continuous through the firestop system (unless noted otherwise). 2.06 NON-FIRESTOP SEALS A. Indoor Sealants: 1. Dry Areas: Single component, latex sealant complying with requirements of ASTM C834. Sealants shall be of the following types, or approved equal: a. Tremco Corporation “Tremflex 834”. b. Pecora Corporation “AC-20 Arylic Latex”. c. Sonneborn Building Products “Sonolac”. 2. Wet Areas: Single component, mildew resistant silicone sealant complying with requirements of ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Color white. Sealants shall be of the following types, or approved equal: a. Dow Corning “786 Mildew Resistant Silicone”. b. Pecora Corporation “898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant”. Fire Station 15 20 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0530 - 4 c. Tremco “Tremsil 200”. B. Outdoor Sealants: 1. General: Single component, non-sag, low modulus, silicone elastomeric sealant conforming to requirements of ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50. Sealant shall be of the following types, or approved equal. a. Dow Corning “790 Silicone Building Sealant”. b. Pecora Corporation “890 Silicone”. c. Tremco “Spectrem 1”. 2. Adjacent to Aluminum: Single component, non-sag, medium modulus, silicone elastomeric sealant conforming to requirements of ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50. Sealant shall be primer-less type for use in joints adjacent to fluoropolymer coatings. Sealants shall be of the following types, or approved equal: a. Dow Corning “795 Silicone Building Sealant”. b. GE Silicones, Momentive, SCS2000 and SCS7000. c. Pecora “895 Silicone”. d. Tremco “Spectrem 2”. C. Expanding Foam Sealant: 1. General: Single component, polyurethane insulating sealant with flame spread index of 25 or less and smoke development rating of 50 or less. Shall expand and fully cure within 24 hours to a semi-rigid, closed cell, water and air resistant foam. Sealant shall be of the following types, or approved equal. a. DAP “Kwik Foam”. b. Fomo Products ”Handi-Foam”. c. Todol Products “EZ Flo Gun Foam”. D. Full Water Immersion Sealant: Polysulfide or Polyurethane; ASTM C920, M or Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, uses M and A; approved by manufacturer for “continuous water immersion”, single or multi-component. 1. Tremco “Vulkem 116”. 2. Sonneborn “Sonalastic Polysulphide Sealant”. E. Link Seal: Seals shall consist of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. The seal assembly shall expand when mechanically tightened to provide an absolute water-tight seal between the pipe and wall opening. Sizing shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. Seal shall be Pipeline Seal and Insulator, "Link-Seal" (or approved). F. Specialty: Packed fiberglass or wool insulation; with silicone sealant rated for use with temperatures and other conditions encountered. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE SLEEVES A. General: Provide sleeves for all piping passing through walls, floors, partitions, roofs, foundations, footings, grade beams, and similar elements. Except that sleeves are not required at core drilled penetrations through solid concrete or where formed openings equivalent to a core drilled opening are provided. Sleeves shall be the following type (horizontal/vertical refer to position of sleeve): 1. Horizontal, Belowground: a. Belowground on Both Sides of Element Penetrated: Non-structural, belowground, non-waterstop type; except that penetrations of footings shall be structural type. b. Belowground on One Side of Element Penetrated: Structural type. 2. Horizontal, Aboveground: a. Concrete and Masonry Walls: Structural type. b. Other Walls: Non-structural type. 3. Vertical, Slab on Grade: Structural type; except at piping serving individual fixtures or individual heating units in finished areas, the flexible type may be used. Where not installed to be concealed (as in a plumbing chase) install height of flexible type so it is concealed by the floor finish, cabinet base, or an escutcheon. 4. Vertical, Not Slab on Grade: a. Concrete Floors/Roofs: Structural type. b. Other Floors/Roof: No sleeve required unless needed as part of the seal system or specifically noted to be provided (i.e. for acoustic, thermal, seal retention, or other purposes). Provide clearances around pipe same as a sleeve would provide (see specified sleeve size). Fire Station 15 20 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0530 - 5 B. Installation: Set sleeves plumb or level (or sloped as required for sloped pipes) in proper position, tightly fitted into the work. Set sleeves properly in element for specified projection past adjacent surfaces (see sleeve product specification); cut ends of sleeve as necessary. C. Insulation: Insulation shall run continuous through sleeves (unless noted otherwise). 3.02 DUCT SLEEVES A. General: Provide sleeves for all ducts passing through walls, floors, partitions, roofs, foundations, footings, grade beams, and similar elements, except that sleeves are not required at core drilled penetrations through solid concrete or where formed openings equivalent to a core drill and provided and where no floor drain serves the room where the penetration occurs. Sleeves shall be the following type aboveground: 1. Horizontal, Belowground: a. Belowground on Both Sides of Element Penetrated: Non-structural, belowground, non-waterstop type. b. Belowground on One Side of Element Penetrated: Structural type. 2. Horizontal, Aboveground: a. Concrete and Masonry Walls: Structural type. b. Other Walls: Non-structural type. 3. Vertical, Slab on Grade: Structural type. 4. Vertical, Not Slab on Grade: a. Concrete Floors/Roofs: Structural type. b. Other Floors/Roof: Non-structural aboveground type. B. Installation: Set sleeves plumb or level (or sloped as required for sloped duct) in proper position, tightly fitted into the work. Set sleeves properly in element for specified projection past adjacent surface (see sleeve product specification); cut ends of sleeve as necessary. C. Insulation: Insulation shall run continuous through sleeves (unless noted otherwise). 3.03 DUCT CLOSURE COLLARS A. General: Closure collars shall be provided for all exposed ducts on each exposed penetration where the duct passes through any floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, partitions, and similar elements. B. Installation: Collar shall be installed tight against surfaces and shall fit snugly around the duct or duct covering. Sharp edges of the collar around insulated duct shall be ground smooth to preclude tearing or puncturing the insulation covering or vapor barrier of insulated ducts. Collars shall be anchored to element penetrated, with fasteners appropriate to material fastening to, on maximum 6 inch centers. 3.04 FIRESTOP SEALS A. General: At each through-penetration and membrane-penetration in rated assemblies, provide a firestop system. Firestop system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, listing, and as required by code. B System Selection: Contractor is responsible to select the firestop systems to be utilized, corresponding to the construction of the assembly penetrated, and types of penetrations for this project. Contractor shall submit proposed firestop systems to be utilized, shall also review such systems with the AHJ and obtain AHJ approval. C. Preparation: Prepare surfaces as recommended by firestop material manufacturer. Examine and confirm that conditions are acceptable to proceed with the installation. Provide maskings and temporary coverings to prevent contamination or defacement of adjacent surfaces. D. Installation Review: 1. Notify Architect/Engineer when firestopping work is complete and ready for review. Provide minimum 7 days notice to allow scheduling of review. An independent testing agency may be utilized to perform an inspection. 2. Notify AHJ when firestopping work is complete and ready for inspection. Provide sufficient advance notice to allow scheduling of the inspection without adversely impacting project schedule. 3. Do not cover or conceal firestopping until all inspections have been satisfactorily completed. 3.05 NON-FIRESTOP SEALS A. General: Provide seals around all ducts, conduit, and piping passing through sleeves, walls, floors, roofs, foundations, footings, partitions, and similar elements. Seals shall be watertight where the penetration may be exposed to water or moisture. Provide type of sealant to suit the application. B. At Sleeves: Fire Station 15 20 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SLEEVES & SEALS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0530 - 6 1. Between Sleeve and Penetrated Element: Fill openings around outside of pipe sleeve with same material as surrounding construction, or with material of equivalent fire and smoke rating and properties that allow a tight seal between the sleeve and the surrounding construction. Seal full depth of sleeve for vertical penetrations. 2. Between Pipe and Inside of Sleeve: Provide sealant between outside of pipe or pipe covering (for covered piping systems) and inside of sleeve. Seal depth shall be minimum 1-inch each side. Provide Link Seal type for belowground penetrations, vault wall penetrations, and slab-on-grade penetrations (not required where flexible type sleeves are used). C. No Sleeves: Provide “Link-Seal” type for belowground penetrations, vault wall penetrations, and slab-on-grade penetrations. Provide sealant at other areas, type to suit the application. Fully seal between outside of pipe or pipe covering (for covered piping systems) and surrounding construction. Seal depth shall be minimum 1-inch each side. D. Plumbing Fixtures: Provide sealant between fixture and abutting building surfaces. Seal so no water or overspray from fixture can enter building construction. See Section 22 4000. E. High Temperature Systems: On piping systems operating above 200 deg F, use “Specialty” seal; pack full depth of penetration with silicon type sealant applied 1/2-inch depth over packing, each end. F. Preparation: Remove loose materials and foreign matter impairing adhesion of seal. Perform preparation in accordance with recognized standards and sealant manufacturers recommendations. Protect elements surrounding area of work from damage or disfiguration due. G. Installation: Install sealants immediately after joint preparation. Install sealants free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. Tool exposed joint surface concave and with a neat finished appearance. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0548 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0548 - 1 SECTION 20 0548 - VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Vibration Isolation. B. Seismic Restraints. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Equipment" is defined to mean any item with power connections (fans, HV units, AHU units, etc.), and also to include all hoods; but does not include pumps less than 3 hp. B. "Equipment Requiring Vibration Isolation" is defined to be any equipment (as defined above) with rotating components (e.g. pumps, fans, etc.). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit product data on all items to be used. 2. Submit calculations showing vibration isolation selection for all isolation devices provided under this specification section (i.e. where isolation is not furnished integral with the equipment or by the manufacturer of the equipment). C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all fabricated support assemblies. D. Submit calculations showing seismic restraint calculations, restraint selection, proposed locations of all seismic control bracing, and details of bracing construction. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - VIBRATION ISOLATION A. General: 1. Select and provide all vibration isolation devices for all equipment requiring vibration isolation so as to provide complete installed mechanical systems free of the transmission of vibration and vibration generated noise to the structure. 2. Vibration isolation is shown on the drawings for various items but is not shown for all items requiring isolation. Provide all isolation as indicated and specified herein. B. Supplier: Where not provided by the equipment manufacturer, all vibration isolation devices and support assemblies shall be supplied as a coordinated package by a single vibration isolation manufacturer, under this specification section. C. Equipment Manufacturer Items: Isolation devices furnished by equipment manufacturer shall comply with this specification section and be selected by the manufacturer to suit, and provide satisfactory performance, for the applications of this project. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Mechanical equipment, piping, and ductwork seismic restraints are typically not shown on the drawings but are to be provided as specified herein. Contractor is responsible to select and provide all seismic anchoring devices for all mechanical equipment, all piping, and all ductwork. B. Fire Sprinkler: Seismic bracing for fire sprinkler system shall be as specified per NFPA 13 but in no case be less than that required in this Section. C. Domestic (Potable) Water Systems: All items in contact with potable water shall be lead free in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61. Plastic piping system components shall comply with ANSI/NSF 14. D. Seismic Restraint Systems: 1. The Contractor shall retain a specialty consultant or equipment manufacturer to develop a seismic restraint system and perform seismic calculations in accordance with the state and local codes and additional requirements specified in this section. Calculations, restraint selections, and installation details shall be done by a professional experienced in seismic restraint design and installation and licensed in the State where the project is located. Fire Station 15 20 0548 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0548 - 2 2. The seismic design, consisting of calculations, restraint selection, installation details, and other documentation, shall be submitted. This submittal shall be signed and sealed by a professional Engineer (where required by code). 3. The seismic restraint design shall clearly indicate the attachment points to the building structure and all design forces (in X, Y, and Z direction) at the attachment points. The seismic restraint engineer shall coordinate all attachments with the building’s structural engineer of record, who shall verify the attachment methods and the ability of the building structure to accept the loads imposed. 4. The seismic restraint design shall be based on actual equipment data (dimensions, weight, center of gravity, etc.) obtained from submittals or the manufacturers. The equipment manufacturer shall verify that the attachment points on the equipment can accept the combination of seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. 5. Analysis should include calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for the connection of the equipment or system to the structure. Analysis should detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices should be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed above in “Identification of Application Codes” in this chapter. 6. Forces shall be calculated in accordance with accepted engineering practice, using appropriate seismic “zone” and other factors for the building type and location. This project’s building is considered an “essential” facility. 1.07 REFERENCES A. IBC: International Building Code. B. IMC: International Mechanical Code. C. MASON: Mason Industries Seismic Restraint Guidelines for suspended piping, Ductwork, Electrical Systems and Floor Mounted Equipment, 2005 6th Edition. D. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development, State of California, Fixed Anchorage. E. SMACNA/SRM: Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 2nd Edition. F. UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Products: Mason, Peabody, Kinetics Noise Control, Vibration Eliminators, Amber-Booth. C. Expansion Devices/Flexible Connectors: Unisource Manufacturing, Twin City Hose, and as specified in Section 20 0519, 23 2113, and 23 3300. 2.02 NEOPRENE ISOLATORS A. Isolation Pads: Oil resistant bridge bearing neoprene pads, minimum 3/4-inch thick, with cross-ribbed or waffle design. Size pads for not more than 50 psi or as recommended by vibration isolator manufacturer. Provide load distribution plates (minimum 3/8" plate steel) to evenly load pads. Mason Type SW (or approved). B. Floor Mounted Isolators: Double deflection neoprene mounts, sized for minimum deflection of 0.30-inch. All metal surfaces shall be neoprene covered, base plate shall have mounting holes, and top shall have threaded steel plate or threaded steel insert. Element shall be color coded or labeled with molded symbols to identify capacity. Neoprene shall be bridge bearing type. Mason Series ND (or approved). C. Suspension Isolators: Double deflection neoprene type, with isolator encased in open steel bracket, and sized for minimum 0.30-inch deflection. Hanger rod shall be isolated from steel bracket with neoprene grommets. Mason Series HD (or approved). D. Washer Bushings: Bridge bearing neoprene washer insert to provide isolation between anchor bolt and washer from support member/equipment. Mason Series HG (or approved). 2.03 SPRING ISOLATORS A. General: The load carried by each isolator shall be carefully calculated and isolators selected so that the static deflection will be the same and the supported equipment will remain level. Isolators shall be so designed that the ends of the springs will remain parallel during and after deflection to operating height. At operating height, springs shall have additional travel to complete (solid) compression equal to at least 50 percent of the operating deflection. Suspension isolator springs shall have a static deflection not less than 1-inch (unless noted otherwise), except that for units with components rotating at 1000 rpm and less, the static deflection shall be not less than 2-inches (unless noted otherwise). Floor isolator springs shall have deflection of not less than 1-inch. All isolators shall provide at least 95% isolation efficiency. Deflections other than these may be used Fire Station 15 20 0548 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0548 - 3 where circumstances warrant and more optimum isolation results can be achieved; provided that a written explanation is submitted for Engineer review and approval. B. Floor Type Spring Isolators: Open spring type with ratio between spring diameter divided by compressed spring height no less than 0.8. A ribbed neoprene acoustical friction pad shall be bonded to the underside of the isolator. Shall have bolted connections for rigid attachment to equipment, configured to allow for equipment leveling by bolt adjustment. Provide with height saving bracket. Mason Series SLF (or approved). C. Floor Housed Type: 1. Ductile Iron: Housed spring isolator with ductile iron housing, base plate with mounting holes, spring inspection ports, neoprene cushion, adjustable upward rebound plate. OSHPD pre-approved. Provide with mounting brackets to suit equipment connected to. Mason Series SSLFH (or approved). 2 Welded Steel: Housed spring isolator with welded steel housing, steel base plate with mounting holes, number of springs to suit application, neoprene vertical limit stops, spring bottom neoprene acoustical cups, bottom non-skid neoprene friction pad, and equipment attachment configuration to suit equipment served. OSHPD pre-approved. Provide with mounting brackets to suit equipment connected to. Mason Series SLR or SLRSO (or approved). D. Suspension Type Spring Isolators: Shall consist of a rigid steel frame with a stable steel spring in the bottom part of the frame, and double deflection neoprene (or rubber) isolating pad at the top of the frame. Where supporting rods pass through the frame, a clearance of not less than one-half rod diameter shall be provided all around the rod and neoprene bushings provided to prevent steel to steel contact. Mason Series DNHS or Series 30N (or approved). 2.04 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Comply with code, SMACNA-SRM and MASON. B. Materials: 1. Steel shall be per ASTM A36; hangers and other devices shall be per Section 20 0529 and as shown in SMACNA-SRM or MASON. Sheet metal used for bracing shall be no less than 16 gauge. Material for straps shall be galvanized steel, no less than 18 gauge. 2. Cabling: Cables shall be minimum 1/8" diameter, 7 x 19 strand, galvanized steel with clear vinyl coating. Provide with galvanized thimble, clamps, and accessories. End termination and clamping/application shall comply with SMACNA-SRM. C. Flexible Connectors: 1. Piping Systems: a. Flexible Connectors: As specified in Section 20 0519. b. Seismic “V” Connectors: "V" design connector with braided hose and attachment fittings. Shall be constructed of type 321 stainless steel hose and braid with carbon steel elbows and ends (for steel piping systems); and bronze hose and braid with copper elbows and ends (for copper piping systems). Unit shall allow for 2" movement in all planes, and have minimum 150 psi working pressure at the system temperature installed. Unisource Manufacturing (or approved). 2. Ductwork: Flexible connectors as specified in Section 23 3300. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 VIBRATION ISOLATION A. General: Provide vibration isolators for all rotating equipment so that no vibration is transmitted to the structure. Isolators shall be the type indicated; except where not shown, type shall be as selected by vibration isolation manufacturer (or equipment manufacturer) to provide adequate isolation. B. Installation: Install all vibration isolators in accordance with isolator manufacturer's instructions and isolated equipment manufacturer's recommendations. C. Inadequate Isolation: Should vibration isolators prove inadequate to prevent transmission of vibrations to the building structure or limit equipment vibration generated noise, such isolators shall be replaced with isolators having the largest deflection that can be practically installed or otherwise modified/replaced to produce satisfactory isolation. Such replacement shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Equipment with Rotating Components not Requiring Isolation: 1. In-line pumps. 2. Split system ductless air conditioning and heat pump units; indoor portion. 3. Grade mounted condensers. 4. Rooftop curb mounted fans. Fire Station 15 20 0548 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0548 - 4 5. Rooftop HVAC units. 3.02 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Provide seismic restraints as required by code and as specified. Comply with SMACNA-SRM, and MASON. Anchoring system and restraints shall be able to withstand anticipated seismic forces. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers for proper equipment anchor attachments to withstand anticipated forces. Coordinate with project structural engineer for attachment of seismic restraints to building. B. Piping: Longitudinal and transverse bracing shall be required for all piping 2-1/2-inch diameter and larger and on all fuel gas piping 1-inch and larger. Bracing shall be applied as follows: 1. Transverse bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 40 feet, except on fuel gas piping on maximum intervals of 20 feet. 2. Longitudinal bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 80 feet, except on fuel gas piping on maximum intervals of 40 feet. Transverse bracing for one pipe section may also act as a longitudinal bracing for a pipe section connected perpendicular to it, if the bracing is installed within 2 feet of the elbow or tee of similar size. Piping conveying fluids at 100 degrees F and higher shall have expansion devices provided in-between longitudinal braces to allow for thermal expansion. 3. Bracing may be omitted when the top of the pipe is suspended 12 inches or less from the supporting structural member and the pipe is suspended by an individual hanger. C. Ductwork: Longitudinal and transverse bracing shall be required for all round ducts 28 inches in diameter and larger, for rectangular ducts 6 square feet and larger, and on all duct systems used for life safety and smoke control installed in either the horizontal or vertical position. Bracing shall be applied as follows: 1. Transverse bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 30 feet (20 feet for essential facilities), at each duct turn and at the end of a duct run. 2. Longitudinal bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 60 feet (40 feet for essential facilities). Transverse bracing for one duct section may also act as longitudinal bracing for a duct section connected perpendicular to it, if bracing is installed within 4 feet of the intersection and sized and installed on the larger duct. 3. Groups of ducts may be combined in a larger size frame using overall dimensions and maximum weight of ducts. At least two sides of each duct must be connected to the angles of the brace. 4. Walls, including non-bearing fixed partitions which have ducts running through them, may replace a transverse brace. 5. For non-essential facilities bracing may be omitted when the top of the duct is suspended 12 inches or less from the supporting structural members and on roof top ductwork. D. Equipment: 1. Equipment Not Requiring External Vibration Isolation: a. General: Shall be rigidly connected to the structure per Section 20 0529. Restraints (where required) shall utilize welded steel frames, steel braces, straps, or cables. Provide elastomeric (or neoprene) pads (1/4" thick) between seismic straps and equipment. b. Base Mounted Equipment: 1) Provide anchorage per Section 20 0529 and bracing as needed to maintain equipment anchorage with anticipated seismic forces. 2) All equipment shall have seismic bracing where the height of the equipment is 3 or more times the smallest base dimension and where the equipment anchorage alone is not adequate to maintain equipment anchorage with anticipated seismic forces. 3) All water heaters shall have seismic bracing. Boilers and equipment which utilizes (or contains) flammables, combustibles, or hazardous materials shall have shall have seismic bracing where the equipment anchorage alone is not adequate to resist anticipated seismic forces. c. Other Equipment: All equipment located 31" or more from the point of attachment to the supporting structure shall have seismic bracing. Equipment which utilizes (or contains) flammables, combustibles, or hazardous materials shall have seismic bracing. 2. Equipment with External Vibration Isolation: a. General: Restraints shall not impede operation of vibration isolators, and shall use methods complying with SMACNA-SRM or MASON. b. Base Mounted Equipment: 1) All equipment shall have seismic bracing where the height of the equipment is 3 or more times the smallest base dimension and where the equipment vibration isolation components are not adequate to maintain equipment in place with anticipated seismic forces. Fire Station 15 20 0548 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0548 - 5 2) Provide housed spring isolators, seismic snubbers, padded welded steel angle restraint assembly (with minimum 1/4" clearance between pad and equipment), or slack cable restraints. c. Other Equipment: 1) All equipment located 31" or more from the supporting structure shall have seismic bracing. Equipment which utilizes (or contains) flammables, combustibles, or hazardous materials shall have shall have seismic bracing. 2) Utilize slacked cable bracing to accommodate equipment movement due to vibration isolator operation but installed so as to prevent more than 2-inch movement in any direction. E. Bracing Arrangements: 1. Do not use branch ducts or piping to brace main runs or consider as braces for equipment. 2. Do not brace items to dissimilar parts of a building or dissimilar building systems that may respond in a different mode during an earthquake. (Examples: wall and roof, solid concrete wall and lightweight roof, existing building structure and new isolated building structure.) 3.03 TEST AND INSPECTION A. Field Inspections: Prior to initial operation, the vibration isolators and seismic devices shall be inspected for conformance to drawings, specifications, and manufacturer's data and instructions. Check all flexible connectors/expansion devices for proper location, guiding, and end anchoring. B. Vibration Isolator Inspection: After installation of isolators and seismic restraint devices, remove all shipping blocks and other items that may prevent proper isolator operation. Inspect isolators to verify that the machinery moves freely on its spring isolators within limits of stops or seismic restraint devices. Eliminate or correct interferences. C. Tests: Check for vibration and noise transmission through connections, piping, ductwork, foundations, and walls. Adjust, repair, or replace isolators as required to reduce vibration and noise transmissions to specified levels. Re-balance, adjust, or replace machinery with noise or vibration levels in excess of those given in the machinery specifications or machinery manufacturer's data. Check for proper operation of expansion devices and associated items during system warm-up. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0590 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0590 - 1 SECTION 20 0590 - UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavation. B. Trenching. C. Shoring and Trench Protection. D. Bedding. E. Backfilling. F. Compaction. G. Verification of Existing Utilities. H. Protection of Utilities. I. Dewatering. J. Identification Warning Tape. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. “Utility Bedding” is defined to mean “material placed beneath the utility for utility support, and material placed adjacent to the utility to the centerline of the utility.” B. “Utility Zone Backfill” is defined to mean “backfill material that is placed in the area from the centerline of the utility up to the specified height above the top of the utility, and is located above the utility bedding and below the final backfill material.” C. “Trench Backfill” is defined to mean “backfill material that is placed above the utility zone backfill, and up to rough or finished grade.” D. “Underground Mechanical Structures” are defined to mean “vaults, tanks, interceptors, separators, manholes, and similar structures buried partially or completely underground.” E. “Unstable Material” is defined to mean “material that depresses more than 1/4-inch under a load of 2000 pound/square foot, is not firm and stable, or in any way appears incapable of supporting the loads to be imposed.” 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection of Job Conditions: Prior to starting work and during work, the installer shall examine the work by others, site and job conditions under which excavation, trenching, and backfilling for underground mechanical utilities work will be performed, and not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards. C. Experience: Only contractors fully experienced and entirely knowledgeable in the type of work required shall work on this project. By providing bids for this project the Contractor is acknowledging that he has such expertise, and will staff the project with personnel experienced and knowledgeable in the work to be performed. D. Compaction Testing: Contractor shall provide testing to confirm that the specified compaction levels are being met. Contractor shall keep a record of the location and results of such tests, name of individual performing, and how performed, and have the records on site for Engineer and Owner review. The Owner will retain their own Special Inspector to perform tests (at their discretion) to confirm contract compliance. Notify the Owner of work schedule and coordinate with the Special Inspector to accommodate inspections and tests. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Safety: Contractor is solely responsible for worker safety and for selecting and designing all trench shoring methods, trench protection methods, site utility protection means and other aspects of the work. All such means, methods, and safety measures shall comply with applicable codes and standards, and the requirements of the Contract Documents. Fire Station 15 20 0590 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0590 - 2 B. Coordination: Coordinate all work with other trades. Coordinate with other Divisions the location and termination of all work of other trades and interconnections with Division 20 work. C. Scheduling: Schedule work to avoid impacts to other trades due to open trenches, dewatering, and other activities. D. Existing Utilities: Verify location of all existing utilities that lay in the route of intended work. Verify the location of all existing utilities that will be connected to prior to beginning work for any new utilities. E. Discrepancies: Notify the Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conflicts within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and field conditions. Do not proceed with any work or purchasing of any materials for the area(s) of conflict until obtaining written instruction from the Architect/Engineer on how to proceed. Any work done after discovery of such discrepancies or conflicts and prior to obtaining the Architect/Engineer’s instructions on how to proceed, shall be done at the Contractor’s expense. In case of a conflict between Division 20 requirements and other project requirements, the most stringent and expensive (as judged by the Architect/Engineer) shall prevail. 1.06 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 1557, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. B. ASTM D 2487, Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). C. WSDOT Standards: Washington State Department of Transportation, Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2014 Edition. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL MATERIALS A. General: All materials used for bedding, backfill, and drainage purposes shall be free of debris, roots, wood, vegetation, refuse, soft unsound material, frozen material, deleterious or other objectionable material. B. Sand: Clean, free flowing, coarse grade sand, as defined by ASTM D 2487. C. Pea Gravel: 3/8-inch washed pea gravel; durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles meeting the following for grading and quality: Percent Passing Sieve Size (By Weight) 1/2" square 100 3/8" Square 85-100 5/8" Square 50-100 U.S. No. 4 10-30 U.S. No. 8 0-10 U.S. No. 16 0-5 2.02 BEDDING MATERIALS A. Standard: Gravel backfill material, with characteristics of size and shape to allow for compaction, no dimension exceeding 1- 1/2 inches, and meeting the following for grading and quality: Percent Passing Sieve Size (By Weight) 1-1/2" Square 100 1" Square 75-100 5/8" Square 50-100 U.S. No. 4 20-80 U.S. No. 40 3-24 U.S. No. 200 10.0 max. Sand Equivalent 35 min. (Based on WSDOT 2014, 9-03.12 (3)) B. Special: Pea gravel or sand (per paragraph titled “General Materials”). C. Bedding Material Application: Bedding Minimum Utility Material Thickness* Cast Iron Piping Standard (or Special) 4" Steel Piping/Conduit Standard (or Special) 4" Ductile Iron Piping Standard (or Special) 4" Fire Station 15 20 0590 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0590 - 3 Plastic Piping/Conduit Special 4" Copper Piping Special 4" Conductors/Cable Special 4" Underground Mechanical Structures Special 6” * Below bottom of utility (unless noted otherwise). 2.03 UTILITY ZONE BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Standard: Same as specified for standard bedding materials. B. Special: Minus 3/8"-inch washed gravel, or sand. C. Utility Zone Backfill Material Application: Backfill Minimum Utility Material Thickness*** Cast Iron Piping Standard (or Special) 4" Steel Piping/Conduit Standard (or Special) 4" Ductile Iron Piping Standard (or Special) 4" Plastic Piping/Conduit Special 4" Copper Piping Special 4" Conductors/Cable Special 4" Underground Mechanical Structures Special 12” *** Above top of utility (unless noted otherwise). 2.04 PIPE TRENCH BACKFILL A. Standard: Gravel backfill material, with size and shape to allow for compaction, no dimension exceeding 3 inches, and meeting the following: Percent Passing Sieve Size (By Weight) 2-1/2" Square 75-100 U.S. No. 4 22-100 U.S. No. 200 0-10 Dust Ratio 2/3 max. Sand Equivalent 30 min. (Based on WSDOT 2014, 9-03.19, modified for 2-1/2" Sieve size). B. Satisfactory Native Material: Excavated material from trenching (or other excavation on site), complying with 2.01 A., having no clods or rocks greater than 3 inches in any dimension. C. Material Application: Either standard or satisfactory native materials may be used (unless noted otherwise). 2.05 GENERAL BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Utility Foundation Backfill: Class A per WSDOT 2014, 9-03.12 (1) A. B. Drain Backfills: Gravel backfill for drains shall conform to the following gradings: Percent Passing Sieve Size (By Weight) 1" Square 100 3/4" Square 80-100 3/8" Square 10- 40 U.S. No. 4 0-4 U.S. No. 200 0-2 C. Drywell Backfills: Gravel backfill for drywells shall conform to the following gradings: Percent Passing Sieve Size (By Weight) 1-1/2" Square 100 1" Square 80-100 3/4" Square 0-20 3/8" Square 0-1.5 D. Underground Mechanical Structure Backfill: Excavated material from trenching (or other excavation on site), complying with 2.01 A. (from top of utility zone backfill layer up to rough or finished grade). Fire Station 15 20 0590 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0590 - 4 E. Conductors/Cables/Raceway: Excavated material from trenching (or other excavation on site), complying with 2.01 A. (from top of utility zone backfill layer up to rough or finished grade). 2.06 BURIED UTILITY WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE A. General: Polyethylene plastic tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried utility lines. Tape shall be minimum 6" wide, acid and alkali resistant. B. Detectable Type: Minimum 0.004 inch thick, with integral wire, foil backing, or other means to allow detection of tape location. Encase metallic element in protection jacket or other means to provide corrosion protection. C. Non-Detectable Type: Minimum 0.003 inch thick. D. Labeling: Tape shall be imprinted with bold black capital letters continuously and repeatedly over the entire tape length. Warning shall read “CAUTION BURIED (utility type) BELOW” or similar wording. Lettering identifying the utility type shall match as closely as possible the designation noted on the plans. Tape lettering shall be permanent and be unaffected by moisture or other materials contained in trench backfill. E. Tape Colors: Utility Color Electric Red Fire/Water Blue Sewer Green Storm Green Gas Yellow Water Blue PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Shoring and Trench Protection: Contractor is responsible to design and provide all necessary trench shoring and trench protection to: 1. Provide safe conditions. 2. Provide conditions that comply with applicable codes and AHJ requirements. 3. Prevent undermining of pavement, foundation, slabs, utilities, and other structures. 4. Prevent movements in adjacent slopes or banks. B. Workmanship: Work shall abide by best professional practices as described in referenced standards, and as recognized by accredited professionals. C. Compaction: Provide compaction to percent indicated per ASTM D 1557, of laboratory maximum density. Compact to 95 percent (unless noted otherwise). Compaction shall be accomplished by approved tamping rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, three-wheel power rollers, or other approved compaction equipment. D. Grading: Provide grading to prevent surface water from flowing into areas of work to maintain the stability of the work area, and suitable working conditions. E. Dewatering: Provide dewatering system for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water encountered during construction in order to maintain conditions suitable for the work. Provide all pits, drainage conveyances, pumps, dikes, etc. as required to accomplish the work. F. Underground Utilities: Location of utilities indicated is approximate. Verify the location of all existing utilities prior to beginning work; utilize field electronic detection equipment, pipe cameras, visual site surveys, and careful exploratory digging at key locations. Coordinate with other trades routing and locations of all new utilities to avoid conflicts and ensure proper connections. G. Machinery and Equipment: Movement of construction machinery and equipment over buried and backfilled pipes during construction shall be at the Contractor’s risk. Repair, or remove and provide new pipe for existing or newly installed pipe that has been displaced or damaged. Pressure testing of piping before final Owner acceptance is required to verify no damage has occurred. H. Protection: Protect all areas of work from traffic, erosion, weather, settlement or other damaging effects. Protect all existing utilities from damage. I. Jacking, Boring and Tunneling: Unless otherwise indicated, excavation shall be by open cut, except that sections of a trench may be jacked, bored or tunneled if the utility can be safely and properly installed and backfill can be properly tamped in such sections. Fire Station 15 20 0590 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0590 - 5 J. Buried Warning and Identification Tape: Provide buried utility lines with utility identification tape. Bury tape 12 inches below finished grade. Provide detectable type over non-metallic piping systems. Piping systems installed within the building footprint does not require identification tape. 3.02 EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. General: Provide all excavation as necessary to allow for the work indicated. Excavations for underground mechanical structures shall be sufficient to provide a minimum of 12 inches clearance between their surfaces and the sides of the excavation. B. Excavated Material: 1. Stockpiles: Stockpile materials satisfactory for backfilling in an orderly manner at a safe distance from the excavation to avoid overloading the sides of the excavated area and to prevent slides or cave-ins. 2. Protection: Protect stockpiles from contamination with unsuitable backfill materials. Provide adequate drainage at stockpiled areas to prevent water retention in material. If the Contractor fails to protect the stockpiles and any material becomes unsatisfactory as a result, such material shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory on-site or imported material from approved sources at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Disposal: Excavated material not required or not satisfactory for backfill or other uses on site shall be removed and disposed off site. 3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. General: Excavate trenches to accommodate utility, required utility slopes, depths of connecting utility, existing and new utilities, required cover depth, and site conditions. B. Removal of Unsuitable Material: 1. Unstable Material: Where unstable material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, such material shall be removed by over excavation of the trench bottom 4 inches below the depth otherwise required. Contractor is responsible for reviewing the soils report and overall site conditions and, for all costs associated with removal and replacement of unstable materials. For bidding purposes, assume that a minimum of 10% of all excavated bottom utility bearing areas will have unstable material. 2. Rocks and Stones: Stones of 6 inches or greater in any dimension, and any rock or stone of any size/orientation that may disrupt the pipe bedding thickness or pipe supports shall be removed. Rock shall be removed to 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe bearing elevation. Review soils report and Civil drawings notes for special rock conditions that exist. 3. Other: Any wood, refuse, waste, organic material, or other material which would adversely affect pipe support shall be removed. For bidding purposes, assume that 5% of all trench bottom area will have objectionable material as described in this paragraph. 4. Replacement Material: Replace removed unsuitable material with “Utility Foundation Material” as specified under paragraph titled “General Backfill Materials”, or with bedding material specified for the piping to be placed in the trench. C. Bottom Preparation: Bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe (or other utility) after bedding placement, and proper slope of piping. D. Depth: Trench shall be adequate to provide a minimum depth of cover required to meet connecting utilities; but minimum 1 foot of cover (unless indicated otherwise) OR as follows: 1. Water Lines: 3.5 feet (or deeper if required by the AHJ); except that branch piping to fixtures within the building footprint shall have a minimum of 1 foot of cover. 2. Other: As required to meet connecting utilities; but minimum 1 foot of cover (unless indicated otherwise). 3.04 BEDDING A. Pipe Bedding: Provide even bedding placement along the entire length of the pipe to support pipe on a uniformly dense unyielding foundation, without load concentration at joint collars or bells. Bedding shall be installed and compacted prior to installing pipe. Bedding located beneath piping shall have minimum thickness specified in Part 2 of specifications, and be compacted to 90% maximum density. Recesses shall be excavated as necessary at each joint or coupling to eliminate point bearing and to allow uniform pipe support by the bedding material the entire pipe length. Haunching shall be installed in maximum 4 inch lifts, hand placed and carefully worked under the pipe haunches and then compacted to 90% maximum density. All adjustment to line and grade shall be made by scraping away or filling in with bedding material under the body of the pipe and not by blocking or wedging. Bedding disturbed by pipe movement, or by removal of shoring movement of a trench shield or box, shall be reconsolidated prior to backfill. Fire Station 15 20 0590 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNDERGROUND UTILITIES EXCAVATION & FILL FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 20 0590 - 6 B. Other Utility Bedding: Provide even bedding to allow for full support of the installed item on a uniform dense unyielding foundation. Bedding shall be installed and compacted before installing ducts or underground mechanical structures. Bedding shall have minimum of thickness specified in Part 2 of specifications, and be compacted to 95% maximum density. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. General: Provide backfill of all trenches and underground mechanical structures to grade. Provide adequate initial backfill to allow proper pressure tests, and inspections by AHJ and Architect/Engineer. Leave joints and couplings uncovered as necessary to discover pipe leaks. Do not conceal underground utilities until AHJ and Architect/Engineer have reviewed utilities. B. Utility Zone Backfilling: Backfill shall be placed in loose layers and compacted to 90 percent maximum density. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers no more than 6-inches thick. Backfill shall be brought up simultaneously on each side of the utility to the top of the utility, and onto the specified height above the utility (see Part 2 of specifications). Backfill and compact in a manner to avoid damaging or disturbing the completed utility. C. Pipe Trench Backfilling: Backfill above the pipe zone backfill shall be accomplished in such a manner that the pipe will not be shifted out of position nor damaged by impact or overloading. Where pipe is outside the building footprint, backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers no more than 6 inches thick and compacted to 95 percent maximum density. Where pipe is inside the building footprint, backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers no more than 6 inches thick and be compacted to 85 percent maximum density. D. Underground Mechanical Structure: After structure has been installed (or the concrete has been allowed to cure for the filed constructed items), backfill shall be placed in such a manner that the structure will not be damaged by the shock of failing backfill. The backfill shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent eccentric loading and excessive stress on the structure. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers no more than 12 inches thick, and be compacted to 95% maximum density. E. Other Utility Backfill: Backfill shall be accomplished in such a manner that the utility will not be shifted out of position nor damaged by impact or overloading. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers no more than 6 inches thick and be compacted to 95 percent maximum density. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0593 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0593 - 1 SECTION 20 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Balancing. B. Plumbing System Water Balancing. C. Report. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0505. B. Company: Submit name of Company proposed to do the balancing and sample balancing forms. Where the Company has not been pre-qualified, and substitutions are allowed after bidding (see Division 00 and 01), submit information regarding firm qualifications. C. Personnel: Submit list of personnel that will be assigned to the project and their qualifications, and list of past projects. D. Reports: Preliminary and final balancing reports. 1.04 REFERENCES A. AABC-NS: Associated Air Balance Council, National Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation. B. ASHRAE: Handbook of Fundamentals. C. ACGIH-IV: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Industrial Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practice. D. NEEB-PS: National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standard for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Environmental Systems. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Balancing shall be done by a company which specializes in this type of work and is totally independent and separate from the Company which has installed the systems to be balanced. B. Balancers Qualifications: 1. General: Work of this Section shall be performed by balancing firms meeting the following and having prior approval from the Engineer: a. Professional Affiliation: Firm shall be an Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) member balancer or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) certified balancer. b. Experience: Firm shall have satisfactorily completed the balancing work for at least 5 similar projects in the last 3 years. Similar is defined to mean: within 10% of the same quantity of units and air inlets/outlets, involve same type of systems, be the same type of facility (i.e. school, hospital, etc.). The lead field balancer (i.e. the individual who will be on site directing and participating in the balancing efforts) shall have at least 5 years of experience performing balancing work on similar projects. c. References: Have five references for similar projects which have been completed in the last three years that will give a good or better performance rating. References shall be engineers, architects, or building owners. As part of the qualification process at least three of these references will be contacted and a rating obtained for the following: timeliness of work (i.e. able to complete work on schedule), cooperative nature of balancer’s staff (i.e. ability to work well as a team with other project trades and professionals), overall quality of balancing work, quality of balancing report. Each item will be rated on a scale of 1 to 5 (5 being excellent), with the result averaged, score must be of 4 or better. 2. Pre-Qualified Balancers: As a convenience to the Contractor, the following balancing firms have been pre-qualified. This is not in any way intended to limit competition or prevent other firms from submitting qualifications, but is intended as an aid to Contractors by identifying firms that have been confirmed as meeting the qualification requirements. a. Neudorfer Engineers Fire Station 15 20 0593 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0593 - 2 b. Hardin and Sons c. Airtest Company d. TAC Systems e. Test Comm f. Advanced Mechanical Services 3. Qualification Process: Firms not pre-qualified who desire to perform the balancing work shall submit a substitution request form in accordance with Contract Document requirements (reference Division 00 and 01). In addition to the information required on the substitution request form, submit: Company information, resumes of staff to be assigned, lists of projects, and references (with name of project, staff assigned to project, and contact name and phone number). C. Balancing Issues: Notify the Engineer in writing of all problems or discrepancies between actual conditions and what design documents show as work proceeds. D. Engineer's Authority: The Balancer shall be directly responsible to the Engineer and shall perform this work and make system adjustments as directed by the Engineer. E. Lead Balancer: The Balancer shall assign an individual as “lead balancer” to work in the field to directly supervise the balancing work and field technicians. This lead field balancer shall have at least 5 years of experience performing balancing work on similar projects. F. Added Site Visit: The Balancer shall include in his bid two extra site visits and associated time to access system readiness for balancing and resolution of balancing issues. Include added site visit and 8 hours of field balancing time, plus report amendment time to provide added balancing as directed by the Engineer. Such work may occur during the project’s construction period or during the warranty period. G. Commissioning: See Division 01 and Section 20 0800 for commissioning efforts required by the Balancing Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION A. General: Balancing equipment shall comply with Associated Air Balance Council recommendations for field measurement instrumentation. B. Calibration: All measuring instruments shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. Calibration dates and certifications shall be available at Engineer's request. C. Instruments: Shall be capable of: 1. Air velocity instruments, direct reading in feet per minute with 2% accuracy. 2. Static pressure instruments, direct reading in inches water gauge with 2% accuracy. 3. Tachometers, direct reading in revolutions per minute with 1/2% accuracy; or revolution counter accurate with 2 counts per 1,000. 4. Thermometers, direct reading in degrees Fahrenheit with 1/10 of a degree accuracy. 5. Pressure gauges, direct reading in feet of water or psig with 1/2% accuracy. 6. Water flow instruments, direct reading in feet of water or psig with 1/2% accuracy suitable for readout of balancing valve provided. D. Potable Water: Instruments used in contact with potable water shall be cleaned and disinfected before use with a chlorine solution. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Workmanship: All measurements and adjustments shall be in accordance with AABC-NS, NEEB-PS, and ACGIH-IV and recognized best balancing procedures. Measurements and adjustments of equipment shall be executed in a manner consistent with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Flow Rates: 1. General: All air and water systems shall be completely balanced and adjusted to provide the flow rates indicated (within tolerances indicated in this specification Section), and to produce an even heating and cooling effect and control response and to produce even water circulation. 2. Balancer Determined: Where flow rates have not been indicated the balancer shall determine such flow rates using acceptable practices in accordance with AABC-NS, NEEB-PS, and ASHRAE standards and submit the proposed flow rates to the Engineer for review. Fire Station 15 20 0593 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0593 - 3 3. Confirmation: Prior to beginning balancing confirm any flow rate changes since design with the submittals and flow rates indicated therein, and with the Engineer to confirm changes made since design. Assume that new flow rates will be issued. C. Controls: Consult and coordinate with the Control Contractor for the adjustment and setting of all control devices to allow for the balancing work, and for proper system operation and proper flow rates. Set all controls and valves as required to maintain design flow rates and temperatures as shown on the drawings. Make measurements and provide data to the Control Contractor to allow for proper control of items. D. Comfort Adjustments: Make final adjustments for flow rates in order to optimize each space's comfort, including such considerations as temperature, drafts, noise, pressurization, and air changes. Where variances are made from design values, state reasons in report (e.g., "too noisy", "too drafty," etc.). All such variances are subject to approval by the Architect/Engineer. E. Deficiency Reports: Submit deficiency reports where the work does not allow balancing to occur or balancing issues develop. Indicate date, system and equipment involved, location, description of deficiency, and related information to allow for diagnosing the problem. Provide suggestions for resolution where possible. 3.02 AIR BALANCING A. Pre-check of System: Prior to beginning balancing, perform, as a minimum, the following: 1. Verify that clean filters have been installed, that system is free from debris, and that all inlets/outlets are not obstructed. 2. Check all fans and equipment to verify that proper start-up and system preparation has been done by the installing contractor. 3. Check all door/window and similar building opening status to insure building is ready and proper pressurization can be obtained. 4. Open all dampers to full flow position, check positions and operation of all motorized dampers to allow full system flows. 5. Review controls and sequences of operation. B. Tolerances: All air flow rates (supply, return, and exhaust) shall be adjusted to within plus 5 percent and minus 5 percent of the values shown in the contract documents, except that relative space-to-space pressure relationships shall always be maintained (e.g., restrooms shall be negative relative to other areas, general offices shall be positive, etc.). C. Draft and Noise Adjustments: All diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts and to eliminate objectionable noise. D. Filters: Air balancing shall be done with new, clean air filters installed. Adjust air deliveries so that design quantities will be obtained when filters are half dirty. This condition shall be simulated by covering a portion of the filter area. E. Fan Speeds and Drives: 1. Adjust fan speeds and fan drives (adjustable sheaves) as required to produce design flow rates. 2. Where new sheaves are required, calculate sizing of new sheave and coordinate requirements with the Division 23 Contractor for Division 23 Contractor to furnish the new sheave. Replace existing sheave with new one furnished by the Division 23 Contractor; include bid costs for sheave replacements on all belt driven fans. 3. Adjust belts for proper tension. F. Marking: Upon completion of flow readings and adjustments permanently mark the balanced position of all balancing valves by stamping the indicator plate of the valve. G. Duct Traverse: Rectangular duct traverses shall measure the center of equal areas in the air flow stream, with centers not more than 6 inches apart. Round duct traverses shall measure at least 20 locations, with locations being the centers of equal annular area. Reference ACGIH Industrial Ventilation Manual. H. One Open Run: Balance each branch run so that there is at least one wide open run; balance branches relative to one another so that at least one branch damper is wide open (except that where unique conditions exist, and the Engineer gives prior approval, one open damper on runs or branches is not required). I. Data: Data to be measured/recorded and provided in report for all air handling systems and equipment: 1. Floor plans clearly showing and identifying all diffusers, grilles, OA louvers, ducts and all other items where air flow rates were measured. 2. Identify manufacturer, model number, size, and type of all air inlets/outlets. 3. Initial, trial, and final air flow measurements for all diffusers, grilles, OA louvers, ducts, and all other items where air flow rates were measured. 4. Design air flow rates and percentage final air flow rates are of design values. 5. Final damper (or other balance device) final position (as a percentage of full open). Fire Station 15 20 0593 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0593 - 4 6. The connected voltage and corresponding nameplate full load amps, and the initial and final amperages of all fan motors. 7. Initial and final RPMs of all fans. 8. Static pressures on inlet and outlet of all fans. 9. Fan initial and final CFMs. 10. Outdoor air CFMs (record minimum and maximum values). 11. Entering and leaving air temperatures across coils with coils operating at 100% capacity. 12. Static pressure drop across each filter bank and coil. 13. Final position of any speed controls (as percent of full). 14. In addition to data noted elsewhere, provide the following for all equipment which are part of balanced systems: a. Equipment name and number (as used on drawings). b. Service. c. Equipment manufacturer and model number. d. Sheave and belt sizes (where applicable). e. Filters sizes and quantities (where applicable). f. Motor manufacturer and complete nameplate data. g. Design operating conditions. h. Actual operating conditions (flows, pressure drops, rpm, etc.). J. Main Duct Airflows: Air flow measurements in main ducts shall be made with a duct traverse using a pitot tube and micromanometer. Summation of air terminal outlets and inlets is not sufficient. Quantity of duct leakage (difference between main duct airflow and sum of air inlets/outlets) shall be indicated. 3.03 WATER BALANCING - PLUMBING A. Pre-check of System: Prior to beginning balancing, perform, as a minimum, the following: 1. Verify that all strainers have been cleaned. 2. Examine fluid in system to verify system condition; balancing is to occur before system disinfection but with system in adequate clean condition. 3. Check for proper rotation and operation of all pumps. 4. Verify that expansion tanks are not air bound and properly charged and that system is full of fluid. 5. Remove air from the circulating system by opening all fixture valves to full flow position allowing system to flow. 6. Check equipment for proper start-up and system operation. 7. Review controls and sequences of operation. B. Tolerances: All water flow rates shall be adjusted to within plus 10 percent and minus 10 percent of the values shown in the contract documents (or as determined by the balancer where not indicated). C. Domestic Hot Water Systems: Balance domestic hot water system to provide even flow distribution to allow hot water to reach all fixtures. Use only clean instruments on system and perform balance prior to sterilizing of system. Where flow rates are not indicated, proportion pump water flow rate based on the linear footage of system served. D. Marking: Upon completion of flow readings and adjustments permanently mark all settings of balancing valves. E. Data to be measured/recorded and provided in report: 1. Floor plans or schematics showing and identifying all valves, coils, pumps and other items where temperatures, pressure drops, or water flow rates were measured. 2. Identify manufacturer, model number, size and type for all balancing devices. 3. Initial, trial, and final water flow measurements (pressure drops, temperatures, and GPMs) for all items where measurements were made. 4. Design water flow rates, and percentage final water flows are of design values. 5. The connected voltage and corresponding nameplate full load amps, and the initial and final amperages of all pump motors. 6. Pump operating suction and discharge pressures and final total developed head. 7. Pump initial and final GPMs. 8. Final position of all valves (percent open or setting position on valve). 9. Final position of any speed controls (as percent of full). 10. In addition to data noted elsewhere, provide the following for all equipment which are part of balanced systems: a. Equipment name and number (as used on drawings). b. Service. Fire Station 15 20 0593 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 20 0593 - 5 c. Equipment manufacturers and model number. d. Equipment capacities. e. Motor manufacturer and complete nameplate data. f. Design operating conditions. g. Actual operating conditions (flows, pressure drops, etc.). 3.04 BALANCING REPORT A. General: A balancing report shall be submitted as specified herein, documenting all balancing procedures and measurements. B. Report Organization: The report shall be divided into logical sections consistent with the building or system layout (i.e. by floors, building wings, air handling units, or other convenient way). Tabulate data separately for each system. Describe balancing method used for each system. C. Preliminary Report: Two preliminary review copies of the balancing report shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer when the balancing work is 90% complete (or as near 90% complete as possible due to uncompleted work of other trades). In addition to containing all the information required of the final report, the preliminary report shall contain a list of all the work required of other trades in order to allow the balancing work to be completed. The Architect/Engineer will review the preliminary report and inform the Contractor of any additional items or revisions required for the final report. Preliminary reports may be omitted where the Architect/Engineer grants approval. D. Final Report: Shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Submit reports to Contractor for inclusion in Manuals (or, when manuals have been already sent to Engineer, send report to Engineer who will insert report into Manual). Provide number of reports as required to match quantity of O&M Manuals, but in no case less than five. E. Format: 8-1/2" x 11" size, neat, clean copies, drawings accordion folded. Report shall be typed, shall have a title page, table of contents, and divider sheets with identification tabs between sections. Information shall be placed in a three hole notebook, with the front cover labeled with the name of the Job, Owner, Architect/Engineer, Balancing Contractor, and Report Date. F. Electronic Copy: Provide copy of reports in *.pdf format; submit final report with closeout documents per Divisions 00 and 01. Provide electronic pdf files to others for inclusion in electronic record documents. G. General Balancing Information Required: 1. At the beginning of the report, include a summary of problems encountered, deviations from design, remaining problems, recommendations, and comments. 2. List of instruments used in making the measurements and instrument calibration data. 3. Names of personnel performing measurements. 4. Explanation of procedures used in making measurements and balancing each system. 5. List of all correction factors used for all diffusers, grilles, valves, venturi meters, and any other correction factors used. 6. Areas where difficulties were encountered in obtaining design flow rates, or where unstable operating conditions may exist. 7. Note any parts of the system where objectionable drafts or noises may be present and efforts made to eliminate same and why they may still be present. 8. Note where variances from design values occur; explain why. 9. All specified measurements, balancing data, any additional recorded data, and observations. 3.05 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 1 SECTION 20 0700 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Duct Insulation. B. Pipe Insulation. C. Equipment and Specialties Insulation. D. Fire Protection Duct Wrap. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. R: Thermal resistance of insulation, in units of hr-sf-deg F/Btu. B. Rainleader Piping: Any piping or conduit that is used to carry rain water, including overflow drain piping, that is located within the building or enclosed by any building construction. C. Subject to Damage: Items installed exposed less than 8 feet above the walking surface (i.e. floor, platform, roof, grade, etc.) adjacent to the item. D. Cold Surfaces: Surfaces that will have operating temperatures below the temperature of the surrounding air by at least 5 deg F or more; includes chilled water piping, cooling condensate piping, air conditioning ductwork, outdoor air ductwork, and similar systems. Surfaces shall be considered a cold surface unless specifically indicated otherwise. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All insulation and materials shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke development, as tested by ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: All submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Provide product data on all insulation materials to be used. Indicate thicknesses to be used. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Code Compliance: Contractor shall insulate all systems with the materials and thicknesses as required by code, but in no case shall the insulation be less than that specified herein. In some cases the specified insulation exceeds code, and shall be provided as specified. Not all systems requiring insulation by code are specified, but shall be provided with insulation where required by code. B. Insulation at Hangers: Insulation shall be continuous through hangers on all insulated systems (except ductwork). Inserts at hangers are specified in Section 20 0529 and are considered as part of the hanger and support system. Inserts are required to be installed at the time of pipe installation and are intended to be installed by the Contractor installing the pipe hangers/supports. See Section 20 0529. 1.07 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653: Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. B. ASTM B 209: Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. C. ASTM C 411: Standard Test method for Hot-Surface Performance of High Temperature Thermal Insulation. D. ASTM C 547: Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. E. ASTM C 1136: Standard Specifications for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. F. ASTM C 1290: Standard Specification For Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts. G. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 2 H. NCIIS: National Commercial & Industrial Insulation Standards, published by Midwest Insulation Contractors Association, 5th Edition. I. NFPA 255: Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. J. UL 723: Tests for Surface Burning of Building Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph Part 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Insulation: Johns Manville, Armacell, Owens-Corning, Knauf, Rubatex, Aeroflex, Pittsburgh Corning, GLT, Halstead, Gilsulate. C. Accessories: Johns Manville, Armacell, Owens-Corning, Knauf, Rubatex, Aeroflex, Pittsburgh Corning, GLT, Halstead, Duro Dyne, Gustin Bacon, Childers, RPR, Tee Cee, Lewco Specialty Products, JPS, Buckaroos. D. Fire Protection Duct Wrap: 3M. 2.02 DUCT INSULATION A. Flexible Glass Fiber: 1. Type: Flexible blanket type, constructed of inorganic glass fibers bonded by a thermosetting resin, complying with ASTM C 1290, Type III. Johns Manville “Microlite” (or approved). 2. Jacket: FSK type, vapor proof, consisting of an aluminum foil cover reinforced with glass fiber mesh, and laminated to kraft. Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.05 perms. Provide with joint sealing tape, minimum 2 inches wide, constructed of jacket material with adhesive to seal all joints. 3. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.27 Btu-in/hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 deg F. 4. Operating Limits: 40 degrees F to 250 deg F. B. Duct Insulation Thickness: 1. General: Provide insulation densities and thicknesses to achieve the following R values. R values are for the insulation only, in their installed thickness, considering installed duct wrap stretch and in accordance with code. 2. Lining: Where ducts have internal lining, the insulating properties of the lining may be credited toward meeting the required insulation R value; use R-3.65 per inch of installed liner. 3. Supply Air Ductwork: a. Inside Building and Within Building’s Thermal Envelope: R-3.3 (except where ran exposed in conditioned spaces, no insulation is required). b. Inside Building But Not Within Building’s Thermal Envelope: R-7.3. c. Outside of Building: R-8. 4. Return Air Ductwork: a. Inside Building and Within Building’s Thermal Envelope: No insulation required; except where duct contains air that may vary by 10 deg F or more from the space the duct passes through, R-3.3 insulation shall be provided. b. Inside Building But Not Within Building’s Thermal Envelope: R-7.3. c. Outside of Building: R-8. 5. Outside Air Ductwork: Shall be insulated same as required for the building envelope; except where allowed by code to be insulated less than the building envelope, shall be R-8; insulation is not required where duct run outside the building. 6. Exhaust, Relief, and Special Ductwork: a. Temperature of Air in Duct within 10 Deg F of Temperature of Air in Spaces Duct Passes Through: No insulation required except ductwork from the system’s backdraft damper (or motorized damper) to outside the building shall be insulated same as required for the building envelope. b. Temperature of Air in Duct more than 10 Deg F Different from temperature of Air in Spaces Duct Passes Through: R-8.3; except ductwork from the system’s backdraft damper (or motorized damper) to outside the building shall be insulated same as required for the building envelope (but no less than R-8.3). 2.03 PIPE INSULATION A. Glass Fiber: 1. Type: Rigid molded type, constructed of glass fibers bonded by a thermosetting resin, complying with ASTM C 547 Type I. Insulation factory molded to match pipe size applied to. Johns Manville “Micro-Lok” (or approved). 2. Jacket: ASJ type, vapor proof, consisting of a white kraft paper cover reinforced with glass fiber and bonded to aluminum foil, with longitudinal self sealing closure system. Provide with butt strips constructed of jacket material with adhesive to seal all joints. Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.02 perms. Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 3 3. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.24 Btu-in/ hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 deg F. 4. Operating Temperatures: 0 deg F to 850 deg F. B. Elastomeric Insulation: 1. Type: Flexible cellular elastomeric insulation, factory formed to match pipe sizes applied to, complying with ASTM C 534, Type 1. Armacell “AP/Armaflex SS” (or approved). 2. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.27 Btu-in/ hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 deg F. 3. Water Vapor Transmission: Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.08 perms. 4. Operating Temperatures: -250 deg F to 300 deg F continuous without damage or deformation per ASTM C 411. 5. Weather Protection: Where installed outdoors provide with metal jacketing to protect from UV and weather exposure. C. Pipe Fittings: Shall be covered using any one of the following methods of the Contractor's choice: 1. Prefabricated segments of pipe insulation of same materials and thickness as the adjoining pipe insulation, formed to match pipe fitting. 2. Pre-cut fiberglass insulation and pre-molded high impact, gloss white, UV resistant, minimum 20 mil thick, PVC covers suitable for the pipe size and insulation thickness application, PVC cover shall be Johns Manville "Zeston 2000 PVC" (or approved). 3. Insulating plastic cement brought up the full height of the adjacent covering. 4. Except, where colored PVC jacketing is applied to piping, fittings shall use PVC covers of the same thickness and color as the PVC jacketing specified for the piping. D. Metal Jacket: Aluminum roll jacketing, factory formed to match pipe size and insulation application, with smooth surface, manufactured from 3003 or 5005 aluminum alloy, H-14 temper, conforming to ASTM B 209. Shall be minimum 0.020 inches thick, with an integrally bonded interior 1 mil thick heat bonded polyethylene moisture barrier over the entire surface in contact with the insulation. Fitting covers shall be fabricated of same material as pipe runs, factory formed to match fitting. E. PVC Jacket: Pre-molded 30 mil thick PVC jacket; size and shape to match piping and fittings applied to. Johns Manville “Zeston Series 2000" (or approved). Provide in white color. F. Pipe Insulation Types: 1. Aboveground-Inside Building: a. Cooling Coil Condensate: Glass fiber or elastomeric. b. Refrigerant Piping: Elastomeric. c. Other Systems: Glass fiber. 2. Aboveground-Outside Building: Same as specified above, with metal jacket. 3. Metal and PVC Jacketing: See “Part 3 - Execution”. G. Pipe Insulation Thickness: 1. General: Provide minimum piping insulation thickness indicated, in inches. INSULATION THICKNESS (INCHES) Nominal Pipe Diameter (Inches) Fluid Design Operating Range, deg F <1 1< to 1-1/2 >1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8 Above 350 251 - 350 201 - 250 141 - 200 61 - 140 40 - 60 Below 40 4.5 3.0 2.5 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.5 5.0 4.0 2.5 1.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 5.0 4.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.0 5.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.0 5.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 2. Varying Temperatures: Where a system operates over temperature ranges calling for different insulation thicknesses, the thicker insulation requirements shall be met. 3. Condensate: Cooling system condensate piping (i.e. from a cooling coil) shall be considered to operate at 50 deg F. 4. Refrigerant Piping: Refrigerant piping (RG or RS piping) returning from an evaporator (i.e. cooling coil) to a compressor shall be considered to operate at 40 deg F. Refrigerant piping off a compressor (RD piping) to a condenser shall be considered to operate at 120 deg F, and shall be insulated where routed inside a building. Refrigerant piping (RL piping) from a condenser to an evaporator does not require insulation (unless noted otherwise). Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 4 5. Outdoor Piping: Piping exposed to outside air or, located outside the building/thermal envelope, shall have insulation thickness increased by 0.5 inch from that indicated above. Elastomeric insulation may be used in lieu of fiberglass, provided the insulation is manufacturer approved for temperature of the insulated piping system and application. 6. Cold Water: Cold water piping shall be considered to operate at 56 deg F (unless noted otherwise). 2.04 EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES INSULATION A. P-traps and HW/CW Lines on ADA Compliant Sinks and Lavatories: Prefabricated insulation specially designed for p-trap application, with white elastomeric insulation, white high gloss pvc cover, and velcro closure. Provide section for insulating HW stop and CW stop and associated piping of same material. McGuire “Pro-Wrap” (or approved). B. Flexible Glass Fiber: 1. Type: Flexible blanket insulation, constructed of inorganic glass fibers bonded by a thermosetting resin, complying with ASTM C 553, Type III. Johns Manville “812 Spin-Glas” (or approved). 2. Jacket: FSK type, vapor proof, consisting of an aluminum foil cover reinforced with glass fiber mesh, and laminated to kraft. Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.05 perms. Provide with joint sealing tape constructed of jacket material with adhesive to seal all joints. 3. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.24 Btu-in/ hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 deg F. 4. Operating Temperature Limits: 40 deg F to 450 deg F. 5. Density: 1.5 lb/cu ft. C. Semi-Rigid Glass Fiber: 1. Type: Semi-rigid board insulation, constructed of inorganic glass fibers bonded by a thermosetting resin. 2. Jacket: ASJ type, vapor proof, consisting of a white kraft paper cover reinforced with glass fiber and bonded to aluminum foil, with longitudinal self sealing closure system. Provide with butt strips constructed of jacket material with adhesive to seal all joints. Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.02 perms. 3. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.29 Btu-in/hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 deg F. 4. Operating Temperature Limits: 0 deg F to 650 deg F. D. High Temperature Flexible Glass Fiber: 1. Type: Flexible blanket insulation, constructed of “E” type glass filament mechanically needled together. GLT “Tempmat” (or approved). 2. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.40 Btu-in/ hr-sq ft deg F at 300 deg F. 3. Operating Temperature Limits: 40 deg F to 1200 deg F. 4. Thickness: Two wraps of 1-inch thick each wrap. 5. Jacketing: Wire inserted fiberglass cloth closure; minimum 32 Ounce/yard, rated for 100 deg F; with steel lacing and lacing anchors having self locking washers. E. Elastomeric: 1. Type: Flexible cellular elastomeric insulation, complying with ASTM C 534, Type II. 2. Thermal Conductivity: Shall not exceed 0.30 Btu-in/ hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 deg F. 3. Water Vapor Transmission: Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.08 perms. 4. Operating Temperatures: -200 deg F to 220 deg F; shall be able to withstand 250 deg F temperatures for 96 hours per ASTM C 411 with damage or deformation. 5. Weather Protection: Where installed outdoors provide with metal jacketing to protect from UV and weather exposure. F. Removable Insulation Blankets: 1. Type: Flexible blanket insulation pads, for insulating valves, unions, strainers and similar items. Constructed of exterior fabric enclosure sewn around interior insulation, held in position with a closure system that allows for removal of the blanket. Contractor or factory fabricated. 2. Enclosure: a. Hot Applications: Glass fiber cloth, 1/8-inch thick, noncombustible, service temperature up to 1200 degrees F. JPS Glass Fabrics “Glastex 2025” (or approved). Silicone impregnated glass fiber cloth; chemical and oil resistant; water proof; flame and abrasion resistant; minimum 20 ounce/square yard weight; rated for 500 degrees F continuous service. Lewco Specialty Products 3000 SA-2 (or approved). b. Cold Application: Silicone impregnated glass fiber cloth; chemical and oil resistant; water proof; flame and abrasion resistant; minimum 20 ounce/square yard weight. Lewco Specialty Products 3000 SA-2 (or approved). 3. Insulation: Thermal insulating wool, 1-inch thick, complying with ASTM C 553. Maximum thermal conductivity 0.22 Btu- in/ hr-sq ft-deg F at 75 degrees F. Provide in layers to give equivalent R value to the adjacent insulated piping. Owens Corning “Fiberglas Brand TIW, Type II”. Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 5 4. Closure System: Velcro, zipper or steel lacing. Steel lacing anchors shall have spindles and self-locking washers, fabricated of minimum 14 gauge stainless steel, with stainless steel wire ties. AGM Industries “Series NLA” (or approved). Closure shall be configured to allow for complete coverage and closure of the insulation around the object being insulated. Closure for cold surfaces (surfaces that operate below ambient air temperature) shall provide a sealed vapor barrier so that no surfaces are exposed to ambient air and so that no condensation can occur; overlap enclosure ends (or any vapor barrier penetrations, as caused by suing steel lacing anchors) with an added vapor barrier cover, minimum 2-inches past the vapor barrier penetration; with Velcro (or equivalent) closure. G. Corner Angles: 0.016 inch thick aluminum, alloy 3003 or 5005, with factory applied Kraft backing, complying with ASTM B 209. H. Metal Jacket: 1. Steel: Minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653. Provide with longitudinal slip joints and 2-inch laps. 2. Aluminum: Minimum 0.020-inch thick aluminum, alloy 3003 or 5005, complying with ASTM B 209. Provide with longitudinal slip joints and 2-inch laps. I. Equipment and Specialties Insulation Types and Thickness: 1. Unless a specific type of insulation is specified or noted, any of the insulation materials specified in this specification section may be used provided such application is in conformance with NCIIS. 2. Insulation Thickness: Insulation thickness shall be the same as that specified for the piping or ductwork connected to the item, or as specified for the system the item is installed in (unless noted otherwise). Insulation thickness shall in no case be less than 1 inch thick. 3. Valves: a. 2 Inches and Smaller: Insulate with same material as piping system. b. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Removable blanket insulation. 4. All equipment and specialties where access is required shall have removable insulation blankets; other removable insulation materials per NCIIS may be used where pre-approved by the Engineer. Items requiring such removable insulation include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Strainers. b. Pumps. c. Balancing valves. d. Pressure/temperature/flow measuring devices. 5. Breeching: One layer of 2 inch thick high temperature flexible glass fiber insulation, with an exterior wrap of 1 inch thick flexible glass fiber insulation. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive, Caulks, Mastics, and Coatings: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer and suited for the application. B. Bands: 1/2-inch wide, of stainless steel, galvanized steel, or aluminum construction, to match with materials used with. C. Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length shall be as required for insulation thickness used with. Welded pin holding capacity 100 lb, for direct pull perpendicular to the attached surface. Style and type to suit application. D. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness used with. Adhesive as recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for surface temperatures and materials used with, and to achieve a holding capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface. Style and type to suit application. 2.06 ACOUSTICAL WRAP A. Type: Composite material having an outer foil faced sound barrier wrap with an internal sound decoupling insulation. Kinetics Noise Control KNM-100ALQ (or equal). B. Construction: Outer sound barrier material shall be flexible 1.10 inch think, 1 lb/sf (minimum) barium sulphate loaded limp vinyl sheet, bonded to an outside layer of aluminum foil. Interior sound decoupling insulation shall be 1 inch think fiber glass batting quilted to a non woven porous scrim-coated glass cloth in a 4 inch diamond stitch pattern. Material shall be suitable for temperatures from 40 to 200 deg F. C. Acoustic Rating: STC (sound transmission coefficient) 28 (or better). D. Vibration Damping Material: Kinetics Noise Control KDD or KDC-E-162. Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Pre-Insulation Review: No covering materials shall be applied until systems to be covered have had all tests satisfactorily completed, have had all required inspections, and have been satisfactorily reviewed by the Architect-Engineer. All systems shall be examined by the Contractor to confirm cleanliness and other conditions are appropriate to allow for insulation installation. B. Insulation Work Review: No insulated items shall be concealed in the building structure or buried until the insulation work has been satisfactorily reviewed by the Architect-Engineer, and has had all required inspections. C. Standards: Materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, NCIIS, and shall comply with materials and methods specified herein. The more stringent requirements govern. D. Joints/Seams: Joints shall be staggered on multi layer insulation. Locate seams and joints in least visible location. E. Insulation Protection: Insulation shall be kept clean and dry and shall be protected from dirt, damage, and moisture. Insulation that becomes dirty, damaged, or wet and cannot be restored to like new condition will be rejected, and shall immediately be removed from the jobsite. F. Insulation Interruptions: Insulation shall be neatly finished at all supports, protrusions and interruptions. Provide adhesive and tape seal to maintain vapor barrier integrity. G. Equipment and Floor Protection: Cover existing equipment and finished floors to protect such items from insulation fiber and dust. Keep all such existing areas in a "broom clean" condition at the end of each day. Take precautions in these areas to prevent glass fiber and insulation dust from entering ventilation systems or areas adjacent to the work. H. Glass Fiber Insulation - General: 1. Finish all insulation ends with joint sealing tape or vapor barrier mastic, no raw edges allowed. 2. Joints: Tightly butt adjacent insulation sections together without any voids. Provide overlap of jacket material over all joints. I. Items To Be Insulated: Provide insulation on all ductwork, all piping, all items installed in these duct and piping systems, all air and liquid energy conveying systems and components, all air and liquid energy storage, all equipment, and all energy consuming devices, except where such insulation has been specifically excluded. J. Items Excluded From Being Insulated: 1. Sanitary sewer drain lines (except traps at handicap accessible fixtures). 2. Double wall flues. 3. Stops and risers at plumbing fixtures (except at handicap accessible fixtures). 4. Factory insulated water heaters (except for base on electric water heaters). 5. Factory insulated tanks. 6. Electric motors. 7. Fans. 8. Factory insulated or factory lined HVAC, AHU, and AC units. 9. Pumps handling hot water. 10. Relief Valves and associated drain piping. 11. Hose bibbs (except where used as drains on hot water systems). 12. Gas piping. 13. Underground cold water piping and associated underground items. 3.02 DUCT INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Types and Thickness: Insulate all ducts with insulation type and thickness (to provide the required R value) as specified in “Part 2 - Products”. B. General: Insulation shall be firmly butted at all joints. All longitudinal seams for flexible insulation shall overlap a minimum of 2 inches. All joints and seams shall be finished with appropriate joint sealing tape. Installation shall provide a continuous sealed vapor barrier over all surfaces; seal all jacket penetrations with vapor barrier mastic or vapor barrier jacket tape. C. Attachment: For rectangular ducts over 24 inches wide, duct insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of the ductwork with mechanical fasteners on 18 inch centers to reduce sagging. Washers shall be applied without compressing the insulation. Protruding ends or fasteners shall be cut off flush after washers are installed. All seams, joints, penetrations, and damage to the facing shall be sealed with joint sealing tape or vapor retardant mastic or appropriate joint sealing tape. Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 7 D. Outdoors: Outdoor insulated ductwork shall receive rigid insulation, weather barrier mastic coating (with mesh) and metal jacketing. Ductwork shall have jacketing lapped, secured, and sealed to provide a completely weatherproof enclosure; sealed watertight. See Section 23 3300 for standing seam metal roofing to be applied over the tops of ducts. See drawings for additional requirements. 3.03 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Types and Thickness: Insulate all piping with insulation type and thickness as specified in “Part 2 - Products”. All piping shall be insulated except where specifically excluded. B. General: All ends shall be firmly butted together and secured with joint sealing tape. All jacket laps and joint sealing tape shall be secured with outward clinch staples at 4 inch spacing, or by use of a suitable adhesive. Installation shall provide a continuous sealed vapor barrier over all surfaces; seal all jacket penetrations with vapor barrier mastic or vapor barrier jacket tape. C. Elastomeric Pipe Insulation: Install with seams and joints sealed with rubberized contact adhesive. Insulation with pre-applied adhesive is not permitted. A brush coating of adhesive shall be applied to both butt ends to be joined and to both split surfaces to be sealed. Adhesive shall be allowed to set until dry to touch but tacky under slight pressure before joining the surfaces. Insulation seals at seams and joints shall not be capable of being pulled apart one hour after application. Provide added tape wrap around insulation to ensure seam and joint closure. Insulation that can be pulled apart one hour (or more) after adhesive installation shall be replaced. Provide metal jacketing over outdoor exposed insulation. D. Pipe Hangers: Provide insulation tight up to pre-insulated pipe supports at pipe hangers, seal all joints with joint sealing tape. Pre-insulated pipe supports are specified in Section 20 0529. E. Pipe Sleeves: Run insulation continuous full size through sleeve. Coordinate work with fire seals and confirm fire seal system is approved for use with insulated pipes; see Section 20 0530. F. Metal Jacketing: 1. Applications: Provide metal jacket over piping insulation for the following: a. Exposed rain leaders in occupied areas; from finished floor and up 8 feet. b. Outdoor exposed piping. c. Exposed piping; from finished floor and up 8 feet. d. Exposed piping 4 inches and larger located in mechanical room; from finished floor and up 8 feet. 2. Outdoor Installation: Where installed on outdoor piping locate seams on bottom side of horizontal piping. Seal all jacket seams to provide a completely weatherproof enclosure; water tight. 3.04 EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Types and Thickness: All equipment and items installed in insulated duct and piping systems shall be insulated except where specifically noted not to be; reference paragraph 3.01. Insulation type and thickness shall be as specified in “Part 2 - Products”. B. General: Apply insulation as close as possible to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling as necessary. As required, secure insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires or bands. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. Comply with NCIIS. C. Removable: All equipment and specialties where access is required for maintenance, repair, service, or cleaning shall have insulation installed so that it can be easily removed and reinstalled without being damaged and without requiring new insulation. Removable insulation shall completely cover the item being insulated with an overlap over adjacent insulation to cover all joints. Insulation on cold surfaces shall provide a sealed vapor barrier so that no surfaces are exposed to ambient air and so that no condensation can occur; overlap enclosure ends minimum 2-inches. D. ADA Compliant Lavatories and Sinks: Insulate P-trap and HW/CW supplies below lavatory and sink where exposed. E. Nameplates: Do not insulate over nameplates or ASME stamps; bevel and seal insulation around. F. Jacketing: Provide all equipment insulation with vapor retardant jackets. 3.05 ACOUSTIC WRAP A. General: Install in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and NCIIS. Overlap all interior sound insulation joints with a minimum 2 inch overlap of the exterior sound barrier. Acoustical insulation shall not be compressed. Where installed over equipment or items requiring access, provide acoustic wrap in sections and in a manner that facilitates future removal and re-installation. B. Light Gauge Duct: Where the ductwork to which the wrap is to be applied is less than 20 gauge, apply vibration damping material on outside of duct before applying acoustic wrap. Fire Station 15 20 0700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority MECHANICAL INSULATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 8 December 22, 2017 20 0700 - 8 C. Insulated Items: Where installed on ducts or items that require thermal insulation, install thermal insulation over acoustic wrap. D. Locations: Provide acoustic wrap at locations noted on plans. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 39 SECTION 20 0800 - COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System specific commissioning procedures B. Related Sections: 1. The following section specifies general commissioning activities for this project: - 01 91 13 General Commissioning Requirements 2. All sections related to the following commissioned systems may contain start-up, testing and/or commissioning related activities: DIVISION 20 – Testing, Adjusting, Balancing DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING Domestic Water Piping Domestic Hot Water Heaters Domestic Hot Water Circulator and Controls Thermostatic Mixing Valves Meters (Water, Gas) Automatic Gas Shutoffs and Reset Switches for Cooking Equipment DIVISION 23 – HVAC All HVAC Systems and Components All HVAC Control Systems 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes the completion and documentation of formal commissioning procedures by the Contractor on selected equipment and systems as listed under 1.1 B. Commissioning is defined as the process of verifying and documenting that the installation and performance of selected building systems meet the specified design criteria and therefore satisfies the design intent and the Owner’s operational needs. The Contractor shall be responsible for participation in the commissioning process as outlined herein, and in subsequent sectional references and attachments throughout the project documents. Commissioning procedures shall be designed and conducted under the direction of the Commissioning Authority (CxA) and coordinated by the Contractor Commissioning Coordinator (CCC). B. This section contains the system specific commissioning requirements for the systems referenced herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Documentation requirements for the systems to be commissioned are specified in Section 01 91 13, Commissioning General Requirements, Part 2 – Products. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Execution of the commissioning process for the systems to be commissioned is specified 01 91 13, Commissioning General Requirements, Part 3 – Execution. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 1 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 39 SCHEDULE A – Start-up Plan, Contractor Checklists and Document Tracking A Startup Plan shall be developed as outlined in Section 01 91 13. The Startup Plan shall include manufacturer’s startup procedures and Contractor Checklists (CCL) as provided by the CxA. Sample CCLs are included in this Schedule. The Contractor responsible for delivery of the equipment and appurtenances associated with the systems listed in Table – A shall be responsible for completion of the CCL for each individual piece of equipment in the system group. The CCLs included within this Schedule are sample versions and are representative of what will be included in the final Commissioning Plan. The Contractor is responsible to demonstrate the proper operation of all installed systems and the final CCLs shall contain the requirements to document these demonstrations. In no case shall the checklists require performance criteria more stringent than specified by the Project Documents. The CCC is responsible for collecting the completed CCLs and start-up documents and maintaining the Startup Plan during installation and startup activities. The CCC shall review the material for completeness, then sign off on the CCLs as an indication that documents are complete. Once all CCLs and start-up documents are received, they shall be turned over to the CxA. The following Table - A identifies the CCLs and related documents that will be included in the final Startup Plan. Listed as subcategories below each system are the documents that shall be required to be submitted as part of the system startup activities. This documentation includes installation, startup, static tests, pressure tests, cleaning, flushing, disinfecting, certifications and other miscellaneous checklists. This table shall be used as a document tracking mechanism by the CxA, CCC and Contractor for the process of submittal, review and approval of installation and startup documents and CCLs. The table shall be included in the Startup Plan, which is a subset of the Commissioning Plan. Table-A Key: A. System description for each system commissioned. A Contractor Checklist is included for each commissioned system. The subcategories include required documentation to be submitted with the CCL. B. Contractor responsible for installation, startup, testing and submittal of documents for commissioned system. To be filled in after contract award. C. Date the proposed documents are received by the CxA from the responsible Contractor. NOTE: These documents shall include, but are not limited to, procedures and forms to include such activities as: manufacturer’s installation and start-up, pressure testing, TAB, cleaning, flushing and disinfection. The CCL is provided by the CxA. D. Indicates that CxA has received and approved proposed installation and start-up documentation. E. Date the completed documents are received by the CxA from the responsible Contractor. F. Indicates that CxA has received and approved completed documentation. G. Notes on status of forms, irregularities and rework needed. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 2 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 39 Table - A: System Summary and Documentation Tracking A B C D E F G System Description Documents Required Responsible Contractor Proposed Document Received O K Completed Document Received O K Notes Plumbing Systems (Div. 20, 22) Domestic Pipe Pressure Testing Domestic Piping Cleaning/ Disinfection Certificate Back Flow Device Certification Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Domestic Hot Water Heater (Div. 22) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Domestic Hot Water Pumps (Div. 22) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Thermostatic Mixing Valves (Div. 22) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Water and Gas Meters (Div. 22) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Automatic Gas Shutoffs (Div. 22) For Cooking Equipment Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided VRF Fan Coil Units (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 3 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 39 A B C D E F G System Description Documents Required Responsible Contractor Proposed Document Received O K Completed Document Received O K Notes VRF Outdoor Units (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Dedicated Outdoor Air System (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Gas Furnaces (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Radiant Heaters (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Unit Heaters (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Exhaust Fans (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Automatic Vehicle Exhaust System (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Split System AC Units (Div. 23) Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Ductwork Systems (Div. 23) Ductwork Pressure Test Fire/Smoke Damper Tests Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 4 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 39 A B C D E F G System Description Documents Required Responsible Contractor Proposed Document Received O K Completed Document Received O K Notes Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (Div. 20) TAB Agenda TAB Meeting Minutes Preliminary TAB Report Contractor Checklist CxA Provided December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 5 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 39 SAMPLE Contractor Checklist VRF Fan Coil Unit Unit Identifier: FC-2 Location: Room 003 Area/Room Served: Room 003 Manufacturer: Mitsubishi Model: Check RC CxA Note Equipment Area is cleaned and clear of construction debris Unit is clean and has no visible physical damage Equipment labels are installed per project documents Unit is accessible for service Mounting is appropriate with vibration isolation as specified Accessibility and condition of air filter Accessibility and condition of coil Accessibility and condition of fan motor Piping Refrigerant piping is complete Refrigerant piping is insulated Condensate drain installed with p-trap, clean out & piped to drain -or- Unit equipped with condensate pumping system piped to drain Condensate pump wired and powered up Ductwork Associated duct work is complete Diffuser locations per project documents Control Devices Control wires and devices are complete Control wire and devices are labeled per project documents Thermostat installed and in appropriate location Electrical Supply power is installed and disconnect is accessible Disconnect is labeled Nameplate Minimum Circuit Amps Nameplate Maximum Overcurrent Protection Device Amps Installed overload Overloads and/or fusing is appropriate Convenience outlet within 50’ of equipment Start-Up Manufacturer’s installation and start-up procedures complete Start-up documentation submitted to CxA Readiness System is ready for functional performance testing Representative photograph provided Sign-Off: Team Member Name Date Responsible Contractor (RC): Commissioning Authority (CxA): Notes: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 6 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 39 SAMPLE Contractor Checklist VRF Outdoor Unit Unit Identifier: CU-1 Location: Outside Building, North Area/Room Served: Building Manufacturer: Mitsubishi Model: Check RC CxA Note Equipment Area is cleaned and clear of construction debris Unit is clean and has no visible physical damage Equipment labels are installed per project documents Unit is accessible for service Mounting is appropriate with vibration isolation as specified Accessibility and condition of outdoor coil Accessibility and condition of fan and motor Piping Refrigeration piping complete with valves, sensors, strainers, filter driers and sight glasses Refrigerant piping is insulated Control Devices Control wires and devices are complete Control wire and devices are labeled per project documents Electrical Supply power is installed and disconnect is accessible Disconnect is labeled Nameplate Minimum Circuit Amps Nameplate Maximum Overcurrent Protection Device Amps Installed overload Overloads and/or fusing is appropriate Convenience outlet within 50’ of equipment Start-Up Manufacturer’s installation and start-up procedures complete Start-up documentation submitted to CxA Readiness System is ready for functional performance testing Representative photograph provided Sign-Off: Team Member Name Date Responsible Contractor (RC): Commissioning Authority (CxA): Notes: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 7 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 39 SCHEDULE B – Functional Performance Tests Functional Performance Tests 1 The preliminary versions of the Functional Performance Test and Verification Outline sheets contained in this Schedule define the individual systems to be tested and Contractor responsibilities based on the specific method of commissioning. These preliminary Functional Performance Test and Verification Outline sheets represent information available at the time of commissioning specification development. The final versions may be somewhat different and will be included within the Commissioning Plan as presented at the initial commissioning coordination meeting. 2 The methods of functional performance test and verification are listed in Table 1 of this Schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for supporting the testing activity as indicated. This may include developing the test plan and functional performance test forms for approval by the Commissioning Authority, performing testing to be witnessed by the CxA or providing support during functional performance testing conducted by the CxA or their sub-Authority. 3 Contract documents state that the Contractor is responsible to demonstrate that all systems comply with contract requirements and meet the project design intent. The scope of testing outlined in the following Functional Performance Test and Verification Outline sheets in this Schedule represent the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove systems comply with the design intent. If systems fail the initial tests additional testing may be required. 4 The following Test Summary Table identifies the functional tests that shall be conducted on this project. This table shall be used as a document tracking mechanism for the process of submittal and review of contractor provided testing documentation. 5 The contractor is responsible for submitting proposed functional test documentation to the Commissioning Authority for review and approval at least one month prior to these activities. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the Commissioning Authority in advance of the scheduled activity, testing or startup date. A minimum of 5 working days advance notification is required. If the CxA is not notified in advance of a scheduled start- up or testing activity, the start-up or testing shall be rescheduled and repeated to the satisfaction of the CxA. 6 The “Responsible Contractor” column of the table shall be completed during the Initial Commissioning Coordination Meeting by assigning an individual Contractor responsible for the activities associated with each system based on what contractor provided that system. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 8 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 39 Table – B: Functional Test Summary Table A B C D E F G System Description Responsible Contractor Proposed Test Forms Received O K Testing Complete O K Notes Domestic Hot Water System Includes DHW heater, pump, mixing valves Water and Gas Meters Automatic Gas Shutoffs Cooking Equipment Shutoffs VRF System Fan coils, outdoor units, refrigerant distribution Dedicated Outdoor Air System (DOAS) Gas Furnaces Radiant and Unit Heaters Exhaust Fans Automatic Vehicle Exhaust System Split System A/C Units Air Distribution System Balancing Air and Water Systems VRF System Controls Summary Table Key: A. System description for each system commissioned. B. Contractor responsible for providing testing. To be filled in after contract award. C. Date the proposed test forms are received by the CxA from the responsible Contractor (if applicable). D. Indicates that CxA has received and approved the proposed test forms. E. Date(s) testing was performed by contractor. F. Indicates that Commissioning Authority has witnessed and approved the testing and received all completed test forms. G. Notes on status of forms, irregularities and rework needed. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 9 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 39 Table 1 – Functional Test and Verification Methods The following applies regardless of test method. The contractor shall support the CxA during testing or verification, including but not limited to: scheduling and sequencing and adequate time for testing, on-site support during testing, testing instruments and equipment, setting up trend logs, providing access to equipment (including lifts), providing access to control systems both on-site and remotely. The CxA shall do one or a combination of the following to verify contractor testing: 1. The CxA shall witness all or portions of the tests during contractor testing. 2. The CxA shall re-conduct the functional tests on all or portions of the systems using the same test plan and data sheets. 3. The contractor shall be required to duplicate some of the testing by demonstrating a percentage of the system as selected and witnessed by the CxA. If during the verification process inconsistencies are found that demonstrate that the functional testing conducted by the contractor was not properly executed, the CxA shall suspend verification and the contractor shall be required to correct the problems and re-conduct the entire functional test and verification for the system(s) in question. Excessive test failures shall be subject to the back-charging provisions in Section 01 91 13. Test Method A – Contractor Written and Conducted with CxA Oversight The test plan and test data sheets are developed by the contractor responsible for the system and submitted to the CxA for approval. These can be the system manufacturer’s stock test forms if appropriate. The CxA shall assist contractor in development of test forms if requested to do so. The contractor shall conduct the tests on 100% of the equipment per the plan, document results and submit completed test forms to the CxA for review and approval. Test Method B – CxA Written and Conducted, Contractor Supports The test plan and test data sheets are developed by the CxA. The CxA shall conduct the tests per the plan, document results and notify contractor of any issues found. Test Method C – CxA Written, Contractor Conducts The test plan and test data sheets are developed by the CxA. The CxA shall turn over the test plan and test data sheets to the contractor. The contractor shall conduct the tests on 100% of the equipment per the plan, document results and submit completed test forms to the CxA for review and approval. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 10 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 39 Domestic Hot Water Systems Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.1 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Distribution a) Pump Operation 2) Water Heater a) Temperature control b) Relief 3) Mixing Valves a) Temperature control December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 11 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 39 Water and Gas Meters Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.1 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Operation a) Calibration at meter (accurate for a known load) December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 12 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 39 Automatic Gas Shutoffs and Reset Switches for Cooking Equipment Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.1 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Operation a) Full shutoff of gas upon alarm condition b) Restoration of gas upon activation of reset switch December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 13 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 39 VRF System Indoor Units, Outdoor Units, Refrigerant Distribution Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Appendix - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A Up to 100% Functional Tests: 1) Unit Operation a) Demonstrate operation of all unit features and functions b) Simulate all alarm conditions and demonstrate all safeties and alarm reporting. c) Demonstrate fan HOA functions d) Demonstrate modulation, temperature control, and capacity. e) Demonstrate all local and centralized control features and functions f) Demonstrate condensate pump operation December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 14 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 39 Dedicated Outdoor Air System Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Appendix - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Unit Operation a) Demonstrate and document operation of all features and functions b) Simulate all alarm conditions and demonstrate and document all safeties and alarm reporting. c) Demonstrate and document fan HOA functions d) Demonstrate and document modulation, temperature control and heat recovery, record all parameters. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 15 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 39 Gas Furnaces Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Appendix - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 2) Unit Operation a) Demonstrate and document operation of all features and functions b) Simulate all alarm conditions and demonstrate and document all safeties and alarm reporting. c) Demonstrate and document fan functions d) Demonstrate and document modulation, temperature control, record all parameters. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 16 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 17 of 39 Radiant and Unit Heaters Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Appendix - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Unit Operation a) Demonstrate and document operation of all features and functions b) Simulate all alarm conditions and demonstrate and document all safeties and alarm reporting. c) Demonstrate and document modulation and temperature control, record all parameters. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 17 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 18 of 39 Exhaust Fans Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Exhaust fans a) Demonstrate operation of all features. b) Demonstrate on/off control and any interlocks. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 18 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 19 of 39 Automatic Vehicle Exhaust System Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 2) Exhaust fans a) Demonstrate operation of all features including automatic disconnection from vehicles. b) Demonstrate on/off control including CO and NOx activation. The contractor shall provide all test and calibration gases required to test the system per the sequence of operations included in the project drawings and specifications. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 19 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 20 of 39 Split System AC Units Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Appendix - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Preliminary Activities: The contractor shall be responsible for marking the motorized smoke control damper shaft ends with the damper blade orientation and providing access (ladders, lifts, etc.) to the motorized dampers during testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Functional Tests: 1) Operation of all features 2) Cooling capacity 3) Temperature Control 4) Alarms 5) Condensate pump and/or drain December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 20 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 21 of 39 Air Distribution Systems Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Preliminary Activities: The contractor shall be responsible for marking the motorized smoke control damper shaft ends with the damper blade orientation and providing access (ladders, lifts, etc.) to the motorized dampers during testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A 100% Fire and Smoke Control 1) Demonstrate and document the operation (open/close) of all motorized Fire/Smoke Dampers. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 21 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 22 of 39 Balancing Air and Water Systems Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor 10% N/A Functional Tests: 1) Perform measurements to demonstrate air balance meets design tolerances. 2) Perform measurements to demonstrate building pressurization in various modes of operation. 3) Perform measurements to demonstrate room pressurization in various modes of operation. The testing and air balancing contractor shall demonstrate a properly balanced system by measuring and verifying the specified percentage of the previously balanced systems as selected and witnessed by the Commissioning Authority. The TAB contractor shall also demonstrate the proper pressure relationship of the spaces to each other and the outside. In the event that the testing and balance verification values are off by more than 10% of original testing values, the balancing contractor shall readjust the systems to the satisfaction of the owner and design team. All balancing set points, including, but not limited to, outside air minimum positions, air flow measuring stations, duct static set points, and differential pressure information shall be communicated to the controls contractor for implementation into the controls systems and recorded in the final balance report. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 22 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 23 of 39 Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Control System Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule - B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Preliminary Activities: A Controls Integration Meeting (CIM) shall be conducted after the controls submittal is complete and the CxA has reviewed the submittal. The meeting is to be conducted prior to finalizing the functional test procedures and shall be attended by the CxA, the VRF Control System contractor/supplier, mechanical engineer and a representative of the Owner’s maintenance group at a minimum. The CIM shall include, but not be limited to, the following topics: 1. Sequence of Operations 2. Alarm Setup and Reporting 3. System Setpoints 4. Graphical Interface 5. Integration with packaged equipment (e.g. DOAS units) 6. Point-to-Point Checkout and Startup Procedures 7. Method of Conducting Cx Functional Testing Prior to any functional testing, a complete and documented start-up process shall have occurred. This includes point-to-point verification, sensor calibration and operational mode verification. Prior to any graphical system development, the control contractor is to submit a System Setup Outline to the Commissioning Authority and Owner/Owner’s representative for approval. The outline should describe the graphics to be provided along with a detailed list of the individual points to be displayed, screen linking, security levels, alarm management, schedules, trending, animation strategies, navigation, etc. Trend logs shall be entered per the direction of the CxA to support demonstration of operation as outlined below for the performance period. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Shall Sample or Witness C.2 CxA Contractor N/A Up to 100% The CxA shall develop a series of functional performance tests to be conducted by the contractor and as outlined below. Part 4 of this specification section includes sample functional test documents. These are samples only and do not reflect all functional test requirements. The contractor shall conduct the functional tests and turn over the completed functional test documentation and trend logs to the CxA. The CxA shall re-conduct a portion of the tests. The contractor shall include time in their bid to support the CxA during this activity. This support does not include the normal point-to-point and operational verifications that should take place during start-up. The VRF control contractor shall make available to the CxA, at no additional cost, a method of interfacing with the control system at the building site. This interface shall be made available regardless of if a permanent local work station is specified in the contract documents or not. The interface shall be made available for the duration of the commissioning process and all commissioned systems are accepted. The VRF control contractor shall also make December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 23 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 24 of 39 available to the CxA, at no additional cost, a method of remotely accessing the system during the commissioning process and up to one year after system acceptance. Remote and local access shall include all software, licensing, software keys and anything else required to facilitate full access to the system. The local and remote interfaces shall include all contract required interfaces including, but not limited to, all graphics, trends and alarms. The CxA shall be given an account with full security access privileges to the system. The contractor shall review the test plan provided by the CxA to verify the following: 1. The functional tests will not endanger the equipment or personnel in the facility. 2. The functional tests can be performed per the plan with the installed interface and equipment. Functional Tests: 1) Functional testing to demonstrate proper operation of ALL modes of operation of all systems under control of the VRF temperature control system and as described in the sequence of operations including but not limited to the following equipment: a) VRF Fan Coil Units b) Dedicated Outdoor Air System (DOAS) 2) Functional testing to demonstrate proper operation of ALL modes of operation of all systems under control of the automatic temperature control system and as described in the sequence of operations including but not limited to the following modes: a) Unoccupied mode b) Unoccupied limits c) Occupant override mode d) Optimal Start i) Heating mode ii) Cooling mode e) Warm-up mode f) Occupied mode i) Heating mode ii) Cooling modes 3) Functional testing to demonstrate operation of all sub-systems under control of the automatic temperature control system and as described in the sequence of operations including but not limited to the following categories: a) Fan control b) Interlocked fan operation c) Zone temperature control d) Thermostatic control e) Automatic damper control and modulation f) Heating/cooling capacity g) Alarm monitoring h) Graphical user interface 4) System stability and control verification via trending (performance period). Trend logs to be set up by control contractor to demonstrate system performance, to include, but not limited to the following performance variables. Trend logs shall be set up for all inputs/outputs, both digital and analog, for all points in the system both physical and virtual. Trend interval shall be 5 minutes unless otherwise directed by the CxA. The minimum trend period shall be 14 days. Trend log point headings as displayed on system graphs and data tables shall be adequately December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 24 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 25 of 39 descriptive for the point but no longer than 12 characters unless approved by the CxA. System default names are not acceptable. The heading titles shall contain no extraneous characters that are not needed to describe the point. The contractor shall provide the trends to the Commissioning Authority in electronic format, in MS Excel or a comma delimited file. a) Zone temperature control b) Morning warm-up verification c) Optimum start-stop verification d) Water and electrical usage 5) Functional testing of all equipment protections monitored by the temperature control system, safeties and alarms including but not limited to the following modes: a) VRF parameter failures b) Dirty filter status c) Fan failure and alarms d) Phase loss protection December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 25 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 26 of 39 PART 4 – SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL TEST DOCUMENTS 4.01 Sample functional test procedures and data forms are provided in this section to demonstrate the rigor of the process, test procedures and documentation that shall be required from the contractor. These forms and procedures shall be amended, augmented and updated in the final commissioning plan based on the final project documents, addendums and submittal information. This sample section does not contain all functional test procedures and data forms that are required to be executed by the contractor. Schedule - B of Part 3 provides a full list of the functional tests that shall be required to be executed by the contractor. December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 26 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 27 of 39 Domestic Hot Water Pump Aqua-Stat Operation: 1. Verify system is in the occupied mode. 2. Start test with return water temperature above set point, adjust set point as needed. 3. Record initial parameters. 4. Turn the aqua-stat set point up higher than the return water temperature. 5. Verify pump is commanded on, status is on and pump is observed on. 6. Turn off the pump at the disconnect and verify pump failure alarm is generated. 7. Turn power to pump back on and verify alarm clears. 8. Turn the aqua-stat set point down to lower than the return water temperature. 9. Verify pump is commanded off, status is off and pump is observed off. 10. Return set point to original setting. 1 2 PRE-TEST: System in occupied mode Return water temperature. Return water temperature set point Pump command/status is OFF TEST: Return water set point changed to Pump command/status are ON Pump failure alarm received Pump failure alarm cleared Pump observed ON Return water set point changed to Pump command/status are OFF Tests are complete and performance is acceptable. Commissioning Authority: Date: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 27 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 28 of 39 VRF System VRF Point Monitoring 1. Perform the following spot-checks on a sample of one FCU per CU and each CU. 2. Verify that the listed points from the unit are monitored correctly. VRF-BMS Point Verification: Fan Coil Unit: Issues Test: Local Zone Temperature Setpoint (Y or N) Global Occ/Unocc Schedule Times (Y or N) Global Occ/Unocc Temperature Setpoints (Y or N) FCU Fan Speed (Y or N) FCU ON/OFF (Y or N) System ON/OFF (Y or N) Control Morning Warmup Start/Stop Time (Y or N) Tests complete, performance is acceptable (Y or N) Overrides clear, set points returned to original (Y or N) Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 28 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 29 of 39 VRF Fan Coil Unit – Unoccupied Mode 1. Place system in the unoccupied mode by changing the schedule. 2. Verify unit fan off and associated outdoor unit off. 3. Release overrides. Unit: FC-1-1 FC-1-2 FC-1-3 Unoccupied Mode (via schedule) Unit commanded OFF Unit status OFF - 02 Associated HP/CU CU-1 CU-1 CU-1 Associated HP/CU commanded OFF Associated HP/CU status OFF Associated DOAS 1 1 1 Associated DOAS commanded OFF Associated DOAS status OFF Test OK or list Issue Number: Setpoint/Override Released: Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 29 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 30 of 39 VRF Fan Coil Unit – Unoccupied Limits 1. Place system in the unoccupied mode by changing the schedule. 2. Unoccupied Low Limit – For each zone, simulate a condition where the zone temperature is below the unoccupied low limit setpoint. Verify fan on, DOAS off, and unit controls to unoccupied low limit set point. 3. Unoccupied High Limit – For each zone, simulate a condition where the zone temperature is above the unoccupied high limit setpoint. Verify fan on, DOAS off, and unit controls to unoccupied high limit set point. 4. Release overrides. Pre-Test: Unit : FC-1-1 FC-1-2 FC-1-3 Zone Temperature, °F Associated DOAS DOA-1 DOA-1 DOA-1 Associated DOAS command/status OFF Unoccupied Low Limit, °F Unoccupied High Limit, °F High/Low Limit Test: Type of test performed (high or low) Setpoint [ ] or ZT Override [ ], °F Associated DOAS remains OFF Associated HP/CU commanded ON Unit commanded ON System OFF when satisfied Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 30 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 31 of 39 VRF Fan Coil Unit – Null Mode 1. Place system in the occupied mode by changing the schedule. 2. For each zone, simulate a condition where the zone temperature is between the heating and cooling setpoints. 3. Verify unit is in neither heating nor cooling. Record parameters. 4. Release overrides. Pre-Test: Unit: FC-1-1 FC-1-2 FC-1-3 System ON in occupied mode (schedule) Zone Temperature Zone Temperature Setpoint ON/OFF Override disabled via BMS MODE Override disabled via BMS Temperature SP override disabled by BMS Associated DOAS DOA-1 DOA-1 DOA-1 Associated DOAS command/status ON, controlling Occupied Null Mode: Setpoint [ ] or ZT Override [ ] Unit fan commanded ON Unit fan observed ON ON/OFF, MODE, SP not adjustable at zone t-stat DOAS supply air temperature Zone Temperature Unit discharge air temperature (DAT) Estimated entering air temp (EAT) Delta T in Null Mode (DAT-EAT, <3°F) Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 31 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 32 of 39 VRF Fan Coil Unit – Cooling Mode 1. Place system in the occupied mode by changing the schedule. 2. For each zone, simulate a condition where the zone temperature is much higher than the occupied cooling setpoint. 3. Verify fan on and unit goes into full cooling. 4. Record system parameters. 5. Release overrides. Pre-Test: Unit: FC-1-1 FC-1-2 FC-1-3 Design temp. drop, high fan speed (°F) 24.8 21.4 25.0 Zone temperature (°F) Zone temperature cooling setpoint (°F) Associated DOAS DOA-1 DOA-1 DOA-1 Associated DOAS command/status ON, controlling Test: Setpoint [ ] or ZT override [ ] Fan status ON at high speed Unit commanded to cool DOA supply air temperature Zone temperature Unit discharge air temerature (DAT) Estimated entering air temp (EAT) Delta T, cooling (|DAT-EAT|) Delta T as % of design DAT Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 32 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 33 of 39 VRF Fan Coil Unit – Heating Mode 1. Place system in the occupied mode by changing the schedule. 2. For each zone, simulate a condition where the zone temperature is much higher than the occupied cooling setpoint. 3. Verify fan on and unit goes into full cooling. 4. Record system parameters. 5. Release overrides. Pre-Test: Unit: FC-1-1 FC-1-2 FC-1-3 Design temp. rise, high fan speed (°F) 21.4 17.6 20.6 Zone temperature (°F) Zone temperature heating setpoint (°F) Associated DOAS DOAS-1 DOAS-1 DOAS-1 Associated DOAS command/status ON, controlling Test: Setpoint [ ] or ZT override [ ] Fan status ON at high speed Unit commanded to heat DOAS supply air temperature (1) (1) (1) Zone temperature Unit discharge air temperature (DAT) Estimated entering air temp (EAT) See Note (2) Delta T, heating (DAT-EAT) Delta T as % of design DAT Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 33 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 34 of 39 VRF Condensing Unit Alarms 1. Simulate an alarm condition at the outdoor condensing unit. 2. Record expected alarm condition and simulation method. 3. Verify the expected alarm is received and logged by the BAS. 4. Release alarm condition. 5. Verify alarm clears. VRF Condensing Unit Alarms: Unit Expected Alarm Simulation Method Expected Alarm Rec. Alarm Logged Alarm Cleared Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 34 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 35 of 39 VRF Refrigerant Controller Alarms 1. Simulate an alarm condition at the BC (Branch Controller). 2. Record expected alarm condition and simulation method. 3. Verify the expected alarm is received and logged by the BAS. 4. Release alarm condition. 5. Verify alarm clears. VRF BC Controller Alarms: Unit Expected Alarm Simulation Method Expected Alarm Rec. Alarm Logged Alarm Cleared Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 35 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 36 of 39 VRF Fan Coil Unit Alarms 1. Simulate an alarm condition at the fan coil unit (e.g. fan failure). 2. Record expected alarm condition and simulation method 3. Verify the expected alarm is received. 4. Release alarm condition. 5. Verify alarm clears. VRF Fan Coil Unit Alarms: Unit Expected Alarm Simulation Method Expected Alarm Rec. Alarm Logged Alarm Cleared Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 36 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 37 of 39 Fan Coil Unit and Branch Controller Condensate Pump Operation 1. Turn unit off, open access panel to condensate pan. 2. Pour water into condensate pan and verify flow to drain with minimal ponding in condensate pan. 3. Continue to pour water into condensate pan until condensate sump fills and pump cycles. 4. Verify complete pump out of condensate and pump stops. Condensate Pumps: Unit No. Pump Operates (Y or N) Pump OFF when Empty (Y or N) Issues Tests are complete Performance is acceptable Overrides clear, set points to original Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA Verifying Test: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 37 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 38 of 39 Thermostat Calibration and Point to Point Test. 1. At each thermostat location, press override push button (or raise/lower setpoint). 2. Verify that VRF indicates correct zone in override. 3. Measure room air temperature and record actual and BAS indicated temperatures. Unit No. Override Room Temp BAS Temp Unit No. Override Room Temp BAS Temp Set points returned to original values. Tests are complete and performance is acceptable. Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA: Comments: December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 38 Fire Station 15 20 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 39 of 39 Exhaust Fans BAS Controlled Exhaust Fan Test (with Fan Proof) 1. Place the control system in the unoccupied mode. 2. Verify all exhaust fans under control are commanded off, and are off by physical inspection (PI). 3. Place the system in the occupied mode. 4. Verify all exhaust fans under control are commanded on, and are on by physical inspection (PI). 5. Turn off the exhaust fan at the disconnect and verify fan failure alarm is generated. 6. Turn power to fan back on and verify alarm clears. EF- 1 2 Unoccupied Mode: Exhaust fan command displayed OFF Exhaust fan, observed OFF Occupied Mode: Exhaust fan command displayed ON Exhaust fan, observed ON Tests are complete and performance is acceptable. Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: CxA: END OF SECTION December 22, 2017 20 0800 - 39 DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION Fire Station 15 21 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 21 1000 - 1 SECTION 21 1000 - WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Sprinkler System Design. B. Piping. C. Sprinkler Heads. D. Valves. E. Fire Department Connections. F. Accessories. G. Pre-Installation Conference. H. Owner Instruction. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Comply with 20 0500 requirements. B. Listing: All materials and equipment shall be UL listed and FM approved for the application. C. Latest Design: Products shall be of the manufacturer’s latest design. D. Code and AHJ Compliance: Products and installation shall comply with code and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) requirements. Contractor is responsible to review and be familiar with code and local AHJ requirements. Products submitted are represented by the Contractor as complying with code and AHJ requirements. E. Exceed Code: The Contract Documents indicate items in excess of code requirements; in all such cases the work shall be done so that code requirements are exceeded as indicated. Such work may include coverage of areas not strictly required by code, painting, concealing of piping, access provisions for system inspections, oversized mains to accommodate future expansion, etc. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings of entire sprinkler system to Architect/Engineer for review; label these as “Preliminary – Not for AHJ Review”. After incorporating or satisfactorily resolving Architect/Engineer review comments, submit shop drawings to AHJ for approval; label these as “AHJ Review Set”; at same time submit informational copy to the Architect/Engineer. 2. Shop drawings shall include: riser detail, pipe support details, heights of piping above finished floor, room names and numbers, building grid lines, and building sections to give an overall representation of pipe routing. 3. Shop drawings shall show head locations on reflected ceiling plans; use shop drawings from ceiling installer for ceiling layout; where these drawings are not available use information in the Contract Documents to develop a reflected ceiling plans. 4. Shop Drawings shall show ductwork along with piping. Use shop drawings from ductwork installer for ductwork layout; where these drawings are not available use information in the Contract Documents. C. Product Data: Submit information on all products to be used; include evidence of product UL listing and FM approval. Submit proposed labeling and signage. D. Calculations: Submit all system calculations showing compliance with NFPA and AHJ requirements. E. Review Impacts: Architect/Engineer’s review may involve changes to Contractor’s design in order to comply with the Contract Documents including aesthetic issues. These changes may be substantial enough to affect drawings and calculations submitted to the AHJ and requiring a resubmittal. Contractor shall assume at least one re-submittal will be required and shall pay all required AHJ re-submittal and re-review fees. Fire Station 15 21 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 21 1000 - 2 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Experience: All fire sprinkler design shall be performed by a Contractor thoroughly familiar with and knowledgeable of NFPA 13, NFPA 24, local AHJ requirements, and fire sprinkler system design and installation. By virtue of submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging that he does in fact have such knowledge; and all work provided will fully comply with all the requirements of these specifications. The fire sprinkler Contractor shall be qualified, as required by the AHJ to design and install all parts of the fire sprinkler system. All portions of underground fire sprinkler piping shall be installed by a licensed fire sprinkler contractor, or by a level U certified plumbing contractor, as issued by the State’s Fire Marshal’s office. B. Professional Stamp: All fire sprinkler design drawings and calculations shall be prepared by and stamped by a licensed fire sprinkler professional as required by the AHJ. C. Design: System shall be Contractor designed and approval by both the Fire Marshal and Architect/Engineer. System design shall comply with Contract Documents regarding particular system configuration as may be specified or noted (i.e. routing of mains, head locations, etc.). D. System Description: Wet pipe or dry pipe fire sprinkler system (as indicated on plans) provided for each building with a dry pipe system serving all areas subject to freezing (dry type heads off wet system are acceptable for limited coverage areas). Buildings/ areas indicated shall be dry type as noted. All spaces within sprinklered areas shall be sprinklered as required by the AHJ. E. Special Design Areas: Various portions of the building's fire sprinkler system require special design effort, and added coordination among trades, coordination with the AHJ, and coordination with the design team. The Contractor shall include in his bid costs for such special coordination and design efforts. This work shall include multiple meetings with code officials, various contractors, and members of the design team; as well as the preparation of various options for routing of pipes. 1.06 REFERENCES A. AWWA C104: Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. B. AWWA C111: Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray Iron Threaded Flanges. C. AWWA C151: Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water. D. FM-AG: FM Global Approval Guide. E. NFPA 13: Installation of Sprinkler Systems. F. NFPA 24: Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances. G. UL-FPD: Underwriters Laboratories Fire Protection Equipment Directory. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General: All products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pipe and Fittings: Domestic manufacturer’s only. C. Valves: Crane, Grinnell, Potter-Roemer, Viking, Gem, Victaulic, Nibco, Stockham. D. Sprinkler System Components: Reliable, Viking, Potter-Roemer, Gem, Star, Victaulic. 2.02 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Aboveground Piping and Fittings: Piping shall be steel or copper; in accordance with NFPA 13. Fittings shall be suitable for 175 psi working pressure, and shall be cast iron or malleable iron screwed, grooved, welded, or soldered; in accordance with NFPA 13. Piping and fittings ran outside and exposed to the outdoors shall be galvanized type. Flexible braided steel piping serving individual heads may be used where acceptable to the AHJ, and such piping is FM approved and UL listed for the application. B. Underground Piping and Fittings: Ductile iron pipe conforming to AWWA C151, thickness class 52 minimum; in accordance with NFPA 24. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C111, with pressure rating no less than the water district main the piping is connected to; and in accordance with NFPA 24. Pipe and Fittings shall have cement-mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104, standard thickness. Pipe and fittings shall be restrained against movement in accordance with NFPA 24. Thrust restraining joints/fittings shall be UL listed for fire main use. Exception: Piping serving fire department connections may be galvanized steel pipe externally coated and wrapped as required by code. Fire Station 15 21 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 21 1000 - 3 2.03 VALVES A. Isolation Valves: Bronze construction, minimum 175 psi water working pressure, UL listed and FM approved, per NFPA 13, with configuration and accessories to suit application. B. Check Valves: Iron or bronze body swing check valve, minimum 175 psi working pressure, UL listed and FM approved, per NFPA 13. C. Detector Backflow and Meter: Double check type backflow preventer with weighted clapper for bypassing small flows through meter, AHJ approved type UL listed and FM approved, with tapped bosses for meter connection, galvanized iron body, and complete with meter trim (including isolation valves, union, bypass backflow preventer, and connecting pipe/fittings). Meter shall be a magnetic turbine type meeting AWWA Class 1 standards, AHJ requirements, with register reading up to 10,000,000 gallons and having 1/2-inch connections. 2.04 ALARM VALVES A. Alarm valve shall be UL listed and FM approved for use as an alarm valve in a wet pipe fire sprinkler system, same size as riser (unless noted otherwise). B. Alarm valve shall be complete with pressure gauge, main drain valve, alarm switch, and all other accessories to provide a complete alarm valve assembly as required to function in accordance with NFPA standards, and as required by the AHJ. 2.05 ALARM BELLS A. Water Motor Type: Mechanical water motor alarm, to sound continuous ringing alarm when driven by water from sprinkler system alarm valve when system flow occurs. Compatible with alarm valve connected to. B. Electric Type: Electric motor driven alarm rated for outdoor installation, with alloy steel gong shell (color as selected by Architect/Engineer and acceptable to AHJ), stainless steel plunger striking tip, and 8-inch diameter. Voltage/electrical characteristics to match power, devices, and fire alarm system connected to. C. Labeling: Alarm bells shall be labeled or provided with sign mounted adjacent to bell, as required by the AHJ. Sign shall be aluminum lithographed, with red letters on white background. 2.06 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Wet Type - Finished Areas: 1. Pendant: Shall be low profile, glass bulb type, with temperature rating to suit application and factory chrome plated finish. Where installed through ceiling, provide with escutcheons, two piece adjustable recessed type, with factory chrome plated finish to match sprinkler heads. Quick response type. 2. Upright: Shall be glass bulb type, with temperature rating to suit application, and factory chrome plated finish. Quick response type. 3. Sidewall: Shall be glass bulb or fusible solder type, with temperature rating to suit application, and factory chrome plated finish. Quick response type. B. Wet Type - Unfinished Areas: link/lever type or glass-bulb type, with natural bronze or chrome plated finish, temperature rating to suit application. Quick response type. C. Sprinkler Guards: Hard-wire cage sprinkler guard, designed to protect sprinkler from mechanical damage, with chrome plated finish. Where used on exposed heads, guards shall be type that clamp to pipe; where used on recessed heads, guards shall be surface anchor type having substantial attachments to material surrounding the head (soffit plywood, etc.); provide 2x backing as needed. Provide custom fabricated guards/attachments as required. D. Sprinkler heads shall be upright, pendant or sidewall type as required to suit application. E. Extended Coverage Heads: Provide as necessary to allow complete coverage of all areas. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Waterflow Alarm - Flow Type Indicator: Shall be UL listed, with polyethylene paddle water flow detector, cast metal body, adjustable time delay retard mechanism to allow indicator to absorb fluctuations of water flow due to pressure surges to prevent false alarms. Electrical characteristics shall match alarm bell and available voltage. B. Sightflow Connections: Cast iron construction, with clear acrylic windows, steel covers, and Buna-N O-rings. C. Valve Switches: Switch for indicating operation of valve; type and configuration to suit valve used on. Switch shall have single pole, double throw type contacts, with cast aluminum housing and non-ferrous parts for corrosion resistance. Shall be weatherproof type where installed outdoors. Fire Station 15 21 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 21 1000 - 4 D. Sway Bracing/Restraints: Contractor fabricated of riser clamps, Schedule 40 pipe and pipe fittings, all welded construction, size and configuration to suit application. E. Specialties: Access doors, gauges, and related piping specialties; see Section 20 0511. F. Hangers/Supports: See Section 20 0529. G. Sleeves Seals: See Section 20 0530. H. Labeling: 1. General: See Section 20 0500 for labeling of piping, valves, equipment, concealed items, and similar items. 2. Design Basis: Provide label identifying hydraulic basis of design and other design parameters, fabricated of material as required by the AHJ, with lettering type and information as required by the AHJ. 3. Other: Provide additional labels as required by AHJ, fabricated of material as required by the AHJ, with lettering type and information as required by the AHJ. I. Signage: 1. Room Doors: Metal or self-adhesive vinyl sign with white lettering on a red background; lettering minimum of 2-inches high. Where exposed to weather sign and accessories shall be UV and corrosion resistant. Label wording as directed by the AHJ (e.g. “SPRINKLER VALVE ROOM”, “FIRE SPRINKLER RISER ROOM”, etc.). Verify AHJ labeling requirements prior to ordering. 2. FDC: Metal construction, with lettering type, information, and construction as required by the AHJ. Provide with accessories for mounting; fasteners and items exposed to weather shall be UV and corrosion resistant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Installation of all equipment shall be performed by a Contractor specializing in this work and subject to Owner and Fire Marshal approval. Install all items in accordance with code, manufacturers’ recommendations, and best construction practices. B. Water Supply: The fire sprinkler system shall be connected to the site water supply as indicated on the drawings. All underground site work related to the fire sprinkler system shall be reviewed by the Contractor doing the work of this Section, to verify that the installed piping conforms to acceptable professional practices and governing code. The Contractor doing the work of this section by virtue of connecting to this site piping is certifying that this site piping has been reviewed and is acceptable for connection to. C. Water Main Flushing: Flush outside fire water mains prior to connecting to inside system to prevent any contamination. Such flushing by Division 21 is in addition to any flushing performed by other trades. Failure to flush will result in system rejection. Reference NFPA 24 for requirements; coordinate with site contractor. D. Pipe Routing: 1. Select pipe routing that maintains full personnel access to building equipment and systems, without requiring stepping over or bending down to cross sprinkler piping. Follow specific pipe routing requirements of the Contract Documents as indicated. Piping shall run parallel to building structure in a neat, workmanlike manner. 2. All piping shall be run concealed in ceiling space, attic space, pipe shafts, soffits, etc. where possible. Piping may only be exposed with Engineers approval and shall be painted as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Where piping must run exposed, it shall be ran in as unobtrusive fashion as possible, in lines parallel to major building features, as high as possible, and as directed by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Provide all necessary drilling of beams, trusses, etc; reference Section 20 0500 for cutting requirements; structural Engineers approval is required prior to any such cutting or drilling. E. Escutcheons: Provide chrome plated escutcheon plates at exposed pipe penetrations of all ceilings, floors and walls. F. Conflict Prevention: 1. Review all building and system plans carefully and arrange the fire sprinkler work to avoid interferences and conflicts with other trades. Discuss and coordinate proposed sprinkler routing with other trades. The fire sprinkler system has the lowest priority of all building systems and is required to accommodate the space requirements of other systems. 2. If piping routes are not properly coordinated with other trades and structures, rerouting and possible re-sizing will be required as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Offset, crossover and otherwise route piping to install system in available space. G. System Drainage: Special care shall be taken to ensure that entire sprinkler system is drainable in accordance with code. Provide drain valves as required (with labels) to allow for drainage; valves shall be concealed (with access doors) where Fire Station 15 21 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 21 1000 - 5 possible; provide valves with provisions (male pipe nipple) for attaching temporary drain lines (where needed). Extend main drain(s) and 1 inch inspector's test connections to outside for drainage. H. Alarm Devices: Provide alarm indicators as required by the AHJ. Connection of devices to the fire alarm system is by Division 26 (unless indicated otherwise). Adjust water flow indicator time delay as necessary to prevent false alarms due to pressure fluctuations. I. Labeling: Provide labeling of items per Section 20 0500. Provide additional labeling of items per AHJ requirements. All drain valves, alarm bells, and risers shall be labeled to clearly indicate purpose and area served. Label riser with hydraulic basis of design information. All piping shall be labeled per Section 20 0500. J. Posted Plans: Provide reduced size as-built (or a building key plan) with all system drains and valves clearly indicated. Laminate plan(s) and post adjacent to each riser (or as directed by the Architect/Engineer and AHJ). Provide copy of plan(s) with the O&M Manual. K. Tamper Switches: Provide valve tamper switches at all isolation valves and as required by the AHJ to indicate valves not fully open. Connection to central fire alarm system shall be by Division 26. L. Location of heads shall be no closer than 6 inches to any ceiling T-bar and shall (to the greatest extent possible) be centered in the ceiling panels but shall line up on at least the centerline of one side of the panels. M. Head Protection: Provide wire cage protectors for heads susceptible to damage (this includes all heads in mechanical loft areas with sprinkler heads 7 feet or less above walking surface and in apparatus bay). N. Hangers and Supports: Shall comply with NFPA 13 and Section 20 0529. See also structural drawings for added limitations/requirements of supports and attachments to structure. O. Room Signage: Rooms containing fire suppression risers, system control valves, and other major fire suppression components shall have signage on the outside of the door to the room. Verify AHJ requirements and locations prior to ordering. 3.02 SYSTEM DESIGN A. General: System shall be Contractor designed in accordance with NFPA 13, AHJ requirements, and additional requirements as cited in the Contract Documents. B. Hydraulically Designed: System design shall be based on hydraulic calculations using approved water flow test data on the water supply main serving the fire protection system. Such test data must meet the approval of the AHJ and the Engineer. Any water flow data indicated on the drawings is preliminary only. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain updated water flow data (including new water tests) and pay all associated test fees or charges. Design and calculations shall include complete system, including water main to building, and extending as far back into the local utility systems (i.e. to reservoirs) as deemed necessary by the AHJ. 3.03 TESTING A. Testing: The systems shall be hydrostatically and operationally tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and the AHJ. Any changes required to meet time or flow test requirements shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. Certificates of acceptance shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer. 3.04 OPERATING AND OWNER INSTRUCTIONS A. Typed Instructions: Typewritten, plastic covered, framed operational and maintenance instructions shall be mounted in the building(s) near each fire sprinkler riser. Information shall clearly indicate portion of the building covered by the system, type of system, location of sub-risers, locations of system drains, when system was placed into service, installed, installers name (company) and contact information for service, how to close and open system main valve, and other pertinent operational instructions. Provide reference to O&M manuals provided to the Owner for additional operation and maintenance instructions. B. O&M Manual: See Division 01 and Division 20. C. Owner Instructions: The Owner or his representative shall be instructed by the Sprinkler Contractor in the operation of the system. The instruction shall be given by Contractor's personnel who are considered qualified in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer and shall be for a minimum of two hours. Instruction shall include location of all valves, drains, and pipe routing, as well as proper maintenance and testing procedures. END OF SECTION DIVISION 22 PLUMBING Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 1 SECTION 22 1100 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Domestic Water Piping. B. Valves. C. Water Hammer Arrestors. D. Trap Primers. E. Backflow Preventers. F. Domestic Water Expansion Tanks. G. Water Service Connections. H. Testing and Inspection. I. Flushing and Disinfection. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Lead-Free" means not containing more than 0.2% lead in solder and flux; and not more than a weighted average of 0.25% lead in wetted surfaces of pipes, pipe and plumbing fittings and fixtures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product information on all items to be used. C. System Tests and Inspections: Submit documentation showing systems have satisfactorily passed all pressure tests and code inspections. D. Cleaning and Disinfection: Submit documentation regarding completion of flushing, disinfection, bacteriological tests, and Health Department’s acceptance of tests and system. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. ANSI/NSF Compliance: All items in contact with potable water shall be lead free in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61. Plastic piping system components shall comply with ANSI/NSF 14. Only lead-free solder shall be used. B. Valves: Shall be dezincification resistant, and shall not contain more than 15% zinc in their chemical composition. 1.06 REFERENCES A. ASME B16.3: Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. B. ASME B16.15: Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250. C. ASME B16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. D. ASME B16.22: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. E. ASME B16.24: Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500. F. ASTM A53: Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. G. ASTM E84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. H. ASTM A312: Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. I. ASTM A403: Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings. J. ASTM A530: General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe. K. ASTM A774: As-Welded Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Fittings for General Corrosive Service at Low and Moderate Temperatures. Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 2 L. ASTM A 778: Welded, Un-annealed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products. M. ASTM B16.18: Seamless Copper Water Tube. N. ASTM B32: Solder Metal. O. ASTM F876: Standard Specification for Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. P. ASTM F877: Standard Specification for Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems. Q. ASTM F1960: Standard Specification for Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use with Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. R. AWS A5.8: Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. S. AWWA B300: Hypochlorites. T. AWWA B301: Liquid Chlorine. U. AWWA M20: Water Chlorination and Chlorination Practices and Principles, 2nd edition. V. ANSI/NSF Standard 14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. W. ANSI/NSF Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pipe and Fittings: Domestic Manufacturers only C. PEX Tubing and Fittings: Uponor/Wirsbo, Viega, Vanguard, Zurn, Watts. D. Valves: Conbraco/Apollo, Nibco, Stockham, Walworth, Milwaukee, Kitz, Red-White, Watts, Hammond. E. Pressure Reducing Valves: Conbraco/Apollo, Watts, Cla-Val, Bell & Gossett, Zurn/Wilkins. F. Thermostatic Mixing Valves: MCC Powers, Leonard, Symmons. G. Backflow Preventers: Conbraco/Apollo, Febco, Watts, Ames, Zurn/Wilkins. H. Balancing Valves: Bell & Gossett, Taco, Armstrong, Red-White. I. Additional manufacturers are as listed for each individual item. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS - MATERIALS A. Copper Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe: Seamless copper water tube, hard temper (unless noted otherwise), type K or L as indicated, per ASTM B88. 2. Fittings: a. Solder-Joint: Wrought copper and bronze fittings per ASME B 16.22 and cast copper alloy fittings per ASME B16.18, cast bronze threaded fittings per ASME B16.15. b. Flanged: Cast bronze fittings per ASME B16.24. c. Solder Material: 95/5 tin-antimony solder per ASTM B32 or “Silvabrite 100" (95.5 tin/4 copper/0.5 silver) solder; lead free. d. Brazing Material: AWS A5.8, BCuP-5. B. PEX Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe: Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX), manufactured per ASTM F876 and F877. Color shall be blue for cold water systems, and red for hot water and hot water recirculation systems. Piping used underground shall be continuous with no joints or fittings and be rated for underground use by the piping manufacturer. 2. Fittings: Pipe manufacturers standard methods, manufactured in accordance with recognized standards. 3. Ratings: Minimum pressure rating of 100 psi at 180 deg F, and 80 psi at 200 deg F in accordance with the Plastic Pipe Institute standards. 4. Firestop Penetrations: Piping system manufacturer (or fire seal manufacturers) shall have listed methods (acceptable to the AHJ) for piping penetrations through rated building elements (for the type of elements penetrated on this project). 5. Ultraviolet (UV) Light Exposure: Piping shall be meet or exceed a 60 day exposure to UV light in accordance with ASTM F876. Piping which may be exposed to UV light after installation shall have an insulation jacket with UV protection (or equivalent method) approved by the piping manufacturer to protect the pipe from UV exposure. 6. Chlorine Resistance: Piping and system components used shall be rated for use with 100% chlorine at 140 deg F in Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 3 accordance with ASTM F876 per PEX 5006. 7. Intermediate Support (Contractor Option): Galvanized steel channel, sized and shaped to match PEX pipe and to allow for increased spacing between supports. Minimum 23 gauge. Subject to AHJ approval. Manufactured by pipe manufacturer support is used with. 8. Insulation: Insulation may be integral with piping, material shall comply with specified insulation for the piping system, and be credited toward the insulation level required. 9. Flame/Smoke: Piping system shall have a flame spread/smoke development rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84 (rating may be achieved with a suitable insulation wrap or other protective methods tested and certified by the piping manufacturer). 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS - APPLICATIONS A. Domestic Water Piping - Above Ground: Type L or K copper with flanged or soldered joints. Run out piping serving one fixture may be PEX, except that PEX piping shall not be used in air plenums or where piping is exposed. B. Domestic Water Piping - Below Ground: Type K copper tubing with silver brazed joints; except that piping within the building footprint serving individual fixtures may be type L (soft or hard temper) copper or PEX. C. Trap Primer Piping: Type L or K "soft" or "hard" (bending temper) copper, with compression fittings or soldered joints or PEX. 2.04 VALVES A. Ball Valves: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller: 600 psi non-shock cold working pressure, 100 psi at 300 deg F, bronze body, full port, 2 piece construction, anti-blowout stem, reinforced PTFE seats, stainless steel or chrome plated brass or silicon bronze ball, lever handle, solder or threaded connections. Provide with extended lever handle where valve is installed in systems with insulation thickness greater than 0.5 inch. Nibco S-585-66-LF, T-585-66-LF, Nibco S-585-80-LF, T-585-80-LF (or approved). 2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: 400 psi non-shock cold working pressure copper alloy body, full port, anti-blowout stem, PTFE seats, stainless steel or chrome plated brass ball, plated steel lever handle. Nibco T-FP-600A-LF (or approved). B. Check Valves: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Horizontal: 125 psi-swp bronze body horizontal swing check valve, regarding type, y-pattern, renewable seat and disc, solder or threaded connection. Nibco S-413-LF or T-413-LF (or approved). b. Vertical: 125 psi-swp bronze body vertical inline check valve, stainless steel or bronze disk holder, Buna-N disk, stainless steel spring actuated, solder or threaded connection. Nibco S-480-LF or T-480-LF (or approved). 2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: a. Horizontal: 125 psi-swp iron body vertical inline “silent” check valve, wafer or flanged style, renewable seat and disk, stainless spring actuated, bronze disk. Nibco W-910 (or approved). b. Vertical: 125 psi-swp iron body vertical inline “silent” check valve, wafer or flanged style, renewable seat and disk, stainless spring actuated, bronze disk. Nibco W-910, F-910 (or approved). C. Balancing Valves: Calibrated balance valve, ball or globe type, bronze body, with brass readout valves with integral EPT insert and check valve to minimize fluid loss during balancing. Valve shall have calibrated nameplate and memory stop. Rated for 200 psig working pressure at 250 degrees F. Valve shall be same size as pipe installed in. Bell & Gossett "Circuit Setter" (or approved). D. Drain Valves: Bronze ball valve, minimum 125 psi-swp, anti-blowout stem, stainless steel or chrome plated brass ball, reinforced TFE seat, solder or threaded inlet connection, male 3/4 inch hose thread outlet connection, with brass cap and chain. Nibco S-585-70-HC, T-585-70-HC (or approved). E. Pressure Reducing Valves: Bronze body construction, renewable nickel alloy or stainless steel seat, lead free, with integral strainer and union inlet connections. Adjustable range 25 to 75 lbs, suitable for inlet pressures up to 300 psi. Watts Series U5 (or approved). F. Thermostatic Mixing Valves - Individual Fixtures (1 to 2): Hot and cold water thermostatic mixing valve for serving 1 to 2 fixtures. Brass construction, with stainless steel internals, integral checks and locking nut to prevent unauthorized adjustment. Adjustable from 90 to 110 degrees F, with accuracy in accordance with ASSE 1016. Valve shall have capacity of at least 2 gpm at 20 psi differential, and control down to 0.5 gpm. MCC Powers “Hydroguard Series 480" (or approved). G. Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated pressure relief valve, bronze body, stainless steel spring, set for pressure indicated or as required to protect system from over pressure. Valve shall have minimum 400,000 BTU/HR relief capability (at set pressure) and no smaller than 3/4-inch connection sizes. Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 4 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Water Hammer Arrestors: All metal, factory pre-charged with inert gas, sealed internal bellows; 125 psi working pressure. All wetted parts shall be type 300 stainless steel, brass or copper. PDI (Plumbing and Drainage Institute) sizes as indicated. Where not sized, provide sizes in accordance with PDI standards. Zurn "Shoktrol", Wade "Shokstop", or J.R. Smith "Hydrotrol". B. Trap Primer Valve: Activated by drop-in water pressure. Constructed of corrosion resistant brass with integral backflow preventor, vacuum breaker ports, distribution manifold to suit number of drains served, adjustable to line pressure for water delivery. Precision Plumbing Products Model P-1 and P-2 (or approved). 2.06 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced Pressure Type: 1. General: Washington State approved, with air gap drain fitting and resilient seated full flow shutoff valves and test cocks. Same size as connecting pipe. Configuration to suit application. Conforming to AWWA C511. 2. 2 Inches and Smaller: Bronze body, stainless steel springs, bronze ball valves, 175 psi working pressure, threaded end connections. 3. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Ductile iron body, internal and external epoxy coating per AWWA C550, OS & Y gate isolation valves, bronze trim, stainless steel springs, 175 psig working pressure, Class 125 flanged end connections (grooved connections allowed where mechanically coupled piping systems are allowed). 4. Discharge: Discharge from intermediate relief valve assembly shall not exceed 190 gpm for 2-inch and smaller backflow preventers, and not exceed 560 gpm for larger backflow preventers (rated at 75 psig inlet pressure). 2.07 DOMESTIC WATER EXPANSION TANK A. Type: Diaphragm thermal expansion absorber. Amtrol “ST” Series (or approved). B. Construction: Welded steel construction, with polypropylene liner, butyl/EPDM diaphragm, stainless steel air charging valve, 175 psig working pressure, configuration/connections to suit installation, NSF 61 approved, and ASME certified. C. Capacity: As indicated on plans; where not indicated provide 12.0 gallon tank volume (minimum). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Workmanship: Installation of all items shall comply with code, best professional practices, manufacturers written installation instructions, and to allow for proper functioning of items being connected to. B. Complete System: Provide all piping as indicated and as required to allow supply connections to each fixture and equipment item requiring water supply. Provide offsets as required to accommodate building construction and access requirements per Section 20 0500. For multistory buildings include costs to offset vertical piping at each floor level since structural member locations will not be the same on each floor. C. Coordination: Coordinate installation of items with all trades that are affected by the work to avoid conflicts. D. Equipment By Others: Provide piping connections to equipment furnished by others in accordance with Section 20 0500. E. Hot Water Adjustment: Adjust the hot water circulation system for uniform circulation throughout the system; provide balancing of system where hot water circulation system has multiple branches with balancing valves (see balancing specification Section). Install, set, and adjust and all system components for proper operation. 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Concealed: All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed unless specifically noted otherwise. Provide escutcheons where piping is allowed to be exposed and pipe passes through building elements (i.e. walls, floors, ceilings, etc.). B. Non-Obstructing: Install piping at such heights and in such a manner so as not to obstruct any portion of windows doorways, passageways, or access to any items requiring routine service, maintenance, or inspection. Offset or reroute piping as required to clear any interferences which may occur. C. Drawing Review: Consult all drawings for location of pipe spaces, ducts, electrical equipment, ceiling heights, door openings, window openings, and other details and report discrepancies or possible conflicts to Architect/Engineer before installing pipe. D. Insulation: Allow sufficient clearances for installation of pipe insulation in thickness specified. If interferences occur, reroute piping to accommodate insulation. E. Drainage: Slope all piping to low points to allow the system to be drained. Provide added drain valves where system cannot be drained through fixtures. Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 5 F. Install all piping parallel to the closest wall and in a neat, workmanlike manner. Horizontal exposed straight runs of piping shall not deviate from straight by more than 1/4-inch in ten feet. Vertical piping shall not deviate from plumb by more than 1/8-inch in ten feet. G. Do not run any piping above electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment). Provide offsets around such panels as necessary. H. Prior to the joining of any section of pipe to a pipe run, the section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out, the ends shall be reamed to remove any cutting burrs and piping prepared as recommended by piping and fitting manufacturer. I. Threaded Connections: Cut piping carefully, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use TFE tape or lead and graphite lubricant (on male threads only). J. Soldered Connections: Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. Steel wool and sandpaper not permitted for polishing. K. Unions: Install unions in pipe connections to valves, coils, and any other equipment where it may be necessary to disconnect the equipment or piping for repairs or maintenance; and as indicated. Where flanged connections occur at equipment additional unions are not required unless indicated otherwise. L. Insulating Unions: Install dielectric insulating connectors between all connections of copper piping and steel piping of steel equipment. Where flanged connections occur use insulating type flanges. M. PEX Tubing: 1. Minimum Bend Radius (cold bending): No less than six times the outside diameter. Use a bend support as supplied by the PEX tubing manufacturer for tubing with a bend radius less than stated. 2. Install tubing in accordance with the tubing manufacturer’s recommendations and as indicated in the installation handbook. 3. Do not install PEX tubing within 6 inches of gas appliance vents or within 12 inches of any recessed light fixtures. 4. Do not solder within 18 inches of PEX tubing in the same waterline. Make sweat connections prior to making PEX connections. 5. Do not expose PEX tubing to direct sunlight for more than 30 days. 6. Ensure no glues, solvents, sealants or chemicals come in contact with the tubing without prior permission from the tubing manufacturer. 7. Use grommets or sleeves at the penetration for PEX tubing passing through metal studs. 8. Protect PEX tubing with sleeves where abrasion may occur. 9. Use strike protectors where PEX tubing penetrates a stud or joist and has the potential for being struck with a screw or nail. 10. Use tubing manufacturer supplied bend supports where bends are less than six times the outside tubing diameter. 11. Minimum horizontal supports are installed not less than 32 inches between hangers in accordance with model plumbing codes and the installation handbook. 12. PEX riser installations require epoxy-coated riser clamps installed at the base of the ceiling per floor. 13. A mid-story support is required for riser applications. 14. Pressurize tubing with air in accordance with applicable codes or in the absence of applicable codes to a pressure of 25 psi above normal working pressure of the system. 15. Comply with safety precautions when pressure testing, including use of compressed air, where applicable. Do not use water to pressurize the system if ambient air temperature has the possibility of dropping below 32 deg F. 3.03 VALVES A. Type: Ball type only. B. General: Provide isolation valves as shown on the drawings. In addition to those shown, provide added valves to allow for the isolation of each group of fixtures, all water heaters, and all individual equipment items (e.g. dishwashers, heat exchangers, etc.). C. Installation: Install valves so as to be easily accessible and oriented to permit ease of operation. Valve stem shall be directed toward operator in either the vertical or horizontal direction. Provide access doors for valves not otherwise accessible. D. Pressure Reducing Valves: Provide with by-pass line, isolation valves, unions (on valves with threaded connections), and pressure gauges. Set initial pressure and adjust as required so that all fixtures/devices served have sufficient water pressure. E. Drain Valves: Provide drain valves at the base of all risers (except not required where risers can be drained through plumbing fixtures or equipment drains). Provide drain valves at piping low points where the piping cannot be drained through fixtures, hose bibs, or equipment drains. Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 6 F. Balancing Valves: Provide balancing valves in hot water circulation piping where indicated and where required to allow for equal distribution of hot water circulation flows. 3.04 ACCESSORIES A. Water Hammer Arrestors: Install per manufacturer's instructions, just upstream of last fixture on branch line. Provide water hammer arrestors on branch water lines serving fixtures with flush valves, washer machines, solenoid valves, and similar quick-acting valves. Water hammer arrestors are typically not shown on the plans, but shall be provided per this paragraph. Provide ball isolation valve in piping to arrestor. Where access cannot be provided at water line location, the water hammer arrestor piping may be extended vertically and the water hammer arrestor located above ceiling outside of plumbing chase. B. Trap Primers: Provide trap primers to all vented floor drains, floor receptors, and where required by the code. Install with an isolation valve in the branch line to the trap primer valve. C. Access Doors: Provide access doors to all valves, water hammer arrestors, trap primers, backflow preventers, and any other piping accessories which would otherwise be inaccessible. See Section 20 0519 for access door specifications. D. Backflow Preventers: 1. General: Provide backflow preventers as indicated in the Contract Documents and as required by code. Backflow preventers with threaded connections shall be installed with unions for ease of removal. Install to be accessible for testing and service. Pipe air gap drains to nearest floor drain or point of drainage. 2. Inspection: Arrange and pay for inspection of backflow preventers as required by the local AHJ and obtain installation acceptance from the AHJ. 3. Certification: Following inspection pay arrange and pay for testing of backflow preventers by certified individuals in accordance with applicable portions of the Washington Administrative Code, other applicable regulations as set forth by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, and as required by the AHJ. E. Domestic Water Expansion Tanks: Provide isolation valve for servicing expansion tank. All isolation valves between expansion tank and water heater shall be labeled, “Expansion Tank Service Valve: Must Be Open When System Is Operating.” 3.05 WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide connection to water main outside the building as shown on the drawings. B. Provide sleeve in floor for entrance of service main into building, seal watertight; anchor service main firmly to building. See Section 20 0530 for sleeves and seals. 3.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected, and approved by the local authority having jurisdiction prior to being concealed or covered. B. Testing shall be witnessed by the plumbing inspector and the Architect/Engineer (at his option). Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 72 hours prior to date of testing, and mutually agreed upon times arranged. C. Piping shall be hydrostatically tested for a period of 2 hours (or as required by local authority having jurisdiction), during which time no drop in pressure or leakage shall occur. D. Test pressure shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum to which the pipe will ordinarily be subjected; but in no case less than 75 psig. E. Any leaks or defective piping disclosed by testing and inspection shall be repaired with new materials and the system re- tested. F. Provide documentation to the Engineer indicating that the system has been completely pressure tested, and all portions inspected and accepted by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3.07 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTION A. System Flushing: After tests are completed, all water piping shall be flushed. In general, sufficient water shall be used to produce a minimum water velocity of 2.5 feet per second through piping being flushed. Flushing shall be continued until discharge water shows no discoloration. System shall be drained at low points. Strainer screens shall be removed, cleaned, and replaced in line. System valves and fixture faucets shall be opened and re-closed to completely flush system. After flushing and cleaning, systems shall be prepared for disinfection service by immediately filling water piping with clean, fresh potable water. Any stoppage, discoloration, or other damage to the finish, furnishings, or parts of the building during this process shall be repaired by the Contractor. B. Disinfection: Fire Station 15 22 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 1100 - 7 1. Upon completion of the job and prior to final acceptance, the plumbing system shall be disinfected with Chlorine solution. Review procedures and disinfection with the authority having jurisdiction to insure that all work complies with code requirements. Verify any deviations from specified procedures with the Architect/Engineer prior to proceeding. The chlorinating material shall be either liquid chlorine conforming to AWWA B301 or hypochlorite conforming to AWWA B300 (or as otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction). Water chlorination procedure shall be in accordance with AWWA M20 (or procedure acceptable to AHJ and to the Architect/Engineer). The chlorinating material shall provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million and shall be introduced into the system in an approved manner. The treated water shall be retained in the pipe long enough to destroy all non-spore-forming bacteria. 2. The retention time shall be at least 24 hours and shall produce not less than 10 ppm of chlorine at the extreme end of the system at the end of the retention period. All valves in the system being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. The system shall then be flushed with clean water until the residual chlorine is reduced to less than 1.0 ppm. During the flushing period all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed several times. C. Bacteriological Tests: The Contractor shall employ an approved agency to take test samples at several points of the system (i.e. end of each wing, each floor of building, etc.) in properly sterilized containers and arrange with the Health Department (or a test agency acceptable to the Health Department) having jurisdiction to test the samples. Test for coliform and other items as required by the AHJ. Should the samples not test satisfactory, the system shall be re-flushed and disinfected again until satisfactory samples are obtained. D. Submittal: Submit documentation stating that flushing and disinfection has been completed, copies of the bacteriological test results, and certification from the Health Department having jurisdiction stating that system has been found acceptable. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 1123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 22 1123 - 1 SECTION 22 1123 - DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Domestic Circulators. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: All submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Provide product information and performance data for all pumps. C. Performance Data: Submit performance data, including pump curves, showing pump performance as head vs. GPM, BHP and NPSH vs. GPM, with system operating point clearly marked. (NPSH vs. GPM not required for pumps 1 HP and less.) 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall be IS0-9001 approved. B. General: Provide quality assurance checks specified in Section 20 0500 prior to ordering materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Domestic Circulators and Wet Rotor Circulators: Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Grundfos, Taco. 2.02 GENERAL A. Balancing: All rotating parts shall have been statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. B. Alignment: Pump and motors shall be factory aligned, and have alignment checked and reset once installed in place. C. RPM: Pumps and motors shall operate at 1750 rpm unless indicated otherwise. D. Pump Capacity: Shall be no less than the values listed on the Mechanical Equipment Schedule on the drawings. E. Pump Types: The type of each pump is indicated on the Mechanical Equipment Schedule under the "Type" column, and corresponds to the types specified herein. F. Motors: Shall comply with Section 20 0500. Motors shall be of sufficient size so as to be non-overloading at any point on the operating curve and shall be no smaller than the size shown on the drawings. Motors shall be of drip-proof construction (unless indicated otherwise), resilient mounted with oil lubricated journal or ball bearings, and have built-in thermal overload protectors. Motors shall be for use with the voltage and phase as scheduled on the drawings. G. Domestic Water Applications: Pumps used on domestic water systems shall be of all-bronze construction, and NSF certified for domestic water use. H. Testing: All pumps shall be factory tested per the Hydraulic Institute standards and be thoroughly cleaned. I. Finish: Pumps shall have minimum one coat high grade machinery enamel finish, factory applied, manufacturer's standard color. J. Nameplate: Pumps shall have stamped metal nameplates identifying: manufacturer, model number, capacity (gpm and head), and date of manufacturer. 2.03 DOMESTIC CIRCULATORS A. Type: Centrifugal, single stage, close coupled, in-line pump for domestic water circulation. Bell & Gossett Series PL (or approved). B. Operating Range: Pump shall be rated for continuous operation at 150 psi working pressure and 225 deg F. C. Construction: Bronze body, mechanical carbon/silicon carbide seal system, stainless steel face plate, and permanently lubricated sealed bearings. Fire Station 15 22 1123 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 22 1123 - 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps at locations shown on the drawings. B. Decrease from line size to pump inlet size with long radius reducing elbows and minimum 5-pipe diameter straight pipe into pump (except where suction diffusers are used). Where reducers (in the horizontal) are used on pumps, they shall be the eccentric type installed with taper on the bottom. C. Check motor alignment after pump installation, re-align as necessary. D. Check pump operation to ensure that specified flows are provided, without motor unloading or pump cavitation. Notify the Architect/Engineer of any unusual conditions or performance other than as specified. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 1300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 22 1300 - 1 SECTION 22 1300 - FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping. B. Condensate, Overflow, Miscellaneous Drains. C. Cleanouts. D. Oil/Water Separator. E. Testing and Inspection. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information on all items to be used. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASME B 16.4: Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. B. ASME B 16.12: Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings. C. ASME B 16.15: Cast Bronze Threaded Fitting Classes 125 and 250. D. ASME B 16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. E. ASME B 16.22: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. F. ASME B 16.23: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Drainage Fittings. G. ASME B 16.29: Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). H. ASTM A 53: Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. I. ASTM A 74: Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. J. ASTM A 888: Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. K. ASTM B 32: Solder Metal. L. ASTM B 88: Seamless Copper Water Tube. M. ASTM B 306: Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). N. ASTM C 564: Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. O. ASTM C 1277: Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. P. ASTM D 1785: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. R. ASTM D 2321: Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. S. ASTM D 2466: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. T. ASTM D 2564: Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. U. ASTM D 2657: Heat Fusion Joining or Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. V. ASTM D 2665: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. W. ASTM D 2843: Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics. X. ASTM D 3034: Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. Y. ASTM D 3212: Joints for Drains and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. Z. ASTM D 3311: Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns. Fire Station 15 22 1300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 22 1300 - 2 AA. ASTM F 477: Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. BB. ASTM F 891: Co-extruded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe with Cellular Core. CC. ASTM F 1412: Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems. DD. CISPI 301: Hubless Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. EE. CISPI 310: Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pipe and Fittings: Domestic Manufacturers only; Mueller, Cerro, Tyler, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, AB & I Foundry, Spears Manufacturing, Cresline Northwest. C. Pipe and Fittings - Acid Resistant Applications: Enfield, Orion, Georg Fisher. D. No Hub Couplings: ANACO, Mission Rubber, Tyler, MG Coupling, Fernco, Clamp-All. E. Cleanouts: Josam, Zurn, J.R. Smith, Wade. F. Oil Water Separator: Renton Concrete Products, Utility Vault, Pipe Inc. G. Trench Drain: J.R. Smith, Watts, Josam. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS - MATERIALS A. No-Hub Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe and Fittings: Service weight no-hub cast iron pipe and cast iron fittings, per CISPI 301 and ASTM A 888, for use with mechanical no-hub couplings. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute trademark and be NSF listed. 2. Couplings: Per CISPI 310 or ASTM C 1277, with a cast iron or stainless shield, and neoprene gasket per ASTM C 564. 3. Heavy Duty Couplings: a. Heavy duty clamp type coupling, with stainless steel shield minimum 0.015-inch thick, stainless steel clamps, stainless steel screws minimum 0.375-inch nominal diameter, gasket per ASTM C 564, and minimum 4 clamps each coupling. ANACO Husky SD 4000. b. Heavy duty cast iron constructed clamp, two piece, with stainless nuts/bolts, neoprene gasket per ASTM C 564. MG Piping Products “MG Coupling”. B. Hub and Spigot Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings: Service weight hub and spigot cast iron pipe and cast iron fittings per ASTM A 74, for use with compression gaskets. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM C 564. C. Copper DWV Pipe and Fittings: Copper drainage tube per ASTM B 306. Wrought copper and wrought copper alloy solder joint fittings per ASME B 16.29; or cast copper alloy solder joint fittings per ASME B 16.23. D. Galvanized Steel DWV Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe per ASTM A 53, Grade B, Type 5. Cast iron drainage fittings, threaded, per ASME B 16.12; and cast iron screwed fittings per ASME B 16.4. E. Copper Pipe and Fittings: Seamless copper water tube, tube L or M, per ASTM B 88. Solder joint wrought copper and bronze fittings per ASME B 16.22 cast copper alloy fittings per ASME B 16.18, and cast bronze threaded fittings per ASME B 16.15 with 95/5 tin-antimony solder per ASTM B 32. F. PVC DWV Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride drain pipe, solid wall pipe per ASTM D 1785 and ASTM D 2665 with solvent cement joints. Foam (i.e. cellular) core pipe NOT allowed. Polyvinyl chloride DWV fittings conforming to ASTM D 2665 or ASDTM F 1866, with solvent cement joints. Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM D 2564. G. PVC DWV Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride drain pipe, solid wall pipe per ASTM D 1785 and ASTM D 2665, or foam (i.e. cellular) core type per ASTM F 891 with solvent cement joints. Polyvinyl chloride DWV fittings conforming to ASTM D 2665 or ASDTM F 1866, with solvent cement joints. Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM D 2564. H. PVC Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride pipe, schedule 40, per ASTM D 1785. Polyvinyl chloride solvent cement socket type fittings conforming to ASTM D 2466. Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM D 2564. I. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings per ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with elastomeric gasket joints. Joints shall conform to ASTM D 3212; gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477. Fire Station 15 22 1300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 22 1300 - 3 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS – APPLICATION A. Waste and Vent: 1. Piping 2-1/2 Inches and Smaller Located Above Ground: Galvanized steel DWV, no-hub cast iron, copper DWV. 2. Piping 3 Inches and Larger Located Above Ground, and All Piping Located Below Ground: No-hub cast iron, bell and spigot cast iron, copper DWV. 3. No-Hub Couplings: Couplings on below ground piping shall be the heavy duty type. B. Cooling Condensate Drains: Copper DWV, copper, PVC DWV, or PVC except that all condensate piping that is exposed below 8 feet from finished floor shall be copper. C. Miscellaneous Drains: Copper DWV, copper, PVC DWV, or PVC; except that for corrosive fluids (or corrosive fluid venting) use PVC. D. Furnace Condensate Drains: See Section 23 2119. 2.04 CLEANOUTS A. General: 1. All cleanouts shall have cast iron bodies with bronze countersunk rectangular slotted plugs, lubricated with a non- hardening teflon base thread lubricant and having a gasket seal. 2. Cleanouts located in waterproof membrane floors shall be provided with an integral cast flange and flashing device. 3. All cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe which they are intended to serve (but not larger than 4-inch). 4. Pipe fittings for cleanouts which turn through walls or up through floors shall use long sweep ells or a "Y" and 1/8 bend. 5. All cleanouts and access covers shall be provided with vandal proof screws. B. Floor Cleanouts: 1. Areas With Floor Tile (or Linoleum): J.R. Smith No. 4140 Series adjustable floor cleanout with round heavy duty nickel bronze top with tile recess. 2. Areas With Bare Concrete Floors: J.R. Smith No. 4100 Series adjustable floor cleanout with round heavy duty nickel bronze top. 3. Areas With Terrazzo (and Similar Poured Floors): J.R. Smith No. 4180 Series adjustable floor level cleanout with round heavy duty nickel bronze top with terrazzo recess. 4. Areas With Carpet: J.R. Smith 4020-X Series adjustable floor level cleanout with round heavy duty nickel bronze top and carpet clamp. C. Wall Cleanouts: Cast iron ferrule with cast bronze taper threaded plug, with plug tapped 1/4-inch, 20 thread, to accept access cover screw; with stainless steel access cover and vandal proof screw. D. Outside Cleanouts: Heavy duty, round, cast iron, double-flanged housing, having scoriated cast iron cover with lifting device, ferrule and bronze closure plug. Housing and lid shall be galvanized and have vandal resistant screws. J.R. Smith No. 4251 or 4256 Series. 2.05 OIL/WATER SEPARATOR A. Type: Underground, pre-fabricated, multi-compartment coalescing type. B. Vault: 1. Type: Pre-fabricated concrete multi-compartment as indicated on plans. 2. Construction: Constructed of concrete with 28 day compressive strength of 4500 psi or more and rebar reinforcement to provide H-20 wheel loading with 30% impact. 3. Lid: Diamond-plated hinged lid, water and air tight, lockable, H20 rated. 4. Capacity and Configuration: As noted on plans. C. Oil/Water Separation: Unit shall have sediment drop-out section to allow settling of effluent debris, followed by a coalescer plate section to remove oil. Coalescer plates and associated internal mounting hardware shall be rust-proof. See plans for operation conditions and performance requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation of all items shall comply with code, best professional practices, manufacturers written installation instructions, and to allow for proper functioning of items being connected to. B. Provide all piping as indicated and as required to allow complete and proper waste, drain, and vent connections to each fixture and equipment item requiring connection. Provide offsets as required to accommodate building construction and access Fire Station 15 22 1300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 22 1300 - 4 requirements per Section 20 0500. For multistory buildings include costs to offset vertical piping through each floor level since structural member locations will not be the same on each floor. C. Coordinate installation of items with all trades that are affected by the work to avoid conflicts. D. The work of this section shall include all waste (sanitary sewer), drain, and vent lines inside of the building and 5-feet outside of the building (unless indicated otherwise), to the point of and including connections to outside sanitary sewer lines or sanitary sewer manholes. E. Consult manufacturers data and architectural drawings for information on plumbing fixtures before beginning rough-in. F. Verify points of connection, invert elevations, and grade requirements before beginning installation or ordering materials. G. Stub all piping for all items requiring connections through wall or floor; cap and protect until connection to items is complete. H. Vents extending through roof shall terminate at least 10 inches above roofing; and not less than 10 feet from and 3 feet above any building opening. Provide vent flashing at each vent through roof; utilize water-proof method as required to best suit roofing material and roofing system manufacturer. I. Trap all fixtures and equipment items as required by governing code; provide proper venting for each trap. J. Provide drain piping for all drip pans, unit condensate drains, unit P-traps, etc. Run piping to nearest point of drainage, or as shown on drawings. Where routing is not shown, route to nearest point of proper drainage. K. All excavation, trenching and backfilling shall comply with code and pipe manufacturers recommendations. Below ground plastic pipe installation shall comply with ASTM D 2321 and shall exceed those standards as specified. 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Install piping so as not to obstruct access to any items requiring routine service, maintenance, or inspection. Offset or reroute piping as required to clear any interferences which may occur. Prior to running any piping, confirm with Architect/Engineer (unless is clearly noted to be ran exposed). Install exposed piping so as not to obstruct any portion of windows, doors, doorways, passageways, or items requiring service or access. C. Consult all drawings for location of pipe spaces, ducts, electrical equipment, structural elements, ceiling heights, door items requiring access, openings, window openings, and other details and report discrepancies or possible conflicts to Architect/Engineer before installing pipe. D. Install all horizontal soil or waste lines with a slope of 1/4-inch per foot unless noted otherwise. Coordinate with AHJ if written approval is required for exceptions to 1/4-inch per foot slope. E. Make all changes of direction and junctions with Y fittings and 1/8 bends; use sanitary tee fittings in vertical pipe only. F. Provide escutcheons where exposed pipe passes through walls, floors, or ceilings. G. Install all piping parallel to the closest wall and in a neat, workmanlike manner. Horizontal straight runs of piping shall not deviate from straight by more than 1/4-inch in ten feet. Vertical piping shall not deviate from plumb by more than 1/8-inch in ten feet. H. Do not run any piping above electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment). Provide offsets around such panels as necessary. Such offsets are typically not shown on the plans, but are required per this paragraph. I. Prior to the joining of any section of pipe to a pipe run, the section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out, the ends shall be reamed to remove any cutting burrs and piping prepared as recommended by piping and fitting manufacturer. J. Threaded Connections: Cut piping carefully, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use TFE tape or lead and graphite lubricant (on male threads only). K. Soldered Connections: Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. Steel wool and sandpaper not permitted for polishing. L. PVC Pipe: 1. Solvent Joints: The outside of the PVC pipe shall be chamfered to a minimum of 1/16 inch at approximately 22 degrees. Chemicals used must penetrate the surface of both pipe and fitting which will result in complete fusion at the joint. Use solvent and cement only as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. 2. Plastic to Metal Connections: Work the metal connection first. Use a non-hardening compound on threaded connections. Use only light wrench pressure. Connections between metal and plastic are to be threaded utilizing female threaded adapters only, not male adapters. Fire Station 15 22 1300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 22 1300 - 5 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanouts in all soil and waste piping: 1. As shown on drawings. 2. At no more than 100 foot intervals on horizontal runs (whether shown on drawings or not). 3. At the end of all piping runs. 4. At the base of all vertical risers. 5. At all changes of direction for a run of 10 feet or over. 6. At all locations shown on the drawings and where needed to correct possible stoppage and as required by governing code. B. Where cleanouts occur in concealed spaces provided extensions to floors above or to walls to allow access. C. Provide wall access covers or access doors for all wall cleanouts. See Section 20 1519 for access doors. D. Floor cleanouts shall be installed so as to be flush with the finished floor; where recessed cleanout covers are used the recess shall be filled flush with material to match the surrounding finished floor. E. Install cleanouts so as to assure proper clearances as required by governing code. F. All cleanouts located outside shall be provided with an access housing located in a 24" x 24" x 6" thick concrete pad, flush with the adjacent finished grade. The pipe and cleanout shall be independent of this access housing and pad. 3.04 OIL WATER SEPARATOR A. Install in accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. Set manholes/access even with grade (or finished floor, as applicable). Provide items with all internal piping and other accessories required for proper operation. B. Test for proper flow and no leakage. C. Fill with clean water. 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected and approved prior to being concealed or covered. B. Testing shall be by water or air, and comply with code. C. Testing shall be witnessed by the code official, the Owner’s representative (at their option), and the Engineer (at their option). Prior to beginning testing confirm with the Owner and Engineer their level of involvement in the testing process and extent of witnessing; where they will be witnessing the testing notify them at least 72 hours in advance of the test and confirm their availability; coordinate and reschedule as necessary and arrange mutually agreed upon times for the tests and witnessing to occur. D. Water Testing: 1. Fill system with water so that there is no less than 10 feet of head above the highest system section being tested. 2. System shall hold pressure for a period of at least 15 minutes with no leakage before the inspection starts. 3. The system shall be inspected and shall hold tight with no leakage at all points. E. Air Testing: 1. Pressurize system with air so that there is no less than 5 psig of air pressure in the system. 2. System shall hold pressure for a period of at least 15 minutes without the introduction of additional air before the inspection starts. 3. The system shall be inspected and shall hold tight with no leakage at all points. F. All leaks shall be eliminated and the system re-tested before proceeding with work or concealing pipe. G. All repairs to piping shall be with new material and no caulking of screwed joints or holes is allowed. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1400 - 1 SECTION 22 1400 - FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Storm Drainage Piping. B. Roof Drains. C. Area Drains. D. Testing and Inspection. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Submit product information on all items to be used. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASME B 16.4: Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. B. ASME B 16.12: Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings. C. ASME B 16.15: Cast Bronze Threaded Fitting Classes 125 and 250. D. ASME B 16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. E. ASME B 16.22: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. F. ASME B 16.23: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Drainage Fittings. G. ASME B 16.29: Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). H. ASTM A 53: Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. I. ASTM A 74: Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. J. ASTM A 888: Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. K. ASTM B 32: Solder Metal. L. ASTM B 88: Seamless Copper Water Tube. M. ASTM B 306: Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). N. ASTM C 564: Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. O. ASTM C 1277: Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. P. CISPI 301: Hubless Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. Q. CISPI 310: Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pipe and Fittings: Domestic manufacturers only; Mueller, Cerro, Tyler, US Pipe, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, Pacific States Pipe, Atlantic States, AB & I Foundry, Orion, Enfield. C. No-Hub Couplings: MG Couplings, Husky, Fernco, Tyler. D. Roof Drains: J.R. Smith; Wade; Zurn; Jonespec. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS - MATERIALS A. No-Hub Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings: Fire Station 15 22 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1400 - 2 1. Pipe and Fittings: Service weight no-hub cast iron pipe and cast iron fittings, per CISPI 301 and ASTM A 888, for use with mechanical no-hub couplings. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute trademark and be NSF listed. 2. Couplings: Per CISPI 310 or ASTM C 1277, with a cast iron or stainless shield, and neoprene gasket per ASTM C 564. 3. Heavy Duty Couplings: a. Heavy duty clamp type coupling, with stainless steel shield minimum 0.015-inch thick, stainless steel clamps, stainless steel screws minimum 0.375-inch nominal diameter, gasket per ASTM C 564, and minimum 4 clamps each coupling. ANACO Husky SD 4000. b. Heavy duty cast iron constructed clamp, two piece, with stainless nuts/bolts, neoprene gasket per ASTM C 564. MG Piping Products “MG Coupling”. B. Hub and Spigot Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings: Service weight hub and spigot cast iron pipe and cast iron fittings per ASTM A 74, for use with compression gaskets. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM C 564. C. Copper DWV Pipe and Fittings: Copper drainage tube per ASTM B 306. Wrought copper and wrought copper alloy solder joint fittings per ASME B 16.29; or cast copper alloy solder joint fittings per ASME B 16.23. D. Galvanized Steel DWV Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe per ASTM A 53, Grade B, Type 5. Cast iron drainage fittings, threaded, per ASME B 16.12; and cast iron screwed fittings per ASME B 16.4. E. Copper Pipe and Fittings: Seamless copper water tube, tube L or M, per ASTM B 88. Solder joint wrought copper and bronze fittings per ASME B 16.22 cast copper alloy fittings per ASME B 16.18, and cast bronze threaded fittings per ASME B 16.15 with 95/5 tin-antimony solder per ASTM B 32. 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS - APPLICATION A. Roof Piping: No-hub cast iron, bell and spigot cast iron, copper DWV. B. Miscellaneous Drains: Copper DWV, copper. 2.04 ROOF DRAINS A. General: Products are specified below by reference numbers corresponding to the reference number adjoining these items on the drawings. B. Construction: Roof drains shall have cast iron body, with polyethylene coated cast iron dome, flashing clamp ring, under deck clamp, sump receiver, extension (to suit roof), and expansion joint. Drain pipe connection type shall suit piping material used with. C. RD-1 Roof Drain: J.R. Smith No. 1015 roof drain, with adjustable extension (to suit roof). D. Expansion Joints: Neoprene or thermoplastic rubber flexible bellows type, with stainless steel bands for attachment to gutter or roof drains and rainleaders. Plumbing Specialties T0300 Series, or approved. In lieu of flexible bellows type, slide type having cast iron body with bronze sleeve and packing gland (J.R. Smith Figure 1710, or approved) may be used. 2.05 CLEANOUTS A. General: 1. All cleanouts shall have cast iron bodies with bronze countersunk rectangular slotted plugs, lubricated with a non- hardening teflon base thread lubricant. 2. Cleanouts located in waterproof membrane floor shall be provided with an integral cast flange and flashing device. 3. All cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe which they are intended to serve (but no larger than 4 inch). 4. Pipe fittings for cleanouts which turn through walls or up through floors shall use long sweep ells or a "Y" and 1/8 bend. 5. All cleanouts and access covers shall be provided with vandal proof screws. B. Floor Cleanouts: J.R. Smith No. 4100 Series adjustable floor cleanout with round heavy duty nickel bronze top. C. Wall Cleanouts: Cast iron ferrule with cast bronze taper threaded plug, with plug tapped 1/4-inch 20 thread, to accept access cover screw; with stainless steel access cover and vandal proof screw. D. Outside Cleanouts: Heavy duty, round, cast iron, double-flanged housing, having scoriated cast iron cover with lifting device, ferrule and bronze closure plug. Housing and lid shall be galvanized and have vandal resistant screws. J.R. Smith No. 4251 or 4256 Series. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation of all items shall comply with code, best professional practices, and manufacturers written installation instructions. Fire Station 15 22 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1400 - 3 B. Provide all piping as indicated and as required to allow complete and proper drain connections to each drain and item requiring connection. C. Coordinate installation of items with all trades that are affected by the work to avoid conflicts. D. The work of this section shall include all interior storm drain piping, roof drains, and area drains inside of the building and 5-feet outside of the building (unless indicated otherwise), to the point of and including connections to outside storm drainage piping or storm sewer manholes. E. Consult manufacturer’s data and architectural drawings for information on drains before beginning rough-in. Verify suitability for area(s) to be installed in before ordering, and that all necessary options and accessories are provided. F. Verify points of connection, invert elevations, and grade requirements before beginning installation or ordering materials. G. Stub all piping for all items requiring connections through roof or floor; cap and protect until connection to items is complete. H. Provide piping connections to equipment furnished by others in accordance with Section 20 0500. I. All excavation, trenching and backfilling shall comply with Section 20 0590. 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Install piping so as not to obstruct access to any items requiring routine service, maintenance, or inspection. Offset or reroute piping as required to clear any interferences which may occur. Prior to running any piping exposed, confirm with Architect/Engineer (unless piping is clearly and specifically noted to be ran exposed). Install exposed piping so as not to obstruct any portion of windows, doors, doorways, passageways, or items requiring service or access. C. Consult all drawings for location or pipe spaces, ducts, electrical equipment, ceiling heights, items requiring access, door openings, window openings, and other details and report discrepancies or possible conflicts to Architect/Engineer before installing pipe. D. Install all horizontal drain lines with a slope of 1/4-inch per foot unless noted otherwise. E. Make all changes of direction and junctions with Y fittings and 1/8 bends; use sanitary tee fittings in vertical pipe only. F. Provide escutcheons where exposed pipe passes through walls, floors, or ceilings. G. Install all piping parallel to the closest wall and in a neat, workmanlike manner. Horizontal straight runs of piping shall not deviate from straight by more than 1/4-inch in ten feet. Vertical piping shall not deviate from plumb by more than 1/8-inch in ten feet. H. Do not run any piping above electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment). Provide offsets around such panels as necessary. Such offset are typically not shown on the plans, but are required per this paragraph. I. Prior to the joining of any section of pipe to a pipe run, the section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out, the ends shall be reamed to remove any cutting burrs and piping prepared as recommended by piping and fitting manufacturer. J. Threaded Connections: Cut piping carefully, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use TFE tape or lead and graphite lubricant (on male threads only). K. Soldered Connections: Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. Steel wool and sandpaper not permitted for polishing. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanouts in all soil and waste piping: 1. At no more than 100 foot intervals on horizontal runs. 2. At the end of all piping runs. 3. At the base of all vertical risers. 4. At all changes of direction for a run of 10 feet or over. 5. At all locations shown on the drawings and where needed to correct possible stoppage and as required by governing code. B. Where cleanouts occur in concealed spaces provided extensions to floors above or to walls to allow access. C. Provide wall access covers or access doors for all wall cleanouts. See Section 20 0511 for access doors. D. Floor cleanouts shall be installed so as to be flush with the finished floor; where recessed cleanout covers are used the recess shall be filled flush with material to match the surrounding finished floor. E. Install cleanouts so as to assure proper clearances as required by governing code. Fire Station 15 22 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1400 - 4 F. All cleanouts located outside shall be provided with an access housing located in a 24" x 24" x 6" thick concrete pad, flush with the adjacent finished grade. The pipe and cleanout shall be independent of this access housing and pad. 3.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected and approved prior to being concealed or covered. B. Testing shall be by water or air, and shall comply with governing code. C. Testing shall be witnessed by the plumbing inspector and the Engineer's representative. D. Water Testing: 1. Fill system with water so that there is no less than 10 feet of head above the highest system section being tested. 2. System shall hold pressure for a period of at least 15 minutes with no leakage before the inspection starts. 3. The system shall be inspected and shall hold tight with no leakage at all points. E. Air Testing: 1. Pressurize system with air so that there is no less than 5 psig of air pressure in the system. 2. System shall hold pressure for a period of at least 15 minutes without the introduction of additional air before the inspection starts. 3. The system shall be inspected and shall hold tight with no leakage at all points. F. All leaks shall be eliminated and the system re-tested before proceeding with work or concealing pipe. G. All repairs to piping shall be with new material and no caulking of screwed joints or holes is allowed. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 1500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1500 - 1 SECTION 22 1500 - COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Compressed Air System Piping. B. Valves. C. Air Compressors. D. Air Dryers. E. Receivers. F. Air Filters. G. Accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product information for all items to be used. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pipe and Fittings: Domestic Manufacturers only; US Steel, Pioneer Pipe, Mueller, Cerro, Anvil International. C. Valves: Conbraco/Apollo, Nibco, Stockham, Walworth, Milwaukee, Kitz, Red-White, Watts, Hammond. D. Air Compressors: Champion, Quincy, Atlas Copco, Kellogg, Sullair, Ingersoll-Rand. E. Air Dryers: Great Lakes, Wilkerson, Kellogg, Ingersoll-Rand. F. Air Filters: Kaeser, Ingersoll-Rand, Wilkerson. G. Compressed Air Accessories: Norgren, Wilkerson, Dynaquip, Balcrank, Hannax, Arrow, Ingersoll-Rand, Kaeser. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS - MATERIALS A. Steel Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe: Black steel pipe, per ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. 2. Fittings: a. Threaded: Malleable iron fittings per ASME B16.3. b. Welded: Steel weld fittings per ASTM A 234; butt weld type per ASME B16.9; socket weld type per ASME B16.11. c. Flanged: Fittings, bolts, nuts, and bolt patterns per ASME B16.5, Class 150. Flanges shall comply with ASTM A105. Bolts shall be high strength or intermediate strength, with material conforming to ASTM A193. 3. Threads: Shall conform to ASME B1.20.1 B. Copper Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe: Seamless copper water tube, hard temper (unless noted otherwise), type K or L as indicated, per ASTM B88. 2. Fittings: a. Brazed Joint: Wrought copper and bronze fittings per ASME B16.22 and cast copper alloy fittings per ASME B16.18, cast bronze threaded fittings per ASME B16.15. b. Flanged: Cast bronze fittings per ASME B16.24. c. Brazing Material: AWS A5.8, BCuP-5. 2.03 VALVES A. Valves: 150 psi-swp bronze ball, standard port, 3 piece construction, blowout-proof stem, Teflon seats, threaded ends. Nibco No. T-590. Fire Station 15 22 1500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1500 - 2 B. Pressure Regulating Valves: Body shall be of aluminum or zinc construction, with aluminum and nylon valve assembly, Buna- N elastomer, T-handle or know adjustment with locknut, wall mounting bracket, and integral pressure gauge. Regulator shall be rated for 300 psig maximum inlet pressure, and up to 175 degree F temperatures. Regulator shall be relieving type and shall be adjustable from 15 to 250 psig. Provide regulator with main ports same size one pipe size less as piping regulator is connected to. 2.04 AIR COMPRESSOR RECIPROCATING A. Type: Air cooled reciprocating type, receiver mounted. B. General: Compressors shall be completely factory assembled and be furnished with all necessary components for proper high efficiency operation and only require field connections of electrical power, piping, and controls. C. Capacity: Unit shall be constructed to be able to operate up to 150 psig or as low as 100 psig, but shall be set for 125 psig operation (confirm actual pressure setting with Owner prior to installation). D. Construction: Two stage reciprocating type air compressor, having air cooled cylinder heads, oil lubricated, integral air cooled aftercooler, mounted on receiver tank with all required interconnecting piping, wiring and controls to operate as a unit. The unit shall be provided with a totally enclosed belt guard. Unit shall be factory shop primed and finished with manufacturers standard enamel finish. E. Capacity Control: Provide compressor with automatic capacity reduction equipment consisting of suction valve unloaders. Lifting mechanism operated by any of the following: oil pressure, gas discharge pressure, solenoid valve, or centrifugal force. Provide for unloaded compressor start. F. Motor and Controls: Motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled and energy efficient type and shall comply with Section 20 0500. Controls shall include: hand-off-auto switch, automatic start-stop via pressure switch (adjustable), manual reset thermal overload motor protection, manual reset low oil pressure level cut-out, fused motor starter mounted on unit factory wired to motor and to unit controls. G. Receiver: Size and arrangement as noted on plans. Receiver shall be ASME code constructed and stamped for 200 psig working pressure with pressure gauge, ASME approved safety relief valve, and automatic tank drain. H. Accessories: Rubber-in shear type vibration isolators to isolate unit vibration from structure. Unit shall have a dry type filter/silencer having removable element. 2.05 AIR DRYER A. Type: Refrigerated type. B. Capacity: As indicated on the plans. C. Construction: Reciprocating or scroll type compressor with refrigeration circuit, and accessories to cool air to dew point noted. D. The dryer shall be provided with an automatic condensate drain trap with manual override feature. 2.06 AIR FILTERS A. General: Body constructed of aluminum or steel, with powder coat paint finish, metal bowl with sight glass, differential pressure indicator, and wall mounting bracket. Filters shall be manual drain type, except for filters at regulators (and where indicated), which shall be automatic drain type. Filter shall be rated for 250 psig. B. Type: Main filters shall be particulate type with manual drains. Secondary filters shall be oil removing (coalescing) type with automatic drain. C. Sizing: Filters shall be sized with main ports the same size one pipe size less as the connecting pipe indicated on the plans Filter shall have capacity to handle cfm noted on plans with pressure drop no greater than 5 psi. D. Filter Efficiency: Provide quantity and efficiency of main filters to provide the following ISO 8573.1 Quality Class: Class 3 for solid particles for General Shop Air. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Quick-Connect Couplings: 1. Female: Air couplers designed for quick connection of air equipment. Coupler shall have steel rollers to grip male plug, swivel for free 360 degree rotation, and automatic valve in socket to prevent loss of air when disconnected. Couplers shall have Buna-N seals and be rated for 300 psi maximum pressure. Verify type and connection sizes. 2. Male: Air coupler type to fit female quick-connect coupling as specified above. Fire Station 15 22 1500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1500 - 3 B. Automatic Drain: Designed for compressed air service, rated for minimum 175 psig, with body constructed of semi-steel, with stainless steel ball float. Drain shall automatically open to drain off condensate, shall seal tight to prevent leakage of compressed air. C. Automatic Drain - No Air Loss Type: Designed for compressed air service, rated for minimum 200 psig. Drain shall consist of reservoir with dual level sensors which activate a solenoid valve; valve opens at high level to release condensate and closes at low level to prevent compressed air loss. Provide with 120V electrical power connection and size to match capacity of equipment it serves. Bekomat "Zero Loss" (or approved equal). D. Pressure Gauges: See Section 20 0519. E. Strainers: See Section 20 0519. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions, code, applicable standards and best construction practices. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work with all trades that may be affected by the work to avoid conflicts and to allow for an organized and efficient installation of all systems. Consult all drawings for location of pipe spaces, ducts, electrical equipment, ceiling heights, door openings, window openings, and other details and report discrepancies or possible conflicts to Architect/Engineer before installing pipe. C. Complete System: Provide all piping, fittings, and components indicated to provide a complete and operational compressed air system. Provide piping connection to each item requiring compressed air. 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Install piping at such heights and in such a manner so as not to obstruct any portion of windows doorways, passageways, or access to any items requiring routine service, maintenance, or inspection. Offset or reroute piping as required to clear any interferences which may occur. 3. Install all piping parallel to the closest wall and in a neat, workmanlike manner. Rack piping aligned with adjacent piping. Horizontal exposed straight runs of piping shall not deviate from straight by more than 1/4-inch in ten feet. Vertical piping shall not deviate from plumb by more than 1/8-inch in ten feet. B. System Drainage: All air piping shall be sloped at a minimum rate of 1/4-inch per ten feet (unless indicated otherwise)to a point of drainage. Where automatic drains are not shown at low points, provide manual drain valves; terminate at floor drains or exterior of the building. C. Escutcheons: Provide escutcheons where exposed pipe passes through walls, floors, or ceilings. D. Electrical Items: Do not run any piping above electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment). Provide offsets around such panels as necessary. E. Joints: Prior to the joining of any section of pipe to a pipe run, the section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out, the ends shall be reamed to remove any cutting burrs, and piping prepared as recommended by piping and fitting manufacturer. F. Threaded Connections: Cut piping carefully, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use TFE tape or lead and graphite lubricant (on male threads only). G. Soldered Connections: Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. Steel wool and sandpaper not permitted for polishing. H. Unions: Install unions in pipe connections to filters, pressure regulators, equipment and other items where it may be necessary to disconnect the equipment or piping for repairs or maintenance; and as indicated. Where flanged connections occur at equipment additional unions are not required unless indicated otherwise. I. Insulating Unions: Install dielectric insulating unions or insulating type flexible connectors between all connections of copper piping and steel piping of steel equipment. Where flanged connections occur use insulating type flanges. 3.03 VALVES A. General: Install valves so as to be easily accessible and oriented to permit ease of operation. Valve stem shall be directed toward operator in either the vertical or horizontal direction. Provide access doors for valves not otherwise accessible. Fire Station 15 22 1500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1500 - 4 B. Pressure Regulators: Provide pressure regulating valves with isolation valves, unions, and pressure gauges. Set initial pressure and adjust as required so that devices served have sufficient air pressure. 3.04 EQUIPMENT A. Compressors: Install compressors with vibration isolators. Provide flexible connector in piping connection to air compressor. Pipe unit automatic tank drain to oil/water separator and on to floor drain. B. Air Dryers: Install with 3 valve bypass. Pipe unit drain full size to floor drain or other acceptable point of drainage. C. Anchorage: Anchor all equipment and receivers to building. Provide seismic anchoring straps on vertical receivers and items where the height exceeds the largest base dimension by a factor of 2 or more. 3.05 AIR FILTERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Air Outlets: Provide air outlets types as indicated. Provide air outlets with isolation valve, dirt leg, and accessories as indicated. Outlets through counter backsplashes shall be centered on backsplash (unless noted otherwise). B. Air Filters: Provide in piping system as indicated. C. Automatic Drain - No Air Loss Type: Install with section of high pressure tubing at inlet to allow for periodic maintenance and inspection. Secure tubing with worm gear hose clamp. 3.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected, and approved by the authority having jurisdiction prior to being concealed or covered. B. Testing shall be witnessed by the Architect/Engineer (at his option). Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 72 hours prior to date of testing, and mutually agreed upon times arranged. C. Testing: The entire compressed air system with all outlets in place shall be tested with 150 psi compressed air over a 24-hour period. Inspect system for signs of leakage. There shall be no pressure drop other than due to temperature changes. D. Any leaks or defective piping disclosed by testing and inspection shall be repaired with new materials and the system re- tested. E. Provide documentation to Engineer indicating that the system has been completely pressure tested, and all portions inspected and accepted by the authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 1600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1600 - 1 SECTION 22 1600 - FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Natural Gas Piping. B. Natural Gas Valves. C. Natural Gas Regulators. D. Natural Gas Accessories. E. Coordination with Gas Utility. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0505. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all items to be used. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASCE 25-06: Earthquake Activated Gas Shut-off Devices. B. ASME B 6.5: Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. C. ASME B16.9: Steel Butt - Welding Fittings. D. ASME B16.11: Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded. E. ASTM A53: Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. F. ASTM A105: Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications. G. ASTM A234: Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. H. ASTM B88: Seamless Copper Water Tube. I. ASTM B280: Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. J. ASTM D2513: Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. K. ASTM D3261: Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. L. ASTM D3350: Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. M. IFGC: International Fuel Gas Code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General: Products shall comply with Section 20 0500. See Section 20 0500, paragraph 2.01 for Acceptable Manufacturer requirements. B. Pipe and Fittings - Aboveground: Domestic manufacturers only, US Steel, Pioneer Pipe, Anvil International, American Piping Products. C. Pipe and Fittings - Belowground: Domestic manufacturers only, Performance Pipe, KWH Pipe, Perfection Corporation, Continental Industries. D. Valves: Milwaukee, Flowserve (Nordstrom), Stockham, Conbraco/Apollo, Nibco, Resun, ASCO. E. Regulators: Fisher, American Meter, Equimeter. F. Outlets: Chicago Faucet. G. Vent Caps: Clay & Bailey, OPW, Morrison, Beckett. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS - ABOVEGROUND A. Pipe: Black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A 53, Grade B, Type E or S. Schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. Fire Station 15 22 1600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1600 - 2 B. Fittings: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller - Exposed: Black malleable iron threaded type, Class 150 conforming to ASME B 16.3 and ASTM A 234. 2. 2 Inches and Smaller - Concealed: Steel butt weld type, conforming to ASTM A 234, ASME B 16.9; or steel socket weld type, conforming to ASTM A 105 and ASME B 16.11. 3. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Steel butt weld type, conforming to ASTM A 234, ASME B 16.9; or steel socket weld type, conforming to ASTM A 105 and ASME B 16.11. 4. Flanges: Steel socket or welding neck type, Class 150, conforming to ASME B 16.5. C. Vent Pipe: Same as gas piping; except where routed exposed in mechanical rooms, may be hand drawn or annealed seamless copper conforming to ASTM B 280 or UNS number C12200 copper conforming to ASTM B 88, with wrought copper fittings, bronze fittings, and soldered joints. 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS - UNDERGROUND A. Pipe: Polyethylene pipe specifically designed and intended for fuel gas piping distribution systems, conforming to the Plastic Pipe Institute standards for such pipe. Minimum cell classification of PE234373E or PE234375E, as defined in ASTM D 3350. Conforming to ASTM D 2513, with a hydrostatic design basis of minimum 1250 psi at a temperature of 73 degree F. Piping shall be manufactured, tested, and marked in accordance with ASTM D 2513. Performance Pipe “DriscoPlex 6500” (or approved). B. Fittings: Butt fusion type, manufactured of same material as pipe, conforming to ASTM D 3261. C. Anodeless Riser: Factory fabricated gas riser fitting for connecting underground piping to aboveground piping, conforming to IFGC requirements. Inner polyethylene gas carrying pipe and outer Schedule 40 steel pipe per ASTM A53 coated with gray epoxy finish. Piping shall comply with pipe specified in this specification section. Inlet shall have butt end connection with coupling to transition to underground piping; outlet shall have threaded, welded or flanged connection (to suit aboveground items being connected to). Inner pipe size shall be same size as underground piping connected to; vertical rise length to suit installation requirements. 2.04 VALVES A. General: Valves shall be designed for use on natural gas system and suitable for the pressures and temperatures to be encountered. Valves shall be UL listed (or CSA certified) for fuel gas use. B. Ball Valves: Bronze body, two piece body, blowout proof stem, full port, reinforced TFE seats, chrome plated brass ball, threaded connections, UL listed for LP gas and natural gas shut-off, 250 psi non-shop PL or natural gas working pressure. Nibco T-585-70-UL (or approved). C. Plug Valves: Lubricated, wrench operated, regular pattern full port type plug valve. Gray iron body and plug per ASTM A 126, Class B. Rated for minimum 175 psi wog. Valves shall have a sealing and lubrication system for maintaining valve seals and operation. Valve shall be factory serviced with manufacturers recommended sealant suitable for the valve application. Valves 2 inch and smaller shall have threaded end connections; larger valves shall have flanged connections. Provide one standard lever type hand wrench for each valve. Resun Figure D-125, D-126 (or approved). D. Solenoid Valves: For use on low pressure fuel gas systems, two-way operation, normally closed, brass or die cast aluminum body, stainless steel springs, UL 429 listed, FM approved to Class 7400 “liquid and gas safety valves”, and CSA (or UL) certified as an automatic gas safety shutoff valve. Same size as pipe installed. 120 volt or 24 volt AC; coordinate voltage selection with trade providing power and control of valve. ASCO Series 8215 (or approved). E. Seismic Valves: Automatic shut-off valve in a seismic event. Valve shall conform to ANSI/ASCE 25-06. Valve shall have visual indicator of open or closed status, and require manual reset. Valve shall be same size (or larger) as line installed in. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Piping Specialties: See Section 20 0511. B. Pressure Regulator: Cast iron body, die cast aluminum alloy diaphragm case, Buna-N diaphragm disc, 125 psi maximum pressure rating with over pressure positive tight lock-up, internal relief valve, and gray polyester paint finish. Regulator shall be sized by manufacturer based on inlet pressure, desired outlet pressure, and flow requirements. Regulators with vent openings located within 20 feet of ventilation air intakes or where the venting of gas would be unsafe shall be equipped (and labeled for use with) a vent limiting device. Provide with low pressure cut-off where indicated. Shuts off gas flow on low pressure--requires manual reset C. Vent Cap: T-style, constructed of aluminum or zinc coated cast iron, 30 mesh stainless steel screen. Morrison No. 155. D. Flexible Connectors: See Section 20 0519. Size flexible connectors to match pipe size shown on plan, with reducer after the Fire Station 15 22 1600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1600 - 3 flexible connector to match the equipment connection size. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions, code, applicable standards and best construction practices. B Complete System: Provide all piping as indicated and as required to allow connections to each fixture and equipment item requiring gas connections, and to provide complete and operational gas piping systems. C. Coordination: Coordinate installation of items with all trades that are affected by the work to avoid conflicts. Review all drawings for location of pipe spaces, ducts, electrical equipment, ceiling heights, door openings, window openings, and other details and report discrepancies or possible conflicts to Architect/Engineer before installing pipe. 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Install piping at such heights and in such a manner so as not to obstruct any portion of windows doorways, passageways, or access to any items requiring routine service, maintenance, or inspection. Offset of reroute piping as required to clear any interferences which may occur. 3. Install all piping parallel to the closest wall and in a neat, workmanlike manner. Horizontal exposed straight runs of piping shall not deviate from straight by more than 1/4-inch in ten feet. Vertical piping shall not deviate from plumb by more than 1/8-inch in ten feet. B. Escutcheons: Provide escutcheons where exposed pipe passes through walls, floors, or ceilings. C. Electrical Items: Do not run any piping above electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment). Provide offsets around such panels as necessary. Such offsets are typically not shown on the plans, and are required per this paragraph. D. Joints: Prior to the joining of any section of pipe to a pipe run, the section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out, the ends shall be reamed to remove any cutting burrs and piping prepared as recommended by pipe and fitting manufacturer. E. Threaded Connections: Cut piping carefully, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use TFE tape or lead and graphite lubricant (on male threads only). F. Soldered and Brazed Connections: Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. Steel wool and sandpaper not permitted for polishing. G. Welding: Shall conform to ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.9. Welders and welding operators shall be qualified as required by ASME B31.1, ASME B31.9, and governing code. Welded joints on piping system shall be continuous, without backing rings, and pipe ends beveled for butt weld connections. Gas cuts shall be square and free from burned material. Before welding, surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. Piping shall be carefully aligned, with no weld material projecting inside the pipe. H. Unions: Install unions in pipe connections to valves, coils, and any other equipment where it may be necessary to disconnect the equipment or piping for repairs or maintenance; and as indicated. Where flanged connections occur at equipment additional unions are not required unless indicated otherwise. I. Drip Legs: Provide drip legs in pipe connections to all equipment. Drip legs shall be located downstream of equipment isolation valves, and upstream of unit flexible connectors or unions. Provide adequate clearance for removal of drip leg cap. J. Flexible Connectors: Provide flexible connectors in piping at connections to all equipment. Size flexible connectors to match pipe size shown on plan, with reducer after the flexible connector to match the equipment connection size. Provide flexible connectors at crossing of building seismic or expansion joints. Install in a manner to allow for movement in any direction. K Vents: Pipe regulator vent lines and all equipment gas train vents full size to outside of building; terminate with vent cap. L. Outdoor Piping - Painting: All aboveground piping outside of building shall be cleaned and prime painted with one coat of a rust-inhibiting paint and a final coat of finish paint (color to match adjacent building color, unless noted otherwise). M. Provide drip legs with removable caps upstream of all regulators; provide test tee with capped valve 10 pipe diameter downstream of all regulators. 3.03 VALVES AND ACCESSORIES A. Type: Ball type; except that valves 4 inches and larger and main line shut-off valves shall be the plug type; and valves indicated to be a specific type shall be the type as indicated. B. Applications: Provide isolation valves at piping connections to all equipment, at inlet of all pressure regulators, at inlet of all Fire Station 15 22 1600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 22 1600 - 4 seismic shut-off valves, downstream of gas meters, at inlet to gas solenoid valves, and where indicated. C. Seismic Valve: Provide seismic shut-off valve at building gas meter; locate downstream of meter and downstream of system isolation valve. D. Solenoid Valves: Provide solenoid gas shutoff valves where indicated. Coordinate with general alarm provider to open/close valve upon alarm from the main alarm system. Locate valves and reset switches where shown. 3.04 GAS SERVICE A. Service Application: Coordinate with gas utility for gas service to building. Contact gas utility and complete all required service application forms and documentation. Coordinate with Owner for any required signatures or service agreement authority. Coordinate scheduling with the utility for timely service to allow proper equipment start-up and to comply with overall project schedule. B. Gas Meter: Coordinate proper gas meter location with gas utility; location shown on plans is preliminary. Provide connection to outside utility gas meter, and gas piping from meter, up to and completely connected, to all equipment. C. Gas Service Line: Provide all trenching, excavation, bedding, backfill, compaction, and grade restoration for gas service to the building. Include in bid 500 linear feet of such trenching/backfill work unless gas utility is able to provide more exact information on gas service length. Trench depth and width shall be as required per gas utility requirements; coordinate with gas utility. Provide minimum 6-inch pea gravel bedding and minimum 6-inch pea gravel fill over gas utility piping. D. Service Charges: Pay all fees associated with gas service to the building; including all utility engineering, piping, meter, and connection charges. 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. General: All piping shall be tested, inspected, and approved by the AHJ prior to being concealed or covered. B. Witnessing: Testing shall be witnessed by the AHJ and the Architect/Engineer (at his option). Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 72 hours prior to date of testing, and mutually agree upon times arranged. C. Testing: 1. Piping shall be inspected, purged and pressure tested in accordance with IFGC (except where more restrictive requirements are specified herein, the most restrictive shall prevail). 2. Test pressure shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum to which the pipe will ordinarily be subjected; but in no case less than 50 psig. 3. Components that may be damaged by the test pressure shall be removed or isolated from the piping system during testing. 4. Portions of the system that are reconnected after system testing that could not be tested (e.g. low pressure equipment connections, separate portions of the system, etc.) shall be specifically tested with a non-corrosive leak detection fluid acceptable to the AHJ. 5. Any leaks or defective piping disclosed by testing and inspection shall be repaired with new materials and the system re-tested. D. Documentation: Provide documentation to the Architect/Engineer indicating that the system has been completely pressure tested, and all portions inspected and accepted by the AHJ. E. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 22 3300 - 1 SECTION 22 3300 - DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Water Heaters. B. Flues and Combustion Air. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Boiler Code: State of Washington Boilers and Unfired Pressure Vessel Laws, Chapter 70.79 RCW, Chapter 296-104 WAC. B. NSF 61: Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all items to be used. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for water heaters. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. NSF: Manufacturers shall fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water per NSF 61. B. Quality Assurance: Provide quality assurance checks specified in Section 20 0500 prior to ordering products. C. Code Compliance: Water heater efficiency and insulation levels shall comply with code. Provide water heater with accessories (i.e. heat traps, relief valves, etc.) as required by code. D. Temperature Settings: Water heaters shall be able to be set at a leaving (or system) water temperature over a range. Low setting shall be at least 90 degrees F or 10 degrees F lower than the system water temperature indicated on the plans (whichever is lower). High setting shall be at least 10 degrees higher than the system water temperature indicated on the plans. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Water Heaters – Tank Type: A.O. Smith, Rheem, Bradford-White, State, PVI. 2.02 WATER HEATERS – GAS FIRED HIGH EFFICIENCY TANK TYPE A. Type: High efficiency condensing natural gas fired domestic hot water heater, ASME labeled. A.O. Smith “Cyclone” (or approved). B. Capacity: Shall have capacity and efficiency (minimum 95%) as indicated on the drawings; rated in accordance with recognized standards. C. Tank and Insulation: Steel tank, ASME constructed and labeled, rated for 160 psi working pressure, with glass lining applied to all water side surfaces after full tank assembly and welding. Tank shall have at least one handhole cleanout. Tank shall be insulated with foam to comply with local code requirements and no less than ASHRAE 90.1 (latest edition) for insulating rating and tank heat loss. Tank and insulation shall be fully enclosed within a steel enclosure having a baked-on enamel finish with access provided to unit components. D. Clearance: Approved for 0-inch clearance to combustibles. E. Cathodic Protection: Tank shall be protected from corrosion with powered anodes. System shall be selected by the manufacturer to suit typical water conditions at the general installation location and provide protection for the tank warranty periods. F. Electrical and Controls: Water heater(s) shall be equipped with a solid state temperature and ignition control system with integral diagnostics, LED fault display capability and a digital display of temperature settings. Heater(s) shall be provided with an automatic gas shutoff device and safety shutoff if flame is extinguished. Heater shall have controls to allow setting the hot water temperature over a range, and be able to maintain temperature plus or minus 2 degrees F of setpoint. Fire Station 15 22 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 22 3300 - 2 G. Burner and Venting: Burner shall be down-fired power draft type, designed for burning natural gas with specified efficiency and capacity requiring no special calibration on start-up. Shall be able to have products of combustion direct vented to the outside using CPVC or ABS pipe. Unit shall allow combustion air from the room or piped with CPVC or ABS pipe to the outside; and be for use with concentric type vents. H. Accessories: 1. ASME pressure and temperature relief valve, and tank drain valve. 2. Condensate Neutralizer: Limestone (or manufacturer’s recommended material) filled container for neutralizing acidic condensate from water heaters and water heater flues. I. Warranty: Tank shall have a 3 year warranty against corrosion and tank failure. J. Water Heater Venting: 1. General: Materials shall comply with manufacturer and recommendations and code. 2. Combustion Venting: CPVC with solvent joints. 3. Outdoor Air Venting: CPVC or PVC with solvent joints. 4. Concentric Vent: Water heater manufacturer’s concentric vent kit, sized and designed to suit water heater used with; with inner vent pipe, outer combustion air pipe, weather proof cap, and roof jack/flashing to suit roof type used with. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. In accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions, code, applicable standards, and best construction practices. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work with all trades that may be affected by the work to avoid conflicts and to allow for an organized and efficient installation of all systems. C. Connections: Connect and install all items shipped loose with equipment and as needed for proper system operation. Provide and connect all utilities and services to equipment as required for proper equipment and system operation. D. Protection, Operation and Maintenance: Comply with Section 20 0500. Protect water heaters against use and damage during construction; provide guards and/or boxing as required. E. Relief Valves: Pipe all pressure relief valves to proper point of drainage. F. Vacuum Breakers: Provide vacuum breakers on water heaters where water heaters serve fixtures located below the water heater height. G. Clearances: Provide as required for maintenance or as required by Code; whichever is greater. H. Anchorage: Provide seismic strapping and anchorage of water heater to building structure. I. Inspection: Inspect water heaters and connecting systems to confirm water heaters and system are ready for start-up and operation. As a minimum, check for: proper voltage and phase, correct gas pressure and regulator setting (for gas fired units), correct electrical connections, complete control connections, relief valve correctly sized and discharge piped, drain provisions installed, valving to water heater accessible and ready to be set in operating positions, and other items as listed by the manufacturer are properly provided and connected. J. Start-Up and Adjustment: Put water heater into service following manufacturer start-up procedures. Adjust water heaters for proper operation; set thermostats for required supply temperature. Check operation of water heater by flowing water and confirming proper operation. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 1 SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim. B. Installation/Connection of Equipment Specified Elsewhere. C. Adjustment and Cleaning. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Plumbing Brass" means "P-traps, stops, strainers, tailpieces, flanges, and other brass fittings and accessories NOT including faucets or stops." B. "Trim" includes all plumbing brass items, faucets, and any fixture accessories. C. "Accessible" refers to the American's with Disabilities Act, and infers that these fixtures will meet Federal and local code requirements. D. "Lead-Free" means not containing more than 0.2% lead in solder and flux; and not more than a weighted average of 0.25% lead in wetted surfaces of pipes, pipe and plumbing fittings and fixtures. 1.04 REFERENCES A. UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code. B. NSF/ANSI Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: All submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product data for all plumbing fixtures, plumbing trim, and water heaters. C. Mounting Heights: Submit list of mounting heights to be used for all fixtures. D. ADA Accessibility: Submit list (or plans) of which fixtures will be ADA accessible; indicated by room number and location; indicate how accessibility is achieved (i.e. side approach) where not readily obvious. E. Cabinet Coordination: Submit list (or plans) of all fixtures that will be installed in cabinets, list fixture size, indicate minimum cabinet clearances required, indicate cabinet size available, indicate if there is a clearance problem and if so the proposed resolution. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Fixture Quality: Provide new fixtures and fittings, approved, free from flaws and blemishes with finished surfaces clear, smooth and bright. Visible parts of fixture brass and accessories, and all items located in accessible cabinet spaces, shall be heavily chrome plated. All stops, P-traps and items exposed to view shall be chrome plated (except where specifically noted otherwise). B. Code Compliance: All products and connections shall be in compliance with code, local Utilities Department standards, and Health Department requirements. C. Off-The-Floor Mounted Fixtures - Movement: 1. General: Off-the-floor (i.e. wall) mounted fixtures shall be supported, anchored, and braced in a manner so that the fixture does not move more than the values indicated below with the imposed forces as indicated; nor shall the fixture or associated fittings leak or suffer damage of any kind. Deflection shall be measured at the front most part of the fixture (i.e. the point on the fixture furthest away from the wall containing the fixture supports), with the load imposed at the same location as the measured deflection. Deflection shall not be exceeded in any direction with the force imposed in any direction. 2. Water Closets: 1/16-inch with a 300 pound force. 3. Other Fixtures: 1/16-inch with a 150 pound force. Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 2 D. Spare Parts: Provide three spare bottle filler filters. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Provide quality assurance checks specified in Section 20 0500 prior to submitting product data. By submitting products for Engineer’s review, the Contractor is confirming that such checks have been performed and that the products are suitable for the intended installation and use. B. Fixtures: 1. Types: Verify specified fixture types with the Architectural and Plumbing drawings to confirm the requirements are consistent (e.g. fixtures are wall mounted versus floor mounted type, locations of ADA fixtures match, etc.). Where conflicts occur clearly identify the issue on the fixture submittal along with a proposed resolution; or resolve prior to making the submittal by the project RFI process. 2. Space Verification: Prior to ordering any fixtures or making submittals, Contractor shall check the drawings and verify that all fixtures will fit the space available (i.e. fixtures fit any cabinets fixtures are to be installed in; fixtures have adequate access clearances for proper use; etc.). C. Lead-Free Requirement: All items in contact with potable water shall be lead free. Fixtures used to dispense potable water for drinking shall meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI 61. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Water Closets: Kohler, American Standard, Eljer, Mansfield. C. Vitreous china (other than water closets) and enameled cast iron fixtures: American Standard; Kohler, Eljer, Mansfield. D. Water Closet Seats: Church; Beneke; Olsonite; Kohler; Bemis. E. Carriers: Josam; J.R. Smith; Wade; Zurn. F. Hand Wash Sinks: Advance Tabco; Eagle. G. Decon Sink: Advance Tabco; Eagle. H. Kitchen Stainless Steel Sinks: Just; Elkay, Franke. I. Drinking Fountains: Haws; Elkay. J. Hydrants and Hose Bibbs: J.R. Smith; Zurn; Josam. K. Floor Drains and Floor Receptors: J.R. Smith; Zurn; Josam; Mifab. L. Plumbing Brass: American Standard; Brasscraft; Chicago Faucet; Crane; Eljer; Frost; Kohler; Speakman; Symmons; T&S Brass; McGuire; Elkay. M. Kitchen Faucets: Symmons or approved equal. N. All other Faucets: Chicago Faucet or approved equal. O. Stops: Brasscraft. P. Flush Valves: Sloan, Zurn. Q. Shower Faucets: Chicago Faucet; Symmons. R. Safety Fixtures: Haws, Guardian Equipment, Lawler, Acorn Safety. S. Hot Water Temperature Limiting Valve: Symmons, Watts, Chicago Faucet, Acorn Controls, Leonard. 2.02 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General: 1. Plumbing Fixtures are listed below by reference numbers, corresponding to the reference number adjoining these items on the drawings. 2. All vitreous china and enameled cast iron fixtures shall be finished white unless specifically noted otherwise. 3. All stainless steel sinks shall be sound deadened, and shall have faucet ledge (except where noted specifically without ledge). 4. In interests of Owner's Standardization, fixtures of similar type shall be product of one manufacturer; trim of similar type shall be product of one manufacturer. B. Water Closets: Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 3 P-1A Water Closet - Wall Hung - ADA: Water Closet: Kohler “Kingston”, No. K-4325, vitreous china, elongated bowl, wall mounted, siphon jet action bowl with 1-1/2" top spud, and 1.6 gallon flush. Flush Valve: Sloan “G2” 8111-1.6 chrome plated, sensor operated flush valve with vacuum breaker, screw driver stops, push- button override, battery powered with low battery LED indicator. Seat: Kohler “Lustra”, No. K-4670-SC, white plastic elongated seat, open-front and stainless steel self-sustaining check hinge. ADA: Configure and install for ADA access. Verify with Architectural drawings for mounting heights and off-center stall dimensions. Provide with flush valve so that handle is on wide side of stall. P-1B Water Closet - Wall Hung: Same as P-1A fixture, except that fixture shall be mounted for normal use. C. Lavatories: P-3A Lavatory - Countertop – ADA: Lavatory: Kohler “Cimarron”, No. K-2351-1 23" x 18-3/16" x 7-7/8”, vitreous china, drop-in lavatory with single faucet hole. Plumbing Brass: Kohler No. K-7715 lavatory drain with perforated grate and 1-1/4" tailpiece; Kohler No. 9000 1-1/4" cast brass "P" trap with cleanout; stops and risers per “Specialties” in this specification section. Faucet: Chicago Faucet No. 220-4VPE66AABCP, faucet with single lever handle, 4" centers, 1/2 GPM spout outlet/aerator, 4- 3/4" spout. Hot Water Temperature Limiting Valve: See paragraph 2.04 this Section. Provide one for each faucet. P-3B Lavatory - Countertop: Same as P-3A, except without ADA installation. P-3C Lavatory – Wall Mounted – ADA: Lavatory: Kohler “Greenwich”, No. K-2032, 20" x 18", vitreous china lavatory with 4" faucet centers, for use with concealed arm carrier. Plumbing Brass: Kohler No. K-7715 lavatory drain with perforated grate and 1-1/4" tailpiece; Kohler No. 9000 1-1/4" cast brass "P" trap with cleanout; stops and risers per “Specialties” in this specification section. Faucet: Faucet: Chicago Faucet No. 116.211.AB.1 sensor operated faucet with integral mixing valve, single hole, 0.5 GPM spout outlet/aerator, 5-1/2" spout, battery powered. Hot Water Temperature Limiting Valve: See paragraph 2.04 this Section. Provide one for each faucet. D. Sinks: P-5A Sink - Single Compartment - ADA: Sink: Elkay No. LRAD312265 ADA compliant, 18 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, 22" front to back x 31" left to right x 6-1/2" deep single compartment self-rimming sink with rear faucet ledge. Plumbing Brass: Elkay stainless steel cup strainers with 1-1/2" stainless steel tailpieces and 1-1/2" cast brass "P" traps each with a cleanout. For stops and risers see “Specialties” in this specification section. Faucet: Symmons “Identity” S-6710-PD single handle faucet with pull out spray, single hole mounting with 8” deck plate, stainless steel finish, 2.2 gpm spout. P-5B Hand Wash Sink: Sink: Advance Tabco Model 7-PS-71 with integral backsplash, single backsplash hole drill, 18 gauge, type 304, stainless steel, 15-1/4” front to back x 17-1/4” left to right x 5” deep wall mounted with wall mounting bracket. Plumbing Brass: Elkay stainless steel cup strainers with 1-1/2” tailpieces and 1-1/2” cast brass “P” trap with cleanout; stops and risers per “Specialties” in this specifications section. Faucet: Chicago Faucet No. 116.204.AB.1 single hole, 1.5 GPM sensor operated faucet with gooseneck spout, wall mounted, battery powered. P-5C Decon Sink: Sink: Advanced Tabco FC-2-2424-24RL double compartment type 304 stainless steel sink, 16 gauge with backsplash, 96”L x 30”W x 43”H (to top of backsplash), right and left hand 24” wide drainboards and steel legs. Bowls shall be 24” x 24” x 14” Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 4 deep. Plumbing Brass: 1-1/2” chrome plated brass tailpiece and 1-1/2” cast brass “P” trap with cleanout; stops and risers per “Specialties” in this specifications section. Faucet: Chicago Faucet No. 65-SLOABCP floor-mounted, remote pedal box with short pedals, chrome plated with adjustable auto-time metering. Chicago Faucet No. 629-GN8AE3ABCP wall mounted, remote, rigid/swing, chrome plated gooseneck spout, 2.2 GPM. E. Water Dispensers: P-7A Hot Water Dispenser: Elkay LKH-180 hot water maker, 0.5 gallon/hour at 190 degrees F. capacity, adjustable 140 to 190 degrees F., 0.65 gallon tank, 755 watts, 120 volt/1 phase, vented tank, for use with 3 prong plug. Mount adjacent to sink through counter. P-7B Food Disposer: In-Sink-Erator Pro 333 food disposer. Stainless steel grinding components and swivel lugs, insulated outer shell for noise reduction. Connection to standard sink outlet, complete with dishwasher drain inlet, dishwasher connector kit, and self-service wrench. 3/4 horsepower, 120 volt/1 phase. F. Drinking Fountains/Bottle Fillers: P-8A Drinking Fountain and Bottle Filling - ADA: Drinking Fountain: Elkay Model No. LZS8WSSP ADA drinking fountain with bottle filler, surface-mounted, stainless steel type 304 14 gauge construction, with #4 satin finish, front push button operation, pliable polyester elastomer bubbler, anti-splash ridge, cabinet located automatic stream height regulator screwdriver stop, waste strainer, and 1-1/4” O.D. tailpiece. Provide bottle filler with cooler capacity of 8 gph at 80 deg F inlet, 90 deg F ambient, and 50 deg F outlet water. Shall have no-touch sensor activated operation and LED interface display, maximum 370 watts, 120 volt/1 phase. Provide with inlet filter certified to NSF/ANSI 42 and 53, rated for 3000 gallons. G. Shower: P-9A Shower - Handicap: Enclosure: Barrier Free Model No. LSS4038A5T, with 5/8” threshold, 36” x 36” x 77” gelcoat transfer shower enclosure, white smooth finish, self-caulking brass shower drain, curtain rod and vinyl curtain. Provide with grab bars and folding seat. Enclosure shall be reinforced for grab bar, seat, and shower unit. Valves: Symmons No. C-96-500-B30-V-X Temptrol system; with pressure balancing mixing valve with piston, lever handle with adjustable screw stop and integral service stops, 4-137 shower head, hand spray head with 5' flexible metal hose and quick disconnect, in-line vacuum breaker, 30" slide bar for hand shower mounting, and lever diverter valve. P-9B Shower: Enclosure: Barrier Free Model No. LSS4038A5T, with 5/8” threshold, 36” x 36” x 77” gelcoat transfer shower enclosure, white smooth finish, self-caulking brass shower drain, curtain rod and vinyl curtain. Enclosure shall be reinforced for shower unit. Valves: Symmons No. C-96-1-X Temptrol system; with pressure balancing mixing valve with piston, lever handle with adjustable screw stop and integral service stops, 4-137 shower head. H. Hydrants and Hose Bibbs: P-10A Wall Hydrant - Non-Freeze: J.R. Smith No. 5519 recessed box type wall hydrant, non-freeze type, with polished bronze box and bronze hinged cover, bronze hydrant and casing, integral vacuum breaker, "T" handle key and 3/4" inlet, 3/4" hose outlet, and overall depth to suit wall thickness and provide suitable freeze protection. P-10B Wall Hydrant – Exposed - Non-Freeze: JR Smith No. 5609QTexposed wall hydrant, non-freeze type, with integral vacuum breaker, 3/4" inlet, 3/4" hose outlet, and overall depth to suit wall thickness and provide suitable freeze protection. Provide with metal wheel handle. P-10C Wall Hydrant - Twin Temperature: Leonard Valve SW-75-EVB dual temperature exposed hose station, wheel handles, 3/4” hose connection, integral vacuum breaker, removable stainless steel hose rack (no hose rack in Decon or Cust). I. Floor Drains: P-11A Floor Drain: Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 5 J.R. Smith No. 2010-A cast iron body floor drain, with nickel bronze adjustable strainer head, round nickel bronze grate, vandal proof screws, reversible flashing collar, and trap primer connection. Provide with wide flange round strainer, minimum 4-inches wide and 3/16-inch thick where drain is used with waterproof membranes installed on top of the floor; J.R. Smith DX2010-A. Size drain outlet to match pipe size shown on drawings. P-11B Funnel Floor Drain: Same as P-11A but with 6" diameter nickel bronze top funnel (No. 3581). Cut out strainer inside of funnel to prevent splashing. P-11C Floor Receptor: J.R. Smith Figure 3100 series, enamel coated floor receptor, 10" deep, with 12" square nickel bronze half grate and rim, sediment bucket, trap primer connection, vandal-proof screws. Size outlet to match pipe size noted on drawings. P-11D Floor Receptor: J.R. Smith hub drain with trap primer connection. P-11E Trench Drain (Alternate Bid): Type: Modular, polypropylene trench drainage system with sloped (or stepped) bottom. Watts “Dead Level” (or approved). Trench: Precast UV stabilized polypropylene trench channels, pre-sloped and interlocking, with ductile iron grate and frame and radiused bottom and integral 4” bottom outlet. Suited for H20 loading. Grates: Ductile iron, secured with high strength bolts to ductile iron frame. Suited for H20 loading. Size: 4" inside width; minimum 5.4" depth. Length as indicated on plans. Accessories: Provide with end caps and in-line catch basins to suit piping connections shown on plans. Provide strainer or catch basin bucket at each outlet hole. J. Wall Boxes: P-12A Refrigerator Box: Guy Gray Model BIM875, 20 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel box with 18 gauge face plate, 1/2" inlet x 1/4" outlet compression angle valve. P-12B Washer/Dryer Fitting: Guy Gray Model No. BB 200TS, 18 gauge steel cover and box, top supply, 1/2" connections, hot water and cold water valves having 3/4" hose bibb outlets, 2" drain pipe outlet with washer and locknut, and overflow lip. Caulk inside seam and screw holes to 1/2 inch above flood rim of overflow lip. K. Safety Fixtures: P-13A Emergency Eyewash/Shower - Barrier Free: Haws No. 8355WCW barrier free recessed shower and eye/face wash with inverted directional laminar flow, anti-microbial treated eyewash head, and dust cover, stainless steel showerhead with concealed piping in stainless steel recessed wall box with universal signage. Mixing Valve: Bronze body thermostatic mixing valve with outlet temperature gauge. All components in contact with water shall be corrosion resistant. Valve shall be rated for 125 psig, and be furnished with inlet check valves. Valve shall be for use with hot water from 110 deg F to 180 deg F, and cold water from 35 deg F to 60 deg F. Valve shall maintain supply setpoint plus/minus 5 deg. F, with up to 30 deg. F changes in entering water temperatures and up to a 50% drop in supply pressures. Shall be set for 80 deg. F. Shall be fail-safe operation to prevent scalding. Unit shall be sized and selected by emergency fixture manufacturer to provide adequate flow as required by fixture(s) served. Provide with isolation valves on supply piping to mixing valve. 2.03 OFF-THE-FLOOR FIXTURE SUPPORTS (CARRIERS) A. General: Type to suit fixture and building construction, with added anchors, bracing, wall backing and accessories to comply with maximum specified fixture movement. Concealed in wall. Provide with all hardware and accessories for proper fixture support to suit the application. See Section 20 0529 for hangers and supports. B. Water Closets: Cast iron or steel construction, adjustable to support fixture, with positive sealing gasket fabricated of closed cell neoprene. Provide with rear anchoring lug on single units. J.R. Smith 100, 200 and 300 series with added anchors and accessories to comply with maximum specified fixture movement. Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 6 C. Urinals: Steel construction, with high strength steel uprights welded to 4-inch square steel base plates for floor anchoring, top and bottom fixture support and bearing plates, adjustable. J.R. Smith Figure 635 and 637 with added anchors, bracing, wall backing and accessories to comply with maximum specified fixture movement. D. Lavatories: Steel construction, with 1-inch x 3-inch rectangular steel uprights welded to 4-inch square steel base plates for floor anchoring, and arms for lavatory support. J.R. Smith Figure 700 and 710 with added anchors, bracing, wall backing and accessories to comply with maximum specified fixture movement. E. Other Fixtures: Manufacturers’ standard carrier to suite fixture and application, steel construction with anchors, bracing, wall backing and accessories to comply with maximum specified fixture movement. F. Non-Standard Fixtures: For fixtures that standard carriers are not manufactured for provide 3/16" thick steel back plate for block walls and wood stud walls; or a 2" x 2" x 1/4" angle welded to at least four studs for metal stud walls, with through bolts and fasteners to support fixture and comply with maximum specified fixture movement. 2.04 SPECIALTIES A. General: Unless indicated otherwise, the following fittings and materials (i.e. specialties) shall be used. B. Fixture Traps: 17 gage seamless chrome plated cast brass tubing, with 2 inch minimum seal, and cleanout, size as required by Uniform Plumbing Code (unless a larger size is indicated), and configured to suit the application. C. Exposed Piping and Fittings: In finished areas and in accessible cabinets, provide piping with chrome plating or sleeved with chromed sleeves or of stainless steel construction/finish; all chrome to have a bright polished finish. No exposed copper allowed (includes accessible cabinet areas). D. Stops: Quarter turn ball valve with loose key, size as required. Brasscraft only. E. Risers: Flexible braided steel type; rated for 125 psig. F. Escutcheons: See Section 20 0519. G. Hot Water Temperature Limiting Valve: Thermostatic water temperature mixing valve with integral checks, complying with ASSE 1070 and UPC Chapter 4. Brass body with brass and stainless steel internal components. Leonard “ECO-Mix” 270 / Symmons “Maxline” Model 5-210. H. Sealant: See Section 20 0530. Sealant at fixtures shall be the silicone type, color to match fixture. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. General: All fixtures shall be completely connected to piping as needed to make a complete and operable installation. B. Fixture Locations: Mounting heights and locations of fixtures shall be as shown on the Architectural drawings and in accordance with Contract Document requirements. Locations shall be verified and coordinated with the various trades affected by the installation of these fixtures. When no indicated or shown, obtain mounting location and heights from the Architect/Engineer prior to installation. C. Rough-In: Determine rough-in location of fixture utilities to suit fixture location, fixture dimensions, elements of construction (i.e. beams, studs, electrical, ducts, etc.), access requirements, casework dimensions, items which may drain/connect to fixture, use of fixture, and related considerations. The fixture rough-in locations indicated on the plans is schematic, and is not to be used for final rough-in purposes. D. Offsets: Provide offsets in piping to fixtures to accommodate building systems. Such offsets shall include off-setting waste piping into cabinet bases (in kick space where possible) to accommodate beams located directly below walls behind fixtures. E. Carriers: All off-the-floor (i.e. wall) mounted fixtures shall be installed with supporting carriers and additional anchors, bracing and supports to transmit fixture loads to the floor and building structure without exceeding the maximum specified fixture movement. Prior to concealing carrier and associated supports review adequacy of support system with Architect/Engineer. F. Fixture Sealant: Where fixtures abut to walls, floors, and cabinets seal all joints with a uniform fillet bead of sealant. Provide at other locations as recommended by fixture manufacturer. G. Protection: Protect fixtures against use and damage until project substantial completion; provide guards and/or boxing to protect. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SPECIALTIES A. Escutcheons: Provide escutcheons at each point where an exposed pipe or other fitting passes through walls, floors, backs of cabinets, or ceilings. Fire Station 15 22 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLUMBING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 7 December 22, 2017 22 4000 - 7 B. Stops: Provide stops in water connections to all fixtures/equipment, except where a stop valve is integral to the fixture (e.g. flush valves) and in water connections to all items not served by another valve. C. Hot Water Temperature Limiting Valve: Install on all lavatories, bathtubs, showers, whirlpools, bidets and as fixtures required by Code (reference UPC Chapter 4); set for 115 deg F maximum delivery temperature. Test and adjust for proper operation and submit written report documenting work performed. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: After completion of installation remove all labels and thoroughly clean all fixtures, trim and fittings. B. Adjustment: Adjust all flush valves, fixture stops, faucets, valves, and associated plumbing items as necessary for the proper operation of all fixtures and equipment. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION DIVISION 23 HEATING, COOLING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) Fire Station 15 23 0933 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 0933 - 1 SECTION 23 0933 - ELECTRIC & ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Control System Design. B. Control System for Building Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, Exhaust. C. Control Devices, Components, and Wiring. D. Testing, Adjustment, and Commissioning. E. Owner Training. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information on all items to be used. C. Shop Drawings: Submit a complete set of shop drawings prior to installation containing the following information: interconnect drawings showing all wiring and control connections; control panel details; arrangement of devices in panels; schedule of dampers with sizes and where used; sequence of operation for all equipment; location of all control devices on scaled building plans; and list of actuators with sizes and where used. D. Labeling: Submit list of proposed component labeling. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: See Section 20 0200. In addition to the information required by that Section and Division 01, provide (for inclusion in the Manual) the following: 1. System description. 2. Complete sequence of operation. 3. Reduced size (11" x 17") copies of record drawings. 4. Submittal data on all products. F. Commissioning Plan and Report: See Section 20 0800. Provide commissioning plan; including a checklist of control items to be reviewed and method of testing sequence of operation. Submit final report documenting tests performed and results. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design and Installation: The entire control system shall be designed and installed by skilled control system designers, electricians and mechanics, all of whom are properly trained and qualified for the work they perform. B. Sole Responsibility: One single Contractor shall be responsible to design, furnish and install the complete Section 23 0933 control system. C. Sequence: System shall have sequence of operation as specified in Section 23 0993. D. Approved Installers: 1. ATS Automation. 2. Sound Energy. 3. Johnson Controls Inc. 4. Long Building Automation. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Warranty: After completion of the installation of the control system and acceptance by the Owner, the system shall be warranted as free against defects in manufacturing, workmanship and materials for a period of two years from date of substantial completion. In addition, the system shall be warranted to provide the sequence of operation and basic features specified, with the accuracy and flexibility also specified. The system shall be repaired or replaced, including materials and labor, if in Owner's and Engineer’s reasonable opinion, system is other than as warranted. Fire Station 15 23 0933 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 0933 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Thermostats and Time Clocks (Non DDC): Honeywell, Paragon. C. Actuators: Belimo, Honeywell, Johnson Controls. D. Dampers: Ruskin, Greenheck. E. Control Accessories: Idec, Hoffman, McDonnell, Tridelta, Edwards, Mamac, Penn, Belimo, Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Leviton, Arrow-Hart, Alerton. 2.02 BASIC SYSTEM A. System Type: The system shall be an electronic or electric type. No form of DDC or computer based type of controls shall used. 2.03 THERMOSTAT AND TIMECLOCK A. Programmable Thermostat: Shall be 7-day programmable solid state type, specifically designed for commercial use. Unit (and related relay module, and controls) shall allow for 1st-stage economizer cooling, 2nd stage unit cooling, 1st stage heating, 2nd stage heating and provide other features as required by the sequence of operation. Thermostat shall have means to bypass time clock, have Auto-Cool-Off-Heat switching, setpoint adjustments, and time/day adjustments. Unit shall also have capability for averaging multiple remote thermostat sensors. Honeywell T7351 Series, other Honeywell series (as required to provide sequence and match unit furnished), or approved. B. Thermostat Sensor: Remote temperature sensor for use with programmable thermostat, specifically designed for commercial use. Unit shall have space temperature sensor, unoccupied mode pushbutton override with LED, and temperature setpoint adjustment. Honeywell T7771 Series, or approved. C. Logic module: Solid state control package to provide economizer functions. Shall include logic module, sensors, and accessories necessary to provide a complete and operational system, and shall be compatible for use with specified HVAC equipment and programmable thermostat. D. Accessories: Provide duct temperature sensors required for mixed air applications; shall be the averaging type with a sensor element type so as to sense a representative sample of the medium being controlled. Provide sensors as required to work with economizer controls. E. General Time Clock: 365 day programmable timeclock, for control of up to four independent loads each with a different schedule, with 50 setpoints of programming. Each output able to be programmed as a maintained or momentary contact closure with duration of 1 to 59 seconds. Features shall include: Time of day scheduling, holiday programming, daylight savings time adjustment, leap year correction, manual override, and battery back-up (for one month operation without power). Unit shall have a NEMA 1 enclosure. Paragon EL74 (or approved). 2.04 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Type: Dampers shall be parallel blade or opposed blade type, as selected by contractor to best suit application (unless a specific type is indicated). B. Leakage: Class 1A leakage rated in accordance with AMCA 511 (or better, as required by Code). C. Construction: Construct of galvanized steel, except where installed in ducts of stainless steel or aluminum construction or handling corrosive air, shall be of stainless steel or aluminum construction (to match duct material). All materials in contact with the airstream shall be suitable for the conditions without deterioration. Provide special coatings as necessary to provide corrosion resistance. Frame shall be minimum 16 gauge. D. Blades: Single blade type, not exceeding 6 inches in width,16 gauge, with neoprene, extruded vinyl or butyl rubber edge seals and flexible metal jamb seals; linkage interconnecting all blades and actuator axle. E. Bearings: Nylon, molded synthetic or oil impregnated sintered metal bearings (or other materials as conditions require). 2.05 ACTUATORS A. Type: Actuators shall be a brushless DC motor type controlled by a microprocessor. B. Operation: Shall be compatible with control devices used with to provide specified sequence and system features. Run time shall be constant, independent of torque. Actuator shall have manual positioning mechanism and control direction of rotation switch accessible on its cover. Provide with auxiliary switches as required for sequence of operation. Actuator shall be proportional or two position type, as required for application. Fire Station 15 23 0933 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 0933 - 3 C. Sizing: Provide actuator with sufficient power and torque to suit items being controlled and allow proper operation against system pressures liable to be encountered. Actuator shall be capable of driving controlled items from full closed to full open in less than 15 seconds. D. Spring Return: All actuators shall spring return upon power interruption: The spring return position shall be a “fail safe" position as dictated by freeze, fire, temperature protection, energy saving, or safe operating requirements. Outside air dampers shall spring return closed; return air dampers shall spring return open. VAV terminal units and zone dampers do not require spring return actuators. E. Accessories: Units shall be complete with all linkages, brackets, and hardware required for mounting and to allow for proper control and operation. 2.06 SWITCHES A. Air Flow Switches: General Purpose utilizing differential air pressure, SPDT snap-acting contacts, adjustable range to suit application, neoprene diaphragm, all aluminum construction. B. Wall On/Off Switch: Standard wall box type switch, single pole, with illuminated switch for when controlled item is on; ratings to suit application. Provide with stainless steel wall plate, labeled as to function. C. Interval Timer: 2 hour (unless specified longer) spring operated interval timer with wall plate indicating timer setting, and control knob. Timers shall not have a permanent HOLD position. D. Emergency Wall Switch: Red mushroom head push button, minimum 1.5-inch diameter with sustained position, contact type and configuration to suit application. Where indicated, provide with hinged clear plastic guard protecting against accidental activation but allowing emergency access. 2.07 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A. Type: Adjustable frequency and voltage variable speed controller, pulse width modulated type. B. Controller: Shall be housed in a NEMA 1 (or better) enclosure, and shall provide 6 to 60 Hz adjustable torque output. Standard Features: 1. Start-stop speed selection. 2. Manual speed potentiometer. 3. Input fuses. 4. Insensitive to incoming power phase sequence. 5. Adjustable volts/Hertz. 6. Output frequency stabilized to + 0.5% of set speed for +10% to -5% change in line voltage of 15 degrees C change in ambient temperature. 7. Three-phase output voltage regulated to + 1% of rated voltage with +10% to -5% variations in plant power. 8. Standard off-the-shelf, NEMA B and synchronous motors (3600, 1800, 1200 rpm) usable without derating controller. 9. Automatic shutoff under output short circuit conditions or when load current exceeds150% of maximum output amps (RMS). 10. Input fuses. 11. Line transient protection to prevent power line transients from harming the controller. 12. Relay contact to provide external signal for alarm and run condition.* 13. Monitor lamps (or LCD display) indicating: power on, zero speed, enabled, unit failure (with type indicated). 14. Hand-Off-Auto switch. 15. Auto restart after power outage. 16. Isolated Process control Follower - accepts 0 to 5 mA, 1 to 5 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 10 to 50 mA, 0 to 10 V D-C or 25 to 250 V D-C signal. 17. Input Disconnect (meeting NEC requirements for unit power disconnect). 18. Output Contactor - for positive motor disconnect. 19. Output Overloads - using individual phase bimetallic thermal sensors. 20. Ammeter - ampere scale depending upon drive rating.* 21. Voltmeter -0 to 500 volt (460 volt drives); 0 to 750 volts (575 volt drives).* 22. Frequency Meter - 0 to 120 Hz scale. 23. Manual Bypass - To switch the motor to or from the controller to the line.* * Not required on units serving fans under 2 hp. C. VFD shall be for use with specified equipment. Unit shall accept appropriate control signal and provide for variable speed operation of unit served. Fire Station 15 23 0933 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 0933 - 4 D. System shall be fully compatible with motors furnished, and shall be free of audible noise exceeding an NC of 45 in any octave band. 2.08 ACCESSORIES A. Wiring and Conduit: Shall comply with Division 26 specifications and with code. Wiring that performs code required life safety shutdown of equipment or fire alarm interface shall comply with NFPA standards and local codes for fire alarm system wiring. B. Control Cabinet: Wall mounted, NEMA construction type to suit application, minimum 14 gauge sheet metal, hinged front door with latch. Size as required to house controls. C. Relays: Shall be rated for the application, with a minimum of two sets of Form C contacts, enclosed in a dust-proof enclosure. Relays shall have Hand-Off-Auto switch, and LED’s (or pilot lights) to indicate the energized mode. Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million cycles. Operating time shall be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays should be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to 150% of rated coil voltage. Contact rating, and configuration selected to suit application. D. Thermowells: Bronze or brass with NPT threads, sized to match device used with. All wells to be installed by the trade installing the piping system the well installs in. E. Miscellaneous Components/Sensors/Transmitters/Transformers: Shall be manufacturer's standard, designed for application in commercial building HVAC control systems, compatible with other components so as to provide sequence of operation specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide all devices, sensors, relays, switches, dampers, actuators, conduit, tubing, wiring, motor starters and all other devices required to provide a complete integrated control system with the sequence of operation and features as specified. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with other trades for the installation of control devices in systems installed by others. B. Installation: Install all control components in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations and best professional practices. C. Coordination: Coordinate work with other trades to ensure that all trades have the information necessary so that they may properly install any necessary control components, interconnect with control components, and install their work to accommodate controls. Identify all items requiring ceiling or wall access doors (or other special requirements) to trade installing access doors or performing related work. D. Space Requirements and Locations: Carefully check space requirements and coordinate with other trades to ensure that items can be installed in the allotted spaces, including above finished suspended ceilings. Adjust locations of panels, equipment, devices, and the like, to accommodate work and prevent interferences. Determine the exact route and location of wiring, conduit and other control devices prior to beginning work. E. Mounting: Mount controls adjacent to associated equipment on vibration free elements on free standing fabricated supports; mount and locate for best access. F. Control Cabinets: All electrical devices, relays, and components shall be installed in protective covers (i.e. control cabinets), except where installed concealed above ceilings a cover is not required. Controls/devices shall be logically assembled in cabinet, with all devices and cabinet labeled. G. Thermostats: Room thermostats shall be mounted 4'-0" above finished floor unless indicated otherwise. Thermostats shall connect to the HVAC unit serving the space the thermostat is located in, unless indicated otherwise. Not all thermostats are shown on the drawings and those shown are preliminary only. Contractor shall indicate all final thermostat locations on submittal drawings. Contractor is responsible to coordinate locations to avoid tackboards, casework, and other interferences. H. Power: It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to provide power for all control devices requiring power. Coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor to arrange for necessary power circuits. All control devices shall obtain power from circuits dedicated to control power. I. Wiring, Conduit and Electrical: 1. General: Provide all electrical wiring and devices in accordance with applicable codes and Division 26 requirements. 2. Conduit: All wiring shall be installed in conduit and in accordance with Division 26 specifications, except that low voltage wiring within ceiling plenum spaces, mechanical mezzanines, and attics may be installed without conduit. Wiring in walls shall be in conduit. Fire Station 15 23 0933 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 0933 - 5 3. Wire Labeling: Label or code wiring at each end to show location of the opposite end. Each point of all field terminal strips shall be permanently labeled or coded to show the instrument of item served. Color coded cable with cable diagrams may be used to accomplish cable identification and terminal strip. 4. Service Loop: Provide minimum of 6” extra wiring at all wiring terminations for ease of future maintenance/servicing. Such extra wiring shall be neatly coiled/bundled to allow for uncoiling when the connected equipment is serviced. 5. Workmanship: Install all conduit and wiring parallel to building lines, in neat bundles, supported at not less than 5 foot intervals. J. Component Labeling: All control components, except regular room thermostats, shall be equipped with name plates to identify each control component. Components in finished rooms shall be labeled as to generic item controlled for better user understanding; other devices shall be labeled with the same designation which appears on the Control Diagrams. Contractor shall submit list of proposed labeling prior to installing. Reference Section 20 0500. K. Thermostat Setpoints: Thermostat Setpoints (all adjustable) shall be as follows unless indicated otherwise: Heating 70 degrees F Cooling 75 degrees F Apparatus Bay Heating 60 degrees F Decon/Custodial/Shop 60 degrees F Bunker Gear Normal Mode 60 degrees F Bunkler Gear High Temp Mode 70 degrees F L. Motor Starters: Shall be by Division 26; except for loads 1/2 hp and less which shall be by this Section. M. Device Duct Installation: All control devices installed in ductwork shall be positively anchored and attached to the ductwork by mechanical means (fasteners, straps, unistrut, etc). N. Miscellaneous Controls: Provide all miscellaneous control items as noted in the Contract Documents. Provide all necessary control wiring between items for proper control. 3.02 INSTALLER COMMISSIONING A. General: The commissioning specified in this paragraph is independent and separate of the commissioning work of Section 20 0800 and is to be provided by the Section 23 0933 system installer. B. Commissioning Plan: Develop a checklist for all control system components to be checked, and the procedure for checking. Develop a plan for how the commissioning will occur and how sequences will be checked. C. Commissioning Report: Provide a report documenting all commissioning activities. Report shall be formatted and contain sufficient information so that an independent third party can understand the commissioning that occurred, the results, and the results can be duplicated by following the procedures noted. D. Commissioning: 1. General: Check all system connections and control components for proper installation. Provide testing of the control system to verify proper system operation and that the specified sequences of operation are provided. Commissioning shall include checking system under all modes of operation, documenting system performance, making corrections as required for proper operation, and re-testing as needed to obtain final proper operation. 2. Dampers: Verify all dampers operate through their full range of motion and in the proper direction in response to controls signals. 3. Sensors/Thermostats: Check measurements of temperature sensors, thermostats, pressure sensors and other devices against independent readings to confirm proper operation and sensor locations. Readjust sensor locations as necessary to account for field conditions that may cause inaccurate measurements. 4. Calibration: Calibrate items as necessary to allow for their proper operation. 5. Adjustments: Adjust system settings as needed to allow for best system operation, consistent with the specified sequences and for facilities of the type the system serves. E. Start-Up: Coordinate all system and equipment start-up with other trades. Start-up systems in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s instructions and in conjunction with trades that installed the items being controlled, so that they (or manufacturer’s representatives) are present at start-up. Operate and configure the controls for safe equipment start-up and so that equipment operates in a controlled manner. See equipment specification sections for equipment start-up requirements. Test and observe all equipment being controlled during start-up to confirm proper controls operation. 3.03 THIRD PARTY COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for Fire Station 15 23 0933 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 0933 - 6 scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.04 OWNER INSTRUCTION A. Owner Instruction: Provide instruction to Owner on the operation and maintenance of the control system. Provide field demonstrations and show Owner the locations of all control devices; explain and demonstrate how system adjustments are made; explain and demonstrate system sequences of operation. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 0993 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 0993 - 1 SECTION 23 0993 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Sequence of Operation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Sequence: Submit complete description of sequence of operation. Sequence submitted shall not be a direct copy of the sequence specified herein, but shall be written to reflect the actual control sequence provided. C. Shop Drawings: Provide complete control system shop drawings; see Section 23 0933. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. General: Provide complete system with sequences of operation as specified herein. B. Adjustability: All temperature setpoints and time control settings shall be adjustable. C. Thermostats: Various thermostats are not shown on the drawings but are required per the sequence of operation specified. Coordinate with Engineer for location of all such thermostats prior to installing. Indicate proposed locations on submittals. D. Miscellaneous Items: See plans for units with motorized dampers in the ducts and miscellaneous other items requiring control. 3.02 HEAT PUMPS A. See Section 23 8127. 3.03 EXHAUST FANS A. General: See "Control" column on Fan Schedule for which of the following control methods apply to each fan. B. Vehicle Exhaust Controller: Fan shall be controlled by wall mounted control panel provided with vehicle exhaust system. C. Door Interlock: Fan shall be interlocked to bay doors. Fan shall be on when doors are open and shall remain on for 30 minutes (adjustable) after doors close; off otherwise. D. 24/7, Interval Timer: In normal mode, fan shall run continuously in low speed. When activated by interval timer (0-2 hour, range), fan shall run in high speed. 3.04 PUMPS A. Domestic HW Circulation Pumps: Pump shall be controlled with a sensor in the hot water recirculation line. When HWC falls to 5 degrees F below setpoint, the pump shall run; when temperature returns to setpoint, pump shall be off. Setpoint and differential shall be adjustable. Initial setpoint shall be 5 degrees less than domestic hot water setting for system used on. 3.05 ELECTRIC HEATERS A. Wall Heaters: Shall be controlled by their integral thermostat, Heater shall be on once space temperature has fallen below setpoint, and shall be off once temperature has risen 2 deg F or more above setpoint. B. Ceiling Radiant Heaters: Heater shall be on when activated by wall mounted interval timer (0-30 minute range); otherwise heater shall be off. 3.06 FURNACE A. General: Controls shall control the units cooling and heating in proper sequence to provide a supply air temperature that will satisfy space conditions. Heating and cooling shall be properly sequenced so that there is no overlap between the use of heating and cooling. Fire Station 15 23 0993 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 0993 - 2 B. Fan shall run continuously, constant volume C. Heating: Outdoor air damper shall be in minimum outside air position. Furnace shall cycle in heating mode as required to satisfy space thermostat. D. Cooling: Use of outside air (i.e. economizer) shall be the first stage of cooling. Economizer shall be allowed to operate when OA temperature is less than the RA temperature. Economizer outdoor air and return air dampers shall modulate to maintain mixed air temperature setpoint, with a low limit of 55 deg F (adjustable). 3.07 GAS-FIRED INFRARED RADIANT HEATERS A. Heaters shall cycle and gas valve shall modulate to satisfy room thermostat. Heating shall be activated when heat is required, and be off otherwise. B. Overhead and Bi-Fold Door Interlock: Interlock with overhead and bi-fold doors so that heaters are off when any of these doors is open. 3.08 GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATER A. Provide with controls to temporarily override the setpoint based on activation of interval timer (0-4 hour range). Heater shall cycle and gas valve shall open to satisfy room thermostat. Fan shall be on when heat is required, and be off otherwise. 3.09 DOAS UNIT A. General: Controls shall control the units cooling and heating in proper sequence to provide a neutral temperature supply air temperature (70 deg F in heating; 75 deg F in cooling). Heating and cooling shall be properly sequenced so that there is no overlap between the use of heating and cooling. B. Occupied mode: Supply and exhaust fans are on. C. Unoccupied mode: Unit is off. D. Mode control: Units’ mode of operation shall be determined by central time clock. Initial setting shall be 24 hours daily, 7 days a week. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONTROLS A. Water Heaters: Shall be controlled by integral thermostat provided with unit. Set for temperature as noted in water heater schedule. B. Comm Room AC Unit: Connect thermostat (furnished with unit) to indoor section, provide control interconnections from indoor section to outdoor section. Set and adjust for proper operation. C. Fire Alarm System Shutdown: Shut-down all air handling equipment when the building fire alarm system goes into alarm. Zone contacts in the fire alarm system are available for this purpose. This added shut-down may be accomplished by use of control logic and is not required to be hardwired but shall be of a fail-safe nature so as to provide the necessary shut-down in case of control failure. Reset shall be same as that specified for hard-wired unit smoke-detector shut-down. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 2129 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMBUSTION CONDENSATE PIPING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 2129 - 1 SECTION 23 2129 - COMBUSTION CONDENSATE PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Combustion Condensate Drains. B. Testing and Inspection. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Submit product information on all items to be used. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1785: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. B. ASTM D2466: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. C. ASTM D2564: Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. D. ASTM D2665: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pipe and Fittings: Pacific Plastics, Charlotte Pipe, Spears Manufacturing, Cresline Northwest. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS - MATERIALS A. PVC DWV Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride drain waste and vent pipe and fittings per ASTM D2665 or ASTM F891, with solvent cement joints. Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM D2564. B. PVC Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride pipe, schedule 40, per ASTM D1785. Solvent cement socket type fittings per ASTM D2466. Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM D2564. C. Flexible PVC Tubing: Clear flexible polyvinyl chloride tubing, tensile strength 1980 psi, conforming to USP Class VI requirements. Fittings shall be plastic multi-barbed type fabricated of natural nylon or polypropylene, suitable for temperatures equal to tubing rating; with stainless steel worm gear clams, 5/16 inches wide, having 1/4-inch hex head slotted stainless steel screw. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation of all items shall comply with code, best professional practices, and manufacturers written installation instructions. B. Provide all piping as indicated and as required for combustion equipment condensate drainage; including accessory items (i.e. flues, heat exchangers, etc.). Provide p-traps and vents as required by code, recommended by equipment manufacturer, and where required for proper operation. C. Coordinate installation of items with all trades that are affected by the work to avoid conflicts. D. Consult manufacturers data and drawings for information on equipment before beginning drain rough-in. Verify points of connection, elevations, and grade requirements before beginning installation or ordering materials. E. Route combustion condensate drains through acid neutralizer and to nearest point of drainage, or as shown on drawings. F. See equipment specifications for combustion condensate neutralizers. G. Fill equipment and drain p-traps with water and condensate neutralizers with limestone (type and size as recommended by manufacturer) before operating systems. Fire Station 15 23 2129 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMBUSTION CONDENSATE PIPING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 2129 - 2 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Install piping so as not to obstruct access to any items requiring routine service, maintenance, or inspection. Offset or reroute piping as required to clear any interferences which may occur. Prior to running any exposed piping, confirm with Architect/Engineer (unless is clearly noted to be ran exposed). Use flexible pipe only at connections to acid neutralizer where needed to allow for unit removal and where recommended by unit manufacturer. C. Install all drain lines with a slope of 1/4-inch per foot unless noted otherwise. Coordinate with AHJ if written approval is required for exceptions to 1/4-inch per foot slope. D. Install all piping parallel to equipment or nearby walls and in a neat, workmanlike manner. E. Prior to the joining of any section of pipe to a pipe run, the section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out, the ends shall be reamed to remove any cutting burrs and piping prepared as recommended by piping and fitting manufacturer. F. Threaded Connections: Cut piping carefully, ream, thread and work into place without springing. Use TFE tape or lead and graphite lubricant (on male threads only). G. Solvent Joints: The outside of the PVC pipe shall be chamfered to a minimum of 1/16 inch at approximately 22 degrees. Chemicals used must penetrate the surface of both pipe and fitting which will result in complete fusion at the joint. Use solvent and cement only as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. H. Plastic to Metal Connections: Work the metal connection first. Use a non-hardening compound on threaded connections. Use only light wrench pressure. Connections between metal and plastic are to be threaded utilizing female threaded adapters only, not male adapters. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be inspected and approved prior to being concealed. B. Provide testing as required by code. Testing shall be by water and shall comply with governing code. Testing shall be witnessed by the plumbing inspector and the Engineer's representative (at his option). C. All leaks shall be eliminated and the system re-tested before proceeding with additional work or concealing pipe. D. All repairs to piping shall be with new pipe and fitting material’s; no caulking of screwed joints or holes is allowed. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 3100 - 1 SECTION 23 3100 - HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Environmental Ductwork Systems. B. Flexible Duct. C. Acoustical Duct Lining. D. Preparation of Duct for Service. E. Duct Pressure Testing. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: All duct dimensions shown are inside clear dimensions. Where inside duct lining is specified or indicated, duct dimensions are to the inside face of lining. B. Environmental Ductwork Systems: Ductwork systems that are not covered by Section 23 3500 - Special Exhaust Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work and materials shall comply with SMACNA-DCS, NAIMA-DLS, ASHRAE-F, IBC, IMC, NFPA-90A, NFPA-90B, and code. The most restrictive criteria governs. B. Leakage Criteria: Duct system shall be constructed and sealed so that leakage does not exceed 5%. C. Fabrication Proximity: The Contractor performing the work of this section shall have fabricating facilities located within 100 miles of the project site. D. Drawing Review: Prior to beginning any work review all drawings, duct routing, duct connections, equipment configuration, equipment connection locations, and other work details to discover conflicts in anticipated duct arrangement and improper or incomplete connections. Review shall include the following: supply ducts not connected into return (or exhaust) ducts, ducts not crossed and improperly connected in shafts, air outlets/inlets connected to ducts, unit configuration compatible with planned duct connections, louver locations match architectural plans. Submit resolutions of such possible conflicts as submittals with shop drawings of proposed solutions; written description in lieu of shop drawings is acceptable for minor issues. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Submit shop drawings for all HVAC ductwork. Drawings shall be Contractor prepared showing duct sizes, heights of ducts above floor, locations of all wall/floor/roof penetrations, and related details to allow for full coordination of the work. Include time for multiple preparation of complete shop drawings, multiple reviews by the Engineer (and other project members), and resolution of duct size changes, duct location changes, added offsets, and related duct routing issues. C. Submit shop drawings showing proposed resolution of conflicts after review of documents and again after review of actual field conditions. 1.06 DUCT PRESSURE CLASS A. General: Ductwork shall be constructed to the pressure class corresponding to 1.2 times the static pressure indicated for the fan which serves the duct system (plus or minus as appropriate); unless noted otherwise. (For example, a fan designed to operate at 1-inch wc static pressure would require 2-inch pressure class duct construction as 1-inch x 1.2 = 1.2-inch; 2-inch is therefore the required pressure class.) 1.07 REFERENCES A. ADC-FLEX: Air Diffusion Council Flexible Duct Performance and Installation Standards. B. ASHRAE-F: ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. C. ASTM A 653: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process Fire Station 15 23 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 3100 - 2 D. ASTM A 924: General Requirements for Steel Sheet Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. E. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. F. IMC: International Mechanical Code. G. NAIMA-DLS: North American Insulation Manufacturers Association Fibrous Duct Liner Standards, 1st Edition. H. NFPA 90A: Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. I. NFPA 90B: Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. J. SMACNA-DCS: SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. K. UL 181: Underwriter Laboratories Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. L. UL 181A: Underwriter Laboratories Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts. M. UL 181B: Underwriter Laboratories Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 1.08 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. General: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to the Contractor installing any of the materials of this section. The conference shall occur after all submittals have been satisfactorily reviewed by the Architect/Engineer and returned to the Contractor, and approximately 14 days prior to the proposed system installation date and prior to the fabrication of any system piping components. The purpose of this conference is to review the Contractors installation methods, materials, schedule, coordination with all other trades, and related construction/design issues to allow for efficient and proper construction. The Architect/Engineer and Owner will highlight various items of concern, typical problems encountered on similar projects, coordination issues, and related items. B. Attendance: The pre-installation conference shall be attended by the General Contractor, the Contractor doing the work of this Section, other contractor trades as appropriate to the proper coordination of the work of this section, the Owner’s Representatives (at their option), the Engineer, and the Architect. C. Coordination: The Contractor shall notify the Architect of the Contractor’s readiness to hold the pre-installation conference at least 14 days prior to the proposed meeting time, and mutually agreed upon meeting times arranged. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Sheet Metal: All domestic manufacturers. C. Spin-in Fittings and ATTO: Sheet Metal Connectors Inc., United McGill, Royal Metal Products, Airflow Products Inc. D. Gasketing: Preson, Insulfab, Duraco. E. Duct Sealant and Tape: Carlisle (Hardcast), Ductmate, Benjamin Foster, Grace Construction Products, United McGill, Polymer Adhesives Sealant Systems, RCD Corporation, Nashua, 3M. F. Flexible Duct: Flexible Technology Inc., JP Lamborn Co.; Hart & Cooley, Thermaflex. G. Acoustical Duct Lining: Johns-Manville. 2.02 GENERAL MATERIALS A. Ducts: Construct of galvanized sheet steel, suitable for lock forming without flaking or cracking, conforming to ASTM A653 and A924, having a zinc coating of 0.90 ounces total per square foot for both sides of a sheet, corresponding to coating G90. B. Fasteners: Steel construction, electroplated zinc coated, having strength properties adequate for the application, compatible with materials being joined, and in accordance with SMACNA-DCS. Where exposed to corrosive conditions shall be of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Type to meet duct pressure class and duct leakage requirements. Where used for the support and anchorage of ducts shall comply with Section 20 0529, with independent test reports regarding strength. C. Spin-in Fittings: Factory fabricated of galvanized steel with die-formed mounting groove and damper with raised damper quadrant where ducts are to be insulated. Collar length for flexible duct attachment shall be at least 2" long. D. Air-Tight Take-Off Fittings (ATTO): Factory fabricated of galvanized steel. Flange shall be 1-1/2” wide with 1/8” self-adhesive gasket and pre-drilled fastener holes. Collar length for flexible duct attachment shall be at least 2” long. Where used on round duct mains, shall be saddle type appropriately sized for main duct diameter. E. Draw Bands: Fire Station 15 23 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 3100 - 3 1. Metal: Worm gear type clamp, constructed of galvanized steel, stainless steel, or aluminum; minimum 1/2-inch wide band; suitable for 200 pound loading. 2. Non-Metal: Nylon “zip-tie” with self-locking ability, designed for flexible duct usage, minimum 1/4 inch wide, rated for 175 pound load, suitable for temperatures from 0 to 185 deg F; listed per UL181B and labeled “UL181B-C”. F. Gasketing: Vinyl nitrile, vinyl neoprene, or neoprene nitrile PVC blend; designed for HVAC use with size to suit the application having minimum 1.5-inch width at equipment roof curb applications. Fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke development per ASTM E 84. G. Duct Sealant/Mastic: Water based duct sealant, listed per UL 181B-M and UL 181A-M, suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Fire resistant with a flame spread rating of 5 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 0. Sealant shall be resistant to ultraviolet radiation and ozone. Fiberglass mesh shall be minimum 0.006-inches thick, with minimum 9x9 weaves per inch, and 2-inch width; for use with mastic in sealing ductwork. Sealant system shall be suitable for duct system pressure class and materials used with. Carlisle Hardcast “Versa-Grip 181”. H. Foil Tape: Foil back adhesive tape, listed per UL181A-P and UL181B-FX, with listing labeled on tape outer foil face. Minimum 3-inch width for metal-to-metal applications; minimum 2-inch width for flexible duct applications. 3M No. 3340 or Nashua No. 324A. 2.03 DUCT FABRICATION A. Duct Gauge and Reinforcement: Shall be as shown in SMACNA-DCS according to the pressure classification of the system and the duct dimensions; with heavier gauge duct used as required to minimize duct reinforcement to suit space available and other project constraints. B. Joints and Seams: Construct in accordance with SMACNA -DCS, code requirements, and these specifications (more stringent governs). Ducts shall be constructed and sealed so that the leakage criteria is not exceeded. Round ducts shall be the spiral seam type; except that branch ducts to individual air inlets/outlets less than 16" diameter may be of other types as allowed by SMACNA-DCS. Coordinate joint spacing with duct reinforcement requirements so that transverse joints having the required stiffness may be incorporated in the reinforcement spacing schedule. Round duct transverse joints shall be made with beaded sleeve joints or flanged connections in accordance with SMACNA-DCS; except that branch ducts to individual air inlets/outlets less than 16" diameter may use other joining methods as a allowed by SMACNA-DCS. C. Elbows and Tees: Shall be long-radius type with a center-line radius not less than 1-1/2 times the width or diameter of the duct. Where space does not permit the use of long-radius elbows, short-radius or square elbows with turning vanes may be used. Elbows in round duct systems with duct pressure class above 2-inches shall be stamped type, welded segmented type, or standing seam segmented type. D. Transitions: Increase duct sizes gradually. Transitions for diverging air flow shall be made with each side pitched out not more than 22.5 degrees. Transitions for converging air flow shall be made with each side pitched in not more than 30 degrees. Except that eccentric transitions for round to flat oval may have up to a 45 degree pitch. E. Branch Connections: Shall comply with SMACNA-DCS, and as required herein. 1. Rectangular-to-Rectangular: Rectangular take-off with 45 degree angle on “inside” of take-off, minimum 4" length. Reference SMANCA-DCS Figure 4-6. Close corner openings. 2. Rectangular-to-Round: a. Serving Individual Air Inlet/Outlet: Spin-in type connector or air-tight take-off (unless a different fitting type is specifically noted). b. Serving Branch Duct: Rectangular to round transition, with maximum degree pitch as specified for transitions. Rectangular end size shall have free area no less than round end. Rectangular connection to rectangular main shall be made as specified for “Rectangular-to-Rectangular” connections. c. Serving Individual VAV Terminal Unit: Conical type connector, with connector 2" larger on one end and maximum 15 degree pitch on sides. 3. Round-to-Round: a. Serving Individual VAV Terminal Unit: Conical type connector (or conical tee fitting), with connection at the main duct 2" larger than the end serving the VAV terminal unit, and a maximum 15 degree pitch on sides; or “Lo-Loss” tee fitting, equivalent to that manufactured by United McGill. b. Other Connections: Air-tight take-off or constructed in accordance with SMACNA-DCS and recognized professional practices. 4. Other Connections: In accordance with SMACNA-DCS and recognized professional practices. F. Ductmate Systems: 1. Rectangular Duct: Transverse duct joints may be made with Ductmate System, or approved equal. System shall Fire Station 15 23 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 3100 - 4 consist of companion flanges of 20 gauge galvanized steel with an integral polymer mastic seal; corner pieces of 12 gauge G90 galvanized steel; 20 gauge G90 galvanized cleats; closed cell, high density gasket type; and galvanized carriage bolts with hex nuts. The flanges shall be securely fastened to the duct walls using self-drilling screws, rivets or spot welding. Fastener spacing shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the size of duct and the pressure class. The raw duct ends shall be properly seated in the integral mastic seal. A continuous strip of gasket tape, size 1/4" x 3/4", shall be installed between the mating flanges of the companion angles at each transverse joint; and the joint shall be made up using 3/8-inch diameter x 1-inch long plated bolts and nuts. Galvanized drive-on or snap-on cleats shall be used at spacing recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Round Duct: Transverse duct joints may be made with Ductmate “Spiralmate” system, or approved equal. System shall consist of galvanized steel round connector flanges (fitting inside each duct section to be joined) and an exterior galvanized steel closure ring with tightening bolt to form an airtight duct connection and join flanges together. Duct connector flanges shall have non-hardening integral mastic to seal between flanges and duct, and a neoprene gasket to seal flange faces. G. Lined Ductwork: 1. Rectangular Ducts: Contractor Fabricated ductwork with interior duct lining. Duct fabrication and liner installation shall comply with NAIMA-DLS. Lining material shall comply with paragraph titled “Duct Lining” in this specification section. 2. Round and Oval Ducts: Shall consist of acoustic insulation in between a perforated interior duct liner and solid exterior duct. Acoustic insulation shall be 1-inch thick, except where noted to be greater. Duct sections shall connect by mechanical means to maintain positive concentricity of liner with duct. All fittings and transitions shall have perforated inner liner (except where noted otherwise). Lining material shall comply with paragraph titled “Duct Lining” in this specification section. United McGill "Acousti-k27" (or approved). 2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCT A. Type: Factory insulated fully lined flexible duct. B. Construction: Double-ply neoprene coated polyester fabric hose, reinforced with a steel wire helix. Black color. Fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke development, as tested by ASTM E84. C. Thermal Characteristics: Certified Thermal resistance “R” of 4.2 Hr-SF-deg F/Btu in accordance with ADC-FLEX. D. Working Pressure: As required to suit maximum pressure to be encountered on system, but no less than 4-inch wc positive, 0.5-inch wc negative. E. Length: Shall not exceed 8 feet where used on duct systems with a pressure class of 2-inches and less; maximum 5 feet length on higher pressure class systems. F. Code Compliance: Shall comply with all applicable codes, NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, and shall be UL listed and labeled as a Class 1 connector per UL 181. 2.05 DUCT LINING A. Material: Flexible, inorganic glass fiber material, bonded with thermosetting resin, maximum thermal conductivity of 0.24 Btu- inch/hr-sq. ft.-degree F at 75 degrees F, coated to prevent erosion, conforming to NAIMA-DLS and exceeding that standard as specified herein. Suitable for air temperatures to 250 degrees F, and duct velocities to 6000 feet per minute. Surface shall be coated with an acrylic coating having anti-microbial agents and factory applied edge coating. Johns-Manville “Permacote Linacoustic” (or approved). B. Thickness: Lining shall be 1-inch thick except where noted otherwise. C. Adhesives and Fasteners: Shall conform to NAIMA-DLS, and as suitable for the duct liner material and ductwork. D. Fungi and Bacteria Resistance: Conform to ASTM C 1338 and ASTM G21 for fungi resistance and ASTM G 22 for bacteria resistance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION A. General: Install all ductwork with all accessories and connections to provide complete and operable duct systems, in accordance with plans and specifications. See Section 20 0529 for hangers and supports. Provide quality assurance review of all drawings prior to beginning work (see paragraph titled Quality Assurance, this specification Section and see Section 20 0500). Provide duct and plenum sizes and locations as shown on the drawings; except as adjusted for field conditions and work of other trades, and with prior approval of the Engineer. See Section 20 0500 for offsets and transitions to be included in project. Fire Station 15 23 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 3100 - 5 B. Coordination: The Contractor shall fully coordinate the work of all trades to avoid interferences and conflicts. Due to the extremely tight spaces in portions of the building, the Contractor shall coordinate duct reinforcement spacing and supports with other trades as necessary to avoid interferences. In addition, the Contractor shall select duct gauge and reinforcement types to avoid interferences. Changes required due to lack of coordination between trades, improper spacing or selection of hangers, or improper duct gauge and reinforcement selection, shall be done at no additional cost to the owner. C. Field Measurements: Prior to fabricating any duct materials, the Contractor shall field measure all areas where ducts will be installed to verify room available and all offsets and fittings required. Field verify connection sizes and locations to equipment, louvers, and similar items. D. Workmanship: All work shall comply with code, SMACNA-DCS, and other applicable standards. Ducts shall be installed level (unless noted otherwise) and in neat lines with the building construction using best professional practices. E. Exposed Ducts: All ducts are to be installed concealed unless indicated otherwise. Ducts that are exposed shall be carefully fabricated, stored, and installed for best appearance. All dents, dings, scratches and other damage shall be repaired for a high quality finished look; all dirt, debris, labels, stickers, lettering, and marks removed; and the duct completely cleaned. Any sealant shall be cleaned to form a straight and even seam adjacent to joints, have no overlap onto duct areas not needing sealant, and have all excess sealant removed (mask off adjacent areas as necessary). F. Flexible Duct: May only be used where specifically shown on the plans. Attach flexible duct inner core to sheet metal duct (or connector) with draw band. For insulated type, pull insulation and outer jacket completely over the inner core (at the connection to the sheet metal duct) with outer jacket covering the inner core and tucked back at its end to provide a continuous vapor barrier cover; install draw band to secure the outer jacket and insulation. Use metal type draw bands on duct systems where duct pressure class exceeds 3-inches or where temperature or other conditions do not allow the non- metal type and where indicated; use type of metal suitable for the conditions without corrosion or other deterioration. Install flexible duct with a centerline turning radius not less than one duct diameter. Where this turning radius cannot be maintained with the flexible duct use sheet metal elbows or (at air inlets/outlets) provide a plenum having a side connection. G. Spin-in Fittings/ATTO’s: May be used for branch ducts to individual outlets only. Apply a bead of duct sealant to all spin-in fittings where fitting seals against sheet metal duct. H. Sealing: 1. General: Use materials listed and approved for the specific application. Foil tape may only be used at duct connections to air inlets/outlets (unless specifically noted otherwise). Clean surfaces to be sealed of moisture and all contaminants. Seal joints in accordance with SMACNA-DCS, sealant manufacturer’s instructions, and UL 181. 2. Ductwork: Seal to meet duct leakage criteria of Seal Class C. 3. Flexible Duct: Coat connection of flexible duct to metal duct with duct sealant prior to installing the flexible duct. 4. Air Inlets/Outlets: Seal duct connections (including “cans” or plenums) at air inlets and air outlets with duct sealant or foil tape; except at louvers and exposed ducts only sealant shall be used. I. Ductmate: All "Ductmate" and similar systems shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. J. Protective Caps: Provide temporary sheetmetal caps or heavy visqueen covers over all open portions of ductwork to prevent debris, dirt, and dust from entering the ductwork. Such covers shall be installed at the end of each work shift, and shall remain in place until all work activities or events that may cause duct contamination will no longer occur. 3.02 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical duct lining in ducts to extent shown on drawings, covering all interior surfaces. Round ducts shall use factory fabricated double-wall ducts as specified. B. Installation: Installation shall comply with NAIMA-DLS and these specifications. The liner shall be cut to assure tightly butted joints. C. Liner Attachments: The duct liner shall be applied with a 100% coverage of adhesive. Mechanical Fasteners shall be installed flush with the liner surface, and shall be spaced in accordance NAIMA-DLS. D. Horizontal Duct Runs: Tops of ducts over 12" wide and sides of duct over 16" high shall have liner additionally secured with mechanical fasteners. E. Vertical Duct Runs: Any side of duct over 12" in size shall have liner additionally secured with mechanical fasteners. F. Exposed Edges: All joints, exposed edges and any damaged areas of the liner, shall be heavily coated with fire resistant adhesive/mastic. G. Metal Nosing: Install metal nosings on the leading edges of the liner in ducts where the velocity exceeds 4000 feet per minute. Fire Station 15 23 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority HVAC DUCTS & CASINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 23 3100 - 6 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SERVICE A. Cleaning: All ducts shall be wiped or blown clean of all dust and debris prior to the installation of grilles or diffusers. Notify the Engineer to allow for an inspection prior to installing grilles or diffusers. B. Contaminated Ducts: Where ducts have been contaminated by dirt or debris during the construction process, the affected duct systems shall be cleaned by an independent firm specializing in the vacuum cleaning of ductwork. All costs associated with such cleaning shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.04 DUCT PRESSURE TESTING A. Tested Systems: All supply air duct systems shall be tested. Air balancers readings will be used to determine percent leakage of ductwork. Where leakage exceeds allowable by 25% or less, sealing shall be provided at all potential leak spots. Where leakage exceeds allowable by more than 25%, the system shall be re-sealed and the Sheetmetal Contractor shall pay the Balancer to re-measure and determine the new leakage rate. 3.05 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 3300 - 1 SECTION 23 3300 - DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Manual Dampers. B. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers. B. Backdraft Dampers. C. Turning Vanes. D. Flexible Connectors. E. Duct Access Doors. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Workmanship: Construction and installation of all duct accessories shall comply with applicable SMACNA-DCS, and exceed those standards as noted. C. Fire dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, and smoke dampers shall be UL listed. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information on all items to be used. C. Sound Attenuators: Submit dynamic insertion loss and pressure drop data for all sound attenuators. Submit listing of all sound attenuators by unit served, airflow application, cfm, size, velocity, and pressure drop. 1.05 REFERENCES A. AMCA 500D: Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating. B. SMACNA-DCS: SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 3rd Edition. C. UL 555S: Smoke Dampers. D. UL 555: Fire Dampers. E. UL 555C: Ceiling Dampers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Manual Damper Hardware: Duro-Dyne, Young Regulator Co., Ventfabrics, Krueger. C. Fire Dampers, Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers and Smoke Dampers: Ruskin, National Controlled Air, Air Balance, Greenheck. D. Backdraft Dampers: Air Balance, Ruskin, Greenheck. E. Turning Vanes: Duro-Dyne, Aero-Dyne, Oil Capital Sheet Metal, Airsan. F. Flexible Connections: Ventfabrics, Duro-Dyne Elgen. G. Duct Access Doors: National Controlled Air, Ventfabrics, United-McGill, Kees, Ruskin, Vent Products. H. Moisture Eliminators: Mistop. 2.02 MANUAL DAMPERS A. Type: Manually adjustable volume dampers. Fire Station 15 23 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 3300 - 2 B. Blades: Damper blades shall be fabricated of galvanized steel or stainless steel (unless a specific material is indicated), two gages heavier than duct in which installed, and in accordance with SMACNA-DCS. Maximum blade width 12 inches; fabricate multi-blade dampers with opposed blade pattern for ducts larger than 12" x 48". C. Regulators: Damper regulator sets shall have quadrant dial regulator with locking nut, square end bearing one side, and spring round end bearing other side (small sizes) or open end square bearing (larger sizes), axis of blade the long dimension. Multiple blade dampers shall have individual quadrants for each blade or one quadrant with interconnected blades. Regulator sets shall be Duro-Dyne model numbers (or approved equal) as follows: Max. Blade Dimension Duro-Dyne Regulator Set Shaft Size 10" and less KS-145, 145L 1/4" 11" to 14" KSR-195, 195L 3/8" 15" to 23" SRS-388, SB-138, KP105 3/8" 24" and larger SRS-128, SB-112, KP105 1/2" D. Concealed Regulator: For remote damper adjustment with finished ceiling appearance. Shall consist of self-locking regulator of cast alloy construction (with serrated core, spring washer, housing, indicator, lock nut) cast into a cylindrical housing for flush ceiling installation. Housing cover shall be of steel construction, shall telescope into the regulator housing to be flush with the finished ceiling, and be secured to the housing with two screws. Provide with extension rods, linkages, miter gears, and all accessories as needed for proper damper operation. Plain Finish. Ventfabrics No. 666, 667 or Young Regulator Co. No. 301 (or approved equal). E. Extractor Fittings: Galvanized steel construction, 24 gauge steel blades on 2 inch centers, with worm gear operator for adjustment through face of grille. Krueger EX-88 (or approved equal). 2.03 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS A. Type: Combination fire smoke dampers, UL labeled, conforming to UL 555, UL 555S, NFPA 90A, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B. B. Leakage Rating: Class I. Dampers shall be classified as Leakage Rated Dampers for use in Smoke Control Systems per UL 555S. C. Fire Resistance: Dampers shall have a 1-1/2 hour fire rating (unless a longer rating is indicated or required by code). D. Elevated Operational Temperature: Assembly shall be qualified by UL 555S to operate at 350 degrees F. E. Construction: Frame shall be of minimum 5" x 1" 16 gauge galvanized steel channel, with 4” to 7” wide blades constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel. Blade edge seals shall be silicone type; jamb seals shall be stainless steel compression type. Axles shall be 1/2" plated steel hex, with stainless steel bearings pressed into frame. Provide with factory steel sleeve or steel frame, arranged for installation such that disruption of the attaching ductwork will not impair damper operation. F. Configuration: Actuator exterior of damper sleeve assembly, except where damper occurs immediately behind an air inlet/outlet, and where the actuator would not otherwise be accessible, configuration shall allow through grille (or through duct access door) access to damper and actuator. Damper assembly shall be complete with sleeve length, sleeve gauge, retaining plates/angles, duct connection transitions, actuators, and accessories to suit the application and conform to damper UL listing and code. G. Operation: Dampers shall be automatic operating and shall be spring operated to close when released by resettable link or by loss of power to actuator. Closure shall be controlled type to prevent duct damage from instantaneous closure. Momentary contact test switch shall allow for testing of damper closure. H. Resettable Link: Electric, manually resettable type with bimetal heat responsive device to activate damper at set temperature. Set to operate for 50 degrees above maximum temperature expected in duct but in no case less than 165 degrees F. Provide with momentary contact reset switch, factory wired to actuator, in accessible location at damper. I. Test Switch: Momentary contact test switch, in accessible location at damper, to allow test of damper closure by pressing switch, factory wired to actuator, in accessible location at damper. J. Actuator: Shall be for use with 120 volt 60 Hz AC power, two position spring return type to close damper upon loss of power (except where indicated to be a different arrangement or are part of an engineered smoke control system requiring modulating operation). Actuators shall be rated for continuous energized hold open position. Actuator shall be in a NEMA rated enclosure suitable for the conditions the actuator will be exposed to. K. Operational Rating: Damper shall be rated for use with the maximum velocities and pressure differentials to which they will be exposed; but no less than 2000 fpm and 4 in w.g. differential pressure. Fire Station 15 23 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 3300 - 3 2.04 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Type: Airflow and gravity operated backdraft dampers. Greenheck WD-100, WD-300, WD-400 (or approved equal). B. Frame: Shall be constructed of minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel or stainless steel or minimum 0.063 thick 6063T5 extruded aluminum (unless a specific material is indicated). C. Blades: Shall be constructed of minimum 0.025" thick formed aluminum, or stainless steel (unless a specific material is indicated), with extruded vinyl edge seals. Seals shall prevent any noise due to damper opening/closing. Bearings shall be synthetic polycarbonate or acetal type. Damper linkage shall be with aluminum or galvanized steel tiebar. Dampers with vertical airflow shall be spring assist type. D. Configuration: For horizontal or vertical airflow as indicated on plans. E. Performance: Dampers shall be tested in accordance with AMCA standards. Pressure drop for 36" x 36" damper with vertical airflow at 250 fpm shall not exceed 0.05". Pressure drop for 36" x 36" damper with horizontal airflow at 250 fpm shall not exceed 0.07". Blades shall begin to open at 0.015-in w.g. pressure differential. Dampers used to prevent the entry of outdoor air shall have air leakage no greater than 20 cfm/sf at 1-in w.g. where not less than 24-inches in any dimension, and no greater than 40 cfm/sf where less than 24 inches in any dimension;, when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D. F. Pressure and Velocity Ratings: Shall suit maximum velocity and pressure differential to which dampers will be subjected; but no less than 2500 fpm and 1.0-in w.g. differential pressure. 2.05 TURNING VANES A. Type: Galvanized steel turning vanes to guide airflow through duct elbows to minimize pressure drop. B. Construction: Turning vanes shall comply with SMACNA-DCS. Vanes shall be fabricated of minimum 26 gauge galvanized steel; rails shall be fabricated of minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel. For duct widths less than 12 inches, vanes may be single wall construction; for widths 12” and greater, vanes shall be double wall "airfoil" type. C. Spacing: Turning vanes shall be equally spaced in accordance with SMACNA-DCS, parallel to each other, and securely attached to runners. D. Unequal Elbows: For elbows where the inlet and outlet dimensions are not the same, modify vane shape or angle to provide optimum turning. 2.06 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Type: Flexible fabric type connectors, to provide vibration isolation at equipment duct connections and to allow for movement in duct systems. B. Flexible Fabric: 1. General: Flexible glass fiber fabric with an inorganic elastomeric coating. 2. Width: Minimum 3” wide except at equipment 3 hp or larger with external vibration isolators fabric shall be minimum 6” wide. 3. Indoor Applications: Neoprene type, black color, minimum 22 oz/sq. yard, 500 lbs x 500 lbs tensile strength. 4. Outdoor Applications: Durolon type, while color ozone resistant, 24 oz/sq. yard, 250 lbs x 275 lbs tensile strength. C. Metal Collars: Minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel 3” wide metal edge connectors, each side of fabric, connected to fabric by folded over metal seam. D. Temperature Rating: Shall be suitable for temperatures from -40 to 200 deg F. E. Fire/Smoke Rating: Material shall have a flame spread rating of not over 25, and a smoke developed rating of not higher than 50, and comply with requirements of IMC and NFPA 90A. 2.07 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Construction: Access doors shall be of double wall construction, made with minimum 24 gage galvanized steel, tight fitting, with sealing gasket, and cam locks (or may be hinged type with latches). B. Size: 1. General: Access doors shall be of sufficient size so that items concealed in duct can be serviced and inspected, and shall be adequately sized to allow complete removal of the item being served (where removal cannot be made without disturbing fixed ductwork). 2. Minimum size: Doors shall be minimum 14" x 14". Where duct size will not accommodate this size door, the doors shall be made as large as practicable. Fire Station 15 23 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 3300 - 4 3. Large Sizes: Doors larger than 14" x 14" shall have a minimum of 4 cam locks (or where hinged type is used, have a minimum of two (2) latches). C. Insulation: Doors in insulated ducts shall be insulated type, with minimum 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation. D. Round Ducts: Access doors on round ducts shall use either lined rectangular tap off with rectangular access door or curved insulated access door (for insulated duct); or curved type un-insulated access door (for un-insulated duct). 2.08 BUILDING ACCESS DOORS A. Type: Hinged lockable steel access doors, for wall or ceiling installation. B. Construction: Minimum 16 gauge frame and 14 gauge door, concealed hinge, cam and cylinder lock, anchoring provisions, and 1: wide frame to conceal rough building opening. Provide of 18-8 stainless steel construction with No. 4 finish where used in restrooms, locker rooms, kitchens, and similar "wet" areas. Provide of steel construction with prime coated finish in other areas. C. Size: Size shall be 12" x 12" (unless indicated otherwise) but shall be large enough to allow necessary access to item being served and sized to allow removal of the item (where access door is the only means of removal without disturbing fixed construction). D. Fire Rating: Door shall maintain fire rating of element installed in; reference drawings for required rating. E. Keys: Access doors shall all be keyed alike. Provide two (2) keys for each door. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUAL DAMPERS A. General: Dampers shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with SMACNA-DCS requirements for volume dampers. B. Locations: Install dampers at locations shown on the drawings in branch ducts to all air inlets/outlets, and at all other locations as required by the Balancer to allow for the balancing of the system. Locate dampers at a point where the damper is most accessible; orient damper regulator for best access. C. Non Accessible Dampers: Provide flush-mounted concealed type damper quadrants for ducts concealed in walls or non- removable ceilings and where a remote damper operator has been indicated. D. Initial Setting: Set and lock all dampers in the full open position prior to balancing. E. Extractor Fittings: Provide where indicated on the plans and at wall type inlets/outlets where such outlets cannot be served by a manual damper in the branch duct. F. Identification: Provide orange surveyor’s tape, approximately 18” long tied to each damper regulator (except not required on dampers in ducts exposed to view in finished areas). 3.02 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS A. General: Install dampers with all necessary retaining angles, sleeves, breakaway connections and other materials as required to provide an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturers when dampers were tested at UL and as required by code. B. Sleeves: Dampers shall be installed in a sleeve or casing which shall extend through the building element that the damper is installed in. Sleeve shall connect to duct in accordance with manufacturers approved installation requirements and code. C. Sleeve Anchoring: Sleeve shall be anchored to wall or slab with minimum 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 14 gage angles on all four sides; angles shall be bolted, tack welded, or screwed to sleeve; angles shall overlap wall a minimum of one inch on all four sides. D. Damper Anchoring: Damper shall be bolted, tack welded or screwed to sleeve on all four sides. E. Wiring: Wiring to damper actuator shall be the responsibility of Division 16, unless indicated otherwise. F. Access Doors: Provide access doors to all dampers, locate on corridor or mechanical room side where possible. Label doors with pre-printed label “FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER ACCESS”, minimum 1" high letters, color in sharp contrast to background. G. Combination Fire/Smoke Damper Testing: Test operation of all fire/smoke and smoke dampers. Dampers shall operate (close) upon a smoke detector alarm (or building fire alarm system alarm), unit shall restore to its normal position upon restoration of the alarm to normal. The Contractor installing the dampers shall verify proper operation of each damper with the Division 16 Contractor present and submit signed documentation showing each individual damper has been satisfactorily tested. 3.03 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Fire Station 15 23 3300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 3300 - 5 B. Application: Use counterbalanced type at all non-fan powered building exhausts and reliefs; all others shall be the standard type. C. Adjustments: Adjust counterbalanced backdraft dampers to be open at 0.07” building pressure (unless noted otherwise), or as necessary for proper space pressurization and building air balance. Coordinate work and settings with air balancer. D. Access Doors: Provide access doors to backdraft dampers, except that where damper is installed immediately behind a ceiling or wall grille, and is accessible by removing this grille, an access door is not required. 3.04 TURNING VANES A. General: Install turning vanes in all duct elbows and “T” fittings, and at locations shown on the drawings. B. Attachment: Securely attach turning vane runners to ductwork. 3.05 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Provide flexible connectors at all duct connections to all equipment, where ducts of dissimilar metals are connected, and where shown on the drawings. Except that flexible connectors are not required on internally spring isolated fans where the fan is located in a separate mechanical room and a flexible connector has not been shown. B. Round: For round ducts, the flexible material may be secured by zinc-coated, iron clinch type draw bands directly to adjoining duct; or with normal duct joining methods and using metal collars furnished with flexible connectors. C. Slack: Install flexible connections with sufficient slack to permit 1 inch of horizontal or vertical movement of ducts or equipment at flexible connection point without stretching the flexible material. 3.06 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. General: Provide duct access doors at all automatic control dampers, fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, backdraft dampers, all duct coils, thermostats, filters, control devices, and any other components in the duct system that require service or inspection. Coordinate with Section 23 0933/Control Contractor to confirm quantity and location of control devices. B. Return and Exhaust Ducts: Provide access doors every 20 feet in return and exhaust air ductwork as required by NFPA 90. C. Size and Location: Access doors shall be of sufficient size and so located so that the concealed items may be serviced and inspected or completely removed and replaced. 3.07 BUILDING ACCESS DOORS A. General: Provide access doors in walls, floors, ceilings, etc. as indicated on the drawings and where needed to provide service access or maintenance to duct access doors, backdraft dampers, damper actuators, automatic dampers, coils, control devices, fans, HVAC equipment and similar items. B. Coordination: Consult architectural drawings and coordinate location and installation of access doors with trades which are affected by the installation. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 3400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FANS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 3400 - 1 SECTION 23 3400 - FANS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Rooftop Low Profile Fans. B. Vehicle Exhaust Utility Set Fans. C. Fan Accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all items to be used. Submit fan curves showing SP vs. CFM and BHP vs. CFM with system operating point clearly marked. C. Sound Power: Submit sound power level data showing sound power levels in decibels referenced to 10 watts for each of the eight octave bands (not required for fans under 2000 CFM). Submit sound power levels in sones for fans under 2000 CFM (or decibel values if available). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AMCA: Fans shall bear the AMCA certified seal unless indicated otherwise. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Spare Parts: Provide two complete sets of spare belts for all belt driven fans. 1.06 REFERENCES A. AMCA 210: Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Ratings. B. IMC: International Mechanical Code. C. NFPA 96: Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. D. UL 762: Power Ventilators for Restaurant Exhaust Appliances. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General: Products shall comply with Section 20 0500. See Section 20 0500, paragraph 2.01 for Acceptable Manufacturer requirements. B. Vehicle Exhaust Fans: Plymovent, Monoxivent, Carmon. C. Exhaust Fans: Greenheck, Cook, Carnes. D. Accessories: Fan manufacturers listed, NCA, Ruskin, Thybar, RPS. 2.02 GENERAL A. Guards: All belt drives shall be equipped with belt guards, or enclosed within fan casing. Guards shall be factory fabricated and furnished with equipment, and comply with OSHA and WISHA regulations. Exposed openings into fan housings shall be protected with substantial metal screens or gratings. B. Drives: Shall be sized for not less than 150% of the rated motor horsepower. C. Adjustable Sheaves: All belt drive fans shall have adjustable sheaves and adjustable supports for adjusting belt tension. Sheaves shall be selected so that they are at their midpoint at design conditions. D. Motors: 1. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. Motors on belt drive fans shall have adjustable supports for adjusting belt tension. Motor speed controllers shall be VFD type except where solid state speed controllers are provided or EC motors with integral speed controller. VFD’s shall be as specified in Division 25. Fire Station 15 23 3400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FANS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 3400 - 2 2. Fractional Horsepower Motors: Shall be the electronically commuted (EC) type with speed control where noted and where non-EC motors are not available which comply with code motor efficiency requirements. Unless noted otherwise, provide with manual speed control mounted at the motor for air balancers use. Motors shall be specifically designed for fan applications, have permanently lubricated ball bearings, speed controllable down to 20%, and have internal thermal overload protection. 3. Belt Drive Fans: Motors shall have adjustable supports for adjusting belt tension. 4. Explosion Proof: Provide in accordance with NEC Class 1 group D standards where indicated. E. Performance: Fan capacity shall not be less than the values listed on the drawings. Fan performance shall be based on laboratory tests conducted in accordance with AMCA 210. F. Outlets and Inlets: Fans shall be furnished with attachment angles and/or flanges as required for attaching ductwork and/or flexible connections indicated. G. Fan Types: The type of each fan is indicated on the Fan Schedule, under the "Type" column, and corresponds to the types specified herein. H. Fan Arrangement and Drive: Shall be as indicated. Select motor and drive access side to allow best access and to suit available space. I. Electrical: Fan disconnects and motor starters shall comply with Division 26 specifications. Disconnects furnished with fan shall come factory wired to motor or shall be field wired by Division 23. J. Finish: All fans shall have factory applied enamel finish (manufacturer's standard color, unless noted otherwise) over a rust inhibiting primer base coat; except a painted finish is not required on rooftop type fans of aluminum or equivalent corrosion resistant construction. K. Backdraft Dampers: 1. General: Provide all exhaust fans with backdraft dampers. Backdraft dampers are not required for kitchen grease hood exhaust fans. 2. Rooftop Fans: Multi-blade backdraft damper, to close automatically to prevent airflow in the opposite direction than intended when fan is off, aluminum or galvanized steel construction (except shall be of stainless steel construction where duct system served is constructed of stainless steel). Frame shall be minimum 0.090-inches thick, with minimum 0.050-inch thick blades, synthetic bearings, concealed linkage connecting all blades, vinyl or felt blade edge seals, rated for 2500 feet per minute velocity, counterbalanced with adjustable weights to allow for proper operation. Leakage less than 10 cfm at 0.5-inch w.g. pressure differential for a 36-inch square damper. Install in roof curb at fan. L. Weatherproof: Where installed exposed to weather, fans shall have weatherproof enclosure, preventing any wind driven water entry into unit or drive assembly. M. Spark Resistant Construction: Fans indicated to be of spark resistant construction shall be constructed so that a shift of the wheel or shaft will not permit two ferrous parts of the fan to rub or strike; or the fan rotating element shall be nonferrous. Bearings shall not be placed in the exhaust airstream. All fan parts shall be electrically grounded. 2.03 ROOF TOP LOW PROFILE FANS A. Type: Low profile centrifugal fan for roof top curb mounting, with backward inclined fan wheel and louvered penthouse hood. Greenheck Model LDP and LBP, or approved. B. Housing: Shall consist of louvered penthouse type hood constructed of minimum 0.040-inch thick aluminum with mitered and welded corners. Hood shall have aluminum hinged removable cover, allowing access to complete drive assembly and wheel. Curb cap shall be of aluminum construction, with pre-punched mounting holes (minimum two each side). Lower windband shall be of aluminum construction and shall be welded to curb cap and support unit drive assembly. Inlet cone shall have deep venturi shape and match fan wheel inlet. Provide with birdscreen on outlet. All fasteners shall be corrosion resistant type. Conduit chase shall be provided through the curb cap for routing electrical conduit/wiring into the power compartment. C. Fan Wheel: Shall be aluminum, backward inclined, non-overloading centrifugal type; dynamically and statically balanced. Wheel shall overlap inlet venturi to allow maximum performance. D. Drive Assembly: Entire drive assembly shall be mounted on rubber vibration isolators. Belt driven units shall have motor and drive located out of the airstream. Drive assembly support frame shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel or aluminum. Drive shafts shall be constructed of ground and polished steel, with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. Fan shall be direct or belt drive as indicated on the Fan Schedule. E. Motor: Shall be permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearing type. Shall comply with Section 20 0500. F. Accessories: Provide the following accessories where indicated on the Fan Schedule or shown on the drawings. Fire Station 15 23 3400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FANS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 3400 - 3 1. Disconnect Switch: Factory mounted in motor compartment and wired to motor. 2. Speed Control: Solid state speed controller, allowing manual control of motor speed and reduction down to 50% of maximum. Where motor type is not available for use with a solid state speed controller, provide with variable frequency drive. 3. Roof Curbs: For roof top curb mounting type fans. Shall be constructed of minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel or 0.064-inch thick aluminum of all-welded construction, with top wooden nailer held in place by metal wrap-around, and internally insulated with minimum 1/2-inch thick rigid fiberglass. Size of curb shall match fan and/or extended base used with. Provide with built-in cant and step height (to allow for roof insulation), as required to match roof type. Provide with damper type as shown. 2.04 VEHICLE EXHAUST UTILITY SET A. Type: Spark resistant, centrifugal utility set type fan. B. Housing Construction: Shall be constructed of minimum 16 gauge steel or cast silicon aluminum alloy. C. Fan Wheel: Shall be fully welded, with Backward Inclined Flat-Blade or Radial Flat Blade. D. Accessories: 1. Support Assembly: Provide unit with support frame and base for hanging from structure.. 2. Access Door: Provide with access door for fan cleaning. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions, code, applicable standards and best construction practices. B. Locations: Install fans at locations indicated and in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Speed Controls: Fans with solid state speed controllers shall have the speed controller mounted on the fan housing unless another location is indicated on the drawings (for use by Balancer). Install VFD's at accessible locations near item served. D. Connections: Provide flexible connections in ductwork connections to all fans. E. Rooftop Type Fans: Rooftop type fans shall be mounted on roof curbs, secured to curb on all sides, and sealed watertight. F. Vibration Isolation: Install all fans with vibration isolators so that no sound or vibration is transmitted to the structure; except not required for rooftop type fans. See Section 20 0548 for vibration isolation specifications. G. Sheaves: Provide sheave changes for all belt driven fans. Sheave changes shall meet Balancer and Engineer requirements. H. Operation and Maintenance: 1. General: Operation and Maintenance shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written procedures and recognized best maintenance practices. Keep records of maintenance and (upon request) forward to the Architect/Engineer prior to project final acceptance. 2. Stored Products: Provide maintenance (i.e. equipment rotation, lubrication, cleaning, etc.) and inspection on products while stored to maintain new condition. 3. Installed Products: Provide maintenance and inspection of products and operate fan systems until substantial completion or specified Owner Instruction has been provided (whichever is later).Maintenance shall include all manufacturer's recommended maintenance (i.e. bearing lubrication, belt tensioning, etc.). In addition to scheduled maintenance, review all equipment periodically to allow detection of improper operation or any special maintenance needs; review shall be consistent with best practices for the product but in no case less than every two weeks. 4. Fans shall not be operated until all construction activities that generate dust, dirt, fumes, or odors are complete. Fans shall not be placed into service until start-up has been completed. I. Owner Instruction: Instruct Owner on the operation of each fan, including: system start-up, shut-down, emergency shut-down, normal control operation, safety aspects, maintenance and repair instructions. Instruction shall be by the manufacturer's authorized service representative. J. Start-Up: Prior to start-up inspect fans and installation to confirm proper installation and system is ready for start-up. Arrange other trades to be present as needed (i.e. balancer, electrician, etc.). Check fans for correct rotation, tighten belts to proper tension, adjust fan speeds to provide required performance, verify proper electrical and control connections, check vibration isolation (as applicable) for correct operation, and lubricate bearings per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 COMMISSIONING Fire Station 15 23 3400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FANS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 3400 - 4 A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 3500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SPECIAL EXHAUST SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 3500 - 1 SECTION 23 3500 - SPECIAL EXHAUST SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Range Hood. B. Vehicle Exhaust System. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All hoods and ducts shall comply with NFPA, IMC and applicable ACGIH and SMACNA construction standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: All submittals shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data for all items to be used. 1.05 REFERENCES A. ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Industrial Ventilation - A Manual of Recommended Practice, 20th Edition. B. NFPA 45: Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals. C. NFPA 91: Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor Removal or Conveying. D. NFPA 96: Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment, 1986 Edition. E. SMACNA: Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards, 1977 Edition. F. SMACNA- DCS: HVAC Duct Construction Standards. G. UL 2518A: Clothes Dryer Transition Duct. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Range Hood: Thermador, Broan, Nutone, Greenheck. C. Vehicle Exhaust: Plymovent or approved equal. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS EXHAUST HOODS AND DUCTWORK A. Range Hood: Residential type kitchen range hood, with integral exhaust fan, backdraft damper and light. Shall be of stainless steel construction, all-welded and hemmed bottom edge. Size shall be minimum 23-inch front-to-back, 11-inch high at rear and width to match appliance being installed over, but not less than 36" wide (reference Architectural drawings). Fan shall be capable of minimum 6000 cfm exhaust. Hood shall have aluminum mesh washable filters and shall come completely pre- wired. Hood shall have slide solid state speed control allowing infinite adjustment of speed and socket for two 50 watt lights with bulbs and molded high strength lens; two-position light switch shall allow for two illumination levels. Thermodor HMWB Series. B. Ductwork: Where ductwork is used on any "miscellaneous" exhaust hoods", it shall comply with Section 23 3100 for the applicable pressure/velocity class. C. Flexible Dryer Vent Duct: 1. Type: UL listed dryer transition duct. 2. Construction: Flexible aluminum, uninsulated, suitable for temperatures up to 400 deg F, with flame spread and smoke development ratings of 0 as tested by ASTM E84. 3. Listing: UL listed per Standard 2158A. 4. Connectors: Steel worm gear type clamps. D. Rigid Dryer Vent Duct: Minimum 24 gauge stainless steel or aluminum; with no fasteners protruding into duct, rated for 1-inch Fire Station 15 23 3500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SPECIAL EXHAUST SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 3500 - 2 wc pressure class (unless noted otherwise, complying with Section 23 3100. 2.03 VEHICLE EXHAUST SYSTEM A. General: Shall be an automatic type vehicle exhaust extraction system with a rail system designed for drive-through bays. Fan shall be automatically activated utilizing a pressure sensor within the exhaust ducting. The pneumatic collection nozzle will automatically detach from the vehicles tailpipe as the vehicles exits the bay and then retract to a safe storage position. B. Flexible Hose: Shall be high temperature synthetic rubber impregnated into a high temperature laminated fabric capable of operating at continuous temperatures of 400 degrees F and intermittent temperatures of 500 degrees F. Wire helix shall be bound and protected in laminations of hose winding. The bend radius of the high temperature hose shall be no lesser then 1.5 times the diameter of hose. C. Collection Nozzle Assembly: Shall automatically adjust its internal orifice to accept any tail pipe ranging from one inch through six-inch diameter. Nozzle construction shall be high temperature synthetic rubber, vulcanized to a high temperature synthetic fabric. D. Ductwork: Shall be constructed of minimum 20 gauge galvanized sheet metal. Round ductwork shall be spiral lock seam type. E. Joints: Joints per SMACNA standards. Pressure class shall be the next higher class corresponding to 1.2 times the fan rated static pressure (for example, for fan ESP of 3.0 inches, 1.2 x 3.0 = 3.6 inches, use 4-inch pressure class or next higher recognized class). F. Supports: Support duct runs on minimum 8 foot centers. Supports shall be band type as shown in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. See Section 23 0529 for allowable hanger loads and types. G. Fittings: Shall be constructed of material at least 2 gauges heavier than that required for straight duct. Elbows shall have minimum centerline radius of 1.5 pipe diameters. Construct elbows 6" in diameter or less of at least five sections, elbows over 6" in diameter shall have seven sections. Transition shall be tapered to provide minimum 2" change in diameter in five inches of length. (11.3 Degrees). All branches shall enter the main at the large end of the transition of an angle not to exceed 45 degrees. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all exhaust systems as shown on the drawings and in compliance with governing codes. B. Provide angle reinforcing on large hoods as required to stabilize and strengthen. C. Bend up inside edge of hoods to provide reinforcement and to eliminate sharp edge. On dishwasher hood provide diameter drain connection at rear of hood to allow drainage of trapped condensation. D. All welded galvanized material shall have welds power-wire brush cleaned and shall be painted with cold galvanizing paint. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 3700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority AIR OUTLETS & INLETS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 23 3700 - 1 SECTION 23 3700 - AIR OUTLETS & INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. GRD Outlets. B. GRD Inlets. C. Wall Caps. D. Roof Caps. E. Roof Vents. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. GRD’s: Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers. 1.04 REFERENCES A. AHRI 885: Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets B. AMCA 500: Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating. C. ASHRAE 70: Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Air Inlets. D. ASHRAE-F: ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. E. SMACNA-DCS: HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 3rd Edition. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information for all items to be used. C. Operation and Maintenance: Submit operation and maintenance data and submittal data for inclusion in project O&M Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Titus, MetalAire, Krueger, Price, Tuttle & Bailey, Kees, Carnes. C. Louvers: See Division 10. D. Dryer Vent Caps: Broan, Nutone, Greenheck, PennBarry, Cook, Carnes, Columbia. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Type: Air outlets and inlets shall be of the size, type, and with number of throws as shown on the drawings; and shall match the appearance and performance of the manufacturers' models specified and scheduled on the drawings. B. Performance: Air outlet and outlet performance shall be based on tests conducted in accordance with ASHRAE 70. C. Sound Level: Air outlets and inlets shall not exceed a sound level of NC 30 for the size indicated and airflow rate application. Sound levels shall be determined in accordance with AHRI 885 and ASHRAE-F. D. Finish: Grilles, Registers and Diffusers shall have factory applied finish, color as selected by Architect/Engineer, except where indicated to have a brushed aluminum finish (or other finish type). Finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked on, with a pencil hardness HB to H. Pint shall pass a 90 hour ASTM B117 salt spray test, 250 hour ASTM D870 water immersion test, and an ASTM D2794 reverse impact test with at least a 50 inch-pound force applied. E. Frame Style: Provide air outlets and inlets with frame style to match ceiling or wall construction installed in. Where supply air outlets or inlets are installed in T-bar ceiling systems, they shall be factory installed in 2' x 2' or 2' x 4' metal panel to match ceiling layout. Where installed against gypsum board surface, brick or similar hard surface, or where exposed, provide with Fire Station 15 23 3700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority AIR OUTLETS & INLETS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 23 3700 - 2 1-1/4" wide outer border. Where space does not permit installing 2' x 2' metal panel, provide outlets or inlets with 1-1/4" wide outer border. Where air outlets are installed adjacent to surface mounted light fixtures, outlets shall have 4-inch deep drop frames. (See reflected ceiling plan and/or electrical lighting plan for ceiling and lighting types). F. Transfer Grilles: Ceiling transfer grilles shall be same as ceiling exhaust grilles (CEG) unless noted otherwise; wall transfer grilles (WTG) shall be same as wall exhaust grilles (WEG) (unless noted otherwise). G. Construction: Air outlets and inlets shall be of steel or aluminum construction except that: 1. Where noted to be constructed of a specific material, shall be as noted. 2. In assemblies with a required fire rating and required to have fire dampers shall be of steel construction. 3. In wet areas or subject to condensation (i.e., locker rooms, restrooms, kitchens, exterior soffits, etc.), where not used in fire rated assemblies, shall be of aluminum construction. 4. Air outlets and inlets in the same room, area, or within common view shall be constructed of the same material. H. Air Flow Grid: Provide ceiling square neck diffusers with airflow grids to allow uniform airflow. Grids shall be comprised of a single set of extruded aluminum vanes set on 2/3-inch centers and tapered to a semi-air-foil shape for greater performance efficiency. 2.03 SUPPLY AIR OUTLETS A. Ceiling Diffuser (CD): Aluminum or steel construction, modular core, with multiple curved (or angled) discharge blades, and square neck. Cores shall consist of four separate sections which can be repositioned to allow for one, two, three or four way discharges. Cores shall be easily removed with no tools required. Krueger 1240 Series, Titus MCD, MCD-AA Series (or approved equal). B. Wall Supply Grille (WSG): Aluminum or steel construction, double deflection type, with horizontal face bars and vertical rear bars. Unit shall have outer frame borders 1-1/4" wide, with mitered corners, and perimeter gasket to prevent air leakage. Frame shall be constructed of minimum 22 gauge steel or minimum 0.032-inch thick aluminum. Deflecting bars shall be rigid extruded aluminum of semi-air-foil design, on 3/4" centers. Vertical and horizontal bars shall have friction pivots at each end to allow for blade angle adjustment without blade loosening or rattling. Krueger 5880H, 880H Series; Titus 300FL, 300FS Series (or approved equal). C. Ceiling Diffuser (CDL): Aluminum or steel construction, with curved backpan and formed edge of face panel designed for 360 deg airflow for low flow applications (50 cfm and less). Titus TJD (or approved equal). 2.04 RETURN AIR INLETS A. Ceiling Return Grille (CRG): Aluminum construction, "cube-core" or "egg-crate" type, with 0.025" thick x 1/2" deep strips mechanically joined to form 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" cubes. Krueger Series EGC5. Titus Series 50F. B. Wall Return Grille (WRG): Shall be of aluminum or steel construction, with 35 degree angular horizontal face bars. Unit shall have outer frame border, 1/4" wide, gasketed to prevent air leakage and minimize smudging. Deflecting bars shall be rigid extruded aluminum of semi-air-foil design, on 3/4" centers. Krueger Model No. S580H or S80H. Titus Series 350RL. C. Filter Ceiling Return Grille (FRG): Aluminum construction, "cube-core" or "egg-crate" type, with 0.025" thick x 1/2" deep strips mechanically joined to form 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" cubes, with hinged face and 1-inch filter frame. Titus Series 50FF. 2.05 EXHAUST AIR INLETS A. Ceiling Exhaust Grille (CEG): Same as CRG. B. Wall Exhaust Grille (WEG): Same as WRG. 2.06 WALL CAPS A. Constructed of minimum 0.025-inch thick type aluminum, hooded configuration, natural finish, with bird screen, built-in backdraft damper, and 12” round duct connection. Broan Model 613 or approved equal. 2.07 ROOF VENTS A. Type: Penthouse louvered type. Greenheck Model WIH, WRH (or approved). B. Construction: Roof vents shall be constructed of galvanized steel, or aluminum and shall be designed for mounting on factory fabricated roof curbs. Roof vents shall have 1/2-inch mesh wire bird screen. Shall include mitered corners such that louver lines are continuous around vent. C. Size: Roof vents shall have throat size as indicated on the plans (or size to match the connecting duct sizes indicated). D. Roof Curb: Shall be constructed of minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel or 0.064-inch thick aluminum, of all-welded construction, with top wooden nailer held in place by metal wrap-around, and internally insulated with minimum 1/2-inch thick Fire Station 15 23 3700 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority AIR OUTLETS & INLETS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 23 3700 - 3 rigid fiberglass. Size of curb shall match roof vent. Provide curb type as required to match roof type (i.e., with built-in cant and step height to allow for roof insulation; sloped base; etc.). Greenheck Model GPR, GPS, GPF, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in locations indicated and so as to conform with building features and coordinated with other work. B. Connections: Furnish all necessary screws, clips, duct collars, and transitions required to allow for the installation and connection of ductwork to all air outlets/inlets. C. Location Verification: Verify all air inlet/outlet locations with building features and other trades prior to installing any duct systems that will connect to the air outlets/inlets. For locations where air inlet/outlet location is noted to be verified, or location is not clear, develop shop drawings showing the proposed location, or the location that best suits field conditions, and submit for review. D. Painting: 1. Paint ductwork and accessories which are visible behind air outlets and inlets flat black. Painting to include ductwork, duct liner, turning vanes, liner attachments, and all visible items (including fastening pins for duct lining). 2. Coordinate with the Division 09 Contractor for any necessary painting of air outlets/inlets/louvers prior to installation. E. Weather Exposure: All outlets and inlets exposed to the weather shall be adequately flashed and installed in a manner to assure complete weatherproofness. Sealing and caulking of all outlets and inlets exposed to the weather shall conform to Division 07 and Section 20 0500. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 5416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FUEL FIRED FURNACES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 5416 - 1 SECTION 23 5416 - FUEL FIRED FURNACES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Gas Furnaces. B. Furnace Venting. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit complete product information on all units; include performance data showing heating capacity (as a function of indoor and outdoor coil db/wb temperatures and indoor coil air flow rates), fan performance, filter information, unit accessories, wiring diagram, and point of connection of all utilities. C. Installation: Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions for units. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing: Units shall be listed by an approved testing agency for the use and application intended. B. Performance Rating and Certification: Furnace performances shall be tested and rated in accordance with recognized standards. Cooling performances shall be tested and rated in accordance with AHRI 210/240 and AHRI 270. Furnace design shall be certified to ANSI Z21.47. C. Codes: Unit and accessories shall conform to applicable codes and standards. Unit efficiency shall comply with code (and exceed code as indicated). D. Operating Conditions: Unless more extreme temperatures are noted elsewhere, or required by local conditions or the specific application, unit shall comply with the following: Unit and all components exposed to ambient conditions shall be able to withstand ambient temperatures from 0 deg F to 115 deg F, plus direct exposure to sun and weather elements without adverse affects. Unit shall be able to operate and produce cooled air between ambient temperatures of 50 deg F and 115 deg F. Unit shall be able to operate and produce heated air between ambient conditions of 0 deg F and 70 deg F. Unit shall be able to operate with supply air temperatures between 50 deg F and 140 deg F; and with room temperature setpoints between 65 deg F to 85 deg F. E. Electrical: Coordinate equipment electrical voltage/phase, minimum circuit amps, and overcurrent protection requirements with the Division 26 contractor prior to ordering. F. Matched Equipment: All equipment that is utilized together (i.e. furnace, cooling coil, and compressor/condenser) shall be rated to operate together and shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refrigerant Pipe Sizing: Refrigerant pipe sizes shown on the plans is preliminary only. Due to the use of proprietary selection criteria by the unit manufacturers, the unit supplier (or manufacturer) shall size all refrigerant piping between the indoor and outdoor units and provide such sizes to bidders prior to the bid date. The unit supplier (or manufacturer) shall also determine the need for any additional accumulators, solenoid valves, and similar accessories and size/select such devices and inform bidders prior to the bid date. B. Extended Warranties: 1. Unit compressors shall be warranted by the manufacturer for five years after Owner project acceptance. All labor and materials associated with compressor replacement and repair shall be warranted. 2. Furnace heat exchangers shall be warranted by the manufacturer for 10 years after Owner project acceptance; burner and ignition system shall be warranted by the manufacturer for five years after Owner project acceptance. C. Spare Parts: 1. Belts: Provide one complete set of spare belts for all belt driven fans. 2. Filters: Provide two complete spare sets of filters for each unit. D. Seismic: Fire Station 15 23 5416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FUEL FIRED FURNACES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 5416 - 2 1. General: Units shall be constructed to withstand the forces that could be imparted to the unit and its components in a seismic event as required by code. This facility is an essential facility. 2. Anchoring: Coordinate with Section 23 0548 to allow for seismic calculations for unit anchorage and forces imposed on anchors and on building. 1.06 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z21.47: Gas-Fired Central Furnaces. B. ANSI/AHRI 210 (240): Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment. C. ANSI/ASHRAE 52.2: Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. D. ANSI/AHRI 270: Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. E. ASME B16.22: Standard for Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. F. ASME B16.26: Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. G. ASTM B280: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, See Section 20 0500, paragraph 2.01 for Acceptable Manufacturer requirements. B. Units: Trane, Carrier, Lennox. C. PVC Pipe and Fittings: Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, Atlantic States, Spears Manufacturing, Cresline Northwest. D. Condensate Neutralizer: Neutra-Safe, JJM Boiler Works. 2.02 GAS FURNACES A. Type: High efficiency condensing type gas fired furnace; with configuration and capacity as indicated on drawings. B. Casing: Casing shall be of galvanized steel construction, with insulated blower compartment. Heat exchanger section shall be lined with foil faced fiberglass insulation. Unit shall have full access panels to blower and control sections. Casing shall have baked on enamel paint finish. C. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized steel or stainless steel construction, with completely sealed combustion system, for direct venting to outside and directly piped combustion air intake from outside. Unit shall have condensate connection with integral trap for draining condensables. D. Ignition & Burners: Ignition shall be hot surface igniter type on demand; constant burning pilot not allowed. Unit shall have power vent blower, and slow opening redundant gas valve. Unit shall have view port for viewing burner flame. E. Blower: 1. Direct drive, centrifugal type; with field adjustable multi-speeds. Unit shall be configured for constant speed operation (whether in heating or cooling modes). 2. Adjustable Sheaves: All belt drive fans shall have adjustable sheaves (except where motors are 5 hp and larger, fixed sheaves may be used). Sheaves shall be selected so that they are at their midpoint at the design conditions. F. Exhaust and Combustion Air Intake: Unit shall be for use with ducted combustion air intake or direct from room, CPVC (or PVC, if suitable for unit temperatures) venting, and with piping lengths (and fittings) as required to route to the outdoors as indicated on the plans. G. Filters: 1. General: Unit shall be provided with filter racks for accommodating filter sizes as scheduled on the plans (except where filters are indicated to be installed at another location). 2. Filter Type: Shall be pleated panel, disposable type. Filter shall have MERV 8 efficiency as evaluated by ASHRAE 52.2. OR Filter shall have MERV efficiency as scheduled on the drawings as by ASHRAE 52.2. H. Controls: 1. General: Unit shall have complete combustion and fan controls ready for connection to external Sections 23 0933 Controls and for use with compressor/condenser unit. Unit wiring shall be color coded and numbered corresponding to unit’s wiring diagram. Unit shall have all code required safeties, and additional safety controls to prevent operation that may be unsafe or damage the unit. Such safeties shall as a minimum include pre-purge controls, proof of flame sensor, proof of combustion fan operation, blower door interlock, and high temperature limit switch. Ignition system shall lock- out and require manual reset after 3 consecutive unsuccessful ignition attempts. Fire Station 15 23 5416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FUEL FIRED FURNACES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 5416 - 3 2. Section 23 0933 Interface: Unit shall have factory installed controls which allow for the Section 23 0933 control system to control unit fan, heating, and economizer operations. Unit shall be furnished with all necessary relays, starters, wiring terminal strips, timers, safety devices, etc. to allow for the sequence of operation as specified in Section 23 0933 using the Division 25 control system, and allowing unit’s safeties to protect unit components. Unit controls shall allow for: a. Fan operation when “common” and “fan” terminals are interconnected (by the Section 23 0933 control system). b. Cooling operation when “common” and “compressor” terminals are connected (by the Section 23 0933 control system). Provide terminals and connections for two stage compressor cooling when indicated to be required. c. Heating operation when “common” and “heater” terminals are connected (by the Section 23 0933 control system). Provide two stages of heat when two stage heat is indicated to be required. d. Economizer operation shall be by Section 23 0933 dampers, damper actuator(s), and sensors; and controlled by the Section 23 0933 control system. I. Miscellaneous 1. Vibration Isolators: Neoprene-in-shear (or spring suspension) type. All isolators shall be sized by manufacturer for unit weights and so as to provide 95% vibration isolation efficiency. See Section 20 0548. 2. Concentric Vent: Furnace manufacturer’s concentric vent assembly, allowing for combustion air intake and products of combustion exhaust in one assembly, with Y-connection for combustion air and furnace products of combustion. Length and size to suit application. 2.03 CONDENSATE NEUTRALIZER A. Neutralizer: Limestone (or material as recommended by equipment manufacturer) filled container for neutralizing acidic condensate from furnace. Fabricated of PVC or CPVC with a removable end cap (or access opening) for refilling. Ends shall have nylon barbed fittings suitable for connection to tubing from equipment served. Neutralizer shall be rated for the full condensate capacity of equipment and be able to increase the condensate pH to at least 6.5. Provide with initial fill of limestone installed in a removable mesh bag. B. Connecting, Pipe and Tubing: 1. Rigid PVC Piping: Polyvinyl chloride drain waste and vent (DWV) pipe per ASTM D 2665, or ASTM F 891, and solvent cement per ASTM D 2564. Polyvinyl chloride piping per ASTM D 1785, schedule 40, socket fittings per ASTM D2466, and solvent cement per ASTM D 2564. 2. Flexible PVC Tubing: Clear flexible polyvinyl chloride tubing, tensile strength 1980 psi, conforming to USP Class VI requirements. Fittings shall be plastic multi-barbed type fabricated of natural nylon or polypropylene, suitable for temperatures equal to tubing rating; with stainless steel worm gear clamps, 5/16-inches wide, having 1/4-inch hex head slotted stainless steel screw. 2.04 FURNACE VENTING A. CPVC Pipe and Fittings: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride pipe, schedule 40, per ASTM F411. Socket-type fittings per ASTM F439 or threaded fittings per ASTM F437 Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM F493. B. PVC Pipe and Fittings: Polyvinyl chloride pipe, schedule 40, per ASTM D 1785. Polyvinyl chloride solvent cement socket type fittings conforming to ASTM D 2466. Solvent cement shall comply with ASTM D 2564. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, code, applicable standards and best construction practices. Indoor units shall be level (or slightly sloped to drain) and aligned with building walls. Provide custom fabricated steel support frames as needed. Install indoor units with vibration isolators. B. Location Verification: Install all equipment at locations and as shown on the drawings. Install so as to allow maximum access to unit. Prior to selecting unit final location, confirm that: proper unit clearances and access will be provided; no adverse airflow conditions are present; confirm location and installation details with other trades. C. Complete Connections: Connect and install all items shipped loose with units; provide and connect all utilities and accessories as required for proper unit operation. D. Furnace Condensate: Pipe furnace condensate to acid neutralizer and to proper point of drainage. Pipe separate from cooling coil condensate to point of drainage. E. Refrigerant Piping: Shall be silver brazed. Bleed dry nitrogen through piping during brazing to minimize oxidation. Keep all open ends of piping capped when not being worked. Piping shall be routed concealed, except where routed outdoors and at connections to outdoor units. Piping shall be ran plumb and square to building walls, and in a neat professional manner. Fire Station 15 23 5416 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FUEL FIRED FURNACES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 5416 - 4 Provide sight glass in refrigerant liquid piping at outdoor unit. Provide filter/drier on RL lines at refrigerant liquid piping at outdoor unit. F. Refrigerant Valves: Provide isolation valves on refrigerant piping connections at the outdoor unit (unless unit has integral service valves). Provide valve with access port on larger volume systems to aid in system vacuum testing (or as required for other purposes). G. Refrigerant Charge: Units shall be checked for proper refrigerant charge and oil level and charged to proper levels. Refrigerant to be added to the system shall be delivered to the site in factory charged containers and charged into the system through a filter/drier. H. Combustion Air/Flue: Pipe furnace products of combustion to the outside as indicated on plans. Use vent materials as allowed by furnace manufacturer. Provide combustion air to unit as noted on plans. Provide flashing and weathertight seal at all penetrations subject to weather or moisture. I. Sheaves: Include in bid sheave changes for all belt driven fans; as directed by Air Balancer or Engineer. Sheave changes shall meet Balancer’s and Engineer’s requirements. J. Cleaning: Units shall be thoroughly cleaned (internally and externally) of all debris prior to operation. Units shall be clean and in new condition prior to Owner acceptance. K. Operation and Maintenance: See Section 20 0500 and Section 20 0100 for extended maintenance. Units shall not be operated until all construction activities that generate dust, dirt, fumes, or odors are complete. Units shall not be placed into service until start-up has been completed. L. Owner Instruction: Instruct Owner on equipment operation and maintenance. Instruction to include: system start-up, shut- down, emergency shut-down, normal control operation, safety aspects, maintenance and repair instructions. Instruction shall be by the manufacturer's authorized service representative. 3.02 START-UP A. Pre Start-Up Inspection: Inspect equipment and connecting systems to confirm equipment and connecting systems to confirm equipment has been installed properly and is ready for start-up. As a minimum, check for: proper voltage and phases, correct system refrigerant charge, correct electrical connections, complete control connections, all unit safety devices properly set and connected, heaters operational, fans free to rotate and rotating correctly, fans lubricated, belts tightened to proper tension, coils clear of obstructions, and other items as listed by the manufacturer are properly provided/connected and operating to ensure safe and proper start-up. B. Start-Up: Perform start-up in accordance with manufacturers written start-up procedures. Arrange other trades needed to be present (i.e. balancer, control technician, etc.). Operate equipment in various modes to confirm proper operation. Observe proper operation of all unit components (heating, cooling, condenser fan, economizer, etc.). C. Adjustments: Adjust and set unit components to allow for proper operation (i.e. adjust fan sheaves, adjust fan speeds, unit settings, etc.). Observe unit to detect any unusual vibration, leakage, loose wiring, or other situations that could affect unit operation. D. Personnel: Equipment start-up shall be by the unit manufacturer's authorized service representative, following the manufacturer's written inspection and start-up procedures. E. Written Report: When all start-up work has been satisfactorily completed, a written report shall be provided. This report shall list all units checked, items checked, check results, date and time of the work, any items which may impair proper unit operation, and the Company name, contact information, and name and phone number of the actual individual(s) doing the start-up work. The report shall include a statement stating whether or not all units are operating as specified. Separate inspection and start-up sheets shall be provided for each unit. 3.03 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 7223 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOAS UNITS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 7223 - 1 SECTION 23 7223 - DOAS UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 23 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Dedicated Outdoor Air System (DOAS) Units. B. Start-up. C. Owner Instruction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall comply with Section 23 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information on unit including fan curves, coil performance, unit construction details, wiring diagram, calculations showing heat recovery, and point of connection of all utilities. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Standardization: All heat recovery units of the same type shall be the product of the same manufacturer. B. Substituted Equipment: The drawings show design configuration based on a particular manufacturer’s equipment (i.e. basis of design). Use of another manufacturer’s equipment (i.e. substituted equipment) that is configured different from what is shown will require redesign of mechanical ductwork, piping, electrical, structural, unit support systems, and general building construction to accommodate the substituted equipment. Such redesign shall meet the requirements and have the approval of the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication. Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings showing all alternate unit installation plans and details; shop drawings shall comply with Section 23 0500. The redesign shall be equal or superior in all respects to the Architect/Engineer’s design (as judged by the Architect/Engineer), including such aspects as equipment access, ease of maintenance, duct connection locations, unit electrical requirements, noise considerations, vibration unit performance, and similar concerns. Cost of redesign and all additional costs incurred to accommodate the substitutional equipment shall be borne by the contractor. Contractor is cautioned that certain aspects of the equipment cannot be fully evaluated until items are installed and operational, and all added costs after installation to make units equal to the basis of design shall be by the Contractor. C. Shop Drawing: Submit drawings of unit showing all dimensions and locations of unit components. D. Start-Up Report: Submit completed unit inspection and start-up report. E. Operation and Maintenance: Submit Operation and Maintenance data and submittal data for inclusion in project O&M Manuals. 1.05 REFERENCES A. AMCA 230: Laboratory Methods of Testing Air Circulating Fans for Rating and Certification. B. AMCA 300: Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. C. AHRI 410: Standard for Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Units. D. ASHRAE 84: Standard for Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat/Energy Exchangers. E. ASTM D-2247: Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 23 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Heat Recovery Units: Innovent, Trane Custom, Silent-Aire. 2.02 GENERAL A. Guards: All belt drives shall be equipped with belt guards. Exposed openings into fan housings shall be protected with substantial metal screens or gratings. Fire Station 15 23 7223 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOAS UNITS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 7223 - 2 B. Drives: Shall be sized for not less than 150% of the rated motor horsepower. C. Adjustable Sheaves: All belt drive fans shall have adjustable sheaves (except where motors are 5 hp and larger, fixed sheaves may be used). Sheaves shall be selected so that they are at their midpoint at the design conditions. D. Bearings: Heavy duty, pillow block, self aligning ball type. Selected for minimum L-50 life of 200,000 hours at the maximum horsepower and operating speed for the fan class. All bearings shall be pressure lubricated with safety pressure relief grease fittings. All grease fittings shall be extended to accessible position. Bearing support bars shall be of structural channels of sufficient size and strength to insure flat bearing mounting surface and proper structural support. Bearing supports shall be constructed to allow for fan wheel removal. Bearings shall be bolted in place (welding is not acceptable). E. Balancing and Shafting: The shafting of the fan shall be sized not to exceed 75 percent of the first critical speed under the specified operating conditions, and the lateral static deflection of the shaft shall not exceed 0.003 inches per foot of the length of the shaft. The shaft and fan wheel(s) shall be dynamically balanced in two planes as a complete unit to a maximum residual unbalance of 0.15 oz. at 95 percent of the fan wheel radius in each plane. F. Motors: Shall be UL listed and as specified in Section 23 0500. G. Outlets and Inlets: Equipment shall be furnished with attachment angles and/or flanges as required for attaching ductwork as shown on the drawings. H. Fan Performance: Shall be based on laboratory tests conducted in accordance with AMCA 230. Fan capacity shall not be less than the values scheduled on the drawings and shall be constructed to be able to operate with total pressures 20% higher than that indicated. I. Fan Arrangement and Drive: Shall be as shown on the drawings and as required to accommodate installation. J. Coils: Shall have the capacities scheduled on the drawings with air and water pressure drops not exceeding the values shown. Coils shall be certified in accordance with AHRI 410. K. Controls: Coordinate with Division 25 Contractor for required interfaces between air handling equipment and building control system. L. Gasketing: Where units are furnished in sections, unit manufacturer shall furnish unit with gasketing to allow sealing of adjoining sections. M. Sound Tests: Shall be done by fan manufacturer in an AMCA certified sound testing laboratory. Sound tests shall be conducted in accordance with AMCA 300. Provide necessary testing and calculations to develop required sound data. Tested sound power levels shall not exceed specified levels by more than 3 dB in any octave band. 2.03 DOAS UNITS A. Type: Outdoor heat pump, DOAS air handler with energy wheel heat exchanger. B. General: 1. Unit shall be complete single package, self contained factory assembled unit, requiring only electrical, piping, and control connections to operate. 2. Capacity: Shall be as scheduled at the conditions noted. 3. Unit configuration shall be as shown on plans. C. Casing: 1. General: Constructed of minimum 16 gauge G-90 galvanized steel or Series 3105 aluminum alloy, welded or bolted to minimum 10 gauge galvanized steel or aluminum frame. Unit shall be reinforced for maximum anticipated static pressure involved, but no less than 6" w.c. Unit shall have leakage less than 1% of unit’s scheduled capacity at 1.5 times the fan total static pressure scheduled. Unit roof shall be sloped for drainage, and be completely weather tight for outdoor installation. All seams shall be sealed to prevent leaks. Where bolted, fasteners shall be zinc plated type with neoprene washers. 2. Liner: Interior of cabinet shall be insulated with minimum 2-inch thick, 3.0 pound per cubic foot density fiberglass insulation applied with mechanical fasteners 12-inch on center. Provide with minimum 22 gauge galvanized steel solid liner inside entire unit. 3. Base: Fully welded, structural steel construction, with full perimeter steel (or aluminum) c-channel (or tubing) with inside angle for rooftop curb mounting. Provide steel (or aluminum) cross supports (tubing, channels, or angles) to insure unit rigidity. Provide base with lifting lugs to allow for crane lifting. 4. Floor: Double wall construction with minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel (or aluminum) inner floor, two inch thick rigid insulation, and 20 gauge galvanized steel (or aluminum) sub-floor. All floor seams shall be caulked and sealed. Fire Station 15 23 7223 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOAS UNITS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 7223 - 3 5. Access Doors: Double wall construction, full size of section accessed (but not wider than 24") hinged type, with extruded aluminum doorframe, built in thermal break, and full perimeter gasket. Doors shall be opened by releasing multiple latches or similar method requiring no tools. Doors shall have a 12” round hermetically sealed double glazed laminated glass window. Provide access doors to each section of the unit. 6. Drain Pans: Drain pans shall be provided under all cooling coils, heat exchangers, mixed air sections and other areas where moisture may collect. Fabricate from 16 gauge 304 stainless steel, extend past cooling coil and heat exchangers to capture all carryover moisture. All pans are to be triple pitched for complete drainage with no standing water in the unit. Insulate with minimum 1/2" foam insulation, and have “Double Bottom” construction with welded corners. Provide stainless steel, 1-1/4"MPT drain connection (or as required by Code) extended to the exterior of the unit base rail. Units in excess of 160 inches in width shall have drain connections on both sides. All drain connections shall be piped and trapped separately for proper drainage. Furnish field installable p-traps for discharge of condensate to roof (or to a location as noted on plans). 7. Exterior Finish: All exterior surfaces shall be painted with a polyester resin paint system that is designed for long term corrosion resistance meeting or exceeding ASTM B-117 Salt Spray Resistance at 95 degrees F. 1,000 hrs. and ASTM D-2247 Humidity Resistance at 95 degrees F. 1,000 hrs. The color shall be selected by the Owner. Units with aluminum exterior finish do not require painting, but shall have a smooth, clean, natural aluminum finish. 8. Electrical Chases: Provide unit with necessary pipe and electrical chases to allow all connections to internal unit components, and to exterior piping and utilities. All piping shall be isolated from the air stream and shall be contained within the unit and protected from outdoor weather (except where specifically noted otherwise on plans). Bottom of chases shall have field installed blank-off plates of construction equivalent to unit casing. D. Fan(s): 1. General: Steel construction, type and quantity as noted on plans. Fans shall be multi-blade centrifugal type. 2. Vibration Isolation: Fan(s) and motor(s) shall be mounted internally in the fan cabinet on an integral base. This assembly shall be isolated from the cabinet by steel springs of 1" deflection and the fan outlet shall be isolated from the cabinet by means of a neoprene-coated flexible connection. Springs shall be free-standing, seismically housed steel type, with leveling bolts, selected to a maximum transmissibility of 5 percent. Isolator shall be mounted on a neoprene, or fiberglass, high frequency absorber with no metal-to-metal contact between the spring housing base and the base of the fan cabinet. Isolators restraints shall be rated for seismic zone 3, essential facility. Electrical grounding of the rotating assembly shall be done through the motor wiring. The fan motor shall be factory wired with a flexible conduit of adequate length so that it will not affect the vibration isolation to any appreciable degree. 3. Backdraft Damper: Provide exhaust fan with gravity backdraft damper. E. Heat Recovery Wheel: 1. Type: Fixed plate type air-to-air heat exchanger, with diagonal style air flow. 2. Construction: Unit shall have aluminum plates and framing, with completely separated airstreams. Airtight sealant between adjacent airstreams shall be elastic synthetic resin adhesive suitable for temperatures of -40 degrees F to +212 degrees F. Unit shall be reinforced to withstand 10" W.G. pressure differential across surfaces without leakage or deflection of plates. Casing constructed of aluminum with full size pan under complete heat recovery coil entering and leaving air sections, and condensate drains. 3. Testing: Heat exchanger tested to ASHRAE Standard 84 for zero leakage, efficiency and pressure drop by an independent test lab. Submit test data. 4. Face and Bypass Dampers: Unit shall have face and bypass dampers to bypass outside air around the heat recovery coil for frost and temperature control (i.e. economizer). Controls shall be by Division 25. 5. Frost and Temperature Control Sequence: By Division 25, operating as follows: a. Frost Control: Temperature sensor on exhaust air side (leaving) heat recovery coil shall modulate dampers so that outside air bypasses the heat recovery coil to keep leaving exhaust air temperature above setpoint. Setpoint shall be adjustable, and shall initially be set at 33 degrees F. b. Temperature Control: See Division 25. 6. Recirculation and Bypass Dampers: Unit shall have recirculation dampers to allow return air flow to bypass unit heat recovery coil. Controls shall be by Division 25. F. Compressor(s): Direct drive hermetically sealed or serviceable hermetic, scroll or reciprocating type, specifically designed for heat pump service. Compressor shall have internal line break overcurrent and overtemperature protection, low pressure protection, internal high pressure relief or high pressure switch, anti-short cycle timer, and crankcase heaters. Compressors shall be mounted on vibration isolators. Fire Station 15 23 7223 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOAS UNITS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 7223 - 4 G. Refrigerant Circuit: Shall be fully factory piped and shall include a refrigerant line filter/drier, service pressure tap ports, reversing valve, accumulator, and thermostatic expansion valve (or dual flow metering device) for both heating and cooling operation. H. Coils: Shall be constructed of seamless copper tubing with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubes. Evaporator coils shall be factory leak tested to minimum 200 psig; condenser coils shall be factory leak tested to minimum 400psig. I. Filters: Unit shall be designed to hold filter type as scheduled and as specified in Section 23 40 00, with minimum face area (or velocity) as scheduled on the plans. Access for filter maintenance shall be through a full height service door on the side of the unit. Provide with magnehelic differential pressure gauge factory mounted and connected. J. Outside Air/Return Air/Exhaust Air Section: 1. General: Unit shall have outside air, return air, and exhaust air dampers to allow for 0 to 100% outside air, 0 to 100% exhaust air, and full return air. Configuration shall be as shown on drawings (or manufacturers standard where not indicated). 2. Motorized Dampers: Low leakage dampers, airfoil blades, fabricated from galvanized steel, with neoprene, extruded vinyl or butyl rubber edge seals and flexible metal jamb seals. Bearings shall be nylon, molded synthetic, or oil impregnated sintered metal. Sized for maximum face velocity of 1500 feet per minute. 3. Backdraft Dampers: As specified in Section 23 3300 4. Hoods/Louvers: Constructed of same material and finish as unit casing; with birdscreen. Size outside air intake for maximum of 800 feet per minute or so as to have no water intake. Size exhaust outlet for maximum of 1200 feet per minute. K. Defrost: Unit shall have defrost cycle to remove build-up of frost on outdoor coil. Defrost cycle shall be time and temperature initiated, i.e. after 90 minutes (adjustable to lower time periods) elapsed run time if temperature is low enough defrost cycle shall be activated. Defrost cycle shall be time or temperature terminated, i.e. defrost cycle shall stop after 10 minutes or when refrigerant temperature is high enough indicating defrost is completed. When in defrost mode unit supplementary electric heaters shall be activated automatically. L. Supplementary Electric Heaters: Shall be provided with capacity as scheduled on the drawings at the voltage and phase indicated. Heaters shall have open wire nickel-chrome elements, and safety overcurrent and overtemperature protection. Heaters shall be UL listed. M. Electrical: 1. General: Unit shall be for use with single point electrical power connection. Unit shall be furnished with all necessary wiring, raceway, transformers, and accessories to connect power to all unit devices requiring electrical power (including lights, receptacles, and controls). Electrical shall comply with NEC and local code requirements. Unit shall have multiple fused power disconnects, arranged so that power serving the units lights and receptacles may remain powered when power to all other devices (motors, controls, etc.) is shut-off at other disconnects. Disconnects shall comply with NEC, be accessible from outside unit enclosure, able to be padlocked in the “off” position. 2. Control Compartment: Unit shall have a control compartment housing all unit motor starters, disconnects, vfd’s, and related components. Each fan shall be provided with a motor starter (unless a VFD is shown), with hand-off-auto switch, and fused disconnect. Motor circuit protectors shall be magnetic trip, UL approved for motors with an “Off-On” handle accessible from outside the enclosure. Continuous current ranges and adjust able ranges shall meet NEC requirements for full-load and locked-rotor current. Adjustment instantaneous trip points shall be provided for full protection without nuisance tripping. Handles shall be able to be padlocked in the “off” position. Motor starters shall have ambient compensated bi-metal overload relays. Fan On/Off/Auto switch shall be oil and watertight. MCC enclosure doors shall have latches and defeaters to ensure door cannot be opened without the main disconnect being off or the defeater being deliberately voided. N. Controls: Shall be by Section 23 0933. O. Curbs: Factory fabricated of minimum 14 gauge galvanized steel, height to suit overall elevation limitations. Factory designed to support unit weight, to seal weathertight, and to be compatible with roofing system used with. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the heat recovery units as shown on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. All drains from plenums and drain pans shall be piped to the closest drain or as indicated on the drawings. C. The drawings show design configurations based on particular manufacturer's equipment. If contractor's selected manufacturer's equipment configured different from that which is shown, the Contractor shall provide all necessary Fire Station 15 23 7223 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority DOAS UNITS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 23 7223 - 5 modifications to ductwork, support systems, electrical requirements, and piping systems as required to accommodate furnished equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Supplier shall include in bid, cost for changing sheaves on all belt driven fans to suit balancer or Engineer requirements. E. Sheaves: Include in bid costs for sheave changes for all belt driven fans as required to suit balancer or Engineer requirements. If fewer fans require sheave changes a credit (i.e. deductive change order) will be issued. 3.02 START-UP A. Initial Checks: Prior to operating units, checks shall be made to insure that adequate voltage, plumbing connections (where applicable), duct connections, electrical connections, control connections, and other items as listed by the manufacturer are properly provided/connected and operating to insure safe and proper unit operation. B. Testing and Adjustment: Operate unit in various modes of operation to test for proper operation, including fan rotation, proper damper travel (where applicable), proper cooling/heating, correct interface to other controls (time clock, fans, etc.), coil temperature controls, etc. Tighten belts to proper tension, lubricate bearings, and make all other necessary adjustments, all per manufacturer's directions. C. Final Check: When the testing and adjustment is complete, a final check of each unit shall be done by the manufacturer's authorized service representative, or direct employee, to verify proper unit operation. Any defective items shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor until proper operation is confirmed by the manufacturer's authorized service representative. D. Written Report: When the final check has been completed, a written report from the manufacturer's authorized service representative shall be provided. This report shall list all units checked, items checked, check results, any items which may impair proper unit operation, and the name and phone number of the actual individual(s) doing the check. The report shall include a statement stating whether or not all units are operating as specified. 3.03 OWNER INSTRUCTION A. After all testing and adjustments have been satisfactorily completed, the Owner shall be provided with operator instructions (including start-up, shut-down, emergency, maintenance, and repair instructions) by the manufacturer's authorized service representative. B. Time Period: Instruction period shall be for a minimum of four (4) hours for each unique heat recovery unit or coil type. C. Instruction and notification shall comply with Section 23 0500. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 8126 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 8126 - 1 SECTION 23 8126 - SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Conditioning Units. B. Refrigeration Piping and Accessories. C. System Leak Testing and Charging. D. Start-Up. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Provide complete product information on all units; include cooling performance capacities as a function of indoor and outdoor coil db/wb temperatures and indoor coil air flow rates, fan performance (cfm vs. esp), unit efficiencies, dimensions and information on all filters and accessories. Provide information showing dimensions and location of refrigerant, power, and control connections. C. Installation: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Submit air conditioning unit inspection and start-up report. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing: Units shall be listed by an approved testing laboratory for the use and application intended. B. Rating and Certification: Cooling performances shall be tested and rated in accordance with AHRI 210/240. C. Applications: Units shall be intended for commercial use and shall include all manufacturers recommended accessories for proper operation for the application intended. D. Code Compliance: Units shall be rated in accordance with recognized standards and meet code requirements for energy efficiencies. Units shall be constructed and designed to conform to applicable codes and standards. E. Standardization: In interests of Owner's standardization, all equipment of the same type shall be the product of the same manufacturer. F. Operating Conditions: Unless more extreme temperatures are noted elsewhere, or required by local conditions or the specific application, unit shall comply with the following: 1. Unit and all components exposed to ambient conditions shall be able to withstand ambient temperatures from -10 deg F to 125 deg F, plus direct exposure to sun and weather elements without adverse affects. 2. Unit shall be able to operate and produce cooled air between ambient temperatures of 0 deg F and 125 deg F. G. Alternate Manufacturers: The project has been designed around units by the manufacturer scheduled on the drawings. Alternate manufacturers may be used (see Acceptable Manufacturers, Paragraph 2.01 and Section 20 0500); however, any redesign (from what is shown on the drawing) to mechanical, electrical, structural or general construction to accommodate such an alternate manufacturer shall be provided by the Contractor. Furthermore, such redesign shall meet the requirements and have the approval of the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication. Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings showing all alternate unit installation plans and details; shop drawings shall comply with Section 23 0500. The redesign shall be equal or superior in all respects to the Architect/Engineer's design, including such aspects as equipment access, ease of maintenance, duct connection locations, unit electrical requirements, noise considerations, unit performance, and similar concerns. Cost of redesign and all additional costs incurred to accommodate alternate manufacturers shall be borne by the Contractor. H. Commissioning: See Division 01 and Section 20 0800 for commissioning efforts required. 1.05 WARRANTY A. General: Entire unit shall be warranted to be free of all manufacturing defects and meeting all Contract Document requirements for a period of one year after Owner project acceptance. Fire Station 15 23 8126 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 8126 - 2 B. Compressors: Unit compressors shall be warranted by the manufacturer for five years after Owner project acceptance. All labor and materials associated with compressor replacement and repair shall be warranted. 1.06 REFERENCES A. AHRI 210/240: Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning & Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment. B. ASME B16.22: Standard for Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. C. ASME B16.26: Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. D. ASTM B280: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. All products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01; Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Air Conditioning Units: Mitsubishi. C. Refrigerant Pipe and Fittings: Domestic manufacturers only. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT A. Type: Split system ductless air conditioner. B. Indoor Unit: Wall (or ceiling) suspended unit (configuration as indicated on plans), with fan, adjustable discharge outlet, air filter, evaporator coil, refrigerant metering device, heavy gauge steel chassis, white plastic enclosure, controls, condensate pan and drain connection, and related accessories to operate properly with outdoor unit. C. Outdoor Unit: Outdoor condenser and compressor unit, with high efficiency rotary compressor, condenser coil, condenser fan, accumulator, refrigerant piping, wind baffle accessory, heavy gauge steel chassis, baked enamel finish steel cabinet, controls, coil guard, mounting legs, and related accessories to provide capacity indicated. D. Capacity: As scheduled on drawings at the conditions indicated. Unit shall provide cooling down to 0 deg F ambient. Unit shall be able to operate with refrigerant runs up to 164 feet long. Shall be rated in accordance with AHRI standards. E. Refrigerant: Units shall be for use with refrigerant R-410A or R-407C. F. Electrical and Controls: Indoor and outdoor units shall be provided with all contactors, relays, wiring terminals, safety controls, microprocessor devices, and accessories to allow for complete unit operation requiring only connection of room controller, power, and interconnection between indoor and outdoor units. Room controller shall be the electronic type, with liquid crystal display, room temperature sensor, on/off/auto functions, temperature setpoint, fan speed indicator, and self diagnostic display. G. Condensate Pump: Provide unit with condensate pump. Where not available internal to unit, provide external type, with holding tank, controls, and gpm capacity at least 4 times unit condensate rate, at 10 feet of head. Provide mounting assembly and accessories for completely connected and functioning unit. H. EMCS Interface: LonWorks controller to interface with Division 25 controls to allow for the specified sequence and communication indicated. Interface shall allow external enable/disable, reset of setpoint, equipment status, and alarm indication. 2.03 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND ACCESSORIES A. Piping: Hard drawn ACR copper tubing per ASTM B280, Type L, with silver brazed joints and wrought copper fittings per ASME B16.22. Use only long radius elbows. Flared fittings (at equipment connections only) shall comply with ASME B16.26. Soft copper tubing may only be used on runs less than 50-feet or where necessary (i.e. when routing through sleeves, or similar poor access areas). B. Sight Glass: Sight glass shall allow visual inspection of refrigerant flow and indicate refrigerant moisture content. Shall be double port type, solder end connections, for use with type of refrigerant of system being installed in, same size as tubing installed in. Henry type 3103 or equal. C. Isolation Valves: Brass ball valve, full port, rated for 700 psig and -40 deg F to 300 deg F. Compatible with refrigerant used with, UL listed, with rupture proof encapsulated stem, extended copper connections for ease in brazing. Provide in configuration (i.e. angle, straight, with access port) as required to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and code. Fire Station 15 23 8126 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 8126 - 3 B. Location and Arrangement: Install all equipment at locations and as shown on the drawings. Install so as to allow maximum access to unit. Prior to selecting unit final location, confirm that: proper unit clearances and access will be provided; no adverse airflow conditions are present; confirm location and installation details with other trades. Units shall be level and aligned with building walls. Set outdoor unit on concrete pad (or roof sleepers); anchor to pad (or sleepers). C. Complete Connections: Connect and install all items shipped loose with units; provide and connect all utilities and accessories as required for proper unit operation. See Section 23 2128 for cooling coil condensate drain piping. D. Refrigerant Piping: Shall be silver brazed. Bleed dry nitrogen through piping during brazing to minimize oxidation. Keep all open ends of piping capped when not being worked. Soft copper shall have long radius bends; install without kinks or excess bends. Piping shall be routed concealed, except where routed outdoors and where noted. Piping shall be ran plumb and square to building walls, and in a neat professional manner. Provide sight glass in refrigerant liquid piping at outdoor unit. E. Refrigerant Valves: Provide isolation valves on refrigerant piping connections at the outdoor unit (unless unit has integral service valves). Provide valve with access port on larger volume systems to aid in system vacuum testing (or as required for other purposes). F. Refrigerant Charge: Units shall be checked for proper refrigerant charge and oil level and charged to proper levels after all leak testing and evacuation work has been completed. Refrigerant to be added to the system shall be delivered to the site in factory charged containers and charged into the system through a filter/drier. G. Cleaning: Units shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris prior to operation. Units shall be clean and in new condition prior to Owner acceptance. H. Operation: Units shall not be operated until all construction activities that generate dust, dirt, fumes, or odors are complete; system checkout has occurred; and the Engineer has reviewed the system and granted approval. 3.02 LEAK TESTING AND EVACUATION A. Disconnect and isolate from the system any controls, relief valves, or other components that may be damaged by the test pressure. B. Connect oil-pumped, dry nitrogen to the system through a pressure reducing gauge manifold. Charge enough nitrogen into the system to raise the pressure to 140 psig (or as required by the local Code authority). C. Test all joints for leaks with a glycerin soap solution. Check the manifold gauge for any drop in pressure. Tap all solder/brazed connections with a rubber or rawhide mallet sufficiently hard to start any leak that might subsequently open from thermal expansion/contraction or vibration. D. Repair any leaks found by completely disassembling the connection, cleaning the fitting and remaking the connection. Re-test the system after repairs are made. E. When the above tests are successfully completed, allow the system to remain under test pressure (140 psig or as required by the local code authority) for 24 hours. Note the initial pressure and temperature. If the system pressure has not changed (when corrected to account for any change in temperature) the system may be considered free of leaks. F. When all testing is completed the system shall be completely evacuated of all air and moisture. Connect a vacuum pump to the system and evacuate the system to 500 microns, and let stand for a minimum of 12 hours. If the vacuum reading remains unchanged, the system may be charged with refrigerant. 3.03 START-UP A. Initial Checks: Prior to unit operation, the system shall be inspected to insure all equipment and controls are properly connected and ready to operate. As a minimum, the following items shall be checked: 1. Adequate refrigerant charge. 2. Gauges installed to read suction and discharge pressure. 3. Proper voltage at outdoor unit. 4. Proper voltage at indoor unit. 5. Unit safeties properly set and connected. 6. Fan motors lubricated and ready to operate. 7. Temperature controls connected. 8. Pipe leak testing completed. 9. Condensate drain installed. 10. System service valves in proper position. 11. Controls properly connected and powered. Fire Station 15 23 8126 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 23 8126 - 4 B. Initial Operation: After start-up, check unit for proper unit operation including: proper fan rotation, no excessive vibration, no unusual noises, proper unit cycling in response to room temperature, no excessive room temperature swings, no safeties or electrical devices tripping out. C. Written Report: Submit written report detailing all inspection procedures and findings leak test results, amount refrigerant charge installed, and final start-up/operation results. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 1 SECTION 23 8127 - VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 23 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. VRF Split System Heat Pumps. B. Refrigerant Piping. C. Heat Recovery Unit. D. VRF System Controls. E. Start-up and Commissioning. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing: Units shall be listed by an approved testing agency for the use and application intended. B. Ratings and Certification: Unit performances shall be tested and rated in accordance with AHRI Standards and shall be AHRI certified. C. Energy Efficiencies: Equipment energy efficiencies shall not be less than code requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Provide complete product information submittals on all units; include performance capacities as a function of indoor and outdoor coil db/wb temperatures and indoor coil air flow rates, supplementary heater capacity, fan performance (cfm vs. esp), and information on all filters and accessories. C. Refrigerant Piping: Submit proposed refrigerant pipe sizes, schematic of routing, and refrigerant system accessories. D. Control Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of complete control system, including the following information: interconnect drawings showing all wiring and control connections, all control device locations, sequence of operation for all controlled systems, building floor plans with all proposed thermostat and other control device locations shown. E. Installer Qualifications: Submit qualifications of the personnel installing the refrigeration system components and the system controls (when requested by the Engineer). 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. System Type: System shall be a Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) heat pump system, allowing for simultaneous heating and cooling modes operation of indoor units, with indoor units operating independently of other indoor units, changeover from one mode to the other (heating to cooling, cooling to heating) with no interruption to system operation, and the recovery of energy between units in different modes. The system shall be capable of accommodating a range of the sum of all indoor unit capacity, from 50% to 150% of outdoor unit capacity. B. Standardization: In interests of Owner's standardization, all system heat pumps and heat pump controls shall be the product of the same manufacturer. C. Alternate Manufacturers: The project has been designed around equipment by the manufacturer scheduled on the drawings. Alternate manufacturers may be used (see Acceptable Manufacturers, Section 20 0500); however, any redesign (from what is shown on the drawing) to mechanical, electrical, structural, or general construction to accommodate such an alternate manufacturer shall be provided by the Contractor. Furthermore, such redesign shall meet the requirements and have the approval of the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication. Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings showing all alternate installation plans and details; shop drawings shall comply with Section 20 0500. The redesign shall be equal or superior in all respects to the Architect/Engineer's design, including such aspects as equipment access, ease of maintenance, duct connection locations, unit electrical requirements, noise considerations, unit performance, and similar concerns. Cost of redesign and all additional costs incurred to accommodate the alternate heat pumps shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Installer Qualifications: Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 2 1. General: The installer shall have experience installing VRF systems by the manufacturer being used for This project. Installer shall be certified by the VRF system manufacturer as a “certified installer”. 2. Refrigeration Components: Shall be installed by a licensed refrigeration mechanic having experience with VRF systems, and the work shall be supervised by personnel trained by the VRF system manufacturer. 3. Controls: Control work shall be done by individual trained and certified by the VRF manufacturer for the installation of the specified controls. E. Warranty - VRF System Equipment: 1. Basic: Entire heat pump (outdoor and indoor sections) shall be warranted by the manufacturer to be free from all manufacturing defects and capable of providing satisfactory operation for the project warranty period. Repair and/or replacement of defective items (labor and parts) during the project warranty period shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Extended: Compressors and all coils shall be warranted by the manufacturer to be free from defects and capable of operating satisfactorily for a period of 5 years beyond the basic project warranty. Extended Warranty shall cover all warranted parts and associated shipping to the site, with repair labor by the Owner. F. Warranty - VRF System Controls: 1. Basic: System shall be warranted for the project warranty period to provide the sequence of operation and basic features specified, with the accuracy and flexibility specified. The system shall be repaired or replaced, including materials and labor, if in Owner's reasonable opinion, system is other than as warranted. 2. Emergency Service: During the warranty period maintain a 24 hour emergency phone service and be able to respond by a trained and qualified Controls Engineer familiar with the installed system. 3. Warranty Service Allowance: Include 8 hours of control technician/programmer’s time for special service (i.e. software changes, system consultation, setting up additional trends, etc.) and other services during the warranty period as required by the Owner or Engineer. The Owner and Contractor will jointly track the amount of time used. Only time directly authorized and agreed to by the Owner may be tracked as part of this allowance. This allowance is for work outside of other required project work, and is for specific tasks assigned to the Contractor by the Owner or Engineer. 4. End of Warranty Service: At the end of the warranty period, the Contractor shall provide a re-check of the entire system operation, including calibration testing of a sample number of components and providing any necessary control adjustments for proper system operation. Such work shall be for a minimum of 8 hours on site. 5. Extended Warranty: System shall be warranted for 2 years, beyond the project warranty period. G. Refrigerant Pipe Sizing: Due to the use of proprietary selection criteria by the heat pump manufacturers. The heat pump supplier shall size all refrigerant piping between the indoor and outdoor units and provide such sizes to the installing Contractors prior to the bid date. The heat pump supplier shall also determine the need for any additional accumulators, solenoid valves, and similar accessories and size/select such devices and inform potential installing contractors to allow proper bids. The heat pump supplier is obligated to furnish complete heat pump units, with properly calculated pipe sizes and accessories so as to allow the unit performances as scheduled. H. Electrical and Controls: Component wiring shall comply with NEC and be color coded and numbered and match unit wiring diagrams. All necessary terminal blocsk, fuse, wiring, junction boxes and electrical/control accessories shall be factory installed within the unit cabinet (unless noted otherwise). 1.06 REFERENCES A. AHRI 210/240: Standard for Unitary Air Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment. B. AHRI 350: Standard for Sound Rating of Indoor Air Conditioning Equipment. C. AHRI 270: Standard for Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. D. AHRI 1060: Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment. E. ASME B16.22: Standard for Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. F. ASME B16.26: Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. G. ASME B280: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 23 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. VRF Heat Pumps: Daikin, Mitsubishi. Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 3 C. Refrigerant Pipe and Fittings: Domestic made products only. 2.02 SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP - OUTDOOR UNIT A. Type: VRF air-to-air heat pump, outdoor section, for serving multiple indoor units. B. Capacity: Units shall allow the indoor units to have the minimum cooling and heating capacities scheduled on the drawings at the conditions shown; rated in accordance with AHRI standards. C. General: Unit shall be fully factory assembled and shall be complete with casing, coils, fans, compressor, piping, wiring, controls, and all other accessories required to be ready for field connections and operation. Unit shall be capable of operating in the cooling mode from 30 to 125 degrees F ambient, and in heating mode from 0 to 65 degrees F ambient. Unit shall be factory run-tested to verify proper heating, cooling, defrost, control, and fan operation. D. Unit Casing: Shall be constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and finished with manufacturer’s standard color. Casing shall be able to withstand 960 hours per ASTM B117 criteria. E. Compressor(s): Shall be high performance, inverter driven, modulating capacity scroll type. Compressor shall have internal overcurrent protection and thermal overload protection, high pressure safety switch, and crankcase heaters. Compressor(s) shall be mounted to avoid transmission of vibration. F. Refrigerant Circuit: Units shall be for use with refrigerant R-410A and shall be fully charged at the factory for the piping and indoor units used with. Unit shall include an accumulator with refrigerant level sensors and controls. G. Coils: Shall be of nonferrous construction with lanced or corrugated plate fins on copper tubing, with a factory applied corrosion resistant finish and integral metal guard protector. H. Fan: Shall be direct drive, variable speed propeller type with a raised guard to prevent contact with moving parts. Fan motor shall have permanently lubricated bearings and inherent overcurrent protection. I. Electrical and Controls: Units shall be for use with power of voltage and phase as scheduled on the drawings. Unit shall have over-current protection and DC bus protection. Unit shall include all controls for units components, interconnection to other system components for automatic operation, safeties to prevent unsafe operation, to accommodate system defrost, and to allow for 8 stages of operation. Units controls shall be 24 volt. J. Sound: Unit shall have a sound rating not higher than 60 db(A) individually, and 64 dB(A) where twinned. In “night mode” unit shall have a sound rating not higher than 50 db(A) individually, and 53 dB(A) where twinned. 2.03 SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP – INDOOR - CEILING CASSETTE A. Type: Indoor VRF heat pump for overhead suspended installation in a ceiling (or at ceiling height). B. General: Unit shall be fully factory assembled and shall be complete with fan, four way discharge outlet, evaporator coil, refrigerant metering device, heavy gauge steel chassis, refrigerant piping controls, condensate pan, drain connection, and related accessories to operate properly with VRF system. C. Capacity: Unit shall have minimum cooling and heating capacities as scheduled on the drawings at the conditions shown and with the outdoor unit indicated; rated in accordance with AHRI standards. D. Unit Casing: Fabricated of galvanized steel, with support provisions for hanging from building structure. Unit shall have bottom discharge grille, adjustable for two, three, or four-way discharge. Grille vane angles shall be adjustable via room wall thermostat. Exposed portion of unit shall have finished paint, manufacture’s standard color. E. Refrigerant Circuit: Shall be fully factory piped and shall include an electronic linear thermostatic expansion device to allow for both heating and cooling operation. Units shall be factory charged with dehydrated air (or an inert gas). F. Coil: Non-ferrous construction with plate fins on copper tubing, with all joints silver brazed. Coils shall be factory tested to a minimum of 1.5 time’s normal working pressure. Coil shall have corrosion resistant drain pan and drain fitting; configured to allow draining either end of unit. Unit shall have an integral condensate pump, rated for unit condensation rate and 2.5 feet of head. G. Fan: Direct drive, multi-speed type, statically and dynamically balanced, with permanently lubricated motor, manually adjustable guide vanes for side to side discharge, and a motorized discharge louver directing air up and down automatically. Air speed shall be adjustable via room wall thermostat. H. Filter: Unit shall have an integral washable filter, easily removable. I. Electrical and Controls: Unit shall be for use with power of voltage and phase as scheduled on the drawings. Unit shall include all controls for unit’s components, interconnection to other system components, and to provide the specified sequence of automatic operation. Unit shall include controls providing self-diagnostic checks, auto restart (on power outage or loss of Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 4 control communication), test run switch, auxiliary contacts for control of an external heat source, four digital inputs for custom control applications, and three digital outputs for custom control applications. 2.04 SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP – INDOOR - WALL MOUNT A. Type: Wall mounted indoor VRF heat pump, ductless. B. General: Unit shall be fully factory assembled and shall be complete with fan, adjustable discharge outlet, evaporator coil, refrigerant metering device, heavy gauge steel chassis, refrigerant piping controls, condensate pan, drain connection, and related accessories to operate properly with VRF system. C. Capacity: Units shall have minimum cooling and heating capacities as scheduled on the drawings at the conditions shown and with the outdoor unit indicated; rated in accordance with AHRI standards. D. Unit Casing: Fabricated of galvanized steel, with wall mounting plate, and manufacturers standard white painted finish on exposed portion of unit. Unit shall have manually adjustable guide vanes for side to side discharge, and a motorized discharge louver directing air up and down automatically. Discharge louver automatic operation and position shall be adjustable via room wall thermostat. E. Refrigerant Circuit: Shall be fully factory piped and shall include an electronic linear thermostatic expansion device to allow for both heating and cooling operation. Units shall be factory charged with dehydrated air (or an inert gas). F. Coil: Non-ferrous construction with plate fins on copper tubing, with all joints silver brazed. Coils shall be factory tested to a minimum of 1.5 time’s normal working pressure. Coil shall have corrosion resistant drain pan and drain fitting; configured to allow draining either end of unit. G. Fan: Direct drive, multi-speed type, statically and dynamically balanced, with permanently lubricated motor. H. Filter: Unit shall have an integral washable filter, easily removable. I. Electrical and Controls: Unit shall be for use with power of voltage and phase as scheduled on the drawings. Unit shall include all controls for unit’s components, interconnection to other system components, and to provide the specified sequence of automatic operation. Unit shall include controls providing self-diagnostic checks, auto restart (on power outage or loss of control communication), test run switch, auxiliary contacts for control of an external heat source, four digital inputs for custom control applications, and three digital outputs for custom control applications. J. Condensate Pump: Provide unit with condensate pump. Where not available internal to unit, provide external type, with controls, and gpm capacity to suit unit maximum condensate rate, at 10 feet of head. Provide mounting assembly, accessories for complete connections, and an architectural cover to match the finish of the unit to minimize visibility. 2.05 BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTROLLER A. Type: Refrigerant Branch Circuit (BC) Controller controlling refrigerant flow and with controls and accessories for system heating/cooling operation. B. General: The BC Controller shall be fully factory assembled, and complete with all piping, valves, controls, and wiring. Unit shall be factory run tested. Provide unit size and capacity appropriate for the system and number/size of indoor units. C. Unit Cabinet: Fabricated of galvanized steel, sized to enclose all components. An integral condensate pan and drain connection shall be provided. Provided with factory supplied condensate pump. D. Refrigerant Circuit: Unit shall have multiple tow-position automatic refrigerant valves to control refrigerant flow, and each branch line shall have a service valve to allow servicing any indoor unit without interruption of service to other units. Unit shall have a liquid-gas separator a tube-in-tube heat exchanger. Linear electronic expansion valves shall be provided for control of refrigerant flow. E. Electrical: Unit shall be for use with power of voltage and phase as scheduled on the drawings. Unit shall include all controls for proper operation interconnection to other system components 2.06 VRF SYSTEM CONTROLS A. General: System shall come with VRF manufacturer’s controls to control all space indoor units, heat recovery unit, and outdoor unit, as a unified system. System shall provide the sequence of operation specified. B. Room Thermostats: Shall provide space temperature control for indoor units, completely independent of other indoor units. Thermostats shall include: occupant setpoint adjustment of plus or minus 3 deg F, room temperature display, room setpoint display, fan speed adjust, indoor unit diagnostics, and discharge vane/louver adjust (where applicable). C. Master Controller: Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 5 1. General: Shall provide time schedule, warm-up, optimum start, night setback and other control functions for the system and to serve as the users interface for system programming and setup. Shall be wall mounted, with visual display of all settings, and system diagnostics. 2. Scheduling: a. Time Schedules: The Control System shall provide time clock schedule with at least 20 time schedules. Each schedule to be 8-day type, 6 entries per day. All entries to be in 12 hour AM/PM format. The complete schedule shall be displayed at one time on the operator workstation for easy editing. Each time program shall be able to include on/off, high/low speed or duty cycle commands, or Analog Control Values as applicable for the application. Equipment may be assigned to named schedules, with master revisions to the schedule revising all assigned equipment. b. Holiday Schedules: A minimum of 24 holiday time schedules shall be available and shall be assigned to any number of available points. c. Holiday schedule shall display entire year and shall also allow for an interval holiday time, program showing holiday start date to end date (example: December 24 to January 2). 3. Warm-up Mode: Control System shall have warm-up mode prior to occupied mode on heating to pre-warm building prior to occupancy. Time of beginning warm-up cycle shall be determined by an optimum start/stop program. 4. Optimum Start/Stop: Control System shall have optimum start/stop program to reduce run time of HVAC equipment. Optimum start/stop program shall consider building mass, building temperatures, outdoor air temperatures, and other system factors in determining time of system start-up or shut-down. Program shall record previous warm-up times versus actual warm-up times and shall adjust the program algorithm so that program calculated warm-up time corresponds to actual. D. Wiring and Conduit: As specified in Section 23 0933 and Division 26, and in accordance with NEC. E. Miscellaneous Control Components: Complying with Section 23 0933 and Division 26. Standard components, for use in commercial and institutional occupancies, rated and designed for the application and able to provide the specified sequence of operation. 2.07 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND ACCESSORIES A. Piping and Fittings: rated for system pressures per VRF system manufacturer. Hard drawn ACR copper tubing per ASTM B280, Type L, with silver brazed joints and wrought copper fittings per ASME B16.22. Use only long radius elbows. Flared fittings (at equipment connections only) shall comply with ASME B16.26. Soft copper tubing may only be used on runs less than 50-feet or where necessary (i.e. when routing through sleeves, or similar poor access areas) and where acceptable to VRF system manufacturer. B. Isolation Valves: Brass ball valve, full port, rated for system pressures and temperatures, but no less than 700 psig and -40 deg F to 300 deg F. Compatible with refrigerant used with, UL listed, with rupture proof encapsulated stem, extended copper connections for ease in brazing. Provide in configuration (i.e. angle, straight, with access port) as required to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install system in accordance with code, manufacturers written installation instructions, and best construction practices. Set units in locations as shown on the drawings and maintenance to units. B. Location and Arrangement: Install all equipment at locations and as shown on the drawings. Install so as to allow maximum access to units. Prior to selecting unit final location, confirm that: Proper unit clearances and access will be provided; no adverse airflow conditions are present; confirm location and installation details with other trades. Units shall be level and aligned with building walls. Set outdoor unit on concrete pad (or roof sleepers); anchor to pad (or sleepers). C. Complete Connections: Connect and install all items shipped loose with units; provide and connect all utilities and accessories as required for proper unit operation. D. Refrigerant Piping: Shall be silver brazed. Bleed dry nitrogen through piping during brazing to minimize oxidation. Keep all open ends of piping capped when not being worked. Soft copper shall have long radius bends; install without kinks or excess bends. Piping shall be routed concealed, except where routed outdoors and where noted. Piping shall be ran plumb and square to building walls, and in a neat professional manner. E. Refrigerant Charge: System shall be checked for proper refrigerant charge and oil level and charged to proper levels after all leak testing and evacuation work has been completed. Refrigerant to be added to the system shall be delivered to the site in factory charged containers and charged into the system through a filter/drier. Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 6 F. Unit Protection: Units shall be protected during construction to prevent mud, dirt, paint overspray, plaster materials, and similar debris from depositing on the unit. Units shall be clean and in new condition prior to Owner acceptance. G. Cleaning: Units shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris prior to operation. Units shall be clean and in new condition prior to Owner acceptance. H. Operation: Units shall not be operated until all construction activities that generate dust, dirt, fumes, or odors are complete; system checkout has occurred; and the Engineer has reviewed the system and granted approval. 3.02 VRF SYSTEM CONTROLS A. General: Installation shall comply with Section 23 0933 and Division 26. Provide all software, hardware, licensing, sensors, relays, switches, dampers, actuators, conduit, tubing, wiring, motor starters and all other devices required to provide a complete integrated VRF control system with the system features and sequence of operation specified. B. Room Sensors: Room sensors (i.e. thermostats) shall be mounted at 48" above finished floor (unless indicated otherwise). Thermostats shall control the equipment which affects the temperature serving the space the thermostat is located in (unless indicated otherwise). Not all room sensors are shown on the drawings and the locations shown are preliminary only. Contractor shall review all drawings, coordinate with other trades, and indicate all final proposed room sensor locations on the submittal shop drawings. Contractor is responsible for coordinating locations to avoid chalkboards, tack boards and other interferences. C. Electrical Power: 1. General: Provide all electrical wiring and devices in accordance with codes, Division 25, and Division 26 requirements. 2. Sources: It shall be the responsibility of the installer of the VRF control system to provide power for all VRF control devices requiring power. Coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor to arrange for necessary power circuits. System Master Controller shall obtain power from a UPS (uninterruptible power supply); unless the unit has an internal battery back-up. Where the building has a generator, equipment served by the generator shall also have their control power served by the generator. 3. Conduit: All wiring shall be installed in conduit and in accordance with Section 23 0933 and Division 26, except that low voltage wiring within the ceiling plenum spaces and in mechanical mezzanine areas may be ran without conduit provided that plenum rated cable is used. Install all conduit and wiring parallel to building lines. D. Component Labeling: All control components, except regular room thermostats, shall be equipped with name plates to identify each control component. Components in finished rooms shall be labeled as to generic item controlled for better user understanding; other devices shall be labeled with the same designation which appears on the Control Diagrams. Contractor shall submit list of proposed labeling prior to installing. E. Complete System: Provide all devices as required to allow for automatic control with sequence of operation specified. Provide all control interconnections between indoor and outdoor units, and other equipment. F. Adjustability: All setpoints and differentials shall be adjustable. Setpoints indicated are initial settings. G. Confirm Settings: Confirm with Owner all setpoints, all time schedules, and all other adjustable programming parameters before substantial completion. H. Thermostats Setpoints: Shall be adjustable, with initial settings as follows unless indicated otherwise: Heating 70 degrees F Cooling 75 degrees F I. Sequence Terminology: Wherever the control sequences refer to an article, device or piece of equipment in the singular number, such reference shall mean to include as many of such articles, devices, or equipment as are shown on the plans, required for the sequence, or required to complete the installation. Wherever the control sequence refers to an operating stage in the singular number, such reference shall mean to include as many stages as are specified for the equipment and shall mean analog (i.e. proportional) type control where specified for the equipment (reference drawings and equipment specifications). 3.03 VRF HEAT PUMPS - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. General: VRF controls shall provide time schedule control and heating/cooling/fan operation of indoor units, with BC and outdoor units automatically operating in response to system loads and needs using their integral controls. B. Occupied Mode: 1. Fan: Indoor fan shall run continuously. 2. Heating: Indoor heat pump section shall operate in heating as required to satisfy the space setpoint. 3. Cooling: Indoor heat pump section shall operate in the cooling mode as required to satisfy the space setpoint. Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 7 C. Unoccupied Mode: Indoor fan and indoor heat pump heating/cooling shall cycle on and off as required to maintain unoccupied setpoints. D. Mode Control: Units' mode of operation shall be determined by time schedule and time schedule override; warm-up mode shall be initiated by optimum start controls. E. Outdoor Unit and Refrigerant Controller: Shall operate to provide adequate and correct refrigerant flow to serve indoor units and to reject or recover heat. 3.04 REFRIGERANT LEAK TESTING AND EVACUATION A. Notification/Witnessing: Prior to beginning any testing, notify the Architect/Engineer when the testing will occur. The Architect/Engineer will witness (at his option) various parts of the test. Failure to notify the Architect/Engineer will be cause to re-test all piping in the presence of a representative of the Architect/Engineer. B. Disconnect and isolate from the system any components that may be damaged by the test pressure. C. Connect oil-pumped, dry nitrogen to the system through a pressure reducing gauge manifold. Charge enough nitrogen into the system to raise the pressure to 50 psig. Let stand for 2 hours and check for signs of leakage. If no leakage is noted, slowly increase pressure to 300 psig (or as required by local code, whichever is higher). Tap all brazed connections with a rubber or rawhide mallet sufficiently hard to start any leak that might subsequently open from thermal expansion/contraction or vibration. Check the manifold gauge for any drop in pressure. Let the system stand pressurized for 24 hours. Re-check the manifold gauge. If no change in pressure is noted (after adjusting for temperature) the system may be considered free of leaks. D. If leakage is suspected or apparent, check joints with a glycerin soap solution or other means to locate the leaks. Repair any leaks found by completely disassembling the connection, cleaning the fitting and remaking the connection. Re-test the system after repairs are made both with pressure (300 psi for 24 hours) and at the leak location with a glycerin soap solution or other means of determining leaks. E. When the system has been proven free of leaks with the above methods, the system shall be completely evacuated of all air and moisture. Connect a vacuum pump to the system and pump the system down to 500 microns and let stand for a minimum of 2 hours. If the vacuum reading remains unchanged, the system may be charged with refrigerant. F. After satisfactory pressure testing and vacuum evacuation, fully charge the system with refrigerant. Any final connections that were not subject to the full test pressure (e.g. connections at unit, etc.) shall be carefully checked with a halide or electronic leak detector after the system has been charged. 3.05 START-UP/TESTING & ADJUSTMENT A. Initial Checks: Prior to operating units, checks shall be made to insure that adequate voltage, air flow, duct connections, electrical connections, control connections, crankcase heaters (where applicable), and other items as listed by the manufacturer are properly provided/connected and operating to insure safe and proper unit operation. B. Testing and Adjustment: Manufacturers representative shall provide start-up. Operate unit in various modes of operating to test for proper operation, including fan rotation, proper damper travel (where applicable), proper cooling/heating, correct interface to other controls (time clock, fans, etc.), etc. Make necessary adjustments. C. System Commissioning: As the systems become operational, the VRF system installer shall test and observe the operation of each and every air moving and heating/cooling unit and shall adjust all controls so that the items function according to the intent of the specifications. The VRF system installer shall commission the VRF system controls, including a point-to-point check of all devices, and provide documentation substantiating the work. This commissioning work is separate from the Section 20 0800 commissioning, and is to occur prior to the commissioning work of Section 20 0800. D. Report/Statement: After making all necessary system testing and adjusting, the Contractor shall submit a report to the Engineer indicating all testing/adjustment work done and comment on how system is operating. Such report shall be signed by the individual directly responsible for supervision of the installation of the control system. When the Contractor feels that the system is complete and ready for review by the Engineer, Contractor shall submit a written statement (signed by same individuals as for report) stating that the system is in compliance with the project requirements and ready for review. 3.06 OWNER INSTRUCTION A. Comply with Section 20 0500. B. After all testing and adjustments have been satisfactorily completed, the heat pump owner shall be provided with operator instructions (including start-up, shut-down, emergency, maintenance, and repair instructions) by the manufacturer's authorized service representative. Fire Station 15 23 8127 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VRF SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 8 December 22, 2017 23 8127 - 8 C. Time Period: Instruction period shall be for a minimum of four (4) hours. D. Instruction and notification shall comply with Section 23 0500. 3.07 COMMISSIONING A. The Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) system is to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. B. The VRF system supplier shall provide a manufacturer certified technician to attend a Controls Integration Meeting (CIM). The CIM shall be conducted after the VRF control submittal is complete and the CA has reviewed the submittal. The meeting is to be conducted prior to finalizing the functional test procedures and prior to installation and start-up. The CIM shall be attended by the Commissioning Authority, the VRF control supplier and a representative of the Owner’s maintenance group at a minimum. The CIM shall include, but not be limited to, the following topics: 1. Sequence of Operations 2. Alarm Setup and Reporting 3. System Setpoints 4. Graphical Interface 5. Integration with packaged equipment (e.g. DOAS units) 6. Point-to-Point Checkout and Startup Procedures 7. Method of Conducting Cx Functional Testing C. The VRF system supplier shall provide a manufacturer certified technician to perform start-up of the VRF system and related controls per the manufacturer’s recommendations and documentation. D. The VRF system supplier shall provide a manufacturer certified technician to support functional testing of the VRF system. Functional testing shall occur after all start-up activities are complete and start-up documents have been submitted and approved by the Commissioning Authority. The VRF supplier shall demonstrate that the required functions are operational and the VRF parameters are configured per the sequence of operations. E. The VRF supplier shall provide a manufacturer certified technician to support re-testing of any systems that did not pass functional performance testing criteria per the sequence of operations and commissioning requirements. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 8239 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNIT HEATER Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 8239 - 1 SECTION 23 8239 - UNIT HEATER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Unit heater, Gas Fired. B. Flue. C. Testing and Adjustment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Gas fired equipment shall be AGA certified. B. Flue shall be UL listed. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Submit product data on all items to be used. 1.05 REFERENCES A. NFPA 54: Fuel Gas Code, National. B. NFPA 211: Chimneys, Vents, Fireplaces, and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Duct furnace: Reznor, Sterling. C. Flue: Metalbestos. 2.02 GENERAL A. Guards: All drives shall be equipped with guards or enclosed within fan casing. Exposed openings into fan housings shall be protected with substantial metal screens or gratings. B. Motors: Shall be UL listed and as specified in Section 20 0500. C. Capacity: Unit capacities shall not be less than the values listed in the schedule on the drawings. D. Electrical: Units shall be for use with electricity of the voltage and phase as scheduled on the drawings and shall comply with NEC and Division 26 requirements. 2.03 UNIT HEATER A. Type: Separate conbustion, gas-fired, power vented unit heater, with fan forced supply air. Reznor Model UDAS or approved equal. B. Housing: Shall be constructed of galvanized steel or aluminum with baked-on enamel finish. Unit shall be arranged for ceiling suspension and shall have provision for hanger rod attachment, with horizontal directional louvers. C. Fan: Unit shall have direct drive propeller type fan for heated air delivery, with open drip-proof motor having internal overloads and fan safety guard. D. Burner/Heat Exchanger: Unit shall be for use with natural gas, shall be power vented type, with stainless steel heat exchanger, single, one piece burner with a single venture tube and orifice supplying fuel to a one-piece burner housing. E. Gas Controls: Unit shall have 24 volt control transformer, single stage gas valve], spark-ignited intermittent safety pilot with electronic flame supervision, fan operation and temperature limit safety cutouts (to prevent unit firing due to fan failure or high temperature) and all other IMC and AGA required limit and safety controls (including prevention of unit firing in case of lack of pilot flame or ignition). Fire Station 15 23 8239 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UNIT HEATER Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 8239 - 2 F. Temperature/Fan Controls: Provide unit with remote wall-mounted, single stage thermostat and summer-winter fan switch. Provide necessary relays at unit to allow for summer fan operation. G. Flue Type: Unit shall be approved for use with Type B gas vents. 2.04 FLUE A. Type: Flue shall be double wall, UL listed, Type B gas vent. Metalbestos or equal. B. Size: Shall be size as shown on drawings or as required to match unit connection, whichever is larger. C. Clearance to Combustibles: Flue shall be UL listed for minimum 2 inch clearance to combustibles. D. Construction: Shall be of double-wall construction, with inner pipe constructed of aluminum and outer pipe of galvanized steel. Construction shall allow for thermal expansion and contraction of flue without any operational noises or undue stress. E. Fittings: Shall be constructed of same material as flue. Provide as required to allow for proper venting. F. Supports: Shall be of galvanized steel construction and allow full support of flue, maintaining proper clearances from combustibles. Provide at spacing as recommended by manufacturer, but at no less than 8 foot centers, with a support provided at each ceiling/floor penetration. G. Flashing: Shall be constructed of same material as flue. Provide tight seal against roof and outer flue pipe, adjust to match actual roof slope, include storm collar, and provide a complete weather-proof roof penetration. H. Flue Cap: Round domed cap, with vertical screened openings, bird-proof type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All equipments' installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Units shall be installed in locations shown on drawings and as detailed and in accordance with NFPA 54. Units shall be supported and braced as required or as detailed on the drawings and to be level and aligned as shown on the drawings. B. The drawings show design configurations based on particular manufacturer's equipment. If Contractor's selected manufacturer's equipment configured different from that which is shown, the Contractor shall provide all necessary modifications to ductwork, support systems, fuel supply, electrical requirements, and piping systems, as required to accommodate furnished equipment, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Provide gas venting for unit heaters per UMC and unit heater manufacturer's requirements. D. Flues shall be installed in accordance with flue manufacturer's requirements, NFPA 54, and NFPA 211. E. Fire Stopping: Provide minimum 26 gauge galvanized sheet metal to seal off area between the outer wall of flue and opening in structure at all ceiling/floor penetrations. F. Controls Sequence: Unit heaters shall operate off thermostat furnished with unit. Unit shall start and provide heating whenever space temperature falls below setpoint. Summer fan switch shall allow for fan only operation. Mount thermostat and fan switch 48 inches above floor unless shown otherwise. G. Control wiring shall be run concealed where possible and shall comply with Section 23 0933 and Division 26 requirements. 3.02 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust all units for proper operation, including: check fans for correct rotation, check for proper unit firing and gas flow, check for proper venting, and lubricate equipment per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Subsequent to installation and prior to Owner acceptance, the installing Contractor shall perform functional tests and start-up for a minimum period of three (3) days with various thermostat and switch settings to assure proper operation of all units over the full design range. C. Adjust all louver blades to give proper air distribution to the comfort and satisfaction of the building occupants. 3.03 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 8246 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 8246 - 1 SECTION 23 8246 - ELECTRIC HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Electric Heaters. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: Submit product information on all items. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Listing: All heaters shall be listed by an independent testing laboratory for the application indicated. B. Installation Verification: Prior to ordering units confirm finishes at heater location and type of installation and associated trim required; i.e. fully recessed, semi recessed, surface mount, etc. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Shall comply with Section 20 0500 Part 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Wall Electric Heaters: Q-Mark, Chromalox, Berko, Markel. C. Radiant Heaters: Markel, Aztec, Indeeco, Q-Mark, Brasch. 2.02 WALL HEATERS A. Type: Wall mounted electric forced air heater. Markel 3450 Series (or approved). B. Construction: Heater housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel, with a slotted front grille; for surface or semi- recessed installation as shown on the drawings (or to suit construction). Unit shall have baked-on enamel or powder coat finish, white. C. Heating Elements: Sealed type with parallel steel fins, with capacity as scheduled. D. Motor and Fan: Motor shall be multi-pole, total enclosed, permanently lubricated type. Fan operating RPM shall not exceed 600. E. Electrical and Controls: Unit shall have automatic reset thermal limit, power disconnect switch, and integral thermostat. Thermostat shall be heavy duty snap action type with setting range from 0 to 110 deg F (unless indicated otherwise). F. Accessories: 1. Surface or semi-recess mounting adapter to suit installation arrangement required. 2. Wall mounting box. 3. 24 volt contactor for remote control of heater via remote low voltage programmable thermostat (i.e. night-setback control). Coordinate requirements with project control system. 2.03 RADIANT ELECTRIC HEATERS A. Type: Ceiling, carbon element, electric radiant heaters. B. Construction: Panel shall be constructed of minimum 24 gauge steel back, overlapping and riveted to a 22 gauge galvanized steel front. Back of heating element shall be insulated with minimum 1 inch thick 1 lb/cubic foot fiberglass. Units shall be for T-bar ceiling installation. C. Heating Element: Shall be carbon (graphite) element, with no resistance wires. The surface shall be multi-faceted crystalline type with uniform watt density over entire panel face. Watt density shall be as required to provide capacity indicated on the drawings. D. Warranty: Heater shall be warranted for 10 years. Fire Station 15 23 8246 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRIC HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 23 8246 - 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, code, applicable standards and best construction practices. B. Coordination: Coordinate heater power and control requirements with other trades; confirm location of any required heater contactors, relays, thermostats, and similar devices. Provide any required wiring for proof of fan operation between fan devices and heater; wiring shall comply with the HVAC control portion of the specifications and Division 26. C. Location and Trim Verification: Install equipment at locations indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. Review and confirm installation locations, that proper clearances are provided, unit controls are accessible, and installation has been coordinated with other trades. D. Complete Connections: Connect and install all items shipped loose with units; provide and connect all contactors, relays, wiring, interconnections and accessories as required for proper unit operation. E. Cleaning: Units shall be thoroughly cleaned (internally and externally) of all debris prior to operation. Units shall be clean and in new condition prior to Owner acceptance. F. Owner Instruction: Instruct Owner on equipment operation and maintenance. 3.02 START-UP A. Pre Start-Up Inspection: Inspect equipment and connecting systems to confirm equipment and connecting systems to confirm equipment has been installed properly and is ready for start-up. As a minimum, check for: proper voltage and phases, correct electrical connections, complete control connections, all unit safety devices properly set and connected, coils clear of obstructions, and other items as listed by the manufacturer are properly provided/connected and operating to ensure safe and proper start-up. If items are discovered that prevent start-up to be completed, notify the installing Contractor and Engineer of issues. Coordinate and re-schedule start-up after items are corrected. B. Start-Up: Perform start-up in accordance with manufacturers written start-up procedures. Observe proper operation of all unit components. C. Adjustments: Adjust and set unit components to allow for proper operation. Observe unit to detect any unusual vibration, leakage, loose wiring, or other situations that could affect unit operation. 3.03 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 23 8310 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GAS-FIRED RADIANT HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 23 8310 - 1 SECTION 23 8310 - GAS-FIRED RADIANT HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00 and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of Section 20 0500 apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Gas Radiant Heaters. B. Start-Up. C. Owner Instruction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Section 20 0500. B. Product Data: 1. Submit product information on all items used. 2. Submit heater installation instructions. C. Start-up Report: Submit completed heater inspection and start-up report. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit Operation and Maintenance data and submittal data for inclusion in project O&M Manuals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certification: Heaters shall be design certified to ANSI Z83.20. 1.05 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z83.20: Gas-Fired Low-Intensity Infrared Heaters. 1.06 WARRANTY A. General: The radiant heater shall be warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of 1 year following date of substantial completion. Items which prove to be defective during this period shall be repaired or replaced by manufacturer’s authorized personnel at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. All products shall comply with Section 20 0500, Paragraph 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Gas Radiant Heaters: Roberts-Gordon; Solaronics. 2.02 GAS RADIANT HEATERS A. Type: Natural gas-fired radiant tube heater. Roberts-Gordon Vantage II. B. General: AGA (or CGA) design certified low intensity radiant heater, fitted for natural gas operation, complete with burner, heat exchanger, hangers, controls, venting, reflectors, and other accessories required for proper operation. Capacity and configuration as indicated on plans. C. Burners: Non-condensing, type, with combustion air fan and gas combustion assembly. Burner housing shall be constructed of minimum18 gauge corrosion resistant steel and coated with powder epoxy paint. Burner shall be able to operate at a minimum inlet gas pressure of 5 in. w.c. and shall be serviceable from either side while in operation. Burner shall be equipped with a flame observation port viewable from floor level and clearly visible power “On” and “Run” lights. Burner fan motor shall be permanently lubricated type, thermally protected, and provide all necessary combustion air. Air pressure proving switch shall be an integral part of burner safety control system. D. Heat Exchanger: 4-inch diameter radiant heat tubing, constructed of minimum 16 gauge aluminized steel, with sections joined by stainless steel (or aluminized steel). E. Ignition Components: Ignition shall be hot surface electronic ignition control type, with pre-purge ignition sequence and safeties as required by code. Fire Station 15 23 8310 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GAS-FIRED RADIANT HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 23 8310 - 2 F. Reflectors: Shall be mill finish aluminum, minimum 0.024 inches thick, with multiple reflective surfaces to maximize heat transfer and suit area to be heated. Provide reflector end caps at the end of each reflector run. Reflectors shall extend below the bottom surface of the radiant tube. G. Electrical: Unit shall be for use with electrical power of voltage/phase indicated; unit ampacity shall not exceed that indicated. Unit shall be complete with all wiring, transformer, relays, and devices as necessary for automatic operation. H. Thermostat Controls: Unit shall be for use with 24 volt thermostat; provide unit with wall mounted thermostat to control heater. I. Accessories: 1. Gas Flex Connector: See Section 20 0519. 2. Combustion Venting: Type and construction as recommended by heater manufacturer, as required by code, to suit clearances available and termination location indicated. Provide complete with thimble, termination cap, expansion/contraction features, supports, flashing and accessories for watertight penetration of building exterior. Venting shall be double wall type where routed through building walls, roofs, chases, and as required by code. 3. Combustion Air Supply: Galvanized steel round duct, having a zinc coating of 0.90 ounces total per square foot for both sides of a sheet, corresponding to coating G90. Construction shall comply with SMACNA standards. Elbows shall be long-radius type with a center-line radius not less than 1-1/2 times the diameter of the duct. Elbows shall be stamped type, welded segmented type, or standing seam segmented type. Provide complete with termination cap, supports, flashing, and accessories for watertight penetration of building exterior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install heaters as indicated, in accordance with the heater manufacturers recommendations and instructions, code requirements, and applicable standards. B. Connections: Provide gas piping, venting, electrical services, and controls as indicated and as required to provide a complete and operational radiant heat system. C. Heat Exchanger: Minimum length shall be as indicated to provide required heat capacity in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Contractor shall field verify and coordinate length required with building layout and other systems and select an installation arrangement and support methods that meet project requirements prior to ordering. D. Combustion Venting: Provide combustion venting to outside the building. Seal venting with high temperature sealant per manufacturer’s instructions. Flash and seal building penetration to exterior watertight. Terminate with proper clearances from building openings and from building. E. Combustion Air: `Provide ducted combustion air supply as indicated. Seal per SMACNA standards to Seal Class C. Terminate with proper clearances from combustion vent. F. Supports: Suspend heater with chain and lateral support bracing to resist seismic forces. Attach and anchor supports to building. 3.02 START-UP A. Inspection: Heater installation shall be inspected to verify proper installation prior to start-up. Inspection shall include checks for proper electrical connections, proper voltage, gas connections, control connections, venting, and other items as listed by the manufacturer to ensure safe and proper operation. B. Start-Up: Heaters shall be operated to test for proper operation, including proper ignition sequence, proper operation of all safety devices, and proper burner operation. Operate heaters with various thermostat settings and temperatures to verify proper heat distribution, unit cycling, unit heat-up/cool-down, and other aspects of operation. Adjust system as necessary for proper operation. All adjustments shall be made in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. C. Witnessing: Start-up may be witnessed by the Engineer and Owner’s representative (at their option). Notify the Engineer when the start-up is proposed to occur, to allow a mutually agreed upon time to be arranged. D. Written Report: Submit a written report detailing all inspection and start-up procedures and findings. 3.03 OWNER INSTRUCTION A. General: After start-up has been satisfactorily completed, provide field instructions and demonstrations to the Owner for system operation and maintenance. Instruction, notification and scheduling shall comply with Section 20 0500. B. Instruction: Instruction shall include demonstrations and explanations of: system start-up, system shut-down, normal control operation, safety aspects, maintenance, and repair instructions. Instruction shall be done on site with the actual installed equipment used as part of the instruction. Fire Station 15 23 8310 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GAS-FIRED RADIANT HEATERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 23 8310 - 3 C. Duration: Instruction period shall be for a minimum of two hours for each unique heater type. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Section 01 9113 – General Commissioning Requirements and Section 20 0800 – Commissioning of Mechanical Systems. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL Fire Station 15 26 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 December 22, 2017 26 0100 - 1 SECTION 26 0100 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General requirements specifically applicable to Division 26 in addition to provisions of General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. B. General requirements of this section also apply to Divisions 27 and 28. 1.02 SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. Provide electrical systems and Work described, identified, specified, referenced, and shown in the Project Documents that are covered under Divisions 26, 27, and 28 of the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) and/or as otherwise regulated by national, state, and local electrical codes. Electrical Work includes providing all equipment, materials, devices, appurtenances, and accessories necessary to provide complete and operating systems according to the intent of Project Documents. B. Electrical work is not limited to Division 26, 27 and 28 specifications and what is shown on the electrical drawings. The Contractor is responsible to review all Project Documents for additional Electrical Work and requirements and to include this work as part of their scope under the Contract. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of the following codes as adopted and supplemented by authority having jurisdiction: ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electric Code (NEC) NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code IBC - International Building Code (IBC) IMC - International Mechanical Code (IMC) WAC 296-46B - Washington State Electrical Safety Standards, Administration, and Installation Washington State Energy Code (WSEC) B. Comply with additional codes and regulations referenced in other sections. C. Comply with additional codes and regulations required by authority having jurisdiction. D. Obtain and pay for permits, plan review, and inspections from authorities having jurisdiction over work included under applicable Division Sections. E. Include all testing, shop drawings, and documentation required by the inspection authorities for permitting and final approval. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Division 01. Unless otherwise specified, furnish product data and shop drawings to Architect/ Engineer as follows: 1. Product information sheets shall be neat, readable, 8.5 x 11 inch, submitted in PDF format. Generic product sheets with multiple products or product descriptions shall clearly highlight or otherwise indicate which product is being furnished. 2. Furnish product submittals with index tabs between categories or in separate submittals that correspond to each section of the specifications. Transmittal shall indicate name of the Project, Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, and Date of Submittal. 3. Furnish system design shop drawings in PDF format. Title block shall include Project, Owner, Contractor, and Date of Submittal. 4. Furnish product data and shop drawings specifically indicating any conflict or deviation from requirements of contract documents. B. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of electrical materials, devices, fixtures, and equipment conform to project requirements prior to furnishing submittals. Coordinate electrical requirements with utilization equipment submitted under other sections and verify that voltage, phase, and rating are compatible with work shown in the electrical project documents. C. Do not order materials or commence Work until applicable submittal has been reviewed and the Architect/Engineer has approved or taken other appropriate action. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with requirements of Division 01. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers establishes a basis for quality, styling, capacity, and function. Unless otherwise specified, written requests for substitution must be received at least 14 days prior to Bid Opening by Architect/Engineer who will determine acceptability of proposed substitution. Written acceptance must be obtained from Architect/Engineer prior to Bid Opening. Fire Station 15 26 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 December 22, 2017 26 0100 - 2 B. Substitution requests may be submitted for any manufacturer or named product unless specified as "no substitute". C. Substitution approval does not relieve the Contractor of complying with the work requirements or the concept and intent of the project documents. Pay for any and all additional project costs that may be caused by Contractor requested substitutions, regardless of whether or not additional costs are overlooked, missed, or unforeseen, and regardless of when substitutions may be approved. D. Submit requests for substitution using Substitution Request Form included in this Section. 1.06 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Comply with requirements of Division 01. Maintain at project site one set of clean, dry, and legible red-lined record drawings for submittal at Contract Close-out. Record information concurrently with construction progress. B. Indicate electrical changes in the contract documents. Include change orders, revised branch circuit and feeder wiring layouts, revised circuit identification, pull & junction boxes added during construction, and actual dimensioned location and routing of each underground conduit on record drawings. C. Record branch circuit routing, switch legs, equipment connections, and home runs on the power and lighting plans. Indicate conduit size, wire counts, and conductor size if greater than a #12 2-wire branch circuit or feeder. 1.07 LABELING A. Where labeling that includes room names and numbers is required for any system to identify devices or for programming purposes, use final room names and numbers determined during construction. Verify room names and numbers with Architect prior to manufacturing labels or programming software. 1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Comply with requirements of Division 01. Unless otherwise specified, furnish one labeled CD in PDF format and two duplicate hard copy printed sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals prior to completion of contract. Submit hard copy manuals in labeled and indexed 3-ring binder(s). B. Include the following information as applicable: 1. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the contractor, the installing sub-contractor, and the local representative for each system or equipment. 2. All approved product data and shop drawings. 3. Identify all manufacturer warranties which exceed one year. 4. Model number and serial number of each piece of equipment provided. 5. Data from test results performed under the Contract. C. Operation and maintenance data shall include complete parts lists, installation and maintenance instructions, safety precautions, operation sequence describing start- up, operation, and shut-down, internal and interconnecting wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control, and testing methods for each system and item of equipment. D. Furnish a draft copy of Operations and Maintenance Manual for Architect/Engineer review and incorporate comments prior to final submittal. Allow 14 days for Architect/ Engineer review. 1.09 CONFLICTS A. Notify the Architect/Engineer of any conflicts or discrepancies before proceeding with any work or the purchasing of any materials related to the conflict or discrepancy until requesting and obtaining written instructions from the Architect/Engineer on how to proceed. Where conflicts occur, the most expensive and stringent requirement as judged by the Architect/Engineer shall prevail. Any work done after discovery of such discrepancies or conflicts and prior to obtaining the Architect/Engineer's instructions on how to proceed shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 1.10 WARRANTY A. In addition to requirements covered under General Conditions or Division 01, include manufacturer product warranties that exceed one year. Assemble or list warranties that exceed one year in Operation and Maintenance Manuals indicating start date. Certificates of extended warranty shall identify the Owner as the beneficiary. B. If the Electrical Contractor does not have offices located within 150 miles of the project, provide a service/warranty work agreement with a local electrical subcontractor approved by the Owner. The service/warranty work agreement shall extend for the contract warranty period, and a copy shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.11 INTENT OF PROJECT DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. Fire Station 15 26 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 December 22, 2017 26 0100 - 3 B. The drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangement of the construction and do not attempt to show all features of work, exact construction details, or actual routing of conduit and cable. Provide all necessary supports, off-sets, bends, risers, fittings, boxes, wiring, and accessories which are required for a complete and operating installation. Determine locations for required electrical outlets and connections prior to rough-in base on equipment product and installation submittal data and/or review of equipment on site. C. The level of design presented in the documents represents the extent of the design being furnished to the Contractor; any additional design needed to perform the Work shall be provided by the Contractor. All design by the Contractor shall be performed by individuals skilled and experienced in such work, and where required by local code (or elsewhere in the documents) shall be performed by engineers licensed in the State where the project is located. Include in bid the costs of all such project design; including engineering, drafting, coordination, and all related activities and work. Contractor provided design services shall be included for but not limited to bidder design specifications, temporary electrical systems, layout routing to install the Work and share project space with other building systems, hanger and support systems, seismic bracing, preparation of shop drawings, locating and identifying requirements for equipment and fixture terminations, and methods/means of accomplishing the work. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Examine architectural, civil, structural, and mechanical drawings and specifications and consult with other trades, as required to coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation. B. Arrange wiring and equipment to avoid interference with other work and to maximize accessibility for maintenance and repairs. C. Coordinate with suppliers and installers to obtain product electrical data, shop drawings, and installation requirements for systems, equipment, and products furnished by Owner and/or other trades as required perform electrical work. D. Contractor is responsible ensure that equipment, fixtures, and devices being furnished and installed shall fit the space available, taking into account connections, service access, and clearances required by product manufacturer and/or Code. Contractor shall make the necessary field measurements to ascertain the space requirements for proper installation, and shall furnish and/or install equipment so that final installation meets the intent of the Project Documents. If approval is received by Addendum or Change Order to use other than the originally specified items, Contractor shall be responsible for specified capacities and for ensuring that items to be furnished will fit the space available. E. Contractor is responsible to review all the Project Documents and approved shop drawings provide under other divisions to identify and resolve conflicts between electrical systems and building construction, equipment, cabinets, counters, trim, and special finishes, prior to rough-in. F. Facilitate coordination between low voltage system sub-contractors during construction. Include time for a minimum of one meeting with all sub-contractors prior to building rough-in to review requirements for each system per Section 26 0530. Include a second meeting with all sub-contractors to review requirements for all systems utilizing IP structured cabling prior to cover. 1.13 REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR BY OWNER A. Provide power wiring, disconnect switches, electrical connection of equipment, installation of furnished electrical controllers, parts, and accessories, and field wiring for systems, equipment, and products furnished under other divisions or by Owner. Install controllers, operator stations, and control devices such as limit and temperature switches furnished with equipment. B. Review equipment submittals prior to electrical rough-in and installation. Verify location, rating, size, type of connections, and required space requirements. Coordinate field wiring requirements and details with supplier and installer. Notify Architect/Engineer of conflicts between requirements for actual equipment being furnished and equipment indicated in contract documents prior to commencing Work. C. Provide motor controllers and operator stations unless otherwise indicated on the project drawings. D. Make final connections to equipment. Provide cord and plug where required for plug-in connection. E. Integrated automation systems covered under Division 25 are not included as part of electrical work. 1.14 DEFINITIONS A. Electrical terms used in these specifications are as defined in NEC Art. 100 unless otherwise noted. B. Abbreviations: Where not defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall be as defined in RS Means Illustrated Construction Dictionary. C. Concealed: Hidden from view as in walls, trenches, chases, furred spaces, crawl spaces, unfinished attics, and above suspended ceilings. D. Exposed: Exposed to view in any room, hallway, passageway or outdoors. Fire Station 15 26 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 December 22, 2017 26 0100 - 4 E. Furnish: Obtain and/or prepare and deliver to the project. F. Indicated: Shown, scheduled, noted, or otherwise called out on the drawings. G. Install: Enter permanently into the project complete and ready for service. H. Provide: Furnish and install complete and ready for service. I. Equipment Connection: Make branch circuit connection, mount and connect control devices as required. Provide disconnect and overcurrent protection when required by NEC and IMC, if not otherwise indicated or furnished with equipment. J. Wiring: Conductors in raceway or an approved cable assembly. K. Open Cable or Wiring: Conductors above grade not installed in conduit or raceway. L. Panel: Distribution panelboard, lighting and appliance panelboard, load center, and/or low voltage cabinet. M. As Required: As necessary to form a safe, neat, and complete working installation (or product), fulfilling all the requirements of the specifications and drawings and in compliance with all codes. N. Coordinate: Accomplish the work with all others that are involved in the work by directly discussing the work with them, arranging and participating in special meetings with them to discuss and plan the work being done by each, obtaining and completing any necessary forms and documentation required for the work to proceed, reaching agreement on how parts of the work performed by each trade will be installed relative to each other both in physical location and in time sequence, exchanging all necessary information so as to allow the work to be accomplished with a united effort in accordance with the project requirements. O. Finished Areas or Spaces: Areas and/or spaces receiving a finish coat of paint on one or more wall surface. P. Verify: Obtain, by a means independent of the project Architect/Engineer and Owner, the information noted and the information needed to properly perform the work. 1.15 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Provide Schedule of Values for use by Architect/Engineer to evaluate progress payment requests during construction. B. Submit Schedule of Values using the line items included at the end of this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT A. General: Furnish only products that are new and free from defects with a manufacture date that is less than six months from date of installation. Where product and applicable software updates or upgrades are available from the manufacturer, furnish the latest version unless otherwise specified. Furnishing discontinued products and/or products of manufacturers who are no longer in business is not permitted. B. Listing and Labeling: Furnish and install only products that are listed and labeled by one or more of the following testing laboratories as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction: Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (UL) ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL) Factory Mutual (FM) C. Each specified product and system to be furnished shall be from a single approved manufacturer. Providing multiple product brands or manufacturers for each type or category, or for multiple units of the same specified product and/or system, is not permitted. D. Products shall be delivered, handled, and stored per manufacturer recommendations. Protect fixtures, materials, and equipment from rain, water, dust, dirt, snow, and damage. Do not install products that have marred, scratched, deformed, or otherwise damaged. Do not install products that have been wet or exposed to the weather prior to assembly and/or installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Install work using procedures defined in ANSI/NECA 1-2015, Standard Practice of Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide all electrical work as specified and shown in the Project Documents. Provide all labor, equipment, material, accessories, and testing for electrical systems complete and operating. Include all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting, and services Fire Station 15 26 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 December 22, 2017 26 0100 - 5 necessary for delivery and installation of materials and equipment. Include required software applications and associated system programming for electronic products. B. Provide as part of the Electrical Work all hangers, brackets, supports, framing, backing, accessories, incidentals, not specifically identified the project documents, but required to complete the system(s) in a safe and satisfactory working condition. C. Quantity of materials and layout of the Work shall be provided based on field measurement of the actual project conditions and shall not be based on plan dimensions. D. Provide all testing and documentation of electrical systems as required to demonstrate compliance with the Project Documents. E. Provide testing, documentation, and filing required to comply with commissioning requirements of Section C408 of the Energy Code. Include documentation in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide cutting and patching to complete electrical work and to provide openings in elements of Work for electrical penetrations. Comply with requirements of Division 01. B. Locate and execute cuts so as not to damage other work or weaken structural components. Core drill or saw cut rigid materials. C. Patch to restore to original condition. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. Fire Station 15 26 0100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 December 22, 2017 26 0100 - 6 Division 26 Schedule of Values Division 26 Mobilization and Temporary Facilities Utility Company Charges Electrical Demolition Electrical Site Work Lighting Systems Rough-in (Conduit, Handholes, Wire, Pole Bases - Material & Labor) Lighting Fixtures & Poles (Material & Labor) Power & Signal Rough-in (Conduit, Vaults, Wire - Material & Labor) Transformers, Switchgear (Material & Labor) Lighting Systems Fixtures & Lamps Material Fixtures & Lamps Labor Branch Circuit Rough-in (Conduit and Wire - Material & Labor) Devices and Trim (Material & Labor) Performance Lighting System (Material & Labor) Power Systems Distribution Equipment Material (Switchgear, Panels, Transformers, Starters, TVSS, Disconnects) Distribution Equipment Labor Feeder Rough-in (Distribution Conduit and Wire - Material & Labor) Branch Circuit Rough-in (Conduit and Wire for Devices - Material & Labor) Devices and Trim (Material & Labor) Equipment Circuit Rough-in (Conduit and Wire for Scheduled Equipment - Material & Labor) Equipment Connections (Material & Labor) Generator Package (Generator, Transfer Switch, Start-up - Material & Labor) Electric Space Heating Heating Equipment Materials Heating Equipment Labor Heating Circuit Rough-in (Conduit & Wire - Material & Labor) Signal Systems Fire Alarm Rough-in (Conduit and Wire - Material & Labor) Fire Alarm Trim (Equipment, Devices, Testing - Material & Labor) Clock/Intercom Rough-in (Conduit & Wire - Material & Labor) Clock/Intercom Trim (Equipment, Devices, Testing - Material & Labor) Telecommunications Pathway (Material & Labor) Telecommunications Premises Wiring (Material & Labor) Telephone System (Switch & Handsets - Material & Labor) TV System Rough-in (Conduit & Cabling - Material & Labor) TV System Trim (Equipment, Devices, Testing - Material & Labor) Public Address Rough-in (Conduit & Wire - Material & Labor) Public Address Trim (Equipment, Devices, Testing- Material & Labor) Intrusion Alarm Rough-in (Conduit & Cabling - Material & Labor) Intrusion Alarm Trim (Equipment, Devices, Testing - Material & Labor) Classroom Assisted Hearing System (Material & Labor) Electrical Closeout (Punchlists, O&M Manuals, Record Drawings, Training) END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 1 SECTION 26 0500 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and fittings. B. Building wire and cable. C. Wiring connections and terminations. D. Boxes. E. Wiring devices. F. Supporting devices. G. Single station smoke detectors. H. Requirements for fire rated construction I. Earthwork for underground electrical 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Excavation and Backfill for Underground Conduit: Comply with Division 31 - Earthwork. B. Concrete for Encased Conduit: Comply with Division 03 - Concrete. C. Materials and Methods for Utility Services: Comply with Section 26 0580. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for conduit fittings, wire and cable, watertight connectors, wiring devices, floor boxes, cord reels, smoke detectors, and cable tray. B. Submit shop drawings for installation of cable tray, including wire basket type. 1.04 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data for wiring devices, floor boxes, smoke detectors, and cable tray in Operation & Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Conduit (RGS): ANSI C80.1; hot dipped galvanized. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Hot dipped galvanized. C. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT): ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. D. Flexible Metal Conduit: Galvanized steel. Heavy wall except reduced wall may be used where concealed in building construction. E. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Galvanized steel, PVC jacket. F. Non-Metallic Conduit: NEMA TC 2; EPC-40-PVC and EPC-80-PVC. 2.02 FITTINGS A. RGS and IMC Conduit: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type. Provide hubs and connectors with insulated throat for conduit larger than 3/4 inch diameter B. EMT Conduit: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, compression type. Crimp-on, drive-on, indenter, and set screw type prohibited. Provide connectors with insulated throat for conduit larger than 3/4 inch diameter. C. Flexible Conduit: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, single screw squeeze type. D. Liquid tight Flexible Conduit: ANSI C33.84, steel. Provide PVC coated fitting where installed outdoors. E. PVC Conduit: NEMA TC 3; solvent welded type, same manufacture as conduit. F. Water and Vapor Conduit Sealants: Hydra-Seal S-50 conduit sealing putty or approved; Tyco/Rachem/TE blank duct plug or approved; Polywater FST conduit sealing foam system or approved. G. Expansion Fittings for PVC Conduit: Same manufacture as conduit. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 2 2.03 WIRE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS A. One-Piece Surface Metal Raceway (SMR): Wiremold or approved, steel surface raceway system sized for number of wires, complete with fittings, supports and accessories designed or recommended by product manufacturer. Ivory finish unless otherwise noted. B. Two-Piece Surface Metal Raceway (SMR): Wiremold or approved, steel surface raceway system complete with divider, fittings, supports, and accessories designed or recommended by product manufacturer. Suitable for fiberoptic cables. Provide 4000 series with 4050 series thermoplastic overlapping device covers to match wiring devices installed unless otherwise noted. Ivory finish unless otherwise noted. C. Multi Outlet Plug Strip Assemblies: Wiremold Plugmold systems or approved, type as noted complete with fittings, supports, and accessories designed or recommended by product manufacturer. Ivory finish unless otherwise noted. D. Miscellaneous Wire Management System(s): Wiremold or approved, type as noted complete with fittings, supports, and accessories designed or recommended by product manufacturer. Ivory finish unless otherwise noted. 2.04 WIRE AND CABLE A. Copper Building Wire, Interior: Type THWN-2, 600 volt insulation; conductors 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Type XHHW-2 may be substituted for conductor sizes 4 AWG and larger. B. Copper Building Wire, Outdoors: Type RHW/USE-2, 600 volt insulation; conductor 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. C. Fire Rated Building Wire: Type RHH or RHW-2, UL2196, 600 volt insulation, copper conductor, UL classified 2-hour rated cable when installed in approved steel conduit system. Type RHH may be used only in dry locations. D. Flexible Cords: Oil resistant thermoset insulated Type SO multi-conductor with identified equipment grounding conductor, sized for connected load of equipment and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. E. Metal Clad (MC Cable): UL 1569; copper conductors, 600 volt 90 degree C rated conductor insulation, phase identified, with green insulated copper grounding conductor and steel outer covering. Include neutral conductor for switch legs per NEC 404.2(C). Provide PVC jacketed MC cable listed for the purpose where used in damp or wet locations or where otherwise indicated. F. Non Metallic Sheathed Cable: Type NM, copper conductors, 600 volt insulation rated 90 degrees C, with integral equipment ground conductor. Include neutral conductor for switch legs per NEC 404.2(C). G. Cord Sets for Electric Ranges: Four conductor, 50 ampere (NEMA 14-50), 6 feet long. H. Cord Sets for Electric Dryers: Four conductor, 30 ampere (NEMA 14-30), 6 feet long. 2.05 WIRE CONNECTORS A. Connectors for Wire Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Insulated steel spring twist-on pressure connector with plastic cap. Outdoors use watertight type with prefilled sealant gel. B. Connectors for Wire Size 8 AWG and Larger: Solderless mechanical or compression type with pre-formed or shrink sleeve insulated cover. Outdoors make watertight using shrink sleeve or pigtail cap and sealing mastic. C. Outdoor Taps Below Grade for Wire Size #6 AWG and Larger: Ilsco PED series underground multi-tap, wire range and number of ports as required. D. Gutter/Wireway Taps for Wire Size #6 AWG and Larger: Ilsco type PDB series AL/CU lug type distribution block, number of poles and quantity/size of primary/secondary lug ports as required for the application. E. Connectors at Pole Bases: WSDOT Spec 9-29.7; waterproof quick-disconnect. Provide fused type for ungrounded conductors. 2.06 BOXES A. Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; galvanized sheet steel, with 1/2-inch male fixture studs or plaster rings as required. B. Surface Outlet Boxes Below 8 Feet: Cast aluminum or malleable iron, threaded hubs. C. Surface Outlet Boxes for Outdoor and Wet Locations: Cast aluminum with baked enamel or epoxy finish, gasketed cover, stainless steel hardware. Outlet boxes shall have threaded hubs. D. Concrete and Masonry Boxes: Galvanized steel, suitable for the purpose. E. Junction and Pull Boxes: Outlet box with blank cover except boxes larger than 4 inch square shall be screw cover type, galvanized steel with grey enamel finish, NEMA 1 indoors and NEMA 3R outdoors, unless otherwise indicated. F. In-Ground Boxes: Concrete type with locking cover. Provide traffic ratings, dimensions, features, and installation requirements indicated. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 3 G. Work Station Outlets: SMI Spider/Hubbell Multi-Connect System recessed wall box with almond (ivory) trim plate and one internal movable barrier. Provide 4 or 6 gang outlet as indicated. H. Concealed Service Floor Boxes: Hubbell HBLCFB series for concrete floors, with steel flush cover/carpet flange assembly, listed for scrub water exclusion. Provide 301 base for maximum 4-gang device applications. Where large capacity box is indicated, provide 501 base for maximum 8-gang applications. I. Flush Service Floor Boxes: Hubbell 2536 series, concrete tight, cast iron, adjustable. Finish as specified under service fittings. J. Flush Service Floor Boxes, Wood Floors: Hubbell 2588 series non adjustable. Finish as specified under service fittings. K. Fire Rated Construction: Recessed outlet boxes and rough-in cans that are installed in 2 hour rated area separation walls shall be UL listed with 1-1/2 hour rating label. L. Barriers: Provide permanent barriers in outlet boxes to separate adjacent wiring devices where voltage exceeds 300 volts. Provide permanent voltage separation barriers in outlet and junction boxes to separate wiring above 100 volts from wiring below 100 volts and where otherwise required by Code. M. Color Coding of Device and Junction Boxes for Special Systems: Field painted or otherwise manufactured in the specified color, both inside and outside of box and cover. Provide color identification for the following electrical systems: Fire Alarm System - RED, Emergency Systems (NEC 700) - ORANGE. N. Sound Attenuation Wrap: UL listed, 0 VOC, sound attenuating wrap for sealing around outlet boxes. SpecSeal SSP Putty Pad or approved. 2.07 WIRING DEVICES A. Wall Switches: Hubbell 1221, Leviton 1221, Pass & Seymour 20AC1, Cooper 2221; specification grade, 20 ampere, 277 volt, quiet type. Single pole, double pole, 3-way, 4-way as required. Color: Ivory B. Wall Switch with Integral Pilot Light: Hubbell 1221-PLG, Leviton 1221-PLG, Cooper 1221-PLG, Pass & Seymour 20ACI-GPL, specification grade, 20 ampere, 120 volt, quiet type, single pole, 1 horse-power rated, green pilot light illuminates when switch is on. Color: Ivory. C. Wall Switches, Key Type: Leviton 1221 with 55500 key, no substitute. D. Duplex Receptacles: Specification grade 5362 series, NEMA 5-20R, grounding type, as manufactured by Hubbell, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, Cooper. NEMA 5-15R devices may be substituted for multi-outlet general purpose circuits. Color: Ivory E. Duplex Receptacles, Counter Tops and Work Surfaces: Same manufacturer, rating, and style as specified for duplex or GFCI receptacles except receptacle assemblies in counter tops shall be listed for countertop applications and Work surfaces shall be listed for work surfaces or countertop applications. F. Duplex Receptacles, Controlled: Same manufacturer, rating, and style as specified for duplex receptacles except devices shall have special purpose identification symbol visible on face of each receptacle automatically controlled. Color: as selected. Automatic control devices for receptacles are specified under Section 26 0920, Lighting Controls. G. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles: Same manufacture, rating, and color as duplex receptacles except devices shall comply with UL 943, Class A, with self test. H. Duplex Receptacles, Dwelling Units, Guest Rooms & Suites, Child Care Facilities: Same manufacture, rating, and color as duplex and GFCI receptacles except devices shall be UL listed as tamper resistant and permanent special purpose identification shall be visible on the device. I. Duplex Receptacles, Weather Resistant for Damp and Wet Locations: Same manufacture, rating, and color as duplex and GFCI receptacles except devices shall be UL listed as weather resistant and permanent special purpose identification shall be visible on the device. J. Isolated Grounding (Computer Purpose) Receptacles: Same manufacture, design, and color as duplex receptacles except ground terminal shall be isolated from device mounting strap and permanent special purpose identification shall be visible on the device. K. Special Purpose Receptacles: NEMA WD 5, same manufacture as duplex receptacles; premium specification grade, grounding type, NEMA configuration as indicated on project plans, black color. Provide matching plug for each receptacle. L. Pin & Sleeve Generator Connectors: UL 1682 and UL 1686; Multi-contact, industrial grade, arc-quenching, circuit interrupting, water tight, style II (grounded pole) pin and sleeve connector system. Provide 55 degree angled outlet inlet with self closing spring cover, matching back box, and matching connector. Ampere rating and voltage configuration as indicated on project drawings. Cooper Crouse-Hinds, Hubbell, Appleton, or approved. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 4 M. Flush Mounted Device Plates: Super heavy duty for high abuse application, rigid high impact thermoplastic, smooth finish, color to match device. Thermoset, phenolic, urea, nylon, and flexible polycarbonate not approved. Cooper PJ series manufacture or approved. Sierra type 302 stainless steel, satin finish. N. Surface Mounted Device Plates: Raised galvanized steel on steel boxes; cast or stamped sheet aluminum on cast boxes. O. Damp and Wet Location Device Plates: ANSI/UL 514D; Commercial grade, low profile, lockable, die cast metal cover assembly, listed as weatherproof when in use and identified as extra duty. Hubbell/TayMac MX series or approved. P. Work Station Outlet Plates: Provide one manufactured system device plate for each outlet gang position (power, signal, or blank) as indicated, color to match outlet trim. Coordinate signal plate configuration with Owner. Q. Floor Box Service Fittings, Concealed Service: Screw type modular face plates offered by product manufacturer, configuration to match wiring devices provided. Provide blank plates for unused outlets. Provide raceway connection between outlets on opposite side of the box where required to meet application requirements. R. Cord & Plug Connectors: Hubbell Insulgrip, Leviton Spec-Master, Slater Metalist series, GE Gator Grip; premium specification grade grounding type cord connector and matching plug, NEMA configuration indicated. Provide with weatherproof boot in damp and wet locations. 2.08 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Metal Conduit Clamps & Straps: Steel, screw type; zinc or cadmium plated minimum indoors, hot dipped galvanized minimum outdoors. B. Support Channel: Slotted 12-gauge steel channel with fittings, fasteners, brackets, clamps, floor plates, and accessories required; Pre-galvanized zinc coated (G90) indoors, ASTM 123 hot dipped galvanized outdoors. C. Fasteners: Expansion anchors in concrete and solid masonry; toggle bolts in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board wall construction; sheet metal screws in metal construction; wood screws in wood construction; set screw type beam clamps on steel columns and beams; U.L. listed clips for metal studs. Metal parts and accessories to be zinc or cadmium plated minimum indoors and hot dipped galvanized minimum outdoors. D. Roof Supports: Do not install conduit exposed on roofs. 2.09 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Air-Vapor Barriers: 1. Pre-molded polyethylene box installed in all exterior framing walls (thermal envelope) around recessed outlet boxes. Lessco or equal 2. Foam electrical outlet gaskets for installation between device plate and finished outlet. Conceal behind device plate. Outlet gaskets or equal B. Pulling Wire: 1. Interior; continuous fiber pulling line, 190# tensile strength. 2. Below grade; Polyester measuring pulling tape 5/8 inch wide, 1800# tensile strength. Muletape C. Warning Tape: 6 inch wide detectable underground warning tape, black lettering, on red background for high voltage, yellow background for medium voltage and general utility, orange background for low voltage, with wording to describe buried installation D. Corrosion Protection Metal Conduit Tape: 3M Scotchrap 10 mill PVC All Weather Corrosion Protection 50 tape and pipe primer system, or approved. 2.10 SINGLE STATION SMOKE DETECTORS A. UL 217; 120 VAC powered ionization smoke detector with 9VDC carbon zinc battery back-up, integral horn rated 80 dB minimum at 10 feet, power-on LED, test switch, automatic reset, and white housing. Detector shall be capable of interconnecting with additional units for common alarm. When indicated, provide separate or integral SPDT auxiliary relay. BRK #9120B or equal 2.11 FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION A. Products for Fire Stopping to Seal Around Enclosures and Annular Space between Conduit and Building Construction at Conduit Penetrations: ANSI/UL 1479; Comply with requirements of Division 07. B. Conduit Sleeves for Open Cable: ANSI/UL 1479; Fire stop conduit sleeve kit, with mounting escutcheons, gaskets, end bushings, warning labels, and non-hardening fire stop putty. SpecSeal READY SLEEVE, FS100 (1 inch diameter sleeve) and FS200 (2 inch diameter sleeve), or approved. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 5 C. Pathway Sleeves for Open Cable, Greater than 2 Inch Diameter: ANSI/UL1497; Fire stop rectangular sleeve kit, 3-inch wide by 3-inch high by 10.5-inch length, expandable in 6-inch increments, self-contained integral fire sealing system that automatically adjusts to the installed cable loading. Provide radius control modules (each end of pathway), single or multiple gang wall kits, and expansion modules as required. Specified Technologies, Inc., EZ-Path System Series 33 or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WIRING METHODS A. General: 1. Fixed wiring shall be conductors installed in conduit except where cable is specifically permitted in this specification. 2. Conceal all wiring within construction unless otherwise noted on drawings or specifically authorized by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Where contractor wiring methods require the application of conductor ampacity adjustment or correction factors under NEC 310.15, the contractor shall submit calculations that show Code compliance, except the adjusted ampacity of the conductors installed shall not be less than the circuit overcurrent device rating shown or specified. 4. Conduit sizes shall not be reduced to smaller size than shown or otherwise noted on plans. 5. Feeders shown or otherwise noted on plans shall not be combined to share a common conduit homerun. Branch circuit homeruns shown or otherwise noted on plans shall not be combined to share a common conduit with other circuits. 6. Device Plates: It is the electrical contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all line voltage and low voltage system faceplates and visible trim pieces are the same color. Exception: Where stainless steel device plates are used for line voltage systems, low voltage systems may use non-metallic plates of the same color. B. Conduit Requirements: 1. Rigid Steel Conduit (RGS): May be used in all areas. Required at penetrations thru fire rated construction rated greater than 1 hour. 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): May be used in all areas except where RGS is required or indicated. 3. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): May be used in dry and damp locations where not subject to damage. May not be used in concrete, where in contact with earth, or where RGS is required or indicated. May not be used for service entrance conductors inside a building. Maximum trade size 2 inches. 4. Flexible Conduit: May be used concealed in casework and where concealed in walls, up to 1 inch maximum trade size. Required for final equipment connections (maximum length 36 inches), to recessed lighting fixtures from an outlet box (maximum length 72 inches), and where raceway passes thru seismic joints. Use liquid tight in damp or wet locations. 5. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit (PVC): May be used underground. May be used within buildings where encased in not less than 2 inches of concrete. Terminate inside building using RGS or IMC elbow and riser to first coupling above slab on grade. C. Wire and Cable Requirements: 1. Use copper conductors. 2. Metal Clad (MC) Cable: May only be used for fixture whips and for branch circuit wiring where concealed in walls between wiring devices in finished spaces of 300 SF or less, and extending no more than 72 inches to first junction box in a crawl space or above an accessible ceiling. May not be used for branch circuit homeruns, feeders, or services. May not be used in mechanical ducts or fabricated air plenums. May not be used in concrete or below concrete slabs on grade. 3. Non-Metallic Sheathed Cable: Type NM cable consisting of copper conductors with ground may be used for branch circuit wiring and for feeders where permitted by Code and concealed inside wall and ceiling spaces. May not be used for service and power distribution shown on one line diagram. May not be used where exposed in finished spaces. 3.02 SUPPORT - GENERAL A. Support wiring, conduit, raceways, boxes, equipment, and fixtures from building structural members. Provide additional framing, channel, or listed support attachments as required to span or support between structural members and to avoid interference from pipes, ducts, and other equipment. B. Do not install support anchors to penetrate thru roof deck. C. Do not violate the integrity or exceed the capacity of the building structure used for support. Provide/fabricate additional support elements to transmit loads to the floor or other parts of the building structure that can carry the load as approved by the Architect/Engineer. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 6 3.03 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT A. Minimum conduit trade size 1/2-inch diameter except all homeruns and where installed below grade outdoors conduits shall be 3/4-inch minimum diameter. Prewired 3/8 inch diameter flexible conduit not to exceed 72 inches in length may be used for fixture whips from an outlet box to recessed light fixture. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. C. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. D. Maintain 12-inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. E. Locate holes in joists within center third of member depth measured from the edge and at least 24 inches from load bearing points. Maximum hole diameter one inch. F. Support conduits from building structure with conduit straps or rods and hangers. #8 solid wire and CADDY clips may be used to hang 3/4-inch diameter conduit and smaller above accessible ceiling spaces. G. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit. H. Do not support conduit with perforated pipe straps or tie wraps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction, before conductors are pulled. I. Do not bore holes in truss members or notch structural members. J. Steel conduit installed as part of a 2 hour fire rated wiring assembly shall be supported 5 feet on center where required by the cable system installation requirements. 3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts for fastening conduit to cast boxes and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp locations. B. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. C. Use factory elbows for PVC conduit and for bends in metal conduit larger than 1 inch. Conduit bends for signal systems that are greater than 45 degrees shall be minimum radius sweeps as follows: Under 2 inches Standard radius 2 inches - 3 inches 24 inch radius Over 3 inches 36 inch radius D. Use factory RGS elbows for PVC conduit runs below grade. E. Install insulated bushings on each end of conduit larger than 1 inch. F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. G. Install pull wire in empty conduits. H. Conduit in Concrete Slabs Above Grade: Do not install in concrete slabs above grade except where written approval and installation requirements are provided by the Architect/Engineer. I. Metal Conduit Installed Below Grade: Provide 20 mil thick factory PVC coating or field wrapped using corrosion protection tape and primer system with 50 percent wrap overlap; extend 8 inches above grade at risers. J. Conduit Below Concrete Slabs On Grade: Install at minimum depth required for vertical penetration of radius bend at conduit risers. K. Underground Conduit for Site Power (Below 600 Volts) and Signal Systems: Install to provide 24 inches minimum cover up to final grade unless otherwise indicated or specified. Maintain minimum 7.5 inch on center spacing between power conduits; maintain minimum 12 inch spacing between power conduits and signal conduits; maintain minimum separation from public utilities established by regulation. L. Conduits at Roof Decks: Conduit installed within 1.5 inches of the nearest surface of metal corrugated roof decks and conduit concealed within roofing systems on top of roof decks shall be RGS or IMC conduit. M. Install flexible conduit thru oversized bushed sleeve or cored opening where conduit crosses building wall expansion or seismic joints. Provide up to 54 inches of flexible wiring with 6 inches minimum of conduit slack each side of the wall assembly to allow for free movement across the joint. N. Do not install conduit in concrete slab on grade. O. Do not install conduit in direct contact with underside of roof deck. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 7 P. Seal all underground conduits entering and terminating within a building or structure using approved non hardening duct seal putty or a sealing bushing. Seal spare conduits using a watertight blank plastic duct plug. Seal all underground conduits entering and terminating below grade, such as in a crawl space or basement, using an approved closed cell foam sealant system. 3.05 CONDUIT PENETRATIONS A. Roof Penetrations: Provide flashing around each conduit which penetrates a roof. Materials and installation shall comply with applicable provisions of Division 7 for roofing. Seal top of flashing around conduit with a weatherproof non-hardening mastic. B. Exterior Walls: Core drill or cast sleeve for each conduit one size larger than conduit diameter. Seal all openings at each penetration with acrylic weatherproof caulking suitable for painting. Below grade seal with "Chase-Foam" silicone sealant or other approved method acceptable to Architect/Engineer. C. Interior Walls and Partitions: Cut one size larger than conduit diameter. Seal all openings at each penetration with low VOC level general purpose interior sealant as specified in Division 7. D. Fire Rated Construction: Comply with requirements of paragraph, FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION, this specification. 3.06 METAL CLAD CABLE A. Arrangement and Support: Comply with requirements specified for conduit. Provide maximum support spacing of 6 feet on center and within 12 inches of terminations. 3.07 CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION A. Minimum Conductor Size: #12 AWG, except #10 AWG minimum for outdoor and exterior building lighting circuits and #14 AWG minimum for control circuits and for lighting fixture taps not to exceed 72 inches. B. Splice conductors only in junction or outlet boxes and handholes. C. Arrange conductors neatly at termination such that a clamp-on ammeter may be used. D. Clean conduit free of debris before conductor installation; install conductors using pulling lubricant. 3.08 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. Provide non-metallic wire markers on each conductor in panelboards and in junction boxes having more than 6 conductors. Identify branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits. B. Color Coding of Insulated Equipment Ground: Solid green. C. Color Coding of 208/120 Volt System: Phase A - black, Phase B - red, Phase C - blue, Neutral - white. D. Color Coding of Switch Legs: Pink. E. Color Coding of Travelers (3-Way and 4-Way Switching): Purple. F. Provide color tracers on neutrals to differentiate circuits on multi-wire branch circuits with separate neutrals. 3.09 BOX LOCATIONS A. Provide electrical boxes for outlets, junctions and equipment connections as shown and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, and code compliance. B. Electrical box locations shown are approximate unless dimensioned. Obtain equipment outlet locations from equipment manufacturer prior to rough-in. Coordinate outlet and wall switch locations with casework and finish elements shown on Architectural drawings. Install to fit conditions or as directed. C. Change location of wall outlets, wall switches, and lighting outlets up to fifteen feet without charge when requested by Architect/Engineer prior to installation. D. Height of outlets unless otherwise directed: See Drawings. 3.10 BOX INSTALLATION A. Set wall outlet and wall switch boxes vertically. B. Support boxes independently of conduit, piping, and ductwork; securely fasten in place. C. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas. Flush front edge of box or plaster ring even with finished surface. D. Provide blank cover plate over all boxes that do not contain devices or are not covered by equipment. E. Do not install flush boxes on opposite sides of a wall within the same stud space. Maintain 24 inch minimum box separation in fire rated wall assemblies. Fire Station 15 26 0500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 8 December 22, 2017 26 0500 - 8 F. In-Ground Boxes: Set on 9 inch minimum deep gravel base extending 6 inches minimum beyond each side. Set flush with final grade. 3.11 WIRING DEVICES A. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Protection: Provide for receptacles located outdoors, within 6 feet of sinks, in bathrooms, kitchens, indoor wet locations, locker rooms with associated shower facilities, elevator pits, elevator machine rooms, crawl spaces, garages, service bays, rooftops, at counters and work surfaces where food and/or beverage preparation occurs, and as otherwise indicated. GFCI receptacles are not required where branch circuit is protected by GFCI circuit breaker. B. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Protection, Dwelling Units: Provide for receptacles located outdoors, within 6 feet of sinks, in bathrooms, indoor wet locations, crawl spaces, unfinished basements, garages and accessory buildings, at kitchen counters and work surfaces where food and/or beverage preparation occurs, and as otherwise indicated. GFCI receptacles are not required where branch circuit is protected by GFCI circuit breaker. 3.12 SINGLE STATION SMOKE DETECTORS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Interconnect all detectors with-in single dwelling or apartment unit for common alarm. 3.13 FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION A. Verify location of fire rated walls and ceilings with Architectural plans prior to rough-in. B. Installation of boxes, rough-in cans, conduits, and sleeves that result in membrane or through penetrations shall comply with IBC 712.1 through 712.4 as required to maintain fire rating of construction assembly. Coordinate locations and construction requirements with General Contractor. C. Provide approved conduit and/or pathway sleeve kits for installation of open cable through fire rated construction. 3.14 EARTHWORK FOR UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL A. Locating and Protecting Existing Utilities: Comply with requirements of Section 26 0400. 3.15 LABELING A. Outlets: Identify panel and circuit number on faceplate of convenience and special purpose outlets. Use self-adhesive, polyester or vinyl laminated labels with machine generated alpha-numeric circuit identification, 1/4 inch high black letters on clear background. Exception: Use white letters on black or brown color device plates. B. Junction Boxes: Label or mark cover with panel and circuit number. Locate on inside of cover except locate on outside of junction box cover in attics, crawl spaces, equipment rooms and above accessible ceilings. 3.16 TESTS A. Perform continuity test on all feeder and branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing and that no short circuits or accidental grounds exist. B. Check all convenience outlets for correct wiring connections using a polarity circuit tester. Test AFCI and GFCI circuits for proper operation with an approved tester. C. Torque test conductor lug terminations to manufacturers recommended values. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 0526 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GROUNDING & BONDING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 0526 - 1 SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING & BONDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Power system grounding. B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding. C. Communication system grounding. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit reports for tests required under part 3 of this section. 1.03 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data on testing procedures, obtained test values, and correction of deficiencies in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel, 3/4 inch diameter, 10 feet long unless otherwise indicated. B. Mechanical Connectors at Accessible Ground Rods: Tin-plated, heavy duty, high strength, corrosion resistant copper alloy, hex head bolt and clamp. C. Mechanical Connectors at Ground Connections: Heavy duty, solderless, bolted pressure or compression type connectors or clamps labeled as being suitable for the purpose. Manufacturer's standard grounding lug when furnished as part of panelboards and other equipment. D. Exothermically Welded Connections: Copper Thermit weld process conforming to manufacturer's instructions; use molds, weld material, tools, and accessories supplied by the manufacturer. ERICO CADWELD or equal. E. Ground & Bonding Conductors: Bare, soft drawn copper; stranded for 8 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated or specified. Equipment grounding conductors may be insulated with green color identification per Code. F. Grounding Bus Bars: UL 467; 1/4-inch thick x 4 inch high tin plated copper bus with predrilled holes for bolted lug terminations, 2 inch high insulated spacers, and stainless steel standoff wall brackets. Provide 16 inch long with holes for (8) horizontal terminations unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Ground electrical service system neutral per Code. Size grounding electrode conductor, main bonding jumper, equipment bonding jumpers, and supplemental electrode bonding connections per applicable paragraphs of NEC Article 250 except when larger size is shown or specified. Minimum of two (2) NEC 250.52 permitted grounding electrodes must be installed and shall include a concrete encased electrode where concrete building foundation is provided. B. Make grounding connections which are buried or otherwise inaccessible using exothermic welds. Where installed outdoors, bury ground conductors with minimum 18 inches of cover unless otherwise indicated. C. Driven Electrodes: Drive ground rods full depth unless otherwise indicated or specified. Provide 15 feet minimum separation between driven electrodes. D. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate insulated green equipment grounding conductor in feeders and in branch circuits. Provide equipment grounding conductor in non-metallic conduits and flexible conduit. Size equipment grounding conductors per NEC 250.122 unless larger size is shown or specified. E. Provide grounding locknuts on each end of feeder conduits serving panelboards. Exception: Provide grounding bushing with bonding jumper where conduit is used as equipment ground. F. Provide conduit sleeves where ground conductors pass through concrete slabs. Metal conduit sleeves shall have threaded end extending above slab to accommodate a grounding bushing or conduit hub per NEC 250.64(E). G. Provide minimum 1/0 AWG conductor for communications service grounding. Leave 10 feet slack conductor at terminal board. Connect conductor to building ground electrode system. Fire Station 15 26 0526 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority GROUNDING & BONDING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 0526 - 2 H. Ground exposed non-current carrying metal parts of equipment fastened in place or connected by permanent wiring and likely to become energized per Code. In MDF and in IDF rooms, bond cable trays and equipment racks to terminal board ground bus using #6 minimum AWG conductor. I. Concrete Encased Electrode: Provide 20 feet minimum of bare copper conductor encased by at least 2 inches of concrete and located within and near bottom of concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with earth. Size electrode to match grounding electrode conductor or No. 4 AWG, whichever is larger. Provide 3/4" non-metallic conduit sleeve where conductor enters concrete foundation. J. Grounding Bus Bars: Provide at building electrical service entrance and at all telecommunication terminal boards. Install 12 inches above floor unless otherwise indicated. 3.02 ISOLATED GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Provide a separate insulated grounding conductor, green with yellow stripe, and connected to ground only at service or separately derived power source. B. Metal conduit may serve as separate equipment grounding means where an isolated ground conductor is provided, unless otherwise indicated. Exception: Provide separate equipment grounding and isolated grounding conductors in conduits which serve both isolated and non-isolated plug-in outlets. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PATHWAY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 0530 - 1 SECTION 26 0530 - LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PATHWAY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit sleeves, risers, and horizontal pathways and outlet rough-in for structured cabling and other low voltage systems to include lighting control, video surveillance (CCTV), intercom and radio. B. Telecommunications Terminal Boards 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 0500, Basic Materials & Methods B. Section 26 0526, Grounding & Bonding C. Section 26 0920, Lighting Controls D. Section 27 1001, Telecommunications Structured Cabling System E. Section 27 1530, Television Distribution System F. Intercom Alert Notification System to be provided under separate contract. G. Radio Signal Antenna System to be provided under separate contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLETS A. General: 4-11/16-inch square x 2-1/8-inch deep outlet box with single gang plaster ring. Provide blank device plates on unused outlets. Provide multi-gang box and/or plaster ring where otherwise indicated on plans. RANDL Industries Inc. B. Two-piece Surface Metal Raceway: Provide single gang or combination power/signal device mounting bracket and cover plate for indicated outlets as required. Provide blank device plate on unused outlets. C. Work Station Outlets: Comply with requirements of Section 26 0500. D. Speakers: Install specialty backbox furnished by separate contract unless otherwise noted. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Boxes, Conduit, Raceway, Device Plates: Comply with section 26 0500. B. Fire Rated Sleeves: Comply with section 26 0500. 2.03 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL BOARDS A. 3/4-inch plywood mounting board with Class A fireproofing, locations and size as indicated. Paint white with two (2) coats of fire retardant paint. At least one fire retardant stamp or permanent label shall be visible on each sheet of plywood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 26 0500. B. Outlets: 1. Mounting height unless otherwise directed: See Drawings. 2. Do not install signal outlets on same side of wall stud common with electrical outlets or vertical power wiring. 3. Conduit: Comply with requirements of Section 26 0500. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduit concealed inside wall or casework from each outlet up to nearest accessible ceiling space of same floor or crawl space or homerun under floor to nearest terminal. Terminate conduit with plastic bushing. Install maximum two 90 degree equivalent bends between raceway terminations. Minimum conduit sizes unless otherwise indicated: Voice and/or Data 1.25 inch diameter Radio Systems 2 inch diameter All Other Systems 1 inch diameter C. Speaker Enclosures: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 1 inch conduit concealed from each backbox to nearest accessible ceiling space of same floor. Terminate conduit with plastic bushing. Provide conduit nipple with bushing for boxes installed in accessible ceiling tiles. Fire Station 15 26 0530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PATHWAY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 0530 - 2 D. Risers and Horizontal Pathway: Provide conduit for signal pathway between floors and as otherwise indicated. At MDF, IDF’s, and equipment head ends, tag or otherwise label with permanent marker each conduit termination to identify its destination. E. Install nylon pull cord in each conduit longer than 20 feet. Leave 18 inches of slack minimum each end. Tag end of pull cord at conduit termination to identify outlet location at other end. F. Sleeves: Provide conduit sleeves for installing open signal cables through draft stops and partition walls in attics, crawl spaces, and accessible ceiling spaces. Use specified fire rated sleeves through fire rated construction. Locate and size sleeves per approved shop drawings provided under related sections and as otherwise indicated. G. Device Plates: It is the electrical contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all line voltage and low voltage system faceplates and visible trim pieces are the same style and finish. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 0580 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UTILITY SERVICES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 0580 - 1 SECTION 26 0580 - UTILITY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical Service Requirements. B. Telephone Service Requirements. C. Cable Television Service Requirements. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contact and coordinate with Puget Sound Energy regarding electrical service requirements, including entrance fittings, meter enclosures and socket arrangement, and current transformer provisions. B. Contact and coordinate with CenturyLink regarding telephone service requirements. C. Contact and coordinate with Comcast regarding cable television service requirements. D. Obtain, prepare, and file application forms required by the serving utilities for obtaining temporary and permanent services. E. Do not install any equipment or service entrance rough-in prior to contact, coordination, and obtaining all requirements from the applicable serving utilities. 1.03 UTILITY CHARGES A. Obtain and pay all utility company charges for installing power, telephone, and cable television service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and Equipment: Conform to requirements of the Utility companies. B. Raceway: Schedule 40 PVC below grade; rigid galvanized steel for sweeps, risers, and for conduit above grade. C. Telephone Terminal: 48" wide x 72" high x 3/4" plywood painted with class A fireproofing, unless otherwise indicated. D. Cable Television Terminal: 18" x 18" clear wall space for Utility Company cabinet. E. Telephone Vaults: Pre-cast concrete with hinged lid stamped “TELEPHONE”. Oldcastle Precast 466-TA. F. Pull Rope: ¼ inch polypropylene. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electrical service to the Project. Coordinate and arrange for scheduling of Utility Work. B. Installation: Comply with Utility Company rules, regulations, and installation requirements. C. Maintain minimum 7.5 inch on center spacing between underground parallel electrical service conduits. Install conduits for electrical service rate above 600 volts with 36 inches minimum cover. D. Where utilities share common trench or routing, maintain minimum 12 inch clear separation between power and other utility systems. E. Provide meter bases, metering conduit, current transformer (CT) enclosure, and service entrance conduit and wire. Leave sufficient service conductor length at transformers for terminations by Utility. F. Install current transformers (CT's) furnished by Utility. G. Provide excavation, trenching, and backfill for utility company transformer vault and primary service duct from property line to transformer location(s). Allow for installation of gas service to share trench with primary service conduit. Provide trench width and depth per Utility requirements. Exact routing of primary service conduits shall be determined by the Utility. Quantity and location of junction and pull vaults shall be determined by the Utility. Obtain written approval from Utility prior to commencing Work. ** (List additional customer service requirements if needed to clarify work by Contractor) Fire Station 15 26 0580 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority UTILITY SERVICES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 0580 - 2 3.02 INSTALLATION, TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent telephone service to the Project. Coordinate and arrange for scheduling of Utility Work. B. Install underground service conduit with 30 inches minimum cover. Include pull rope to building telephone terminal board. Conduit bends shall be 36 inch minimum radius sweeps, 3-90 degree equivalent sweeps maximum. C. Install telephone terminal board 76 inches above finished floor measured to top of board with 6 inches clear on all sides. 3.03 INSTALLATION, CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent cable service to the Project. Coordinate and arrange for scheduling of Utility Work. B. Install underground service conduit with pull rope to building terminal space. Conduit bends shall be 36 inch minimum radius sweeps, 3-90 degree equivalent sweeps maximum. C. Cable terminal space shall be 72 inches above furnished floor measured to top of space, unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 17 Section 26 0800 – COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System specific commissioning procedures B. Related Sections: 1. The following section specifies general commissioning activities for this project: - 01 9113 General Commissioning Requirements 2. All sections related to the following commissioned systems may contain start-up, testing and/or commissioning related activities: - Lighting Controls - Occupancy Sensors - Photocells and Daylight Dimming/Switching - Meters 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work includes the completion and documentation of formal commissioning procedures by the Contractor on selected equipment and systems as listed under 1.1 B. Commissioning is defined as the process of verifying and documenting that the installation and performance of selected building systems meet the specified design criteria and therefore satisfies the design intent and the Owner’s operational needs. The Contractor shall be responsible for participation in the commissioning process as outlined herein, and in subsequent sectional references and attachments throughout the project documents. Commissioning procedures shall be designed and conducted under the direction of the Commissioning Authority (CxA) and coordinated by the Contractor Commissioning Coordinator (CCC). B. This section contains the system specific commissioning requirements for the systems referenced herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Documentation requirements for the systems to be commissioned are specified in Section 01 91 13, Commissioning General Requirements, Part 2 – Products. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Execution of the commissioning process for the systems to be commissioned is specified 01 91 13, Commissioning General Requirements, Part 3 – Execution. December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 1 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 17 SCHEDULE A – Start-up Plan , Contractor Checklists and Document Tracking A Startup Plan shall be developed as outlined in Section 01 91 13. The Startup Plan shall include manufacturer’s startup procedures and Contractor Checklists (CCL) as provided by the CxA. Sample CCLs are included in this Schedule. The Contractor responsible for delivery of the equipment and appurtenances associated with the systems listed in Table – A shall be responsible for completion of the CCL for each individual piece of equipment in the system group. The CCLs included within this Schedule are sample versions and are representative of what will be included in the final Commissioning Plan. The Contractor is responsible to demonstrate the proper operation of all installed systems and the final CCLs shall contain the requirements to document these demonstrations. In no case shall the checklists require performance criteria more stringent than specified by the Project Documents. The CCC is responsible for collecting the completed CCLs and start-up documents and maintaining the Startup Plan during installation and startup activities. The CCC shall review the material for completeness, then sign off on the CCLs as an indication that documents are complete. Once all CCLs and start-up documents are received, they shall be turned over to the CxA. The following Table - A identifies the CCLs and related documents that will be included in the final Startup Plan. Listed as subcategories below each system are the documents that will be required to be submitted as part of the system startup activities. This documentation includes installation, startup, static tests, certifications and other miscellaneous checklists. This table shall be used as a document tracking mechanism by the CxA, CCC and Contractor for the process of submittal, review and approval of installation and startup documents and CCLs. The table shall be included in the Startup Plan, which is a subset of the Commissioning Plan. Table-A Key: A. System description for each system commissioned. A Contractor Checklist is included for each commissioned system. The subcategories include required documentation to be submitted with the CCL. B. Contractor responsible for installation, startup, testing and submittal of documents for commissioned system. To be filled in after contract award. C. Date the proposed documents are received by the CxA from the responsible Contractor. NOTE: These documents shall include, but are not limited to, procedures and forms to include such activities as: manufacturer’s installation and start-up, pressure testing, TAB, cleaning, flushing and disinfection. The CCL is provided by the CxA. D. Indicates that CxA has received and approved proposed installation and start-up documentation. E. Date the completed documents are received by the CxA from the responsible Contractor. F. Indicates that CxA has received and approved completed documentation. G. Notes on status of forms, irregularities and rework needed December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 2 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 17 Table - A: System Summary and Documentation Tracking A B C D E F G System Description Documents Required Responsible Contractor Proposed Document Received O K Completed Document Received O K Notes Lighting Control System Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Point to Point Verification CxA Provided Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Daylight Dimming/Switching Control Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Calibration Data Sheet CxA Provided Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Occupancy Sensors Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Calibration Data Sheet CxA Provided Contractor Checklist CxA Provided Meters Manufacturer Start-up Documentation Contractor Checklist CxA Provided December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 3 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 17 SAMPLE Contractor Checklist Lighting Control Systems (Controller w/ Relay Panels) Installation: All terminals, connectors screws and bolts tightened per the manufacturers requirements. All relays have been labeled per the project requirements. All low voltage wiring has been installed in conduit per the project requirements. All control wiring installed and complete. Luminaries have been installed, aimed and adjusted as required. Exterior photocells have been installed in specified locations per project documents and the manufacturer recommendations. Start-Up: Commissioning Authority has been notified for witness of start-up. Polarity, continuity and grounding verified. Lighting circuits have been verified operational, schedules set and Lighting Control Panel Point-to-Point Verification data sheet completed and submitted. Manufacturer start-up has been performed. Readiness: Manufacturer’s installation and start-up procedures were followed, reports submitted. As-built drawings have been updated and submitted. Damaged factory finishes have been replaced, repaired or touched up. Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. Equipment not painted at factory has been painted with a finish coat of paint (no primer). All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CxA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: GC Cx Coordinator: Comments: December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 4 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 17 SAMPLE Lighting Control Panel Pont-to-Point Verification PCG = Polarity, Continuity and Grounding verified Panel Relay Zone Description PCG Sched. Set On/Off Verified Comment Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: GC Cx Coordinator: December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 5 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 17 SAMPLE Contractor Checklist Daylight Dimming or Switching Systems Installation: Photo sensors are installed and located per project documents, shop drawings and manufacturer’s recommendations. All control wiring installed and complete. Photo sensors are aimed per project documents and shop drawings. Luminaries have been installed, aimed and adjusted as required. Start-Up: Commissioning Authority has been notified for witness of start-up. Polarity, continuity and grounding verified. Sensitivity and light dimming/switching threshold has been set and calibrated, Daylight Dimming/Switching Sensor Calibration and Setup data sheet completed and submitted. Manufacturer start-up has been performed. Readiness: Manufacturer’s installation and start-up procedures were followed, report submitted. As-built drawings have been updated and submitted. Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CxA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: GC Cx Coordinator: Comments: December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 6 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 17 SAMPLE Daylight Dimming/Switching Sensor Calibration and Set-Up Space Specified FC Configured FC Sensitivity Adjusted? Comment Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: GC Cx Coordinator: December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 7 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 17 SAMPLE Contractor Checklist Occupancy Sensors ST = Specified Type (OS/VS) SD = Specified Delay (min) PD = Programmed Delay (min) FVT = Field Verified Type, FVR = Field Verified Range & Sensitivity, FMD = Field Measured Delay, FVS = Field Verified Switch operation For each space with an occupancy sensor: 1. Indicate the Specified Type, Specified Delay and Programmed Delay. 2. Field Verify Type as installed in space. 3. Field Verify Range and sensitivity settings are appropriate for space configuration. 4. Field Measured Delay: Leave space and measure and record the ACTUAL delay time to off and confirm as programmed. 5. Field Verify Switch operation if applicable. Space ST SD PD FVT FVR FMD FVS RC CxA Note Example Room VS 15 15 VS OK 16 OK Initial Sign-Off: Team Member Name Date Responsible Contractor (RC): Commissioning Authority (CxA): Notes: December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 8 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 17 SCHEDULE B – Functional Performance Tests Functional Performance Tests 1 The draft versions of the Functional Performance Test and Verification Outline sheets contained in this Schedule define the individual systems to be tested and Contractor responsibilities based on the specific method of commissioning. These draft Functional Performance Test and Verification Outline sheets represent information available at the time of commissioning specification development. The final versions may be somewhat different and will be included within the Commissioning Plan as presented at the initial commissioning coordination meeting. 2 The methods of functional performance test and verification are listed in Table 1 of this Schedule. The Contractor will be responsible for supporting the testing activity as indicated. This may include developing the test plan and functional performance test forms for approval by the Commissioning Authority, performing testing to be witnessed by the CxA or providing support during functional performance testing conducted by the CxA or their sub-Authority. 3 Contract documents state that the Contractor is responsible to demonstrate that all systems comply with contract requirements and meet the project design intent. The scope of testing outlined in the following Functional Performance Test and Verification Outline sheets in this Schedule represent the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. If systems fail the initial tests additional testing may be required. 4 The following Test Summary Table identifies the functional tests that will be conducted on this project. This table will be used as a document tracking mechanism for the process of submittal and review of contractor provided testing documentation. 5 The contractor is responsible for submitting proposed functional test documentation to the Commissioning Authority for review and approval at least one month prior to these activities. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the Commissioning Authority in advance of the scheduled activity, testing or startup date. A minimum of 5 working days advance notification is required. If the CxA is not notified in advance of a scheduled start-up or testing activity, the start-up or testing shall be rescheduled and repeated to the satisfaction of the CxA. 6 The “Responsible Contractor” column of the table will be completed during the Initial Commissioning Coordination Meeting by assigning an individual Contractor responsible for the activities associated with each system based on what contractor provided that system. December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 9 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 17 Table – B: Functional Test Summary Table A B C D E F G System Description Responsible Contractor Proposed Test Forms Received O K Testing Complete O K Notes Lighting Control System Daylight Dimming/Switching Occupancy Sensors Meters Summary Table Key: A. System description for each system commissioned. B. Contractor responsible for providing testing. To be filled in after contract award. C. Date the proposed test forms are received by the CxA from the responsible Contractor (if applicable). D. Indicates that CxA has received and approved the proposed test forms. E. Date(s) testing was performed by contractor. F. Indicates that Commissioning Authority has witnessed and approved the testing and received all completed test forms. G. Notes on status of forms, irregularities and rework needed. December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 10 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 17 Table 1 – Functional Test and Verification Methods The following applies regardless of test method. The contractor shall support the CxA during testing or verification, including but not limited to: scheduling and sequencing and adequate time for testing, on-site support during testing, testing instruments and equipment, setting up trend logs, providing access to equipment (including lifts), providing access to control systems both on-site and remotely. The CxA shall do one or a combination of the following to verify contractor testing: 1. The CxA shall witness all or portions of the tests during contractor testing. 2. The CxA shall re-conduct the functional tests on all or portions of the systems using the same test plan and data sheets. 3. The contractor shall be required to duplicate some of the testing by demonstrating a percentage of the system as selected and witnessed by the CxA. If during the verification process inconsistencies are found that demonstrate that the functional testing conducted by the contractor was not properly executed, the CxA shall suspend verification and the contractor shall be required to correct the problems and re-conduct the entire functional test and verification for the system(s) in question. Excessive test failures shall be subject to the back-charging provisions in Section 01 91 13. Test Method A – Contractor Written and Conducted with CxA Oversight The test plan and test data sheets are developed by the contractor responsible for the system and submitted to the CxA for approval. These can be the system manufacturer’s stock test forms if appropriate. The CxA shall assist contractor in development of test forms if requested to do so. The contractor shall conduct the tests on 100% of the equipment per the plan, document results and submit completed test forms to the CxA for review and approval. Test Method B – CxA Written and Conducted, Contractor Supports The test plan and test data sheets are developed by the CxA. The CxA shall conduct the tests per the plan, document results and notify contractor of any issues found. Test Method C – CxA Written, Contractor Conducts The test plan and test data sheets are developed by the CxA. The CxA shall turn over the test plan and test data sheets to the contractor. The contractor shall conduct the tests on 100% of the equipment per the plan, document results and submit completed test forms to the CxA for review and approval. December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 11 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 17 Lighting Control System (Controller w/Relay Panel) Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule-B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.3 CxA Contractor 100% N/A Functional Tests: 1) Lighting Controls – Demonstrate and document the following: a) All features and functions of control panel b) On/Off control c) Battery operated emergency lighting on power failure d) Dimming control e) Manual overrides f) Scheduling programming g) Exterior photo eye or astrological clock function h) Light zoning and channel verification December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 12 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 17 Daylight Dimming/Switching Sensors Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule-B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.3 CxA Contractor 100% N/A Functional Tests: 1) Daylight Dimming – Demonstrate and document the following: a) Operation of all features and functions b) Sensitivity range c) Light level control verification d) On, Off and By-Pass Functions Occupancy Sensors Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule-B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.3 CxA Contractor 100% N/A Functional Tests: 1) Occupancy Sensors – Demonstrate and document the following: a) Operation of all features and functions b) Sensitivity range c) Time delay setting d) On, Off and By-Pass Functions December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 13 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 17 Electric Meters Functional Test and Verification Outline The testing outlined below represents the minimum expected level of testing to be performed during commissioning. The contractor shall be required to conduct and document any tests as necessary to prove all systems comply with the design intent. Table 1 in Schedule-B details the various methods of accomplishing functional testing. Testing: Test Method Plan & Data Sheets By: Conducted By: Demonstration Percentage CxA Will Sample or Witness C.3 CxA Contractor 100% N/A Functional Tests: 1) Operation a) Calibration at meter (accurate for a known load) December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 14 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 17 PART 4 – SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL TEST DOCUMENTS 4.01 Sample functional test procedures and data forms are provided in this section to demonstrate the rigor of the process, test procedures and documentation that will be required from the contractor. These forms and procedures will be amended, augmented and updated in the final commissioning plan based on the final project documents, addendums and submittal information. This sample section does not contain all functional test procedures and data forms that are required to be executed by the contractor. Schedule - B of Part 3 provides a full list of the functional tests that will be required to be executed by the contractor. December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 15 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 17 Lighting System Control - Time of Day Functions Procedures: 1. Place the system in the scheduled-on mode. 2. Verify all zones and associated luminaries are on. 3. Place the system into the unscheduled-on mode. 4. Verify all zones and associated luminaries are off. 5. Schedule each zone off then on individually for short period, one after the other. 6. Verify each zone turns off in sequence. 7. Schedule all zones and associated luminaries off into the scheduled-off mode. 8. Program zone over-ride timer for 5 minutes. 9. Select a zone station in each zone and place that zone into the over-ride mode and verify associated zone and luminaries turn on. 10. Allow over-ride timer to time out and verify each zone turns off. Data Sheet Zone: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Zone is in the scheduled-on mode – All ON Zone is in the scheduled-off mode – All OFF Zone sequences with schedule Systems with Override: Zone is in the scheduled-off mode - OFF Over-ride zone - ON Zone OFF after over-ride time out Test Pass/Fail Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Testing Contractor: CxA Witness/Verification: Comments: December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 16 Fire Station 15 26 0800 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 17 of 17 Occupancy Sensor Control 1. Verify and record occupancy delay time. 2. Verify wall switches (if applicable) are on. 3. Wait till rooms are unoccupied and lights are off. 4. Enter room and verify lights are activated. 5. Leave the room and measure time delay until lights go out. Room: Occupancy delay time setting (minutes) Lights off when unoccupied, record time Lights come on when room is entered Lights off after time delay, record time Calculated actual delay time Delay time acceptable Tests are complete and performance is acceptable. Sign-Off: Team Member Print Name/Co. Initial Date Installing Contractor: GC Cx Coordinator: END OF SECTION December 22, 2017 26 0800 - 17 Fire Station 15 26 0920 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 26 0920 - 1 SECTION 26 0920 - LIGHTING CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manual controls B. Occupancy sensors C. Time switches D. Low voltage control panels E. Daylight sensors F. Room controllers G. Factory start up requirements 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 25 0500, Integrated Automation B. Section 26 5000, Lighting Fixtures 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for all products and associated components specified under Part 2 of this section. B. Submit shop drawings showing control sequence, bill of material, and wiring or schematic diagrams for each type and variance of room lighting control system. Indicate by plan or instruction the best mounting and installation location for each occupancy and daylight sensor. For multi-room and networked control systems include additional shop drawings of floor plans that show location of panels, system components, and interconnecting wiring. Wiring diagrams shall clarify field installed from factory installed wiring. 1.04 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include submittal data, shop drawings, installation and operating instructions, commissioning and test reports, and warranties that exceed one year in Operations and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. 0-10 VDCWall Box Dimmers: Lutron Diva series or approved B. Line Voltage Photocells: General Electric, Intermatic, Tork C. Occupancy Sensors: Greengate, Sensor Switch, WattStopper D. Outdoor Occupancy Sensors: Sensor Switch SBOR/ODP series or approved E. Time Switches: BRK Electronics, Intermatic, Tork F. Low voltage control panels, sensors and switches: Douglas, Hubbell, WattStopper G. Digital room controllers, sensors, and wall stations: Douglas, Hubbell, WattStopper 2.02 MANUAL CONTROLS A. Line Voltage Switches: Provide as specified under Section 26 0500 for wiring devices. B. Low Voltage Switches: Heavy duty, 3-position, momentary contact, toggle switch, rated 3 amperes at 25 VAC. Two wire, single relay control switches shall include integral diodes for transformer/relay operation as required. Color: Match wiring devices specified under Section 26 0500. C. 0-10VDC Wall Box Dimmer: Architectural line voltage on/off switch with low voltage preset linear slide dimming control feature, 120/277 volt, 8 amp minimum switching load capacity, 50 milliamp minimum 0-10VDC sink capacity, UL listed for use with fixture type, driver, and/or dimming ballast provided, single pole or 3-way as indicated, suitable for use with decora style wall plates Color: Match wiring devices specified under Section 26 0500. D. Digital Wall Stations: Low voltage, local network, manual switch station with feed thru RJ45 ports, suitable for use with decora style wall plates. Provide On/Off, On/Off/Dim, and/or multi-pushbutton On/Off/Scene/Dim switch stations as indicated. Color: Match wiring devices specified under Section 26 0500. E. Switch Plates: Match material and finish of device plates specified in Section 26 0500. Fire Station 15 26 0920 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 26 0920 - 2 2.03 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Room Sensors: 1. Dual technology (ultrasonic/passive infrared) 24VDC occupancy detector, adjustable sensitivity and time delay, manual override, LED motion indicator, compatible with fluorescent electronic ballasts. Rated area coverage shall conform to manufacturer's recommendation for complete room coverage without gaps, using single or multiple sensors as required. Sensors may be wall or ceiling mounted type. Exception: In restrooms and toilets with privacy partitions or showers, provide ultrasonic type without passive infrared feature. 2. Provide low temperature sensors (-4 degree F/-20 degree C) where installed in unheated spaces and in refrigerated spaces. Provide high humidity sensors where installed in damp locations, refrigerated spaces, and adjacent to shower stalls. 3. Wire Guard: Provide in public restrooms, gymnasiums, locker rooms, and similar areas where sensor may be subject to abuse. B. Transformer/Relay Pack: 120/277 volt control interface providing NEC class 2 input/output to occupancy sensor(s) and automatic line voltage switch control. Relay contacts shall be isolated, normally open, rated 20 amperes for ballast loads and 1 HP. Provide auxiliary isolated dry contact set to allow for air temperature control (ATC) interface with the occupancy sensor control system; a slave relay may be provided for this purpose. C. Wall Switch Sensors: 1. Passive infrared occupancy sensor, automatic OFF, manual ON/OFF, continuous self adapting sensitivity and time delay, LED motion indicator, compatible with magnetic ballast, electronic ballast, and motor loads, 170 degree minimum field of view. Minimum load rating shall be 600 VA and 1/6 HP at 120 volts and 1000 VA and 1/3 HP at 277 volts. Minimum rated area coverage shall be 900 square feet. 2. Provide low temperature sensors (-4 degree F/-20 degree C) where installed outdoors, in unheated spaces, and in refrigerated spaces. Provide high humidity sensors where installed in damp locations, refrigerated spaces, and adjacent to shower stalls. 3. Two Level Switching: Where indicated, provide wall switch sensor with independent dual switching control, user selectable for control of one or two switch legs to provide two levels of room illumination. 4. Finish: Match wiring devices and plates specified under Section 26 0500. D. Outdoor Sensors: Digital passive infrared (PIR) occupancy sensor, outdoor rated (water tight, -41 to +160 degree F), 360 degree coverage, line voltage On/Off control, 0-10VDC output for dimming, integrated photo sensor, suitable for control of fluorescent, HID, and LED light fixtures, suitable for low and high mounting up to 30 feet above grade, with chase nipple for mounting to outlet box, light fixture, or pole, housing color as selected. 2.04 TIME SWITCHES A. 24 Hour Electronic Time Switch: 24 hour programmable, 8 on/off events per day minimum, field replaceable battery back-up, 30 amp rated double pole single throw (DPST) contacts. B. 7-Day Electronic Time Switch: Two (2) circuit, 7-day programmable, 8 on/off events per day minimum, field replaceable battery back-up, 30 amp rated contacts. 2.05 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL PANELS A. Transformers: ANSI/NFPA 70; Class 2 energy limited, 120/277:15-24 volt, sized for load. B. Low Voltage Relays: Mechanical or magnetic latching remote control relays rated 20 amperes at 120/277 volts and suitable for HID lighting. Shall have isolated pilot contacts where required. C. Master Controllers: Solid state device allowing group control of more than 3 relays by a momentary and/or maintained contact input from manual switch, photo controller, time controller, or time switch. Installed configuration shall have 20% minimum spare relay capacity. Separate modules may be used for momentary and maintained contact switch control. Include programmable enable/disable of any relay function, and flick warn option with off sweep 2 hour override enabled from local or master switch control during 5 minute warning period. Provide with RS485 networking between controls panels within a building. Provide RS232 port and ethernet interface module and associated software for local and remote PC programming, control, and troubleshooting. Provide modem for offsite factory trouble shooting and programming over a standard telephone connection when this support service available from the system manufacturer. D. Photo/Time Controllers: Programmable solid state 365 day astronomic time/photo controller, membrane key pad entry with LCD graphic display, 8 time/photo control programmable outputs, remote photo sensor input, indefinite program and 72 hour minimum time backup on power loss, 600 events per week with week day and holiday scheduling. Any output can be time, astronomic, photo or combination controlled. Fire Station 15 26 0920 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 26 0920 - 3 E. Photo Controllers: Solid state device for operating relays and/or auxiliary contacts to control remote master controllers using a remote low voltage photo sensor. An override input shall allow a remote switch or time clock to enable or disable the photo control function. F. Relay Control Cabinets: NEMA ICS6 Type 1; shop fabricated and wired sheet metal box with screw on flush cover, side hinged flush locking door, and painted enamel finish. Assembly shall include labeled terminal blocks, line voltage - low voltage separation barriers, mounting provisions for 20% or more additional relay and associated transformer capacity, and removable circuit index card inside protective pocket on inside of front cover. Key all relay cabinets alike. Furnish two keys. Cabinets shall be flush mounted where indicated. G. Flush Switch Cabinets: NEMA ICS6 Type 1; shop fabricated sheet metal box with screw on flush cover, side hinged flush locking door, and painted enamel finish. Keys shall match relay cabinets. Size cabinets to accommodate switch layouts indicated. H. Remote Time Controllers: Programmable solid state 365 day, 600 events per week with week day and holiday scheduling, provided under Section 25 0500, Integrated Automation. Provide master controller that accepts both remote momentary and maintained timed inputs. Allow for 8 time control groups minimum. 2.06 DAYLIGHT SENSORS A. Indoor Digital Daylight Sensors: Multi-zone photo sensor with RJ45 network connection, infrared (IR) transceiver for calibration using a handheld remote programmer, and suitable for semi-flush ceiling mount or for surface mounting in skylight wells. Sensor measures room daylight contribution and communicates with a compatible room controller to automatically dim or switch up to three separate zones of lighting, raising and lowering light fixture illumination in response to available daylight. B. Low Voltage Photo Sensors, Outdoors: Weather proof, water tight sensor head suitable for outdoor mounting to an outlet box, auto ranging 1 to 10,000 FC, + or - 5%, compatible with control panel controller for off-day/on-night operation of outdoor light fixtures. C. Line Voltage Photocell: Weatherproof, off-day/on-night, 2000 watt tungsten rated, SPST with time delay, adjustable 2-50 footcandles. D. Line Voltage Photocell, Flush Mounted: Weatherproof, off-day/on-night, button type, thermal relay, 1000 watt, SPST, with stainless steel cover plate and gasket. 2.07 DIGITAL ROOM CONTROLLERS A. General: UL listed low voltage network lighting and power controller, 120/277 volt, 20 ampere rated, three (3) on/off relay outputs, four (4) minimum RJ45 digital input/outputs. B. Dimming: Where manual and/or automatic daylight control is indicated, provide three (3) 0-10Volt DC Class 2 dimming control outputs. Controls shall be configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the control zone. C. On/Off Receptacle Load Control: Where automatic switch control of receptacles is indicated, provide a UL listed low voltage network 20 ampere plug load rated standalone controller. D. Sensors, Devices, and Accessories: Provide compatible sensors, wall stations, interface device, and cabling for a complete control system. E. Emergency Lighting: Controllers with dimming control shall be programmed or otherwise designed to ensure 100% full light output of controlled dimmable emergency lights upon loss of normal power. F. Provide required software and PC USB interface device for programming and managing the digital lighting control system using a personal computer. 2.08 MATERIALS A. Low Voltage Wire: UL Type CL2, NEC Class 2 or better UL Type CL2P, NEC class 2P or better, with teflon jacket overall and listed for use in ducts, plenums, and other air handling spaces ; multi-conductor, stranded copper cable, #20 AWG minimum, color coded. B. RS 485 Communications and Digital Control: UL type CMP, Category 5 extended frequency (350MHz), 24 AWG solid copper, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, jacket overall, color coded, listed for use in ducts, plenums, and other air handling spaces. Cable installed below grade shall have a water blocking core and be suitable for wet locations in conduit. C. Conduit and Outlet Boxes: As specified under Section 26 0500. D. Cable Supports: Molded nylon clamps, heavy duty nylon ties, or galvanized steel bridle rings; sized to match cables supported. Tyton, Brady, Burndy, or Thomas & Betts manufacture. Fire Station 15 26 0920 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 26 0920 - 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install lighting controls in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. Provide programming, setup, and calibration for complete operation of each control system. B. Install low voltage wiring in conduit except cable may be installed without conduit above accessible ceilings. Install open cable parallel and perpendicular to building lines; support cable from structure at intervals not to exceed 4.5 feet on center. Do not splice open cable. 3.02 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Room Sensors: Provide number and location required for complete coverage within room (including toilet and shower stalls) and to minimize false activation thru open doors as recommended by manufacturer. Ceiling mounted sensors shall not be used above 12 feet. Provide additional transformer/relays or room controllers as required where multiple branch circuits are controlled. B. On/Off Operation: Wall switches and occupancy sensors shall be wired or otherwise programmed to provide manual on, manual off, and automatic sensor off control of room lighting unless otherwise indicated. C. Time Delay: Set manual time delay for automatic off at 15 minutes unless otherwise directed or indicated. 3.03 TIME CONTROLS A. Provide initial and final programming and testing, scheduled at the convenience of the Owner. Arrange for an Owner representative to be present for each programming session. Coordinate time schedules and programming with Division 25 Contractor. Start up control sequence shall be as scheduled on drawings. Final control sequence shall be as directed by Owner. 3.04 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL PANELS A. Provide typewritten circuit index in each relay cabinet identifying relay numbers, line voltage, circuit numbers, loads controlled, and master/local/special sensor switch control information. B. Arrange with Owner's voice/data system installer to provide one phone line and one data line terminated with required jacks for modem and ethernet connections. 3.05 DAYLIGHT SENSORS A. Locate daylight sensors in spaces indicated on plan, exact location to be per manufacturer’s instructions and as shown on approved shop drawing. B. Provide calibration of daylight sensing controls after substantial completion. Calibrate indoor daylight sensors to lower fixture illumination when daylight zone ambient illumination is above 80FC unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 DIGITAL ROOM CONTROLLERS A. Areas with Accessible Ceiling Space: Locate controller above ceiling within 6 feet of first lighting outlet serving lights to be controlled unless otherwise indicated. Low voltage wiring between sensor and relay may be installed without conduit. B. Coordinate with Division 25 contractor to identify auxiliary relay contacts provided for air temperature control (ATC) interface. 3.07 FACTORY STARTUP A. General: Field start-up, testing, and adjustment for low voltage control panels and for digital room control systems shall be performed under the supervision of a factory trained manufacturer's representative. B. Low Voltage Control Panels: Include programming, calibration, and testing, as part of commissioning specified under Section 26 0800. Allow separate site visits for initial and final programming. Start up control sequence shall be as scheduled on drawings. Final control sequence shall be as directed by Owner. Arrange for an Owner representative to be present for each programming session. C. Digital Room Control Systems: Include initial programming, calibration, and testing, as part of commissioning specified under Section 26 0800. 3.08 COMMISSIONING A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 9100 for commissioning of lighting controls as required under Section C408 of the Washington State Energy Code. B. System must be commissioned by trained factory representative. Fire Station 15 26 0920 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING CONTROLS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 26 0920 - 5 3.09 DEMONSTRATION & INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of system to Owner's personnel prior to contract closeout. Allow one site visit and two hours of total instruction scheduled at convenience of Owner. B. Provide follow up training between 3 months and 6 months from time of completion. Allow for two hours of instruction and programming modification scheduled at convenience of Owner. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction, reviewing contents of manual with personnel in detail. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 26 2000 - 1 SECTION 26 2000 - ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Panelboards and Circuit Breakers B. Disconnect switches C. Fuses D. Enclosed Circuit Breakers E. Nameplates 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for panelboards, circuit breakers, and enclosed circuit breakers. B. Submit shop drawings for panelboards. Include installation requirements for anchoring and bracing meeting requirements of the International Building Code for Seismic Design Category F. C. Coordinate dimensions of equipment with site and project space dimensions to verify equipment will fit, conform to indicated layout, and meet NEC and manufacturer clearance requirements. D. Submit reports for tests required under part 3 of this section. Submit manufacturer’s performance testing instructions and signed written performance test records for equipment ground fault protection systems. 1.03 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data for panelboards, circuit breakers, fuses, studies, and tests in Operation & Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Panelboards, Circuit Breakers and Disconnects: Square 'D', Siemens, Cutler-Hammer. B. Fuses: Bussman and Littelfuse. 2.02 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: UL 67, NEMA PB 1; bolt-on circuit breaker type. B. Electrical Ratings, Circuit Breaker Arrangement, Special Features: As indicated on drawings. Indicated ampere interrupting capacity (AIC) is the rms symmetrical integrated equipment short circuit rating of the complete assembly. Indicated AIC rating shall be base upon manufacture listed series rating with the panelboard main device or the line side overcurrent protective device, as applicable, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cabinet: Concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge door-in-door (one door over interior and one which exposes gutter) with flush locks all keyed alike, 6" deep x 20" wide. Provide two keys for each panelboard furnished. D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel over rust inhibitor for exposed surfaces; galvanized steel for recessed boxes. E. Circuit Directory: Index card under plastic with metal framed holder on inside door. F. Circuit Breakers: UL 489; molded case, thermal magnetic trip. Multi-pole breakers shall be single handle with common pole operation. 1. Provide type SWD circuit breakers for lighting circuits. 2. Provide type HACR circuit breakers for air conditioning equipment, refrigeration equipment, and surge protection devices (SPD). 3. Provide approved manufacturer handle ties between single pole circuit breakers serving branch circuits sharing a common neutral (disconnecting means for multiwire branch circuits). 4. Provide approved manufacturer handle padlock attachment on circuit breakers serving branch circuits for permanently connected appliances without local disconnecting means and where otherwise indicated. 5. Provide combination-type arc-fault circuit interrupter protection (AFCI) circuit breakers for branch circuits where indicated. 6. Provide ground fault circuit interrupter protection (GFCI) circuit breakers for branch circuits where indicated. 7. Provide ground fault equipment protection (GFEP) circuit breakers for pipe heat trace and for deicing and snow melting equipment. Fire Station 15 26 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 26 2000 - 2 8. Circuit breakers used as mains (back-fed) shall be suitable for the purpose and shall include an auxiliary fastener listed and approved by the panelboard manufacturer where plug-in type device is used. G. Bussing: Copper with full neutral and ground bus. Provide separate ground bus isolated from cabinet where isolated grounding requirements are indicated. H. Where surge protective device (SPD) is indicated, coordinate requirements with Section 26 4300. I. Where fusing is required to comply with selective coordination requirements of NEC 700 and 701, provide lighting and appliance panelboard that includes UL listed, special purpose, low peak branch circuit fuses with Class J performance in series with each branch circuit breaker or disconnect. Fuses shall be IP20 finger-safe with neon open fuse indication, single and multi-pole as scheduled. Cooper Bussmann QSCP, Eaton PRL1aF or 2aF, or approved. J. Provide flush mounted panelboards with bullnose trim where full recessed depth is not available. K. Provide sheet metal skirt with matching panelboard finish from bottom of surface mounted panelboards to floor. 2.03 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Circuit Breakers: UL 489; molded case, thermal magnetic trip, AIC rating greater than available symmetrical short circuit amperes. Distribution circuit breakers must be series rated with load side overcurrent devices. Provide circuit breaker electronic trip unit where indicated to include 8X adjustable short-time delay and fixed instantaneous override. Multi-pole breakers shall be single handle with common pole operation. B. Electrical Ratings, Configuration, and Special Features: As shown on drawings. The indicated ampere interrupting capacity (AIC) shown on the drawings is the full rms symmetrical equipment short circuit rating of bussing and of all overcurrent devices installed. C. Enclosures: NEMA ICS6; Type 1 for dry locations, Type 3R for damp or outdoor, with pad locking provisions, and suitable for use as service equipment. Include neutral and/or ground kits as required. 2.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Safety Switches: NEMA KS 1; heavy duty, quick make, quick break, handle with lock out / tag out provisions. Provide rating, number of poles, and fusing required for load served. B. Safety Switches for Variable Frequency Drives (VFD): Safety switches installed on the load side of VFD controllers shall include an interlock to disable controller operation when the safety switch handle is operated to the open positon. C. Toggle Switches for Small Motors and Appliances: NEMA WD 1; horsepower rated 20 ampere general use snap switch with lock-out attachment. D. Elevator Switches: Enclosed fused switch and shunt trip assembly complying with NEC 620 and WAC 296-96 requirements for elevator power supply. Switch assembly shall include Class J power fuses sized for elevator load, locking handle operator, provisions for remote source control power circuit, fire alarm initiating device interface relay, keyed test switch, pilot light (ON), and mechanical interlock auxiliary contact for emergency automatic recall. Bussman PS series power module switch or equal. E. Switch Enclosures: NEMA ICS 6; Type 1 for dry locations, Type 3R for damp or outdoor locations. 2.05 FUSES A. Approved Fuses, 600 Amperes and Less, for Branch Circuits and Power Distribution: 1. ANSI/UL 198C Class J low peak with time delay unless otherwise indicated except ANSI/UL 198E Class RK5 may be used in safety switches for protection of motors and transformers. 2. For protection of circuit breakers: Fuses must comply with NEC 240.86 series rating requirements for load side circuit breakers that are not rated for the available fault current. Coordinate series rating requirements with published manufacturer’s listings for circuit breakers installed. B. Approved Fuses, Over 600 Amperes, for Branch Circuits and Power Distribution: 1. ANSI/UL 198C Class L low peak with time delay unless otherwise indicated. 2. For protection of circuit breakers: Fuses must comply with NEC 240.86 series rating requirements for load side circuit breakers that are not rated for the available fault current. Coordinate series rating requirements with published manufacturer’s listings for circuit breakers installed. 2.06 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background, affixed with stainless steel screws, adhesive acceptable in dry locations. Use black letters on yellow background for series combination rating identification. Fire Station 15 26 2000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 26 2000 - 3 B. Letter Height: 1/2 inch for series combination rating identification. 1/4 inch for panelboards, circuit breakers, switches, and disconnecting means; 1/8 inch for motor starters, contactors, time switches, and equipment served. C. Arc Flash Protection Labels: ANSI Z535.4; Self adhesive vinyl label factory installed by the equipment manufacturer with ANSI header to read WARNING or DANGER and informational text to include: Electric Arc Flash Hazard Turn off all power before opening Follow all requirements in NFPA 70E for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment. Failure to comply can result in death or injury D. Arc Flash Protection Labels for Panelboards: ANSI Z535.4, NFPA 70E; Self adhesive vinyl labels consisting of arc flash information based on the approved hazard study. Labels shall include Flash Category, Arc Flash Rating (cal/cm2), Hazard Boundary, and required Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PANELBOARDS A. Install in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1. B. Height: 78 inches maximum measured from finish floor to top of enclosure; 78 inches maximum measured from finish floor to highest device handle for panelboards over 66 inches high. C. Provide typewritten circuit directory for each panelboard listing load description for each circuit. Use final room names and numbers as verified with the Owner. D. Stub 3 empty 3/4-inch conduits to accessible location below floor from each recessed panelboard. E. Fire Rated Construction: Recessed rough-in cans that penetrate fire rated wall assemblies shall comply with requirements of Section 26 0500. Verify location of fire rated assemblies with Architectural plans prior to rough in. 3.02 FUSES A. Install fuses in fusible switches. B. Size fuses for motor loads at 150% of nameplate full load amperes; size fuses for air conditioning and refrigeration equipment at maximum recommended nameplate rating. 3.03 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Switchboards, Panelboards: Provide nameplate to identify equipment designation, voltage, and source of supply for each, e.g. Panel A, 208/120V, Fed from Panel E. Provide arc flash protection label. Provide series combination rating nameplate where such rating is applicable. B. Individual Circuit Breakers, Switches, and Motor Starters Installed in Switchboards, Distribution Panelboards Without Circuit Index: Provide nameplate to identify circuit number and load served. C. Individual Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Safety Switches, and Disconnecting Means: Provide nameplate to identify load served and circuit source and circuit number. D. Equipment Served: Provide nameplate to identify equipment designation corresponding with nameplate of serving overcurrent device, disconnect switch, or controller when there is more than one of same type of equipment being served, e.g. Air Handler No. 2. Coordinate with Architect/Engineer to assign numbers when not designated in equipment schedules. E. Nameplate and Label Location: Secure to equipment fronts, except recessed panelboards in finished locations secure nameplates and labels to inside face of door. F. Service Equipment: Provide label identifying short circuit rating indicated along with date of construction documents. 3.04 TESTS A. Motors and Compressors: Record all nameplate data. Measure actual voltage and running amperes for each phase. Record manufacturer and catalog number of overload thermal units installed. B. Equipment Ground Fault Protection Systems: Test prior to being placed into service to verify proper installation and operation of the system as determined by the equipment manufacturer’s published instructions. Set pick up for 300 amps and time delay for zero (instantaneous) unless otherwise indicated or directed. Record test results. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 December 22, 2017 26 3200 - 1 SECTION 26 3200 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Packaged engine generator set with circuit breaker and control panel. B. Sub-base fuel tank. C. Batteries, tray and charger. D. Exhaust silencer and fittings. E. Weather protective housing. F. Remote annunciator panel. G. Remote emergency stop station. H. Factory startup. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 3600, Transfer Switches. B. Concrete for Equipment Pads: Comply with Division 03 - Concrete. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of the following publications: NFPA 99 Standards for Health Care Facilities NFPA 110 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems UL 2200 UL Standard for Safety for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies B. Conform to Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) applicable emission regulations. C. Conform to requirements of Fire Marshal for Flammable/Combustible Liquids. D. Obtain and pay for special permit(s) that may be required by Fire Marshal, local clean air control agency, and other government agencies have jurisdiction. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. UL 2200 Engine generator system to provide source of stand-by power. B. System Capacity: Comply with kW/kVA ratings indicated on plans, at elevation of 500 feet above sea level, and ambient temperature 85 degrees F; continuous standby rating using engine-mounted radiator. C. Installation: Outdoor packaged assembly with integral fuel tank, batteries, charger, coolant heater, exhaust, and weather protective housing. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery, battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators, sub-base fuel tank, remote annunciator, remote emergency stop station. B. Submit shop drawings showing plan and elevation views with overall and interconnection point dimensions, fuel consumption rate curves at various loads, ventilation and combustion air requirements, and electrical diagrams including schematic and interconnection diagrams. C. Coordinate dimensions of equipment with site and project space dimensions to verify equipment will fit, conform to indicated layout, and meet NEC and manufacturer clearance requirements. D. Submit shop drawings of rain water infiltration covers for the outdoor generator spill containment structure showing installation details that include size, shape, location, and attachment method of covers. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit data in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Include instructions for normal operation, routine maintenance requirements, service manuals for engine and day tank, and emergency maintenance procedures. C. Include documentation from system start up. Fire Station 15 26 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 December 22, 2017 26 3200 - 2 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide five year comprehensive warranty on engine-generator packaged unit. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Kohler as supplied by EC Power Systems B. Cummins Power Generation as supplied by Cummins Northwest C. Caterpillar as supplied by NC Power Systems D. MTU as supplied by Pacific Power Products 2.02 ENGINE A. Type: Water-cooled inline or V-type, four stroke cycle, compression ignition Diesel internal combustion engine. B. Rating: Sufficient to operate at 10 percent overload for one hour at specified elevation and ambient limits when Prime power rating is specified. C. Fuel System: No. 2 fuel oil. D. EPA Emissions: Engine shall be certified by the Environmental Protection Agency to conform to Tier 2 non-road emissions regulations. E. Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. F. Governor: Electronic isochronous type. Mechanical type may be used on diesel engine sets not serving computer equipment. G. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed, and engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer. H. Engine Starting: Two wire DC starting system with positive engagement, number and voltage of starter motors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Include remote starting control circuit, with MANUAL-OFF-REMOTE selector switch on engine-generator control panel. I. Engine Coolant Heater: UL 499; thermostatically controlled water jacket heater, sized to maintain 90 deg. F. ambient, and rated for 120 volt. J. Radiator: Unit mounted, with duct flange, using glycol coolant, with engine driven blower type fan, sized to maintain safe engine temperature in 104 degrees F ambient and against static air flow restriction of 0.5 inches of water. K. Diesel Engine Accessories: Fuel filter, lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler, fuel transfer pump, fuel priming pump, gear driven water pump. L. Gas Engine Accessories: Lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler, fuel gas regulator, fuel gas solenoid valve, throttle body, flexible fuel line, gear driven water pump. M. Mounting: Mount unit on structural steel base using suitable vibration isolators. N. Engine Power Rating: Shall not exceed 500HP. 2.03 GENERATOR A. Generator: ANSI/NEMA MG 1; four pole brushless synchronous generator with brushless exciter, reconnectable for a broad range of voltages. B. Rating: Comply with KW/KVA rating specified under paragraph System Capacity above. Provide generator(s) with reconnectable broad range voltage configuration connected for voltage and phase indicated on plans, 60 Hz at 1800 rpm. C. Insulation: ANSI/NEMA MG 1; Class F minimum. D. Temperature Rise: 105 degrees C continuous, 130 degrees C standby. E. Enclosure: ANSI/NEMA MG 1; open drip proof. F. Voltage Regulation: Include generator-mounted volts per Hertz exciter-regulator to match engine and generator characteristics, with voltage regulation +/- one percent from no load to full load. Include manual controls to adjust voltage drop +/- 5 percent voltage level, and voltage gain. Fire Station 15 26 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 December 22, 2017 26 3200 - 3 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fuel Tank: Double wall, UL 142; sub-base tank unit with fuel lines, internal mounted fuel fill/spill containment, low fuel level alarm switch and tank rupture alarm switch. Provide 72 hour minimum fuel capacity at full load. Provide extended vents where required by local jurisdiction. B. Exhaust Silencer: Residential type silencer, with muffler companion flanges and flexible stainless steel exhaust fitting, suitable for horizontal orientation, sized in accordance with engine manufacturer's instructions. C. Batteries, Diesel Engine: Heavy duty, diesel starting type lead-acid storage batteries, 170 ampere-hours minimum capacity. Include necessary cables and clamps. D. Batteries, Gas Engine: Maintenance free lead-acid storage battery, 650 minimum cold cranking amps. Include necessary cables and clamps. E. Battery Tray: Plastic coated metal or structural plastic, constructed to contain spillage of electrolyte. F. Battery Charger: UL 1236; dual rate type designed to provide a trickle charger rate of 80 to 500 milliamperes, or steady current output of 10 amperes minimum to maintain a fully-charged condition, at a constant battery voltage without danger of overcharging. Include overload protection. Provide base-mounted enclosure to meet ANSI/NEMA 250, Type 1 requirements. G. Line Circuit Breaker(s): UL 489 molded case circuit breaker on generator output with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Provide single circuit breaker sized at 125% of generator full load current unless otherwise indicated. Mount unit in enclosure to meet ANSI/NEMA 250, Type 1 requirements with provisions to lock in the open position. H. Engine-Generator Control Panel: ANSI/NEMA 250, Type 1 generator mounted control panel enclosure with engine and generator controls, shut downs and indicators meeting requirements of NFPA 110, level 2 installation. In addition, include the following equipment and features: 1. Frequency Meter. 2. AC Output Voltmeter. 3. AC Output Ammeter. 4. Output voltage adjustment. 5. Engine running time meter. 6. Oil pressure gauge. 7. Water temperature gauge. 8. Auxiliary Relay, 3PDT. 9. Remote alarm contacts for NFPA 99 110 Level 2 alarm functions. 10. Audible alarm rated 90 dB at 10 feet. 11. Sub-base tank rupture alarm. I. Weather Protective Housing (With Enclosed Exhaust Silencer): Reinforced steel construction with rust inhibiting primer and enamel finish inside and out, stainless steel hardware, locking access panels, horizontal radiator discharge, fixed ventilation louvers for full load operation with access panels closed. Access panel door swing shall not exceed 35 inch radius. Housing design shall provide noise attenuation to achieve 72 dBA average sound level measured at 7 meters under full load. J. Base Mounted Vibration Isolators: Suitable spring type isolators with seismic restraints recommended by generator set manufacturer to comply with installation requirements. K. Remote Engine Annunciator Panel: NFPA 110 Level 2; surface mounted panel with brushed stainless steel or color enamel finish. Include day sub-base tank rupture alarm. Remote annunciator shall connect to the generator control panel using a digital network communication cable. L. Remote Manual Shut-Down Station: Provide remote manual stop station complying with NFPA 110, suitable for mounting in either a flush or surface outlet box. Provide permanent label reading "AUXILIARY GENERATOR EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Provide water, glycol antifreeze, and lubricants required for start-up, testing and adjustment. Fuel shall be furnished by Owner. C. Provide all field wiring and interface cabling for generator operation, remote annunciation, remote control, power transfer per approved shop drawings. Provide emergency shutdown station, located adjacent to the transfer switch. Fire Station 15 26 3200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 December 22, 2017 26 3200 - 4 D. Provide vibration isolation between engine generator base and building floor, equipment pad, or sub-base fuel tank. Reduce transmitted vibration to a maximum 0.0015 inches total amplitude through frequency range down to 65 cycles/sec; four isolators minimum. E. Secure packaged generator set to floor or foundation. Obtain anchoring plans from equipment manufacturer indicating size and location of anchors suitable for Seismic Design Category D2 or better. Secure equipment with corrosion proof ½ inch -13 SAE Grade 5 wedge anchors having a minimum embedded depth of 3-1/2 inches unless otherwise approved or recommended by manufacturer. F. Provide protective bollards around installations located in areas subject to vehicular traffic. Bollards shall be 84 inch x 5 inch diameter galvanized steel pipe, filled with concrete, domed top, painted bright yellow. Set in concrete 36 inches below final grade. G. Remote Manual Shutdown Station: Locate where indicated outside the room housing an indoor generator, or remote from an outdoor generator. Wiring shall be concealed for semi-flush station mounting unless otherwise approved. 3.02 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Field start-up, testing and adjustment shall be performed under the supervision of a factory trained manufacturer's representative. B. Provide full load test utilizing portable test bank for two hours minimum. Simulate power failure including operation of transfer switch, and return to normal. C. During test, record the following at 20 minute intervals: 1. Kilowatts. 2. Amperes. 3. Voltage. 4. Temperature. 5. Frequency. 6. Oil pressure. D. Test alarm and shut-down circuits. E. Adjust generator output and engine speed. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstration and Instructions shall be performed by a Factory trained and authorized representative. B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of system to Owner's personnel prior to Contract Closeout. Allow one two hour session scheduled at convenience of Owner. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Demonstrate operation, control, trouble shooting, maintenance, and testing of system. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 3600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TRANSFER SWITCHES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 3600 - 1 SECTION 26 3600 - TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Automatic transfer switches (ATS) 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 3200, Packaged Engine Generator Systems 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for transfer switches showing overall dimensions, electrical connections, electrical ratings, and environmental requirements. B. Submit shop drawings showing complete factory wiring diagrams and field wiring requirements for equipment installation. Include manufacturer recommended initial settings for adjustable time delays and sensors. C. Coordinate dimensions of equipment with site and project space dimensions to verify equipment will fit, conform to indicated layout, and meet NEC and manufacturer clearance requirements. D. Submit reports for tests required under part 3 of this section. Submit manufacturer’s performance testing instructions and signed written performance test records for equipment ground fault protection systems. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit data in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Include test reports and record of final settings for adjustable and factory time delays and sensors from system start up. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. ATS: ASCO, Onan, Kohler, Thomson Technology, Cutler-Hammer B. MTS: ASCO, Onan, Kohler, Thomson Technology, Cutler-Hammer, ESL Power Systems 2.02 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A. Description: UL 1008, NEMA ICS 2; programmed open transition (0-10 seconds minimum) electrically operated, mechanically held, automatic transfer switch. B. Ratings: UL 1008, NEMA ICS 2; as follows: 1. Voltage and Phase: As indicated on project drawings. 2. Switched Poles: As indicated on project drawings. 3. Load Inrush Rating: Combination tungsten lamp, electric discharge lamp, resistive load, and motor load. 4. Continuous Rating: Ampere rating indicated on project drawings. 5. Minimum Withstand Current Rating: 3-cycle rated for available fault current indicated on project drawings. 6. Suitable for use on NEC 702 systems as indicated on drawings. 7. Service entrance rated (where indicated on drawings): Listed as service equipment and suitable for use as disconnecting means. C. Control: Solid state circuitry; separately adjustable voltage and frequency sensing of normal and alternate sources, all phases. 2.03 AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor. B. Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: 0 to 6 seconds, adjustable. C. Initiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and permission by alternate source monitor. D. Time Delay Before Transfer to Alternate Source: 0 to 60 seconds, adjustable. E. Initiate Transfer from Alternate Source to Neutral or Off Position: Upon contact closure of load shed relay provided at the generator controller. Provide where indicated on drawings. F. Initiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normal source monitor. Fire Station 15 26 3600 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TRANSFER SWITCHES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 26 3600 - 2 G. Time Delay Before Transfer to Normal Power: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable; bypass time delay in event of alternate source failure. H. Time Delay Before Alternate Source Engine Shut Down: 0 to 5 minutes, adjustable, of unloaded operation. I. Generator Exerciser: Programmable, set for engine start every 30 days; run for 30 minutes before shutting down. Bypass exerciser control if normal source fails during exercising period. Provide load/no-load selector switch. 2.04 ATS ACCESSORIES A. Indicating Lights: Mount in front cover of enclosure to indicate normal source available, alternate source available and switch position. B. Manual Controls: Mount in front cover of enclosure for Test, Automatic, and Engine Start, minimum. C. Transfer Switch Auxiliary Contacts: Provide 1 normally open and 1 normally closed on utility side. Provide 2 normally open and 2 normally closed on generator side. D. Programmed Transition (Time Delay Neutral Position): Provide adjustable time delay in neutral switch position to reduce destructive transients during switching of motor loads. 2.05 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosure: ICS 6; Type 3R for damp or outdoor locations; surface mounted, with gutter space for metering current sensors shown on one line diagram and specified under Section 25 5000. Coordinate maximum dimensions with room layout shown on plans. Provide cabinet with hinged door, locking handle latch, and gasketed jambs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Provide all field wiring and interface cabling for transfer switch operation and control per approved shop drawings. C. Nameplates: Comply with Section 26 2000; Indicate equipment designation, NEC system type, voltage, and description and location of alternate source, e.g. ATS-1 NEC 700 208/120V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 100KW Generator, Boiler Room D. Provide multiple transfer switches as required to automatically transfer emergency (life safety) loads separate from required stand-by and from optional stand-by loads. 3.02 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Comply with Section 26 3200 - Packaged Engine Generator Systems as related work. B. Comply with NFPA requirements for Stand-By systems. C. Make initial and final settings for adjustable time delays and sensors. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstration and Instructions shall be performed by a Factory trained and authorized representative. Include as part of packaged engine generator system demonstration and instructions. B. Comply with Section 26 3200 - Packaged Engine Generator Systems as related work. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 26 5000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 26 5000 - 1 SECTION 26 5000 - LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires and accessories B. Exterior luminaires and accessories C. Lamps D. LED drivers E. Poles F. Emergency Lighting Equipment 1.02 COORDINATION A. Confirm luminaire type, mounting, and recessed depth is compatible with ceiling system prior to ordering. Coordinate with architectural reflected ceiling plans, sections, and details. B. Determine final luminaire locations according to architectural reflected ceiling plans and elevations. In spaces open to structure, coordinate final luminaire locations and mounting heights with ductwork, piping, and structural members and submit final plan to Architect/Engineer for approval. C. Coordinate dimensions and mounting of under-cabinet and other casework lighting with the cabinet and/or casework product vendor(s) prior to ordering light fixtures. D. Field verify anchor bolt size and pattern for existing concrete bases being reused. Coordinate anchor base requirements with pole manufacturer prior to ordering fixtures and poles. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for all items specified under Part 2 of this section and scheduled on the drawings. Include in submittal and in Operations and Maintenance Manual a coversheet listing each fixture type with corresponding LED/lamp and driver data. B. Submit shop drawings for Emergency Lighting System UPS equipment. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AND TRAINING A. Submit all data in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Provide onsite training on driver and LED board replacement for each type of luminaire installed. C. Lighting Inverter: Include instructions for normal operation, routine maintenance requirements, service manuals and testing procedures in Operation and Maintenance Manual. Provide onsite Owner training. D. Include documentation from system start up. 1.05 WARRANTY A. LED Luminaires and Fixture Drivers: Provide five year comprehensive warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Luminaires & Accessories: Identified in Fixture Schedule. 2.02 LED LUMINAIRES A. Indoor luminaires shall comply with following requirements unless otherwise scheduled on the drawings: UL listed, Reduction of Hazardous Substance (ROHS) compliant, 3500K color temperature, 80 CRI minimum, listed for 25 degree C minimum ambient operation, integral driver, integral surge, open circuit, short circuit, and overload protection, L70 at 50,000 hours or better per IESNA LM-80. Provide dimmable driver for low voltage 0-10 volt control to 10% of lumen output except dimming drivers that have daylight responsive control shall dim to completely OFF. B. Outdoor luminaires shall comply with following requirements unless otherwise scheduled on the drawings: UL listed, Reduction of Hazardous Substance (ROHS) compliant, IP66 rated, 4000K color temperature, 70 CRI minimum, listed for -20 degree C to 40 degree C ambient or better operation, integral driver, integral surge, open circuit, short circuit, and overload protection, rated L70 at 50,000 hours or better per IESNA LM-80. Provide dimmable driver suitable for 0-10 volt control. Fire Station 15 26 5000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 26 5000 - 2 C. Recessed LED luminaires shall have drivers, modules, and reflectors accessible, serviceable, and replaceable from below the ceiling. 2.03 FIXTURE WHIPS A. 3/8 inch flexible conduit or approved MC cable assembly with circuit and equipment ground conductors; 72 inch maximum length. B. Where fixtures are provided with pre-installed whips, verify wiring arrangement, termination location, and installation clearances prior to ordering. 2.04 FIXTURE ACCESSORIES A. Provide necessary hangers, brackets, plates, anchors, and other mounting accessories required by construction features and ceiling conditions. Comply with requirements of Section 26 0500, Basic Materials and Methods. B. Pendants: Provide single pipe stem type with self-aligning swivel hangar and canopy and suitable for sloped ceilings, stem length as required. C. Allow sufficient length for pendants, cables, chains, conduit, or rods as specified to install hanging fixtures at 8 feet above finished floor or 36 inches below the ceiling, whichever is lower, unless otherwise indicated in the construction documents. D. Wireguards: Provide wireguards for all surface mounted and industrial fixtures installed in Gymnasiums and Multi-Purpose Rooms. 2.05 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. See Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide LED modules/lamps in luminaires provided under this Section. B. Provide wiring, installation, and lamps for lighting fixtures furnished under other Sections or by Owner, including fixtures furnished as part of hoods and equipment (e.g. range hoods, kitchen hoods, fume hoods, and walk-in HVAC equipment). Incandescent lamps shall be maximum listed wattage of fixture except when smaller wattage is indicated. C. Set lighting fixtures plumb, square, and level; measure mounting heights to center of fixture for wall mounted and to bottom of fixture for pendant hung. D. Support lighting fixtures from building structural members; provide metal channels or additional blocking and framing as required for fixture support between structural members or to avoid interference from mechanical pipes and ducts. Conceal supports within building construction in finished spaces. E. Recessed and surface mounted lighting fixtures weighing less than 56 lbs (25.4 kg) may be supported from metal ceiling suspension systems when auxiliary support from structural members using two #12 AWG wire hangers at diagonal corners are provided (hangers may be slack). Fixtures weighing 56 lbs or more must be supported directly from the structure by approved hangers. F. Light fixtures hung below suspended ceilings by pendants, cables, chains, conduit, rods, or other means shall be supported from structure above using #9 AWG wire hanger or alternate support approved by Inspection Authorities. G. Securely fasten recessed and surface fixtures in place; provide seismic clips (one each corner) for lay-in fixtures; attach surface fixtures tight to ceilings and walls, and secure fluorescent fixtures within 12 inches of each end. H. Mounting height for wall mounted fixtures and for hanging fixtures supported by pendants, cable, chain, conduit, rods, or other means shall be determined by the architect/engineer during construction unless otherwise indicated in the construction documents. I. Install suspended fixtures so that no obstruction is located within the swing range. J. Prior to substantial completion and before testing and operating manual or automatic fluorescent dimming systems, operate fluorescent lamps at full brightness for the minimum hours recommended by the lamp manufacture to meet burn-in requirements. 3.02 RELAMPING A. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at completion of work. Fire Station 15 26 5000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LIGHTING FIXTURES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 26 5000 - 3 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Align and tighten luminaires and clean reflectors, lenses and diffusers at completion of work. Clean paint splatters, dirt, and debris from installed luminaires. B. Make final aiming adjustment of directional luminaires as directed by Architect/Engineer at completion of work. 3.04 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT A. Exit, Self-Contained Emergency, Night lights: Connect ahead of switch control on local lighting circuit. B. Integral Emergency Lighting Pack for LED Lighting: Install in LED channel with charging indicator light and test switch separately mounted on or adjacent to fixture so as to be visible and accessible. Connect emergency pack to unswitched conductor ahead of local switch control. Connect fixture ballast so that lamps are switched in normal mode unless fixture is indicated as Night Light. 3.05 FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION A. Recessed Luminaires: Provide field fabricated fire resistive shell acceptable to Fire Marshal and conforming to requirements of UL assembly rating for ceiling installed. Allow clearances around fixture for adequate ventilation per fixture manufacturers recommendations and UL listing. 3.06 THERMAL AND SOUND INSULATION A. Coordinate with General Contractor to ensure provisions are made to support insulation materials minimum of 3 inches clear of recessed lighting fixtures that are not IC rated. 3.07 TRAINING A. Coordinate with Architect to arrange onsite training for luminaire and lighting inverters. Allow 20 minutes per each type of installed luminare to review driver and LED board replacement. Allow four hours of factory training for the lighting inverters. END OF SECTION DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS Fire Station 15 27 1001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 5 December 22, 2017 27 1001 - 1 SECTION 27 1001 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cable and Accessories B. Station Outlets C. Cross-Connect Components D. Equipment Mounting E. Structured Cabling System Design 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 0100, Electrical General Requirements B. Section 26 0400, Existing Systems C. Section 26 0500, Basic Materials & Methods D. Section 26 0526, Grounding & Bonding E. Section 26 0530, Low Voltage Signal Systems Pathway 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of the latest revisions of the following standards: TIA/EIA-569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. TIA/EIA-568-B-1,2,3 Commercial Building Telecommunication Standard, including all addendums. TIA/EIA-455-61 FOTP-61, Measurement of Fiber or Cable Attenuation Using An OTDR EIA/TIA-606 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings EIA/TIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide design and installation of a structured cabling system consisting of horizontal station wiring using unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling, with UTP backbone for voice PDS and fiber optic backbone for data PDS. B. Voice (telephone) Network: Conform to TIA/EIA Category 5 requirements or better. Connect each station voice jack to wiring terminal blocks at the nearest Distribution Frame or wiring closet located on same floor unless otherwise indicated. C. Data (computer) Network: Conform to TIA/EIA Category 6 requirements. Terminate each station data jack to a patch panel at the nearest Distribution Frame or wiring closet located on same floor unless otherwise indicated. D. Voice Network: Coordinate with Century Link for installation of analog telephone service. E. Data Network: Coordinate with Internet Service Provider for installation of fiber optic cable to the site. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for all items specified under Part 2 of this section. B. Submit shop drawings showing floor plans with room numbers, station outlet locations, horizontal station cable routing, backbone cable routing, and alpha numeric identification of terminals and jacks. Include elevation plans showing layout of cross-connect and wire management hardware. Show location and size of conduit sleeves for open cable routing. C. Submit terminal labeling plan. D. Submit documentation for tests required under Part 3 of this section. 1.06 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data for complete structured cabling system in Operation and Maintenance Manual. B. Include cable certification test results for each UTP and Fiber Optic cable. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Company: Contractor specializing in the design, installation, and testing of high speed data and voice network systems for a minimum of five years. Fire Station 15 27 1001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 December 22, 2017 27 1001 - 2 B. Installers: Trained and experienced technicians of the company, certified by the product manufacturer and by Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) for the PDS cabling, hardware, and accessories being installed, shall perform the work. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year minimum product warranty and 15 year minimum link/channel transmission warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. UTP Cable: Systimax, Bert-Tek, CommScope, AMP. B. UTP Station Outlets and Cross-Connect Components: Systimax, AMP, Ortronics. C Fiber Optic Cable, Equipment, and Accessories: Siecor, CommScope, AMP, Ortronics. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All products provided under Part 2 shall meet or exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6, TIA/EIA-568-B.3-1 Optical Fiber, unless specifically indicated otherwise. 2.03 CABLE A. Station Cable, Data: UL type CMR, Category 6 extended frequency (350MHz), 24 AWG solid copper, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, jacket overall, color coded, listed for use in ducts, plenums, and other air handling spaces [non plenum rated]. Cable installed outdoors shall have a water blocking core and be suitable for installation below grade in conduit. B. Trunk Cable (Telephone Backbone): Per Utility Standards. C. Singlemode Indoor/Outdoor Riser Rated Fiber Optic Cable (Data Backbone): UL listed Type OFNR, (12) strand, match clad fiber-optic distribution cables, tight buffered with fire retardent polyethlene, glass reinforced polymer central strength member, aramid yarn flexible strength elements, and fire retardant polyethlene outer jacket and water blocking system. Optimum performance from 1265 nm to 1625 nm. 2.04 CABLE ACCESSORIES A. Cable Support: Extra wide base J hooks, with plenum rated tie wraps. Caddy cable cat system or equal. Staples, straps, bridle rings, and similar supports are prohibited. B. Fiber Protection, Inside Plant: Non-metallic corrugated flexible raceway, 3/4-inch minimum diameter, orange color, UL listed for use with OFNR fiber cable. Carlon Riser-Gard or equal. C. Fiber Protection, Outside Plant: Non-metallic corrugated flexible raceway, 1 inch diameter, orange color, UL listed for use as an innerduct within conduit systems. D. Wire Management: Provide vertical wire management channels each side of equipment racks for strain relief, bend radius, and cable routing. Include cable trough for station cable routing and front mounted wire management rings for patch cords. E. UTP Voice Cable Circuit Protection, Outside Plant: UL 497, solid-state, fused, press to fit cross-connect block protectors with automatic reset and ground bar attachment. ITW Linx UltraLinx series protector or equal. Provide for each circuit pair. F. UTP Data Cable Circuit Protection, Outside Plant: UL 497, solid state modular protector. Provide rack mounted patch panel configuration for bundles or pathways that exceed 6 cables. ITW Linx or equal. Provide for protection for each cable. 2.05 STATION OUTLETS A. Voice Jacks: TIA/EIA - T568A RJ1, 6-position/6-conductor, non-keyed modular jack, with symbol or color code to identify use. For wall phones provide integral stainless steel wall plate with mounting lugs compatible with telephone handset. B. Data Jacks: TIA/EIA - T568A RJ45, 8-position/8-conductor, keyed modular jack, with symbol or color code to identify use. C. Faceplates: Thermoplastic with identification strip top and bottom; 3 module/6 port capacity; color to match wiring devices. Provide blank modules for unused plate opening. 2.06 CROSS-CONNECT COMPONENTS A. Voice: 66M1 or AT&T 110 series connecting blocks with stand-off brackets, bridging clips, cable troughs, and distribution rings as required for cable management. Provide labeling strips for conductor assignment identification. B. Data: Printed circuit board patch panels, 6-port modular construction with RJ45 keyed 8-position jacks, AT&T 110 connector system, T568A wiring, identification strips, and 19 inch rack mounting, unless otherwise indicated. Provide sufficient panels and quantity of ports equal to the number of terminated stations cables plus 20%. Fire Station 15 27 1001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 December 22, 2017 27 1001 - 3 C. Fiber: Twelve (12) port ST style panel installed in locking protective cabinet with provisions for fiber storage, fiber routing, and connector identification; 19 inch rack mounting, unless otherwise indicated. D. Data Patch Cords: UL type CM, 4-pair cable with RJ45 plug each end, length not to exceed 4 meters, quantity equal to total installed station jacks plus 10 %. Provide 25% 3-feet, 50%-5-feet, and 25% 7-feet long, color blue unless otherwise directed. E. Fiber Optic Connectors: Multi-mode ST style. Quick cure epoxy adhesive. Bayonet style coupling with multi-mode ceramic or glass-in-ceramic ferrule, keyed for repeatable performance. F. Multi-Mode Fiber Patch Cords: Preassembled single fiber, multi-mode 62.5/125 micron/ULTRA grade jumper cord with connectors each end, length 3 meters. Provide one patch cord for each terminated/assigned fiber patch panel port plus 10%, with ST to ST or ST to SC connectors as required (verify). G. Singlemode Fiber Patch Cords: Preassembled singlemode patch cord with pull-proof connectors each end, length 3 meters. Provide one patch cord for each terminated/assigned fiber patch panel port plus 10%, with ST to ST or ST to SC connectors as required (verify). 2.07 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AND ACCESSORIES A. Equipment Racks, Floor: Aluminum self supporting frame designed for open rack mounting of telecommunications equipment, base anchor design, pre-drilled EIA mounting holes, 19 inches wide by 84 inches high unless otherwise indicated. Provide four equipment shelves with mounting hardware. Finish: black. B. Wire Management, Equipment Racks: Provide vertical wire management channels each side of equipment racks for strain relief, bend radius, and cable routing. At each patch panel provide rear mounted strain relief bar for station cable routing and front mounted wire management rings or cable trough for patch cords. C. Power Supplies: Rack mounted, 120 VAC, line interactive, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with surge protection and filtering, (6) NEMA 5-15R receptacle outlets (minimum), USB connectivity, status display for On Line/On Battery/Replace Battery/Overload, and low battery/on battery alarms. VA rating indicated. APC Smart UPS SUA series or approved. D. Plug Strips: Rack mounted, 120 VAC power strip, with (8) NEMA 5-15R rear mounted 90 degree receptacle outlets, power switch, UL 1449 surge protective device, and 20 amp 6-foot cord & plug input. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide location and size of conduit sleeves for routing open cables thru fire rated construction, draft stops, and partition walls in attics, crawl spaces, and accessible ceiling spaces. Size sleeves with 25% minimum space capacity. Indicate on shop drawings for coordination with Section 27 0528. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with product manufacturer installation instructions. Conform to requirements of TIA/EIA 568 and TIA/EIA 569 for specified Category. B. Label cross connect terminals sequentially using an numeric or alpha-numeric identification plan submitted for approval. Label cable at each end with a permanent cable marker to match the corresponding terminal number. Label each station jack using polyester film adhesive pre-labeled markers to indicate corresponding terminal number. C. Conceal wiring in suspended ceiling spaces, attic spaces, crawl spaces, and in wall construction. Utilize conduit rough-in specified in Section 27 0528 and shown on drawings. Install cable in neat parallel runs within cable trays and down to cross- connect hardware without rolls, or twists. D. Install cables continuous without splicing. Install open cable above accessible ceilings, parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Bundle cables with nylon tie wraps and support cable in tray, conduit sleeves, or from structure using specified J hooks at intervals not to exceed 4-1/2 feet. Where bundled cable exceeds 6 cables, provide separate voice and data bundles, 48 cables maximum per bundle. E. Leave 10 feet of cable slack at MDF/IDF. Leave 12 inch cable slack at outlets. F. Seal conduit sleeves thru fire rated construction using silicone foam system, Chase-Foam CTC PR-855, 3M CP 25, or Dow Corning RTV. G. Maintain a minimum 6 inch separation from parallel power wiring. Do not share bore or knock out holes thru wall studs and other structural members with power wiring. H. Secure floor mounted equipment racks with four (4) 5/8 inch diameter anchor bolts, one near each corner of floor base. Use lead expansion anchors in concrete floors. Fire Station 15 27 1001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 December 22, 2017 27 1001 - 4 I. Bond together all equipment racks to room cable tray and to communications service ground using #1/0 AWG conductor minimum. Comply with Section 26 0526 for grounding materials. J. Voice network shall utilize dual base T wiring for termination of each station cable to dual voice jacks. Data PDS shall provide termination of each station cable to a single 8-position /8-conductor data jack. Color coding and pin number termination sequence for each PDS shall conform to established standards approved by Architect/Engineer. K. Provide fiber optic cable within protective raceway system per requirements of the National Electrical Code. Install raceway to within 18 inches of fiber termination. L. Provide required telecommunication wiring between fire alarm transmitter and telephone service demarcation point. Verify requirements with fire alarm system provider. Allow for (2) RJ31 jacks with dedicated Category 5 or better station cable terminated at a shared headend cross connect block reserved for analog telephone service interface. M. Provide required telecommunication wiring between intercom system and network data system. N. Provide UL497 primary circuit protection at building entrance and building exit for all outside plant copper telecommunication cabling. 3.03 TESTING A. UTP Cabling: 1. Perform continuity test on each wire/pair prior to cover. Verify no open circuits, short circuits, or accidental grounds exist. 2. The system shall be certified to meet or exceed the specifications as set forth in TIA/EIA TSB40 and TIA/EIA 606-A for specified Category compliance. Certifications shall include the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: a. Wire map (pin to pin connectivity) b. Length (in feet) c. Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio (ACR) d. DC Loop Resistance e. Ambient noise f. Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) g. Equal-Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) h. Return Loss (RL) 3. Use test equipment such as the Ideal LANTEK 6 or approved equal to measure all essential cable parameters specified by TIA/EIA and UL thru Category 6. Provide a written record of these tests. 4. Correct malfunctions when detected and proceed with testing. Record test results on a "UTP Cable Test Results" form showing frequency tested and PASS/FAIL results. B. Fiber Optic Cabling: 1. OTDR Acceptance Tests: Test fiber optic cable for continuity, normalized fiber loss, and overall length verification, using an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR). Attenuation measurements in dB/km shall be performed for each fiber at 850 nm and 1300 nm wavelength. Perform tests of cable both on reel when delivery of cable is taken, and after cable is installed and before connectorizing. Attenuation of mufti-mode fibers shall be no greater than 3.0 dB/km at 850 nm and no greater than 1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm. Installed cables with any damaged fibers shall be removed and replaced at Contractor expense. 2. Visual Inspection Reports: Visual inspection of each field installed fiber optic connector shall be documented to include report on end face quality, polish, and informational comments. 3. Optical Loss Tests: Fibers shall be loss tested in both directions at 850 nm and 1300 nm wavelengths after connectorization. Acceptable attenuation shall be any value less than the fiber attenuation plus 1 dB (0.5 dB per connector). 4. Use test equipment such as the Ideal FIBERTEK or approved equal to measure all essential parameters specified. Provide a written record of these tests. 5. Correct malfunctions when detected and proceed with testing. Record test results on a "Fiber Optic Cable Test Results" form showing PASS/FAIL results. 3.04 DOCUMENTATION A. Documentation includes the following in addition to closeout documents required by Division 01, and shall be delivered to the Architect/Engineer within 20 working days after the wiring is completed: 1. Certification documents and test results. Fire Station 15 27 1001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 December 22, 2017 27 1001 - 5 2. Record drawings – laminated, half size hard copy, and CD with PDF. Submit digital as-built documentation for review prior to final laminated drawing. 3. Permanent ID record at MDF location. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 27 1530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 27 1530 - 1 SECTION 27 1530 - TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Premises wiring for broadband distribution of television signal available from local cable or satellite service, including outlets, cables, splitters, and amplifier. B. Signal at each outlet (wall tap): 0 dBmV minimum to 12 dBmV maximum, measured at 50-550 MHz. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 0100, Electrical General Requirements B. Section 26 0500, Basic Materials & Methods C. Section 26 0580, Utility Services D. Section 26 0526, Grounding & Bonding E. Section 26 0530, Low Voltage Electrical Systems Pathway 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for all items specified under Part 2 of this section. B. Submit shop drawings showing one line diagram, cable lengths, signal loss calculations, and required tap isolation values. Show location and size of conduit sleeves for open cable routing. C. Submit test reports required under Part 3 of this section. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data for system in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Equipment: Blonder-Tongue. B. Cable: Alpha, Belden, West Penn. C. Cable Supports: Burndy, Thomas & Betts, Tyton. 2.02 AMPLIFIER A. Broadband CATV compatible. Blonder-Tongue BIDA 550-50 series. 2.03 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT A. Outlets (Wall Taps): Back matched low radiation wall taps, 10 to 900 MHz, 24dB isolation minimum, duplex strap with one F connector front, two F trunk connectors back. Blonder-Tongue V-3889. Provide matching device plate as specified under 16050. B. Splitters: Low radiation type, 5 to 750 MHz, hybrid design with a 75_ohm match on input and outputs and a VSWR of not more than 1.45. Blonder-Tongue CRS series or better. All unused outputs on the splitter and end of runs shall be terminated with 75_ohm terminators. Blonder-Tongue PBT. C. Cable connectors: Standard male F-type with attached crimp ring, for foam coaxial cable specified. Provide DC blocking terminator on last tap of each branch line. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Indoor Cable: UL listed, NEC type CATVP coaxial copper conductor cable, 75 ohm impedance, polyethylene insulation, dual shield (bi-foil with aluminum braid), plenum jacket overall, listed for use in ducts, plenums, and other air handling spaces. RG- 6/U or RG-11/U as required. B. Conduit, Outlet Boxes and Device Plates: As specified in Section 26 0530. C. Cable Supports: Molded nylon clamps, heavy duty nylon ties, or galvanized steel bridle rings; size to match cables supported. Fire Station 15 27 1530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 27 1530 - 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide location and size of conduit sleeves for routing open cables thru fire rated construction, draft stops, and partition walls in attics, crawl spaces, and accessible ceiling spaces. Size sleeves with 25% minimum capacity. Indicate on shop drawings for coordination with Section 26 0530. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Use RG-6/U cable specified except type RG-11/U cable shall be used for trunk cable and long feeders if required to achieve minimum signal requirements. B. All cables terminating at amplifiers or splitters shall be tagged as to function and destination. C. Wiring: 1. Comply with requirements of Section 26 0530, except minimum conduit size shall be 3/4-inch. Exposed wiring is permitted only in existing construction where wiring cannot be fished. 2. Install conductors in conduit except wiring may be open cabling where installed as follows: a. In attic, ceiling, and crawl spaces that are accessible. b. In cable trays. c. Where exposed above 16 feet in high ceiling spaces. 3. Install cable without splices. 4. Install cable without sharp bends or physical distortions. D. Requirements for Open Cable: 1. Install cable parallel and perpendicular to building lines. 2. Cable installation shall comply with NEC 300-4 where installed through studs, joists, rafters, and similar structural members. 3. Secure cable by straps or similar fittings so designed and installed as not to damage the cable, at intervals not exceeding 4.5 feet. 4. Protect cables with plastic bushing through device plates and outlet boxes. 5. Provide conduit sleeves for installing open signal cables thru fire rated construction and thru partition walls above accessible ceilings. 3.03 TESTING A. Measure signal strength at each outlet and correct deficiencies. Record final results and include in Operations and Maintenance data. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 1 SECTION 27 5116 – STATION ALERTING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section describes a Fire Station Alerting System known as FAST Alerting System. B. Work in this section is supported by all Fire Station Alerting drawings. C. Provide all labor, equipment, programming, associated interfaces and options required to provide a turnkey alerting System as described in these specifications and shown on associated drawings. D. Provide all testing and commissioning required to certify the system as meeting the minimum required operation and functionality described herein. E. Systems in this section include: 1. Station Wide Paging System 2. Audio Alerting System 3. Visual Alerting System 4. Dorm Room Isolation System 5. Triggered Events 6. Custom Programming 7. Code Notification 8. Doorbell System F. Related Sections: 1. Section 271000 - Electrical Provisions 2. Section 260533 - Raceways and Boxes for Communications Systems G. Allowances: Refer to Section 012100 - Allowances that affect work of this Section. H. Unit Prices: Refer to Section 012200 - Unit Prices that affect work of this Section. I. Alternates: Refer to Section 012300 - Alternates that affect work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid, except as otherwise specified. AES Audio Engineering Society EIA Electrical Industries Associations of America ICIA International Communications Industry and Association NSCA National Systems Contractors Association FCC Federal Communications Commission NAB National Association of Broadcasters Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 2 NEC National Electrical Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers UBC Uniform Building Codes UL Underwriters Laboratories 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. The "Owner" shall refer to Renton Regional Fire Authority. B. The "AVC" shall refer to the Audio Video Contractor submitting a bid on this specification and taking full responsibility for completion of project as required. C. The term "shall" is mandatory; the term "will" is informative; the term "should" is advisory; the term "provide" means furnish and install. D. The term "OFE" refers to Owner Furnished Equipment. The contractor shall install this equipment and integrate into the system as outlined in these documents. Contractor shall provide all required mounting hardware, rack panels, cable, connectors, etc. to ensure proper operation of the OFE systems as specified. All accessories necessary to fully provide intended functionality is the responsibility of the AV Contractor, unless otherwise noted. E. The term "BO" refers to By Others. Coordinate integration of existing components or new components provided by others into the system. F. The term "A/R" indicates components quantities "as required". The AVC shall provide the quantities necessary in order meet the full specifications of these systems. G. The term "NIC" refers to Not in Contract. These products and or services are not part of the overall contract, but information may be provided for the contractors benefit in determining a system's overall intent. H. The term “By EC” refers to equipment and/or services provided by the Electrical Contractor engaged on this project. The AVC shall coordinate with the EC to make sure all products and/or services listed conform to the needs of the Station Alerting System. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. Station Wide Paging System- Provide ample coverage in all areas designated as paging zones, to provide a signal at least 20 db above ambient noise at 2kHz. The entire area covered must not vary by more than 6 db from the highest area of coverage to the lowest area. In any area where the ambient noise level may vary more than 10 db; provide an ambient noise sensing system where the paging level will automatically adjust according to the current ambient noise level. This ambient noise correction system shall be active in at least the following locations: Apparatus Bays; Kitchen; Dining Room; and Fitness Room. Contractor shall identify any other room on the plans as needing ambient noise control and provide all necessary equipment to provide as specified. 2. Audio Alerting System- Provide an audible alert tone over the station wide paging system that will activate when the station is called by the local emergency dispatch for service. The alerting tone will activate and generate upon call notification, and permeate through the entire audio system. The tone shall be followed by a human voice (dispatcher) describing the emergency situation. The Audio Alerting system shall remain on and active for at least 90 seconds; or programmed to a specific time constraint as determined by the local fire station personnel. There shall be no minimum or maximum time duration constraint on the alerting system. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 3 3. Visual Alerting System- Provide a visual alerting panel at all locations shown on the drawings. The alerting panel shall be visible from at least 20 feet away. The alerting panel shall provide at least 4 colored light illuminations. Each color shall be associated to specific call level; i.e. Red- Engine; Blue- Aid Car; Amber- Battalion Chief; Green- Rescue. The exact apparatus reference shall be provided prior to installation. 4. Dorm Room Isolation System- Each Dorm room shall be equipped with an alerting system that is isolated from all other alerting zones in the building. Each room shall be able to be programmed to be on a designated zone as determined by the member residing in the room. The member shall be able to check into or out of the alerting system on an ongoing basis with simple touch panels that provide immediate feedback in plain English as to what that room’s current status is. The dorm room alerting system is used primarily for evening notification, and is intended to alert the member within each room that their particular code level has been called. When activated- each dorm room shall provide at minimum the following: a. Audio Alert- All functions of the Audio Alerting System shall be active in that room, and no other room, unless the other rooms are programmed to receive the current code level. b. Visual Alert- All functions of the Visual Alerting System shall be active in that room, and no other room, unless the other rooms are programmed to receive the current code level. c. Night Light- Provide a low level illumination in the room that will come on when the alerting system has been activated. The light shall be different than the standard lighting provided as part of the electrical lighting package, and shall not be integrated in any fashion. The Night Light will only come on in those rooms that have been programmed to receive the associated code call. d. Dorm Check In- There shall be a touch sensitive graphic panel located in each dorm room. The panel shall provide the resident the ability to check in or out of their room on an ongoing basis. The panel shall provide simple to use instructions to the resident on how to operate, and it shall provide visual confirmation of the current code status of their dorm room. The current code level of each dorm room shall be transmitted to the master control panel and shall automatically update the master panel immediately upon any code level change. The code level that the resident checks in as will determine which code level alert they will receive while in that room. e. The Dorm Remote shall automatically be reset to accept ALL INCOMMING ALERTS every morning at a designated time. The Dorm Resident shall “Check OUT” of the undesired apparatus. i.e. If the Dorm Resident only is involved with the Ladder Truck, they would check out of all apparatus EXCEPT the Ladder truck. This way when a call comes in for Ladder truck, their bunk room receives the signaling. 5. Triggered Events-The Alerting system shall provide the capability of triggering specific events each time an alarm is sounded. These events shall be programmable, but must include at minimum the following: a. Lighting Zones On/ Off (See drawings for zone quantity) b. Gas Barbecue On/Off c. Gas Range On/Off d. Designated Appliances On/Off e. Provide for up to 3 additional triggered events On and Off 6. Custom Programming- the Alerting system control software shall provide flexibility in the control system parameters as determined by the local fire station. The details of the control system operations shall be determined via a post-award interview with the users group. The custom programming MUST be written in a platform that is readily available to an authorized service agency. NO CUSTOM PLATFORMS will be acceptable. In general, the programming shall provide at minimum the following functions: a. Provide audio system adjustments in each audio zone (Each Dorm Room is considered a zone, as well as each living space as identified on the drawings): 1) Volume Up/Down/Mute 2) 1/3 Octave Equalization 3) Automatic Gain Control 4) Automatic Level Control 5) Telco Interface for Paging System from Telephone System (Telephone System is specified elsewhere) 6) Fully adjustable Pre- Alert Tone b. Provide programming on Triggered events that can be timed to turn on or off specific devices as determined by client. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 4 c. Provide programming of the Dorm Check In panels as described above. 7. Code Notification- The alerting system shall be notified of a code call situation by various methods. The primary alerting shall be done via radio band notification compatible with the current emergency dispatch center’s radio dispatch frequency. There shall be a secondary alerting done via IP, TELCO or other means as determined by the local emergency dispatch center. The contractor shall research the local dispatch centers methods of notification and provide redundant notification in order to satisfy NFPA #70. Initially the Code Notification system shall be triggered by Interface with the existing VALLEYCOM transmission methods. The AVC shall provide the CODE DECODER interface box with compatible frequencies of the designated station. There shall be a minimum of 4 specific codes available to the system. This is code notification ONLY and is not intended to do alerting signaling as described above. 8. Door Bell- Provide a utility grade Door Bell button at the front entry of the fire station. Upon Pressing of the door bell button, a specific door bell chime will emanate from the speakers in the following areas: a. Dining / Kitchen b. Dayroom c. Fitness d. Station Office e. Apparatus Bays 9. The AVC must provide a programming directive and detailed outline to the owner for review prior to implementation of the project. The programming directive must have at a minimum: a. What the 4 Apparatus / Alarm Calls are to be called. 1) i.e. ENGINE, MEDIC, BATALION CHIEF, LADDER b. What events occur on alert, i.e: 1) Lighting Zone 1 turns on. 2) Gas Stove turns off, 3) Etc. c. What the process is for resetting the alert. d. What time do the dorm rooms re-set e. Etc. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate the work of this specification with the work of all sections being provided within the General Construction Contract. B. Verification: All documents, including supplied drawings have been put together with the greatest of care to insure accuracy. It is up to the bidding contractor to verify dimensions, conduits and/or any other critical information for accuracy before submitting a bid. Any unforeseen discrepancy must be presented to the owner/architect in a timely manner for resolution. 1.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL 1. Perform the work of this specification in accordance with acknowledged industry and professional standards and practices, and the procedures specified herein. B. WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION 1. Provide permanent identification of run destination at all raceway terminations. 2. All cables shall be continuous and splice-free for the entire length of run between designated connections and termination's. 3. All shielded cable shall be insulated. Do not permit shields to contact conduit, raceway, boxes, panels or equipment enclosures. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 5 4. Within buildings- make splices only in designated terminal cabinets and/or on designated equipment backboards. Outside buildings-make splices only in designated manholes and/or hand holes. Protect splices outside of buildings with splicing kits equivalent to Schotchcast Re-enterable. Make splices only with connectors or terminal devices specified herein. Document all splices on Record Drawings. 5. Verify that all raceway has been de-burred and properly joined, coupled, and terminated prior to installation of cables. 6. Verify that all raceway is clear of foreign matter and substances prior to installation of wire or cable. 7. Inspect all conduit bends to verify proper radius. Comply with code for minimum permissible radius and maximum permissible deformation. 8. Apply a chemically inert lubricant to all wire and cable prior to pulling in conduit. Do not subject wire and cable to tension greater than that recommended by the manufacturer. Use multi-spool rollers where cable is pulled in place around bends. Do not pull reverse bends. 9. Provide a box loop for all wire and cable routed through junction boxes or distribution panels. Provide tool formed thermal expansion loops at cable at manholes, hand holes and at both sides of all fixed mounted equipment. Cable loops and bends shall not be bent at a radius greater than that recommended by the manufacturer. 10. Secure all wire and cable run vertically for continuous distances greater than three (3) feet. Secure robust non-coaxial cables with screw flange nylon cable ties or similar approved devices appropriate to weight of cable. For all other cables, provide symmetrical conforming nonmetallic bushings or woven cable grips appropriate to weight of cable. 11. All exposed multi-cable bundles are to be sleeved with expandable plastic mesh screen tubing, Alpha or equal. 12. Signal polarity convention: a. Maintain consistent absolute signal polarity at all connectors, patch points and connection points accessible in the system. Where applicable, a positive polarity electrical signal shall yield positive acoustic pressure from the loudspeakers. b. Audio signal connector convention: AES14-1992 (ANSI S4,48-1992) AES standard for professional audio equipment: 1) XLR: Pin 1- Shield Pin 2 - Positive Pin 3 – Negative 2) TRS: Sleeve- Shield Tip - Positive Ring- Negative C. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 1. Contractor is to use UL rated 3 conductor AC plugs whenever connecting to the house AC power system. All concealed power connections shall conform to local code and NEC. D. WIRING PRACTICE 1. Identify all wire and cable clearly with permanent labels wrapped about the full circumference within one (1) inch of each connection. Indicate the number designated on the associated field or shop drawing or run sheet, as applies. Assign wire or cable designations consistently throughout a given system. Each wire or cable shall carry the same labeled designation over its entire run, regardless of intermediate splices. 2. Provide the following: a. Adhesive strip machine-printed labels with a clear over-wrap, equivalent to Panduit, Brady or Thomas and Betts. Labels must be sized so that the clear over-wrap, is wrapped a minimum of the full circumference of the wire and fully protects the printed portion of the label. b. Label information: provide the following on each label: 1) Cable Type 2) Cable Number 3) Source ID 4) Source Connection Point 3. Strip all cable only with manufacturers recommended type tooling. Apply all crimp connectors only with manufacturers recommended ratchet type tooling and correct crimp dies for connector and wire size. Pliers’ type crimp tooling shall not be acceptable. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 6 4. Coordinate insulation displacement (quick connect) terminal devices with wire size and type. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Make connections with automatic impact type tooling set to recommended force. 5. Make all connections to screw-type barrier blocks with insulated crimp-type spade lugs. Lugs are not required at captive compression terminal type blocks. Provide permanent designation strips designed for use with the terminal blocks provided. 6. Tin terminate shield drain wires and insulate with heat shrinkable tubing. 7. Use only rosin core 60/40 tin/lead solder for all solder connection. 8. Dress, lace or harness all wire and cable to prevent mechanical stress on electrical connections. No wire shall be supported by a connection point. Provide service loops where harnesses of different classes cross, or where hinged panels are to be interconnected. 9. Termination and build out resistors and rated circuit correction components shall be visible. Do not install in connection shells or internally modify equipment. Show location on Record Drawings. 10. Correct any of the following unacceptable wiring conditions: a. Deformed, brittle or cracked insulation. b. Insulation shrunken or stripped further than 1/8-inch away from the actual point of connection within a connector, or on a punch block. c. Cold solder joints. d. Flux joints. e. Solder splatter. f. Un-grommet, un-bushed, or un-insulated wire or cable entries. g. Deformation or improper radius of wire or cable. E. SIGNAL GROUNDING PROCEDURES 1. Comply with the National Electrical Code. 2. Unless you can verify that both ends of the associated cable ties to the same electrical ground plane, only connect the signal ground conductor of active levels at the source side of the audio chain. F. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE (RACK) AND EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD FABRICATION 1. Combustible material, other than incidental trim of indicated equipment, is prohibited within equipment racks. 2. Within each equipment enclosure, provide a full-height multi-circuit ISOLATED GROUND outlet strip with branch circuit count as shown on drawings; located on the left side of the equipment enclosure, as viewed from the rear. In each enclosure provide number of receptacles required by present and future equipment indicated on drawings, plus at least two spare receptacles. Provide flexible steel raceway and junction box for connection of power service. Bond internal raceway to rack frame. 3. Provide a permanent label on the front of each equipment rack including the rack designation, and the circuit breaker number and associated electrical distribution panel designation servicing same. 4. Maintain separation of wiring classifications as specified herein. Separately dress, rout and land microphone, line and control cables and related on the right side of the equipment enclosure, as viewed from the rear; dress, route, and land loudspeaker level cables on the left side of the equipment enclosure, as viewed from the rear. 5. Access shall not require demounting or de-energizing of equipment. Install access covers, hinged panels, or pull-out drawers to insure complete access to terminals and interior components. 6. Fasten removable covers containing any wired component with a continuous hinge along one side, with associated wiring secured and dressed to provide an adequate service loop. Provide an appropriate stop locks to hold all hinged panels and drawers in a serviceable position. 7. Provide permanent labels for all equipment and devices. Where possible, fasten such labels to the rack frame or to blank or vent panels, which will remain in place when active equipment is removed for possible service. Permanent labels to be either: a. Engraved plastic labels, minimum of 3/8" high with minimum 1/8" engraved letters, black with white contrasting letters, self-adhesive or mechanically fastened b. Professional printed Mylar tape labels, equivalent to Brother "P-Touch", minimum of 3/8" high with minimum 1/8" letters: Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 7 1) Black/dark gray equipment: black or matching background with white letters. 2) Silver, white or light gray equipment: white or matching background with black letters. 8. Coordinate the design and execution of wire harnessing of multi-bay rack ensembles with conditions of delivery to installation locations at Project Site, and with the requirement herein for test of the completely wired system in the shop prior to delivery to the Project Site. Organize the wiring harnesses such that they will fold within one shippable unit without risk of damage, or provide polarized multi-pin connectors and related interconnect systems as specified elsewhere herein. 9. At each equipment backboard, provide UL Listed surge suppressing multi-outlet assembly with at least four spare receptacles. G. EQUIPMENT RACK AND EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD TESTING AND ADJUSTING PROCEDURES: 1. Conduct procedures in fabrication shop. Verify safe and proper operation of all components, devices, or equipment; establish nominal signal levels within the systems and verify the absence of extraneous or degrading signals. Make all preliminary adjustment and document the setting of all controls, parameters of all corrective networks, and voltages at key system interconnection points, gain and losses, as applicable. Submit test report. Request and coordinate verification of submitted test data by the representative of the Owner. Correct all non-conforming conditions prior to shipment to Project Site. Perform at least the following procedures: a. Preliminary: Verify: 1) Grounding of devices and equipment. 2) Integrity of signal and electrical system ground connections. 3) Proper provision of power to devices and equipment. 4) Integrity of all insulation, shield terminations and connections. 5) Integrity of soldered connections. Absence of solder splatter, solder bridges. 6) Absence of debris of any kind, tools, etc. 7) Routing and dressing of wire and cable- All wiring, including polarity and continuity, including conformance with wire designations on running sheets, field and shop drawings. 8) Mechanical integrity of all supports provisions b. Determine the proper sequence of energizing systems to minimize the risk of damage. Energize. Burn in for at least 72 hours. c. Gain control settings: Establish tentative normal settings for all gain controls. Set all equalizers flat. Set all automatic gain control devices to bypass. Terminate power amplifier outputs with power load resistors with resistance value within 10% the nominal output impedance of the respective amplifier. Adjust all gain controls on equipment for optimum signal-to-noise ratio and signal balance and, unless they are sub-panel mounted, cap them to prevent tampering. Unless specified or directed otherwise, adjust gains such that in a given system the "front end" operates at unity gain and maintains 10dB of clip margin referenced to the first onset of clipping of the associated power amplifier(s). Measure and document system gains at 1 kHz. Settings may require further adjustment by the Contractor, and result of testing by the representative the Owner. d. Freedom from parasitic oscillation and radio frequency pickup: Maintain previous setup. Set up for each mode of operation specified in the functional requirements; verify that all systems are free from spurious oscillation and radio frequency pickup using broadband oscilloscope. Correct any such defects. e. Hum and noise level/signal to noise level/signal to cross talk level: Maintain previous setup. Terminate microphone and line-level inputs with shielded resistors of 150 and 600 ohms, respectively. Set available variable gain controls such that full power amplifier output would be achieved with -40 dB input level at microphone input and +12 dB at a line-level input. Measure and document the specified parameters of the systems overall for each microphone input channel and line-level input channel. Compare with nominal signal level. f. Total Harmonic Distortion: Maintain previous setup. Measure at reference operation level at least 63 Hz, 125 Hz, 1 kHz, and 10 kHz. H. LOUDSPEAKER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 1. Loudspeakers, general: a. Verify proper installation of loudspeaker enclosures and related support. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 8 b. Check all ceiling speaker/line transformer units for proper assembly polarity before assembly to the speaker grills using an appropriate DC test voltage and visual verification. c. Connect loudspeaker assemblies to the appropriate 70-volt-line transformer tap as applies. Verify specified polarity. Use insulated crimp connectors or insulated "bobtail" splices applied with manufacturers recommended ratchet tooling. Wire nuts or "Scotch lock" connectors shall not be acceptable. d. Verify that loudspeaker grille openings and loudspeaker components are clear of paint after finishing. e. Perform preliminary loudspeaker tests specified herein. Correct non-conforming conditions. f. Adjust 70 volt-line transformer taps as required to realize uniform sound pressure level as specified here in. Document final 70-volt-line transformer taps on the Record Drawings. g. Correct all conditions giving rise to noise, rattle or other extraneous sound owing to operation of a loudspeaker assembly under any specified operating condition. I. LOUDSPEAKER ASSEMBLY TESTING AND ADJUSTING PROCEDURES 1. Upon completion of the installation of all loudspeakers in an area, perform the following test and record results. Correct non-conforming conditions, unless the cause is clearly outside the work of this specification, in which case submit the apparent cause to the representative of the Owner. 2. Loudspeaker Line Impedance: a. At terminal cabinets at equipment rooms, measure the modules of impedance of each loudspeaker line. Measure continuously over the range from at least 31 Hz to 16 kHz. 3. Loudspeaker Polarity: a. Test the acoustic polarity of all loudspeakers using either an Acoustic Polarity Tester or an appropriate DC Voltage with visual confirmation of polarity. 4. Freedom From Buzzes, Rattles and Objectionable Distortion: a. Individually apply to each loudspeaker line a slow sine wave sweep from 50 Hz to 5 kHz at a level of 6 dB below rated power amplifier output voltage. Listen carefully for buzzes, rattles and objectionable distortion. 5. Uniformity of Coverage: a. Apply broadband Pink Noise. Adjust level to approximately 70-80 dB at measurement locations. Measure in 4 kHz octave band at ear level. Adjust loudspeaker aiming and amplifier level or 70 Volt loudspeaker tap as applies for uniformity of coverage. J. VISUAL DEVICE ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION PROCEEDURES: 1. All Visual devices shall be securely mounted to structure using industry standard procedures. 2. Apply appropriate voltages to devices and verify functionality for at least 24 hours continuous. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data / Shop Drawings: 1. Recycled Content: Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre-consumer and post-consumer recycled content per unit of product. 2. Indicate location of manufacturing facility; indicate distance between manufacturing facility and the project site. 3. Submit product data for all materials for review arranged in same order as Specifications, individually referenced to specifications paragraph and/or Contract Drawing number. 4. Submit four (4) copies of 8 1/2" x 11" material and four (4) prints. Submit all drawings on sheets of the same size. Drawings shall be no smaller than 11" x 17" and no larger than 36" x 48". 5. Submittal data should include at minimum the following: a. Table of contents of all equipment, listed in same order as shown in contract documents, along with specification section number and/or drawing number; along with quantity provided. b. Deviations- Provide a list of any deviation made from the specification, and explain the impact of the overall system. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 9 c. Manufacturer’s Technical data on all equipment to be installed and/or provided as part of this system. d. Point to point diagrams showing the complete wiring of all systems. All point to point drawings shall show each conductor by conductor termination i.e. identify floating and/or terminated grounding; red conductor on + terminal; black conductor on - terminal; etc. A block drawing that does not identify EXACT termination points will be returned for re-submittal. e. A Scaled Drawing showing conduit layouts along with quantity and type(s) of cables installed therein. f. Rack Layouts including vent, blanks and shelves provided. g. Drawings shall show mounting heights and special installation procedures. Include in drawings, any custom fabrication, speaker cluster structures, projector bracketing, screen mounting, or any other specialty details. h. Control Panel overlay layout drawings, along with text description of the function of each graphic element. i. DSP Graphic layout and text description of any pre-set or macro operations. C. Samples: 1. If requested, the AVC shall provide sample products of any component specified in this section. D. Test Data and Calculations: 1. Sound systems: a. Speaker Impedance 1) Provide documented impedance level of each speaker zone in system. b. Uniformity of coverage. 1) Electronic and acoustic frequency response/one-third octave equalization. Measure at ear level. Provide documentation of even distribution of audio at 2 kHz in all speaker zones. Test at three locations in each area that is greater than 250 Square feet in size. Test at one centrally positioned location in areas that are less than 250 square feet in size. 2. Visual Alerting Devices a. Lamp Indications 1) Activate each zone light separate, and identify that each color is appropriately associated with the correct code alert. Once each lamp has been identified as appropriate- illuminate all lamps on the code circuit and document the current/voltage draw on the total load. Repeat for each code level. 3. Dorm Check In Device a. Visually check each Dorm Remote and verify that the GUI has been loaded and is fully functional. b. Test each unit independently and verify that the appropriate code alert is activated; and not activated as selected. c. Document this test and submit a check off tally for each location. 4. Triggered Events a. Test each triggered event and verify functionality. b. Document each trigger on and off and submit a check off tally for each event. 5. Programming a. Submit a complete programming description in plain English. Identify overall programmed functionality as well as individualized control parameters. b. Submit a copy of all final software programs in appropriate format to match platform to which the code was written. Provide any passwords or special requirements for using the software in future service situations. c. The code becomes the property of the owner at completion of the project. 1.8 ACCEPTANCE REVIEW AND TESTING PROCEDURES A. Complete all work of this specification. Submit Test Report. Submit review copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals, and a reduced set of Record Drawings. Notify the representative of the Owner in writing that the work of this Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 10 specification is complete and fully complies with the Contract Documents. Request Acceptance Review and Test. The representative of the Owner will conduct Verification of Submitted Test Data, and otherwise direct testing and adjustment of this work. These Procedures may be performed at any hour of the day or night as required by the representative of the Owner to comply with the Project Schedule and avoid conflict with these procedures from possible ongoing work of other Sections. Provide all specified personnel and equipment at any time without claim for additional cost or time. B. Personnel: Provide services of the designated supervisor and additional technicians familiar with work of the specification. Provide quantity of technicians as required to comply with Project Schedule. C. In Addition, Provide: 1. Set of hand and power tools appropriate for performance of adjustment of and corrections to this work. Include spare wire and connectors and specified tooling for application. 2. Ladders, scaffolding and/or lifts as required to access loudspeakers and other high devices. 3. All test equipment. 4. Complete set of latest stamped, action submittals of record for reference. 5. Complete set of Shop and Project Site Test Reports. 6. Complete set of manufacturer's original operation, instruction and service manuals for each equipment item or reference. D. Demonstrate: Complete operation of all systems and equipment, including Portable Equipment. E. Adjust: As directed by the representative of the Owner. F. Correct: In timely manner. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Prior to close out, the AV contractor shall provide O&M Manuals: Submit two (2) sets. Submit in electronic .pdf format with tabs. Include: 1. Index 2. Systems operating instruction, custom: a. Include custom written instruction to include 1) Table of contents 2) In Plain English, system description 3) In Plain English, operation instruction including pictorials and descriptive text 4) Submit rough draft of custom written instructions for approval by the Owner. Re-submit as required until approved 3. Reduced set of system Record Drawings 4. Maintenance information including local authorized repair stations, warranty information and normal replacement parts (i.e. light bulbs) availability. 5. Field Test Reports 6. Equipment Manuals: Collate alphabetically by manufacturer. 7. Provide manufacturer's original operation, instruction and service manuals for each equipment item. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum Five (5) years documented manufacturing experience. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 11 B. Installer: 1. Company: a. Contractor MUST have successfully installed at least 5 Alerting Systems of same or similar scope as listed here. b. Work of this specification shall be performed by an Audio Visual System Contractor who has at least five (5) years direct experience with the devices, equipment and systems of the type and scope specified herein, and who has a fully staffed and equipped maintenance and repair facility, and who is a Washington State licensed Low Voltage (06) Electrical Contractor. . 2. Personnel: Provide adequate numbers of electrical licensed journeymen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the AV systems installation work specified herein. Supervisors shall have at least five (5) years direct experience in similar work. Job to be staffed with at least one journeyperson at all times and no more than two (2) apprentice electricians at any one time per journeyperson. 3. Certifications: There shall be at least one individual, who is a full time employee of the AV contracting company who is CTS Certified. 4. Custom Control System Programmer: Provide at least one (1) installer certified as a “MASTER CERTIFIED” programmer in the Crestron software platform. The programmer must have programmed at least 5 similar systems in the past 2 years and be a recognized factory authorized programmer for all software within the systems described. NO SUB CONTRACT PROGRAMMING ALLOWED ON THIS PROJECT. 5. Designated Supervisor: Provide a designated supervisor responsible and in charge of the fabrication in-shop and on the Project Site during all phases of installation and testing of the work of this specification. This supervisor shall be the same individual through the execution of the work unless illness, loss of personnel, or other circumstances reasonably beyond the control of the Contractors intervene. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. 1.12 MOCK-UP A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. 1.13 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119 – Project Meetings. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Owner, manufacturer’s representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: As required by owner, general contractor, or Owner. D. Location: Project Site or as agreed. 1.14 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements, and manufacturer's instructions. 1.15 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements before beginning fabrication. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 12 1.16 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Conform to Section 013216 – Construction Progress Schedule for sequencing and scheduling to meet Progress Schedule Critical Path and long lead items. 1.17 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 – Project Coordination for coordination with work of other Sections. 1.18 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836 - Warranties. B. Manufacturer: During the warranty period the manufacturer shall repair or replace any product that is found to be defective. C. Contractor: 1. During the warranty period the contractor shall provide site service for all products and workmanship that fails to conform to contract requirements. 2. Service work shall be performed during normal business hours, or as mutually agreed upon between owner and contractor. 3. The contractor shall respond to any request for service within one (1) business day, and the problem shall be corrected within 3 business days. 1.19 SYSTEM START-UP A. Facility Start-up and Adjusting: Conform to provisions of Section 017500 – Starting and Adjusting. 1.20 COMMISSIONING A. Conform to Section 019100 - Commissioning. 1.21 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide a list of recommended spare parts and consumables. B. Maintenance Service: There is no maintenance provided in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. FAST (Fire Alerting System Technology) 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. ALL EQUIPMENT MUST BE UL LISTED. B. Head End 1. Rack a. Type: 19-inch stand-alone equipment rack. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 13 b. Compliance: IA/TIA 310D. c. Seismic Certified: Seismic certified to 1997 UBC and 2001 CBC Seismic Zone 4 and 2000 IBC, 2003 IBC, 2002 ASCE Standard 7, and 2003 NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III lateral force requirements for protecting 900 pounds of essential equipment in upper floor installations when used with optional MRK-Z4 seismic floor anchor brackets with Ip value of 1.5. d. UL Listed: US and Canada. e. Overall Dimensions: f. Height: 83 1/8 inches. g. Width: 24 1/4 inches. h. Depth: 32 1/20 inches. i. Useable Dimensions: j. Height: 44 rack spaces. k. Depth: 30 inches. l. Construction: Fully welded. m. Weight Capacity: 2,500 pounds. n. Materials: o. Top and Bottom: 14-gauge steel. p. Horizontal Braces: 16-gauge steel welded to integral structural side panels of 16-gauge steel giving 1/8-inch thick structure. q. Rear Door: 18-gauge steel. r. Finish of Structural Elements: Black textured powder coat. s. Rack rail: t. Two pairs of fully adjustable, 11-gauge steel rack rail with tapped 10-32 mounting holes in universal EIA spacing. u. Finish: Black e-coat. v. Rackspace’s: Numbered. w. Top and Bottom: Vertical slotted vent pattern. x. Sides: Fully welded. Vertical vent pattern at top and bottom. y. Rear Door: Solid, key locked, selectively vented with two 3-space knockouts for optional vent panels, fan panels, solid panels, and filter kits. z. Removable Rear Knockout Panel: aa. 1/2-inch, 3/4-inch, 1-inch, and 1-1/2-inch electrical knockouts installed in top and bottom. bb. 5/8-inch BNC knockouts for UHF/VHF antennas installed in top. cc. Grounding and Bonding Stud: 1/4-20 by 1-inch threaded, installed in base, allows installation to conform to NEC. dd. Top Panels: 16-gauge steel with 3-1/2-inch service plate, accepts four 4-1/2-inch fans. ee. Fans: Four 4-1/2-inch, 50 cfm quiet fans. ff. Seismic compliancy floor anchor kit. gg. The Rack shall be a Middle Atlantic SR40-28 plus associated hardware as listed. Provide at minimum: Side Panels, Rear Rack Rails, Solid top, Blanks, Vents, Shelves as necessary to fill the entire rack space. 2. Central Control Processor a. Utilize a real time, event driven, multi-tasking, multi-threaded operating system with dual bus architecture. b. Utilize a Motorola Coldfire processor at no less that 257 MIPS. c. High speed processor shall communicate directly with Ethernet, control ports and proprietary control network utilizing high-speed, parallel bus infrastructure. d. Control processors that communicate via a serial bus shall not be accepted. e. Control processor shall contain 36 MB of memory, with expansion up to 4GB supported via compact flash plug in cards (externally accessible/hot swappable). f. Control processor shall accept industry standard compact flash cards or IBM Microdrive plug-in cards, for program, web-page, or miscellaneous file memory expansion, via a built-in compact flash card slot. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 14 g. Master processor with all available cards is listed in this specification. The AVC must provide enough control for what processes are needed. An integrated version of the AV3 is acceptable so long as no programming functions are lost. h. Control processor shall utilize a FAT32 file structure. i. Support internal communications speed via two, independent communications busses. The first control bus speed shall be at least 40 mb/s. The second control bus speed shall be at least 300 mb/s. j. Control system shall be capable of firing all internal IR ports simultaneously. k. Control System shall be fully compatible with Crestron RoomView multisystem management software and other Crestron e-Control Power Applications (i.e. e-Outlook, e-PowerPoint, etc.). l. Control System shall support the option of add-on single or dual Port 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Modules, via a direct processor 300 mb/s communications bus/card-slot, that supports all of the following features: 1) TCP/IP Communications 2) DHCP and DNS Support 3) 802.11b and Bluetooth Compatibility 4) Native Email Client 5) Remote Diagnostics 6) Remote Program Loading and Administration 7) Built-In Web Server 8) FAT32 File System for easy data management 9) SSL security plug in 10) Native NAT/Fire-Wall/Router w/dual port option 11) PDA Integration and Control, XPanel PDA - Pocket PC 2002 12) WebTablet Integration and Control – Microsoft Tablet PC 13) Self Generating Executable GUI, XPanel EXE – Microsoft Family of OS 14) Self Generating ActiveX powered IE Integration and Control, XPanel IE 15) Self Generating Java powered Web Integration and Control m. Support user assigned or dynamic IP address. n. Full API (Applications Interface) directly to control system via TCP/IP for integration with Visual Basic, C++, Java, etc. applications. API support through included Crestron ActiveX module and/or Crestron Dynamic Link Library (.DLL). o. Patent pending Network Analyzer to continuously monitor the integrity of the Cresnet network for wiring faults, marginal communication performance, and network errors – all information is viewable. p. Control system shall support the optional add-on of an integrated three slot card cage to support any mix of control cards for IR, RS-232/422/485, relay, digital I/O, analog input, volume, MIDI, and more. q. Internal 75W 110/220V 24VDC power supply. r. Front and rear programming ports. s. Support RS-485 token passing network with data communication for a minimum distance of 5000 feet. t. Allow proprietary network expansion via 4 RS-232 ports or Ethernet Port that allow high-speed network acceleration u. Support a minimum of 253 proprietary network devices simultaneously. v. Support direct communication to LAN based thin servers by same manufacturer w. Control system shall support object-oriented logic based programming language and a C-like language programming language. Both programming types are supported to run simultaneously and integral to each other. x. Control system manufacture shall supply Windows-based graphical programming software for drag and drop object oriented programming for the control system operation. y. Control system manufacture shall provide Windows-based graphical programming software, which is self-documenting in that it generates a symbolic flow diagram printout from the system program. z. The control system shall support a variety of wireless communication modes, including one-way and two-way radio frequency and infrared transmission. aa. The control system shall include the following hardware configuration: 1) Eight IR/serial/1-way RS-232 ports. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 15 2) Eight digital/analog I/O ports – TTL In/Out and analog inputs 0-10V. 3) Eight isolated low-voltage relays – 30VDC @1A. 4) Six 2-way RS-232/422/485 ports. 5) One High-speed, 300 mb/s card slot. 6) One compact flash memory upgrade slot. 7) Space for add-on three slot control card expansion cage. 8) Cresnet network interface. 9) Front and rear programming ports. 10) Patent pending Network Analyzer. 11) 75W 110/220VAC Internal Power Supply. 12) 19" rack mount or shelf mounted chassis (removable rack ears) 13) The Central Control Processor shall be a Crestron PRO3/AV3/CP3/ CP3N Processor with RACK3 CARD CAGE; CAGE3; ENET-#; CNXRY-16; C2-COM3; C2IR-8; CNXIO-16; CNXAO-8; CNXRY-8; C2VEQ-4 Expansion and Cards as necessary. 3. DSP Audio Processor a. The Digital Audio Platform shall be available in various I/O configurations. Inputs/outputs shall be specified in pairs, up to a total of 24. 1) Mic/line Input (IP-2) 2) Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC-2HD) 3) Telephone Interface (TI-2) 4) Mic/Line Output (OP-2e) 5) Amplifier Output (PA-2) b. Input/output options shall be available. c. Inputs/outputs shall be analog, with internal 24-bit A/D & D/A converters operating at a sample rate of 48kHz. d. All internal processing shall be digital (DSP). e. Electronically balanced inputs and outputs shall be provided on plug-in barrier-strip connectors. f. Inputs and outputs shall be individually programmable for either microphone or line level signal. g. Each hardware configuration shall include six 60MHz 32-bit floating point DSPs. h. Software shall be provided for creating/connecting DSP system components within each hardware unit. i. Available system components shall include (but not be limited to) various forms of: mixers, equalizers, filters, crossovers, dynamics/gain controls, routers, delays, remote controls, meters, generators, and diagnostics. j. Ethernet communications shall be utilized for software control, configuration, and DSP distribution. k. After initial programming, systems may be controlled using either TCP/IP or RS-232 serial communication by third party control systems (such as AMX® and Crestron®), by PC computer, and/or by dedicated remote control devices. l. Software shall operate on a PC computer, with network card installed, running Windows® XP Professional/Vista. m. The Digital Audio Platform shall be CE marked; UL/C-UL listed, and shall incorporate AES48-2005 Grounding & EMC practices. The Digital Audio Platform shall be compliant with EU Directive 2002/95/EC, the RoHS directive. n. Warranty shall be 5 years. o. The Audio Processor shall be a Biamp Audia Flex, Nexia or Tesira. QSC Core Products are also acceptable. 4. Amplifiers a. The power amplifier shall be a solid-state eight-channel model employing Multi-Mode® (AB+B) output circuitry. b. The AMPLIFIER shall be the QSC CX108V. 5. Code Decoder Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 16 a. The Code Decoder shall be compatible with the existing 911 Emergency Dispatch System in the local as to which this system is being installed. Verify frequency with local authority prior to ordering product. b. There shall be capabilities of receiving up to seven separate capcodes within the designated frequency. c. Upon receipt of the associated capcode the Code Decoder shall provide communication to the Control Processor by a suitable means, RS-232, Contact Closure, or IP. d. There shall be the capability of providing a serial or RS-232 digital stream of information received on the Code Decoder. e. The system shall be connected to a receiving device: RF Antenna, PC, or IP Port and configured for reception of the appropriate transmitting methods i.e. Provide an RF antenna the height necessary to be compatible with a full wavelength of the transmitted frequency. f. The decoder shall be programmable via manufacturers’ proprietary software. Programming shall be done via a standard windows based computer. g. There shall be a printer port provided such that information received can be printed on a standard okidata microline printer. h. The Code Decoder shall be a CSV-1000/8 Decoder Switch 6. Battery Back UP a. The system shall use Pure Sine Wave technology which provides optimum waveform for sensitive AV components b. Line interactive with Automatic Voltage Regulation c. Compact rack mount chassis only 19” deep d. Easily integrates with control systems using RS-232 and analog I/O e. Total of 8 surge protected outlets f. Load shedding extends runtime for critical loads g. Expansion Battery Pack Option- Connect up to 10 to a single UPS for extended half-load runtimes of up to 20 hours h. Energy Saver circuitry- reduces power consumption by up to 75% when compared with traditional UPS designs i. Hot swappable primary battery for easy service 7. SOFTWARE a. Crestron- Provide programming of the Creston Control Unit by a FACTORY AUTHORIZED AND CERTIFIED “MASTER” programmer who works FULL TIME for the AVC. No sub-contracted programming will be allowed on this project. b. BIAMP- Provide programming of the BIAMP Audia/Nexia and Tesira system by a FACTORY AUTHORIZED AND CERTIFIED programmer who works FULL TIME for the AVC. No sub-contracted programming will be allowed on this project. c. Programming shall provide at a minimum: 1) Code Level status of each dorm room as signified by user input at each dorm remote. 2) Activate Signal Alerting System upon receipt of signal from 911 Dispatch via Code Decoder. 3) Designate Active Areas as all speakers in common areas as well as speakers in those dorm rooms that have been activated by the dorm remote. 4) Generate Pre-Alert Tone to all speakers in the active areas. 5) Pass Radio Dispatch Audio to all speakers in the active areas. 6) Turn On all common areas lighting as designated on the electrical prints as triggered lights. 7) Turn Off all appliances as designated on the electrical prints as triggered appliances. 8) Illuminate the Visual Display Unit (Indicating Light) with the appropriate color for the level of code. i.e Red for Engine, Blue for Aid, Amber for Rescue, White for Battalion chief. 9) Illuminate Visual Indicator when call received. 10) Provide visual feedback on the master control panel, that a call has been received and identify its level. Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 17 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 17 11) Illuminate Dorm Lights in the Active Door Rooms. 12) Set up the system for Time Critical Events: All Dorm Rooms become active for all levels of call at 7:00 AM every day. 13) Provide a system reset on the master panel. 14) Provide for audio level adjustment in each dorm room. The programming shall set a maximum and minimum level attainable, but the dorm remote panel shall be able to adjust the speaker level within the constraints set. Each dorm room speaker shall have an individual level control, and that level shall be adjustable from the Dorm remote and/or the master panel. Do not use passive volume controls. 15) Provide for automatic gain control in the following areas: Bays; Kitchen; and Exercise. Install a sensing microphone in these rooms and program the system to automatically adjust to 10db above ambient noise level or 75db; whichever is higher. 16) Provide an allowance for additional custom programming not listed in these specifications. Include up to 40 hours of additional programming for no additional compensation. 17) UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES can the speakers be adjusted via a volume control to the point there is no audio emanating, except in the front offices and lobby, where there shall be an isolated volume control for those areas to allow the occupants to not receive the alerting signals. The Above Items listed under 2.2A when assembled together and cabled as shown on the drawings shall constitute the Head End C. Audio Speaker (Paging Horn)- Apparatus Bays Wall Mount 1. The horn shall be of the folded sectoral type featuring two separate air columns within the single assembly. It shall produce a horizontal beamwidth of 100 degrees and a vertical beamwidth of 60 degrees at 2.0 kHz. In addition, it shall provide useful acoustic loading at all frequencies above 250 Hz. 2. The horn shall be constructed from a non-resonant glass fibre reinforced polyester and self-finished in an ultraviolet-inhibiting gray. 3. A serrated, positive-lock “U” mounting bracket shall be affixed to the bell by self-locking nuts and shall provide orientation adjustment in all three planes. The horn shall possess a throat of 2.54-cm (1.00 in.) diameter and shall be provided with a 1 3/8"-18 thread for the mounting of a compression driver. The horn shall be 36.8 cm (14.5 in.) high, 69.9 cm (27.5 in.) wide and 38.1 cm (15.0 in.) deep. It shall weight no more than 3.2 kg (7.0 lb). 4. The horn shall be the Electrovoice Cobreflex III folded sectoral horn. Provide with Electrovoice ID30T Driver. D. Audio Speaker (Ceiling Mounted) 1. The loudspeaker shall be of in-ceiling design, consisting of a 114 mm (4.5 in) low frequency transducer, a 12 mm (0.5 in) tweeter, and frequency dividing network installed in an integral ported enclosure. The low frequency voice coil shall be 24 mm (1 in) in diameter and the cone shall be of lightweight injection molded graphite. 2. Performance specification of a typical production unit shall be as follows: Measured sensitivity (SPL at 1m [3.3 ft] with 2.83V input, averaged from 100 Hz to 10 kHz) shall be at least 86 dB-SPL. Usable frequency response shall extend from 85 Hz to 25 kHz (10 dB below rated sensitivity) with no external equalization. Rated power for 8 ohm unit shall be at least 15 watts continuous pink noise power, defined as conforming to international standard IEC 268-5 (shaped pink noise with peak-to-average ratio of 6 dB) for a period of 100 continuous hours. 3. The speaker shall have a nominal conical polar coverage pattern of 150 degrees (at -6 dB point), averaged 500 Hz to 10 kHz, and shall hold the same consistent polar coverage pattern when averaged in the intelligibility frequency band from 1 kHz to 4 kHz. 4. The backcan shall be constructed of formed steel and the baffle of UL94V-O fire rated medium impact polystyrene. An agency-rated enclosed-terminal wiring block shall be provided on the side of the backcan to allow positive screw-down connection of wiring. 5. The system shall include a support backing plate to reinforce the ceiling material and tile support rails for use on either 2 ft. or 600 mm suspended ceiling tiles, and which can be installed from beneath the ceiling tile. Overall front Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 18 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 18 face diameter shall not exceed 195 mm (7.7 in) and overall depth from the bottom of the ceiling shall not exceed 105 mm (4.1 in). 6. The Control 24C Micro: Nominal impedance shall be 8 ohms. The loudspeaker shall weight no more than 1.6 kg (3.6 lb.). 7. The Control 24CT Micro: The loudspeaker shall be equipped with transformer for use in either 70.7V or 100V distributed-line speaker systems, with taps selectable by connecting the input wire to the selected enclosed wiring block terminal. Taps shall be nominally 8W @ 70V, 4W @ 70V (8W @ 100V), 2W @ 70V (4W @ 100V), 1W @ 70V (2W @ 100V) and 0.5W @ 70V (1W @ 100V). 8. The loudspeaker shall weigh no more than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb.). 9. The loudspeaker shall be the JBL Model Control 24C or 24CT. E. Audio Speaker (Wall Mounted or Surface Mounted) 1. The loudspeaker shall consist of a 90 mm (3-1/2 in) low frequency transducer, 13 mm (1/2 in) high frequency transducer, and frequency dividing network installed in a ported enclosure. The low frequency voice coil shall be 19 mm (3/4 in) in diameter. 2. Performance specifications of a typical production unit shall be as follows: Measured sensitivity (SPL at 1 m [3.3ft] with 2.83V input, averaged from 500 Hz to 1.5 kHz) shall be at least 86 dB-SPL. Usable frequency response shall extend from 85 Hz to 22 kHz (10 dB below rated sensitivity, in half-space, with no external equalization). Nominal impedance shall be 8 ohms. The frequency dividing network shall have a crossover frequency of 3.5 kHz. Rated power capacity shall be at least 50 watts continuous program power, defined as 3 dB above a test signal of filtered random noise conforming to international standard IEC268-5 (shaped pink noise with a peak-to-average ratio of 6 dB), for 100 continuous hours duration. 3. The system shall be protected against damage from occasional overpowering via full range series lamps that limits the power to the network and transducers. The high frequency transducer shall be horn loaded to more evenly cover a nominal 90° horizontal by 90° vertical area. 4. The enclosure shall be constructed of high-impact polystyrene for protection against the elements in outdoor applications, and for paintability. 5. The grille shall be completely zinc-coated for resistance against rusting, shall be bake-painted black, and shall be secured via screws to keep it in place when facing downward. 6. The low frequency transducer shall have a polypropylene cone and a butyl rubber surround which shall extend seamlessly over the edge of the speaker frame for protection against the elements. 7. The high frequency transducer shall be constructed of polycarbonate, reinforced with a titanium film for additional weather resistance. The system shall withstand Mil Spec 810 testing with specified time durations for exposure to the following environments with no effect on its acoustical performance or structural integrity: salt spray (method 509.3), temperature -19°C to 49°C (method 501.3 and 502.3), 95% humidity (method 507.3) and ultra-violet (method 505.3). The system shall have an IEC 529 splash proof rating of IP-X4. For theft deterrence, the installation access area shall be hidden behind a snap-out cover, and the access area shall be on the front of the loudspeaker for ease of installation and adjustment. The loudspeaker shall be rotatable over a minimum of ±35° in all directions via a ball type mounting system. The ball mechanism shall be internal to the cabinet to allow low-profile mounting and better stability via a short moment arm. The logo shall be rotatable for proper orientation when the loudspeaker is mounted horizontally or vertically. 8. The external wiring connectors shall be spring loaded and gold plated, and shall accept bare wire, single or dual banana-type connectors with 19 mm (3/4 in) spacing. Overall cabinet dimensions shall be no greater than 193 mm (7.6 in) high by 140 mm (5.5 in) wide by 111 mm (4.4 in) deep and shall weigh no more than 1.8 kg (4 lbs.). 9. The finish shall be a paintable lightly textured black. 10. The system shall be the JBL Model Control 25-1 with included Invisiball® mounting system. F. Loudspeakers (Pendant Mount) 1. The loudspeaker shall be a JBL Control 65 P/T 2. The color shall be either white or black as selected by architect 3. Suspension shall be via structural aircraft cable. 4. Use White or Black SJO 16-2 Cable between junction box on ceiling and loudspeaker Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 19 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 19 5. G. Volume Control 1. The volume control shall have a power rating of25W (100 W for common areas) and attenuation per step of 3dB. 2. The Plate style shall be standard one-piece stainless steel. 3. The Plate color shall be brushed stainless. 4. The Controls shall be UL Listed (Standard UL813 and UL2043) and shall mount in an E.O. Box with a minimum inside dimension of 1.875"W x 2.688"H x 2.125"D. 5. The Volume control shall be Lowell Model LVC25 (LVC100 for common areas) H. Dorm Light (Red LED Light) 1. Four - Gang Brushed Aluminum Panel 2. The devices shall consume no more than .1A ; 12VDC 3. The Dorm Light shall be a CSV- Night Light I. Visual Indicator (Strobe Light) 1. The Visual Indicator is a weatherproof strobe light designed for easy attachment to a 2-Gang Panel 2. 12VDC; 310 mA draw 3. Available in Clear, Amber, Blue, and Red. 4. Verify Color with architect. 5. The Visual Indicator shall be an ELK-SL1. Include the ELK-WK1 for wall mounting. J. AGC Sensing Microphone 1. The microphone shall be a Pressure Zone Microphone, electret-condenser type, with built-in electronics interface. The microphone capsule holder shall be mounted on a standard switch plate. The microphone shall be powered from 12-48V phantom power. The output shall be low impedance balanced. Frequency response shall be from 80 Hz to 20,000 Hz. Low frequencies below the voice range shall be rolled off. Open-circuit sensitivity shall be 5 mV/Pa (–46 dB re 1V/Pa). 2. The maximum SPL capability shall be 120 dB SPL at 3% THD. Equivalent noise shall be 26 dBA typical (0 dB = .0002 dyne/cm2). 3. The microphone shall be the Crown Model PZM-11 K. Visual Display Unit (Indicating Light) 1. Four lamps shall be under a single dome lens with barriers dividing the lens into four separate sections colored white, red, amber, and green. 2. All lamps shall have a standard bayonet base, shall operate on 12 volts, and consume no more than .01A. 3. All lamps shall be LED type lamps with life expectancy of 50,000 hours. 4. The lamp sockets shall be attached to a two-gang chassis constructed of nonconductive, high impact, flame-retardant ABS Cycolac® plastic, rigidly reinforced to withstand breakage if attached to improperly installed backboxes. 5. All surfaces shall be protected against wear due to continual usage and cleaning solutions. A 4-1/2 inch (11.4 cm) square snap-on trimplate, of the same material as the chassis, shall be provided to cover any exposed mounting hardware. 6. The Indicating Light shall be a PATLITE WEP-402FB-RYGB L. Dorm Touch Panel 1. The Dorm Touch panel is a compact wall mounted high-contrast 3.6" active matrix color touch screen with 16-bit color graphics and 10 backlit pushbuttons. 2. The panel shall be 100% compatible with the Central Processor; and be programmed together seamlessly. 3. Provide a customized WAV file loaded on the touch panel as part of the alerting system. 4. Connects to the Network via Ethernet or to the central controller via the proprietary data network. 5. The Dorm Touch Panel shall be a Crestron TSW-560 (Color to be selected by architect. White or Black) Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 20 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 20 M. Master Panel (Wireless) 1. Provide WEB PAGE control that could be emulated by a master panel. 2. Master Panel would be the Crestron TST-901. N. Reset Switch 1. 1 Gang Panel on Stainless Steel 2. AML DPDT Momentary Switch to de-activate Alerting System. 3. Engraved Overlay “PUSH TO RESET ALERTING SYSTEM” 4. The Reset Switch shall be custom panel by Proco. Type A O. Door Bell 1. 1-Gang Panel with Weatherproof Button 2. Momentary Contact 3. The Door Bell Plate shall be an Edwards 147-1 Switch Plate a. Permanently Engrave Plate with “DOOR BELL” 4. The Door Bell Button shall be an Edwards 692-W 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide all accessories necessary for a full turn-key system to meet all criteria presented herein. 2.4 Cables A. Provide cables as CL2P Rated wherever the cables are not installed in conduit. Provide CL2 Rated Cables in all locations where the cables are installed 100% in conduit. B. Audio Cables – Provide Belden 9451 or 9451P C. Microphone Cables – Provide Belden 9451 or 9451P D. Speaker Cable (70V) – Provide Belden 5300UE or 6300 UE E. Speaker Cable (8 Ohm) – Provide Belden 5100UE or 6100UE F. Data Cable (CAT5E) – Provide Belden 1583A or 1585A G. Cresnet – Provide Belden 1502R or 1502P PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Special Conditions: A. The Locution Interface will be connected into the new facility by the A/V contractor. 3.2 ACCEPTED INSTALLERS 1. Jaymarc AV Tel (206)762-8903 X 104 Tyson@jaymarc-av.com 2. Locution (Golden, CO) 3. Westnet (Huntington Beach, CA) Fire Station 15 27 5116 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STATION ALERTING SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 21 of 21 December 22, 2017 275116 - 21 B. Any other installer needs to provide a qualifications statement to the architect to be listed as an accepted installer. All accepted installers will be listed by addenda. Request must be made prior to 10 days from initial bid date. 3.3 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.4 PREPARATION A. Protection: Protect all products that are scheduled to be reinstalled in the systems. 3.5 CLEANING A. Leave installations clean and premises free from residue and debris from work of this Section. 3.6 TRAINING A. After final demonstration and acceptance of systems provide the following training: 1. Alerting – Provide 2 hours of on-site training 2. Paging – Provide 2 hours of on-site training 3. Control System- Provide 2 hour of on-site training B. Set up the training sessions with the owner at a mutually agreeable time. C. Provide a hard copy; 2 pages maximum of SIMPLE easy to use operation guide specific to each system provided. This is intended to be used as a basic operating guide and should not be used in place of the Owners and Maintenance manuals required elsewhere in this specification. D. The training session shall be performed by a person who is familiar with the systems and has experience presenting and instructing personnel on system usage. 3.7 DELIVERY OF LOOSE ITEMS A. Deliver to the owner all loose items and obtain a written receipt for all product delivered. END OF SECTION DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 1 SECTION 28 3100 - ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Building fire detection and alarm system, bidder design. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 21 1000, Water Based Fire Suppression System. B. Section 25 5000, Automatic Temperature Controls C. Section 26 0100, Electrical General Requirements D. Section 26 0500, Basic Materials & Methods E. Section 26 0526, Grounding & Bonding 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of Washington State Fire Marshal's office and local Fire Marshal. B. Conform to requirements of following publications in addition to requirements of 26 0100: IFC International Fire Code NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code Local fire alarm code adopted by the jurisdiction 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Alarm System: Supervised, non-coded, addressable, using Style 4 (Class B) signaling line circuit (SLC) intelligent loop wiring for initiating and monitoring, and Class B (two wire with end-of-line device) for signaling. B. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of any manual or automatic initiating device results in system ALARM which includes the following operations: 1. Display alarm status information at control panel and remote annunciator. 2. Audible and visual alarm signals operate continuously until initiating devices are restored to normal and control panel is reset. If alarm silence switch is activated, alarm LED annunciation continues. New alarm resounds signals. 3. Alarm signal is transmitted to remote Central Station. 4. Relays activate to initiate HVAC shut down, HVLS paddle fan shut down, release door hold open devices, close smoke dampers, and operate pressurization fans. C. Trouble Sequence of Operation: Grounded circuit, open circuit, power failure, or system failure results in system TROUBLE which includes the following operations: 1. Display trouble status information by zone at the control panel. Audible trouble signal operates continuously until activation of silence switch. 2. Trouble signal is transmitted to remote Central Station. D. Sprinkler Supervision: Closing OSY, PIV, or zone valves, or abnormal air pressure for dry systems results in a system supervisory which includes the following operations: 1. Display supervisory status information at the control panel. Audible trouble signal operates continuously until activation of silence switch. 2. Sprinkler supervisory signal is transmitted to remote Central Station. E. Duct Detector Supervision: Actuation of any smoke duct detector results in supervisory which includes the following operations: 1. Display supervisory status information at the control panel. Audible trouble signal operates continuously until activation of silence switch. 2. Duct detector supervisory signal is transmitted to remote Central Station. F. Zoning: As approved by authority having jurisdiction. Use final room names, room number, and area designations as verified with the Owner. 1.05 SYSTEM PARAMETERS A. Design: Comply with requirements of the International Fire Code, International Building Code, and local fire alarm code as adopted and supplemented by authority having jurisdiction and applicable for the Building Occupancy, by Group and Division, indicated in the Construction Documents. Location of control panel, remote annunciator, and door hold open devices are Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 2 indicated on the Electrical Plans. Desired location of equipment and minimum requirements for signaling and initiating devices are indicated on the Electrical Plans. Provide additional devices as required. B. Pre-bid Coordination: Obtain and review all construction documents prior to bidding as required to verify site conditions, floor plans, building sections, ceiling types, building construction, mechanical systems, building equipment and other conditions that will affect the fire alarm system design. Verify fire alarm design and system requirements with local authority having jurisdiction. C. Fire Suppression System(s): Building(s) have a water based fire suppression system. Coordinate scope of sprinkler coverage with Section 21 1000. D. Device Compatibility: All alarm, initiating, and accessory devices provided shall be listed in the device compatibility document available from the manufacturer for the fire alarm control panel installed. E. Detectors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide detectors as follows: 1. Smoke Detectors: Photo-electric or ionization type. 2. Heat Detectors: a. Indoor high ambient temperature areas (e.g. boiler rooms, kitchens, attics, ceiling spaces, etc.): rate anticipation heat detectors. b. Other locations: combination rate of rise and fixed temperature heat detectors. F. Outdoor Installation: Equipment and devices installed outdoors shall be weatherproof and otherwise suitable for the application. G. Wire Guards: Provide for detectors and signaling devices located in Apparatus Bay, Fitness Room, and similar areas of high abuse. Guards shall be listed for use with the device protected. H. Audible Signaling Devices: Spacing, locations, and system design shall provide alarm audibility of not less than 15 db above ambient noise levels. Horn devices installed in individual rooms under 900 square feet shall be small area type. I. Visual Signaling Devices: The following building areas and spaces are to be considered public areas subject to requirements for ADA visual signal devices: Halls, corridors, toilets, rest rooms, conference rooms, open offices, reception areas, break rooms, work rooms, waiting areas, and entries. Spacing, location, and candela rating shall comply with alarm notification visibility requirements of NFPA and ADA. J. Access: Provide service access to detectors not readily accessible and to sampling tubes of duct smoke detectors. K. Duct Smoke Detectors: 1. Provide for HVAC units rated above 2000 CFM. 2. Provide for smoke dampers unless total coverage smoke detection is provide in all areas served by the HVAC system per IMC requirements. 3. Provide each duct smoke detector with a remote LED/Test station located in an accessible location approved by the Fire Marshal. 4. Coordinate quantity, location, and access for duct smoke detectors with Division 23 Contractor. L. Provide identification sticker on end of line (EOL) devices. M. Wiring Method: Provide conductors installed in conduit. Open cabling not approved. N. Provide conductors installed in conduit except fire rated MC cable or fire rated open cabling is approved where concealed in ceiling spaces and/or building construction. O. Device Locations: Subject to review and approval by Architect/Engineer during shop drawing review. Changes in device locations may be directed and shall be accommodated subject to Code compliance. P. Additional Devices: In addition to initiating and signaling devices indicated and specified, include in the Contract an allowance to provide additional initiating and/or signaling devices as directed at no additional cost. Include conduit, wire, outlet box, programming, and testing. Q. Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS): Provide TVSS protection on outside plant fire alarm circuits. 1.06 SYSTEM MONITORING A. Provide wireless RF transmission of addressable supervisory, alarm and trouble signals to an approved local UL Central Station. Include Central Station setup and connection charges. B. Charges for 24 hour Central Station monitoring shall be paid by Owner. Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 3 1.07 TEMPORARY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Comply with requirements of Fire Marshal for areas scheduled to be occupied during construction. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit qualifications specified under Part 1 of this section. B. Submit product data for all items specified under Part 2 of this section. C. Provide shop drawings of complete system. Include graphic annunciator plaque, wiring diagrams, system layout and battery calculations. Indicate wire color coding and termination points for control panel, remote annunciator, and each type of device. Show equipment and device locations, size, type, quantity, and routing of interconnecting wiring, end of line locations, and zoning. D. Submit product data and shop drawings to Fire Marshal for review and approval in addition to Architect/Engineer submittal requirements. E. Submit record drawings along with reports specified under Testing. 1.09 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data for complete system in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Company: Have minimum five (5) years experience in the installation of fire alarm systems and capable of providing 24 hour repair service with 2 hour response time. B. Shop Drawing Preparation: Technician possessing a current Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) Level III certification shall design and prepare the fire alarm system shop drawings unless otherwise approved by the AHJ. C. Installers: Trained technicians possessing a current specialty electrician certificate of competency issued by the State of Washington and National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) Level II certification shall perform the work. D. Authorized factory representative of the system being installed shall supervise installation, testing, and adjustment of the system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gamewell B. Edwards C. Notifier D. Farenhyt (Silent Knight) E. Wheelock (For Voice Evacuation) 2.02 CONTROL PANEL A. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP): Microprocessor based addressable control panel with surface wall mounted cabinet. B. Power Supply: 120 volt AC power input, 24 volt DC system operation. Include transient surge protection, automatic battery charger and 24 volt rechargeable, maintenance free, sealed lead-acid batteries capable of operating system under alarm condition for five minutes after a 60 hour interruption of 120 volt AC power. C. Initiating Circuits: Supervised programmable input/output circuits (125 point minimum capacity) with 80 character minimum LCD status display and keypad. D. Smoke Alarm Verification Circuit: Delays alarm and resets smoke detectors allowing second (verified) alarm initiation. Adjustable alarm delay 1-60 seconds; adjustable verification period 1-120 seconds. E. Signal Circuits: Supervised signal modules with march time feature and trouble LED indication. Provide signal controller(s) for synchronizing strobes to flash together. Provide sufficient size and quantity so that no signal circuit is loaded more than 75% of listed capacity. F. Audio Communications: UL 864 and UL 1711; Supervised modules as required to provide oscillator tone and voice communications through system alarm speakers. Include audio master control, oscillator control switches, speaker circuit manual control switches, pre-amp monitors, power amplifiers, hand held paging microphone, and approved recorded message Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 4 announcement system. Provide amplifier(s) as required for speaker system operating capacity plus 125% minimum spare capacity. Provide flush mounted remote microphone/audio control station where indicted. G. Panel Status Indicators: LED annunciation of normal power, battery power, battery trouble, ground detection, system trouble, alarm silence, and trouble silence. Audible signal annunciation of any alarm or trouble condition or system. H. Operating Controls: Lamp test, panel reset, alarm silence, trouble silence, and Drill. Operating controls shall be enabled by key switch or shall be located behind locking cabinet door. I. History File: Minimum 400 event capacity in non-volatile memory. Include provisions to allow RS232 interfaces with remote personal computer and printer (2 ports minimum). J. Signal Transmission: Provide output connections for addressable alarm, trouble, and supervisory signal transmission via the alarm transmitter. K. Auxiliary Relays: As required, with 120 VAC rated contacts; include for HVAC fan shutdown, electro-magnetic door holders, elevator pressurization fan operation, smoke dampers, and elevator recall sequencing. 2.03 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR A. Annunciator: Surface weatherproof enclosure containing supervised back-illuminated LCD display with key enabled acknowledge, system reset, and signal silence. B. Modify or replace existing as required to accommodate new Work. Change graphics to indicate new zones and building additions. C. Option: Where approved by the AHJ, remote annunciation may be deleted if system alarm is transmitted, received, and reported to the fire department by zone. 2.04 GRAPHIC PLAQUE A. White plexiglass with dark contrast graphics and painted or anodized metal frame (finish selected by Architect/Engineer). Show one-line building layout by floor with zone configuration approved by Fire Marshal. Provide adjacent to each control panel and remote annunciator. 2.05 INITIATING DEVICES A. Manual Stations: UL 38; addressable, single or dual action, downward pull lever, key reset without break-glass feature. B. Heat Detectors: UL 521; addressable combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature 135 deg F rated, self restoring rate-of-rise element, low profile addressable twist lock base, LED status indicator, listed for 2500 square feet. In high ambient areas provide 190 deg F fixed temperature rated detectors listed for 625 square feet. C. Smoke Detectors, Photo-Electric Type: UL 268; addressable light scattering photodiode principle of operation, LED status indicator, test feature, integral 135 deg F fixed temperature sensor, addressable twist-lock base, supervised 2-wire operation. D. Smoke Detectors, Ionization Type: UL 268; addressable dual chamber, LED status indicator, test feature, adjustable sensitivity, addressable twist- lock base, supervised 2-wire operation. E. Duct Detector, Smoke: UL 268; addressable photoelectric or ionization type smoke detector, duct mounted detector housing with sampling tubes extending width of duct, visual indication of detector actuation. Provide auxiliary DPDT contacts for HVAC shutdown and/or smoke damper actuation, rated 1/8 HP at 120 VAC and ¼ HP at 240 VAC minimum. F. Remote Status/Test Station: 24 volt DC detector status LED indicator and key operated alarm initiating test switch mounted on a flush stainless steel cover plate. Provide engraved nameplate indicating function and location (e.g. "SMOKE DETECTOR, ELEVATOR SHAFT"). 2.06 SIGNALING DEVICES A. Alarm Speakers, Indoor: UL 1480; high fidelity voice/tone re-entrant loudspeaker, low profile housing, 400 to 4000Hz frequency range or better, 25V or 70V field selectable input, multi- tap power selection up to 2 watts minimum, rated 77 dB (UL) or better at 10 feet and 1/4 watt. Provide integral alarm strobe where indicated. Housing color shall be white or red as selected by Owner. B. Alarm Speakers, Outdoor: UL 1480; basic voice/tone re-entrant loudspeaker, low profile weatherproof housing, 25V or 70V field selectable input, multi- tap power selection up to 8 watts rated 77 dB (UL) or better at 10 feet and 1/4 watt. Provide integral alarm strobe where indicated. Provide exterior mounted devices with weather resistant backbox. Housing color shall be white or red as selected by Owner. C. Alarm Horns: UL 464; basic electronic horn rated 96 dB at 10 feet. Provide integral alarm light where indicated. Provide exterior mounted horns with weather resistant backbox. Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 5 D. Alarm Horns, Small Areas: UL 464; compact electronic horn rated 60 dB minimum at 10 feet, designed for flush mounting. Provide integral alarm light where indicated, mounted on front of device plate. E. Alarm Strobes: UL 1971; lamp and flasher, field selectable intensity settings, with clear lens and visible FIRE markings on device housing. Provide standard or high candela intensity strobes as required for location and spacing of devices. Housing color shall be white or red as selected by Architect. Strobes shall be synchronized to flash together. F. Ceiling mounting signaling devices may be installed in lieu of wall mounted subject to location, spacing, and intensity rating complying with alarm notification audibility and visibility requirements of NFPA and ADA. 2.07 AUXILIARY DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES A. SLC Interface devices: Remote addressable module for monitoring status of alarm initiating circuit devices or to provide remote control (pilot duty) from the SLC loop. B. Door Holders: Semi-flush magnetic door holder, 24 volt DC coil, for wall-to-door installation. C. Door Closer, with Electric Hold Open: Specified under Division 8, 24 volt DC. D. Fire Door Releasing Device, Overhead Coiling Shutters: Specified under Division 8, 24 volt DC. E. Wire Guards: Provide on automatic detectors and signaling devices located in Gymnasium, Multipurpose Rooms, Play Sheds, and similar areas of high abuse. F. Access Doors: Milcor Style M locking access panel, keyed to match electrical panelboards. Provide where required to maintain service access to detectors. G. Batteries for Equipment Power Supplies: Provide maintenance free, rechargeable type, as recommended by equipment manufacturer. Batteries provided shall not be older than 60 days from date of manufacture. 2.08 CODED TRANSMISSION A. Digital Communicator: Fire Marshal approved, UL listed, digital communicator for alarm system reporting complete with power supply, dual phone line monitoring, line seizure, supervisory feature, battery back-up, low battery reporting, and required phone cable for connection to two (2) phone jacks. Communicator shall be integral with the fire alarm control panel. B. Alarm Transmitter: Fire Marshal approved, UL listed, wireless radio frequency (RF) or GSM transmission system complete with power supply, transceiver module, antenna, battery back-up, battery charger, low power reporting, failure reporting, mounting hardware, coaxial cable. Transmission format shall provide full addressable alarm, trouble and supervisory data and be compatible with the approved Central Station. Provide a NEMA 1 surface mounted cabinet with locking hinged door to house all transmitter components. Wireless transmitters shall be furnished with remote antenna where required for proper system operation. 2.09 MATERIALS A. Conductors for 120 Volt Circuits: Building wire as specified in Section 26 0500. B. Conductors for 24 Volt DC Circuits: Comply with NFPA 70, Article 760 for insulation requirements. Solid copper conductor, minimum #14 AWG for signal circuits and #16 AWG for initiating circuits. Jacketed twisted pair, copper conductor, with shielding as recommended by alarm system manufacturer for SLC intelligent loop wiring. Outside plant cable shall UL listed for the purpose. C. Conduit: As specified in Section 26 0500, metallic only. D. MC Cable: As specified in Section 26 0500; UL listed and approved for fire alarm and control, multi-conductor and/or twisted shielded pair as required. E. Device and Junction-Boxes: As specified in Section 26 0500, except surface boxes shall be furnished by alarm system manufacturer to match devices. Boxes shall be red in color. Device and junction boxes located outside of buildings shall be tamper proof. Outdoor boxes shall be weatherproof. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with the approved Central Station to verify type of wireless transmission system to be provided. Wireless transmission system type shall be as selected by Owner where more than one option is available. Where approved wireless transmission service is not available, arrange with Owner's telephone system installer to provide two phone lines terminated at the FACP digital communicator with required telephone jacks. B. Coordinate and arrange with the approved Central Station to verify wireless signal strength at the project site as required to verify wireless service availability. Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 6 C. After building structure is in place and prior to completion of rough-in, meet with the inspecting authority on site to review system requirements and location of devices and equipment using the approved shop drawings. The purpose of this meeting is to avoid additional devices and other required changes that are often identified during final inspection. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide all necessary programming and adjustment of system equipment to make operational. B Wiring methods shall comply with requirements of Section 26 0500. Exposed wiring is not permitted in finished spaces. Wiring shall be dedicated to the fire alarm system consistently color coded per shop drawings. Wiring shall not share conduits with other systems. C. Coordinate quantity, location, and access for duct smoke detectors and sampling tubes with Division 23 Contractor. Furnish sampling tube/detector housing assemblies for installation by ductwork installer. Do not locate sampling tubes less than 6 duct widths from return air inlet, bend in duct, or other obstruction in duct. Locate sampling tube/detector housing assemblies for smoke dampers on the damper housing where recommended by smoke damper manufacturer. D. Do not locate detectors within 4 feet of HVAC supply and return registers and not in a direct airflow. Do not locate detectors within 1 foot of light fixtures. E. Provide recessed backboxes for semi-flush installation of devices where construction permits, otherwise provide surface boxes. F. Mounting Heights: Install wall mounted equipment and devices, measured to center of device above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated on shop drawings approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Manual stations 48 inches to top Alarm signaling devices and remote alarm lights 80 inches to bottom Remote annunciator and graphic plaques 60 inches to bottom G. Detectors shall not be installed until finish work and construction clean up of all trades is complete, and area is ready for occupancy. H. Provide 24 volt DC power to electro-magnetic door holders and door closers with electric hold open. Mount outlet box for electro-magnetic door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. I. Fire Protection Monitoring and Signal Power: Provide addressable interface modules, conduit, wire and connections to fire sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, pressure switches, electric sprinkler alarm bell, kitchen hood fire dampers, and to kitchen hood extinguishing system alarm contacts. Include 24 VDC power for sprinkler alarm bell furnished under Section 21 1000. Coordinate number and location of alarm and supervisory connections with fire protection shop drawings. J. Smoke Control: Provide conduit, wire, interface relay, and connection to smoke dampers and to motor controllers of pressurization and/or exhaust fans. Include addressable interface modules where required. K. Fan Shut-Down: Provide conduit, wire, relays and connection for shutdown of air moving equipment rated over 2000 cfm per IMC Section 606. Final connection to HVAC equipment with integral motor controls shall be provided under Division 25. L. Adjust sensitivity for each smoke detector based on the application and type of space being protected as recommended by the product installation instructions. M. SLC Interface: Provide addressable interface modules for all non-addressable initiating devices and equipment furnished under other sections. N. Provide 24 volt DC power to fire door releasing devices unless otherwise indicated. Provide wiring to initiate release upon activation of the smoke detection located adjacent to the door opening. O. Primary Power Supply: Provided dedicated branch circuit(s) for fire alarm control, transmitter, and NAC auxiliary power supplies. The location of the circuit disconnecting means shall be permanently identified at each cabinet. Where the circuit disconnecting means is located at the panelboard branch circuit breaker, provide a red pad locking attachment. P. Wireless Transmitter: Locate and install wireless transmitter in vicinity of the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) as approved by the Fire Marshal. Provide required wiring and connections between the FACP communicator and the transmitter for addressable alarm, trouble, and supervisory transmission. Where wireless signal strength is not sufficient for use of an integral antenna at the transmitter, install a remote antenna at an Architect/Engineer approved location as required. Q. Alarm speakers: Adjust speaker taps meet decibel and intelligibility requirements of NFPA. Connect speakers for 70 volt operation. Add addition speakers where required by Fire Marshal. Fire Station 15 28 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 7 December 22, 2017 28 3100 - 7 R. TVSS: Provide transient voltage surge protection on each outside plant fire alarm system signaling, notification, initiating, and control/interface circuit. Locate TVSS with 15 feet of the fire alarm control panel for dedicated inter-building circuit home runs. Locate TVSS within 15 feet of building entrance for indoor circuits extending outdoors (e.g. PIV tamper). Bond TVSS to the building grounding electrode system using #10 AWG minimum copper ground conductor. 3.03 TESTING A. Test system in accordance with NFPA 72 and Fire Marshal requirements. B. During testing verify device address descriptions match device type, location description, and zoning assignments shown on record drawings. Submit address log and correction report and confidence test report with record drawings. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation, maintenance and programming of system to Owner's personnel prior to Contract Closeout. Allow one four hour session scheduled at convenience of Owner. B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C. Demonstrate operation, control, trouble shooting, maintenance, and testing of system. END OF SECTION DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 1 SECTION 31 2200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Accomplishing indicated and required excavation, filling, compaction, and rough grading as required for buildings, pathways, and parking construction, site grading, utility construction, and the construction of other miscellaneous improvements. 2. Providing rough grading for use by adjacent project as shown on plans. 3. Installation of the bioretention facility. 4. Protection and conditioning of on-site materials. 5. Removing and disposing of materials that are unsuitable for reuse from the site. 6. Importing any additional required materials. 7. Coordinating earthwork operations with the other work of the Project. 8. Protecting existing on-site and adjacent wetlands at all times. B. Work shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, latest edition, Washington State Department of Transportation/APWA. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AASHTO T176 Plastic Fines in Graded Aggregates and Soils by use of the Sand Equivalent Test. B. ASTM D1556-90 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. C. ASTM C136 Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. D. ASTM D1557-91 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb/cu ft). E. ASTM D2922-91 Standard Test methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). F. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, latest edition, Washington State Department of Transportation/American Public Works Association. WSDOT STD PLAN - Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (M 21-01), Washington State Department of Transportation/APWA. G. 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual, as amended by the City of Renton. H. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition I. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.03 EXISTING CONDITIONS: A. Protection of existing improvements: 1. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing vegetation and improvements not indicated for removal. Restore site improvements, including but not limited to landscaping, pavement, walks, structures, fences and planters, damaged by this work to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner’s Representative. Restore to original grades and conditions, areas adjacent to site disturbed or damaged as a result of site preparation and demolition work. 2. Minimize the impact to the surrounding area during construction and installation of utilities and other improvements by using the minimum size of equipment required to perform the work. 3. Tag and coordinate proposed shrub and tree removal with Owner’s Representative prior to construction. 1.04 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. Furnish, set, and mark all line location stakes. Assign a qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist for this work; this person shall be on site at all times when work requiring control is being performed, together with necessary equipment, supplies and instruments related thereto. B. This equipment and personnel must be available, at no additional cost to the Owner’s Representatives, for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. C. Preserve benchmarks and stakes and replace stakes or benchmarks that are displaced or missing. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 2 1.05 MANUFACTURER’S QUALIFICATIONS: A. The Contractor shall select materials that are products of firms that are regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified materials. B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all unauthorized excavation and import and shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. The Unit Price shall not be applied to unauthorized excavation or import. Unauthorized excavations shall be backfilled with structural fill and compacted as required. C. Removal, disposal, and placement of soils deemed unsuitable as a result of the Contractor’s sequencing, handling and protection of the materials will not be compensated using unit prices. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300. B. Samples: 1. Submit sieve analysis of each type of material from an independent testing agency. Review and acceptance of a sieve analysis does not constitute approval of the actual product, which may be subject to additional testing at any time. 2. Submit to onsite Geotechnical Engineer a 50-pound sample of proposed fill material at least seven (7) days prior to importing material to the site. 3. WSDOT pit certifications for each pit. C. Health and Safety Plan - Prepare and submit a Worker Health and Safety Plan. Although certain requirements are identified here and elsewhere in these specifications, it is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to provide a safe work environment and adequate protection to individuals under their employ. Maintain a copy of the Health and Safety Plan in a conspicuous location on the Job Site and reinforce the requirements of the document at weekly Job Site Safety Meetings. D. Safety Products - Submit for the Engineer's approval manufacturer's product data for each worker safety product specified. E. Provide current calibration certificates for each piece of mechanical monitoring equipment to be used in the work. Perform field testing of equipment for the Engineer's approval prior to commencing excavation. 1.07 BASE BID REQUIREMENTS: A. Contractor shall include in the base bid all costs of achieving final grades as shown on the Contract Documents including all excavation to suitable bearing soil, export, legal disposal, import, placement, compaction, and protection. The existing conditions are represented by the Project Survey and documented in the Geotechnical Report. The Geotechnical Report is included in the Project Manual for reference only. The Contractor accepts the provided information as existing condition upon commencing land disturbing clearing or earthwork activities. B. The Contractor has the option to perform, at their own expense, a topographic survey of existing conditions and submit their survey for Owner’s Review and approval for use for earthwork calculations prior to Contractor’s land disturbing clearing or earthwork activities. C. The cost of excavation and off-site disposal of material and imported fill and its placement and compaction required to meet sub- grade elevations as defined in the Contract Documents shall be included in the base bid amount and shall not be compensated using unit prices. D. Subgrade: For the purpose of the Contractor Bid, the following shall define the required base bid subgrade elevations after stripping: 1. Footings: Per Structural Plans and Geotechnical recommendations. 2. Building Slab on grade: Per Structural Plans and Geotechnical recommendations 3. Paving: The elevation of bottom of paving section. 4. Retaining Walls: The elevation of bottom of retaining wall footing. 5. Utilities Trenches: The elevation of the bottom of pipe bedding. 6. Bioretention Areas: The elevation of bottom of bioretention section. 7. Detention Facility: The elevation of bottom facility. 8. Pervious Pavement Facility: 7.5 feet below existing grade 9. Landscape: The elevation below the stripping depth or the soil planting as defined in the Landscape Plans and Specifications. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 3 E. If the Contractor’s sequencing of the Work includes stock piling and double handling of materials, it shall be included within the base bid amount and shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Note per geotechnical investigation that the onsite soils are moisture sensitive. The soil integrity will be influenced by weather conditions and by the Contractor’s sequencing, handling and protection of the material. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect the soils from wet weather conditions, and/or disturbance from construction activities. Failure by the Contractor to do so shall not be compensated using Unit Prices. G. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all unauthorized excavation and import and shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. The Unit Price shall not be applied to unauthorized excavation or import. Unauthorized excavations shall be backfilled with structural fill and compacted as required. H. Removal, disposal, and placement of soils deemed unsuitable as a result of the Contractor’s sequencing, handling and protection of the materials will not be compensated using unit prices. 1.08 UNIT PRICES: A. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Contractor’s measurement of in-place work that involves the use of established unit prices and to have this work measured at the Owner’s expense by an independent agent acceptable to the Contractor. B. Contractor shall notify the Architect, Owner, and Testing Agency/Geotechnical engineer when work designated as a unit price is to be performed. No work associated with the unit price shall be performed until direction to proceed is received from the owner’s representative. Measurement of material shall be as specified in these specifications, and shall be completed prior to work being covered. Contractor shall not receive credit or payment for work designated as a unit price if the Contractor fails to properly facilitate measurement of materials. C. Over Excavation and Export of Unanticipated Unsuitable Materials: The Unit price shall be applied to unanticipated unsuitable materials, as determined by the Owner’s testing agency or Geotechnical Engineer, encountered below anticipated subgrade elevation. Unanticipated unsuitable material is the material (soil and other deleterious material) below the base bid subgrade elevation that does not meet the bearing capacity requirements as defined by the Contract Documents and Owner’s testing agency or Geotechnical Engineer or include deleterious material such as wood, brick, concrete, or other building material. The Contractor is responsible for measuring the quantity of unanticipated unsuitable material that is removed. Measurement for over excavation shall be based upon actual in-place bank cubic yard (CY) volume removed from each designated over excavation area, as measured, calculated and determined by the Contractor and approved by the Owner’s Representative. Measurement by truck ticket will not be accepted. Unit price will include all labor, materials, and equipment (including sales tax) necessary for excavating the unsuitable soils, dewatering, street cleaning, traffic control (including flaggers), removal and legal disposal off site, documentation of the quantity removed, and all other incidental work necessary to complete this particular work item. D. Import and Placement of Unanticipated Structural Fill. Measurement for payment for unanticipated imported structural fill (over excavation) shall be the actual in-place bank cubic yard volume placed at each designated fill area, as measured, calculated and determined by Contractor and approved by Owner’s representative. Measurement by truck ticket will not be accepted. Unit price will include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for hauling, dewatering, street cleaning, traffic control (including flaggers), placing, compacting, documentation of the quantity placed, and all other incidental work necessary to complete this particular work item. E. The Contractor shall be compensated at their bid unit price per Division 1 only as verified and documented by Owner’s testing agency or Geotechnical Engineer in the field. All work must be pre-approved in writing by the Owner’s representative. No compensation will be made to the Contractor for unverified and undocumented quantities. F. Additions to or Deductions from the Unit Price Quantities: The Bid Proposal form for Unit Prices includes a specified quantity for Over Excavation and Export of Unanticipated Unsuitable Native Soils (over excavation) and Import and Placement of Unanticipated Structural Fill. Should the actual quantity of over excavation and export of Unanticipated Unsuitable Native Soils or Import and Placement of Unanticipated Structural Fill exceed the quantity indicated on the Bid proposal form for the Unit Price, the Contract amount will be increased via change order at the same Unit Price as provided on the Bid Proposal Form. Should the actual quantity of Over Excavation and Export of Unanticipated Unsuitable Native Soils or Import and Placement of Unanticipated Structural Fill be less than the quantity indicated on the Bid Proposal Form for Unit Price, the Contract amount shall be decreased via change order at the same Unit Price as provided on the Bid Proposal Form. 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Crew Foreman shall have a minimum of six years working experience and four years experience as foreman performing similar work. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 4 B. All work shall comply with WSDOT Standard Specifications and City of Renton Standards. Where in conflict the City of Renton Standards will prevail. C. Testing: 1. The Owner will engage a qualified independent Geotechnical Engineer and/or testing agency to perform field quality- control testing including but not limited to, soil bearing verification, fill compaction testing, and laboratory gradation and other index testing of on-site and imported materials for compliance with these specifications. 2. If the material is found to be non-compliant with the Contract, the Contractor shall bear the cost of testing, removal of all non-compliant materials from the project site, and replacement of the materials with materials meeting the requirements of the Contract. D. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the accuracy of all survey information provided by the Owner prior to commencing excavations or filling operations. Commencement of these operations constitutes acceptance of the survey information as appropriate to meet the intent of the Contract. E. Grading Tolerance: Finished grade will match contours and elevation shown will be within 1/10 foot. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Approval of Fill Material: All material which is proposed to be used as fill, bedding or backfill shall be graded and tested for moisture content and compactability. Gradation and test results shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Owner’s Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement of fill. Materials shall be checked during the course of importation to ensure they continue to meet the Specifications. B. Material used in filling shall be appropriate to the site and the intended for use in that portion of the site. C. Topsoil shall not be used as a fill material. D. No frozen or thawing material shall be used as fill. E. Utility Trench Backfill: 1. Shall be Gravel Borrow unless native material is suitable. Native material will be deemed suitable if it is: a. Capable of attaining the degree of compaction specified; b. Within a range of two percent of the optimum moisture content for compaction; and c. Free of organic material, clay, frozen lumps, rocks or pavement chunks larger than 6 inches, or other deleterious matter. d. Less than 35% silt and clay e. Acceptable for use by geotechnical engineer. 2. Remove native material that is unsuitable for use as trench backfill from the site if it does not meet the requirements for use elsewhere on site, and use Gravel Borrow for trench backfill above the pipe zone bedding. 3. Backfill for perforated drain pipes shall be the same material as noted for bedding. F. Controlled Density Fill (CDF, aka flowable fill): 1. Shall only be used with the approval of the owner’s representative. 2. Shall be a mixture of Portland Cement, admixture (optional), FlyAsh, aggregates and water. It shall be proportioned to provide a non-segregating, free flowing, self-consolidating and excavatable material that will result in a non-settling fill which has measurable unconfined compressive strength. 3. Materials testing shall be with unconfined compressive test cylinders. Test data may be either laboratory trail batch test data or field test data of the same mix within the previous 6 months. Alternate mix designs may be required at the Engineer’s discretion. The unconfined compressive strength at 28 days shall be a minimum of 50 psi and a maximum of 300 psi. Material shall be a sand/grout slurry proportioned to be hand-excavated after long term strength gain. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 5 4. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the Standard Specifications: Portland Cement 9-01 Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1(2) Admixture for Concrete 9-23.6 Fly Ash 9-23.9 Water 9-25 5. Controlled density fill shall meet the following requirements: Ingredients Amount per Cu. Yd. Portland Cement 50 lb. Aggregates Class I or 2 3300 lb. Air Entrainment Admixture Per Manufacturer’s recommendations Fly Ash Class F 300 lb. Water 300 lb. (maximum) 6. The material consistency shall be flowable (approx. slump 3-10 inches). If requested by the Contractor, the proportions may be adjusted with the approval of the Owner’s Representative. G. Pipe Bedding: 1. Solid walled pipe bedding shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-03.12(3). 2. Perforated drain pipe bedding shall be Washed Rock. H. Recharge Bed Material shall be crushed, washed rock with a gradation per WSDOT Section 9-03.12(5) Gravel Backfill for Drywells or AASHTO No. 2. I. Washed Rock and Choker Course shall be crushed, washed rock with a gradation per WSDOT Section 9-03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains. J. Crushed Surfacing Top and Base Course shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-03.9(3) except that the percent by weight passing the U.S. No, 200 sieve shall not exceed 5 percent and shall have a minimum of two mechanically fractured surfaces. K. Common Borrow: Common Borrow material shall consist of on-site excavated soils free of organic and deleterious or objectionable material and of such size and gradation that the specified compaction can be readily attained. Maximum particle size shall not exceed 6-inches. The moisture of Common Borrow material at the time of placement shall be within a range of two percent of the optimum moisture content for compaction. Common Borrow shall at meet the requirements of WSDOT Section 9- 03.14(3) except that the percent by weight passing the U.S. 200 sieve shall be less than 35 percent unless authorized for use by Owner’s Representative L. Gravel Borrow: per WSDOT Section 9-03.14(1) except that the percent by weight passing the U.S. No, 200 sieve shall not exceed 5 percent. M. Structural Fill: 1. All fill placed under footings, slab on grade floor, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, behind walls, and all other paved areas shall be “structural fill” unless otherwise authorized by Owner’s Representative. 2. Structural fill shall be imported well-graded sand and gravel material free of organic material, debris and other deleterious material, meeting the requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-03.14(1), Gravel Borrow modified such that 100 percent passes the 1-1/2 inch sieve and the percent passing the U.S. Standard No.200 sieve is less than 5 percent. 3. On site material specified herein as Common Borrow may be considered for use as structural fill if material is free of organic material and debris, has less than 35 percent passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve, is within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content, can meet the compaction requirements below and is approved by the project Geotechnical Engineer as suitable for the intended application. It should not be taken for granted that the on-site soils may be used as the major source for structural fill especially during wet weather construction. During wet weather construction the soils with higher silt content will be moisture sensitive, easily disturbed and will not likely be able to meet moisture requirements. 4. Structural fill placed in maximum 8-inch loose lifts, with each lift being compacted to at least 95% of the modified Proctor maximum density using ASTM D1557. Structural fill shall be placed and compacted within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content. 5. The Contractor shall use best management practices to protect soils during construction and shall be familiar with wet weather and winter soil work. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 6 N. Quarry Spalls: Quarry Spalls shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-13.6 except maximum size shall be as noted on Plans. 2.02 BIORETENTION AREAS A. Bioretention Soils and Plantings: shall be per Landscape Plans and Specifications B. Aggregates for Underdrain: 1. Aggregate for slotted underdrain pipe shall be Type 26 Mineral Aggregate per City of Seattle Section 9-03.12(6). 2.03 CAPILLARY BREAK A. Capillary break shall be shall be crushed, washed, with the gradation of gravel backfill for drains per WSDOT Section 9-03.12(4). 2.04 RECYCLED CRUSHED MATERIALS A. With prior approval from the Owner’s Representative and the Geotechnical Engineer, the Contractor may use the following recycled material as is or blended uniformly with naturally occurring minerals or aggregates. The final blended product shall me the requirements for the specified type of aggregate. Recycled material shall originate on site and shall conform to WSDOT Section 9-03.21. The recycled material component included in a blended product shall meet the specific requirement of the following sections: 1. Recycled Hot Mix Asphalt – Section 9-03.21(1)A. 2. Recycled Portland Cement Concrete Rubble – Section 9-03.21(1). B. Use of recycled materials is encouraged where feasible outside the bioretention areas, landscaped areas, and ballfields and as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2.05 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Filter fabric shall be Non-woven Mirafi 140N or approved equal, unless otherwise noted on plans. B. Separation fabric shall Non-woven Mirafi 160N or approved equal. 2.06 COCONUT FIBER MATTING A. Coconut fiber matting shall be of clean, wheel-spun coconut fiber material (coir), woven with uniformly twisted strands into a flexible mesh. The fabric shall have the following properties: Material Property Size or Limit Testing Standard Tensile Strength (wet) 38 x 24 lb/inch ASTM D 4595 Elongation (wet) 47% x 44% ASTM C 4595 Weight 400 grams / square meter ASTM D 3776 Open Area 65% maximum Measured 2.07 SAFETY, MONITORING, AND RESPONSE EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall provide barricades, safety guards, temporary fencing, signage and/or other methods to secure trenches, open excavations, and other unsafe conditions resulting from this construction. Undertake work in full compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements. 2.08 CONDUCTIVE WARNING TAPE A. Conductive warning tape is required over all pipes and shall be located 12-inches below the proposed finished subgrade. Tape shall be manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous printed plastic tape, aluminum backed, intended for direct- burial service. Tape shall be not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick. Tape Schedule: Piping Color Wording Domestic Water Blue Caution Domestic Water Fire Service Blue Caution Fire Service Storm Sewer Green Caution Storm Sewer Sanitary Sewer Green Caution Sanitary Sewer Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All earthwork shall conform to the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 296-155 requirements for Excavation, Trenching and Shoring. B. Supplemental to these requirements the Contractor shall note that THE EXISTING SITE SOILS ARE MOISTURE SENSITIVE AND THE EROSION POTENTIAL OF THE SITE SOILS IS HIGH. See Geotechnical Engineering Report. The Contractor shall expect to perform site earthwork during the spring, summer, fall, and winter months. The Contractor shall implement and employ means and methods necessary to execute earthwork in accordance with the Contract requirements and project schedule. The Contractor shall execute earthwork to minimize existing soil disturbances. Inactive workdays or wet weather days shall be expected and planned for in the Contractor’s schedule and bid without extra cost to the Owner, except in abnormal wet weather cases. Abnormal wet weather cases shall be in accordance with the General Conditions. Time delays caused by the inability to perform work in existing saturated soils shall not be a basis for additional money or time claims. C. Permits: 1. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining permits required for work within the right of way. 2. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any permits required for connection of private utilities to the City of Renton Utility Services, including any storm drain, sanitary sewer and water connection permits. 3.02 SAFETY MONITORING AND RESPONSE A. Maintain conformance to the Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan. 3.03 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. Utilities: 1. The Contractor shall protect from damage private and public utilities in accordance with WSDOT Section 1-07.17. Contractor shall, before excavation begins, call the Utilities Underground Location Center 1-800-424-5555. Contractor shall pay for location of existing utilities. 2. The Contractor shall, at their own expense, make excavations and borings ahead of the work, as necessary, to determine the exact location of utilities and underground structures. 3. It is understood that there will be interfering utilities, service laterals and other underground pipes, drains, or structures encountered that are not shown or areas shown incorrectly on the plans or have not been previously discovered in the field. Contractor agrees this is a normal and usual occurrence in the construction of underground improvements. Furthermore, Contractor understands and agrees that work in some cases must be done in close proximity to said utilities and underground pipes, drains, and structures not shown or shown incorrectly on the plans which may require a change in operations and may cause sloughing of the trench, additional traffic control, additional pavement and backfill costs and time. The Contractor agrees that these occurrences are usual and ordinary, and are reflected in the Bid and plan of operation. B. Pavement: The Contractor shall protect from damage all pavement or paved areas including curbs intended to remain. Contractor shall be responsible for replacement if damage occurs to pavement or curbs to remain. 1. Access Streets and Roadways: Provide wheel cleaning stations. 2. Repair and/or replacement of damaged facilities will be accomplished at the Contractor’s expense. 3. Provide dust control. 3.04 PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to protect all work in progress from damage due to extremes of cold, moisture, or drying, or mechanical damage from equipment traffic or foot traffic. Alert the Owner’s Representative to the presence or likelihood of conditions that may adversely affect the quality of the work, the physical structure of soils, or transport of site soils off-site. B. Do not work frozen soils. C. Protect soils from excessive moisture. During periods of prolonged precipitation, take aggressive steps to avoid over-saturation, erosion, or homogenization of soils by covering with protective plastic sheeting, collection and controlled dewatering, detention for sediment removal, and not disturbing wet soils. It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to manage soils that are too wet or too dry for use. D. Protect foundation subgrades as necessary from foot and equipment traffic and ponding of water during wet weather conditions. Typical measures of protection include compacted crushed rock or a lean-mix concrete mat placed over a properly prepared Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 8 subgrade. Contractor should place foundation concrete and backfill excavations as soon as possible to protect the bearing surface. E. Apply supplemental moisture to overly dry soils, but not to the extent that would cause runoff, puddling, or erosion. F. Do not operate heavy equipment near excavations where trench wall or slope failure may result. 3.05 SITE GRADING A. Required contours and elevations are shown on the Drawings; if indicated information conflicts with actual conditions, notify Owner’s Representative and obtain direction before proceeding with grading of area in conflict. B. In areas to be graded, remove trees, brush, and other deleterious material. C. Remove organic topsoil and grub any remaining roots in accordance with Section 02 5000. D. Provide subgrades required for various backfill soils and soil amendments as shown on Plans and Details. E. Following clearing, grubbing, stripping, excavations to reach subgrade and prior to placement of any fill, the exposed subgrade in areas to be occupied by paving, or structures shall be proof rolled and compacted to a dense, unyielding condition with a loaded dump truck, large vibrating roller or equivalent. Site clearing, proof rolling and compacting shall be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer to identify soft spots or unsuitable material. Overexcavate per the Geotechnical Engineer’s recommendations areas that cannot be reworked and/or compacted. Replace overexcavated material with imported structural fill unless otherwise directed. F. Scarify soils surfaces to receive compacted fill to a depth of at least eight (8) inches. Moisture condition scarified soil to obtain moisture to near optimum moisture content. Compact scarified soils to a minimum relative compaction as listed in this section. G. Place fill in controlled layers in thicknesses that are compatible with the type of equipment being used. Do not exceed a loose thickness of eight (8) inches for each fill layer. Compact each layer to a minimum relative compaction as listed in this Section. Determine the field density of the compacted soils by the ASTM D2922 and D3017 test method. H. All areas to receive compacted fill shall be field reviewed and tested by Geotechnical Engineer prior to the placement of new fill. I. Fill soils shall be granular and shall meet the specifications graduation requirements. The testing agency shall evaluate and/or test material for its conformance with specification prior to delivery to site. The Contractor shall notify the Geotechnical Engineer 72 hours (three working days) prior to importing fill to the site. J. The Geotechnical Engineer shall observe the placement of compacted fills and conduct in place field density tests on the compacted material to check for adequate moisture content and required relative compaction. Where less than required relative compaction or inadequate moisture is indicated, remove and replace the substandard fill or apply additional compactive effort and moisture conditioning as necessary until relative compaction, as specified in this section, is achieved. Additional testing (re-testing) is at the Contractor’s own expense. K. Provide a level testing pad for Geotechnical Engineer’s field density tests. L. The Contractor shall grade the site and control drainage at all times to prevent water from ponding in construction areas and/or flowing into excavations. Exposed grades shall be crowned, sloped, and smooth drum-rolled at the end of each day to facilitate drainage. Accumulated water must be removed from subgrades and work areas immediately prior to performing further work in the area. Soil deemed unfit due to Contractor’s inattention to drainage or lack of soil protection shall be replaced with imported structural fill at the Contractor’s own expense. M. Perched ground water is anticipated could be encountered in excavations completed during construction. See Geotechnical Engineering Report. The Contractor shall be prepared to intercept any ground water seepage entering the excavations and route it to a suitable discharge location. N. Slope prepared surfaces to have positive drainage and direct flows to TESC facilities. O. Refer to Tree Protection in the Drawings and specifications for grading in the vicinity of trees to be protected. 3.06 SLOPES A. The Contractor is responsible for the stability and safety of all temporary slopes. Refer to Geotechnical Engineering Report for guidance regarding maximum recommended temporary and permanent slopes on site. 3.07 PREPARATION A. Subgrade preparation and protection shall be per Section 2-06 of WSDOT, except Contractor shall perform all staking. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 9 3.08 EXCAVATION, EMBANKMENT AND BACKFILLING A. General: 1. Exercise sound engineering and construction practices for excavations and trenches. Maintain trenches such that no damage will occur to any foundation, structure, pole, utility or other facility due to sloughs or any other cause. If as a result of trenching operation, there is disturbance of the ground which may endanger or damage other property and require repair, the Contractor shall take remedial action at no additional expense to the Owner. 2. Provide dewatering, shoring and other types of stabilization, in addition to shoring required for Safety by State codes to maintain the integrity of the trench or excavation and protect adjacent utilities or structures. All earthwork shall conform to the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 296-155 requirements for excavation, trenching and Shoring. B. Excavation Material 1. Common Excavation: The naturally occurring sand, gravel, clays, or mixtures of the above, required to be moved for the construction of roadways and for the establishment of proposed site grades. Common excavation material shall be moved with the use of mechanical equipment, such as shovels, loaders, bulldozers, graders, rippers, etc., but shall not require drilling and blasting or drilling and line breaking. Excavation by sluicing method will not be permitted. 2. Unsuitable Excavation: Shall consist of unstable materials, such as topsoil, peat, muck, water-impregnated clays, yielding or wet soils, swampy or other undesirable materials, including buried logs, stumps, abandoned utility and product delivery lines, or trash. Excavated material shall be replaced with Structural Fill. a. Unsuitable materials beneath structures, roadways, or embankments shall be removed to the depth designated by the Owner’s Representative, and backfilled with Structural Fill. C. Catch basins, manholes and similar structures: Excavate to a distance necessary to allow required soil compaction between sides of excavation and outer surfaces of structure. Take care to excavate to exact depths required; fill over excavation with compacted backfill for utility trenches. D. Trench Excavation for Water Lines 1. Trench excavation, for water lines shall be in accordance with this Section, WSDOT Section 7-09.3(7) and the City of Renton Standards and Specifications. E. Bedding and Backfill for Water Lines: 1. Bedding for water lines shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-09.3(9) the City of Renton Standards and Specifications. 2. Backfilling of trenches for water lines shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-09.3(10) and the City of Renton Standards and Specifications. 3. Walking on the pipe shall not be allowed until at least one foot of backfill material has been placed upon it. 4. Compaction of backfill shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-09.3(11), with the following exceptions: In-place density will be determined by ASTM D2922 - Test for Density of Soil In-place by the nuclear method. F. Trench Excavation, bedding and backfill for Storm Drains: 1. Trench excavation, foundation bedding, and backfill for Storm Drains shall be in accordance with this Section, WSDOT Section 7-08.3(1) and City of Renton Stormwater Management Manual. 2. Backfilling of trenches in the vicinity of structures shall not take place until the cement in the masonry has become thoroughly hardened. Walking on the pipe shall not be allowed until at least one foot of earth has been placed upon it. 3. Backfill shall be in accordance with the plans and WSDOT Section 7-08.3(3) of with the following exception: In-place density will be determined by ASTM D2922 - Test for Density of Soil in-place by the nuclear method. 4. Trench dams, shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations and per the project documents. G. Catch basins, manholes and similar structures: 1. Excavate to furnish a minimum of 12 inches between sides of excavation and outer surfaces of structure. Take care to excavate to exact depths required; fill over excavation with compacted backfill for utility trenches. 2. Excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 2-09 unless otherwise noted in the Project Documents. H. Structural Fill: 1. Embankments shall be constructed in accordance with WSDOT Section 2-03 and City of Renton Standards. 2. Placement of structural fill shall be in accordance with WSDOT 2-03.3(14)C, Method C. Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 10 I. Moisture Conditioning and Temporary Stockpiling: 1. Where the Contractor excavates material which is over the allowable range of moisture content for placement as fill, the Contractor shall condition the material to allow placement as structural fill or common fill. 2. The Contractor shall stockpile excavated material when no fill material is required at the time of excavation. The Contractor shall be responsible for preventing the stockpiled material from becoming saturated beyond the critical moisture limits for fill placement. 3. Stockpiled selected material, which becomes saturated beyond allowable limits for placement as fill, shall be removed and disposed of and replaced with Gravel Borrow at the expense of the Contractor. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF PERVIOUS CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL A. Install based material including sand and recharge bed per project plans and per the requirements of Pervious Concrete Pavement American Concrete Institute – ACI 522.1-08. B. Prior to placement of temporary separation fabric or quarry spalls provide field Infiltration testing of the base material. C. Field Infiltration Testing: 1. Perform field infiltration test at three locations. Coordinate test locations with the Owner’s Representative. 2. Document and record the results of each field infiltration test with a designated test number. Include infiltration rate, date test was taken and location (stationing or other means) where test was performed in each record. 3. If minimum required field infiltration rate of 1.1 inches/hour achieved at each location and verified by geotechnical engineer, then proceed with temporaty protection. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF EARTH MATERIALS A. Contractor shall remove all excavated material that is not acceptable for use as fill on site. Legally dispose of excess material off site, at Contractor’s expense. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density specified for area classification. In landscape areas, do not allow equipment traffic to overly compact areas beyond specified percentages. Remediate over- compaction as directed by the Engineer including ripping, re-grading and re-compaction or over-excavation and in-kind replacement per plan. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the percentages below for maximum density for soils which exhibit a well-defined moisture density relationship determined in accordance with ASTM D1557; and not less than the following percentages of relative density. B. Compaction: 1. Compact all fill and backfill to prevent subsequent settlement. 2. Water settling or jetting will not be permitted as a means of compaction. 3. Furnish heavy rollers or compactors except as follows: a. Use pneumatic hand tampers for trenches and areas not accessible to heavy equipment. b. Compact areas within 3-feet of footings, foundations and walls with hand equipment. 4. Required compaction: Compact fills and backfills to the following minimum relative compaction (percentage of maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557). Fire Station 15 31 2200 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority EARTHWORK Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 11 December 22, 2017 31 2200 - 11 Locations Required Minimum Relative Compaction Utility Trenches: (under non roadway) 90% Utility Trenches: (under walks, slabs and roadway) 95% Under Slabs on Grade 95% Under Walks and Pedestrian Paving 95% Against Walls 90% Subgrade in Planting and Landscape areas 85% Subgrade in lawn areas 90% Planting soils 85% Structural fill 95% Fills on slopes steeper than 3:1 95% Parking, fire lanes, and vehicular drive lanes 95% C. Moisture Control: 1. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum content. Compact each layer to required percentages of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. 2. Do not perform compaction operations on excessively wetted soils. 3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND/OR WASTE MATERIALS: A. Remove from the Owner's property, all waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material as determined by the Owner’s Representative, trash and debris, and dispose of it off site in a legal and timely manner. Provide dump receipts from an approved dump site if directed. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 31 4100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TRENCH SAFETY Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 1 December 22, 2017 31 4100 - 1 SECTION 31 4100 – TRENCH SAFETY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies requirements for the safety systems to be used in all excavation activities, including but not limited to storm and electrical trench and structure excavation, and excavation for grading. 1.02 REFERENCES A. R.C.W. Chapter 49.17 WISHA. B. WAC 296-155 Safety Standards for Construction Work. C. WAC 296-155-660. D. R.C.W. Chapter 39.04.180 Public Works/Trench Excavations - Safety Systems Required. E. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016; Washington State Department of Transportation. Standard Plans, current edition. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS A. Protect all excavation in excess of four-feet in depth with a safety system conforming to the referenced requirements. B. The Contractor’s excavation safety system shall be designed by a qualified person and meet the referenced requirements. C. All excavation not requiring trench safety systems shall also meet the WISHA safety. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Fire Station 15 32 1216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1216 - 1 SECTION 32 1216 – FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Provide and install asphalt concrete pavement, including crushed surfacing top course and crushed surfacing base course. 2. Permanent pavement patching. B. This work consists of the installation of crushed surfacing base course, top course and asphalt paving placed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these Specifications and in close conformity with the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross- sections shown in the plans. 1.03 REFERENCES A. APAW - Designs and Specifications for Asphalt Concrete Pavements and Bases, 1990 Edition. B. WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, current edition. C. ANSI/ASTM C136 – Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. D. ANSI/ASTM D1557 – Test Methods for Moisture – Density Relations of soils and soil/aggregate mixtures using 10 lb. rammer and 18-inch drop. E. ASTM D2950 – Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods. F. A Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) Current Edition. G. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation. H. 2009 King County Stormwater Design Manual, as amended by the City of Renton. I. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition J. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 01. B. Submit Certificates: Furnish certification that all materials comply with Specification requirements. Include laboratory test reports verifying compliance. Material supplier to be approved by Owner’s Representative. 1.05 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. Furnish, set, and mark all line location stakes. Assign a qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist for this work; this person shall be on site at all times when work requiring control is being performed. Furnish and maintain on site necessary equipment, supplies and instruments related thereto. Make this equipment and personnel available, at no additional cost to the owner, for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. 1.06 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Geotechnical Engineer/testing agency shall review and test the base material for compaction prior to installation of pavement. B. Environmental Requirements, in accordance with referenced Standard Specifications and the following: 1. Do not proceed with placement when subgrade or base is saturated, pumping, wet or frozen. 2. HMA shall not be place with precipitation is anticipated before pavement can be compacted or before any other weather conditions which could prevent proper handling and compaction of HMA. 3. Apply HMA surface only when atmospheric temperature is more than 45-deg F., when underlying base is dry and when weather is not rainy or damp. Aggregate base course material may be applied when air temperature is greater than 30 degrees F. and rising if approved by Owner’s Representative. 4. Do not apply tack coats when temperature is below 50 degrees F. or when base is wet. 5. HMA temperature behind the paver shall be in excess of 240 degrees F. Compaction shall be completed prior to the mix temperature dropping below 180 degrees F. Comprehensive temperature records shall be kept by the Contractor during the placement of all HMA and available to the Owner’s representative. Fire Station 15 32 1216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1216 - 2 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Producer/Installer: Provide materials produced by bulk asphalt concrete producer regularly engaged in the production of hot-mix, hot-laid asphalt concrete. Installer must be experienced in the installation of Asphaltic concrete paving with adequate plant, equipment, and personnel for the completion of the work. B. Provide materials meeting or exceeding requirements specified herein. C. Allowable Tolerances: Surface Smoothness shall be in accordance with Section 5-04.3(13) of the Standard Specifications. D. Testing: 1. Contractor will furnish material testing and inspection for quality control during paving operations. Paving thickness is subject to core tests upon completion. Should average thickness be less than specified, apply more paving to furnish specified thickness as a minimum. Patch all core drill holes. 2. Pavement shall be tested for proper thickness and proper drainage as specified in Division 0. 3. Any applicable portion of the crushed surfacing work under this specification shall be tested for the specified compaction by ASTM D1557 procedures as applicable. Failure of the material to achieve the specified density will be just cause for rejecting any portion of, or all the material represented by the test. Provide one density test for each 5000 sf of all crushed surfacing courses placed. 4. When stabilizing base course or portion thereof has been placed and compacted in accordance with requirements, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not place asphalt pavement until results have been verified and base course installation approved. 5. Test asphalt concrete pavement in-place compaction by the nuclear method, ASTM D2950. If compaction tests indicate that stabilizing base course or asphalt paving do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at Contractor's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with Quality Control Section provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. Conform to APAW - Section II, "Specifications for Asphalt Paving" of above referenced manual. Provide bases, type and thickness of asphalt concrete as required by these Specifications and plans for site paving. B. Compact subgrade and provide thickness of crushed surfacing as required by these Specifications and the plans. C. All materials shall conform to WSDOT Section 5-04 and City of Renton requirements. D. Clarification: 1. Recycled asphalt is allowed for use in the asphalt mix in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-03.8(3)B. 2. Recycled cement concrete rubble is allowed in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-03.21(1). 3. Recycled asphalt may be allowed for use as base below asphalt paving only if it meets the requirements of WSDOT/APWA Section 9. 2.02 CRUSHED SURFACING A. Crushed Surfacing shall be in accordance Section 31 2200. 2.03 ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Asphalt concrete shall be composed of asphalt and aggregate which, with or without the addition of mineral filler and blending sand as may be required, shall be mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogenous, stable and workable mixture. B. Asphalt concrete shall HMA Class ½” conforming to WSDOT Section 9-03.8(6). 2.04 TACK COAT A. Tack coat of asphalt shall have 0.05 to 0.08 gallons of retained asphalt per square yard of application and be in accordance with WSDOT Section 5-04.3(5)A. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 1. Construct in conformance with the plans, details, dimensions and grades specified. Maximum variations in finished grade of paving are +/- 1/8" in 10 feet. Fire Station 15 32 1216 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1216 - 3 2. Confirm that final grades allow for the finished surface to drain freely to an acceptable location prior to installation. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to prevent damage from work of this Section. 1. Protect work of other trades. Take special care in work adjacent to buildings. 2. Should any damage occur, repair or replace as directed by Owner’s Representative. C. Provide barricades and warning devices in accordance with the MUTCD. D. If alternative pavement section was placed to protect infiltration trenches, final lift of asphalt shall be placed with other surrounding asphalt installation. 3.02 CRUSHED SURFACING A. Prepare subgrades and place crushed rock courses in conformance with WSDOT Section 4-04.3(4), and as shown in the drawings. B. Compacted subgrade shall be sloped such that no ponding shall occur in crushed surfacing base layer. 3.03 ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Prepare surfaces to receive final paving in accordance with WSDOT Section 5-04.3(5). B. Preparation of aggregates, mixing, hauling, spreading, finishing and compaction shall be as specified for HMA in WSDOT Section 5-04.3. C. Joints and Connections with Existing Facilities shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 5-04.3(12). D. Sampling and testing of asphalt concrete shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 5-04.3(8) A non-statistical. E. The grade tolerance of the compacted first lift of track asphalt shall be +1/4" and -0". The asphalt concrete base shall not deviate from the true surface in excess of 1/4" on a 10' straight edge in all directions. F. All edges to be straight or a continuous smooth line tapered at a 45 degree angle where free-standing or adjacent to soil area. No reverse slopes or birdbaths will be allowed. The complete surface of the asphalt shall be of uniform texture, smooth uniform as to grade, and free from defects of all kinds. Verify elevation requirements prior to commencing paving. 3.04 TACK COAT A. Tack coat shall be applied per WSDOT Section 5-04.3(5) A. B. For cold joints, tack coat shall be applied to the edge to be joined and the paver screed shall be set to overlap the first mat by 1 to 2 inches. 3.05 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Remove and replace defective work not conforming to the plans and specifications to specified tolerances at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Remove and replace, as directed, any crushed surfacing that shows soft spots, pumping, settlement, puddling, and/or uneven finish not level with adjacent existing surfaces, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Remove and replace any pavement that shows cracks, loose, broken, or contaminated HMA, ponds or puddles, and bulges which do not freely drain or exhibits other defects, at the Contractor’s own expense. 3.06 CLEANING A. After placement of crushed surfacing, clean adjacent surfaces outside the limits of the existing crushed surfacing of excess or spilled materials, to allow for landscape restoration. B. After completion of paving operations, clean surfaces of excess or spilled asphaltic materials. C. Do not permit vehicular traffic on asphaltic paving until it has cooled and hardened, and in no case sooner than six (6) hours after placing. D. Provide barricades and warning devices to prevent traffic on asphalt paving and to alert pedestrians to the surface condition. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 32 1313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RIGID PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1313 - 1 SECTION 32 1313 – RIGID PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Provide curb and gutter and vertical concrete curb as shown on the project documents. 2. Provide concrete sidewalks, curb ramps, and other site paving as shown on the project documents and as required to provide complete and uniform pedestrian access to the site. 3. Provide and install site work concrete as shown on the project documents. 4. Finish and score concrete in accordance with the project documents. B. Work shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation. B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings 2. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting 3. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting 4. ACI 316R - Recommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Bases C. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete D. 2009 King County Stormwater Management Manual, as amended by the City of Renton. E. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition F. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions for: 1. Curing compounds 2. Concrete mix design for all conditions. 3. Surface retarder. B. Concrete joint layout drawing including dimensions, locations and joint type. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Provide wood or steel edge forms. Wood forms shall be Douglas fir or larch, number two grade minimum, seasoned SAS, straight and true. B. Special Edge forms for radii shall be approved in advance by Owner’s Representative. Rigid steel forms shall not be used on curved edges. 2.02 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND SIDEWALKS A. Materials for cement concrete pavement and sidewalks shall conform to WSDOT Section 8-14. B. Curing Materials shall be impervious sheeting: ASTM C 171, 10 mils. C. The curb shall be connected to the asphalt surface with Diamonite Epoxy. 2.03 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB A. Materials for cement concrete curb shall conform to WSDOT Section 8-04. 2.04 BASE COURSE A. Base course shall be in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Fire Station 15 32 1313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RIGID PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1313 - 2 2.05 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Expansion joint material shall be pre-molded saturated felt 3/16” -1/2” thick extending full width and depth of joint. B. Expansion joints shall be placed to align with scoring pattern. 2.06 CONTROL JOINTS A. Control joints or tooled score joints intervals shall mimic scoring patterns as provided by LA. On straight work, the joints shall be parallel with and at right angles to the line of the work. The markings shall be made with jointer tools that will round the edges of the scoring line to the radius of ½ “, with a depth of not less than ½”. The finishing joint opening shall not be wider than 1/8”. Provide straight, smooth 1-1/2” troweled finish on both sides of the control joints. 2.07 JOINT SEALANT A. Joint sealant shall conform to WSDOT Section 9-04.2(2). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify existing dimensions and shapes. Allow for transitions to existing grades where shown on Plans. B. Subgrade: 1. Preparation of subgrade shall conform to WSDOT Section 2-06. 2. Verify compaction of subgrade for on-grade work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Curbs: 1. Cement concrete curb shall be installed in accordance with contract documents and WSDOT Section 8-04. Expansion joints shall be provided at 10-foot maximum spacing. The work shall be performed in a manner which results in a curb constructed to specified line and grade, uniform in appearance and structurally sound. Curbs found with unsightly bulges, ridges or other defects shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense if Owner’s Representative considers them to be irreparable. When checked with a 10-foot straightedge, grade shall not deviate more than 1/8 inch, and alignment shall not vary more than 1/4 inch. B. Walkways and pavement: 1. Cement concrete walkways and pavement shall be installed as shown on Plans and in accordance with WSDOT Section 8- 14. Expansion joints shall be provided to mimic existing conditions but shall not exceed a 10-foot maximum spacing and coordinate with the scoring lines. When checked with a 10-foot straightedge, grade shall not deviate more than 1/8 inch, and alignment shall not vary more than 1/4 inch. 2. Broom finish and cure rigid pavement in accordance with WSDOT Section 5-05. C. Curing and Protection 1. Protect concrete adequately from injurious action by sun, rain, flowing water, frost, mechanical injury, tire marks and oil stains, and do not allow it to dry out from the time it is placed until the expiration of the minimum curing periods specified herein. Use impervious-sheeting curing, except as specified otherwise herein. Do not use membrane-forming compound on surfaces where its appearance would be objectionable, on surfaces to be painted, where coverings are to be bonded to concrete, or on concrete to which other concrete is to be bonded. Maintain temperature of air next to concrete above 40 degrees F for the full curing periods. 2. Impervious-Sheeting Curing: Wet entire exposed surface thoroughly with a fine spray of water and then cover with impervious sheeting. Lay sheets directly on concrete surface and overlap 12 inches. Make sheeting not less than 18 inches wider than concrete surface to be cured, and weight down on the edges and over the transverse laps to form closed joints. Repair or replace sheets when torn or otherwise damaged during curing. Leave sheeting on concrete surface to be cured for at least 7days. 3.04 FINISH A. Float and Trowel: Match existing finish or provide “broom finish” by lightly combing straight lines with a medium stiff broom as directed by Owner’s representative. Broom pattern to be perpendicular to main pedestrian traffic route. Fire Station 15 32 1313 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RIGID PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1313 - 3 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Cement concrete proportioning shall meet the requirement of WSDOT Section 5-05. 3.06 DEFFECTIVE WORK A. Remove and replace defective work not conforming to plan and specifications specified tolerances at the Contractor own expense. B. Remove and replace any pavement that shows cracks, ponds or puddles, bulges, which does not freely drain or exhibits other defects at the Contractor own expense. 3.07 CLEANING A. Leave premises clean and free of residue for work of this Section. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 32 1314 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PERVIOUS RIGID PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1314 - 1 SECTION 32 1314 – PERVIOUS RIGID PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Provide pervious parking and access as shown on the project documents. 2. Finish and score pervious concrete walks in accordance with the project documents. B. Work shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation. B. American Concrete Institute – ACI 522.1-08 – Pervious Concrete Pavement C. The City of Renton, Standard Details, Current Edition. D. Geotech Consultants Inc., Geotechnical Engineering Study, Proposed Housing Development, Dated October 15, 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be per Section 01 3300 of the Project Manual and Sections 1.5,3.11, and 3.12 of ACE 522.1-08 B. Concrete joint layout drawing including dimensions, locations and joint type. C. Supplemental to Section 1.5.3.4 of ACI 522.1-08, the two test panels are to be no smaller than 100 square feet each and shall be prepared exactly as if they were to be incorporated into the completed project. Full section thickness, subgrade prep, base installation, pavement installation, jointing, curing, etc. for the test panels are to be per the Contract Documents. D. Certification of suppliers and installers qualifications as specified in this section. E. Test results for all test panels for review of workmanship and determination of Job Mix Formula. F. Test result for pervious concrete pavement installations in accordance with this section. G. Submit joint layout plan. Include as-build locations of all castings/structures through pavement in this submittal. 1.05 NOTIFICATIONS A. Schedule and attend a pre-construction meeting with Owner’s representative at least 1 week prior to the pervious pavement sub- base installation. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualifications of Pervious Concrete installer shall be per ACI 522.1-08 B. The Pervious Concrete Installation crew shall meet one of the following criteria: 1. Employ no less than one (1) NRMCA certified Pervious Concrete Craftsman who must be on site, overseeing each placement crew during all pervious concrete placement. Craftsman shall have successfully completed at least three previous pervious concrete installations. 2. Employ no less than three (3) NRMCA certified Pervious Concrete Installers, who shall be on site working as members of each placement crew during all pervious concrete placement. Installers shall all have successfully completed at least three previous pervious concrete installations. C. The Pervious Concrete supplier shall meet the following criteria: 1. Successfully supplied pervious concrete for at least three previous projects located within a 50-mile radius of this project site. 2. Employ at least one (1) NRMCA certified Pervious Concrete Technicians. Pervious Concrete Supplied with Technician certification shall observe the installation and oversee the mix design and quality control testing. D. Submit documentation verifying current NRMCA certification noted above. For documentation of previous projects, provide address of project, photos, date of installation, mix design, testing results, pavement section design, volume/area of installation, contact information for Owner, installer and supplier and written documentation from owner that pervious concrete was accepted. Fire Station 15 32 1314 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PERVIOUS RIGID PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1314 - 2 E. The PC test sections installed at the project site may be utilized as the “mock-up” placement required for the NRMCA “mock-up” Performance Evaluation exam for Pervious Concrete Installer certification. If the “mock-up” placement installed for NRMCA certification does not meet the project specifications, the “mock-up” placement shall be removed at the Contractor’s expense and a new PC test section shall be installed, tested and submitted for acceptance. F. NRMCA Pervious Concrete certification courses may be obtained by contacting the Washington Aggregates & Concrete Association, 22223 7th Avenue South, Des Moines, WA (206-878-1622). Fees associated with attending the NRMCA course and successfully passing the written exam and mock-up/performance evaluation are at the Contractor’s expense. G. Pour PC vehicular and sidewalk test panels in isolated location designated by the Owner’s Representative. If the test panels are to be located for permanent placement, the test panel must be protected throughout construction and meet the specifications noted in this Section. Remove and dispose of offsite, non-conforming test panel(s). Multiple test panel(s) will be required until the test panel for each pavement section meets the project specification noted in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBBASE A. Permeable Aggregate Recharge Bed 1. Shall be per Section 31 2200 2. Provide thickness of gravel borrow as required by these Specifications and the project Drawings. 3. Comply with Quality Control Section. 2.02 PERVIOUS CONCRETE A. Pervious concrete shall be per Section 2.2 of ACI 522.1-08. B. Supplemental to Section 2.2 of ACI 522.1-08, aggregate size in the pervious concrete mix shall be AASHTO #8 stone or as accepted by the Engineer. 2.03 ISOLATION JOINT MATERIAL A. Isolation joint material shall be per Section 2.2 of ACI 522.1-08. 2.04 FORMS A. Forms shall be per Section 2.4 of ACI 522.108 with the addition of the following: 1. Special Edge forms for Radii shall be approved in advance by Owner’s Representative. Rigid steel forms shall not be used on curved edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation of pervious concrete paving shall be per Section 3 of ACI 522.1-08. B. Install TESC measures and flow diversion measures in order to divert runoff from flowing into construction area of PC pavement prior to excavation and subgrade preparation of sidewalk or vehicular section. Maintain TESC measures and flow diversion measures until pavement is approved and adjacent areas are permanently stabilized. C. Do not place Pervious Concrete Pavement when ambient temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or lower or when ambient temperature is 80 degrees Fahrenheit or higher. D. Do not place Pervious Concrete Pavement in the rain or when rain in imminent. E. Verifying existing dimensions and shapes. Allow for transitions to existing grades where applicable. 1. Maximum allowable slope in ADA/Barrier Free parking stalls is two-percent in any direction (zero tolerance for maximum allowable slopes). The finished slope and cross slope in ADA/Barrier Free routes and areas shall not exceed the maximum allowed by ADA. 2. Maximum variations in finished grade of cement concrete paving for vehicular loading except ADA/Barrier Free parking and ADA/Barrier Free routes of travel shall be ¼-inch in 10 feet. 3.03 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Maintain flow diversion measures to prevent runoff and sediment from entering work limits. B. Provide separation fabric per project documents. Fire Station 15 32 1314 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PERVIOUS RIGID PAVEMENT Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 32 1314 - 3 C. Place geotextile fabric along edges in accordance with manufacturer’s standards and recommendations. D. Overlap adjacent strips of geotextile fabric a minimum of 16 inches. 3.04 FINISH A. Finish pervious concrete in accordance with ACI 522 recommendations and such that the finish is uniform and without deficiencies. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Cover the pavement surface with a minimum six millimeters thick polyethylene sheet or other approved equivalent covering material. Prior to covering, spray on a fog or light mist above the surface when required due to ambient conditions (high temperature, high wind, and low humidity). Overlap exposed edges and secure cover (without using dirt or stone) to prevent dislocation, air pockets, or other gaps. Cover shall encompass entire pavement surface (including exposed edges) and remain securely in place during curing. Implement protection measures to avoid imprints/indentations on the finish surface. 3.06 QUALITY INSURANCE A. Permanent installed sections will be reviewed for the following: 1. Grade, line and slope: Conform to the dimensions, lines and grades specified on the plans. Maximum variations shall not exceed requirements noted previously in the specifications. 2. Field Infiltration Rate: Perform field infiltration test at three locations no sooner than seven calendar days after placing PC. Coordinate test locations with the Owner’s Representative per the following: a. Perform three field infiltration tests per each day’s PC pour production for each construction crew, which will be considered a set. Pavement sections of differing depths shall not be grouped within the same set. b. Document and record the results of each field infiltration test with a designated test number. Include infiltration rate, date pavement was placed, date test was taken and location (stationing or other means) where test was performed in each record. c. If minimum required field infiltration rate is achieved at teach location proceed with coring. d. If minimum required field infiltration rate is not achieved at any location as defined in this Section, re-test for field infiltration rate at a new location for each filed field infiltration test. Coordinate location with Owner’s Representative. e. If new filed infiltration test location does not produce minimum field infiltration rate and more than five-percent of the test panel appears to be non-pervious by visual inspection or does not infiltrate water, further testing will be required. f. Submit Infiltration Test results for approval prior to coring concrete. g. Upon completion of test, spray on light mist over areas exposed during testing and then re-secure cover over pavement section. 3. Appearance: Placed PC will be reviewed for appearance by the Owner’s Representative (as shown in example pictures in this section). The placed PC shall have a consistent surface texture and shall have no more than five-percent of the finish surface within a panel (joint to joint) filled with paste. The PC shall not be raveling. 3.07 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Remove and replace defective work not conforming to plan and specifications specified tolerances at the contractor’s own expense. B. Remove and replace any pavement that shows cracks, ponds, puddles, bulges, which does not freely drain or exhibits other defects at the Contractor’s own expense. 3.08 CLEANING A. Leave premises clean and free of residue for work of this Section in accordance with the requirements of this Project Manual. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 32 1723 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PAVEMENT MARKINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 32 1723- 1 SECTION 32 1723 – PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Furnish materials and apply painted parking stall striping, ADA symbols, and striping on asphalt surfaces. 2. Furnish and install signs as indicated. 3. Furnish and install wheelstops as indicated. B. All work shall be in accordance with: 1. City of Renton current Design Standards, referred to as City Standards; 2. 2016 edition of the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) “Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction” 3. Where there are conflicts or differences between these standards notify Engineer. City Standards shall govern unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. C. Related Sections: Coordinate related requirements specified in other parts of the Project Manual, including but not limited to the following: 1. Section 32 1216 – Flexible Paving 2. Section 32 1313 – Rigid Paving 1.02 REFERENCES A. APAW - Designs and Specifications for Asphalt Concrete Pavements and Bases, 1990 Edition. B. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) Current Edition. C. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation. D. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition E. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.03 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. Furnish, set and mark all line location stakes. Assign a qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist to do this work; this person shall be on site at all times when work requiring control is being performed. Furnish and maintain on site necessary equipment, supplies and instruments related thereto. Make this equipment and personnel available, at no additional cost to the Owner, for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300. B. Submit Pavement Marking Paint product information. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT A. Paint shall be white, red, or yellow traffic paint (or compound suitable for paved surfaces), for parking stalls, crosswalks, outdoor play areas and curbs conforming to the requirements of WSDOT Section 8-22 and 9-34.2. Paint shall be lead free. B. Paint shall be delivered and stored in sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, formulation, or specification numbers, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's name, formulation number and directions, all of which shall be printed legibly at time of use. The paint shall be homogeneous, easily stirred to a smooth constancy, and shall show no hard settlement or other objectionable characteristics. 2.02 PAVEMENT MARKING A. All materials shall conform to WSDOT Specifications and project Documents. B. Pavement marking lettering shall be in accordance with WSDOT Specifications and project Documents. 2.03 TRUNCATED DOMES FOR DETECTABLE WARNING A. Truncated domes shall be per WSDOT Specifications and Standard plan F-45.10-00. Fire Station 15 32 1723 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PAVEMENT MARKINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 32 1723- 2 2.04 RECYCLED PLASTIC WHEELSTOP A. Belson Outdoors (http://belson.com/pcsrec.htm) or Parking Stop Source (http://parkingstopsource.com), six-foot, gray recycled plastic wheel stop or approved equal. 2.05 SIGNS A. “Reserved Parking” MUTCD (R7-801) B. “Van Accessible” MUTCD (R7-801A) 2.06 SIGN POSTS A. New sign posts and hardware in accordance with the project Site Signage Detail shall be provided for all relocated signs. B. Sign posts for new sign shall be in accordance with the project plans. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall furnish an experienced technician to supervise the location alignment, layout dimensions and application of pavement markings. B. All surfaces to be marked shall be thoroughly cleaned before application of the paint markings. Dust, dirt and other granular surface deposits shall be removed by sweeping, blowing with compressed air, rinsing with water or a combination of the methods as required. Rubber deposits, surface laitance, and other coating adhering to the pavement shall be completely removed with scrapers, wire brushes, sandblasting, approved chemicals or mechanical abrasion as directed. C. Paint Application: 1. Apply pavement marking to clean, dry pavement surfaces and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Application thickness shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 8-22.3(3)F. A minimum of two applications of paint will be required to complete all paint markings. 3. Apply paint evenly to the pavement surface to be coated at the rate of 105, plus or minus 5, square feet per gallon. Apply paint to clean, dry surfaces, and unless otherwise approved, only when air and pavement temperatures are 50 degrees F and rising and less than 95 degrees F. Maintain paint temperature within these same limits. Apply paint pneumatically with approved equipment. 4. Provide guide lines and templates as necessary to control paint application. Take special precautions in marking letters and symbols. 5. The top of pavement markings shall be smooth and uniform. Line ends shall be square and clean. Sharply outline edges of marking. 6. The maximum drying time requirement of the paint specifications and manufactures recommendations shall be strictly enforced, to prevent undue softening of bitumen, and pickup, displacement, or discoloration by tires of traffic. 7. Discontinue painting operations if there is a deficiency in drying of the marking, until cause of the slow drying is determined and corrected. 8. Tolerances shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 8-22.3(4). D. Parking Area: 1. Parking stall and block-out striping shall be 4 inches wide painted white unless otherwise noted on the project Documents. 2. ADA parking stall symbols shall be in accordance with project Documents. E. Paint shall be applied uniformly at a rate specified in WSDOT Section 8-22. All markings shall be protected from traffic until the paint is thoroughly dry. All markings shall present a clean cut, uniform, and workmanlike appearance. All marking which fail to have a uniform, satisfactory appearance shall be corrected by the Contractor at their expense. F. Signage 1. Install signs per details and locations shown on the plans. Sign installation shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 8- 21.3(2) and MUTCD. G. Wheel Stops 1. Install concrete wheel stops in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. H. Cleaning: Leave premises clean and free of residue of work of this Section. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 1 SECTION 32 8400 – IRRIGATION (ALTERNATE #1) GENERAL GENERAL Irrigation System Design Description: The irrigation system has been designed to accommodate multiple phases of operation and installation. The north section is isolated from the system by a gate valve to accommodate the installation of the north section after completion of the water reservoir project. Installation of the north section is not in this contract. SCOPE OF WORK Furnish and install an automatically-controlled, underground irrigation system and associated equipment, labor, tools, tests, permits, and materials to provide efficient and even irrigation with head-to-head coverage of all planting areas shown on the Contract Drawings. Included shall be all labor necessary for installation, including trenching, plumbing, back-filling, electrical wiring, adjustments, and all other items of labor necessary for a satisfactory operating system. This Section includes the Guarantee and Maintenance of the irrigation system during the planting Guarantee Period of one (1) year duration to ensure the health and establishment of plant materials. Refer to Section 32 90 00 Planting. Irrigation system shall have minimum overspray onto signs, paved or non-planted areas and no overspray onto buildings and as specified in the Specifications and be complete and ready for operation. Irrigation piping layout is schematic. Locate piping in planting areas unless shown in sleeves between planting areas. Avoid conflicts with plant materials, lighting fixtures, signs, architectural features, above and below ground utilities, and drainage systems. Any item of labor, material or equipment not specified or shown in detail, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of the system, shall be furnished by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. All sleeving required for the execution of the work is to be provided as specified. Coordinate locations and installation of pipe sleeving with the general contractor prior to paving operations. RELATED WORK Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: Specification 32 90 00 – PLANTING, for plant material, landscape Guarantee Period, and planting accessories. Specification 31 00 00 – EARTHWORK, for excavation, filling, and rough grading, and for subsurface aggregate drainage, and drainage of backfill materials. Specification 33 10 00 WATER UTILITIES, for water meter and water supply. QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLER Contractor must be a bonded irrigation contractor. The sprinkler irrigation system must be installed by an experienced irrigation mechanic, Certified Irrigation Technician, or Journeyman Plumber. All electrical service connection work must be completed by a licensed Electrical Contractor. All potable water system components shall be installed by a Washington State Licensed Plumber. All testing of the backflow prevention equipment shall be done by a Washington State Certified Backflow Assembly Tester (BAT). VERIFICATION Before proceeding with any work, inspect the site, carefully check all grades and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work in order to proceed safely. Changes or alterations to the system to meet actual conditions shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. Report to the Owner’s Representative all deviation and/or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications and site condit ions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be completed at the Contractor's expense. Prior to the start of any work, verify available static water pressure (PSI) and gallons per minute (GPM) at point-of-connection to water service. Submit written verification of available PSI to Owner’s Representative prior to beginning work. Any replacement, relocation or additional materials required as a failure to check and verify (PSI) shall be completed at the Contractor’s expense. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 2 CHANGE ORDERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Do no work for extra compensation without prior written approval of the Owner in the form of a Change Order. The intent of the Contract Drawings and Specifications is to provide a totally integrated irrigation system that meet City of Renton standards and requirements. Substitutions will be accepted only if they are proven to be wholly compatible with this system and with the City of Renton’s Maintenance and Operations. PERMITS, CODES AND REGULATIONS Apply for and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. Keep fully informed and shall comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS Irrigation Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of such items as piping, valves, controllers , and other equipment. Locate these items as closely as possible or as per related details to curbs, walls, or edges of paving. Locate such items as piping, valves, controllers and other equipment inside property line unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Pipe lines shown parallel on the Contract Drawings may be placed in a common trench. Sprinkler heads are shown accur ately and shall be installed as indicated by center of symbol. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees is to be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative before proceeding. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, utilities, walks, curbs, pavement and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. Repair to the satisfaction of the Owner, at Contractor's expense, any damage to the above and existing landscape. CONDUCT OF WORK Continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during progress of the work, with the authority to act in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the contact and shall keep the work under control. Confine operations to the limit of work project area, including material and equipment storage. Progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. Keep streets, sidewalks and site clean, free from debris and affected drains open and free flowing at all times. Locate and identify all underground utilities (on or near Public Rights-of-Way / Property Lines) prior to digging and/or driving stakes. Repair to the satisfaction of the Owner any damage to existing utilities. Existing known utilities have been shown on the Architectural/Engineering and/or Survey Drawings and will be made available from the Owner and/or Utility Companies. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to verify utility locations on the ground with a pipe-finder or by other means. Contact Utility Locate at 1-800-424-5555 in advance of any digging to have existing utilities located and marked on-site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of existing known utilities. Should the ditching intercept and damage any existing utilities, all further work within said area shall stop until the Owner is advised and the Owner can review a repair method and schedule. Provide barricades and safety guards, and any other structures or improvements necessary for the complete protection of the public. The Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for damage to and/or water leaks on the Owner’s property and any property located outside of the project site, which is caused by the Contractor’s negligence during construction of the project. The Contractor shall also bear sole responsibility for any pollution of rivers, streams, groundwater or other waters that may occur as a result of construction operations. The Contractor shall replace, repair and pay for all damages caused by his/her negligence to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final payment. SYSTEM PROTECTION As a part of the guarantee under this contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the deactivating and draining of the system prior to the onset of the freezing season and for reactivating the system at the onset of the spring growing season; each task must be accomplished once during the one (1) year Guarantee Period. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 3 In the event the system is completed in a season when the system will not be in use, the Contractor will winterize the system upon acceptance and will reactivate the system in the spring. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the winterizing phase, submit a letter to the Owner and the Owner’s Representative certifying that the system was winterized and drained, and indicates the date when such action was accomplished. The Contractor shall notify both the Owner and the Owner’s Representative 48 hours prior to the work so that the Owner’s Representative can be present during the winterizing and reactivating phases of work. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage resulting from failure to comply. GUARANTEE Guarantee the irrigation system for all workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year, coinciding with planting Guarantee Period. Repair and/or replace defective irrigation equipment as determined by the Owner for the duration of the guarantee period. Repairs and/or replacements shall be made in the same manner as specified for the original irrigation system and shall be completed at no cost to the Owner. Should any trouble develop within one (1) year which, in the opinion of the Owner, is due to inferior or faulty material and/or workmanship, the trouble shall be corrected, without delay, to the satisfaction of the Owner and at the Contractor's expense. Any settling of backfilled trenches shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, including but not limite d to, restoration of pavement, seeded areas, sodded lawn, and/or planted areas. MAINTENANCE It is expressly understood the Contractor will be responsible during the one (1) year Guarantee Period for normal maintenance and operation of the irrigation system, as defined in the Contractor’s Operation and Maintenance Manual and Watering Schedule Submittals. Irrigation Maintenance shall coincide with the one (1) year Guarantee Period. TESTS Pre-test for Pressure Test and Coverage Test prior to the Owner’s Representative's review of said tests to confirm that the irrigation system will meet the requirements of the specified tests. Once pre-tests are completed and acceptable results are confirmed by the Contractor, tests shall be witnessed by the Owner’s Representative. The Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance notice of tests. Should additional test reviews be required due to conditions found to be the Contractors responsibility, reimburse the Owner for billed costs for the participation of the Owner’s Representative in repeated test reviews. Billed costs may include time, telephone, travel expenses, and per diem allowances for meals and lodging incurred as a direct consequence of the additional activities. SUBMITTALS Irrigation Material Documentation Submit samples and/or manufacturer's "Catalog Cuts" of all material as noted in Specifications. Failure to do so may result in non-acceptance of materials already used or hauled to the site. Any removal or delays incurred will be at the expense of the Contractor. All samples submitted for approval must be unaltered and of quantity sufficient to allow for proper inspection and review. Manufacturer’s Instruction / Maintenance / Operation Information The Contractor shall provide Operations & Maintenance Manual in accordance with Section 01 78 00 – Closeout Submittals that includes the following: List of authorized distributers and service representatives for each item of equipment used, including names, addresses and phone numbers. Instruction manuals for all equipment installed. Parts list with specifications numbers for each item installed. Winterization and start up procedures. Watering Schedule. Controller wire color code chart. Controller Charts: Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 4 The Chart shall be a bond copy print with a different pastel transparent color to show each separate zone. Verify that the zone number as shown on the Controller Chart matches the number on the actual control valve identification tag. Provide one controller chart per controller. Controller chart shall fit in behind controller door. When completed and approved, hermetically seal (laminate) the chart between two pieces of plastic. The charts shall be completed before the project can obtain Physical Completion. Watering Schedule Submittal: Contractor shall cooperate with Landscape Contractor in providing Owner with a written “watering schedule” to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. As-Built Drawings: See As-Built Drawing Section herein. Double Check Valve Assembly inspection and test results. Written documentation of the date the irrigation system was winterized. Written documentation of existing static water pressure (PSI) and flow (GPM) at the point-of-connection to the water service. Spare Parts The Contractor shall provide to the Owners Representative the following items as spare parts at no additional cost. 2 sets of Controller cabinet keys. 2 sets of Quick Coupler keys with hose swivels. 2 of each type and size of head and nozzle used on this project. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a current and accurate record of all equipment installed and record any deviations to the plans (all deviations to the plans shall be approved by the Owners Representative). As-Built records shall be updated daily on site and shall be available for review by Owners Representative at any time. All mainline, sleeves, quick coupler valves, automatic control valves, manual gate valves, double check valves electrical splice boxes, controllers, shall be dimensioned on As-Built drawings to two permanent monuments. Upon completion of the system and prior to acceptance, the Contractor shall provide the Owner’s Representative with a neat and clean reproducible hard copy set of As-Built drawings. The contractor shall also provide the As-Built drawings as a scanned PDF. After acceptance of the As-Built drawings, the Contractor shall place a reduced, non-fading, laminated copy inside the controller cabinet door. PIPE SLEEVES Provide and install pipe sleeves as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified in these Specifications. Coordinate location and installation of pipe sleeves with general contractor prior to paving operations. PRODUCTS GENERAL All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best quality. All items of equipment or material shall be as specified or approved equal PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS PVC pipe upstream and downstream of the control valves shall be Schedule 40 complying with ASTM D1785. PVC pipe sleeving: Schedule 40 and conform to all requirements of ASTM D1785. All glued and threaded fittings for lateral lines shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466 Schedule 40 PVC. All fittin gs shall be of the solvent weld type except where risers, valves, etc. require threaded transition fittings. All threaded fittings for mainlines shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2464 Schedule 80 PVC. All glued fittings for mainline shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2466. All pipe shall be marked with manufacturer's name, class of pipe and NSF seal. Pipe shall bear no evidence of interior or exterior extrusion marks. Pipe walls shall be uniform, smooth and glossy. Pipe may be pre-belled or with individual solvent- weld couplings. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 5 All threaded fittings for mainlines shall conform to requirements of ASTM D2464 Schedule 80 PVC. All glued fittings for mainlines shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Schedule 40 PVC. PVC Threaded Nipples: Schedule 80, complying with ASTM D1785. All pipe must be delivered in at least 20 foot lengths. All PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the following minimums: Tensile strength 78F 5,000 psi Izod impact strength (notched) .65 ft. lb./in. Modulus of elasticity 300,000 psi Compressive strength 8,500 psi Flexural strength 10,000 psi PVC PIPE JOINT COMPOUND AND PRIMER Joint compound: Slow drying, heavy-duty PVC solvent cement type. Primer: Tinted, compatible with joint compound. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. Controller wiring that is above ground shall be installed in Schedule 80 grey electric conduit / conduit of painted galvanized steel. Color and paint type and color to be approved by Owner’s Representative. POP-UP SPRAY HEADS Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. CONTROL WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE OPERATIONS Control wire must be insulated single strand copper designed for 24 to 50 volts and UL approved as Type U.F. (Underground Feeder). UL and U.F. designations must be clearly marked on insulation jacket of wire. Copper conductor must meet or exceed ASTM B-3 requirements. Minimum wire size shall be No. 14 AWG. Size wire to control valve per valve manufacturer’s recommendations. Red color shall be available for lead (hot) wires. White color shall be available for common ground wires. Yellow color shall be provided for spare wires. Wire Splice Connections: 3M, DBY, Rainbird Penn-Tite, Scotchlok or approved equal. QUICK COUPLING VALVES Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. Provide 2 matching valve keys, 2 cap keys and 2 hose swivels to the Owner. MANUAL BALL VALVE Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. VALVE BOXES Unless otherwise specified, all automatic valves and manual gate valves shall be enclosed in Carson Industries with lock ing lid or approved equal. Manual drain and quick coupler valves shall be enclosed in a Carsons industries 910-128, 10-inch round box with green bolt down cover or approved equal. Backflow preventers shall be enclosed in a Carson Industries Number 1730 PB-18 Body Box or approved equal. Provide two lid keys and two valve keys per Valve Box type to the Owner. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 6 Size valve boxes as required to provide approximately 3 inches clear between valve box and valve on all sides. Provide and install valve box extensions as required. DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. The Double Check Valve Assembly must be inspected and approved by the controlling agency before final acceptance. PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVE Shall be of the type, manufacturer and size shown on the Contract Drawings or approved equal. IRRIGATION WATER METER See Civil Drawings. BACKFILL MATERIALS Gravel Backfill (for use under valve boxes only): Three-quarter minus round, water worn, washed gravel. Sand (backfill soils around PVC pipe): Fine granular material naturally produced by rock disintegration and free from organic material, loam, clay and other deleterious substances. Native Material (backfill soil around PVC pipe): Soil native to project site free of wood and other deleterious materials and rocks over one inch diameter. POLYETHYLENE SWING RISER All polyethylene swing risers shall be "Rainbird SA Swing Pipe"; "Hunter SJ Swing Joint" or approved equal. OTHER SUPPLIES Electrical tape shall be black plastic, three-quarters (3/4) inch wide and a minimum of 0.007 inches thick and the all-weather type. All quick coupling valve pipe joints shall be "Triple Swing Joint" or approved equal. All electrical wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit or approved equal. EXECUTION TRENCHING The contractor will save and maintain any sod from the trenches and replace it after system installation. Sod shall not be displaced for more than 72 hours. Survival of the sod shall be warranted as specified. Trenches shall allow 12 inches of cover over lateral lines, 18 inches of cover for irrigation main lines , and 24 inches of cover for main supply line from point-of-connection to backflow preventer unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Maintain a minimum clearance of 3 inches between irrigation lines within a common trench. Trenches for sleeves shall allow for a minimum of 18 inches of cover unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Excavate no wider at any point than is necessary to lay pipe or install equipment. Excavate with vertical sides and provide bracing and shoring as required. All trenches must be straight and not have abrupt changes in grade. Trenching that may potentially disturb root systems of existing trees shall be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative before proceeding with work. The trench bottoms and bedding material surrounding all pipes must be free of rocks greater than one inch in diameter and all sharp-edged objects. Bed and surround all pipe with Backfill Material as specified in these Specifications. INSTALLATION PVC Pipe and Fittings (Includes Pipe Sleeves): Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded until such damage has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling. PVC pipe ends shall be cut to 90 degrees to the pipe length and cleaned of all cutting burrs prior to cementing. Use approved reaming tool. Pipe ends shall be wiped clean with a rag lightly wetted with PVC thinner. Cement shall be Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 7 applied with a light coat on the inside of the fitting and a heavier coat on the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be inserted into the fitting and given a quarter turn to seat the cement. Excessive use of cement is not permitted. Pipe will be tested as indicated elsewhere in these specifications. No backfilling will be permitted other than at the center s of pipe lengths until the pressure test is completed. Backfilling shall be completed when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short time before backfill or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of the day. No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. Great care must be taken to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean. Any pipe ends not being worked on must be protected and not left open. All threaded joints shall have Teflon tape installed per manufacturer recommendations. Head Locations Heads immediately adjacent to walks, curbs, pavement, shrub/groundcover planting bed edge, etc. sh all have one inch clearance between head and walks, curbs, pavement, shrub/groundcover planting bed edge etc. unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. Remove and dispose of off-site pavement (that portion of pavement for head and pipe only) adjacent to curbs to allow one (1) inch clearance per the above. Control Wire Control wires are to be taped together at 5 foot intervals; then this bundle is to be taped to the bottom of the supply line at 10 foot intervals with at least 3 wraps of electrical tape. All wire splices must be made watertight with sealing 3M Direct Burial Splice Kit and contained in valve boxes. Splices will be permitted only at the valves and never between valves or valve and controller unless in a separate valve box. There must be a separate lead (hot) wire to each automatic valve. One ground wire will be acceptable. Minimum size of wire is to be determined strictly by the wire sizing chart provided by control valve manufacturer. The control wires shall be color coded as follows Ground Wire - White Lead (Hot) Wire - Red Spare Wire – Yellow Arrange valve stations to operate in sequence shown on “As-Built” Drawings. One or more spare wire(s) shall be provided to all control valves. The spare wire(s) shall be shared by all the valves and shall complete the circuit back to the controller. Wire sizes shall be the same as the sizing chart provided by the control valve manufacturer. Risers: All sprinklers and quick coupler head risers shall be installed per details shown on Contract Drawings. The pipe risers must have the same inlet size as the sprinkler and quick coupler heads. Minimum riser size shall be the pipe size of the sprinkler head. Risers are to be capped after installation to keep inside of pipe clean. Care must be taken not to over-tighten the threaded pipe into the PVC fittings. Automatic Controller(s): Electrical wiring shall be installed according to local code requirements. The cost of all electrical work necessary to make the automatic equipment operate properly at the electrical service stub-out to the controller(s) shall be included in this contract. Electrical service from an approved source to the controller location to be provided by the General Contractor. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 8 Controller location(s) and type of mounting of controller(s) shall be as specified and as shown on the Contract Drawings. Contractor shall coordinate location and installation of the Automatic Controller(s) with the General Contractor prior to installing the irrigation system. The Contractor shall use readable handwriting to post the valve schedule in the controller to facilitate the selection of the valves to be operated. Double Check Valve Assembly: Install in accordance with local plumbing code. See detail shown on the Contract Drawings. Verify location with Owners Representative prior to installation. Install no closer than 18 inches and no more 36 inches from pavement edge. Inspect and test the backflow preventer assembly before use in accordance with applicable portions of the Washington Administrative Code and other applicable regulations as set forth by the Washington State Department of Health and local jurisdiction. These inspections and tests are to be completed and results recorded by a licensed Backflow Assembly Tester. Inspection and test results shall be submitted to Owners Representative prior to operating the irrigation system. Contractor shall be responsible for all testing and testing fees. Automatic Control Valves: Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. Before installation of any automatic valves, the supply line must be thoroughly flushed. All automatic valves shall be enclosed in valve boxes set above finish grade as shown on details. Valve box extension may be required. Locate valve boxes in shrub and groundcover planting beds wherever possible and at points of easy access from paved and/or lawn areas. Locate outside of paved areas and grouped together where possible. Where valves occur adjacent to paved areas, install valves so that valve boxes will not be closer than 12 inches to paving. Valve boxes shall be perpendicular or parallel to pavement and grouped to provide a neat appearance. Manual Ball Valve Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. Pressure Reducing Valve Install per detail shown on the Contract Drawings. Quick Coupling Valves: Install per detail show on the Contract Drawings. Locate all quick couplers in shrub and/or groundcover planting beds when possible and at points of easy access from paved and/or lawn areas. Irrigation Water Meter(s): See Civil Drawings. Pipe Sleeves: All sleeves shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edges of pavement. Pipe for irrigation mains and laterals may be installed with sleeves but shall not include any pipes with couplers whenever possible. Plug all ends of sleeves and irrigation mains and laterals to prevent soil from entering. Backfilling: In refilling trenches, the bedding around the pipe and fittings shall be approved “Backfill Materials” and shall be well tamped. If necessary, provide suitable imported backfill. Trenches shall be thoroughly compacted and water-settled. Trenches shall be backfilled uniform with the surrounding grade, raked to a slight mound, then rolled with a 250 pound roller, or compact with a vibrator. All roots, rocks and surplus excavation shall be removed from the site unless otherwise directed. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 9 Trenches and pipe sleeves under roads or paved areas shall be backfilled and tamped with a mechanical tamper in successive six inch lifts to at least 95% density as determined by ASTM D1557. Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner. Before backfilling, all underground appurtenances including risers, valves, backflow preventers, drain valves, etc., must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testing. Leave all joints exposed; then complete backfilling after flushing, pressure testing, inspection and preparation of "As-Built Drawings". The location, inspecting and testing provisions of these specifications will be strictly adhered to. If, for any reason, any part of the sprinkler system is backfilled before approved location, testing, or inspection is authorized by Owner’s Representative, it must be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Owner’s Representative. PRESSURE TESTING For PVC components of irrigation system: All PVC system joints, connections, couplings, valves, dripper tubing, and all other junction points shall be left exposed until completion and acceptance of the pressure test. All leaks, however minor, shall be repaired and corrected. Before any testing, all piping shall be thoroughly flushed. No automatic control valves shall be connected to the main line prior to testing. All pipe, fittings, ball valves, and automatic control valve stubouts shall be exposed for inspections during pressure tests. Center load pipe with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or movement under pressure. Mainlines shall be purged of air and tested with a minimum static water pressure of 150 psi for 60 minutes without the introduction of additional water service or pumping pressure. The maximum allowable pressure loss shall be 5 psi within 30 minutes. Pressure gauge shall be installed on the mainline at a point approved by Owners Representative. Lateral lines shall be tested at static water pressure. All swing joints shall be capped. All pipe, fittings and swing joints shall be left exposed for inspection. Prior to inspection lines shall be filled with water and air removed from the line. Inspection of lateral lines will be visually. The Owner’s Representative shall be present during all tests. The total irrigation system shall be pressure tested for acceptance. Rejected systems or portions thereof shall be repaired and re-tested as specified. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, gauges, pumps, materials, and labor for all testing. COVERAGE TESTING Before acceptance of the sprinkler system, the Contractor, in the presence of the Owner’s Representative, shall perform a "Coverage Test" to determine if the irrigation water coverage and operation of the entire irrigation system is complete and satisfactory. If any part of the system is inadequate, it shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense and the test repeated until accepted. The Contractor must give 48 hours written notice to the Owner’s Representative prior to the field review. The Contractor shall also adjust and balance sprinkler heads for optimum and uniform coverage without excessive fogging or overthrow on to signage, pavement(s), structure(s) and building(s); adjust all sprinkler head heights and set all valve boxes to proper grade prior to final review by Owner’s Representative. After coverage test, the Owner’s Representative may request up to 10% of total nozzles be replaced at no additional cost. COMPLETE SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY TEST Upon approved completion of the Coverage Test, trenching and installation of all equipment, the Contractor shall request a Complete System Functionality Test of the entire irrigation system at substantial completion. Test will include: backfilling, irrigation heads, valves, valve boxes, controller and all other equipment. From this inspection, a substantial completion punch list shall be prepared by the Owner’s Representative and presented to the Contractor for completion prior to final acceptance. CLEAN-UP Clean and remove all debris from work areas including paving, curbs, catch basins, manholes and planting areas, etc. caused by the Contractor’s work on this project prior to watering. All hard surfaced areas shall be washed clean. Daily clean up shall be required on all areas used for circulation, parking, or other daily use. Fire Station 15 32 8400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority (ALTERNATE #1) IRRIGATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 10 December 22, 2017 32 8400 - 10 SYSTEM FAMILIARIZATION Upon acceptance of the system by the Owner, provide the Owner with the keys and/or other tools necessary to operate/drain/activate the system and spend sufficient time with the Owner to insure that the system operation/maintenance/winterizing can continue after the departure of the Contractor. The Contractor will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. Provide the Owner with a written “watering schedule” to ensure adequate watering of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 1 SECTION 32 9000 - PLANTING GENERAL SUMMARY A. Install landscaping using the materials as shown in the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. Install landscape to grades and conform to areas as shown in the Contract Drawings. B. The location of work shall include all areas within the limits of clearing and grading and all areas outside of the limits which are disturbed in the course of construction activities. Restore all landscape areas impacted by construction to existing or improved conditions. Confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, equipment, labor, and related items necessary to complete the work shown in the Contract Drawings and/or as specified in the Specifications. The work included in this section (whether mentioned or not) shall consist of all labor, tools, materials, tests, permits, and other related items necessary for the provision and installation of all plant materials in a first quality workmanlike manner. B. If alternate #1- irrigation system is provided then coordinate the layout and installation of plant materials with the installation of the irrigation system to ensure complete and full irrigation coverage of the planted areas. C. This section includes a Guarantee Period of one (1) year duration from Physical Completion to ensure the health and establishment of plant materials. REFERENCES A. This specification section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. American Nursery & Landscape Association/American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS). International Society of Arboriculture Best Management Practice Series. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA): Standards for Tree Care Operations ANSI A300, Latest Edition United States Department of Agriculture (USDA): Federal Seed Act and Soil Classification. Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification, latest edition. B. In case of conflict between the requirements of this specification section and the listed documents, the requirements of the contract specification sections shall prevail. C. All standards shall include the latest additions and amendments as of the date of advertisement for bids RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of these Specifications includes but is not limited to: (Alternate) Specification 32 84 00 –IRRIGATION, for underground sprinkler system. Specification 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION, for protecting, trimming, pruning, repairing, and replacing existing trees to remain that interfere with, or are affected by, the execution of the Work. Specification 31 10 00 – SITE CLEARING, for site clearing and grubbing, protection of existing trees, topsoil stockpiling, Specification 31 20 00 – EARTH MOVING, for excavation, filling, and rough grading, and for subsurface aggregate drainage, and drainage of backfill materials. Specification 33 46 00 – SUBDRAINAGE, for below-grade drainage of landscaped areas, paved areas, and wall perimeters. DEFINITIONS A. Nomenclature for plants and varieties shall be in accordance with the current edition of : Hortus Third, The Staff of the L. H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing Co., New York, or Flora of the Pacific Northwest, Hitchcock and Chronquist, University of Washington Press, 1998, or Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 2 PLANTS Database Website, as published and maintained by the United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, (http://plants.usda.gov/) B. The term "Contractor" as used in this Specification section shall refer to the Landscape Contractor. C. Trees, shrubs, and groundcovers will hereinafter be collectively referred to as, “plants” or “plant material.” PERMITS, CODES, AND REGULATIONS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and fees as required by the Local Authority and prevailing ordinances and/or codes. B. Keep fully informed and comply with all existing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations that in any way affect the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a conflict exists between permit requirements and the work outlined in the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner’s Representative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resulting from changes in the work. C. Wherever references are made to standards or codes in accordance with which work is to be performed or tested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date of this contract shall apply, unless otherwise expressly set forth. D. In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or among any referenced st andards and codes and the specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner’s Representative shall determine which shall govern. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be performed by a licensed and bonded Contractor registered in the State of Washington and shall be qualified for landscaping work through certification by the Washington Association of Landscape Professionals (WALP) or by the Washington State Nursery and Landscape Association (WSNLA). B. Contractor shall have 5 years of documented experience in performing landscape work of comparable size, scope, and quality. C. Contractor must be familiar and comply with “American Standard for Nursery Stock” (ANSI Z60.1) published by the American Nursery & Landscape Association. D. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the landscape work. That individual, who shall direct the work, shall be thoroughly familiar with the types of materials being installed and the proper methods for their installation. E. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the landscape work proceeds. F. Furnish evidence to the Owner’s Representative that each pesticide and/or herbicide applicator is licensed for the specific class of chemical being applied. Also, furnish evidence that any chemical is registered for the proposed use by the Washington Department of Agriculture according to the Washington Control Act (RCW 15.58.050 through 130) and the General Pesticide Rules (WAC 16-228-1400 through 1460). G. Perform all necessary pruning of trees (existing or new) by an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist who is licensed as an arborist in the State of Washington. H. Site Inspections will be made by the Owner Representative. Request Owner Representative inspections at least 72 hours in advance of the time inspection is required. Inspections for the following critical path items are required: a. Pre-construction meeting prior to start of landscape work. b. When subgrade has been established and scarification completed. c. Observance of the subgrade percolation test. d. During soil preparation and soil installation activities (at least three inspections including observation of inoculant application). e. Finish grading prior to any planting. f. Landscape boulders before and after delivery. g. During installation of landscape boulders. h. Inspection of plant materials before planting (up to 3 truck deliveries and inspections). i. Layout of plant material (up to 3 layout reviews). Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 3 j. Application of mycorrhizae inoculant. k. Tree planting, proper staking, and installation of self watering tree bags. (With irrigation system alternate, tree bags deleted). l. Installation of mulch. m. Installation of sod. n. Installation of erosion control hydroseed. o. For Substantial Completion of all work (development of physical punch list items). p. For Physical Completion of all work (physical punch list items satisfactorily completed). q. Guarantee Period: 3 site inspections throughout one year up to Final Acceptance. SUBMITTALS A. Plant Material Documentation. Within 30 calendar days after award of a Contract, submit written documentation to the Owner’s Representative that all specified plant materials have been ordered or procured. List plant suppliers’ names, addresses, and phone numbers and list respective growing or storage locations with addresses. Submit color photographs of representative specimens of each type of tree and shrub on the plant list from the respective nursery. Photos shall be minimum 300 DPI digital *.jpg format, taken from an angle that depicts the size and condition of the typical plant to be furnished. Photos will show foliage, form, rootball, and trunk conditions. A scale rod or other measuring devise shall be included in the photograph. For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of three photos that show the average plant, the best quality plant, and the worst quality plant to be provided. Label each photograph with the plant name, plant size, and name of the growing nursery Approval of plant material documentation shall not be considered as final acceptance of the plant material itself. B. Soil Tests Submit Soil Test Reports for: a. Subgrade Soil. b. Planting Soil. c. Lawn Area Soil. d. Bioretention Soil. C. Soil Component Submittals Submit a copy of the product labels and/or manufacturer data sheets for and the itemized sales receipts dated within 6 months of award of contract of: a. Fertilizer and Soil Amendments. b. Mycorrhizae Inoculant. Supplier Certifications and test reports for: a. Compost. Include a copy of the manufacturer’s Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) certification as issued by the U.S. Composting Council. b. Mulch. D. Watering Schedule: Prior to physical completion of the Landscaping, the Contractor shall submit a written "watering schedule" to the Owner’s Representative, (with alternate: coordinated with the Irrigation Contractor), to ensure adequate watering (summer, fall, winter & spring) of all plant materials during the Guarantee Period of this Contract. E. Temporary Storage: 10 working days prior to delivery of plant material to the project site, submit proposed on-site temporary storage location, water source, and proposed protection measures during various seasonal conditions. F. Weed and Pest Control Plan (including Invasive Species Removal Plan). Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 4 G. Suppliers, Sources, and Catalogue Cutsheets Submit suppliers, source locations, and photographs of representative examples for: a. Landscape Boulders. Submit suppliers and catalogue cutsheets for planting accessories: a. Tree Staking. b. Tree Watering Bags. H. Sod Analysis & Sample: See Lawn Sod as specified herein. I. Hydroseed Analysis: See Hydroseed as specified herein. J. Substitutions The manufacturers, products, and suppliers are acceptable as specified herein. Substitutions may be allowed if proof of equivalent quality, suitable product specifications, manufacturer’s literature, and other detailed information is provided to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval. No substitution of plant material, species, size, grade, or variety, will be permitted unless evidence is submitted in writing to the Owner’s Representative that a specified plant cannot be obtained and has been unobtainable since the Award of the Contract. Provide the names and telephone numbers of at least five nursery suppliers that the Contractor has contacted. If substitution is permitted, it can be made only with written approval by the Owner’s Representative The nearest variety, size, and grade as approved by the Owner shall then be furnished. Should at any time, the procured nursery stock is lost or compromised due to weather or other natural occurrences, notify the Owner’s Representative immediately of the need to locate new material. K. Closeout Submittals Operations and Maintenance Manual. a. Provide an Operations and Maintenance Manual documenting the care for all plantings on a monthly schedule for one (1) calendar year in accordance with Section 01 78 00 – Closeout Submittals. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Inspect the site before proceeding with any work, carefully check all grades, elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation system components, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. Any discrepancies, conflicts, or deviations between the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and site conditions shall be immediately communicated to the Owner in writing for clarification. Work done after discovery, unless authorized by the Owner’s Representative and extra work arising from failure to notify the Owner is at the Contractor’s risk and expense. B. Existing known utilities have been shown in the Contract Drawings and additional information will be made available from the Owner or the Utility Companies. Verify, locate, and protect all known underground and above-ground utilities prior to digging or other earthwork activities. Promptly notify the Owner’s Representative of any conflict between proposed work and obstruction(s). Failure to follow this procedure places upon the Contractor the responsibility and expense of making any a nd all repairs for damage from work therefrom. C. In the event that undisclosed boulder, soils contaminated with toxic substances, hardpan, or underground construction work and/or obstructions are encountered in any plant excavation work to be done under this contract, alternate planting locations may be selected by the Owner’s Representative. Where alternate planting locations are not approved, the obstruction shall be removed to a depth of not less than 3 feet below the bottom of ball or roots when plant is properly set at the required grade or other solutions to the planting problem will be reviewed with the Owner. The Contractor shall be paid for work required to solve the planting problem, such as, the removal of such boulder, contaminated soils, hardpan or underground obstruction encountered at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. D. Confine work to designated areas. Do not disturb existing vegetation outside project limits and protect all plant materials within project limits not designated to be removed, unless approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to construction. Do not permit vehicular traffic or materials storage under or around new or existing trees. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY, AND PERSONS A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, all property, persons, walks, curbs, and structures, utilities, pavement, and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. The Contractor shall pay for any damage incurred by failure to take precautions at the Contractor's expense. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 5 B. Protect all paved surfaces (permeable and impermeable) from staining or clogging by planting soil and mulch. Do not remove protection until after initial acceptance of all work. C. Contractor is responsible for protection of landscaping work from theft and vandalism until physical completion of work in whole or in part. MAINTENANCE PRIOR TO PHYSICAL COMPLETION A. Begin maintenance immediately after each plant is planted. Water, mulch, weed, spray, f ertilize, cultivate, and otherwise maintain and protect plants and landscape work on a regular basis (at least weekly) until Physical Completion. Tighten and repair tree ties and stakes as required. Fill tree watering bags as required. B. Correct defective work as soon as possible after it becomes apparent and weather and season permit. Reset settled plants to proper grade and position, remove and replace dead plant material, and restore lawn areas and/or finish grade conditions. C. Maintain mulch in planting beds at required compacted depths indicated in Contract Drawings. D. Upon completion of landscape work and prior to receipt of certificate of Physical Completion, remove excess soil and debris from the site and repair all damage resulting from construction operations. E. Do no pruning without approval of the Owner’s Representative. GUARANTEE PERIOD A. The Guarantee Period shall not begin until: all landscape items on the list of items to be completed or corrected have been resolved, all planting is alive, healthy, growing and installed as specified, and the landscape work is deemed Physically Complete. B. Guarantee Period shall be 365 calendar days after the Physical Completion date of the landscape, including irrigation system(s), to ensure healthy, vigorous growth and establishment of plant material and will end with Final Acceptance. C. Guarantee the work of this specification section against all defects of materials and workmanship, and plant material is established, remains alive, and is in a healthy, vigorous condition. D. Plant Replacement during the Guarantee Period: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing enough plants for replacement of unacceptable plant material through the Guarantee Period. Unacceptable plant material includes trees, shrubs, groundcovers, sod, or seed areas that have died, been damaged, are missing, or that are, in the opinion of the Owner in unhealthy or unsightly condition, or that have lost their natural shape and symmetry due to dead branches, excessive and unnecessary pruning, incorrect staking, or excessive defoliation. Any plant material that is 25% or more dead or disfigured shall be considered dead and must be replaced at no charge. A tree shall be considered dead when the main leader has died back or when 25% of the canopy is dead. All plants are subject to one (1) replacement per item during the Guarantee Period. Replace dead or damaged plants with the same species, caliper, and/or equal size as the plants they replace, unless the Owner determines a substitute species plant of equal value may be provided. Repair all lawn areas that have failed to establish before the end of the Guarantee Period. Replacements and lawn repairs shall be in accordance with original Specifications. Plant material replacements made by the Contractor shall be completed during the spring (March 15 to May 15) or autumn planting periods (Sept 20 to Nov 15) unless otherwise approved by Owner’s Representative. Plant material replacement and lawn repair shall be subject to the same conditions and shall be made in the same manner as specified for the original planting and shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. After each replacement, the Contractor shall submit a marked planting plan showing the exact location of each item replaced and the date when the replacement was made. Guarantee all replaced material during the Guarantee Period for an additional 365 calendar days from the date of replacement. E. Site Access: Contractor has the right to enter upon the property for inspection and curative treatment of any plants and materials needing such, and which are still under guarantee during the entire Guarantee Period. Owner is to be notified in advance of any inspection, corrective treatment measures, or curative treatment measures so as to arrange for approved, security clearance (if applicable) and convenient access to the area. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 6 F. The guarantee shall be applicable to any growing conditions through which plants of like kind could be expected to survive and any deformity or cause of death which could be attributed to, or affected by, the physiological condition of the plant shall be deemed replaceable cause. However, this would not apply to plant losses due to: Extreme weather conditions such as wildfires, floods, freezing rain, wind storms (with recorded wind speeds greater than 60 MPH), drought, winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of the project location, or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service. Acts of vandalism by the Owner or direct negligence on the part of the Owner. G. Inspection: Plants and lawn areas will be inspected at least 3 times though out a one (1) year period by the Owner’s Representative during the Guarantee Period. Should the Owner’s Representative determine that the Contractor is not providing regular adequate and proper care of plant material and lawns or is performing unacceptable work, the Owner’s Representative will provide Written Notice to the Contractor to correct and remedy unacceptable work or practice(s). The Contractor shall reply to the Owner’s Representative within 5 working days of the date of the Written Notice with proposed corrections. Such corrective measures shall occur within 14 days after the date of the Written Notice unless the Owner’s Representative agrees otherwise. Notify the Owner’s Representative when the corrective work is complete. Approximately 21 working days before the end of the Guarantee Period, the Contractor shall request a final site inspection by the Owner’s Representative. Conditions found unacceptable by the Owner’s Representative shall be corrected by the Contractor within 14 working days immediately following the inspection. After correction, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative for a re-inspection. Necessary replanting shall be arranged by the Owner’s Representative in accordance with the best planting time of the year. H. If the Contractor does not perform the corrective work within the 14 working days after the date of the Written Notice, the Owner’s Representative may have the corrective work done by others and deduct the entire cost of the corrective work from monies due or to become due the Contractor under the Contract. I. Final Transfer of Landscape to the Owner: Approximately 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period, the Contractor may be required to accompany the Owner’s Representative on a walking inspection of the Project. Conditions found unacceptable by the Owner’s Representative shall be corrected by the Contractor within a 10 day period immediately following the inspection. After correction, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative for another inspection. When all maintenance and guarantee items are completed and at Final Acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide a memorandum to the Owner formally transferring the landscape and its maintenance to the Owner. J. Final Acceptance: Acceptance of lawn. Acceptance of lawn areas as specified herein shall be based on a healthy, full, vigorously growing, and well-manicured stand of grass at the end of the Guarantee Period. Areas that are bare, have a poor stand of grass, are dead or dying, have weeds, or have a spotty or non-uniform grade due to any cause shall be remedied by regrading, removing and resodding, reseeding, remowing, and watering, as appropriate. Acceptance of Plant Material. Final Acceptance of all planting work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee, shall be made by the Owner’s Representative to determine 100% completion of the Contract work as specified herein. Final Acceptance of the landscaping will be provided in writing by the Owner at the end of the Guarantee Period. LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD A. It is expressly understood that the Owner will be responsible, during the Guarantee Period, for normal establishment and maintenance of the project landscape. B. Once all landscape work is physically complete, Contract time will not be assessed for landscape maintenance work during the Guarantee Period. The Contractor may request a Supplemental Contract for the landscape maintenance work during the Guarantee Period. The landscape maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, regularly scheduled watering, mowing, weeding, monitoring and treating any disease and/or pest-problems, cultivating and any other proper care according to best horticultural industry practices to keep the plants in a normal healthy growing condition. The minimum services, obligations, and scope for the Supplemental Contract shall be as follows. Weed and Pest Control: Maintain all mulched planting bed areas in a weed and pest free condition during the Guarantee Period per the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. Applications of herbicides and pesticides shall be per the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 7 Watering Schedule: Water plants as needed to promote healthy and vigorous growth. a. Hand watering: (With irrigation system alternate #1, hand watering is deleted). For hand watered trees, install self watering tree bags. Maintain self watering tree bags full with water. During drought conditions, tree watering bags shall be checked on a daily basis and refilled as necessary. For established water restrictions, the Contractor shall develop watering schedules in consultation with the Owner’s Representative. For hand watered lawn, hose and/or surface sprinkler may be used that applies a minimum of 1” of water daily between May 20 and October 20. Cost of water, watering equipment, and labor is responsibility of Contractor. b. (Applies if Alternate #1 is provided) All automatic irrigation system components shall be maintained and operated as part of the landscape maintenance work. Fully operate the automatic irrigation system, including the setting of patterns and timing of controls during the Guarantee Period. Operate automatic irrigation during the time period of 2:00AM to 5:00AM and coordinate watering with all work in this specification. c. Change in the established watering schedule may be required to accommodate weather, seasonal factors, and as necessary; however, the Contractor shall provide at least 3 working days advance notice of such proposed change, including the reasoning for the proposed change. Mulch: Apply mulch to the specified depth as shown in Contract Drawings and maintain by applying additional topdressing of mulch when needed to maintain the specified depth. At a minimum, apply mulch 7 working days before each inspection of all planting areas and apply final mulch 7 working days before inspection for final acceptance. Fastenings: Keep tree fastenings intact and effective in maintaining support for plants. Adjust fastenings as needed to prevent tree trunk strangulation, bark scaring, and non-plumb growth of the leader. Allow one inch clearance of tree tie from the bark per the Contract Drawings. Remove fastenings, ties, and stakes at the completion of the Guarantee Period. Reusable, doweled wood stakes shall remain the property of the Owner and arrangements shall be made by the Contractor to provide for their delivery to an Owner storage facility identified by the Owner. Trimming and Pruning. Prune in order to eliminate dead growth and crossing branches and to minimize overgrowth onto walks and against walls and windows. Prune during the dormant season to maintain the overall appearance of project. Do not shear or hedge shrubs or trees unless otherwise noted in Contract Drawings. All pruning of trees must comply at a minimum to standards for best arboriculture practices as published by the International Society o f Arboriculture and the Tree Care Industry Association ANSI A300. Care of Transplanted Plant Material: Care for transplanted plant material immediately after planting work is completed. Water, fertilize, and protect transplanted plants against disease, drought, freezing temperatures, and pest infestation as required to ensure the plant material remains healthy and vigorous. Lawn Establishment: Provide adequate and proper care for all lawn areas installed within the limits of the project, including mowing, cutting, aeration, thatching and fertilizing. Mow according to heights specified herein. The lawn establishment period shall begin upon physical completion by the Owner based upon both a uniform stand of grass and upon completion of the third mowing. During the Guarantee Period, the Contractor shall ensure the continuing healthy growth of the lawn. Adequate and proper care shall include the labor, materials, and equipment necessary to keep installed lawn in a presentable condition including, but not limited to, watering, mowing, trimming, cutting with an acceptable mulching mower, litter and debris removal, edging, weed control, and soil repair, regrading, resodding and reseeding of damaged or eroded lawn areas. Use of pesticides in lawn are prohibited. Mowing Schedule: Submit at least five (5) Working Days in advance, the proposed mowing schedule to the Owner ’s Representative. The submittal shall also identify the type of mower equipment to be used. General Cleanup: A general cleanup shall be made after any landscape maintenance work. Remove all litter and debris to provide a clean appearance at the time of landscape inspections. WEED AND PEST CONTROL PLAN A. Submit a Weed and Pest Control Plan for review and approval to the Owner’s Representative prior to starting any landscape work. The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall include: Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 8 a. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of weeds and pests located inside the tree protection fencing where shown on Contract Drawings. b. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of weeds that occur in newly planted areas. c. methods of removal and scheduling of removal of invasive species and/or noxious weeds that occur within the project limit of work. The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed commercial operator with a Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) Commercial Applicator pesticide license. The plan shall include methods of weed and pest control, timing and scheduling of control operations, and the name, application rate, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of all proposed herbicides and pesticides. a. Furnish the Owner’s Representative with a copy of the current product label and MSDS for each herbicide / pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. b. Identify and list the target weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed specific to the project site. B. Herbicides and pesticides shall be stored in an offsite location. C. Consider herbicide and pesticide applications only as a last resort and only after other methods of control have proven ineffective. Preferred methods of weed control include mechanically or hand pulled weeds, reapply mulch after wee d removal, and adjust watering schedule to avoid overwatering. D. Use extreme care to ensure confinement of chemicals within the areas designated. The use of spray chemicals shall require the use of anti-drift and activating agents, and a spray pattern indicator, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner’s Representative. E. All applications of post-emergent herbicides shall be made while green and growing tissue is present. Should unwanted vegetation reach the seed stage in violation of these Specifications, the Contractor shall physically remove and bag the seed heads. All physically removed vegetation and seed heads shall be disposed of off-site at no cost to the Owner. F. All noxious weeds (Class A, B & C) as defined by the County Weed Control Board and invasive weeds, including but not limited to Horsetail (Equisetum sp.), reed canary grass, English Ivy, Himalayan blackberry, evergreen blackberry, policeman’s helmet, bamboo, yellow flag iris, and Japanese knotweed shall be completely removed from the project site. Where noxious or invasive weeds exist, the weed’s foliage and roots, planting soil and subgrade soils shall be removed and replaced to a depth necessary to completely remove all viable weed seeds, roots, corms, and rhizomes. In areas where existing trees are to remain, all invasive species removal shall be done with hand tools. Use of heavy mechanical equipment under the drip lines of existing trees to remain shall be prohibited. Avoid damaging existing tree roots during invasive species removal. If existing tree roots are exposed outside of the tree’s drip line, invasive species roots shall be removed with hand tools to avoid further damage to the tree roots. Cost to remove weeds, remove, and replace existing soil, and replant shall be at the Contractors expense. G. Timing of chemical treatment for weed removal shall be in late summer or early fall unless the project construction working days fall outside of this time period and shall be determined in consultation with Owner’s Representative, but should oc cur within a minimum of 3 weeks prior to excavation activities including clearing, grubbing, and mechanical removal of invasive plants. H. The approved Weed and Pest Control Plan will be subject to revision dependent on results of the implemented Plan. I. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for rendering any area unsatisfactory for planting by reasons of herbicide or pesticide application. The Contractor shall replace, repair and pay for all damages caused by his/her negligence to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final payment. PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide all materials and equipment as required to complete the work as shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as described in the Specifications. SOIL TEST REPORTS A. Provide soil analysis and test reports from an approved soil testing laboratory. Soil amendments shall not be incorporated in the planting work until the Soil Test Reports are approved by the Owner’s Representative. Provide Soil Test Reports for: Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 9 Subgrade Soil. a. Three samples per acre of subgrade soil. b. Each subgrade soil sample shall consist of a composite of soils collected from a one inch, eight inch, and 16 inch depth. One (1) representative sample of each soil mix specified. B. The cost for all soil testing must be borne by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall be paid for the soil amendments that may be required to improve the subgrade soils, as recommended by the soil testing laboratory. Costs shall be determined on a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of subgrade soil amendment work. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for cost of the soil amendments that may be required for the planting soil mix, as recommended by the soil testing laboratory. E. Testing shall be performed in accordance with the most current edition of Methods of Soil Analysis published by the Soil Science Society of America, Inc. The Soil Test Reports shall include the following: Fertility Analysis: a. Extractable analytes: nitrate, nitrogen, ammoniacal nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, calcium, magnesium, copper, zinc, manganese and iron. b. Saturation extract values: calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, boron, sulfate, pH, lime content, salinity and sodium adsorption ratio. Mechanical Analysis: a. Organic content test shall be performed in accordance with Testing Methods for the Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC) 05.07A, “Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method”. b. USDA particle size and gradation. c. Grain size analysis results of the fine aggregate performed by an independent laboratory in accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Test Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) Permeability or hydraulic conductivity testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 2434, Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils. Assume a relative compaction of 85 % of modified maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557). The Soil Test Report shall make recommendations for fertilizers and soil amendments to effectively amend and develop a productive soil. The Soil Test Report shall include a written statement from the soil testing laboratory that the laboratory has reviewed the planting plan and this planting specification, and that its recommendations respond to the specific needs of the Contract. EXISTING SUBGRADE SOIL A. Soil tests of the subgrade soil shall be made per Soil Test Reports section herein. B. Submit Soil Test Reports to the Owner’s Representative for review and acceptance prior to procuring soil amendments and incorporating soil amendments into the subgrade soil. C. Determine the quantity of soil amendments and procure all soil amendments as recommended by the subgrade soil test report results. D. Submit a copy of the itemized sales receipt showing purchase of and quantity of soil amendments for both subgrade soil and planting soil amendment to the Owner’s Representative. Provide copy of soil amendment labels showing grade furnished, certification of quality, and guarantee information. IMPORTED SITE SOIL A. Supply of all soil components and soil amendments required for the performance of this Contract and determine the volume of soil and amendments required to fulfill Contract obligations. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 10 B. Soil Mixes Lawn Soil shall be a mix appropriate for turf area soil consisting of 2 parts sand and 1 part compost by volume. The resulting mix shall have pH range of 6.0 to 8.0 and contain approximately 4% to 10% organic matter by weight as tested by the Loss on Ignitions method. Planting Soil mix shall consist of 2 to 3 parts of sandy loam soil and 1 part compost by volume. Planting Soil shall have pH range of 5.0 to 7.0 and an organic content between 8% and 15% by weight as tested by the Loss on Ignitions method. Bioretention Soil mix shall be a two-way soil mix consisting of 2 parts compost (approximately 35% to 40%) by volume and 3 parts mineral aggregate (approximately 60% to 65%) by volume. Bioretention Soil shall have pH range of 6.0 to 8.5 and an organic content between 4% and 8% by weight as tested by the Loss on Ignitions method. C. All soil mixes shall be thoroughly and well blended off site to produce a homogeneous mix. D. Compost, Sand, Mineral Aggregate, and Sandy Loam shall be as specified herein. E. Soil Test Reports for each soil mix shall be as specified herein. F. All soil mixes shall be free of pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful or detrimental to ornamental plant growth. Soil mixes shall not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State -listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. SOIL COMPONENTS A. General Submit planting soil supplier’s certification of sand, sandy loam, and compost, as applicable for Owner’s Representative’s review and acceptance prior to use on project site. Certification tests shall be dated within ninety (90) days of proposed installation of soil on the project site. B. Compost Compost shall be Fine Compost and comply with the Compost requirements of Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specification 9-14.4(8). The compost shall be tested within 90 calendar days of proposed use. The compost shall have a Solvita Compost Maturity Test of six (6) or above. Solvita Compost Maturity Test is available from Woods End Research Laboratory, phone (207) 293-2457, or 1(800)451-0337. The cost for testing must be borne by the Contractor. C. Sand Sand shall be “Washed Building Sand” and meet the following analysis: Size 1/4” & 3/8” #4 & #6 #10 #18 #20 #40 #100 #200 Sieve ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 ASTM E-11 Percent Passing 100 95 – 100 65 – 75 35 – 50 < 30 < 20 2 – 10 1 – 5 Permissible Chemical Ranges: a. Salinity (milliohms per centimeter of saturation extract @ 25C) Nil – 3.0 b. Boron (saturation extract concentration) Nil – 1.0ppm c. Sodium (sodium absorption ratio – SAR) Nil – 6.0 D. Mineral Aggregate (for Bioretention Soil) Mineral Aggregate for bioretention soil mix shall conform to the following grading: Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 11 Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/8” 100 No. 4 95-100 No. 10 75-95 No. 40 25-40 No. 100 4-10 No. 200 2-5 Mineral Aggregate shall meet the following gradation coefficients: a. Coefficient of Uniformity Cu=D60/D10 equal to or greater than 4. b. Coefficient of Curve Cc=D30˄2/(D60*D10) greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 3. E. Sandy Loam Sandy Loam shall be topsoil as defined by the United States Department of Agriculture Classification system and the requirements as described herein. Sandy Loam shall consist of loose, moderately well-drained, and friable soil. And be free of stones, debris, and/or similar objects. Sandy Loam should be fertile and free-flowing (pulverized). Sandy Loam shall be free of pests, toxic substances and other undesirable material harmful or detrimental to ornamental plant growth. Planting Soil shall not contain any viable seeds, roots, or rhizomes capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weeds or invasive root propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Sandy Loam shall have a pH between 5.0 to 7.0 and organic matter percentage of 2% min. – 10% max. (by weight). Drainage shall be a minimum of 1.5” per hour. Permeability or hydraulic conductivity testing shall be performed on accordance with ASTM D 2434, Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils. Assume a relative compaction of 85% of modified maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557). Particle Size shall meet the following sieve requirements: Sieve Size 1” ½” #10 Percent Passing 100 % > 90% > 70% MULCH A. Mulch (wood chip) shall be coarse ground wood chips derived from the mechanical grinding of whole trees or portions of trees. It may contain wood, wood fiber, roots, bark, branches, and leaves, but may not contain visible amounts of soil. It shall be free of weeds and weed seeds, including plants on the King County Noxious Weed list and shall be free of invasive plant portions capable of resprouting, including but not limited to horsetail, English ivy, clematis, Japanese knotweed, etc. It may not contain more than 0.5% by weight of manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics, metal, etc.). Wood chip mulch, when tested, shall meet the following loose volume gradation: Percent Passing Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 2” 95 100 1” 70 100 5/8” 0 50 1/4” 0 30 No particles may be longer than eight inches. FERTILIZER AND SOIL AMENDMENTS Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 12 A. Furnish soil amendments that are free of materials detrimental to plant life. Furnish manufacturer or supplier quality compliance certification. Ensure that material testing methods meet the requirements of the Washington Department of Agriculture appropriate to that material. Obtain approval for use of soil amendments before beginning work. Soil amendments may include the following: lime, dolomite lime, gypsum, rock, diammonia, or other phosphate, calcium or potassium nitrate, boron, and iron sulfate. B. Fertilizer and soil amendments application rates shall meet Soil Test Report recommendations. C. Fertilizer and soil amendments shall be packaged in new, unopened, waterproof, containers or non-overlaid bags clearly labeled as to weight, chemical analysis, manufacturer and content in accordance with State and Federal Law. Store fertilizer and soil amendments in such a manner as to prevent wetting and deterioration. Do not store fertilizer and soil amendments with plant materials. D. Agricultural lime shall be dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 100% will pass a No. 20 sieve. E. Iron sulfate shall be granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20% iron and 10% sulfur. F. Fertilizers shall be according to the following: Lawn Starter Fertilizer shall be ‘Starter Feed’ (7-7-2) 100% Organic Fertilizer, as manufactured by Walt’s Organic Fertilizer Co. or approved equal. Fertilizers shall be a complete commercial brand with chemical analysis shown on unopened and undamaged container when delivered. A minimum of 50% of any nitrogen fertilizer shall be applied in a slow-release form such as sulfur-coated or polymer- coated urea, IBDU, trinitromethane (Nitroform), or organic forms. MYCORRHIZAE INOCULANT A. Furnish mycorrhizae inoculant, a commercially produced ectomycorrhizal and endomycorrhizal fungi that improves plant root absorption of soil nutrients. Non-plant food ingredients to include: kelp meal, humus, vitamins, amino-acids, and EndoMycorrhiza spores of at least eight (8) Glomus species. B. Mycorrhizae inoculant shall be free of substances or life forms detrimental to plant life and receive approval prior to use o n the Project. Furnish manufacturer or supplier quality compliance certification. Ensure that material testing methods meet the requirements of Washington Department of Agriculture appropriate to that material. Mycorrhizae inoculant shall be composed of the following: a. Total Nitrogen (N) 3.0 % b. Available Phosphate (P2O5) 3.0 % c. Soluble Potash (K2O) 4.0 % d. Calcium (Ca) 4.0 % e. Magnesium (Mg) 1.5% (0.8% water soluble Mg) f. Sulfur (S) 1.0% (1.5% combined S) g. Iron (Fe) 1.0% Nitrogen included in the inoculant shall be derived from composted poultry manure, ferrous sulfate, and potassium sulfate. 1.5% of the Nitrogen shall be water soluble and 1.5% of the Nitrogen shall be water insoluble. C. Acceptable mycorrhizae inoculant include: Mycogrow Gel as manufactured by Fungi Perfecti, Olympia, WA, (800) 780-9126 Mycorrhizal Landscape Inoculant as manufactured by BioOrganics, Santa Monica, CA Biovam as manufactured by Brock Probiotics and available through T&J Enterprises, Spokane, WA EndoROOTS as supplied by Wilco, Puyallup, WA (253) 841-3378 WATER A. Contractor shall make, at Contractor expense, whatever arrangements are necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this Contract. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 13 B. Contractor shall also furnish necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequ ate irrigation of planted areas as may be required to complete the work specified. C. All costs for water incurred during the contract period shall be borne by the Contractor unless other arrangements are made with the Owner LANDSCAPE BOULDERS A. Boulders shall be pre-approved before delivery and located on the site by the Owner’s Representative. Boulders shall be selected at the supplier’s yard and shall be free from cracks, flaking and deterioration. B. Obtain stone from a single quarry with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties, including the capacity to place the material without delaying the progress of the work. C. Boulders shall be granite and weathered, smooth with no sharp edges, and free from cracking or flaking. D. Deliver boulder to the project site in undamaged condition. Store and handle the boulder to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature change, contaminants, corrosion, breaks, chipping, or other causes. E. Lift boulders with wide-belt type slings where possible. Do not use pinch or use wrecking bars. Do not use wire rope or ropes containing tar or other substance that might cause staining of the stone surface. PLANT MATERIAL A. The Contractor has 2 options to secure approval of plant materials: Have plant material available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. Have Owner’s Representative review plants at the place of growth at the Contractor's expense. B. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all plant material at any time until final review and acceptance. Remove rejected plants immediately from the site. C. All plant material furnished by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the current issue of “American Standard f or Nursery Stock” (ASNS) and in addition, shall comply with the following provisions: No less than 10% of each variety and/or species of plant delivered to the project shall be accurately labeled with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing the legible designation of the common name and full scientific name and size of plant. Include the nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar. Whether or not labeled, any plants, which do not conform to the Plant Schedule and/or Contract Drawings, shall be replaced immediately with plants that conform to specifications. All plant material shall meet State and Federal requirements with respect to plant health and absence of diseases and insect infestation. All plant material shall be nursery grown stock that has been held in a nursery for at least one year. All plant material specified shall be first-class representatives of their normal species or varieties in healthy growing condition with normal well-developed branch system and vigorous root systems. a. They shall be free from disease and insect infestation, disfiguring knots, sun-scalds, abrasions of the bark, broken tops, broken branches, torn roots, and any other objectionable features. b. Plants, which have suffered damage as the result of girdling of the roots, stem, or a major branch ; have deformities of the stem or major branches; have a lack of symmetry; have dead or defoliated tops or branches; or have any defect, injury, or condition which renders the plant unsuitable for its intended use, will be rejected. Large plants cut back to meet specified sizes will be rejected. Plants shall not have cuts or pruning wounds over ¾” diameter that are not satisfactorily callusing over. Plant material shall not have weeds at the tops of rootballs or any foreign plant growth. Root balls of all plant materials shall be solidly held together by a fibrous root system and shall be composed only of the soil in which the plant has been actually growing. The ball shall be securely wrapped with non-treated, jute burlap, or other packing material that is not injurious to the plant’s life. Provide the number of plants shown on the Plant Schedule in Contract Drawings, or to cover at specified spacing’s whichever is greater. Collected plant material may be used only when accepted by the Owner’s Representative. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 14 Trees: a. Trees shall have been grown with sufficient spacing to allow for symmetrical branch development and full canopy which reflects the natural characteristics of the species. Tree trunks shall not be noticeably imperfect in vertical alignment, have straight leaders, and there shall be no “included bark” in the crotches between the trunk and side branches. b. Trees with multiple leaders, unless specified, shall be rejected. c. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader, “Y” crotches, missing leaders, bark abrasions, sunscald, disfiguring knots, insect damage, or cuts of limbs over three quarter (3/4) inch in diameter that are not completely closed will be rejected d. Trees shall be furnished balled and burlapped (B&B) unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Broken root balls will not be accepted. e. Trees grown in fabric bags shall have a well-established root system reaching the sides of the fabric bag to maintain a firm ball when the fabric is removed, but shall not have excessive root growth encircling the fabric bag. Fabric bags shall be entirely removed prior to planting. f. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than one (1) inch and such wounds must show vigorous callous on all edges. Trees shall not be pruned within 6 months prior to delivery. g. Provide tree root ball sizes complying with the latest edition of the ASNS. Cracked or mushroomed tree root balls are not acceptable. Container-grown Stock: a. Plants grown in a pot or container shall have been given a sufficient length of time for new fibrous root system to have developed to hold its soil together and keep the root mass firm and whole when removed from the container. b. Plants shall not be loose in the container. c. Container stock shall not be pot or root bound. d. Plants furnished in pots or other containers shall be acclimated to outside conditions and equal to field grown stock. To acclimate plants to Northwest conditions, all plants used on the project shall be grown continuously outdoors north of the 42nd Latitude (Oregon-California border) from not later than April 1 of the year prior to the time of planting. PLANTING ACCESSORIES A. Tree Staking Materials Tree stakes shall be installed as shown on Contract Drawings. Stakes shall be 8’ long 2” diameter pressure-treated lodgepole pine wood stakes, with chamfered tops and 6” long conical points. Fastening shall be webbed fabric tape, ½” – 1” wide, “Arbor Tie” or approved equal B. Self Watering Tree Bags Self watering tree bags shall be 20 gallon size and provide slow release watering to tree root zone . Self watering tree bags shall completely surround base of tree so that entire root zone receives water. LAWN SOD A. Sod shall be comprised of 60% Perennial Turf Type Ryegrass, 20% Hybrid Kentucky Bluegrass, 20% Hard Fescue and contain no more than 1% other grasses. B. Sod shall be premium quality, free of all weeds, pests, diseases, Poa annua, and other undesirable material. It shall not be less than 12 months old nor more than 24 months old, grown in fumigated soil, healthy, and have a dense, vigorous well- developed root structure C. Provide a 30 inch square sample of the sod at project site for review and acceptance by the Owner’s Representative. D. Plastic netting is not allowed. If netting is required, it shall be biodegradable. E. All sod delivered to the project shall be equal to or exceed the quality exhibited in the sod sample. Sod shall not be cut fr om the field more than one (1) day prior to delivery to the project site. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 15 F. Sod shall be grown in Western Washington or Oregon. Sod shipments shall have a certificate of origin and certification of approved treatment if the shipment originates in a known area containing grass infections. Sod available from: Country Green Turf Farms, Arlington, WA; (306) 657-2175 JB Instant Lawn, Redmond, WA; (425) 821-0444 Lefeber Turf Farm, Mt. Vernon, WA; (360) 428-4054 HYDROSEED A. Seed shall meet WSDOT Standard Specification 2016, 9-14.2 B. Hydroseed Fertilizer shall meet WSDOT Standard Spec ification 2016, 9-14.3 C. Tackifier shall meet WSDOT Standard Specification 2016, 9-14.4(7) D. Hydrologic Applied Erosion Control Products shall meet WSDOT Standard Specification 2016, 9-14.4(2) HERBICIDE AND PESTICIDE A. All chemical herbicides pesticides shall be labeled and used in accordance with governing agencies defined in the Weed and Pest Control Plan. The Contractor shall use extreme care to ensure confinement of the chemicals within the areas designated. The use of chemical herbicides and pesticides shall require the use of anti-drift and activating agents and a spray pattern indicator, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner. B. All chemical herbicide and pesticides must be carefully selected in accordance with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Washington State Department of Ecology, Washington State Department of Agriculture, King County Noxious Weed Control Board, and local sensitive area ordinances and regulations. EXECUTION GENERAL A. All areas as indicated in Contract Drawings shall be finish graded and approved by the Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting. All grades shall flow smoothly into each other and produce positive drainage. The Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect plant growth unless the Contractor contacts the Owner’s Representative immediately indicating any possible problem. Verify all grades with Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting. B. The Contractor shall protect soil and provide adequate and proper care of all plant material (both retained and newly installed) and landscape work, including irrigation, done on the project from the time of installation to the end of the Guarantee Period. C. Care should be taken to avoid damage to existing trees and their roots. Where excavating for new construction is required within tree and plant protection areas, excavate by hand to minimize damage to roots. SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Verify the existence of proper rough grading, subgrade drainage, and subgrade elevations prior to beginning soil preparation work. All planting area excavation shall allow for compost, planting soil, lawn soil, and mulch depths as indicated in Contract Drawings. B. Areas to receive plant material shall be cleared, grubbed, cultivated and graded to accommodate the Work prior to planting and to provide the optimum conditions for plant and lawn establishment and growth. C. Subgrade shall be cleaned of all debris including concrete, stumps, sticks, roots, and rocks or lumps larger than one (1) inch. Subgrade elevations shall be as shown in the Contract Drawings. D. Percolation Test After the subgrade has been prepared, a percolation test shall be performed. This shall be accomplished by excavating 3 pits that are 2 feet in depth and minimum 2 feet in diameter. Location of all 3 pits shall be per Owner’s Representative field directive. Fill each pit with water and allow the pit to drain for 24 hours. After 24 hours, re-fill the pit with water. If the time required for the pit to drain completely after being filled the second time is greater than 24 hours, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. The Contractor shall be paid for work required to solve the drainage problem, such as, installation of french drains or drainage sumps at a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 16 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 16 E. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to verify a weed and pest free subgrade prior to begi nning subgrade preparation work. F. Subgrade preparation and percolation tests shall be reviewed and approved by Owner’s Representative prior to proceeding with the placing of planting soil. G. Placing of planting soil shall constitute acceptance of subgrade conditions by Contractor. H. Underground Obstructions In the event that undisclosed concrete, crushed rock, boulders, gravel, soils contaminated with toxic substances, hardpan, or other underground obstructions are encountered in the subgrade, alternate planting locations may be selected by the Owner’s Representative. Where alternate planting locations are not accepted, the obstruction shall be removed to a depth of not less than three (3) feet below the bottom of root balls of plant material, when plants are properly set at the required finished grade. Alternately, other solutions to the problem will be reviewed with the Owner. Work required to resolve the problem, such as removal of such underground obstructions will be as a unit price basis and agreed upon by a Change Order prior to commencement of work. SOIL PREPARATION A. General Soil shall not be placed, disked, rototilled, or worked when the ground or planting soil is frozen, excessively wet, there is ponding water, or, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, in a condition detrimental to the Work. Incorporation of amendments in response to soil test recommendations and placing of soils shall result in a homogeneous blend to a minimum depth as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall apply and shape the lifts in such a manner that the planting area has a continuously sloped final surface allowing for drainage from higher elevations to lower outer edges of the planting area. Where possible, ridges and ridge lines shall be the approximate center point, or centerline(s), of the planting area. B. Subgrade Scarification Apply soil amendments and scarify to depths as shown in Contract Drawings. If additional scarification is required to eliminate surface water ponding, notify Owner’s Representative of problem areas. After scarification, remove all debris or rocks over one (1) inch in size and establish proper grades. Application of amendments and the scarification process shall be observed and approved by Owner’s Representative prior to installing planting soil. C. Placing Soil and Soil Amendments: For Lawns Areas: a. See soil preparation detail. Apply and mix amendments with a small excavator; do not use a rototiller. Owner’s Representative shall review and approve soil preparation work between steps as noted in detail. Soil amendments for planting areas shall be applied per soil testing laboratory recommenda tions. The soil amendments shall be thoroughly mixed with soils to produce a broadly-mixed blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. b. Incorporate the following soil amendments by broadcasting over lawn area soil at an even distribution and rate prior to placement of sod. Then, rake the amendments into the top two (2) inches of lawn area soil. Dolomite Lime. Recommended application rate: Incorporate fifty (50) pounds of Dolomite Lime per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. Starter Fertilizer (7-7-2). Recommended application rate: Incorporate one (1) pound of starter fertilizer per 1,000 square feet in direct broadcast application. Do not apply fertilizer to lawn areas that drain directly into sensitive water bodies unless approved by governing agency. Mycorrhizal Inoculant Fine Grade ‘EndoROOTS’ - Broadcast at a rate of 10 lbs. per 1000 square feet. For Planting Areas: a. See soil preparation detail. Apply and mix amendments with a small excavator; do not use a rototiller. Owner’s Rep shall review and approve soil preparation work between steps as noted in detail. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 17 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 17 b. Incorporate soil amendments by broadcasting over planting soil at an even distribution and rate prior to installation of plants. Then, mix the amendments into the top six (6) inches of planting soil. Soil amendments for planting areas shall be applied per soil testing laboratory recommendations. The soil amendments shall be thoroughly mixed with soils to produce a broadly-mixed blend at rates per soil laboratory recommendations. All amendments shall be delivered to the site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer’s name and guaranteed components analysis. In lieu of containers, amendments may be furnished in bulk, with a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance indicating the components analysis complies with the Contract. c. Mycorrhizal Inoculant Fine Grade ‘EndoROOTS’ - Broadcast at a rate of 10 lbs. per 1000 square feet over all landscape planting areas. For Bioretention Cell: a. See bioretention cell detail per civil engineer drawings. b. Do not convey runoff into the bioretention cell until the area draining to the bioretention area has been stabilized and authorization has been given by Owner’s Representative. Prior to the area being stabilized and the bioretention cell planted, prevent runoff from entering the bioretention cell. Do not operate heavy equipment within the bioretention cell during backfilling, mulching, or planting. c. Soil placement and consolidation shall not occur when bioretention soil is excessively wet. d. Excavate bioretention cells to accommodate the placing of depth of bioretention soil. Notify Owner’s Representative to inspect and approve excavation prior to placement of any material or subgrade soil scarification. e. Scarify subgrade to a minimum depth of 3 inches prior to placement of soil along the side slopes of bioretention cell. Do not scarify into gravel subbase drainage layer along bottom of bioretention cell. Do not incorporate soil amendments, fertilizers, or mycorrhizal inoculant into bioretention cell. f. Apply bioretention soil in two equal lifts. Final bioretention soil depth shall be measured and verified only after the soil has been water settled which requires filling the bioretention cell with water in a controlled manner, without creating any scour or erosion, to at least one (1) inch of ponding water. Allowing uncontrolled stormwater runoff from adjacent impervious areas to enter the bioretention cell is not an acceptable method for consolidation. Apply additional depth of bioretention soil to bring finish grade to specified depth, water settle, and measure. Repeat until final depth is achieved. g. After placement of first lift of bioretention soil, if any sediment laden runoff has entered the bioretention cell, the sediment deposition shall be removed by over-excavating bioretention soil in the cell by a 3 inch minimum depth, and replacing it with clean gravel subbase drainage layer bioretention soil to settled depth at the Contractor’s expense. h. After placement of bioretention soil and before planting or mulching, notify Owner’s Representative at least one (1) working day in advance for inspection and approval. D. Finish Grading Establish a finish grade with the compacted depths of planting soil and amendments as shown on the Contract Drawings and a specified herein. After installing soils and amendments, drag to an even grade, remove debris and rocks larger than one (1) inch in diameter that appear at the surface, and then roll for firmness prior to planting. Finish grade is defined as the top surface of soil prior to the installation of mulch and sod lawn unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings. Finish grading shall consist of placing, grading and lightly rolling soil, providing for surface drainage, cutting all necessary drainage swales and generally conforming to finish grades shown in the Contract Drawings and as directed by the Owner’s Representative. Compact finish grade of planting and sod lawn areas to 85% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM: D 1557. After settling, finish grades in sod lawn areas shall be one (1) inch below all walks, curbs and/or other hard surfaces. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 18 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 18 After settling, finish grades in planting areas shall be 3 inches below all walks, curbs, and/or other hard surface edges. After settling, finish grades in hydroseed areas shall be 1/2 inch below all walks, curbs, and/or other hard surface edges. All planting areas shall be finish graded and accepted by the Owner’s Representative before commencement of planting, preferably before staking and layout. The top of the mulch shall be flush with the top of any adjacent paved surface improvement such as sidewalk, curb, and other pedestrian walking area. TRANSPORT AND MOVING PLANT MATERIAL A. Plant material transported in enclosed vehicles shall receive adequate ventilation. Plant material transported in open vehicles shall be protected by suitable cover material such as tarpaulins. B. Large trees shall be totally wrapped to prevent damage and windburn. Provide adequate protection so that trunks are not scarred in transport and branches are not broken. Tree trunks shall be wrapped with protective covering prior to handling and loading. Remove covering at the time of plant materials inspection at the job site C. Pack and ship plant material in accordance with prevailing nursery industry standard practice for the type of plant being shipped, and protect at all times against drying sun, wind, heat, freezing, and similar detrimental conditions both during shipment and during related handling. D. Move all plants carefully. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing of plant materials. Prevent damage to all plant materials. Do not drag plant material without proper root and branch protection. Trees shall be handled by rootball only, not the trunks, stems, or tops. Container grown plants shall be handled by container only, not the stems or tops. E. Tie branches on trees and large shrubs as necessary. Use burlap bags to protect tree bark from rope chafing. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. F. Plant material damaged in any way from transport and moving activities shall be rejected, discardeds and replaced with undamaged materials at no cost to Owner. TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PLANT MATERIAL A. Plants that cannot be planted within 24 hours after arrival to the project site shall be “heeled-in” in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and the following requirements: Protect rootball of balled and burlapped or fabric-grow bag plants with moist earth, sawdust, bark mulch, or other acceptable material and the material shall be kept continuously moist. Do not use straw or hay to retain moisture. Protect plant materials at all times from mechanical damage, excessive wet conditions, drying out, and extreme weather including drying winds and direct sun. The root system of all plants shall not be permitted to dry out at any time. Set plants in shade and keep roots moist by covering with mulch, soil or other acceptable means of retaining moisture. PLANT LAYOUT: A. Plants shall be placed at the spacing and locations as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Plant layout and staking (or otherwise marking the location of each plant) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No work shall start on the installation of plant material until plant layout and staking has been verified and approved by the Owner’s Representative. B. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 5 Working Days in advance of projected completion of staking and allow 2 Working Days after the projected completion date for review and any adjustments of the layout by the Owner. The Contractor shall sequence the installation of plants to minimize disturbance to new plants and existing landscaping. C. No work shall start on the installation of plant material until plant layout and staking has been verified and approved by the Owner’s Representative. PLANT INSTALLATION: A. General: All plant material shall be inspected and determined by the Owner’s Representative to be acceptable for planting, prior to installing. Do not install plants in weather conditions detrimental to plant material. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 19 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 19 a. Do not plant during freezing weather, when the ground is frozen, or when ground is excessively wet. b. Do not install plants when ambient temperatures may drop below 40°F or rise above 80°F. c. Do not install plants when wind velocity exceeds 25 MPH. d. Plants shall not be installed in areas that are below finish grade. If work is performed during unacceptable and/or weather conditions detrimental to plant material, the Contractor will be required to provide the following services at no additional cost: a. Replacement of all work performed during unacceptable weather conditions. b. Additional watering and maintenance of the plant materials installed and responsibility for all additional costs incurred. Perform planting during the period between September 1 and May 15, where temperatures are consistently above 45ºF. Planting during June, July, and August shall only by done by written permission by the Owner’s Representative and only if an adequate water supply system is available through the summer. Soak all tree rootballs and container plants which have become dry prior to planting. If groundwater is encountered upon excavation of planting holes, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner. Plants shall be removed from containers in a manner that prevents damage to the root system. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. All circling roots shall be loosened to ensure natural directional growth after planting. Dig pits or planting holes for plant material as indicated on Contract Drawings and consistent with good horticultural practice. The inside surfaces of all planting pits are to be rough, not smooth. B. Trees: The Contractor shall provide the Owner a minimum 4 Working Days advance notice of the first tree(s) to be planted. The Owner shall be present to approve the planting method of the first tree(s). The approved method shall be consistently applied for all remaining planting of trees. Tree pit excavation near a curb or sidewalk shall allow a horizontal clearance of at least 3 inches from the curb or sidewalk without undermining foundation support of adjacent improvements. Before planting, completely remove all twine, burlap, wrapping material, fabric grow bags, and wire baskets and completely remove material from the planting hole. All containers shall be removed from rootballs before planting. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. For ball and burlap and container trees, roots showing at the edge of the root ball shall be loosened without tearing. The rootball shall be placed in the planting pit in a manner that ensures the roots are properly spread for lateral directional growth. Inoculate rootballs of trees with mycorrhizae inoculant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Set trees in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set trees upright, plumb, and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set crown of rootball up to one (1) inch above the finish grade elevation, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings. Backfill shall be carefully placed and compacted by water settling. When planting hole is 3/4 backfilled, apply water to water-settle the backfill and remove voids. After settling occurs, the Contractor shall add enough soil to cover the roots but shall not rework the soil. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling. No soil filling will be permitted against trunks or stems or above grafts on grafted trees. Form a watering ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain water. C. Shrubs & Groundcovers: Plants supplied in containers shall be kept moist at all times and shall be removed from the container in a mann er that prevents damage to the root system. The plants shall not be removed from the container by pulling on the stem. All plastic, burlap, ties, and other container material shall be removed from the plant prior to planting. Containers may require vertical cuts down the full depth of the container to accommodate removal. a. Space groundcover plants using triangular spacing in accordance with indicated dimensions and offsets. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly uniformly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plants. Always plant groundcovers to within 18” of the trunks of trees and shrubs within planting bed. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 20 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 20 b. Inoculate rootballs of shrubs with mycorrhizae in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations . c. Set all plants in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set upright. Install plants so that top of rootball is flush with the finished grade after settlement. Check top of root ball for root flare. If root flare is not found, carefully scrape away excess soil until root flare is exposed. This level shall be the top of the rootball and installed flush to the finished grade. d. Backfill shall be firmly tamped or compacted without voids around the roots, then covered with mulch, and watered immediately after planting D. Pruning and Staking Pruning: a. Pruning of trees shall be performed at the nursery by the nurseryman and only to remove small or minor broken or damaged branches, or for aesthetic purposes unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative. Branches shall be pruned at the branch collar. Neither stubs nor flush cuts will be acceptable b. At the time of planting, pruning shall only occur to remove minor broken or damaged twigs and branches. No trees or plants shall be headed or pruned without reason or prior approval. No pruning shall be allowed to new plant material that impacts a tree’s central leader, removes more than 5% of the foliage, or if foliage has not developed, more than 5% of the foliage buds, or significantly alters the natural form of the plant material being pruned. c. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage the natural growth characteristics and proper form of the particular plant. Pruning shall be done with a sharp tool to produce a clean cut without bruising or tearing the bark. All completed pruning cuts shall be in the living wood where callous tissue can develop properly. Staking and Fastening: a. All trees shall be staked at the time of planting as indicated on Contract Drawings. Each tree shall be staked as indicated and tied to the stake with Webbed Fabric Tape to allow for trunk growth. b. Staking must be in a workmanlike operation. Damaged stakes shall be promptly removed and replaced. c. Trees and shrubs found out of plumb by wind or other causes shall be re-set by loosening the soil around the root system and re-plumbing the tree or shrub, and backfilling and compacting as necessary. Adjustment shall not be made by pushing, pulling or restraining the trunk or stem. If, in the opinion of the Owner, damage to the root system has occurred as a result of re-setting a tree or shrub, the tree or shrub shall be replaced by the Contractor. d. Alternate methods of staking may be proposed by the Contractor and require approval of the Owner. e. Tree stakes shall be removed at the end of the Guarantee Period. E. Apply Fertilizer per soil laboratory test recommendations to all trees, shrubs, and groundcovers. As necessary, a follow-up fertilizer application for all planting beds shall be in accordance with recommendations from soil testing laboratory. F. Mulch planting areas with required mulch material at least 3” deep immediately after planting. Top dress the entire tree pit including the watering ring, with the mulch depth tapered at the tree trunk to prevent contact at the trunk. Soil surface interface should be damp prior to application of mulch. Do not install wood chip mulch on top of dry planting soil. Three inch depth is measured after settling and/or compaction has occurred. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, rake mulch to provide a uniform finished surface. SOD INSTALLATION: A. Installation: Sod shall be brought onto lawn area by hand-operated wheeled equipment with proper protection of sod soil beds from heavy compaction. Sod layers shall be experienced, or if inexperienced, shall be constantly supervised by an experienced foreman. Sod layers shall kneel on plywood or some other platform during laying process. Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod. Do not lay sod or install sod on saturated or frozen soil. Lay sod immediately upon delivery to site, to prevent deterioration or drying. All sod MUST be installed within 12 hours after delivery to the project site Lay sod tight with no open joints or gaps visible, with no overlapping edges and with an allowance for shrinkage. Stagger end joints 12” minimum. Lay sod with long edges perpendicular to primary slope. Do not stretch sod pieces. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 21 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 21 Spread lawn area soil over any exposed edges. Keep edges moistened as required or as directed. The Contractor shall ensure that the soil base immediately ahead of each sod layer is moist. When piecing sod, use pieces no smaller than 1 square foot. Install sod with per details on drawings. Sod installed on slopes greater than 5:1 shall be pegged with wooden stakes and layed parallel to the contours. Pegs shall be set flush with finished grades. Sod shall be rolled with a two hundred (200) pound roller after installation to ensure proper contact between soil and sod. On slopes 5:1 or less, roll with light lawn roller to ensure contact with subgrade. Final rolling must provide a uniform surface. After final rolling, the sod lawn shall be mowed if necessary B. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after laying. Sod lawn area shall be heavily watered and continuously saturated for a period of 7 days to trigger active root growth. C. Flagging, fencing, and warning signs or other appropriate method of sod lawn protection shall be installed and remain for a minimum of 4 weeks. Do not remove flagging and warning signs until sod is firm to walk on and sod is not in a saturated condition. D. Water: Watering shall be accomplished a minimum of once a week from March through September. At a minimum, a uniform application of one (1) inch of water shall be required over all lawn areas each week. The Contractor shall be prepared to water more frequently up to twice a day should very dry conditions persist and based on input from Owner. E. Mowing: The Contractor shall be responsible for mowing all sod lawn areas. a. Mow whenever lawn reaches an average height of 3”. The cutting height shall be 2” with all cuttings retained using mulching mower equipment. b. Mowing shall be done by an acceptable “reel” type mower. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts or deformation of improved areas. Sickle type grass cutters will be permitted only on slopes of drainage ditches, berms, or other rough areas. The equipment and tools shall be in good repair at all times and maintained so that a clean, sharp cut of the grass results. Each mowing shall be considered as one (1), complete coverage of all lawn grass areas to be mowed within a defined area. c. Trimming around traffic facilities, structures, curbs, tree pits, planting areas, or other features extending above ground shall be accomplished by use of tools that achieve a neat and uniform appearance. Edging along curb and sidewalk interfaces shall be incidental to mowing and shall be provided by the Contractor to control encroachment of grass. d. Grass cutting equipment shall be operated in such a manner and equipped with suitable guards as to avoid throwing rocks or debris onto the pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas or onto permeable pavement areas. Equipment that pulls or rips the grass or damages the turf in any manner will not be allowed. The Owner will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the equipment and methods of use. The Contractor shall return and disperse all lawn clippings to the lawn from all pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas, and from any other improvement. F. Sod Lawn shall be deemed physically complete when uniform, healthy, green, and vigorous growth is evident, with no dry or dead spots larger than 3 inch square, and after the third mowing has occurred. Upon physical completion, temporary flagging, warning signs, and other lawn protection measures may be removed. HYDROSEED INSTALLATION A. Hydroseed installation shall be per WSDOT Standard Specification 2016, 8-01.3(2) LANDSCAPE BOULDER INSTALLATION A. Protect the boulder during setting as follows: Prevent staining of the stone from caulking, concrete, or paving materials. Immediately remove and clean such materials from the stone’s surface without damage to the latter. Protect boulders from damage from construction machines and materials. Clean stone surfaces that have become dirty and stained prior to setting. Remove soil, stains, and foreign materials. Clean stones by thoroughly scrubbing stones with fiber brushes followed by a thorough drenching with clear water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh filler or abrasives. Fire Station 15 32 9000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority PLANTING Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 22 of 22 December 22, 2017 32 9000 - 22 B. Set the stones to comply with the requirements indicated in the Contract Drawings and the final shop drawings. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone shall be replaced until the methods and results are acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. C. Provide protection and maintain conditions to ensure that no damage occurs to the stonework until Physical Completion is approved. CLEAN UP: A. Perform cleaning during installation of the landscape work. Water, dirt, debris, and rubbish to be kept off of all paved areas, pathways, and permeable pavements. Wash clean all paved areas. B. Upon completion of landscape work, all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment shall be removed from the site. C. Repair any damage resulting from landscape work at Contractor’s expense. D. Planting areas immediately adjacent to walks, curbs, pavements, driveways, and other improvement shall be compacted and raked to accommodate the depth of mulch cover, with the mulch surface flush with the surface of adjacent improvement. Planting beds shall have a fine, even grade around all plants. E. Remove all metal, wood, and concrete debris, protective wrappings and coverings, and shipping materials from the project site. Remove all residues, repair all stains, scuffs, abrasions, and marks from boulders. F. Leave project in first quality condition. SUBSTANTIAL AND PHYSICAL COMPLETION A. Inspection to determine Substantial and Physical Completion of planted areas will be made by the Owner’s Representative, upon the Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 5 working days before requested inspection date. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including the maintenance, have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition. FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of all landscaping work described in this Specification section, with the exclusion of possible replacements of plant materials under the Guarantee Period, shall be made by the Owner’s Representative and/or approved representative of the Owner to determine 100% completion and acceptance of the Contract work. This review shall be made upon written request to the Owner’s Representative no less than 48 hours prior to the anticipated date of inspection. B. Should additional final acceptance review(s) be required by the Owner’s Representative due to the failure of the contractor to have the entire project landscape work ready for final acceptance, the contractor shall pay to the Owner’s Representative the sum of $155.00 per hour and the actual cost of expenses for each additional review. END OF SECTION DIVISION 33 UTILITIES Fire Station 15 33 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER UTILITIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 33 1100 - 1 SECTION 33 1100 – WATER UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Connection to existing water main. 2. Establish temporary connections. 3. Install water service piping 4. Install fire service piping. 5. Install Fire Hydrant. B. Connections to building piping for Fire sprinkler system and domestic water. C. Work shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards, Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, current edition, Washington State Department of Transportation, and AWWA. 1.02 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Work shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016, Washington State Department of Transportation/APWA. B. UPC - The Uniform Plumbing Code. C. IAMPO - The International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Standards. D. AWWA - American Water Works Association Standards. E. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition F. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Contractors installing, inspecting, servicing or maintaining fire protection system shall be licensed by the State Director of Fire Protection Service in accordance with Chapter 18.106. B. Contractor is responsible for coordinating water main and fire system work on site with the City of Renton. C. Testing: 1. The Contractor is responsible for verifying the quality of the work and shall perform compaction and density tests on request of the Owner’s Representative to check compliance with these specifications. A copy of the test reports shall be furnished to the Owner’s Representative. 2. The Owner’s Representative’s Testing Agency may perform compaction and density tests to verify compliance with these specifications. 3. The Owner’s Representative may require that an independent testing laboratory test imported materials at any time. If the material is found to be non-compliant with the Contract, the Contractor shall bear the cost of testing, removal of all non- compliant materials from the Project Site, and replacement of the materials with materials meeting the requirements of the Contract. If the materials tested are found to be compliant with the requirements of the Contract, the Owner will reimburse the Contractor for costs incurred by testing plus mark-ups as allowed for elsewhere in the Contract. 4. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the accuracy of all survey information provided by the Owner prior to commencing excavations or filling operations. Commencement of these operations constitutes acceptance of the survey information as appropriate to meet the intent of the Contract. D. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the accuracy of all survey information provided by the Owner prior to commencing excavations or filling operations. Commencement of these operations constitutes acceptance of the survey information as appropriate to meet the intent of the Contract. E. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of required testing and shall furnish copies of test reports to the Owner’s Representative. F. Grading Tolerance: Finished grade will match contours and elevation shown will be within 1/10 foot. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect material delivered to the site for damage. Store materials onsite in enclosures or under protective covering. Do not store material directly on the ground. Pipe and fitting shall be kept free of dirt and debris. B. Store material in such a way that limits handling and affords easy accessibility thus will not be soiled with objectionable materials. Fire Station 15 33 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER UTILITIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 33 1100 - 2 C. Handling: Handle pipe, fittings and other accessories in such a manner to ensure pipe installed is sound and undamaged. Contractor shall take special care to not damage fittings. Pipe shall be carried throughout the site and into the trench. At no time shall the Contractor or his agents drag the pipe. 1.05 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing, setting and marking all line location stakes. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist must be assigned to the Contractor's crew for this Work and shall be on site at all times when work requiring control is being performed, together with all necessary equipment, supplies, and instruments related thereto. This equipment and personnel must be available, at no additional cost to the Owner, for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. B. The Contractor is responsible for review of all City Renton and Owner's records relative to the existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and shall restore all active utilities at Contractor's own expense. C. The Contractor is to notify the Owner’s Representative immediately if underground utilities not shown on the Site Survey are encountered. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300. B. No installation of material shall be made prior to until written approval has been obtained from the Engineer. Approval of material and equipment shall in no way preclude compliance with the plans and specifications. C. Submit material product information including pipe, fittings, structures, etc. D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for water systems, showing piping materials, size, locations, and elevations. Include details of underground structures, connections, etc. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for water system materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 01. F. Record Drawings: 1. One complete set of drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean prints reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. The Contractor shall coordinate the record drawing requirements with the City of Renton Utility Inspector. 2. Record drawings shall also serve as work progress plans and the Contractor shall maintain daily a daily record of work progress with neat, legible notations. These drawings shall be kept at the job site and shall be available for inspection at all times. 3. All buried piping and indicated future connections exterior to the building shall be located both by depth and by location with respect to the project benchmark. All notations on record drawings of buried pipes shall be made before backfilling of that section of pipe is started. 4. At completion of the work, the Contractor shall sign, date, and provide the record drawings to the owners representative, representing that it is an accurate depiction of the work completed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS GENERAL A. All water pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 2.02 VALVE BOX A. Valve Boxes shall be per details and in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Fire Hydrants shall be per details and in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 2.04 CONCRETE BEDDING & BLOCKING A. Concrete Bedding and blocking shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 2.05 TONING WIRE A. Toning wire shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 2.06 BUILDING CONNECTIONS A. Coordinate Building service connections with Building Mechanical. Fire Station 15 33 1100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority WATER UTILITIES Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 33 1100 - 3 B. Fire Protection Connection shall be in accordance with NFPA -13 and NFPA-20. Fire Department Connection (FDC) shall be per City of Renton and Renton Fire Department. Coordinate Building Sprinkler Connection as shown on mechanical drawings and with Building Sprinkler Contractor. 2.07 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Provide bedding and backfill material in accordance with the City of Renton Standards, and the project Documents. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All water construction shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. B. Permits: 1. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining permits required for work within the right of way. 2. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any permits and coordinating any inspections required for connection to the City of Renton utilities. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. B. Coordinate shut off and removal with the City of Renton Utilities and Renton Fire Department. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATIONS A. Verify existing locations from the records of the City of Renton Utilities. B. General: 1. The Contractor shall protect from damage private and public utilities in accordance with trench excavation, foundation bedding, and backfill for water service lines shall be in accordance with City of Renton Standards. 2. Install pipe, fittings and appurtenances in accordance with City of Renton Standards. 3. Arrange with Renton Utilities for appropriate inspections of water service lines. 3.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WATER SYSTEM A. Connections to the existing water system shall not be made without first making the necessary arrangements with the Owner, the City of Renton Utilities. B. Connections to existing City-owned systems shall be made in accordance with City of Renton Standards. C. Connections to existing asbestos concrete watermains. The Contractor shall maintain workers exposure to the asbestos material at or below the limit prescribed in the WAC 296-62-07705 and shall be in accordance with State/Federal Guidelines and Certifications. 3.05 TESTING AND DISINFECTION A. Contractor shall pressure test pipe in accordance with City of Renton standards. B. Flushing and disinfection of water mains shall be in accordance with City of Renton standards. Testing and verification shall be approved by Renton Utilities. Flushing of the water mains shall be accomplished in such a manner as not to cause flooding or downstream property damage. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 33 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SANITARY SEWAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 December 22, 2017 33 3000 - 1 SECTION 33 3000 – SANITARY SEWAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Furnish and install sanitary side sewer pipe, fittings, cleanouts of the type and sizes designated. 2. Coordinate and provide connections to building plumbing. B. Work shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016, Washington State Department of Transportation, and City of Renton. 1.02 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016; Washington State Department of Transportation. Standard Plans. B. The City of Renton Standards, current edition. C. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.03 PERMITS A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any permits and coordinating any inspections required for side sewer connections to the sewer system. 1.04 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing, setting and marking all line location stakes. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist must be assigned to the Contractor's crew for this Work and shall be on site at all times when work requiring control is being performed, together with all necessary equipment, supplies, and instruments related thereto. This equipment and personnel must be available, at no additional cost to the Owner, for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. B. The Contractor is responsible for review of all City Renton and Owner's records relative to the existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and shall restore all active utilities at Contractor's own expense. C. The Contractor is to notify the Owner's Representative immediately if underground utilities not shown on the Site Survey are encountered. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 3300. B. No installation of material shall be made prior to until written approval has been obtained from the Engineer. Approval of material and equipment shall in no way preclude compliance with the plans and specifications. C. Submit material product information including pipe, fittings, structures, etc. D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for water systems, showing piping materials, size, locations, and elevations. Include details of underground structures, connections, etc. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for water system materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 01. F. Record Drawings: 1. One complete set of drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean prints reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. The Contractor shall coordinate the record drawing requirements with the City of Renton Utility Inspector. 2. Record drawings shall also serve as work progress plans and the Contractor shall maintain daily a daily record of work progress with neat, legible notations. These drawings shall be kept at the job site and shall be available for inspection at all times. 3. All buried piping and indicated future connections exterior to the building shall be located both by depth and by location with respect to the project benchmark. All notations on record drawings of buried pipes shall be made before backfilling of that section of pipe is started. 4. At completion of the work, the Contractor shall sign, date, and provide the record drawings to the owners representative, representing that it is an accurate depiction of the work completed. Fire Station 15 33 3000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SANITARY SEWAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 December 22, 2017 33 3000 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE A. PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR 35, or better with rubber gasket joints. B. Pipe within the building envelope shall be PVC Schedule 40 and shall conform to ASTM-D-1785. Schedule 40 fittings shall conform to ASTM-D-2466-06. 2.02 FITTINGS, COUPLINGS AND JOINTS A. Fittings shall be the same material as the pipe. B. Tees on existing pipe shall be connected by core drilling and flexible connections. C. Pipe to pipe connections shall be made with a flexible gasketed coupling, adapter or coupling-adapter to make an air tight joint. Couplings shall be those manufactured by Romac, Caulder, or Fernco. 2.03 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall conform to the contract documents. Size to match connection pipe. 2.04 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Provide bedding and backfill material shall be in accordance with Section 31 2200. 2.05 CONDUCTIVE WARNING TAPE A. Conductive warning tape required over all sewer pipes and shall be per Section 31 2200. 2.06 FOAM BLOCKING A. Plastic Foam for pipe protection and separation between pipes shall be Ethafoam 220. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK A. Verify existing utilities locations from the records of City of Renton. 3.02 TRENCHING AND PIPE LAYING A. Minimize the impact to the area surrounding the trenching and installation by using the minimum size of equipment required to perform the work and by using trench boxes for trenches greater than 4 feet in depth. B. Excavate to the alignment, elevation, grade and slope as indicated on the drawings. 3.03 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING A. Install bedding and backfill in accordance the plans and specifications. 3.04 PIPE CROSSINGS A. Where pipe crossings are separated by less than 6 inches, place foam blocking for separation and protection per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.05 INSPECTIONS, CLEANING, AND TESTING A. Coordinate inspections as required by the City of Renton. B. Perform cleaning and testing in conformance with Contract Documents and Section 7-17.3(2) of WSDOT with the following: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing DVDs of video inspection. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Owner’s Representative 48 hours in advance of the backfill of any storm drain line. 3.06 AS-BUILTS A. Prepare record documents to City of Renton Requirements, Owner’s standards, and Contract Documents. Show accurate horizontal and vertical locations of newly installed piping. Show vertical elevations relative to finished grade at connection points, bends and grade breaks in the pipe. Show horizontal and vertical locations of other underground utilities encountered during the excavation and construction process. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 33 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 December 22, 2017 33 4000 - 1 SECTION 33 4000 – STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Furnish and install storm drain pipe and structures of the type and sizes designated in the plans and specifications. 2. Furnish and install trench drains. 3. Furnish and install Stormwater Contech Detention System. 4. Furnish and install Catch basin Stormfilter. 1.02 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016; Washington State Department of Transportation. Standard Plans. B. WSDOT STD PLAN Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (M 21-01), Washington State Department of Transportation/APWA. C. 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual, as amended by the City of Renton. D. The City of Renton Standards. 1.03 PERMITS A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining permits required for work within the right-of-way. 1.04 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. The Contractor will be responsible for furnishing, setting and marking all line location stakes. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist must be assigned to the Contractor's crew for this work and shall be on site at all times when work requiring control is being performed, together with all necessary equipment, supplies and instruments related thereto. This equipment and personnel must be available, at no additional cost to the Owner, for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. B. The Contractor is responsible for review of all City of Renton, Renton Housing Authority, and other records relative to the existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and restoring all active utilities at the Contractor's own expense. C. The Contractor is to notify the Owner’s Representative immediately of underground utilities encountered which are not shown on the drawings or Owner's survey or record drawings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 1330. B. No installation of material shall be made prior to until written approval has been obtained from the Engineer. Approval of material and equipment shall in no way preclude compliance with the plans and specifications. C. Submit material product information including pipe, fittings, structures, etc. D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for water systems, showing piping materials, size, locations, and elevations. Include details of underground structures, connections, etc. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for water system materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 01. F. Record Drawings: 1. One complete set of drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean prints reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. The Contractor shall coordinate the record drawing requirements with the City of Renton Utility Inspector. 2. Record drawings shall also serve as work progress plans and the Contractor shall maintain daily a daily record of work progress with neat, legible notations. These drawings shall be kept at the job site and shall be available for inspection at all times. 3. All buried piping and indicated future connections exterior to the building shall be located both by depth and by location with respect to the project benchmark. All notations on record drawings of buried pipes shall be made before backfilling of that section of pipe is started. Fire Station 15 33 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 December 22, 2017 33 4000 - 2 4. At completion of the work, the Contractor shall sign, date, and provide the record drawings to the owners representative, representing that it is an accurate depiction of the work completed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STORM DRAIN PIPE A. Storm drain pipe shall be solid wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe per WSDOT Section 9-05.12(1). Pipe bends shall be made by a fitting or combination of multiple fittings of less than 90 degrees each. B. Storm drain pipe with less than 12-inches of cover shall be Ductile Iron (DI), Class 52. C. Perforated pipe for French drain shall be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, SDR 35 with laser cut slotted perforations. Pipe bends shall be made by a fitting or combination of multiple fittings of less than 90 degrees each. D. Provide flexible coupler by Fernco or approved equivalent. Select product appropriate for joining dissimilar pipe types where required. 2.02 AREA DRAINS A. Area drains shall be ADS/Hancor Nyloplast 12-inch round drain basin (2812AG) or approved equivalent. Provide 12-inch locking ductile iron Pedestrian H-10 grate or approved equivalent where specified on the drawings. 2.03 CATCH BASINS A. Type 1 and Type 2 Catch Basins will be per the Contract Documents and WDOT Standard Plans. 2.04 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be per the project Documents. 2.05 DETENTION FACILITY A. The stormwater detention facility shall be ADS StormTech Chamber per plans. 2.06 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Bedding and backfill material shall be in accordance with the project Documents. 2.07 FOAM BLOCKING A. Plastic Foam for pipe protection and separation between pipes shall be Ethafoam 220. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK A. Verify location from available record drawings. B. Before installation Contractor shall make proper provisions for site storm lines to avoid interferences with installation of other work and/or other Contractors. Any changes caused by Contractor's neglect to coordinate work shall be made by Contractor at Contractor's expense. C. Site storm drain Drawings and Specifications shall be compared with Drawings and Specifications of other trades and any discrepancies between the documents shall be reported to the Owner’s Representative prior to installation of work. 3.02 ABANDONMENT/REMOVAL OF EXISTING STORM A. Where shown on the plans or where directed by the Owner’s Representative, existing storm pipes and structures shall be abandoned in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-05.3(2) and by: 1. Plugging pipe ends. In addition to plugging pipe ends, fill pipes 8-inches and larger with controlled density fill (CDF) or approved equal. 2. Removing the existing structure to four (4) feet below the finished subgrade and filling existing pipes and the remaining structure with CDF or approved equal. 3. When filling existing storm pipe or structures to be abandoned, care shall be used in placing the CDF to ensure the pipe or structure is completely filled and no voids remain. B. If the storm system is removed, unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative, all trenches will be backfilled with the appropriate material. When native material has been determined as suitable backfill, backfill of the trench will be considered incidental to and included in the contract price for pipe. Excavated trench material that is not suitable as backfill shall be hauled to disposal in accordance with the special provisions at no additional cost to the Owner. Suitability of excavated material for trench backfill shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner’s Representative Fire Station 15 33 4000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority STORM DRAINAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 December 22, 2017 33 4000 - 3 3.03 PIPE LAYING A. Lay pipes in conformance with Section 31 2200 and the project Documents. 3.04 CATCH BASIN AND STRUCTURE INSTALLATION AND AJUSTMENTS A. Structures shall be installed or modified in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-05.3 and the project Documents. B. Installation of the ADS StormTech Chambers shall be per plan and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. C. Adjustments to existing structures to remain shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-05.3(1) and the project Documents. D. Adjust all existing structures to remain to be flush with proposed grade. 3.05 PIPE CROSSINGS A. Where pipe crossings are separated by less than 6 inches, place foam blocking for separation and protection per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.06 CLEANING AND TESTING A. Cleaning and testing shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 7-04.3(1). 3.07 AS-BUILTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with Section 01 7839. B. Prepare record documents to City of Renton Requirements, Owner's standards, and Contract Documents. Show accurate horizontal and vertical locations of newly installed piping. Show vertical elevations relative to finished grade at connection points, bends and grade breaks in the pipe. Show horizontal and vertical locations of other underground utilities encountered during the excavation and construction process. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Elliott Bridge No. 3166 Replacement HWA Job No. 1996-143-21 Prepared for ABKJ, INC. April 4, 2003 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Renton Fire Station 15 Renton, Washington HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Prepared for SSW Architects, P.S. December 21, 2017 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1. INTRODUCTION ..........................................................................................................1 1.1 GENERAL .....................................................................................................1 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................1 2. FIELD AND LABORATORY TESTING ...........................................................................2 2.1 GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS ............................................2 2.2 INFILTRATION TESTING PROGRAM ..............................................................3 2.3 LABORATORY TESTING ...............................................................................3 2.4 PREVIOUS EXPLORATIONS ...........................................................................3 3. SITE CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................4 3.1 GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS ..............................................................................4 3.2 SOIL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................4 3.3 GROUND WATER .........................................................................................5 4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................................................5 4.1 GENERAL .....................................................................................................5 4.2 SEISMIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS .............................................................5 4.2.1 Seismic Design Parameters .............................................................5 4.2.2 Liquefaction ....................................................................................6 4.2.3 Ground Rupture ..............................................................................7 4.3 ESTIMATED SETTLEMENTS ..........................................................................7 4.4 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................7 4.4.1 Slab-On-Grade Recommendations ...............................................8 4.5 RETAINING WALL .......................................................................................8 4.5.1 Wall Drainage .................................................................................9 4.5.2 General Wall Subgrade Preparation ................................................9 4.6 BELOW-GRADE STRUCTURES ......................................................................9 4.7 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT .....................................................................10 4.8 BIORETENTION POND CONSTRUCTION ........................................................10 4.9 PAVEMENT ..................................................................................................10 4.9.1 Placement of HMA ........................................................................11 4.9.2 HMA Drainage................................................................................12 4.9.3 Pervious Concrete Pavement Design ..............................................12 4.9.4 Pervious Portland Cement Concrete ...............................................13 4.9.5 Recharge Bed Design and Subgrade Preparation ...........................13 4.10 SITE EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS ......................................................14 4.10.1 Structural Fill and Compaction .....................................................14 4.10.2 Excavation and Temporary Shoring .............................................15 4.10.3 Wet Weather Earthwork ...............................................................15 5. CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS......................................................................16 6. REFERENCES .........................................................................................................18 Table of Contents (Continued) Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 ii HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. LIST OF FIGURES (FOLLOWING TEXT) Figure 1. Vicinity Map Figure 2. Site and Exploration Plan Figure 3. Geologic Map Appendices Appendix A: Field Exploration Figure A-1. Legend to Symbols and Terms Used on Explorations Figures A-2 – A-4. Logs of Borings BH-4 through BH-6 Figure A-5. Log of Test Pit TP-2 Appendix B: Laboratory Testing Figures B-1 – B-7. Grain Size Distribution Test Results Appendix C: Additional Explorations GEOTECHNICAL REPORT RENTON FIRE STATION 15 RENTON, WASHINGTON 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 GENERAL This report summarizes the results of geotechnical studies performed by HWA GeoSciences Inc. (HWA) for the proposed Renton Fire Station 15 project in Renton, Washington. The purpose of the work was to evaluate the soil and ground water conditions at the site and provide geotechnical recommendations for design and construction of the proposed facility. Our field work included drilling three (3) machine-drilled borings and conducting one (1) Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT) near the proposed fire station to evaluate soil and groundwater conditions. Laboratory tests were performed on selected soil samples to determine their relevant engineering properties. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand that the City of Renton proposes to construct a fire station at 1404 N 30th Street in the Kennydale neighborhood of Renton, Washington. The addition of a new fire station will provide improved response times for fire and emergency services in the Kennydale neighborhood and the RRFA service area, relieving some of the current load placed on Fire Stations 11, 12 and 16. North of the project site, in the same parcel, the City proposes to construct a new reservoir as part of a separate project. The approximate location of the project site is shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1, and on the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. The proposed fire station site is part of a city-owned rectangular parcel with a total existing parcel area of 47,532 SF (1.09 acres). The limits of work for the fire station project is within the southernmost subdivided lot totaling 31,173 SF (0.72 acres). We understand a reservoir is to be constructed on the northern third of the site and the fire station will be built on the southern two-thirds. HWA previously performed a geotechnical study for the proposed reservoir. The site is currently unimproved; and slopes gently upwards from the southwest to northeast, varying in elevation from approximately 208 feet to 226 feet. The fire station will be a single- story (measuring about 92 feet by 104 feet), at-grade structure with emergency vehicle equipment bays. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 2 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. We understand that onsite infiltration is the preferred method of storm water management for this site. On-site stormwater management will be implemented via a bioretention pond and the permeable pavement facility. Additional site improvements are expected to include a below- grade storm water detention vault. An approximately 3-foot tall retaining wall is to be constructed east of the fire station building accommodate grade changes. 2. FIELD AND LABORATORY TESTING 2.1 GEOTECHNICAL SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS In support of design of the proposed Renton Fire Station 15 project, HWA drilled three (3) exploratory borings, designated BH-4 through BH-6, in sequence with borings drilled for the reservoir project to the north. The locations of these borings are shown on Figure 2. The borings were drilled by Environmental Drilling Inc. (EDI) of Snohomish, Washington, under subcontract to HWA. The drilling was performed using a B-61 Mobile truck rig equipped with a 4.25-inch inside-diameter hollow-stem auger and an automatic hydraulic hammer. In each boring, Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampling was performed at selected intervals and the SPT resistance (“N-value”) of the soil was logged. This resistance, or N-value, provides an indication of relative density of granular soils and the relative consistency of cohesive soils. Boring BH-4 was positioned near the center of the proposed fire station. It was drilled to a depth of 31.5 feet below ground surface. Boring BH-5 was drilled to a depth of 44 feet below ground surface near the proposed below grade storm water vault. Boring BH-6 was drilled to a depth 31.5 feet below ground surface north of the proposed fire station location. In each boring, Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampling was performed at selected intervals and the SPT resistance (“N-value”) of the soil was logged. This resistance, or N-value, provides an indication of relative density of granular soils and the relative consistency of cohesive soils. A geologist from HWA logged the explorations and recorded pertinent information, including sample depths, stratigraphy, soil engineering characteristics, and ground water occurrence. Soil samples obtained from the exploration were classified in the field and representative portions were placed in plastic bags. These soil samples were taken to our Bothell, Washington, laboratory for further examination and testing. Logs for borings BH-4 through BH-6 are presented in Appendix A of this report. The stratigraphic contacts shown on the exploration logs represent the approximate boundaries between soil types; actual transitions may be more gradual. The soil and ground water December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 3 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. conditions depicted are only for the specific date and location reported and, therefore, are not necessarily representative of other locations and times. 2.2 INFILTRATION TESTING PROGRAM Phase 2 of our exploration program consisted of conducting one (1) Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT), designated PT-2, in sequence with the PIT conducted for the reservoir project. The excavation for the PIT was conducted on July 24 and 25, 2017 by Kelly’s Excavating Inc. of Pacific, Washington, under subcontract to HWA. The PIT was dug 7 feet into the ground to remove surficial topsoil and upper layers of silt and silty sands. Slightly cleaner sands were encountered at 7 feet below the ground surface where the test was performed. The dimensions of the test pit inside of the excavation area were 3.5 feet by 5 feet. Following the PIT, PT-2 was excavated to a depth of 13 feet to evaluate soils and ground water conditions below the test. The test consisted of introducing water at a known flow rate into the excavation. Water was obtained from a nearby water service in cooperation with the City of Renton Utility Division and pumped into the excavation using a water trailer provided by Kelly’s Excavating, Inc. Slotted pipe terminating in a 5-gallon bucket was used to dissipate the water into the excavation. Water levels were measured with a staff gauge installed in the excavation along with a Levelogger Edge water level datalogger. At selected intervals, HWA recorded total flow through a meter and calculated the flow rate. The flow rate was adjusted to establish and maintain a water level of approximately 1 foot above the base of the PIT. After approximately 7 hours of flow, the water was turned off. Water levels in the excavation were monitored until all the water had drained out of the test pit. An HWA geologist logged the exploration and recorded all the pertinent information including sample depths, stratigraphy, soil engineering characteristics, and ground water occurrence at the time of excavation. More information regarding the PIT procedure is presented in Section 4.7 of this report. 2.3 LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests included determination of natural moisture contents and grain size distributions. All testing was conducted in general accordance with appropriate American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards, as discussed in Appendix B. The test results and a discussion of laboratory test methodology are presented in Appendix B, or displayed on the boring logs in Appendix A, as appropriate. 2.4 PREVIOUS EXPLORATIONS Geotechnical explorations, performed for the Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir by HWA in 2015, were reviewed and utilized in this study. Three borings and one PIT test were December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 4 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. performed as part of this project. The locations of these borings are shown on Figure 2. Copies of these boring logs are provided in Appendix C. 3. SITE CONDITIONS 3.1 GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS General geologic information for the project area was obtained from the Geologic Map of King County (Booth et. al., 2006). A portion of this geologic map is shown in Figure 3 of this report. The map indicates the project vicinity is underlain by deposits of the Fraser glaciation described as Vashon recessional outwash. Recessional outwash deposits consist of material washed out of a melting glacier and are characterized by stratified sand and gravel. These soils are moderately to well sorted, with less common silty sand and rare silty clay. These materials have not been glacially overridden and are typically loose to medium dense. 3.2 SOIL CONDITIONS Our interpretations of subsurface conditions are based on results of our field explorations, review of available geologic and geotechnical data, and our experience in similar geologic settings. In general, the soils underlying the site consist of loose to medium dense, recessional outwash sands over medium dense to dense weathered till. Each major soil unit is described below, with materials interpreted as being youngest in origin and nearest to the surface described first. • Recessional Outwash: Recessional outwash consisting of loose to medium dense, olive brown, clean to silty sand to sandy silt, was encountered in all the explorations. Borings BH-4 and BH-6 and test pit TP-2 were terminated within the recessional outwash soils. Recessional outwash was deposited by meltwater emanating from the retreating glacial ice sheet. Consequently, it has not been overridden by glacial ice and is typically loose to medium dense. The upper 5 to 7 feet of recessional outwash typically consisted of loose to medium dense, sandy silt. It should be noted that a large boulder was partially exposed in TP-2 about 5 feet bgs. • Weathered Till: Weathered till was encountered in boring BH-5 below the recessional outwash sands at 37 feet bgs. This unit consisted of very stiff sandy silt and medium dense to dense, silty, gravelly sand. Previous explorations at the site to the north encountered glacial till below the recessional outwash deposits, as indicated in the logs of borings BH-1 and BH-2, which are presented in Appendix C. Although not encountered in our borings, cobbles and boulders are known to exist in glacial deposits. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 5 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. 3.3 GROUND WATER At the time of our field investigation, perched ground water seepage was observed only in boring BH-5 at a depth 32.5 feet below ground surface. The ground water seepage observed may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations and it is anticipated that ground water conditions will vary depending on the weather, local subsurface conditions, and other factors. 4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 GENERAL The proposed fire station site is underlain by recessional outwash over weathered till soils. The recessional outwash will provide suitable bearing for the proposed structure. The loose to medium dense, recessional outwash sands will experience elastic settlement due to the increases in load associated with the proposed structure. However, most of this settlement will occur during construction. We recommend the structure be designed and constructed with spread footing foundations bearing on a layer of compacted structural fill placed over the native soils. Because the upper 5 to 7 feet of outwash soils are relatively loose, we recommend they be compacted prior to construction of foundations. We recommend that the building site be excavated to the proposed floor subgrade level and then compacted by at least 4 complete coverages with a 10-ton (minimum static weight) vibratory roller. In addition, individual footing subgrades should be compacted with a backhoe-mounted vibratory plate compactor (hoepac). On-site stormwater management will be implemented via a bioretention pond and the permeable pavement facility. It should be noted that sandy silt soils with high percentage of fines were encountered from the ground surface to 5-7 feet below ground surface. These soils are not conducive to infiltration. Therefore, we recommend over-excavating the upper fine-grained material (sandy silt soils) and backfilling with permeable ballast, per WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.9(2). The granular material placed underneath the bioretention pond and pervious pavement should be compacted lightly. Recommendations related to site seismicity, foundations, retaining walls, utilities, below-grade structures, stormwater management, earthwork, and pavement are presented in the following sections. 4.2 SEISMIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 4.2.1 Seismic Design Parameters Earthquake loading for the structures at the project site was developed in accordance with the 2015 International Building Code (IBC), (ICC, 2015). The IBC requires above-grade structures December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 6 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. be designed for the inertial forces induced by a “Maximum Considered Earthquake” (MCE), which corresponds to an earthquake with a 2% probability of exceedance (PE) in 50 years (approximately 2,475-year return period). Accordingly, the relevant probabilistic spectral response parameters were developed using the United States Geological Survey’s website. The IBC accounts for the effects of site-specific subsurface ground conditions on the response of structures in terms of site classes. Site classes are defined by the average density and stiffness of the soil profile underlying the site. The Site Class can be correlated to the average standard penetration resistance (NSPT) in the upper 100 feet of the soil profile. Based on our characterization of the subsurface conditions, the subject site classifies as IBC Site Class D. Table 1 presents the design spectral seismic coefficients obtained for this site based on risk category I/II/III. The design peak ground acceleration for use in computing lateral earth pressures was computed to be 0.385 g. Based on the SDS and SD1 values, the site is considered as Seismic Design Category D. Table 1. Design Seismic Coefficients for IBC 2015 Code Based Evaluation Site Class Spectral Acceleration at 0.2 sec. SS(1), g Spectral Acceleration at 1.0 sec S1(2), g Design Spectral Acceleration at 0.2 sec. SDS(3), g Design Spectral Acceleration at 1.0 sec. SD1(4), g Site Coefficients Peak Horizontal Acceleration PGA, (g) Fa(5) Fv(6) D 1.444 0.546 0.963 0.546 1.000 1.500 0.385 (1) SS = Mapped spectral response acceleration parameter at short periods (at a period of 0.2 sec) (2) S1 = Mapped spectral response acceleration parameter at a period of one second (3) SDS = Design spectral response acceleration parameter at short periods (at a period of 0.2 sec) (4) SD1 = Design spectral response acceleration parameter at a period of one second (5) Fa = short period site coefficient (at a period of 0.2 sec) (6) Fv = long period site coefficient (at a period of one second) The project site is located within about 2 miles of the Seattle Fault Zone. The main seismic consideration for the site is the large amplitude of the ground motions associated with its proximity to the fault, which is accounted for in the design seismic coefficients. With respect to the design parameters for the vertical accelerations, the recommendations provided in the ASCE 7-10 Section 12.4.2.2 (ASCE, 2010) should be applied. 4.2.2 Liquefaction Primary factors controlling the development of liquefaction include the intensity and duration of strong ground motions, the characteristics of subsurface soils, in-situ stress conditions and the depth to ground water. Based on the ground water elevations observed in our explorations, the December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 7 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. materials that are saturated are dense to very dense and will not be subject to liquefaction during shaking. Therefore, liquefaction is not a design consideration for this project. 4.2.3 Ground Rupture A review of the existing geologic data indicates that there are no known active faults at this site; therefore, ground rupture is not a design consideration. 4.3 ESTIMATED SETTLEMENTS The soils underlying the fire station site consist of recessional outwash sands over weathered glacial till. Assuming the recommendations in this report are followed, we anticipate that settlements under static loads will be no more than ½ inch. Most of this settlement will occur during construction as the loads are applied. Settlement under the design seismic load could total an additional ¼ inch. 4.4 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS The proposed fire station and retaining wall should be supported on spread footings or mat foundations designed for a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot. For short-term wind and seismic loading conditions, the allowable bearing pressure may be increased by 1/3. Footings should have a minimum width of 24 inches and should bear at least 18 inches below the lowest adjacent finished grade. Individual footing subgrades should be compacted with a hoepac prior to placement of formwork, steel, or concrete. The footings should be supported on a minimum of 1-foot of structural fill placed directly over the compacted native soils. Where needed, structural fill should consist of Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) as specified in Section 9-03.9(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2016). Any soft or disturbed soils and any soil containing organic material (unsuitable material) should be removed under the observation of an HWA engineer or geo-technician to verify competent native soils are exposed. Wind and seismic transient lateral forces on the structure will be resisted by friction along the footings, and by passive soil pressure against the buried portions of the footings. An ultimate coefficient of friction of 0.5 may be assumed for cast-in-place concrete on granular material. Also, a passive resistance to lateral loads maybe estimated as an equivalent fluid pressure of 250 pcf. These are ultimate resistance values, and an adequate factor of safety should be applied in design calculations. Perimeter footing drains should be installed around the entire building exterior. The perimeter footing drains should consist of 4-inch diameter, perforated or slotted, rigid plastic pipes, bedded and backfilled with Gravel Backfill for Drains, as specified in Section 9-03.12(4) of the 2016 WSDOT Standard Specifications. Footing drain inverts should be at least 12 inches lower than the bottom of floor slabs. Footing drains should be sloped to drain into an appropriate outlet, December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 8 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. such that storm water cannot backup around the footings. Roof drains should not be tied into the perimeter drain system to prevent potential backup into the perimeter drains during intense storm events. The ground surface should be graded to direct surface water away from the structures. 4.4.1 Slab-On-Grade Recommendations The slab-on-grade should be supported on a minimum of 1-foot of structural fill placed directly over the compacted native soils. Structural fill should consist of Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC). Any soft or disturbed soils and any soil containing organic material (unsuitable material) should be removed under the observation of an HWA engineer or geo-technician to verify competent native soils are exposed. Because the ground surface slopes down to the west, the structural fill thickness will likely vary across the slab footprint. If the fill material is poor or if compaction is inadequate, the variable structural fill thickness could lead to differential settlement in the fill, resulting in the formation of cracks greater than the tolerable limits for the serviceability of the apparatus bay floor. The recommended structural fill should be compacted to at least 95% of its maximum dry density, based on the Modified Proctor Test. Slab-on-grade floors should be underlain by a capillary break layer consisting of at least 6 inches of washed 3/8-inch pea gravel. A 10-mil (minimum thickness) plastic vapor barrier should be placed over this capillary break layer. Joints in the vapor barrier should overlap at least 2 feet or be sealed with adhesive or double-sided tape in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. A 2-inch thick layer of concrete sand may be placed over the vapor barrier to protect the vapor barrier and to provide for more uniform concrete curing. Placement of the vapor barrier should be undertaken with care, and construction activity on the membrane should be limited after placement to avoid perforations in the membrane. 4.5 RETAINING WALL It is our understanding that a 3-foot tall, cast-in-place retaining wall will be required at the east side of the fire station property to accommodate changes in grade. The location of the wall is shown on the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. Wall design should provide resistance for the lateral earth pressures from the retained soil. For wall design, the at-rest lateral earth pressure for design of the wall should be 57 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). This earth pressure assumes that the wall is backfilled with well compacted structural fill. This assumes that no ground water pressures develop behind the wall, which is appropriate assuming adequate drainage measures are provided. We recommend the Contractor be required to submit the proposed wall design for approval by the Engineer. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 9 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. 4.5.1 Wall Drainage Drainage should be provided to prevent the buildup of hydrostatic pressures behind all retaining walls. Drainage should consist of a perforated drain pipe along the base of the wall, embedded in Gravel Backfill for Drains, per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-03.12(4) (WSDOT, 2016). The drain pipe should be graded to direct water from the backfill and subgrade soils to a suitable outlet. 4.5.2 General Wall Subgrade Preparation Subgrade preparation is important to limit differential settlement of the wall and maintain global stability. All organic material should be removed. Loose or soft soils, defined as being penetrable more than 1 foot with a 1/2-inch diameter rod pushed in under a 150 lb load (T-probe pushed in by hand), should be removed and replaced with structural backfill or be suitably compacted. The area on which the wall will rest should be graded level perpendicular to the wall face and compacted in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 2-03.3(14)D (WSDOT, 2016). It should be noted that 5 to 7 feet of loose/soft silt material was encountered in our explorations. This material is not suitable for wall base. Therefore, we recommend the wall be founded on a 1-foot thick leveling pad constructed of compacted Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) placed over compacted native soils. Fill against an existing slope will require terraced cuts as outlined in WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 2-03.3(14), Embankment Construction (WSDOT, 2016). 4.6 BELOW-GRADE STRUCTURES All below grade structures should be designed with consideration of the anticipated lateral earth pressures that will be applied on the structures. We expect that these buried structures will not be free to yield and will develop at-rest earth pressures upon backfilling. These structures should be designed to resist an equivalent fluid pressure of at least 60 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). This earth pressure assumes no accumulation of water behind the wall. Proper drainage should be provided to ensure that hydrostatic pressures do not develop behind these structures. Where drainage is not provided, the structure should be designed for an allowable equivalent fluid pressure of 120 pcf. Under earthquake loading conditions, the buried structures will experience an incremental additional horizontal earth pressure. This increment can be approximated using the Mononobe- Okabe method utilizing 0.5 times the PGA for the site, (0.5)(0.385g) = 0.19g. This results in a design active-plus-seismic earth pressure coefficient, Kae = 0.37. For design purposes, a design active-plus-seismic equivalent fluid pressure of 52 pcf would be slightly less than the recommended at-rest pressure of 60 pcf. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 10 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. 4.7 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT It is our understanding that the City would like to utilize onsite infiltration as a means of stormwater management for the project. On-site stormwater management will be implemented via a bioretention pond and permeable pavement. Pilot Infiltration Testing (PIT) was performed in general accordance with the King County, Washington, Surface Water Design Manual (King County, 2016). HWA conducted a PIT at a depth of 7 feet bgs in the vicinity of the proposed bioretention pond, north of borehole BH-5 on the northeast corner of the proposed fire station. The bottom of the PIT was at approximately 7 feet below existing ground surface. Ground water was measured in the nearby borehole piezometer BH-1 at 46.6 in November 2016. Therefore, the depth to ground water below the proposed pond bottom readily exceeds the minimum 3-foot vertical separation requirement. Also, the minimum requirement of 3 feet of permeable soil beneath the infiltration facility was confirmed by digging 6 feet deep through the PIT test surface to a total depth of 13 feet after the test. No perching water was observed when test pitting through the bottom of the PIT. Discharge into the excavation stabilized approximately 1 hours into the test, at a flow rate of 1.25 gallons per minute (gpm). Based on the test results, we recommend a long-term infiltration rate of 1.1 in/hr, assuming the removal of the upper 7 feet of soil (silty material). 4.8 BIORETENTION POND CONSTRUCTION The project proposes a 20-feet long by 18-feet wide bioretention pond, with a total designed volume of 122 cubic feet. The bioretention area consists of 18-inches of bioretention soil mix underlain by 18-inches of drain rock over the native subgrade. However, sandy silt soils with high percentage of fines were encountered near the ground surface (about 5-7 feet below ground surface). These soils are not conducive to infiltration. Therefore, we recommend over- excavating the fine-grained material (sandy silt soils) and backfilling with permeable ballast, per WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.9(2). The granular material placed underneath the bioretention pond should be compacted lightly while keeping compaction equipment movement over the bioretention pond subgrade to a minimum. 4.9 PAVEMENT It is our understanding that a 16 to 24 feet wide access road will be designed and constructed to provide access to maintenance vehicles as shown on the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. This access road will consist of a combination of Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) and pervious concrete. We understand that this road will be used primarily by service vehicles and not by December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 11 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. heavy equipment or heavy trucks. Therefore, for the HMA portion, we recommend a new pavement section consisting of 4 inches of HMA over 6 inches of compacted Crushed Surfacing Base Course (CSBC), as shown in Table 2. Table 2. Structure Requirements for New HMA Pavement Material Description Minimum Layer Thickness (inches) WSDOT Standard Specification HMA 4 5-04 CSBC 6 9-03.9(3) Structural Fill/Prepared Subgrade Proof-roll 9-03.14(1) The pavement layer thicknesses given in Table 2 do not account for heavy construction traffic. If a significant volume of construction traffic (mainly fully-loaded trucks) will operate over the completed base before placement of the surfacing, or if the moisture content of the subgrade is elevated as result of rainfall, then heaving and rutting could occur. In such cases, the thickness of base, or structural fill, should be increased. One to two feet of structural fill/quarry spalls may be required below the CSBC to provide a base for the compacted materials above. We recommend that the asphalt layers consist of HMA Class ½-inch. The maximum lift thickness for HMA Class ½-inch is 0.3 feet (or 3.6 inches), as stipulated by WSDOT (WSDOT, 2016). 4.9.1 Placement of HMA Placement of HMA should be in accordance with Section 5-04 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2016). Particular attention should be paid to the following: HMA should not be placed until the engineer has accepted the previously constructed pavement layers. HMA should not be placed on any frozen or wet surface. HMA should not be placed when precipitation is anticipated before the pavement can be compacted, or before any other weather conditions which could prevent proper handling and compaction of HMA. HMA should not be placed when the average surface temperatures are less than 45o F. HMA temperature behind the paver should be in excess of 240o F. Compaction should be completed before the mix temperature drops below 180o F. Comprehensive temperature records should be kept during the HMA placement. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 12 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. For cold joints, tack coat should be applied to the edge to be joined and the paver screed should be set to overlap the first mat by 1 to 2 inches. 4.9.2 HMA Drainage It is essential to the satisfactory performance of the roadway that good drainage is provided to prevent water ponding alongside the pavement causing saturation of the pavement and subgrade layers. The base layers should be graded to prevent water being trapped within the layer. The surface of the pavement should be sloped to convey water from the pavement to appropriate drainage facilities. 4.9.3 Pervious Concrete Pavement Design It is our understanding that a section of the access road and the parking area located north of the fire station will consist of pervious concrete pavement. It should be noted that sandy silt soils with high percentage of fines were encountered near the ground surface (about 5-7 feet below ground surface). These soils are not conducive to infiltration. Therefore, we recommend over- excavating the upper fine-grained material (sandy silt soils) to expose the clean native soils and backfilling with permeable ballast, per WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.9(2) (WSDOT, 2016). The granular material placed underneath the pervious pavement should be compacted to a dense and unyielding condition while keeping compaction equipment movement over the subgrade to a minimum. In general, pervious pavement sections consist of a wearing course, a choker course, a recharge bed course, and a carefully prepared subgrade. Regardless of the type of the wearing course used, the size and composition of the remaining courses are generally the same. Table 3 presents our recommendations for the pervious concrete pavement section. The following sections provide our recommendations for each component of the pervious pavement section. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 13 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. Table 3. Structure Requirements for New Pervious PCC Pavement Material Description Minimum Layer Thickness (inches) WSDOT Standard Specification PCC Wearing Surface 6 5-05 Choker Course (AASHTO No. 57) 1 - Recharge Bed (AASHTO No. 2) Varies (18-36) Section 5.05.2 Non-Woven Geosynthetic - 9-33.2(1) Prepared Subgrade Uncompacted Section 5.05.3 4.9.4 Pervious Portland Cement Concrete Based on the anticipated light loading conditions and the nature of pervious concrete pavement, it is our recommendation that this pavement section consist of a minimum of 6 inches of pervious Portland cement concrete pavement. Pervious Portland cement concrete is typically a proprietary product that is available from many local concrete batch plants. In general, the pervious concrete mix uses uniformly graded crushed coarse aggregate (e.g. meeting AASHTO grading No. 8) with no, or limited use of, fine aggregate and a water/cement ratio ranging from 0.27 to 0.35. The 28-day compressive strength of the mix is typically between 2,500 psi and 4,000 psi with an average modulus of rupture of about 350 to 375 psi. The unit weight of the mix is between 100 and 125 pcf with a porosity of 15% to 25%. The initial permeability of the hardened product is between 300 and 800 in/hr. We recommend that expansion joints be saw cut into the concrete at spacings of no greater than 12 feet to limit post construction cracking. These joints need not be sealed. Maintenance practices for cleaning pervious concrete should be implemented to maintain permeability. Some cleaning techniques are pressure washing, vacuum sweeping and/or a combination of these two methods. 4.9.5 Recharge Bed Design and Subgrade Preparation Recharge beds under pervious pavements should be adequately sized to provide sufficient storage during the 2-year design storm, and should also include an overflow system (or under- drain system) to handle peaks of more intense (25 or 50-year) storms. Typical bed thicknesses range between 1.5 feet and 3 feet. December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 14 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. The drain aggregate in the recharge bed should consist of 1 inch to 1.5 inch crushed, washed drain rock, or 1.5 to 2.5 inch washed crushed base aggregate such as AASHTO No. 2. The coarse gravel should be placed in 8-inch thick (maximum) loose lifts with each layer compacted to a dense and unyielding condition while keeping compaction equipment movement over recharge bed subgrade to a minimum. A design value of 0.3 should be used for the porosity of the base aggregate. A 1-inch thick choker course consisting of uniformly graded gravel, such as size AASHTO No.57 aggregate, should be placed over the surface of the recharge bed to provide a platform for the porous wearing surface. A nonwoven geotextile meeting the material requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2016) Section 9-33.1, with the properties listed in Section 9-33.2(1) Table 3 for Separation, should be placed along the sides of the excavation between the native and the drain aggregate to prevent migration of fines into the recharge bed. The nonwoven geotextile should not be placed below the pervious wearing surface over the top of the recharge bed aggregate. Placing nonwoven geotextile below the pervious wearing surface could result in clogging of the geotextile over time, reducing the functionality of the system. 4.10 SITE EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS 4.10.1 Structural Fill and Compaction All fill placed at this site should be considered structural fill. Structural fill materials should consist of clean, free-draining granular soils, which are free of organic matter or other deleterious materials. The native soils along the project alignment are not suitable for reuse as structural fill for this project. Structural fill materials should be less than 4 inches in maximum particle dimension, with less than 7 percent fines (portion passing the U. S. Standard No. 200 sieve), as specified for Gravel Borrow in Section 9-03.14(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2016) or Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) as specified in Section 9-03.9(3) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications (WSDOT, 2016). The fine-grained portion of structural fill soils should be non-plastic. All fill, except for fill required underneath the pervious concrete and bioretention pond, should be placed in lifts and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). The thickness of loose lifts should not exceed 8 inches for heavy weight compactors and 4 inches for hand-operated equipment. The procedure to achieve the specified minimum relative compaction depends on the size and type of compacting equipment, the number of passes, thickness of the layer being compacted, and certain soil properties. We recommend that the appropriate lift thickness, and the adequacy December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 15 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. of the subgrade preparation and materials compaction be evaluated by a representative of the geotechnical engineer during construction. A sufficient number of in-place density tests should be performed as the fill is being placed to verify that the required compaction is achieved. 4.10.2 Excavation and Temporary Shoring Excavations for the new foundations and below grade structures can be accomplished with conventional excavating equipment such as backhoes. We recommend that foundation excavation be accomplished with a smooth (toothless) bucket to minimize disturbance of subgrade soils. Any loosened or disturbed soils should be removed. It is our understanding that the proposed storm water facility is to extend approximately 9 feet below existing grade. Sloped excavations and/or standard trench box shoring may be used as means of temporary shoring. The maintenance of safe working conditions, including temporary excavation stability, is the responsibility of the contractor. In accordance with Part N of Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 296-155, latest revisions, all temporary cuts in excess of 4 feet in height must be either sloped or shored prior to entry by personnel. The existing granular soils on site are generally classified as Type C soils, per WAC 296-155. Where shoring is not used, temporary cuts in Type C soils should be sloped no steeper than 1½H:1V (horizontal: vertical). It is important that the contractor monitors the stability of temporary cut slopes and adjusts the construction schedule and slope inclination accordingly. 4.10.3 Wet Weather Earthwork During period of wet weather, even the most permeable soils can become difficult to work and compact. Given that the near surface soils across most of the site consist of recessional outwash sand, we expect variability in the fines content of these native soils. Soils with higher fines contents will be hard to compact when above a given moisture content (generally about 10 to 12 percent moisture). As a result, the moisture content of these soils may be difficult to control during periods of wet weather. If fill is to be placed or earthwork is to be performed in wet weather or under wet conditions, the following recommendations apply: • Earthwork should be accomplished in small sections to minimize exposure to wet weather. Excavation or the removal of unsuitable soil should be followed promptly by the placement and compaction of a suitable thickness of clean structural fill or lean concrete. The size and type of construction equipment used may need to be limited to prevent soil disturbance; • Material used as structural fill should consist of clean, granular soil, of which not more than 5 percent by dry weight passes the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve, based on December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 16 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. wet sieving the fraction passing the ¾-inch sieve; this is an additional restriction for the structural fill materials described in Section 4.10.1. The fine-grained portion of the structural fill soils should be non-plastic; • The ground surface within the construction area should be sloped and sealed with a smooth drum vibratory roller to promote rapid runoff of precipitation and to prevent ponding of water; • No soil should be left uncompacted so it can absorb water. Soils which become too wet for compaction should be removed and replaced with clean granular materials; and • Excavation and placement of fill should be observed on a full-time basis by a person experienced in wet weather earthwork to verify that all unsuitable materials are removed and suitable compaction and site drainage are achieved. The above recommendations for wet weather earthwork should be incorporated into the contract specifications. 5. CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS We have prepared this report for the City of Renton and SSW Architects, P.S., for use in design phase of this project. This report should be provided in its entirety to prospective contractors for bidding and estimating purposes; however, the conclusions and interpretations presented herein should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. Experience has shown that soil and groundwater conditions can vary significantly over small distances. Inconsistent conditions can occur between explorations that may not be detected by a geotechnical study. If, during future site operations, subsurface conditions are encountered which vary appreciably from those described herein, HWA should be notified for review of the recommendations of this report, and revision of such if necessary. If there is a substantial lapse of time between submission of this report and the start of construction, or if conditions change due to construction operations at or adjacent to the project site, it is recommended that this report be reviewed to determine the applicability of the conclusions and recommendations considering the changed conditions and time lapse. This report is issued with the understanding that it is the responsibility of the owner, or the owners’ representative, to ensure that the information and recommendations contained herein are brought to the attention of the appropriate design team personnel and incorporated into the project plans and specifications, and the necessary steps are taken to see that the contractor and subcontractors carry out such recommendations in the field. HWA is available to monitor construction to evaluate soil and groundwater conditions as they are exposed and verify that December 21, 2017 HWA Project No. 2016-136-21 Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 18 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC. 6.REFERENCES American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 1993, AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. Booth, D.B. and Wisher, A.P. 2006. Geologic Map of King County 1:100,000 Quadrangles, Washington, Department of Earth and Space Sciences, University of Washington, GeoMapNW. International Code Council, 2015. International Building Code, 2015, published May, 2014, International Code Council, Falls Church, VA. King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks, April 2016. King County, Washington Surface Water Design Manual. Tokimatsu, K. and H.B. Seed, 1987. Evaluation of settlements in sands due to earthquake shaking, J. Geot. Engrg., 113 (8), 861-878. USGS Earthquake Hazards Program, 2002. “2002 Interactive Deaggregation”, USGS Earthquake Hazards Program, National Earthquake Hazard Maps, http://eqint.cr.usgs.gov/eq-men/html/deaggint2002. WSDOT, 2015 Geotechnical Design Manual, M 46-03.11. WSDOT, 2016. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Washington State Department of Transportation. VICINITY MAP RENTON FIRE STATION 15 RENTON, WASHINGTON 1 2016-136-21 FIGURE NO. PROJECT NO. MAP NOT TO SCALE BASE MAP FROM GOOGLE MAPS DATA © 2016 GOOGLE N © 2016 Microsoft MDA Geospatial Services Inc. Lake Washington Approximate Extent of Project Site BH-1 Boring designation and approximate location. (HWA 2015) SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN BH-4 BH-2 BH-3 BH-5 FIGURE NO. PROJECT NO. BH-1 RENTON FIRE STATION #15 RENTON, WASHINGTON 2 2016-136-21 Proposed Location of Bioretention Pond Boring designation and approximate location. (HWA 2017) BH-4 NOT TO SCALE Pilot Infiltration Test designation and approximate location. (HWA 2017) PT-2 PT-2 PT-1 BH-6 . GEOLOGIC MAP RENTON FIRE STATION 15 RENTON, WASHINGTON 3 2016-136-21 FIGURE NO. PROJECT NO. MAP NOT TO SCALE N Approximate project site location APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION A-12016-136-21 Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington SYMBOLS USED ON EXPLORATION LOGS LEGEND OF TERMS AND to 30 over 30 Approximate Undrained Shear Strength (psf) <250 250 - No. 4 Sieve Sand with Fines (appreciable amount of fines) amount of fines) More than 50% Retained on No. 200 Sieve Size Sand and Sandy Soils Clean Gravel (little or no fines) More than 50% of Coarse Fraction Retained on No. 4 Sieve Gravel with SM SC ML MH CH OH RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Very Dense Dense N (blows/ft) 0 to 4 4 to 10 10 to 30 30 to 50 over 50 Approximate Relative Density(%) 0 -15 15 -35 35 -65 65 -85 85 -100 COHESIVE SOILS Consistency Very Soft Soft Medium Stiff Stiff Very Stiff Hard N (blows/ft) 0 to 2 2 to 4 4 to 8 8 to 15 15 Clean Sand (little or no fines) 50% or More of Coarse Fraction Passing Fine Grained Soils Silt and Clay Liquid Limit Less than 50% 50% or More Passing No. 200 Sieve Size Silt and Clay Liquid Limit 50% or More 500 500 -1000 1000 -2000 2000 -4000 >4000 DensityDensity USCS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Coarse Grained Soils Gravel and Gravelly Soils Highly Organic Soils GROUP DESCRIPTIONS Well-graded GRAVEL Poorly-graded GRAVEL Silty GRAVEL Clayey GRAVEL Well-graded SAND Poorly-graded SAND Silty SAND Clayey SAND SILT Lean CLAY Organic SILT/Organic CLAY Elastic SILT Fat CLAY Organic SILT/Organic CLAY PEAT MAJOR DIVISIONS GW SP CL OL PT GP GM GC SW COHESIONLESS SOILS Fines (appreciable LEGEND 2016-136.GPJ 5/2/17 PROJECT NO.:FIGURE: Coarse sand Medium sand SIZE RANGE Larger than 12 in Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm) Gravel time of drilling) Groundwater Level (measured in well or AL CBR CN Atterberg Limits: LL = Liquid Limit California Bearing Ratio Consolidation Resilient Modulus Photoionization Device Reading Pocket Penetrometer Specific Gravity Triaxial Compression Torvane 3 in to 12 in 3 in to No 4 (4.5mm) No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) COMPONENT DRY Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch. MOIST Damp but no visible water. WET Visible free water, usually soil is below water table. Boulders Cobbles Coarse gravel Fine gravel Sand MOISTURE CONTENT COMPONENT PROPORTIONS Fine sand Silt and Clay 5 - 12% PROPORTION RANGE DESCRIPTIVE TERMS Clean Slightly (Clayey, Silty, Sandy) 30 - 50% Components are arranged in order of increasing quantities. Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly) 12 - 30%Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly open hole after water level stabilized) Groundwater Level (measured at 3 in to 3/4 in 3/4 in to No 4 (4.5mm) No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 10 (2.0 mm) No. 10 (2.0 mm) to No. 40 (0.42 mm) No. 40 (0.42 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) PL = Plastic Limit DD DS GS K MD MR PID PP SG TC TV Dry Density (pcf) Direct Shear Grain Size Distribution Permeability Approx. Shear Strength (tsf) Percent Fines%F Moisture/Density Relationship (Proctor) Approx. Compressive Strength (tsf) Unconfined CompressionUC (140 lb. hammer with 30 in. drop) Shelby Tube Small Bag Sample Large Bag (Bulk) Sample Core Run Non-standard Penetration Test 2.0" OD Split Spoon (SPT) NOTES: Soil classifications presented on exploration logs are based on visual and laboratory observation. Density/consistency, color, modifier (if any) GROUP NAME, additions to group name (if any), moisture content. Proportion, gradation, and angularity of constituents, additional comments. (GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION) Please refer to the discussion in the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more complete description of subsurface conditions. Soil descriptions are presented in the following general order: < 5% 3-1/4" OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings (3.0" OD split spoon) TEST SYMBOLS SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS COMPONENT DEFINITIONS GS GS GS %F GS S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 S-9 S-10 Soft, dark brown, sandy SILT with organics, wet. (TOPSOIL) Medium stiff, brown, sandy SILT, moist. Sand is fine to medium. Rootlets, rust mottling, and scattered anoxic decomposition (black spots) visible throughout. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Loose, brown, very sandy SILT, moist. Rootlets and rust banding observed. Trace coarse sand. Loose, olive brown, very silty, fine to coarse SAND, moist. Rust staining. Silty sand layer from 8.5 to 9.0 feet. Medium dense, olive brown, silty, medium to coarse SAND with trace gravel, moist. Gravel is subrounded to subangular. Medium dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Becomes wet. Scattered rust bands observed. Becomes olive brown to olive gray, and moist. Medium dense, olive gray, fine clean SAND, moist. Rust band observed at 20.5'. Becomes fine to medium. Becomes mostly fine sand. Olive brown silty sand layers at 31.0'. Scattered oxidation bands. Boring terminated at 31.5 feet. No groundwater observed while conducting this exploratory boring. 1-1-3 3-1-3 4-5-4 5-6-7 5-7-8 5-8-9 5-6-10 5-6-7 6-9-11 6-8-9 ML SM SP BORING-DSM 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-136-21 Renton, Washington Renton Fire Statioin 15 BH-4 PAGE: 1 of 1(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-2 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 3/29/2017 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" IC Continuous Flight HSA LOCATION: 80.0' North of South fence; 53.9' West of East fence DATE STARTED: 3/29/2017 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar SURFACE ELEVATION: Approx. 212 feet GS GS GS GS GS %F GS %F S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 Soft, dark brown, sandy SILT with organics, wet. (TOPSOIL) Loose, dark yellowish brown, very silty SAND, moist. Rust mottling throughout sample. One gravel (1" diameter) observed at 3.0'. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Medium dense, dark yellowish brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, wet. Rust bands observed throughout sample. Trace wood and some gravels at 6.0'. Clean sand band at 5.5' and 6.2'. Stiff, dark yellowish brown, very sandy SILT, moist. Bands of medium sand observed from 10.5' to 11.0'. Medium dense, dark brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Rust band observed at 13.8'. Medium dense, olive brown, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Rust band observed at 15.3'. 2-3-5 2-3-8 3-5-8 2-3-6 4-7-11 6-6-8 5-8-8 5-7-9 SM ML SM SP SM BORING-DSM 2016-136.GPJ 5/2/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-136-21 Renton, Washington Renton Fire Statioin 15 BH-5 PAGE: 1 of 2(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-3 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)0 5 10 15 20 25 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 3/29/2017 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" IC Continuous Flight HSA LOCATION: 46.1' East of West fence; 77.2' North of South fence DATE STARTED: 3/29/2017 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar SURFACE ELEVATION: Approx. 209 feet S-9 S-10 S-11 S-12 S-13 Becomes wet. Becomes saturated and fine at 32.5'. (WEATHERED TILL) Band of loose, gray, silty fine SAND, moist, from 37.5' to 38.0'. Trace coarse sand grains observed. Very stiff, olive brown, slightly sandy SILT, moist, from 38.0' to 38.5'. Rust banding throughout. Dense, olive brown, medium to coarse SAND with gravel, wet. Gravel is subrounded to subangular. Becomes silty fine SAND from 42.5' to 43.0. Rust banding observed. Boring terminated at 44 feet. No groundwater observed while conducting this exploratory boring (perched water possible at 32.5'). 6-9-11 3-5-7 5-11-13 9-26-28 7-10-17 SP SM SP BORING-DSM 2016-136.GPJ 5/2/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-136-21 Renton, Washington Renton Fire Statioin 15 BH-5 PAGE: 2 of 2(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-3 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)25 30 35 40 45 50 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 3/29/2017 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" IC Continuous Flight HSA LOCATION: 46.1' East of West fence; 77.2' North of South fence DATE STARTED: 3/29/2017 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar >> SURFACE ELEVATION: Approx. 209 feet GS GS GS GS S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 S-9 S-10 Soft, dark brown, sandy SILT with organics, wet. (TOPSOIL) Medium stiff, olive brown, sandy SILT, wet. Rust bands observed throughout sample. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Driller notes gravelly drilling action at 4.5'. Loose, dark yellowish brown, very sandy SILT, moist to wet. Trace organics. Rust bands observed. Loose, dark yellowish brown, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. One oxidation band at 8.0'. Becomes medium dense. Medium dense, grayish brown, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Becomes lighter olive gray. Driller notes gravelly drilling action at 29'. Trace coarse sand in sampler tip (31.5'). Boring terminated at 31.5 feet. No groundwater observed while conducting this exploratory boring. 2-3-3 2-2-4 4-4-5 5-6-7 5-6-8 4-6-6 3-3-7 4-6-10 3-6-8 8-11-14 ML SM SP SM BORING-DSM 2016-136.GPJ 5/2/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-136-21 Renton, Washington Renton Fire Statioin 15 BH-6 PAGE: 1 of 1(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-4 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 3/29/2017 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" IC Continuous Flight HSA LOCATION: 138.9' North of South fence; 35.0' West of East fence DATE STARTED: 3/29/2017 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar SURFACE ELEVATION: Approx. 214 feet S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 GS + HYD GS + HYD GS + HYD SM ML SP SM 15 9 17 Medium dense, light olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, dry, scattered roots. (TOPSOIL) Medium dense, olive brown, sandy SILT, moist, trace coarse grains, trace fine to large gravel. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Large boulder partially exposed in west wall of test pit. Medium dense, olive brown, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Test pit terminated at 13' feet. Small scale pilot infiltration test performed at 7 feet. Renton, Washington 2016-136-21 FIGURE: SMART TP 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 Renton Fire Statioin 15 PAGE: 1 of 1 TP-2 LOG OF TEST PIT PROJECT NO.: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated A-5 EXCAVATION COMPANY: Kelly's Excavating EXCAVATING EQUIPMENT:SAMPLE NUMBERLOGGED BY: A. York DATE COMPLETED: 7/25/17 LOCATION: 120' N of S fence; 40' E of W fence.SYMBOLOTHER TESTSUSCS SOIL CLASSMOISTUE CONTENT (%)SAMPLE TYPEDEPTH (feet)0 5 10 15 DESCRIPTION TEST PIT PHOTO APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Renton FS 15 - Revised Final Report 12212017 B-1 HWA GEOSCIENCES INC APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Representative soil samples obtained from the explorations were returned to the HWA laboratory for further examination and testing. Laboratory tests were conducted on selected soil samples to characterize relevant engineering properties of the on-site materials. The laboratory testing program was performed in general accordance with appropriate ASTM Standards as outlined below. MOISTURE CONTENT: The moisture contents of selected soil samples were determined in general accordance with ASTM D 2216. The results are shown at the sampled intervals on the appropriate summary logs in Appendix A. PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS: The particle size distribution of selected soil samples was determined in general accordance with ASTM D422. The results are summarized on the attached Grain Size Distribution reports, Figures B-1 through B-7, which also provide information regarding the classification of the sample, and the moisture content at the time of testing. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 50.4 40.5 12.6 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 1.0 2.1 7.0 Sand % (ML)Dark yellowish brown, sandy SILT (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND Fines % 27 21 10 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-2 S-3 S-4 5.0 - 6.5 7.5 - 9.0 10.0 - 11.5 #10 48.6 57.4 80.4 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY BH-4 BH-4 BH-4 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-1 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 13.0 14.2 29.9 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 8.0 Sand % (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND Fines % 20 17 22 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-6 S-7 S-1 15.0 - 16.5 17.5 - 19.0 2.5 - 4.0 #10 85.8 62.1 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY BH-4 BH-4 BH-5 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-2 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 41.0 15.6 51.0 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 8.6 3.7 0.2 Sand % (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND (ML) Dark yellowish brown, sandy SILT Fines % 21 13 26 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-2 S-3 S-4 5.0 - 6.5 7.5 - 9.0 10.0 - 11.5 #10 50.5 80.7 48.8 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY BH-5 BH-5 BH-5 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-3 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 13.1 10.0 10.4 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 0.0 Sand % (SM) Dark brown, silty SAND (SP-SM) Olive brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (SP-SM) Olive brown, poorly graded SAND with silt Fines % 18 14 15 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-5 S-6 S-7 12.5 - 14.0 15.0 - 16.5 17.5 - 19.0 #10 86.8 89.6 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY BH-5 BH-5 BH-5 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-4 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 8.9 62.4 12.4 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 0.5 0.2 Sand % (SP-SM) Grayish brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (ML) Dark yellowish brown, sandy SILT (SM) Dark yellowish brown, silty SAND Fines % 13 31 20 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-8 S-2 S-4 20.0 - 21.5 5.0 - 6.5 10.0 - 11.5 #10 37.1 87.4 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY BH-5 BH-6 BH-6 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-5 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 9.0 9.1 61.4 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 0.1 0.7 Sand % (SP-SM) Grayish brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (SP-SM) Grayish brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (ML)Olive brown, sandy SILT Fines % 12 12 15 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-6 S-8 S-2 15.0 - 16.5 20.0 - 21.5 2.0 - 3.0 #10 91.0 90.8 37.9 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY BH-6 BH-6 TP-2 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-6 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.0010.010.1110 Coarse #60#40 PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422 7.6 9.5 #20 Fine Coarse SYMBOL Gravel % 3"1-1/2"PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT#4 #200 0.0 Sand % (SP-SM) Olive brown, poorly graded SAND with silt (SP-SM) Light gray, poorly graded SAND with silt Fines % 9 17 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS 50 SAMPLE S-3 S-4 7.0 - 8.0 8.0 - 9.0 #10 92.4 90.5 30 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES SAND CLAY TP-2 TP-2 SILT 3/4" GRAVEL 0.05 5/8" 70 #100 0.5 50 Medium Fine 3/8" 5 PI 90 10 % MC LL PLDEPTH ( ft.) B-7 0.00050.005 2016-136-21PROJECT NO.: HWAGRSZ 2016-136.GPJ 8/31/17 FIGURE: Renton Fire Statioin 15 Renton, Washington APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL EXPLORATIONS A-12016-078-21 Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir Renton, Washington LEGEND OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS USED ON EXPLORATION LOGS RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE COHESIONLESS SOILS Density Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Very Dense Dense N (blows/ft) 0 to 4 4 to 10 10 to 30 30 to 50 over 50 Approximate Relative Density(%) 0 - 15 15 - 35 35 - 65 65 - 85 85 - 100 COHESIVE SOILS Consistency Very Soft Soft Medium Stiff Stiff Very Stiff Hard N (blows/ft) 0 to 2 2 to 4 4 to 8 8 to 15 15 to 30 over 30 Approximate Undrained Shear Strength (psf) <250 250 - 500 500 - 1000 1000 - 2000 2000 - 4000 >4000 ASTM SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS Coarse Grained Soils Gravel and Gravelly Soils Clean Gravel (little or no fines) More than 50% of Coarse Fraction Retained on No. 4 Sieve Gravel with Fines (appreciable amount of fines) More than 50% Retained on No. 200 Sieve Size Sand and Sandy Soils Clean Sand (little or no fines) 50% or More of Coarse Fraction Passing No. 4 Sieve Sand with Fines (appreciable amount of fines) Fine Grained Soils Silt and Clay Liquid Limit Less than 50% 50% or More Passing No. 200 Sieve Size Silt and Clay Liquid Limit 50% or More Highly Organic Soils GROUP DESCRIPTIONS GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC ML CL OL MH CH OH PT Well-graded GRAVEL Poorly-graded GRAVEL Silty GRAVEL Clayey GRAVEL Well-graded SAND Poorly-graded SAND Silty SAND Clayey SAND SILT Lean CLAY Organic SILT/Organic CLAY Elastic SILT Fat CLAY Organic SILT/Organic CLAY PEAT PZOLEGEND 2016-078.GPJ 11/22/16 PROJECT NO.:FIGURE: TEST SYMBOLS GS %F CN TX UC DS M PP TV CBR MD PID AL Grain Size Distribution Percent Fines Well Cap Concrete Seal 5 - Well Casing Bentonite Seal Groundwater Level (measured at time of drilling) Groundwater Level (measured in well after water level stabilized) Slotted Well Casing Consolidation Triaxial Compression Unconfined Compression Direct Shear Resilient Modulus Pocket Penetrometer Approx. Compressive Strength (tsf) Torvane Approximate Shear Strength (tsf) California Bearing Ratio Moisture/Density Relationship < Photoionization Device Reading Atterberg Limits:PL Plastic Limit LL Liquid Limit SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS 2.0" OD Split Spoon (SPT) (140 lb. hammer with 30 in. drop) Shelby Tube 3.0" OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings Small Bag Sample Large Bag (Bulk) Sample Core Run Non-standard Penetration Test (with split spoon sampler) COMPONENT PROPORTIONS Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly) RANGE OF PROPORTIONDESCRIPTIVE TERMS Slightly (Clayey, Silty, Sandy) Sand Backfill GROUNDWATER WELL COMPLETIONS Locking Well Security Casing MOISTURE CONTENT DRY Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch. Clean MOIST Damp but no visible water. WET Visible free water, usually soil is below water table. COMPONENT DEFINITIONS COMPONENT Boulders Cobbles Gravel Coarse gravel Fine gravel Sand Coarse sand Medium sand Fine sand Silt and Clay SIZE RANGE Larger than 12 in 3 in to 12 in 3 in to No 4 (4.5mm) 3 in to 3/4 in 3/4 in to No 4 (4.5mm) No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 10 (2.0 mm) No. 10 (2.0 mm) to No. 40 (0.42 mm) No. 40 (0.42 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm) NOTES: Soil classifications presented on exploration logs are based on visual and laboratory observation in general accordance with ASTM D 2487 and ASTM D 2488. Soil descriptions are presented in the following general order: Density/consistency, color, modifier (if any) GROUP NAME, additions to group name (if any), moisture content. Proportion, gradation, and angularity of constituents, additional comments. (GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION) Please refer to the discussion in the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more complete description of subsurface conditions. 12% 12 - 30% 30 - 50% 5% Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 S-9 S-10 GS GS GS GS ML SM SP 1-2-2 3-7-6 4-6-7 5-7-8 4-5-9 3-5-9 10-19-24 5-7-14 6-12-14 4-9-13 Soft, brown, organic, sandy SILT, moist. (TOPSOIL) Loose, light olive brown, very sandy SILT, moist. Trace coarse sand. Scattered roots and rust mottling. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Alternating bands of medium dense, olive gray and olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Bands are up to 1" in thickness. Trace roots. Medium dense, olive brown, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Rust band observed at 8.1'. Medium dense, olive brown, very silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Band of olive brown, silty fine sand from 12.9'-13.4'. Medium dense, olive gray, clean, fine to medium SAND, moist. Bands of olive brown, silty fine sand up to 2" thick throughout sample. Dense, gray, clean, fine to coarse SAND, moist. Becomes more dry with fine gravels increasing in abundance starting at 18.6'. Possibly overstated blow counts due to gravel in sampler. Medium dense, olive gray, fine to medium SAND, moist. Trace coarse sand and fine gravel. Trace rust mottling. Medium dense, gray, clean, fine to coarse SAND with fine gravel, moist. Medium dense, gray, clean, fine to medium SAND, moist. Trace fine gravel. One bad of coarse sand from 28.7' to 28.8'. 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot (blows/6 inches)USCS SOIL CLASSDESCRIPTION SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERPEN. RESISTANCEOTHER TESTSPIEZOMETERStandard Penetration Test A-2SYMBOLSCHEMATIC01020304050 Liquid Limit BORING: BH-1 PAGE: 1 of 2 Water Content (%) Natural Water ContentNOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. PZO-DSM 2016-078.GPJ 1/3/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-078-21 Renton, Washington Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone ReservoirDEPTH(feet)0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 11/10/2016 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" ID continuous flight HSA LOCATION: 55.2' west of eastern fence line; 54.7' south of northern fence line DATE STARTED: 11/10/2016 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar S-11 S-12 S-13 S-14 S-15 SM 10-15-18 10-12-16 15-28-27 50/6" 12-37-50/4" Dense, olive gray, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Medium dense, olive gray, clean, fine to medium SAND, moist. Becomes fine sand at 38.5'. Driller notes hard drilling at 40'. Very dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND with minor fine gravel, moist. Faint rust mottling. (GLACIAL TILL) Very dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Very dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND with gravel, moist. Boring terminated at 51.3 feet. No groundwater observed while conducting this exploratory boring. Piezo well installed. Well tag #BIZ317. Groundwater observed at 46.6 feet bgs on 11/11/2016. 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot (blows/6 inches)USCS SOIL CLASSDESCRIPTION SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERPEN. RESISTANCEOTHER TESTSPIEZOMETERStandard Penetration Test A-2SYMBOLSCHEMATIC01020304050 Liquid Limit BORING: BH-1 PAGE: 2 of 2 Water Content (%) Natural Water ContentNOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. PZO-DSM 2016-078.GPJ 1/3/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-078-21 Renton, Washington Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone ReservoirDEPTH(feet)30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 11/10/2016 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" ID continuous flight HSA LOCATION: 55.2' west of eastern fence line; 54.7' south of northern fence line DATE STARTED: 11/10/2016 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar >> >> >> GS GS GS GS %F S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4A S-4B S-5 S-6 S-7A S-7B S-8 S-9 S-10 Soft, brown, organic, sandy SILT, moist. (TOPSOIL) Medium dense, light olive brown, very sandy SILT, moist. Trace coarse sand and fine gravel. Roots. Rust mottling around gravels. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Medium dense, olive brown, very silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Rust mottling and trace roots throughout sample. Scattered lenses of olive gray clean fine to medium sand. Medium dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, dry/moist. Trace roots. Medium dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Becomes clean at 11.0'. Medium dense, olive gray, fine to medium, poorly graded SAND, with silt, moist. Medium dense, olive gray, fine to medium SAND with trace fine gravel and silt, moist. One silty fine sand lens from 16.0 to 16.2'. Medium dense, olive brown, sandy SILT, moist. Thinly bedded. Medium dense, olive gray, clean, fine to coarse SAND with fine gravel, moist. Grain size increases with depth. Medium dense, olive gray, clean, fine to medium SAND, moist. Trace coarse sand and fine gravel. Poor recovery during sample. Medium dense, gray, fine to medium SAND with fine gravel, moist. Gravel increases in abundance with depth. 2-5-14 7-9-9 7-9-8 6-7-9 4-7-7 5-5-9 5-7-14 4-6-11 5-8-11 6-11-15 ML SM SP SM ML SP BORING-DSM 2016-078.GPJ 1/3/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-078-21 Renton, Washington Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir BH-2 PAGE: 1 of 3(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-3 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 11/9/2016 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" ID continuous flight HSA LOCATION: 71.6' west of eastern fence line; 72.0' south of northern fence line DATE STARTED: 11/9/2016 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar S-11 S-12 S-13A S-13B S-14 S-15 S-16 Dense, olive gray, clean, fine to coarse SAND, moist. Becomes fine to medium. Becomes wet. Dense, olive brown, silty SAND, moist. Trace fine gravel. More gravel in sampler tip. (GLACIAL TILL) Drillers report gravelly drilling at 45' Hard, olive brown, fine sandy SILT, moist. Rust mottling. Trace coarse sand. Very dense, gray, silty SAND with gravel, moist. Very dense, gray, silty, fine SAND with trace coarse sand and fine gravel, moist. Becomes olive brown from 53.5' to 54'. Very dense, gray, silty SAND with gravel, moist. Weathered sandstone in sampler from 57.5' to 58'. 10-17-27 9-14-16 13-14-22 11-25-43 21-32-50/6" 33-50/3" SP SM SM BORING-DSM 2016-078.GPJ 1/3/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-078-21 Renton, Washington Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir BH-2 PAGE: 2 of 3(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-3 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 11/9/2016 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" ID continuous flight HSA LOCATION: 71.6' west of eastern fence line; 72.0' south of northern fence line DATE STARTED: 11/9/2016 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar >> >> >> S-17 S-18 S-19 Very dense, olive gray to gray, silty, fine SAND with gravel, moist. Trace coarse sand above sampler tip. Hard, olive brown, sandy SILT, moist. Rust at lower contact. Drillers noted earier drilling at 64'. (ADVANCE OUTWASH) Very dense, gray, silty, fine SAND with trace gravel, moist. Angled clean sand layer at 68.5' Very dense, gray, gravelly SAND with silt, wet. Poor recovery. Boring terminated at 73 feet. Groundwater observed at 43.5 feet while conducting this exploratory boring. 50/6" 14-21-28 50/6" SM SP BORING-DSM 2016-078.GPJ 1/3/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-078-21 Renton, Washington Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir BH-2 PAGE: 3 of 3(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-3 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)60 65 70 75 80 85 90 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 11/9/2016 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" ID continuous flight HSA LOCATION: 71.6' west of eastern fence line; 72.0' south of northern fence line DATE STARTED: 11/9/2016 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar >> >> GS GS GS GS S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 S-9 Soft, dark brown, organic, sandy SILT, moist. Roots. (TOPSOIL) Loose, olive brown, very silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Trace fine gravels. Rust mottling throughout. Roots. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Medium dense, olive brown, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Roots, scattered rust bands. Medium dense, olive gray, clean SAND, moist. Trace silt. Thinly bedded. Scattered rust bands. Becomes slightlty silty. Bedding becomes massive. Medium dense, olive gray, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist. Scattered rust mottling observed. Silt band observed from 21'-21.3'. Some fine gravels from 21.3'-21.5'. Boring terminated at 21.5 feet. No groundwater observed while conducting this exploratory boring. 1-2-1 2-4-5 4-7-10 5-6-7 5-7-8 4-5-6 4-7-10 4-5-7 4-6-8 SM SP SM SM BORING-DSM 2016-078.GPJ 1/3/17 FIGURE:PROJECT NO.:2016-078-21 Renton, Washington Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir BH-3 PAGE: 1 of 1(blows/6 inches)GROUNDWATERPEN. RESISTANCELiquid Limit (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows per foot A-4 Standard Penetration Test NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated DESCRIPTION OTHER TESTSPlastic Limit BORING: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations.SYMBOL0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100SAMPLE TYPESAMPLE NUMBERNatural Water ContentUSCS SOIL CLASSWater Content (%)DEPTH(feet)0 5 10 15 20 25 30 ELEVATION(feet)DATE COMPLETED: 11/9/2016 DRILLING COMPANY: Environmental Drilling Inc. DRILLING METHOD: B-61 Truck Rig with 4.25" ID continuous flight HSA LOCATION: 43.5' east of western fence line; 75.9' south of northern fence line DATE STARTED: 11/9/2016 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT with auto-hammer LOGGED BY: B. Salazar S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 GS+HYD GS+HYD SM SM SP SM 10 10 Medium dense, light olive brown, silty, fine SAND, dry to moist, trace coarse sand, scattered roots. (RECESSIONAL OUTWASH) Stiff, olive brown, very silty, fine SAND, grades to very silty, fine SAND, moist, non-plastic, with scattered fine to large gravel and cobbles. Medium dense, olive brown, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, moist, olive greyish brown at 8'. Medium dense, olive greyish brown, slightly silty to clean, fine to medium SAND, moist, some caving at 13'. Renton, Washington 2016-078-21 FIGURE: SMART TP 2016-078.GPJ 8/31/17 Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir PAGE: 1 of 2 TP-1 LOG OF TEST PIT PROJECT NO.: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated A-5 EXCAVATION COMPANY: EXCAVATING EQUIPMENT:SAMPLE NUMBERLOGGED BY: A. York DATE COMPLETED: 7/25/17 LOCATION: 75' S of N fence; 40' E of W fence SYMBOLOTHER TESTSUSCS SOIL CLASSMOISTUE CONTENT (%)SAMPLE TYPEDEPTH (feet)0 5 10 15 DESCRIPTION TEST PIT PHOTO S-5 GS+HYDSP SM 7 Medium dense, olive greyish brown, slightly silty to clean, fine to medium SAND, moist. Test pit terminated at 19 feet. Pilot infiltration test performed at 16 feet. Renton, Washington 2016-078-21 FIGURE: SMART TP 2016-078.GPJ 8/31/17 Kennydale 320 Pressure Zone Reservoir PAGE: 2 of 2 TP-1 LOG OF TEST PIT PROJECT NO.: and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated A-5 EXCAVATION COMPANY: EXCAVATING EQUIPMENT:SAMPLE NUMBERLOGGED BY: A. York DATE COMPLETED: 7/25/17 LOCATION: 75' S of N fence; 40' E of W fence SYMBOLOTHER TESTSUSCS SOIL CLASSMOISTUE CONTENT (%)SAMPLE TYPEDEPTH (feet)15 20 25 30 DESCRIPTION TEST PIT PHOTO January 10, 2018 ADDENDUM No. 1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS OF: Fire Station 15 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Project No. CAG-17-046 FOR BIDS DUE AT 10:00 AM TUESDAY JANUARY 23, 2018 Incorporate the following revisions to the Project Manual and Contract Drawings: THE PROJECT MANUAL IS REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Section 00 0000- Table of Contents: A. Revise 00 0400 -to read: “Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria” B. Add the following to Division 00 – Procurement and Contracting Procedures after Section 00 7200: 00 8000 Forms: Bid Bond Form Contract Bond Form Sample Agreement Form Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes Non-Collusion, Anti-trust and Minimum Wage Form C. Add the following new Sections: 05 5500 Metal Fabrications 07 7300 Roof Fall Protection System 08 9100 Louvers 09 6530 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 09 6540 Vinyl Floor Coverings 32 3113 Fencing, Gates and Exterior Site Accessories 2. Section 00 0001- Instruction to Bidders Replace 00 0001 – with Attached Section 00 0001 Revised 01/10/18. 3. Section 00 0003- Bid Form Replace 00 0003 – with Attached Section 00 0003 Bid Form Revised 01/10/18. 4. Section 00 0400- Bidder Responsibility Criteria Revise Title -to read: “Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria” 5. Section 00 8000 - Forms Add the attached Section 00 8000 Forms: Bid Bond Form Contract Bond Form Sample Agreement Form Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes Non-Collusion, Anti-trust and Minimum Wage Form 6. Section 01 1130 – Hazardous Materials: Delete Paragraph 1.03 in its entirety Revise the first sentence of 1.05 B to read as follows: “Compliance with Regulations: All work shall comply with the applicable laws, regulations and requirements.” 7. Section 01 2000 – Price and Payment Procedures Delete Subparagraph B 8. “L & I Release” Fire Station 15 January 10, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 1 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 - Page 2 8. Section 01 4216 – Definitions Change Paragraph 1.03 A to read as follows: Specifications Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 2016 MasterFormat. 9. Section 01 7419 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal Change Paragraph 1.01 G to read as follows: Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, State, and King County requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste. 10. Section 05 5500- Metal Fabrications Add attached new section 05 5500 Metal Fabrications 11. Section 07 7300 – Roof Fall Protection System Add attached new section 07 7300 Roof Fall Protection System 12. Section 08 9100 – Louvers Add attached new section 08 9100 Louvers 13. Section 09 6530 – Resilient Wall Base and Accessories Add attached new section 09 6530 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 14. Section 09 6340 – Vinyl Floor Coverings Add attached new section 09 65400 Vinyl Floor Coverings 15. Section 10 1101- Visual Display Boards Revise 3.04-A to read, “Landscape Orientation, Refer to Drawings for lengths, heights & mounting heights” 16. Section 10 2601 – Corner Guards Revise 2.02-A-5 to read, “Length: 4’-0” Revise 3.01-B to read:” Position corner guards 4” above finished floor atop resilient base” 17. Section 11 8505 – Fire Department Equipment Revise 2.03-B to read, “Quantity: 20. Install as indicated in drawings” 18. Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures Revise 2.02-G at the end of P-9A Enclosure & P-9B Enclosure and add the following: “Provide T-Shaped Water Stop & Soap Dish” 19. Section 23 3500 Special Exhaust Systems Revise 2.03 to read “Auto Disconnect Vehicle Exhaust System.” Add 2.03 H as follows: H. Control Panel: Shall be provided with all sensors, transformers, relays, contactors and necessary components for a complete and functioning system. Shall be contained within a NEMA 12 rated enclosure and shall be UL listed. Provide pressure sensing type engine start switch and timer to bring fan on based on pressure from the connected vehicle’s exhaust and keep the fan on for an adjustable period of time after engine has shut down or the vehicle has been released from the system. 20. Section 23 8239 Unit Heater Revise 2.03, F. to read: “Temperature/Fan Controls: Provide unit with two remote wall-mounted, single stage thermostats: One for normal low temp operation; and one for override high temp operation.” 21. Section 23 8127 VRF Split System Heat Pumps Revise 3.03-B-1 to read “Fan shall cycle with heating/cooling demand.” 22. Section 26 5000 Lighting Fixtures Add 2.01-B as follows: Fire Station 15 January 10, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 1 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 - Page 3 B. Substitutions to the Fixture Schedule must comply with the 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE Section C406 (2) Reduced Lighting Power and it is the responsibility of the supplier to calculate the total wattage of the proposed lighting layout and provide a combination of fixtures that meets Section C406 (2). 23. Section 32 3113 – Fencing, Gates and Exterior Site Accessories Add attached new section 32 3113 Fencing Gates and Exterior Site Accessories THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Sheet A1.02 – Enlarged Site Plans & Details Add on 4/A.102 the following note with an arrow pointing to the wall adjacent to entrance: “Knox Box- Comply with COR Standards and confirm location with AHJ” Revise 4/A1.02 dimension between call box and door bell to be 15”. Dimension between door bell & knox box to 54” and dimension between knox box and edge of paving to be +/- 19-1/2” 2. Sheet A3.02 – Enlarged Floor Plans Remove Work Bench in Shop 123 Remove Casework on south wall in Station Office 103 3. Sheet A5.03 – Wall Sections Revise 1/A5.03 to add a detail bubble where the wall meets the roof with the callout “7/A6.02 OPP” 4. Sheet A6.02 – Exterior Wall Details Revise 1/6.02 to add the following to the end of the cont. metal flashing note: “Set in a full bed of sealant” 5. Sheet A6.08 – Roof Details Revise 3/A6.08 with attached sketch ASK-01 6. Sheet A7.01 – Room Finish & Door Schedule Revise Room Finish Schedule as follows: Room 101 Base = CT-2; Room 115 Floor = CT-1, Room 115 Base = CT-2; Room 116 Floor = CT-1, Room 116 Base = CT-2 Add Abbreviations Schedule “CT-1 = Ceramic Tile – Floors” & “CT-2 = Ceramic Tile – Walls” Revise Door Schedule @ Door 119-1 & Door 119-2 Leaf Quantity to equal “4” 7. Sheet A7.02 – Partition Types & Interior Details Add 11/A7.02 with attached sketch ASK-02 8. Sheet A9.01 – Interior Elevations Replace 3/A9.01 with attached sketch ASK-03 9. Sheet A9.02 – Interior Elevations Revise 1/9.02 note from “tile backsplash” to “tile backsplash (CT-3)” 10. Sheet A9.05 – Interior Elevations Replace 13/A9.05 with attached sketch ASK-04 11. Sheet A9.06 – Casework Details Delete 6/A9.06 and all references to the detail Revise 7/9.06 note from “2” wood light valance” to “2” wood light valance- Wrap at exposed end panels typ” 12. Sheet A11.01 – FF&E Plans Revise note on A11.01 in the shop area from “workbench” to “workbench (OFOI)” Revise furniture in Station Office to show desking on the south wall (OFOI) 13. Sheet M1.03 – Mechanical Schedules Delete all references to cooling and refrigerant piping in the Furnace Schedule: 14. Sheet M1.04 – Mechanical Schedules Add “With timer and aquastat” to CP-1 remarks in the Pump Schedule Revise P-5A remark to read “SS Single Bowl with Sprayer” in the Plumbing Fixture Schedule Fire Station 15 January 10, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 1 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 - Page 4 15. Sheet M3.01 – Floor Plan - Plumbing Revise Mezzanine Plan – Plumbing detail number to 3 Revise on 3/M3.01 P-11A to P-1B; Add on 3/M3.01 the following note with an arrow head pointing to the drain “Provide solid blocking to secure floor drain assembly; see Architectural plans.” Add on 3/M3.01 AD-1 above ACOMP-1. Add on 1/M3.01 & 2/M3.02 the following note at Grid Line 5 and at Gridline 6: “Piping along this gridline may be run exposed down CMU wall; Coordinate with architect for which side of the CMU wall exposed piping may run.” 16. Sheet M3.11 – Plumbing Details Add on 5/M3.11 the following to the end of the “circulating pump” note “with timer and aquastat” Replace on 6/M3.11 the note “detector check valve assembly” to “Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer with air gap fitting; pipe air gap to drain.” 17. Sheet M4.01 – Floor Plans - HVAC Revise on 1/M4.01 “WSG” to “12x6 WSG, 350 CFM” in Corridor 102 Revise on 1/M4.01 “WSG” to “12x6 WSG, 400 CFM” in Dining 107 Revise on 1/M4.01 thermostat location for HP-113A to west wall in northwest corner in Fitness Add General Note 8 as follows, “8. Provide all ducted concealed HP’s with condensate overflow switch to shut unit off upon high levels of condensate. 18. Sheet E1.00 – Electrical Site Plan Add on 1/E1.00 flagpole fixture FP1and power from circuit E2-5 as shown on attached ESK-01 Add on 1/E1.00 existing utility service pole and extend service conduits to it as shown on attached ESK-01. Add on 1/E1.00 CenturyLink service conduits to existing utility service pole as shown on ESK-01. 19. Sheet E2.00 – Lighting Plan Add General Note 2 as follows: 2. Provide blocking at all surface-mounted and pendant fixtures unless noted otherwise. See Architectural for details. Replace All R3 Fixtures in the Corridor with C1 fixtures. Remove Fixture W4 from Lobby 100. 20. Sheet E6.01 – Lighting Schedules Remove Fixtures R3 and W4 from the Luminaire Schedule. Add Fixture FP1 to schedule to read as follows: Type: FP1 Description: Flag Top Dome LED light, NEMA 3R, Gold Top Manufacturer: Eagle Mountain Flag And Flagpole Lamp: LED 5000K, 723 Lumens Voltage: 120V Input Watts: 20 Remarks: Comes with power supply and cord Add Fixture C1 to schedule to read as follows: Type: C1 Description: 12” cantilever mount, 1.25” diam. x 6’ with visor, finish to be selected by Architect Manufacturer: Elliptapar S112 Series Lamp: LED 3500K, 2463 Lumen Voltage: 120-277V Input Watts: 22 Remarks: Continuous row Fire Station 15 January 10, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 1 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 - Page 5 THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT MANUFACTURER SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ACCEPTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01 6000. Bidders are reminded that by bidding these substitutions, they are subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3.01C and review of full submittals: 1. N/A THE FOLLOWING CLARIFICATIONS ARE ISSUED IN RESPONSE TO BIDDERS QUESTIONS: 1. Q: Is Century Link running service all the way from the vault to the Comm room? A: CenturyLink is responsible for bringing the cable all the way into the Comm room. The contractor is responsible to run conduits with pull string per note 1 on E1.00 2. Q: What if some subcontractors don’t comply with the 15% Apprenticeship participation requirements? A: The Contractor is required to comply with the RCW by providing Apprenticeship hours totaling a minimum of15% of the total labor hours on the entire job. 3. Q: Is Alternate #1 scope only the irrigation system or does it include plumbing and other trades? A: Alternate #1 includes work by others to support the installation of the irrigation system, this may be further addressed via addendum. 4. Q: Can the 10am Bid Time be moved until later? A: No. That is the only time that the City Clerk is available to take and time bids. 5. Q: What is the permit status? A: The City has applied for the Civil, General Building, and Signage Permit. The permits are anticipated to be issued by issuance of NTP. This addendum shall be attached to and become part of the work and shall be acknowledged on your BID FORM. Attachments: Spec Sections: 00 0001 Instructions to Bidders, 00 0003 Bid Proposal, 00 8000 Bid Bond Form, 00 8000 Contract Bond Form, 00 8000 Sample Agreement Form, 00 8000 Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes, 00 8000 Non-Collusion, Anti-trust and Minimum Wage Form, 05 5500 Metal Fabrications, 07 7300 Roof Fall Protection System, 08 91000 Louvers, 09 6530 Resilient Wall Base & Accessories, 09 6530 Vinyl Floor Coverings, 32 31113 Fencing, Gates and Exterior Site Accessories Sketches: ASK-01 thru ASK-04, ESK-01 Pre-Bid Walkthrough Sign-In Sheet and Agenda– January 9, 2018 Plan Holders List – January 10, 2018 Distribution: All Plan holders END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 Revised January 10, 2018 00 0001 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 0001 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CITY OF RENTON CONSTRUCTION PART 0 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 EXPLANATION TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS A. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the solicitation, drawings, specifications, etc., must submit a request in writing to the Owner/Architect/Engineer (A/E) seven (7) calendar days before the bid due date. Oral explanations or instructions given before the award of a contract will not be binding. Any information given a prospective Bidder concerning a solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective Bidders by addendum to the solicitation, if that information is necessary in submitting bids or if the lack of it would be prejudicial to other prospective Bidders. B. In accordance with the legislative findings and policies set forth in Chapter 39.19 RCW the City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by MWBE firms certified by the Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (OMWBE). Participation may be either on a direct basis in response to this invitation or as a subcontractor to a bidder. However, unless required by federal statutes, regulations, grants, or contract terms referenced in the contract documents, no preference will be included in the evaluation of bids, no minimum level of MWBE participation shall be required as a condition for receiving an award, and bids will not be rejected or considered nonresponsive on that basis. Any affirmative action requirements set forth in federal regulations or statutes included or referenced in the contract documents will apply. C. The City of Renton encourages participation in all of its contracts by Veteran-owned businesses (defined in RCW 43.60.010) and located at http://www.dva.wa.gov/program/certified-veteran-and-servicemember-owned- businesses and Small, Mini and Micro businesses (defined in RCW 39.26.010) which have registered in WEBS at https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/webs/ D. In accordance with RCW 39.04.320 the state of Washington requires 15% Apprenticeship Participation for all projects estimated to cost one million dollars or more. On applicable projects, the bid advertisement and Bid Form shall establish a minimum required percentage of apprentice labor hours compared to the total labor hours. Bidders may contact the Department of Labor and Industries, Specialty Compliance Services Division, Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia, WA 98504-4530, by phone (360) 902-5320, and e-mail at Apprentice@lni.wa.gov, to obtain information on available apprenticeship programs. 1.2 PREPARATION OF BIDS – CONSTRUCTION A. Bids must be: (1) submitted on the Bid Form, or copies of forms, furnished by the Owner or the Owner’s agent, and (2) signed in ink. The person signing a bid must initial each change appearing on any Bid Form. If the bid is made by a corporation, it shall be signed by the corporation’s authorized designee. The address of the Bidder shall be typed or printed on the Bid Form in the space provided. B. The Bid Form may require Bidders to submit bid prices for one or more items on various bases, including: (1) lump sum base bid; (2) lump sum bid alternate prices; (3) unit prices; or (4) any combination of items 1 through 3 above. C. If the solicitation includes alternate bid items, failure to bid on the alternates may disqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, Bidders should insert the words “no bid” in the space provided for any item on which no price is submitted. D. Substitute bid forms will not be considered unless this solicitation authorizes their submission. 1.3 BID GUARANTEE Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 Revised January 10, 2018 00 0001 - 2 A. When the sum of the base bid plus all additive bid alternates is $35,000.00 or less, bid security is not required. B. When the sum of the base bid plus all additive alternates is greater than $35,000.00, a bid guarantee in the amount of 5% of the base bid amount is required. Failure of the Bidder to provide bid guarantee when required shall render the bid non-responsive. C. Acceptable forms of bid guarantee are: A bid bond or postal money order, or certified check or cashier’s check made payable to the City of Renton Treasurer. The Owner will return bid guarantees (other than bid bond) to unsuccessful Bidders as soon as practicable, but not sooner than the execution of a contract with the successful Bidder. The successful Bidder’s bid guarantee will be returned to the successful Bidder with its official notice to proceed with the work of the contract. D. The Bidder will allow 60 days from bid opening date for acceptance of its bid by the Owner. The Bidder will return to the Owner a signed contract, insurance certificate and bond or bond waiver within 15 days after receipt of the contract. If the apparent successful Bidder fails to sign all contractual documents or provide the bond and insurance as required or return the documents within 15 days after receipt of the contract, the Owner may terminate the award of the contract. E. In the event a Bidder discovers an error in its bid following the bid opening, the Bidder may request to withdraw its bid under the following conditions: 1. Written notification is received by the Owner within 24 hours following bid opening. 2. The Bidder provides written documentation of the claimed error to the satisfaction of the Owner within 72 hours following the bid opening. The Owner will approve or disapprove the request for withdrawal of the bid in writing. If the Bidder’s request for withdrawal of its bid is approved, the Bidder will be released from further obligation to the Owner without penalty. If it is disapproved, the Owner may retain the Bidder’s bid guarantee. 1.4 ADDITIVE OR DEDUCTIVE BID ITEMS The low Bidder, for purposes of award, shall be the responsive Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid item, plus additive or deductive bid alternates selected by the Owner, and within funds available for the project. The Bidder agrees to hold all bid alternate prices for sixty (60) days from date of bid opening. 1.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda to this solicitation by identifying the addenda numbers in the space provided for this purpose on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may result in the bid being declared non-responsive. 1.6 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK The Bidder acknowledges that it has taken steps necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the work, and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect the work or its cost, including but not limited to; (1) conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (2) the availability of labor, water, electric power, and road; (3) uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides, or similar physical conditions at the site; (4) the conformation and conditions of the ground; and (5) the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the work. The Bidder also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including exploratory work done by the Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 Revised January 10, 2018 00 0001 - 3 Owner, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract. Any failure of the Bidder to take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Bidder from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully performing the work. 1.7 BID AMOUNTS A. The bid prices shown for each item on the Bid Form shall include all labor, material, equipment, overhead and compensation to complete all of the work for that item. B. The Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage permit. All other permits and fees required to execute the work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. C. The Bidder agrees to hold the base bid prices for sixty (60) days from date of bid opening. 1.8 TAXES All bid amounts shall include Washington Sales Tax (WSST) based on the City of Renton rate (currently 10%) entered on the appropriate location on the Bid Form. All other taxes imposed by law shall be included in the bid amount. The Owner will include WSST in progress payments. The Contractor shall pay the WSST to the Department of Revenue and shall furnish proof of payment to the Owner if requested. [NOTE: Contractor must bond for contract amount plus the WSST.] 1.9 SUBMISSION OF BIDS A. Bids must be submitted on or before the time specified in the Advertisement for Bids. B. Subcontractor Listing: As the sum of the base bid and additive alternates is anticipated to exceed one million dollars or more, the Bid Form contains the following requirements: 1. Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, the Bidder shall provide names of the Subcontractors with whom the Bidder will subcontract for performance of heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), plumbing, and electrical. 2. The Bidder can name itself for the performance of the work. 3. The Bidder shall not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS Subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which Subcontractor will be used for which alternate. 4. Failure of the Bidder to submit as part of the bid the NAMES of such Subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder's bid nonresponsive and, therefore, void. C. The Bid Form shall be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the office specified in the Advertisement for Bids. The envelope shall have printed on the outside: 1. The project number and description. 2. The name and address of the Bidder 3. Identification as Bid Form. D. Prior to the bid opening, the Owner’s representative will designate the official bid clock. Any part of the Bid Form, or in the rare situation of a bid modification, not received prior to the times specified, per the designated bid clock, Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 Revised January 10, 2018 00 0001 - 4 will not be considered and the bid will be returned to the Bidder unopened. E. A bid may be withdrawn in person by a Bidder’s authorized representative before the opening of the bids. Bidder(s) representative will be required to show ID and sign on bid summary sheet before it will be released. F. People with disabilities who wish to request special accommodation, (e.g., sign language interpreters, braille, etc.) need to contact the Owner ten (10) working days prior to the scheduled bid opening. 1.10 BID RESULTS After the Bid Opening, Bidders may obtain bid results from the A/E. 1.11 LOW RESPONSIBLE BIDDER A. Mandatory Responsibility Criteria: Before award of a public works contract, a Bidder must meet the following mandatory responsibility criteria under RCW 39.04.350 (1) to be considered a responsible Bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. The Bidder must: 1. At the time of bid submittal, have a certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; 2. Have a current state unified business identifier number; 3. If applicable, have industrial insurance coverage for the Bidder's employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW; 4. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); and 5. If bidding on a public works project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320, not have been found out of compliance by the City of Renton Apprenticeship and Training Council for working apprentices out of ratio, without appropriate supervision, or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for the one-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation. 6. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation, not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. (Before award of a public works contract, a bidder shall submit to the contracting agency a signed statement in accordance with RCW 9A.72.085 verifying under penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the responsible bidder criteria requirements. A contracting agency may award a contract in reasonable reliance upon such a sworn statement.) B. Supplemental Responsibility Criteria: In addition to the mandatory Bidder responsibility, the Owner has adopted relevant supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility which the Bidder must meet (RCW 39.04.350 (3 )). 1. The Owner shall consider an overall accounting of the attached supplemental criteria for determining Bidder responsibility “DIVISION 00 0400 SUPPLEMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA”. 2. At least seven (7) days prior to the bid submittal deadline, a potential Bidder may request that the Owner modify the supplemental responsibility criteria. The Owner will evaluate the information submitted by the Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 Revised January 10, 2018 00 0001 - 5 potential Bidder and respond before the bid submittal deadline. If the evaluation results in a change of the criteria, the Owner will issue an addendum to the bidding documents identifying the new criteria. 3. Upon Owner’s request, the apparent low Bidder must supply the requested responsibility information within two (2) business days of request by Owner. Withholding information or failure to submit all the information requested within the time provided may render the bid non-responsive 4. If the Owner determines that the apparent low Bidder is not responsible, the Owner will notify the Bidder of its preliminary determination in writing. 5. Within three (3) days after receipt of the preliminary determination, the Bidder may withdraw its bid or request a hearing where the Bidder may appeal the preliminary determination and present additional information to the Owner. 6. The Owner will schedule a hearing within three (3) working days of receipt of the Bidder’s request. The hearing members will include a Client Agency Representative, EAS Assistant Director or designee, Deputy Assistant Director or designee, and Project Manager. 7. The Owner will issue a Final Determination after reviewing information presented at the hearing. 8. If the Owner determines a Bidder to be not responsible, the Owner will provide, in writing, the reasons for the determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Owner will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until two (2) business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 9. The Owner’s Final Determination is specific to this project, and will have no effect on other or future projects. 1.12 CONTRACT AWARD A. The Owner will evaluate bids responsiveness and responsibility. 1. A bid will be considered responsive if it meets the following requirements: a. It is received at the proper time and place. b. It meets the stated requirements of the Bid Form. c. It is submitted by a licensed/registered contractor within the state of Washington at the time of bid opening and is not banned from bidding by the Department of Labor and Industries. d. It is accompanied by a bid guarantee, if required. 2. A bid will be considered responsible if it meets the following requirements: a. It meets the mandatory responsibility criteria established in RCW 39.04.350 and an overall accounting of the supplemental responsibility criteria established for the project B. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. C. The apparent low Bidder, for purpose of award, shall be the responsive and responsible Bidder offering the low aggregate amount for the base bid plus selected additive or deductive bid alternates and meeting all other bid submittal requirements. 1.13 DOCUMENTS (ATTACHED) Fire Station 15 00 0001 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 Revised January 10, 2018 00 0001 - 6 A. Advertisement for Bids B. Bid Form C. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria D. General Conditions for Construction E. Bonds - Bid and performance F. G. Sample contract G. Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes H. I Non-Collusion, Anti-trust and Minimum Wage Form Note: Payment Bond and Performance Bond) are required. These forms will be provided by the Owner. Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 January 10, 2018 00 0003 - 1 CITY OF RENTON MAIL TO: CITY CLERK 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 HAND DELIVER TO: OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK SEVENTH FLOOR, RENTON CITY HALL 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 In compliance with the contract documents, the following bid form is submitted: 1) BASE BID (Including Trench Excavation Safety Provisions): $ (Written) (Numeric) 2) SALES TAX ON BASE BID (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10%): $ (Written) (Numeric) TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS (Included also in Base Bid) If the bid amount contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four feet, all costs for trench safety shall be included in the Base Bid and indicated above for adequate trench safety systems in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW. 49.17 RCW and WAC 296-155-650. Bidder must include a lump sum dollar amount in blank above (even if the value is $0.00) to be responsive. 2) BID ALTERNATES The undersigned proposes to perform work called for in the following alternates as described in the Section 01 2300 and indicated on the Contract Documents, for the following resulting additions and or deletions to the Basic Bid. The bidder agrees to hold the following alternate bid prices for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days from the date designated for receipt of bids. A.1. Alternate No. 1 Provide and install permanent landscape irrigation system as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 32 8400: ADD $ A.2. Sales Tax on Alternate No. 1 (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10 %): ADD $ B I D F O R M Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 January 10, 2018 00 0003 - 2 B.1. Alternate No. 2 Provide an install trench drains in the Apparatus Bay as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 22 1300: ADD $ B.2. Sales Tax on Alternate No. 2, (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10%): ADD $ The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bid prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. TIME FOR COMPLETION: Contract Time - The undersigned hereby agrees to Substantially Complete all the work under the Base Bid (and accepted Alternates) within 290 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed but not later than 1 December 2018. Final Completion – All the Work shall be fully and finally completed in accordance with the contract documents within 45 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. UNIT PRICES (Where applicable) (Do not include Washington State Sales Tax) Unit Item No. Description Estimated Quantities Additive Unit Price Deductive Unit Price Per Measurement 1. Over excavation and export of unsuitable soils. 180-cy to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown $ $ Cubic Yard (CY) of soils excavated, trucked and legally dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in- place location. 2. Imported fill to relace unsuitable soils Section 31 2200 (delivered and in place) Over or under 50 ton to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown $ $ Ton of fill per Section 31 2200, imported, placed and compacted The above unit prices shall be for any additive and deductive work within 15% of the above estimated quantities. The unit price shall include full compensation for the cost of labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit and any additional costs associated with the unit bid. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all unit prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. Unit prices not accepted within 60 days of the bid date are rejected. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING – RCW 39.30.060 If the base bid and the sum of the additive alternates is one million dollars or more, the Bidder shall provide names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work. If the Bidder intends to perform the work, the Bidder must enter its name for that category of work. The Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate. Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder’s bid nonresponsive and, therefore, VOID. Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 January 10, 2018 00 0003 - 3 Designated Work Firm Name 1. HVAC 2. Plumbing 3. Electrical APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS The apprentice labor hours required for this project are 15% of the total labor hours. The undersigned agrees to utilize this level of apprentice participation. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $1,400 for each consecutive calendar day that is in default after the Contract Time. Liquidated damages shall be deducted from the contract invoice after taxes and retainage. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA Receipt of the following addenda is acknowledged: Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Name of Firm NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Signed by Official Capacity Print Name Address City State Zip Code Date Telephone FAX State of Washington Contractor's License No. Federal Tax ID # E-mail address: Employment Security Department No. Proposal Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Contractor] ____________________of [address] _______________________________________________________as Principal, and [Surety] __________________________________________________________ a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of , and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the sum of five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed proposal for the following construction, to wit: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, if the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish performance bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN THE EVENT the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a performance bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the am ount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this day of , . ________________________________ ________________________________ [Principal] [Surety] ________________________________ ________________________________ [Signature of authorized official] [Signature of authorized official] _____________________________ By:_____________________________ [Title] [Attorney-in-Fact] ________________________________ [Address] ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ [Telephone Number] Project Name Line 1 Bond to the City of Renton Project Name Line 2 (if needed) Month Year CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned _______________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ as principal, and _____________________________________ corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ________________________ as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $_______________________________ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ______________, Washington, this ______________ day of ___________, 20___. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. __________ providing for construction of the Project Name; the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, this Performance and Payment Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: · Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by Owner in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; · Pays all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials to the Project; · Indemnifies and holds Owner, its officers, and agents harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages, and costs for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying Owner all expenses that Owner may incur in making good any default by Principal; and · Indemnifies and holds Owner harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract. · Pays all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW. The indemnities to Owner shall also inure to the benefit of the Consulting Engineers and other design professionals retained by Owner in connection with the Project. No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Performance Bond. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work. Project Name Line 1 Bond to the City of Renton Project Name Line 2 (if needed) Month Year This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this instrument in two (2) identical counterparts this _______ day of _________________, 20 ___. Principal Surety Signature Signature Title Title Name and address of local office of agent and/or Surety Company: AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. [Enter Contract #] THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this [Enter Date] day of [Enter Month], [Enter Year] by and between the CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City” and [Enter Contractor name], hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." Now, therefore the parties agree as follows: 1. Agreement. This agreement incorporates the following documents as if fully set forth herein: the City’s Contract Bid Documents for the Project, including but not limited to Bid package, Instructions to Bidder, General Conditions Addenda, Proposal Form, Supplemental Conditions, Special Provisions, Contract Plans, and Amendments to the Standard Specifications; Contractor’s Proposal and all documents submitted therewith in response to the City’s Call for Bids Documents; and any additional documents referenced as comprising the Contract and Contract Documents as revised by the Amendments and Special Provisions included with the City’s Call for Bids and Contract Documents. 2. Project. Contractor shall complete all work and furnish all labor, tools, materials, and equipment for the project entitled [Enter Project name], [Enter Project number], including all changes to the Work and force account work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Payments. City shall pay Contractor at the unit and lump sum prices, and by force account as specified in the Proposal according to the Contract Documents as to time, manner, and condition of payment in a contract amount not to exceed $___________, unless modified by an approved change order or addendum. The payments to Contractor include the costs for all labor, tools, materials and equipment for the Work. 4. Completion Date. Contract time shall commence upon City's Notice to Proceed to Contractor. The Work under this Agreement shall be completed within the time specified in the Contract Bid Documents. If the Physical Work under this Agreement is not completed within the time specified, Contractor shall pay liquidated damages and all engineering inspection and supervision costs to City as specified in the Contract Bid Documents. 5. Independent Contractor: Contractor’s employees, while engaged in the performance of any of Contractor’s services under this Agreement, shall be considered employees of the Contractor and not employees, agents, representatives of Renton and as a result, shall not be entitled to any coverage or benefits from the City of Renton. Contractor’s relation to Renton shall be at all times as an independent contractor. Any and all Workman’s Compensation Act claims on behalf of Contractor employees, and any and all claims made by a third-party as a consequence of any negligent act or omission on the part of Contractor’s employees, while engaged in services provided to be rendered under this Agreement, shall be the solely Contractor’s obligation and responsibility. 6. Jurisdiction and Venue. Any lawsuit or legal action brought by any party to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any of its terms or covenants shall be brought in the King County Superior Court for the State of Washington at the Maleng Regional Justice Center in Kent, King County, Washington, or its replacement or successor. [Enter Project Name Line 1] [Enter Project Name Line 2 (if needed)] [Enter Agreement Name] [Enter Date] 7. Severability. A court of competent jurisdiction’s determination that any provision or part of this Agreement is illegal or unenforceable shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. 8. Attorney's Fees. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 9. Disclaimer. No liability of Contractor shall attach to City by reason of entering into this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 10. Counterparts. This Agreement is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original. [Enter Project Name Line 1] [Enter Project Name Line 2 (if needed)] [Enter Agreement Name] [Enter Date] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above-written. CONTRACTOR: CITY OF RENTON: President/Partner/Owner Denis Law, Mayor ATTEST Secretary Jason Seth, City Clerk FIRM INFORMATION d/b/a [Enter Firm name] CHECK ONE: ☐ Limited Liability Company ☐ Partnership ☐ Corporation STATE OF INCORPORATION: [Enter state of incorporation] CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFORMATION: CITY CONTACT INFORMATION: [Address Line 1] City of Renton [Address Line 2] 1055 South Grady Way [City, State and Zip] Renton, WA 98057 [Enter Phone Number] [Enter Phone Number] [Enter Fax Number or Email Address] [Enter Fax Number or Email Address] Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, the name of the corporation should be listed in full and both the President and Secretary must sign the contract. OR, if one signature is permitted by corporation by-laws, a copy of the by-laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If the business is a PARTNERSHIP, the full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name. Any one partner may sign the contract. If the business is an limited Liability Company, an authorized managing member or manager must sign followed by his/her title. This form must be submitted with the Bid Proposal or as a Supplement to the Bid no later than 24 hours after the time for delivery of the Bid Proposal. Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, the bidder is not a “willful” violator, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, a s determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general j urisdiction. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws o f the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct. Bidder’s Business Name Signature of Authorized Official* Printed Name Title Date City State Check One: Sole Proprietorship ☐ Partnership ☐ Joint Venture ☐ Corporation ☐ State of Incorporation, or if not a corporation, St ate where business entity was formed: If a co-partnership, give firm name under which bus iness is transacted: * If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the forgoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over the other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract: that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT Name of Project Name of Bidder's Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 20 . Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-1 SECTION 05 5500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes but is not limited to the following shop fabricated steel items: 1. Shop fabricated ladders including: a. Ladders: Interior and exterior to/for roof b. Steel framing, supports, bracing, and mounting brackets for overh3ead coiling and 4-fold fast acting doors. 2. Loose steel lintels, bearing and leveling plates. 3. Shelf angles. 4. Embeds. 5. Steel framing and supports for Mechanical and Electrical equipment. 6. Steel framing that supports trash and generator enclosure and metal louver screen walls. 7. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other sections. 8. Miscellaneous metal trim. 9. Pipe bollards. 10. Steel Pipe Downspouts. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. B. General Structural Notes: In cases of conflict between this Section and General Structural Notes, the most stringent requirement governs. C. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. D. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry. E. Section 05 5100 - Metal Stairs. E. Section 05 5305 - Metal Gratings and Floor Plates F. Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Paint finish. G. Division 26 – for electrical components set into bollards 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels; 2013. B. ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders -- Fixed -- Safety Requirements; 2008. C. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2012. D. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. E. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2013. F. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013. G. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2010. H. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]; 2010. I. ASTM B210 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes; 2012. J. ASTM B210M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes (Metric); 2012. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-2 K. ASTM B211 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire; 2012e1. L. ASTM B211M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rolled or Cold-Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire (Metric); 2012e1. M. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013. N. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric]; 2013. O. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2012. P. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010 w/Errata. Q. AWS D1.2/D1.2M - Structural Welding Code - Aluminum; American Welding Society; 2008. R. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings; 1982 (Ed. 2004). S. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3 - Commercial Blast Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, alloys and tempers, thicknesses, profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, embedments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 2. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads or as "Bidder Design" or "Design-Build", all components shall be designed except for framing members and connections specifically shown on the structural drawings. See the Structural General Notes for additional requirements. Structural analysis calculations and drawings shall be provided for installed products indicated and shall bear the signature of a registered structural engineer licensed in the State of Washington. D. Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-3 C. Coordinate with Division 26 to ensure that electrical pathways, conduits and wires for electrical and door control components indicated to be located in bollards PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.02 MATERIALS - FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. C. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, (unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads) black and hot-dip galvanized finish, as indicated. D. Slotted Channel Framing: ASTM A653/A653M, Grade 33. 1. Manufacturer: Tyco UniStrut Metal Framing and accessories. 2. Approved equal. E. Slotted Channel Fittings: ASTM A1011/A1011M. 1. Manufacturer: Tyco UniStrut Metal Framing and accessories. 2. Approved equal. F. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. G Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded. 2.03 MATERIALS - ALUMINUM A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with strength and durability properties for each aluminum form required not less than that of alloy and temper designated below. B. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), 6063 alloy, T5/T52. temper C. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), 6061-T6 alloy, H32 or H22 temper. D. Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes: ASTM B210 (ASTM B210M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. E. Aluminum-Alloy Bars: ASTM B211 (ASTM B211M), 6061 alloy, T6 temper. F. Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings: ASTM B 547 (ASTM B 247M), Alloy 6061,T6 temper. G. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Stainless steel. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.2/D1.2M; type required for materials being welded. 2.04 FASTENERS A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material for Interior Use: Carbon steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material for Exterior Use: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 4 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-4 C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6), galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M where connecting galvanized components. Hex nuts, ASTM A 563. D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. E. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. 2.05 PAINT A. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. B. Architectural Primer (Zinc-Rich Primer): Coordinated and selected to be compatible with topcoats specified in Section 09 9000. 1. Carboline 621; Carboline Company. 2. Aquapon Zinc-Rich Primer 97-670; PPG Industries, Inc. 3. Tneme-Zinc 90-97; Tnemec Company, Inc. 2.06 GROUT A. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory packaged, non-staining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.07 CONCRETE FILL A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.09 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap/ 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. E. Provide for anchorage to base construd5tion. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support loads. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws and similar items. G. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surface. I. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 5 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-5 J. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. K. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. L. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. 2.10 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Exterior Roof Access Ladder: Fabricate fixed vertical ladder and components: ladder, platform, walk-thru and side rails in compliance with ANSI A14.3 and OSHA 1910.27. As Contractor’s option, subject to compliance with standards and as approved by the Architect, a pre-fabricated aluminum ladder may be used. 1. Capacity: Unit shall support a 3000-lb loading without failure. 2. Width: 24 inches clear between rails. 3. Components: a. Ladder Stringer: 2-1/2 inch by 1-1/16 inch by 1/8 inch (64 mm by 27 mm by 3 mm) extruded 6005-T5 aluminum channel. Pitch: 90 degrees. b. Ladder Tread: 2-1/4 inch by 3/4 inch by 1/4 inch (57 mm by 19 mm by 6 mm) extruded 6005-T5 aluminum with deeply serrated top surface. c. Ladder Mounting Bracket: 8-1/2 inch by 2 inch by 3 inch by 1/4 inch thick (216 mm by 51 mm by 76 mm by 6 mm) aluminum angle. d. Walk-Thru: I. Hand Rails: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) aluminum square tube with rounded edges. II. Mounting Brackets: 4 inch by 4 inch by 1/4 inch (102 mm by 102 mm by 6 mm) aluminum. III. Side Rails: 42 inch (1067 mm) side rail extension for through ladder exits. 4. Standard: Mill finish on aluminum ladder components. B. Interior Ladder to Roof: Steel Fixed Vertical Ladder and components: Ladder and side rails in compliance with ANSI A14.3 and OSHA 1910.27. 1. Capacity: Unit shall support a 500 lb loading without failure. 2. Width: per drawings 3. Side Rails: 3/8 x 2-1/2 inches members. 4. Rungs: Rungs: 3/4] inch diameter solid round bar spaced 12 inches on center. 5. Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface. 6. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 7. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 48 inch on center with welded or bolted steel brackets. Size brackets to support design load specified and in ANSI A14.3. 11. Finish: Galvanized. 12. Fabrication: Completely fabricate ladder ready for installation before shipment to the site. C. Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; Galvanized. Painted finish. Provide conduit pathways and recess boxes as needed for electrical and low voltage systems. D. Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking and elevator sills; prime paint finish. Provide galvanized finish where used at exterior or in exterior wall cavity locations. E. Loose Steel Lintels: As detailed; galvanized finish. 1. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to one-twelfth of clear span, but not less than 8 inches, unless otherwise noted. F. Door Frames: Channel, Angle, and Hollow Structural sections; prime paint finish. G. Overhead Coiling Door or 4-fold fast Acting Door Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from HSS shapes with mounting plates, floor to structure above; 1/4" thickness minimum. 2. Provide deflection connection to structure above, same material and thickness as supports. 3. Fully welded shop fabrication, field bolt to structure and door. 4. Coordinate door connection with door Shop Drawings. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 6 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-6 5. Finish: Shop prime painted. H. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. 1. Fabricate to receive anchor bolts and grouting. 2. Galvanize after fabrication. I. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: 1. General: Provide steel framing and supports that are not a part of structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work. This includes but is not necessarily limited to framing for mechanical, generator, and trash enclosures, support and mounting of interior and roof-top mounted equipment, piping, conduit, and other similar elements which are not provided with integral support. 2. Fabricate units from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. a. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. b. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors 1-1/4 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 8 inches long at 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. c. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. 3. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where located in exterior construction. J. Miscellaneous Steel Trim 1. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. 2. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim, for embedding in concrete or masonry construction, spaced not more than 6 inches from each end, 6 inches from corners, and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim in the following locations: a. Exterior. b. Interior where indicated. 2.11 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. C. Field paint all exposed steel per Division 9 Section "Painting." 2.12 FINISHES - STEEL AND IRON A. Prime paint all steel items with the following exceptions: 1. Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete or masonry, items exposed to the weather, and other items specified for galvanized finish. B. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2 except where noted. 1. Prepare surfaces exposed to view in accordance with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3. C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. D. Prime Painting: SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. E. Galvanizing of Structural Steel Members: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123/A123M requirements. F. Galvanizing of Non-structural Items: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123/A123M requirements. 2.13 FINISHES - ALUMINUM A. As Fabricated: Nonspecular as fabricated; M12. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 7 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-7 B. Superior Performance Organic Coating System: AAMA 2605 multiple coat, thermally cured polyvinylidene fluoride system; color as scheduled. C. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 3.04 SETTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.05 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe or HSS columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of columns. 1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated at girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling plates. Fire Station 15 05 5500 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. CAG-17-046 8 of 8 January 10, 2018 05 5500-8 D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted base plates. Position and grout column base plates as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling plates. 1. Do not grout base plates of columns supporting steel girders until girders are installed and leveled. 3.06 INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS A. Coordinate with Division 26 to ensure that electrical pathways, conduits and wires for electrical and door control components indicated to be located in bollards B. Anchor bollards in concrete in formed or core-drilled holes not less than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch greater than OD of bollard. After bollards have been inserted into holes, fill annular space surrounding bollard solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward bollard. C. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, after installing conduit and boxes for systems mounted ot or embedded in bollards. Mounding top surface smooth. END OF SECTION 05 5500 Fire Station 15 07 7300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROOF FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 January 10, 2018 07 7300 - 1 SECTION 07 7300 - ROOF FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide and install bidder-designed rooftop fall protection system for rooftop maintenance. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 07: Roofing, flashing, and sealant requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. OSHA 1926.502 Fall Prevention Systems and Criteria and Practices B. ANSI A10.32 - Requirements for Safety Belts, Harnesses, Lanyards, Lifelines-Construction and Demolition C. ANSI Z 359 - Fall Protection Code D. CSA Z259.16-04 – Design of Active Fall Protection Systems 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate the installation of horizontal cable fall protection system with structural supports and finish materials. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data and product information indicating the sizes, descriptions, capacities, test certifications, and other descriptive data showing in sufficient detail that the product complies with the contract requirements. C. Shop Drawings: For fabrication showing the complete fall protection system. Layout drawings of each system in relation to the supporting structure indicating the locations of properly labeled components. D. Furnish proof of installer’s certification approval by manufacturer in the form of the installer's current certificate issued by the manufacture. E. Product Certificate: Containing the manufacturer's serial number, name and part number of each individual component used in the systems. F. Designer’s Qualifications Statement. G. Test Reports: Indicating completion of proof load testing on installed systems. H. Systems Manual: 1. Maintenance Procedures: Including parts list and maintenance requirements for all equipment. 2. Operation Procedures: Indicating proper use of equipment for safe operation of the systems. 3. Manufacturer's catalog data indicating the sizes, descriptions, capacities, test certifications, and other descriptive data showing sufficient detail that the product complies with the contract requirements. I. As-Built Drawings: A copy of as-built drawings shall also be included in the systems manual. J. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform design under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State of Washington. B. Install fall protection system by manufacturers authorized, trained, and certified personnel. Fire Station 15 07 7300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROOF FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 January 10, 2018 07 7300 - 2 C. Secure materials and equipment required under this section from a single manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original unopened packaging. B. Store materials in original protective packaging. C. Prevent soiling, physical damage, or moisture. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate layout and installation of framing and reinforcements for fall protection system anchors. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a one-year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide lifetime manufacturer warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Capital Safety 3833 SALA Way, Red Wing, MN 55066 800-328-6146 or 260 Export Blvd., Mississauga, ON L5S1Y9 800-387-7484 Product: DBI-SALA® Unline RoofSafe™ Anchor System. B. Substitutions: 1. See Section 01 1600 for substitution procedures and requirements. 2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Prepare system layout, design analysis, and calculations certified by a Licensed Professional Engineer. B. Fall protection system can be used by multiple workers, based on required system calculations. C. System not to be used as a tieback anchor for façade maintenance. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Modular Anchors, with RoofSafe™ Eye and Pin: 1. SpiraTech™ Anchor B. Anchorage Posts: Custom steel construction designed to withstand the maximum fall arrest forces with a minimum safety factor of two. C. Fabricated supports: Carbon steel with corrosion resistant finish: ASTM A123 or SS. 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B or AISI Type 304 or 316 3. Welding rods and bare electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate anchoring devices as recommended by the manufacturer to provide adequate support for intended use. B. Finishes: 1. Stainless Steel: Electropolished for corrosion resistance. Fire Station 15 07 7300 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ROOF FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 January 10, 2018 07 7300 - 3 2. Structural Steel: Zinc Galvanized for corrosion resistance. 3. Aluminum: Anodized. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Designed to support a load on the system of 2 times the maximum design load without failure. B. Signage: Provide signs and system identification tags. C. Flashing: Comply with requirements of Division 07 for roofing and flashing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of fall protection equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate location of fall protection equipment indicated to be attached to structural substrate or surface of roofing system, and furnish anchoring devices with templates, and diagrams. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install according to approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. B. Install anchorage and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations in accordance with this specification. C. Exposed work shall be true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces and with straight square edges. Coordinate anchorage system with supporting structure. D. Do not load or stress system until materials and fasteners are properly installed and ready for service. E. Do not use until trained in the use of the system. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Test fall protection system for compliance with the following requirements: 1. Ensure that system components operate as specified. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust fall protection components to function smoothly and safely. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean components of any deleterious coatings or compounds. B. Remove loose materials, crating, and packing materials from site. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 08 9100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LOUVERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 2 January 10, 2018 08 9100 - 1 SECTION 08 9100 - LOUVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Sealing frames to weather barrier installed on adjacent construction. B. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. D. Section 23 3100 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Ductwork attachment to louvers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix); 2013. B. AMCA 511 - Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices; 2010. C. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. D. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data describing design characteristics, maximum recommended air velocity, design free area, materials and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate louver layout plan and elevations, opening and clearance dimensions, tolerances; head, jamb and sill details; blade configuration, screens, blankout areas required, and frames. D. Test Reports: Independent agency reports showing compliance with specified performance criteria. E. Maintenance Data: Include lubrication schedules, adjustment requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide twenty year manufacturer warranty against distortion, metal degradation, and failure of connections. 1. Finish: Include coverage against degradation of exterior finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Louvers: 1. Airolite Company, LLC; www.airolite.com. 2. Construction Specialties, Inc; www.c-sgroup.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 LOUVERS A. Louvers: Factory fabricated and assembled, complete with frame, mullions, and accessories; AMCA Certified in accordance with AMCA 511. 1. Wind Load Resistance: Design to resist positive and negative wind load of 25 psf without damage or permanent deformation. 2. Drainable Blades: Continuous rain stop at front or rear of blade aligned with vertical gutter recessed into both jambs of frame. 3. Screens: Provide insect screens at intake louvers and bird screens at exhaust louvers. B. Operable Louvers, Operable horizontal blades, extruded aluminum construction. 1. Free Area: 50 percent, minimum. Fire Station 15 08 9100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority LOUVERS Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 2 January 10, 2018 08 9100 - 2 2. Movable Blades: Straight, pivoted at, with vinyl, rubber, or polyethylene blade edge and jamb seals; rattle-free linkage. 3. Frame: 4 inches deep, channel profile; corner joints mitered and, with continuous recessed caulking channel each side. 4. Aluminum Thickness: Frame 12 gage, 0.0808 inch minimum; blades 12 gage, 0.0808 inch minimum. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), alloy, temper. 2.04 FINISHES A. Superior Performing Organic Coatings: AAMA 2605 multiple coat, thermally cured polyvinylidene fluoride system. 1. Manufacturers: a. PPG Metal Coatings; Duranar: www.ppgmetalcoatings.com/#sle. b. Sherwin-Williams Company; SHER-NAR 5000: oem.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2. Polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) multi-coat thermoplastic fluoropolymer coating system, including minimum 70 percent PVDF color topcoat and minimum total dry film thickness of 0.9 mil; color and gloss as indicated on drawings. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Screens: Frame of same material as louver, with reinforced corners; removable, screw attached; installed on inside face of louver frame. B. Bird Screen: Interwoven wire mesh of steel, 14 gage, 0.0641 inch diameter wire, 1/2 inch open weave, diagonal design. C. Insect Screen: 18 x 16 size aluminum mesh. D. Fasteners and Anchors: Galvanized steel. E. Sealant for Setting Sills and Sill Flashing: Non-curing butyl type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install louver assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install louvers level and plumb. C. Align louver assembly to ensure moisture shed from flashings and diversion of moisture to exterior. D. Secure louver frames in openings with concealed fasteners. E. Coordinate with installation of mechanical ductwork. F. Coordinate with installation of louver actuators. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operable louvers for freedom of movement of control mechanism. Lubricate operating joints. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 6530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 3 January 10, 2018 09 6530 - 1 SECTION 09 6530 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes resilient wall base and accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated, provide actual samples from manufacturer's full range. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After post-installation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: The design for Resilient wall base is based upon products of Roppe Corporation. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the named manufacturer or comparable products from the following:: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Burke Mercer Flooring Products 3. Marley Flexco (USA), Inc. 4. Pirelli Rubber Flooring 2.02 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors and Patterns: Roppe "Black Brown" No. 523 2.03 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. Wall Base: ASTM F 1861. 1. Type (Material Requirement): TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 2. Group (Manufacturing Method): I (solid, homogeneous) 3. Style: Cove (with top-set toe). 4. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. 5. Height: 4 inches. 6. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. 7. Outside Corners: Job formed. 8. Inside Corners: Job formed. 9. Surface: Smooth. Fire Station 15 09 6530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 3 January 10, 2018 09 6530 - 2 B. RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY 1. Description: Carpet edges for glue-down applications and reducer strips for resilient floor coverings. 2. Material: Rubber. 3. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated or required. 2.04 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturers for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. C. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. D. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.03 RESILIENT WALL BASE INSTALLATION A. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. B. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. C. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. D. Do not stretch wall base during installation. E. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. F. Job-Formed Corners: 1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. Shave back of base at points where bends occur and remove strips perpendicular to length of base that are only deep enough to produce a snug fit without removing more than half the wall base thickness. Fire Station 15 09 6530 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 3 January 10, 2018 09 6530 - 3 2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce a snug fit to substrate. 3.04 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer. B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 09 6540 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 3 January 10, 2018 09 6540 - 1 SECTION 096540 VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes vinyl tile floor coverings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base, reducer strips, and other accessories installed with vinyl floor coverings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of vinyl floor covering indicated. 1. Include similar Samples of installation accessories involving color selection. C. Samples for Verification: In manufacturer's standard size, but not less than 6-by-9-inch sections of each color and pattern of vinyl floor covering required. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Maintenance Data: For vinyl floor coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project that are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor covering installation indicated. 1. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project that are trained or certified by floor covering manufacturer for installation techniques required. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products identical to those tested for fire-exposure behavior per test method indicated by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store floor coverings and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1. Tiles: Store as required by manufacturer. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 72 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 72 hours after installation. B. After post-installation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during and for 72 hours after floor covering installation. D. Install floor coverings after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Fire Station 15 09 6540 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 3 January 10, 2018 09 6540 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL FLOOR COVERING A. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: The design for vinyl is based on product of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Standard Excelon Multicolor. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the named manufacturer or comparable products by the following: 1. Forbo Industries, Inc. 2. Azrock Commercial Flooring, DOMCO B. Color and Pattern: As selected by architect from manufacturer’s standard colors. C. Floor Tile Covering: ASTM F 2034. 1. Tile size: 12” sq. D. Thickness: 1/8 inch. E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm per ASTM E 648. 2.02 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, Portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by floor covering manufacturer for products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L. b. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L. C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of floor covering, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor coverings. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. B. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with floor covering adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. C. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. D. Move floor coverings and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 72 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install floor coverings until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Fire Station 15 09 6540 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 3 January 10, 2018 09 6540 - 3 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Scribe and cut floor coverings to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. B. Extend floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. C. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor coverings as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. D. Install floor coverings on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of floor coverings installed on covers. Tightly adhere floor covering edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. E. Adhere floor coverings to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. F. 3.04 FLOOR TILE COVERING INSTALLATION A. Lay out floor coverings as follows: 1. Maintain uniformity of floor covering direction. 2. Install flush and true, lay tile in alignment and without bubbles, raised edges, and according to manufacturer’s requirements and guidelines. 3. Lay tile to minimize cuts, center layout in space. 4. Eliminate deformations that result from hanging method used during drying process (stove bar marks). 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing floor coverings: 1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes from floor covering surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum floor coverings thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop floor coverings to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash floor coverings until after time period recommended by manufacturer. B. Protect floor coverings against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Apply protective floor polish to surfaces that are free of soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes. a. Seal vinyl as recommended by manufacturer but with not less than two coats of floor polish. b. Use commercially available product acceptable to manufacturer. c. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 2. Cover vinyl floor coverings with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. a. Allow drying room film (yellow film caused by linseed oil oxidation) to disappear before Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor covering surfaces. Place plywood or hardboard panels over floor coverings and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 Section 32 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FENCING, GATES AND EXTERIOR SITE ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 1 of 5 January 10, 2018 32 3100 - 1 SECTION 32 3100 FENCING, GATES AND EXTERIOR SITE ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Drawings, quality, product and performance requirements, general and supplemental conditions apply as applicable to the project and project documents. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes industrial/commercial chain link fence, gates, gate operator, custom fence and gate, hardware, knox-box and mailbox specifications: 1. Polymer coated steel chain link fabric 2. Polymer coated galvanized steel framework and fittings 3. Gates: swing gate with chain link fabric 4. Knox Box B. Related Sections: 1. 01 4000 Quality Requirements 2. 03 30 00 Cast in Place Concrete 3. Division 26- Electrical requirements 4. 31 2000 Earthwork 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A392 Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric B. ASTM A780 Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings C. ASTM A817 Specification for Metallic-Coated Steel Wire for Chain Link Fence Fabric and Marcelled Tension Wire D. ASTM F2200 Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction E. UL325 Automatic operators: Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window F. ASTM F1664 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) and Other Conforming Organic Polymer-Coated Steel Tension Wire Used with Chain-Link Fence G. ASTM F552 Standard Terminology Relating to Chain Link Fencing H. ASTM F567 Standard Practice for Installation of Chain Link Fence I. ASTM F626 Specification for Fence Fittings J. ASTM F668 Specification for Polymer Coated Chain Link Fence Fabric K. ASTM F900 Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates L. ASTM F934 Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer-Coated Chain Link M. ASTM F1043 Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings of Steel Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework N. ASTM F1083 Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures O. ASTM F1184 Specification for Industrial and Commercial Horizontal Slide Gates 1.3 SUBMITTALS (for each component) A. Product Data: For each component and system specified. B. Shop drawings: Site plan showing layout locations of all items with dimensions clearance requirements, location of gates and opening size, cleared area, elevation of fence, gates, operator and operator equipment, hardware, mailbox, knox box, all footings and details of attachments for each system. C. Calculations: Provide engineering calculations for wind loads and dead/live loads to determine footing sizes and post sizes and attachment and framing sizes for the fencing panel types and sizes and gate types as shown on drawings. Calculations shall meet local codes and be stamped by an Engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Where systems fall within the range and specification of manufacturer’s standard sizing charts, the charts will be accepted. D. Certifications: Manufacturers material certifications in compliance with the current ASTM specifications. E. Material samples: Provide representative samples of chain link fabric, framework and fittings. F. Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard warranty and as required in this section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Station 15 Section 32 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FENCING, GATES AND EXTERIOR SITE ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 2 of 5 January 10, 2018 32 3100 - 2 A. Manufacturer: Company headquartered in the United States having U.S. manufacturing facility/facilities specializing in manufacturing chain link fence products with at least 5 years experience. B. Fence and Gate Controller contractor: Company with demonstrated successful experience installing similar projects and products in accordance with ASTM F567 and have at least 5 years experience C. Tolerances: Current published edition of ASTM specifications tolerances apply. ASTM specification tolerances supersede any conflicting tolerance. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in original packaging to site. Store and protect products off the ground and protected from weather and damage. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: Basis of design listed below, equal substitutions accepted: A. Fencing framework, posts, rails, pipe for gates: Wheatland Tube Co. www.wheatland.com B. Knox Box; Knox Company; www.knoxbox.com 2.2 CHAIN LINK FABRIC A. Steel Chain Link Fabric: Heights and dimensions as indicated on drawings. 1. Polymer Coated Steel Fabric: ASTM F668, wire gauge specified is that of the metallic coated steel core wire. Provide continuous fabric without breaks or interruptions. 2. Class 2b fused and adhered 3. Color: black in compliance with ASTM F934 4. Fabric Selection Table: Steel chain link mesh sizes and gauges produced in one- piece widths 3 feet (910 mm) to 12 feet (3660 mm) 9 guage. 0.148 Inches/3.76mm 1” mesh size. Wire break strength 1,290 lbf. 5. Fabric selvage: knuckle selvage for both top and bottom. 2.3 ROUND STEEL PIPE FENCE FRAMEWORK A. Round steel pipe and rail: Cold-rolled electric-resistance welded pipe in accordance with ASTM F1043 Materials Design Group IC, WT-40 pipe, minimum steel yield strength 50,000 psi (344 MPa). Type B external coating, hot dip galvanized zinc 1.0 oz/ ft² (305 g/m²) with a clear polymeric overcoat, Type D interior 90% zinc- rich coating having a minimum thickness of 0.30 mils (0.0076 mm). All sizes, weights and diameters per manufacturer’s recommendations or engineer’s calculations and shall be designed to accommodate items or attachments from rolling slide gate and operator. Include sizing in shop drawings and product data. All finish to be galvanized and coated to color match – color black. Intermediate Strength Grade: Minimum yield strength 50,000 psi (344 MPa) 1. Line post, End, Corner, Pull post, Top, brace, bottom and intermediate rails. Coordination with sliding gate and operator. B. Polymer Coated Pipe: Polymer coated pipe shall have a Polyester coating fused and adhered to the exterior zinc coating of the galvanized pipe in accordance with ASTM F1043. The minimum thickness of the PVC or Polyolefin coating shall be 10-mils (0.254 mm), for polyester 3 mils (0.0076 mm). Color to match fabric black per ASTM F934. 1. Framework Wind Load Caution: Fences containing windscreens or privacy slats and fences greater than 8 feet (2.4 m) in height using, 1 in. (25 mm) mesh or smaller require a wind load force analysis for post selection and post spacing. C. Truss Rod Assembly, Fittings and Wire Supports: In compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations and engineer’s calculations. Per ASTM F626. Polyolefin coating minimum thickness 0.006 in. (0.152 mm) fused and adhered to the zinc coated fittings or wire. Match color to fence system. 2.5 TIE WIRE and HOG RINGS Fire Station 15 Section 32 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FENCING, GATES AND EXTERIOR SITE ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 3 of 5 January 10, 2018 32 3100 - 3 Tie Wire and Hog Rings: Galvanized minimum zinc coating 1.20 oz/ft² (366 g/m²) 9 gauge (0.148) (3.76 mm) steel wire in compliance with ASTM F626. Polymer coated, match the coating, class and color to that of the chain link fabric. 2.6 SWING GATES A. Swing Gates: Galvanized steel pipe welded fabrication in compliance with ASTM F900. Gate frame members 1.900 in. OD (48.3 mm) ASTM F1043 Group IC WT 40 galvanized steel pipe. Frame members spaced per drawings. Welded joints protected by applying zinc-rich paint in accordance with ASTM Practice A780. Positive locking gate latch, pressed steel galvanized after fabrication. Galvanized malleable iron or heavy gauge pressed steel post and frame hinges. Match gate fabric to that of the fence system. Gateposts per ASTM F1083 schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Post sizes and Polymer coated gate frames and gateposts; match the coating type and color to that specified for the fence framework. Moveable parts such as hinges, latches and drop rods may be field coated using a liquid polymer touch up. B. Provide battery operated key pad with ADA handle at main entry gate and heavy duty knob at back date. C. Gateposts: Schedule 40 pipe in compliance with ASTM F1083. Provide according to manufacturer’s recommendations or engineer’s calculations for dimensions shown on drawings. 2.7 CONCRETE Concrete for post footings shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi. (17.2 MPa). Provide concrete pads and footings according to drawings and as required by manufacturer. Coordinate with electrical and low voltage wiring for location of writing and provide pathways as required. Coordinate footing locations between trades as required to match plans. 2.8 HARDWARE FOR SWING GATES A. Provide UL listed exterior lever handle heavy duty electronic access control lockset with keypad. At chain link gate only, provide same as above but with heavy duty knob instead of lever. With passage function. ADA compliant. Battery operated. 1. Basis of Design for sheet steel gate: Lockey 1150 Heavy duty Keyless Level Lock 2 Basis of Design for mesh gate: Lockey 1600 Heavy Duty Keyless Spring Latch Knob Lock 3. Basis of Design for lock box on fence at two locations: Lockey GB1150 and GB 1150-AL 2.9 KNOX BOX A. Knox-Box 3200 Hinged Door Model, surface mount. B. Surface mount body dimensions: 4”h x 5”w x 4”d. Finish: Black. C. Box and Lock to be UL listed. Steel and gasketed construction, hinged door. Double action rotating tumblers and hardened steel, pins accessed by a biased cut key. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING FENCE LINE Clearing: Surveying, clearing, grubbing, grading and removal of debris for the fence line or any required clear areas adjacent to the fence 3.2 FRAMEWORK INSTALLATION A. Posts: Posts shall be set plumb in concrete footings in accordance with ASTM F567. Minimum footing depth, 24 in. (609.6 mm) plus an additional 3 in. (76.2 mm) depth for each 1 ft. (305 mm) increase in the fence height over 4 ft. (1220 mm). Minimum footing diameter four times the largest cross section of the post up to a 4.00” (101.6 mm) dimension and three times the largest cross section of post greater than a 4.00” (101.6 mm) dimension. Footing depth and diameter as required for Site soil conditions, local frost depth, fence height and type and wind load may require larger diameter or deeper footings. Top of concrete footing to be at grade crowned to shed water away from the post. Line posts installed at intervals shown on plans and not exceeding 10 ft. (3.05 m) on center. Fire Station 15 Section 32 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FENCING, GATES AND EXTERIOR SITE ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 4 of 5 January 10, 2018 32 3100 - 4 B. Top rail: Install 21 ft. (6.4 m) lengths of rail continuous thru the line. Splice rail using top rail sleeves minimum 6 in. (152 mm) long. Rail shall be secured to the terminal post by a brace band and rail end. Bottom rail or intermediate rail shall be field cut and secured to the line posts using boulevard clamps or brace band with rail end. C. Terminal posts: End, corner, pull and gate posts shall be braced and trussed for fence 6 ft. (1.8 m) and higher. The horizontal brace rail and diagonal truss rod shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F567. 3.3 CHAIN LINK FABRIC INSTALLATION Chain Link Fabric: Install fabric to the outside of the framework. Attach fabric to the terminal post by threading the tension bar through the fabric; secure the tension bar to the terminal post per manufacturer requirements. Chain link fabric to be stretched taut free of sag. Fabric to be secured to the line post with tie wires spaced no greater than 12 inches (304.8 mm) on center and to horizontal rail spaced no greater than18 inches (457.2 mm) on center. Secure fabric to the tension wire with hog rings spaced no greater than 18 inches (457.2 mm) on center. Tie wire shall be wrapped 360 degrees (6.28 rad) around the post or rail and the two ends twisted together three full turns. Excess wire shall be cut off and bent over to prevent injury. The installed fabric shall have a ground clearance on no more than 2 inches (50 mm). 3.4 GATE INSTALLATION A. Swing Gates: Installation of swing gates and gateposts in compliance with ASTM F 567. Direction of swing shall be inward. Gates shall be plumb in the closed position having a bottom clearance of 3 in. (76 mm), grade permitting. Hinge and latch offset opening space shall be as required by hardware. B. Horizontal Rolling Slide Gates: Installation varies by design and manufacturer, install according to manufacturers instructions and in accordance with ASTM F567. Gates shall be plum in the closed position, installed to slide with an initial pull force no greater than 40 lbs. (18.14 kg). Double gate drop bar receivers to be installed in a concrete footing minimum 6 in. (152 mm) diameter, 24 in. (609.6 mm) deep. Roller guards and guide posts must be installed on rolling slide gate in compliance with ASTM F1184. Ground clearance shall be per manufacturer’s recommendation, or not more than 3” grade permitting. Electrically operated gate installation must conform to ASTM F2200 and UL 325. 3.5 NUTS AND BOLTS Bolts: Carriage bolts used for fittings shall be installed with the head on the secure side of the fence. All bolts shall be peened over to prevent removal of the nut. 3.6 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A licensed electrical contractor shall install grounding. 3.7 GATE OPERATOR A. Install per manufacturer’s requirements and in compliance with all codes. B. Coordinate installation with adjacent items and fencing and electrical service. C. Install securely on concrete pad with clearances and safety items as required. D. Install in compliance with UL 325 and UL 991 safety standards. 3.8 SHEET STEEL FENCE AND GATE A. Provide posts and concrete foundation of adequate size to support sheet steel fence dead weight and wind loads. Paint posts and sheet steel with zinc rich primer and paint as specified for steel, color as selected by architect. 3.9 KNOX BOX A. Mount to steel sheet fence per manufacturer’s instructions, secure and tamper resistant. Fasteners on the exposed fence shall be no longer than required to securely attach box. Provide fastener cover to match adjacent surface. Fire Station 15 Section 32 3100 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority FENCING, GATES AND EXTERIOR SITE ACCESSORIES Project No. CAG-17-046 5 of 5 January 10, 2018 32 3100 - 5 3.10 POST MOUNTED MAILBOX A. Provide concrete foundation as needed to support post mounted mailbox. Coordinate with adjacent footings to allow installation at location shown on plans. Mount post and mailbox securely per manufacturer. END OF SECTION 32 3113 Low RoofELEV. = 10' - 0"GRIDFOR PARAPET ASSEMBLY SEE 4"W x 4"T GALV METAL SCUPPER W/ DRIP EDGE @ TOP & BOTTOM & HEMMED EDGES @ SIDES-PNT-8-EXTEND 1/2" MIN PAST FINISH FACE OF WALL/1A6.08FOR ALL MEMBRANE DETAIL NOTES SEE2"FIBER CEMENT PANEL TRIMMED AROUND OPENING-SEAL CUT EDGES TYPCONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-SEAL TO SCUPPER ALL AROUND/2A6.084"FIBER CEMENT PANEL W/ UNCUT EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE1/2" GLASSMAT ROOF BOARDWRAP PVC NON-REINFORCED FLASHING ONTO PARAPETCONT 1-1/2" WELDScale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.08Roof Drain @ Overflow3SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 10, 2017Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 1ASK-013/A6.08 SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE-SEE ELECTRICAL-ALIGN B/O FIXTURE W/ BOTTOM OF TJI TJI TYP-SEE STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD DECK WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN TJIS @ EACH LIGHT FIXTURE ATTACHMENT SURFACE MOUNTED PARALLEL W/ TJIS SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE-SEE ELECTRICAL- TJI TYP-SEE STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD DECK WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN TJIS @ EACH LIGHT FIXTURE ATTACHMENT SURFACE MOUNTED PERPENDICULAR W/ TJIS PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE- SEE ELECTRICAL-DO NOT FASTEN ALL THE WAY THROUGH BLOCKING & INTO PLYWOOD DECK TJI TYP-SEE STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD DECK WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN TJIS @ EACH LIGHT FIXTURE ATTACHMENT-TOE NAIL INTO TJI PENDANT NOTES: 1. SIMILAR AT PENDANT FIXTURES IN APP BAY WITH OPEN WEB JOISTS 2. SIMILAR AT ALERTING FIXTURES Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02 Blocking @ Electrical & Alerting Fixtures Typ11 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 ASK-02 11/A7.02 W1W1DESKING (OFOI)RS-1RS-1BASE PER SCHEDScale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.01Station Office 103 - South Elevation3SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 10, 2017Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 1ASK-033/A9.01 DOMESTIC WATER HEADER-SEE MECHBASE PER SCHEDFRAMING -SEE STRUCTPEG BOARD1x WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND, TYP4' - 0"3' - 6"WALL SUPPLY GRILLE -SEE MECH4' - 0"Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.05Shop 123 - North Elevation13SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 10, 2017Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 1ASK-0413/A9.05 1" CONDUIT TO PANEL E1 FOR GATE POWER (FUTURE) AREA 1: FIRESTATION #15 SUSE-RATED ATS, C.T., CABINET AND METER CENTURYLINK VAULT (TBD) 1 ANTENNA ON ROOF PANELS E1 AND E2 APPARATUS BAY HAM RADIO (2) 4" CONDUITS FOR POWER SERVICE (4) 2-1/2" CONDUITS COMM/DATA ROOM IRRIGATION CONTROLLER CKT. E2-7 (ALTERNATE #1) 800HZ STATION STREET LIGHT (1) 2" PVC CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO NEXT UTILITY POLE FLAG POLE FP1 E2-5 UTILITY POLE (E) (2) 3" UTILITY SERVICE CONDUITS(2) 4"CENTURYLINK SERVICE CONDUITS N Scale: 1" = 20'-0"E1.00 Electrical Site Plan1 ESK-01 1/E1.00 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 Page 1 of 4 PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA Date: Tuesday, January 9, 2018 at 10:00am Project: Fire Station 15 City of Renton/ Renton Regional Fire Authority Project No.: CAG-17-046 SSW Project No.: 17001 Location: City of Renton, Room 621 Agenda During the pre-bid walk-through meeting, all conversations are considered informal and are not contractually binding unless stated in the contract manual, drawings, or modified by a written addendum. The order of precedence is written addendum, project manual, and lastly contract drawings Introductions: Owner Design Team Sign-in Sheet: All attendees Distribution of Bid Documents: Contractors may view and obtain plans and specifications from Builders Exchange. Drawings are also posted on the DJC website. Estimated Base Bid Cost Range: $3,300,000 to $3,700,000 Project Description: The Project consists of the following: a. Site clearing and preparation for new construction of approximately 7,500-gsf fire station in a single-story configuration. 1) Building construction includes, but is not limited to, concrete footings, concrete slabs on prepared subgrade, CMU, steel and wood structural framing, exterior wall systems with fiber-cement and metal wall panels, aluminum fenestration systems, single-ply membrane roofing system, interior wood partition assemblies, interior finishes, specialties and furnishings, heating and cooling systems, plumbing, electrical and data systems. 2) Site development includes; site earthwork, TESC, mass and fine grading, storm drainage, water and sanitary utilities, site power and lighting, concrete paving, site accessories, screens and equipment and landscaping. 3) The Owner has designated two bid alternates that, if accepted either add to, or deduct from the work identified as Base Bid. A. Site Preparation 1) Construction site access and laydown area 2) Construction security fencing- phasing of Areas 1 & 2 3) Two phases of storm water controls during construction 4) Earthwork B. Infrastructure Improvements 1) Water 2) Sewer 3) Power 4) IT/communications 5) Security electronics C. Building Description 1) Architectural materials 2) Structure 3) Mechanical systems 4) Alerting/Comm 5) Generator Security Requirements A. Personal Behavior 1) Respectful conduct at all times a) Harassment of any kind is cause for removal from the job 2) Work Hours a) Established per City of Renton 3) Work Operations a) Follow local parking restrictions and be considerate of neighbors and businesses. b) Procedures for delivery/hauling per City of Renton. c) Dumpster and port a potty required, keep site clean. d) Medical emergencies – the contractor’s site specific safety plan should address this. Contract Duration: 290 days from Notice to Proceed but not later than December 1, 2018. Unit Pricing: See Section 01 2200. For over excavation and export of unsuitable soils and imported fill to replace unsuitable soils removed. Alternates: See Section 01 2300. List as separate line items on Bid Proposal form: Alternate No. 1 – Landscape irrigation system 1. Base Bid – No irrigation system installed. 2. Alternate - Provide and install irrigation system as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 32 8400. Alternate No. 2 – Trench drains 1. Base Bid – Provide and install four area drains in the Apparatus bay. 2. Alternate - Provide and install two trench drains in the Apparatus Bay as detailed in the drawings and specified in 22 1300. Review of Bidding Requirements: 1. Bid Proposal form is included in Project Manual. 2. Sales Tax: See Project Manual Division 0; Instructions to Bidders, Paragraph 0.08, Taxes, which in part states “The bid amounts shall not include Washington State Sales Tax (WSST).” 3. Addenda – Bidders must acknowledge receipt of all addenda by using space provided on bid proposal form. 4. Liquidated Damages: $1,400 for each consecutive calendar day this is in default after the Contract Time. 5. Reciprocal Preference to Resident Contractors: See Instructions to Bidders. 6. Apprenticeship Requirement is 15% of the total labor hours. 7. See Instructions to Bidders, Advertisement for Bids and Supplemental Conditions for participation by Veterans, Women-Owned and Minority- Owned Businesses, etc. 8. Mandatory and Supplemental Responsibility Criteria requirements: See Instructions to bidders. 9. Site Investigation is permitted as viewed from the public right-or-way. No access to the property will be provided. Permit Status: 1. The Owner will obtain and pay for the Land Use Permit, General Building Permit, Civil Construction Permit and Signage Permit. Do not include in Bid amount. 2. All other permits will be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Anticipated Project Schedule – all dates are tentative: Addendum No. 1 January 10, 2018 Addendum No. 2 January 16, 2018 Bids Due Prior To: Tuesday, January 23, 2018 @ 10:00 am Contractor/Owner Prep of Contract ASAP, 3 weeks approximately. Approximate Notice to Proceed Mid February Substantial Completion On or before December 1, 2018, subject to NTP Final Completion 45 days after Substantial Completion Owner Provided Scope of Work: 1. As indicated in the bid documents, Owner will provide and/or install items within the following categories: a. Furnishings b. Extractor c. Kitchen and Laundry Appliances d. Specialty Signage and Plaque e. Communications, AV and other low voltage system components Key Issues: 1. Schedule, Substantial Completion date of December 1, 2018 must be maintained. 2. Coordination of building systems and owner supplied items during construction is critical to operation of building upon Substantial Completion. 3. Early completion of rough grading and associated work in Area 2 is essential. Coordination will be required with adjacent contractor where projects interface at the edge of Area 1 work area. Questions: Shall be submitted by e-mail to: lux@sswarchitects.com Phone contact: 206-682-8300 Attn: Mary Jo Lux Documents sent by mail: Schreiber Starling Whitehead Architects 901 Fifth Ave, No. 3100 Seattle, WA. 98101 From Builder’s Exchange website Current Bidders List for: Project #REN7 - Fire Station #15, City of Renton, W A #CAG-17-046 Generals: Par-Tech Construction, Inc., 2602 S 38th St. PMB 461, Tacoma WA 98409, 253-272- 0235, Fax 253-276-0088, Email bids@partechconstruction.com Westmark Construction, Inc., 6102 N. 9th Street, Suite 400, Tacoma WA 98406, 253- 564-4620, Fax 253-566-9441, Email bids@westmarkconst.com Macro Z Technology, 816 99th Street, Tacoma WA 98445, 253-536-1100, Fax 253-536- 1121, Email estimating_wa@mztco.com Jody Miller Construction, P.O. Box 44628, Tacoma WA 98448, 253-537-6116, Fax 253- 536-1074, Email jodyjr@jodymillerconstruction.com HBHansen Construction inc, po box 266, lynden WA 98264, 360-318-8982, Fax 360- 318-8983, Email berniehansen@hbhansenconstruction.com Western Ventures Construction, PO Box 298, Mountlake Terrace WA 98043, 425-640- 5050, Fax 425-640-8020, Email info@westernventures.com Optimus Construction & Development, Inc, P.O. Box 84206, Seattle WA 98124, 206- 243-2000, Fax 206-453-5415, Email jeannie@optimusconst.com Bayley Construction, 8005 SE 28th Street, Mercer Island WA 98040, 360-301-9008, Email brian.starnes@bayley.net Mechanical: Capital Heating and Cooling, 1218 Carpenter Rd SE, Lacey WA 98503, 360-491-7450, Fax 360-459-7915, Email bill@capitalheatingandcooling.com DM KELLY MECHANICAL, PO Box 769, Enumclaw WA 98022, 360-710-4537, Fax 360-824-9042, Email daveu@dmkellymechanical.com Crescent Mechanical Inc, 1320 26th St NW , Suite 16, Auburn WA 98001, 253-833- 5054, Fax 253-833-5144, Email abby@crescentmechinc.com Electrical: Seahurst Electric, 2915 Chestnut St., Everett WA 98201, 425-760-2973, Fax 425-259- 2794, Email thowe@seahurst.com CLK CONSTRUCTION (Electrical Contracting Div), P.O. Box 885, Burlington WA 98233, 360-389-2503, Fax 866-900-1878, Email clkconstructionllc@msn.com Teknon Electrical Services, 10675 Willows Rd NE, STE 100, Redmond WA 98052, 425- 895-8535, Fax 425-895-0535, Email dkimball@teknon.com Other: Lynch Excavating, LLC, 24507 131st Place SE, Kent WA 98030, 360-485-2048, Email rhudccc@gmail.com LA NACIONAL CONCRETE, 24911 SE 422ND STREET, ENUMCLAW WA 98022, 425- 495-3878, Email jesse@lnconcrete.com A. E. Goodrick Company, 10 Creekwood Lane S.W., Lakewood WA 98499, 253-581- 2198, Fax 253-588-4230, Email candler@comcast.net Cressy Door Co., 8025 So. 224th St., Kent WA 98032, 253-887-9135, Fax 253-887- 9108, Email judy@cressydoor.com Allen Estimating Services LLC, 7388 126th Pl SE, Newcastle WA 98056, 425-271-4557, Fax 425-271-4557, Email stuallen@comcast.net Judha of Lion Landscaping and Services, 21811 Se 251st Place, Maple Valley WA 98038, 206-307-6967, Fax 206-307-6967, Email estradanahum@gmail.com DTG Enterprises, 16504 9th Ave SE, Suite 201, Mill Creek WA 98012, 425-549-3000, Fax 425-549-3000, Email sanderson@dtgrecycle.com Pacific Lighting Systems, 6363 7th Ave S, Suite 100, Seattle WA 98108, 206-436-8816, Email jdemarr@plswa.com bosnick roofing, pobox64640, university place WA 98464, 253-606-6661, Fax 253-565- 1659, Email rcmyman2005@yahoo.com TruTeam dba Gale Contractor Services, 2126 196th St. SW, Puget Sound WA 98036, 425-248-5449, Fax 425-245-1871, Email victor.martinez@truteam.com Hoffman Construction, P.O. Box 845, Enumclaw WA 98022, 360-825-9797, Fax 360- 802-9797, Email brad@hofcon.com Site Development Inc., 9721 19th Ave East, Tacoma W A 98445, 253-405-6166, Fax 253-538-0065, Email derekj@sitedevelopmentinc.net H.D. Fowler Company, 13440 SE 30TH Street, Bellevue WA 98005, 425-746-8400, Fax 425-644-4634, Email davidf@hdfowler.com Tacoma Electric, 1311 South Tacoma Way, Tacoma WA 98409, 253-475-0540, Fax 253-475-1025, Email avensas@tacomaelectric.com New Image Creative Sign Inc, 8631 S. 187th St, Kent WA 98031, 253-395-5600, Fax 253-395-3332, Email jeff@newimagecreative.com Division 10 Signs, 19410 Hwy 99, Ste A - 225, Lynnwood WA 98036, 425-563-9599, Fax 425-740-0184, Email jordenw@division10sign.com January 16, 2018 ADDENDUM No. 2 NOTICE TO BIDDERS OF: Fire Station 15 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Project No. CAG-17-046 FOR BIDS DUE AT 10:00 AM TUESDAY JANUARY 23, 2018 (NOTE: NEW BID FORM INCLUDED AS PART OF THIS ADDENDUM) Incorporate the following revisions to the Project Manual and Contract Drawings: THE PROJECT MANUAL IS REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Section 00 0000 – Table of Contents Add 01 5713 Temporary Erosion & Sedimentation Control Add 31 1000 Site Preparation 2. Section 00 0001 - Instructions to Bidders Add the following to Paragraph 1.9. C., Subparagraph 4. 4. Include the following with the completed bid form in the submission envelope: a. Executed Bid Bond b. Signed Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes c. Signed Non-Collusion, Anti-trust and Minimum Wage Form Delete the following from paragraph 1.11, subparagraph B-6; “The hearing members will include a Client Agency Representative, EAS Assistant Director or designee, Deputy Assistant Director or designee, and Project Manager.” Replace paragraph 1.13 in its entirety with the following 1.13 DOCUMENTS (ATTACHED) A. Advertisement for Bids B. Bid Form C. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria D. General Conditions for Construction E. Bonds - Bid and Performance & Payment F. Sample contract G. Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes H. Non-Collusion, Anti-trust and Minimum Wage Form 3. Section 00 0003 – Bid Form Replace entire bid form with bid form attached bid form revised 2018-01-16 4. Section 00 7200 - General Conditions Add the following to Page 1, Table of Contents: 2.6 Builders Risk…………………………………………………………………………… 7 Replace Part 2 – Insurance and Bonds in its entirety with the attached revised Part 2 5. Section 01 1130 - Hazardous Materials Revise Paragraph 1.04, Subparagraph A to read as follows: A. Provide the Owner with a complete list of all hazardous chemicals and other materials intended to be used during execution of the project, including storage locations 6. Section 01 5713 – Temporary Erosion & Sedimentation Control Add entire section 01 5713 attached Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 2 7. Section 06 2000 – Finish Carpentry Add 2.03-B as follows: B. Peg Board 1. Basis of Design: Triton Products Model #TPB-2BR 2. Material: Tempered hardwood with round holes 3. Thickness: 1/4" 4. Sheet Size: 24” x 48” 5. Grade: Commercial 6. Color: selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors. 7. Attach to 1x wood blocking 8. Section 07 4213 - Metal Wall Panels Add 2.03-B and 2.03-C as follows: B. Wall Panel Screen: Factory fabricated prefinished metal panel, site assembled. 1. Panel profile: Match Econolap 3/4; "Basis of Design Manufacturer" 2. Material Thickness: 22 gauge. 3. Panel Width: 34 2/3 inches. 4. Panel Depth: 3/4 inches 5. Panel Height: 5 feet to 40 feet standard. Do not use horizontal seams 6. Surface Texture: Corrugated 7. Fasteners: Exposed 8. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard color line. 9. Provide exterior panels and attach to steel framing. C. Wall Panel Screen: Factory fabricated prefinished perforated metal panel, site assembled. 1. Panel profile: MatchProfile Series Eco Screen Perforated Econolap 3/4; "Basis of Design Manufacturer" 2. Material Thickness: 20 gauge. 3. Panel Width: 34 2/3 inches. 4. Panel Depth: 3/4 inches 5. Panel Height: Full Height. Do not use horizontal seams 6. Surface Texture: Corrugated, perforated. 40 percent perforation Staggered, 3/8” dia round holes. 7. Fasteners: Exposed 8. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard color line. 9. Provide exterior panels and attach to steel framing. Separate aluminum from steel. 9. Section 08 7100 – Door Hardware Delete from 2.16 Hardware Group HW-1 the following: 1 Entrance Lockset BE 45H7AT15H 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA Add to 2.16 Hardware Group HW-1 the following: 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x Top Jamb Mounted 1 Drop Plate LCN 4040-18TJ Delete from 2.16 Hardware Group HW-5 the following: 1 Entrance Lockset BE 45H7AT15H 1 Threshold NGP 425E 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA Add to 2.16 Hardware Group HW-5 the following: 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 Delete from 2.16 Hardware Group HW-11 the following: Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 3 1 Push Button Lockset KA L1025B 1 Permanent Core BE 1C6A4 Add to 2.16 Hardware Group HW-11 the following: 1 Deadlock AR MS1851SW x 4016 x 1-1/2” Backset 1 Turn Knob Cylinder (Inside) BE 1E7A4 2 Sets Push/Pulls TR 1738 Delete from 2.16 Hardware Group HW-14 the following: 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP-EDA 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX Add to 2.16 Hardware Group HW-14 the following: 1 Door Closer LCN 4040XP x Regular Arm 1 Overhead Stop GJ 90S Series Delete from 2.16 Hardware Group HW-18 the following: 1 Latchset BE 45H0N15H Add to 2.16 Hardware Group HW-18 the following: 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15H Add to 2.16 Hardware Group HW-20 the following: 1 Threshold NGP 425E 1 Door Sweep NGP 200NA 10. Section 09 5100 - Acoustical Ceilings General note: No wood ceiling panels are included in this section. Alternate does not apply to this section. Delete 2.02 B. Delete 2.04 D Delete 3.05 SCHEDULE 11. Section 09 9113 – Exterior Painting Replace 2.03 Paint Systems- Exterior as follows: A. Paint E-OP- Exterior Surfaces to be Painted. Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including concrete, concrete masonry units, brick, fiber cement siding, primed wood, and primed metal. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat Sheen: a. Velvet: MPI gloss level 2; use this sheen where directed by Architect b. Satin: MPI gloss level 4; use this sheen where directed by Architect c. Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen where directed by Architect 3. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. B. Paint WE-OP-3L -Wood, Opaque, Latex, 3 Coat 1. One coat of Benjamin Moore Sure Seal 027 (MPI#6) 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec EXT Satin N448 (MPI#15) C Paint ME-OP-3L- Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat of Benjamin Moore Sure Seal 027 (MPI#6) 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec EXT Gloss N449 (MPI#11) D. Paint ME-OP-2L- Ferrous Metals, Primed, Latex, 2 Coat: 1. Touch-up with Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP P06 Alkyd Metal Primer (MPI#79) 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec EXT Gloss N449 (MPI#11) E. Paint MgE-OP-3L- Galvanized Metals, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec HP HP04 Acrylic Metal Primer (MPI#107) 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec EXT Gloss N449 (MPI#11) F. Paint E-Pav- Pavement Marking Paint: 1. Yellow: One coat Insl-X Traffic Marking Paint Yellow TP-32xx, with reflective particles Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 4 2. White: One coat Inl-x Traffic Marking Paint White TP-22xx, with reflective particles 12. Section 09 9123 – Interior Painting Replace 2.03 Paint Systems- Interior as follows: A. Paint l-OP- Interior Surfaces to be Painted, unless otherwise Indicated: Including gypsum board, uncoated steel, and shop primed steel. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): Institutional Low Odor/1/0C Interior Latex; MPI #"143, 144, 145, 146, 147 or 148. a. Primer: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Primer 534 (MPI#149) b. Two Finish Coats: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Eggshell 538 (MPI#139) 3. Top Coat Sheen: Satin: MPI gloss level 3: use this sheen for all locations unless otherwise specified. 4. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. B. Paint 1-0P-MD-DT- Medium Duty Door/Trim: For surfaces subject to frequent contact by occupants, including metals and wood: 1. Medium duty applications includes doors, door frames. railings. handrails, and guardrails. 2. Two top coats and one coat primer. a. Top Coats: High Performance Architectural Interior Latex: MPI #139, 140, or 141. b. Primer: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Primer 534 (MPI#149) 3. Top Coat Sheen: a. Semi-Goss: MPI gloss level 4; 4. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. C. Paint I-OP-MD-WC - Medium Duty Overhead: Including gypsum board, plaster, wood, uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1. Two top coats. 2. Top Coats: Dry Fall; MPI #118. a. Products: 1) Two Coats Benjamin Moore Dry Fall 397: 3. Top Coat Sheen: a. Flat; use this sheen at all locations. D. Paint 1-TR W- Transparent Finish on Wood. 1. 2 top coats, no stain. 2. Top Coat(s): Clear Lacquer; MPI #85, 86, or 87. a. Products: 1) Benjamin Moore Lenmar Duralaq Production Satin Lacquer 1LL.684 2) Substitutions: Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. E. Paint WI-TR-VS- Wood, Transparent. Varnish, Stain: 1. One coat sealer; 2. Satin: One coat of varnish; match approved samples and factory-finished flush wood doors. F. Paint CI-OP-3L- Concrete/Masonry, Opaque, Latex, 3 Coat: 1. One coat Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec Hi Build Masonry Block Filler 571 (MPI#4) 2. Flat: Two coats Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Flat N536 (MPI #143) G. Paint MI-OP-3L- Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Latex, 3 Coat 1. Primer: Benjamin Moore Super Spec P06 Alkyd Metal Primer (MPI #79) 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec HP Acrylic Semi-Gloss HP29 (MPI #141) H. Paint MI-OP-2L- Ferrous Metals, Primed or previously painted, Latex, 2 Coat 1. Touch-up with Benjamin Moore Super Spec P06 Alkyd Metal Primer (MPI #79) Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 5 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec HP Acrylic Semi-Gloss HP29 (MPI #141) I. Paint CI-OP-3E- Concrete/Masonry Epoxy Enamel. 3 Coat: 1. One coat of Benjamin Moore Corotech Polymide Epoxy Primer V150 2. Gloss: Two coats Benjamin Moore Corotech Polyamide Epoxy Coating V400 K. Paint 1-TR-F- Fire-Retardant Coating, Intumescent: 1. Two Coats of Benjamin Moore Insl-x FR-110 Fire Retardant Paint (MPI #64) L. Paint l-OP- Fabrics/Insulation Jackets, Latex, 2 Top Coats: 1. Two Coats: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Semi Gloss N539 (MPI #140) 13. Section 10 1400 - Signage Replace entire spec section with 10 1400 Signage attached 14. Section 12 3200 - Institutional Casework Delete 2.04-H Countertop Materials: Add 2.13-J as follows: J. Lazy Susan: 2-tier kidney shaped lazy susan. Provide maximum size to fit in cabinet box. Replace 2.14 COUNTERTOPS as follows: 2.14 COUNTERTOPS A. See Section 12 3600 for countertop types and requirements. Delete 2.03* DESIGN, COLOR AND FINISH (*this section is out of sequence) 15. Section 21 1000 - Water Based Fire Suppression Add 2.06-F as follows: F. Dry Type: Provide where system may be exposed to freezing temperatures with finish, length and temperature rating to suit application. Quick response type. Polished chrome finish. 16. Section 23 0993 - Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls Add 3.10-D as follows: D. Gas Shut-off Valve: Close valve when station notification alarm system goes into alarm. Contacts within the station notification panel are available for this purpose. Open valve when reset at either of the Gas Reset switches. 17. Section 23 8310 - Gas-Fired Radiant Heaters Revise model in 2.02-A to Roberts-Gordon CTH3-115. 18. Section 27 5116 - Station Alerting System Revise 2.2-F-1 as follows: 1. The loudspeaker shall be a JBL Control 64P/T or 64 P/T-WH Add 2.2-P as follows: P. Surface Speaker (Utility) 1. The loudspeaker shall be an ATLAS SOUND (IED) C10AT72-HC 2. Provide ATLAS SOUND (IED) 164-8 Speaker Baffle 3. Provide ATLAS SOUND (IED) SM191-78 Surface Backbox. a. Compatible Flush Backbox is acceptable if recessed in ceiling. Add 2.2-Q as follows: Q. Reader Board 1. The reader board shall integrate with the Code Decoder and provide a digital text read out of the information received from 911 dispatch. 2. The reader board shall have two lines of text, with each line a minimum of 2” high. 3. The reader board shall be 3’ long and run on POE. No external power shall be required. Add 2.2-R as follows: R. Response Timer 1. The Response Timer shall start the count up of time as soon as a dispatch is received. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 6 2. The unit shall be ceiling mounted to clear 3. The Response Timer shall be 9’1” Tall and 13.2” Wide. 4. The character height shall be 5.5” 5. The Response Timer shall be a Microframe Model 6330 19. Section 31 1000 – Site Preparation Add entire section 31 1000 attached 20. Section 31 2200 – Earthwork Revise 1.01-A-3 as follows: 3. Installation of the bioretention facility and infiltration Trench. Revise 1.01-A-8 as follows: 8. Installation of pervious pavement base infiltration system and protection. Revise 1.07-D-6 as follows: 6. Bioretention Areas: The elevation of bottom of bioretention section and 7.5 feet below existing grade for infiltration trench. Revise 2.01-H as follows: H. Recharge Bed Material shall be crushed, washed rock with a gradation per AASHTO No. 2. Revise 2.01-M-3 as follows: 3. On site material specified herein as Common Borrow may be considered for use as structural fill if material is free of organic material and debris, has less than 35 percent passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve, is within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content, can meet the compaction requirements below and is approved by the project Geotechnical Engineer as suitable for the intended application. It should not be taken for granted that the on-site soils may be used for structural fill especially during wet weather construction. During wet weather construction the soils with higher silt content will be moisture sensitive, easily disturbed and will not likely be able to meet moisture requirements. Revise 2.02-B as follows: B. Aggregate for choker course below bioretention soils shall be Type 26 Mineral Aggregate per City of Seattle Section 9-03.12(6). Add 2.02-C as follows: C. Aggregate for infiltration trench shall be AASHTO No. 2. Add 2.05-C as follows: C. Non-woven geosynthetic fabric for treated subbase separation shall be per 9-33.2(1). Revise 3.09 – Installation of Pervious Concrete Base Material and Infiltration Facilities as follows: A. The Contractor shall protect Infiltration Facilities during construction to prevent contamination infiltration facilities with stormwater and/or silt. The infiltration facilities shall not be used to infiltrate stormwater during construction. All construction site stormwater shall be directed to around and away to the approved temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) plans. During construction, the infiltration trench and surrounding surface shall be configured to prevent silt-laden construction runoff water from entering the Detention/Infiltration Vault and Infiltration Facilities. B. Care shall be taken to ensure the gravel backfill products are clean and free of fines. Stockpiled backfill materials shall be protected from site soils and run-on from silt-contaminated surfaces. Contaminated backfill materials cannot be used in the infiltration facilities and will be rejected. C. The gravel backfill shall be installed into the infiltration trenches and pervious concrete base material in such a way as to prevent scouring of the excavation sidewalls. Should caving occur during backfilling, the caved sidewall materials and all contaminated gravel shall be removed prior to continuing backfilling. The gravel backfill shall extend to the top of section per plans. D. Flow Testing: Following the infiltration trench and pervious concrete base material, the Contractor shall coordinate and assist a representative of Geotechnical Engineer with flow testing the infiltration facilities to establish a baseline level of performance. Water for testing is the responsibility of the Contractor. Typically, one to three fire hydrant(s) are required to provide a continuous supply of water for the 8- hour minimum duration of the testing. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 7 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 7 E. Converting the Infiltration Facilities to On-Line Status: Prior to bringing the Infiltration Facilities on-line, the following elements shall be achieved see Section 334000 3.5 D. F. Install based material including sand and recharge bed per project plans and per the requirements of Pervious Concrete Pavement American Concrete Institute – ACI 522.1-08. G. Prior to placement of temporary separation fabric or quarry spalls coordinate field Infiltration testing of the base material with Geotechnical engineer. H. Field Infiltration Testing: 1. Perform field infiltration test at three locations. Coordinate test locations with the Owner’s Representative. 2. Document and record the results of each field infiltration test with a designated test number. Include infiltration rate, date test was taken and location (stationing or other means) where test was performed in each record. 3. In minimum required field infiltration rate of 1.1 inches/hour achieved at each location and verified by geotechnical engineer, then proceed with temporary protection. 21. Section 33 1100 – Water Utilities Add 2.06-C as follows: C. PIV shall be in accordance with City of Renton and Renton Fire Department standards. 22. Section 33 4000 – Storm Drainage Revise 2.01-C as follows: C. Perforated pipe shall be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, SDR 35 with laser cut slotted perforations. Pipe bends shall be made by a fitting or combination of multiple fittings of less than 90 degrees each. Revise 2.02-A as follows: A. Area drains shall be ADS/Hancor Nyloplast 12-inch round drain basin (2812AG) or approved equivalent. Provide 12-inch locking ductile iron domed grate or approved equivalent where specified on the drawings. Add 2.03-B through 2.03-D as follows: B. 18”x18” Catch basin 1. Provide 18”x18” Type 18 Concrete catch basin manufactured by Shope Concrete Products or approved equivalent. 2. Provide 12-inch square locking ductile iron ADA complaint frame and grate manufactured by Urban Accessories or approved equivalent for area drains. C. Provide AC or GPK manhole adaptor for connections to many holes, catch basins or other drainage structures. D. All covers and grates shall be bolt locking Add 2.08 – Trench Drains as follows: A. Provide 6-1/4-inch wide Zurn Reveal Trench Drain or approved equal, assembled as shown on the contract documents. B. Provide Zurn ADA, heal proof, H-20 loading rated, ductile iron slotted grate, class B or approved equal. C. Drain sections will be utilized such that the sections are placed with a minimum internal slope of 0.75% to outlet or neutral sections could be utilized set parallel to grade with a minimum slope of 1.0% to outlet per plans. Revise 3.01 as follows: A. Coordinate with Geotechnical engineer during the excavation of the infiltration facilities. The Geotechnical Engineer shall be present during the excavation and backfilling to observe the subgrade, the installation of the infiltration and to confirm the facility has been installed per their recommendations. B. During the installation and at the completion of the infiltration facilities construction, the Contractor shall coordinate with the project Geotechnical Engineer to conduct a flow test. Water supply for the flow test shall be provided by the Contractor. Water will need to be supplied in such a quantity, typically one to two hydrants, as required by the Geotechnical to conduct an 8-hour minimum test. C. Prior to allowing storm water to be routed to the Infiltration Facilities and for it to be placed “On-Line”, Contractor shall follow Commissioning Procedures as below and in accordance with Contract Documents. 1. All planned earthwork must be complete. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 8 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 8 2. Site Stabilization must be complete: a. All permanent groundcover must be in place. b. No exposed topsoil. c. Hydroseeded areas must have established growth sufficient to fix topsoil in place. d. No visible sediment transport by storm water during rain events. e. The entire stormwater system shall be cleaned draining to the facility shall have been cleaned and free of sediment and debris. f. Catch basin filter socks should no longer be needed and shall be removed. 3. Hard surfaces such as paving and sidewalks must be cleaned with no visible sediment or substances that could be transported by storm water. 4. All storm water collection system components must be cleaned and inspected: a. All catch basins, manholes, and similar structures shall be cleaned by rinsing and vacuuming to remove visible sediment. b. All storm water pipes shall be jetted to remove visible sediment. c. After cleaning, a video survey shall be completed of all pipes and structures in the storm water collection system. The Owner shall be notified prior to the video survey work so they may observe the work in progress if desired. A recording of the video survey shall be provided to the owner’s representative. The survey shall include sufficient detail to correlate video images with onsite locations. 5. The Owner, civil engineer, and Geotechnical Engineer must be notified that the above items have been completed, and must concur that the above items have been satisfactorily completed. 6. Written authorization must be provided from the Owner to the contractor that water may be routed to the Infiltration Systems for disposal. Add 3.08 – Installation of Stormtech Chambers as follows: A. Installation shall be in accordance with StormTech SC-740 Construction Guide, project documents and manufactures recommendations. B. Contractor shall schedule and attend preconstruction meeting with manufacturer’s representative prior to installation of chambers. C. Chambers shall not be backfilled with equipment situated over chambers. Contractor shall utilize one of StormTech recommended backfill methods. D. Foundation stone shall be leveled and compacted per StormTech recommendations prior to chamber placement. E. Joints shall be seated per StormTech Manufactures recommendations prior to placing stone. F. Maintain minimum recommended spacing between chambers. G. Contractor shall protect system from any construction stormwater. Discharge to system shall be only after the site is fully stabilized and upstream system cleaned. THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Sheet T1.00 – Title Sheet Delete the following from the Sheet Index C3.04 Stormtech Details Add the following to the Sheet Index C0.00 Cover Sheet C3.04 Drainage Details C3.06 Stormtech Details C4.04 Utility & Paving Details 2. Sheet T1.01 – Building Code Analysis Add the following under Applicable Codes section of the Building Code Analysis: Accessibility Code ANSI A117.7 2012 International Fire Code 2015 Edition Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 9 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 9 International Mechanical Code 2015 Edition Uniform Plumbing Code 2015 Edition National Electrical Code 2014 Edition International Existing Building Code 2015 Edition International Energy Conservation Code 2015 Edition Add the following to the Code Analysis Legend: “ES = Exit Signage- Raised characters & braille complying with ICC A117.1. See electrical drawings for illuminated exit signs” Add the ES symbol at the interior on the latch side of the doors at following locations on 1/T1.01: Main Entrance door at Lobby (Door 100), Door between Lobby and Corridor (Door 102-1), Exit Door at North end of Corridor (Door 102-2), Exit Door at Custodial (Door 120) & Exit Door at Shop (Door 123) 3. Sheet C1.00 -Cover Sheet Add new sheet per attached C1.00 4. Sheet C1.01 – Phase 1 Site Demo & TESC Replace entire sheet with attached C1.01 Revised 2018-01-16 5. Sheet C1.02 – Phase 2 Site Demo & TESC Replace entire sheet with attached C1.02 Revised 2018-01-16 6. Sheet C1.03 – TESC Notes Replace entire sheet with attached C1.03 Revised 2018-01-16 7. Sheet C1.04 – TESC Details Replace entire sheet with attached C1.04 Revised 2018-01-16 8. Sheet C2.00 – Grading Replace entire sheet with attached C2.00 Revised 2018-01-16 9. Sheet C3.00 – Drainage Replace entire sheet with attached C3.00 Revised 2018-01-16 10. Sheet C3.01 – Drainage Notes & Details Replace entire sheet with attached C3.01 Revised 2018-01-16 11. Sheet C3.02 – Drainage Details Replace entire sheet with attached C3.02 Revised 2018-01-16 12. Sheet C3.03 – Drainage Details Replace entire sheet with attached C3.03 Revised 2018-01-16 13. Sheet C3.04 – Drainage Details Replace entire sheet with attached C3.04 Revised 2018-01-16 14. Sheet C3.05 – Stormtech Details Replace entire sheet with attached C3.05 Revised 2018-01-16 15. Sheet C3.06 – Stormtech Details Add new sheet per attached C3.06 16. Sheet C4.00 – Utilities & Paving Replace entire sheet with attached C4.00 Revised 2018-01-16 17. Sheet C4.01 – Utility & Paving Details Replace entire sheet with attached C4.01 Revised 2018-01-16 18. Sheet C4.02 – Utility & Paving Details Replace entire sheet with attached C4.02 Revised 2018-01-16 19. Sheet C4.03 – Utility & Paving Details Replace entire sheet with attached C4.03 Revised 2018-01-16 Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 10 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 10 20. Sheet C4.04 – Utility & Paving Details Add new sheet per attached C4.04 21. Sheet L0.01 – Tree Retention Plan Revise a portion of 3/L0.01 with attached LSK -01. 22. Sheet L1.01 – Planting Plan Revise two portions of 1/L1.01 with attached LSK -02 & LSK-03 Revise plant schedule with attached LSK-04 23. Sheet L2.01 – Irrigation Plan Revise a portion of 2/L2.01 with attached sketch LSK-05 Revise irrigation schedule adding detail callout per attached sketch LSK-06 Revise irrigation legend adding detail callouts and pressure reducing valve information per attached sketch LSK-07 24. Sheet A1.01 – Site Plans Add to 1/A1.01 on North 30th street just to the east of the access driveway, a temporary ADA parking spot- The spot shall be 9’ wide x 20’ long located 10’-0” east of the access drive. Include an ADA Parking Sign and striping per COR standards 25. Sheet A1.02 – Enlarged Site Plans Replace entire sheet with attached A1.02 Revised 2018-01-16 26. Sheet A1.03 – Site Details Replace entire sheet with attached A1.03 Revised 2018-01-16 27. Sheet A3.02 - Enlarged Floor Plans Add Fire Cabinet in Shop 123, Dryer Cabinet in Decon 121 & Extractor in Decon 121 as shown and labeled on A11.01 28. Sheet A3.03 – Roof Plan Add to the end of the note at the AC Unit to “See 11/A6.07” Replace note at Rooftop Mechanical Unit to read as follows; “CONT CURB ALL AROUND UNDER ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT (DOAS)- SEE 13/A6.07” 29. Sheet A6.07 – Roof Types & Details Revise 1/A6.07 rigid insulation note to remove “adhered” Replace 5/A6.07 with attached ASK-05 Add 13/A6.07 per attached ASK-06 30. Sheet A7.01 – Room Finish & Door Schedule Revise on 1/A7.01 Door Type D2 the dimension from the floor to the bottom of the glazing to read 43” MAX Revise on 1/A7.01 Door Type D3 the dimension from the floor to the bottom of the glazing to read 43” MAX Revise on 1/A7.01 Door Type D4 the dimension from the floor to the top of the bottom stile to read 10” MIN Add the following to the description column of the existing items on the Room & Door Schedule Abbreviations PNT-1: Color Match SW 7006 Extra White PNT-2: Color Match SW 1015 Skyline Steel PNT-3: Color Match SW 0078 Sunbeam Yellow PNT-4: Color Match SW 7593 Rustic Red PNT-5: Color Match SW 7645 Thunder Gray PNT-6: Custom Color Match PNT-7: Custom Color Match PNT-8: Custom Color Match PNT-9: Gray- Architect to select from manufacturer’s standard colors PNT-10: Dark Gray- Architect to select from manufacturer’s standard colors PNT-11: Light Gray- Architect to select from manufacturer’s standard colors PNT-12: Gray- Architect to select from manufacturer’s standard colors PNT-13: Gray- Architect to select from manufacturer’s standard colors Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 11 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 11 PNT-14: Black- Architect to select from manufacturer’s standard colors 31. Sheet A7.02 – Partition Types & Interior Details Revise 1/A7.02 wall type P3 & S3 to show (2) rows of 2x4 wood studs @ 16” OC max- Staggered Add on 1/A7.02 the following notes below each wall type: P1 (U305); P2 (U379); P3 (U341); S2 (U379); S3 (U341) Add the following note to Interior Partition Notes: 10. For all wall types, UL rated assemblies are indicated within parenthesis after the wall type. Wall types are rated only where shown on the life safety diagrams on sheet T1.01- Comply with all components of UL rated assembly indicated at these locations Replace 8/A7.02 with attached ASK-07 Replace 10/A7.02 with attached ASK-08 32. Sheet A9.00 - Toilet Elevations, Accessories & ADA Requirements Revise Room name in title bar for 13/A9.00, 14/A9.00, 15/A9.00 & 16/A9.00 to read “Shower” 33. Sheet A9.01 – Interior Elevations Remove on 12/A9.01 the detail callout 15/A9.06 at the flyer display cabinet Add on 12/A9.01 to the end of the flyer display cabinet note (OFOI) 34. Sheet A9.02 – Interior Elevations Replace 1/A9.02 with attached ASK-09 Replace 13/A9.02 & 14/A9.02 with attached ASK-10 35. Sheet A9.03 – Interior Elevations Add the following note to the base cabinet to the left of the washer & dryer on 4/A9.03: “EXTEND CABINET BOX TO CORNER- OMIT ADJUSTABLE SHELF” Replace 9/A9.03 & 10/A9.03 with attached ASK-11 36. Sheet A9.04 – Interior Elevations Replace a portion of 3/A9.04 with attached ASK-12 37. Sheet A9.06 – Casework Details Delete 5/A9.06 and all references to detail Add 6/A9.06 per attached sketch ASK-13 Delete 15/A9.06 and all references to detail 38. Sheet A11.01 – FF&E Plans Add the following note to 1/A11.01 in the northwest corner of the App Bay: “BIKE HOOK (CFCI)” Add to 1/A11.01 18” CLR dimension from the extractor to the north wall of Decon & 24” CLR dimension from the extractor to the east wall of Decon 39. Sheet S3.01 – Foundation Plan Replace a portion of 1/S3.01 with attached SSK-01 40. Sheet M1.04 – Mechanical Schedules Revise P-12A in Plumbing Fixture Schedule from “Refrigerant” to Refrigerator”. Add P-13A, Emergency Shower/Eye Wash, with pipe connections: 2” W, 2” V, 1-1/4” CW, 1-1/4” HW to Plumbing Fixture Schedule. 41. Sheet M2.01 – Foundation Plan – Plumbing Revise ‘Foundation Plan – Base Bid’ per attached sketches MSK-01, MSK-02, and MSK-03. Revise ‘Foundation Plan – Alternate Bid’ per attached sketches MSK-04. Add 1/2” CW and 1/2” HW in Kitchen 106 (Near Grids D.5/2) from wall (where island sink vent subs up) to island sink. Revise keyed Note 2 at 3” RAINL near Grid 1/E to be keyed note 1. 42. Sheet M3.01 – Floor Plan – Plumbing Add on 1/M3.01 a valve in CW pipe to P-10B in Room 110. Revise on 1/M3.01 the direction of fittings for 3” RAINL piping from Grids 4/D to 4/E to flow to the south. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 12 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 12 Revise on 1/M3.01 3” RAINL pipe to flow down (piped down) in Pantry 105. Revise on 1/M3.01 “Alarm Shut-Off Switch” above Day Room 108 to read “Gas Solenoid Valve”; Revise location to be in gas piping to kitchen cooking equipment. Add valve and union in gas piping upstream of gas solenoid valve. Revise on 1/M3.01 & 2/M3.01 the size of HW pipe routed across Apparatus Bay, north of Grid C, from 1” HW to 1-1/4” HW. Add on 1/M3.01 & 2/M3.01 pipe sizes of 1-1/4” CW and 1-1/4” HW to piping routed to serve P-13A in Decon 121. Add on 1/M3.01 & 2/M3.01 3/4” combustion drain from F-1 in Decon 121 routed to P-11C in Shop 123. Provide with acid neutralizer in drain piping, located to be accessible. Revise on 1/M3.01 & 2/M3.01 size of CW pipe in Bunker Gear 122 routed from water header to the north (to serve fixtures to the north) to be 1-1/2” Revise on 3/M3.01 P-11A to P-11B (this is a revision of Item 15 in Addendum No. 1 where it was incorrectly called out as a change to a P-1B). Add on 3/M3.01 in Mezzanine 201 at WH-1, pipe sizes immediately at WH-1: 1-1/2” CW, 1-1/2” HW, 3/4” HWC. Add on 3/M3.01 at south side of Mezzanine 201 size of 2” CW to east/west CW pipe; Add size of 2” CW to CW pipe routed toward WH-1. Add on 3/M3.01 detail callout 7/M3.11 at ACOMP-1 in Mezzanine 201. Add to General Notes: 9. See Gas piping schematic 12/M3.12 for gas pipe sizes. Add to General Notes: 10. Install piping in Apparatus Bay as high as possible (except where a specific height has been indicated). Develop and submit shop drawing indicating proposed heights for review by Architect and Engineer and for coordination purposes. 43. Sheet M3.11 - Plumbing Details Add isolation valve after check valve at circulating pump in Gas Water Heater Detail 5/M3.11 Add at Air Compressor Detail 7/M3.11 pipe size of 1/2” to pipe to Vehicle Exhaust System and size of 3/4” to pipe to Air Drops. Delete pipe size shown at Air Filter Regulator 8/M3.11; Add note “see Detail 7 this sheet for pipe sizes”. 44. Sheet M3.12 – Plumbing Details Revise 11/M3.12 calculations box per attached MSK-05 45. Sheet M4.01 – Floor Plans - HVAC Add on 1/M4.01 4” round combustion air duct up for IRH-1 and IRH-2 in Apparatus Bay 119. Revise on 1/M4.01 “Auto Disconnect Vehicle Exhaust” in Apparatus Bay 119 to “Auto Disconnect Vehicle Exhaust System: Fan, ductwork, rail, hoses, nozzles, and controls provided by Auto Disconnect Vehicle Exhaust manufacturer.” Delete on 1/M4.01 “Vehicle exhaust straight rail” in Apparatus Bay 119; rails are included with the Auto Disconnect Vehicle Exhaust System. Add on 1/M4.01 at EF-2 in Apparatus Bay 119 “Provide 18x18 CEG and 18/18 duct up to EF-2”. Add on 1/M4.01 6-inch round exhaust duct serving the Dryer Cabinet in Decon 121; terminate with a wall cap above the cabinet. Revise on 1/M4.01 F-1 outside air duct and intake in Bunker Gear 122; delete intake louver; add 16x16 RVI with 16/10 outside air duct up to RVI. Add on M4.01 3”round combustion air and 2” round flue (or sizes as recommended by manufacturer) from F-1 up through roof in Bunker Gear 122. Maintain a minimum of 10’ between flue discharge and all air intakes. Add note 9 to General Notes as follows: 9. Mount vehicle exhaust system in Apparatus Bay at same height as lights; mount over items in the Apparatus Bay at higher elevations. Develop and submit shop drawing indicating proposed heights for review by Architect and Engineer and for coordination purposes. 46. Sheet E1.00 – Electrical Site Plan Add on 1/E1.00 block heater / battery charger connection to generator and power from E1-40 Replace a portion of 1/E1.00 Electrical Site plan with ESK-05 attached. Delete 2/E1.00 Century Link Vault Detail Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 13 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 13 47. Sheet E2.00 – Lighting Plan Replace a portion of 1/E2.00 with ESK-03 attached. 48. Sheet E3.00 – Power Plan Replace two portions of 1/E3.00 with ESK-04 attached. Replace on 1/E3.00 the existing WP GFI exterior duplex receptacle at Column Line H5 opposite the Officer’s Office 104 with a lockable WP GFI lockable duplex receptacle. Relocate on 1/E3.00 fan F-1 to Decon 121. Remove on 1/E3.00 HT WTR connect beneath sink at Kitchen 106. Remove on 1/E3.00 “(On Roof)” description for EF-1. Add EF-1 VFD & Vehicle Exhaust Control Panel on Apparatus Bay 119 wall between Decon 121 and Custodial 120. 49. Sheet E4.00 – Low Voltage Plan Replace a portion of 1/E4.00 with ESK-02 attached 50. Sheet E5.01 – One-Line Distribution Diagrams Replace 120kW/150kW with 125kW/156.3kW in the Generator Description. 51. Sheet E7.01 – Electrical Schedules Add Item DC-1 (Dryer Cabinet) to Mechanical Equipment Connection Schedule as follows: Description: Dryer Cabinet Location: Decon 121 FLA: 25 A MOCP: 35/3 Voltage: 208 V, 3 Ph CU Feeder: ¾”C – 3#8 + #10 EGC Disconnect: 60A/3P Non-Fused Add Item EX-1 (Extractor) to Mechanical Equipment Connection Schedule as follows: Description: Washer Extractor Location: Decon 121 FLA: 11 A MOCP: 30/3 Voltage: 208 V, 3 Ph CU Feeder: ¾”C – 3#10 + #10 EGC Disconnect: 30A/3P Non-Fused Add Dryer Cabinet to Panel Schedule E2: 35A/3 circuit breaker. Add Extractor to Panel Schedule E2: 30/3 circuit breaker. Add 18 circuits to both Panels E1 & E2 making (2) 60 space panels. Add “2-speed” in controller description column for EF-3. 52. Sheet IA1.00 – Station Alerting Device Plan: Remove “IL” Device from all Bunk Rooms. Remove “IL” Device from Officer Office Add “RB” (Reader Board) in Station Office on West Wall Add “RB” in Officers Office on East Wall Add “RB” in Dining Room on North Wall Add “RB” in Apparatus Bay on West Wall Add “RT” in Apparatus Bay on South Wall between bay doors. Relocate the “IL” and “AS” from east door of Apparatus Bay to wall inside of Apparatus Bay just north of grid line C. Refer to New Drawing IA1.02 provided for exact details on locations of all devices listed above. 53. Sheet IA1.02- Station Alerting Complete Device Plan: Replace entire sheet with IA1.02 sheet attached to this addendum Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 14 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 14 54. Sheet IA1.03 – Station Alerting System Block Drawing and Legends: Replace the Station Alerting Legend with IASK-01 attached 55. Sheet IA1.04 Station Alerting System – App Bay Elevations Replace a portion of 2/A1.04 with IASK-02 attached Replace a portion of 3/IA1.04 with IASK-03 attached Replace a portion of 4/IA1.04 with IASK-04 attached 56. Sheet IA1.05 Station Alerting System – Various Elevations Replace a portion of 2/A1.05 with IASK-05 attached THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT MANUFACTURER SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ACCEPTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01 6000. Bidders are reminded that by bidding these substitutions, they are subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3.01C and review of full submittals: 1. Section 07 4213 – Metal Wall Panels Add 2.02-B-3 as follows: 3. Taylor Metal – Classic 7/8” Corrugated 22 ga 2. Section 07 5419 – PVC Thermoplastic Single-Ply Roofing Add 2.01-B as follows: B. Sika Sarnafil G410 3. Section 08 3323 – Overhead Coiling Doors Add 2.01-D as follows: D. Overhead Door - EverServe 4. Section 22 4000 – Plumbing Fixtures Add to 2.01-I, “Murdoch” 5. Section 23 3400 – Fans Add to 2.01-C, “Penn Barry” 6. Section 23 3700 - Air Outlets & inlets Add to 2.07-A, “Penn Barry” 7. Section 23 8127 – VRF Split System Heat Pumps Add to 2.01-B, “Trane” 8. Section 23 8310 – Gas Fire Radiant Heaters Add to 2.01-B, “Detroit Radiant, Superior Radiant” 9. Section 26 3200 – Packaged Engine Generator Systems Add 2.01-E as follows: E. Taylor Power TD125 10. Section 26 5000 – Lighting Fixtures Add 2.01-B as follows: B. Sea-Tac Lighting THE FOLLOWING CLARIFICATIONS ARE ISSUED IN RESPONSE TO BIDDERS QUESTIONS: 1. Q: The R-value of rigid insulation on the roof is shown as 8” with a minimum value of R-38. Can the thickness be reduced? A: The roofing assembly shall provide a minimum overall R-value of R-38. Insulation thickness may be reduced subject to contractor’s documentation that penetrations through insulation comply with code required R-38 value. Calculations are based on Prescriptive method of WSEC Compliance, and fasteners must be less than 0.12% of the roof area. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 15 of 15 ADDENDUM NO. 2 - Page 15 2. Q: Per detail 1/A6.07 there is a callout for the insulation to be adhered, however spec section 07519 3.5 C.1 calls out for the insulation to be mechanically fastened. Could you please clarify which is correct? A: The specifications allow mechanical fasteners for the insulation but require the membrane to be fully adhered. This addendum shall be attached to and become part of the work and shall be acknowledged on your BID FORM. Attachments: Spec Sections: 00 0003 Bid Form, 00 7200 General Conditions – Part 2, 01 5713 Temporary Erosion & Sedimentation Control, 10 1400 Signage, 31 1000 Site Preparation Sheets: C0.00 thru C4.04, A1.02, A1.03, IA1.02 Sketches: LSK-01 thru LSK-07, ASK-05 thru ASK-13, SSK-01, MSK-01 thru MSK-05, ESK-02 thru ESK-05 IASK-01 thru IASK-05, Plan Holders List – January 16, 2018 Distribution: All Plan holders END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 January 16, 2018 00 0003 - 1 CITY OF RENTON MAIL TO: CITY CLERK 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 HAND DELIVER TO: OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK SEVENTH FLOOR, RENTON CITY HALL 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 In compliance with the contract documents, the following bid form is submitted: 1) BASE BID (Including Trench Excavation Safety Provisions): $ (Written) (Numeric) 2) SALES TAX ON BASE BID (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10 %): $ (Written) (Numeric) TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS (Included also in Base Bid) If the bid amount contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four feet, all costs for trench safety shall be included in the Base Bid and indicated above for adequate trench safety systems in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW. 49.17 RCW and WAC 296-155-650. Bidder must include a lump sum dollar amount in blank above (even if the value is $0.00) to be responsive. 2) BID ALTERNATES The undersigned proposes to perform work called for in the following alternates as described in the Section 01 2300 and indicated on the Contract Documents, for the following resulting additions and or deletions to the Basic Bid. The bidder agrees to hold the following alternate bid prices for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days from the date designated for receipt of bids. A.1. Alternate No. 1 Provide and install permanent landscape irrigation system as detailed on the landscape, electrical and architectural drawings and specified in Section 32 8400: ADD $ A.2. Sales Tax on Alternate No. 1 (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10 %): ADD $ B I D F O R M Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 January 16, 2018 00 0003 - 2 B.1. Alternate No. 2 Provide and install trench drains in the Apparatus Bay as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 22 1300: ADD $ B.2. Sales Tax on Alternate No. 2, (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10%): ADD $ The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bid prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. TIME FOR COMPLETION: Contract Time - The undersigned hereby agrees to Substantially Complete all the work under the Base Bid (and accepted Alternates) within 290 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed but not later than 1 December 2018. Final Completion – All the Work shall be fully and finally completed in accordance with the contract documents within 45 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. UNIT PRICES (Where applicable) (Do not include Washington State Sales Tax) Unit Item No. Description Estimated Quantities Additive Unit Price Deductive Unit Price Per Measurement 1. Over excavation and export of unsuitable soils. 300-cy to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown $ $ Cubic Yard (CY) of soils excavated, trucked and legally dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in- place location. 2. Imported fill to replace unsuitable soils Section 31 2200 (delivered and in place) 300-cy to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown $ $ Ton of fill per Section 31 2200, imported, placed and compacted The above unit prices shall be for any additive and deductive work within 15% of the above estimated quantities. The unit price shall include full compensation for the cost of labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit and any additional costs associated with the unit bid. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all unit prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. Unit prices not accepted within 60 days of the bid date are rejected. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING – RCW 39.30.060 If the base bid and the sum of the additive alternates is one million dollars or more, the Bidder shall provide names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work. If the Bidder intends to perform the work, the Bidder must enter its name for that category of work. The Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate. Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder’s bid nonresponsive and, therefore, VOID. Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 January 16, 2018 00 0003 - 3 Designated Work Firm Name 1. HVAC 2. Plumbing 3. Electrical APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS The apprentice labor hours required for this project are 15% of the total labor hours. The undersigned agrees to utilize this level of apprentice participation. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $1,400 for each consecutive calendar day that is in default after the Contract Time. Liquidated damages shall be deducted from the contract invoice after taxes and retainage. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA Receipt of the following addenda is acknowledged: Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Name of Firm NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Signed by Official Capacity Print Name Address City State Zip Code Date Telephone FAX State of Washington Contractor's License No. Federal Tax ID # E-mail address: Employment Security Department No. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority REVISION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS PART-2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 January 16, 2018 Addendum #2 PART 2 – INSURANCE AND BONDS 2.1 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE General insurance requirements: Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall obtain all the insurance required by the Contract Documents and provide evidence satisfactory to Owner that such insurance has been procured. Review of the Contractor’s insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of Contractor. Companies writing the insurance to be obtained by this part shall be licensed to do business under Chapter 48 RCW or comply with the Surplus Lines Law of the City of Renton. Contractor shall include in its bid the cost of all insurance and bond costs required to complete the base bid work and accepted alternates. Insurance carriers providing insurance in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be acceptable to Owner. A. Term of insurance coverage: Contractor shall maintain the following insurance coverage during the Work and for one year after Final Acceptance, with the exception of Professional Liability insurance, when required, which shall be maintained for a minimum of three years. Contractor shall also maintain the following insurance coverage during the performance of any corrective Work required by Section 5.16. 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability (CGL) on an Occurrence Form. Coverage shall include, but not be limited to: a. Completed operations/products liability; b. Explosion, collapse, and underground, when applicable to the work being performed; and c. Stop loss coverage applicable to the State of Washington. 2. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance: Required if a commercial vehicle will be used in performance of work or delivery of products by the contractor, beyond normal commutes. 3. Professional Liability: Required if professional services (e.g. architect, engineering, surveying, legal, or medical) are being provided to the Owner and if those professional services are excluded from the CGL policy. Coverage may be on a Claims Made basis, if coverage is maintain at least 3-years beyond the conclusion of work. 4. Excess Liability or Umbrella: Required if needed to reach minimum CGL or auto liability coverage limits. 5. Builders Risk – When applicable to the work being performed, is required up to the amount of the completed value of a new building or major construction project, with no coinsurance provisions. See section 2.6. 6. Pollution Liability – Required if work involves a pollution risk to the environment. Coverage may be included in other required policies. B. Industrial Insurance compliance (Workers’ Compensation): Contractor shall comply with the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act and, if applicable, the Federal Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Act and the Jones Act. C. Insurance to protect for the following: All insurance coverages shall protect against claims for damages for personal and bodily injury or death, as well as claims for property damage, which may arise from operations in connection with the Work whether such operations are by Contractor or any Subcontractor. D. Owner as Additional Insured: Name the City of Renton as a Primary and Non-contributory Additional Insured on the policy (only applies to Commercial General, Auto Liability, Excess/Umbrella, when applicable). E. Insurance certificate requirements and minimum limits may be waived or modified by the Risk Manager or with Risk Manager approval. Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority REVISION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS PART-2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 January 16, 2018 Addendum #2 2.2 COVERAGE LIMITS Insurance amounts: The minimum coverage limits shall be as follows for applicable required insurance: A. Limits of General Liability shall not be less than $1,000,000 per each Occurrence; including Personal Injury and Advertising Liability for Each Occurrence and $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate B. $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit for Automobile Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Each Accident or Loss. C. $1,000,000 for Professional Liability. D. $1,000,000 for Pollution Liability. E. The Owner does not represent that the minimum required insurance coverage or limits are adequate to protect the vendor/contractor/consultant from all liabilities. 2.3 INSURANCE COVERAGE CERTIFICATES A. Certificate required: Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall furnish to Owner a completed and acceptable certificate of insurance coverage showing all required insurance coverage. B. List Project info: All insurance certificates shall name Owner as the certificate holder. The certificate holder should read: City of Renton ATTN: Gary Lamb 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA. 98057 C. Cancellation provisions: The Owner shall be provided with written notice of any policy cancellation within a minimum of two business days of receipt of such notice by the policy holder. 2.4 PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS Conditions for bonds: Payment and performance bonds for 100% of the Contract Award Amount, plus state sales tax, shall be furnished for the Work, using the City of Renton Contract Bond Form provided. Prior to execution of a Change Order that, cumulatively with previous Change Orders, increases the Contract Award Amount by 15% or more, the Contractor shall provide either new payment and performance bonds for the revised Contract Sum, or riders to the existing payment and performance bonds increasing the amount of the bonds. The Contractor shall likewise provide additional bonds or riders when subsequent Change Orders increase the Contract Sum by 15% or more. No payment or performance bond is required if the Contract Sum is $35,000 or less and Contractor agrees that Owner may, in lieu of the bond, retain 50% of the Contract Sum for the period allowed by RCW 39.08.010. 2.5 ALTERNATIVE SURETY When alternative surety required: Contractor shall promptly furnish payment and performance bonds from an alternative surety as required to protect Owner and persons supplying labor or materials required by the Contract Documents if: A. Owner has a reasonable objection to the surety; or B. Any surety fails to furnish reports on its financial condition if required by Owner. 2.6 BUILDER’S RISK A. Contractor to buy Builders Risk Insurance: When the project involves substantial new building construction, as determined by the Owner, Contractor shall purchase and maintain Builders Risk insurance in the amount of the Contract Sum including all Change Orders for the Work on a replacement cost basis until Substantial Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority REVISION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS PART-2 Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 January 16, 2018 Addendum #2 Completion. For projects not involving New Building Construction, “Installation Floater” is an acceptable substitute for the Builder’s Risk Insurance. The insurance shall cover the interest of Owner, Contractor, and any Subcontractors, as their interests may appear. B. Losses covered: Contractor property insurance shall be placed on an “all risk” basis and insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false work, temporary buildings, debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for A/E’s services and expenses required as a result of an insured loss. C. Waiver of subrogation rights: Owner and Contractor waive all subrogation rights against each other, any Subcontractors, A/E, A/E’s sub-consultants, separate contractors described in Section 5.20, if any, and any of their subcontractors, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this section or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by Owner as fiduciary. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. Fire Station 15 01 5713 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 1 SECTION 01 5713 – TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Install and maintain temporary erosion and sedimentation control facilities through project completion. 2. Provide staging and stockpiling areas as necessary. 3. Protect infiltration facilities. 1.02 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016; Washington State Department of Transportation. Standard Plans, current edition. B. 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual, as amended by the City of Renton. C. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition D. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SILT FENCE A. Filter fabric material shall meet the following: 1. AOS (ASTM D4751) = 50-100 sieve size (0.30-0.15 mm) 2. Water Permittivity (ASTM D4491) = 0.02 sec-1 min. 3. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632) = 180 lbs min for extra strength/100 lbs min for standard strength fabric. 4. Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632) = 30% max. 5. UV resistance (ASTM D4355) = 70% min. B. Silt fence shall be in accordance with the project Documents and City of Renton Standard Detail 214.00. 2.02 CATCH BASIN FILTER A. Provide catch basin filters in accordance with the project Documents and City of Renton Standard Detail 216.30. Insert shall be appropriately sized for the structure in which it is installed per manufacturer's recommendation. 2.03 STRAW WATTLE A. Straw wattles shall be in accordance with WSDOT Section 9-14.5(5) and contract documents. 2.04 PLASTIC SHEETING A. In accordance with WSDOT Section 9-14.5(3) for 6 mil clear plastic covering. 2.05 SAND BAGS A. Provide ½ to 1 cubic foot capacity sand bags constructed of UV stabilized synthetic woven material of sufficient strength to support the weight of the bag capacity in mineral aggregate. 2.06 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. Geotextile Fabric shall be woven polypropylene geotextile, Mirafi 500X or approved equivalent. B. Quarry spalls shall be 6” or 8” per WSDOT Section 9-13.6. C. Stabilized Construction Entrance shall be in accordance with the project Documents and City of Renton Standard Detail 215.10. 2.07 SEDIMENT STORAGE FACILITY A. Provide sediment storage facility Baker Tank, Rain for Rent, or approve equal for sediment management. Minimum sizing per contract documents. Contractor shall provide additional storage as necessary to manage construction stormwater 2.08 STABILIZED PHASE 2 LAYDOWN AREA A. Geotextile Fabric shall be woven polypropylene geotextile, Mirafi 500X or approved equivalent. B. Quarry spalls shall be 6” or 8” per WSDOT Section 9-13.6. 2.09 ROCK CHECK DAMS A. Provide Rock Check Dams in accordance with the project Documents and City of Renton Standard Detail 217.40. Fire Station 15 01 5713 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 2 B. Quarry spalls shall be 2” or4” per WSDOT Section 9-13.6. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall employ or contract with a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) for this project. The contractor shall name their Certified Erosion Control Specialist and provide contact information to the Owner’s representative prior to mobilization. The Contractor’s CESCL will be responsible for sampling of stormwater discharges from the site as required would be required by a DOE stormwater permit. The Contractor’s CESCL will be required to coordinate the required sampling of stormwater discharges from the site at the upstream and downstream turbidity monitoring locations. Since the project site is less than 1 acre on construction NPDES Permit is required, however, turbidity monitoring must be conducted weekly and within 24 hours of a discharge. Water quality testing results will be kept on site for reference and review if requested by Owner’s Representative, City of Renton, or other agencies. The CESCL shall perform weekly (at a minimum) inspections of TESC BMPs throughout the site. B. The implementation of the Temporary Erosion Sedimentation Control (TESC) plans and the construction, maintenance, replacement and upgrading of these facilities is the responsibility of the Contractor until all construction is approved. All work shall be in accordance with the City of Renton’s requirements and the project Documents. The TESC facilities shown on the plan and as required to meet DOE standards for stormwater discharge, must be constructed in conjunction with all clearing and grading activities, and in such a manner as to ensure that sediment laden water does not enter the drainage system or violate applicable water standards. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to upgrade erosion control as necessary to meet applicable DOE and City of Renton water quality requirements. A preliminary SWPPP will be provided to the Contractor for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating and maintaining SWPPP. The contractor shall complete the turbidity monitoring per DOE Stormwater requirements, and in the event that unexpected conditions arise during construction, the Contractor shall contract with a third-party erosion control monitor to help manage the site and prevent any discharges of turbid water to the downstream system. If turbidity monitoring indicates that the discharged stormwater does not meet the acceptable discharge requirements, the Contractor shall immediately plug the point of discharge and provide additional TESC measures as necessary. C. The TESC facilities shown are the minimum requirements for anticipated site conditions. During the construction period, the TESC facilities shall be upgraded and added to as required to meet DOE standards for stormwater discharge (e.g. additional sumps, additional or expanded construction access and lay down, construction of ditches and filter fabric fences, etc.) as needed. Contractor shall include in the base bid and pay for all costs associated with the construction, maintenance, additions, upgrading, and removal of the erosion control system throughout project duration. D. Contractor shall define clearing limits by erosion control components, construction fencing, and/or the existing fence E. The Contractor shall provide ground-cover measures, access roads, and staging areas to maintain a workable site. To the maximum extent possible the Contractor shall use the existing pavement for construction staging and access except where noted on the project Documents. The contractor shall be prepared to implement and maintain the required measures to reduce the amount of exposed ground. Provide Interceptor dikes as necessary per the City of Renton standards. F. All TESC measures for a given area to be graded or otherwise worked should be installed prior to any activity within that area. The contractor shall sequence construction within a given area to install sediment storage facilities and establish perimeter flow control prior to starting clearing and grading. G. During the wetter months of the year, or when large storm events are predicted during the summer months, each work area should be stabilized such that if showers occur the work area can receive the rainfall without excessive erosion or sediment transport. During the winter months, areas that are to be left un-worked for more than two (2) days shall be mulched or covered with plastic. During the summer months minimum stabilization measures shall be to seal-rolling the subgrade. The Contractor shall create and maintain temporary stormwater conveyance channels through work areas to route runoff to the approved treatment facilities. H. All disturbed areas shall be re-vegetated as soon as possible or covered with compost blanket if outside of the growing season. I. Soils that are to be reused around the site shall be stored in such a manner as to reduce erosion from the stockpile. Protective measures should include, but are not limited to, covering with plastic sheeting, the use of low stockpiles in flat areas, or the use of filter fabric fences around pile perimeters. During the period between October 1st and March 31st, these measures are required. J. Provide wheel cleaning stations to clean wheels and undercarriage of trucks before leaving site, as necessary, to prevent dirt from being carried onto public roads. If roads are fouled, they must be cleaned immediately in conformance with the City of Renton’s requirements. Fire Station 15 01 5713 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 3 K. Provide catch basin inserts in all existing catch basins in and adjacent to work area. Provide catch basin inserts in all existing catch basins and new catch basins and area drains immediately following installation, until site is stabilized. L. Keep streets and site drains open for drainage at all times. TESC facilities shall be inspected daily during periods of rain, otherwise inspected weekly. Clean streets thoroughly at the end of each day. Remove sediment with a method approved by the Owner’s Representative, and transport sediment to an approved sediment disposal area. M. Clean out catch basin sumps and trench drains and confirm the structure in functioning prior to placement of catch basin inserts or filter fabric in conformance with the contract documents. If structure is nonfunctioning, immediately inform the owner representative. Conform to manufacturer’s recommendations regarding maximum allowable amount of sediment in catch basin insert. Remove sediment buildup or replace the catch basin insert. Clean out catch basins and piping after completion of construction. Do not flush sediment-laden water into the downstream system during cleaning operation. N. Inspect and repair erosion control measures weekly at a minimum and daily if necessary. Contractor shall be aware of the weather forecasts and shall inspect before, during and after storms and prior to weekend and holidays. Contractor shall inspect the entire system to ensure proper operation. 3.02 POLLUTION PREVENTION A. Contractor shall maintain a surface water pollution prevention plan. B. Contractor shall provide location for spill response materials, and identify disposal methods for contaminated water and soil after a spill. Contractor shall provide to the Owner’s representative and the City of Renton the location of spill response materials. Contractor will also identify disposal methods for contaminated water and soil after a spill. C. The Contractor shall provide a report to the Owner’s Representative and the City of Renton identifying the personnel responsible for pollution prevention, including contact information, and clearly listing the responsibilities of these personnel. D. The Contractor shall also provide a description of the procedures to be used in monitoring the prevention BMP and responding to the BMP including record keeping. E. Liquids including petroleum products, fuel, solvents, detergents, pesticides, and concrete admixtures shall not be brought the site in large quantities or stored on site unless approval is obtained from City of Renton and Owner’s representative. If small quantities are necessary for use, these items will be brought in small quantities, used, and removed from the site. Items such as paint or form oils, if needed, will be delivered to the site in small quantities and stored inside a construction trailer prior to use. No hazardous liquid products including but not limited to petroleum products, fuel, solvents, detergents, paint, pesticides, concrete admixtures and form oils shall be stored on-site without prior approval. If requested, the Contractor shall provide for spill containment in accordance with City of Renton requirements. Contractor shall provide a list of the types and sizes of liquids that will be stored/handled on site. Contractor will also show the proposed location for storage on a project site plan and will provide a proposed method of secondary containment. The Owner’s Representative and the City shall review and approve plan prior to storage. F. Any demolished material shall be removed immediately upon demolition. Construction waste shall be promptly removed from the site and shall not be stockpiled. G. If required, a mobile fuel truck will be brought to the site to fuel the excavation equipment. Fueling of construction equipment shall by a mobile fuel truck and shall be allowed only in paved areas. Contractor shall provide a plan for fueling area spill containment to the Owner’s Representative and the City of Renton with a proposed method of secondary containment. The Owner’s Representative and the City shall review and approve plan prior to fueling. All spills, containment, and clean up shall be the contractor’s responsibility and at their own expense. H. Equipment will only be fueled during daylight hours. I. The Contractor shall remove from the site all equipment that requires significant repair. Minor repairs or maintenance may be allowed on site in an approved area. The Contractor shall submit a plan for the proposed location of vehicle maintenance and repair and shall indicate the proposed method of containment for possible leaking vehicle fluids. The contractor shall also provide a plan to the Owner’s Representative and the City of Renton for the collection, storage and disposal of the vehicle fluids. The Owner’s Representative and the City shall review and approve plan prior to any on-site maintenance. J. Truck Washout will not be allowed on site. 3.03 DRAINAGE COLLECTION AND CONVEYANCE A. Surface runoff and discharge shall be controlled at all times during and following development. Under no circumstances shall the contractor allow concentrated discharges over slopes. B. Provide temporary interceptor swales and rock check dams as required to maintain unobstructed conveyance of surface flows to sediment traps and sediment storage facilities throughout grading operations. Fire Station 15 01 5713 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 4 C. Additional collection structures shall be installed as necessitated by land clearing activities to ensure that sediment-laden water does not enter the natural or public drainage system. D. The project proposes the use of bioretention onsite. Sedimentation will be reduced through the installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment control BMPs on portions of the site that drain into the bioretention areas. The bioretention is non- infiltrating and can be used for a sediment control facility. If used, all sediment shall be removed and pond excavated at least 1 foot below bottom of sediment storage. Construction and foot traffic will be excluded from the bioretention areas once excavated and backfilled to prevent compaction. 3.04 PHASED CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Phased clearing and grubbing of the site shall be utilized to the maximum extent feasible to minimize disturbance to soil and minimize erosion potential. 3.05 REINFORCED SILT FENCE A. Field adjust filter fabric fence locations to perimeter of clearing and stripping and as necessary to prevent sediment-laden water from being transported off site. Locations indicated on drawing are schematic and Contractor be responsible for placement and extents. 3.06 POLYETHYLENE (PE) SHEETING A. Overlap joints at a minimum of 24”. Overlap joints in the direction of drainage to prevent water from draining onto material being protected. B. Secure PE sheeting as necessary to prevent movement and damage. C. Provide sandbags at 2.5 foot spacing and tie sandbags together with rope on slopes greater than 3:1. 3.07 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. Install stabilized construction entrance/exit as shown on the plans. The access(es) shall be installed at the beginning of construction and maintained to meet applicable standards for the duration of the project. At the Contractors discretion and as coordinated and approved with/by the Site Inspector additional access may be installed within the designated work area at the Contractor. The Contractor cannot anticipate additional entrances as they require inspector approval. Additional entrances, similar to all other TESC measures are at the Contractors sole cost. The Contractor is responsible for all other additional measures that may be required to ensure that all paved areas are kept clean for the duration of the project. B. Install stabilizing geotextile with a minimum 12” overlap at each joint. Extend geotextile 24” beyond limits of construction access. C. Place quarry spall material to compacted depth of 12 inches. 3.08 PROTECTION OF STOCKPILES A. Protect stockpile areas from release of sediment. Cover stockpiles at all times while not in use to keep stored material dry. Surround materials stockpiled on pavement by two rows of compost filter sock with joints staggered. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF PHASE 2 STABILIZED LAYDOWN AREA A. Install phase 2 stabilized laydown area immediately upon installation of the subbase for pervious pavement. Once installed, the Contractor shall protect and not utilize this area for any construction activity. B. Install stabilizing geotextile with a minimum 12” overlap at each joint. Extend geotextile 24” beyond limits of laydown area limits. C. Subbase side separation geotextile shall be wrapped a minimum of 12 inches over the top of the receptor course to provide added protection. D. Place quarry spall material to compacted depth of 12 inches. E. Phase 2 stabilized laydown area material shall be considered as site stabilization and removed by others. 3.10 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary silt fences, catch basin inserts and other TESC measures at the direction of the Owner’s Representative, but in no case prior to establishment of the Contract as Substantially Complete. The Owner reserves the right to take ownership and control of temporary siltation control facilities following thorough maintenance by the Contractor and immediately prior to acceptance of the Contract as Physically Complete. B. Complete site restoration as directed by the Owner’s Representative as part of removal operation. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 4 January 16, 2018 10 1400 - 1 SECTION 10 1400 - SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room and door signs. B. Building identification signs. C. Emergency Egress signs D. Parking Signs 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign. B. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 1. When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on the drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule. 2. When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from Owner through Architect at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule. 3. Submit for approval by Owner through Architect prior to fabrication. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. D. Selection Samples: Where colors are not specified, submit two sets of color selection charts or chips. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation templates and attachment devices. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. B. Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building. C. Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Signs: 1. ASI-Modulex (www.asimodulex.com). 2. Best Sign Systems, Inc (www.bestsigns.com). 3. Beyond Signs Inc. (www.beyondsigns.com). Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 4 January 16, 2018 10 1400 - 2 4. 2/90 Sign Systems (www.290signs.com). 5. DIVISION 10 Signs www.division10sign.com 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 SIGN TYPES A. Accessibility Compliance: All signs are required to comply with ADAAG and ANSI/ICC A 117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B. All Signage Types: Unless otherwise indicated: 1. Character Font: Arial. C. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas. 1. Provide "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade II braille. 2. Sign assembly to be composite acrylic sheet and aluminum sheet, individual panels to be min. 1/16” thick, standoff 1/8” from wall. Provide aluminum notifier trim closure at bottom edge. 3. Character Case: Upper case (title case). 4. Acrylic sign panels, aluminum plate for raised lettering and aluminum notifier band at bottom 5. Panel Edges: Square 6. Panel Corners: Square. 7. Mounting: Concealed screws. 8. Sign Size: As indicated in sign type details and required to comply with ADA. 9. Office and Bunk room doors: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section for room name and replaceable occupants’ names. Provide initial room labels with text as provided by Owner. Provide editable template for Owner’s future use in replacing labels. 10.General Signage type, provide at Living Area Rooms, Service Rooms and all locations where another sign type is not identified: Identify with room names and numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; 11.Toilet/Shower Rooms: Identify with unisex pictogram, the names and braille. D. Building Identification Signs: See section below. 1. Use individual metal letters. All upper case. 2. Post-mount to exterior metal wall panels and trim at locations shown on drawings. E. Egress signs: 1. At emergency egress doors provide visual and tactile exit notification signs with Braille in accordance with code and ADA standards. Match style and materials to General signage type. F. Traffic Signs: To match City standards and ADA requirements; Provide post and concrete footing base. Locate where indicated on drawings. 2.03 DIMENSIONAL METAL LETTERS A. "FIRE STATION 15": 1 Set. Cast aluminum letters, anodized finish, 1’ thick. Cast flat and smooth without reveal or rounding of edges. 18" high, post mounted to exterior wall through metal siding where indicated. Standoff ½” from outermost face of siding, concealed fasteners and posts. B. 1404 NORTH 30TH STREET: 1 set, Cast aluminum letters, painted finish, ½” thick. Cast flat and smooth without reveal or rounding of edges 6" high, post mounted to aluminum break metal over wood framing where indicated. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Concealed Screws: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, chrome plated, or other non-corroding metal. B. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 4 January 16, 2018 10 1400 - 3 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate backing for signage mounted through metal wall panels. C. Install all exterior signage in a sealed and leak-proof manner. D. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. E. Locate signs where indicated: 1. Room and Door Signs: Locate on wall at latch side of door with top of sign at 48 inches above finished floor. All signs shall be located in compliance with ADA standards. 2. If no location is indicated obtain Owner's instructions. F. Install concrete footing flush with grade and center post where indicated on plans and in compliance with ADA requirements for exterior post mounted signs. G. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. 3.03 SIGN TYPE DRAWINGS Fire Station 15 10 1400 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SIGNAGE Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 4 January 16, 2018 10 1400 - 4 END OF SECTION Fire Station 15 31 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SITE PREPARATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 6 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 1 SECTION 31 1000 – SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Provide pre-mobilization video (on DVD) of existing site conditions. 2. Locate and document existing utilities and controls. 3. Protect and remove trees per Landscape. 4. Save and protect from harm any trees, pavement, structures, features, and facilities to remain. 5. Provide temporary chain link fencing to secure construction site. 6. Staging and stockpiling locations. 7. Remove and dispose of pavement, topsoil, and other items shown on plans and as required to install new improvements. 8. Remove and dispose of utility materials from below the ground surface as required. 9. Identify, and coordinate with the Owner’s Representative and/or utility purveyor(s), the disconnection, capping, abandonment, and/or removal of utilities as required. 10. Salvage existing materials as specified. 11. Stockpiling of existing materials as specified. 12. Legally dispose of material from the site. 1.02 REFERENCES A. WSDOT - Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2016; Washington State Department of Transportation. Standard Plans. B. 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual, as amended by the City of Renton. C. The City of Renton Standards, Current Edition D. Geotechnical Report Renton Fire Station 15, August 31, 2017, HWA GeoSciences Inc. 1.03 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. All site demolition materials shall become the Contractor’s property unless otherwise noted in the project documents. 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Protection of existing improvements 1. Provide, erect, and maintain barricades, coverings, or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements. 2. Restore any existing on- or off-site improvements damaged by this work to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner’s Representative. Restoration includes but is not limited to landscaping, pavement, walks, structures and fences. 3. Restore to original grades and conditions, areas adjacent to site disturbed or damaged as a result of site preparation and demolition work. B. Contact all necessary utility purveyors including the City of Renton to coordinate utility cutoffs and removals. Verify that all appropriate services have been disconnected. C. Do not shut off or cap utilities without prior notice. Site utilities shall remain in service unless otherwise directed. Coordinate work with Division 01 requirements. D. Objectionable Noises: Limit use of air hammers and other noisy equipment. Conform to local governing requirements regarding Noise Control. E. Maintain vehicular and pedestrian traffic routes: 1. Ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, sidewalks, and adjacent facilities for all areas of the site not under construction. 2. Do not close or obstruct streets, fire lanes, sidewalks, alleys, or passageways without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. 3. If required by governing authorities, provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. F. Verify location and elevation of existing utilities at points of connection prior to commencing work on new utility that is to be connected to the existing utility. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative if actual conditions are at variance with plans. G. Verify location and elevation of existing utilities sufficiently in advance of construction to allow for coordination and mitigation of conflicts without down time or project delays. Fire Station 15 31 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SITE PREPARATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 6 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 2 1.05 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS A. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing, setting, and marking all line and location stakes including offsets and general construction staking. When work requiring control is required, all necessary related equipment and instruments shall be on site. B. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist shall be assigned to the Contractor Crew for this work. C. -The equipment and personnel must be available, at no additional cost, to the Owner for the purposes of verifying layout, conformance of grading, and certifying the accuracy of the work per the contract documents. D. The Contractor is responsible for preserving all benchmarks and stakes and is required to replace any stakes or benchmarks that are displaced or missing. E. The Contractor is responsible for review of all utility purveyor and City records relating to the existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and shall restore all utilities at Contractor's own expense. The Contractor is to notify the Owner's Representative immediately if underground utilities not shown on record documents are encountered. F. If any discrepancies are found by the surveyor between the drawings and actual field conditions, the contractor shall immediately notify the Owner’s Representative. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule the required pre-construction meeting with the City of Renton, Owner, Architect and the Engineer. B. Comply with all applicable Federal, State, and Local codes and safety regulations. C. If there are any conflicts among referenced standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. D. Coordinate demolition work with utility companies. E. Obtain all necessary permits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION FENCING A. Provide galvanized chain link fencing a minimum of 6 feet high. B. Posts shall be minimum 1 5/8" diameter galvanized steel pipe. At contractor’s option, Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipes may be driven into ground where fencing is placed on pervious and/or uneven surfaces and a continuous roll of fence fabric may be used; use minimum 9-guage aluminum wire ties to attach fabric to posts. On hard surfaces or where fences will be moved frequently, use fence panels supported with concrete blocks (min 80lbs each) and strapped together with saddle clamps. Fence sections shall have top and bottom rails. C. Provide interwoven 2” by 2” diamond mesh steel wire fabric, 11-gauge minimum chain link. Knuckled or twisted selvage is acceptable. Barbed wire is not allowed. D. Provide prefabricated fence panel gates of an appropriate size and location for Contractor’s operations. Gates shall be double- padlocked with chain for emergency access. Owner will provide 1 lock keyed for City Emergency personnel for each entry, and Contractor will provide a lock for Contractor and Subcontractor entry at each gate. Hinged sides of each gate panel shall include double bracketing. E. Bracing: provide additional panels or outriggers as necessary to provide a rigid, stable run of fence. F. Provide warning signage every 50 LF of fence running line. Signage shall be a minimum of 18 inches square, brightly colored, with contrasting lettering as follows: “WARNING CONSTRUCTION KEEP OUT.” G. Where approved, Temporary PVC Fencing may be used in low-security, short term applications. Provide 4-ft wide rolls of orange PVC web fencing, 6-ft lengths of #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar for posts, and safety caps for the #5 reinforcing bar. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin work prior to receiving Notice to Proceed from Owner. B. Verify that removal of existing site improvements may safely and appropriately begin. C. Obtain required permits and permission from local governing authorities and Owner prior to commencing work. D. Prior to beginning site removals and clearing, meet with the Owner’s Representative and review demolition plan. Indicate all existing trees that will be affected by construction. Coordinate removals of landscape materials with the Owner’s Representative. Fire Station 15 31 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SITE PREPARATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 6 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 3 3.02 DOCUMENTATION OF UTILTIES AND CONTROLS A. Maintain a separate drawing to be stored on-site for identifying key utilities and controls. Identify and apply color-coded markings identifying shut-offs for domestic water, irrigation water, power, and gas. Identify sanitary sewerage, stormwater discharge, gas, fiber optics, and telephone (all as appropriate) lines, which are to be maintained in service during the work. Color-code emergency contact information for each utility directly on the drawing. B. Identify and accurately locate all capped utilities, utilities to be abandoned in place and other subsurface piping, structural, electrical and mechanical existing improvement to remain. 3.03 GENERAL A. Install perimeter Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control (TESC) measures and flag or fence, as shown on plans, all clearing limits prior to clearing or grubbing of the site. B. Install tree protection per landscape. C. The Contractor shall implement and employ means and methods necessary to execute site demolition work in accordance with the Contract requirements and project schedule. The Contractor shall schedule site demolition work to minimize existing soil disturbances. The Contractor’s ability to perform site demolition work with moisture sensitive soils may be impossible during different periods of the work and may require the contractor to cease operations until some soil healing occurs. Inactive workdays or wet weather days shall be expected and planned for in the Contractor’s schedule and bid without extra cost to the Owner, except in abnormal wet weather cases. Abnormal wet weather cases shall be in accordance with the General Conditions. Time delays caused by the inability to perform work in existing saturated soils shall not be a basis for additional money or time claims. D. Prior to commencing site demolition and clearing, locate and flag all limits. Save and protect all areas to outside limits or existing improvements to remain. Contractor shall repair to equal or better condition areas outside limits impacted by Contractor’s work. Prior to site clearing and demolition, contact utility location service and have all underground utilities on the site and adjacent right- of-way’s clearly marked. Locate, flag, and protect existing underground utilities to remain. E. Approximate locations of existing utilities have been obtained from available records and are shown for convenience. The contractor shall be responsible for verification of the locations shown and for discovery of possible additional utilities not shown so as to avoid damage or disturbance or remove as necessary. The underground utility location service shall be contacted for field location prior to any construction. The Owner’s Representative shall be contacted if a utility conflict exists. F. Protect from weather existing soils exposed by site clearing and demolition activities. Protect exposed soils from erosion by covering with straw mulch or plastic. Prevent disturbance from vehicular traffic. Coordinate with TESC requirements. G. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. H. The Contractor shall provide temporary barricades, barriers, guard railing, shoring, etc., as necessary to protect personnel, structures, and utilities to remain intact during the operation of this contract. Conduct work in such a way to prevent damage to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities and injury to persons. The Contractor shall clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt or debris caused by demolition and clearing operations. Any damage to existing facilities to remain or to improvements on adjacent properties shall be repaired, replaced and/or reconstructed by the Contractor at their expense to its original condition or better as directed by the Owner’s representative. I. Conduct site demolition and clearing in such a way to ensure minimum interference with roads and other adjacent properties. Do not close or obstruct streets or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. 3.04 CLEARING A. Specifically locate and establish clearing limits by physical means as required by the documents. The chain-link security fence shall also be allowed to establish the clearing limits. B. Clear areas of the site as required and designated for new construction. C. Save and protect trees indicated on plans to remain. Protect all off-site trees along adjacent roadways and on surrounding properties. D. Remove growth and underbrush within the clearing limits as required for new construction and as indicated. Perform removal operations in a manner to protect existing property and trees to remain and as indicated in the project Documents. E. Do not drive heavy equipment outside of clearing limits to perform any clearing or tree removal. Replace all fencing and TESC features damaged by removals at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Dispose of clearing debris off site in a legal manner. Remove all debris and litter found on-site. Fire Station 15 31 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SITE PREPARATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 4 of 6 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 4 3.05 GRUBBING A. Grub or otherwise prepare areas where clearing has occurred to receive construction or other improvements. B. Excavate and remove all stumps to depth as necessary (assume 3 feet for bidding purposes) to remove all organic material and roots associated with the stumps. C. Excavate and remove roots larger than 1 inch in diameter, rocks, boulders and other unsuitable materials. D. Strip site to an average depth of 6 inches, with greater depth as required for stump and root removal listed above. E. Any stripping volumes required beyond the assumed depth listed above will be compensated for by the Owner only if documented, reviewed and measured prior to removal by the Geotechnical engineer. No additional compensation will be made for additional stripping done without Owner’s Representative and Geotechnical Engineer’s review and approval. F. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations as indicated for the respective areas of work in these specifications. Compact to the appropriate level indicated per Section 31 2200. 3.06 DRAINAGE AND GROUNDWATER A. Review and follow the recommendations concerning sub-grade protection in the project drawings. B. Control all surface and sub-surface water in order to prevent damage to the project site and adjacent properties. Provide all means necessary to immediately resolve surface water drainage problems generated on the construction site. Protect disturbed areas from inclement weather and surface runoff during construction process to provide a suitable working platform for all phases of the construction. Provide proper grading to prevent standing water. C. Keep natural drainage ways open for drainage at all times. Provide erosion control and stormwater turbidity control facilities as required according to the Plan, Section 01 5713, and per the City inspector to prevent sediment transport and turbid stormwater discharge either downstream or off-site. D. TESC facilities shall be installed prior to clearing and demolition. At no time shall more than one foot of sediment be allowed to accumulate within a catch basin, ditch, or swale. All catch basins and conveyance ditches shall be cleaned prior to paving. Mud/sediment build-up shall be removed, and the cleaning operation shall not flush sediment-laden water into the downstream system. E. Keep open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition work free of standing water. All water shall be discharged in a stabilized manner to the site TESC system. F. Keep all trenches, holes and pits free of water during clearing, grubbing, excavation, construction of structures and installation of drains. Control surface run-off in order to prevent collection of water in areas not indicated to hold run-off. G. Prior to clearing and demolition, in the event dewatering is required, submit to the Owner’s Representative a statement of the method, installation, and details of the dewatering systems in accordance with Division 01. Provide, install, and operate all necessary equipment to keep excavations free from water during construction. Dewater and dispose of the water in order to not cause damage to public/private property or to cause a nuisance/menace to the public. The Contractor shall have at all times sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for all ordinary emergencies, including power outages. Have available, at all times, competent workers for the operation of the pumping equipment. H. Control groundwater to prevent softening of the base of the excavation or formation of quick conditions or boils during excavation. Design and operate dewatering systems in order to prevent removal of natural soils and to eliminate turbidity of the discharge water. 3.07 SITE REMOVALS GENERAL A. Remove and dispose of foundations, fences, landscaping, topsoil, piping, and other obstructions in areas to be cleared. Materials not designated for salvage shall be broken up, loaded, and legally disposed of by the Contractor. Care shall be taken removing items to ensure that damage does not occur to the adjacent existing trees and improvements which are to remain in place. B. Electrical: Remove existing site electrical as shown on the electrical plans and specifications. All work shall be incidental to site demolition. C. Sprinkle excavated material and access roads as necessary to limit dust to the lowest practicable level. Do not use water to such an extent as to cause flooding, contaminated runoff, or icing. D. Explosive blasting is forbidden. 3.08 PAVEMENT DEMOLITION A. Raze, remove, and dispose of concrete and asphalt pavements and appurtenances, Site concrete and other pavement removals adjacent to existing pavement to remain shall be accomplished by making a neat vertical sawcut at the limits of removal for Fire Station 15 31 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SITE PREPARATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 5 of 6 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 5 asphalt and to the nearest joint on concrete unless otherwise noted. All concrete walk removals shall be sawcut at the next adjacent joint. Adjacent pavement materials designated to remain that are damaged by the Contractor during the work shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.09 UTILITY DEMOLITION: A. Contractor shall coordinate with applicable Utility Owners, purveyors and Owner’s Representatives to provide timely completion of utility removal work to be done by others. Installation of temporary utilities may be required to accomplish the required work and shall be considered incidental to the work. B. Locate all existing underground and above ground utilities in area of work. Save, support and protect utilities to remain. All utility piping and structures not designated for removal are to remain until new services are tested and in operation and shall be protected during construction unless indicated otherwise. Damage to existing utilities which are to remain shall be repaired immediately at the Contractor's expense. In the event the Contractor encounters utility lines not shown on the site plan or otherwise indicated to be saved, removed, or abandoned, the location of such lines shall be marked in the field and the Owner’s Representative notified. C. Do not interrupt existing utility services in use by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Owner’s Representative. Provide a minimum of two (2) days written notice and receive written authorization prior to proceeding with interruption. D. Locate, identify, disconnect, remove and dispose of utilities shown to be demolished. Arrange with utility owners and purveyors to shut off indicated utilities. Disconnect and/or remove existing utilities and/or structures as shown on plans and any additional utilities found in the construction area that conflict with improvements as part of this work. E. Asbestos piping: There is no known asbestos cement utility piping located on the project site or in the adjacent streets. If asbestos cement piping is encountered during the site or utility work on the project it shall be handled in accordance with the local, state and federal regulations. 3.10 FILLING DEPRESSIONS A. Fill depressions caused by clearing, grubbing, demolition and utility removal operations shall be in accordance with Section 31 2200 and shall meet all criteria specified for moisture and compaction with respect to the future conditions designated for that area. The contractor is responsible and shall install satisfactory soil materials to accomplish the work. The demolition excavation and backfill shall be incidental to the site demolition work. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. All site demolition materials shall become the Contractor’s property unless otherwise noted in the project documents. B. The refuse resulting from site preparation shall be disposed of by the Contractor in a manner consistent with all government regulations. In no case shall refuse material be left on the project site, shoved onto abutting private properties, or be buried in embankments or trenches on the project site. Debris shall not be deposited in any stream or body of water, or in any public right- of-way or upon any private property except by written consent of the private property owner. On-site burning is not allowed. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of any debris resulting from work of this Section. C. Non-salvageable or non-recyclable demolition, contaminated soils, and creosote debris shall be transported to an approved lined landfill with a leachate collection system. D. The Contractor has the option to secure its own demolition debris, asphalt, concrete, and creosote materials disposal or recycle site(s) provided it has acquired all permits and approvals necessary from governing agencies and the Owner. E. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative copies of trip tickets and receiver tickets for all material transported to approved landfills and/or recyclers. F. Leave the project area in a neat and orderly condition to meet the approval of the Owner /Owner's Representative. 3.12 PROTECTION OF STOCKPILES A. Stockpiles shall not be placed at greater than 3H:1V and shall be no more than 10 feet in height. B. Protect stockpile areas from release of sediment. Cover stockpiles at all times while not in use to keep stored material dry. Surround materials stockpiled on pavement by compost filter socks with joints staggered. 3.13 CONSTRUCTION FENCING A. Contractor shall install construction fencing including gates as necessary to secure site. Fence shall be inspected and maintained on a regular basis. Fire Station 15 31 1000 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority SITE PREPARATION Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 6 of 6 January 16, 2018 01 5713- 6 B. Contractor may work outside construction fence and/or provide additional construction fencing, as required, to construct improvements. C. Secure the project site from trespass or unintentional entrance by unauthorized personnel. D. All disturbed ground stockpiles, staging and on-site transport routes shall be fully enclosed by a perimeter security fence. Areas either under construction or completed but not specifically accepted by the Owner’s Representative as Substantially Complete shall be completely enclosed. Areas included in the Contract but not yet under construction may be left open to public access at the discretion of the Owner’s Representative. E. Temporary chain link fence panels shall be connected mechanically by means of pre-fabricated, bolted brackets manufactured specifically for the purpose. Fence panels shall not be wired together. F. Where long straight runs of fence result in an unstable condition, sufficient out-rigging shall be incorporated to maintain fencing upright. Use only pre-manufactured outriggers or additional fence panels. Out-riggers shall be placed on the interior side of the fence unless approved by the Owner’s Representative. Alternatively, and where appropriate, a “zig-zag” arrangement of panels for stability may be used. G. Uneven Terrain: Where uneven terrain will not allow the use of pre-manufactured portable fence panels, or where otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative, drive posts directly into the earth plumb and 8 ft on center along the approved alignment. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to perform a complete locates for underground utilities in any area to receive driven posts. Drive posts to sufficient depth to assure stability and durability for the life of the installation, maintaining a minimum of 6 ft above grade. Reset loose posts at the direction of the Owner’s Representative. Secure chain link fabric to posts using approved wire ties within 6 inches of the top and bottom of each post, and a minimum of 18 inches on center between. Provide posts at each end of each driven post installation at a point that is sufficiently level to clamp prefabricated portable fence panels directly to the driven post installation. H. Where approved, Temporary PVC Fencing may be installed in low-security, short term applications. Attach 4-ft wide rolls of orange PVC web fencing with wire ties to driven 6-ft #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar posts located at 5 ft on center. Cap each reinforcing bar with a safety cap manufactured for the #5 reinforcing bar. 3.14 TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. Tree protection fencing and requirement shall be per Landscape. 3.15 REMOVAL OF SECURITY/TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. Remove Temporary Security Fencing within 2 weeks of establishment of the Contract Work as Substantially Complete. The Owner reserves the right of transfer of any rental agreement or contract for Temporary Fence installations, with the cost of eventual removal to be borne by the Contractor upon transfer. END OF SECTION © LPD Engineering, PLLC 2017 PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDSSHEET INDEXVICINITY MAP PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS4CITY OF RENTON STD 216.30 - CATCH BASIN FILTER3CITY OF RENTION STD 215.10- STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE2CITY OF RENTON STD 214.00 - SILT FENCE11SEDIMENT SUMP & PUMP10SUB-BASE FOR PERMEABLE PAVEMENT9CONSTRUCTION FENCING8TEMPORARY EDGE PROTECTION5CITY OF RENTON STD 217.00 - INTERCEPTOR DIKE1CITY OF RENTON STD 211.00 - SEDIMENT TRAP6CITY OF RENTON STD 217.10 - INTERCEPTOR SWALE7CITY OF RENTON STD 217.40 - CHECK DAMS SPACING AND CROSS SECTION PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS1124" BOLT-LOCKING MANHOLE RING & COVER9COR STD PLAN 204.10 - RECTANGULAR SOLID METAL COVER5COR STD PLAN 204.00 - RECTANGULAR FRAME3COR STD PLAN 202.00 - CB INSTALLATION2COR STD PLAN 201.00 - CB TYPE 21COR STD PLAN 200.00 - CB TYPE 1“” 2'-4"INSIDE RIMPLAN VIEW6"AASECTION A-ASECTION B-BA514"2'-0"INSIDE2'-012"OUTSIDEB 2'-4"2'-0"4'-434"5"5"4'-834"OUTSIDE RIM2'-4"INSIDE RIM2'-4"INSIDE RIMFLOWBBH FLOATABLESBAFFLEWEIR WALLCLEANOUTACCESS PLUGON WEIR WALLCONCRETE COLLARAND REBAR TO MEETHS20 IF APPLICABLE BYCONTRACTORACCESS COVERVANED INLET GRATEINLET STUB(OPTIONAL)INLET STUB(OPTIONAL)PERMANENTPOOL ELEVATIONLIFTING EYE(TYP. OF 4)CARTRIDGESUPPORTCATCHBASIN FOOT(TYP. OF 4)OUTLET STUBOUTLET PIPEFROM FLOWKITOPTIONALSLOPED LIDFINISHED GRADEFILTRATION BAYINLETPERMANENTPOOL ELEVATIONSTORMFILTERCARTRIDGEGENERAL NOTES1.CONTECH TO PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.2.FOR SITE SPECIFIC DRAWINGS WITH DETAILED STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS, PLEASE CONTACT YOURCONTECH ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LLC REPRESENTATIVE. www.contechES.com3.STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN WATER QUALITY STRUCTURE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DESIGN DATA AND INFORMATION CONTAINED INTHIS DRAWING.4.INLET SHOULD NOT BE LOWER THAN OUTLET. INLET (IF APPLICABLE) AND OUTLET PIPING TO BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER AND PROVIDED BYCONTRACTOR.5.MANUFACTURER TO APPLY A SURFACE BEAD WELD IN THE SHAPE OF THE LETTER "O" ABOVE THE OUTLET PIPE STUB ON THE EXTERIOR SURFACEOF THE STEEL SFCB.6.STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN EQUIPPED WITH 4 INCH (APPROXIMATE) LONG STUBS FOR INLET (IF APPLICABLE) AND OUTLET PIPING. STANDARDOUTLET STUB IS 8 INCHES IN DIAMETER. MAXIMUM OUTLET STUB IS 15 INCHES IN DIAMETER. CONNECTION TO COLLECTION PIPING CAN BE MADEUSING FLEXIBLE COUPLING BY CONTRACTOR.7.STEEL STRUCTURE TO BE MANUFACTURED OF 1/4 INCH STEEL PLATE. CASTINGS SHALL MEET AASHTO M306 LOAD RATING. TO MEET HS20 LOADRATING ON STRUCTURE, A CONCRETE COLLAR IS REQUIRED. WHEN REQUIRED, CONCRETE COLLAR WITH #4 REINFORCING BARS TO BE PROVIDEDBY CONTRACTOR.8.FILTER CARTRIDGES SHALL BE MEDIA-FILLED, PASSIVE, SIPHON ACTUATED, RADIAL FLOW, AND SELF CLEANING. RADIAL MEDIA DEPTH SHALL BE7-INCHES. FILTER MEDIA CONTACT TIME SHALL BE AT LEAST 38 SECONDS.9.SPECIFIC FLOW RATE IS EQUAL TO THE FILTER TREATMENT CAPACITY (gpm) DIVIDED BY THE FILTER CONTACT SURFACE AREA (sq ft).INSTALLATION NOTESA.ANY SUB-BASE, BACKFILL DEPTH, AND/OR ANTI-FLOTATION PROVISIONS ARE SITE-SPECIFIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED BYENGINEER OF RECORD.B.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH SUFFICIENT LIFTING AND REACH CAPACITY TO LIFT AND SET THE CATCHBASIN (LIFTING CLUTCHESPROVIDED).C.CONTRACTOR TO TAKE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO PROTECT CARTRIDGES FROM CONSTRUCTION-RELATED EROSION RUNOFF.FILTRATIONBAY INLETFLOW KIT1'-0"COLLARCATCHBASIN FOOT(TYP. OF 4)STORMFILTER STEEL CATCHBASIN DESIGN NOTESCARTRIDGE HEIGHTSPECIFIC FLOW RATE (gpm/sf)CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE (gpm)RECOMMENDED HYDRAULIC DROP (H)27"18"18" DEEP3.05'2.3'3.3'STORMFILTER TREATMENT CAPACITY IS A FUNCTION OF THE CARTRIDGE SELECTION AND THE NUMBER OF CARTRIDGES. 1 CARTRIDGE CATCHBASINHAS A MAXIMUM OF ONE CARTRIDGE. SYSTEM IS SHOWN WITH A 27" CARTRIDGE, AND IS ALSO AVAILABLE WITH AN 18" CARTRIDGE. STORMFILTERCATCHBASIN CONFIGURATIONS ARE AVAILABLE WITH A DRY INLET BAY FOR VECTOR CONTROL.PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY PER TABLE BELOW. IF THE SITE CONDITIONS EXCEED PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY, AN UPSTREAM BYPASS STRUCTURE ISREQUIRED.CARTRIDGE SELECTION18.7912.5312.532 gpm/sf22.511.2515157.57.51.67* gpm/sf1 gpm/sf2 gpm/sf1.67* gpm/sf1 gpm/sf2 gpm/sf1.67* gpm/sf1 gpm/sf* 1.67 gpm/sf SPECIFIC FLOW RATE IS APPROVED WITH PHOSPHOSORB® (PSORB) MEDIA ONLYINLET PERMANENT POOL LEVEL (A)1'-0"1'-0"2'-0"PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY1.01.01.8OVERALL STRUCTURE HEIGHT (B)4'-9"3'-9"4'-9"CONFIGURATIONSTRUCTURE IDWATER QUALITY FLOW RATE (cfs)PEAK FLOW RATE (<1 cfs) RETURN PERIOD OF PEAK FLOW (yrs)CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE (gpm)MEDIA TYPE (PERLITE, ZPG, PSORB)RIM ELEVATIONPIPE DATA:I.E.DIAMETERINLET STUBOUTLET STUBNOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:1-CARTRIDGE CATCHBASINSTORMFILTER DATASLOPED LIDSOLID COVEROUTLETINLETINLETOUTLETINLETINLETCARTRIDGE HEIGHT (27", 18", 18" DEEP)SD #2.014.0961007.5ZPG208.75'206.45'6"206.45'8"YES\NOYES\NO18"I.E.DIAMETERSD #10.004.0291007.5ZPG210.30'209.30'6"208.00'8"18"YES\NOYES\NOPROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS7TRENCH DRAIN6CONCRETE CATCHBASIN STORMFILTER - 2 CARTRIDGE UNIT4COR STD PLAN 264.00 - SOIL AMENDMENT SECTIONS2COR STD PLAN 204.60 - MISC DETAILS FOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES1COR STD PLAN 204.20 - RECTANGULAR VANED GRATE3COR STD PLAN 220.00 - PIPE COMPACTION DESIGN AND BACKFILL PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS5CLEAN-OUT TO GRADE2FOOTING DRAIN11NOT USED10DISCHARGE PAD9FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE (FCS)6AREA DRAIN8NOT USED3GRAVEL PATH AND INTERCEPTOR TRENCH7DOWNSPOUT CONNECTION DETAIL4NOT USED PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS11NOT USED10NOT USED6BIORETENTION AREA WITH INFILTRATION TRENCH8COR STD PLAN 262.40 - BIORETENTION - OVERFLOW OUTLET STRUCTURE7COR STD PLAN 262.00 - BIORETENTION SECTION (NO UNDERDRAIN)9NOT USED PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS11COR STD PLAN 103- CURB AND GUTTER REPLACEMENT10COR STD PLAN 101 - CEMENT CONCRETE CURBS8ADA SIGN W/POST7PLASTIC WHEEL STOP6CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB TYPICAL5ASPHALT CONCRETE TRANSITION3ADA STALL AND BLOCKOUT STRIPING2CONCRETE WALKWAY1HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE PAVEMENT9HEAVY DUTY PERMEABLE PAVEMENT PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS4COR STD 310.3 HYDRANT MARKER LAYOUT3COR STD 310.1 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY1COR STD PLAN 300.0 WATER PLAN GENERAL NOTES2COR STD PLAN 300.1 CONNECTION TO WM W/ TAPPING TEE & VALVE11COR STD PLAN 403.1 - 8" OR 6" SSCO10COR STD PLAN 360.5 DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY9COR STD PLAN 340.8 3/4" TO 2" DCVA ASSEMBLY8COR STD PLAN 330.3 CONCRETE BLOCKING FOR VERTICAL FITTINGS6COR STD PLAN 320.3 2" AND 1-1/2" WATER SERVICE5COR STD PLAN 320.1 3/4" AND 1" WATER SERVICE7COR STD PLAN 330.2 CONCRETE BLOCKING PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS1COR STD PLAN 110 - TRANSVERSE PAVEMENT PATCH2COR STD PLAN 102 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK11WEST ENTRANCE DETAIL6CDF TRENCH BACKFILL5COR STD PLAN 406.1 STANDARD SIDE SEWER INSTALLATION10ASPHALT PAVEMENT- HEAVY DUTY-ALT9ASPHALT PAVEMENT - HEAVY DUTY4COR STD PLAN 104.4- CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE3COR STD PLAN 104.3- CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PROEERALENGINFESSION NOTGS TAT ATWFOENIHSEREDREGISLAURIEJ.PFARR1932 First AveSuite 201Seattle, WA 98101p. 206.725.1211f. 206.973.5344www.lpdengineering.comengineering pllcCITY OFRENTONIN COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS11NOT USED10NOT USED9WATER UTILITY NOTES7CURB TAPER6SANITARY SEWER NOTES418" x 18" AREA DRAIN3LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE STRIP8NOT USED ~ RL A1.02 12 6 7 B A1.02 10 A1.0211 A1.02 9 GENERATOR- SEE ELECTRICAL TRASH BIN RECYCLE BIN WOOD EGRESS STAIR SELF-CLOSING VERT METAL CORRAGATED GATE TRENCH DRAIN 58'-0" LONG-SEE CIVIL CONC RETAINING WALL - SEE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE CURB-SEE CIVIL 1 A1.03 2 A1.03 9' - 6 3/4"35' - 6"EQ EQ A1.03 7 A1.03 8 A1.03 3 A1.03 4 3' - 0"3 TREADS @ 12" = 3'-0" 13 A1.02 GALV STL HSS INTERMEDIATE POST 5' - 0"5' - 0"11' - 9"5' - 2"EQ EQ 12"5' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0"A1.03 12 A1.03 12 3' - 4" 3' - 7 3/4" 1' - 6" 8 A1.02 CONT METAL ROOF PANEL ABOVE 5' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0"2' - 10"2' - 2"5' - 0"5' - 0"10' - 0"VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING ROOF STRUCTURE - L 3x3x1/4 ABOVE 3' - 0"CONC CURB 6" 1' - 1"6" 543 A B A1.02 7 A1.02 5 A1.026 OUTDOOR UNIT- SEE MECHANICAL VERT METAL SCREEN WALL CONCRETE PATIO-SEE CIVIL CONCRETE CURB-SEE CIVIL 4' - 0"+/- 5' - 0 3/4"12' - 0"5' - 10"13' - 9"3' - 5"5' - 8"3' - 8"TRENCH DRAIN 58'-0" LONG -SEE CIVIL TREE PER LANDSCAPE TYP 14' - 9 1/2"7' - 9" A1.03 10 A1.03 4 A1.03 11 A1.03 8 2' - 4"6"2' - 10"2' - 10"+/- 4 3/4"6' - 5"1' - 4"4' - 10"CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT 2 A1.03 2' - 0"4' - 6"T/O Screen GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 BEYOND GALV STL HORIZ ANGLE 3x3x1/4 CONT METAL ROOF PANEL -LAP SEAMA1.03 13 TYP ELEV. = 6' - 6" 9' - 6 3/4" EQ EQ 9' - 10 3/4" VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING 7' - 0"35' - 6" TOP OF CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING 2 A1.03 WOOD STAIR HANDRAILS FACE OF BUILDING ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 8 A1.02 GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16, TYP WELDED GALV STL HORIZ ANGLE RAIL -L 3x3x1/4 CONT METAL ROOF PANEL -LAP SEAM EXTEND GUTTER 6" WITH OPEN END 4' - 6"13' - 2"6" 20' - 3"15' - 3" ELEV. = 9' - 0" T/O Screen 9' - 6 3/4" CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT 1 A1.03 ELEV. = 9' - 0" T/O Screen VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING BUILDING EDGE CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT SELF-CLOSING METAL SIDING SWINGING GATES WOOD ACCESS STAIRS 15' - 3" MAINTAIN TOP OF WALL AT 4'-6" ABOVE RETAINING WALL 1 A1.03 SLOPES TO TRENCH DRAIN-SEE CIVIL ELEV. = 9' - 0" T/O Screen 8 A1.02 CONT METAL ROOF PANEL-LAP SEAM GUTTER-EXTEND 6" ON LEFT SIDE W/ OPEN END SLOPE TO OPEN END 20' - 3" ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING 13' - 2"3' - 6"GALV STL "L" 3x3x1/4 HANDLE 12" LONG 4' - 6"4' - 6"2' - 10" BUILDING BEYOND 3"5' - 8"3" ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 1 A1.03 VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING FACE OF BUILDING 4' - 10"3"6' - 6"1 A1.03 ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen POST BEHIND SCREEN TYP PERFORATED VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING 3"2' - 10"2' - 10"2' - 10" BUILDING BEYOND FACE OF BUILDING6' - 6"PERFORATED SELF- CLOSING METAL SWINGING GATE ELEV. = 6' - 6" T/O Screen 1 A1.03 PERFORATED VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING SLIDING ACCESS GATE (NIC) SLIDING ACCESS GATE OPERATOR & PAD (NIC) FENCE (NIC) CONCRETE PATIO-SEE CIVIL GAS METER- SEE MECH GAS HOOKUP FOR BBQ-SEE MECH 7' - 11"3' - 7 3/8"25' - 0"2' - 11 1/16"PROPERTY LINE TYP FINISH FACE OF BLDG GATE OPERATOR (NIC)- STUB OUT ELECTRICAL CONDUITS DRAIN -PER CIVIL 1' - 6"2' - 6 5/8"CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP TYP- SEE CIVIL TOP OF WALL (2' -0") 3' - 6"1' - 4" 1' - 0"3' - 6"CONC RETAINING WALL -SEE CIVIL 1/2" ANCHOR BOLT 16" OC 2X12 WOOD STRINGER EA SIDE WD BLOCKING, TYP WD TREADS, TYP GALV STL HANDRAIL, FASTEN TO POSTS - PAINT 3 EQ RISERS = 1' - 6"6"4X4 WOOD POST FASTEN TO WOOD STRINGER, TYP 4"NOTE: ALL WOOD TO BE PRESSURE TREATED FLAGPOLE BIKE RACKS _________________________________ A1.02 17 DOOR BELL CALL BOX DS HB 3' - 0"3' - 0"_________________________________ A1.02 14 1' - 6"1' - 6" CONCRETE MAINTENANCE STRIP-SEE CIVIL TREE PER LANDSCAPE19 1/2"54"15"12"4' - 0"1' - 8 1/8"24' - 1"4' - 0"ALIGN PAVING & MAINTENANCE STRIP 3' - 0"3' - 0"14' - 10"6' - 0" 4' - 0" KNOX BOX 3' - 0" OC 1 1/4" STL PIPE SURFACE MOUNTED BIKE RACK 1' - 10 1/2"1' - 11 3/32" Plan View Section view ATTACHMENT PER MFR8 1/2"1' - 0 1/2"3"9 3/4"5 3/4"6" DIA STL FLAG POLE FLASH COLLAR BASE WATERPROOF MASTIC CONC ENCASEMENT 2' - 6" DIA HARDWOOD WEDGES TYP PACKED DRY SAND WELDED STL CENTERING WEDGES 8"X8" WELDED STL SUPPORT 16"X16" WELDED STL BASE 3/4" DIA STL LIGHTNING GROUND SPIKE 1' - 6"6" 10"2"3' - 0"6"CONCRETE FOOTING-SIZE PER FENCE MFR TOP RAIL- SIZE PER MFR BOTTOM RAIL- SIZE PER MFR LINE POST- SIZE PER MFR3"4' - 9"3"2' - 6" PER MFR2' - 0" PER MFREMBED POLE PER MFR 5"5" WIRE FABRIC FENCE MATERIAL-ATTACH TO SUPPORTS PER MFR 4' - 9"3"5"3' - 10"5' - 0"5' - 0" FINISH FACE OF BLDG SECURITY PLATE W/ CIPHER LOCK (2) EQ SPACED HINGES ACCESS GATE TERMINAL POST 15 A1.02 First Floor ELEV. = 0' - 0" GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 ROOF SUPPORT - GALV STL ANGLE 3x3x1/4 CONT METAL ROOF PANEL -LAP SEAM CONCRETE RETAINING WALL- SEE STRUCT A1.03 13 TYP 8' - 5 1/4"9' - 0"EQEQ 9' - 4 3/4" VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 ADDENDUM 2 1/16/18 A1.02 Enlarged Site Plans & Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Trash Enclosure1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Fitness Patio2 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - North9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - East11 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - South10 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Trash Enclosure Elevation - West12 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Mech Enclosure Elevation - North5 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Mech Enclosure Elevation - East6 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Mech Enclosure Elevation - West7 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Kitchen Patio3 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Wood Stair13 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"A1.02 Enlarged Site Plan @ Entrance4 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Bike Rack17 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Flag Pole Fountation14 Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.02 Site Detail - Chain Link Fence Section15 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Chain Link Fence Elevation16 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A1.02 Section @ Trash Enclouser8 HORIZ GALV STL ANGLE 3x3x1/4 RAIL NOTES: 1) ALL EXPOSED STL TO BE GALVANIZED & PAINTED PT-12, UON 2) ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, TYP 3) MAINTAIN LEVEL HEIGHT AT LOW AND HIGH WALL ALL AROUND ENCLOSURE T/O High Screen ELEV. = 9'-0" HORIZ GALV STL ANGLE 3x3x1/4, TYP 3'-0" MIN (NTS)6"2' - 0" DIA CONC POST FOOTING CAST CONC PAVING AROUND POSTS-SEE CIVIL FOR LOCATIONS AND GRADES 3"VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING - PERFORATED AT MECH SCREEN T/O Low Screen ELEV. = 6'-6" EQEQVERT GALV STL INTERMEDIATE POST HSS 4x4x5/16 REFER TO DETAIL FOR POST TO RAIL CONNECTIONS /9 A1.03 1/4" CAP PLATE SEAL WELDED T/O High Screen (9'-0") TOP OF WALL (2' -0") 1st Floor (0'-0") EQ EQ HORIZ GALV STL ANGLE 3x3x1/4 TOP RAIL NOTES: 1) ALL EXPOSED STL TO BE GALVANIZED & PAINTED PT-12, UON 2) ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, TYP 3) MAINTAIN LEVEL HEIGHT AT LOW AND HIGH WALL ALL AROUND ENCLOSURE VERT GALV STL INTERMEDIATE POST HSS 4x4x5/16 REFER TO DETAIL FOR POST TO RAIL CONNECTIONS CONC RETAINING WALL -SEE STRUCTURAL /9 A1.03 CONC PAVING PER CIVIL-SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS 3' - 0"10" CENTER POSTS IN CONC WALL3"VERT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING T/O Low Screen (6'-6") EQEQ1' - 0"1/4" CAP PLATE SEAL WELDED VERT METAL SIDING - PERORATED AT MECH SCREEN 4"4"GALV STL CORNER POST -HSS 4 X 4 X 5/16 GALV STL HORIZ RAILS BELOW - ANGLE 3X3X1/4 CONT EXTERIOR FLASHING W/ 4" LEGS & HEMMED EDGE FASTEN OUTSIDE CORNER FLASHING TO HIGH CELL OF METAL PANEL PER MFR FASTEN METAL PANEL PER MFR 1 A1.03 GALV STL POST -HSS 4 X 4 X 5/16 SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SCREWS @ 8" OC, TYP VERT METAL SIDING GALV STL HORIZ RAIL - ANGLE 3X3X1/4 BELOW EQ EQ 9 A1.03 SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SCREWS @ 8" OC TYP GALV STL HORIZ RAIL - ANGLE 3x3x1/4 BELOW VERT PERFORATED METAL SIDING W1 WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION 1' - 4"B GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16-COORDINATE FOOTING WITH BUILDING FOOTING BELOW+/- 2 7/8"SELF-DRILLING SS FASTENERS @ 16" OC FORMED METAL EDGE TRIM W/ HEMMED EDGE 4"1' - 6"4"STL ANGLE GATE FRAME, LOUVERS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY GALV STL PLATE CANE BOLT BRACKET (TYP), SET LENGTH AS REQD TO CLEAR MTL LOUVERS MOUNT BOTTOM BRACKET FLUSH W/ BOTTOM OF GATE RETAINING RING WELDED TO CANE BOLT -LOCATE TO ALLOW FULL INSERTION IN SOCKET HOLE AND PARKING POSITION SET LENGTH OF CANE BOLT TO ALLOW 2" INSERTION INTO SOCKET HOLE. PROVIDE 1 1/2" DIAMETER HOLES IN PAVEMENT AT BOTH OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS. 4" GRIP LENGTH 3/4" DIA GALV STL CANE BOLT. SET LENGTH TO ALLOW GRIP TO PARK OVER BRACKET W/ BOLT FREE OF GROUND SOCKET 2" X 2" X 1/2" TAB W/ 7/8" HOLE, (TYP). WELD TO BRACKET CANE BOLT PARK POSITION OVER BRACKET GALV STL HORIZ ANGLE - 3X3X1/4 BELOW SELF-CLOSING HINGES TO ALLOW 180 DEG SWING DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE GATE GALV STL ANGLE 4X4X5/16 GATE FRAME FORMED METAL END TRIM W/ HEMMED EDGE. ALIGN EDGE OF TRIM W/ FACE OF POST VERT METAL SIDING SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SS SCREWS @ 8" OC, TYP SELF-DRILLING SS FASTENERS @ 16" OC GALV STL POST -HSS 4 X 4 X 5/16 FASTEN HINGES TO POST AND FRAME W/ FH SCREWS, DRILL AND TAP OR PROVIDE NUTS & LOCK WASHER AS REQD. CRL HEAVY DUTY SPRING HINGE PRE- FINISHED BLACK (3) PER DOOR /6 A1.03 GALV STL ANGLE 4X4X5/16" GATE FRAME RAIL DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE GATES GALV STL ANGLE 4X4X5/16" GATE FRAME STILE. MITER TO RAIL AND WELD BOTH LEGS FORMED METAL EDGE TRIM W/ HEMMED EDGE. ALIGN EDGE OF TRIM W/ FACE OF GATE FRAME VERT METAL SIDING SELF-DRILLING FASTENERS @ 16" OC 3/4" DIA GALV STL CANE BOLT 2" X 2" X 1/2" STL CANE BOLT TAB WELDED TO 1/4" X 4" STL BRACKET FASTENED TO GATE STILE -REFER TO DETAIL FOR CANE BOLT CALLOUTS 2"2" FASTEN EA CANE BOLT BRACKET W/ 2 COUNTERSUNK FH 1/4" SS BOLTS W/ NUTS & LOCK WASHERS 7/8" D HOLE SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SS SCREWS @ 8" OC, TYP GALV STL ANGLE 3X3X1/4 HANDEL WELD TO FRAME - 1' LONG, ABOVE 2"(1/4) SEAL L 3 X 3 X 1/4 CONT BTWN POST 1/4 1/4 (1/4) (1/4) HSS 4x4x5/16 POST ANGLE 3x3x1/4 TOP RAIL NOTE: AT LOCATIONS WITH RAILS AT MULTIPLE SIDES OF POST, PROVIDE SAME DETAILS(1/4) (1/4) 1/4" STL CAP PLATE GALV STL ANGLE 3X3X1/4 WELD TO FRAME -HEIGHT OF GATE EVERBILT EXTRA HEAVY DUTY GATE FLIP LATCH -LOCKING, PRE- FINISHED BLACK GALV STL HORIZ ANGLE - 3X3X1/4 BELOW GALV STL ANGLE 4X4X5/16 GATE FRAME VERT METAL SIDING - PERFORATED AT MECH SCREEN SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SS SCREWS @ 8" OC, TYP GALV STL POST -HSS 4 X 4 X 5/16 GALV STL ANGLE 4X4X5/16" GATE FRAME STILE. MITER TO RAIL AND WELD BOTH LEGS1 1/2"GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16-COORDINATE POST FOOTING W/ BUILDING FOOTING W2 WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION FASTEN HINGES TO POST AND FRAME W/ FH SCREWS, DRILL AND TAP OR PROVIDE NUTS & LOCK WASHER AS REQD BUILDING FOOTING BELOW2 1/2"+/- 4 3/4"GALV STL ANGLE 4X4X5/16 GATE FRAME VERT PERFORATED METAL SIDING SELF-DRILLING GASKETED SS SCREWS @ 8" OC, TYP SELF-DRILLING SS FASTENERS @ 16" OC FORMED METAL EDGE TRIM W/ HEMMED EDGE. ALIGN EDGE OF TRIM W/ FACE OF GATE FRAME CRL HEAVY DUTY SPRING HINGE PRE- FINISHED BLACK (3) PER DOOR GALV STL CORNER POST - HSS 4x4x5/16 -CAST IN CONC WALL GALV STL HORIZ RAIL - ANGLE 3x3x1/4 BELOW5"5"CONC WALL BELOW 5" GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 1' - 0"VERT METAL SIDING GALV STL HORIZ RAILS BELOW - ANGLE 3X3X1/4 CONT EXTERIOR FLASHING W/ 4" LEGS & HEMMED EDGE FASTEN OUTSIDE CORNER FLASHING TO HIGH CELL OF METAL PANEL PER MFR FASTEN METAL PANEL PER MFR ATTACH METAL PANEL TO STRUCTURE @ 12" OC MAX CONT CORRUGATED METAL PANEL ROOF - LAP SEAM 6"GALV STL POST -HSS 4x4x5/16 BEYOND GALV ANGLE RAIL - 3x3x1/4 3 /4 " / 1 2 " GUTTER STRAP FASTEN GUTTER TO UNDERSIDE OF METAL ROOFING TAB & FOLD PANEL END EAVE STARTER FLASHING GUTTER STL U-SHAPE WELD TO STRUCT -ATTACH GUTTER 4' OC Client Project No: Date: SSW Architects Project No: CAG-17-046 17001 ADDENDUM 2 1/16/18 A1.03 Site Details Contract Documents Fire Station 15 December 22, 2017 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Enclosure Screen Section1 Scale: 1" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Enclosure Section @ Retaining Wall2 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Corner Post Detail8 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Intermediate Post Detail5 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Mech Screen - Post Detail at Wall10 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Cane Bolt Detail6 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Post Detail3 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Meeting Rails7 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Post to Rail Connection9 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Typ Gate Meeting Post4 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Mech Screen - Post Gate @ Wall11 Scale: 3" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen - Corner Post @ Conc Wall12 Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1.03 Dumpster Screen Roof Connection13 UPSTATIONOFFICE103APPARATUSBAY119LOBBY100LAUNDRY114FITNESS113BUNK 4112BUNK 3111BUNK 2110BUNK 1109DECON121CUSTODIAL120BUNKERGEAR122DAYROOM108DINING107KITCHEN106SHOP123PANTRY105COMM117ADARESTROOM101HALL102AOFFICER'SOFFICE104CORRIDOR102HALL102DHALL102CHALL102BLOCKERS102EALCOVE119AADASHOWER115SHOWER116654327ABCDEGHJFMEDICAL1181FEFECȭȭAVR1IA1.02-A1Station Alerting CompleteDevice Plan, ConduitLayoutClient Project No:Date:SSW ArchitectsProject No:CAG-17-04617001December 22, 2017ContractDocumentsFire Station 15J AYMARC AV d e s i g n b u i l d i n t e g r a t e 2732 1ST AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WARevised:January 10, 2018 TREE #25 TREE #11 TREE #23 TREE #10 FUTURE RESERVOIR SITE RETAIN & PROTECT EX VEGETATION TREE PROTECTION FENCING, TYP27'-0"3'-0"5'-10"IF ROOTS ARE ENCOUNTERED WITHIN WORK AREA - SEE SPEC SECTION 01 56 39 ECOLOGY BLOCK WALL, SEE CIVIL DWGS LSK-01 L0.01/3 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 20'10' 40' SCALE 0' NORTH TREE RETENTION PLAN 2 3 1 L1.02 SOIL PREPARATION IN SHRUB & GROUNDCOVER AREAS, TYP DO NOT HYDROSEED SUBBASE AREA, SEE CIVIL DWGS ECOLOGY BLOCK WALL, SEE CIVIL DWGS 2 L0.01 TREE PROTEC DETAIL, TYP PROPOSED SEPARATIO FUTURE RESERVOIR PROJECT PHASE AREA SEE PLANT SCHEDULE FOR HYDRO-SEED SOIL PREPARATION WITHIN TREE PROTECTION AREA LSK-02 L1.01/1 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 20'10' 40' SCALE 0' NORTH PLANTING PLAN1 2 L1.03 FUTURE PROPERTY LINE C G FE MA SE FLAGPOLE, SEE ARCH DWGS BIKE RACKS, SEE ARCH DWGS PATIO 20'-0"2 0 ' - 5 " FIRE TRUCK SIGHT DISTANCE; NO TREES, TYP 2CONCRETE MOW STRIP 6 CO HAN (LO SEE DW UTI (LO SEE 6'-0" CL 4 L1.02 MULTI-TRUNK DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING 12'-3" LIGHT POLE, SEE ARCH DWGS FIRE HYDRANT, SEE CIVIL DWGS LSK-03 L1.01/1 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 20'10' 40' SCALE 0' NORTH PLANTING PLAN1 2 2 GROUNDCOVERS 1 GAL CONT; FULL & WELL ROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 18" OC Hakonechloa macra 'Aureola' / GOLDEN JAPANESE FOREST GRASS 219 1 GAL CONT; FULL & WELL ROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 18" OC Pennisetum alopecuroides 'Little Bunny' / LITTLE BUNNY FOUNTAIN GRASS 159 2 GAL CONT; FULL, WELL BRANCHED & W ROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 24" O INTERMIX BOTH SPECIES 50% Gaultheria shallon / SALAL 243 2 GAL CONT; FULL, WELL BRANCHED & W ROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 24" O Prunus laurocerasus 'Mt. Veron' / MT. VERNON ENGLISH LAUREL 32 SEE SPECSSOD LAWN1,520 SF 3" DEPTH; PLACE MULCH RINGS AT 6' DIA AROUND TREES LOCATED IN LAWN; SEE MULCH ONLY 50% Rhus aromatica 'Gro-Low' / GRO-LOW FRAGRANT SUMAC 243 125 SF 1 GAL CONT; FULL & WELL ROOTED; TRIANGULAR SPACING @ 12" OC; INTERMIX ALL SPECIES 25% Juncus ensifolius / DAGGER-LEAF RUSH 84 25% Juncus patens / SPREADING RUSH 84 25% Juncus tenuis / SLENDER RUSH 84 25% Scirpus microcarpus / SMALL-FRUITED BULRUSH 84 LSK-04 L1.01 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 PLANT SCHEDULE 2 NO IRRIGATION SYSTEM IN THIS PHASE; HAND-WATER HYDRO-SEED AREAS UNTIL ESTABLISHED WITHIN BAL BOX, COIL 3 WIRES & 1 C FOR FUTUR 2 L0.01 TREE PROTECTION DETAIL, TYP LSK-05 L2.01/2 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 20'10' 40' SCALE 0' NORTH IRRIGATION PLAN2 2 IRRIGATION SCHEDULE POP-UP HEAD W/ SWING JOINT RISER SYM MANUFACTURER / MODEL ARC PSI RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-5Q 90 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U8F 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U8H 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U8Q 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U10F 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U10H 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U10Q 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U12F 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U12H 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U12Q 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U15H 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-U15Q 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-15RCS 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-15LCS 30 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-15SST 30 360 90 90 90 90 180 360 360 180 180 180 RAINBIRD 1812-SAM-PRS30-MPR-5H 180 30 1 L2.02 LSK-06 L2.01 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 2 DETAIL IDENTIFICATION SHEET IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTIONSYM IRRIGATION LEGEND POINT OF CONNECTION, SEE 1/L2.01 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER - TORO SENTINEL CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEM SB-12-WS1-U; PROVIDE ONE (1) SHHR (SENTINEL HAND HELD REMOTE) W/ BATTERY 1" WATER METER A L-1 IRRIGATION SLEEVE (SCH 40 PVC) BALL VALVE - NDS, SIZE TO MATCH PIPE SIZE 1" QUICK COUPLING VALVE W/ KEY & HOSE SWIVEL RAINBIRD 44-LRC TORO P220, 11 2" MASTER CONTROL VALVE TORO TFS-150 FLOW SENSOR 2" MAIN LINE (SCH 40) LATERAL LINE WITH PIZE SIZE (SCH 40 PVC), SEE PIPE SIZING LEGEND FOR SIZE RAINBIRD PEB AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE W/ BALL VALVE (SPEARS MVPBV6S) 1 1" -GPM VALVE SIZE CIRCUIT # 1.5" DOUBLE CHECK VALVE PER CITY OF RENTON STD PLAN 340.8 2 L2.03 2 L2.03 1 L2.01 3 L2.03 5 L2.02 4 L2.02 2 L2.02 4 L2.03 5 L2.03 2 L2.03 5 L2.02 2" PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ZURN WILKENS 500XL 3 L2.02 LSK-07 L2.01 SSW Project No. 17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 2 5CONT INFILTRATION BARRIER-LAP O/ BASE FLASHINGCONT METAL FLASHING W/ 4" VERT LEG & DRIP EDGE-SLOPE TO DRAIN-ALIGN W/ & MATCH DRIP PROFILE OF FLASHING ON ADJ NORTH WALLCONT SEALING MASTICROOF MEMBRANE-WRAP UP & OVER VERT WALL1-1/2" WELD CONTFASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR REQUIREMENTSVARIES - 8" MIN W1NOTE: FIBERGLASS CLIP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITYFOAM CLOSURE AT EACH CORRUGATED CELL-ALIGN W/ BOTTOM HAT CHANNELCONT METAL COUNTERFLASHING-FASTEN @ 12" OC MAX1/8"CUT-EDGE SEALANT1/2" ROOF BOARD O/ 2" RIGID INSULATION-BLOCK AS NEEDEDScale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07Roof Transition @ W1 Wall5SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2ASK-055/A6.07 DOAS-ATTACH TO CURB PER MECHROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE I-SEEROOF MEMBRANE -FULLY ADHERED CONT 1-1/2" ALL AROUNDFASTENER AND PLATE PER MFR-12" OC MAX/1A6.07CONT CUT EDGE SEALANT ALL AROUNDFRAMING @ OPENING PER STRUCTPREFABRICATED EQUIPMENT CURB-SEE MECH8" MIN MEMBRANE CURB WRAP-WELD ALL SEAMS-FASTEN TOP EDGE PER MFR AT 12" OC MAXCONT 1x PT WOOD BLOCKINGScale: 3" = 1'-0"A6.07Roof Curb @ DOAS13SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2ASK-0613/A6.07 IF TJI IS WITHIN 4" OF FACE OF WALL ON EITHER SIDE, WRAP GWB ONTO BOTTOM SIDE OF TJI-FINISH W/ 'J' TRIM @ EXPOSED CONDITIONSBLOCKING PER STRUCTROOF ASSEMBLY TYPE 1-SEE/1A6.07CONT 1/4" SEALANT & BACKER ROD EACH SIDEWALL ASSEMBLY VARIES-SEE PLANHEAD WALL FRAMING -SEE STRUCTURALTJI PER STRUCT TYPCONT 2x BLOCKING PER STRUCT-PAINT WHERE EXPOSED(2) LAYERS OF GWB WHERE GWB DOES NOT CONTINUE TO DECKING ON OPP SIDEScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02T/O Wall @ TJI - Parallel Typ8SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2ASK-078/A7.02 1"2"(2) STRIPES OF 2" WHITE REFLECTIVE TAPESQUARE STEEL POST HSS 6 x 6 x 1/4-PAINT PNT-9CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB-SEE STRUCTURAL-CAST AROUND BOLLARDSCONC ENCASEMENT-6" MIN ALL AROUND-COORDINATE W/ BUILDING FOOTINGS4' - 0"MIN6"MIN6"3' - 0" MIN 6"6"CONT UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIERFILL POST WITH CONCRETE TO 2'-0" AFF6"6"2' - 0"CONDUIT FOR EACH FOUR FOLD DOOR PUSH BUTTON (2 LOCATIONS) & PHOTO EYE (4 LOCATIONS)FOUR FOLD DOOR REMOTE PUSH BUTTON RECESSED IN BOLLARD W/ SS COVER PLATE FLUSH W/ OUTSIDE FACE OF BOLLARD (2 LOACATIONS)1/4" STL CAP-CUT FLUSH W/ TOP OF BOLLARD -WELD & GRIND SMOOTH-FINISH TO MATCH BOLLARDPHOTO EYE (4 LOCATIONS)-COORDINATE W/ RESPONSE TIMER CLOCK BY ALERTINGScale: 1/2" = 1'-0"A7.02Interior Bollard Detail10SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2ASK-0810/A7.02 3' - 9"3' - 0"3' - 9" GAS LINE PER MECH- SURFACE MOUNT CENTERED ON BRAKE METAL PANEL-TURN INTO WALL CAVITY ONCE BELOW CLERESTORY S9 S10 S8S7S6 3' - 0"REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER 24" DEEP UPPER CABINETS -WOOD RANGE, WOOD FILLER BOTH SIDES 24" DEEP BASE UNIT - WOOD W/ SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP 23" BASE CABINET W/ 33" WIDE COUNTERTOP SS HOOD PER MECH CONCEALED W/I UPPER CAB- B/O HOOD @ 6' -0" AFF EQ EQ EQ FRAMING - SEE STRUCT CORNER CABINET W/ LAZY SUSAN 6' - 1" 7 A9.06 6 A9.06 7 A9.07 6 A9.07 TILE BACKSPLASH (CT-3) PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE TYP - SEE ELECTRICAL 1' - 0"3' - 0" CLR A6.02 15 TYP RS-1 RS-1RS-1RS-1 3' - 0"3' - 0"11"1' - 7"Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Kitchen 106 - West Elevation1 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 ASK-09 1/A9.02 8 A9.06 OPEN SHELVING 5' - 1 1/4"1' - 6" 1" PLYWOOD VERT DIVIDER (PLAM-2) EQ EQ 8 A9.06 5' - 5 3/4"1' - 0" OPEN SHELVING 1" PLYWOOD VERT DIVIDER (PLAM-2) EQ EQ Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Pantry 105- East Elevation14 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.02 Pantry 105- South Elevation13 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 ASK-10 13/A9.02 & 14/A9.02 8 A9.06 2' - 0"5' - 9" OPEN SHELVING EQ EQ 1" PLYWOOD VERT DIVIDER (PLAM-2) 8 A9.06 5' - 11 1/4"1' - 0" OPEN SHELVING 1" PLYWOOD VERT DIVIDER (PLAM-2) EQ EQ Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Medical 118- South Elevation9 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"A9.03 Medical 118- West Elevation10 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 ASK-11 9/A9.03 & 10/A9.03 HRFRAMING-SEE STRUCT-FIRST OPEN WEB JOIST 2'-0" AWAY FROM WALLCMU-PAINT PNT-2OVERHEAD DOOR W/ COVER1' - 8"1' - 8"1' - 8"3A9.0611A9.062' - 6"1' - 8"2' - 10"24" DEEP BASE CABINETS W/ BACKSPLASHCMU-PAINT PNT-54' - 4"2' - 0"WALL MOUNTED BIKE HOOK-BASIS OF DESIGN BELSON BHS-W-EPX6' - 0"9' - 6"HOSE DRYING RACKWALL MOUNTED CHAIN STORAGESSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2ASK-123/A9.04 WIRE PULL EACH DOOR TYPCABINET DOOR -WOOD CONCEALED HINGE TYP1' - 7"DUCT PER MECH-1/4" SEALANT JOINT ALL AROUND WALL PENETRATIONKITCHEN HOOD -PER MECHCUT CABINET BASE AROUND HOOD PENETRATION W/ 1/4" MAX SEALANT JT ALL AROUNDScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A9.06Casework - Upper Cabinet Kitchen Hood6SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2ASK-136/A9.06 5 6 7 B A 40' - 0"10' - 0" 8" CMU WALL SW6 3' - 0" 3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"5 S4.02 SF6.0 SF6.0 SF1.5 1 S6.01 HDU2HDU2HDU2HDU22 2 6 S4.02 SIM 1 RETAINING WALL 10" CONC 2 5' - 3" 9"9' - 1 1/4"6" THICK CONC PAD w/ #4 @ 18" OC EA WAY, CENTER IN PAD MECH UNIT, MAX WEIGHT 1,400 LBS 3 S4.02 2 MECH UNIT TO BE ANCHORED AT ALL MFR LOCATIONS, MIN (1) ANCHOR AT EA CORNER. EXPANSION ANCHOR, EMBED 3" W/ Ø TO MATCH MECH UNIT HOLE SIZE, MIN 1/2"Ø SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No.Date:Project:Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire AuthorityFire Station 15January 16, 2018Sketch No.Sheet/Detail No.Addendum 2 SSK-011/S3.01 Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 Partial Foundation Plan - SSK-01 2"V UP 4"W TO OWS; I.E. = -3.6' FROM FINISHED FLOOR OWS-1 1 4"W (80.5), I.E. = -4' FROM FINISHED FLOOR 1 4"W (38) 4"W (42.5) 4"OWS (32) 4"W (22) 2 (TYP) 11 M3.12 FDCF6" FDC 6" F 1 2-1/2" WATER SERVICE 1 E G H J F 6 7 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" Partial Foundation Plan - Base Bid SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 MSK-01 M2.01 6 7 C D 4"OWS 2"V UP 2"V UP PLUMBING FIXTURES ABOVE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY (TYP) 2 (TYP) 4"W (16) N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" Partial Foundation Plan - Base Bid SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 MSK-02 M2.01 UP 2"V UP 4"W (29.5) 2(TYP) 4"W C D E F 5 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" Partial Foundation Plan - Base Bid SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 MSK-03 M2.01 4"W TO OWS; I.E. = -3.6' FROM FINISHED FLOOR OWS-1 1 4"W (80.5), I.E. = -4' FROM FINISHED FLOOR 1 4"OWS 4"W (38) 4"W (42.5) 4"W (22) 2 (TYP) 11 M3.12 FDCF6" FDC 6" F 1 2-1/2" WATER SERVICE 1 E G H J F 6 7 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" Partial Foundation Plan - Alternate Bid SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 MSK-04 M2.01 CALCULATIONS BUOYANCY CALCULATION AMOUNT OF AREA DISPLACED: DIMENSIONS: 72" x 113" x 48" = 390,528 CUBIC INCHES IF ALL WATER, C.I./231 = 1,691 GALLONS OF WATER 1,691 GALLONS x 8.33 LBS/GAL H20 = 14,086 POUNDS WEIGHT: WEIGHT OF CONCRETE IN INTERCEPTOR BOTTOM 72"x48"x6" + SIDES 107"x 72"x6"x2 + 36"x107"x6"x2 + TOP 12"x48"x6"x2 + 48"x 6"x6"x2 = 169,776 CONCRETE 169,776 C.I./1728 C.I./CU FOOT X 150 LBM/CU FOOT = 14,738 LBS BALLAST: WORST CASE IF NO WATER IN SEPARATOR ONLY HAVE WEIGHT OF CONCRETE 14,086-14,738= -652 LBS EXTRA NO BALLAST REQUIRED BASIS OF OIL WATER SEPARATOR SELECTION OIL SPECIFIC GRAVITY 0.88 OPERATING TEMPERATURE 50°F INFLUENT OIL CONCENTRATION 100 PPM MEAN OIL DROPLET SIZE 30 MICRONS WASTE FLOW RATE 10 GPM * *FOR 2 HOSE BIBBS FLOWING OWS TOTAL LENGTH 6'-8" OWS TOTAL WIDTH 4'-8" (LID OVERHANGS VAULT BY 4" ALL AROUND) SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 2 MSK-05 M3.12 UP **TV*TV STATION OFFICE 103 LOBBY 100 LAUNDRY 114 BUNK 1 109 DAY ROOM 108 DINING 107 KITCHEN 106 PANTRY 105 COMM 117 ADA RESTROOM 101 HALL 102A OFFICER'S OFFICE 104 CORRIDOR 102 HALL 102DHALL 102C HALL 102B ALCOVE 119A ADA SHOWER 115 SHOWER 116 MEDICAL 118 TBB/RADIO HAM RADIO STATION WAP WAP TV (1) 2-1/2" CONDUIT FOR VHF 2 3 TV +5' AFF +5'-6" AFF *+5' AFF 4 5 6 ****1 *** 54321 C D E G H J F ESK-02 1/E4.00 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E4.00 FIRE STATION LOW VOLTAGE PLAN1 L2 BUNK 1 109 DAY ROOM 108 DINING 107 KITCHEN 106 PANTRY 105ADA RESTROOM 101 HALL 102A CORRIDOR 102 HALL 102C HALL 102B SHOWER SHOWER 116 SLZ-1 P2 R1 UC W1 W1 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 L2 P5 P5 P5 OS ENTIRE KITCHEN/DINING IS DAYLIGHT ZONE DUE TO OVERLAPPING DAYLIGHT ZONES AND CLERESTORY FENESTRATIONS BETWEEN GRIDS C-E (455 W2 +9'-0" NL W2 +9'-0" NL R2 OS OS OS OS R1 E E R2 1 E2-5 E2-5 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 E2-3 R2E2-3 R1 E2-3 WA STATE ENERGY CODE DAYLIGHT ZONE (TYP) 3 3 C1 +12'-0" (TYP) +9'-0" (TYP) +9'-0" UC E2-3 4321 C D E F ENTIRE KITCHEN/DINING IS DAYLIGHT ZONE DUE TO OVERLAPPING DAYLIGHT ZONES AND CLERESTORY FENESTRATIONS BETWEEN GRIDS C-E (455 SQ FT) ESK-03 1/E2.00 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E2.00 Lighting Plan1 U MW *DW DISP* U TV M M TV DAY ROOM 108 DINING 107 CORRIDOR 102 HALL 102C U HP-107 HP-106 HP-108 RH-1 E1-5 E2-4 E2-9 E2-11 E2-19 E2-13 E2-15 E2-10 E2-27 E2-27 E2-27 E2-27 +5' AFF +5'-6" AFF RANGE 3 M E2-11 321 C D * DECON 121 120 M F-1 EF-3 (ON ROOF) M E1-14 E1-24 E1-34 E1-34 E1-34 DRYER CABINET DC-1 EXTRACTOR EX-1 EF-1 VFD VEHICLE EXHAUST CONTROL PANEL 6 7 C ESK-04 1/E3.00 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2018 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 N Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"E3.00 Power Plan1 1" CONDUIT TO PANEL E1 FOR GATE POWER (FUTURE) AREA 1: FIRESTATION #15 SUSE-RATED ATS, C.T., CABINET AND METER CENTURYLINK VAULT 1 ANTENNA ON ROOF PANELS E1 AND E2 APPARATUS BAY HAM RADIO (2) 4" CONDUITS FOR POWER SERVICE (4) 2-1/2" CONDUITS COMM/DATA ROOM IRRIGATION CONTROLLER CKT. E2-7 (ALTERNATE #1) 800HZ STATION STREET LIGHT (1) 2" PVC CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FLAG POLE FP1 E2-5 UTILITY POLE (E) (2) 3" UTILITY SERVICE CONDUITS(2) 4"CENTURYLINK SERVICE CONDUITS 5 N Scale: 1" = 20'-0"E1.00 Electrical Site Plan1 ESK-05 1/E1.00 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 16, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 PLAN KEY NOTES: LOCATE CENTURYLINK 25-T VAULT PER CIVIL DRAWING C4.00. 5 COMMON HALLS STATION ALERTING LEGEND AVR CCP CCP CODE DECODER (CODEC) RESET PNL MASTER PANEL WIRELESS D O C K DORM RM TOUCH PNL BUNK # IASK-01 IA1.03 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 14'-0"14'-0"App Bay 119 - South Elevation ȭ ȭ IASK-02 2/IA1.04 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0" App Bay 119 - South Elevation - Addition of 'RT' Response Timer1 IASK-03 3/IA1.04 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0" App Bay 119 - West Elevation - Revised Placement of 'IL' Indicating Light & 'AS' Strobe Light1 ȭ ȭ IASK-04 4/IA1.04 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0" App Bay 119 - East Elevation - Addition of 'RB' Reader Board1 LOCKERS,TYP IASK-05 2/IA1.05 SSW Project No.17001 CAG-17-046Client Project No. Date: Project: Client:City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Fire Station 15 January 10, 2017 Sketch No. Sheet/Detail No. Addendum 1 Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0" Officer's Office - Removal of 'IL' Indicating Light1 From Builder’s Exchange website Current Bidders List for: Project #REN7 - Fire Station #15, City of Renton, WA #CAG-17-046 Generals: · Par-Tech Construction, Inc., 2602 S 38th St. PMB 461, Tacoma WA 98409, 253- 272-0235, Fax 253-276-0088, Email bids@partechconstruction.com · Westmark Construction, Inc., 6102 N. 9th Street, Suite 400, Tacoma WA 98406, 253-564-4620, Fax 253-566-9441, Email bids@westmarkconst.com · Macro Z Technology, 816 99th Street, Tacoma WA 98445, 253-536-1100, Fax 253-536-1121, Email estimating_wa@mztco.com · Jody Miller Construction, P.O. Box 44628, Tacoma WA 98448, 253-537-6116, Fax 253-536-1074, Email jodyjr@jodymillerconstruction.com · HBHansen Construction inc, po box 266, lynden WA 98264, 360-318-8982, Fax 360-318-8983, Email berniehansen@hbhansenconstruction.com · Western Ventures Construction, PO Box 298, Mountlake Terrace WA 98043, 425-640-5050, Fax 425-640-8020, Email info@westernventures.com · Optimus Construction & Development, Inc, P.O. Box 84206, Seattle WA 98124, 206-243-2000, Fax 206-453-5415, Email jeannie@optimusconst.com · Bayley Construction, 8005 SE 28th Street, Mercer Island WA 98040, 360-301- 9008, Email brian.starnes@bayley.net Mechanical: · Capital Heating and Cooling, 1218 Carpenter Rd SE, Lacey WA 98503, 360-491- 7450, Fax 360-459-7915, Email bill@capitalheatingandcooling.com · DM KELLY MECHANICAL, PO Box 769, Enumclaw WA 98022, 360-710-4537, Fax 360-824-9042, Email daveu@dmkellymechanical.com · Crescent Mechanical Inc, 1320 26th St NW , Suite 16, Auburn WA 98001, 253- 833-5054, Fax 253-833-5144, Email abby@crescentmechinc.com Electrical: · Seahurst Electric, 2915 Chestnut St., Everett WA 98201, 425-760-2973, Fax 425-259-2794, Email thowe@seahurst.com · CLK CONSTRUCTION (Electrical Contracting Div), P.O. Box 885, Burlington WA 98233, 360-389-2503, Fax 866-900-1878, Email clkconstructionllc@msn.com · Teknon Electrical Services, 10675 Willows Rd NE, STE 100, Redmond WA 98052, 425-895-8535, Fax 425-895-0535, Email dkimball@teknon.com · S&M Electric, PO Box 98846, Lakewood WA 98496, 425-329-5985, Fax 253- 212-9724, Email russ@sandmelectric.net · McGann Electric, PO box 940 , Black Diamond WA 98010, 360-886-6656, Fax 360-886-1023, Email jackmcgann@mcgannelectric.com Other: · Lynch Excavating, LLC, 24507 131st Place SE, Kent WA 98030, 360-485-2048, Email rhudccc@gmail.com · LA NACIONAL CONCRETE, 24911 SE 422ND STREET, ENUMCLAW WA 98022, 425-495-3878, Email jesse@lnconcrete.com · A. E. Goodrick Company, 10 Creekwood Lane S.W., Lakewood WA 98499, 253- 581-2198, Fax 253-588-4230, Email candler@comcast.net · Cressy Door Co., 8025 So. 224th St., Kent WA 98032, 253-887-9135, Fax 253- 887-9108, Email judy@cressydoor.com · Allen Estimating Services LLC, 7388 126th Pl SE, Newcastle WA 98056, 425- 271-4557, Fax 425-271-4557, Email stuallen@comcast.net · Judha of Lion Landscaping and Services, 21811 Se 251st Place, Maple Valley WA 98038, 206-307-6967, Fax 206-307-6967, Email estradanahum@gmail.com · DTG Enterprises, 16504 9th Ave SE, Suite 201, Mill Creek WA 98012, 425-549- 3000, Fax 425-549-3000, Email sanderson@dtgrecycle.com · Pacific Lighting Systems, 6363 7th Ave S, Suite 100, Seattle WA 98108, 206- 436-8816, Email jdemarr@plswa.com · Bosnick roofing, pobox64640, university place WA 98464, 253-606-6661, Fax 253-565-1659, Email rcmyman2005@yahoo.com · TruTeam dba Gale Contractor Services, 2126 196th St. SW, Puget Sound WA 98036, 425-248-5449, Fax 425-245-1871, Email victor.martinez@truteam.com · Hoffman Construction, P.O. Box 845, Enumclaw WA 98022, 360-825-9797, Fax 360-802-9797, Email brad@hofcon.com · Site Development Inc., 9721 19th Ave East, Tacoma WA 98445, 253-405-6166, Fax 253-538-0065, Email derekj@sitedevelopmentinc.net · H.D. Fowler Company, 13440 SE 30TH Street, Bellevue WA 98005, 425-746- 8400, Fax 425-644-4634, Email davidf@hdfowler.com · Tacoma Electric, 1311 South Tacoma Way, Tacoma WA 98409, 253-475-0540, Fax 253-475-1025, Email avensas@tacomaelectric.com · New Image Creative Sign Inc, 8631 S. 187th St, Kent WA 98031, 253-395-5600, Fax 253-395-3332, Email jeff@newimagecreative.com · Division 10 Signs, 19410 Hwy 99, Ste A - 225, Lynnwood WA 98036, 425-563- 9599, Fax 425-740-0184, Email jordenw@division10sign.com · Northwest Cascade, PO Box 73399, Puyallup WA 98373, 360-367-0899, Fax 253-848-2545, Email micaht@nwcascade.com January 17, 2018 ADDENDUM No. 3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS OF: Fire Station 15 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Project No. CAG-17-046 FOR BIDS DUE AT 10:00 AM TUESDAY JANUARY 23, 2018 (NOTE: NEW BID FORM INCLUDED AS PART OF THIS ADDENDUM) Incorporate the following revisions to the Project Manual and Contract Drawings: THE PROJECT MANUAL IS REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Section 00 0003 – Bid Form Replace entire bid form with bid form attached, revised 2018-01-17 This addendum shall be attached to and become part of the work and shall be acknowledged on your BID FORM. Attachments: Spec Sections: 00 0003 Bid Form Distribution: All Plan holders END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM REVISED Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 1 of 3 January 17, 2018 – ADDENDUM #3 00 0003 - 1 CITY OF RENTON MAIL TO: CITY CLERK 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 HAND DELIVER TO: OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK SEVENTH FLOOR, RENTON CITY HALL 1055 GRADY WAY, RENTON, WA, 98057 In compliance with the contract documents, the following bid form is submitted: 1) BASE BID 1a) BASE BID (Including Trench Excavation Safety Provisions): $ (Written) (Numeric) 1b) SALES TAX ON BASE BID (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10 %): $ (Written) (Numeric) 1c) TOTAL BASE BID $ (Written) (Numeric) TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS (Included also in Base Bid) If the bid amount contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four feet, all costs for trench safety shall be included in the Base Bid above for adequate trench safety systems in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW. 49.17 RCW and WAC 296-155-650: Bidder must include a lump sum dollar amount in blank above (even if the value is $0.00) to be responsive. 2) BID ALTERNATES The undersigned proposes to perform work called for in the following alternates as described in the Section 01 2300 and indicated on the Contract Documents, for the following resulting additions and or deletions to the Basic Bid. The bidder agrees to hold the following alternate bid prices for sixty (60) consecutive calendar days from the date designated for receipt of bids. A.1. Base Bid for Alternate No. 1 Provide and install permanent landscape irrigation system as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 32 8400: ADD $ (Numeric) B I D F O R M Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM REVISED Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 2 of 3 January 17, 2018 – ADDENDUM #3 00 0003 - 2 A.2. Sales Tax on Alternate No. 1 (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10 %): ADD $ (Numeric) A.3. TOTAL FOR ALTERNATE No. 1: TOTAL ADD $ (Numeric) B.1. Base Bid for Alternate No. 2 Provide an install trench drains in the Apparatus Bay as detailed on the drawings and specified in Section 22 1300: ADD $ (Numeric) B.2. Sales Tax on Alternate No. 2, (The combined sales tax rate for Renton, WA is 10%): ADD $ (Numeric) B.3. TOTAL FOR ALTERNATE No. 2: TOTAL ADD $ (Numeric) The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bid prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. TIME FOR COMPLETION: Contract Time - The undersigned hereby agrees to Substantially Complete all the work under the Base Bid (and accepted Alternates) within 290 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed but not later than 1 December 2018. Final Completion – All the Work shall be fully and finally completed in accordance with the contract documents within 45 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. UNIT PRICES (Where applicable) (Do not include Washington State Sales Tax) Unit Item No. Description Estimated Quantities Additive Unit Price Deductive Unit Price Per Measurement 1. Over excavation and export of unsuitable soils. 300-cy to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown. $ $ Cubic Yard (CY) of soils excavated, trucked and legally dumped off site, neat line measured at its original compacted and in- place location. 2. Imported fill to relace unsuitable soils Section 31 2200 (delivered and in place) Over or under 300-cy to be included in Base Bid above that necessary to achieve the final grades shown. $ $ Cubic Yard (CY) of fill per Section 31 2200, imported, placed and compacted The above unit prices shall be for any additive and deductive work within 15% of the above estimated quantities. The unit price shall include full compensation for the cost of labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit and any additional costs associated with the unit bid. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all unit prices within sixty (60) days of the bid date. Unit prices not accepted within 60 days of the bid date are rejected. Fire Station 15 00 0003 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority BID FORM REVISED Project No. CAG-17-046 Page 3 of 3 January 17, 2018 – ADDENDUM #3 00 0003 - 3 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING – RCW 39.30.060 If the base bid and the sum of the additive alternates is one million dollars or more, the Bidder shall provide names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work. If the Bidder intends to perform the work, the Bidder must enter its name for that category of work. The Bidder shall not list more than one subcontractor for each category of work identified UNLESS subcontractors vary with bid alternates, in which case the Bidder must indicate which subcontractor will be used for which alternate. Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder’s bid nonresponsive and, therefore, VOID. Designated Work Firm Name 1. HVAC 2. Plumbing 3. Electrical APPRENTICESHIP REQUIREMENTS The apprentice labor hours required for this project are 15% of the total labor hours. The undersigned agrees to utilize this level of apprentice participation. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $1,400 for each consecutive calendar day that is in default after the Contract Time. Liquidated damages shall be deducted from the contract invoice after taxes and retainage. RECEIPT OF ADDENDA Receipt of the following addenda is acknowledged: Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Name of Firm NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, write State of Incorporation; if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all parties below. Signed by Official Capacity Print Name Address City State Zip Code Date Telephone FAX State of Washington Contractor's License No. Federal Tax ID # E-mail address: Employment Security Department No. January 18, 2018 ADDENDUM No. 4 NOTICE TO BIDDERS OF: Fire Station 15 City of Renton / Renton Regional Fire Authority Project No. CAG-17-046 FOR BIDS DUE AT 10:00 AM TUESDAY JANUARY 23, 2018 Incorporate the following revisions to the Project Manual and Contract Drawings: THE PROJECT MANUAL IS REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Section 00 7200 - General Conditions - PART 2 Section 2.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance General Insurance requirements: In the first sentence, CHANGE “Prior to commencement of the Work” to read, “Prior to execution of the Agreement”. Section 2.3 Insurance Coverage Certificates A. Certificate Required: In the first sentence, CHANGE “Prior to commencement of the Work” to read, “Prior to execution of the Agreement”. 2. Section 10 7500 - Flagpoles Revise 2.01 A-8 as follows: 8. Halyard: Exterior type 3. Section 12 3600 - Countertops Replace 2.01-A and 2.01-B as follows: A. Engineered Stone (ES) Countertops: Sheet or slab of natural quartz and plastic resin over continuous substrate. 1. Wilsonart Quartz “ChillKat” Q1013 a. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2. Flat Sheet Thickness: Product type 062; 3/4 inch, minimum. 3. Natural Quartz and Resin Composite Sheets, Slabs and Castings: Complying with ISFA 3-01 and NEMA LD 3;high quality polyester binders, and proprietary coloring agents that are homogeneous, with uniform floor throughout their thickness; no surface coating. a. Factory fabricate components to the greatest extent practical in sizes and shapes indicated; comply with the MIA Dimension Stone Design Manual. b. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Polished. 4. Other Components Thickness: 3/4 inch, minimum. 5. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. B. Plastic Laminate Countertops: High Pressure Sheet plastic laminate continuous substrate. 1. Exposed Portions of Cabinets: a. PLAM-1: Match Wilsonart "Slate Grey" Matte Finish # D19 b. PLAM-2: Match Wilsonart "Pewter Mesh" Matte Finish #4878 c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE REVISED AS NOTED BELOW: 1. Sheet A6.01 – Wall Types & Exterior Details Add on 3/A6.01 the following to the end of the fiber cement panel note: “Factory Finished- Color: Monterey Taupe” Add on 4/A6.01 the following to the end of the fiber cement panel note: “Factory Finished- Color: Cobble Stone” This addendum shall be attached to and become part of the work and shall be acknowledged on your BID FORM. Distribution: All Plan holders END OF ADDENDUM NO. 4